Skip to main content

Full text of "The antiquities of Greece;"

See other formats


V 


THE  ANTIQUITIES  OF  GREECE 


THE    STATE 


In  preparation, 

THE  ANTIQUITIES   OF  GREECE 

TRANSLATED  FROM  THE  GERMAN  OF 

G.    F.    SCHOMANN 

VOLUME  II. 

I. — The  Greek  States  in  their  Relations  to  one  another. 
II. — The  Religious  System  of  Greece. 

RIVINGTONS 
gCtfttton,  ©xfoth  sttb  Cambridge. 


[c  27.] 


THE 


ANTIQUITIES  OF  GREECE 

'Eranglateo   from  ttje  (Herman  of 
G.    F.    SCHOMANN 


BY 


E.  G.  HARDY,  M.A. 

HKAD-MASTER   OF   THE  GRAMMAR  SCHOOL,    GRANTHAM,    AND 
LATE   FELLOW   OF  JESUS   COLLEGE,    OXFORD 


AND 

J.  S.  MANN,  MA. 

FELLOW     OF     TRINITY     COLLEGE,     OXFORD 

THE    STATE 


RIVINGTONS 

WATERLOO  PLACE,  LONDON 

3DrforD  ano  Cambria p 

MDCCCLXXX 


MICROFORAAED  B 
PRESERVATION 
SERVICES 

AUG  1  5  1989 

DATE.. 


Digitized  by  the  Internet  Archive 
in  2007 


http://archive.org/details/antiquitiesofgreOOschuoft 


TRANSLATORS'    PREFACE. 

In  offering  to  the  public  in  an  English  form  the  late  Professor 
Schomann's  Griechische  Alterthumer,  the  Translators  believe 
that  they  are  introducing  what  is  much  needed — a  connecting 
link  between  a  History  of  Greece  like  those  of  Grote  and 
Curtius  and  a  Dictionary  of  Antiquities  like  that  edited  by 
Dr.  William  Smith,  combining  the  critical  and  continuous 
treatment  of  the  former  with  the  detailed  information  of  the 
latter,  and  adding  to  both  a  multitude  of  references  to  classical 
authors  which  should  make  the  book  most  useful  to  scholars. 

The  Translators  take  this  opportunity  of  expressing  their 
great  obligations  to  Mr.  Ingram  Bywater  and  Mr.  H.  F. 
Pelham,  both  Tutors  of  Exeter  College,  Oxford,  for  the  advice 
and  encouragement  without  which  the  work  would  not  have 
been  undertaken,  or,  if  undertaken,  not  successfully  carried  out. 
To  the  latter  gentleman  their  special  thanks  are  due  for  his 
kindness,  notwithstanding  his  own  press  of  work,  in  reading 
and  revising  the  whole  of  the  proofs.  Many  blemishes  in  the 
execution  of  the  work  have  by  this  means  been  removed :  for 
those  which  may  still  remain  the  Translators  themselves  are 
solely  responsible. 

The  translation  has  been  made  from  the  latest  German 
edition  (the  third),  published  at  Berlin  in  1871. 


b 


EXTRACT  FROM  THE  AUTHOR'S  PREFACE  TO 
THE  FIRST  EDITION. 

This  work  belongs  to  a  series  of  manuals  the  object  of 
which  is  to  spread  among  a  wider  circle  of  readers  a  vivid 
understanding  of  classical  antiquity.  It  is  therefore  primarily- 
destined  for  those  educated  readers  and  scholars  who,  with- 
out having  made  any  special  investigation  into  the  ancient 
world,  nevertheless  feel  the  need  of  making  themselves  better 
acquainted  with  its  spirit  and  character. 

In  undertaking  to  deal,  for  such  readers,  with  the  depart- 
ment of  Greek  antiquities,  I  was  unable  to  shut  my  eyes  to  the 
fact  that  among  the  multitude  of  subjects  traditionally  compre- 
hended under  that  name  there  are  a  considerable  number  the 
knowledge  of  which,  however  important  and  necessary  it  may 
be  to  the  scholar,  may  yet  seem  unimportant  and  unnecessary 
to  readers  who  are  not  classical  scholars.  If  I  mistake  not,  a 
general  interest  can  be  claimed  only  by  that  portion  of  the 
antiquities  of  Greece  which  is  adapted  to  promote  an  acquaint- 
ance with  the  social,  political,  and  religious  life  of  the  Greeks 
in  the  classical  period.  To  this  alone,  therefore,  I  have  felt 
compelled  to  confine  myself.  I  shall,  accordingly,  after  having 
treated  in  the  present  volume  of  Greece  as  seen  in  the  light  of 
the  Homeric  epos,  and  of  the  political  organisation  of  the 
Greek  State,  have  in  the  second  volume  to  deal  only  with  the 
international  relations  and  institutions,  and  with  the  religious 
system ;  while  as  regards  the  antiquities  of  private  life,  of  the 
military  system,  and  the  like,  these  subjects,  in  the  second 
volume  as  in  the  first,  will  come  into  question  only  so  far  as 
they  seem  to  me  to  be  of  importance  for  the  knowledge  of  the 


viii  PREFACE. 

political  and  religious  life.  I  hope  that  I  have  thus  not  passed 
over,  and  shall  not  pass  over,  anything  that  is  really  worthy  of 
being  known ;  indeed,  it  may  even  be  that  I  shall  be  thought 
to  have  mentioned  certain  points  which  might  without  loss 
have  been  omitted.  It  is  to  be  hoped,  however,  that  no  one 
will  make  any  objection  because  I  have  regarded  myself  as 
bound  never  to  leave  my  readers  uncertain  which  of  the  matters 
brought  under  their  notice  I  regard  as  the  assured  result  of 
the  research  whether  of  myself  or  of  others,  and  which  of  them  I 
give  merely  as  matter  of  opinion  and  conjecture  still  admitting 
of  dispute.  For  there  are  assuredly  not  a  few  points  which 
have  by  no  means  yet  been  cleared  up,  and  which  can  hardly 
ever  be  so ;  and  upon  such  points  it  was  unavoidable  that  some 
investigation  and  some  criticism  should  be  allowed  to  find  its 
way  into  the  text.  This  further  circumstance  may  perhaps 
meet  with  approval,  viz.,  that  I  have  taken  pains  to  put  my 
readers  in  a  position  to  secure  certainty  for  themselves,  or 
to  gain  more  particular  information  either  from  the  original 
authorities  or  from  modern  treatises,  wherever  they  are 
disposed  to  do  so.  But  I  have,  as  far  as  possible,  limited 
myself  in  my  citations,  referring  among  modern  treatises 
only  to  such  as  I  was  entitled  to  regard  as  most  easily  acces- 
sible, while  from  the  original  authorities  I  have  only  cited 
some  passages  of  primary  importance,  without  aiming  at  fulness, 
or  even  at  completeness.  I  now  cherish  the  hope  that  a  work 
upon  the  antiquities  of  Greece,  constructed  on  this  scale  and 
according  to  this  plan,  will  be  found  at  least  in  some  degree  to 
attain  its  aim. 


Contents 


INTRODUCTION, 
HOMERIC  GREECE, 


PAGE 
1 

19 


HISTOEIC   GEEECE. 
PART    I. 

(General  C&aractxcigttcis  of  tlje  (Bvztk  &tate* 

Chap.  I.  Distinctions  of  Race  among  the  Greeks,               .  81 

II.  The  Greek  State  :  its  Idea  and  its  Conditions,    .  .          88 

III.  The  Principal  Forms  of  the  Constitution,            .  .          97 

IV.  The  Citizens  and  the  Working  Classes,  .            .  .100 
V.  The  Public  Discipline,     .            .            .            .  .104 

VI.  The  Idea  of  the  State  and  the  Conflicts  of  Parties,  .         110 


PART    II. 

4E$c  Congtitutfong  of  Jntiftjfoual  »>tareg,  ag  tie^crtbeti 

in  ^tetorp. 


Chap.  I.  The  Monarchy,     . 

II.  Decline  of  Monarchy. 
III.  Oligarchy, 


114 
119 
124 


CONTENTS. 


Chap.  IV.  Tribes  and  Classes  among  the  People,     . 
V.  The  Organisation  of  State  Authority, 
VI.  Institutions  for  the  Maintenance  of  the  Existing  Order, 
VII.  Decline  of  Oligarchy, 
VIII.  ^Esymnetae  and  Legislators, 
IX.  The  Tyrants, 
X.  Theoretical  Eeformers,    . 
XL  Rise  of  Democracy, 
XII.  Characteristics  of  Democracy, 
S  XIII.  Reactions  and  Party  Struggles, 


PACK 

128 
135 
149 
154 
155 
158 
164 
169 
173 
184 


PART  III. 


SDegcrfptton  of  tfje  principal  fetateg  in  2DetaiL 


Chap.  I.  The  Spartan  State,            .... 

191 

Sect.  I.  The  Helots,      .... 

194 

II.  The  Periceci,     .... 

201 

III.  The  Spartiatse, 

207 

IV.  The  Legislation  of  Lycurgus,   . 

221 

V.  The  Kings,       .... 

225 

VI.  The  Gerousia, 

230 

VII.  The  Popular  Assemblies, 

234 

VIII.  The  Ephors,    .... 

236 

IX.  Other  Magistrates, 

246 

X.  The  Administration  of  Justice, 

250 

XL  The  State  Discipline, 

255 

XII.  The  System  of  Defence, 

278 

XIII.  The  Hellenic  Policy  of  Sparta, 

287 

XIV.  The  Decline  and  Fall  of  Sparta, 

289 

Chap.  II.  The  Cretan  State,            .            .            .            .           . 

295 

CONTENTS. 


Chap.  III.  The  Athenian  State,       .... 
Sect.  I.  Historical  Survey, 

1.  Land  and  People, 

2.  The  Earliest  Constitution,  . 

\     3.  Changes  in  the  Constitution  before  Solon, 
\    4.  The  Constitution  of  Solon,  . 

5.  The  Development  of  the  Democracy, 

6.  Decline  and  Fall,     . 


II.  Details  relative  to  the  Athenian  State,    . 

1.  Slavery,       .... 

2.  The  Metceci, 

3.  The  Citizen-Body,   . 

4.  Divisions  and  Associations  of  the   Athe 

nian  People, 

5.  The  Council  of  the  Five  Hundred,  . 

6.  The  Popular  Assembly, 

7.  The  Functionaries  of  Government,  . 

8.  The  Financial  System, 

9.  The  System  of  Judicature,  . 

10.  The  Areopagus  as  a  Supervising  Authority, 

11.  The  Discipline  and  Manner  of  Life  of  the 

Citizens,  .... 

12.  The  Later  History  of   Athens   until   the 

Roman  Dominion, 


PAGE 

311 
311 

312 
315 
322 
327 
335 
347 

347 
348 
353 
354 

361 
371 
379 
400 
432 
465 
493 

500 

533 


APPENDIX, 
INDEX, 


541 
557 


ERRATA. 


4,  note  2,  line  9, 
29,  line  30, 
35,  note  1,  line  1, 
37,  line  10, 
68,  ,,  1, 
105,  „  30, 
ib.      ,,     ib. 

130,  „    15, 

131,  „    22, 

132,  „    37, 

ib.    note  3,  line  8, 
137,  line  7, 

145,  „    3, 

146,  note  5,  line  4, 
152,    „     2, 

154,  last  line,  and  note  3, 

155,  note  2, 

160,  line  12, 

161,  „    24, 
171,    „    26, 

ib.   note  7, 
184,    „     1, 

198,  line  30, 

199,  note  4, 

208,  lines  17  and  21, 
210,  line  6, 
233,  note  1, 
240,  line  26, 
247,    „    13, 
Hi.        Hi. 

253,  lines  26  and  32, 
257,  note  1, 
263,    „     8, 
357,  lines  9,  15,  28, 
480,  note, 


for 


read 


Recension 

/ScwtXiJes  ,, 

xl.  iii.  ,, 

Sperchaeus  ,, 

Pramnaean  ,, 

Sophonistae  ,, 

Gymnasiarchae  ,, 

Euonymae  ,, 
Phylae 

Perrhaebaean  ,, 

armer  ,, 

Heraclaea  „ 

Hieronaemones  ,, 

yelfias  , , 

Produs  „ 

Heraclaea  ,, 
p.  108 

Miletes  ,, 

Aricium  ,, 

Mantinaea  , , 

MdvTtvea  ,, 

in  Nicomal.  ,, 

Lepraeon  ,, 

Abhandlung  ,, 

Cadmaean  ,, 

Dynames  ,, 

Sauphe  , , 

Pasiphae  , , 

Lochagae  ,, 

Pentekosteri  ,, 

Cadmaea  ,, 
Bulletino,  de,  etc.  , , 

Mus  ,, 

&yxl<?Teta  , , 
Grote  iv.  424 


reviewer. 

/SaertXT/es. 

xliii. 

Spercheius. 

Pramnean. 

Sophronistae. 

Gymnasiarchi. 

Euonymi. 

Phyle. 

Perrhaebian. 

arme. 

Heraclea. 

Hieromnemones . 

velfias. 

Proclus. 

Heraclea. 

p.  99. 

Miletus. 

Aricia. 

Mantinea. 

tiavrtviuf  SioiKiafubs. 

in  Nicomach. 

Lepreon. 

treatise. 

Cadmean. 

Dymanes. 

Sauppe. 

Pasiphae. 

Lochagi. 

Pentekosteres. 

Cadmea. 

Bulletino  di,  etc. 

Magn. 

&yXtffTela. 

Grote  vi.  350. 


INTRODUCTION. 


Our  knowledge  of  the  social  circumstances  and  relations  of 
the  Greek  people  does  not  extend  further  back  than  the  age 
which  we  see  described  in  the  Homeric  poems,  not  perhaps 
with  historical  fidelity,  but  at  least  with  poetic  truth  and 
insight.  But  everything  anterior  to  this  period  lies  veiled 
in  a  darkness  which  the  means  at  our  disposal  do  not  suffice 
to  penetrate,  and  we  are  only  enabled  at  best  to  form  some 
more  or  less  probable  conjectures  concerning  particular  points. 
The  ancient  Greeks,  who,  like  other  primitive  races,  believed 
that  the  human  race  was  produced  from  the  womb  of  the 
all-nourishing  earth  by  the  creative  force  of  the  vivifying 
warmth  of  heaven,  naturally  conceived  of  the  autochthonous 
inhabitants  of  Greece  as  in  a  condition  of  the  most  complete 
barbarism,  whence  they  gradually  arrived  at  a  higher  culture, 
either  through  the  instruction  of  friendly  deities,  or  by  the 
agency  of  the  more  highly-gifted  minds  among  themselves,  or, 
lastly,  through  the  influence  of  other  peoples  who  were  already 
more  advanced.1  Modern  scientific  inquiry,  which  is  unable  to 
recognise  any  autochthonous  inhabitants  of  Greece  in  the 
ancient  sense  of  the  word,  informs  us  that  the  land  derived  its 
inhabitants  from  Asia,  the  earliest  home,  not  perhaps  of  the 
entire  human  race,  but  certainly  of  that  branch  of  it  to  which 
the  inhabitants  of  Greece,  and  indeed  of  the  whole  of  Europe, 
belong — the  Caucasian.  But  at  what  period  and  by  what  route 
the  first  emigrations  from  Asia  into  Greece  may  have  taken 
place,  it  seems  unadvisable  even  to  hazard  a  conjecture.2  It  is 
indeed  sufficiently  evident  that  immigrants  may  easily  have 
penetrated  into  Greece  either  by  the  land  route  round  the 
Pontus  and  across  Thrace  and  Macedonia,  or  by  sea  along  the 
islands  which  form  almost  a  chain  of  union  between  Europe 
and  Asia ;  but,  on  the  other  hand,  it  is  no  less  certain  that  the 
present  configuration  of  these  regions  is  not  their  original  form, 

1  The  proofs  of  this  are  given  in  of  modern  writers  see  Antiquitates  juris 
Antiquitates  juris  publici  Grcecorum,  publici  Orcecorum,  p.  54,  4.  Cf.  Pott 
p.  53.  in  Allgemeine  Encycloptidie  d.  Wissen- 

2  For  references  to  the  conjectures  schaft  u.  Kunst,  ii.  18,  p.  22  seq. 

<i  a 


2  THE  ANTIQUITIES  OF  GREECE. 

but  was  first  produced  by  some  mighty  convulsion  which  tore 
asunder  huge  districts  once  continuous,  and  created  the  Pontus 
and  the  iEgean  Sea,  with  its  islands,  out  of  the  ruins  of  an 
earlier  continent.  Of  this  convulsion  even  the  ancients  them- 
selves make  mention,  whether  they  were  led  to  the  conjecture 
by  the  actual  appearance  and  configuration  of  the  lands,  or 
by  some  traditional  reminiscence  which  had  been  preserved. 
For  we  are  in  no  way  justified  in  asserting  that  at  the  time  of 
this  convulsion  the  land  was  not  yet  the  seat  of  human  habita- 
tion. Another  question  to  which  we  are  unable  to  give  a  con- 
fident reply,  is  whether  the  earliest  inhabitants  of  Greece 
belonged  to  the  same  branch  of  the  Caucasian  race  as  those  who 
are  known  to  us  in  the  historical  period,  or  whether  some  other 
branch,  perhaps  of  Keltic  or  Illyrian  origin,  had  preceded  the 
latter,  and  been  by  them  expelled  from  the  land.  That  branch 
however  to  which  the  Greek  nation  belonged  seems  to  have 
been  most  nearly  related  on  the  one  side  to  the  more  westerly 
peoples  of  Italy,  who  spoke  the  Umbrian,  Oscan,  or  Latin 
tongues,  and  on  the  other  to  the  nations  of  Asia  Minor — the 
Carians,  Leleges,  Maeonians,  and  Phrygians.  With  the  languages 
of  the  latter  peoples  we  are  certainly  but  little  acquainted, 
though  we  know  enough  to  justify  the  conviction  that  they 
were  far  more  nearly  related  to  the  Greeks  than  to  the 
Semitic  peoples.1  But  as  regards  the  degree  of  culture  pos- 
sessed by  the  immigrants  on  their  arrival,  who  belonged  to 
this  branch  of  the  race,  there  seems  no  imaginable  reason  for 
representing  them  as  rude  savages,  among  whom  all  the  ele- 
ments of  civilisation  were  either  subsequently  and  gradually 
developed  from  within,  or  derived  from  elsewhere.  On  the 
contrary,  there  seems  to  be  no  doubt  that  they  brought  with 
them  at  least  the  first  germs  of  culture,  and  were  not  without 
the  most  indispensable  branches  of  knowledge  and  the  most 
necessary  arts,  some  kind  of  social  order,  and  some  form  of 

1  The  Carians  have,  it  is  true,  been  who  are   there  introduced  ;   and    it 

declared  by  many  modern  scholars  to  seems    scarcely    possible    to    doubt 

be  a  people  of  Semitic  stock,    but  that  the   Leleges   must   be  counted 

without  convincing  reasons,  and  in  among  the  Pelasgian  populations.     It 

contradiction    to  the  statements  of  would  seem  most  advisable  to  describe 

the  ancients,  who  describe  both  them  the  Carians  as  one    portion   of  the 

and  their  subjects,   the  Leleges,  as  stock  of  the  Leleges,  largely  mixed 

people  of  the  same  race;  e.g.  Hero-  with  Phoenicians,  and  assimilated  to 

dotus    i.    171,    vii.    2.    4;    cf.    also  them,    so  that   their   language   was 

Antiquitates  juris  publici  Grcecorum,  partly  Greek,  or  similar  to  Greek,  and 

p.  40,  note  13.     The  fact  that  they  partly  Semitic.      Cf.  Strab.   xiv.    2, 

are  called  Papf$a.pb<f>woi,  II.  ii.  867,  p.  662.     The  language  of  the  Carians 

cannot  be  admitted  by  itself  as  a  proof  is  treated  of  by  Jablonsky,  Opusc.  iii. 

of  difference  of  race  between  them  p.  94,  and  Lassen,  Zeitschr.  d.  Mor- 

and  the  other  allies  of  the  Trojans  genl.  Oesellsch.  x.  p.  36  seq. 


INTR  OD  UCTION.  3 

religious  belief  and  mythical  tradition.  These  subsequently 
received  their  own  peculiar  development  or  modification  in 
accordance  with  the  conditions  and  influences  which  prevailed 
in  their  new  seats,  although  it  necessarily  happened  that  the 
features  which  recalled  the  original  home  of  the  race  were 
not  so  completely  extinguished  as  to  prevent  the  discovery, 
by  careful  investigation,  of  many  points  which  the  Greeks  pos- 
sessed in  common  with  the  peoples  of  Asia,  among  which  it  is 
certainly  not  always  easy  to  distinguish  how  much  is  attribut- 
able to  the  original  relationship,  how  much  to  later  communi- 
cations. 

The  Greeks  themselves  call  the  earliest  inhabitants  of  their 
land  Pelasgi,  or  at  least  no  other  denomination  is  so  widely  ex- 
tended as  this.  There  is  scarcely  a  single  district  in  Greece, 
scarcely  an  island  in  the  iEgean  Sea,  where  Pelasgi  are  not 
mentioned  as  previous  inhabitants,  and  we  even  meet  with 
the  name  far  away  to  the  westward,  in  Italy,  and  towards  the 
east,  on  the  coasts  of  Asia  Minor.  What  the  state  of  the  case 
really  was,  however,  as  regards  these  Pelasgi,  and  whether  all 
who  were  called  by  this  name  actually  belonged  to  the  same 
nation,  it  is  difficult  to  ascertain,  and  the  statements  of  the 
ancients  on  the  subject  are  more  calculated  to  confuse  than  to 
enlighten  us.  By  some  they  were  regarded  as  barbarians,  and 
therefore  either  not  at  all,  or  only  distantly,  related  to  the 
Hellenes.  Others  explain  them  as  the  original  ancestors  of 
the  Hellenic  race,  and  expressly  designate  them  as  a  Hellenic 
people.1 

It  is  almost  inconceivable  that  a  nation  so  widely  extended 
as,  according  to  the  statements  with  regard  to  their  original 
seats,  the  Pelasgi  must  have  been,  should  have  described  them- 
selves, wherever  they  were  found,  by  a  single  name.  History 
teaches  us  that  the  collective  names  applied  to  nations  are 
usually  at  first  only  the  appellations  of  some  single  portion  or 
tribe,  and  are  in  many  cases  not  employed  at  all  originally  by 
the  people  itself,  but  invented  by  foreigners  who  were  in  com- 
munication with  them,  and  then  in  the  course  of  time  received 
a  wider  extension.  It  is,  however,  a  fruitless  question  to  ask 
where  the  name  of  Pelasgi  may  first  have  originated,  or  to  what 
tribe  it  was  first  applied ;  nor  can  we  even  determine  with  cer- 
tainty to  what  language  it  properly  belongs.  All  attempts  to 
explain  it  from  Greek  roots2  are  so  little  convincing  that  no  one 

1  For  all  this  see  Antiquitates  juris  menos,  p.  125),  or  from  irfkos,  which 
publici  Grcecorum,  p.  36  seq.  is  said  to  be  equivalent  to  £Xos  and 

2  E.g.  from  ir4\u  and  ipyos,  "inha-  Apyos  (Vblcker,  Myth.  d.  Jap.  p.  350 
bitants  of  the  plain"  (Muller,  Orcho-  seq.),  or  from  iri\a=iriTpa  (?),  and  so 


4  THE  ANTIQUITIES  OF  GREECE. 

can  be  blamed  if  he  prefers  to  search  for  some  more  admissible 
signification  in  other  languages,  among  which,  as  was  to  be 
expected,  Sanskrit,  the  language  of  the  mystic  Konx  om  pax, 
has  generally  been  chosen.1  Others  assure  us  with  exultation 
and  confidence  that  the  name  is  Semitic,  and  signifies  "  emi- 
grants," having  reference  to  the  Philistines  or  Phoenicians,  who 
were  expelled  from  Egypt,  and  scattered  far  and  wide  over  the 
islands  and  coasts  of  the  iEgean  Sea.2  We  gladly  allow  every 
one  to  take  whatever  interpretation  pleases  him,  but  the  sober 
and  scientific  inquirer  will  not  be  ashamed  to  acknowledge 
himself  unable  to  give  any  satisfactory  explanation  of  the  name. 
Supposing  it  to  be  akin  to  irekoyp-,  or  irekaycov,  very  little  ad- 
vantage is  gained,  because  the  explanation  of  these  names 
themselves  is  anything  but  certain.  Let  us  therefore  content 
ourselves  with  stating  what  seems  evident  and  free  from  doubt, 
viz.,  that  the  name  of  Pelasgi,  having  originally  been  the 
appellation  of  some  one  of  the  peoples  who  inhabited  Greece  in 
prehistoric  times,  was  at  a  later  period,  after  the  Hellenic 
people  had  extended  itself  over  the  whole  land,  and  their  name 
had  become  the  collective  title  of  the  race,  employed  as  the 
most  universal  term  for  all  the  pre-Hellenic  populations,  without 
respect  to  their  true  ethnographical  relationship;  so  that  the 
Philistines  or  Phoenicians  may  at  any  rate  be  assigned  a  place 
among  them,  while  many  tribes  which  are  usually  brought 
before  our  notice  under  special  names  of  their  own,  and  are 
commonly  distinguished  from  the  Pelasgi — such  as  Leleges, 
Caucones,  and  Thracians, — are  not  on  that  account  to  be  con- 
sidered less  Pelasgian  than  others  who  are  expressly  included 
under  the  name.3 

"  born  from  the  rock  "  (Pott,  Etymo-  und  Myihologie  der  Philister,  p.  44, 

logische  Forschungen,  1st  ed.,  i.  p.  xl),  the  Pelasgi  are   "the  white  men," 

or  Trt\as  =  irdpos,  and  ao  ir&pos  yeya&res  from  Sansk.  balaxa,  in  opposition  to 

"the  ancients"  (id.  ib.).    An  attempt  the  red  Phoenicians  and  black  Ethio- 

might  also  be  made  to  form  a  conjee-  pians. 

ture  from  Strabo's  words  (Frag.  lib.  a  Roth,  Abendlandische  Philosophic, 

vii.),    we\iy6vas  KaXovctv  oi  MoXottoI  p.  91,  and  note  p.  8,  no.  25  :"  Pelisch- 

roiis  h>  Tt/uus,    Gxrirep   iv   ka.Ke5alp.ovi  ti,  originally  Pelaschi,    'emigrants.'" 

toi>j  yipovras.     For  other  suggestions  So  also   Maurophrydes,   Philistor,  i. 

see  Pott  (op.  cit.  p.  132),  not  to  men-  p.  5.     Cf.,  on  the  other  hand,  K.  B. 

tion  the  opinion  of  those  who  believe  btark,    Gaza    und    die    philistaisclie 

the  name  to  be  connected  with  irtXa-  Kuste,  p.   116  seq.      Besides  this,  I. 

yos,  and  to  signify  "strangers  from  Swinton    long    since    declared    the 

beyond    the    sea,"  or,   according  to  Pelasgi  to  be  Phoenicians  driven  from 

another  explanation,    "men  of    the  Egypt,  whereas  his  Recension  (Nov. 

forest,"   nor   the  most  modern  and  Act.  erud.,  Lips.  1744,  p.  395)  rather 

marvellous  interpretation  of  all,  from  regards    them    as    Welsh   (Walisci, 

vios  and  \£s — Bachofen,  Grabersym-  Welasci),  and  so  as  Kelts. 

bolcn,  p.  357.  8  E.g.  the  Tyrrhenians  or  Tyrse- 

1  According  to  Hitzig,  Urgcschichte  nians,  whose  name  has  been  derived, 


INTRODUCTION.  5 

The  Hellenes  themselves,  moreover,  whom  we  thus  oppose 
to  the  Pelasgi,  were  beyond  all  doubt  no  more  than  a  single 
member  out  of  the  multitude  of  kindred  nationalities  which 
are  included  under  this  common  name.  In  Homer  the  name 
appears  as  only  the  special  appellation  of  a  people,  or  portion 
of  a  people,  which  was  led  to  Troy  by  Achilles,  while  Hellas 
was  a  town  or  district  in  Southern  Thessaly,  and  is  often 
mentioned  in  close  connection  with  Phthia,  from  which,  at  a 
later  time,  this  part  of  Thessaly  derived  the  name  of  Phthiotis. 
The  expression,  "  the  Pelasgic  plain,"  however  (to  Trekavyucbv 
"Ap<yo<;),  appears  in  Homer  as  the  general  name  for  Thessaly, 
and  it  was  the  opinion  of  many  ancient  inquirers  that 
this  region  had  been  the  peculiar  and  original  home  of  the 
Pelasgi ;  whereas  the  Hellenes  are  regarded  by  some  as  immi- 
grants from  a  more  westerly  district.  Aristotle,  whose  state- 
ments we  may  confidently  believe  were  founded  on  careful 
investigation,  knows  of  an  ancient  Hellas  in  Epirus  in  the 
neighbourhood  of  Dodona  and  the  Achelous,  the  channel  of 
which,  in  later  times,  was  different  from  its  earlier  direction.1 
In  these  parts  it  was,  to  follow  Aristotle  again,  that  the 
flood  of  Deucalion  took  place ;  and  although  he  does  not  him- 
self expressly  state  that  it  was  this  which  occasioned  the 
emigration  of  the  Hellenes,  there  can  be  very  little  doubt  that 
this  was  his  real  opinion.  For  Deucalion  is  regarded  as  the 
ancestor  of  the  Hellenic  race  through  his  son  Hellen,  and  when 
other  writers  2  represent  him  as  invading  Thessaly  with  a  troop 
of  Curetes,  Leleges,  and  the  tribes  dwelling  round  Parnassus,  we 
are  able,  without  any  forced  interpretation,  to  reconcile  this  with 
the  statement  of  Aristotle,  by  supposing  that  the  Hellenes  first 
descended  on  the  lands  lying  to  the  south — Epirus,  Acarnania, 
and  iEtolia,  where  Aristotle  himself  recognised  Leleges  and 
Curetes,3 — and  from  thence,  reinforced  by  these  tribes,  advanced 
over  Parnassus,  and  so  on  to  Thessaly. 

There  is  no  doubt  that  in  the  course  of  time  the  Hellenic 
stock  gradually  extended  itself  more  widely  from  Thessaly  as  a 
centre,  but  in  what  manner  and  to  what  extent  this  took  place 
is  a  question  which  no  longer  admits  of  definite  answer.  We 
may  indeed  conjecture  that  the  bands  which  had  penetrated  into 
Thessaly  were  not  all  able  to  find  in  that  region  space  for  a 
permanent    abode.      The    Hellenes    in  Phthiotis,  under  the 

with  great  probability,  from  rvp<ris,  a  Deutschen  und  ihre  Nachbarstamme, 

citadel    (cf.     Tzetzes    on    Lycophron,  p.  133. 

v.  717),  and  may  therefore  be  com-  1  Arist.  Meteorol.  i.  14. 

pared  with  the  German  Burgundians,  2  Dionya.  Ant.  Bom.  i.  17. 

concerning    whom    see    Zeuss,    Die  3  In  Strabo,  vii.  7,  p.  321,  extr. 


6  THE  ANTIQUITIES  OF  GREECE. 

dominion  of  Peleus,  who  are  mentioned  in  connection  with 
Myrmidones  and  Achseans,1  were  evidently  only  a  small 
remainder  of  the  horde  referred  to  in  the  myth  of  Deucalion. 
Others  had  been  compelled  to  march  further,  and  amoDg  those 
we  may  reckon  the  band  which,  at  some  time,  under  a  leader 
who  is  called  in  the  story  Xuthus,  penetrated  into  Attica,  and 
settled  in  the  northern  portion  of  the  territory  of  the  so-called 
Tetrapolis,  which  is  stated  to  have  been  voluntarily  given  up 
by  the  Pelasgi  or  old  Ionian  aborigines,  who  had  been  their 
allies  in  a  war  against  the  Chalcodontidse  of  Euboea.2 

The  Dorians  we  may  regard  as  another  Hellenic  band  which, 
according  to  the  statements  of  Herodotus,  for  a  long  time 
roamed  about  from  one  part  of  Thessaly  to  another,  and  at  last, 
having  united  themselves  with  a  portion  of  the  Achsean  people, 
which,  in  an  earlier  period,  had  been  driven  from  the  Pelo- 
ponnese,  and  under  the  command  of  chiefs  who  boasted 
their  descent  from  the  Achaean  hero,  Heracles,  invaded  that 
peninsula  and  reduced  a  large  portion  of  it  under  their 
dominion.3  As  this  invasion  is  said  to  have  taken  place  eighty 
years  after  the  Trojan  war,  or  about  1104  B.C.,  it  seems  reason- 
able to  bring  it  into  connection  with  the  immigration  of  the 
Thessalians  which  had  taken  place  shortly  before.  This  people 
had  originally  inhabited  Epirus,  and  now  took  possession  of 
the  country  which  has  since  been  named  after  them,  expelling 
or  subduing  the  earlier  inhabitants.  The  only  tribe  expressly 
named  as  having  been  expelled  by  them  are  the  iEoliau 
Boeotians,  who  now  migrated  to  the  region  which  henceforth 
bore  their  name,  as  its  most  powerful,  though  not  its  only 
inhabitants.  It  is,  however,  at  least  not  an  improbable  con- 
jecture, that  the  Dorian  migration  may  also  have  been  a  result 
of  this  invasion  of  the  Thessalians. 

In  what  way  the  relations  of  the  Peloponnese  were  altered 
by  the  Dorian  migration,  and  how,  in  consequence  of  it, 
several  emigrations  took  place  to  the  islands  and  coasts  of  Asia 
Minor,  we  may  assume  as  generally  known  facts,  and  shall 
return  to  the  subject  on  a  later  occasion,  in  so  far  as  our 
purpose  requires  it.  For  the  present  it  is  sufficient  to  remark, 
that  from  this  period  the  populations  of  Greece  retained,  without 
important  alterations,  the  abodes  which  they  had  once  taken 
up  •  and  after  the  migrations,  which  were  necessarily  followed 
in  every  case,  more  or  less,  by  revolutionary  departures  from  the 
earlier  state  of  things,  a  period  of  rest  succeeded,  in  which  the 

1  Homer,  II.  ii.  684. 

2  Cf.  Antiq.  jur.  publ.  Grcecorum,  p.  163,  and  Schomann's  Opuscula  acade- 
mica,  i.  pp.  159,  163.  s  Antiquitates,  p.  104. 


INTRODUCTION.  7 

newly-established  conditions  were  able  to  strengthen  them- 
selves and  to  develop.  We  should  hardly  be  wrong  in 
dating  the  predominance  of  the  Hellenic  element  from  this 
time.  Herodotus  (i.  56)  calls  the  Dorians  a  Hellenic  people 
in  contrast  with  the  Pelasgian  Ionians ;  while  in  the  Homeric 
poems,  where  we  have  already  remarked  the  Hellenes  only 
appear  in  one  district  of  Southern  Thessaly,  the  name 
"  Achseans  "  is  employed  by  preference  as  a  general  appellation 
for  the  whole  race.1  But  the  Achseans  we  may  term,  without 
hesitation,  a  Pelasgian  people,  in  so  far,  that  is,  as  we  use  this 
name  merely  as  the  opposite  of  the  term  "  Hellenes,"  which 
prevailed  at  a  later  time,  although  it  is  true  that  the  Hellenes 
themselves  were  nothing  more  than  a  particular  branch  of  the 
Pelasgian  stock.  True  it  is,  that  after  the  Hellenic  name  had 
gained  a  predominant  importance,  an  Hellenic  descent  was 
attributed  also  to  the  Achaeans ;  but  of  course  no  more  weight 
is  to  be  attached  to  this  than  to  the  fact  that  the  Ionians  were 
converted  into  descendants  of  the  Hellenes,  and  especially 
since,  side  by  side  with  these  genealogies,  which  chiefly  gained 
circulation  by  the  poems  of  Hesiod,  sufficient  traces  of  other  and 
quite  different  opinions  are  preserved,  which  correspond  more 
nearly  with  the  true  relations  of  the  case.  It  is  extremely 
probable  that  in  this  pre-Hellenic  period  the  Achseans  at  one 
time  gained  a  position  of  superiority  over  the  Pelasgian  peoples, 
just  as  the  Hellenes  did  at  a  later  time ;  but  it  is  impossible  to 
produce  more  particular  evidence  on  the  subject.  However 
this  may  be,  the  Hellenes  appear  as  a  strong  and  warlike 
nation,  which,  after  bursting  forth  from  the  rough  and 
mountainous  district  of  Epirus,  soon  gained  for  themselves  the 
supremacy  among  the  less  warlike  Pelasgi,  so  that  in  many 
quarters  their  leaders  obtained  a  position  of  dominion,  and 
obliged  the  earlier  rulers  to  give  way.  It  is  quite  conceivable 
that  the  peoples,  at  the  head  of  which  Hellenic  leaders  were 
thus  established,  henceforth  called  themselves  by  the  name  of 
their  new  rulers ;  and  if  these  peoples  were  the  first  in  strength 
and  importance,  it  is  just  as  natural  that  this  name  should 
necessarily  appear  the  most  appropriate  description  of  the 
whole  population,  which  was  as  yet  without  any  common 
appellation,  as  it  is  that  in  the  Homeric  poems  we  should  find 
that  of  the  Achseans  employed  in  a  similar  manner.  In  this 
way  it  was  that  even  those  peoples  gradually  acquiesced  in  the 

1  The  signification  of  the  name,  as  and  Prolegg.  to  Mythology,   p.    230 ; 

it  has  been  not  improbably  explained,  Pott,    Indogerm.  Sprachst.  in  Ersch. 

is  the  "excellent"  or  "noble."    Cf.  and  Gruber's  Encyclop.  p.  65;  Anm. 

Midler,  Dorians,  vol.  ii.  p.  502  (1830),  44 ;  Gladstone,  Homeric  Age,  p.  114. 


8  THE  ANTIQUITIES  OF  GREECE. 

name,  who  were  in  fact  not  Hellenes  at  all  in  the  proper  sense 
of  the  word,  such  as  Arcadians,  Epoeans,  Ionians,  and  a 
multitude  of  tribes  included  under  the  widely-reaching  title  of 
iEolians.  As  the  special  name  of  a  single  people,  however,  it 
entirely  disappeared,  while  that  of  Achaeans,  after  it  had 
dropped  its  earlier  and  more  universal  application,  was  pre- 
served as  the  special  name  of  a  population  dwelling  in  the  north 
of  the  Peloponnese  and  the  south  of  Thessaly.  The  original 
and  genuine  Hellenes,  on  the  contrary,  called  themselves  in 
every  case  by  the  name  of  the  countries  in  which  they  had 
first  risen  to  power,  and  then  became  amalgamated  with  the 
earlier  inhabitants;  and  the  appellation  which  had  formerly 
distinguished  them  from  others  was  subsequently  used  only  to 
describe  along  with  them  all  the  other  peoples  of  Greece,  as 
members  of  one  great  national  whole. 

From  the  pre-Hellenic  period  date  certain  structures  still 
existing  in  different  parts  of  Greece,  which  bear  witness  to  a 
not  inconsiderable  degree  of  culture,  and,  partly  on  account  of 
their  immense  size,  excite  genuine  surprise:  such  as  con- 
trivances, ascribed  by  tradition  to  the  heroes  of  antiquity,  and 
especially  to  Heracles,  for  the  watering  or  draining  of  the 
country,  which  in  many  quarters  was  unfit  either  for  cultiva- 
tion or  habitation  without  some  preparation  of  the  kind ;  also 
roads,  which  rendered  possible  some  communication  between 
those  portions  of  the  country  separated  by  impassable 
mountains,  in  districts  where,  at  the  present  day,  now  that 
these  roads  have  fallen  into  ruin,  communication  is  with  difficulty 
maintained  by  bridle-paths,  although  the  Achaean  heroes  of 
Homer  passed  to  and  fro  in  their  chariots  without  difficulty.1 
Lastly,  there  remain  huge  edifices  of  polygonal  stones,  some  of 
them  of  colossal  dimensions,  partly  walls  and  gateways,  partly, 
as  it  appears,  burial-places,  and  treasure-houses  intended  for 
the  preservation  of  valuable  property,  and  built,  as  tradition 
relates,  at  the  instigation  of  this  or  that  king  by  the  mythical 
Cyclopes.  Pausanias  mentions  with  astonishment  the  treasure- 
house  of  Minyas  at  Orchomenus,  and  the  walls  of  Tiryns,  as 
buildings  which  might  well  compare  with  those  of  the 
Egyptians.  This  may  certainly  be  an  exaggeration ;  but  there 
are  indisputably  still  in  existence,  besides  the  fortifications  of 
Tiryns,  fragments  of  cyclopean  architecture,  such  as  the  walls 
of  Mycenae,  with  their  lion-gate,  the  so-called  treasure-house 
of  Atreus,  and  others  elsewhere,  well  fitted  to  convince  us 
that  in  a  period  now  completely  veiled  from  our  eyes  by  im- 

1  It  is  true  that  doubts  have  been    265,  with  regard  to  the  journey  of  Tele- 
suggested  by  Hercher,  in  Hermes,  i.  p.    machus  from  Pylos  to  Lacedaemon. 


INTR  OD  UCTION.  9 

penetrable  darkness,  there  lived  mighty  rulers,  who  had  at  their 
disposal  the  not  inconsiderable  forces  of  a  laborious  people,  and 
were  by  this  means  enabled  to  execute  works  which,  though 
they  display  no  high  artistic  development,  do  yet  testify  to 
the  continued  perseverance  and  united  exertions  of  numerous 
workmen,  whose  services  must  necessarily  appear  all  the  more 
wonderful  to  us  when  we  remember  that  at  that  time  labour 
was  lightened  by  no  skilfully  devised  machinery. 

Yet  another  bequest,  however,  has  been  left  us  by  this 
early  time,  no  less  enigmatical  than  these  huge  structures 
which  loom  out  of  primeval  ages — a  bequest  handed  down 
to  posterity  in  manifold  form  and  ever-changing  shape,  and 
living  on  to  much  later  times, — a  rich  stream  full  of  mythical 
tradition  of  the  deeds  of  gods  and  men, — of  huge  races 
which  have  since  disappeared,  such  as  giants  and  Cyclopes, 
— of  heroes  engaged  in  conflict  with  wonderful  monsters, — 
— of  distant  voyages  over  unknown  seas,  rich  in  adven- 
tures and  deeds  of  heroism,  and  undertaken  for  the  capture 
of  precious  treasure  or  for  the  punishment  of  injustice  and 
wrong, — of  frightful  crimes  with  which  one  or  other  of  the 
ancient  dynasties  stained  themselves,  and  through  which  they 
brought  defilement  both  on  themselves  and  their  race.  These 
fables  provided  an  inexhaustible  material  for  the  poetry  of 
later  generations,  which  they  were  never  weary  of  moulding 
into  life-like  forms,  and  using  as  the  vehicle  of  the  most 
diverse  ideas.  But  what  was  the  original  foundation  of  these 
stories,  what  thoughts  clothed  in  symbols  and  pictures  they 
signified,  what  reminiscences  of  real  deeds  and  events  may 
underlie  them,  it  is  only  possible  to  ascertain  with  certainty  in 
a  few  cases.  This  much,  however,  is  certain,  that  even  Homer 
and  his  immediate  successors,  the  most  ancient  poets  in  whose 
songs  these  stories  are  presented  to  us,  received  their  material 
as  a  bequest  from  a  far  remote  past ;  and  Homer  himself,  with 
all  his  skill  in  giving  an  appearance  and  colour  of  truth  and 
reality  to  his  narrations,  yet  in  many  passages  shows  clearly 
enough  that  the  events  of  which  he  sings  belonged  to  a 
distant  antiquity,  and  that  the  Hellenes  whom  he  brings  before 
us  were  sprung  from  an  earlier  and  much  stronger  race  than  the 
men  of  his  own  day.  Many  of  these  stories  appear  to  contain 
evident  traces  which  bear  out  the  conclusion  that  they  did  not 
originate  on  Greek  ground,  but  that  the  Greeks  had  either 
received  and  appropriated  them  in  their  communications  with 
the  East,  or  had  at  least  brought  with  them  the  roots  or  kernels 
of  the  stories  from  Asia,  their  earlier  home,  and  that  out  of 
these  was  formed  this  rich  and  manifold  structure  composed  of 


io  THE  ANTIQUITIES  OF  GREECE. 

the  stories  of  their  gods  and  heroes.  With  regard  to  by  far 
the  greater  part  of  the  myths,  the  latter  may  be  assumed  to 
have  been  the  case,  the  former  only  in  the  small  remainder. 
The  number  of  those  which  may  be  certainly  shown  to  have 
been  borrowed  from  Oriental,  Phoenician,  or  Egyptian  myths, 
is  comparatively  not  large,  and  the  great  majority  display  to 
the  eyes  of  an  impartial  and  unprejudiced  inquirer  no  sign  of 
Phoenician  or  Egyptian  origin,  but,  on  the  contrary,  appear  to 
be  the  productions  of  the  nation  whose  property  they  are, 
although,  as  we  have  said,  the  roots  and  kernels  may  belong  to 
a  period  in  which  this  nation  still  lived  in  its  Asiatic  home 
among  kindred  peoples,  from  which,  at  a  later  time,  it  became 
more  and  more  estranged,  and  which  it  sometimes  even  con- 
trasted with  itself  as  barbarians. 

In  other  respects  it  is  undeniable  that  in  the  pre-Hellenic 
period  great  and  manifold  influences  were  exercised  on  Greece 
from  Oriental  and  Phoenician  sources,  and  also  that  the  Greeks 
of  that  age  owed  to  these  races  the  communication  of  many 
branches  of  knowledge  and  art.  The  Phoenicians,  as  we  know 
from  perfectly  trustworthy  testimony,  possessed  settlements  in 
many  islands  of  the  iEgean  Sea,  and  on  many  coasts  of  the 
mainland  of  Greece.  In  Cyprus,  Cittion  and  many  other  towns 
were  founded  by  them,  while  in  Crete  some  fugitive  bands  of 
the  Phoenician  Philistines  had  settled  after  their  expulsion  from 
Egypt  by  the  native  kings,  where  they  had  occupied  a  portion  of 
the  land  for  nearly  five  hundred  years,  under  the  name  of  Hycsus. 
There  were  Phoenician  settlements  also  in  Ehodes,  Thera,  Melos, 
and  further  away  in  Lemnos,  Samothrace,  and  Thasos,  in  which 
last-named  island  they  first  opened  the  gold  mines,  which  at 
that  time  were  rich  and  productive ;  while  it  is  one  of  the  most 
certain  historical  facts  that  they  at  one  time  occupied  the 
island  of  Cythera  in  the  bay  of  Laconia,  and  carried  on  there 
their  purple-fishery  and  dyeing  operations.1    Now,  just  as  the 

1  It  is  also  acutely  proved  by  E.  in    Rhein.  Mus.   viii.    (1853)  p.    321 

Curtius,  Rheinisckes  Museum,  1850,  p.  seq.      The  opinion  expressed  by  the 

455  seq.,  that  Phoenicians  had   once  latter,  that  other  peoples  unrelated 

settled  at  Nauplia  on  the  coast  of  in  language  to  the  Phoenicians,  and 

Argolis.    For  other  traces  of  this  race  especially  Leleges  and  Carians,   had 

in  the  peninsula,   see  Curtius,  Peh-  made  an  entry  at  the  same  time  under 

ponnes,  Part  ii.  pp.  10,  47,  170,  and  Phoenician  leadership,  has  since  then 

in  many  other  passages.     Generally,  been  further  applied  by  E.   Curtius, 

however,    for  the  extension  of    the  who,  however,  claims  for  these  non- 

Phcenicians    in    Greek    regions    and  Phoenician  bands  the  common  name 

islands,  consult,  besides  Movers'  well-  of  Ionians,  which  may  be  acquiesced 

known  work,  Knobel,  die  Volkertafel  in,  provided  that    the  name   is    not 

der  Genesis,  p.    96  seq.,  and  for  the  exclusively  associated  with  the  Ionic 

names  of  places  which  afford  evidence  stock  which  was,    at  a  later  time, 

of   their   presence,  see  J.  Olshausen  specially  so  called.      Cf.    Opusc.  ac. 


INTR  QD  UCTION.  1 1 

Cytherean  goddess,  Aphrodite  Urania,  and  her  worship,  which 
was  gradually  extended  over  the  whole  of  Greece,  offers  the 
clearest  proof  that  the  Greeks  derived  from  the  Phoenicians  not 
only  merchandise,  but  also  religious  ideas  and  ceremonies,  so 
in  the  same  way  the  worship  of  the  Cabiri  in  Lemnos  and 
Samothrace  is  in  all  probability  to  be  reckoned  among  the 
worships  derived  from  the  same  source.  Indeed,  the  very 
name  of  Cabiri  seems  to  be  more  appropriately  regarded  as 
Phoenician  than  Greek.1  Nevertheless,  the  fact  must  not  be 
overlooked  that  in  this  worship,  as  in  that  of  Aphrodite, 
foreign  and  native  elements  have  met  one  another  and  become 
completely  intermingled;  and  just  as  the  representation  and 
worship  of  the  Cytherean  goddess  attached  themselves  to  those 
of  a  native  Greek  goddess  of  kindred  signification,  so  the 
Phoenician  Cabiri  were  associated  with  gods  whom  there  can 
be  no  hesitation  in  considering  as  original  to  the  Greeks.  On 
this  account  we  must  be  on  our  guard  against  the  sweeping 
conclusion  which,  it  is  true,  some  of  the  ancients  themselves 
have  not  avoided, — that  all  which  related  to  these  Cabiri  must 
necessarily  be  considered  non-Greek  and  Phoenician. 

Apart  from  this,  however,  we  are  unable  to  ascertain  how 
numerous  the  Phoenician  settlers  on  these  islands  and  coasts 
may  have  been.  In  many  places  it  is  certain  that  they  only 
erected  factories  for  the  prosecution  of  their  trade,  without 
taking  possession  of  more  extensive  regions  or  founding  regular 
colonies,  while  in  other  parts  they  attempted  and  executed 
these  further  designs.  This  much,  however,  is  certain,  that  in 
the  opinion  of  the  Greeks  some  limit  must  already  have  been 
placed  on  the  naval  supremacy  of  the  Phoenicians  as  early  as 
the  pre-Hellenic  period.  The  dominion  of  Minos,  the  mythical 
king  of  Crete,  is  fixed  at  three  generations  before  the  Trojan 
war,  and  he,  according  to  the  statements  of  the  Greeks,  subdued 
and  colonised2  the  islands  of  the  iEgean,  which  were  at  that 
time  occupied  by  the  Carians  and  Phoenicians.  And  even  if 
we  suppose  that  he  must  really  be  regarded  as  a  personification 
of  the  Phoenician  supremacy,  on  the  other  hand,  the  Homeric 
poems,  which  are  the  earliest  source  to  throw  any  light  over 
Greek  relations,  contain  not  the  slightest  trace  of  Phoenician 
settlements  on  Greek  islands  or  coasts,  and  we  only  know  the 


i.   p.    168,   and    A.   v.    Gutschmidt,  concerning  Minos  as  a  Phoenician,  see 

Beitr.  z.  Gesch.  d.  alt.  Orients,  p.  124.  Thirlwall,  History  of  Greece,  i.  p.  140, 

1  From  Kebir,  i.e.  great.     They  are  and  Duncker,  History  of  Antiquity,  i. 

often  termed  ' '  the  great  gods  "  among  p.  369  of  Abbott's  translation.  Curtius 

the  Greeks.  declares    himself    against  this  view, 

aCf.  Hoeck,  Kreta,  p.ii.  205 seq., and  Or.  Gesch.  vol  i.  p.  628  (4th  ed.). 


12  THE  ANTIQUITIES  OF  GREECE. 

Phoenicians  as  merchants  who  visited  these  lands  with  their  mer- 
chandise, and  at  the  same  time  practised  piracy  and  kidnapped 
men.  Everything,  however,  which  appears  in  later  writers  about 
permanent  settlements  of  the  Phoenicians  or  Egyptians  in  par- 
ticular parts  of  Bceotia,  Argolis,  and  Attica  may  be  shown  with 
sufficient  clearness,  on  an  examination  of  its  real  grounds,  to  be 
completely  unhistorical.1  As  regards  Cadmus,  the  reputed 
founder  of  the  Theban  citadel  Cadmeia,  Herodotus,  it  is  true, 
believes  that  he  was  a  Tyrian  prince  sent  out  by  his  father 
Agenor  to  search  for  his  ravished  sister  Europa,  and  who  after 
many  wanderings  at  last  reached  Bceotia,  and  there  founded  the 
fortification  of  Cadmeia,  which  has  since  borne  his  name.  On  the 
other  hand,  however,  reasons  which  it  is  impossible  to  overlook 
support  the  view  that  in  the  genuine  religious  stories  of  Pelasgian 
peoples  this  name  rather  denotes  a  god,  whose  activity  was 
present  at  the  beginning  of  the  world  in  the  character  of  a 
founder  or  legislator,  but  who,  after  these  stories  had  been 
suppressed  or  obscured,  was  converted  into  a  hero,  but  still 
one  of  a  thoroughly  Greek  origin  and  character,  and  was  first 
declared  to  be  a  Phoenician  adventurer  in  a  period  when  a 
prevalent  inclination  had  grown  up  among  the  Greeks  to 
derive  the  obscure  beginnings  of  their  history  and  culture  from 
the  East.  This  tendency  was  due,  in  the  first  place,  to  the  general 
fact  that  a  recognition  had  forced  itself  upon  their  minds,  that  the 
culture  of  the  East  was  more  ancient  than  their  own,  and  it 
was  only  the  next  step  to  this  to  derive  the  younger  from  the 
more  ancient ;  and  a  second  and  more  special  reason  was  this, 
that  many  of  their  religious  institutions  which  had  become  un- 
intelligible to  themselves  had  a  certain  similarity  to  those  of 
the  East,  and  for  that  reason  might  be  regarded  as  borrowed 
from  it.  Moreover,  subsequently  to  the  foundation  of  the  Greek 
colonies  a  more  constant  communication  took  place  with  Asia, 
and  not  only  did  a  larger  number  of  Phoenician  merchants  visit 
Greece,  but  also  Greek  travellers  to  Phoenicia  became  equally 
frequent, — many  induced  not  only  by  commercial  interests,  but 
also  by  their  eagerness  for  scientific  investigation,  and  as  a 
result  of  this  there  can  be  no  doubt  that  sweeping  conclusions 
of  this  kind  were  drawn  from  very  weak  premises.  To  these  we 
must  add  the  records  contained  in  Phoenician  myths  concerning 

1  Cf.  especially  the  thorough  criti-  at  any  rate  not  of  Egyptian  descent, 

cism  in  ThirlwaU,  cap.  iii.  vol.  i.  pp.  but  adventurers  of  Semitic  race,  who, 

71-89,  and  before  him  in  O.  Muller,  having  been  expelled  from  Egypt,  had 

Orchom.  p.    99  seq.,  and  Proleg.  zur  some  of  them  turned  towards  Greece. 

Myth.  p.  175  seq.     Even  among  the  See  Diodor.   xl.   3;    C.   Midler,    Fr. 

ancients    some    considered    that   the  Hist.  ii.  p.  392. 
settlers  who  arrived  from  Egypt  were 


INTRODUCTION.  13 

ancient  emigrations  from  their  land  to  the  West ;  and  out  of  the 
union  of  stories  of  this  kind  with  native  elements  arose,  as  we 
may  fairly  infer,  that  manifold  and  confusing  congeries  of  myths 
which  has  attached  itself  to  the  name  of  Cadmus.  The  name 
itself,  however,  may  have  contributed  to  the  mistake  of  regard- 
ing this  personage  as  a  Phoenician,  since  it  recalls  to  mind  the 
Semitic  word  Kedem,  or  "land  of  the  morning ;"  and  this  may 
have  been  more  especially  the  case  since  in  Greek  the  word 
had  disappeared  from  daily  use,  and  its  signification  of  "arranger" 
(from  icoo-fios)  had  come  to  be  forgotten.  It  is  however  evi- 
dently as  genuine  Greek  as  the  name  of  his  wife  Harmonia, 
which,  it  is  true,  some  modern  theorists  have  in  some  incon- 
ceivable way  declared  to  have  been  also  borrowed  from  the 
foreigners.1 

Equally  ill-founded  is  the  opinion  of  the  Egyptian  origin  of 
Danaus.  His  name  too  may  easily  be  explained  from  a  Greek 
root,2  and,  like  the  myth  concerning  him  and  his  daughters,  the 
Danaidse,  points  to  the  watering  of  the  land.  Now  the  hero 
Danaus  is  stated  in  the  myth  to  have  been  a  descendant  of  Io,  a 
goddess  of  the  moon  and  firmament,  worshipped  by  the  ancient 
Argives;  and  Greek  travellers,  imagining  that  they  had  discovered 
the  same  goddess  in  the  Egyptian  Isis,  easily  conceived  the 
idea  of  converting  her  descendant  Danaus  into  an  Egyptian,  and 
representing  him  as  having  arrived  in  Greece  from  that  country.3 
However,  the  most  ancient  evidence  for  this  opinion  likewise 
belongs  exactly  to  that  period  in  which  Egypt  was  thrown  open 
more  freely  than  in  earlier  times  to  the  entry  of  the  Greeks, 
and  the  land  was  more  frequently  visited  from  Greece  than 
heretofore.4  Finally,  Cecrops  is  in  no  instance  described  as  an 
Egyptian  by  any  of  the  more  ancient  writers,  but,  on  the  con- 

1  Since  Mebuhr  himself ,  Lectures  on  a  As  G.  Hermann  derives  it  from 

Ancient  Hist.  i.  p.  80,  produces,  as  a  v&w,  with  its  inseparable  preposition 

proof  of  the  Phoenician  settlement  in  8a — Opusc.    vii.    p.    280.      Cf.   Pott, 

Bceotia,  the  word  /Savd,  nsed  by  the  Jahrbuch  f.  Philologie  Supplem.  iii.  p. 

Boeotians  for  ywtf,  and  according  to  336,  and  Kuhn,  Zeitschr.  fur  vergleich. 

him  an  evidently  Semitic  word,  the  Spr.  vii.  5.  109. 
reader  may  be  referred  on  this  subject 

to  Ahrens,  de  Dialecto  Mol.  p.  172.  8  Concerning  the  signification  of  the 

The  word  "Oyica  too,  used  as  surname  fable  it  may  be  sufficient  here  to  refer 

of  Athene,  has  appeared  to  many  to  toGottling,  GesammelteAbharidlungen, 

be  Semitic,  while  others  connect  it  p.    38,   and  Preller'a  Mythologie,   ii. 

with  dyicos,  and  make  it  signify  "  the  part  2,  p.  45. 
goddess  on  the  height,"  like  aicpata  in 

other  places.     Apart  from  this,  the  4  The  derivation  of   Danaus   from 

fact  that  at  one  time  Phoenicians  had  Egypt  first  appears   in  the  epic  of 

settled  in  Bceotia  may,  and  indeed  Danais,  which  appears  to  belong  to 

must,  be  granted,  even  if  evidence  of  the  Solonian  age.     See  Welcker,  Ep. 

this  kind  is  rejected.  Cyc.  p.  326. 


i4  THE  ANTIQUITIES  OF  GREECE. 

trary,  until  the  period  of  Alexandrine  studies,  he  uniformly 
appears  as  an  autochthonous  Attic  and  Boeotian  hero.  With 
regard  to  the  Platonic  romance  concerning  an  ancient  union 
between  Athens  and  Egypt,  and  the  war  with  the  submerged 
island  Atlantis,  it  is  as  impossible  in  any  rational  manner  to 
suppose  that  it  actually  rested  on  old  Egyptian  records  as  it  is 
to  persuade  us  that  the  goddess  of  Sa'is,  Neith,  was  identical 
with  the  Greek  Athene,  on  account  of  some  remote  similarity 
in  the  name,  when  the  signification  of  the  two  words  is  entirely 
different.  Nevertheless  it  was  this  similarity  between  Athene 
and  Neith  and  this  Platonic  romance  that  were  the  first  threads 
out  of  which  first  Theopompus,  a  contemporary  of  Alexander 
the  Great  and  the  two  Ptolemies,  spun  out  the  legend  of  an 
Egyptian  colony  in  Attica,  and  then  later  writers  repre- 
sented Cecrops  of  Sa'is  as  its  leader.  If  modern  inquirers  have 
assigned  some  value  to  these  cobweb  theories,  this  was  most 
pardonable  in  a  superstitious  age,  when  historical  criticism 
was  as  yet  little  practised ;  but  when,  although  the  supposed 
evidence  for  this  Egyptian  colonisation  has  been  illumined 
by  the  torch  of  criticism,  and  displayed  in  all  its  worthless- 
ness,  many  still  stand  forward  in  defence  of  the  same  view, 
and  appeal  to  similarities  which  may  possibly  be  discovered 
between  Egyptian  art  and  the  works  of  the  most  ancient  art  of 
Greece,  or  regard  the  small  pyramidical  edifices  which  appear 
here  and  there  in  particular  parts  of  Greece  as  trustworthy 
evidences  of  Egyptian  colonies,  this  kind  of  mistake  seems 
scarcely  explicable,  except  as  the  result  of  a  certain  idiosyn- 
crasy which  feels  an  absolute  need  of  rediscovering  the  East 
in  Greece.1 

To  an  idiosyncrasy  of  this  kind  we  must  ascribe  the  truly 
astounding  assertion  that  not  merely  particular  institutions, 
sciences,  and  discoveries,  were  acquired  by  the  Greeks  from  the 
East,  which  nobody  denies,  but  that  the  entire  Greek  culture 
is  due  to  the  communication  with  the  earlier  civilisation  of  the 
Orientals.  Keligious  conceptions,  in  particular,  are  supposed 
to  have  been  entirely  acquired  by  the  Greeks  from  Oriental 
sources,  and  especially  from  Egypt ;  while  Greek  mythology  is 
said  to  be  nothing  more  than  a  deformed  caricature  of  a  system 
constructed  by  the  lore  of  Egyptian  priests,  of  which  only 
fragments  had  become  known  to  the  Greeks,  which,  misunder- 
stood and  forced  out  of  their  right  connection,  were  at  last 

1  Cf.,  on  the  other  hand,  Meiners,  isVischer,  Erinner.  und  Eindriicke  aus 

Gesch.  alter  Relig.  i.  p.  309 ;  ii.  p.  742  ;  Griechenl.  p.  328.    Pyramidical  monu- 

and   Urlichs,    Neuer  Schweizer  Mus.  ments  were  erected  in  Sicily  in  the  time 

( 1 861 )  p.  150.  In  favour  of  the  opinion  of  the  younger  Hiero.  — Diodor.  xvi.  83. 


INTR  OD  UCTION.  1 5 

converted  into  a  confused  web  of  contradictory  and  meaningless 
stories,  in  which  scarcely  a  trace  of  the  profound  and  consistent 
teachings  of  the  priests  can  be  detected ;  though  this  teaching, 
it  is  imagined,  has  at  last  been  re-discovered,  and  in  it  there 
are  beheld  stored  up,  not  only  the  true  and  original  significa- 
tion of  the  mythological  pictures,  but  also  the  speculative  ideas 
of  later  Greek  thinkers  concerning  the  gods  and  divine  things, 
so  that  Egypt  must  be  recognised  as  the  one  alma  mater  of  all 
Greek  and  consequently  of  all  Western  philosophy.1  This 
supposed  system,  however,  of  old  Egyptian  priest-lore  shows 
itself,  on  critical  investigation,  to  be  only  a  modern  product  of 
misapplied  learning  in  subservience  to  a  foregone  conclusion, 
which,  out  of  certain  intimations  of  the  most  different  character, 
and  belonging  to  the  most  different  periods,  sometimes  un- 
reliable, sometimes  unintelligible,  has  derived  what  meaning  it 
chose,  and  invented  fresh  material  at  its  own  pleasure.  The 
only  proposition  which  may  be  truly  maintained  is  this  :  that 
after  Egypt  and  the  East  had  become  more  accessible  and 
better  known  to  the  Greeks,  many  particular  points  in  the 
religion,  the  worship,  and  the  mythology  of  the  Orientals 
appeared  to  some  persons  so  important  and  worthy  of  notice 
that  they  introduced  them  also  into  the  Greek  religion,  and 
undertook  to  amalgamate  them  with  the  national  conceptions, 
worships,  and  myths — an  undertaking  to  which,  in  particular, 
the  so-called  Orphici  directed  their  attention.  These  men  were 
so  named  because  they  attempted  to  give  to  their  new  doctrines 
the  appearance  of  a  venerable  antiquity  by  representing  them 
as  revelations  bequeathed  by  an  unknown  poet  of  the  earliest 
times — the  Thracian  Orpheus2 — which  had  hitherto  lain  con- 
cealed, or  had  only  been  known  to  a  few  initiated  persons. 
Aristotle  declares  that  no  poet  of  the  name  of  Orpheus  ever 
existed,  and  the  chief  poem  attributed  to  him  has  been 
judged  by  skilful  inquirers  to  be  the  work  of  Cercops,  a 
Pythagorean,  and  must  therefore,  at  earliest,  have  been  pro- 
duced in  the  second  half  of  the  sixth  century  B.C.  Others 
regard  it  'as  a  work  of  Onomacritus,  a  writer  of  the  same 
period.     It  is  evident  that  Orpheus  is  a  thoroughly  mythi- 

1This  is  the  proposition  which  E.  considered  judgment,  Alt.   Gesch.   i. 

Roth    undertakes    to    prove    in    his  p.  83 ;  and,  for  the  derivation  of  Greek 

Oeschichte  unserer  abendland.   Philo-  religion    from    Egypt,    to    Welcker, 

soph.  i.  (Mannheim,  1846).     A  correct  Obtterl.  i.  p.  10,  and  Gerhard,  Myth. 

and  fair  estimate  of  his  fruitless  at-  i.  p.  31. 
tempt  is  given  by  Spiegel,  Miinchener 

gelehrter  Anzeliger,  I860,  no.  65.    We  a  Concerning  the  Orphici,  it  is  suf- 

shall  here  simply  refer  for  the  supposed  ficient  to   refer  to  Lobeck's  Aglao- 

Egyptian  priest-lore  to  Duncker'swell-  phamus. 


1 6  THE  ANTIQUITIES  OF  GREECE. 

cal  personage,  as  were  also  the  other  reputed  singers  and 
prophets  of  antiquity  whose  names  are  still  retained,  such  as 
Musseus,  Eumolpus,  Linus,  Thamyris,  with  regard  to  whom  it 
may  be  affirmed  with  equal  confidence  that  they  are  fictitious 
personages,  created  by  the  fame  of  ancient  religious  institutions 
among  a  pre-Hellenic  people,  the  Thracians,  who  are  said  to 
have  at  one  time  settled  in  different  parts  of  Greece,  and  to 
whom,  in  particular,  was  ascribed  the  foundation  of  the  service 
rendered  to  the  Muses  on  Mount  Helicon  and  the  worship  of 
Dionysus.  This  ancient  people  have  nothing  in  common  with 
the  Thracians  of  the  historical  period  except  the  name,  and  this 
appears  to  have  been  transferred  to  these  barbarians  for  the 
simple  reason  that  they  penetrated  into  those  northern  regions 
of  Greece,  where  the  others  had  at  one  time  had  their  principal 
seats.1  The  belief,  however,  that  any  portion  of  Egyptian  lore 
had  ever  made  its  way  to  these  ancient  Thracians,  and  was 
through  them  introduced  into  Greece,  will  only  be  entertained 
by  those  who  flatter  themselves  with  the  hope  that  they  can 
still  discover  in  Thrace  some  traces  of  the  conquering  march  of  a 
Ehamses  or  a  Sesostris,  which,  in  that  case,  must  of  course  have 
introduced  into  the  country  Egyptian  religion  and  wisdom. 

In  opposition  to  this  perversity,  which  denies  all  originality 
to  Greek  culture,  and  represents  the  most  intellectual  people 
in  the  world,  instead  of  arriving  at  an  independent  civilisation, 
as  having  merely  modified,  disguised,  or  falsified  adventitious 
materials,  it  may  well  seem  excusable  if  others  have  undertaken 
altogether  to  deny  the  influence  of  the  East  upon  Greece. 
This  is,  it  is  true,  as  extreme  a  view  as  the  other,  but  it  is  not 
so  far  removed  from  the  truth.  For  all  that  can  actually  be 
proved  with  regard  to  these  influences  and  communications  is 
limited  to  isolated  and  generally  external  points,  which  are  of 
subordinate  importance  for  the  peculiar  heart  and  essence  of 
civilisation.  It  can,  moreover,  fairly  be  maintained  that  the 
Greeks  would  certainly  have  attained  their  actual  development 
without  them,  and  further,  that  everything  which  they  did 
actually  receive  from  barbarians  was  converted  into  their  own 
property,  and  evolved  independently  in  accordance  with  their 
own  nationality  and  their  own  genius. 

But  of  all  the  inventions  which  they  demonstrably  derived 
from  the  East,  there  is  none  more  important  than  that  of 
written  characters.  The  original  derivation  of  the  Greek 
alphabet  from  the  Phoenician  is  evidenced  both  by  the  names 
and  shapes  of  the  several  letters ;  but  it  is  also  obvious  that  no 

1  Cf.  0.  Abel,  Makedonkn,  p.  38  seq. ;  H.  Deimling,  die  Leleger,  pp.  44,  66. 


INTRO D  UCTION.  1 7 

settler,  such  as  Cadmus  is  said  to  have  been,  was  required  in 
order  to  teach  the  Greeks  these  letters.  It  is  impossible  to 
ascertain  with  certainty  at  how  early  a  time  the  knowledge 
reached  them,1  though  it  is  perfectly  certain  that  the  art 
of  writing  had  not  taken  its  place  as  an  effective  agent  in 
Greek  culture  before  the  seventh  century  B.C.  For  though  it 
may  seem  probable  that  writing  was  employed  in  shorter  docu- 
ments, there  was  certainly  no  more  extensive  use  of  it,  or  any 
commencement  of  written  literature,  before  the  period  named. 
According  to  the  testimony  of  the  ancients,  even  written  laws 
were  not  in  use  before  the  time  of  Zaleucus,  who  is  said  to 
have  given  the  first  written  code  to  the  Epizephyrian  Locrians 
about  664.2  We  may  leave  untouched  here  the  question 
whether  the  Homeric  poems,  the  most  ancient  production  of 
Greek  poetry  which  has  descended  to  posterity,  were  composed 
and  handed  down  with  the  aid  of  writing,  or  whether  the 
written  copies  of  them  were  first  made  some  centuries  after 
their  original  appearance :  for  even  those  writers  who  profess 
the  former  opinion  only  demand  an  exceedingly  limited  and 
occasional  employment  of  writing;  while  some  even  consider 
that  not  the  entire  poems,  but  only  certain  particular  portions 
of  them,  were  reduced  to  writing.3  Though  it  may  certainly  be 
allowed  that  as  early  as  the  eighth  or  ninth  century  some  few 
instances  of  written  composition  may  have  existed,  whether  it 
was  the  whole  of  the  Iliad  and  Odyssey,  or  only  particular 
portions,  yet  there  is  a  great  difference  between  this  limited 
application  of  the  art  of  writing  and  regular  literary  composi- 
tions, such  as  first  commenced  after  the  time  of  Pherecydes  of 
Syros,  about  600  B.C. ;  and  no  extensive  knowledge  of  writing, 
nor  any  adoption  of  it  in  the  education  of  the  young,  can  be 
detected  earlier  than  the  sixth  century.4  In  Sparta,  however, 
the  State  which  longest  resisted  all  innovations,  and  most  obsti- 
nately retained  ancient  customs,  even  in  later  times,  when  in 
the  rest  of  Greece  every  man,  or  at  least  every  freeman,  had 
long  since  learned  to  read  and  write,  the  great  majority  of  the 
Dorian  nobles  were  as  ignorant  of  this  art  as  the  heroes  of  the 


1  The  most  complete  statements  re-  true  that  some  have  tried  to  weaken 
lating  to  the  history  of  the  art  of  hy  implication,  to  which  number  even 
writing  among  the  Greeks  are  to  be  Trutzhorn  is  inclined  to  attach  him- 
found  in  Mure,  Hist,  of  the  Lang,  and  self  (d.  Ensthtehung  d.  Horn.  Ged, 
Liter,  of  Ancient  Greece,  vol.  iii.  p.  p.  76). 

397  seq.  3  As,  e.g.,  L.  Hug,  die  Erfindung  der 

2  Strabo,  vi.  i.  p.  259,  Serv.  zu  Verg.  Buchstabenschrift,  p.  93. 

JEn.  i.  507,  and  the  authorities  pro-         4  To  this  belongs  the  mention  of  a 

duced  in  the  Antiq.  jur.  publ.    Gra>-  reading-school  at  Chios  by  Herod,  (vi. 

corum,  the   evidence  of   whom  it  is  27),  shortly  before  500  B.C. 

B 


1 8  THE  ANTIQUITIES  OF  GREECE. 

Trojan  war,  as  Homer  depicts  them.  Like  the  art  of  writing, 
the  system  of  weights  and  measures  in  use  among  the  Greeks 
in  the  period  of  which  we  have  most  accurate  information,  was 
of  Oriental  origin,  and  even  the  name  of  the  pound-weight, 
fiva,  is  not  Greek,  but  Semitic.  The  introduction  of  this  system 
occurred  not  earlier  than  the  middle  of  the  eighth,  or  more 
probably  the  seventh,  century,  through  the  instrumentality  of 
the  Argive  king  Pheidon.1  No  one,  however,  will  be  so  foolish 
as  to  imagine  that  the  Greeks  possessed  no  measures  and 
weights  previous  to  that  time,  or  if  any  one  were  really  to  hold 
that  opinion,  he  would  be  easily  refuted  from  Homer.  The 
introduction  by  Pheidon  into  Greece  of  this  system,  which, 
though  of  universal  adoption  in  the  East,  was  of  Babylonian 
origin,  was  doubtless  brought  about  in  the  interests  of  com- 
merce with  the  East ;  while  the  fact  that  this  occurred  so  late 
appears  to  favour  the  view  that  hitherto  the  necessity  for  it 
had  not  made  itself  felt.  This  circumstance  by  itself  is  there- 
fore well  calculated  to  moderate  the  ideas  which  many  have 
adopted  of  the  active  communication  between  Greece  and  the 
East  in  early  times.2 

1  See  Bockh,  Metrologischen  Unter-        2  Of.  O.  Mliller,  Ootting.  Anz.  1839, 
suchungen,  p.  42  ;  and  for  the  date,  H.     no.  94,  p.  935. 
Weis8enborn,  Hellen.  bes.  p.  77  seq. 


HOMERIC  GREECE. 


The  Trojan  war,  and  the  train  of  events  connected  with  it, 
which  form  the  contents  of  the  Homeric  poems,  obviously 
belong  rather  to  the  domain  of  fable  than  to  that  of  history, 
and  it  has  even  been  doubted  by  many  whether  the  story  has 
any  historical  ground  at  all.  This  doubt  we  are  far  from 
sharing.  We  believe  that  in  the  story  of  a  Mysian  people 
related  in  blood  to  the  Greeks,  and  whose  nourishing  State  was 
after  a  long  struggle  destroyed  by  Greek  arms,  we  may  recog- 
nise no  mere  picture  of  the  imagination,  but  rather  the  reminis- 
cence of  an  actual  event.  This  event,  however,  belonged  to  the 
hoary  antiquity  of  which  no  exact  records  have  been  retained, 
so  that  it  has  fallen  completely  into  the  realm  of  poetry,  and 
may  be  painted  by  it  in  any  appropriate  form.  This  poetry, 
moreover,  is  far  more  ancient  than  the  Homeric  poems.  The 
singers  whose  ballads  have  been  preserved  to  us  in  the  Iliad 
and  Odyssey  found  a  material  awaiting  them  which  had  been 
used  by  many  earlier  bards,  and  reduced  to  a  certain  kind  of 
form,  and  which  they  now  developed  further  in  their  own 
fashion.  For  how  long  before  their  time  the  same  material  may 
have  been  treated  by  older  bards  it  is  as  impossible  to  ascertain 
as  it  is  to  fix  the  interval  between  the  event  to  which  the  songs 
refer  and  their  own  age.  The  attempts  of  the  ancients  to  de- 
termine the  epoch  of  the  Trojan  war  depend  upon  genealogies 
by  which  later  dynasties  and  noble  houses  are  represented  as 
descended  from  the  Homeric  heroes.1  They  therefore  proceed 
from  two  equally  uncertain  assumptions :  first,  that  these 
heroes  actually  lived  at  the  time  of  the  Trojan  war,  and,  secondly, 
that  these  genealogies  are  deserving  of  belief.  It  is  accordingly 
not  to  be  wondered  at  that  the  results  of  the  calculations 
founded  on  these  assumptions  harmonise  very  little  with  one 
another.  They  in  fact  differed  by  about  two  centuries;2 
although  the  calculation  most  universally  accepted  by  later 
scholars  is  that  of  Eratosthenes  and  Apollodorus,  according  to 

1  Cf.  J.  Brandis,  Commentarium  de  2  S.  Bockh,  Corp.  Inscrip.  ii.  p.  329 
temporum  Grcecorum  antique/,  ratione  ;  seq.,  and  Clinton,  Fasti  Hellen.  vol.  i. 
Bonn,  1857.  p.  123  seq. 


20  HOMERIC  GREECE. 

which  the  destruction  of  Troy  fell  in  the  year  1 1 83  or  11 84. 
Now,  even  supposing  that  this  calculation  is  really  correct — 
which  in  truth  can  never  again  be  conceded, — there  still  remains 
an  interval  between  the  Trojan  war  and  the  Homeric  age  of 
from  two  to  three  centuries ;  in  so  far,  that  is,  as  that  age  is 
placed  at  the  beginning  of  the  ninth  century,  a  date  which,  it  is 
true,  is  anything  but  certain.  The  Homeric  poems  themselves, 
however,  as  we  remarked  above,  speak  of  the  Trojan  war  as  an 
event  belonging  to  a  remote  antiquity,  of  which  no  record 
except  traditional  report  has  descended  to  the  bard.1  They, 
moreover,  describe  the  heroes  of  the  war  as  another  generation, 
far  surpassing  the  present  race,2  and  living  still  in  immediate  and 
intimate  communication  with  the  gods,  and  in  some  cases  even 
as  born  from  divine  parents.  If,  nevertheless,  they  are  able  to 
represent  everything  as  accurately  as  if  they  had  themselves 
been  contemporary  witnesses  of  the  events,  and  if  their  descrip- 
tions create  in  us  the  perfect  impression  of  a  picture  taken  imme- 
diately from  the  life,  yet  we  cannot  in  any  rational  manner 
recognise  in  this  fact  the  result  of  an  authentic  tradition, 
but  rather  a  proof  of  their  poetic  gifts.  For  poetry  aims  at 
the  lifelike  description  of  individual  figures,  and  is  little  con- 
cerned with  historical  truth ;  and  however  convinced  we  may 
be  that  this  heroic  antiquity,  to  which  the  march  against  Troy 
belongs,  was  in  many  essential  features  quite  different  from 
that  described  in  the  Homeric  poems,  we  are  yet  not  in  a 
position  to  supply  any  other  representation  of  it.  Some  parti- 
cular features  indeed,  pointing  to  essentially  different  circum- 
stances, the  bards  have  not  completely  effaced,  but,  on  the  whole, 
the  picture  which  they  give  us  would  seem  to  correspond  more 
to  the  circumstances  under  which  they  lived  themselves  than 
to  those  of  a  far-distant  antiquity.  Accordingly,  what  we  can 
gain  from  the  Homeric  poems  is  not  a  historically  certain  re- 
presentation, but  rather  a  poetical  description  of  the  old  heroic 
age,  as  it  was  reflected  in  the  mind  of  the  poet.3  Since,  how- 
ever, we  are  left  without  sufficient  means  to  design  another 

1 II.  ii.  486.  *  It  has  already  been   rightly  re- 

2  See,  e.g.  II.  v.  302,  xii.  380,  447,  marked  by  others,   e.g.    by  Curtius, 

xx.  285,  and  the  acute  criticism  on  Greek  Hist.   (vol.  i.  p.  146),  that  the 

such  passages  in  Velleius  Pat.  i.  c.  5.  picture  of  the  limited  authority  of  the 

By  modern  critics,  or  at  least  by  one  princes,  which  we  meet  with  in  Homer 

of  them,  all  these  passages  are  con-  even  in  thecase  of  Agamemnon  himself, 

sidered  to  be  interpolations.     It  is  does  not  properly  agree  with  the  im- 

stated  by  Heuzey,  Le  Mont  Olympe  mense  monuments  mentioned  above, 

(Paris,  1860),  p.  264,  that  even  the  which  evidently  point  to  a  condition 

modern  Greeks  in  some  places  regard  of  things  which,  in  the  age  to  which 

their  Hellenic  predecessors  as  a  power-  the  Homeric  poems  belong,  had  en- 

ful  race  of  giants.  tirely  disappeared  from  remembrance. 


HOMERIC  GREECE.  21 

picture  with  more  pretensions  to  truth,  we  must  rest  content 
with  the  one  we  have. 

In  the  first  place,  then,  we  find  the  Greek  nation  at  this  time 
as  little  united  into  a  political  whole  as  in  any  later  period.     It 
is  true  that  a  common  undertaking,  a  war  of  retaliation  against 
Troy,  took  place,  and  that  Agamemnon,  king  of  Mycenre,  stood 
at  the  head  of  the  army  which  had  assembled  from  the  most 
different  quarters  of  Greece,   as  its  accepted  commander-in- 
chief.     But  he  was  only  the  ruler  of  one  large  portion  of  the 
peninsula,  which  in  later  times  bore  the  name  of  his  ancestor 
Pelops,1  and  of  many  islands;2  while  the  princes  of  the  rest  of 
Greece  were  independent  kings,  bearing  rule  each  in  his  own 
district,  and  in  no  way  bound  to  follow  the  expedition  by  any 
relation  of  dependence,  but  only  united  in  this  retaliatory  war 
in   consequence   of  a    special    agreement   and    solemn  vow.3 
Homer,  however,  gives  us  no  more  detailed  information  con- 
cerning the  peculiar  character  of  this  agreement,  nor  the  motive 
which  induced  so  many  princes  to  join  Agamemnon,  and  only 
leaves  us  to  surmise  that  the  rape  of  Helen  by  the  Trojan 
prince,  and  the  refusal  to  restore  her  in  accordance  with  her 
own  earnest  desire,  was  regarded  as  a  heavy  injury,  which  sum- 
moned to  revenge,  not  only  the  husband  of  the  captive  wife,  as 
the  most  injured  party,  but  also  the  whole  Greek  nation.4     The 
princes  and  people  thus  united  for  the  war  are  enumerated  by 
name  in  an  interpolated  passage  of  the  Iliad,  the  so-called 
Catalogue  of  Ships,  where  the  number  of  ships  provided  by  each, 
and  in  some  cases  even  of  the  crews,  is  expressly  stated.     The 
number  of  ships  according  to  the  present  text5  is  1186,  that  of 
the  various  crews,  if  a  calculation  proposed  by  Thucydides  (i.  10) 
is  followed,  would  amount  to  nearly  102,000.     The  Catalogue, 
however,  cannot  be  regarded  as  real  evidence  of  the  conception 
formed  by  the  old  bards  of  the  Trojan  war  with  regard  to  the 
divisions  of  Greece  and  the  size  of  the  allied  army  at  the  time. 
On  several  occasions  it  contradicts  the  intimations  on  the  subject 
which  occur  in  the  Iliad  itself,  and  is  obviously  inserted  by  a 
later  hand,  so  that  it  informs  us  at  best  of  the  opinion  of  its  com- 

1  In  Homer    this    name  does    not  2 II.  ii.    108 ;    cf.  Thuc.   i.  9,  and 
appear,  but  in  the  Homeric  Hymn  to  Usteri,  zu  Wolf's  Vorles.  iiber  die  Ilias, 
the    Pythian    Apollo.      It    probably  Part  ii.  p.  108. 
points  to  a  national  name,  Pelopes,  3  II.  ii.  286  and  339. 
another  form  of  Pelasgi,  just  as  the  4  The  motive  can  only  be  conjee- 
story  of  Pelops,  the  son  of  Tantalus,  tured ;   it  is  never  definitely  stated, 
refers  to  an  early  connection  between  and  is  even  passed  over  in  silence  in 
this  people  and  Asia  Minor,  on  which  many  passages  where  one  would  have 
subject    I  will    now    only    refer    to  expected  to  find  it  mentioned. 
Preller,  Mythol.  ii.  379  seq.,  and  Ger-  6  Cf.  Sengebusch,  Dissert.  Horn.  i. 
hard,  ii.  179.  p.  142. 


22  HOMERIC  GREECE. 

poser,  and  not  of  the  conception  of  the  ancient  bards.  Nor  are 
we  able  even  to  ascribe  it  to  a  single  composer,  since  in  some 
passages  it  contradicts  itself,  and  we  are  therefore  obliged  to  as- 
sume that  previous  to  the  revision  to  which  we  owe  the  present 
form  of  the  Iliad,  the  Catalogue  had  been  recited  by  the  Ehapsodi 
in  different  forms  at  different  places,  out  of  regard  for  the  parti- 
cular audience,  and  that  its  present  form  was  occasioned  by  a 
not  over  careful  revision  and  combination  of  different  versions.1 
The  universal  form  of  government  in  particular  States  appears 
from  the  Homeric  poems  to  have  been  monarchy.  Even  if  a 
State  could  be  carried  on  for  a  considerable  period  without  a 
king,  as  was  the  case  in  Ithaca  during  the  twenty  years' 
absence  of  Odysseus,  yet  it  was  none  the  less  considered  subject 
to  the  king  both  by  divine  and  human  law.  The  monarchy 
was  regarded  as  a  divine  institution :  the  kings  had  been  origi- 
nally established  by  Zeus,  and  stood  under  his  special  care  and 
protection,  deriving  even  their  origin  from  him  or  the  other 
gods,  and  being  for  that  reason  called  Siorpecfrees  or  Sioyevies, 
while  their  dignity  descended  regularly  from  father  to  son. 
But  side  by  side  with  the  king  there  existed  in  each  State  a 
number  of  other  chieftains  who  are  also  sometimes  named 
/Sao-tX^e?,  and  whose  position  above  the  mass  of  the  people  was 
in  the  same  measure  treated  as  a  distinction  granted  and 
insured  by  the  gods,  and  described  by  the  same  epithets.2  It 
is  true  that  there  is  no  historical  evidence  concerning  the  origin 
either  of  the  monarchy  or  the  nobility  which  stood  by  its  side, 
but  it  is  easily  conceivable,  even  without  express  evidence,  that 
in  each  case  the  rise  of  individuals  above  the  multitude  may 
have  resulted  from  various  causes  and  occasions,  and  that 
individuals  who  were  so  raised  by  personal  fitness  or  favourable 
circumstances  must  have  acquired  greater  influence  and  greater 
wealth.  In  the  same  way  it  was  natural  that  a  distinction  of 
this  kind  should  become  hereditary  for  their  children.  The 
Aristotelian  definition  of  nobility,  that  it  depended  upon 
descent  from  rich  and  distinguished  ancestors,  or  consisted  in 
hereditary  influence  and  wealth,3  necessarily  applied  also  to  the 
nobility  of  the  heroic  age.  But  the  severance  of  the  nobility 
from  the  class  of  the  general  community  or  &7/A09  appears  in 
the  Homeric  poems  to  be  less  sharp  and  degrading  than  at  later 
times  it  became  in  many  States.     In  proof  that  personal  fitness 

1  Against  the  defence  of  the  Cata-  were  the  appropriate  place  for  such 

logue  attempted  by  Mure  in  his  His-  discussions. 

tory  of  the  Language  and  Literature  of  2  Cf .  Nitzsch,  note  on  Odyssey  iii. 

Ancient  Greece  (vol.  i.  p.  508)  many  265  and  iv.  25. 

points  might  be  asserted  which  are  8  Aristot.  Pol.    iv.   6  and  v.  1,  3 ; 

completely  overlooked  by  him,  if  this  Rhet.  ii.  15. 


HOMERIC  GREECE.  23 

even  in  the  inferior  classes  was  considered  worthy  of  recogni- 
tion and  honour,  it  may  be  sufficient  to  remark  that  similar 
epithets  of  honour  are  not  unfrequently  conferred  on  persons  of 
a  lower  station  as  well  as  on  the  nobles,1  and  also  that  the  name 
r/pcos,  though  peculiarly  the  property  of  princes  and  nobles,  was 
yet  most  certainly  granted  to  every  man  of  any  position  among 
the  people  ;2  and  finally  that  even  those  deprived  of  personal 
freedom,  like  the  swineherd  Eumseus  and  the  cowherd  Philoe- 
tius  are  termed  Sloe  and  Oelot,  as  possessing  divinely-given 
excellence.3  Similarly  in  the  intercourse  between  the  lower  and 
higher  classes  there  is  no  excessive  condescension  on  the  one 
side,  and  no  cringing  submission  on  the  other,  but  everywhere 
an  unconstrained,  natural,  and  humane  behaviour  is  perceptible. 
Nowhere  is  there  any  fixed  barrier  recognisable  by  which  the 
nobles  had  severed  themselves  from  the  rest  of  the  community, 
as,  e.g.  by  a  refusal  of  the  right  of  connubium,  although  it  is  true 
that  there  is  no  mention  made  of  any  instance  of  its  exercise.4 

With  regard  to  the  position  of  the  king,  and  his  relation  to 
the  nobles  and  people,  but  few  special  statements  are  at 
hand,  and  for  obvious  reasons.  In  the  Iliad  this  is  so,  because 
this  poem  represents  the  king  in  only  one  aspect,  as  the 
general  at  the  head  of  the  army ;  in  the  Odyssey,  because  from 
the  outset  it  introduces  to  our  notice  the  State  whose  relations 
are  most  discussed,  viz.,  the  State  of  Odysseus,  as  in  an  extra- 
ordinary condition,  its  king  having  for  many  years  been  absent, 
and  deprived  of  his  possession  of  the  throne.  So  far,  how- 
ever, as  our  accounts  go,  the  king  appears  everywhere  only 
as  the  first  among  equals.  The  chiefs  of  the  noble  families 
constitute  the  king's  council  or  fiovXrj,  and  are  on  that  ac- 
count called  (3ov\r)<j)6poi  or  fiovXevrai,  and  sometimes  also 
yepovr€<i,  a  name  which  was  in  no  way  limited  only  to  the 
aged,  but  signified  also  "  revered  "  or  "  influential "  men.  In 
conjunction  with  this  council  of  Gerontes  all  the  more  im- 
portant matters  were  transacted.  When  the  iEtolians,  being 
oppressed  by  the  Curetes,  seek  assistance  from  Meleager,  it  is 
the  Gerontes  who  send  to  him  the  formal  message,5  just  as  in 
the  army  before  Troy  a  council  of  Gerontes,  summoned  by  the 
commander-in-chief,  despatched  a  similar  message  to  Achilles  ;6 

1  Never  however  dioyeveh  or  diorpe-  *  In  Od.  xiv.  202,  a  bastard,  who  is 
<peis,  which  were  exclusively  used  of  indeed  the  son  of  an  influential  noble, 
the  nobles.  but  by  a  slave  woman,  whose  step- 

2  E.g.  to  the  herald  Mulius,  Od.  brothers,  after  his  father's  death, 
xviii.  423,  and  to  the  blind  bard  De-  settle  only  a  small  inheritance  on  him, 
modokus,  viii.  483.  yet  becomes  son-in-law  of  a  rich  family 

3  Od.  xiv.  48,  401,  413,  and  in  many  because  of  his  merit, 
other  passages  ;  cf.    also  xvi.   1  and  s  II.  ix.  574  seq. 
xxi.  240,  and  Nitzsch  on  iii.  265.  8 11.  ix.  70,  89. 


24  HOMERIC  GREECE. 

and,  when  the  Messenians  had  carried  off  cattle  and  herdsmen 
from  Ithaca,  king  Laertes,  in  conjunction  with  the  Gerontes, 
despatched  Odysseus  to  demand  restitution.1  We  must  also 
regard  as  Gerontes  those  rjyrJTope?  in  Pylus  who  distribute  the 
booty,  which  had  been  taken  from  the  Eleans  in  retaliation 
for  the  robberies  endured  at  their  hands,  to  those  who 
had  a  right  to  compensation.2  Lastly,  the  Gerousian  oath, 
which  is  said  to  have  been  taken  by  the  Trojans,  that  each, 
according  to  his  means,  would  contribute  his  proper  portion 
towards  the  fine  to  be  paid  to  the  Achseans,3  is  probably  to  be 
understood  of  an  oath  which  the  Gerontes  had  to  take  in  behalf 
of  the  people  placed  under  their  direction. 

The  usual  form  of  the  king's  deliberation  with  the  Gerontes 
appears  to  have  been  that  the  affairs  to  be  settled  were  dis- 
cussed at  the  common  meal  at  the  king's  table.  "  Invite  the 
Gerontes  to  a  feast "  is  Nestor's  advice  to  Agamemnon,  when 
he  is  recommending  him  to  summon  a  council  of  elders  to 
deliberate  on  the  course  to  be  taken  in  the  pressing  danger  ;4 
and  when  Alcinous,  king  of  the  Phsecians,  wishes  to  arrive 
at  a  decision  concerning  the  conveyance  of  Odysseus  home- 
ward, he  says  to  the  Gerontes,  who  were  at  that  very  time 
assembled  in  his  house,  "  To-morrow  we  will  summon  more 
Gerontes,  entertain  the  stranger,  and  offer  sacrifices  to  the 
gods  " — by  which  a  feast  is  evidently  implied — "  and  then  hold 
a  council."  And  this  was  the  course  actually  pursued  on  the 
following  day.5  It  is  also  expressly  asserted  by  him  as  a  usual 
custom6  that  the  Gerontes  were  entertained  as  guests  at  his 
house.  It  could  not,  however,  have  been  at  his  house  exclu- 
sively, for  in  Scheria  the  Odyssey  presents  us  with  a  division 
of  the  kingdom.  Twelve  kings  bear  rule  in  the  land,  and 
Alcinous  is  the  thirteenth,7  and  probably  the  highest,  although 
we  find  that  even  he  is  invited  by  the  rest  to  council,8  and 
therefore,  of  course,  entertained  as  a  guest.  Apart  from  this, 
just  as  a  sacrifice  implied  a  feast,  so  did  a  feast  necessarily 
imply  a  sacrifice,9  and  therefore  we  shall  probably  be  right  in 
saying  that  this  form  of  deliberation  may  have  appeared,  in  a 
twofold  respect,  to  be  calculated  to  urge  the  members  of  the 
council  to  a  friendly  and  united  management  of  affairs  by 
means  of  a  common  participation  both  in  the  feast  and  in  the 

1  Od.  xxi.  21.  *  II.  ix.  70. 

!  JJ:  xi-..677-  _  5  Od.  vii.  189,  viii.  42  sea. 

3 II.  xxu.  119.    The  Gerousian  wine  6  q^  x„j   c 

also  {II.  iv.  259,  Od.  xiii.  8)  is  pro-  ,       '     ..."     ' 
bably  not  old  wine,  as  some  think,  Ud-  V111,  "*J0- 

but    the    wine    placed    before    the  8  Od.  vi.  54. 

Gerontes.  9  Cf.  Athenseus,  v.  19,  p.  192. 


HOMERIC  GREECE.  25 

worship  of  the  gods.  For  similar  reasons  we  shall  find  in  the 
different  States  at  a  later  time  the  institution  of  public  dining- 
clubs  for  the  various  boards  of  magistrates  and  councillors. 

Nor  were  assemblies  of  the  whole  people  an  unfrequent 
occurrence,  though  the  object  was  not  so  much  to  consult 
them  concerning  any  matter,  or  to  pass  a  popular  decree  by  a 
regular  division,  as  to  make  them  acquainted  with  the  decision 
already  formed  by  the  Gerontes.  So  Agamemnon,  in  the 
Iliad,  summoned  the  army  to  an  assembly,  in  order  to 
announce  to  it  the  pretended  retreat  that  had  been  decided 
upon.1  In  other  cases  the  people  is  summoned  in  order  that 
deliberation  may  be  held  in  its  presence  concerning  some 
important  matter,  as,  e.g.  about  defence  against  a  hostile  in- 
vasion,2 or  a  remedy  for  some  urgent  mischief,  as  in  the 
assembly  of  the  army  called  by  Achilles,  in  the  first  book  of 
the  Iliad,  on  account  of  the  pestilence.  In  the  Odyssey,  Tele- 
machus  summons  an  assembly  on  the  advice  of  Mentor,  merely 
to  complain  before  the  assembled  people  of  the  injuries  com- 
mitted by  the  suitors,  and  to  demand  their  departure  from  his 
house,  v  Halitherses  rises,  expresses  his  sympathy  for  Tele- 
machus,  and  advises  the  suitors  to  desist  from  their  insolent 
behaviour.  Mentor  chides  the  people  for  looking  so  quietly 
upon  this  behaviour  without  putting  any  check  to  it;  while 
Leocritus,  one  of  the  suitors,  makes  an  insolent  and  menacing 
reply,  and  demands  the  dissolution  of  the  assembly;  which 
actually  takes  place  without  any  sort  of  result  being  arrived  at. 
We  therefore  evidently  see  here  an  attempt,  though  a  fruitless 
one,  on  the  part  of  Telemachus,  to  obtain  the  assistance  of  the 
people.3  No  decree,  however,  is  passed,  and  even  the  request 
of  Telemachus,  that  a  ship  might  be  equipped  for  him  in  which 
to  sail  to  Pylus,  is  disregarded,  except  by  Mentor,  who  after- 
wards undertakes  to  assemble  some  comrades  for  him.  In 
another  passage4  mention  is  made  of  an  assembly  to  which  the 
two  Atridse  cause  the  army  to  be  summoned,  intending  each  to 
propose  his  opinion  concerning  the  retreat  after  the  capture  of 
Troy,  as  to  which  they  were  at  variance.  Some  assent  to  the 
one,  some  to  the  other,  and  so  the  assembly  is  dissolved  with- 
out an  agreement.  An  assembly  is  also  called  among  the 
Phaeacians5  in  order  that  the  stranger  Odysseus  may  be 
presented  and  recommended  to  their  hospitality.  Alcinous 
calls  upon  the  chieftains  and  princes  to  provide  the  necessary 

1 II.  ii.  50.  tempt    should  meet  with  more    suc- 

2  Od.  ii.  30.  cess. 

8  Of.  Od.  xvi.  376,  where  Antinous  4  Od.  iii.  137. 

expresses   anxiety  lest  a  second  at-  s  Od.  viii.  5  seq. 


26  HOMERIC  GREECE. 

means  for  his  conveyance  home,  bnt  there  is  no  further  mention 
of  deliberation  or  actual  decrees.  Again,  after  the  murder  of 
the  suitors,  their  followers  bring  about  an  assembly.1  One 
speaker  urges  them  to  revenge;  another  exhorts  them  to 
remain  tranquil,  on  the  ground  that  the  suitors  had  only  met 
with  justice.  With  this  opinion  more  than  half  coincide,  and 
depart  to  their  homes.  The  others  seize  their  arms,  are 
opposed  by  Odysseus  and  his  retainers,  and  a  fight  results,  in 
which  several  are  killed,  until  Athene  intervenes,  and  restores 
peace. 

The  summons  of  the  people  to  the  assembly  naturally  pro- 
ceeded, in  the  ordinary  course  of  things,  from  the  king,  after  a 
preliminary  deliberation  with  the  Gerontes.  Yet  we  see,  in 
the  Iliad,  how  Achilles  summons  an  assembly  of  the  army 
without  having  previously  taken  counsel  with  the  commander- 
in-chief, — a  proceeding  which,  by  Agamemnon  at  least,  is  not 
resented  as  an  infringement  upon  his  rights,  although  it  must 
certainly  be  assumed  that  the  relation  of  the  other  leaders  to 
him  did  not  essentially  differ  from  that  of  the  Gerontes. 
Homer  therefore  leaves  quite  undetermined  the  view  which  is 
to  be  taken  of  the  privilege  in  this  respect.  It  is  not  surprising 
that  in  Ithaca,  during  the  absence  of  the  king,  for  whom  not 
even  a  substitute  was  appointed,  the  people  should  have  been 
called  together  by  others  whenever  urgent  occasion  arose.  The 
summons  was  issued  by  sending  round  heralds,  and  the  place 
of  assembly  is  either  in  the  neighbourhood  of  the  royal  palace, 
as  in  Ilium  or  the  citadel,  or  in  some  other  convenient  spot,  at 
Scheria,  for  instance,  in  the  harbour.  It  was  also  well  provided 
with  seats,  not  indeed  for  all,  but  for  the  princes  and  nobles.2 
Whoever  wished  to  speak  before  the  people,  rose  from  his  place 
and  received  from  the  herald  the  rod  or  sceptre  in  his  hand, 
probably  as  a  sign  that  as  an  orator  he  exercised  a  kind  of 
official  function.3  There  was  no  rostrum  for  the  speakers,  but 
each  stepped  forward  and  stood  wherever  he  thought  that  he 
should  best  be  heard  by  all.  It  is  not  likely  that  the  right  to 
receive  the  sceptre  and  speak  to  the  people  belonged  to  any 
outside  the  nobility :  there  is  at  least  no  example  of  the  kind 
in  Homer.  For  Thersites,  in  the  assembly  summoned  by 
Agamemnon,  steps  forward,  not  as  a  speaker  with  the  rod  in 
his  hand,  but  as  a  petulant  clamourer,  and  on  that  account  is 

1  Od.  xxiv.  420.  army  before  Troy,  where  the  multi- 

2  Od.  i.  372,  ii.  14,  viii.  6,  16.  In  tude  likewise  sit  (II.  ii.  96  seq.,  vii. 
ii.  56,  where  a  distinction  is  made  414,  xvii.  247),  of  course  only  repre- 
between    iyopfi   and   ddtoKos,   by  the  sent  seats  on  the  ground. 

latter  is  to  be  understood  only  a  seat        8 II.  i.  234,  xxiii.  567.     Cf.  Nitzsch 
for  the  chieftains.     The  iyopal  of  the    on  Od.  ii.  35. 


HOMERIC  GREECE.  27 

chastised  by  Odysseus  both  with  words  and  blows,  to  the 
satisfaction  of  the  whole  assembly.  Whether,  however,  it 
would  have  been  resented  as  unseemly  assumption  if  he  had 
modestly  but  boldly  delivered  his  opinion  without  insulting 
the  general,  the  narrative  gives  us  no  means  of  judging.  Even 
the  remark  of  Polydamas  to  Hector  on  another  occasion,  that 
it  is  not  befitting  for  a  man  of  the  people  to  speak  in  opposi- 
tion to  a  proposal,  furnishes  the  material  for  no  reliable  con- 
clusion. It  is,  however,  doubtless  to  be  regarded  as  a  general 
rule  that  only  the  nobles  are  allowed  to  speak;  while  the 
people  are  treated  as  a  mere  mass,  in  which  the  individual 
was  regarded  as  too  unimportant  to  be  counted,  either  "  in  war 
or  council,"  as  Odysseus  expresses  himself.1  No  mention  is 
ever  made  of  any  formal  voting  of  the  people, — the  assembly 
only  announces  its  approval  or  disapproval  of  a  proposal  by 
loud  shouts  ;  and  if  some  affair  was  in  question  for  the  execu- 
tion of  which  the  co-operation  of  the  people  was  necessary, 
Homer  informs  us  of  no  means  by  which  it  could  be  forced  into 
this  against  its  will. 

The  second  function  of  the  kings  is  the  judicial  function, 
and  as  from  their  deliberative  duties  they  were  called  ftovkrj- 
<f>6poi,  so  on  account  of  their  administration  of  justice  they 
received  the  name  of  BckoottoXoc.  But  in  this  sphere  also  the 
Gerontes  are  participators  in  the  regal  office,  and  the  question 
as  to  what  kinds  of  judicial  matters  were  decided  by  the  king 
alone,  and  what  by  him  in  common  with  the  Gerontes,  can  no 
more  be  answered  from  Homer  than  the  other  question,  whether 
single  judges  might  not  be  appointed  out  of  the  number  of  the 
Gerontes,  either  by  the  king  or  by  the  parties  concerned.  It  is, 
however,  evident  from  many  passages  to  what  an  extent  the 
administration  of  justice  was  considered  as  the  one  function  of 
the  princes,  by  means  of  which  they  could  best  gain  the 
gratitude  of  their  people.  Odysseus  can  mention  no  higher  fame 
than  that  of  a  blameless  king,  who,  ruling  among  his  people  in 
the  fear  of  the  gods,  maintains  and  secures  perfect  justice. 
Then  the  earth  yields  rich  increase,  the  trees  are  loaded  with 
fruit,  the  herds  multiply,  and  the  sea  teems  with  fishes.2  For 
the  king  who  reigns  with  justice  is  well-pleasing  to  the  gods, 
because  he  administers  the  office  which  he  has  received  from 
them  according  to  their  will. 

With  regard  to  the  form  of  judicial  procedure,  the  repre- 
sentation on  the  shield  of  Achilles,  the  only  one  of  the  kind, 
may  give  us  some  idea.3  Two  men  are  there  contending  about 
the  expiatory  payment  due  for  a  murdered  man.     The  one 

1 II.  ii.  202.  2  Od.  xix  108.  3 II.  iviii.  497  aeq. 


28  HOMERIC  GREECE. 

maintains  that  all  has  been  paid ;  the  other  denies  that  he  has 
received  anything.  The  Gerontes  sit  as  judges  in  the  con- 
secrated circle,  which  we  must  conceive  as  a  space  marked  off 
in  the  Agora,  the  usual  place  for  popular  assemblies.  A 
numerous  multitude  stands  around,  which,  without  being 
allowed  any  direct  influence  in  the  decision,  takes  a  lively 
interest  in  the  proceedings.  On  that  account  the  contending 
parties  in  their  speeches  appeal  not  only  to  the  judges,  but  also 
to  the  audience  standing  round,  and  these  signify  by  loud 
applause  with  which  of  the  two  parties  they  side,  and  whose 
cause  they  consider  the  most  just.  Accordingly  these  noisy 
bystanders  are  called  the  apwyoL  or  helpers  of  the  contending 
parties,1  a  name  which  may  recall  to  mind  the  so-called  com- 
purgators in  old  German  law,2  although  it  is  true  that  the 
helpers  in  this  Homeric  trial  took  no  oath,  and,  what  is  of 
more  importance,  their  participation  was  quite  informal,  and 
not,  as  in  the  other  case,  one  determined  by  fixed  rules.  Both 
parties  are  willing  to  refer  the  decision  to  the  statement  of  a 
witness  (eVi  XaropC).  The  judges  hold  the  herald's  staffs 
in  their  hands,  and  rise  from  their  seats  in  succession  to 
deliver  judgment.  Two  talents  of  gold  are  staked  as  a 
deposit,  to  become  the  property  of  the  party  who  shall  have 
represented  his  cause  before  them  with  the  greatest  exactness, 
i.e.  no  doubt  to  the  man  who  shall  best  have  proved  his  claim, 
and  therefore  have  won  the  cause.3  We  have  therefore  some- 
thing analogous  to  the  TrapaKarafidkri  in  Attic  lawsuits, — a  sum 
deposited  at  the  commencement  of  the  proceedings  by  each  of 
the  two  parties,  and  which  the  losing  side  forfeits  over  and 
above  the  loss  of  his  cause  as  a  poena  temere  litigandi.  It  is 
certainly  astonishing  that  two  talents  of  gold  should  be 
mentioned,  and  this  may  be  regarded  merely  as  a  poetic 
fiction,  for  Epic  poetry  ascribes  a  wealth  in  the  precious 
metals  to  heroic  antiquity  which  in  reality  certainly  did  not 
exist.  No  one,  however,  is  able  to  determine  the  value  which 
is  to  be  assigned  to  these  gold  talents  of  the  poet.4 

A  third  function  of  the  monarchy  is  the  command  of  the 
army,  which,  as  some  consider,  was  intended  to  be  expressed 
by  the  name  fiaaCkevs,  from  /3ao-t9  and  \e&>?, — a  derivation  in 

1  In  another  passage,  R.  xxiii.  574,  tion  in  opposition  to  other  differing 
dpuy^l  is  used  when  the  judges  them-  views  I  have  given  shortly  but,  as  I 
selves  side  with  one  party.  hope,  sufficiently  in  the  Antiq.  jur. 

*  About  this  it  is  sufficient  to  refer    ff'   ?nP'   73,- .  T£e  "aa*™'»  is 
,    Eichhorn.   Deutsche    Stoats-  und    ^ Lb7  Naegelsbach,  Horn.  Theol.  p. 


to    Eichhorn,   Deutsche    Staats- und    90,  ,9  J  fl  f^ 
Rechtsgeschichte,  i.  §  78.  <  &    5"  tl 


4  Cf.  Bockh,  Metrohg.    Untersuch- 
3  The  justification  for  this  explana-    ungen,  p.  33. 


HOMERIC  GREECE.  29 

which  we  may  well  acquiesce.1  In  the  Iliad  we  universally  see 
the  kings  at  the  head  of  the  warriors,  each  commanding  the 
contingent  of  his  own  people,  and  only  when  a  king  is  forced 
to  remain  at  home  by  illness  or  extreme  old  age  is  his  place 
taken  by  another.  Thus  the  aged  Peleus  is  represented  by 
his  son  Achilles ;  Medon,  the  son  of  Oileus,  is  at  one  time 
present  in  the  place  of  Philoctetes,  who  was  left  behind  ill  in 
Lemnos.  Many  peoples,  however,  are  under  more  than  one 
leader.  In  these  cases  either  one,  viz.  the  king,  is  to  be  con- 
ceived as  supreme  lord,  and  the  rest  as  his  subordinates, — a 
relation  which  is  expressly  stated  to  have  existed  between 
Diomedes,  Sthenelus,  and  Euryalus,2  and  which  is  evident 
from  many  passages  in  the  case  of  Idomeneus  and  Meriones, — 
or  the  people  is  governed  by  several  kings.  Instances  of  the 
latter  may  be  detected  with  tolerable  clearness  in  the  stories 
of  the  Epoeans,3  and,  as  seems  to  be  the  opinion  expressed  in 
the  Catalogue  of  Ships,  probably  also  in  those  of  the  Minyi  in 
Orchomenus  and  Aspledon,  of  the  Thessalian  population  under 
Podalirius  and  Machaon,  and  of  the  small  islands  under 
Pheiddippus  and  Antiphus.  By  the  five  commanders  of  the 
Bceotians,  however,  we  are  reminded  of  a  story  probably 
borrowed  from  the  Cyclic  poets,4  to  the  effect  that  after  the 
death  of  king  Thersandrus,  who  had  fallen  in  Mysia, 
Tisamenus,  an  infant  child,  was  left  as  his  successor,  so  that 
these  five  are  not  kings,  but  regents.  But  apart  from  this 
instance,  it  is  obvious  that  we  can  only  suppose  regents  of  this 
nature,  or  delegated  commanders,  to  have  been  taken  from 
among  the  chieftains  or  nobles,  who  were  themselves  called 
ftaaikijes.  Moreover,  the  statement  of  Aristotle,5  that  the 
authority  of  the  king  over  his  subjects  was  more  absolute  in 
war  than  in  peace,  lies  in  the  nature  of  the  case,  and  although 
the  words  which  he  quotes  from  Homer  to  prove  this — irap  yap 
i/jLol  Odvaros — are  not  to  be  found  in  our  text  of  the  Iliad,  yet 
there  are  other  passages  which  virtually  assert  the  same  thing.6 
The  obligation  to  follow  the  king  to  war  is  represented  as  one 
which  could  not  be  evaded,  and  from  which  it  was  impossible 
to  escape  without  incurring  severe  punishment  and  disgrace.7 
Apparently  each  family  was  bound  to  equip  one  of  its  sons  as 

1  Other  attempted  explanations  are  4  In  Pausan.  ix.  5,  7,  8. 

produced     by     Kuhn     in    Weber's  ... 

Indische    Studien,    i.    p.    334  ;    Pott,  toL  m-  y-  2- 

Etymol.   Forsch.    ii.  p.   250 ;    Bergk,  e  See  the  threat  of  Agamemnon, 

m9NrV^.Rtln-  MUS-  *"•  P-  604'  II-  "•  391  seq.,  and  that  of  Hector, 

*  II.  n.  567.  xvm  343  seg 

8  See  Eustath.  on  II.  ii.  615,  and 

Pausan.  v.  3,  4.  1  II.  xiii.  669  ;  Od.  xiv.  238. 


30        .  HOMERIC  GREECE. 

a  warrior,  and  when  there  was  more  than  one,  the  matter  was 
decided  by  lot,1  though  it  is  possible  that  the  obligation  might 
be  escaped  by  a  money  payment.2 

To  the  functions  of  the  monarchy  already  mentioned  we 
must  follow  Aristotle3  in  adding  also  the  performance  of  those 
State  sacrifices  which  were  not  assigned  to  particular  priests. 
The  nature  and  meaning  of  the  latter  we  shall  explain  on 
a  later  occasion.  Frequent  mention  is  made  in  Homer  of  the 
sacrifices  made  by  kings,  though  they  are  not  all  of  the  same 
kind.  The  harvest  sacrifice  (OaXvo-ia)  offered  by  king  Oineus 
at  Calydon4  may  probably  be  regarded  as  a  public  feast  and 
sacrifice,  just  as  in  Pylus  there  is  a  popular  holiday  when  4500 
men  are  assembled  round  the  king,  and  no  less  than  nine  times 
nine  bulls  are  sacrificed  to  Poseidon.5  In  what  manner,  how- 
ever, the  king  officiated  at  these  sacrifices  it  is  impossible  to 
ascertain.  Another  instance  of  a  State  sacrifice  is  the  use  which 
Alcinous  wishes  to  institute  among  the  Phseacians  to  avert 
the  anger  of  Poseidon.6  We  do,  however,  see  the  supreme 
king  in  the  army  before  Ilios  taking  personal  part  in  the 
sacrifice,  once  in  that  offered  before  the  commencement  of  the 
first  battle,7  and  again  more  particularly  in  that  which  was 
celebrated  for  the  ratification  of  the  treaty  struck  between  the 
Achseans  and  Trojans,  where  with  his  own  hand  he  cuts  off  the 
hair  of  the  animals  sacrificed,  and  then  slaughters  them.8 
Other  sacrifices  offered  by  the  kings,  like  that  of  Peleus  when 
he  dismissed  his  son  to  the  army,9  and  still  more  certainly  that 
of  Nestor  in  his  dwelling,  where  he  apportions  the  various  parts 
of  the  ceremonial  between  himself  and  his  sons,10  only  bear 
the  character  of  a  domestic  act  of  worship,  which,  together  of 
course  with  the  sacrifice  offered  on  such  an  occasion,  was 
managed  by  the  house-father  without  the  necessity  for  any 
priestly  interference.  Every  slaughter  of  an  animal,  even  for 
household  use,  was  associated  with  a  sacrifice  and  at  the  same 
time  an  offering  to  the  Deity,  and  from  this  custom  lepeveiv 
was  used  as  equivalent  to  a-^drreiv.11  Although  then  the 
king  sacrificed  for  his  people,  this  must  not  be  regarded  as  a 
sign  that  a  priesthood  was  associated  with  the  monarchy.  He 
rather  performs  the  duty  because,  as  head  of  the  State  com- 
munity, he  stands  to  this  in  the  same  relation  as  the  house- 


1  II.  xxiv.  400.  2  II.  xxiii.  297.  8  Pol.  iii.  9.  7. 

4 II.  ix.  530  seq.  6  Od.  iii.  5  seq.  *  Od.  xiii.  179  seq. 

i  II.  ii.  402.  8 II.  iii.  271  seq.  •  IL  xi.  772. 

10  Od.  iii.  443. 

11 II.  xxiv.  125  ;  Od.  ii.  55,  xiv.  74,  xvii.   180,  xxiv.    215,  and  in  many 
other  places. 


HOMERIC  GREECE.  31 

father  stands  to  the  members  of  the  family.  Of  sacerdotal 
monarchy,  at  least  in  that  form  of  the  State  represented  to  us 
in  the  Homeric  poems,  no  trace  whatever  is  to  be  found, 
although  it  is  probably  undeniable  that  in  other  sources  of 
mythical  tradition  some  isolated  traces,  obscure  and  ambiguous 
at  the  best,  of  some  such  institution  may  be  discovered.1 
Nevertheless  the  regal  dignity  appears  in  Homer  to  be  a 
sacred  one,  although  this  sacredness  merely  depends  upon  the 
recognition  that  even  the  State  is  a  divine  institution,  and 
that  those  who  preside  over  it  are  elected  and  called  to  their 
functions  by  the  will  of  the  gods.  This  also  explains  the 
hereditary  character  of  the  kingly  office,  which  might  not  be 
withdrawn  from  the  family  which  the  gods  had  once  selected. 
It  was  declared  to  be  a  universally  recognised  principle  that  the 
son  must  succeed  his  father  in  the  government.2  When  there 
were  several  sons,  the  eldest  was  of  course  preferred,  although 
in  the  old  stories  there  are  instances  of  partitions  among 
several  brothers,  one  of  whom,  however,  probably  took  precedence 
of  the  rest  as  supreme  king,3  for  there  is  no  doubt  that  it 
was  always  considered  undesirable  for  several  rulers  of  co-ordi- 
nate authority  to  reign  together, — an  opinion  expressed  in 
Homer's  words  ovtc  ar/a6ov  irdkuKOipavvr).  If  no  sons  were 
born,  the  kingdom  probably  passed  through  a  daughter  to  the 
grandson,  as,  e.g.  Menelaus  becomes  the  successor  of  Tyndarus 
in"  Lacedsemon  through  his  marriage  with  Helen.4  It  is  tnie 
that  it  was  not  an  impossible  case  for  the  son  or  rightful  heir 
to  be  set  aside,  but  it  was  considered  as  a  serious  interference 
with  the  just  arrangement,  and  could  only  be  successful  in 
cases  where  the  people  viewed  him  with  disfavour,  and  the 
gods  themselves  had  intimated  by  signs  that  it  was  not  their 
wish  for  him  to  retain  the  kingdom.5  The  king,  however,  who 
is  once  in  possession  of  the  sceptre  bestowed  upon  him  by  the 
gods,  is  henceforth  himself  also  honoured  as  a  god  if  he  rules  in 
a  mild  and  fatherly  way,  like  a  shepherd  of  his  people  ;6  and 
though  he  may  indulge  in  many  injurious  acts,  both  by 
words  and  deeds,  against  the  lower  classes,  all  are  endured,7 
provided  that  on  the  whole  he  administers  his  office  energetically 

1  Cf.  Avtiq.  jur.  pub.  Gr.  p.  62,  2.  wall   of  Troy,  II.    iii.   236  seq.,  her 

Whether  Chryses  in  the  first  book  of  brothers   must    certainly  have  been 

the  Iliad  was  only  a  priest,  or  whether  alive  when  she  was  carried  off  by 

he  was  also  ruler  of  Chryse,  is  not  Alexander  ;  but  contradictions  of  this 

clear  from  Homer.  kind  admit  of  easy  explanation. 

2 II.  xx.  182  seq.  *  Cf.  the  words  of  Nestor  to  Tele- 

8  E.g.  in  Attica,  where  the  four  sons  machus,  Od.  iii.  214-15,  also  xvi.  95. 
of  Pandion  reign,  but  ^Egeus  is  the        « II.  x.  33,  xiii.  218  ;  Od.  ii.  230,  v. 

supreme  ruler — Strab.  ix.  p.  392.  8,  xix.  109-113. 

4  From  the  words  of  Helen  on  the        7  Od.  iv.  690. 


32  HOMERIC  GREECE. 

and  well.  But  personal  fitness  is  an  indispensable  condition, 
and  whoever  lost  this  did  well  to  abdicate  the  throne,  as,  e.g. 
Laertes  in  Ithaca  when  enfeebled  by  old  age  has  transferred  the 
government  to  his  son,  and  never  resumes  it  during  the  absence 
of  Odysseus,  but  lives  in  the  country  amid  anything  but  regal 
surroundings.  Similarly  Achilles  was  anxious  lest  his  father 
Peleus,  being  a  feeble  old  man,  should  no  longer  be  capable  of 
maintaining  his  regal  dignity.1 

But  just  as  the  chieftains  were  entirely  unable  without  con- 
siderable wealth  to  maintain  themselves  in  their  position  of  supe- 
riority, so  the  monarchy  required  a  considerable  endowment  in 
land  and  revenues  in  order  to  maintain  its  dignity  and  satisfy 
the  demands  of  the  office.  The  necessary  means  for  this  were 
secured  to  the  king,  however,  not  only  by  his  private  property, 
but  also  by  the  crown  domain,  the  produce  of  which  belonged 
to  him,  and  by  various  other  gifts  and  offerings  on  the  part  of 
the  people.  The  crown  domain  was  called  r&fievos,  a  name 
which  properly  signifies  only  some  district  set  apart,  and  which 
was  sharply  distinguished  from  the  private  estate.2  Sarpedon 
describes  the  temenos  enjoyed  by  him  and  Glaucus3  as  an 
attribute  of  royalty,  and  when  Bellerophontes  in  Lycia  receives 
from  Iobates  his  daughter  in  marriage,  and  is  appointed  king 
over  half  the  realm,  the  Lycians  provide  him  also  with  a 
temenos.4  In  the  Iliad,  Agamemnon  offers  to  give  to  Achilles 
seven  towns  belonging  to  his  dominions,  the  inhabitants  of  which 
were  to  render  him  gifts  and  dues,5  while  in  the  Odyssey  Mene- 
laus  declares  that  he  will  gladly  cede  to  Odysseus,  if  he  decides 
to  settle  in  his  country,  one  of  the  towns  ruled  over  by  himself, 
as  a  dwelling-place  for  him  and  his  people,  and  will  order  the 
previous  inhabitants  to  vacate  it.6  In  both  passages,  therefore, 
it  appears  necessary  to  understand  the  private  possession  of 
the  kings  of  which  they  could  dispose  at  their  pleasure ;  and  it 
is  quite  possible  that  some  information  was  possessed  by  the 
poets  of  some  such  relations  in  the  Peloponnese,  where  the 
Pelopid  kings  with  their  Achseans  ruled  over  an  earlier  and 
subject  population,  and  owned  a  considerable  extent  of 
country  as  private  property.  When  Iobates  however  trans- 
ferred to  Bellerophontes  the  half  of  his  kingdom,  and  there- 
upon a  temenos  is  created  for  the  new  king,  we  may  sup- 
pose that  Bellerophontes  was  appointed  to  be  sub-king  with 
the  regular  consent  of  the  Gerontes.  A  similar  relationship 
may  have  existed  in  the  case  of  Phoenix,  who  was  made  by 
Peleus  regent  over  a  portion  of  his  country.7    Also,  in  the 

1  Od.  xi.  497.         2  Od.  i.  397,  xi.  185.  8 II.  xii.  313.  4 11.  vi  19. 

*  II.  ix.    149.         6  Od.  xv.  175.  '  II.  ix.  479. 


HOMERIC  GREECE.  33 

kingdom  of  Menelaus,  we  find  a  sub-king  at  Pherae,  named 
Diodes,  son  of  Orsilochus.1 

The  imposts  paid  by  the  people  to  the  king  are  called  gifts 
and  dues  (Boirlvai,  de/iurres),  and  it  may  be  assumed  that  by 
the  latter  name  fixed  and  definite  tribute  is  intended,  by 
the  former  rather  voluntary  and  occasional  presents.2  Thus 
king  Polydectes  in  the  island  of  Seriphus  is  related  in  the 
myth  to  have  demanded  from  his  subjects  certain  presents 
for  his  marriage  with  Danae.3  According  to  a  later  author, 
the  kings  are  said  to  have  exacted  from  their  subjects  a  tenth 
part,4  and  we  may  well  assume  that  if  whole  towns  and  larger 
districts  were  really  the  private  property  of  the  kings,  their 
inhabitants  paid  a  portion  of  the  produce  as  a  tax,  while  in  the 
other  parts  the  people  were  free  from  any  such  impost,  and 
probably  only  paid  occasional  duties.  It  may  however  be 
mentioned  that  in  war  a  larger  part  of  the  booty  which  was 
made  fell  to  the  king's  share  as  his  honorary  portion  (yepas), 
and  that  at  the  public  banquets  he  received  as  his  due,  besides 
the  seat  of  honour,  larger  portions  and  fuller  cups.5 

Nowhere  is  mention  made  of  any  exterior  insignia  belonging 
to  the  regal  dignity,  either  in  clothing  or  ornament.  It  is  true 
that  purple  stuffs,  carpets,  and  furniture  are  frequently  spoken 
of,  as  when  Telemachus  and  Odysseus  appear  in  purple  robes,6 
and  a  purple  garment  is  presented  to  Odysseus  when  a  stranger 
in  Crete.7  So  too  Helen  orders  purple  coverings  to  be  laid  on 
the  beds  of  her  guests  in  Sparta,8  and  Achilles  does  the  same 
when  the  aged  Priam  comes  to  him  as  a  suppliant.9  The  seats 
moreover  in  the  tent  of  Achilles,  as  in  the  palace  of  Circe  and 
the  house  of  Odysseus,  are  covered  with  purple  coverlets,10  while 
queen  Arete  in  Scheria  spins  with  a  purple  spindle,  the  young 
Phseacian  women  play  with  a  purple  ball,11  and  the  nymphs 
weave  purple  robes.12  The  only  inference,  however,  which  can 
be  gained  from  this  is  that  purple  was  considered  as  the  most 


1  Od.  iii.  488  and  xv.  186  ;  cf.  with  of  Pisistratus  (in  Meurs.  Pinstr.  c.  7), 
11.  v.  546.  See  also  Fausan.  ii.  4.  1,  which  refers  the  ^-qra  ytpa  of  which 
and  6.  4.  Thuc.  speaks  (i.  13)  to  this  tenth  part. 

2  Nitzsch,  on  Od.  i.  117,  considers  yd  pa,  however,  is  the  general  name 
Otpuffras  to  be  the  dues  paid  to  the  for  all  honours,  distinctions,  and 
king  as  judge,  a  meaning  which  seems  emoluments. 

to  me  to  be  too  narrow.    More  correct  *  II.  viii.  161,  xii.  311. 

is  the  view  of  Dcederlein  on  II.  ix.  •  Od.  iv.  115,  154,  xix.  225. 

156.     The  opposition  is  the  same  as  r  Od.  xix.  242. 

that  between  tp6pos  and  dwpa  in  Herod.  8  Od.  iv.  298. 

iii.  89,  97,  and  Thuc.  ii.  97.  3.  » II.  xxiv.  645. 

4  Cf.  Tzetze  on  Lycophr.  v.  838,  p.  ,0  II.  ix.  200  ;  Od.  x.  352,  xx.  151. 

823,  and  Welcker,  Trilog.  p.  381.  »  Od.  vi.  53,  306,  viii.  373. 

4  The  author  of  a  pretended  letter  n  Od.  xiii.  108. 


34  HOMERIC  GREECE. 

beautiful  and  costly  of  colours,  and  as  for  this  reason  the  most 
appropriate  both  for  princes  and  gods.  But  nowhere  do  we 
find  it  spoken  of  as  a  special  distinction  of  the  kings,  which 
they  alone  might  use,  and  from  which  others,  whose  means  might 
have  allowed  it,  were  excluded.  Still  less  is  there  any  appear- 
ance of  diadems,  crowns,  or  similar  ornaments  for  the  head, 
and  it  is  also  sufficiently  well  known  that  in  the  historical 
period  no  Greek  princes  wore  anything  of  the  kind  before  the 
days  of  Alexander  the  Great  and  his  successors.1  The  only 
ground  for  considering  the  sceptre  as  a  special  symbol  belonging 
to  the  regal  dignity  is  the  usual  epithet  of  gktyittov^ol,  or 
sceptre-bearing,  which  is  applied  to  kings,  and  the  expressions 
in  which  sceptre  is  employed  as  synonymous  with  the  regal 
dominion.  The  people  are  said  to  be  subject  to  his  sceptre,  and 
to  pay  their  taxes  under  his  sceptre.  Thus  on  every  occasion  we 
see  the  king  bearing  his  sceptre,  even  when  he  is  not  adminis- 
tering his  regal  office,  e.g.  in  the  description  of  the  shield  of 
Achilles,  where  a  king  is  represented  as  looking  at  the  reapers 
working  in  the  field.  The  word  however  properly  signifies 
merely  a  staff  to  lean  upon,  like  the  Latin  scipio,  and  no  one 
could  be  interdicted  from  using  one,  since  even  a  beggar's  staff  as 
well  as  a  king's  is  called  a  o-tcrjirrpov.2  We  must  therefore  under- 
stand by  the  sceptre  which  distinguished  the  king  only  one 
of  a  peculiar  form  and  ornamentation.  It  is  sometimes  called 
golden,  although,  as  appears  to  follow  from  one  passage,  by 
this  is  meant  only  a  staff  studded  with  golden  nails  or  nobs.3 
It  is  evident  from  the  fact  that  priests,  seers,  and  heralds  also 
carried  sceptres — those  of  the  former  being  even  adorned  with 
gold — that  the  sceptre  must  be  regarded  as  a  universal  sign  of 
a  certain  dignity,  or  of  some  official  position.  It  is  a  somewhat 
superfluous  question  to  ask  how  this  came  about,  nor  can  it 
well  be  answered  with  complete  certainty.4  It  has  by  some 
been  regarded  as  symbolical  of  the  power  of  inflicting  punish- 
ment, because  Odysseus  on  one  occasion  used  the  sceptre  for 
a  rod,  although  this  can  hardly  be  a  true  explanation  of  the 
herald's  sceptre,  and  still  less  of  that  carried  by  the  priests  and 
seers.  Others  derive  it  from  the  shepherd's  staff,  since  kings 
are  also  called  shepherds  of  the  people.  It  will  probably  be 
more  correct  to  say  that  it  was  the  aged  men  who  especially 
were  accustomed  to  carry  a  staff,  and  these  received  a  certain 
degree  of  dignity  from  their  very  age,  so  that  from  this  circum- 
stance the  sceptre  became  associated  with  the  idea  of  dignity. 

1  Cf.  Justin,  xiii.  3,  8,  and  Eckhel,        8  II.  i.  246. 
Doctrin.  numm.  i.  p.  235.  4  Cf.  C.  F.  Hermann,  de  sceptri  regii 

iOd.  xiii  437,  xiv.  31,  xvii.  199.  antiquitate  et  origine ;  Gottingen,  1851. 


HOMERIC  GREECE.  35 

To  this  must  be  added,  that  in  circumstances  when  business  has 
to  be  transacted  in  public  with  a  multitude,  or  speeches  made, 
nothing  is  more  convenient  than  a  staff,  whether  it  is  used  to 
assist  demonstration,  or  to  avoid  the  necessity  of  speaking  with 
empty  hands.  Finally,  the  old  sceptre  was  a  tolerably  long 
staff,  not  unlike  the  shaft  of  a  spear,  on  which  account  it  was 
sometimes  called  Bopv,  and  by  the  Eomans  hasta  pura.1 

Nowhere  is  mention  made  of  any  personal  service  rendered  to 
the  king  as  such.  He  had  his  own  slaves,  like  every  other 
well-to-do  man,  from  whom  he  received  service,  and  this  state 
of  things  continued  for  a  long  period,  and  even  in  Rome  under 
the  earlier  Caesars  there  were  only  rnodesta  servitia.2  The  only 
functionaries  who  can  be  considered  as  the  public  and  officially 
appointed  servants  of  the  king  were  the  heralds.  They  are 
numbered  among  the  8r)/j,iovpyol,  or  those  who  exercised  some 
useful  function  for  the  commonwealth,3  while  they  are  not  only 
of  free  birth,  but  in  some  cases  men  of  large  property,  like 
Eumedes,  the  father  of  Dolon  in  Troy,4  and  therefore  live  not 
with  the  retinue  of  the  king  in  his  house,  but  in  dwellings  of 
their  own.5  Those  too  who  were  called  to  this  office  were  men 
of  intelligence  and  experience,  many  of  them  indeed  beiDg 
usually  distinguished  by  epithets  implying  this  kind  of  praise,6 
and  we  must  therefore  assume  that  the  office  was  conferred  by 
means  of  election — this  of  course  being  in  the  hands  of  the 
king — on  those  who  appeared  to  be  fitted  for  it.  The  state- 
ments made  in  old  commentaries  with  regard  to  the  hereditary 
transmission  of  the  office7  finds  no  support  in  the  Homeric 
poems  themselves,  although  it  is  true  that  in  later  times  we  do 
find  here  and  there  certain  families  in  the  hereditary  posses- 
sion of  offices  of  this  kind.  The  herald,  however,  like  the 
king,  was  regarded  as  an  officer  whose  calling  and  functions 
stood  under  the  special  protection  and  oversight  of  the  gods. 
He  is  loved  by  Zeus,  is  called  a  messenger  of  Zeus,8  and 
in  consequence  even  among  the  enemy  is  regarded  as  inviol- 
able.9 For  this  reason  he  is  sent  as  ambassador  to  the 
enemies'  camp,  or  attached  to  other  special  missions.  By  the. 
agency  of  the  heralds  the  assemblies  are  summoned  together,  and 
when  they  have  met,  it  is  they  who  attend  to  the  arrangement  of 

1  Justin,  xl.  iii.  3.     The  sceptre  of        « II.  vii.  276,  278,  xxiv.  282,  325, 
Agamemnon     shown    as    a    relic    at     673. 
Chajronea  is  there  called  S6pv.   Pan-        ,  Cf  Enstath>  on  R  x.  314j  p>  808> 

8a?T£  Ann   iv  7  15  ;  xvii'  323'  P"  1108'  ^  and  on  0d' 

lac.  Ann. .  ry.  7.  iL  ^        1431    61 

s  Od.  xix.  134.  r 

*  II.  x.  315,  378  seq.  '  K  viii.  517,  i.  334,  vii.  274. 

*  Od.  xv.  95.  •  Cf.  Eustath.  on  II.  i.  p.  83. 


36  HOMERIC  GREECE. 

business  and  the  good  behaviour  of  the  people,  while  whoever 
rises  to  speak  receives  his  staff  from  their  hands.  Similarly, 
their  presence  was  usual  in  judicial  proceedings,  when  the 
judges  received  from  them  their  staves  of  office.  They  officiated 
moreover  in  the  sacrifices  offered  by  the  princes,  leading  up 
the  sacrificial  animals,  and  performing  various  other  kinds  of 
active  ministration.  They  undertook,  nevertheless,  various 
menial  offices  in  the  houses  of  the  kings,  especially  at  feasts, 
which  were  usually  shared  by  a  number  of  guests  belonging  to 
the  Gerontes.  In  short,  they  appear  as  the  Therapontes  of  the 
king,  with  a  very  wide  range  of  duties.1 

This  same  expression — Therapontes — however,  is  applied 
even  to  men  in  the  position  of  nobles  or  princes,  who  associate 
with  the  king  as  intimate  friends,  and  of  their  own  free  will 
render  him  all  kinds  of  service  and  assistance.  In  war,  where 
they  fought  from  chariots,  these  Therapontes  usually  guide  the 
reins  while  the  king  uses  the  weapons,  and  so  we  see  Meriones, 
though  himself  a  leader,  serving  as  charioteer,  and  Therapon  to 
Idomeneus,  Patroclus  and  Automedon  to  Achilles,  and  Thrasy- 
demus  to  Sarpedon.2  In  peace  and  at  home  they  were  also  no 
doubt  of  assistance  to  him  in  the  duties  of  his  office.  No 
organised  magistracy  at  that  time  existed ;  the  king,  with  the 
Gerontes,  is  the  holder  both  of  the  administrative  and  execu- 
tive power,  and  they  it  was  who  on  each  particular  occasion 
not  only  deliberated  on  what  was  needful,  but  also  took  measures 
for  carrying  it  into  execution. 

Distinct  from  the  king  and  his  council,  the  only  special 
officials  who  existed  were  the  priests,  or  those  set  apart  for  the 
superintendence  of  the  religious  worship,  who  to  a  certain 
extent  may  be  regarded  as  magistrates,  and  whose  duty  was  to 
attend  to  the  worship  of  some  particular  deity  in  his  sanctuary. 
These  sanctuaries  were  either  temples  or  altars  standing  in  the 
open  air,  usually  perhaps  surrounded  with  a  grove,  but  always 
with  a  separate  piece  of  ground  (reiievoi),  which  was  regarded 
as  the  personal  property  of  the  god.  The  only  temples  speci- 
ally mentioned  in  the  Homeric  poems  are  that  of  Athene  at 
Athens,  and  that  of  Apollo  at  Pytho  or  Delphi ; 3  but  that  no 
town  can  be  supposed  to  have  been  without  its  temple  may 
certainly  be  inferred  from  a  passage  in  the  Odyssey,  where  a 

1  For  the  complete  enumeration  of  tion  maintained  by  Hermann,  Lehr- 

them  see  Kostka,  de prceconibus  apud  buch  d.  Or.  Antiq.  vol.  i.,  sec.  8,  16, 

Homerum,  Progr.  des  Gymnasiums  zu  to  whose  authority  Ameis  appeals. 

Lyck.  1844.     No  distinction  between  a  II.  xiii.    286,    xvi.   165,  244,  464, 

public  and  private  heralds,  such  as  865. 

Ameis  assumes  in  Od.  xix.   135,  can  3  77.    ii.    149,    ix.    404  ;    Od.    viii. 

be  proved,  nor  is  any  such  distinc-  80. 


HOMERIC  GREECE.  37 

description  is  given  of  the  foundation  of  the  town  of  the 
Phseacians  "by  Nausithous.  "He  constructed  a  ring- wall,"  it 
is  said,  "built  houses  and  temples  and  apportioned  the  fields."1 
In  the  same  way  the  companions  of  Odysseus  vow  to  Helius 
the  foundation  of  a  rich  temple  after  their  return  home,  in 
expiation  of  the  insult  which  had  been  offered  him,2  and 
mythical  histories  assign  the  foundation  of  many  renowned 
temples  to  the  heroic  age.  Altars  with  a  consecrated  plot  of 
ground  are  possessed — we  shall  only  here  make  mention  of 
those  found  in  Greece  itself — by  Sperchaeus  the  river-god  in 
Phthiotis,  by  the  Nymphs  in  Ithaca,  and  by  Apollo  in  the 
same  place.3  Over  sanctuaries  of  this  kind  the  priests  preside, 
and  superintend  the  worship  of  the  god  which  was  conducted 
in  them.  There  is  also  no  doubt  that  the  co-operation  of  the 
priests  was  requisite  for  any  acts  of  worship  which  were  here 
performed  by  any  other  person.  This,  however,  was  the  limit 
of  the  sacerdotal  office  as  such.  No  mention  of  priests  is 
found  in  connection  with  those  acts  of  worship  which  were 
performed  elsewhere,  whether  in  domestic  sacrifices,  or  those 
which  the  kings,  as  heads  of  the  State,  offered  in  behalf  of  the 
people.  The  office  therefore  was  merely  attached  to  some 
sanctuary,  over  which  the  priests  presided,  the  measure  of  their 
importance  depending  upon  the  degree  of  reputation  which 
this  enjoyed.  No  trace  can  be  discovered  of  any  political 
power,  or  of  any  influence  exercised  by  them  either  in  the 
council  of  the  king  or  the  assemblies  of  the  people.  In  Ithaca 
they  do  not  appear  at  all,  and  though  some  one  or  two  may  have 
been  found  in  the  army  before  Troy,  it  is  by  no  means  certain 
that  they  were.4  At  least  they  could  only  have  been  present  as 
combatants,  not  as  priests,  since,  as  we  have  said,  the  priestly 
function  was  associated  with  some  sanctuary.  But  this  very 
fact  makes  the  statement  of  the  ancients5  more  credible,  that 
the  priests  were  exempted  from  military  service. 

Apart  from  this,  it  is  easily  intelligible  that  the  priests  were 
conceived  as  standing  in  a  nearer  relationship  than  other  men 
to  the  deity  which  they  served,  and  in  or  near  whose  sanctuary 
their  daily  life  and  associations  were  centred.  They  were 
believed  therefore  to  be  the  peculiar  recipients  of  divine  reve- 
lations, and  it  was  to  them  that  men  turned,  in  order  by  their 


1  Od.  vi.  9  seq.            s  Od.  xi.  345.  *  Cf.  Strab.  ix.  p.  413.     It  is  evi- 

8 II.  xxiii.  148 ;  Od.  xvii.  210,  xx.  278.  dent  that  this  only  applies  to  expedi- 

4  "For  it  is  by  no  means  necessary,  in  tions  beyond  the  country.      In  the 

//.  i.  62,  to  suppose  that  Greek  priests  Trojan  war  even  a  priest  of  the  Idsean 

are  intended,   as  Nagelsbach,   Horn.  Zeus  was  one  of  the  combatants,  11. 

Theol.  p.  201,  remarks.  xvi.  604. 


38  HOMERIC  GREECE. 

mediation  either  to  learn  the  cause  of  divine  wrath,  or  to  pray 
for  the  divine  protection.1  These  were  the  peculiar  functions 
of  the  aprjrrjp,  who  derived  his  name  from  the  offering  of 
prayer.  Each  priest  then  lived  in  the  enjoyment  of  some  im- 
portant sanctuary,  and,  though  without  political  power,  pos- 
sessed considerable  influence,  and  indeed  was  venerated  among 
the  people  "like  a  god."2  No  mention  is  made  in  the  Homeric 
poems  of  the  qualifications  which  were  necessary  for  the  priestly 
office,  but  we  may  assume  that  in  the  heroic  age,  as  in  later 
times,  bodily  soundness  was  regarded  as  indispensable.  The 
example  of  Theano,  the  Trojan  priestess  of  Athene,  shows  that 
many  priesthoods  were  conferred  by  election,  and  it  is  quite 
certain  that  only  members  of  influential  houses  were  chosen. 
There  is  no  ground,  however,  for  doubting  the  existence, 
even  at  that  early  time,  of  hereditary  priesthoods,  tenable,  that 
is,  only  by  members  of  a  certain  family  or  gens,  since  the 
reasons  which  led  to  the  hereditary  transmission  appeared 
in  those  days  with  even  greater  frequency  than  at  a  later 
time.  Thus,  when  a  sanctuary  had  been  founded  by  certain 
individuals,  or  the  worship  of  certain  families  or  gentes  had 
from  some  cause  or  other  gained  a  greater  reputation,  and 
been  raised  to  the  position  of  a  common  and  popular  wor- 
ship, it  was  perfectly  natural  that  the  families  or  gentes 
concerned  should  also  be  regarded  as  the  legitimate  holders 
of  the  priesthood.3  It  is  however  certain  that  in  other 
respects  there  was  no  manner  of  distinction  between  these 
families  and  other  classes  in  the  State.  A  sacerdotal  caste  was 
entirely  unknown. 

By  the  side  of  the  above-mentioned  division  of  the  people 
into  the  class  of  nobles  or  lords,  and  the  commonalty,  there  are 
some  traces  discoverable  of  another  partition  into  Phylae  and 
Phratrise  (fcara  <f>vXa,  Kara  (pprjrpa'i),  although  concerning  the 
peculiar  nature  or  the  political  importance  of  these  no  reliable 
information  can  be  gained.  Old  commentators  suppose  that 
the  passage  of  the  Iliad  (ii.  362),  where  Nestor  advises 
Agamemnon  to  divide  the  army  by  Phylae  and  Phratriae,  is  to 
be  explained  in  this  way — that  by  the  former  name  whole 
nationalities  are  to  be  understood,  such  as  Cretans,  Boeotians,  and 
so  on;  while  the  latter  signifies  only  subdivisions  of  these.4 
This  explanation  can  hardly  be  correct ;  or  at  least  it  is  incon- 
sistent with  other  passages,  where  the  Ehodians,  although  they 

1 II.  i.  62.  4  Apollonius,  Lexicon    Homericum, 

2  II.  v.  78,  xvi.  605.  sub  voc.  tppfrpv,  and  Eustath.  on  the 

8  Cf.,  e.*f.,  Herod,  iii.  142,  vii.  153;    passage  in  question. 
Schol.  Pind.  Pyth.  iii.  137. 


HOMERIC  GREECE.  39 

constitute  a  single  nationality,  under  a  single  leader,  Tlepolemos, 
and  therefore,  according  to  these  expositors,  would  be  a  <pi)Xov, 
are  described  as  dwelling  according  to  a  triple  division  into 
Phylae  (/caracpvXa&ov), — one  portion  at  Lindus,  another  at 
Ialysus,  and  a  third  at  Cameirus.1  Again,  when  one  passage 
of  the  Odyssey  states  that  Achaeans,  Eteocretae,  Cydonians, 
Dorians,  and  Pelasgians  dwelt  in  Crete,2  these  can  hardly  be 
regarded  as  all  one  cpvXov ;  it  would  be  more  correct  to  assume 
at  least  five  Phylae,  and  probably  even  more,  since  the  epithet 
Tpt%ai'/ee?,  here  assigned  to  the  Dorians,  is  rightly  referred  to 
the  distribution  of  this  race  into  three  Phylae,  a  distribution 
we  shall  have  to  mention  in  the  sequel,  although  it  is  true  that 
this  is  not  entirely  certain.  Once  more  :  if  the  subjects  of 
Peleus  in  the  Pelasgian  Argos  have  three  distinct  names — 
Myrmidones,  Hellenes,  and  Achaeans3 — how  is  it  possible  to 
assume  less  than  three  Phylae  ?  And,  lastly,  on  the  island  of 
Syria,4  though  doubtless  this  only  belongs  to  mythical  geo- 
graphy, there  are  two  towns  under  a  single  king,  and  we  may 
therefore,  from  the  analogy  of  Rhodes,  suppose  that  here,  also, 
two  Phylse  were  to  be  found.  We  shall  say  accordingly  that 
Phylae  were  the  larger  divisions  of  the  nation,  while  Phratriae 
were  the  subdivisions  of  the  Phylae,  and  that  the  names  have 
no  other  signification  in  Homer  than  the  corresponding  terms 
<pv\rj  and  cpparpca  in  later  times. 

An  intimation  of  the  presence  of  settlers  or  strangers  dwell- 
ing in  the  land,  but  not  belonging  to  the  people  itself,  seems  to 
be  contained  in  the  words  of  Achilles,  when  he  complains  that 
Agamemnon  had  treated  him  like  "  a  despised  settler."  6  The 
Greek  expression  fjueravda-rr]^  exactly  corresponds  to  the  term 
fieroiKo<i  which  was  later  in  use,  and  the  epithet  joined  to  it,  as 
indeed  the  whole  comparison,  clearly  implies  that  these  settlers, 
excluded  as  they  were  from  the  community  of  rights  possessed 
by  the  children  of  the  land,  were  more  readily  exposed  than 
others  to  all  kinds  of  mortification. 

Whether,  in  the  heroic  age,  there  existed  in  any  part  of 
Greece  a  class  of  serfs  similar  to  the  later  Helots  of  the 
Spartans  or  Penestae  of  the  Thessalians,  is  a  question  which 
must  for  the  present  be  left  undecided.     Some  have  held  that 

1 II.  ii.  668,  655.  pose  the  island  of  Syros  to  have  been 

2  Orf  xix   175  intended  has  been  already  remarked 

•     "..      '        "  by  W.  G.  Clark  (Peloponnesus,  etc., 

II.  n.  684.  London,  1858),  as  I  see  from  Curtius's 

4  Od.    xv.   412.      I  hope  to  prove  notice  concerning  the  book,  which  I 

elsewhere  that  the   island  of  Syria,  have  not  been  able  to  obtain,  Gbttin- 

the  fatherland  of  Eumseus,  was  only  gen  Anzeiger,  1859,  St.  201,  p.  2002. 

mythical.     That  we  are  not  to  sup-        5 II.  ix.  644,  and  xvi.  59. 


40  HOMERIC  GREECE. 

there  was  such  a  class,  but  no  indication  of  anything  of  the ' 
kind  appears  in  Homer,  although  it  is  true  that  no  testimony 
on  the  other  side  can  be  derived  from  him.  The  terms  used  by 
him  to  describe  those  destitute  of  personal  freedom  are  fyiwe?, 
ol/cfjes,  and  BouXot,,1  the  latter,  however,  appearing  very  seldom. 
The  first  may  have  originally  signified  properly  only  those  who 
had  been  subdued,  either  in  war  or  in  some  violent  manner, 
and  therefore  would  be  a  completely  suitable  term  to  describe 
a  class  of  slaves  composed  of  an  earlier  and  conquered  popula- 
tion of  the  land,  similar  to  the  Helots  and  Penestse,  although 
the  word  cannot  serve  as  a  proof  of  the  existence  of  such  a 
class.  Ol/crjes,  like  the  later  form  ol/ceTai,  signified  generally 
domestic  servants  and  members  of  the  household,  and  may 
therefore  even  be  used  of  freemen.  The  application  of  this 
term  to  slaves2  may  probably  be  explained  as  a  mild  and 
euphemistic  description  of  their  position,  and  with  this  view 
the  particular  references  to  the  subject  coincide.  For  we  find 
no  evidence  of  harsh,  oppressive,  or  contemptuous  treatment  of 
slaves,  such  as  often  occurs  in  later  times;  nor  is  there  any 
wide  gulf  between  their  position  and  that  of  freemen,  while 
their  personal  worth  frequently  meets  with  recognition,  as  is 
shown  by  the  fact  that  on  some  of  them  even  the  honourable 
epithet  of  "god-like"  was  bestowed.3  Eumaeus,  who,  it  is 
true,  was  not  born  a  slave,  but  was  a  king's  son,4  reduced  to 
bondage  by  Phoenician  kidnappers,  appears  in  relation  to 
Telemachus  rather  in  the  light  of  a  fatherly  friend  than 
of  a  slave,  and,  as  chief  manager  of  the  herds  of  swine,  exer- 
cises authority  in  his  service  like  a  ruler  of  men  (opxafio? 
avhpwv)?  He  possesses,  moreover,  a  peculium,  in  which 
slaves  of  his  own  were  included  ;6  and  had  Odysseus  remained 
at  home,  might  confidently  have  reckoned  that  his  master 
would  confer  on  him  a  house  and  estate  of  his  own,  together 
with  a  much-courted  wife.     By  this  emancipation  is  probably 

1  The  fact  that  only  the  feminine  who    nevertheless    can    scarcely    be 

form  doi5\r}  is  found  I  should  consider  described  as  free-born  ;  wlule  in  Od. 

accidental,  nor  should  I  explain  the  xxiv.   252,  SotiXeiov  ettos  is  certainly 

fact  that  even  this  only  occurs  twice  not  the  appearance    of    a  free-born 

(II.  iii.  409,  Od.  iv.  12)  by  the  dis-  man  fallen  into  slavery,  but  that  of  a 

tinction  of  meaning  between  SoOXos  genuine  slave, 

and  dftd>s,  which  Nitzsch  on  the  Od.  «  Od.  iv.  245,  xiv.  4  63. 

(loc.    cit.)    assumes.      For    that    the  3  s   '  „v."        '     90 

transition  from  freedom  into  slavery  4  _  ,               ■ * 

is  by  no  means  implied  by  dovXos,  as  °d-  xv"  *i6  seq' 

Nitzsch  supposes  from  the  expression  *  Od.  xv.  350,   388,  xvi.  36.     The 

8o6\iov  Tiixap,  is  clear  from  the  phrase  same  expression  is  used  of  the  cow- 

8ov\o<r6in)p     bvixeodai,    used     of    the  nerd  Philcetius,  xv.  185,  254. 

8/j.wai  of  Odysseus   (Od.    xxii.   423),  6  Od.  xiv.  449. 


HOMERIC  GREECE.  41 

to  be  understood,1  just  as  in  another  passage,  where  Odysseus 
promises  to  the  slaves  who  have  remained  faithful  to  him  that 
he  will  give  them  wives  and  property  and  houses  next  to  his 
own,  and  that  they  shall  be  like  brothers  to  Telemachus.2  For 
the  rest,  there  are  no  indications  of  the  existence  of  a  numerous 
class  of  slaves.  It  was  only  princes  and  chieftains  who  pos- 
sessed many,  and  these  they  either  gained  as  booty  in  warlike  ex- 
peditions, or  bought  from  the  piratical  Phoenicians  or  Taphians.3 

Free  persons  of  the  lower  classes  who  served  another  man 
for  hire  were  called  diJTe;.  Thus  Odysseus,  when  he  appeared 
as  a  beggar,  is  asked  by  one  of  the  suitors  whether  he  was  un- 
willing to  serve  as  a  0rj<;  upon  his  estate,  and  is  assured  that  he 
should  receive  sufficient  pay.4  It  may,  moreover,  be  inferred 
from  the  fable  of  Poseidon  and  Apollo,  who,  at  the  command  of 
Zeus,  were  obliged  for  a  year  to  serve  as  delvers  in  the  kingdom 
of  Laomedon  for  a  fixed  wage,6  that  this  arrangement  was 
usually  concluded  for  some  fixed  period  of  longer  or  shorter 
duration,  out  of  which,  in  some  cases,  a  life-long  connection 
might  arise,  and  even  descend  to  the  next  generation.  Thetes 
and  slaves  are  mentioned  in  close  connection  in  the  household 
of  Odysseus,6  and  by  the  strangers  who,  together  with  the 
slaves,  watch  his  flocks  on  the  mainland  opposite,7  we  shall 
naturally  understand  hired  servants,  and  therefore  Thetes.  On 
the  other  hand,  the  epidoi,  mentioned  in  some  few  passages, 
appear  to  be  invariably  those  labourers  who  are  bound  to 
execute  in  common  some  definite  task,  as  to  mow  a  field,  to 
undertake  the  washing  of  clothes,  to  weave  a  quantity  of  wool,  in 
all  of  which  employments  they  showed  the  greatest  emulation 
in  their  desire  to  become  adepts.8  They  might  be  either  free- 
men or  slaves. 

The  commoner  labours  involved  in  agriculture,  cattle-breed- 
ing, and  the  like,  were  naturally  left,  for  the  most  part,  by  the 
wealthy  classes  to  their  slaves,  while  they  themselves  only 

1  Od.  xiv.  62.     The  fact  that  else-        7  Od.  xiv.  102. 

where  emancipation  of  slaves  is  no-  8 II.    xviii.   560 ;  Od.  vi.  32.     The 

where    mentioned    can     hardly    be  derivation    of   the    word    from  (pis, 

regarded  as  a  valid  reason  against  the  emulation,  is  more  correct  than  that 

supposition.     The  later  poets,  more-  from   Zpiov,    wool.      Cf.    Od.    vi.    92, 

over,  represent  the  faithful  slaves  of  xviii.  365,  and  in  Quintus  Smyrnaeus, 

Odysseus  as  having  been  freed,  and  viii.  280 ;  Anthol.  Palat.  vi.  286.  6. 

admitted    among    the    citizens,    and  The  tpidoi.  in  the    first  of  the  two 

even  derive  some  gentes  in  Ithaca  from  passages  quoted,   who  work  at  the 

them. — Plutarch,  Qucest.  Or.  no.  14.  harvest  on  the  rifievos  of  the  king,  are 

2  Od.  xxi.  214.  certainly  slaves,  who  would  otherwise 
8  Od.  i.  398,  xv.  427,  483,  xvii.  422.  have  been  passed   over   in    silence, 

*  Od.  xviii.  356.  since    it    cannot    be    assumed    with 

*  II.  xxi.  441  seq.  certainty  that  the  king  had  none  but 
6  Od.  iv.  644.  hired  labourers. 


42  HOMERIC  GREECE. 

undertook  the  oversight,  as  we  find  the  prince  doing  at  the 
harvest  on  the  shield  of  Achilles.  The  aged  Laertes,  it  is  true, 
labours  hard  in  his  garden,1  but  he  evidently  only  does  so  that 
he  may  not  be  unemployed,  and  because  he  has  nothing  better 
to  do.  The  princes  described  as  among  the  oxen  or  sheep- 
folds,  as  Anchises,  iEneas,  Antiphos,  the  brothers  of  Andro- 
mache,2 are  evidently  only  to  be  regarded  as  overseers,  or,  in 
case  of  necessity,  as  protectors.  The  feminine  tasks  of  spinning 
and  weaving,  however,  are  performed  by  the  queens  themselves 
in  common  with  their  handmaids,  while  the  king's  daughter, 
Nausicaa,  drives  with  her  maidens  to  the  washing-station, 
though  it  is  possible  that  she  may  have  left  the  dirtier  work  to 
them.  The  youngest  daughter  of  Nestor  actually  ministered 
to  her  father's  guests  in  the  bath.3  It  is  less  surprising  that  the 
sons  of  Priam  should  have  harnessed  his  chariot  for  him,  or 
that  the  brothers  of  Nausicaa  should  have  unharnessed  hers,4 
for  familiarity  with  horses  and  chariots  was  never  considered 
incompatible  with  nobility,  and  even  at  the  present  day  is 
included  in  the  "  sports  "  of  our  young  men.  Nor  is  it  more 
astonishing  that  princes  and  nobles  should  have  taken  personal 
part  in  the  slaughter  of  animals,  and  the  preparation  of  their 
flesh,5  when  we  remember  that  every  slaughter  was  at  the 
same  time  a  sacrifice,  and  that  the  meal  was  prepared  for  a 
similar  purpose.  Those  handicrafts,  moreover,  for  which  art 
and  skill  were  required,  were  also  considered  not  derogatory 
to  princes.  Odysseus  has  adorned  unaided  an  artistically 
designed  bedstead  for  his  own  use,  and  shows  himself  also 
familiar  with  shipbuilding,6  while  Paris  labours  himself  at  his 
own  house  in  company  with  the  most  excellent  architects  of 
Ilius.7  There  were  therefore  persons  who  acted  as  artists  and 
handicraftsmen  by  profession,  and  these,  from  the  fact  that 
their  art  was  of  use  to  the  general  community,  were  ranked 
among  the  Demiurgi,  or  workers  for  the  people,  along  with 
heralds,  bards,  and  physicians 8  (though  under  the  latter  term 
we  must  understand  principally  surgeons,  since  no  certain 
traces  are  to  be  found  of  the  cure  of  internal  maladies  by 
means  of  medicines).9    Demiurgi  of  distinguished  skill  were 

1  Od.  xxiv.  226  seq.  '  The  wholesome  or  destructive  en- 

8  II.  v.   313,   vi.  423,    4;  xi.   106,     chantments,  such  as  the  pain-soothing 

xx.  188.  Nepenthes  (Od.  iv.  221),  or  those  by 

3  Od.  iii.  464.  means    of  which   Circe  transformed 
4 II.  xxiv.  263  seq.;  Od.  vii.  4,  5.         men  into  swine,  certainly  appear  to 

'  II.  ix.  206  seq.  point  to  a  knowledge  of  means  which 

•  Od.  xxiii.  189,  v.  225.  are  of  effect  internally,  but  there  is 

7  II.  vi.  314.  at  least  no  evidence  that  they  were 

8  Od.  xvii.  382,  xix.  135.  ever  applied  to  the  cure  of  sickness. 


HOMERIC  GREECE.  43 

regarded  as  especially  favoured  by  the  gods  who  presided  over 
the  arts,  especially  by  Athene  and  Hephaestus.1  Whoever 
therefore  needed  some  work  performed  which  he  was  not  able 
to  do  himself,  or  by  means  of  his  slaves,  was  obliged  to  have 
recourse  to  a  Demiurgus,  and  to  pay  for  the  accommodation.2 
Of  any  disparagement  of  mechanical  labour  no  trace  is  to  be 
found. 

Artistic  wares,  for  the  production  of  which  the  skill  of  the 
native  labourers  was  insufficient,  were  imported  from  foreign 
lands,  and  the  most  precious  possessions  in  the  treasure- 
chambers  of  the  heroes,  such  as  vases  of  gold  and  silver,  and 
costly  robes  of  many  colours,  are  described  as  the  work  of 
Sidonian  artists.3  The  question  whether  Phoenician  merchants 
always  brought  their  wares  to  Greece,  or  whether  we  may  as- 
sume the  existence  also  of  some  Greek  commerce  with  Phoenicia, 
we  shall  treat  on  a  later  occasion ;  for  the  present  it  will  be 
more  convenient  to  refer  to  that  other  question  which  in  the 
Odyssey  is  put  by  Nestor  to  Telemachus,  and  by  the  Cyclops 
to  Odysseus  himself, — Whether  they  were  traversing  the  sea  in 
pursuit  of  business,  or  whether  they  were  pirates  placing  their 
lives  at  stake,  while  they  rove  the  main  and  bring  ruin  on 
other  men.4 

Thucydides  discovered  in  this  question  the  proof  that  piracy, 
or,  more  properly  speaking,  robbery,  committed  by  bands  of  men 
disembarking  on  some  foreign  coast,  was  not  considered  unjust 
or  dishonourable,  but  was  rather  the  source  of  renown.  This 
opinion,  however,  often  repeated,  and  sometimes  even  exagger- 
ated by  modern  writers,  in  implying  a  complete  absence  of 
justice  in  relation  to  foreigners,  is  by  no  means  supported  by 
the  Homeric  poems,  and  has  already  been  contradicted  by 
Aristarchus,  not  only  the  acutest  critic,  but  also  the  most 
thorough  student  and  expositor  of  Homer.5  In  the  first  place, 
it  would  at  least  require  modification  in  this,  that  robberies 
of  this  nature  only  appear  to  have  been  tolerated  towards 

Another  kind  of  enchantment  was  the  the  first  place,  it  is  unnecessary  to 

spell,  ^raotSi},  by  which  the  blood  was  assume,    and,    in    the   second  place, 

stopped. — Od.  xix.  457.  other    kinds    of    payment     are    not 

1 II.  v.  60  seq. ,    xv.   41 1 ;   Od.  vi.  excluded,    and    must    indeed    have 

233.  been  received  by  the  wool-worker  in 

*  Nitzsch  supposes,  in  his  note  to  Od.  II.  xii.  435,  who  had  her  children  to 

iii.  425,  that  these  people  were  usually  maintain  by  her  work, 

paid  by  being  provided  with  victuals,  ,  n  vi  289  ^^   741 
and  appeals  to  11.  xvm.  560,  and  Od. 

xv.  316  (where,  however,  no  mention  4  Od.  in.  72,  ix.  254. 

is  made  of  Demiurgi),  and  also  to  Od.  6  Vide  Schol.  ad  Od.  iii.  71  ;  Eus- 

xvii.  383,  where  KaXew  is  supposed  to  tath.    p.    1453  ;    Sengebusch,    Diss. 

mean  "to  invite  to  table,"  which,  in  Horn.  i.  p.  142. 


44  HOMERIC  GREECE. 

those  foreigners  with  whom  the  nation  of  the  robber  was  not 
on  friendly  terms.  Thus  in  the  Odyssey  we  read  that  the 
father  of  Antinous,  one  of  the  suitors  of  Penelope,  was  nearly 
killed  by  the  people  of  Ithaca,  because  he  had  joined  himself 
with  the  Taphians  on  a  plundering  expedition  against  the 
Thesprotians,  who  were  friends,  apdfiun,  of  the  Ithacesians.1 
Whether  we  are  to  understand  by  this  a  friendship  compacted 
by  a  definite  alliance,  or  only  the  kind  of  friendly  relation  which 
usually  existed  between  nations  not  at  feud  with  one  another, 
we  must  leave  uncertain,  but  it  is  impossible  to  doubt  that 
neighbouring  peoples  were  as  a  rule  on  friendly  terms  with  one 
another.  There  is,  however,  express  evidence  that  robbery  was 
universally  regarded  not  as  the  source  of  renown,  but  as  an 
outrage,  a  f//3pt?,  which  had  to  fear  the  vengeance  of  the  gods.2 
The  fact  that  Odysseus  plundered  the  coasts  of  the  Cicones 
cannot  be  cited  as  an  objection  to  this  view,  for  the  Cicones  be- 
longed to  the  allies  of  the  Trojans,  and  were  therefore  enemies.3 
Nor  is  it  conceivable  that  these  injuries  inflicted  on  peaceful 
foreigners  by  every  adventurer  to  their  coasts,  should  have  been 
considered  honourable  or  allowable  by  a  people  who  in  their 
own  home  regarded  all  injuries  committed  against  strangers  as 
crimes  against  the  divinities  who  upheld  the  rights  of  guests 
and  foreigners.4 

Among  the  members  of  the  State  the  maintenance  of  justice 
was  likewise  secured,  not  indeed  by  definite  legal  ordinances, 
but  by  custom  and  the  moral  consciousness,  which  created  a 
traditional  state  of  order,  for  the  preservation  of  which  kings 
and  princes  held  their  power,  and  which  assumed  an  essentially 
religious  character,  in  so  far  as  the  State  and  its  organization 
was  considered  as  an  institution  depending  upon  the  gods,  and 
standing  under  their  protection.  Whoever  violates  this  order 
incurs  the  punishment  of  Zeus,  who  avenges  the  miscarriage 
of  justice  in  the  courts  by  disastrous  plagues,  while  perjury  re- 
mained not  unpunished  by  the  gods ;  and  whoever  in  overween- 
ing confidence  in  his  own  might  despises  the  dictates  of  justice, 
recognised  with  penitence  in  the  stroke  of  misfortune  the 
deserved  punishment  of  heaven,  from  whence  the  immortals  in 
person  often  descended  to  roam  the  earth  under  human  form  as 

1  Od.  xvi.  427.  3  II  ii.  846,  xvii.  73.      The  slaves 

2  Od.  xiv.  85,  88,  where  forts,  accord-  carried  off  by  Odysseus,  Od.  i.  397, 
ing  to  its  recognised  meaning,  can  cannot  be  brought  as  an  objection, 
only  be  understood  of  divine  venge-  since  it  is  anything  but  certain  that 
ance.  Vide  Nitzsch  on  Odyss.  v.  146  ;  he  seized  them  on  a  plundering  excur- 
Doederl.  Gloss,  p.  256.  We  must  also  sion,  and  not  in  honourable  war. 
note  the  expression  fj.a\f/iSlws,  Od.  iii.  *  Cf.  by  the  way  Antiquitates  juris 
72,  ix.  253.  publici  Grcecorum,  p.  374. 


HOMERIC  GREECE.  45 

strangers,  that  they  might  observe  the  violent  deeds  not  less  than 
the  well-doing  of  mortal  men.1  The  Homeric  poems  are  full 
of  expressions  of  this  and  a  similar  nature ;  and  if  the  manner 
in  which  they  represent  to  us  the  life  of  men  is  carefully 
examined,  it  will  hardly  be  maintained  that  this  heroic  age  on 
the  whole  is  depicted  as  less  moral  than  the  later  generations 
who  live  under  special  legislation,  although,  in  many  points,  it  is 
true  that  manners  may  have  been  softened  in  the  course  of  time, 
and  that  more  correct  ideas  concerning  right  and  wrong  may 
have  been  acquired.  In  no  instance  is  the  life  of  the  Greeks 
savage  and  unrestrained  ;  observance  of  right  and  custom  is  the 
rule,  while  breaches  of  them  are  exceptional,  and  occurred  with 
no  less  frequency  in  later  times  than  in  this  early  period. 

We  should  be  most  inclined  to  recognise  a  proof  of  greater 
savagery  in  the  manner  of  proceeding  with  respect  to  murder. 
Several  instances  of  this  have  come  down  to  us,  but  they  are 
not  calculated  to  afford  us  full  and  certain  information  with 
regard  to  all  the  questions  which  present  themselves.  This 
much,  however,  is  clear, — that  the  punishment  of  murder  was 
merely  regarded  as  an  obligation  lying  upon  the  blood-relations 
of  the  murdered  person,  no  mention  being  ever  made  of  any  in- 
terposition of  the  State  authority.  "  Shame  were  it  in  sooth 
even  for  a  late  posterity  to  hear  of,  if  we  take  not  vengeance 
on  the  murderers  of  our  sons  and  brothers" — so  speak  the 
relations  of  the  suitors  whom  Odysseus  slew.2  The  idea, 
however,  of  the  Mosaic  as  of  the  later  Greek  law,  that 
blood  defileth  the  land,  which  can  only  be  purified  from 
the  blood  that  has  been  shed  by  the  blood  of  him  who 
shed  it,3  we  do  not  yet  meet  with,  and  the  custom  of  our 
German  ancestors  of  fixing  some  pecuniary  expiation  for  blood 
seems  also  to  have  prevailed  among  the  Homeric  Greeks.  The 
murderer  was  obliged  to  pay  a  fine  to  the  relations  of  the 
murdered  person,  by  means  of  which  he  purchased  immunity 
from  further  prosecution,  though,  in  the  contrary  case,  if  he 
failed  to  appease  the  relations  in  this  manner,  he  was  obliged 
to  flee  the  country.  "Even  from  the  murderer  of  a  brother 
or  a  son,  who  are  slain,  is  the  atoning  fine  received,  and  he 
remains  at  home  in  the  land  when  he  has  paid  a  goodly  sum 
for  the  blood,  for  the  hearts  of  all  men  are  softened  and  their 
violent  wrath  appeased  when  they  receive  the  penalty." — With 
these  words  Aias4  exhorts  Achilles  to  reconciliation ;  while  with 
regard  to  the  opposite  case  it  is  said  in  another  passage,  "  For 

1  Od.  xiii.   213  ;  II.  xvi.   384,   iii.        s  Numbers  xxxv.  33. 
279  ;  Od.  xviii.  138  seq.,  xvii.  485. 

*  Od.  xxiv.  433.  4 II.  ix.  631. 


46  HOMERIC  GREECE. 

whoever  kills  a  man,  though  he  be  but  one  of  the  people,  and 
leaves  few  defenders  behind  him,  must  nevertheless  flee  away 
and  leave  his  own  family  and  his  home."1  This  passage,  how- 
ever, seems  to  justify  the  conjecture  that  the  flight  of  the 
homicide  was  not  caused  merely  by  fear  of  the  blood- vengeance 
of  the  relations,  but  by  another  motive  in  addition.  For  a 
powerful  man  opposed  to  weak  and  humble  enemies  might 
possibly  have  been  able  to  set  himself  above  this  cause  of  fear, 
and  yet  it  is  expressly  stated  that  the  murderer  must  flee,  even 
though  the  avengers  of  blood  are  few.  There  is  nowhere  the 
slightest  indication  to  be  found  that  in  such  cases  the  State 
authority  came  to  the  assistance  of  the  murdered  man's  rela- 
tions, nor  is  there  more  reason  to  suppose  that  a  religious 
motive  came  into  play,  and  that  the  murderer  was  considered 
unclean ;  so  that,  unless  he  fled  from  the  land  in  which  he  had 
shed  the  blood  of  one  of  its  children,  he  would  call  down  the 
punishment  of  the  gods  both  on  himself  and  on  all  those  who 
consorted  with  him.  The  idea  of  this  kind  of  pollution 
appears,  indeed,  to  be  completely  foreign  to  the  Homeric  age, 
and  the  expressions  which  occur  so  often,  as  applied  to  it,  in 
later  times,  such  as  61709,  fjuvaot,  fAicurfia  are  never  found  in  the 
Iliad  and  Odyssey.  It  is  necessary  therefore  to  give  up  as 
untenable  the  opinion  of  some  authorities,2  who  wish  to  dis- 
cover in  this  early  period  the  need  of  a  religious  purification  of 
the  murderer  by  certain  ceremonies,  and  to  explain  the  neces- 
sity of  flight,  even  from  before  weak  and  uninfluential  enemies, 
from  the  fact  that,  without  reconciliation  with  the  relatives  of 
the  murdered  person,  the  murderer  could  have  no  part  in  the 
purification  of  the  land.  It  apparently  therefore  only  remains 
to  say  that  the  danger  to  which  the  life  of  a  murderer  was 
always  exposed  from  the  relatives  of  his  victim,  who  were  not 
only  justified  in  but  bound  to  a  blood-revenge,  even  when  they 
were  but  few  in  number,  must  have  been  great  enough  to 
compel  him  to  flight.  There  can,  however,  be  no  doubt  that 
this  is  to  be  accounted  for  by  the  fact  that  public  opinion 
placed  itself  on  the  side  of  the  avenging  relatives,  and  regarded 
the  slaughter  of  a  murderer,  who  remained  in  the  country 
without  making  atonement  to  these,  as  a  just  punishment  for 
which  no  second  revenge  might  be  taken.  In  this,  it  is  true, 
a  certain  religious  motive  may  be  discovered,  not,  however, 
the  specific  reason  that  murder  was  a  sin  against  the  gods, 
which  involved  special  pollution  and  needed  special  purificatory 

1  Od.  xxiii.  118.  tiquitates juris publici  Grceco7iim,  p.  73, 

1  Of  whom  I  was  one  myself,  An-    and  on  ^Eschylus's  Eumenides,  p.  06. 


HOMERIC  GREECE.  47 

rites,  but  rather  the  general  consideration  that  every  offence  is 
visited  with  the  displeasure  of  the  gods.  This  is  always  to  be 
assumed  without  question,  even  when  there  is  no  express  state- 
ment of  the  fact.1  When,  e.g.  it  is  said  of  Phcenix  that  he  had 
refrained  from  slaying  his  father  because  he  feared  the  talk  of 
the  people  and  the  many  reproaches  of  men,  and  shrank  from 
the  title  of  parricide,2  it  is  true  that  no  allusion  is  made  to  the 
divine  displeasure ;  but  no  one  will  be  so  foolish  as  to  draw  the 
absurd  conclusion,  that  parricide  was  not  regarded  as  a  crime 
hated  by  the  gods — a  conclusion,  indeed,  scarcely  deserving  re- 
futation. It  is  much  to  be  regretted  that  the  Homeric  instances 
of  fugitive  murderers  afford  no  information  on  the  question 
whether  a  distinction  was  made  between  intentional  and  unpre- 
meditated, excusable  and  criminal  slaughter,  such  as  was  found 
in  the  Mosaic  as  well  as  in  later  Greek  law.  Nor  can  we  deter- 
mine whether  it  was  merely  left  to  the  pleasure  of  the  relatives 
of  the  murdered  person  to  rest  content  with  a  pecuniary  com- 
pensation, and  to  abstain  from  the  prosecution  of  the  murderer, 
or  whether  a  different  procedure  was  usual  for  different  cases. 
Out  of  the  six  instances  of  murderers  who  fled  their  country, 
there  are  four3  in  which  the  murderer  is  himself  a  relative  of 
the  murdered  person,  and  we  may  assume  that  in  such  cases 
release  by  payment  of  blood-money  was  not  invariable.  Whether 
in  these  four  cases  intentional  murder  or  unintentional  homicide 
had  occurred  is  not  stated.  In  the  fifth  instance,4  where 
Patroclus,  when  a  boy  at  play,  unintentionally  killed  another 
boy  with  whom  he  was  angry,  it  is  not  clear  whether  the  victim 
was  a  relation  or  not.  In  the  sixth  case,  however,5  the  mur- 
derer, Theoclymenus,  must  certainly  be  considered  as  unrelated 
to  the  murdered  person ;  but  whether  he  took  to  flight  because 
the  relations  refused  reconciliation,  or  because  he  was  unable  or 
unwilling  to  pay  the  satisfaction  demanded,  remains  uncertain. 
It  is  clear,  however,  from  the  above-quoted  exhortation  of  Aias 
to  the  too- wrathful  Achilles6  that  obstinate  implacability  on 
the  part  of  the  relations  was  not  approved.  The  penalty  was 
probably  decided  by  agreement  in  each  particular  case,  and 
nowhere,  as  in  the  ancient  German  law,  do  we  find  allusion  to 
fixed  or  customary  punishments.     The  judicial  contest  described 

1  Cf.  Curtius,  History  of  Greece  (i.  6  Od.  xv.   224.      Another  example 

p.  150,  English  trans.),  who  however  adduced  by  some  from  the  Odyssey, 

goes  somewhat  further  than  I  should  xiii.  259  seq.,  is  not  a  case  in  point,  as 

venture.  the  reader  may  easily  convince  himself 

2 II.  ix.  457  seq.  by  a  careful  examination  of  the  pas- 

3  II.  ii.  665,  xiii.  696,  xv.  335,  xvi.  sage. 

573.  6  Cf.  also  the  passage  of  the  Litre, 

4 11.  xxiii.  85  seq.  II.  ix.  498-508. 


48  HOMERIC  GREECE. 

in  the  account  of  the  shield  of  Achilles  is  concerned  not  with 
the  amount  of  penalty  to  be  paid,  but  only  with  the  question 
whether  the  debtor  had  actually  paid  at  all,  which  he  affirms, 
while  his  adversary  denies  it.  We  have  therefore  in  this  case 
only  a  summons  for  debt  or  private  suit. 

Other  kinds  of  judicial  business  and  procedure  concerned  with 
private  law,  such  as  buying,  selling,  hiring,  and  the  like,  which 
of  course  were  not  unknown  in  the  heroic  age,  are  mentioned  by 
Homer  only  seldom  and  cursorily.  We  may  assume  that  Hesiod's 
precept,  not  to  transact  legal  business,  even  with  a  brother, 
without  witnesses,1  was  observed  also  in  these  earlier  times. 
It  proves  that  in  business  of  this  kind  foresight  was  displayed 
in  securing  the  means  of  proof  which  might  be  available 
before  the  court  in  case  of  a  disputed  title.  A  summons  before 
the  court,  and  the  determination  to  leave  the  matter  to  be 
decided  by  the  statements  of  witnesses,  we  find  in  the  already 
often-quoted  lawsuit  on  the  shield  of  Achilles,2  while  a  chal- 
lenge to  make  a  solemn  statement  on  oath,  extrajudicially  it 
is  true,  occurs  in  another  passage,  where  Menelaus  calls  upon 
Antilochus  to  swear,  as  justice  demands  (rj  Oe/xis  eari),  that  he 
had  not  intentionally  wronged  him  in  the  chariot  race.3  Simi- 
larly, an  instance  occurs  of  an  invitation  to  accept  the  decision 
of  an  arbitrator.  Agamemnon  is  asked  to  decide  whose  chariot 
was  the  first,  that  of  Idomeneus  or  that  of  the  Locrian  Aias.4 
The  expression  used  of  the  arbitrator  is  tarmp,  "  the  man  who 
knows,"  a  term  which  is  also  applied,  instead  of  the  usual 
words  fidprvs  and  fidprvpof;,  to  the  witness,  the  double  applica- 
tion of  the  word  admitting  of  an  easy  explanation.6  We  also 
find  the  description  of  a  wager  in  which  the  gods  are  invoked 
as  witnesses.  In  the  event  of  Odysseus  returning  home  within 
some  period  agreed  upon,  Eumseus  agrees  to  provide  the  beggar, 
who  is  no  other  than  the  disguised  Odysseus  himself,  with 
fresh  raiment,  and  to  convey  him  to  Dulichium,  while  in  the 
contrary  event  he  is  to  be  allowed  to  kill  him.6 

The  marriage  ceremony,  moreover,  is  to  be  regarded  as  a 
legal  contract  which  the  father  of  the  bride,  or  whoever  else 
it  is  who  has  her  under  his  power,  concludes  with  the  suitor. 
The  choice  of  a  wife  is  usually  left  by  the  son  to  his  father. 
Thus  Achilles  remarks,  when  he  rejects  the  proffered  daughter 
of  Agamemnon,  "Peleus  will  himself  seek  me  out  a  wife;"7 

1  Hesiod,  Works  and  Days,  1.  371.  know,  and  in  the  Frisian  jurispru- 

2 II.  xviii.  501.  dence  the    witness  is   Wita.       Vide 

3 II.  xxiii.  584.  Richthofen,    Friesisches    Wbrterbuch, 

*  Ibid.  1.  486.  p.  1153. 

6  So  in  the  Solonian  laws  the  wit-  6  Od.  xiv.  393. 

nesses  are    called   Idvtoi,   those  who  7  II.  ix.  394. 


HOMERIC  GREECE.  49 

and  we  find  Megapenthes,  the  son  of  Menelaus,  provided  with 
a  wife  by  his  father.1  Mythical  history  contains  several 
instances  of  the  fact  that  a  father  sometimes  offered  the  hand 
of  his  daughter  as  a  prize  for  victory  in  some  contest  appointed 
for  the  purpose,  or  for  some  other  kind  of  exploit.  The 
Odyssey  mentions  an  instance  of  the  kind,  where  Neleus  offers 
his  daughter  Pero  to  the  man  who  shall  bring  him  the  cattle  of 
Iphicles  from  Phylace.2  The  rule,  however,  is  that  the  suitor 
offers  a  price  to  the  father  of  the  maiden,  consisting  of  cattle 
or  some  other  valuable  property,  to  which  the  name  of  eSva 
is  applied.3  It  was  quite'exceptional  for  a  wife  to  be  gained 
without  a  payment  of  this  kind,  and  only  happened  as  the 
result  of  some  particular  occasion,  as  when  Agamemnon  offers 
one  of  his  daughters  to  Achilles  without  any  eSva,  and  is  even 
willing  to  add  valuable  presents  in  order  to  propitiate  him.4  The 
father,  however,  to  whom  this  price  is  paid  makes  in  return  a 
more  or  less  handsome  provision  for  his  daughter,  and  the  dowry 
so  bestowed  was  described  by  the  same  name  of  e8va,6 — for 
irpol^,  the  term  later  in  use,  never  occurs  in  Homer  in  this  sense, 
nor  does  $kpvr\  appear  to  have  been  known  to  him.  The  gifts 
which  Agamemnon  promises  to  Achilles,  if  he  will  become  his 
son-in-law,  are  called  fiefraa?  which  has  incorrectly  been  regarded 
by  some  authors  as  a  usual  name  for  the  dowry  ;7  it  is  only 
employed  here  because  the  especial  object  of  these  gifts  was  to 
soothe  the  wrathful  hero,  and  this  circumstance  also  accounts 
for  their  extraordinary  magnitude.  But  certainly  no  man  of 
wealth  or  consideration  allowed  his  daughter  to  be  wooed  without 
a  magnificent  dowry,  and  the  gifts  demanded  from  the  suitors 
(eSva)  are  accordingly  to  be  explained,  not  so  much  as  a  pur- 
chase-price— though  this  may  originally  have  been  their  signi- 
fication,8—  as  an  indemnification  for  the  dowry  to  be  expected, 
by  which,  it  is  true,  in  the  case  of  much-courted  brides, 
where  one  suitor  sought  to  outbid  another,  it  might  often 
happen  that  the  father  received  much  more  than  he  him- 
self subsequently  gave  away  as  a  dowry  for  his  daughter.     If, 

1  Od.  iv.  10.  lyric  and  tragic  poets  2dm  occurs  in 

2  Od.  xi.  387.  the  same  meaning — Pindar,  01.  ix.  1  ; 
8  Cf.  II.  xvi.  178-190,  xxii.  472  ;  Od.     Eur.  Andr.  2.  153,  942. 

vi.  159,  xi  282,  xx.  161.  e  77  ;T   14.7  oqo 

*  II.  ix.  146-288.  „    "•  147'^y- 

6  Od.  i.    277,   ii.   196,  for  in  both  7  So  also  Nitzsch  on  Od.  1.  p.  50, 

passages  the  ol  54  must  necessarily  and  Dcederlein  on  II.  ix.  147.    There  is 

refer  to  the  parents.     Hence  ebvovadai  no  evidence  that   the  word  was   so 

etyarpa,  to  dower  a  daughter,  Od.  ii.  understood  in  later  times,   as,  e.g., 

53  ;  and  iedvorJis,  of  the  person  provid-  Lucian,  Anthol.  Palat.  ix.  367.  6. 

ing  the  dower,  II.  xiii.  382.     Even  in  8  Vide  Arist.  Pol.  ii.  5.  11. 

D 


50  HOMERIC  GREECE. 

after  the  death  of  the  husband,  the  wife  was  not  permitted  by 
the  heirs  to  remain  in  the  house,  the  money  she  brought  with 
her  had  to  be  restored,1  while  in  the  case  of  the  wife  being 
put  away  by  her  husband  for  adultery,  he  was  entitled  to 
recover  the  eSva  which  he  had  given.2 

The  lawfully- wedded  wife  was  called  KovpiZbq  akcrxps,  and 
numerous  instances  prove  that  lawful  and  completely  valid 
marriages  might  take  place,  not  merely  between  members  of 
the  same  State,  but  also  between  those  of  different  ones.  Even 
Briseis,  a  slave  captured  in  the  Trojan  territory,  could  cherish 
the  hope  of  becoming  the  tcovpiSir)  aXo^o?  of  her  master.3 
Marriages  within  the  same  rank  were  of  course  the  most  usual, 
because  only  a  wealthy  son-in-law  could  offer  ehva  in  due  pro- 
portion to  the  dowry ;  but  just  as  it  was  not  unknown  for 
a  rich  man  to  court  the  daughter  of  a  poor  one,  so  there 
are  cases  where  even  rich  parents  bestow  their  daughter 
upon  a  man  without  wealth,  if  he  was  distinguished  by  special 
excellence.  Thus  Odysseus,  when  disguised  as  a  travelling 
Cretan,  says  of  himself,  that,  though  an  illegitimate  son,  and 
only  provided  with  a  very  scanty  portion  of  his  father's 
inheritance,  he  had  yet  gained  a  wife  from  a  wealthy  house,  on 
account  of  his  personal  qualities.4  Nowhere  is  any  explicit 
allusion  to  forbidden  degrees  of  relationship,  though  the  nature 
of  the  story  of  (Edipus  proves  that  marriage  between  near 
relatives  of  different  generations  are  regarded  as  an  abomina- 
tion.5 In  the  island  of  jEolus  the  magician,  all  the  brothers 
and  sisters  are  married  to  one  another,6 — a  fact,  however, 
which  may  be  explained  by  the  peculiar  condition  in  which 
they  lived,  cut  off  from  all  the  rest  of  the  world.  But  it  is 
well  known  that  marriages  between  half-brothers  and  sisters 
by  different  mothers  were  not,  in  the  Greece  of  later  days,  re- 
garded as  incestuous.  Homer  gives  no  instance  of  this  kind, 
though  we  find  one  case  of  marriage  with  an  aunt 7  (by  the 
mother's  side). 

Monogamy  is  the  invariable  rule,  to  which  only  a  single 
exception  is  found,  not  among  the  Greeks,  but  in  Troy,  where 
Priam  took  to  wife,  in  addition  to  Hecabe,  Laothoe,  daughter 
of  the  aged  prince  of  the  Leleges,  who,  from  the  manner  in 
which  she  is  mentioned,  undoubtedly  appears  as  his  lawful 

1  This  may  certainly  be  concluded        7 II.  xi.  221-226.     Here  a  Thracian 

from  Od.  ii.  132 ;  and  the  considera-  is  spoken  of ;   the  ancient  commen- 

tions   raised  in  objection  are  of  no  tators,  however,  are  reminded  of  Dio- 

weight.  .*  Od.  viii.  318.  medes,  who  also  married  his  mother's 

■      s  II.  xix.  297.  4  Od.  xiv.  210.  sister  iEgialea,  daughter  of  Adrastus. 

4  Od.  xi.  271.  8  Od.  x.  5  aeg.  Cf.  II.  v.  412,  and  xiv.  121. 


HOMERIC  GREECE.  51 

wife.  It  was  not,  however,  considered  blameworthy  for  a  man 
to  take  a  concubine  out  of  the  number  of  his  slaves,  although 
there  is  no  doubt  that  this  was  resented  by  the  lawful  wife, 
especially  if  she  had  herself  borne  children  to  her  husband. 
Thus  the  wife  of  Amyntor,  on  this  ground,  stirs  up  an 
unnatural  hatred  between  her  son  Phoenix  and  her  husband,1 
and  similarly  Laertes,  the  father  of  Odysseus,  breaks  off  his 
relation  to  his  concubine  Eurycleia,  in  order  to  avoid  vexing 
his  lawful  wife.2  Barren  wives  were  probably  more  indulgent 
to  their  husbands  in  this  respect. 

Part  of  the  marriage  festival  consisted  in  a  solemn  banquet 
provided  by  the  father  of  the  bride.3  Since,  however,  no 
festival  could  be  conceived  without  a  sacrifice,  it  may  be 
assumed  as  a  matter  of  course  that  on  this  occasion  the  gods 
were  especially  invoked  to  give  their  blessing  to  the  union  of 
the  newly-married  pair,  and  no  one  will  demand  explicit  testi- 
mony for  the  custom.  The  description  of  a  solemn  procession 
represented  on  the  shield  of  Achilles  only  informs  us  that  the 
bride,  in  festal  attire,  was  conducted  amid  the  glitter  of  torches 
to  the  house  of  her  husband,  probably  in  a  chariot,  as  was  the 
custom  in  a  later  time,  and  that  on  the  way  a  bridal  hymn 
was  sung  iyyAvwoi),  whilst  the  attendant  youths  and  maidens 
danced  an  accompaniment.4  Elsewhere  we  learn  that  it  was 
customary  for  the  bride  to  give  her  festal  robes  to  her  attend- 
ants.6 We  may  form  some  idea  of  the  good  wishes  expressed 
and  the  prayers  offered  to  the  gods  from  the  words  which 
Odysseus  addresses  to  Nausicaa  when  he  speaks  of  her  future 
marriage.  "  May  the  gods  grant  thee,"  he  says,  "  what  thine 
heart  desires,  both  husband  and  house  and  a  married  life  of 
happiness  and  union,  for  there  is  nothing  better  or  more  profit- 
able than  when  husband  and  wife  dwell  in  their  house  with 
united  mind,  to  the  vexation  of  their  enemies,  the  joy  of  their 
friends,  and  their  own  good  report."6  If  we  add  to  this 
prosperity  and  the  blessing  of  children,  which  was  also  con- 
sidered a  gift  of  the  gods,  we  have,  in  fact,  all  that  could 
reasonably  be  asked  from  the  gods,  as  forming  part  of  a 
happy  marriage.  Even  the  idea  that  marriages  are  made  in 
heaven  is  not  unfamiliar  to  the  Homeric  heroes,  and  husband 
and  wife  are  said  to  have  been  destined  for  one  another  by 
fate,  or,  in  other  words,  by  a  higher  dispensation.7  The  proper 
behaviour  of  a  husband  towards  his   wife  is  expressed  by 

1 II.  ix.  448  seq.       .  a  Od.  i.  433.  s  Od.  iv.  3. 

*  II.  xviii.  491  seq.  i  Od.  vi.  28.  *  Od.  vi.  181  seq. 

7  Od.  xxi  162.  Cf.  xx.  74,  where  destiny,  because  he  knows  the  fate 
it  is  Zeus  on  whom  depends  their      which  is  to  fall  to  every  man. 


52  HOMERIC  GREECE. 

Achilles,  who  says  that  every  brave  and  prudent  man  esteems 
his  wife  and  carefully  protects  her  ;x  and  it  is  hardly  necessary 
to  remind  the  reader  that  the  Homeric  poetry  contains  the 
most  beautiful  examples  of  wedded  love  and  fidelity  on  the 
part  of  the  wife  in  an  Andromache  and  a  Penelope.  From 
every  other  statement  which  we  find  with  regard  to  the  relation 
of  marriage,  it  is  evident  that  the  housewife  was  not  a  mere 
married  servant  to  her  husband,  and  the  partner  of  his  bed,  but 
his  equal  companion  through  life,  quite  as  much  respected  in 
the  sphere  of  activity  which  nature  assigned  to  women  as  the 
husband  was  in  his.  A  good  understanding  and  skill  in 
feminine  duties  are,  next  to  personal  beauty,  celebrated  as  the 
most  highly  regarded  qualities  by  means  of  which  the  woman  be- 
came, in  the  eyes  of  her  husband,  his  honoured  wife 2  (aihoiri). 

In  general,  the  relation  between  the  two  sexes  is  thoroughly 
healthy  and  natural,  as  far  removed  from  roughness  as  from 
effeminacy  and  over-refinement.  The  natural  is  treated  as 
such  without  prurience,  but  also  without  false  shame.  A 
custom  which,  among  us,  would  probably  be  censured  as  in  the 
highest  degree  immoral,  according  to  which  not  only  female 
slaves,  but  even  the  unmarried  daughters  of  the  king,  render 
every  kind  of  ministration  to  men  in  the  bath,3  in  Homer 
appears  perfectly  harmless,  and  certainly  furnishes  an  argu- 
ment for  the  morality  rather  than  the  immorality  of  both  sexes. 
No  instance  is  found  of  the  daughter  of  a  noble  house  submit- 
ting herself  to  a  man  without  the  marriage  ceremony,  unless 
we  also  take  into  account  mythological  characters,  among 
whom  mortal  women  receive  the  embraces  of  gods.  But  their 
position  lies  entirely  beyond  the  sphere  of  actual  life,  and  only 
gross  want  of  understanding  can  regard  these  as  proofs  of  the 
immorality  of  the  Homeric  age.  Even  Helen  and  Clytem- 
nsestra,  the  daughters  of  Tyndareus,  who  are  the  only  examples 
of  women  seduced  into  adultery  by  strangers,  cannot  serve  as 
proofs  of  a  general  laxity  of  morals. 

The  children  of  the  lawful  wife,  <yvr)crioL,  or  War/evels,  as  they 
were  called,  had  a  prior  right  of  inheritance  over  the  illegi- 
timate sons  or  voOoc,  born  of  the  concubine.  The  legitimate 
sons  divided  between  them  their  father's  inheritance,  and  each 
received  his  particular  portion  by  lot ;  the  daughters  were  pro- 
vided for  by  their  dowries,  except  in  those  cases  where,  as 

1 II.  ix.  341.  bach,  Horn.  Theol.  p.  152  of  the  second 

8  //.  xxi.  460  ;  Od.  iii.  380,  451.  edition  >  and'  for  /i™ila^^a™P1f s  in 

German  poems  of  the  Middle  Ages, 
3  Od.  iv.  49,  xvii.  88,  and  iii.  484.     see    Scherr,     Gesch.     der    Deutschen 
Cf.  Athenae.  i.  18,  and  also  Niigels-     Frauenwelt,  i.  (2d  ed.)  p.  227. 


HOMERIC  GREECE.  53 

heiresses,  they  received  the  whole.  The  illegitimate  sons  were 
allowed  a  smaller  portion,  called  vodeia.1  In  other  respects 
there  was  usually  no  distinction  observed  between  them  and 
the  legitimate  sons,  but  both  were  educated  in  common  under 
the  paternal  roof.  It  was  mentioned  as  an  honour  to  Theano, 
the  wife  of  the  Trojan  Antenor,  that,  out  of  love  to  her 
husband,  she  nurtured  his  bastard  son  Meges  like  her  own 
children,2  while  no  instance  occurs  in  the  Homeric  poems  of 
hatred  displayed  by  a  stepmother,  which,  it  is  true,  frequently 
furnishes  a  motive  in  mythical  history,  and  was  proverbial 
both  among  the  Greeks  and  Eomans.  Sons,  moreover,  born  of 
a  slave-mother  rank  themselves  as  freemen,  as  is  proved  by 
the  case  of  a  son  of  Castor,  born  of  a  purchased  slave,  whose 
name  was  assumed  by  Odysseus,3  while  the  Telamonian 
Teucrus  took  an  honourable  place  among  the  heroes  of  Troy, 
although  he  was  not  born  from  the  wife  of  Telamon,  but  from 
a  slave  captured  in  war,  who,  it  is  true,  was  originally  a  king's 
daughter.  So  that  the  designation  voOos  involved  no  dis- 
grace,4 just  as  in  the  middle  ages  illegitimate  sons  of  princely 
parents  felt  no  shame  in  being  called  bastards,  and  even  in 
styling  themselves  such,  as  in  the  case  of  the  renowned  Bastard 
of  Orleans. 

The  bringing  up  of  the  children  of  the  heroes  was,  as  may  be 
conceived,  simple  and  natural  in  the  extreme.  Their  first 
nourishment  was  supplied  by  the  mother's  breast ;  even  queens 
gave  suck  to  their  children,5  and  the  passages  from  which  the 
existence  of  foster-nurses  has  been  inferred  are  by  no  means 
conclusive.6  All  further  education,  in  a  condition  of  society 
such    as  the   Homeric    poems  represent,  was   for   the  most 

1  Od.  xiv.  203.  Demeter,  p.   141,  the  goddess,  when 

3  II.  v.  70  sne  says  KaXa  ridt\voLp.t]v  is  not  offer- 

8  Od.  xiv.' 199  seq.  ing  he™elf  f°r  a  f^r-n™\,    T.he 

*  nt  -c    4iL    •     n     ...   „„,  expression  rptyeiv  ctti  fiafe  (Od.  xix. 

«  Cf.  Eustath.  in  II.  vm.  284.  ^    can  ^0\e  ^de^d  of  the 

8 II.  xxii.  83.  ordinary  nurse,  who  carried  the  child 

6  It  is  well  known  that  rpo(p6s  signi-  committed  to  her  charge  in  her  arms, 

fied  not  the  wet-nurse,  but  only  the  and  therefore  on  the  breast,  though 

nurse  who  fed    and  waited  on  the  without  giving  it  suck.     (Cf.  Apoll. 

children,   while  TtOfyr)  has  precisely  Rh.  iii.  734,  and  also  Theocr.  iii.  48, 

the  same  meaning,  as  is  shown  by  the  where  it  is  said  of  Aphrodite,   that 

single  fact  that  the  masculine  form  she  makes  Adonis  oi/St  <pdip.evov  &rep 

Tidr)v6s  and  Tidr)VT]T-?ip  is  found.     The  /xo<r5oto  tL0tjti.)      That  Eurycleia,    of 

proper    name    for    the    foster-nurse,  whom  this  last  expression  is  used,  can 

tIt6t),    does    not    occur    in    Homer  be  regarded  as  a  foster-nurse,  is  not 

(Eustath.  in  II.  vi.  399,  pp.  650,  21),  credible,  for  the  simple  reason  that 

and  TiO-fivri,  a  nurse,  is  expressly  dis-  Laertes,    who    refrained    from    her 

tinguished  from  tLtOtj,  a  foster-nurse  society  himself,   could   hardly  have 

(Etymol.  Gud.  pp.  529,  10),  while  it  given  her  up  to  another.     She  most 

is  self-evident  that  in  the  hymn  to  probably  remained  unmarried. 


54  HOMERIC  GREECE. 

part  self-developed.  The  child  grew  up  in  the  customs  of  the 
family  and  the  people,  and  formed  itself  after  their  model. 
When  a  prince  like  Peleus  committed  his  son  to  Phoenix,  that 
he  might  be  instructed  how  to  speak  and  act,  his  motive  for 
doing  so  is  that  the  young  man,  on  being  sent  forth  to  war, 
may  be  associated  with  an  experienced  councillor  against  what- 
ever may  occur.1  The  existence  of  instruction,  properly  so 
called,  or  of  any  continuous  tuition,  will  scarcely  be  imagined. 
It  was  only  warlike  exercises,  equestrian  skill,  and  other 
kinds  of  dexterity  suitable  to  princes  and  nobles,  which  needed 
to  be  imparted  by  means  of  particular  instruction.  Thus  Chiron 
trained  the  sons  of  princes,  partly  in  music,  partly  in  the  art  of 
healing,  which  latter  Achilles  learnt  from  him,  and  in  his  turn 
imparted  to  his  friend  Patroclus.2  The  dance,  moreover,  is 
practised  as  an  art,  with  which  the  sons  and  daughters  of 
princes  and  nobles  were  not  allowed  to  remain  unfamiliar, 
partly  that  they  might  be  able  to  take  their  places  in  the 
chorus  at  the  feasts  of  the  gods,  partly  for  the  sake  of  social 
amusement,  although  it  is  true  that  no  such  zealous  dancers  as 
the  Phaeacians  were  are  found  among  the  Achaean  heroes. 
However,  the  suitors  in  the  house  of  Odysseus  amuse  them- 
selves with  dancing;3  Telemachus  dances  in  company  with 
Eumaeus,  Philoetius,  and  the  maidens  after  the  murder  of  the 
suitors,  in  order  that  the  neighbours  may  believe  that  a  wedding 
festival  is  proceeding,4  while  elsewhere  the  dance  is  mentioned 
as  one  of  those  agreeable  things  of  which  one  is  never  weary.6 
In  one  passage  of  the  Iliad,  Achilles,  the  bravest  of  the 
heroes,  is  represented  as  striking  the  lute  and  singing  to  its 
accompaniment  of  the  famous  deeds  of  men.6  It  follows  that 
the  ^writer  of  this  passage,  which  we  must  admit  does  not 
belong  to  the  older  portions  of  the  Iliad,  must  have  regarded 
minstrelsy  and  song  as  arts  not  unknown  to  the  Achaean  heroes ; 
and  it  is  quite  possible  that  in  this  he  only  followed  the  older 
bards,  just  in  the  same  way  as  the  legends  of  old  German 
heroes  represent  many  of  their  giants  as  distinguished  no  less 
as  bards  than  as  warriors.  In  other  parts  of  Homer,  however, 
no  traces  of  the  kind  are  visible  in  relation  to  the  Achaean 
heroes ;  the  Trojan  Paris  alone  is  described  as  a  player  on  the 
cithara.  On  the  contrary,  minstrelsy  and  song  are  practised 
by  special  artists,  the  aocSoi,  who,  though  certainly  highly 
esteemed,  do  not  belong  to  the  upper  ranks.  We  find  them  at 
the  royal  courts  of  Scheria  and  Ithaca,  where  they  are  among 

1  II.  ix.  442.  *  II.  xi.  830.  3  Od.  xviii.  304. 

1  Od.  xxiii.  134,  298.  6  II.  xiii.  637.  «  II.  ix.  186-9. 


HOMERIC  GREECE.  55 

the  daily  guests,  though,  as  in  the  case  of  architects,  seers,  and 
physicians,  foreign  bards  are  also  invited.1  They  travel  about 
like  the  Thracian  Thamyris,  who,  in  his  journey  through  the 
Pylian  land  from  (Echalia,  the  court  of  Eurytus,  is  seized  at 
Dorion,  and  blinded  by  the  Muses,  because  he  had  presumed 
to  excel  them  in  the  art  of  song.2  They  were  everywhere 
esteemed  and  honoured  for  their  art,  and  the  gift  of  song  was 
regarded  as  especially  bestowed  by  the  Muses,  from  whom  pro- 
ceeded too  the  knowledge  of  the  legends  which  formed  the 
contents  of  their  poems.3  When,  however,  a  bard  expressly 
boasts  of  being  self-taught,  and  deriving  his  gift  only  from  the 
divinity,4  this  points  unmistakably  to  the  fact  that  the  usual 
method  was  for  scholars  to  receive  instruction  from  masters  in 
the  art,  as  we  should  naturally  have  inferred  without  express 
testimony,  and  therefore,  even  where  this  is  altogether  wanting 
in  the  case  of  schools  for  minstrelsy,  there  is  no  good  reason  for 
denying  their  existence. 

These  bards  accompanied  their  delivery  with  the  phorminx,  a 
larger  kind  of  cithara  which  was  carried  in  a  band  over  the 
shoulder.  On  this  they  first  played  a  prelude,  and  then  during 
the  song  itself  struck  the  strings  at  intervals  in  appropriate 
passages  to  accompany  the  words  or  to  fill  up  the  pauses.5  The 
song  itself  we  must  conceive  as  half-recitation,  half-song,6 
while  the  contents  were  taken  from  the  legends  of  deeds, 
human  and  divine.  Thus,  e.g.  the  voyage  of  the  Argonauts  is 
mentioned  as  a  subject  which,  as  entering  into  the  thoughts  of 
all  at  the  time  of  the  Trojan  war,  was  the  frequent  theme  of 
song.7  The  deeds,  however,  of  the  present  time  were  no  less 
celebrated  by  the  songs  of  the  bards,  for  that  song  is  best  liked 
by  the  hearers  which  is  the  newest  and  latest.8  The  events  of 
the  Trojan  war,  and  the  return  of  the  heroes,  were  sung  by 
Phemius  in  Ithaca,  and  by  Demodocus  in  Scheria,9  a  very  few 
years  after  their  actual  occurrence,  while  it  is  said,  with  regard 
to  every  memorable  event,  that  it  will  be  the  subject  of  song 
for  posterity.10  These  bards,  moreover,  while  amusing  their 
hearers,  must  also  be  regarded  as  their  instructors.  They 
handed  down  the  legends  of  antiquity,  and  with  these  the 
greatest  part  of  all  that  can  be  regarded  as  constituting  the 
belief  and  knowledge  of  that  era,  while,  at  the  same  time,  they 
awoke  in  noble  souls  the  thoughts  of  fame  to  be  won  among 

1  Od.  xvii.  386.  •  Eustath.  in  II.  ii.  pp.  9,  5. 

2 II.  ii.  595.  7  Od.  xii.  70. 

8  Od.  viii.  479,  xiii.  28,  xvii.  518.  •  Od.  i.  352. 

*  Od.  xxii.  347.  9  Od.  i.  326,  viii.  75  and  492. 

5  Od.  viii.  266,  xviii.  262.  w  Od.  viii.  579,  iii.  204,  xxiv.  198. 


56  HOMERIC  GREECE. 

contemporaries,  and  among  posterity,  which  should  fill  them 
with  emulation  to  merit  by  their  deeds  an  honourable  remem- 
brance, and  to  strive  that  many  even  of  future  generations 
might  mention  their  name  with  honour,  just  as  Athene,  under 
the  form  of  Mentor,  exhorts  Telemachus  by  pointing  to  the 
example  of  Orestes.1  We  may  here  also  remark  that  the 
Odyssey  in  one  passage  makes  allusion  to  several  longer  and 
continuous  series  of  songs  concerning  some  copious  subject, 
like  the  Trojan  war,  out  of  which  now  one,  now  another, 
portion  was  taken,2  as  the  case  might  happen, — the  hearers  of 
course  being  sufficiently  acquainted  with  the  subject,  as  a 
whole,  to  render  the  delivery  of  each  particular  part  easily 
intelligible  by  itself. 

The  songs  sung  by  the  bards  at  the  social  meal  appear 
always  to  have  been  of  the  kind  above  described,  i.e.  to  have 
contained  the  story  of  deeds,  human  and  divine.  There  were, 
however,  other  songs  suitable  to  other  occasions.  A  hymeneal 
song  resounded  in  the  solemn  procession  described  on  the 
shield  of  Achilles,  amid  the  harmony  of  flutes  and  lyres,  while 
young  men  and  maidens  danced  accompaniment.3  A  threnos, 
or  song  of  mourning,  is  chanted  by  the  singers  at  Hector's 
funeral,  while  the  women  mingle  their  cries  of  grief.4  A 
paean  is  sung  by  the  Achaeans,  when,  in  the  flush  of  victory 
after  Hector's  death,  they  are  returning  to  their  ships,5  and 
again  when,  on  the  surrender  of  Chryseis,  Apollo  is  invoked 
to  remove  the  pestilence  which  he  had  sent  down  on  the  army.6 
Calypso  and  Circe  sing  as  they  work  at  the  loom;7  and  at 
the  vintage  a  boy  sings  the  Linus-song  to  the  phorminx,  while 
others  shout  and  dance  an  accompaniment.8 

Songs  of  a  religious  nature,  on  the  occasion  of  religious  cere- 
monies, are  not  expressly  mentioned  in  the  Homeric  poems, 
with  the  exception  of  the  paean  addressed  to  Apollo  for  the 
removal  of  the  pestilence,  which  was  preceded  by  a  sacri- 
fice, and  may  therefore  evidently  be  regarded  as  a  hymn  of 
prayer.  In  the  paean,  moreover,  sung  after  the  victory,  ex- 
pressions of  thanksgiving  are  uttered  towards  the  gods ;  while 
in  the  hymeneal  hymn  there  was  not  wanting  a  divine  invoca- 
tion to  implore  a  blessing  on  the  marriage.  There  were  no 
doubt  in  existence  various  other  songs  suitable  to  worship, 
though  all  the  remains  of  ancient  writers  of  these  songs,  such 
as  Pamphus,  Orpheus,  Musaeus,  Linus,  belong  to  the  post- 
Homeric  age.     The  Linus-song,  however,  which  is  mentioned 

1  Od.  i.  301;  cf.  iil  200.      *  Od.  viii.  73,  74,  and  492,  499. 

8  II.  xviii.  493.  4  Od.  xxiv.  720.  s  II.  xxii.  391. 

«  11.  i.  472.  7  Od.  v.  61,  x.  220.  8 II.  xviii.  5G9. 


HOMERIC  GREECE.  57 

in  the  Iliad,  may  be  accredited  with  a  certain  religious  import, 
in  so  far  as,  beyond  a  doubt,  it  celebrates  the  death  of  nature 
in  autumn  and  its  reawakening  in  spring,  figuratively  repre- 
sented by  the  death  and  resurrection  of  Linus,  an  unknown 
nature-divinity,  whose  worship  had  existed  from  remote  anti- 
quity, and  who  was  perhaps  of  Oriental  origin,  as  was  the 
case  with  the  later  Greek  divinity  Adonis.  But  it  may  be  as- 
serted of  all  the  other  songs  which  the  Aoidi  sang  to  their 
hearers  at  banquets,  that,  although  not  of  a  specially  religious 
character,  they  were  yet  not  without  influence  upon  religious 
ideas.  There  is  no  doubt  that  at  no  period  in  Greece  was 
it  the  duty  of  the  priests  to  impart  instruction  concerning 
the  gods  and  divine  matters,  their  sacerdotal  functions  being 
confined  merely  to  the  liturgical  labour  of  offering  prayers  and 
performing  sacred  ceremonies.  Religious  belief  was  necessarily 
to  a  great  extent  defined  by  the  manner  in  which  the  Aoidi  in 
their  songs  spoke  of  the  gods,  and  represented  them  as  acting 
upon,  and  interfering  with,  human  relations,  concerning  which 
we  shall  have  more  to  say  in  another  place.  Similarly,  there 
was  much  that  was  contained  in  the  worship  itself,  which,  if 
not  of  a  directly  and  explicitly  instructive  nature,  was  yet  full 
of  symbolical  allusions  to  the  deities  to  which  they  were 
assigned.  We  learn,  however,  from  Homer  too  little  with 
regard  to  the  special  form  of  worship  in  the  heroic  age  to  be 
able  to  form  a  sufficient  conception  of  its  nature  in  this 
respect.  In  particular,  no  mention  is  made  by  him  of  festi- 
vals and  festal  usages,  in  which  a  symbolical  meaning  may 
usually  be  assumed.  Only  in  the  case  of  the  yearly  festivals 
celebrated  in  Attica  to  the  honour  of  Erechtheus,  and  of  the 
Thalysia,  or  harvest  festival,  some  cursory  allusion  is  made,1 
from  which,  however,  we  can  only  learn  that  sacrifices  were 
offered  at  this  festival,  not  merely  to  Demeter  and  other 
agrarian  deities,  but  to  many  others  besides,  and  possibly  to  all 
the  gods  collectively,  for  which  reason  Artemis  is  enraged  with 
GEneus  because  she  alone  had  been  passed  over  by  him.  Some 
symbolical  meaning,  however,  may  be  detected  in  the  sacrifice 
which  was  offered  in  ratification  of  the  compact  concluded 
between  the  Greeks  and  Trojans  on  the  first  day  of  the  battle.2 
Sacrifices  are  made  to  three  deities — Zeus,  Helius,  and  the 
Earth  ;  the  animals  offered  are  lambs  :  one  for  Zeus,  provided 
by  the  Greeks,  and  the  two  others  brought  by  the  Trojans ;  a 
white  ram  for  Helius,  as  the  bright  and  masculine  god ;  and  a 

1  II.   ii.  550,  ix.   530.     An  allusion    is  only  found  in  two  lines  of    the 
to  the  Heliconian  Poseidonia  may  be     Odyssey,  xx.  156,  xxi.  258. 
found  in  11.  xx.  404.     The  name  eoprri        2 II.  iii.  103  seq*,  and  276  seq. 


58  HOMERIC  GREECE. 

black  ewe  for  the  Earth,  as  the  goddess  who  works  in  darkness 
and  depth.  Both  these  two  latter  are  offered  by  'the  Trojans, 
because  it  was  their  land  upon  which  Helius  then  looked 
down,  while  the  third  was  sacrificed  by  the  Greeks  to  Zeus, 
because  he  was  the  god  of  hospitality,  which  Paris  had  vio- 
lated, and  to  avenge  the  violation  of  which  they  had  undertaken 
the  war.  The  prayer,  however,  offered  up  by  Agamemnon  at 
the  sacrifice  is  addressed  not  merely  to  these  three  gods,  but 
also  to  the  rivers  and  the  infernal  deities,  who  take  vengeance 
upon  perjury.  The  bystanders  quaff  drink-offerings  of  Greek 
and  Trojan  wine  poured  together  in  a  goblet,  uttering  at  the 
same  time  the  following  imprecation :  "  Zeus,  and  ye  other 
gods,  — may  his  brain,  and  that  of  his  children  who  violate  this 
compact,  be  spattered  on  the  ground,  as  this  wine  is  now 
poured." 

Other  allusions  to  sacrifice  mostly  belong  to  private  worship. 
It  has  already  been  remarked  that  every  slaughter  of  an  animal 
was  associated  with  an  offering  to  the  gods,  for  whom  some 
portion  was  at  the  same  time  set  aside,  just  as  in  the  same 
way  drinking  was  both  begun  and  ended  with  a  libation  or 
drink-offering.1  This  is  evidently  a  sign  of  the  recognition 
that  every  possession  and  every  enjoyment  was  owing  to  the 
gods,  and  that  gratitude  was  due  to  them,  and  their  protection 
at  all  times  needed.2  For  even  the  gods  may  be  won  over,  or, 
when  they  are  enraged,  propitiated  by  gifts  and  offerings.  Thus 
the  Trojan  women  promise  to  sacrifice  to  Athene  twelve  year- 
ling cows,  as  yet  unyoked,  if  she  will  have  compassion  on  their 
city  and  render  harmless  the  dangerous  Diomedes.  He  in  his 
turn  vows  a  yearling  unyoked  heifer  with  gilded  horns,  if  so  be 
he  may  secure  her  assistance ;  while  Nestor  makes  the  same 
promise,  that  she  may  continue  to  be  gracious  to  him  and  his.3 
The  non-fulfilment  of  vows  and  the  withholding  of  sacrifices 
are  regarded  as  causes  of  divine  wrath.  Thus  Artemis  is 
incensed  with  (Eneus,  because  at  the  harvest-festival  he  had 
neglected  to  sacrifice  to  her  alone,  in  punishment  for  which  she 
caused  his  land  to  be  ravaged  by  a  wild  boar.4  Conversely, 
however,  an  appeal  might  be  made  before  the  gods  to  the  gifts 
or  sacrifices  presented  to  them,  as  constituting  a  claim  to  their 
protection.6 

Eeverence  towards  the  gods  demanded  that  before  approach- 
ing them  men  should  cast  aside  all  uncleanness.  Accordingly, 
whenever  it  is  possible,  they  bathe  beforehand,  and  put  on 

1  Cf.  only  II.  ix.  653,  708.  4 II.  ix.  529  seq. ;  cf.  also  i.  65. 

8  Od.  iii.  48. 

s  IL  vi.  305  seq.,  x.  291;  Od.  iii.  382.         s  II.  i.  39. 


HOMERIC  GREECE.  59 

clean,  newly- washed  clothes,  or  at  least  wash  the  hands.1  We 
find  Achilles  first  fumigating  the  cup,  out  of  which  he  is  about 
to  pour  a  libation  to  Zeus,  with  purifying  sulphur,  and  then 
rinsing  it  with  water.2  So,  too,  Odysseus,  after  the  murder  of 
the  suitors,  purifies  his  house  from  blood  8  by  means  of  sulphur, 
in  order  that  he  may  be  able  once  more  to  pour  libations  to 
the  gods  therein, — a  ceremony  which  must  be  performed  at 
every  meal.  Prom  a  similar  point  of  view  we  must  regard  the 
washing  and  purification  of  the  army  after  the  pestilence,4  since, 
while  it  lasted,  the  whole  host  in  their  grief  neither  washed 
nor  changed  their  clothes,  but  covered  their  heads  with  dust 
and  ashes,  as  was  usual  in  trouble  of  this  nature.6 

The  sacrifices  consist  almost  without  exception  of  animals, 
of  which  a  part  was  burnt  in  honour  of  the  gods,  while  the 
remainder  was  consumed  by  men.  The  animals  offered  are 
cows,  sheep  and  lambs,  goats  and  swine,  all  therefore  domestic 
animals,  and  such  as  serve  men  for  nourishment.  Horses  are 
only  sacrificed  to  the  river-god  Scamander,  and  these  are  not 
slaughtered,  but  cast  alive  into  the  stream.6  Homer  gives  us 
no  information  as  to  whether  particular  kinds  of  animals  were 
specially  acceptable  or  specially  distasteful  to  certain  gods. 
Since,  however,  in  several  passages  yearling  cows,  not  yet 
broken  or  used  for  labour,  are  sacrificed  to  Athene,7  it  may 
probably  be  assumed  that  this  kind  of  sacrifice  was  considered 
especially  suitable  to  this  goddess.  We  remarked  above  that  a 
certain  symbolical  meaning  is  contained  in  the  choice  of  sacri- 
ficial beasts  in  the  treaty-sacrifice,  and  we  may  here  add  that 
in  offerings  to  the  dead  a  black  sheep  was  the  proper  sacrifice 
to  Teiresias,  a  barren  cow  to  the  other  shades.  We  may  regard 
it,  however,  as  a  general  rule  that  sacrificial  animals  must  be 
perfect  and  without  blemish.8 

We  have  already  seen  that  sacrifices  were  not  exclusively 
offered  in  the  temples  or  plots  of  ground  dedicated  to  a  god, 
though,  of  course,  an  altar  was  necessary  in  every  case,  which 
however  might  easily  be  erected  for  the  particular  occasion,  or 
kept  ready  in  the  house  for  this  purpose.  The  Greeks  have  sacri- 
ficial altars  both  in  the  camp  before  Troy  and  in  their  earlier 
station  at  Aulis.9  With  regard  to  domestic  altars,  that  of  Zeus 
ep/ceto?  (the  protector  of  house  and  court)  is  specially  mentioned 
in  the  ante-court,10  but  it  is  scarcely  probable  that  sacrifices 

1  Od.  iv.  750 ;  II.  vi.  230.  7  II.  vi.  94,  275,  309,  x.  292 ;  Od. 

2  II.  xvi.  228.  iii.  382. 

«  /M  *313  48L  "  Cf"  II  l  66,  and  the  SchoL 

8 II.  xviii.  23 ;  Od.  xxiv.  316.  *  #•  *L  807,  ii.  305. 

8 II.  xxi.  132.  »  II.  xi.  774  ;  Od.  xxii.  334. 


60  HOMERIC  GREECE. 

were  offered  in  this  to  any  other  god  than  Zeus.  Before  the 
commencement  of  the  sacrifice  a  devout  silence  {evtyfiia) 
was  prescribed.1  The  officiating  persons  wash  their  hands  in 
a  ewer  filled  with  water  for  the  purpose,  and  then  scatter 
ground  and  roasted  barley  (odXoguro?)  out  of  a  basket  on  the 
head  of  the  animal  and  round  the  altar.2  Then  some  hairs  are 
cut  off  the  head  of  the  animal,  and  distributed  among  the 
partakers  of  the  sacrifice,  who  stand  round,  and  by  whom 
apparently  they  were  thrown  into  the  fire.  This  was  the  first 
act  of  the  sacrifice,  and  was  hence  described  by  the  word 
cmap^aQai?  At  the  same  time  the  prayer  was  addressed  to 
the  gods  for  whom  the  sacrifice  was  intended.  Then  follows 
the  slaughter  of  the  animal.  If  this  is  a  cow,  the  neck  is  first 
cut  through  with  an  axe,  that  the  animal  may  fall  to  the  ground ; 
it  is  then  once  more  raised  erect  and  its  throat  cut.  The 
swine,  and  probably  other  small  animals,  are  beaten  down  with 
a  club,  or  in  some  cases  stabbed  at  once  without  this  prelimi- 
nary.4 When  the  thrust  is  made,  the  head  is  drawn  back,  the 
blood  received  into  a  goblet,  and  the  altar  sprinkled  with  it. 
In  the  single  case  of  sacrifice  to  the  nether  gods  the  head  was 
held  downwards,  and  the  blood  poured  into  a  trench  made  for 
the  purpose,  and  serving  instead  of  an  altar.5  Then  the  animal  is 
skinned,  pieces  are  cut  out  from  its  haunches  and  wrapped  round 
with  the  fat  caul  doubled,  portions  of  the  entrails  and  limbs 
being  laid  above,  all  of  which,  as  the  portion  due  to  the  gods, 
was  burnt  upon  the  altar.  Part  of  the  entrails  are  roasted  at 
the  fire  on  spits,  and  eaten  by  the  partakers,  after  they  have 
poured  out  a  preliminary  libation.6  The  rest  of  the  animal  is 
cut  up  and  served  for  a  sacrificial  banquet.  Only  in  certain 
cases  was  the  animal  neither  eaten  nor  any  portion  of  it  burnt, 
as,  e.g.  in  the  sacrifice  which  was  appointed  for  the  solemn 
ratification  of  a  treaty  or  oath,  where  it  was  either  buried  (in 
the  case  of  the  natives  of  the  land),  or  cast  into  the  sea  (in  the 
case  of  strangers).7  A  holocaust,  or  the  sacrifice  of  a  whole 
burnt-offering,  where  nothing  was  kept  back  for  the  enjoyment 
of  men,  does  not  occur  in  Homer.  Large  sacrifices,  where  a 
great  number  of  animals  were  slaughtered,  are  called  hecatombs. 

1  II.  ix.  171.  8 II.  xix.  254  ;  Od.  iii.  446,  xiv.  422  ; 

2  Buttmann's  explanation  of   oi>\o-    cf.  Heyne  on  II.  iii.  273. 
XiSrcu    (Lexil.    i.    p.    191)    has    been 

rendered  doubtful  by  the  objections  4  «■  i-  459  ;  Od.  iii.  449,  xix.  425. 

raised  against  it  by  Sverdsjo,  de  verb.  ini  _._       ,    ,T.,      .     „, 

o*X«u  et  tdXaxOrat,  signif.  (Riga,  1834),  L7  8  cf-   Nltzsch>   Th-   3> 

and  in  the  Jahrb.  f.    Philol.  Suppl. 


p.  161. 


iv.  p.  439,  although  it  is  not,  properly        a  ji  j  402  sea. 

speaking,  disproved.     Cf.  Schomann's 

Antiquities,  vol.  ii.  p.  229.  7  Schol.  ad  II.  iii.  310. 


HOMERIC  GREECE.  61 

The  name  originally  pointed  to  one  hundred  oxen,  but  was 
generally  used  also  for  sacrifices  of  other  animals,  and  even  in 
cases  where  the  number  was  far  below  one  hundred.1 

Bloodless  sacrifices,  such  as  pastry  and  fruits,  are  not  men- 
tioned in  the  Homeric  poems,  from  which,  however,  it  by  no 
means  follows  that  they  first  came  into  use  subsequently  to  the 
Homeric  age.  The  opinion  of  the  ancients  rather  is  that  this 
kind  of  sacrifice  is  the  most  ancient  of  all,  and  that  animal- 
offerings  were  introduced  at  a  later  time — an  opinion,  however, 
which  cannot  be  regarded  as  resting  on  any  historical  tradition. 
Smoke-offerings  (dvea),  in  which  sweet-scented  objects  were 
consumed,  are  of  frequent  occurrence,2  although  it  remains 
uncertain  whether  they  are  to  be  regarded  as  sacrifices  by  them- 
selves, or  only  as  the  accompaniment  of  animal-offerings,  in 
which  no  doubt  a  sweet  savour  would  be  particularly  desirable. 
The  frequent  application  moreover  of  the  epithets  dvw&r)?  and 
OvrfeL?  (sweet-scented)  to  temples  and  altars  points  to  their 
frequent  employment. 

Another  kind  of  offerings  to  the  gods  were  the  consecrated 
gifts  which  were  placed  or  suspended  in  their  sanctuaries,  as 
wyaXfiara,  or  employed  to  adorn  the  images  of  the  gods. 
Among  these,  e.g.  were  robes,  such  as  the  peplos  dedicated  by  the 
Trojan  women  to  Athene,  which  the  priestess  Theano  received 
and  laid  in  the  lap  of  the  goddess.3  So  iEgisthus,  in  gratitude 
to  the  gods  for  permitting  him  to  gain  Clytemnsestra,  besides 
rich  sacrifices,  dedicated  many  precious  gifts,  such  as  robes  and 
golden  vessels.4  In  many  cases  the  arms  of  conquered  enemies 
are  in  like  manner  consecrated  to  the  gods.  Lastly,  the  hair 
from  the  head  of  children  was  offered  in  the  same  way,  espe- 
cially to  the  river-gods  of  the  country,  the  parents  usually 
taking  a  vow  that  when  their  children  were  grown  up  they 
would  cut  it  off  and  consecrate  it  to  the  deity.5 

It  need  hardly  be  said  that  the  gods  might  frequently  be 
invoked  in  prayer,  even  without  a  sacrifice  or  offering  or  the 
presentation  of  a  consecrated  gift.  These  prayers  of  thanks- 
giving, however,  never  appear  in  the  Homeric  poems,  but  only 
petitions  for  the  removal  of  some  need  or  the  fulfilment  of 
some  wish.  It  follows,  from  the  nature  of  the  case,  that  a 
prayer  of  this  kind,  often  suddenly  uttered  on  the  impulse  of 
the  moment,  would  be  addressed  to  the  gods  without  any  special 
preparation,  and  yet  with  full  hope  of  receiving  an  answer.  It 
is  true  that  Hector  says  to  Hecuba,  when  she  calls  upon  him 

1  Cf.  II.  i.  316,  vi.  115,  xxiii.  146,  864 ;  8 II.  vi.  288. 

Od.  i.  25.  *  Od.  iii.  274. 

i  II.  vi.  270,  ix.  495 ;  Od.  xv.  261.  s  II.  xxiii.  146. 


62  HOMERIC  GREECE. 

to  refresh  himself  with  a  draught  of  wine,  and  to  pour  a 
libation  to  Zeus  and  the  other  gods,  that  he  may  not  pray  to 
Zeus  when  covered  with  dust  and  blood,1  but  the  allusion  is 
here  evidently  not  to  an  instantaneous  and  unprepared  prayer, 
but  to  one  associated  with  a  libation.  A  formal  and  duly 
prepared  prayer,  however,  was  never  pronounced  without  a 
previous  washing  of  the  hands,  the  enforcement  of  a  devout 
silence,  and  the  libation  of  a  drink-offering.2 

Just  as  the  prayer,  the  vow,  and  the  sacrifice  rest  upon  the 
conviction  that  from  the  protection  and  beneficence  of  the  gods 
mankind  receive  blessings  and  the  fulfilment  of  their  desires, 
while  from  their  wrath  they  are  visited  with  misery  and  suf- 
fering, so  from  similar  causes  was  produced  the  desire  to 
become  acquainted  with  the  divine  will  and  disposition,  in 
order  either  to  ,learn  beforehand  impending  fate,  or  after 
the  stroke  of  misfortune,  which  was  regarded  as  the  effect  of 
divine  wrath,  to  gain  information  concerning  its  cause  and  the 
means  by  which  it  might  be  removed.  Out  of  this  desire  arose 
the  belief  that  the  gods  were  inclined  to  grant  to  men  what  for 
them  was  so  important  a  revelation,  either  through  significant 
tokens  or  in  some  other  manner.  Whoever  understands  the 
meaning  of  these  signs,  or  is  the  recipient  of  an  immediate 
revelation  from  the  gods,  is  called  fidvris,  a  name  of  which 
the  originally  narrow  signification  was  extended  to  this  general 
conception.  For,  originally  and  etymologically,  fidvrvi  is  only 
a  prophet,  excited,  inspired,  and  thrown  into  an  elevated  and 
ecstatic  frame  of  mind  by  the  deity,  and  who  announces  what 
that  deity  suggests  to  him.  This  ecstasy  or  jiavla  nowhere,  it 
is  true,  announces  its  presence  in  Homer  in  a  striking  manner 
by  the  external  behaviour  of  the  seer,  bat  is  only  a  hidden 
process  of  his  soul.  It  is  however  clearly  stated  that  his 
announcements  are  dictated  by  a  god,  and  especially  by  Apollo. 
The  oracular  words  of  Calchas  are  brought  into  direct  con- 
nection with  his  invocation  of  Apollo,  and  are  called  the  divine 
utterances  of  that  god.3  This  inspiration  is  immediate,  and  com- 
municated by  no  external  sign.  The  seer  perceives  the  voice  of 
the  god  only  with  a  spiritual  ear,  as  it  is  stated  of  Helenus 4 
that  he  heard  in  spirit  the  utterances  of  the  gods,  i.e.  of  Apollo 
and  Athene,  as,  inaudible  to  other  men,  they  conversed  about 
the  combat  between  Hector  and  a  Greek  hero,  and  he  says 
himself,  "  I  heard  the  voices  of  the  eternal  gods."  Hence  the 
seer  is  also  called  OeoTrpcnros,  and  his  utterance  Oeoirpcmiov  or 

1 II.  vi.  268.  3 II.  i.  86,  87,  385. 

8  II.  ix.  171,  xvi.  230;  Oil  ii.  261, 
xiii.  355.  4  II.  vii.  44  ;  cf.  53. 


HOMERIC  GREECE.  63 

dcoTrpcrrrtr).  These  expressions  however  are,  like  fiaim?,  also 
employed  in  a  wider  sense,  and  in  cases  where  the  prophet 
draws  his  conclusion  from  the  observation  and  interpretation  of 
certain  signs.  These  signs  (repaa,  crrjfjiaTa)  are  of  various  kinds. 
The  occurrence  at  Aulis,  where  a  serpent  devours  the  sparrow 
and  its  eight  young  ones,  and  is  then  turned  to  stone,  is  referred 
by  Calchas  to  the  conquest  of  Troy  after  nine  years,  while  a 
similar  sign  during  the  battle,  viz.,  the  combat  between  the  eagle 
and  a  snake,  is  declared  by  Polydamas  to  signify  the  issue  of  the 
battle.1  The  various  atmospheric  phenomena,  moreover,  such 
as  thunder  and  lightning,  rainbows,  falling-stars,  raining  of 
blood,  and  the  like,2  are  all  significant  appearances,  while  the 
flight  of  birds  was  a  particularly  important  source  of  divination, 
In  some  cases  the  meaning  of  these  signs  is  either  so  familiar 
or  so  evident  that  no  special  knowledge  is  needed  to  compre- 
hend them,  such  as  the  fidvTi?  possesses,  but  every  ingenious 
man  can  interpret  them  for  himself.  To  the  same  class  belong 
all  ominous  incidents,  such  as  sneezing,3  or  words  spoken  at 
random,  but  applied  by  the  hearer  to  what  he  had  in  his  mind, 
as,  e.g.  when  one  of  the  slave-women,  harassed  with  work  for 
the  suitors,  gives  vent  to  her  vexation  by  an  imprecation  against 
them,  this  is  accepted  by  Odysseus  as  a  prophetic  word  (<h]fn)) 
having  reference  to  the  issue  of  the  attack  which  he  was  in- 
tending to  undertake  on  the  following  day.4 

The  various  kinds  of  the  Mantic  art  are  described  by  different 
expressions.  Mclvtk  and  Oecrrrpcmo*;  have,  as  has  been  stated, 
a  more  general  signification,  whereas  olwvcnrokos  or  olwvi(TTr]<i 
is  the  man  who  prophesies  from  the  flight  of  birds.  The  inter- 
preter of  dreams,  who  either  himself  receives  revelations  in 
dreams,  or  is  skilled  in  explaining  the  dreams  of  others,  was 
called  oyetpo7ro\o?.5  In  addition  to  these  there  were  0vo<tk6oi 
to  inspect  the  sacrifices,  and  leprjes,  to  both  of  whom  men  had 
recourse  for  prophetic  inspiration,  which,  it  would  seem  most 
natural  to  suppose,  was  gained  from  the  entrails  of  the  sacri- 
ficial animals  through  the  so-called  Hieroscopy,  if  only  any 
traces  were  found  of  this  method  in  the  Homeric  poems.  This, 
however,  is  not  the  case,  and  therefore  the  prophetic  knowledge 
was  probably  derived  from  some  other  signs  appearing  in  the 
sacrifice,  such  as  the  blazing  of  the  fire,  the  complete  burning 
of  the  sacrificial  bits,  or  the  behaviour  of  the  animals,  the 
meaning  of  which  might  be  communicated  sometimes  by  the 

II.  ii.  308  seq.,  and  xii.  200  seq.  *  Od.  xx.  98  seq. 

s  II.  xi.  28,  53,  xvii.  548.  6/Z.  i.  63,  with  the  Schol.  v.   150  ; 

3  Od.  xvii.  547.  Od.  xix.  535. 


64  HOMERIC  GREECE. 

priests  on  account  of  their  constant  familiarity  with  sacrifices, 
sometimes  by  special  experts,  whom  it  was  usual  to  employ 
even  at  domestic  sacrifices.1 

To  the  oracles  at  Delphi  and  Dodona,  afterwards  so  celebrated, 
no  more  than  an  occasional  allusion  is  made  in  Homer.  Pytho, 
the  ancient  name  for  Delphi,  he  mentions  as  a  richly-endowed 
sanctuary,  where  Apollo  communicated  oracles,2  while  of  Dodona 
it  is  said  that  Odysseus  proceeded  thither  in  order  to  learn  the 
decree  of  Zeus  from  the  leafy  oak-tree,  and  in  another  passage 
that  the  Selli  dwell  there,  the  Hypophetse  of  Zeus,  who  never 
wash  their  feet,  and  whose  bed  is  the  hard  ground.3  In  the 
Odyssey,  however,  a  description  is  given  of  a  peculiar  kind  of 
prophecy,  which  calls  to  mind  the  oracles  of  the  dead  in  later 
times  (ye/cpofiavreia  or  ylrv^ofucvrela).  It  is  here  related  how 
Odysseus  on  the  advice  of  Circe  set  out  for  the  kingdom  of 
Hades,  to  question  the  soul  of  Teiresias  concerning  his  return 
home  ;  for  he,  it  is  said,  alone  of  all  the  dead,  still  retains  his 
full  consciousness  and  the  knowledge  which  he  possessed  in 
life,  by  the  special  favour  of  Persephone,  while  the  others  only 
flit  shadow-like  around.  Odysseus,  therefore,  when,  in  accord- 
ance with  his  directions,  he  has  arrived  at  the  entrance  of  the 
kingdom  of  Hades,  first  digs  a  trench,  and  pours  around  a  liba- 
tion for  all  the  dead,  consisting  of  milk  and  honey,  then  one  of 
wine,  and  thirdly  of  water ;  sprinkles  meal  on  the  ground,  and 
then  he  invokes  the  dead,  promising  that,  on  his  return  to  Ithaca, 
he  will  sacrifice  to  them  a  barren  cow,  the  best  in  his  herd,  and 
burn  a  funeral  pile  filled  with  good  things,  while  to  Teiresias 
in  particular  he  will  offer  a  black  sheep.  He  then  proceeds  to 
slaughter  two  sheep,  one  male  and  one  female,  in  the  ditch,  and 
the  shades  flock  around  to  drink  the  blood.  He  however 
drives  them  all  away,  until  Teiresias  has  drunk  and  communi- 
cated the  desired  prophecy,  when  he  permits  the  rest  to  drink, 
and  converses  with  several  of  them,  while  the  blood  they  have 
drunk  restores,  at  least  for  a  season,  their  consciousness  and 
recollection.4  We  must  not,. however,  understand  too  literally 
what  is  said  of  their  former  loss  of  consciousness,  for  otherwise 
neither  the  blood  of  the  slaughtered  sheep  could  attract  them, 
nor  the  resistance  of  Odysseus  drive  them  off,  while  the  promise 
of  the  sacrifices  and  the  prayers  which  are  uttered  would 
have  no  meaning,  if  those  to  whom  they  were  addressed  had 
not  at  least  sufficient  consciousness  to  hear  and  understand 


1  Od.  xxi.  144,  xxii.  321.  8  Od.  xiv.  327,  xix.  296 ;  II.  xvi.  235. 

*  II.  x.  490  seq.,  xi.  23  seq.,  147-8, 
J  11.  ix.  404  ;  Od.  viii.  79.  153,  390. 


HOMERIC  GREECE.  65 

them.1  But  their  consciousness  was  certainly  obscured,  a  sort 
of  shadow  of  their  living  consciousness,  just  as  their  whole 
existence  in  the  nether  world  was  only  a  shadow  of  their 
earthly  life.  Their  memory  was  gone,  and  though  they  still 
continued  in  the  nether  world  the  employments  they  had 
pursued  in  life,  yet  this  must  be  regarded  as  a  sort  of  instinc- 
tive continuation  of  former  habits.  Only  when  they  had  drunk 
the  blood  of  the  slaughtered  sacrifice  was  their  spirit  once  more 
aroused,  and  they  were  enabled  clearly  to  recollect  their  former 
life,  and  again  to  recognise  their  old  acquaintances.  This 
passage,  however,  is  the  only  one  in  the  Odyssey,  not  merely 
which  contains  allusion  to  the  oracles  of  the  dead,  but  also 
which  makes  mention  of  any  respect  paid  to  the  departed  by 
means  of  libations  and  sacrifices,  of  which  elsewhere  the 
Homeric  poems  show  not  the  slightest  trace,  and  we  may 
therefore  assume  that  the  poet  has  here  imported  something 
from  his  own  time  into  the  heroic  age  to  which  it  was  really 
foreign.  The  same  thing  has  happened,  less  visibly  perhaps, 
but  quite  as  certainly,  in  various  other  passages,  though  it  is 
impossible  for  us  to  distinguish  with  certainty  what  particular 
features  in  the  picture,  which,  following  the  Homeric  allusions, 
we  have  hitherto  attempted  to  draw,  may  actually  be  due  to 
some  old  tradition  of  an  earlier  antiquity,  and  which  were 
derived  from  the  age  of  the  poet  or  poets  themselves.  The 
same  may  be  said  of  that  which  we  shall  now  have  to  add  for 
the  completion  of  the  picture, — and  first  of  all  in  relation  to 
the  material  basis  of  life,  and  all  that  belongs  to  the  sphere 
of  domestic  and  national  economy. 

The  State  territory  was  usually  termed  S?}/<io<?,  a  name  also 
given  to  the  people  itself  which  dwelt  in  the  territory,  the 
latter  being,  if  the  prevailing,  certainly  not  the  original,  signifi- 
cation.2 Every  Bi]fio<;  had  one  or  more  towns  (7r6\et?),  and 
accordingly  for  the  complete  description  of  the  land,  usual  in  the 
Epic  phraseology,  both  expressions  are  commonly  united  (877/409 
re,  7ro\t9  re).  The  town  is  the  political  centre  of  the  com- 
munity, whether  this  is  an  independent  and  self-existing  whole, 
or  the  part  of  a  larger  whole.  In  the  town  therefore  reside 
the  kings  and  other  nobles  who  assisted  in  the  government  of 
the  commonwealth.  The  opposite  of  the  town  is  the  aypos3 
or  plain  country,  with  isolated  farm-buildings  or  small  hamlets. 

1  So  in  the  Iliad,  the  passages  where        2  The  derivation  of  drj/ws  from  Sandu 
the  punishment  is  alluded  to  which    is    certainly    erroneous  ;    that    from 
perjurers  suffer  in  the  nether  world    5^w  is  probably  more  correct,  as  pagus 
forbid  us  to  imagine  a  complete  loss    has  been  derived  from  pango. 
of  consciousness—/?,  iii.  278,  xix.  260.         s  Od.  i.  185,  xvii.  182,  xxiv.  308. 

E 


66  HOMERIC  GREECE. 

Epithets  like  eur€t%eo9  and  recxtoea-aa  testify  to  the  fact  that 
many  towns  were  well  fortified,  and  surrounded  with  strong 
walls,  a  fact  also  confirmed  by  the  fragments  which  still 
remain  in  some  parts  from  a  remote  antiquity.  But  whether 
every  iroXa  must  be  regarded  as  fortified  is  very  doubtful,  and 
ancient  authors,  on  the  contrary,  expressly  testify  to  the  fact 
that  the  towns  in  the  earliest  days  of  Greece  were  for  the 
most  part  open  places,1  and  the  peculiar  name  for  a  fortified 
town  appears  to  have  been  acrrv.  When,  as  is  sometimes  the 
case,  both  expressions  occur  side  by  side,  7ro\t?  is  to  be  under- 
stood either  of  the  district  belonging  to  the  town,  or  the  in- 
habitants, while  acrrv  signifies  the  town  itself.2 

The  manner  of  life  and  the  occupation  of  the  people  are  con- 
sistently represented  as  savouring  rather  of  the  country  than 
the  town.  Agriculture  and  cattle-breeding  are  pursued  even 
by  the  nobles,  who  exercise  at  least  a  superintendence  over  the 
husbandry,  although  the  actual  labour  was  left  to  their  people. 
Thus  we  have  already  found  the  king  in  his  temenos  superin- 
tending the  reapers,  and  king's  sons  engaged  among  the  flocks. 

Among  the  possessions  of  the  rich  were  included  many 
precious  objects  preserved  in  treasure-chambers  and  store- 
houses,3 but  wealth  was  usually  measured  according  to  the 
size  of  the  fields  and  the  number  of  the  herds.  When  Eumseus 
describes  the  goods  of  Odysseus,  he  only  enumerates  the  herds, 
which  are  tended,  some  on  the  mainland,  some  in  Ithaca  itself, 
while  it  is  said  of  Tydeus  that  he  possessed  much  arable  land, 
many  plantations,  and  numerous  herds.4  The  gifts  which  are 
offered  by  suitors  to  the  lather  of  a  maiden  consist  chiefly  of 
cattle,  or  at  least  this  is  apparently  the  signification  of  the 
epithet  akfaaifioLa  (cattle-acquiring)  which  is  usually  applied 
to  an  unmarried  maiden.  Similarly  the  price  of  commodities 
is  stated  in  oxen.  Eurycleia,  the  nurse  of  Odysseus,  had  cost 
twenty  oxen  ;  another  slave  skilled  in  feminine  labours  was 
valued  at  four ;  a  large  Tripos  at  twelve  oxen ;  while  the  gold 
embossed  arms  of  Glaucus,  the  Lycian  chief,  are  worth  a 
hundred,  the  plain  ones  of  Diomedes  only  nine.5  Besides  oxen, 
herds  of  horses  are  mentioned  :  three  thousand  stallions  being 

1  Thuc.  i.  5  :  vbXeaiv  dretx^TOtt  kclI  riov  el  it6\ip  p.ev  \iyei  rb  Karwrepov,  darv 
/card  tcAfxas  olnovp.e'i'ais.  8e  tt)v  &Kpbiro\iv. — ol  be  iraXaiol  <pa.cn 

2  The  former,  e.g.  in  Od.  vi.  177  :  trbXiv  fiev  ttjv  iroXirelav,  &<ttv  be  rb 
avOp&irtav     ol    r-qvbe    irb\u>     koI    bijfiov  re?xos. 

txovo-lv  &o-tv  be"  Mot  8ei£ov.     The  other         z  jj  vi   47 

in  II.  xxi.  60  :  Tpwwv  be  irbXis  iirl  Tclo-a         .  _  .     ,      '         ,,      .      >-— 

/W/Sijm    e&pawos.      On  II.    xvii.    164,  0d-  X1V-  "  >  IL  X1V-  122- 

<ppd{eo   vvv   Sttttus   Ke    irbXiv   ical   &<ttv         6  Od.  i.  341  ;  II.  xxiii.  702,  705,  vi. 

o-aJiffys,    Eustathius    remarks :    frrr)-  326. 


HOMERIC  GREECE.  67 

fed  on  the  pastures  of  Erichthonius,1  who  ruled  over  Dar- 
dania  before  the  Trojan  war  or  the  foundation  of  Troy;  and 
also  sheep,  goats,  and  swine,  according  to  the  suitability  of  the 
land.  When  Menelaus  offers  to  present  some  horses  to  Tele- 
machus,  the  latter  declines  them  on  the  ground  that  Ithaca  is 
unsuited  for  horse-breeding.2  We  find  mention,  moreover,  of 
asses  and  mules,  the  latter  being  principally  used  in  agricul- 
ture.3 Of  fowl-breeding  we  find  no  trace  except  in  Lacedsemon, 
at  the  court  of  Menelaus,  where  geese  appear ;  and  also  in 
Ithaca,  where  they  were  apparently  kept  by  Penelope  more  for 
amusement  than  for  household  use.4  Finally,  there  can  be  no 
doubt,  from  the  frequent  mention  of  wax  and  honey,  that  bee- 
keeping was  ascribed  by  Homer  to  the  heroic  age. 

Of  the  different  kinds  of  grain,  wheat,  barley,  and  spelt  are 
specified,  the  latter  however  only  as  fodder.6  The  tilling  of 
the  fields  was  accomplished  by  means  of  oxen  and  mules.  The 
plough  is  described  as  well-compacted  (tt^ktov  dporpov),6  and 
must  therefore,  no  doubt,  be  conceived  as  corresponding  to  the 
description  of  the  well-joined  plough  in  the  Works  and  Days 
of  Hesiod,  in  opposition  to  the  single  one  (avToyvov),  which 
only  consisted  of  one  beam.7  A  more  detailed  description 
however  will  probably  be  readily  excused.  The  corn  was 
reaped  with  sickles,  and  then  trodden  out  by  oxen  in  an 
open  court  (dXcoij),  while  the  grain  was  separated  from  the  chaff 
by  flails.8  The  grinding  was  accomplished  by  hand-mills, 
worked  by  female  slaves,  and  peeled  barley  or  groats  were 
prepared  as  well  as  meal.9  Next  to  husbandry,  allusion  is 
frequently  made  to  the  cultivation  of  the  vine.  Telemachus 
boasts  of  Ithaca  that  it  produces  wine  as  well  as  corn  in  abun- 
dance, while  a  vineyard  forms  part  of  the  estate  to  which  the 
aged  Laertes  had  retired,  and  a  temenos  consisting  of  arable 
and  vine-growing  land  in  equal  proportion  is  offered  to  Meleager 
by  the  Calydonians,  and  the  joyous  vintage,  at  which  the 
labour  was  relieved  by  singing  and  dancing,  is  represented  on 
the  shield  of  Achilles.10  The  wine  was  stored  away  in  large 
earthen  jars  (ttIOoc),  and  transported,  sometimes  in  amphorae, 
sometimes  in  bottles  made  of  goatskin.11  Different  species  of 
wine  are  implied  by  the  epithets  red,  black,  or  dark-coloured, 
sparkling  and  honey-sweet,  but  what  particular  kind  of  wine 

1  11.  xx.  220.  •  II.  x.  353,  xiii.  703 ;  Od.  xiii.  32. 

2  Od.  iv.  602.  7  Hesiod,  Op.  et  Di.  v.  433. 

3  K  x.  352.  8  //.  xviii.  551,  xx.  495,  v.  499. 

4  Od.  xiv.  160,  174,  xix.  536.  9  Od.  vii.  103,  xx.  106-8. 
t'OXvpa   in   II.    v.    196,    viii.  560.        10  Od.  xiii.  244,  i.   193,  xi.  192;  II. 

%ia,  Od.  iv.  39,  604.     Herodotus  says,     ix.  575,  xviii.  561. 

ii.  76,  that  the  two  were  not  distinct.         n  Od.  ii.  369,  v.  265,  ix.  196. 


68  HOMERIC  GREECE. 

the  Framnsean  may  have  been,  and  from  what  it  derived  its 
name,  was  not  certainly  known  even  to  the  ancient  commen- 
tators, and  may  here  safely  be  left  undecided.  The  Homeric 
heroes  were  quite  aware  that  a  certain  age  increases  the 
quality  of  the  wine,  and  accordingly  the  housekeeper  stores  up 
old  wine  against  the  return  of  Odysseus,  and  wine  eleven  years 
old  is  set  before  Telemachus  at  the  table  of  Nestor.1 

We  may  here  too  mention  the  various  kinds  of  fruits 
which  were  planted  together  with  the  vines  in  the  garden  of 
Laertes,  such  as  figs,  olives,  and  pears,  while  in  the  famous 
garden  of  Alcinous  there  were  also  pomegranates  and  apples.2 
Of  vegetables  Homer  specifies  white  peas,  broad  beans,  onions, 
and  poppies, the  latter  however  only  in  a  simile,  and  without  any- 
thing to  show  whether  they  were  eaten.3  As  fodder  for  cattle 
we  find  clover,  a  species  of  parsley  (p-iXtvov),  and  some  meadow- 
plant  which  cannot  be  identified  with  certainty,  called  tcvireipov. 
There  is  no  evidence  that  flowers  were  grown  as  an  ornament 
of  the  garden,  although  they  are  frequently  mentioned  in  other 
connections. 

Side  by  side  with  the  care  for  their  household  economy,  the 
noble  pastime  of  the  chase  received  diligent  attention  from  the 
Homeric  heroes.  The  skilful  hunter  was  taught  by  Artemis 
herself  to  kill  the  game,  which  is  nourished  by  the  mountain- 
forest,4  while  in  descriptions  of  battle-scenes  similes  are 
frequently  derived  from  the  chase,  and  many  hunting  expedi- 
tions have  a  celebrity  in  the  myths  like  that  of  the  Calydonian 
boar.  Fishing,  on  the  contrary,  though  mentioned  in  a  simile,6 
was  apparently  not  pursued  by  the  noble  classes,  since  fish  is 
never  mentioned  as  forming  a  part  of  their  fare,6  and  only  flesh 
appears  on  their  table,  together  with  bread,  the  presence  of 
which  must  always  be  supposed,  even  when  not  expressly 
mentioned.7  That  the  poorer  sort,  however,  found  an  important 
means  of  nourishment  in  the  fish  which  the  Greek  seas  so 
plentifully  produce  is  clear  from  the  words  of  Odysseus,  in 
which  he  expressly  enumerates,  among  the  blessings  which  be- 
long to  the  land  of  a  righteous  king,  that  the  sea  produces  fish.8 
Fishing  was  pursued  sometimes  with  hooks,  sometimes  with 
nets,9  and  we  may  probably  suppose  that  the  fishermen  with  their 

1  Od.  ii.  340,  iii.  390.  330,    as  do    those    of    Menelaus   in 

-  Od.  xxiv.  245,  vii.  115.  Egypt,  iv.  368. 

8 II.  viii.  306.                    *  II.  v.  51.  *  Od.  ix.  9,  xviii.  120,  xvii.  343. 

6  Od.  xxii.  384.  8  Od.  xix.  113. 

6  Only  in  their  necessity  do  the  9  Od.  iv.  368,  xvii.  384.  Mussel- 
comrades  of  Odysseus  catch  fish  and  fishing  also  occurs  in  a  simile,  11. 
birds  in  the  island  of  the  sun,  Od.  xii.  xvi.  747. 


HOMERIC  GREECE.  69 

boats  ventured  tolerably  far  out  to  sea.  Even  in  the  Homeric  age 
the  Greeks  were  compelled,  by  the  nature  of  the  land,  to  cross 
the  sea,  since  intercourse  between  the  islands  and  the  mainland 
was  only  possible  in  this  way,  and  therefore  the  number  of 
ships  equipped  by  all  the  peoples  for  the  expedition  to  Troy 
involves  no  improbability.  More  distant  seas,  however,  like 
that  between  Greece  and  Asia  Minor,  with  its  thickly-clustered 
islands,  were  not  traversed  by  the  Homeric  Greeks.  Even  the 
neighbouring  land  of  Italy  was  an  unknown  region,  while  a 
voyage  to  Phoenicia  or  Egypt,  undertaken  from  Greece,  is  in- 
conceivable. Phoenician  wares,  however,  are  not  unfrequently 
mentioned,  which  accordingly  cannot  have  been  fetched  over 
by  Greeks,  but  imported  in  some  other  manner,  either  by 
Phoenicians  themselves,  or  some  intermediate  agency.  Only 
one  Cretan  adventurer,  indeed,  undertook  a  voyage  to  Egypt, 
whither,  by  the  aid  of  a  favourable  north  wind,  he  arrived  on 
the  fifth  day,  though  to  Nestor  the  sea  between  Greece  and 
Libya  appeared  so  immense  that  even  a  bird  could  not  fly 
across  it  in  a  year,  while  a  day's  voyage  was  considered  a  long 
and  wearisome  journey.1  There  can  therefore  be  no  question 
in  the  Homeric  age,  as  described  by  Homer,  of  any  transmarine 
commerce  carried  on  by  the  Greek  sailors  with  the  East.  Nor 
can  even  Oriental  trade  to  Greece  be  regarded  as  very  brisk, 
since  the  Greeks  possessed  nothing  to  attract  a  large  number 
of  foreigners,  either  in  the  productions  of  their  land  or  in 
works  of  art.  No  one  will  be  so  irrational  as  to  admit  the 
wealth  in  the  precious  metals,  of  which  the  Homeric  poems 
speak,  as  a  proof  that  the  Greeks,  whose  own  land  certainly 
produced  little  or  nothing  of  the  kind,2  had  acquired  it  by 
means  of  commerce  with  foreign  lands.  The  wealth  here 
described  is  too  great  to  be  accounted  for  in  this  way,  even  if 
the  products  of  Greece  had  been  as  rich  and  as  highly  prized 
as  those  of  India.  In  the  house  of  Menelaus  there  is  so  much 
gold,  silver,  and  amber  that  Telemachus  is  thunderstruck  with 
astonishment,  and  imagines  that  not  even  the  palace  of  Zeus 


1  Od.  xiv.  245-257,  iii.  321,  iv.  483,  serves  to  be  read.     We  are  however 

cf.    with  376.      Where  the   Temesa  now  concerned  only  with  the  Homeric 

may  be  situated,  whither  the  Taphian  description.       How    far    this    corre- 

Mentes    were     sailing    to    exchange  sponded  with  the  poet's  own  era,  or 

copper  for  iron  [Od.  i.   184),  whether  in  what  way  it  differed  from  it,  is  a 

in  Italy  or  Cyprus  or  elsewhere,  may  distinct  question, 
be  here  left  undecided.     With  regard        2  Cf.  Bockh,  Public  Economy  of  Ath. 

to  the  navigation  and  trade  of  the  i.   pp.    5,  6,  concerning  the  extreme 

Greeks  in  the  Homeric  age,  W.  Pier-  rarity  of  gold,   even  in  the  time   of 

son,  in  the  N.  Rhein.  Mus.  xvi  (1861),  Croesus  ;    also    Hullmann,     Handcls- 

p.  82,  has  written  a  treatise  which  de-  yesch.  d.  Gr.  pp.  31,  32. 


7o  HOMERIC  GREECE. 

could  be  more  magnificent.1  And  yet  his  father's  house  in 
Ithaca  can  hardly  have  been  meanly  furnished,  since  golden 
jugs  and  ewers  are  used  for  the  washing  of  hands,  and  golden 
goblets  for  drinking  at  meals;  while  even  the  bedstead  of 
Odysseus  is  adorned  with  gold,  silver,  and  ivory.2  It  is  not 
unusual  to  find  golden  clasps  on  the  clothes  both  of  men  and 
women,  as  well  as  various  other  kinds  of  golden  ornament ; 
while  even  the  weapons  are  embellished  with  gold,  and  Nestor's 
far-famed  shield  is  made  entirely  of  that  metal.3  But  surely 
no  one  will  seriously  doubt  that  all  this  is  merely  poetic  gold, 
with  which  it  was  as  easy  for  the  Greek  bards  to  deck  their 
heroes  as  it  was  for  the  poets  of  the  middle  ages  to  do  the 
same  for  the  heroes  of  the  Germanic  mythology,  whose  red 
gold  appears  in  abundance.  The  practice,  too,  of  gilding  the 
horns  of  the  sacrificial  animals,  which  sometimes  occurs,  is  no 
doubt  also  a  poetic  fancy ;  and  the  existence  of  a  goldsmith  in 
Pylus  who  could  be  fetched  for  this  purpose,  as  Homer  repre- 
sents him  to  have  been,4  is  as  fabulous  as  that  of  the  maker  of 
Nestor's  golden  shield. 

As  regards  the  remaining  industrial  activity  of  the  heroic 
age,  we  find  in  Homer  a  considerable  number  of  passages  in 
which  various  kinds  of  artists  and  artisans  are  mentioned,  such 
as  tool-makers  and  armourers,  leather- workers,  horn-dressers, 
potters,  wheelwrights,  cartwrights,  masons,  carpenters,  and 
architects,5  though  it  does  not  follow  from  this  that  there 
existed  a  numerous  class  of  professional  artisans,  who  pursued 
their  business  as  Demiurgi.  On  the  contrary,  it  is  certain  that 
the  number  of  these  was  but  small,  so  that  when  they  were 
needed  it  was  sometimes  necessary  to  summon  them  from 
foreign  countries.6  Moreover,  since,  as  we  have  seen,  the 
nobles  themselves  did  not  disdain  to  practise  various  handi- 
crafts, it  is  the  more  admissible  to  suppose  that  men  in 
humbler  positions  manufactured  the  greater  number  of  their 
most  indispensable  utensils  with  their  own  hands,  and  only  had 
recourse  to  a  professional  artisan  in  cases  where  this  was 
impossible.  Where  this  was  the  case,  they  either  sent  for  him 
into  their  houses,  and  worked  in  his  company,  or  themselves 
sought  him  out  in  order  to  bespeak  or  buy  what  they  were  in 

1  Od.  iv.  72  seq.  Cf.   C.   Miiller,  Fr.  Hist.  Or.  ii.    p. 

iOd.   i.    137,   xviii.    120,  xx.  261,  470. 

xxii.   9,   xxiii.   200.      On  the    other  s  II.  viii.  193. 

hand,  cf.  Duris  on  Athenae.  vi.  p.  231,  *  Od.  iii.  425. 

where  it  is  said  of  Philip,  the  father  5 II.  iv.  187,  xii.  295;  Od.  ix.  391  ; 

of  Alexander,  that  he  even  took  to  II.   vii.    220;   II.   iv.    110;  II.   xxiii. 

bed  with  him  a  golden  phial,  as  some-  712  ;  Od.  xvii.  340,  xxi.  43,  etc. 

thing   extremely  rare  and  precious.  6  Od.  xvii.  382. 


HOMERIC  GREECE.  71 

want  of.  Thus  a  husbandman,  if  he  needed  iron  instruments, 
is  obliged  to  proceed  to  the  town  to  the  smith's  house.1 
More  particularly,  however,  all  articles  of  raiment  were  pre- 
pared within  the  house  itself.  Spinning  and  weaving  is  the 
daily  occupation  even  of  women  belonging  to  princely  families ; 
and  Homer,  by  virtue  of  his  licence  as  a  poet,  attributes  to 
some  of  them  admirable  skill,  so  that  they  are  able  to  work 
into  their  web,  not  only  ornamental  designs  of  many  colours, 
but  also  representations  of  battle-scenes.2  The  robes  which 
they  spun  were  sometimes  of  wool,  sometimes  of  linen.3  The 
reader  will  probably  not  desire  an  exact  enumeration  and 
description  of  all  the  articles  of  raiment  which  together  com- 
posed the  complete  attire,  and  I  have  no  inclination  to  attempt 
the  task,  partly  because  no  such  description  could  be  sufficient 
to  give  reality  to  the  picture,  partly  because,  with  regard  to 
many  articles,  absolute  certainty  is  unattainable,  but  chiefly 
because  the  subject  is  of  subordinate  importance,  and  with- 
out any  scientific  interest.  We  shall  therefore  only  say 
that  the  principal  article  of  men's  clothing  was  the  chiton,  or 
under-robe,  not  unlike  a  shirt,  but  without  sleeves,  held  to- 
gether round  the  waist  by  a  girdle,  and  reaching  down  to  the 
knee.  The  Athenians  alone  are  in  one  passage  of  the  Iliad 
described  as  'Iaoves  e\/ce%n-<yi/e?,  i.e.  as  clothed  in  long  trailing 
chitons,4 — an  epithet  which,  even  supposing  the  passage  to  be 
otherwise  suspicious,  may  yet  be  regarded  as  an  evidence  of  an 
old  Ionian  custom,  which  is  attested  also  in  other  ways.  The 
upper  garment  is  called  sometimes  <f>apo<;,  sometimes  x\alva, 
the  latter  being  the  most  usual.  The  chlaina  was  worn  by 
high  and  low,  rich  and  poor ;  sometimes  doubled,  or  thrown  on 
in  two  folds ;  sometimes  single,  sometimes  thick  and  woollen, 
sometimes  thin  and  light.  Those  of  the  nobles  or  princes  were 
probably  of  a  purple  colour,  those  of  the  poor  were  naturally 
either  plainer  in  colour,  or  entirely  undyed.  The  pharos,  on 
the  contrary,  was  a  dress  of  state,  only  worn  by  princes  and 
nobles,  never  by  men  of  humble  position.  Both  were  no  doubt 
mantle-shaped,  though  of  a  different  cut.  In  connection  with 
the  chlaina,  mention  is  made  of  clasps  or  hooks ;  in  the  pharos 
these  do  not  appear.  The  coverings  for  the  feet  were  called 
irehCka,  and  were  leather  soles  with  narrow  rims,  and  fastened 
by  means  of  straps.  Poor  men,  like  Eumaeus  in  the  Odyssey, 
made  them  for  themselves  ;5  while  the  wealthier  classes  were 
possibly  supplied  by  the  (t/cvtoto/w;,  who  also  produced  other 
kinds  of  leather-work.      Shoes,  however,  were  usually  worn 

1 II.  xxiii.  834  ;  cf.  Od.  xviii.  327.  2  //.  xxii.  441,  iii.  126. 

3  Od.  vii.  107.  4 11.  xiii.  685.  b  Od.  xiv.  23. 


72  HOMERIC  GREECE. 

only  out  of  doors,  and  laid  aside  in  the  house.  The  head  re- 
mained uncovered, — a  cap  of  felt  or  leather  being  only  worn  in 
the  country  or  on  a  journey.  The  principal  part  of  women's 
clothing  was  called  the  peplos,  with  respect  to  the  cut  and 
shape  of  which  I  shall  here  only  say  that  it  was  fastened 
by  several  clasps  (irepovcu),  the  number  in  one  case  being 
twelve.1  On  other  grounds  it  is  clear,  though  there  is  no 
evidence  in  Homer  for  the  fact,2  that  a  chiton  was  also  worn  by 
women  under  the  peplos,  though  we  can  only  suppose  it  to 
have  been  long  and  trailing  in  the  case  of  the  wives  of  princes 
and  nobles.  In  some  passages  a  pharos  occurs  instead  of  the 
peplos?  Women's  shoes  are  also  called  irehika,  and  were  appa- 
rently not  distinguished  from  those  of  men.  On  the  other 
hand,  various  forms  of  head-dress  were  necessary  to  complete 
the  feminine  attire,  the  principal  kind  being  the  fcprjSe/juvov,  or 
kerchief,  which  might  be  drawn  over  the  face  like  a  veil,  and 
fall  down  behind  on  to  the  shoulders,  and  the  Kakirn-Tpr],  pro- 
bably a  kind  of  coif.  In  addition  to  this,  there  were  bands  or 
fillets  to  keep  in  the  hair,  like  the  afxirv^,  or  forehead-band, 
and  perhaps  some  contrivance  similar  to  hair-pins  ;4  also  ear- 
rings, neck-bands,  or  chains,  bracelets,  and  similar  ornaments 
made  of  gold,  mixed  with  precious  stones  or  amber.5 

Our  information  concerning  the  construction  of  the  dwelling- 
houses  is  almost  entirely  confined  to  those  of  the  princes, 
nothing  more  than  casual  allusion  being  made  to  those  of  the 
lower  classes,  while  of  the  nature  or  arrangements  of  the  town- 
house  of  a  man  in  a  humble  situation  not  the  faintest  indica- 
tion is  found.  We  do,  however,  hear  of  Leschae  in  the  town, 
that  is,  of  houses  used  for  social  purposes,  where  people  in 
their  leisure  hours  assembled  for  a  chat  with  one  another,  as 
the  name  implies,  and  where  strangers,  who  had  no  friendly 
host  to  lodge  them,  might  also  find  entertainment  for  the 
night.6  The  country  dwellings  are  sometimes  lordly  houses, 
with  a  number  of  smaller  lodgings  or  sheds,  built  round  for 
the  slaves,  as  was  the  case  on  the  estate  to  which  the  aged 
Laertes  had  retired;7   sometimes   merely  huts,   like   that  of 

1  Od.  xviii.  292.  other  passages,  and  is  known  as   a 

2  For  the  chiton  which  Athense  put  later  meaning  ;  but  in  other  passages 
on  (II.  v.  736,  and  viii.  387)  is  not  her  it  is  not  completely  appropriate  ;  and 
own,  but  that  of  Zeus.  the  opinion  that  it  signifies  a  bright 

3  Od.  v.  230,  x.  544.  precious  stone  generally   appears   to 

4  Eustath.  on  II.  xviii.  401.  me  the  most  probable.— S.  Hiillmann, 
^  *  Od.  xv.  460,    xviii.   246.      What    Handelsgesch.  d.  Gr.  pp.  70-72. 

Electron  really  is  in  Homer  is  even  6  Od.  xviii.  379, — the  only  passage 
at  the  present  day  not  quite  deter-  in  Homer  where  the  \£<rxv  is  men- 
mined.     Most  authorities  regard  it  as  tioned. 
amber,    which     certainly    suits     the  7  Od.  xxiv.  208  seq. 


HOMERIC  GREECE.  73 

Eumaeus,  near  which,  however,  there  is  a  court  shut  in  by  lofty- 
walls,  and  surrounded  by  a  fence,  consisting  in  the  lower  part 
of  stones,  and  above  of  a  growing  hedge  of  thorn-bush,  and  in 
which  the  stalls  for  the  swine  were  situated.1  Among  princely 
dwellings  the  Iliad  makes  mention  of  that  of  Priam,  while  the 
Odysseus  describes  those  of  Nestor,  Menelaus,  and  Alcinous, — 
the  two  latter  as  especially  magnificent, — and  more  frequently, 
of  course,  than  any  other,  that  of  Odysseus.  It  is,  however, 
scarcely  possible  out  of  the  various  allusions  to  form  any  clear 
and  detailed  conception  of  them.  We  must  therefore  be 
content  with  the  statement  of  the  principal  features,  without 
insisting  always  on  their  correctness.2  In  the  first  place,  then, 
we  see  a  lofty  wall,  provided  with  battlements,  and  accessible 
by  double-winged  gates.3  Passing  through  this,  we  find  our- 
selves in  a  spacious  court,  the  front  part  of  which  offers  no 
very  inviting  prospect,  for  there  lies  here  a  quantity  of  dung 
heaped  up,*  which  will  soon  probably  be  conveyed  to  the 
fields.  In  this  quarter,  therefore,  we  naturally  look  for  the 
stalls  of  the  cows  and  mules  which  are  obliged  to  be  kept  in 
the  town,  most  of  them  naturally  being  left  in  the  country 
farms  or  meadows.  A  partition  separates  this  court  from  a 
second,6  which  has  a  sufficiently  neat  and  stately  appearance, 
for  the  floor  is  not  only  cleanly  kept,  but  paved,  or  at  any  rate 
made  firm  and  smooth,  while  round  it  runs  a  colonnade,  behind 
which,  on  both  sides,  there  are  visible  the  entrances  to  a 
number  of  chambers,  used  for  different  purposes,  such  as  bed- 
rooms for  the  household  and  guests,  bath-rooms,  and  the  like.6 
In  front  appears  the  main  building,  and  on  entering  this 
we  find  ourselves  at  once  in  the  principal  chamber,  the  so- 
called  Megaron,  a  large  hall  supported  on  columns.  Here, 
during  the  absence  of  Odysseus,  the  importunate  suitors  of 
Penelope  used  to  assemble  and  to  feast.  When  the  master  of 
the  house  is  at  home,  it  is  here  that  he  sits,  with  his  wife  often 
beside  him.7  It  is  the  general  meeting-place  for  the  members 
of  the  house,  and  at  the  same  time  serves  as  the  dining-hall, 
from  the  ample  space  it  affords  for  a  large  number  of  guests. 
There  are  accordingly  plenty  of  tables  and  seats,  for  it  was  not 
customary  for  all  to  sit  at  one  large,  common  table,  but  rather  for 

1  Od.  xiv.  5  seq.  Odysseus   drags    Irus  was  the  door 

*  A  more  detailed  account  of  all  the  leading  from  the  inner  court,  sur- 
particular  points  is  given  by  Rumpf,  rounded  by  the  colonnade,  to  the 
de  cedibus  Horn.;  Giss.,  1844  and  1858.  exterior  court. 

3  Od.  xviL  266.  6  Od.  i.  425,  iv.   625-7;  cf.   II.   vi. 

*  Od.  xvii.  297.  243  seq. 

5  Od.  xviii.  102,  where  I  imagine  7  As  at  Scheria  Arete  sits  beside 
that  the  door  of  the  hall  to  which    Alcinous,  Od.  vi.  304-308. 


74  HOMERIC  GREECE. 

the  guests  to  sit  either  in  pairs  or  singly  at  separate  tables.1 
The  seats  are  either  high  arm-chairs  provided  with  a  foot- 
board, or  lighter  ones  of  smaller  height,  all  of  them  being 
usually  covered  with  drapery  and  coverlets,  sometimes  with 
costly  purple  stuffs.  A  large  ewer  is  also  at  hand,  out  of  which 
the  wine,  mixed  with  water,  is  drawn  by  the  attendants,  and 
passed  round  to  the  guests  in  a  certain  prescribed  order.  There 
were  of  course  plenty  of  stands  and  rests,  with  facilities  for 
putting  away,  or  producing  when  wanted,  particular  articles. 
In  particular,  we  must  notice  a  spear-stand,  in  which  the  men, 
on  entering  the  house,  deposit  their  spears,2  without  which  it 
was  as  unusual  at  that  time  to  go  out  as  it  was  in  many  places, 
at  a  later  period,  without  a  staff.  Out  of  the  megaron  a  stair- 
case conducted  into  the  upper-house  (inrepcoiov),  in  which  the 
women's  apartment  was  placed,  consisting  in  a  chamber  where 
the  housewife  could  sit  and  work  with  her  maidens  apart  from 
the  men.3  There  were  however,  in  the  upper  portion  of  the 
house,  many  other  chambers  besides  this,  reached  by  means  of 
side-stairs,  and  serving  for  various  purposes ;  one  of  them  being 
the  store-room  in  which  Odysseus  kept  his  store  of  arms.4 
The  necessary  light  was  afforded  to  the  rooms,  partly  by  the 
opened  doors,  partly  by  window  apertures,  which  might  be 
closed  by  means  of  shutters.  There  were  also  apertures  of  this 
sort  in  the  megaron,  placed  at  a  tolerable  height,  so  that  it  was 
necessary  to  reach  them  by  steps,6  and  apparently  a  narrow 
circular  gallery,  running  round  the  walls  of  the  megaron,  con- 
nected these  steps  with  the,  staircases  leading  into  the  upper- 
house.     The  roof  of  the  house  was  flat. 

The  daily  life  of  the  Homeric  heroes,  however,  must 
evidently  be  conceived  as  spent  rather  out  of  doors  than  in  the 
house.  The  Gerontes,  or  men  of  advanced  age  and  high 
repute,  were  frequently  summoned  by  the  king  to  deliberate 
with  him  about  public  affairs,  while  probably  on  important 
occasions  the  popular  assembly  was  also  convoked,  which, 
however,  was  an  event  of  rare  occurrence.  They  were  more 
frequently  engaged  as  judges  in  settling  disputes.  But  even 
those  whose  attention  was  not  claimed  by  duties  of  this  kind 
were  compelled  frequently  to  absent  themselves  from  home  by 
the  superintendence  of  a  large  estate  and  extensive  possessions, 
since  they  were  obliged  to  visit  the  country  farms,  or  the  flocks 
in  the  meadows,  among  which,  as  we  have  seen,  even  king's 
sons  were  sometimes  employed  for  a  considerable  time.     The 

1  Cf.  Nitzsch  on  Od.  i.  p.  27.  and  in  many  others. 

8  Od.  i.  128.  •  Od.  xxi.  5-12,  xxii.  123  seq. 

3  Od.  iv.  751,  760,  781,   xvi.   449,         s  Od.  xxii.  126,  with  Eustath. 


HOMERIC  GREECE.  75 

chase  too,  which,  where  occasion  offered,  was  eagerly  pursued, 
necessarily  involved  much  prolonged  absence  from  home.  In 
the  town  itself,  however,  the  leisure  time,  of  which  there  was 
certainly  a  good  deal,  was  filled  up  with  social  amusements 
and  entertainments.  Among  these  were  all  kinds  of  gymnastic 
exercises  and  contests,  such  as  hurling  the  javelin  or  the 
discus,  or  dancing  and  playing  at  ball,  the  last  two  at  least  being 
eagerly  pursued  by  the  suitors  of  Penelope  and  the  Phseacians.1 
To  these  we  must  add  games  with  dice  and  draughts.2  Odysseus 
declares  at  the  table  of  Alcinous  that  he  knows  no  time  more 
agreeable  than  when  gaiety  reigns  in  the  land,  and  banqueters 
sit  in  every  house,  listening  to  the  bards,  while  the  tables  are 
loaded  with  bread  and  meat,  and  the  cup-bearer  carries  round 
delicious  wine,  drawing  it  from  the  mixing  bowl,  and  pours  it 
into  the  cups.3  And  in  truth  such  delights  of  life  as  these  were 
always  duly  appreciated  by  the  Homeric  heroes.  They  eat  and 
drink  well  and  sumptuously  regularly  three  times  in  the  day, — 
at  the  apio-Tov  in  the  early  morning,  at  the  helirvov  at  mid-day, 
and  at  the  Sofmov  in  the  evening.4  When  a  stranger  arrives,  meat 
and  drink  are  immediately  set  before  him,  and  it  is  considered 
uncourteous  to  ask  after  his  name  or  business  until  he  has 
taken  food.  Entertainments  are  frequent,  and  appear  under 
various  names,  the  meanings  of  which,  it  is  true,  are  not  always 
certain.  There  was  the  elkcnrivr),  which  may  describe  a  drink- 
ing-party,  since  crvixmoatov  is  not  in  use  in  Homer ;  further, 
the  epavos,  a  feast  to  which  the  several  guests  provided  their 
own  contribution,  and  #00/77,  which  may  possibly  signify  a  sacri- 
ficial meal.6  Besides  these,  there  were  wedding  banquets  and 
funeral  repasts.  What  properly  graced  the  feast,  however,  was 
not  considered  to  be  the  eating  and  drinking,  but  the  enter- 
tainment, and  so  we  see  that  Odysseus  in  his  exclamation  does 
not  forget  to  mention  the  bard.  Song  and  minstrelsy  add  grace  to 
the  pleasures  of  the  table,6  and  the  guests  sit  still  for  long,  and 
listen  to  the  bard,  even  after  the  desire  of  eating  and  drinking 
is  appeased ;  while  sometimes,  as  in  the  solemn  feast  in  the 


1  Od.  iv.  626,  vii.  260,  372,  xvii.  605.  from  i<rr6v,  eaten.      Cf.   Pott,  Etym. 

a  Od.  i.  107 ;  II.  xxiii.  88.  Forsch.  i.  p.   101,  and  Benfey,   Wur- 

3  Od.  ix.  5.  zellex,    i.     28,    where,    however,   the 

4  Probably  it    is    now  universally  assertion  that  the  d  is  short  in  Homer 
acknowledged  that  Apurrov  is  not  the  has  to  be  corrected. 

neuter  of  the  superlative  ILpiffTos,  as  5  The  substantive,  indeed,  does  not 

several    have    supposed,     because    a  occur  in  Homer,  but  only  the  verb 

good  breakfast  is  the  best  beginning  doivrjd'qvai — Od.  iv.  36. 

for  a  day's  work.      It  is  derived  from  6  dva.Ornjia.Ta   8cut6s,  Od.    i.    152,   of 

the  same  root  as  ?ap,  the  spring,  while  which  the  dance  also  was  one — xvii. 

the  termination    may   be    explained  430. 


76  HOMERIC  GREECE. 

house  of  Menelaus,   dancers    come  forward  and    amuse  the 
company  with  their  art.1 

We  cannot  leave  this  heroic  world  of  Homer  without  a 
glance  at  the  side  which  is  especially  described  by  the  Epos, 
namely,  the  conduct  of  war.  A  war,  it  is  true,  like  that  against 
Troy,  concerning  the  reality  of  which  every  one  may  judge 
according  to  his  ability  and  inclination,  never  occurred  either 
before  or  since,  while  the  songs  of  other  ancient  poets  concern- 
ing the  struggle  of  the  Argonauts,  or  the  war  of  the  seven 
heroes  against  Thebes,  or  that  of  the  Epigoni,  are  no  longer 
extant.  We  hear  much,  however,  of  petty  feuds,  carried  on 
by  the  peoples  with  one  another  for  the  sake  of  disputed 
territory,  piratical  raids,  the  lifting  of  cattle,  and  the  like ;  and 
we  may  well  believe  that  quarrels  of  this  sort  were  sufficiently 
frequent  in  that  period  of  antiquity,  although  we  are  not  at 
liberty  to  discern  in  this  fact  a  proof  of  any  such  lawless  condi- 
tion of  continual  war  of  each  against  all  as  some  have  been  led 
to  infer  from  the  perusal  of  their  Homer.  Since,  however,  all 
these  feuds  are  only  briefly  alluded  to,  and  not  expressly  de- 
scribed, we  must  confine  ourselves  to  the  account  given  in  the 
Iliad  of  the  Trojan  war.  Here  then  we  see  the  army,  after  being 
conveyed  across  in  1186  ships  from  almost  every  quarter  of 
Greece,  and  amounting  in  all  to  more  than  100,000  souls,  face  to 
face  with  the  hostile  town,  though  at  a  considerable  distance  from 
it,  and  encamped  upon  the  sea-shore.  The  ships  are  drawn  up 
on  to  the  land,  and  stand  in  a  line,  one  behind  another,  in  the 
camp.2  This  resembles  a  large  town,  has  a  marketplace  for 
assemblies  and  trials,  with  altars  for  religious  ceremonies,3 
while  the  tents  of  the  princes  are  like  spacious  and  imposing 
houses,  being  even  furnished  with  an  antecourt  and  its 
colonnade.4  The  camp  is  surrounded  with  a  trench  and  a  wall, 
the  latter  being  varied  here  and  there  with  towers,  which  our 
Iliad,  in  its  present  form,  represents  as  having  first  been  built 
in  the  tenth  year  of  the  war,  although  there  are  some  traces 
discoverable  of  another  account,  according  to  which  the  camp 
was  fortified  in  this  way  immediately  after  the  landing.5  The 
siege  merely  consists  in  occasional  attempts  to  storm  the  walls 
of  the  town.  On  some  occasions  the  Trojans  also  advance  and 
oppose  themselves  in  the  open  field  to  the  besiegers,  though  it 
appears  from  our  Iliad  that  these  attacks  were  never  made 

1  Od.  iv.  18.  tent  of  Achilles,  which  is  also  called 

2 II  xiv.  32  sea  °^'os  anc^  86fios — line  471,  572. 

.    '      '  *  Cf.    my   remarks  on  the   subject 

//.  xi.  807.  in  den  Jahrbiicfiern  f.  Philohgie,  wad 

*Thus  in  II.   xxiv.  614,   673,    the     Padayogik,  vol.  lxix.  (1854),  p.  20. 


HOMERIC  GREECE.  77 

until  the  tenth  year  of  the  war.1  The  Greeks  on  their  part, 
besides  these  repeated  attacks  upon  the  wall,  undertake 
frequent  expeditions  into  the  neighbouring  regions,  and  even  to 
the  nearest  islands,  in  order  to  gain  provisions  and  other  booty, 
while  the  chief  hero,  Achilles,  boasts  on  one  occasion  that  he 
had  destroyed  no  less  than  three-and-twenty  towns  in  such 
expeditions,  undertaken  partly  by  sea,  partly  by  land.2  In  addi- 
tion to  the  provisions  thus  gained  by  plunder,  the  Greeks  also 
receive  supplies  from  friendly  islands  like  Lemnos.3  In  the 
battles  they  fought  sometimes  with  horses,  sometimes  on  foot. 
By  the  former,  however,  we  must  understand,  not  riders,  but 
combatants  in  chariots,  a  method  of  fighting  unknown  to  his- 
torical Greece,  and  with  regard  to  which  it  can  hardly  be 
ascertained  by  what  right  it  is  attributed  by  the  Epos  to  its 
heroes.  The  princes  and  nobles  fight  almost  invariably  in 
chariots,  and  only  in  exceptional  cases  on  foot.  I  consider  it 
superfluous  to  give  any  description  of  the  war-chariot,  and 
shall  only  say  that  it  had  two  wheels,  and  was  drawn  by  two 
horses,  to  which,  however,  a  third  was  often  harnessed  as  a 
led-horse  for  reserve.  It  carried  two  men,  the  combatant  and 
the  charioteer,  the  latter  of  whom  also  belonged  to  the  noble 
classes,  and  was  a  friend  and  comrade-in-arms  of  the  warrior, 
whose  place  he  sometimes  exchanged  for  his  own,  and  carried 
the  weapons,  while  the  other  seized  the  reins.  The  warrior  fre- 
quently dismounted  from  his  chariot  and  fought  on  foot,  in  which 
case  the  charioteer  always  kept  as  close  as  possible,  in  order 
to  be  able  to  take  him  up  again,  as  soon  as  necessity  required. 
The  arms  and  armour  of  the  heroes,  or  at  least  the  principal 
parts  of  it,  are  best  seen  in  the  description  which  is  given  in 
the  eleventh  book  of  the  Iliad  of  the  arming  of  Agamemnon. 
He  first  puts  on  the  greaves  or  metal  plates 4  fitted  to  the  shape 
of  the  leg,  and,  as  we  must  suppose,  lined  with  leather, 
or  some  similar  material,  and  fastened  on  by  clasps  or 
buckles,  and  which  protected  the  leg  from  the  ankle  to  the 
knee.  Next  the  iron  coat  of  mail,  consisting  of  a  breast-  and 
back-piece,  and  adorned  not  only  with  stripes  of  particoloured 
metal,  but  also  with  figures.  He  then  throws  the  sword  over 
his  shoulders,  or,  in  other  words,  suspends  the  sword-strap  from 

1  Jahrbiichern    f.    Philologie     und  writers    is    admitted     to    be    zinc  ; 

Padagogik,  vol.  lxix.  p.  16.  whether  it  was  so  in  Homer  is  doubt- 

2 II.  ix.  328.  ful.     Many  declare  it  to  have  been 

8 II.  vii.  467.  the  so-called  "work"  raised  on  the 

4  The  metal  from  which  Hephsestus  first  smelting  of  the  silver  ore,    in 

prepared  the  greaves  for  Achilles  is  which  the  silver    is    not  pure,   but 

called  Kafffflrepos  (II.   xviii.  613,  and  mixed  with   lead.      The  word  is   of 

xxi.  592),  a  name  which  among  later  Semitic  origin. 


78  HOMERIC  GREECE. 

them  which  supported  the  sword,  adorned  at  the  hilt  with 
golden  knobs,  and  concealed  in  a  sheath,  itself  ornamented  with 
gold.  He  next  takes  the  shield,  large  enough  to  protect  the 
whole  body,  and  richly  embellished  with  several  rims  of  dif- 
ferent metals,  with  a  number  of  projecting  knobs,  and  the  face 
of  a  terrible  gorgon.  This  was  suspended  on  the  side,  in  the 
middle  of  the  broad  strap  which  was  worn  there.  Finally,  he 
puts  on  the  helmet,  ornamented  with  a  horse's  tail  or  a  towering, 
plume,  and  takes  not  one  but  two  spears.1  Other  portions  of 
the  armour,  unmentioned  here,  are  specified  elsewhere,  as,  e.g. 
a  girdle,  which  may  possibly  serve  to  hold  together  the  two 
pieces  of  the  coat  of  mail  underneath ;  also  an  apron,  possibly 
of  leather,  covered  with  metal  plates,  in  order  to  protect  the 
lower  parts  of  the  body  and  the  thighs.2  It  is  clear,  however, 
from  several  passages  that  the  heroes  were  not  all  equipped  in 
precisely  the  same  way.  A  chiton  is  frequently  mentioned  as  a 
military  garment,  and  was  apparently  a  coat  of  mail,  possibly 
made  of  leather,  and  overlaid  with  metal  plates,  or  formed  of 
ring  or  chain  armour.  The  Locrian  Aias,  according  to  the 
Catalogue  of  the  Ships,  wore  a  linen  cuirass,  as  did  the  Trojan 
Amphius  from  Percote ;  but  in  the  other  parts  of  the  Iliad  no 
such  custom  is  alluded  to.  As  offensive  weapons  we  find, 
besides  the  spear  and  the  sword,  which  served  for  fighting  at 
close  quarters,  slings  and  cross-bows — the  special  weapons  of 
the  Salaminian  Teucer  among  the  Greeks,  and  of  Alexander 
and  the  Lycian  Pandarus  among  the  Trojans, — as  well  as 
javelins,  shorter  and  lighter  than  the  spear,  although  the  latter 
was  occasionally  used  not  only  for  thrusting,  but  for  hurling 
from  a  short  distance.  There  were  moreover  battle-axes  and  war- 
clubs  or  maces,  though  these  do  not  appear  in  the  combats 
before  Troy.  We  find  however  that  stones  were  frequently 
employed  in  war,  immense  fragments  being  hurled  by  the 
heroes,  such  as  two  men  could  hardly  raise,  such  as  mortals 
now  are.3     The  great  body  of  the  army  must  of  course  be 

1  No  doubt  there  had  been  in  Greece,  ffldrjpos,  Od.  xvi.  294,  xix.  113.  When 
as  in  other  countries,  a  time  in  which  xa^6s  and  x^K eo*  are  used  of  offen- 
only  copper  or  iron  weapons  were  sive  weapons,  iron  is  no  doubt  to  be 
carried,  and  in  the  Works  and  Days  understood,  since  x<*^k6s  is  used  as  a 
of  Hesiod,  v.  150,  the  name  of  the  general  name  for  every  metal,  and  here 
iron  age  is  derived  from  this  fact.  xa^K€^  ig  a  term  applied  to  goldsmiths 
But  that  Homer's  heroes  had  not  in  Od.  iii.  425,  432,  as  well  as  to  iron- 
merely  iron  weapons,  as  some  of  the  smiths,  Od.  ix.  391,  393. 
ancients  have  imagined,  as,  e.g.  *  Cf .  Rustow  and  Kochly,  Oesch.  des 
Pausanias,  iii.  3-6,  is  proved  by  the  griech.  Kriegswesens,  p.  12, — a  book  in 
frequent  mention  of  iron, — iron  spits,  which  the  imagination  of  the  author 
11.  iv.  123,  slaughter-knives,  xxiii.  30,  has  produced  more  than  can  fairly  be 
xviii.  34,  and  the  like,  and  by  the  derived  from  the  original  sources, 
expression   avrbs  yb.p   i<pi\Kerat.  &v8pa  3 II.  v.  304,  xii.  449,  xx.  287. 


HOMERIC  GREECE.  79 

supposed  to  have  been  for  the  most  part  lightly  armed.  Some 
people  are  described  as  fighters  at  close  quarters,  as,  e.g.  the 
Arcadians,  while  this  is  the  standing  epithet  of  the  Dardanians ; 
others  are  shooters  with  the  bow,  like  the  Thessalian  followers 
of  Philoctetes ;  others  fight  with  the  lance,  like  the  Abantes 
of  Eubcea,  while  many  wore  no  kind  of  armour  except  helmet 
and  small  shield.  It  is  said  of  the  Locrians  that  they  were 
unsuited  to  fighting  at  close  quarters  and  in  serried  ranks, 
because  they  carried  neither  shield  nor  lance  nor  helmet,  but 
only  bows  and  slings.  The  combatants,  with  the  exception  of 
the  slingers  and  bowmen,  arranged  themselves  in  ranks  and 
columns  (phalanxes),  and  so  advanced  against  each  other. 
They  are  compared  with  reapers,  who  in  two  divisions  and 
from  opposite  sides  advance  through  the  corn-field  until  they 
meet.  Then  the  fight  begins :  shield  clashes  on  shield,  lances 
cross,  and  soon  the  earth  swims  in  the  blood  of  the  wounded  and 
slain.1  They  mostly  however  remain  at  a  spear's-throw  from 
one  another,  and  arrows,  javelins,  darts,  and  stones  are  hurled 
from  both  sides,  while  only  the  foremost  heroes,  generally  in 
chariots,  but  also  often  on  foot,  advance  into  the  intervening 
space  between  the  two  armies, — the  bridge  of  the  battle,  as  it  is 
described  in  the  Iliad.  These  shout  encouragement  to  their 
followers — being  hence  called  the  "  shouters  in  the  fight" — as 
they  rush  upon  the  line  of  the  enemy,  and  when  they  succeed 
in  laying  low  one  of  the  bravest  warriors,  the  rest  immediately 
flee,  and  their  ranks  break.  Not  unfrequently,  however,  single 
combats  arise  between  the  heroes,  during  which  the  armies  were 
apparently  rather  spectators  than  combatants.  These  com- 
bats were  sometimes  fought  from  chariots,  sometimes  on  foot. 
The  warriors  first  hurled  their  spears  against  one  another,  and 
then  seized  their  swords.  The  arms  of  the  fallen  were  dragged 
off  by  the  conqueror,  who  often  sought  to  obtain  possession  even 
of  the  body,  that  he  might  cast  it  for  a  prey  to  dogs  and  birds, 
and  for  this  reason  the  hottest  struggles  were  fought  out  round 
the  bodies  of  the  heroes.  The  greater  number  of  the  dead 
however  remain  on  the  plain  until  an  armistice  is  concluded  in 
order  that  they  may  be  carried  off  and  burnt.2  Fallen  heroes 
are  honoured  by  their  countrymen  with  a  distinguished  funeral, 
as  Patroclus  was  by  Achilles,  and  Hector  by  the  Trojans.  The 
corpse  of  Patroclus,  after  it  was  at  last  successfully  snatched 
away  from  Hector,  was  brought  into  the  camp  and  to  the 
tent  of  Achilles.  Here  it  was  wrashed  with  warm  water  and 
anointed  with  oil,  then  laid  upon  a  bed  and  veiled  with  linen, 

1  //.  xi.  67,  iv.  446,  viii.  60.  2 II.  vii.  376,  394,  408  seq. 


8o  HOMERIC  GREECE. 

while  a  white  robe  was  spread  above.  The  whole  night  through 
he  was  surrounded  by  the  Myrmidones,  wailing  and  weeping, 
and  Achilles  himself  refuses  meat  and  drink  until  he  shall 
have  avenged  his  death,  before  which  he  refuses  even  to  bury 
the  corpse.  "When  his  revenge  was  accomplished,  and  Hector 
slain,  preparations  were  made  for  the  funeral.  A  funeral  pile 
was  erected  and  the  corpse  placed  upon  it,  escorted  by  the 
Myrmidones,  all  in  complete  armour,  in  chariots  and  on  foot. 
They  all  cut  off  the  hair  from  their  heads  and  cast  it  on 
to  the  funeral  pile.  Sheep  and  oxen  are  slaughtered,  and  the 
corpse  covered  over  with  the  fat,  the  liver  being  laid  upon  the 
pile.  Vessels  filled  with  honey  and  oil  are  placed  beside  the 
bier,  while  four  horses,  nine  dogs,  and  twelve  captive  Trojans 
are  killed  in  order  to  be  burnt  with  it.  The  pyre  is  then  kindled, 
and  after  it  is  burnt  down  to  the  ground  the  embers  are  ex- 
tinguished with  wine,  the  bones  of  Patroclus  collected  and 
placed  in  a  golden  urn,  in  which  they  are  to  be  preserved,  in 
order,  on  some  future  day,  to  be  buried  with  those  of  Achilles 
in  a  single  tomb.  Hector's  body,  after  being  restored  by 
Achilles,  is  received  in  Troy  with  lamentation  and  cries  of  woe, 
and  after  it  is  laid  upon  the  bier,  the  funeral  dirge  is  raised  by 
singers,  while  the  women,  his  mother,  his  wife,  and  Helen, 
address  to  the  dead  hero  the  last  words  of  love  and  farewell. 
Then  the  funeral  pile  is  erected,  kindled,  and  extinguished 
with  wine,  the  bones  are  collected  by  the  mourning  brothers 
and  friends,  placed  in  a  golden  urn,  and  wrapped  in  the  folds 
of  a  purple  napkin.  In  this  manner  they  are  laid  in  the  grave, 
over  which  a  slab  of  stone  is  placed,  and  a  mound  heaped  up, 
and  last  of  all  the  funeral  feast  was  held.  "And  so  they 
celebrated  the  funeral  of  the  warrior  Hector." — This  is  the 
closing  verse  of  the  Iliad,  and  with  it  we  may  conclude  this 
description  of  the  heroic  world. 


HISTORIC   GREECE. 

PART    I. 

General  Characteristics  of  ti&e  d^reeft  ^>tate, 

CHAPTER   I. 

DISTINCTIONS  OF  RACE  AMONG  THE  GREEKS. 

In  the  foregoing  description  of  the  Homeric  age  no  mention 
has  been  made  of  distinctions  of  race  among  the  Greeks,  or 
of  any  distinguishing  characteristics  of  these  races,  for  the 
simple  reason  that  the  Homeric  poems,  with  the  exception  of  a 
few  intimations  in  reference  to  their  mode  of  dress  and  order  of 
battle,  give  us  no  information  on  the  subject.  It  has  already 
been  mentioned  that  the  Ionians  are  once  described  as 
eX/ce^Towes,  that  is,  as  wearing  tunics  which  descended  to  the 
heels.  The  epithet  certainly  points  to  a  mode  of  dress 
peculiar  to  this  race,  and  unusual  among  the  other  Greeks,  but 
the  passage  in  which  the  Ionians  appear  is  justly  considered 
to  be  a  later  interpolation,  and  nothing  can  be  proved  from  it 
in  regard  to  the  Homeric  representation  of  the  heroic  age.  In 
the  Catalogue  of  Ships  we  find  the  epithet  oirtdev  KOfW(ovT€<i} 
"wearing  the  hair  long  behind,"  applied  to  the  Abantes  to 
describe  their  habit  of  cutting  the  hair  short  in  front,  leaving 
it  to  grow  at  the  back  of  the  head,  in  contrast  to  the  curled 
locks  of  the  Achseans,  who  wore  their  hair  uncut  all  round. 
But  even  the  Catalogue  is  no  authentic  evidence  for  the 
genuine  early  Epos,  and  this  distinction  in  the  mode  of  wear- 
ing the  hair  is  in  itself  of  no  peculiar  importance.  Nor  is  more 
weight  to  be  assigned  to  the  passage  in  which  the  Locrians l 

1  77.  xiii.  714.     Pausanias,  i.  23.  4,       hoplites  at  the  time  of  the  Persian 
remarks    that     the    Locrians    were      war. 

F 


82       CHARACTERISTICS  OF  THE  GREEK  STATE. 

are  said  to  have  carried  only  sling  and  bow,  and  to  have  used 
neither  spears,  shields,  nor  helmets.  Nowhere  do  we  find 
mention  of  properly  characteristic  distinctions  which  point  to 
a  difference  of  race — a  circumstance  which  is  the  less  surpris- 
ing, since  any  such  distinctions  are  scarcely  discoverable  even 
between  the  Greeks  on  one  side  and  their  enemies,  the  Trojans 
and  their  allies,  on  the  other.  Whether  the  old  bards,  when 
they  represented  all  these  as  conversing  together  without 
interpreters,  really  believed  that  their  languages  were  not 
distinct,  or  whether  they  only  employed  the  same  freedom,  of 
which  all  later  poets  rightly  avail  themselves  in  similar  cases, 
may  be  left  undecided.  This  much  however  is  certain,  that  no 
conclusion  whatever  can  be  drawn  from  that  circumstance  with 
reference  to  a  true  ethnographical  relationship.  For  the  poet 
makes  Odysseus  converse  in  Greek  intelligently  and  without 
difficulty  with  Cyclopes,  Lsestrygones,  and  Phseacians,  although 
elsewhere  he  shows  that  he  also  knew  of  men  who  spoke  a 
strange  language.1  When  the  Carians  are  termed  barbarous 
in  speech,  it  by  no  means  proves,  as  we  remarked  above,  that 
they  are  to  be  considered  barbarians  in  the  later  sense  of  the 
word,2  or  that  they  spoke  a  non-Greek  language  more  decidedly 
than  the  other  Trojan  allies ;  while  if  their  language,  as  was 
probably  the  case,  was  composed  of  Greek  or  semi-Greek 
elements  mixed  with  Semitic,  this  might  certainly  be  described 
by  the  epithet  in  question  as  a  peculiar  jargon.  The  same 
explanation  may  apply  to  the  rough-speaking  Sintii  of  Lemnos, 
who  are  declared  by  ancient  inquirers  to  have  been  a  semi- 
Greek  people  of  Thracian  or  Tyrrhenian  descent.3  Lastly,  the 
Odyssey  mentions  several  peoples  in  Crete,  each  of  which 
spoke  its  own  language;  but  whether  any  of  them  were 
intelligible  to  the  rest,  or  which  were  so,  we  are  not  informed. 
When  we  leave  the  ideal  world  of  Homeric  poetry  for  the 
region  of  historical  tradition,  we  are  at  once  confronted,  no 
longer  with  the  uniformity  which  prevailed  there,  but  with 

1  Od.  i.  183  :  The  Taphian  Mentes  iv.  437-8— shows  that  the  allies  of  the 
sails  to  Temesus  iir  d\\odp6ovs  dvdpih-  Trojans  spoke  different  languages ; 
irovs.  iii.  302  :  Menelaus  and  Odys-  but  how  great  the  difference  is  to  be 
sous  are  forced  to  wander  iir  d\\o6p  considered  must  be  decided  by  each 
dvdpibwovs.      xiv.    43,    xv.    453 :    The  reader  for  himself. 

Phoenicians  carry  slaves  eir  dXKoOpdovs        3  The  Sintii  are   called   ay pibcpwvoi 

dvBp&irovs.    In  the  comparatively  late  in  Od.  viii.  294.     According  to  Hel- 

hymn  to  Aphrodite,  the  goddess  who  lanius  in  the  Schol.   they  are  (uj-i\- 

appears  to  Anchises  in  the  form  of  a  X-rjves ;   according  to   Strabo,    vii.   p. 

Phrygian   maiden   finds  it  necessary  331, Thracians;  according  to  the  Schol. 

to  explain  how  she  became  acquainted  in  Apollon.  Ph.  i.  608,  Tyrrhenian  ; 

with  two  languages— v.  113.  according  to  Philochorus  in  the  Schol. 

2  The  Iliad  in  two  places — ii.  804,  to  //.  i.  954,  Pelasgians. 


DISTINCTIONS  OF  RACE  AMONG  THE  GREEKS.     83 

as  great  a  multiplicity  and  diversity.  The  collective  stock 
of  Greek  nationalities  falls,  according  to  the  view  of  those 
ancient  writers  who  laboured  most  to  obtain  an  exact 
knowledge  of  ethnographical  relationships,  into  three  main 
divisions,  iEolians,  Dorians,  and  Ionians.1  To  the  Ionians 
belong  the  inhabitants  of  Attica,  the  most  important  part  of 
the  population  of  Eubcea,  and  the  islands  of  the  iEgean 
included  under  the  common  name  of  Cyclades,  as  well  as  the 
colonists  both  on  the  Lydian  and  Carian  coasts  of  Asia  Minor, 
and  in  the  two  larger  islands  of  Chios  and  Samos,  which  lie 
opposite.  To  the  Dorians  within  the  Peloponnese  belong  the 
Spartans,  as  well  as  the  dominant  populations  of  Argos, 
Sicyon,  Phlius,  Corinth,  Troezene,  and  Epidaurus,  together 
with  the  island  of  iEgina ;  outside  the  Peloponnese,  but  nearest 
to  it,  were  the  Megarid  and  the  small  Dorian  Tetrapolis  (also 
called  Pentapolis  and  Tripolis)  near  Mount  Parnassus ;  at  a 
greater  distance  were  the  majority  of  the  scattered  islands  and 
a  large  portion  of  the  Carian  coasts  of  Asia  Minor  and  the 
neighbouring  islands,  of  which  Cos  and  Ehodes  were  the  most 
important.  Finally,  the  ruling  portion  of  the  Cretan  popula- 
tion was  of  Dorian  descent.  All  the  other  inhabitants  of 
Greece,  and  of  the  islands  included  in  it,  are  comprised  under 
the  common  name  of  iEolians — a  name  unknown  as  yet  to 
Homer,2  and  which  was  incontestably  applied  to  a  great 
diversity  of  peoples,  among  which  it  is  certain  that  no  such 
homogeneity  of  race  is  to  be  assumed  as  existed  among  the 
Ionians  and  Dorians.  Among  the  two  former  races,  though 
even  these  were  scarcely  in  any  quarter  completely  unmixed, 
there  was  incontestably  to  be  found  a  single  original  stock, 
to  which  others  had  merely  been  attached,  and  as  it  were 
engrafted,  whereas,  among  the  peoples  assigned  to  the  iEolians, 
no  such  original  stock  is  recognisable,  but,  on  the  contrary, 
as    great  a    difference  is   found    between   the  several  mem- 

1  The  ancients  appear  to  have  re-  Acheeans,  while  the  later  view  may 

garded    Ionians     and    Achreans    as  rest  on    the  fact    that    the  yEolian 

branches  of  a  single  stock,  which,  in  colonists  in  Asia  Minor  contained  a 

a  poem  of  Hesiod  {Tzetzes  on  Lyco-  mixture  of  Achseans  from  the  Pelo- 

jthron,   v.   284),  is  personified  under  ponnese,  and  iEolians   from  Bceotia. 

the  name  of  Xuthus,  and  placed  by  Pindar,  Nem.  xi.  34  (43),   describes 

the  side  of  the  ^Eolian  and  Dorian  the  emigrants  led  from  Laconia  by 

races,    whereas  on   the   other  hand  Orestes  and  Peisander  as  an  iEolian 

the  Achseans  were  assigned  by  later  horde.1 

writers  to  the  JMians,  as  by  Strabo,  2  Even  the  Ionians  only  appear  in 

viii.    i.    p.    333.      The   former  were  Homer  in  one  passage  of  the  Iliad, 

probably  influenced  by  the  discovery  xiii.  685 ;  and  the  Dorians  in  one  of 

or  opinion  that  some  close  relation-  the  Odyssey,  xix.  177,  in  connection 

ship    existed    between    Ionians   and  with  Crete. 


84       CHARACTERISTICS  OF  THE  GREEK  STATE. 

bers  of  this  race  as  between  Dorians  and  Ionians,  and  of 
the  so-called  iEolians  some  stood  nearer  to  the  former,  others 
to  the  latter.  With  regard  to  the  Achaeans,  who  were  also 
counted  as  iEolians,  it  is  highly  probable  that  they  were  nearer 
akin  to  the  Ionians,1  while  most  of  the  inhabitants  of  central 
and  northern  Greece  were  probably  rather  of  Dorian  blood;  and 
a  thorough  and  careful  investigation  might  well  lead  to  the 
conclusion  that  the  Greek  people  was  divided  not  into  three, 
but  into  two  main  races,  one  of  which  we  may  call  Ionian,  the 
other  Dorian,  while  of  the  so-called  iEolians  some,  and  pro- 
bably the  greater  number,  belonged  to  the  former,  the  rest  to 
the  latter. 

The  characteristic  difference  between  the  two  main  stems,  a 
difference  pointed  out  with  sufficient  frequency  by  the  ancients, 
becomes  most  visible  to  our  eyes  in  the  nature  of  their  speech. 
The  Doric,  under  which  we  include  for  the  present  the  iEolic, 
unmistakably  appears  to  be  the  more  ancient  of  the  two,  or 
rather  it  remains  truer  both  in  sound  and  inflexion  to  the 
type  of  the  common  speech  of  the  race,  as  we  know  it  from 
Comparative  Philology;2  whereas  the  Ionic  dialect  presents  us 
with  a  stage  of  development  which  is  in  several  points  a 
departure  from  that  type,  although  we  are  not  on  that  account 
justified  in  considering  it  a  younger  language.  It  may,  on  the 
contrary,  be  conjectured  that  the  Ionians  severed  themselves 
from  the  original  stock  at  an  early  period,  and  on  that  account 
departed  in  language,  as  in  other  respects,  further  from  the 
original  type.  To  the  ear  the  Doric  dialect  gives  the  impres- 
sion of  greater  hardness  and  roughness.  The  predominating 
vowel  is  a,  the  most  frequent  consonant  r,  while  the  labial 
spirant  forms  the  commencement  of  many  syllables  both  at  the 
beginning  and  middle  of  words — a  feature  which,  though  not 
originally  alien  to  the  Ionian  dialect,  must  have  fallen  into 
disuse  at  an  early  period.  In  contrast  with  the  Doric  the 
Ionian  is  distinguished  by  greater  softness  and  flexibility,  a 
more  complex  vowel-system,  and  a  greater  fulness  and  diver- 
sity of  forms. 

The  same  difference  is  not  less  conspicuous  in  the  domain  of 
mental  and  moral  life,  where  the  peculiar  spirit  of  a  people  is 
generally  most  clearly  manifested ;  in  the  domain  of  art,  and 

1  According  to  Pausaniaa,  ii.  37.  3,  pears  to  have  been  more  conservative 

the    Achaean    Argives,     before    the  than  the  dialects  of  the  emigrants, 

migration  of    the  Heraclidse,    spoke  though  it  is  true  that  we  only  know 

the  same  language  as  the  Athenians.  this  from  the  fragments  of  the  Lesbian 

3  Here  it  may  be  remarked  that  the  poets.     The  former,  for  example,  has 

iEolic  speech    on    the    mainland  of  retained  the  dual,   certainly  a  very 

Greece  proper,  e.g.,  in   Bceotia,   ap-  ancient  form,  the  latter  has  given  it  up. 


DISTINCTIONS  OF  RACE  AMONG  THE  GREEKS.     85 

especially  of  architecture  and  music.  The  Doric  style  of 
architecture  is  universally  described  as  characterised  on  the  one 
side  by  firmness,  solidity,  and  direct  adaptation  to  its  end,  and 
on  the  other  by  a  noble  simplicity  and  harmony ;  while  in  con- 
trast to  it  the  Ionic  style  is  marked  by  careless  grace,  elegance, 
and  a  more  varied  kind  of  ornamentation.  In  music,  which  is 
a  kind  of  architecture  in  sounds,  as  architecture  is  music 
embodied  in  external  forms,  the  Doric  school  is  accredited 
with  an  earnest  and  dignified  character,  with  a  capacity  for 
quieting  the  excitements  of  passion,  and  for  producing  a  firm 
and  manly  disposition  of  soul, — a  statement  which  holds  good, 
as  well  of  the  harmony,  of  which  we  can  only  judge  by  hear- 
say, as  of  the  rhythm.  The  Ionian  school,  on  the  contrary,  is 
said  to  have  been  characterised  by  an  effeminacy  and  voluptu- 
ousness which  made  it  on  the  one  side  the  favourite  melody  of 
gay  society,  and  on  the  other  the  appropriate  vehicle  of  melan- 
choly and  complaint. 

In  poetry  also  the  distinction  between  two  races  may  easily 
be  discerned.  The  Epos,  which,  if  we  confine  ourselves  to  that 
on  which  we  can  form  a  judgment  either  from  extant  fragments 
or  from  definite  traditions,  was  the  most  ancient  form,  most 
certainly  had  its  root  in  a  period  anterior  to  the  extension  of 
the  Dorian  race,  and  in  which  the  dominant  people  was  Achaean, 
a  stock  closely  related  to  the  Ionians.  For  this  reason,  even 
after  it  had  become  a  common  heritage,  and  was  cultivated  by 
all  the  different  races,  it  always  bore  what  must  be  called 
an  Ionian  stamp,  not  only  in  the  language,  but  also  in  the 
whole  method  of  representation.  True  it  is  that  even  Homer, 
after  whom  the  two  great  Epic  poems  are  usually  named, 
appears  to  have  belonged  both  on  the  score  of  origin  and 
history  to  both  the  races  in  common,  and  that  at  a  later  period 
there  was  no  lack  of  Epic  poets  among  the  Dorians,  yet  never- 
theless the  Ionian  bards  were  superior-  as  well  in  numbers  as  in 
importance.  Thus  the  Ionian  island  of  Chios  produced  a 
school  of  Homeridas,  whereas  in  the  other  races  Epic  poetry- 
departed  from  the  Homeric  character,  and  rather  pursued  as 
its  end  a  popularisation  of  miscellaneous  ancient  legends,  than 
a  description  of  great  men  and  great  deeds,  such  as  at  once 
excites  and  satisfies  the  heart  and  imagination.  In  general,  in 
the  poetry  of  the  Dorian  race  there  prevails  a  certain  practical 
tendency,  related  to  the  immediate  interests  of  life,  as  the  poet 
now  communicates  instruction,  now  describes  character  or 
action;  whereas  that  other  kind  of  poetry,  which  illustrates 
in  the  figures,  which  it  represents,  higher  and  more  universal 
ideas,  attained  its  perfection  among  the  Ionian  stock.     But 


86      CHARACTERISTICS  OF  THE  GREEK  STATE. 

even  in  those  regions  of  the  intellectual  life,  which  are  fur- 
ther removed  from  the  common  life  of  the  people  and  from 
general  sympathy,  a  difference  between  the  two  races  may 
still  be  traced.  Philosophical  speculation  took  its  rise  among 
the  Ionians,  and  was  chiefly  occupied  with  the  problems  of 
natural  philosophy  concerning  the  world  and  the  forces  which 
have  created  and  govern  it,  thus  manifesting  a  spirit  keenly 
interested  in  nature  and  external  objects.  On  the  other  hand, 
among  the  Italian  philosophers,  who,  with  the  exception  of 
Pythagoras,  the  first  of  their  number,  and  whose  birthplace  at 
least  was  Ionian,  mostly  belonged  to  the  Doric  stock,  specula- 
tion almost  exclusively  took  mind  and  mental  relations  for  its 
object,  considering  even  nature  herself  from  this  point  of  view. 
Side  by  side  however  with  this,  it  was  soon  turned  towards 
human  life,  and  commenced  the  construction  of — what  the 
Ionians  had  left  completely  in  the  background — practical  philo- 
sophy and  ethics. 

Once  more :  in  the  knowledge  of  antiquity  and  in  the  investi- 
gation and  registration  of  remarkable  things  and  events,  both  at 
home  and  abroad,  the  Ionians  displayed  far  greater  activity 
than  the  Dorians.  Of  the  logographers  or  writers  of  history 
previous  to  Herodotus,  all,  with  the  exception  of  Hellanicus  of 
Mitylene,  and  Acusilaus  of  Argos,  were  Ionians,  and  even  the 
non-Ionian  writers,  as  far  as  we  can  judge,  availed  themselves 
of  the  Ionic  dialect. 

Finally,  an  artistic  prose  diction  always  remained  the  pecu- 
liar property  of  the  Ionian  race,  never  being  cultivated  by  the 
Dorians,  whose  writers  indeed  confined  themselves  to  the 
narrowest  possible  bounds,  and  had  no  aim  beyond  clearness, 
precision,  and  brevity  of  expression.1 

Now,  although  in  these  features  a  general  difference  between 
the  Ionian  and  Dorian  characters  is  certain  and  unmistakable, 
yet,  on  the  other  hand,  it  is  no  less  certain  that  on  a  nearer 
consideration  of  the  particular  peoples  belonging  to  these  two 
races,  their  original  characteristics  appear  in  many  points  to 
have  been  modified  and  altered  in  consequence  of  the  conditions 
and  relations  resulting  either  from  their  history  or  from  natural 
surroundings.  For  just  as  the  members  of  the  two  races  were 
frequently  intermingled,  being  everywhere  near  neighbours  and 
engaged  in  continual  intercourse  and  mutual  communication, 
so  too  their  peculiarities  became  necessarily  mixed,  and  the 
characteristic   distinctions  more   or  less   extinguished.      For 

1  Cf.  Miiller,  Dorians,  vol.    ii.   pp.     dialect, — as  Julian  supposes,  to  please 
392-3.     Hippocrates  of  Cos,  a  Dorian,     Democritus  (  V.  II.  iv.  20). 
writes  not  in  Doric,  but  in  the  Ionic 


DISTINCTIONS  OF  RACE  AMONG  THE  GREEKS.      87 

example,  Dorian  music  and  Dorian  architecture  were  natural- 
ised even  among  Ionian  peoples,  and  even  the  primitive  dress 
of  the  Ionian  race,  the  long  robe  reaching  to  the  heels,  was 
exchanged  for  the  short  close-fitting  Dorian  cloak.  For  this 
reason,  in  a  review  of  the  Greek  peoples,  it  is  easy  to  be 
mistaken  as  to  the  distinguishing  character  of  the  races.1 
Among  undoubted  members  of  the  Dorian  race  especially,  the 
genuine  Doric  stamp  was  often  so  completely  effaced  as  to 
become  unrecognisable,  and  instances  of  degeneracy  and  varia- 
tion are  met  with  which  must  rather  be  termed  a  reaction 
against  the  characteristics  of  the  race  than  a  development  of 
them.  The  Doric  Corinthians,  for  example,  the  Argives,  the 
colonists  belonging  to  the  same  race  in  Corcyra,  Tarentum,  and 
Syracuse,  very  imperfectly  correspond  with  the  representations 
of  the  Dorian  character  which  the  ancients  themselves  have 
handed  down.  And  above  all,  in  the  multitude  of  so-called 
JEolian  peoples  a  considerable  proportion  are  conspicuous  for 
characteristics  essentially  opposed  to  the  Dorian  nature,  which 
find  expression  both  in  general  customs  and  mode  of  life, 
and  especially  in  their  music,  which  in  direct  contrast  with 
Dorian  simplicity,  moderation,  and  strength,  is  reproached  with 
being  voluptuous,  soft,  and  surcharged  with  emotion, — quite  in 
harmony,  says  an  ancient  critic,2  with  their  tendency  to  luxury, 
festivity,  and  dissolute  behaviour. 

But  the  Spartans  are  the  people  who  are  universally  de- 
scribed as  possessing  the  Dorian  character  in  its  greatest 
purity,  and  in  them  it  appears  under  a  shape  to  which  no 
one  can  refuse  respectful  recognition.  It  must  be  confessed, 
however,  that  a  one-sided  exclusiveness,  and  an  exaggera- 
tion of  the  firmness  and  constancy,  which  were  parts  of  the 
Dorian  character,  was  promoted  by  their  antipathy  to  the  freer 
emotions  of  other  States,  which  seemed  to  threaten  the  very 
principle  of  the  Spartan  government.  So,  too,  the  opposition 
between  a  dominant  and  a  subject  population  fostered  an 
offensive  egoism  which  appeared  with  still  greater  clearness  in 
later  days,  when  the  Spartans  entered  on  a  career  of  distant 
conquests  in  order  to  maintain  their  supremacy  in  Greece. 
At  the  same  time,  the  virtues  of  the  old  Dorian  character 
became  undermined  and  destroyed  by  the  ever-increasing  and 
corrupting  contact  with  foreigners. 

The  Ionian  character,  on  the  other  hand,  developed  itself 
first  in  the  Asiatic  colonies.    Here  frequent  contact  with  other 


1  As  seems  to   be   the    case  with        -  Heraclides    Tout,     in    A  thenccus, 
Grote,  History  of  Greece,  vol.  ii.  p.  263.     xiv.  p.  624. 


88       CHARACTERISTICS  OF  THE  GREEK  STATE. 

peoples,  many  of  them  far  superior  in  culture,  seemed  to  call 
forth  the  mental  qualities  of  this  highly-gifted  race,  and  to 
stimulate  a  full  and  varied  development  of  them ;  while  in  the 
mother-country,  where  such  influences  were  less  active,  the 
germs  slumbered  longer,  but  only  to  unfold,  when  their  time  was 
come,  a  proportionately  richer  perfection  and  beauty.  It  was 
reserved  for  the  Athenians  not  only  to  receive,  to  cherish,  and 
to  cultivate  for  themselves  all  that  there  was  of  higher  or 
nobler  culture  among  both  races  of  Greece,  but  also  to  extend 
it  more  widely  and  to  raise  it  higher,  even  to  the  highest 
point  which  the  Greek  nation  was  destined  to  attain. 


CHAPTER  II. 

THE  GREEK  STATE :  ITS  IDEA  AND  ITS  CONDITIONS. 

On  our  first  entrance  into  the  historical  period  a  common 
characteristic  of  the  collective  Greek  race  manifests  itself  in 
its  decided  tendency  towards  a  republic,  that  is,  towards  a  con- 
stitution which,  instead  of  placing  an  individual  at  the  head 
of  the  government  and  administration  of  the  commonwealth, 
intrusted  these  functions  to  a  body  of  the  citizens,  large 
or  small.  In  this  respect  too  we  may  notice  (in  connec- 
tion with  the  preceding  chapter)  frequent  reference  in  the 
ancient  writers  to  a  difference  underlying  the  characters  of  the 
two  races,  in  accordance  with  which  they  attribute  to  the 
Dorians  an  especial  tendency  towards  aristocracy.1  By  this, 
however,  we  must  by  no  means  understand  the  government  of 
a  privileged  class,  such  as  is  generally,  though  by  an  abuse  of 
language,  honoured  with  the  name,  but  simply  a  restricted 
popular  government,  in  which  judicious  institutions  provide 
that  only  proved  and  worthy  citizens  shall  be  intrusted  with 
the  conduct  of  public  affairs.  On  this  subject  we  shall  have 
more  to  say  in  the  sequel. 

In  view  of  the  multitude  of  States  into  which  Greece  was 
divided,  as  well  as  the  diversity  of  their  institutions,  it  would 
be  indeed  an  extensive  and  far-reaching  undertaking  to  depict 
them  individually,  even  if  our  sources  of  information  offered 
us  sufficient  material  for  the  purpose.  This,  however,  is  not 
the  case ;  our  knowledge  is  throughout  fragmentary  and  defi- 

1  E.g.  Plutarch,  Aral.  c.  2  :  £k  t^s  aicpdrov  teal  dupiKris  apioTOK parlis. 


ITS  IDEA  AND  ITS  CONDITIONS.  89 

cient,  and  it  is  only  in  the  case  of  Athens,  Sparta,  and  in  some 
measure  of  Crete,  that  we  have  sufficient  information  to  frame 
a  picture,  not  entirely  inadequate,  of  the  forms  of  their  consti- 
tution and  administration.  With  respect  to  all  the  rest,  we 
have  nothing  but  occasional,  isolated,  and  unconnected  remarks, 
from  which  at  best  only  a  general  idea  can  be  gathered  of  the 
nature  of  their  political  organisation;  while  any  more  exact 
knowledge  is  unattainable. 

Most  of  the  notices  which  are  to  be  found  in  Grammarians, 
Scholiasts,  or  Lexicographers  seem  to  have  been  derived  either 
directly  or  indirectly  from  that  copious  work  of  Aristotle, 
in  which  he  described  more  than  150  constitutions,  as  well  of 
barbarian  as  of  Greek  States,  a  work  of  which  the  loss  is 
irreparable.  The  extant  work  on  the  State  in  eight  books 
contains  a  political  theory,  in  which  frequent  mention  is 
indeed  made  of  the  forms  and  institutions  existing  in  different 
States,  but  these  for  the  most  part  consist  in  brief  intimations 
which,  in  the  want  of  information  from  other  sources,  must 
frequently  remain  obscure  and  unintelligible  to  us.  But  so 
much  the  more  important  is  that  theory  itself,  and  in  consider- 
ing the  Greek  political  system  it  must  necessarily  serve  as 
our  starting-point.  For  in  Aristotle  we  have  to  deal  not  so 
much  with  a  purely  speculative  construction  as  with  a  truly 
philosophical  discussion,  which,  as  such,  goes  hand  in  hand 
with  history,  and  never  deserts  the  ground  of  reality.  The 
political  action  of  the  Greeks  is  explained  and  criticised  by 
him  with  the  profoundest  appreciation,  and  what  he  puts 
forward  as  the  idea  and  essence  of  the  State,  far  from  being  a 
self-constructed  ideal,  is  derived  from  a  thoughtful  considera- 
tion of  the  existing  States.  It  is  the  true  idea,  some  portion 
of  which  is  present  in  them  all,  small  as  it  may  be,  much  as  it 
may  be  mixed  with  and  obscured  by  falsehood ;  for  it  is  evident 
that  in  the  States  of  Greece,  as  elsewhere,  particular  relations 
and  requirements  must  have  asserted  themselves,  and  given  to 
the  actual  and  ideal  State  very  different  forms. 

That  which  by  more  modern  theorists  has  often  been  re- 
garded as  the  highest  or  the  only  attainable  end  of  the  State, 
namely,  the  security  of  the  rights  of  its  members,1  is,  according 
to  Aristotle,  on  the  contrary,  rather  the  condition  or  means 
towards  the  end.  The  end  itself  is  moral  life  (eu  tftv) ; 
which  is  explained  as  a  life  of  happiness  and  honourable 
conduct  (to  £f}v  ev8cufwva)<;  teal  /ca\<w<?),  consisting  in  the  freedom 

1  See  Ft.  Muhrard,  Zuxckd.  Staats,  macher,  Beden  und  Abhand.  {Werke, 
§  83,  where  the  representatives  of  this  iii.  3),  §  232  seq.;  Trendelenburg, 
view   are  given.     Cf.   also  Schleier-     Naturrecht,  §  41. 


9o       CHARACTERISTICS  OF  THE  GREEK  STATE. 

of  virtuous,  or,  in  other  words,  of  rational  and  moral  action.1 
13ut  neither  the  inner  capacity  of  soul  nor  the  external  condi- 
tions necessary  for  this  end  are  possible  outside  the  pale  of 
the  State.  Consequently,  since  the  distinguishing  characteristic 
of  humanity  consists  in  rational  and  moral  action,  man  can  only 
become  truly  human  in  the  State.  To  this  he  has  been  dedicated 
by  nature,  insomuch  that  the  relation  of  each  individual  to  the 
State  is  that  of  a  part  to  the  whole  which  contains  it.  Just  as 
in  organic  life  no  member  is  created  for  itself  or  its  own 
purposes,  but  only  for  union  with  the  other  members  in 
the  whole,  so  man  is  created  for  the  State ;  and  as  it  is 
true  that  the  idea  of  the  whole  is  anterior  to  that  of  the 
part,  thus  in  like  manner  the  State  must  be  prior  to  the  indi- 
vidual.2 Nature  has  not  produced  the  individual  as  a  being 
existing  for  himself,  but  as  a  member  of  the  whole  to  which  he 
belongs.  For  this  reason  it  is  that  the  instinct  towards  society 
is  innate  in  mankind,  and  this  alone,  were  there  present  no 
external  ground,  such  as  the  need  of  mutual  assistance,  would 
irresistibly  drive  man  to  union  with  his  fellows  and  to  the 
formation  of  the  State.  Tor  the  parts  must  by  a  law  of  nature 
unite  themselves  to  form  the  whole,  because  in  themselves 
and  alone  they  are  nothing,  and  only  gain  reality  when  united 
in  the  whole. 

Now,  although  it  must  be  confessed  that  the  popular  con- 
sciousness of  the  Greeks  regarded  the  origin  of  the  State  with 
far  other  eyes  than  did  the  philosophic  theorists,  yet  in  all 
there  operated  more  or  less  the  feeling  and  the  conviction  that 
the  individual  existed  not  for  himself  but  for  the  State ;  and 
through  this  conviction  the  amount  of  what  the  citizen  had  to 
render  to  the  State,  and  what  he  was  to  demand  from  it  in 
return,  was  fixed  according  to  a  standard  impossible  for  the 
modern  State  with  its  notion  of  positive  rights.  But  what  to  the 
philosopher  was  a  law  of  nature,  to  the  religious  consciousness 
of  the  people  was  a  divine  ordinance.  To  it  the  State  was  no 
product  of  nature  developed  from  instinctive  impulses,  but  an 
institution  of  the  gods  who  had  themselves  commissioned 
and  instructed  for  this  purpose  those  founders  and  lawgivers 

1  The  State,  according  to  Pol.  iii.  ir6\is  £<ttI  Kal  Sti  S.vOpwtros  (ptjffet  71-0X1- 

5.  13,  is  7]  rod  et>  giji>  KOivojvla,  i.e.  tov  tik6v  fwoj*.     §  11,  /ecu  irpbrepov  5rj  <p6<ret. 

tfjv  ev5aipj>vus  Kal  KaXus  (§  14).     But  7r6\ts  ^  Hkckttos  iyxGiv  kariv.   rh  yap  6\ov 

evdaifiovla,  according  to  Eth.  Nic.  x.  7,  -n-pbrepov    dvay koiov    dvcu    tov    p^povs' 

is  ivipyeia  ko,t   a\peri)v.       Cf.  ib.  i.  6,  ArtupoVftimu   yap   tov    6\ov    ovk  toraL 

t6    avdp&irivov   ayaObv   ^ux^s  Mpytta  irovs  o65k  xe^P-    -Depart,  animal,  ii.  c. 

ylveTai  ko.t  dper-qv.  i.,    rot  yap   {jffrepa  tj}  yeviset.    irpSTepa 

TTjv  (f>vfftv  io~Ti,  Kal  irpuTov  to  tt)  yeviaei 

3  Pol.  i.  1.  9,  (pavepbv  8ri  tCiv  <pvaei  i)  TeXevTalov. 


ITS  IDEA  AND  ITS  CONDITIONS.  91 

of  antiquity  by  whom  political  constitutions  and  ordinances 
had  been  established.1 

Beyond  this  no  one  will  be  so  foolish  as  to  maintain  that 
the  end  of  the  State,  as  conceived  by  Aristotle,  was  also  clearly 
and  definitely  conceived  by  the  popular  consciousness.  But 
the  fact  is  nevertheless  incontestable,  that  in  the  eyes  of  a 
Greek  the  State  was  something  more  than  a  mere  guarantee 
for  security,  and  that  he  expected  from  it  something  more  than 
the  mere  protection  of  his  rights.  Its  function  was  to  secure 
him  the  satisfaction  of  his  higher  spiritual  and  moral  neces- 
sities, to  facilitate  the  development  of  human  talents  and 
human  forces,  and  to  provide  space  and  means  for  worthy 
action  and  a  worthy  enjoyment  of  life.  But  in  what  this 
worthy  enjoyment  and  action  were  to  consist,  what  the  nature 
of  this  development  of  human  talents  and  forces  was  to  be,  in 
what  measure  and  to  what  extent  the  State  was  intended  or 
could  have  sufficed  to  secure  for  its  members  the  satisfaction  of 
spiritual  and  moral  necessities ;  in  a  word,  how  far  individual 
freedom  was  consistent  with  the  objective  idea  of  the  State, — 
are  certainly  questions  which  were  differently  understood  in 
different  States  and  at  different  periods,  and  the  solution  of 
the  problem  was  attempted  in  different  ways.  That  no  State 
discovered  this  solution  must  be  admitted  by  the  warmest 
admirer  of  Greek  antiquity,  but  he  will  never  admit  the  justice 
of  reproaching  the  Greeks  with  failing  to  reach  an  end  which 
no  subsequent  State  or  people  has  ever  attained. 

But  whatever  the  conception  formed  of  the  object  of  the 
State,  and  whatever  the  divergency  of  the  views  entertained 
regarding  it  at  different  periods  and  in  different  States,  there 
were  nevertheless  always  certain  elements  which  were  neces- 
sarily presupposed  for  every  State  without  exception,  as 
absolute  and  indispensable  requirements.  The  State  was 
intended  to  be  a  union  of  men  sufficient  in  itself  for  the 
attainment  of  its  end,  and  capable  of  securing  for  itself  all 
things  requisite  for  its  existence  and  maintenance.2  This 
condition  was  absolute ;  without  it  no  true  State  could  be 
conceived.  Neither  in  Greece  itself,  nor  in  any  of  the  lands 
inhabited  by  Greeks,  was  the  attainment  of  this  self-sufficiency 
and  competence  dependent  upon  the  possession  of  extensive 
territory.  Even  the  largest  of  their  States  occupied  a  terri- 
tory of  very  few  square  miles,  with  a  capital  of  moderate 

1  Cf.  Deraosth.  contr.  Aristocr.  §  70  ;  Clem.  Alex.  Strom,  i.  26,  170. 

contra  Aristoget.  i.  §  16 ;  Antiph.  de  2  Cf.  Arist.  (Econ.  i.  1,  Pol.  iii.  5. 

venef.  i.    3;   Aristidis  Panathcenaica,  14,    viii.   4.   7;    Plato,  licpub.   ii.   p. 

p  313 ;  Diodot.  i.  94  ;  Strabo,  x.  p.  482  ;  361)  b. 


92       CHARACTERISTICS  OF  THE  GREEK  STATE. 

size  and  a  number  of  smaller  towns,  and  according  to  Greek 
ideas  that  State  possessed  the  most  suitable  proportions  whose 
citizens  were  neither  so  numerous  nor  so  scattered  as  to 
render  impossible  their  union  for  general  assemblies  and 
personal  intercourse  with  one  another.  Too  large  a  State,  says 
Aristotle,  is  not  easily  to  be  retained  under  good  legal  order, 
and  those  States  whose  reputation  for  order  and  stability  is  the 
highest  do  not  in  point  of  population  and  territory  exceed 
the  medium  standard,  although,  on  the  other  hand,  a  State  must 
not  be  so  small  as  to  be  inadequate  for  the  satisfaction  of  its  own 
wants.1  Such  cases  there  certainly  were  here  and  there  in 
Greece,  especially  in  the  smaller  islands,  and  these  for  that 
reason  were  generally  spoken  of  with  some  contempt  as  scarcely 
deserving  the  name  of  States.2 

With  respect  to  the  quality  of  the  land,  that  was  naturally 
considered  the  best  which  could  of  itself  supply  the  greatest 
number  of  needs,  and  which,  in  the  second  place,  was  so 
shut  in  by  natural  barriers  as  to  secure  for  its  inhabitants 
facilities  both  for  defence  against  an  invader  and  in  case  of 
necessity  for  attack,  two  conditions  which  were  naturally  not 
fulfilled  in  all  parts  of  Greece  with  equal  ease,  or  to  the  same 
extent.  On  the  whole,  however,  each  district  was  enclosed  by 
natural  boundaries,  and  possessed  a  soil  of  such  a  quality  as  to 
supply  at  least  the  necessaries  of  life,  so  that  its  inhabitants, 
even  when  isolated,  seldom  ran  the  risk  of  falling  into  such  a 
state  of  famine  as  that  which  Aristophanes  in  the  Acharnians, 
with  comic  exaggeration,  represents  the  Megarians  as  bemoan- 
ing. But  in  most  cases  the  vicinity  of  the  sea  facilitated  the 
importation  of  whatever  was  required  from  foreign  lands,  pro- 
vided only  that  navigation  was  allowed.  Too  active  a  commerce, 
however,  appeared  undesirable  to  the  statesmen  of  those  days, 
and  even  ill  calculated  for  the  attainment  of  the  highest  end 
of  the  State,  because  by  its  means  a  large  population  was  pro- 
duced, and  numerous  strangers  attracted  to  the  State,  who 
might  easily  prove  prejudicial  to  the  maintenance  of  law 
and  good  order.3  The  city,  as  the  real  centre  and  heart  of 
the  State,  was,  according  to  Aristotle,  to  be  well  situated,  not 
only  with  a  view  to  the  necessary  intercourse  by  land  and 
water,  but  also  for  defence  against  invaders,  for  the  various 
occupations  of  the  citizens,  and  for  their  general  health.  In 
what  measure  individual  Greek  cities  satisfied  these  demands 
it  is  hard  to  determine.     In  ancient  times,  says  Thucydides,  the 

1  Arist.  Pol.  vii.  4.  3-8.  and  Miiller,  JEyinct.  p.  193,  1 . 

8  See   passages   in  Cliarit.  p.    558  ;        8  Arist.  Pol.  vii.  5.  3. 


ITS  IDEA  AND  ITS  CONDITIONS.  93 

cities  were  situated  at  some  distance  from  the  sea  on  ac- 
count of  the  piracy  which  then  prevailed,  whereas  in  later 
times  of  greater  security  in  this  respect,  positions  on  the  coast 
were  preferred.1  On  the  whole,  however,  the  evidence  shows 
that  the  situation  of  the  Greek  cities  was  generally  good. 
There  was  no  want  of  good  harbours  for  navigation,  nor,  where 
they  were  necessary,  of  contrivances  for  supplying  the  city  with 
good  drinking-water,  of  which  we  have  special  evidence  in  the 
case  of  Athens,  Megara,  Sicyon,  and  Samos.2  Less  however  was 
done  in  this  respect  by  the  Greeks  than  by  the  Eomans  in  Italy.3 

In  addition  to  these  requirements  for  a  city,  open  spaces 
were  necessary  for  public  life  and  mutual  intercourse,  as  well 
as  for  the  markets  and  assemblies  of  the  people.  Spaces  of 
this  kind  were  either  used  for  both  these  ends,  or  separate 
localities  were  assigned  to  each.4  In  the  same  way  buildings 
were  required  as  offices  for  the  different  magistrates,  gym- 
nasia for  the  young,  or  clubs  or  lounges  for  the  men,5  and 
temples  for  the  gods.  These  public .  buildings  Greek  taste 
loved  to  construct,  not  merely  in  a  style  adapted  to  the 
actual  wants,  but  in  stately  and  beautiful  forms ;  while  the 
houses  of  private  citizens  were  generally,  at  least  in  the 
better  times,  small  and  unadorned.6  In  early  times,  more- 
over, in  the  laying  out  of  the  streets  in  their  cities  more  atten- 
tion was  paid  to  security  than  to  regularity,  so  much  so  that 
irregular  streets  were  considered  as  especially  well  designed, 
because  in  case  of  occasional  invasion  they  supplied  the  in- 
habitants with  facilities  for  defence,  and  rendered  it  more 
difficult  for  the  enemy  to  reach  them.  Regular  sites,  like  those 
which  the  Milesian  architect  Hippodamus  recommended,  and 
had,  in  some  buildings  designed  by  him  in  the  Piraeus  and 
Rhodes,  actually  carried  out,  belong  to  later  times,  subsequent 
to  the  second  half  of  the  fifth  century.7 

The  surrounding  country,  filled  with  partially  fortified  towns 
of  various  sizes,  necessarily  supplied  the  first  wants  of  life  by 
means  of  agriculture  and  cattle-breeding.  The  land  required 
for  agriculture  in  many  quarters  could  only  be  reclaimed  and 
protected  against  the  overflow  of  the  neighbouring  rivers  by 
continual  labour  in  the  construction  of  works,  as  in  Bceotia  and 
Arcadia,  where  works  of  this  kind  had  been  executed  in  the 
earliest  prehistoric  period,  and  in  later  times  only  required  to  be 

1  Thuc.  i.  7.  s  Pausan.    x.   25.    1  ;    Perizon.    ad 

2  Cf.  Curtius  on  Gerhard'a  A rchceol.    JE^*  V- £■  %■  24-     ... 

Zeit.  (1847),  p.  19  seq.  '  Demosth   Olynth    111    p.  35.     Cf. 

r  JJiccearch.  mt.  Gr.,  ad  in  it. 

3  Strab.  v.  p.  360.  7  c.    F.   Hermann,    de  Hippodamo 

4  Arist.  Pol  vii.  11.  2.  Milesio;  Marburg,  1841. 


94       CHARACTERISTICS  OF  THE  GREEK  STATE. 

kept  in  order.  Elsewhere,  as  in  Argolis,  carefully  devised 
appliances  were  needed  for  the  irrigation  of  the  land,  which  was 
in  summer  subject  to  drought.  With  proper  care,  however, 
and  diligence  in  raising  embankments,  the  land  was  nowhere 
ungrateful,  but  supplied  produce  of  all  kinds,  different  as 
the  degree  of  fertility  might  be  in  particular  parts.  The 
land,  like  such  property  everywhere,  was,  as  a  rule,  only 
in  the  hands  of  the  citizens,  being  sometimes,  indeed,  al- 
lowed to  non-citizens,  but  only  exceptionally  and  by  special 
favour.  A  landowning  and  agricultural  population  was  con- 
sidered by  the  statesmen  of  ancient  times  as  the  most  desirable, 
and  agriculture  was  regarded  as  the  most  solid  foundation 
of  the  State-life,  not  merely  because  it  supplied  the  more 
indispensable  wants,  but  also  because  it  exercised  the  most 
beneficial  influence  on  character  and  habits.1  On  this  account 
the  preservation  of  an  agricultural  class  was  very  carefully 
provided  for,  sometimes  even  by  legislative  enactments,  and 
the  number  of  the  landowners  appears  larger  than  we  should 
have  expected,  even  in  those  States  whose  occupations  were 
principally  nautical  and  mercantile,  though  it  must  be  con- 
fessed that  their  holdings  were  usually  small.  Latif  undia  in  the 
possession  of  the  rich,  like  those  which  appeared  in  the  later 
times  of  the  Eoman  republic  in  Italy,  and  swallowed  up  small 
holdings,  are  never  to  be  found  in  Greece.  Next  to  agriculture, 
cattle-breeding  was  most  highly  esteemed,  a  pursuit  to  which  the 
inhabitants  of  many  districts  were  especially  attracted  from  the 
nature  of  their  land,  as  was  the  case  in  a  great  part  of  Arcadia. 
Handicrafts,  too,  of  all  kinds  were  naturally  as  indispensable 
in  Greek  States  as  at  the  present  day,  and  a  portion  of  the 
population  of  each  city  was  accordingly  occupied  in  this  way. 
But  these  employments,  fully  as  their  necessity  was  recognised, 
were  considered  by  many  to  be  essentially  inconsistent  with 
the  qualities  which  were  the  proper  conditions  of  citizen- 
ship, and  for  that  reason  were  assigned  to  the  non-privileged 
portion  of  the  population,  an  arrangement  which  it  must  be 
owned  was  frequently  rendered  impossible  by  the  necessities 
of  the  case.  It  seems  certain,  however,  that  people  of  this  class 
belonged  rather  to  the  subject  than  to  the  ruling  portion  of  the 
community,  and  were  incapable  of  being  citizens  in  the  full 
sense  of  the  term.2  Not  less  indispensable  again  was  commerce, 
partly  as  a  means  for  the  exchange  of  necessaries  within  'the 
country  itself,  partly  for  importing  from  foreign  countries  those 

1  Arist.  Pol.  vi.  2.  1  ;  Xen.   CEcon.       R.  R.  c.  4. 
c.  6.  9  ;  cf.  the  opinion  of  Cato,    de  2  Arist.  Pol.  iii.  3.  2,  3. 


ITS  IDEA  AND  ITS  CONDITIONS.  95 

articles  which  were  not  produced  at  home.  The  internal  traffic 
within*  each  district  was  of  small  extent,  and  never  exceeded  the 
proportions  of  retail  trade  {icanrrfkeCa) ;  while  wholesale  trade 
was  by  the  position  of  the  land  attracted  to  the  sea-way,  and  in 
many  parts  of  Greece  was  very  brisk.  The  occupations  con- 
nected with  it  gave  employment  and  support  to  a  numerous 
class  of  the  population,  who,  however,  were  generally  considered 
as  little  adapted  to  share  the  life  of  a  well-ordered  State. 

Finally,  both  for  purposes  of  self-defence  in  case  of  hostile 
contact  with  other  States,  and  for  the  forcible  assertion  of  its  own 
interests,  the  State  needed  an  efficient  military  power.  But  to 
allow  the  duty  or  right  of  bearing  arms  to  all  the  inhabitants  of 
the  country  appears  feasible  in  those  States  only  in  which  the 
condition  that  all  should  have  a  common  interest  in  the  State  is 
fulfilled.  When,  as  in  Greece,  this  is  not  the  case,  it  must  neces- 
sarily appear  a  dangerous  step  to  put  arms  into  the  hands  of  those 
who,  from  the  possibility  that  they  might  use  them  against  the 
State,  would  be  a  constant  cause  for  anxiety.  For  this  reason  non- 
citizens  were  either  never  admitted  to  military  service,  or  only  in 
exceptional  cases.  This  may  be  pronounced  the  general  rule, 
though  we  shall  see  in  the  sequel  that  in  particular  States,  where 
relations  of  a  special  kind  subsisted,  the  case  was  otherwise. 

Nor  were  those  classes  considered  better  fitted  who,  from  the 
nature  of  their  daily  employments,  were  debarred  from  a 
proper  development  of  their  bodies,  as,  for  example,  the  artisans, 
who  were  confined  to  a  sedentary  mode  of  life.  "  A  State," 
says  Aristotle,  "which  contains  a  large  number  of  this  class 
may  be  strong  in  population,  but  yet  weak  in  military  power. 
When  the  relations  of  the  State  involve  the  possession  of  a 
naval  force,  the  sailors  and  pilots  may  be  taken  without  hesita- 
tion from  the  ranks  of  non-citizens,  but  it  seems  advisable, 
on  the  other  hand,  to  take  the  marines  only  from  the  enfran- 
chised class."1  What  we  may  describe  then  as  the  material 
conditions  without  which  no  State  can  exist  are — a  territory 
sufficient  for  its  necessary  wants,  a  city  constructed  with  due 
reference  to  its  object,  the  practice  of  industry  and  commerce, 
and  a  military  power  adapted  both  for  attack  and  defence.  But 
besides  these  there  were  other  conditions  which  in  contrast  with 
them  we  must  term  ethical.  As  a  union  of  men  who.  in  regard 
to  their  property,  interests,  and  actions,  are  incessantly  coming 
into  contact  with  one  another,  the  State  has  need  of  certain 
fixed  regulations  to  define  each  member's  rightful  sphere, 
within  which  he  must  be  restricted,  and  to  provide  against 

1  Arist.  Pol.  vii.  4.  4  and  5.  7. 


96         CHARACTERISTICS  OF  THE  GREER  STATE. 

and  punish  every  deviation  from  this.  Again,  since  the  mem- 
bers of  this  society,  in  addition  to  their  own  private  interests, 
have  also  interests  in  common,  some  fixed  regulation  is  neces- 
sary as  to  how  and  in  what  ways  each  individual  is  bound  to 
serve  the  public  good.  And,  lastly,  since  the  recognition  of  the 
public  good  and  the  measures  necessary  for  its  attainment 
demand  an  activity  peculiarly  directed  to  that  end,  there  is 
also  need  of  some  certain  provision  as  to  how  and  by  what 
organs  this  activity  shall  be  exercised.  Aristotle  with  perfect 
propriety  distinguishes  between  three  directions  of  this  acti- 
vity.1 The  first  is  to  deliberate  on  the  public  interest,  and  to 
determine  the  necessary  measures  and  regulations,  as  well  for 
particular  and  exceptional  cases  as  for  fixed  and  permanent  rela- 
tions; the  second  was  to  secure  the  practical  execution  of 
these  determinations  and  ordinances ;  while  the  functions  of  the 
third  were  to  punish  breaches  of  the  existing  legal  order,  dis- 
obedience to  the  fixed  decrees  and  resistance  to  the  execution 
of  the  statutes,  as  well  as  to  settle  legal  disputes  or  questions 
of  privilege  and  duty.  The  first  we  may  describe  as  the  func- 
tion of  the  deliberative  or  legislative  power,  the  second  as  that 
of  the  executive,  the  third  as  the  function  of  the  judicial  magis- 
trates. Corresponding  to  these  we  may  distinguish  between 
three  powers  in  the  State,  provided  that  we  do  not  leave  out  of 
account  the  fact  that  these  three  powers  were  never  in  reality 
completely  distinct  from  one  another,  and  from  the  nature  of 
the  case  never  could  be  so.  On  the  contrary,  the  executive 
magistrates  were  of  necessity  allowed  a  certain  deliberative 
and  legislative  power,  since  it  was  impracticable  to  bind  them 
down  in  all  the  details  of  their  administration  to  fixed  rules. 
In  the  same  way  it  was  impossible  to  deny  them  a  certain 
judicial  authority  in  order  to  decide  in  case  of  necessity  on  the 
disputes  which  might  occur  in  their  department  of  administra- 
tion, and  to  coerce  and  punish  those  who  resisted  their  measures. 
Nor  was  it  less  necessary  to  grant  to  the  judicial  power  the 
privilege  of  supplying  any  deficiency  in  the  laws,  as  their 
knowledge  or  conscience  might  direct,  either  in  cases  where  no 
mere  interpretation  of  existing  laws  without  some  wider  appli- 
cation was  sufficient  to  accommodate  them  to  particular  cases, 
or  where  no  applicable  laws  whatever  were  to  be  found.  But 
in  early  times  both  the  executive  and  judicial  powers  in  Greek 
States  were  necessarily  the  more  extensive  in  proportion  as 
there  were  fewer  definite  laws  bearing  on  particular  cases,  and 
in  their  stead  only  tradition  and  custom. 

lPol.  iv.  11.  l. 


THE  PRINCIPAL  FORMS  OF  THE  CONSTITUTION.  97 

The  regulations  concerning  the  organisation  and  working  of 
these  three  powers  composed  what  we  call  the  constitution  of 
the  State.  They  naturally  fall  under  the  general  category  of 
laws,  in  the  sense  in  which  we  speak  in  the  present  day  of  con- 
stitutional laws.  But  among  the  ancients  a  distinction  was 
observed  between  laws  (vofwi)  in  the  most  restricted  sense  on 
the  one  hand,  and  the  constitution  (iroXiTeia)  on  the  other ;  so 
that  the  former  name  was  used  especially  to  designate  those 
ordinances  which  served  as  a  model  for  the  magistrates  in  their 
procedure  against  individuals  in  cases  where  disobedience  or 
breaches  of  order  were  to  be  punished,  or  contested  rights  to  be 
determined.1 


CHAPTER  III. 

THE  PRINCIPAL  FORMS  OF  THE  CONSTITUTION. 

Participation  in  the  exercise  of  these  three  political  powers 
admits  of  different  modes  of  distribution,  corresponding  to  which 
we  get  different  forms  of  constitution.  These,  however,  may  be 
reduced  to  three  principal  kinds — Monarchy,  Oligarchy,  and 
Democracy.  By  Monarchy  is  to  be  understood  that  constitu- 
tion in  which  one  individual  stands  at  the  head  of  the  State, 
and  unites  in  himself  all  the  three  powers.  Not,  however,  that 
any  individual  can  possibly  undertake  their  exercise  to  its  full 
extent ;  on  the  contrary,  he  needs  assistants  and  ministers ;  he 
summons  councils  to  deliberate  with  him,  and  to  order  the 
necessary  measures;  he  appoints  officials  to  provide  for  the 
execution  of  business ;  he  institutes  courts  of  justice  to  settle 
disputes  and  to  punish  transgressions.  But  if  all  these  are 
simply  his  deputies,  if  they  exercise  all  their  power  only  as  an 
authority  delegated  by  him,  and  if  they  are  responsible  to  him 
for  its  administration,  then  the  individual  is  rightly  termed  the 
single  ruler  of  the  State.  This  monarchy  or  sole  sovereignty  in 
the  strictest  sense  of  the  word2  did  not  appear  among  the 
Greeks,  and  was  only  found  in  the  despotically  governed  States 
of  the  East,  and  at  a  later  period  in  the  Eoman  empire.  Greek 
monarchy,  both  as  Homer  describes  it,  and  as  we  know  it 
in  history,  was  subject  to  numerous  limitations.  In  every 
State  there  existed   other  privileged  members  by  the  side  of 

1  Arist.  Pol.  iv.  1.  5  ;  cf.  ii.  3.  2,  9. 1     mann,  notes  to  Plut.  Cleom.  p.  219. 
and  9.   Concerning  the  frequent  union        *  Aristotle  terms  it  iray^aaiKeia,  iii. 
of    these  two  expressions  cf.   Scho-     10.  2. 

G 


98       CHARACTERISTICS  OF  THE  GREEK  STATE. 

the  king,  as  joint-holders  of  the  chief  power,  and  his  monarchy 
only  consisted  in  the  fact  that  he  was  the  head  of  this  privileged 
class,  and  that  certain  functions  were  reserved  for  his  exclusive 
exercise,  such  as  the  command  of  the  army  in  war  and  the  per- 
formance of  the  State  sacrifices.  Absolute  monarchy  only 
occurred  occasionally  and  temporarily,  when,  amid  the  party 
struggles  and  quarrels  within  the  State,  an  individual,  by 
force  or  cunning,  and  sometimes  even  with  the  free  consent  of 
the  people,  secured  this  position.  Examples  of  such  usurpation 
we  shall  have  to  bring  forward  on  a  later  occasion.  Oligarchy 
was  the  constitution  in  which  a  privileged  portion  of  the  com- 
munity was  either  exclusively  or  preponderatingly  in  possession 
of  the  chief  power.  The  name  signifies  the  rule  of  the  few,  because 
the  number  of  the  privileged  class  is  smaller  than  that  of  the 
less  privileged.  For  the  privilege  depends  either  upon  nobility 
of  birth,  or  riches,  or  both,  and  as  a  rule  the  citizens  who  are  rich 
and  noble  are  fewer  in  number  than  those  who  are  non-noble  and 
'poor.  Finally,  Democracy  is  the  name  given  to  the  constitution 
in  which  there  exists  no  such  privileged  class,  but  where  the 
right  of  participation  in  the  government  resides  in  all  the  citizens. 
Again,  these  last  two  forms  of  constitution  are  capable  of 
numerous  modifications,1  so  that  there  exist  mixed  forms,  as  to 
which  it  may  be  doubtful  to  which  of  the  two  kinds  they 
should  be  referred.  For  example,  although  the  oligarchy  or 
privileged  class  is  in  exclusive  possession  of  the  supreme  magis- 
tracies, yet  the  people  may  possess  the  right  of  selecting  the 
highest  officers  out  of  the  number  of  this  privileged  class,  or  it 
may  even  be  allowed  a  certain  participation  in  the  deliberations 
and  discussions  concerning  public  affairs,  while  the  oligarchy 
reserves  to  itself  only  the  initiative,  the  presidency  of  the 
deliberative  assemblies,  and  the  ratification  of  the  decrees ;  or 
finally,  the  administration  of  justice  may  be,  partially  at  least, 
left  to  those  outside  the  privileged  class.  Similarly  in  demo- 
cracy, although  the  right  of  participation  in  the  government 
was  allowed  to  all,  this  was  not  the  case  absolutely  and  without 
distinction;  on  the  contrary,  there  were  certain  grades  and 
classes,  some  of  which  were  more,  others  less  privileged,  although 
none  were  entirely  excluded,  and  further,  these  grades  or  classes 
themselves  were  so  arranged  that  no  one  should  be  excluded 
from  the  possibility  of  rising  from  /one  into  another ;  or  it  might 
be  that  though  every  one  without  distinction  of  birth  or  pro- 

1  Of.   on  this  subject  Pol.   iv.   11  their  offices  from  father   to   son,   is 

and  vi.  1,  2.     An  oligarchy  where  a  called  (in  iv.  5.  1  and  8)  8vv aarela  par 

few  privileged  members  exercise  an  excellence.     Cf.  v.  5.  9. 
arbitrary  authority,  and  hand   down 


THE  PRINCIPAL  FORMS  OF  THE  CONSTITUTION.  99 

perty  might  succeed  to  the  highest  offices  of  administration 
and  government,  as  well  as  to  the  judicial  appointments,  yet 
provision  might  be  made  that  these  offices  should  only  be 
actually  held  by  men  who  had  proved  themselves  capable  and 
worthy  of  them  in  the  eyes  of  their  fellow-citizens. 

From  this  multiplicity  of  modifications  resulted  a  multi- 
plicity of  political  terms,  in  which,  however,  there  is  always 
something  variable  and  indefinite.  To  this  objection  the 
term  aristocracy,  or  rule  of  the  best,  is  open,  being  not  un- 
frequently  used  to  denote  the  last-mentioned  modification  of 
democracy,  though  it  was  still  oftener  applied  to  oligarchy, 
because  the  rich  and  privileged  nobles  laid  claim  to  be  con- 
sidered the  best  and  worthiest  citizens.  Aristotle  himself,1 
indeed,  allows  them  this  title,  but  only  under  the  condition 
that  they  should  actually  exercise  their  privilege  for  the  public 
good,  and  not  for  one-sided  class  interests, — a  condition  which, 
in  all  probability,  was  seldom  in  reality  fulfilled.  In  cases 
where  the  privilege  was  distributed  in  accordance  with  certain 
gradations  of  property,  the  term  Timocracy  was  applied ;  and 
where  more  extensive  privileges  were  assigned  to  large  pro- 
perty, that  of  Plutocracy.2  The  unlimited  democracy,  on  the 
other  hand,  where  rights  were  made  conditional  on  no  such 
gradations  of  property,  and  where  provisions  were  made,  not 
so  much  that  only  a  proved  and  worthy  citizen  should  be  elected, 
as  that  every  one,  without  distinction,  should  be  eligible  for 
everything,  was  designated  by  the  name  of  Ochlocracy,3  because, 
in  fact,  public  affairs  were  put  in  the  hands  of  the  6^X09,  or  mass 
of  the  populace.  In  contrast  with  this,  moderate  democracy, 
which  made  use  of  timocratic  gradations  and  wholesome  precau- 
tions against  mob-government,  was  more  frequently  designated 
as  irokirela  par  excellence*  To  which  of  these  classes,  how- 
ever, particular  constitutions  are  to  be  assigned  can  seldom  be 

1  Pol.  iii.  5.  2,  iv.  5.  10 ;  Ethic.  Nic.  regard  to  political  privileges  might 
viii.  12  ;  cf .  Luzac,  de  Socrate  cive,  pp.  receive  modifications  in  direct  opposi- 
66-74.  At  the  present  day  the  misuse  tion  to  the  views  of  the  original  legis- 
of  the  name  is  so  prevalent  that  its  lation.  Although  we  are  without 
true  signification  is  quite  forgotten.  definite  testimony  as    to    particular 

2  Xen.  Mem.  iv.  6.  12.  It  is  self-  States,  the  necessity  of  the  case  is 
evident  that  in  this  kind  of  constitution  recognised  by  Aristotle,  Pol.  v.  5. 
periodical  valuations  of  property,  as  11,  and  7.  6 ;  cf.  also  Plato,  Legg.  vi. 
well  as  alterations  in  the  fixed  amount  p.  754  e,  xii.  p.  955  E. 

of  property  requirement,  were  ueces-  8  The  name  first  occurs  in  Polybius, 

sary,   since  it  might    easily  happen  vi.  4.  6,  57.   9 ;  txkos  being  always 

that,  if  important  increase  or  diminu-  used  in  opposition  to  drjfxos ;  cf.  Thuc. 

tion  of    the   public  prosperity  took  v.  89.  3,  4. 

place,   and  no  such    measures  were  *  Arist.  Pol.  iv.  7.  1  ;  Eth.  viii.  12, 

adopted,    the    relation   obtaining    in  ix.  10 ;  Wesseling,  ad  Diodor.  xviii.  74. 


ioo      CHARACTERISTICS  OF  THE  GREEK  STATE. 

determined  with  certainty,  partly  on  account  of  our  want  of 
information,  partly  through  the  numerous  modifications  and 
revolutions  in  particular  States. 


CHAPTER   IV. 

THE  CITIZENS  AND  THE  WORKING  CLASSES. 

It  was  Aristotle's  opinion  that  only  those  could  be  accounted 
citizens  in  the  full  sense  of  the  word  who  possessed  the  right 
of  participation  in  the  government.1  If  this  definition  had 
been  strictly  maintained  the  result  would  have  been  that  in  an 
absolute  monarchy,  where  such  participation  was  allowed,  not 
so  much  in  consequence  of  any  right,  as  by  means  of  a  commis- 
sion or  command  from  the  absolute  ruler,  all  would  have  been 
properly  excluded  except  the  ruler  himself ;  while  in  a  strictly 
exclusive  oligarchy,  where  the  majority  is  completely  shut  out 
from  all  political  privileges,  all  outside  the  ruling  class  would 
have  been  more  appropriately  termed  subjects  than  citizens.2 
However,  in  ordinary  language,  the  idea  of  a  citizen  was  not 
always  so  strictly  conceived,  and  was  rather  used  to  describe 
those  members  of  the  community  who,  although  excluded  from 
participation  in  the  government  in  its  deliberative  bodies,  its 
supreme  magistracies,  its  general  assemblies,3  or  its  courts  of 
justice,  were  yet  distinguished  from  non-citizens  by  the  posses- 
sion of  certain  private  rights  or  common  religious  ceremonies. 
Foremost  among  these  rights  was  that  of  owning  land 
(ey/cr^o-t?),  which,  as  we  remarked  above,  was  usually  withheld 
from  non-citizens;  and,  secondly,  an  independent  position 
before  the  law,  or,  in  other  words,  the  right  of  conducting  suits 
before  the  law-courts  of  the  country,  without  needing,  as  non- 
citizens  did,  the  intervention  of  a  patron.  Another  character- 
istic of  citizenship  is  participation  in  certain  cults,  either  of  a 

1  Pol.  iii.  1.  4  :  ixerexeiv  Kplo-ews  ko.1  a  That  there  existed  in  Greece  citi- 

&PXV*>  where  care  must  be  taken  not  zens  without  a  vote  in  the  general 

to  limit  KptiTis  to  judicial  sentences,  assemblies,  and  therefore  a  civitos  sine 

It  signifies  general  deliberation  and  suffragio,    is    shown,    among    other 

decision  on  public  matters.  things,  by  an  inscription  of  Amorgos 

*  In  this  sense   Isocrates  actually  in  Ross,  Inscr.  fascr.  iii.  no.  314,  and 

speaks  of  the  oligarchy  (Panegyr.  §  Rangab^,  Ant.  Hell.  ii.  p.   343,   no. 

105) :  roi/s  iroWoiis  virb  to? j  6\lyois  elvcu  750,  A.  3,  where  the  £kk\7]<tIo.  is  ex- 

— roiit  p.ei>  Tvpawetv  toi>s  5£  p.eTMKtlv,  pressly  conferred  on  a  stranger,  along 

teal  <p6<rei  TroXlras  6vra%  v6p.tf  ttjs  iroXi-  with  admittance  to  the  woXiTeia. 
relets  diroo-Tepewdai. 


THE  CITIZENS.  101 

public  character  or  restricted  to  members  of  some  corporation, 
such  as  the  tribe  or  its  subdivisions,  in  which,  not  perhaps 
everywhere,  but  certainly  in  many  States,  the  members  of  the 
privileged  and  non-privileged  classes  were  united  in  common. 
Finally,  they  might  possess  the  right  of  eirirfafiia,  by  virtue  of 
which  marriages  contracted  by  them  had  certain  legal  conse- 
quences in  relation  to  inheritance,  religious  ceremonies,  and 
partly  even  to  political  rights,  which  were  not  allowed  to 
marriages  with  non-citizens.  Whether,  in  any  of  the  oligarchi- 
cal States,  marriages  between  the  privileged  and  non-privileged 
classes  were  expressly  forbidden  by  a  definite  law,  our  sources 
of  information  leave  uncertain;  but,  in  point  of  fact,  they 
undoubtedly  occurred  very  seldom.  In  mixed  constitutions,  as 
in  Timocracy,  the  civic  privileges  of  the  different  classes, 
though  none  of  them  was  entirely  excluded  from  participation 
in  public  affairs,  nevertheless  had  different  and  graduated 
values ;  and  while  active  participation  in  the  State  was  allowed, 
it  was  not  granted  in  an  equal  extent  to  all.  In  democracy 
alone  were  all  citizens  complete  members  of  the  State,  or  full 
citizens  in  the  Aristotelian  sense  of  the  word.1 

A  body  of  citizens,  however,  in  this  sense,  required  a  certain 
substratum  of  non-citizens,  without  which  it  was  not  capable 
of  properly  meeting  its  peculiar  responsibilities.  Active  par- 
ticipation in  public  affairs — as,  for  example,  in  the  assemblies 
of  the  people,  in  the  deliberative  bodies,  in  the  supreme  magis- 
tracies, and  in  the  courts  of  justice — demanded  a  degree  of 
independence  and  honest  judgment  which  it  was  impossible  to 
count  upon  in  men  whose  whole  time  and  strength  was  claimed 
by  work  which  the  material  needs  of  daily  existence  necessi- 
tated. Men  of  this  kind  could  neither  obtain  the  culture 
which  was  necessary  for  the  administration  of  such  business, 
nor  had  they  sufficient  leisure  to  trouble  themselves  much  with 
public  affairs,  or  even  to  acquaint  themselves  with  the  manage- 
ment of  them.  There  was,  on  the  contrary,  some  cause  for 
anxiety  lest,  either  from  want  of  culture,  or  from  delusion,  or 
even  from  mere  poverty,  they  might  become  accessible  to  cor- 
ruption. The  Greeks  considered  that  merely  mechanical  labours 
degraded  the  mind,  while  an  activity  directed  only  to  the  acqui- 
sition of  gain  corrupted  the  moral  sentiments,  and  implanted 
self-seeking  and  desire  for  personal  advantage  instead  of  public 
spirit  and   care   for  the   common  good.2     "The  best  State," 

1  Arist.  i.  1.   6.     rbv  irdklrriv  erepov  iv  S^xe^at  /ir/v  ov  p.iv  avayKaiov. 
ivayKcuov   elvai  rbv  icaO'  iKa<XTi}v  wo\i-         i  Xenoph.  (Econ.    c    4.   2,   3,  6.  5. 

Tctav  Si6wep  6  XexOds  iv  fiiv  br)p.oKpariq.  Agriculture,    however,    is    expressly 

/xdXtos   iari   iroXlr-qs  iv  Si  rats  dWats  excepted. 


1 02      CHAR  A  CTERISTICS  OF  THE  GREEK  ST  A  TE. 

says  Aristotle,1  " will  not  take  its  citizens  from  the  fiavavaoi," 
that  is,  from  those  who  are  occupied  with  vulgar  labour.  For 
this  reason  it  appeared  desirable  that  work  of  this  kind  should, 
if  not  exclusively,  at  any  rate  for  the  most  part,  be  performed 
by  non-citizens ;  while  citizens,  on  the  other  hand,  should,  as 
far  as  possible,  be  raised  above  it, — a  condition  which  naturally 
implied  a  certain  degree  of  prosperity  to  enable  them  to  employ 
others  to  work  for  them. 

In  ancient  times,  moreover,  the  position  of  the  lower  work- 
men generally  implied  the  absence  of  personal  freedom,  since 
they  were  either  serfs,  or,  as  was  usually  the  case,  purchased 
slaves ;  and  although  it  is  stated  that  in  certain  districts,  as  in 
Phocis  and  Locris,  where  no  serfs  existed,  even  slaves  were  in 
former  generations  dispensed  with,  yet,  in  the  first  place,  this 
statement  appears  to  have  particular  reference  only  to  slaves 
employed  for  personal  service  and  attendance;  and,  in  the 
second  place,  it  is  probably  only  true  of  early  times.2  At  a 
later  period  there  was  hardly  a  State  in  which  even  the  poorer 
citizens  were  without  a  slave  of  either  sex. 

The  necessity  for  a  class  of  men  especially  adapted  for  the 
lower  kinds  of  labour,  and  by  whose  means  alone  it  is  possible 
for  others  to  be  exempted  from  such  labour,  and  occupied  with 
more  ennobling  pursuits,  it  is  impossible,  in  view  of  the  present 
condition  of  human  life,  to  gainsay ;  and,  as  a  matter  of  fact, 
such  a  class  is  invariably  found  everywhere,  even  in  States 
from  which  slavery  is  absent.  It  will  not  be  affirmed  that  this 
class  must  necessarily  consist  of  slaves,  nor  would  this  arrange- 
ment, if  judged  from  a  moral  point  of  view,  admit  of  justification; 
and  whoever  feels  called  upon  to  depreciate  heathen  antiquity, 
and  to  contrast  it  unfavourably  with  the  modern  period  which 
styles  itself  Christian,  will  no  doubt  find  in  slavery  a  welcome 
argument.  How  great  a  share  of  the  abolition  of  slavery  in 
modern  times  is  really  due  to  Christian  motives,  or  in  what 
measure  it  is  to  be  ascribed  to  the  consideration  of  other  cir- 
cumstances,3   is    a    delicate  question,  which  is  usually  left 

1  Pol.  iii.  3.  2,  3.  diaicoveiadat,   a   term   which    is    con- 

*  Polyb.  xii.  6,  7,  and  Athenae.  vi.  fessedly  used  with  especial  reference 

86,  pp.  264  and  103,  p.  272  b.     Both  to  personal  attendance.     The  expres- 

refer  to  Tiniaeus  ;  and  although  what  sion  of  Herod,  also  (vi.  137)  is  only 

his  statement  really  is  it  is  impossible  with  regard  to  ancient  times  ;  cf.  also 

clearly  to  discover,  not  a  word  is  said  Curtius,  Greek  Hist.  (vol.  v.  p.  62). 
by  any  one  concerning  the  cultivation        s  For  example,   to  the    perception 

of  the  land  of  the  rich  by  free  day-  that  better  and  cheaper  work  can  be 

labourers,  which  Grote  has  discovered  produced  by  free  labourers  than  by 

in  the  passage  (Greek  Hist.  voL  ii.  p.  slaves,   since  the  former,  as  soon  as 

39)  ;  and  the  words  in  Timaeus  are  they  are  no  longer  required,  may  be 

expressly  limited  to  inrb  apyvpuvrjTuv  left  to  their  fate. 


THE  CITIZENS.  103 

untouched,  and  cannot  be  answered  here  any  more  than  the 
other  question  as  to  the  amount  of  actual  advantage  which  the 
working  classes  have  gained  in  ceasing  to  be  slaves.  Apart 
from  this,  the  injustice  which  lies  at  the  root  of  slavery  was  by 
no  means  unperceived  even  by  the  Greeks  themselves.  They 
acknowledged  that  man  is  not  justified  in  enslaving  his  equals  ; 
but,  in  defence  of  the  system,  they  had  recourse  to  the  argu- 
ment that  all  men  were  not  actually  their  equals :  that  there 
were,  on  the  contrary,  men  among  the  barbarians  who  were  as 
naturally  created  for  slavery  as  the  Greeks  themselves  for 
freedom.1  And,  as  a  matter  of  fact,  by  far  the  greater  part  of 
the  slaves  in  Greece  were  of  barbarian  origin,  and  it  may  be  that 
this  justification  is  no  worse  than  the  similar  plea  which  we  are 
accustomed  at  the  present  day  to  hear  produced  in  defence  of  the 
negro  slavery  across  the  Atlantic,  and  of  the  not  very  much  more 
favourable  condition  of  the  lower  classes  in  Ireland  nearer  home. 
Aristotle,2  in  comparing  the  characteristics  of  Greeks  and  bar- 
barians, describes  the  northern  populations  of  Europe  as  courage- 
ous, but  deficient  in  intellectual  activity ;  the  Oriental  tribes  of 
Asia  as  endowed  with  intellectual  qualities  and  inclined  to  art 
and  reflection,  but  as  wanting  in  courage ;  while  the  Greeks,  mid- 
way between  the  two,  possessed  courage  and  energy  no  less  than 
intellectual  susceptibility,  and  for  that  reason  were  naturally 
adapted  for  freedom,  whereas  the  Asiatics  submitted  to  slavery 
without  resistance,  but  were  capable  of  a  well-regulated  State 
life  and  of  dominion  over  others, — functions  for  which  the 
northern  races  were  worthless.  To  what  extent  this  is  true, 
and  how  far  it  might  serve  to  justify  slavery,  we  will  not  here 
inquire ;  but  at  least  Aristotle's  estimate  of  the  comparative 
qualities  of  barbarians  and  Greeks  can  hardly  be  disputed,  nor 
can  we  well  refuse  to  allow  that  a  State  life  regulated  according 
to  his  idea  was  only  possible  among  the  Greeks.  That  its  actual 
realisation  was  never  attempted  even  among  them ;  that  no 
State  completely  corresponded  with  his  ideal ;  that  many,  on' 
the  contrary,  were  far  indeed  removed  from  it ;  and  that  even 
those  which  approached  it  nearest  were  soon  corrupted, — he  is 
himself  the  first  to  recognise.  It  remained  true,  nevertheless, 
that  a  free  class  of  citizens,  exempt  from  oppressive  anxiety 
and  fatiguing  labour  for  the  necessary  needs  of  life,  was  the 
indispensable  condition,  not  only  of  the  ideal  State,  but  of  every 
individual  State  whatever. 

1  Arist.  Pol.  i.  2.  18  ;  Plat.  Republ.  oiiUva  dovXov  ij  <£(/<m  irewoiijKev  (in  0.  G. 

v.  p.  469  c.    Alcidamas,  on  the  other  ed.  Bait  and  Saupp.  ii.  p.  154). 
hand,    says,    Schol.   to  Arist.    Rhet. 

i.    13,    i\ev6£pws    d^/ce  iravTat   Beds'  "Pol.  vii.  6.  1. 


104       CHARACTERISTICS  OF  THE  GREEK  STATE. 
CHAPTER   V. 

THE  PUBLIC  DISCIPLINE. 

It  will  be  our  duty  on  a  later  occasion  to  consider  in  detail,  as 
as  far  as  statements  on  the  subject  exist,  the  institutions  which 
were  devised  to  secure  the  material  conditions  indispensable  to 
a  suitable  class  of  citizens.  At  present  we  shall  only  make  the 
general  observation  that  a  remarkable  recognition  was  shown 
of  the  necessity  of  guarding  against  the  subdivision  of  property, 
of  maintaining  each  family  in  possession  of  its  ancestral  estates, 
of  obviating  the  imprisonment  of  the  citizens,  and  of  avoiding 
the  danger  of  over-population.  Aristotle  alludes1  to  a  measure 
proposed  in  a  theoretical  treatise  by  Phaleas  of  Chalcedon,  that 
on  occasion  of  marriages  the  rich  should  provide  without 
receiving  dowries,  while  the  poor  should  receive  without  pro- 
viding any.  He  also  refers  to  Plato's  regulation  concerning  a 
minimum  and  maximum  of  property,  the  latter  of  which  was 
not  to  be  more  than  four  times  as  large  as  the  former,  while  he 
himself  remarks  that  the  maintenance  of  property  would  be 
promoted,  if  the  number  of  children  were  to  be  fixed,  in  order 
that  the  shares  might  not  become  too  small  in  consequence  of  a 
large  number  having  to  divide  them.  He  even  sees  no  objec- 
tion2 to  abortion,  if  it  is  effected  previous  to  the  beginnings  of 
life  and  sensation ;  and  in  at  any  rate  the  greater  number  of 
States,  no  legal  provision  was  made  against  the  exposure  of 
children.  Even  pasderastia,  we  are  told,3  was  tolerated  by  many 
legislators  as  a  means  against  over-population,  and  the  fact  that 
illicit  satisfaction  of  the  sensual  impulse  was  everywhere  con- 
ceded to  the  male  sex  is  certainly  to  be  explained,  not  merely 
by  the  inferior  respect  paid  to  women,  and  the  consequent 
disregard  of  the  rights  of  the  wife,  but  also  by  the  fact  that  a 
large  number  of  legitimate  children  was  not  always  considered 
desirable. 

Nor  were  the  ethical  conditions  which  are  required  side  by 
side  with  the  material  for  the  security  and  maintenance  of  a 
suitable  class  of  citizens  by  any  means  left  out  of  account  in 
Greek  States.  On  the  contrary,  there  were  in  each  State  many 
institutions  and  ordinances  which  had  reference  to  this  end, 
and  which  we  may  include  under  the  general  category  of 
public  discipline. 

1  Pol.  ii.  4.  1.  Att.    Proc.    p.    310,   and   Hermann, 

a  Ibid.  vii.  14.  10.     But  that  all  did  Privatalterth.  §11.5. 

not  so  think  is  shown  from  Stobseus, 

Flor.  tit.  74.  61,  and  75.  15.     Of.  also  s  Pol.  ii.  7.  5. 


THE  PUBLIC  DISCIPLINE.  105 

As  regards  the  instruction  of  the  young,  it  is  true  that 
public  education,  as  modern  States  conceive  it,  can  hardly  be 
said  to  have  existed  in  Greece.  In  no  State  is  it  possible  to 
prove  with  certainty1  the  existence  of  schools  intended  for 
instruction,  either  in  elementary  knowledge  or  in  higher  scien- 
tific culture,  and  directed  by  teachers  examined  or  approved  by 
the  State  authority.  On  the  contrary,  there  was  complete 
freedom  in  this  respect;  the  profession  of  teaching  might  be 
undertaken  by  any  one  who  considered  himself  adapted  for  it, 
and  in  whom  his  fellow-citizens  placed  sufficient  confidence  to 
intrust  their  children  to  his  care.  It  was  assumed  as  a  self- 
evident  proposition  that  parents  would  not  permit  their  children 
to  grow  up  without  instruction  in  the  necessary  branches  of 
knowledge,  and  it  accordingly  appeared  superfluous  to  bind  them 
down  to  the  duty  by  express  ordinances.  Not  that  such  pro- 
visions, however,  were  entirely  absent,  though  we  have  accurate 
information  in  regard  to  particular  instances  of  them  only  in 
the  case  of  Athens,  and  these  will  be  mentioned  more  fully  in 
the  description  of  that  State. 

The  training  of  the  body  was  in  every  city  a  greater  object  of 
public  care,  and  although  we  find  no  mention  of  instructors  in 
gymnastics  appointed  by  the  State  authority,  yet  no  city  was 
without  well-regulated  gymnasia,  sometimes  stately  and  beauti- 
ful buildings,  in  which  the  younger  were  directed  by  their 
elders,  beginners  by  those  more  expert.  This  training  was 
naturally  not  left  to  accident  or  arbitrary  discretion,  but  was 
reduced  to  a  definite  arrangement,  the  institution  and  observ- 
ance of  which  was  assigned  to  superintendents  appointed  for 
this  purpose  by  the  State,  and  called  by  the  names  of  Psedonomi, 
Gymnasiarehae,  Sophonistae,  or  Kosmetae.  Further,  participation 
in  these  exercises  was  prescribed  by  law,  at  least  in  so  far  as  this, 
that  before  entering  on  the  age  for  military  duties,  it  was 
necessary  to  pass  through  a  gymnastic  course  as  a  preparation 
for  the  military  obligations  to  which  each  citizen  was  bound.2 

It  may  be  that  the  participation  of  the  State  in  the  manage- 
ment of  education  will  appear  at  best  to  have  been  exceedingly 
small  in  comparison  with  the  functions  assumed  by  modern 
States,  and  especially  in  Germany,  the  classic  land  of  schools ; 
we  should  however  not  be  justified  in  finding  in  this  a  proof  that 
education  was  an  object  of  indifference  to  the  Greeks.  On  the 
contrary,  it  rather  serves  as  evidence  that  they  regarded  it  as 
an  object  so  highly  prized  by  individuals  for  its  own  sake  that 

1  For  the  statement  of  Diodor.  (xii.     ordained,  is  apocryphal. 
12)  concerning  the  laws  of  Charondas 
and  the  public  education  which  they        3  Cf.  e.g.  Pausan.  vii.  27.  3. 


io6       CHARACTERISTICS  OF  THE  GREEK  STATE. 

no  compulsion  or  special  provision  was  necessary  to  induce 
parents  and  children  to  make  use  of  the  opportunities  of  culture 
at  their  disposal.  In  this  connection  also  we  must  remember 
that  the  numerous  class  of  inhabitants,  for  whose  instruction  our 
States  necessarily  feel  bound  to  provide  most  carefully  by  schools 
and  education  laws,  were  not  properly  members  of  the  Greek 
State  at  all ;  but,  on  the  contrary,  consisted  of  slaves,  for  whom 
a  training  similar  to  that  of  the  citizens,  or  like  that  which  our 
national  schools  impart,  appeared  to  be  counter  to  the  interests 
of  the  State.  Gymnastic  training  indeed  was  expressly  forbidden 
to  slaves  by  law,1  and  although  an  elementary  knowledge  of 
reading,  writing,  and  similar  acquirements,  in  periods  when  such 
skill  was  indispensable  for  the  daily  business  of  life,  was  often 
imparted  to  slaves  whom  their  masters  desired  to  make  more 
serviceable  to  themselves,  and  although  many  even  attained  to 
a  still  higher  culture  in  music,  science,  or  art,  yet  the  majority 
were  limited  to  those  branches  of  knowledge  and  skill  which 
aided  the  performance  of  agricultural  or  mechanical  labour,  by 
which  alone  they  were  useful  to  their  owners.  Their  instruc- 
tion was  simply  a  matter  for  private  economy,  and  was  merely 
managed  in  the  interest  and  at  the  pleasure  of  their  masters, 
who  for  a  similar  reason  were  also  bound  to  provide  for  their 
discipline  and  good  order,  and  for  this  purpose  were  armed  by 
the  law  with  a  sufficiently  extensive  right  of  compulsion  and 
punishment  What  the  generally  prevailing  views  were  as  to 
the  appropriate  treatment  of  slaves  we  may  learn  from  the 
(Economics  of  Aristotle  or  Theophrastus,  where  the  following 
rules  are  enjoined : — The  possession  of  too  many  slaves  of  the 
same  race  is  to  be  avoided  on  account  of  the  greater  facilities 
for  conspiracy  so  obtained ;  they  were  neither  to  be  embittered 
by  disdainful  or  degrading  treatment,  nor,  on  the  other  hand, 
was  dissolute  or  licentious  conduct  to  be  encouraged  by  too 
much  indulgence ;  they  were  neither  to  be  overburdened  with 
excessive  labour,  nor  permitted  to  spend  their  time  in  idleness ; 
and,  finally,  the  labouring  class  of  slaves  was  to  be  conciliated 
with  plentiful  nourishment,  the  superior  sort  by  a  more  respect- 
ful treatment.  Mention  is  also  made  of  the  numerous  feast- 
days,  which,  while  they  served  as  a  recreation  and  amusement 
for  the  slaves,  might  also,  as  common  holidays,  have  contributed 
to  the  formation  of  a  certain  bond  of  sympathy  between  them 
and  their  masters.  Finally,  as  another  means  for  securing 
their  good  behaviour,  it  remains  to  notice  the  prospect  of 

1  Cf.  ^Eschin.  in  Timarch.  §  138  ;  Plin.  H.  N.  xxxv.  10,  says  of  the  art 
Plutarch.  Sol.  c.  1,  and  0.  F.  Hermann  of  drawing,  "  interdictum  ne  servi 
on    Becker's    Charities,,    ii.    p.    187.    docerentur." 


THE  PUBLIC  DISCIPLINE.  107 

emancipation,  which,  as  we  know,  occurred  with  sufficient 
frequency,  although  not  all  who  were  formally  emancipated 
were  without  further  condition  received  into  the  ranks  of  the 
citizens,  as  was  the  case  at  Eome,  since  by  the  admission  of 
such  elements  a  large  proletariate  would  have  arisen,  a  danger 
against  which  it  was  necessarily  the  chief  care  of  intelligent 
statesmen  to  provide. 

But  apart  from  this  labouring  class,  which  indeed  cannot  be 
properly  considered  so  much  as  a  constituent  portion  of  the 
community  as  its  necessary  substratum,  the  actual  members  of 
the  State — the  citizens — were  in  no  want  of  opportunities 
and  means  either  for  a  suitable  gymnastic  training,  or  for  the 
acquisition  of  the  necessary  branches  of  knowledge ;  nor  were 
facilities  wanting  even  for  the  higher  culture  of  the  mind, 
although  special  State- appliances  for  the  purpose  were  un- 
necessary. The  discussion  of  the  nature  and  method  of  the 
earliest  education  of  the  young  we  shall  defer  until  we  have 
arrived  at  the  Athenian  State,  to  which  our  information  has 
especial  reference,  although  we  may  assume  in  essential  points 
that  its  features  were  repeated  elsewhere.  On  this  subject  we 
shall  here  only  make  the  preliminary  remark,  that  throughout 
Greece  music  was  considered  a  peculiarly  important  means  of 
culture,  and  to  it  a  degree  of  moral  influence  was  ascribed 
which  might  astonish  modern  musicians  and  amateurs.  It  was 
in  accordance  with  this  influence  that  certain  kinds  were 
marked  out  as  most  appropriate  for  the  education  of  the 
young.1 

A  more  extensive  training  was  secured  in  the  period  when  a 
scientific  impulse  had  just  commenced,  by  the  lectures  of  the 
Ehetoricians  and  Sophists,  although  these,  it  is  true,  on  account 
of  the  high  rate  of  pay  which  they  usually  demanded,  could  only 
be  enjoyed  by  the  richer  classes.  Those,  however,  who  had  the 
means  frequently  used  their  opportunity  with  great  zeal,  and 
throughout  a  longer  period  than  the  three  years  in  which  most 
young  men  of  the  present  day  accomplish  their  so-called 
bread-winning  studies,  only  to  be  afterwards  absorbed  in 
the  routine  of  an  often  spiritless  and  mechanical  official  life, 
in  the  midst  of  which  they  turn  their  backs  on  science  for  ever. 
That  portion  of  the  Greek  youth,  on  the  contrary,  who  aimed 
at  public  activity,  learned  with  eagerness  and  perseverance, 
being  conscious  that  in  order  to  enter  active  life,  and  to 
share  in  the  direction  of  public  affairs,  careful  preparation  and 
maturity  of  mind  were  required.     It  was  considered  unbecom- 

1  Cf.  A.  Beger,  die  Wilrde  der  Mustic  im  griechischen  Altherthum  ; 
Dresden,  1839. 


io8     CHARACTERISTICS  OF  THE  GREEK  STATE. 

ing  to  meddle  in  the  affairs  of  the  State  in  immature  years,  and 
it  was  only  on  rare  occasions  that  well-trained  young  men  were 
to  be  seen  in  the  market-place  or  courts  of  justice.  When, 
however,  the  young  citizen  did  enter  upon  public  life,  there 
lay  open  before  him  a  field  for  activity,  in  which  he  had  to 
show  himself  a  worthy  member  of  a  self-governing  society,  and 
in  which  he  gained  the  right  or  duty  of  taking  active  and 
personal  part  in  the  deliberation  of  public  affairs,  in  the 
management  of  State-business,  and  in  the  administration  of 
justice.  A  citizen  who  thus  devoted  his  strength  to  the  public 
good,  and  by  obedience  to  the  laws  and  magistrates  fitted  him- 
self to  become  a  magistrate  on  some  future  day,1  deserved  the 
recognition  and  praise  of  his  fellow-citizens.  It  was  not,  how- 
ever, the  case  that  all  devoted  themselves  in  this  way  to  public 
life;  there  were  many  who,  either  from  inclination  or  on 
account  of  their  peculiar  position,  confined  themselves  rather  to 
the  management  of  their  own  affairs,  and  took  less  interest  in 
the  affairs  of  the  State,  although  a  complete  withdrawal  into 
private  life  was  scarcely  possible.  The  relations  amid  which 
they  stood,  the  whole  life  which  moved  around  them,  I  had 
almost  said  the  very  air  they  breathed,  of  necessity  filled  them 
with  the  continual  remembrance  that,  as  individuals,  and 
isolated,  they  had  neither  reality  nor  importance,  and  were 
only  of  consideration  as  members  of  the  whole  to  which  they 
belonged,  and  which,  consequently,  might  make  any  claim 
upon  them  demanded  by  the  general  good.  More  than  this : 
in  well-ordered  States  of  aristocratic  character,  the  life  of  the 
individual,  even  if  he  kept  aloof  from  personal  participation  in 
public  affairs,  was  nevertheless  observed  and  overlooked  in  the 
interest  of  the  State,  by  magistrates  appointed  for  the  purpose, 
so  that  by  this  means  a  public  discipline  was  preserved  which 
extended  far  beyond  the  sphere  of  education.  Breaches  of 
morality  which  caused  public  scandal,  and  might  serve  as  a  bad 
example  to  others,  as  well  as  every  sort  of  wrong-doing,  even 
where  no  individual  was  injured,  but  only  the  evil  disposition  of 
the  doer  revealed,  were  visited  with  censure  and  punishment. 
Now  the  maintenance  of  a  censorship  of  morals,  such  as  this, 
when  exercised  with  discretion  and  energy,  must  necessarily 
have  the  result  of  at  least  securing  exterior  morality,  although 
in  itself  it  is  incapable,  as  all  political  measures  must  be,  of 
creating  a  truly  moral  tone  of  thought  where  this  is  wanting. 

1  Nam  et  qui  bene  imperat,  paru-  2.  5),  following  Arist.  Pol.  vii.  13.  4, 

erit  aliquando    necesse   est,    et    qui  and  Solon,  in  Stobseus,  Floril.  tit.  46. 

modeste  paret,  videtur  qui  aliquando  22,  p.  308. 
imperet  dignua  esse   (Cic.  Legg.  iii. 


THE  PUBLIC  DISCIPLINE.  109 

The  ancients,  however,  often  express  the  conviction  that  the 
State  itself,  and  the  social  life  it  promotes,  do  in  fact  train 
man  for  morality.  The  State,  says  Plato,  educates  man  well 
when  it  is  rightly  constituted,  badly  when  it  is  corrupt  itself, 
and  the  Pythagorean  Xenophilus,  when  he  was  asked  by  a 
father  how  he  could  best  educate  his  son,  replied,  "  By  taking 
him  to  a  well-regulated  State." x  Following  this  view,  we  may 
say  that  the  ancients  assigned  certain  functions  to  the  State, 
which  many  of  our  modern  theorists  entirely  deny  to  it,  and 
attribute  solely  to  the  Church,  which,  as  the  higher  and  divine 
institution,  they  oppose  or  rather  make  superior  to  the  former, 
as  subordinate  and  worldly.  Such  an  opposition  could  never 
have  occurred  to  the  ancient  mind,  even  had  there  been  in 
their  States  anything  analogous  to  the  modern  Church;  it 
would  have  appeared  to  them  an  insult  to  the  dignity  of  the 
State.  If  there  was  anything  among  them  which  can  be 
described  as  in  any  sense  ecclesiastical,  it  was  their  worship 
and  religious  institutions;  but  these  were  included  in  the 
essential  idea  of  the  State ;  they  only  constituted  one  portion 
of  it,  one  member  of  the  organism ;  and  it  was  in  this 
organism,  as  a  whole,  and  not  in  any  one  peculiar  member, 
that  the  religious  feeling  of  the  Greek  discerned  a  divine 
institution,  capable  of  training  men  to  a  true  humanity.  The 
question  as  to  how  far  the  ceremonial  worship,  and  the  other 
institutions  included  under  the  idea  of  religion,  may  have 
actually  exercised  a  beneficial  influence  on  morality,  can  only 
be  touched  upon  here,  while  its  more  careful  consideration 
must  be  reserved  for  a  future  occasion.  For  the  present  we 
will  only  assert  that  it  is  evident  and  unmistakable  that  the 
religion  of  the  Greeks  being,  both  in  its  origin  and  true  mean- 
ing, a  religion  of  nature,  contained  very  many  elements  which 
were  not  only  immoral  in  a  negative  sense,  as  not  resting  upon 
a  moral  basis,  but  which  might,  and  in  fact  necessarily  did, 
excite  and  promote  positive  immorality.  It  must  not,  how- 
ever, on  the  other  hand,  be  overlooked  that  there  prevailed 
among  all  the  Greeks  a  lively  belief  that  man  in  all  his 
relations  is  dependent  on  some  higher  Beings,  whose  govern- 
ment, though  it  cannot  always  be  described  as  exhibiting  a 
uniform  moral  elevation,  or  as  corresponding  to  the  idea  of 
divine  holiness,  yet,  on  the  whole,  was  equitable  and  moral, 
and  regulated  by  wisdom,  justice,  and  benevolence.  The  gods 
were  anthropomorphic,  and  for  that  very  reason  not  all  com- 
pletely divine,  but  only  in  different  degrees.  But  true  as  it 
may  be  that  their  actions  were  not  always  guided  by  truly 

:  Diog.  L.  viii.  16. 


no      CHARACTERISTICS  OF  THE  GREEK  STATE. 

divine  or  moral  motives,  yet  these  were  only  exceptions  to  the 
rule,  temporary  interruptions  of  the  true  relation,  and  even  those 
whose  representations  of  the  gods  were  least  elevated,  were 
themselves  no  less  thoroughly  convinced  than  others  that  their 
relation  to  the  world  and  to  humanity  rested  essentially  on 
a  foundation  of  wisdom,  justice,  and  benevolence,  and  that 
no  one  could  participate  in  their  protection  continually,  and  in 
all  circumstances,  who  did  not  live  before  them  with  reverent 
mind,  acting  in  accordance  with  the  commands  of  justice  and 
morality,  which  they  had  revealed  to  the  conscience  and 
written  in  the  heart  of  mankind.  There  were,  however,  no 
public  religious  doctrines  in  the  State  calculated  to  support 
and  foster  such  beliefs;  and  in  their  place  there  were  only 
ceremonial  usages  which,  for  the  most  part,  did  not  rest  upon 
moral  ideas,  and  were  therefore  not  well  adapted  to  evoke 
them.  More  particular  doctrines  concerning  the  gods  and 
divine  things  might,  like  all  other  instruction,  be  sought  by 
each  individual  from  any  sources  which  he  believed  could 
furnish  them,  and  especially  from  the  poets  and  those  whom 
they  recommended  to  their  hearers,  or  from  the  other  teachers 
of  wisdom.  Now  although  it  is  certainly  undeniable  that 
many  of  these,  as  well  in  their  tone  of  thought  as  in  their 
teaching,  exhibited  a  truly  religious  frame  of  mind,  purified 
belief  from  dangerous  and  misleading  misrepresentation,  and 
strove  to  bring  it  back  to  the  true  principle  of  moral  rever- 
ence and  piety,  it  is  yet  sufficiently  evident  that  in  contrast 
with  them  there  were  others  who  worked  in  the  opposite 
direction ;  and  in  the  end,  not  all  the  exertions  of  the  better 
and  more  enlightened  minds  were  able  to  prevent  the  final 
and  utter  moral  decay  of  the  heathen  world. 


CHAPTER  VI. 

THE  IDEA  OF  THE  STATE  AND  THE  CONFLICTS  OF  PARTIES. 

If  religion  was  little  capable  of  effectually  promoting  and 
maintaining  truly  moral  conduct  among  the  citizens,  we  must 
also  allow  that  the  properly  political  institutions  showed  them- 
selves just  as  little  adapted  to  correspond  to  the  idea  of  those 
statesmen,  in  whose  view  the  State  was  intended  to  provide 
man  with  the  necessary  conditions  of  virtuous  conduct,  or,  in 
other  words,  to  secure  a  truly  human  culture.  Plato,  indeed, 
asserted  in  despair  that  no  lover  of  wisdom   at  least   could 


THE  IDEA  OF  THE  STATE.  in 

resolve  to  meddle  with  public  life,  though  convinced  himself 
that  man  is  created  for  the  State,  and  that  it  is  only  in  the 
rightly  regulated  State  that  he  can  fulfil  his  proper  destiny. 
But  no  existing  State  appeared  to  him  to  correspond  in  the 
remotest  degree  with  this  aim,  and  so  the  lover  of  wisdom  must 
rather  prefer  to  withdraw  from  them  altogether  than  to  expose 
himself  to  their  turmoil,  with  no  hope  of  any  desirable  result. 
Whether  he  was  right  in  this,  or  whether  we  should  rather 
censure  him,  with  Niebuhr,  as  an  unpatriotic  citizen,  may  here 
be  left  undecided.1  It  is  at  any  rate  as  true  on  the  one  side 
that  the  development  of  the  ideal  State  which  he  himself  con- 
structed was  completely  impossible  under  the  conditions  and 
relations  in  which  men  stand  at  present,  and  from  which  they 
cannot  separate  themselves,  as  it  is  on  the  other  that  his  judg- 
ment concerning  the  actually  existing  constitutions  of  Greece 
must  be  regarded  as  well  founded.  But  even  apart  from  the 
fact  that  membership  in  the  State  or  the  possession  of  civil 
rights  was  everywhere  confined  to  a  small  proportion  of  the 
population, — a  limitation  which,  though  necessarily  involved  in 
the  Greek  idea  of  the  State,  must  in  the  eyes  of  our  modern 
admirers  of  democratic  constitutions  cause  the  most  democratic 
State  in  Greece  to  seem  an  unendurable  oligarchy — apart,  I  say, 
from  this,  we  are  able  to  discover  very  little  development,  even 
within  the  closely-confined  State-corporation,  of  that  which  was 
intended  to  constitute  the  peculiar  essence  and  end  of  the  State. 
On  the  contrary,  we  almost  always  perceive  the  prevalence  of 
those  tendencies  which  are  directed,  not  so  much  towards  the 
true  advantage  of  all,  as  towards  the  peculiar  interests  of  those 
in  whose  hands  the  chief  power  for  the  moment  resides.  Justice 
as  well  as  public  interest  demands  that  all  the  members  of  the 
State  should  receive  a  measure  of  freedom  and  a  share  of  rights 
corresponding  to  their  capabilities  and  worthiness ;  and  since 
this  measure  varies  at  different  times,  according  to  different 
degrees  of  culture  among  the  people,  the  demand  must  of 
necessity  ensue  that  the  constitution  shall  receive  changes  of 
form  to  correspond  with  the  progress  of  the  age.  But  this 
demand  is  opposed  to  the  interests  of  those  who,  in  the  existing 
order  of  things,  possess  advantages  over  their  fellow-citizens, 
and  who  form  an  exclusive  party  which  considers  as  the  highest 
aim  not  the  improvement  of  the  State  but  the  maintenance  of 
the  status  quo.  Men  are  seldom  inclined  to  make  concessions 
to  the  claims  of  justice,  and  while  the  one  party  obstinately 
refuses  what  the  other  as  urgently  demands,  there  arise  internal 
dissensions,  amid  which  passions  once  aroused  on  both  sides 

1  Cf.  Delbriick,  Vertheidigung  Plato's  ;  Bonn,  1828. 


ii2      CHARACTERISTICS  OF  THE  GREEK  STATE. 

are  only  too  ready  to  pass  the  bounds  of  moderation.  Dis- 
sensions of  this  nature  are  presented  by  historical  Greece  in  an 
almost  uninterrupted  series,  and  as  a  consequence  a  continued 
change  of  constitutions,  which  frequently  indeed  pass  from 
one  extreme  into  its  exact  opposite.  It  is  true  that  these 
struggles  sometimes  produced  well-regulated  constitutions, 
which  as  far  as  possible  took  into  consideration  the  rights  of 
all ;  but  if  these  were  just  for  the  age  and  generation  for  which 
they  were  constituted,  it  followed  that  another  age  and  genera- 
tion must  succeed  for  which  they  would  not  be  just;  and 
therefore  even  the  comparatively  ideal  State  could  not  always 
remain  in  its  original  condition,  and  the  desire  to  maintain  it 
for  all  times  was  nothing  less  than  resistance  to  natural  devel- 
opment. We  may  therefore  say,  that  while  the  Greeks,  more 
or  less  consciously,  did  strive  after  the  ideal  of  a  good  constitu- 
tion, and  sometimes  even  made  some  approach  to  it,  yet  this 
was  only  for  short  periods,  and  by  far  the  greater  part  of  their 
history  is  filled  with  struggles,  the  chief  object  of  which  was 
rather  to  satisfy  party  interest  than  to  attain  the  true  end  of 
the  State. 


PART   II. 

Clje  €on$titutiQW  of  9]ttDifcitwal  States  a$ 
Described  in  ^tetor?* 


To  the  general  description  of  the  Greek  State  I  shall  now 
append  a  collection  of  historical  statements  with  regard  to  the 
constitutions  of  individual  States,  all  of  which,  however,  as  I 
have  already  remarked,  with  the  exception  of  two  or  three,  are 
but  very  imperfectly  known  to  us.  It  is  true  that  the  historical 
period  of  Greece  begins  after  the  migration  of  the  Heraclidse, 
or  the  occupation  of  the  Peloponnese  by  the  Dorians,  but  his- 
torical records  only  commence  to  be  continuous,  or  in  any 
sense  complete,  after  the  Persian  wars,  and  even  then  they 
uniformly  have  reference  only  to  the  principal  States,  while 
only  brief  and  incidental  mention  is  made  of  the  rest.  Every- 
thing anterior  to  the  period  of  the  Persian  wars,  even  in  respect 
to  those  principal  States,  is  to  a  great  extent  veiled  in  obscurity ; 
and  furthermore,  the  earlier  the  period  the  more  mythical  is 
the  character  which  it  bears.  Nevertheless,  we  are  able  to 
gather  enough  out  of  all  these  isolated  and  occasional  state- 
ments to  be  assured  that  on  the  whole  the  course  of  develop- 
ment in  all  Greek  States  was  the  same,  that  oligarchy  succeeded 
monarchy,  and  was  followed  in  its  turn,  after  a  transition  period 
of  usurped  or  delegated  tyranny,  by  a  democratic  constitution, 
ending  at  last  in  ochlocracy  and  complete  anarchy.  In  the 
following  r£sum6  there  is  no  pretence  of  completeness,  since 
much  of  that  which  might  have  been  adduced  is  for  our  present 
knowledge  entirely  worthless  and  unimportant ;  and  I  cannot 
but  fear  that  even  amid  what  is  adduced  there  may  be  much 
which,  in  the  judgment  of  my  readers,  might  without  detriment 
have  been  excluded. 


ii4     CONSTITUTIONS  OF  INDIVIDUAL  STATES. 
CHAPTER  L 

THE  MONARCHY. 

That  at  the  time  of  the  Dorian  migration,  and  in  the  succeed- 
ing century,  monarchy  was  the  universal  form  of  government  in 
Greece  may  be  assumed  as  an  historical  fact,  even  if  we  suppose 
that  what  is  recorded  of  individual  kings  is  as  untrustworthy 
as  it  is  incomplete.     This  is  especially  true  of  those  who,  in 
consequence   of  this  migration,  founded  new  States  in   the 
Peloponnese.     In  this  quarter,  in  former  times,  the  mythical 
gens  of  the  Pelopidse  had  extended  its  dominion  over  a  large 
portion  of  the  peninsula.     Not  merely  the  later  Argolis,  or  at 
least  the  western  strip  of  this  region,1  but  also  the  whole  north 
coast,  including  what  was  afterwards  the  district  of  Corinth, 
Sicyon,  Achaea  as  far  as  Elis,  and  for  a  long  time  the  latter  country 
also,  was  subject  to  kings  of  this  gens,  and  in  the  south  not 
merely  Laconia  but  also  the  greater  part  of  Messenia,  while  only 
Arcadia,  Western  Messenia,  and  Elis  were  governed  by  princes 
of  other'  houses.     The  Dorian  migration  put  an  end  to  the 
dominion  of  the  Pelopidse,  and  established  that  of  the  Heraclidse 
in  its  place.     Of  the  three  brothers  of  this  family,  Temenos,  the 
eldest,  acquired  the  dominion  over  Argos,  and  his  descendants 
continued  to  be  its  kings,  although  with  a  very  restricted  power. 
The  last  member  of  this  dynasty  was  Meltas,  whose  date,  how- 
ever, cannot  be  fixed  with  certainty;2  and  after  him  another 
family  was  raised  to  power,3  and  we  find  mention  of  kings,  or  at 
least  of  functionaries  who  bore  the  title,  in  Argos  up  to  the  time 
of  the  second  Persian  war.4    Members  of  the  Temenidse,  starting 
from  Argos,  acquired  dominion  over  Epidaurus,  Troezen,  Cleonse, 
Phlius,  and  Sicyon,5  though  how  long  the  monarchy  may  have 
existed  in  these  districts  there  is  no  statement  to  show.     With 
regard  to  Corinth,  we  hear  that  a  leader  from  the  Heraclid  gens, 
by  name  Aletes,  gained  the   supreme  power,  and  that  his 
descendants  remained  in  possession  of  the  kingdom  until  the 
middle  of  the  eighth  century,  after  which  time  an  oligarchy  was 
introduced,  and  the   chief  authority  was   transferred  to  the 
collective  families  of  the  Heraclid  gens,  who,  however,  named 
themselves  Bacchiadse  after  Bacchis,  one  of  the  earlier  kings, 

1  For  the  remainder,  as  well  as  *  Herodotus  (vii.  149).  At  the  time 
Argos  itself,  was  probably  ruled  by  of  the  Peloponnesian  war,  however, 
Diomedes. — 12.  ii.  559  seq.  the  office  seems  to  have  disappeared. 

a  Pausan  ii   19   1   2  Thuc-  v"  27'  29'  37" 

rausan.  n.  iy.  i,  z.  ,  Paugan  fi  28.  3,  19. 1,  30.  9,  16.  5, 

8  Plut.  de  Alex.  M.  virt.  ii.  8.  12.  6,  13.  1,  6.  4. 


THE  MONARCHY.  115 

the  fifth  in  order  after  Aletes.1  Of  Laconia  and  the  double 
monarchy  established  there  special  mention  will  be  made. 
Messenia,  a  part  of  which,  as  was  mentioned,  had  hitherto 
belonged  to  Laconia,  while  the  rest,  together  with  the  neigh- 
bouring Triphylia,  formed  the  kingdom  of  the  Nelidae,  now  fell 
to  the  Heraclid  Cresphontes,  the  brother  of  Temenos,  and  was 
ruled  by  kings  up  to  the  period  in  which  it  was  subdued  by  the 
Spartans.2  Elis  was  occupied  by  an  iEtolian  band,  which  had 
attached  itself  to  the  Dorians,  and  whose  kindred  had  formerly 
settled  in  Elis.  Their  leader,  Oxylus,  became  king,  and  after 
him  his  son  Laias.  Of  later  kings  we  have  no  record,  for  Iphitus, 
who  must  have  been  at  the  head  of  the  State  in  the  time  of 
Lycurgus,  or  in  the  first  half  of  the  ninth  century,  and  who  was 
called  the  descendant  of  Oxylus,  appears  nevertheless  not  to 
have  been  king.3  On  the  other  hand,  in  Pisatis,  a  district 
generally  dependent  on  Elis,  but  which  sometimes  detached 
itself  from  it,  we  find  a  king  named  Pantaleon  in  the  middle  of 
the  seventh  century.4  Achsea  was  never  conquered  by  the 
Dorians ;  it  was  here  that  the  conquered  Achaeans  of  Laconia 
and  Argolis  had  for  the  most  part  retired,  in  consequence  of 
which  this  strip  of  coast,  formerly  called  iEgialos,  was  subse- 
quently named  after  them.  Kings  of  the  Pelopid  gens  bore  rule 
here,  the  last  of  whom,  Ogyges,  is  mentioned  by  name,  although 
nothing  is  stated  about  the  date  at  which  he  lived.5  Lastly,  in 
Arcadia,  which  had  neither  been  in  early  times  subjected  to  the 
rule  of  the  Pelopidse  nor  conquered  by  the  Dorians,  we  find  kings 
ruling  at  Tegea,  Lycorea,  Orchomenus,  Cleitor,  Stymphalus, 
Gortyn,  and  in  some  other  places.  They  were  called  descendants 
of  Lycaon,  a  son  of  the  earth-born  Pelasgus,  or  of  Arcus,  a  son  of 
Zeus  and  Callisto,  and  later  genealogists  have  been  at  the  pains  of 
preparing  an  exhaustive  table  of  descent,  which  is  brought  down 
to  Aristocrates,  and  to  the  time  of  the  second  Messenian  war.6 
Aristocrates,  however,  according  to  completely  trustworthy  state- 
ments, was  king,  not  of  all  Arcadia,  but  of  Orchomenus;7  and  it  is 
indeed  scarcely  credible  that  at  any  early  period  the  whole  of  a 
country  marked  by  so  many  natural  divisions  could  have  been 
united  under  a  single  rule,  although  in  the  table  of  descent  most 

of  the  kings  appear  as  lords  of  all  Arcadia,  and  even  the  Cata- 

* 

1  Pausan.  ii.  4.  3  ;  cf.  Diodor.  Fr.  pavvovvri,  on  which,  however,  no  one 
lib.  vii.  p.  7,  Tauchn.,  and  Strab.  who  knows  the  manner  of  Pausanias 
viii.  p.  378.  will  lay  much  stress. 

2  Pausan.  iv.  3.  3  seq.  6  Pausan.  vi.  6.  2  ;  Polyb.  ii.  41.  5 ; 
8  Id.   v.   4.   2-4.      He  is  however    Strab.  viii.  p.  384. 

called  king  in  Phletjon,  p.  207,  West.         6  Pausan.  viii.   1.  2,  3.  3,  4,  1  seq., 

4  Id.  vi.  22.  2.     Although  in  c.  21.     and  Clinton,  Fast.  Hell.  i.  p.  1)0. 
1,  the  words  occur,  UapraX^ovri — tv-         7  Strab.  viii.  p.  362. 


n6      CONSTITUTIONS  OF  INDIVIDUAL  STATES. 

logue  of  Ships  makes  mention  of  only  a  single  king.  This  much 
is  certain,  that  nothing  further  is  said  of  kings  in  Arcadia  subse- 
quently to  the  Orchomenian  Aristocrates,1  who,  together  with  his 
son  Aristodemus  and  the  whole  royal  house,  was  murdered  by 
the  people  on  account  of  the  treachery  which  he  had  practised 
on  the  allied  Messenians  in  their  war  against  the  Spartans.2 

In  central  Greece,  omitting  Attica  for  the  present,  we  find 
monarchy  first  of  all  in  Boeotia,  and  especially  in  Thebes,  where 
after  the  emigration  of  the  earlier  dynasty  of  the  Labdacidae 
it  fell  to  the  descendant  of  the  Homeric  Peneleos ;  but  not  long 
afterwards,  when  king  Xanthus  had  fallen  in  single  combat  with 
Melanthus,  the  Neleid  prince  who  had  fled  to  Attica,  it  is  said 
to  have  been  abolished.3  With  regard  to  other  Boeotian  towns 
no  statement  is  at  hand,  except  that  the  Ascraean  poet,  Hesiod, 
speaks  of  kings  in  the  plural  as  having  existed  in  his  time.4 
Ascra  belonged  to  the  district  of  Thespise,  and  we  may  there- 
fore assume  that  in  the  lifetime  of  this  poet — the  date  of  whom, 
it  is  true,  is  very  uncertain — the  chiefs  of  the  Thespian  State 
bore  this  title,  although  it  may  probably  have  never  been 
specially  applied  to  any  single  individual  as  supreme  lord.  In 
Megara  the  monarchy  is  said  to  have  been  abolished  previous 
to  the  migration  of  the  Heraclidae,  and  an  elective  supreme 
magistracy  introduced.5  Among  the  Locrians,  and  in  particular 
among  those  of  Opus,  a  dynasty  of  ancient  kings  derived  from 
Deucalion  is  mentioned  by  Pindar,6  but  how  long  the  royal 
dignity  survived  there  it  is  impossible  to  say.  In  Phocis, 
or  at  least  at  Delphi,  we  find  the  title  of  king  at  a  much 
later  period,7  though  at  this  time  it  is  certainly  only  the  title  of 
priestly  office.  It  is  however  some  evidence  that  here  also  at 
one  time  kings  had  been  the  heads  of  the  State.  As  to 
the  other  districts  of  central  Greece  we  are  entirely  without 
information.  In  the  northern  part,  Epirus  was  continuously 
governed  by  kings  of  the  race  of  the  iEacidae  until  the  death 
of  Deidamia,  the  daughter  of  Pyrrhus.8    Kings   and  people 

1  For  it  is  scarcely  possible  to  depend  was  already  married  before  the  murder 
on  the  statement  of  the  pseudo-Plu-  of  her  father  and  mother.  Against 
tarchian  Parallel  Lives,  c.  32,  which  this  no  chronological  objection  can  be 
mention  an  Orchomenian  king  Pisi-  made.  In  this  way  the  theories  pro- 
stratus  as  late  as  the  Peloponnesian  posed  by  Miiller.  JEgin.  p.  64,  and 
war.  Grote  (vol.  ii.  p.  o52),  with  regard  to 

2  Polyb.  iv.  37.  From  Heraclid.  in  this  murder  of  Aristocrates  and  his 
Diog.   Laert.   i.    94,   we  may  gather  family  are  disposed  of. 

that  the  son  Aristodemus  was  co-ruler  *  Pausan.  ix.  5.  8. 

with  the  father,  but  not  that  he  sue-  4  Works  and  Days,  v.  38,  262. 

ceeded  him,  and  that  the  sister,  who  s  Pausan.  i.  43.  3. 

was  married  to  Procles,  tyrant  of  Epi-  *  Olymp.  ix.  56  (84). 

daurus,  and  whose  daughter  was  after-  7  Plutarch,  Quaist.  Or.  c.  12. 

wards  wife  of  Periander  of  Corinth,  8  Pausan.  iv.  35.  3. 


THE  MONARCHY.  117 

mutually  pledged  themselves  by  an  oath,  the  former  to  rule 
according  to  the  laws,  the  latter  in  return  to  maintain  them  in 
the  kingdom.1  The  Thessalian  towns  were  ruled  by  noble 
families,  of  whom  the  Aleuadse  and  the  Scopadae  were  the  most 
considerable,  and  boasted  their  origin  from  Heracles.  When 
Pindar  and  Herodotus  speak  of  kings  and  kingly  rule  among 
them,2  it  is  impossible  to  infer  with  any  certainty  that  at  that 
time  governors  bearing  the  royal  title  actually  existed  in  the 
Thessalian  towns,  although,  on  the  other  hand,  this  cannot  be 
positively  denied.  Where  a  king  of  the  whole  of  Thessaly  is 
mentioned,  we  must  not  suppose  an  established  or  hereditary 
monarchy,  but  only  an  extraordinary  elective  kingship  acquiesced 
in  under  peculiar  circumstances.  The  earliest  election  of  which 
we  have  any  account  was  held  in  a  peculiar  manner.  A  number 
of  lots  bearing  the  names  of  the  candidates  proposed  were  sent 
to  Delphi,  and  of  these  the  Pythian  priestess  drew  one.3  It  may 
be  that  this  was  an  exceptional  case,  it  being  found  impossible  to 
come  to  an  agreement  concerning  the  election  in  any  other  way. 
In  later  times  we  find  the  name  Tagus  applied  to  such  an  elective 
magistrate,  whether  it  is  that  this  was  the  original  and  proper 
title,  the  term  /3aoY\eu?  being  inaccurately  used  as  a  synonym 
for  it  by  the  writers  mentioned  above,  or  that  the  Thessalians 
themselves  in  later  times  used  the  words  indiscriminately. 

If  we  turn  now  to  the  Greek  colonies  outside  the  mother 
country,  there  can  be  no  doubt,  in  the  first  place,  that  the 
settlers  in  the  islands  and  coasts  of  Asia  Minor,  having  emigrated 
at  a  period  when  monarchy  was  still  universal  in  the  mother 
country,  were  themselves  at  first  ruled  by  kings.  These  in  the 
iEolic  colonies  belonged  to  the  gens  of  the  Penthilidae,  or 
descendants  of  Penthilus,  the  son  of  Orestes,  who  is  mentioned  as 
the  first  leader  of  that  emigration.  But  at  quite  an  early  period, 
which  we  cannot  precisely  determine,  the  monarchy  appears  to 
have  given  way  to  an  oligarchy,  which,  however,  remained  in 
the  possession  of  the  same  family.4  Similarly,  in  the  Ionian 
colonies  there  existed  the  royal  house  of  the  Nelidae  or  Codridae, 
members  of  which  at  first  no  doubt  bore  rule  in  the  towns  as 
hereditary  princes.  In  later  times  we  find  them  replaced  by 
Prytanes,  as,  e.g.  in  Miletus,5  although  no  statement  remains  as 
to  the  time  at  which  this  alteration  occurred,  and  it  remains 
uncertain  whether  the  men  who  appear  in  ancient  narratives,6 

1  Plutarch,  Pyrrh.  c.  5.  der's   Anmerlc.,  and   Plehn,   Lcsbiac, 

8  Pindar,  Pyth.  x.  4  ;  Herod,  vii.  6.  P-, i6K  s^: 

*  •  Anst.  Pol.  v.  4.  5. 

Plutarch,  de/rat.  am.  c.  21.  «  E.g.  in   Parthenius,   amat.  nan: 

4  Arist.  Pol.  v.  8.  13.  with  Schnei-  c.  14  j  Conon.  narr.  44,  p.  451,  Hoesch. 


n8      CONSTITUTIONS  OF  INDIVIDUAL  STATES. 

sometimes  indefinitely  described  by  the  general  expression  of 
governors  or  rulers,  sometimes  even  as  kings,  must  not  really 
be  regarded  as  Prytanes,  to  whom  these  authors  have  assigned 
the  regal  title.  It  is  indeed  beyond  all  doubt  that  that  title 
was  not  unfrequently  conferred  on  men  who  properly  bore 
quite  a  different  one.  In  Ephesus  the  title  was  still  in  exist- 
ence in  Strabo's  time,  although  it  denoted  merely  a  priestly 
office,  which  however  remained  the  peculiar  property  of  the 
ancient  royal  house.1  The  actual  government  had  been  trans- 
ferred, apparently  at  a  very  early  period,  to  an  oligarchy 
composed  of  all  the  members  of  the  gens,  who  called  themselves 
BasHidse,  and  whose  dominion  continued  until  the  first  half  of 
the  sixth  century,  when  it  was  broken  up.2  We  also  find  an 
oligarchy  of  Basilidse  at  Erythrae,  probably  shortly  after  the 
foundation  of  the  town.3  In  Samos,  besides  the  two  first  kings, 
the  founder  and  his  son,  the  name  of  a  third  appears  at  a 
later  time,  though  his  exact  date  cannot  be  ascertained.4  The 
same  may  be  said  of  Hippocles,  the  king  of  Chios,  whose 
history  is  recounted,  but  likewise  without  definite  dates.5 
Finally,  when  the  poet  Bacchylides,  in  the  middle  of  the  fifth 
century,  speaks  of  certain  kings  of  the  Ionians  as  contemporary 
with  himself,6  we  must  probably  understand  this  expression 
only  of  a  ruling  nobility.  In  the  Dorian  colonies 7  we  find  as 
late  as  the  middle  of  the  ninth  century  mention  of  a  king  of 
the  Heraclid  gens  at  Ialysus  in  Ehodes,  but  in  later  times 
Prytanes  appear  there  belonging  to  the  same  gens.8  This  was 
also  no  doubt  the  royal  family  at  Halicarnassus,  where  we 
unmistakably  come  across  one  member  of  it  as  king,  though 
at  an  uncertain  date.9  In  the  little  island  of  Thera  the  mon- 
archy still  existed  at  the  time  when  Cyrene  was  founded  from 
it,  i.e.  in  the  last  half  of  the  seventh  century.10 

On  the  other  hand,  in  the  Italian  colonies  we  can  discover 
scarcely  a  trace  which  unmistakably  points  to  constitutional 
monarchy,11  a  fact  which  ought  to  cause  the  less  surprise,  since 
this  form  of  government  had  already  ceased  to  exist  in   the 

1  Strab.  xiv.  p.  633.  8  Pausan.  iv.  24.  1  ;   Bockh,  Explic. 

2  Suidas,  s.v.  Ilvdaydpas.  Pind.  01.  vii.  pp.  165,  169. 

8  Arist.  Pol.  v.  5.  4.    Also,  Athenae.  9  Parthenius,  amat.  narr.  c.  14. 

vi.  p.  259  ;  cf.  Strat.  xiv.  p.  633.  10  Herod,  iv.  150. 

4  Pausan.  vii.  4.  3  ;  Herod,  iii.  5.  9.  °  Herodotus    mentions    a    king    at 

5  Plutarch,  de  mul.  virt.  c.  3.  Tarentum    at    the    time    of    Darius 
*  Quoted  by  Joann.  Sicel.  in   Walz.  Hystaspes   (iii.    136).      At  Rhegium 

Bhet.   vi.   241.      Schneidewin,   delect.  Strabo  (vi.  p.  257)  mentions  ijyefidvet 

p.  449.  who  were  always   chosen  from    the 

7  Crete  is  here  passed  over,  because  Messenian  gens  up  to  the  time  of  the 

special  mention  will  be  made  of  it  tyrant  Anaxilas.     Whether  they  were 

hereafter.  called  kings  is  uncertain. 


DE  CA  Y  OF  MONAR  CHY.  119 

mother  country  at  the  time  when  these  colonies  were  founded. 
The  same  thing  applies  to  the  Siceliots,  although  among  them 
the  usurpers  who,  at  a  later  time,  raised  themselves  to  the  chief 
power,  were  frequently  honoured  with  the  title  of  kings.  On 
the  other  hand,  in  Cyrene,  on  the  Libyan  coast,  a  king  was 
appointed  to  be  the  head  of  the  State  on  its  first  foundation, 
and  he  transmitted  the  government  to  his  descendants,  the  last 
of  whom,  Arcesilas  IV.,  was  a  contemporary  of  Pindar.1  Finally, 
the  Greek  towns  in  Cyprus  were  continuously  ruled,  so  far  as 
we  know,  by  kings. 


CHAPTER  II. 

DECLINE  OF  THE  MONARCHY :  ITS  CAUSES  AND 
CONSEQUENCES. 

As  to  the  causes  which  in  the  mother  country,  and  in  most 
of  the  colonies,  played  an  active  part  in  the  substitution 
of  a  republican  constitution  for  a  monarchical  form  of  govern- 
ment, we  have  practically  no  detailed  accounts  at  all.  The 
ancient  writers  only  assign  one  general  cause,  that  the  regal 
power  gradually  degenerated  into  a  tyranny,  and  that  the 
kings,  relying  on  their  hereditary  tenure  of  power,  either 
indulged  in  acts  of  violence  or  injustice,  or  gave  themselves  up 
to  a  luxurious  or  dissolute  life,  thereby  arousing  discontent 
and  insurrection,  which  in  the  end  led  to  the  complete  abolition 
of  the  monarchy.2  That  this  may  have  been  the  course  of 
events  in  many  places  is  indisputable,  but  it  was  certainly  not 
so  universally.  Other  causes  existed  in  abundance  which 
could  not  have  permitted  a  long  continuation  of  the  monarchy, 
even  if  it  had  escaped  this  kind  of  degeneration.  It  is  a 
peculiar  feature  of  the  Greek  character  that  they  unwillingly 
acquiesced  in  the  conspicuous  pre-eminence  of  individuals,  and 
strove  to  gain  equal  rights  for  all,  though  of  course  this  tendency 
was  unable  to  assert  itself  in  all  periods,  and  in  all  classes  of  the 
people  at  an  equally  early  time,  and  necessarily  grew  up  most 
rapidly  among  those  who  stood  nearest  to  the  kings  in  birth, 
influence,  and  power.  If  we  realise  the  ancient  monarchy,  as 
we  have  already  sketched  it  from  Homer's  account,  we  shall 
see  that  the  power  was  divided  between  the  king  and  the  chiefs  of 

1  Herod,  iv.  153,  161  seq.;  Heraclid.  2  Polyb.  vi.  4.  8,  and  7.  6-9.  Cf. 
Pont.  no.  4,  pp.  10,  14  ;  Schneidew.  Plat.  Legg.  iii.  p.  690  d,  and  Arist. 
and  BUckh,  Explic.  Pind.  p.  266.  Pol.  v.  8.  22,  23. 


120     CONSTITUTIONS  OF  INDIVIDUAL  STATES. 

the  noble  families,  who  not  unfrequently  were  themselves  styled 
kings.  The  former  was  only  the  first  among  his  peers  ;  his  privi- 
leges were  limited  to  the  summoning  of  and  presidency  in  the 
public  assemblies  and  deliberations,  to  the  chief  command  in  war, 
and  to  the  offering  of  the  national  sacrifices  in  behalf  of  the  com- 
munity, and  in  addition  the  enjoyment  of  a  rich  domain.  We 
shall  see  that  the  transition  from  this  monarchy  to  an  oligarchy 
of  nobles  can  only  appear  as  a  short  and  easy  step.  Just  as  in 
Ithaca  the  State  dispensed  with  its  king  for  many  years  in  suc- 
cession, so,  whenever  the  royal  house  died  out,  and  no  legal  or 
hereditary  successor  was  at  hand,  the  throne  might  remain 
unoccupied  without  essential  injury,  and  a  magistracy  in  rota- 
tion might  be  introduced,  held  by  those  who  had  previously 
shared  the  chief  power  with  the  king.  When  we  remember 
further  the  frequent  migrations  of  peoples  which  had  taken 
place  in  Greece  at  earlier  times,  and  had  only  ceased  after  the 
Dorian  occupation  of  the  Peloponnese,  we  may  derive  from 
this  circumstance  various  reasons  for  the  abolition  of  the  old 
hereditary  monarchy. 

In  newly-founded  States,  where  all  depended  on  the  possibility 
of  the  newly-arrived  people  maintaining  themselves  against  a 
conquered  population  in  possession  of  the  territory  they  had 
acquired,  there  was  far  more  need  for  distinguished  personal 
vigour  on  the  part  of  the  kings  than  was  the  case  in  long- 
established,  peaceful,  and  settled  circumstances.  Accordingly, 
whenever  a  king  showed  himself  to  be  not  actually  worthy  of 
his  position  in  point  of  bravery  and  personal  fitness,  the  neces- 
sary consequence  was  that  it  appeared  natural  to  those  of  his 
nobles  who  did  possess  these  qualities  to  refuse  him  a  continuance 
of  pre-eminence  in  honour  and  power.  Nor  was  it  possible  for 
divisions  and  parties  to  be  avoided  when,  in  States  of  this  kind, 
the  behaviour  of  the  kings  towards  the  conquered  people  was 
not  in  agreement  with  the  wishes  and  interests  of  the 
conquerors.  Thus  in  the  stories  concerning  the  earliest  history 
of  Messenia,  certain  traces  of  such  divisions  are  preserved,  which 
resulted  in  the  murder  of  the  king  and  the  flight  of  his  children 
into  foreign  lands,  although  the  monarchy  itself  was  in  this 
case  not  at  that  time  abolished.1  So  in  the  colonies  outside  the 
mother  country  similar  relations  must  have  made  their  entrance 
and  produced  similar  results.  Finally,  it  in  all  probability 
often  occurred  that  in  States  where  foreigners  were  not 
established  as  conquerors,  but  welcomed  as  allies  and  friends, 
some  leader  of  these  foreign  settlers  so  overshadowed  the  native 

1  Cf.  Pausan.   iv.  3.  3 ;  Apollodor.     Damasc.  in  C.  Muller,  Fragm.  Hist. 
ii.  8.  5,  7  ;  Strab.  viii.  p.  361 ;  Nicol.     Gr.  iii.  p.  377. 


DEC  A  Y  OF  MONARCHY.  1 2 1 

king  by  his  personal  qualities  that  he  succeeded  in  expelling  the 
latter  from  the  throne  and  establishing  himself  in  his  place,  as 
is  said  to  have  been  the  case  with  the  Neleid  Melanthus  against 
the  Theseid  Thymsetes.1  A  usurped  monarchy  of  this  kind 
was  naturally  less  strongly  rooted  among  the  people  than  one 
depending  on  inheritance  and  ancient  tradition,  and  was  on 
that  account  destined  to  be  limited  or  set  aside  at  a  proportion- 
ately earlier  period. 

If  the  traditional  accounts  may  be  believed,  the  ancient 
kingdoms  generally  included  a  larger  territory  than  the  in- 
dividual States  of  a  later  day,  and  this  division  into  a  multitude 
of  small  independent  States  may  be  regarded  as  a  consequence 
of  the  abolition  of  monarchy.  In  ancient  times  we  must 
imagine,  in  each  large  district  governed  by  a  king  as  the 
common  head,  a  number  of  walled  and  fortified  towns,  one  of 
which  was  the  seat  of  the  king,  while  the  others  were  occupied 
by  the  noble  families,  the  lower  classes  being  scattered  in  the 
country,  and  dwelling  in  isolated  farms  or  small  hamlets.  It  is 
these  fortified  places  or  towns  which  Homer  describes  as 
7ro\«9,  and  the  names  of  a  tolerable  number  belonging  to  each 
country  are  mentioned  in  the  Catalogue  of  Ships,  although 
many  of  these  names  may  have  denoted  not  so  much  towns  as 
districts.2  It  is  probable  that  only  in  quite  small  territories,  such, 
e.g.,  as  the  island  of  Ithaca  or  Syme,  the  kingdom  of  Nireus,  was 
there  no  more  than  a  single  7ro\t?.  The  existence  of  fortifica- 
tions is  implied  in  the  epithets  TziyLozcrcra  or  cfadrgeo?,  though 
we  must  not  be  misled  by  other  expressions,  such  as  evpvar/via 
or  evpvyopo*;,  into  supposing  that  they  were  large  towns.  Even 
Mycense,  the  permanent  abode  of  king  Agamemnon,  was  no  more 
than  a  small  place.3  With  the  disappearance,  however,  of  the 
common  monarchy,  the  bond  of  union  was  dissolved  which  had 
formerly  joined  the  whole  country  and  the  inhabitants  of  the 
different  towns  situated  in  it  into  a  political  whole.  The 
former  royal  city  ceased  to  be  the  common  centre  for  all ;  they 
began  increasingly  to  separate  from  one  another,  and  the  country 
fell  into  different  districts,  each  with  equal  rights,  and  in- 
dependent of  the  rest,  and  each  possessing  a  iroki,^  as  its  centre. 
In  this  way  the  word  acquired  the  meaning  of  an  independent 
town  and  its  district,  while  the  noble  families,  no  longer  subor- 
dinated to  a  king,  and  composed  of  members  who  regarded 
themselves  as  all  equally  privileged,  carried  on  an  oligarchical 
government.  The  tendency,  however,  to  greater  concentration 
and  security  gradually  occasioned  in  most  cases  an  extension 

1  Not  Thymoetes.    See  Bockh,  Corp.  *  Cf.  Strab.  viii.  336. 

Jnscr.  L  pp.  229  and  904.  8  Thuc.  i.  10. 


1 2  2      CONS  TITUTIONS  OF  INDIVID  UAI  ST  A  TES. 

and  enlargement  of  the  town.  A  large  portion  of  the  popula- 
tion of  the  open  country  settled  round  the  citadel,  so  that  near 
this,  as  the  aicpcnroki<;  or  upper  town, — for  there  is  no  doubt 
that  these  citadels  were,  as  far  as  possible,  situated  on  high 
ground  with  natural  defences, — a  lower  town  grew  up,  which, 
for  the  sake  of  security,  was  usually  surrounded  with  walls. 
The  other  places  situated  in  the  territory  of  the  ttoXk;, 
whether  they  were  open  hamlets  or  villages,  or  were  sur- 
rounded by  a  ring-wall,  which  was  the  case  at  least  with 
some,  were  single  members  of  the  political  body  whose  heart 
and  centre  was  the  town.  In  opposition  to  this  they  are 
called  /ccbficu  or  Brjfioi,  and  though  independent  in  local  matters, 
were  subordinated,  in  everything  which  concerned  the  com- 
munity, to  the  central  magistrates  who  held  their  sittings  in  the 
town,  and  whose  duty  it  was,  when  any  greater  deliberative 
assemblies  were  to  be  held,  to  collect  the  inhabitants  of  these 
districts.  This  organic  connection  then  between  town  and 
country  is  the  reason  why  even  those  members  of  the  State 
who  did  not  inhabit  the  town  (77-0X49),  yet  derived  from  it  the 
name  of  iroTurat,  or  where  the  term  acrrv  was  used  instead,  that 

of  OtTToL 

This  form  of  political  life  grew  up  in  different  parts  of  Greece 
at  various  times  and  in  different  measure.  Attica  was  pro- 
bably the  country  into  which  it  made  its  earliest  entrance,  and 
where  it  was  developed  to  its  fullest  extent.  Here,  as  early  as 
the  monarchical  period  under  the  mythical  Theseus,  the  town  of 
Athens  is  said  to  have  become  a  common  capital,  and  all  the 
other  places  mere  Demes,  and  in  consequence  of  this,  the 
political  unity  of  the  whole  country  was  not  disturbed,  even  by 
the  disappearance  of  the  monarchy.  On  the  other  hand,  in 
Bceotia  we  find,  instead  of  the  two  kingdoms  which  had  at  an 
earlier  period  existed  there,  viz.,  those  of  Thebes  andOrchomenus,1 
a  number  of  towns,  probably  fourteen,  forming  not  one  common 
State,  but  at  best  a  confederation  of  States.  The  Cretans  again, 
in  the  Catalogue  of  Ships,  are  represented  as  all  united  into 
a  common  State  under  a  single  king,  whereas,  in  later  times, 
we  find  them  divided  into  many  independent  States.  This 
circumstance,  however,  is  not  to  be  ascribed  so  much  to  the 
abolition  of  the  common  monarchy,  if  that  ever  really  existed 
there,  as  to  other  causes  which  will  be  mentioned  hereafter.  But 
of  Achsea,  we  hear  that  in  former  times  the  Ionians  dwelt  there 
in  villages  (/ccofjL7)86v),  while  the  Achseans  subsequently  founded 

1  So  at  least  it  is  represented  in  the  of  Thebes.  The  story  of  (Edipus  spoke 
Catalogue  of  Ships,  II.  ii.  494-516,  of  a  king  of  Plataea  at  the  time  of 
where  Plataea  belongs  to  the  kingdom    (Edipus.  — Pausan.  x.  5.  2. 


DE CA  Y  OF  MONAR CHY.  1 23 

regular  towns ; x  a  statement  which  it  is  evident  can  only  imply 
that  under  the  Ionians  the  districts  of  the  country,  of  which  there 
are  said  to  be  twelve,2  were  only  connected  with  the  common 
State,  as  Comae,  the  capital  and  royal  residence  being  probably 
Helice,3  whereas,  after  the  Achaeans  had  taken  possession 
of  the  country,  the  earlier  Comae  became  independent  cities. 
This  change  was  probably  connected  with  the  abolition  of 
monarchy,  though  concerning  the  time  at  which  this  took 
place,  as  before  remarked,  we  have  no  exact  knowledge.  Nor 
is  our  information  more  definite  concerning  the  manner  in 
which  the  division  of  the  previously  united  territory  into 
several  States  took  place  in  other  quarters,  although  in  many 
regions  towns,  in  the  accepted  signification  of  the  word,  first 
arose  at  a  much  later  period,  as,  e.g.,  was  the  case  in  a  large 
portion  of  Arcadia.  Whenever  Comae  are  here  mentioned 
they  must  be  regarded  not  so  much  as  subordinate  members  of 
a  political  body  with  a  capital  at  its  head,  as  co-ordinate 
districts  with  equal  independence,  and  possessing  no  central 
point  which  united  them  into  a  coherent  organisation,  although 
it  is  certainly  possible  that  some  kind  of  loose  association 
between  several  neighbouring  Comae  may  have  existed.4  As 
a  rule  they  were  all  open  and  unfortified  places,  and  indeed 
this  is  stated  to  have  been  the  point  of  distinction  between  the 
rcebfiy  and  the  7rdX.t9,  though  it  is  impossible  to  regard  it  as  the 
only  one,  or  as  always  present.  We  must  rather  assume  two 
kinds  of  Comae,  first  those  which  are  related  as  subordinate 
members  to  a  larger  state-body  possessing  a  capital  or  centre ; 
and  secondly,  those  which,  though  not  without  some  loose  con- 
nection with  one  another,  yet  belong  to  no  proper  political 
union,  and  rather  continue  in  a  state  of  independence  and 
isolation.  We  shall  hereafter  meet  with  one  anomalous 
instance  in  the  case  of  Sparta,  where  five  open  places  situated 
close  to  one  another,  and  for  that  reason  called  Comae,  are  yet 
so  closely  connected  together  as  to  be  described  as  a  single 
7ro\t9,  in  contradistinction  to  the  rest  of  the  country. 

1  Strab.  viii.  p.  386.  capital,  where  the  seat  of  the  common 

*  It  is  not  to  be  assumed  that  there  monarchy  was  placed, 

were  no  more  than  twelve  districts  in  8  Pausan.  vii.  1  and  7. 

Achsea.     But  there  were  only  twelve  *  Cf.  E.  Kuhn,  die  Griech.  Komen- 

larger  ones,  to  which  again  a  number  verfassung  ah  Moment  der  Entwicke- 

of  smaller  ones  stood   in  the   same  lung  des  Stadtewesens ;  N.  Rhein.  Mus. 

relation  as  they  themselves  did  to  the  xv.  (1860),  pp.  1-38. 


i24       CONSTITUTIONS  OF  INDIVIDUAL  STATES. 
CHAPTER    III. 

OLIGARCHY. 

It  followed  from  the  nature  of  the  case  that  after  the  aboli- 
tion of  monarchy,  the  State  authority  at  first  merely  remained 
in  the  hands  of  those  who  already,  under  the  regal  form  of 
government,  had  been  part  possessors  of  it.  These  were  the 
noble  families,  several  of  which  no  doubt  existed  in  each  State, 
however  small  its  size,  and  which  owed  their  position  of  superi- 
ority to  the  rest  of  the  people  to  their  descent  from  illustrious 
ancestors,  joined  to  a  larger  amount  of  property.  The  genea- 
logies of  these  families  usually  extended  back  to  prehistoric 
times,  and  nominated  as  the  first  ancestor  some  hero  of  divine 
descent,  while  their  names  were  derived  sometimes  from  this 
ancestor  himself,  sometimes  from  some  other  individual  among 
their  forefathers  who  was  either  conspicuous  for  his  deeds  and 
public  services,  or  for  some  other  reason  still  fresh  in  the 
memory  of  his  descendants.  "  My  family,"  says  Alcibiades  to 
Socrates,1  "is  derived  from  Eurysaces,  who  was  himself  de- 
scended from  Zeus."  The  name  of  the  family  was  Eurysacidse, 
because  Eurysaces,  the  son  of  Aias,  was  said  to  have  been  the 
first  who  was  naturalised  in  Attica ;  otherwise  they  might  also 
have  been  called  iEacidse,  because  their  first  mortal  ancestor  was 
iEacus,  the  son  of  Zeus.  So  the  Penthilidse  at  Mitylene  might 
also  have  been  called  Atrida?,  or  Pelopidae,  or  Tantalidse,  since 
Atreus,  Pelops,  and  Tantalus  were  all  their  ancestors,  but  they 
were  termed  Penthilidse,  because  it  was  Penthilus,  the  son  of 
Orestes,  who  had  led  them  across  from  their  earlier  home  into 
their  new  abodes.  The  Corinthian  Bacchiadse  were  derived 
from  Heracles,  but  received  their  name  from  Bacchis,  a  younger 
ancestor,  because  he  was  especially  distinguished,  and  also 
because  the  name  of  Heracles  was  common  to  so  many  families 
that  it  could  not  serve  to  designate  any  single  one  with 
sufficient  distinctness.  The  case  was  similar  with  many  other 
names  of  old  and  noble  families,  of  which,  if  there  were 
any  use  in  doing  so,  many  instances  might  be  given.2  Suffice 
it  to  say  that  in  no  part  of  Greece  were  such  families 
absent,  and  the  care  with  which,  even  in  later  times,  when  the 
privileges  of  the  nobility  had  long  since  disappeared,  the  genea- 
logies were  generally  continued,  may  be  shown,  among  other 

1  In  Plato,  Alcib.  i.  p.  121.  juris  piiblici    Grcecorum,   p.    77,    and 

3  Whoever  is  interested  in  the  sub-     more    in    the   there    quoted    Griech. 
ject  will  find  some  in  the  Antiquitatet    AUerthurtuskunde  of  Wachsmuth. 


OLIGARCHY.  125 

things,  by  an  inscription  of  about  the  second  century  B.C., 
in  which  a  man,  to  whom  certain  honours  were  decreed  by 
the  community  of  Gythium,  is  described  as  the  thirty-ninth 
descendant  of  the  Dioscuri,  and  the  forty-first  of  Heracles.1 
But,  even  apart  from  express  testimony,  it  can  scarcely  be 
doubted  that  in  early  times,  and  as  long  as  oligarchy  continued, 
the  nobility  held  itself  strictly  aloof  from  the  lower  people  by 
means  of  withholding  the  right  of  connubium.2  When  Aris- 
totle says,3  that  after  the  disappearance  of  monarchy  the  knights 
or  horsemen  had  first  of  all  stood  at  the  head  of  the  different 
States,  because  at  that  time  military  strength  depended  espe- 
cially upon  the  cavalry,  we  must  remember  that  only  the  rich 
were  capable  of  serving  as  horsemen,  while  in  early  times 
wealth  was  probably  only  to  be  found  in  the  hands  of  the 
nobility.  However,  there  were  no  doubt  many  districts  where 
cavalry  could  hardly  have  existed,  and  where  the  main  strength 
of  the  army  must  have  consisted  in  infantry.  But  even  service 
on  foot,  when  the  soldier  was  fully  equipped  and  attended  by 
one  or  more  esquires,  was,  there  can  be  no  doubt,  confined  to 
the  rich,  and  therefore  to  the  nobility,  though  not  perhaps  so 
exclusively,  because  it  required  less  considerable  means,  and 
because  necessity  might  sometimes  compel  wealthy  individuals 
outside  the  nobility  to  be  taken  as  hoplites — a  measure,  it  is 
true,  which,  as  soon  as  it  was  more  extensively  employed,  could 
not  but  endanger  the  ruling  position  of  the  nobility.  We  even 
hear  that  the  cavalry  was  sometimes  supplied  by  members  of 
non-noble  families,  and  these,  as  a  necessary  consequence,  must 
subsequently  have  been  admitted  into  the  oligarchy  as  well.4 
It  was  however  impossible  that  wealth  could  always  remain 
the  exclusive  property  of  the  nobility,  and  in  course  of  time 
rich  men  sprang  up  among  the  lower  classes,  while  among  the 

1  The  inscription  has  been  published  p.  37.    I  do  not  however  believe  that 

by  K.  Keil  (following  Lebas)  :  "Two  connubium  was  forbidden  by  express 

inscriptions    from    Sparta    and    Gy-  legal  provision.     Theognis,  much  as 

thion, "  and  the  passage  relating  to  it  he  laments  the  intermarriage  of  nobles 

is  on  p.  26.     A  Cretan  inscription  (in  with  the  lower  classes,  does  not  re- 

Bockh,  c.  i.ii.  p.  421,  no.  2563)  contains  present  it  as  illegal,   and  when  we 

a  portion  of  a  genealogy,  which  begins  hear  that  on  one  occasion  at  Samos 

with  a  contemporary  of  the  foundation  the  victorious  Demos  forbade  connu- 

of  Hierepytna,  and  a  comic  parody  of  bium  between  the  two  orders  (Thuc. 

these    gentile   registers  is  given  by  viii.  21),  we  may  infer  that  it  had 

Aristophanes  (Acharn.  v.  47).    What  previously  been  permitted, 

the  opinion  of  intelligent  men  was  of  3  Pol.  iv.  10.  9. 

the  folly  of  glorying  in  one's  ancestors  *  This  happened  in  the  iEolian  town 

(7rdiriroi)  may  be  seen  from  many  of  of  Cyme,  according  to  Heraclid.  Pont, 

the    passages    collected    by  Joannes  c.  1 1 ,  on  which  subject  Schneidewin's 

Stobaeus  under  the  title  irepi  euyeveLat.  commentary,  p.  80,  should  be  referred 

a  Cf.  Welcker,  Prolegg.  ad  Theogn.  to. 


126       CONSTITUTIONS  OF  INDIVIDUAL  STATES. 

nobility  some  became  poor,  and  for  the  sake  of  acquiring  wealth 
did  not  disdain  to  intermarry  with  the  former,  a  custom  which 
called  forth  the  bitter  complaints  of  Theognis,  the  Megarian 
poet,  in  the  second  half  of  the  sixth  century.  In  this  way 
out  of  the  exclusive  oligarchy  of  birth  there  arose  unperceived 
an  oligarchy  of  wealth.  Of  the  various  titles  by  which  the 
privileged  class  in  particular  States  was  usually  designated, 
only  that  of  evirarpiSai  incontestably  points  to  nobility  of 
family.  On  the  other  hand,  the  term  "knights,"  which  was 
used  at  Orchomenus  in  Bceotia,  at  Magnesia  on  the  Mseander, 
and  in  Crete,1  might  include  not  only  noble  families,  but  also 
persons  provided  with  the  equestrian  census.  With  regard  too 
to  the  Hippobotse  of  Eubcea,  Strabo  states  that  their  rights  were 
dependent  on  their  property  qualification,  and  makes  no  men- 
tion whatever  of  birth,  while  Herodotus  simply  calls  them  the 
"solid"  [Va^ee?]  or  rich.2  Elsewhere  we  find  the  name  of 
Geomoroi,  or  in  the  Doric  dialect  Gamoroi,  as  in  Samos,  and  in 
Syracuse,  at  the  time  of  the  Peloponnesian  war  and  later,3 
but  this  word  simply  points  to  abundant  landed  property.  In 
many  passages  also  the  privileged  classes  are  merely  called  the 
rich  (ol  ifKovcnoi),  the  well-to-do  (pi  eirnopoi),  the  propertied 
classes  (ol  ra  yjyrniaja  e%oi/Te<?),  by  which  it  remains  uncertain 
whether  landowners  or  capitalists  are  intended.  If  we  may 
trust  the  opinion  of  the  ancient  politicians,  which  was  no  doubt 
founded  on  experience,  the  first  place  was  held  by  landed  pro- 
perty, and  wise  legislators  in  consequence  accorded  to  this 
larger  political  rights  than  to  the  possession  of  capital,  though 
there  can  be  no  doubt  that,  in  mercantile  States  especially,  the 
latter  also  was  quite  able  to  make  its  influence  felt.  Finally, 
such  titles  as  "  the  best,"  "  the  cultivated,"  "  the  respectable," 
and  the  like,4  simply  point  to  higher  culture,  and  better  and 
more  refined  manners,  such  as  from  natural  causes  are  rather 
found  among  the  wealthy  than  the  poorer  classes.  They  in  no 
way  describe  a  class  in  the  possession  of  actual  political  privi- 
leges, but  are  employed,  even  in  the  democratic  States,  as 
party  appellations  for  those  who  from  very  intelligible  reasons 
were  opposed  to  the  prevailing  principle  of  equality.  It  is, 
moreover,  self-evident  that  in  the  same  way  the  other  terms 
which  have  been  mentioned,  having  reference  to  wealth  or 

1  Diodor.  xv.  79  ;  Arist.'  Pol.  iv.  3.  8  Thuc.  viii.  21  ;  Plut.   Qucest.  Gr. 

2  ;  Strab.  x.  p.  481.  57  ;   Herod,  vii.   155  ;    Wesseling  on 

a  Strab.  x.  447  ;  Herod,  v.  77.     The  Diodor.  iv.  p.  297,  Bip.  ;  Bockh,  c. 

same  expression  is  used  by  Herodotus  i.  ii.  p.  317. 
of    the    privileged    class    in    Naxos, 

iEgina,  Megara,  and  Sicily,  v.  30,  vi.  4  ol  Apio-roi,  ol  Ktz\ol  tcayadol,  ol  x«- 

91,  vii.  156.  plerres,  ol  iirieiKeis,  ol  yvdpifioi. 


OLIGARCHY.  127 

birth,  will  of  necessity  still  appear,  even  where  wealth  and 
birth  have  ceased  to  involve  any  privileged  political  position. 
On  the  other  hand,  the  name  of  "  peers,"  or  01  ofwtoi,  which  it 
is  true  only  occurs  in  isolated  passages,  does  appear  to  designate 
a  privileged  class,  which,  though  equal  within  itself,  was  dis- 
tinguished from  the  inferior  or  less  privileged  multitude.1 
Finally,  the  term  "  well-born,"  or  "  persons  of  good  birth," 2  by 
no  means  invariably  implies  a  class  of  nobles  in  contradistinc- 
tion to  the  non-noble  citizen,  but  is  as  frequently  applied  even 
in  democracies  to  all  those  who  were  genuine  citizens  by  birth, 
in  opposition  to  half-castes,  naturalised  citizens,  and  protected 
aliens,  while  distinguishing  titles  of  nobility,  such  as  count, 
baron,  or  the  like,  among  modern  nations,  were  unknown, — a 
circumstance  which  may  certainly  have  contributed  to  facilitate 
the  fusion  of  the  different  classes.  Further  than  this,  the  fact 
is  easily  explicable  that  the  timocratic  principle  which  arose  in 
opposition  to  the  oligarchy  of  birth,  and  which,  without  regard 
to  descent,  associated  political  rights  with  the  amount  of  the 
census,  was  destined  to  assert  itself  with  the  greatest  dis- 
tinctness, and  at  the  earliest  time,  in  the  colonies.  This  was 
so  in  the  first  place,  because  here,  amid  a  mixed  population, 
coming  together  for  the  most  part  from  different  quarters,  the 
privileged  position  of  noble  families,  depending,  as  it  does,  on 
long  established  recognition,  was  far  less  respected ;  and,  in  the 
second  place,  because  in  most  of  the  colonies,  commerce, 
through  which  they  flourished,  served  as  a  source  of  wealth  for 
many  individuals  outside  the  class  of  nobility,  who,  aided  by 
their  wealth,  put  forward  with  success  claims  to  a  greater 
political  influence  as  well.  In  many  colonies  we  find  that  the 
descendants  of  the  earliest  settlers  sought  to  maintain  them- 
selves in  the  position  of  a  privileged  class  against  later  immi- 
grants,— a  course  which  easily  gave  rise  to  internal  dissensions, 
and  could  hardly  be  carried  through  successfully  for  long.3  We 
find  however  something  analogous  to  this  even  in  the  mother 
country,  where  a  difference  in  political  position  was  grounded 
on  distinctions  of  race,  and  before  we  take  into  consideration 
the  organisation  of  the  government  and  administration,  we 
must  say  something  on  this  subject. 

1  Arist.   Pol.  v.  7.  4.     The  Spartan         2  ol  evyiveh,  e3  or  kclX&s  yey oy6res. 
3/iotot  will  be  discussed  later.  8  Arist.  Pol.  iv.  3.  8 ;  v.  2.  10,  11. 


128     CONSTITUTIONS  OF  INDIVIDUAL  STATES. 
CHAPTER    IV. 

TRIBES  AND  CLASSES  AMONG  THE  PEOPLE. 

In  all  Greek  States,  without  exception,  the  people  was  divided 
into  tribes  or  Phylas,  and  those  again  into  the  smaller  sub- 
divisions of  Phratriae  and  gentes,  and  the  distribution  so  made 
was  employed  to  a  greater  or  less  extent  for  the  common 
organisation  of  the  State.  In  relation  to  this  point,  however,  a 
distinction  must  be  made  between  two  kinds  of  relationship. 
In  the  one  case,  the  population  of  a  country  consisted  of 
elements  originally  distinct,  as,  e.g.,  in  those  parts  in  which  a 
conquering  band  had  possibly  joined  itself  to  an  older  body  of 
inhabitants  and  made  itself  their  rulers,  or,  as  in  the  colonies, 
where,  on  the  one  side,  the  settlers  themselves  had  come 
together  out  of  different  States,  and,  on  the  other,  an  earlier 
population,  found  by  them  in  the  country,  remained  dwelling 
in  it  side  by  side  with  the  settlers.  But  in  the  other  case  the 
population  did  not  consist  of  different  elements,  but  belonged, 
as  far  at  least  as  could  be  remembered,  to  the  same  auto- 
chthonous nationality,  which  might  possibly  have  admitted  some 
individual  strangers  who  had  immigrated  from  foreign  lands, 
but  had  fused  them  with  itself  in  such  a  way  that  they  formed 
together  only  one  homogeneous  whole,  as,  e.g.,  was  the  case  in 
Attica  according  to  the  universal  belief  of  the  ancients,  a  belief 
which,  without  sufficient  ground,  has  been  contradicted  by 
modern  writers.  In  States  with  this  kind  of  population  distinc- 
tions of  class  were  certainly  to  be  found.  There  were  nobles  and 
commonalty,  privileged  and  non-privileged  citizens,  and  in  the 
same  way  their  population  was  divided  into  tribes  and  their 
smaller  parts.  But  this  tribal  division,  and  the  distinction  of 
classes  and  privileges  just  mentioned,  by  no  means  coincided 
with  one  another.  On  the  contrary,  the  different  classes 
are  distributed  through  all  the  tribes — each  tribe  containing 
nobles  and  commons,  and  probably  the  sole  distinction  was 
that  one  class  was  more  numerous  in  one  tribe,  another  in 
another.  On  the  other  hand,  in  States  with  a  mixed  popu- 
lation not  fused  into  a  homogeneous  whole,  we  may  expect 
to  find  the  different  tribes  in  the  possession  of  unequal  political 
privileges,  and  therefore  opposed  to  one  another  as  distinct 
orders.  We  are  however  in  too  great  want  of  information  con- 
cerning the  special  relations  of  particular  States  to  be  able  to 
offer  more  than  conjectures.  Thus,  e.g.,  it  may  be  assumed  with 
the  greatest  probability,  that  of  the  four  Phylae  at  Sicyon, — of 


TRIBES  AND  CLASSES  AMONG  THE  PEOPLE.       129 

which  three,  Hylleis,  Dymanes,  and  Pamphyli,  prove  them- 
selves to  be  Doric  by  their  names, — the  fourth,  Aigialeis,  was 
composed  of  the  earlier  inhabitants  of  the  land,  and  therefore 
of  Achaeans.  Moreover,  when  we  hear  that  the  tyrant  Clei- 
sthenes,  who  belonged  to  this  fourth  Phyle,  took  particular 
pains  to  degrade  the  other  three,1  it  is  impossible  not  to  recog- 
nise in  this  fact  revenge,  on  account  of  the  superior  position 
hitherto  maintained  by  these  Phylae.  At  Argos  also,  side  by 
side  with  the  three  Doric  Phylae,  there  was  a  fourth,  Hyrnethia 
or  Hyrnathia,  which  probably  consisted  of  Achaeans,  and  was 
certainly  not  possessed  of  equal  rights  with  the  others  before 
Argos  became  democratic  in  its  government.  In  the  Boeotian 
Orchomenus  we  find  two  Phylae,  Eteocleis  and  Caphisias,  the 
former  named  after  a  mythical  king,  the  other  after  a  river  in 
the  country,2  and  nothing  is  more  probable  than  that  the  one 
contained  the  conquering  nation  of  the  Minyae,  the  other  the 
subject  people  of  the  country.  So,  too,  in  Cyzicus,  the  Milesian 
colony  on  the  coast  of  the  Propontis,  there  were  two  tribes, 
Boreis  and  Oinopes,  whose  names,  meaning  ploughmen  and 
wine-growers,  point  to  a  peasant  class,  while  the  four  others — 
Geleontes,  Hopletes,  Argadeis,  Aigicoreis — include  the  Ionian  im- 
migrants who  had  made  themselves  the  masters  of  the  country.3 
In  other  cases,  apparently  where  a  state  was  founded  by  immi- 
grants and  conquerors,  the  earlier  distribution  into  Phylse, 
depending  on  birth,  was  given  up,  and  in  its  place  a  new  one 
was  introduced  based  on  residence  corresponding  with  different 
quarters  of  the  town  and  country :  in  other  words,  a  local  division 
instead  of  one  depending  upon  race.  Of  this  kind  probably  we 
should  regard  the  eight  Phylae  of  the  Corinthians,4  concerning 
whose  political  relations  indeed  we  find  no  definite  statement, 
though  we  may  conjecture  that  they  embraced  equally  both  the 
Dorians  and  the  earlier  Achaean  inhabitants,  and  that  no  dif- 
ference existed  in  their  political  position.  The  foundation,  how- 
ever, of  these  eight  Phylae  is  probably  to  be  ascribed  to  a  later 
period,  perhaps  to  the  dominion  of  the  Cypselidae,  and  previous 
to  that  time  we  must  suppose  in  Corinth  a  condition  of  things 
similar  to  that  in  Argos  and  Sicyon.5    The  three  divisions  of  the 

1  Herod,  v.  68.  Their  number  furnishes  an  explana- 

a  Pausan.  ix.  34.  5.  tion  of  the  Octadse,  or  divisions  into 

8  Vide  Bockh,  c.  i.  ii.  p.  928  seq.;  eight  persons,  in  the  senate,   which 

Marquardt,  Cyzicua  und  sein  Gebiet,  was  constituted  after  the  fall  of  the 

p.  52.  Cypselid  dynasty. — NicoL  Damasc.  in 

4  Suid.  sub  voc.  trivra  6ktJ).  Miiller,  Fr.  Hist.  Gr.  iii.  p.  394.  Each 

6  According  to  Suidas,  it  is  true,  Phyle  was  represented  in  the  Octas 

the     eight    tribes    were     instituted  by  one  senator;  and  one  Octas  had 

by  Aletes,   the   first  Heraclid  king,  the    presidency,    as   Probuli ;    what 


130      CONSTITUTIONS  OF  INDIVIDUAL  STATES. 

Malians  in  Thessaly  were  probably  also  of  a  local  character,  since 
the  names  of  two  of  them  at  least,  the  Parali  and  Trachiniae, 
point  to  their  places  of  habitation,  while,  as  far  as  we  can  con- 
jecture, the  third,  Hiereis,  was  not  derived  from  any  kind  of 
priestly  dignity,  but  from  some  locality.1  Further,  we  find  local 
Phylae  in  Elis,  and  in  consequence  the  diminution  of  the  terri- 
tory went  hand  in  hand  with  a  diminution  in  the  number  of 
Phylae.2  At  Samos  there  were  two  Phylae  with  local  appellations 
— Astypalaea,  after  the  ancient  town  of  that  name ;  and  Schesia, 
after  the  river  Schesius ;  the  name  of  the  third,  Aischrionia,  is 
obscure.3  At  Ephesus  five  Phylae  were  founded  after  the  settlers 
had  increased  their  strength  by  calling  in  some  Teians  and 
Carinaeans.  Two  of  them  were  composed  of  these  new-comers : 
of  the  three  others,  that  of  the  Ephesians  embraced  the  ancient 
inhabitants  who  were  found  in  the  land ;  that  of  the  Euonymae, 
the  Ionians  who  came  from  Attica;  while  the  third,  the 
Bennaeans,  named  after  a  town  called  Benna,  may  have  con- 
tained the  non-Ionian  settlers.4  At  Teos  we  find  a  Phyle  of 
Geleontes,5  whom  we  recognise  as  Ionian,  while  the  names  of 
other  Phylae  are  unknown  to  us.  On  the  other  hand,  several 
inscriptions  of  Teos6  bear  evidence  to  a  division  of  the  people 
according  to  burghs  or  irvpyoi,  i.e.  no  doubt  according  to  dis- 
tricts, each  of  which  was  named  after  a  fortified  place  situated 
within  it,  and  the  appellations  of  these  burghs  are  derived  from 
the  names  of  persons,  sometimes  evidently  non-Greek,  and 
therefore  Carian  or  Lydian.  It  is  impossible,  however,  to  dis- 
cover what  the  relation  was  in  which  the  burghs  or  burgh- 
districts  stood  to  the  Phylae.  Equally  obscure  is  the  position 
of  the  Symmories  which  appear  in  two  inscriptions,  certainly 
named  after  some  person,  as,  e.g.,  the  Symmory  of  Echinus  is 
mentioned,  while  in  other  places  the  gentile  form  of  the  name, 
Echinadae,  occurs.  The  most  probable  supposition  is  that 
Symmory  and  gens  (7&0?)  were  synonymous  terms,  and  that 
the  same  persons,  after  whom  the  burghs  were  named,  were 

their  total  number  was  in  all  is  un-  295,  vide  C.  Curtius,  Hermes,  iv.  p. 

certain.  221.     From  Egyptian  inscriptions  of 

1  Thuc.  iii.  92.  The  opinion  which  the  Roman  period  we  learn  that  there 
is  doubted  in  the  text  is  supported  by  was  a  subdivision  of  the  Phylae  caned 
Dr.  Arnold  in  his  remarks  on  this  the  x&ia<rr6s.  The  same  name  is 
passage.  Of.,  on  the  other  hand,  found  in  Samos,  where  the  terms 
Steph.  Byz.  under  'Ipd,  and  Kriegk,  iKaroorfo  and  7&0S  also  occur  as 
de  Maliensibus  (Frankfort,  1833),  p.  12.  smaller  divisions.     See,  in  addition  to 

2  Pausan.  v.  9.  5.  Curtius,   W.   Vischer,   Neues  Bhein. 
8  Etymol.  M.  sub  voc.  'AarvrraXata,     Mus.  xxii.  p.  313. 

Herod,  iii.  26.  «  Cf.  Inscrip.  ii.  p.  670,  no.  3078-79. 

4  Steph.  Byz.  sub  voc.  Bivva.    With  •  Ibid.    no.   3064-66,  with  Bockh's 

regard  to    a  sixth    Phyle,   probably  Commentary.     Cf.  also  Grote,   Greek 

added  by  Lyaimachus  about  the  year  Hist.  vol.  iii.  p.  14. 


TRIBES  AND  CLASSES  AMONG  THE  PEOPLE.      131 

also  regarded  as  the  ancestors  and  eponymous  heroes  of  certain 
gentes.  Elsewhere  we  usually  find  the  gentile  Phylae  distri- 
buted in  subdivisions  under  the  name  of  Phratriae,  and  those, 
again,  divided  into  gentes,  and  the  gentes  into  houses  or 
families  (oIkol)  ;  while,  on  the  other  hand,  the  subdivisions  of  the 
local  Phylae  were  districts  (brjfioi)  or  village-settlements  (/cibficu). 
We  must  not,  however,  overlook  the  fact  that  originally,  even 
where  there  were  gentile  Phylae,  the  members  of  a  tribe  did 
actually  dwell  together  in  the  same  part  of  the  land,  and  in  the 
same  way  the  members  of  a  Phratria  or  gens,  so  that  even  here 
a  distribution  of  the  land  into  larger  and  smaller  districts  was 
intimately  associated  with  the  division  of  the  people.  It 
follows  that  the  distinction  between  gentile  and  local  Phylae 
consists  simply  in  the  different  principle  of  division,  which  in 
the  former  was  the  actual  or  supposed  connection  of  race; 
while  in  the  formation  of  local  Phylae  the  place  of  habitation 
merely  was  taken  into  consideration,  irrespective  of  race.  As 
time  went  on,  however,  this  principle  was  no  longer  strictly 
adhered  to,  and  an  individual,  in  changing  his  place  of  abode 
from  one  district  to  another,  was  not  in  consequence  necessarily 
removed  from  one  Phyle  into  another. 

To  belong  to  some  Phylae,  and  within  this  to  a  Phratria  or 
Deme  {i.e.  district),  was  everywhere  an  essential  symbol  and 
condition  of  citizenship,  and  secured,  even  in  those  States 
where,  in  relation  to  participation  in  the  government  of  the 
State,  very  unequal  degrees  of  privilege  existed,  at  least  some 
share  in  mutual  rights  with  regard  to  private  law  and  to 
ritual,  from  which  those  inhabitants  of  the  land  who  were 
not  contained  in  these  divisions  were  excluded.  The  position 
of  these  latter  was  different  in  different  countries,  and 
variously  graduated.  Sometimes  they  were  possessed  of  per- 
sonal freedom,  and  only  fell  short  of  political  liberty  in  so  far 
as  participation  in  the  government  of  the  commonwealth,  to 
which  they  belonged,  was  withheld  from  them.  Apart  from 
this,  however,  they  might  be  united  among  themselves  into 
large  or  small  communes,  and  were  permitted  to  manage  the 
affairs  of  these  with  a  certain  amount  of  independence,  although 
under  the  superintendence  and  observation  of  the  central 
government.  In  addition  to  this  they  were  obliged  to  pay 
taxes,  and  to  render  other  kinds  of  service,  of  which  military 
duties  were  the  most  important.  We  shall  become  better 
acquainted  with  this  class  of  the  population  in  the  Spartan 
State,  where  they  were  called  Periceci.  In  the  Argive  State 
the  inhabitants  of  the  district  of  Tiryns,  Mycenae,  Orneae,  and 
others,  appear  to  have  stood  in  a  similar  position,  and  were 


132      CONSTITUTIONS  OF  INDIVIDUAL  STATES. 

called  sometimes  Periceci,  sometimes  Orneatae,1  the  latter  name, 
which  properly  only  signified  the  inhabitants  of  Orneae,  being 
in  later  times  employed  as  the  general  term  for  the  whole  class 
of  men  who  stood  in  the  same  position  of  dependence  upon  Argos, 
a  position  however  which  might  receive  various  modifications  in 
the  case  of  different  Periceci.  Certain  it  is  that  Sparta  and 
Argos  were  not  the  only  States  in  which  there  existed  a  popu- 
lation standing  in  this  kind  of  relation,  although  we  have  no 
more  precise  information  on  the  subject.  For  the  name 
Periceci,  which  we  find  very  commonly,  does  not  always  desig- 
nate this  class,  but  sometimes  also  another  relation,  which  we 
shall  have  to  mention  in  a  later  section.  At  present  we  may 
simply  remark,  as  to  the  Thessalian  populations,  dependent 
on  the  dominant  Thessalian  peoples,  viz.,  the  Perrhaebians, 
Magnetes,  Phthiotian  Achaeans,  Malians,  (Etaeans,  iEnianes, 
and  Dolopes,  that  their  position  was  in  some  respects  not 
dissimilar,  since  they  were  certainly  bound  to  pay  taxes  to 
the  Thessalians,  and  to  render  other  services,  while  they  were 
excluded  from  all  participation  in  the  administration  of  the 
Thessalian  commonwealth.2  The  rule  of  the  Thessalians  over 
them,  however,  was  far  less  firmly  established,  and  was  not  at 
all  times  maintained  with  equal  severity,  so  that  the  subject 
class  enjoyed  a  much  greater  share  of  independence  than  the 
Spartan  Periceci,  e.g.,  making  war,  on  their  own  account,  and 
forming  alliances  with  foreign  States.  In  addition,  however,  to 
these  persons  deprived  of  political  but  not  of  personal  freedom, 
there  was  in  many  States  a  class  of  peasants  in  the  condition  of 
serfs,  and  bound  to  the  soil.  The  best  known  example  of  the 
kind  are  the  Lacedaemonian  Helots,  with  whom  are  usually 
compared  the  Mnoitae,  Clarotae,  Aphamiotae  in  Crete,  and  the 
Thessalian  Penestas.  To  the  former  we  shall  return  in  the 
proper  place.  The  Penestae,  however,  whose  name,  in  my 
opinion,  simply  signifies  "  labourers," 3  were  in  those  parts  of 
Thessaly  which  were  actually  occupied  by  the  Thessalians 
themselves,  and  not  merely  dependent  upon  them,  the  de- 
scendants of  the  most  ancient  subject  population  chiefly  of 
Perrhaebaean  and  Magnesian  descent.     They  were  also  known 

1  Herod,  viii.  73  ;  cf.  Miiller,  Mgin.  planation,  "to  be  poor,"  may  appeal 

p.  48  ;  Dorians,  i.  p.  182,  Eng.  tr.  to  Dionysius,  A.  R.  ii.  9,  and  to  the 

*Cf.  Antiq.  jur.  publ.  Or.  p.  401,  expression   "poor  people"  ("armer 

note  2,  and  402,  note  5.  ^eute  >»  m  use  even  at  an  early  period 

in    Germany  for    the    peasants,    al- 

8  According  to  the  Homeric  meaning  though  all  of  these  were  not  poor, 

of  ir4ve<T9ai=iroveTi> — "  les  laboureurs.  The  most  improbable  opinion  is  that 

Cf.  Ast.  on  Plat.  Legg.  p.  322,  and  Treviffrai    is  equivalent    to    fieviarai, 

G.  Curtius,  Greek  Etymology,  vol.  i.  p.  and  signified  those  who  had  remained 

337.     Whoever  prefers  the  older  ex-  behind  in  the  land. 


TRIBES  AND  CLASSES  AMONG  THE  PEOPLE.      133 

as  Thessaliotse,1  a  name  which  was  probably  intended  to 
signify  that  on  the  conquest  of  the  country  they  had  come  to 
terms  with  the  Thessalians,  instead  of  emigrating,  as  others, 
and  in  particular  the  iEolian  Boeotians,  had  done.  The  condi- 
tions of  this  agreement  were  that  they  were  obliged  to  pay  to 
their  conquerors  a  fixed  impost  from  the  land  which  they  culti- 
vated, and  to  the  soil  of  which  they  were  attached,  and  also  to 
render  military  service  when  summoned ;  but  on  the  other 
hand,  they  were  neither  to  be  driven  from  the  country,  nor 
killed  by  the  lords  of  the  land.2  Each  Thessalian  lord  then  had 
on  his  property  a  number  of  these  subject  peasants,  and  the 
impost  which  they  paid  was  not  so  large  but  that  they  were 
able  still  to  retain  enough  besides  for  themselves,  and  many  of 
them,  we  are  assured,  were  even  richer  than  their  lords.  Their 
position  therefore  cannot  be  called  one  of  oppression,  although 
the  unfree  condition  in  which  they  lived,  and  many  instances 
of  injurious  treatment  by  their  lords,  against  whom  they  could 
scarcely  have  had  protection  or  assistance,  occasionally  roused 
them  to  revolts,  which  however  were  of  no  service  towards 
procuring  their  freedom. 

In  Argos  also  there  existed  at  one  time  a  similar  class  of 
subject  peasants,  the  Gymnesii,  probably  so  called,  because 
they  accompanied  their  lords  into  the  field  as  light-armed 
troops  (yvfjbvijrei).  In  Sicyon  too  there  was  a  class  called  the 
Corynephori,  from  being  armed  with  clubs,  instead  of  swords 
and  lances,  or  Catonakophori,  because  the  dress  of  these 
peasants  consisted  of  a  coat  made  with  a  fold  of  sheepskin.3 
The  Greeks  in  southern  Italy  had  reduced  into  this  condition 
of  serfdom  the  earlier  inhabitants  of  the  country  occupied  by 
them,  who  were  ranked  among  the  Pelasgi.  In  Syracuse  a 
body  of  serfs  existed  under  the  name  of  Cillikyrii,  an  obscure 
word,  possibly  of  non-Greek  origin,  since  these  serfs  themselves 
were  beyond  doubt  composed  of  the  subject  Siceli.  We  learn 
with  regard  to  them  that  at  one  time  they  made  common  cause 
with  the  lower  class  of  citizens  or  Demos,  and  expelled  the 
Geomori,  until  Gelon  of  Agrigentum  gave  his  support  to  the 
latter,  and  once  more  reduced  them  to  subjection,  for  which 
service,  however,  he  raised  himself  to  the  chief  power  in 
Syracuse.4     In  the  same  way  the  Byzantians,  a  Megarian 

1  This  is  the  correct  name,  and  not  *  Athenreus,  vi.  p.  264  A,  B. 

QeaacLKoucircu,  as  it  is  written  in  some  8  Cf.  the  copious  collection  of  evi- 

passages.      See  Bernhardy  on   Suid.  denceinRuhnken  on  Timce,  p.  213  seq. 

li.  p.  176,  and  Dindorf  on  Harpocrat.  4  Herod,  vii.  155,  where,   however, 

p.  245.     It    is    impossible    that  the  the  mss.  give  KiWvplwv  or  KvWvpLw. 

Penestae  could  have  been  called  the  Cf.  Welcker,  Prolegomena  to  Theogn. 

oucirai  of  the  Thessalian  lords.  p.  xix. 


134     CONSTITUTIONS  OF  INDIVIDUAL  STATES. 

colony,  reduced  the  neighbouring  Bithynians  to  the  same  con- 
dition, and  the  settlers  at  Heraclea  in  the  Pontus  treated  the 
Mariandyni  in  a  similar  manner,  who,  from  the  kind  of  tribute 
which  they  rendered  to  their  lords,  were  also  called  Dorophori.1 
Lastly,  the  slaves  in  Chios,  who  here  bore  the  name  of 
Therapontes,  have  been  compared  with  the  Helots,  though  the 
comparison  probably  only  rests  upon  the  fact  that  in  both 
places  the  cultivation  of  the  land  was  entirely,  or  almost 
entirely,  practised  by  slaves,  who  might  sometimes  have  dwelt 
together  in  villages,  and  paid  a  certain  tribute  to  their  mas- 
ters in  the  towns,  just  as  in  other  parts  there  existed  a  class 
of  slave  artisans  who  lived  apart  from  their  masters,  or  alto- 
gether in  manufactories,  and  who,  after  the  payment  of  a  certain 
tax  to  their  masters,  retained  the  remainder  of  their  earnings 
for  their  own  support.  There  was,  however,  an  essential 
difference  between  these  Therapontes  and  the  Helots,  inas- 
much as  the  former  were  bought  slaves  from  barbarian  lands, 
and  therefore  a  relationship  between  them  and  their  masters 
depending  on  long-continued  subjection  and  contract  was 
impossible.2  It  is  however  quite  true  that  the  people  of  Chios 
had  as  good  cause  to  apprehend  revolts  among  their  agricul- 
tural slaves,  as  the  Spartans  had  among  their  Helots,  or  the 
Syracusan  Geomori  among  their  Cillyrians.  This  is  proved 
by  the  story  of  Iphicrates,  who,  by  threatening  to  put  arms 
into  the  hands  of  their  slaves,  induced  the  Chiots  to  pay  him  a 
considerable  sum  of  money,  and  to  conclude  an  agreement  with 
him  on  his  own  terms.3 

We  may  here  add  some  mention,  by  way  of  appendix,  of  the 
Hieroduli,  or  ministers  of  the  gods,  who  formed  a  class  of  per- 
sons bound  to  certain  services,  duties,  or  contributions  to  the 
temple  of  some  god,  and  who  sometimes  dwelt  in  the  position 
of  serfs  on  the  sacred  ground.  They  appear  in  considerable 
numbers,  and  as  an  integral  part  of  the  population  only  in 
Asia,  as,  e.g.,  at  Comana  in  Cappadocia,  where  in  Strabo's  time 
there  were  more  than  6000  of  them  attached  to  the  temple  of 
the  goddess  Ma,  who  was  named  by  the  Greeks  Enyo,  and  by 
the  Eomans  Bellona.4  In  Sicily  too  the  Erycinian  Aphrodite  had 
numerous  ministers,  whom  Cicero  calls  Venerii,  and  classes  with 
the  ministers  of  Mars  (Martiales)  at  Larinum  in  South  Italy.5  In 
Greece  we  may  consider  the  Craugallidae  as  Hieroduli  of  the  Del- 
phian Apollo.    They  belonged  apparently  to  the  race  of  Dryopes, 

1  Athenae.  vi.  p.  263  F,  and  271  c  ;  s  Polyaen.  Strat.  iii.  9.  23,  p.  243. 

Strab.  xii.  p.  542.  t  c.Trar)   „\:   „    wr: 

1  lneopompus,  quoted  mAtnenaeus, 

vi.  88,  p.  265.  *  Cic.  pro  Cluentio,  15,  44. 


THE  ORGANISATION  OF  STATE  AUTHORITY.      135 

who  are  said  to  have  been  at  some  former  time  conquered  by 
Heracles,  and  dedicated  by  him  to  the  god.  The  greater  part 
of  them,  we  are  told,  were  sent  at  the  command  of  Apollo 
to  the  Peloponnese,  whilst  the  Craugallidae  remained  behind, 
and  at  the  time  of  the  first  sacred  war,  i.e.  towards  the  end  of 
the  sixth  century,  we  find  them  mentioned  along  with  the 
Crissseans.1  Their  menial  position  probably  consisted  princi- 
pally in  the  fact  that  they  were  bound  to  contribute  to  the 
temple  a  fixed  share  of  the  produce  from  the  land  which  they 
cultivated,  and  which  was  the  property  of  the  god.  It  is  how- 
ever certain  that  the  priests  must  have  exercised  some  other 
right  over  them  as  well.  In  later  times  we  find  many  instances 
of  individual  men  being  delivered  over  to  the  Delphian  god, 
either  as  a  free  gift  or  article  of  sale,  although  no  mention  is 
made  in  these  cases  of  special  obligations,  which  they  were 
bound  to  fulfil  towards  him.  This  was  in  fact  merely  a  form 
of  emancipation  by  means  of  which  the  emancipated  person 
received  the  god  as  his  patron.2  At  Corinth  too  there  were 
numerous  Hieroduli  attached  to  Aphrodite,  some  of  whom  were 
women,  who  lived  as  Hetserse,  and  paid  a  certain  tax  from 
their  earnings  to  the  goddess.3  Besides  these  instances  we 
find  only  isolated  mention  of  Hieroduli.  It  of  course  needs  no 
proof  that  all  those,  whose  personal  dependence  on  the  god  to 
whom  they  were  presented  or  sold  in  reality  meant  nothing,  were 
nevertheless,  in  a  political  point  of  view,  regarded  not  as  free- 
born  citizens,  but  as  freedmen,  and  therefore  could  only  have 
belonged  as  a  rule  to  the  class  of  resident  aliens. 


CHAPTER  V. 

THE  ORGANISATION  OF  STATE  AUTHORITY. 

It  has  been  already  remarked  that  the  civic  rights  in  each  State 
were  only  enjoyed  by  those  who  were  included  in  the  association 
of  Phylse  and  their  subdivisions,  and  also  that  there  were 

1  Cf.    Muller,  Dor.  vol.  i.  pp.  50  and  and  Meier's  Recens.  in  the  Allgemeine 

286,  Eng.  tr.     Another  view  regard-  LiterarischeZeitung(l843,  Dec), p.  612 

ing  the  Craugallidae  is  brought  for-  seq.,  also  Rangabe,  Antiq.  Hell.  ii.  p. 

ward  by  Soldan  in  the  RJiein.  Mus.  608  seq.     Add  to    this  Wescher   et 

vi.  (1839),  p.  438  seq.,  but  I  cannot  Foucart,  Inscrip.  recueill.  a  Delphes, 

discover  that  it  rests  on  any  better  Paris,      1863  ;     Curtius,      Gbttinger 

basis.  Nachrichten,  1864,  No.  8. 

3  Cf.  E.  Curtius,  Anecdota  Delphica,  *  Strab.  viii.  p.  378. 


136       CONSTITUTIONS  OF  INDIVIDUAL  STATES. 

differences  in  the  nature  of  these  rights  themselves.  Those  of 
them  in  particular  which  may  be  described  as  the  properly 
political  or  public  rights  in  opposition  to  those  relating  merely 
to  private  law  or  religious  privileges  were  very  unequally  distri- 
buted among  the  various  tribes,  as  well  as  within  these  divisions 
themselves,  and  might  be  either  entirely  or  in  a  great  measure 
withheld  from  many  of  those  who  were  included  in  them, 
according  as  the  constitution  of  the  State  was  of  a  more  or  less 
oligarchical  character.  If  we  now  consider  accurately  the 
organisation  of  the  State  authority,  keeping  in  mind  the  distinc- 
tion between  the  three  political  functions  which  we  laid  down 
above  on  the  authority  of  Aristotle,  we  shall  find  first  of  all 
that  in  every  State  certain  assemblies,  more  or  less  numerous, 
were  instituted  for  the  deliberative  and  determinative  power. 
These  were  sometimes  permanent,  sometimes  changeable,  some- 
times associated  with  exclusive  boards  invested  with  an 
official  character,  and  sometimes  open  to  all  privileged  citizens 
in  each  case  of  deliberation.  Assemblies  of  a  larger  size 
were  adapted  to  a  democracy;  smaller  ones  to  an  oligarchy, 
in  which  general  assemblies  of  the  citizens  were  either  not  held 
at  all,  or,  if  they  were  held,  were  invested  with  extremely 
limited  privileges.  The  smaller  kind  of  assembly,  which  in  an 
oligarchy  was,  if  not  the  only,  at  least  the  most  important  or 
active  organ  of  the  deliberative  and  determinative  power,  was 
usually  named  the  Gerousia,  or  council  of  elders,  and  more 
rarely  the  Boule.  It  must  be  regarded  as  a  characteristic 
property  of  a  supreme  oligarchical  council  of  this  kind,  first, 
that,  as  the  name  implies,  only  men  of  advanced  age  were 
admitted  into  it ;  and  secondly,  that  its  members  retained  their 
seats  for  life;  whereas  a  deliberative  board,  whose  members 
change  by  annual  rotation,  is  more  adapted  to  a  democracy.1 
The  members  of  the  Gerousia  were  probably  in  every  case 
appointed  by  means  of  election  ;  at  least  there  is  no  example  of 
hereditary  Gerontes,  but  eligibility  for  the  office  was  naturally 
confined  to  a  small  body,  as,  e.g.,  in  Corinth,  where,  during  the 
rule  of  the  Bacchiadae,  probably  only  the  members  of  that  gens 
were  eligible,  and  in  other  cities  only  the  privileged  class  at 
most.  In  this  way  was  formed  the  Gerousia  of  ninety  at 
Elis,2  and  that  of  sixty  at  Cnidus,  who,  from  the  fact  that 
they  were  exempt  from  control  and  could  not  be  called  to 
account,  were  called  Amnamones.3  In  Epidaurus,  moreover, 
there  was  a  council  of  Artyni,  who  were  nominated  as  a  smaller 
committee  out  of  a  larger  board  of  180   members,4  while  in 

1  Arist.  Pol.  vi.  5.  13.  8  Plutarch.  Qucest.  Or.  no.  4. 

3  Ibid.  v.  5.  8.  *  Plut.  ib.  no.  1. 


THE  ORG  AN  ISA  TION  OF  STA  TE  A  UTHORITY.       1 3  7 

Massilia  there  was  a  committee  of  fifteen  elected  out  of  a  total 
number  of  six  hundred  so-called  Timuchi,  among  whom  no  one 
was  admitted  who  was  not  of  citizen  descent  through  three  gen- 
erations and  who  had  not  had  children  born  to  him.1  Mention 
is  also  found  of  a  public  assembly  of  six  hundred  at  Elis,2  of 
which  the  ninety  members  mentioned  above  may  have  been 
a  committee,  and  also  in  the  Pontian  Heraclaea,  where  they 
were  introduced  instead  of  an  earlier  assembly  of  smaller 
numbers.8  But  in  other  places  we  find  an  assembly  of 
a  thousand,  as  at  Colophon,  Ehegium,  Croton,  among  the 
Epizephyrian  Locrians,  at  Cumse  and  Agrigentum,4  and  the 
fact  that  they  were  composed  of  the  richest  citizens,  which  is 
expressly  testified  with  regard  to  some  of  these,  may  probably 
be  assumed  in  all  cases.  It  is  also  probable  that  above  these 
great  councils  there  was  in  each  case  a  smaller  college  or  more 
select  council,  which,  acting  as  a  pro-Bouleutic  board,  prepared 
the  matter  for  discussion  in  the  larger  assembly,  and  transacted 
certain  kinds  of  current  business  alone  and  independently.  Of 
this  character  are  the  Probuli  and  Nomophylaces,6  who  appear 
in  several  places,  although  the  latter  name  was  also  applied 
to  certain  magistrates  with  more  special  functions,  as  we  shall 
see  on  a  later  occasion.  With  regard  to  the  term  Synedri,6 
which  likewise  often  occurs,  it  is  impossible  to  decide  whether 
it  is  to  be  considered  a  democratic  or  an  oligarchical  board. 

Further,  the  manner  and  method  in  which  the  members  of 
these  larger  and  smaller  councils  were  elected  is  nowhere 
expressly  stated,  and  it  is  impossible  to  say  whether  membership 
in  the  Great  Council  was  for  life,  or  limited  to  a  certain  period, 
after  the  expiration  of  which  other  persons,  though  of  course  only 
from  the  number  of  the  privileged  citizens,  succeeded  to  the  place. 
It  is  only  with  regard  to  Agrigentum  that  we  learn  that  here 
in  the  time  of  Empedocles  the  assembly  of  one  thousand  was 
appointed  for  a  space  of  three  years.  In  some  States,  however, 
side  by  side  with  the  great  and  small  councils,  there  were  also 
general  assemblies  of  the  citizens,  the  power  of  which  however 
was  no  doubt  extremely  limited,  and  only  privileged  to  accept 
or  reject  the  measures  which  the  Great  Council  thought  fit  to 
lay  before  them.  A  great  assembly  of  this  kind  we  find,  e.g. 
at  Croton,  and  possibly  the  relation  of  the  thousand  to  this  may 


1  Strab.  iv.  1,  p.  179  ;  Caesar,  Civil.  Vit.  Pytkag.  §  45  ;  Polyb.  xii.  16.  11  ; 

i.  35.  1.  Heraclid.  Pont.  11  ;  Diog.  L.  viii.  66. 

*  Thuc.  v.  47.  *  Arist.  Pol.  iv.  11.  9. 

3  Arist.  Pol.  vi.  5.  2.  •  E.g.  Li  v.  xlv.  32  ;   C.  Inscrip.  i. 

4  Theopompus    apud  Athense.    xii.  p.  730;   cf.  no.   1543.   13;  1625.  41, 
526  c  ;  Heraclid.  Pont.  25  ;  Jamblich.  47,  2140  a.  2,  23 ;  Rangabe,  u.  689,  28. 


1 38       CONSTITUTIONS  OF  INDIVIDUAL  STATES. 

explain  the  fact  that  the  latter  body  is  described  by  a  later  author1 
as  a  Gerousia,  which  was  certainly  not  its  proper  name.  A 
similar  state  of  things  may  have  existed  in  Massalia,  where  the  six 
hundred  Timuchi  are  called  senatus  by  a  Latin  writer.2  On  the 
other  hand,  in  many  States  there  was  no  general  assembly  at 
all,  and  even  no  Great  Council  consisting  of  a  definite  number, 
and  instead  of  this  certain  categories  of  the  citizens  were  sum- 
moned, as,  e.g.,  among  the  MaHans  those  who  had  served  as 
Hoplites.3  Finally,  we  find  in  some  instances  a  Gerousia  and  a 
Boule  existing  side  by  side,  the  one  a  life  assembly  and  the 
other  an  annually  changing  council.  Thus,  at  Argos,  in  the 
Peloponnesian  war,  we  may  consider  as  a  Gerousia  the  College 
of  Eighty,4  which  is  mentioned  along  with  the  Boule,  though 
concerning  the  material  relation  of  these  two  to  one  another 
we  have  no  information.  So  too  in  Athens  the  Council  of  the 
Areopagus  bears  the  character  of  a  Gerousia  in  opposition  to  the 
democratic  Council  of  Five  Hundred. 

The  second  political  function  is  the  administration  by 
Government  officials  of  certain  branches  of  the  public  business, 
which,  especially  in  a  large  and  populous  State,  was  both 
extensive  and  manifold.  The  State  needs,  in  the  first  place, 
says  Aristotle,5  certain  functionaries  for  the  superintendence  of 
trade  and  commerce,  and  especially  within  the  market,  for 
which  latter  officers  the  usual  name  was  Agoranomi;  and 
further  for  the  inspection  of  the  public  buildings  and  the  main- 
tenance of  a  police  supervision  over  houses  and  streets,  the 
officials  so  employed  being  usually  called  Astynomi.  But  a 
similar  superintendence  and  police  supervision  is  also  necessary 
in  the  country,  and  among  the  magistrates  appointed  for  this 
purpose  were  the  so-called  Agronomi  and  Hylori,  or  overseers  of 
field  and  forest.  Then  there  must  be  officials  for  the  receipt, 
custody,  and  expenditure  of  the  public  money,  who  were  called 
receivers  and  treasurers  {airoheKrat  and  rafilai).  Further, 
functionaries  were  required  by  whom  documents  relating  to 
legal  business  and  judicial  decisions  might  be  drawn  up,  and 
before  whom  plaints  might  be  lodged  and  notifications  issued  of 
the  commencement  of  legal  processes.  These  were  the  so-called 
Hieromnemones,  Epistatse,  Mnemones,  and  the  like.  Once 
more,  others  were  necessary  for  the  exaction  of  fines  from 
condemned  persons,  for  the  execution  of  the  recognised  punish- 
ments, and  for  the  safe  keeping  of  prisoners.  In  addition  to 
these,  military  officials  were  indispensable  to  muster  the  popu- 
lation capable  of  bearing  arms,  to  arrange  them  in  the  various 

1  Jamblichus,  he.  cit.        2  Valer.  Max.  ii.  6.  3  Arist.  Pol.  iv.  10.  10. 

*  Thuc.  v.  47.  s  Arist.  Pol.  vi.  5.  2  seq. 


THE  ORGANISATION  OF  STATE  AUTHORITY.       139 

divisions  of  the  army,  and,  in  a  word,  to  superintend  the  neces- 
sary preparations  for  war.  These  were  called  Polemarchi, 
Strategi,  Nauarchi,  Hipparchi,  and  so  on.  In  the  next  place, 
there  were  the  officials  who  received  the  audit  of  those  who  had 
charge  of  the  public  money,  and  summoned  them  to  render  an 
account  of  their  office ;  and  also  the  magistrates  who  had  the 
care  of  the  public  worship  and  its  concomitant  arrangements. 
These  were  sometimes  priests,  sometimes  men  who  performed 
those  public  sacrifices  which  were  not  of  a  sacerdotal  character, 
and  who  bore  the  names  of  Archontes,  or  Kings,  or  Prytanes. 
Finally,  however,  the  most  important  and  influential  of  all  the 
functionaries  of  Government  were  those  who  summoned  the 
deliberative  assemblies  and  presided  over  their  discussions. 
In  smaller  States  which  possessed  fewer  officials  each  office 
was  concerned  not  with  one  single  department  of  business,  but 
with  several  at  the  same  time,  while  in  large  States,  on  the 
contrary,  the  officials  were  numerous,  the  departments  of  busi- 
ness minutely  subdivided,  and  there  were  even  several  officials 
for  one  and  the  same  branch. 

In  those  States  however  in  which  peculiar  attention  was  paid 
to  the  maintenance  of  order  and  morality  there  were,  in  addi- 
tion to  the  above-mentioned  magistrates,  many  others  for  the 
preservation  of  public  discipline,  to  inspect  the  behaviour  of 
women,  and  to  superintend  at  the  Gymnasia,  sacred  games,  and 
the  like.  It  must  be  remembered,  however,  that  this  classifica- 
tion of  magistrates  and  the  various  departments  of  their  business, 
which  we  have  given  here  on  the  authority  of  Aristotle,  had  its 
exact  counterpart  in  no  actual  Greek  State.  There  were  found, 
on  the  contrary,  in  every  case,  manifold  modifications  and  com- 
binations of  them,  although  with  the  exception  of  the  single 
instance  of  Athens  we  are  entirely  without  information  about 
them.  We  shall  no  doubt  be  right  in  regarding  with  Aristotle, 
as  the  functionaries  who  possessed  the  greatest  importance  in 
the  constitution,  those  who,  as  president  and  directors,  were 
placed  at  the  head  of  the  deliberative  and  determinative  councils 
and  assemblies,  especially  where  along  with  this  position  they 
were  also  intrusted  with  some  kind  of  executive  power  in  order 
to  carry  the  decisions  of  these  bodies  into  execution.  In  earlier 
times  when  the  constitution  of  all  States  was  of  a  more  or  less 
oligarchical  character,  this  was  probably  the  case  universally, 
though  in  a  later  period  democratic  States  considered  it  a  safer 
course  to  divide  and  split  up  the  authority  of  the  magistrates 
as  far  as  possible.  In  some  oligarchies  the  supreme  deliberative 
and  determinative  board  itself  simply  consisted  of  an  assembly 
of  supreme  magistrates,  who  held  joint  meetings  for  the  forma- 


1 40       CONSTITUTIONS  OF  INDI VI D  UAL  ST  A  TES. 

tion  of  resolutions,  which  were  then  carried  into  execution  by 
each  officer  in  his  own  department.  Of  this  nature,  as  far  as 
we  can  conjecture,  was  the  College  of  Artyni  at  Epidaurus,  who 
are  termed  Bouleutae  or  Councillors,  and,  as  we  said  above,  were 
a  smaller  board  elected  out  of  a  larger  college,  although  their 
other  title  appears  also  to  point  to  some  supreme  magistracy. 
Again,  in  Megara  we  hear  of  Synarchise  or  Colleges  of  Magis- 
trates, which  as  a  pro-bouleutic  board  or  smaller  council 
brought  their  determinations  before  the  iEsymnetse,  the  Boule, 
and  the  popular  assembly.1  So  in  Messene,  the  State  restored 
by  Epaminondas,  mention  is  made  of  Synarchise  as  a  deliberative 
and  final  college.2  Just,  however,  as  we  are  unable  to  make 
any  more  precise  statement  on  the  subject,  so  all  our  other 
information  with  regard  to  the  magistrates  in  different  States  is 
but  little  adapted  to  throw  any  light  on  the  essential  questions. 
Our  knowledge  is  almost  limited  to  a  number  of  names,  from 
which  no  certain  inference  can  be  drawn  as  to  the  function 
and  political  importance  of  the  officers  themselves,  since  it  is 
certain  that  in  many  cases  offices  of  an  entirely  different 
character  and  importance  nevertheless  bore  the  same  name. 
Although  therefore  an  enumeration  of  names,  from  which  by 
themselves  no  definite  information  can  be  gained,  is  in  reality 
of  little  advantage,  still  some  few  of  them  may  here  be  put 
forward,  partly  because  they  occur  most  frequently,  partly 
because  this  at  least  may  be  asserted  with  regard  to  them,  that 
the  offices  so  named  were  among  the  most  honourable  and 
conspicuous  even  if  they  were  not  united  with  great  political 
importance. 

In  the  first  place,  the  regal  title  itself  frequently  occurs  in 
the  period  in  which  the  kingly  form  of  government  had  long 
since  ceased  to  exist.3  It  had  been  one  of  the  duties  of  the 
ancient  kings  in  every  state  to  perform  certain  public  sacrifices, 
which  were  not  of  a  sacerdotal  character,  and  it  was  feared  that 
the  displeasure  of  the  gods  might  be  aroused  if  these  were  no 
longer  performed  by  means  of  kings.  Accordingly  they  con- 
tinued to  appoint  a  king  for  the  sake  of  the  kingly  sacrifice, 
and  probably  intrusted  to  his  charge  certain  other  func- 
tions relating  to  religious  matters,  and  even  the  superinten- 
dence of  the  public  worship  and  the  priesthoods,  together 
with  the  authority  necessary  for  its  exercise,  but  without  any 

1  This  is  proved  by  an  inscription  Inscrip.  i.  p.  610,  iii.  p.  93.  ;  Vischer, 
in  Gerhard's  Archaol.  Zeit.  (Denkm.  Epigr.  und  archaol.  Beitr.  p.  14 ; 
und  Forsch.)  1853,  p.  582.  Rangabe,  Ant.  Hell.  no.  704,  p.  299. 

2  Polyb.    iv.  4.  2.      Synarchiae  are 

also  occasionally  mentioned  by  authors  3  Some  examples  are  given  above, 
and  in  inscriptions.     Cf.  Bockh,  Corp.     p.  118. 


THE  ORGANISATION  OF  STATE  AUTHORITY.       141 

further  political  power.  By  far  the  greater  number  of  the 
kings  who  appear  in  later  times  must  be  regarded  as  religious 
officials  of  this  nature.  How  much  or  how  little  importance  of 
other  kinds  they  may  have  had  can  never  be  ascertained  from 
the  mere  title  in  the  absence  of  all  other  testimony,  not  even 
in  cases  where,  as  at  Megara,  the  year  received  its  name  from 
them,1  a  custom  which  evidently  points  to  a  yearly  rotation  of 
the  office. 

A  second  and  very  frequently  occurring  title  is  that  of 
Prytanis,  which  is  no  doubt  connected  with  irpo  and  Trpwro?,2 
and  signified  prince  or  supreme  ruler,  as,  e.g.,  even  Hiero,  the 
king  or  tyrant  of  Syracuse,  is  addressed  by  Pindar  as  Prytanis.3 
At  Corinth,  after  the  abolition  of  the  monarchy,  a  Prytanis, 
taken  from  the  ancient  house  of  the  Bacchiadse,  was  annually 
appointed  as  supreme  magistrate,  and  this  continued  till 
the  overthrow  of  this  oligarchy  by  Cypselus.  The  same  title 
was  borne  by  the  supreme  magistrate  in  the  Corinthian  colony 
of  Corcyra,  where,  however,  at  a  later  time,  when  the  constitu- 
tion had  become  democratic,  we  find  no  longer  a  single  ruler, 
but  a  college  composed  of  four  or  five  Prytanes,  of  whom  one,  as 
Eponymus,  served  to  give  his  name  to  the  year.4  In  Rhodes  we 
find  in  the  time  of  Polybius  a  Prytany  lasting  for  six  months, 
which  may  possibly  point  to  the  fact  that  two  annual  Prytanes 
were  elected,  and  that  each  in  turn  presided  for  half  the  year. 
In  early  times  it  is  probable  that  only  one  Prytanis  was  ap- 
pointed every  year,  out  of  the  Heracleid  gens  of  the  Eratidae.5 
The  same  title  is  also  found  in  the  Dorian  islands  of  Cos  and 
Astypalsea,  and  with  equal  frequency  also  in  the  iEolian 
colonies,  as,  e.g.,  at  Mytilene,  where  one  Prytanis,  and,  in  the 
same  passage,  "kings"  in  the  plural,  appears  in  an  account 
which  has  reference  to  the  time  of  Pittacus,  though  on  the 
exact  truth  of  this  it  would  be  unsafe  to  build.6  In  later  times, 
during  the  period  of  Alexander,  and  under  the  Roman  dominion, 
the  Prytanis  appears  as  the  magistrate  who  gives  his  name  to 
the  year.  In  the  same  way  there  is  evidence  of  Prytanes  at 
Eresus,  concerning  whom  there  existed  a  special  treatise  of 
Phanias  the  Eresian,  one  of  the  pupils  of  Aristotle.    At  Tenedos 

1  E.g.  at  Megara,  in  inscriptions  of  vide  Franzius,  Elementa  Epigraphices 

the  fourth  or  third  centuries,  Corp.  Orcecce,  pp.  199,  200. 

Inscrip.  no.  1052,  1057  ;  at  Chalcedon,  s  Pind.  Pyth.  ii.  56. 

ib.  no.  3794  ;  in  Samothrace,  ib.  no.  4  Of.  C.  Muller,  de  Corcyr.  republ. 

2157-2159.     Here,  moreover,  the  king  pp.  31  and  45  seq. 

was  actually  the  supreme  magistrate,  5  Muller,  Dor.  voL  ii.  p.  152,  Eng. 

according  to  Livy,  xlv.  5,  6.  tr. 

8  The    kindred    form    irp6ravis    is  *  Theophrast. ,     Joannes     Stobaeus, 

also   found  in   Lesbian  inscriptions  :  Flor.  tit.  44.  22,  p.  201,  Gaisf. 


1 42     CONSTITUTIONS  OF  INDIVIDUAL  STATES. 

we  hear  of  the  same  title  from  Pindar,  and  evidence  is  afforded 
by  an  inscription,  belonging  to  the  Roman  period,  of  the  office 
of  Prytanis  having  existed  at  Pergamus,  where  it  gave  the  name 
to  the  year,  was  derived  from  the  monarchy,  and  was  restricted 
to  one  particular  gens.  In  the  Roman  era  we  likewise  find 
Prytanes  in  the  Ionian  towns,  as,  e.g.,  in  Ephesus,  Phocsea, 
Teos,  Smyrna,  Miletus ;  and,  with  regard  to  those  in  the  latter 
city,  Aristotle  states1  that  in  ancient  times  they  had  possessed 
a  very  extensive  power,  which  might  easily  have  paved  the 
way  to  a  tyranny.  In  the  Roman  period  there  existed  here  a 
college  of  six  Prytanes,  with  an  Archprytanis  at  their  head,  and 
the  same  title  is  given  to  the  president  of  the  confederation  of 
Ionian  cities.2  In  Athens,  the  parent  State  of  the  Ionians, 
there  were  at  one  time  Prytanes  of  the  Naucraries,  or  presidents 
of  the  administrative  districts  into  which  the  land  was  divided. 
The  same  name,  however,  was  also  applied  to  the  divisions  of 
the  Council  of  Five  Hundred,  which  held  the  presidency  in 
rotation,  and  who  therefore  were  not  single  functionaries.  The 
same  divisions  were  also  found  in  other  Ionian  States.3  In 
every  case,  however,  where  the  Prytanes  were  magistrates  they 
doubtless  had  also  to  attend  to  the  sacrificial  functions  of  the 
earlier  monarchy,  in  cases  where  there  was  not  still  surviving  a 
special  magistrate  with  the  regal  title  to  serve  this  end,  as  may 
have  been  the  case  in  Delphi,  where  we  find  a  sacerdotal  king 
still  remaining  in  Plutarch's  time;  while  a  Prytanis  is  men- 
tioned as  the  eponymous  magistrate  of  the  year  in  the  time  of 
Philip  of  Macedon.4 

Other  titles  of  rarer  occurrence,  applied  to  the  supreme 
magistrates,  are  Cosmos,  or  Cosmios,  and  Tagos  (signifying 
Arranger  and  Commander),  the  former  of  which  we  find  in 
Crete,  the  latter  in  the  Thessalian  cities.5  With  the  former  we 
may  compare  the  title  of  Cosmopolis,  which  was  in  use  among 
the  Epizephyrian  Locrians.6  A  more  frequent  title  is  that  of 
Demiurgi,  a  name  which  seems  to  imply  a  constitution  no 
longer  oligarchical,  but  which  bestowed  certain  rights  on  the 
Demos.  In  the  time  of  the  Peloponnesian  war  magistrates  of 
this  kind  existed  in  Elis  and  in  the  Arcadian  Mantinaea,  and 

1  Pol.  v.  4.  5.  and    Ross,   Inacrip.   ii.   pp.    12    and 

2  The   passages  from   the   inscrip-    28. 

tions  relating  to  the  particular  states  4  Pausan.  x.  2.  2. 

have  been  collected  by  Westermann  *  Cf.  C.  Inacr.  i.  no.  1770 ;  Leake, 

in  Pauly,  Real-Encylclop.    vi.    1.    p.  Itinerary  of  Greece,  vol.  iii.  p.   169, 

166;  cf.  Tittmann,  Qriechische  Stoats-  iv.  p.  216  ;  Heuzey,  le  mont  Olympe, 

verfa8sung,  p.  483  seq.,  and  Franzius,  p.  467;  Inacr.  no.  4,  v.  10,  18,  26,  32, 

Elementa  Epigraphicea,  p.  322  seq.  and  no.  18.  1. 

*  Cf.  Corp.  Inacript.  ii.   no.   2264,  « Polyb.  xii.  16. 


THE  ORGANISATION  OF  STATE  AUTHORITY.       143 

they  it  was  who,  in  the  name  of  their  States,  swore  to  the 
agreement  which  these  entered  into  at  that  time  with  Athens 
and  Argos,1  from  which  we  may  infer  that  they  were  magis- 
trates of  some  importance.  There  is  still  extant  a  letter  of 
Philip  of  Macedon,2  of  doubtful  authenticity  it  is  true,  addressed 
to  the  Demiurgi  of  the  confederated  Peloponnesian  States,  and 
the  title  is  declared  by  Grammarians  to  have  been  commonly 
used  among  the  Dorians.  So  we  find  documentary  evidence  of 
its  existence  at  Hermione  in  Argolis,3  and  may  fairly  conjecture 
that  it  was  used  in  Corinth  from  the  fact  that  from  this  city  an 
Epidemiurgus  was  despatched,  probably  as  supreme  magistrate, 
to  the  Corinthian  colony  of  Potidaea.  The  title  existed  also 
at  iEgium  in  Achsea,  and  certainly  also  in  the  other  Achsean 
cities,  since  it  is  probable  that  the  constitution  in  all  of  them 
was  nearly  of  the  same  character ;  and  in  later  times  we  meet 
with  a  board  of  Demiurgi  as  an  important  authority  in  the 
League.  Finally,  they  appear  also  in  Thessaly — in  what  towns 
it  is  uncertain4 — and  also  in  Petilia  in  Southern  Italy,  which 
was  a  colony  sent  out  from  Thessaly,  and  in  which  an  ancient 
inscription  speaks  of  a  Damiurgus  as  giving  his  name  to  the 
year.  A  similar  title  is  that  of  Demuchus,  which  the  supreme 
magistrates  of  Thespise  in  Bceotia  seem  to  have  borne,  who 
were  appointed  out  of  certain  families  of  supposed  Heracleid 
descent.5  The  Artyni  at  Epidaurus  and  Argos  we  have  already 
mentioned.  We  are  justified  in  considering  them  as  magis- 
trates from  the  circumstance  that  in  the  above-mentioned 
treaty  in  the  Peloponnesian  war,  which  all  the  other  States 
concerned  ratified  by  means  of  certain  magistrates,  along  with 
the  deliberative  councils,  on  the  side  of  the  Argives  the  only 
ratifying  parties  mentioned  along  with  the  Boule  and  the 
Eighty  were  the  Artyni.  The  name  itself,  moreover,  signifying 
"  arranger,"  points  to  the  same  conclusion. 

Ephors  are  found  not  only  in  Sparta,  where  we  shall  have  to 
consider  them  on  a  later  occasion,  but  also  in  many  other 
towns,  especially  those  belonging  to  Dorian  peoples.6  The 
name  signifies  generally  "  overseers,"  and  may  therefore  be  used 
of  magistrates  who  carried  out  a  superintendence  over  the 
market,  as  the  grammarians  state,  and  so  of  a  board  of  officials 
similar  to  the  Agoranomi,  and  also  of  those  magistrates  who 
exercised  an  oversight  over  the  whole  State.  A  similar  board 
of  supervision  is  mentioned  also  in  the  Boeotian  Orchomenus 

1  Thuc.  v.  47.  4  At  Larissa,   according    to  Arist. 

«  Demosth.  pr.  Coron.  §  157.  'ftBtoXr.  29. 

3  Cf.  Bockh,  c.  i.  1,  p.  11.  •  Miiller,  Dor.  vol.  ii.  p.  115. 


144      CONSTITUTIONS  OF  INDIVIDUAL  STATES. 

under  the  name  of  Catoptse,  whose  functions  apparently  had 
special  reference  to  the  administration  of  finance.1  In  Corcyra 
the  Nbmophylaces  are  apparently  the  magistrates  similar 
to  the  Euthyni  and  Logistae  in  other  States,  before  whom  ac- 
counts had  to  be  rendered  by  those  who  had  handled  the 
public  money.2  Elsewhere  this  name  describes  a  board,  the 
function  of  which  was  to  superintend  the  observance  of  all  legal 
enactments,  and  especially  in  the  deliberative  assemblies,  and 
on  this  account  probably  the  matters  to  be  discussed  were 
previously  submitted  to  their  examination,  as  was  the  case  with 
the  Probuli,  with  whom  they  are  classed  by  Aristotle.3  We 
sometimes  find  a  similar  name,  Thesmophylaces,  which  was 
applied  to  the  magistrates  of  Elis  who,  in  the  document  re- 
lating to  the  above-mentioned  treaty,  were  employed  along 
with  the  Demiurgi  to  swear  to  its  ratification.  At  Larissa, 
in  Thessaly,  Aristotle  mentions  certain  magistrates  called 
Politophylakes,  who,  in  spite  of  the  otherwise  oligarchical  con- 
stitution, were  chosen  by  the  body  of  the  people,  and  on  that 
account  inclined  towards  demagogy.4  The  Timuchi  we  have 
already  met  with  in  Massalia,  as  a  great  council  or  definite 
number  of  privileged  citizens,  though  in  other  States  the  same 
name  seems  to  have  been  applied  to  certain  supreme  magis- 
trates, as  e.g.  at  Teos,  and,  according  to  a  certain  grammarian, 
also  in  Arcadia.6  Of  more  frequent  occurrence  than  most  of 
the  last-mentioned  offices,  is  the  name  of  Theori,  which,  in 
addition  to  its  familiar  signification  of  spectators  at  the  theatre 
and  public  ambassadors  to  foreign  sanctuaries  and  festivals, 
was  specially  applied  to  certain  public  magistrates,  whose 
function  it  was  to  superintend  and  take  charge  of  religious 
affairs  in  general,  though  they  often  possessed  along  with  this 
some  more  extensive  political  power,  whence  Aristotle  asserts 
that  in  former  times,  when  this  office  was  bestowed  for  a  longer 
period,  it  often  paved  for  its  holders  the  way  to  tyranny.6 
We  find  it  first  of  all  in  Mantinea,  in  the  same  treaty  from 
which  we  gained  our  information  concerning  the  Demiurgi  in 
the  same  city.  In  iEgina,  moreover,  there  were  Theori,  or 
Theari  in  the  Doric  dialect,  who  are  termed  Archons,  and 
therefore  certainly  must  have  possessed  something  more  than 
religious  functions.  Their  place  of  meeting,  the  Thearion,  was 
within  the  precincts  of  the  temple  of  the  Pythian  Apollo, 


1  Corp.  Inscr.  i.  no.  1569.  4  Polit.  v.  5.  5. 

8  K  ii.  no.  1845,  i.  104.  'Corp   Inscr.  ii.  no.  3044;   Suid. 

sub  voc.  EirlKovpoi. 
3  PolU.  iv.  11.  9.  6  Arist.  Pol.  v.  8.  3. 


THE  ORGANISA TION  OF  STATE  A UTHORITY.       1 45 

where  they  took  their  meals  in  common.1  At  Naupactus  2  we 
find  them  named  in  inscriptions  as  the  eponymous  magistrates 
of  the  year,  just  as  the  Hieronsemones  were  at  Byzantium, 
magistrates  whose  name  unmistakably  points  to  some  religious 
functions.3  Whether  it  ever  happened  that  the  administration 
of  other  kinds  of  business  was  united  with  their  sacerdotal 
functions  we  are  not  able  to  decide,  though  from  the  above 
cited  Aristotelian  enumeration  of  the  different  kinds  of  officials, 
we  must  infer  that  this  was  the  case.  Another  office  of  a 
sacerdotal  character  was  that  of  Stephanephorus,  which  was 
once  held  by  Themistocles  at  Magnesia  in  Sipylus,  and  in  con- 
sequence of  which  he  prepared  sacrifices  and  festivals  to  the 
honour  of  Athene.4  Many  of  the  inscriptions  of  the  Ionian 
cities  belonging  to  a  later  period  mention  a  Stephanephorus  as 
giving  his  name  to  the  year,  and  it  even  appears  that  women 
might  hold  this  office  as  well  as  that  of  Prytanis.6  Finally,  it 
may  be  mentioned  that  not  unfrequently  the  military  com- 
manders, such  as  Strategi  and  Polemarchs,  appear  also  as 
supreme  magistrates  in  the  civil  administration,  and  are  men- 
tioned in  the  public  documents  as  Eponymi  of  the  year.  I 
may  probably  assume  as  generally  known,  the  fact  that  Archon 
is  used  as  a  common  term  for  all  functionaries,  though  it  was 
often  specially  applied  to  the  supreme  magistrate. 

The  duration  of  an  office  was  usually  limited  to  a  year,  at 
any  rate  after  the  disappearance  of  the  old  oligarchy  of  birth. 
It  was  however  sometimes  the  case,  even  in  earlier  times,  that 
the  magistrates  appointed  by  the  people  retained  their  power 
for  a  longer  period,6  whereas  in  other  cases,  even  in  oligarchical 
States,  its  duration  was  limited  to  a  shorter  time,  as,  e.g.  to  six 
months,  in  order  to  facilitate  the  tenure  of  office  by  all 
privileged  citizens  in  their  turn.  It  is  obvious  that  the 
same  motive  would  give  rise  to  similar  measures  in  demo- 
cracies.7 In  ancient  times,  supreme  magistrates  were  not  un- 
frequently appointed  for  life,  and  in  such  cases  they  appear 
as  a  transformation  of  the  earlier  monarchy  into  a  limited  and 
responsible  magistracy.  Even  in  later  times  particular  instances 
of  this  occur  here  and  there, — e.g.  according  to  Aristotle  8  among 
the  Opuntian  Locrians  and  at  Epidamnus.     In  oligarchies  of 

1  Muller,  JEginet.  p.  134  seq.  s  Corp.   Inscr.   ii.  no.  2714,   2771, 

'Corp.  Imcr.  i.  no.  1758;  ii.   no.  2826,  2829,  2835  et  passim. 

oqsi  •  Arist.  Pol.  v.  8.  3. 

, '      _.  7 Id.  ib.  iv.  12.  1,  cf.  v.  7.  4.    Other 

Psephisma,  of  the  Byzantines,  in  instances  are  in  Corp.  Inscr.  i.  no. 

Demosthenes  de  Corona,  §  90;  Poly.  v.  202-206  ;   Ussing.  Inscr.  no.  4,  8,  10  ; 

iv.  52.  4.  Ross.  Inscr.  ii.  p.  12. 

4  Athense.  xi.  p.  533  d.  8  Pol.  iii.  p.  11.  1. 


146      CONSTITUTIONS  OF  INDIVIDUAL  STATES. 

course  only  the  members  of  the  privileged  class  were  eligible, 
and  sometimes  only  particular  gentes,  as  at  Corinth  under  the 
rule  of  the  Bacchiadae.  There  were  some  oligarchies  in  which 
these  positions  were  hereditary,  so  that  after  the  death  of  the 
father,  his  place  was  taken  by  his  son.1  In  Timocracy  eligibility 
was  made  dependent  on  the  property  qualification.  In  all 
cases,  however,  there  can  be  no  doubt  that  a  certain  maturity 
of  age  was  demanded,  thirty  years  being  probably  the  lowest 
limit,  while  at  Chalcis  in  Euboea  this  was  raised  to  fifty.2 
The  right  of  election  was  not  in  all  cases  exercised  only  by  the 
class  of  citizens  who  were  themselves  eligible,  but  by  others 
as  well,  as,  e.g.  by  all  who  had  served  as  Hoplites,  even  if 
they  were  without  the  qualification  necessary  for  eligibility. 
In  other  cases  a  number  of  electors  was  appointed  out  of  the 
general  body  of  the  citizens  according  to  some  fixed  order  of 
rotation,  or,  finally,  the  right  of  election  might  be  vested  in  the 
general  assembly  of  the  people.3  In  many  States,  however, 
and,  as  is  expressly  attested,4  even  in  oligarchies,  the  lot  was 
employed  in  preference  to  election.  It  was  thought  that  this 
was  the  best  method  of  preventing  the  rivalry  and  emulation 
caused  by  election,  and  the  lot,  moreover,  was  regarded  as  a  kind 
of  divine  decision.6  It  is  even  not  improbable  that  in  ancient 
times  this  method  of  appointment  was  the  one  most  preferred, 
a  tendency  which  would  be  all  the  more  pronounced  in 
oligarchies,  because  where  the  body  of  privileged  members  was 
small,  every  individual  laid  claim  to  be  considered  equally 
capable. 

In  consequence  of  the  universal  responsibility  of  the  magis- 
trates there  were  of  necessity  in  each  State  certain  authorities 
before  which  they  were  obliged  to  render  their  accounts,  and 
which,  if  they  were  peculiarly  appointed  for  this  end,  were 
usually  named  Logistse,  Euthuni,  or  Exetastaa  In  addition, 
however,  the  magistrates  were  also  summoned  to  give  account 
of  their  office  before  the  State  council,6  and  in  democracies 
before  the  popular  assembly,  or  the  popular  courts.  The 
tenure  of  several  offices  simultaneously,  or  of  the  same  office 
several  times  in  succession  without  an  interval,  was  certainly 
interdicted  in  every  State,  and  both  in  democracies  and  oli- 

1  Arist.  Pol.  iv.  5.  1.  Lord;"  Plat.  Legg.  v.  p.  741,  6  ydpas 

2  Heraclid.  Pont.  c.  31.  KXrjpov  &v  6e6s. 

3  Arist.  Pol.  vi.  2.  2,  and  v.  5.  5.  *  At  Cyme  the  council  sat  in  judg- 

4  Anax.  Rhetor,  ad  Alex.  c.  2,  p.  ment  upon  the  kings  in  a  night-meet- 
14.  ing,  and  the  kings  themselves  were 

8  Cf.  Proverbs  of  Solomon,  xvi.  33:  guarded  until  after  the  decision  by 
"  The  lot  is  cast  into  the  lap,  but  the  the  Phylaktes,  or  overseer  of  the 
whole  disposing    thereof    is    of    the    prison.  — Plut.  Qu<est.  Grcec.  no.  2. 


THE  ORGANISATION  OF  STATE  AUTHORITY.      147 

garchies  was  only  a  rare  and  exceptional  occurrence.  Whether 
in  the  older  oligarchies,  the  revenues  of  the  monarchy,  parti- 
culars of  which  we  have  partly  discovered  in  Homer,  and  shall 
meet  again  in  Sparta,  passed  either  in  whole  or  part  to  the 
magistrates  who  succeeded  to  the  position  of  the  kings,  we  are 
unable  to  say.  So  far  as  our  knowledge  extends,  the  offices  of 
government  were  unpaid.  The  honours  and  influence  which 
they  insured  were  a  sufficient  guarantee  that  candidates  would 
never  be  wanting,  and  the  more  important  the  power  which 
was  vested  in  an  office  the  more  it  became  an  object  of  ambi- 
tion. Aristotle  recommended1  that  certain  public  services, 
involving  heavy  expense,  should  be  attached  to  the  most  influen- 
tial of  the  public  offices,  which  were  to  remain  in  the  hands  of 
the  privileged  class,  in  order  that  ordinary  citizens  might  be 
content  to  have  nothing  to  do  with  them,  and  that  those  who 
held  the  offices  might  not  be  exposed  to  envy,  since  they  would 
pay  a  high  price  for  their  power.  He  adds,  however,  that  in  the 
oligarchies  of  his  own  day  the  holders  of  power  were  quite  as 
eager  to  enrich  themselves  as  to  gain  honours.  Nor  were  com- 
plaints wanting,  even  in  democracies,  that  the  offices  were  as  far 
as  possible  made  lucrative  to  the  holders,'2  and  even  where  they 
were  unpaid,  other  means  and  opportunities  were  at  hand  for  ex- 
tracting gain  from  them.  Only  the  inferior  officials  and  servants 
received  pay,  and  these  in  many  places  were  usually  taken  from 
the  class  of  slaves.  On  the  other  hand,  we  find  it  often  stated 
that  the  magistrates  were  boarded  at  the  public  expense, 
special  tables  being  provided  for  the  different  official  bodies,  or 
all  taking  their  meals  together.3  On  this  account  the  assistants 
whom  the  magistrates  were  privileged  to  select  to  relieve  them 
in  their  business  are  in  many  places  termed  their  parasites  or 
table-companions.4 

In  conclusion,  we  have  still  to  consider  the  third  political 
function,  viz.,  the  administration  of  justice.  In  oligarchies  it 
was  usually  the  case  that  only  the  civil  jurisdiction  or  the 
administration  of  justice  in  private  suits  was  exercised  by  the 
magistrates,5  and  we  also  find  that  the  courts  were  held,  not 
only  in  the  city,  but  also  in  the  country  in  the  particular 
cantons,  as  in  Elis,  where  in  many  country  families  two  or 
three  generations  passed  without  any  single  member  of  them 
entering  the  city,  because  justice  was  administered  to  them  on 

1  Pol.  vi.  4.  6.  after.     In  general,  cf.  Arist.  Pol.  vi. 

2  Cf.  Isocr.  Areop.  c.  9,  §  24,  25.         1.  9. 

3  Vide  Plutarch,  Cim.  c.  1  ;  Schol.         4  Athense.  vi.  p.  234. 

ib.  ix.  70;  Xenoph.  Hell.  v.  4.  4  ;  5Thus,  e.g.  in  Sparta  (Arist.  Pol. 
Cornel.  Nep.  Pelopid.  c.  2.  2.  The  iii.  1.  7),  and  before  Solon's  time  also 
case  of  Athens  will  be  discussed  here-    in  Athens. 


148     CONSTITUTIONS  OF  INDIVIDUAL  STATES. 

the  spot.1  The  criminal  jurisdiction  over  crimes  punishable  with 
severe  penalties,  such  as  death,  banishment,  confiscation  of  goods, 
or  heavy  fines,  was  probably  in  no  oligarchical  State  exercised 
by  the  particular  magistrates,  but  only  by  the  same  body  which 
formed  the  highest  deliberative  and  deciding  authority.2  In 
particular,  however,  the  jurisdiction  in  murder  and  similar 
crimes,  which,  as  sins  against  the  gods,  were  treated  from  a 
religious  point  of  view,  was  in  most  States  vested  either  in 
these  same  bodies,  or  in  certain  peculiar  courts  specially  ap- 
pointed for  the  purpose.  Numerous  jury-courts  we  should 
expect  to  find  only  in  those  States  in  which  a  democratic 
element  had  already  asserted  itself,  and  where  in  consequence 
the  privileged  order  had  been  constrained  to  make  at  least  this 
concession  to  the  people.  Aristotle  puts  forward3  as  one  of  the 
circumstances  which  were  calculated  to  promote  the  fall  of  an 
oligarchy,  the  discontinuance  of  the  exclusive  jurisdiction  of  the 
privileged  classes,  since  occasion  was  thus  given  to  individuals-, 
by  means  of  demagogy  and  -the  extension  of  the  popular 
rights,  to  win  the  favour  of  the  courts.  The  courts  con- 
cerned with  magistrates  for  offences  committed  in  their  office 
were  in  oligarchies  only  put  exclusively  into  the  hands  of 
boards  formed  out  of  the  privileged  classes.  In  cases,  however, 
where  it  was  no  longer  possible  to  withhold  all  participation  in 
the  State  authority  from  the  people,  it  appeared  before  all 
things  essential  that  not  only  the  election  of  its  chief  magis- 
trates, but  also  the  right  of  sitting  in  judgment  upon  their 
conduct  in  office,  should  be  conceded  to  it.  For,  as  Aristotle 
remarks  in  his  Politics,4"  when  once  the  people  is  deprived  of 
these  powers,  it  becomes  either  the  slave  or  the  enemy  of 
its  magistrates.  We  may,  finally,  mention  in  this  place  a 
measure  which  appears  in  many  States  for  the  decision  of  dis- 
putes between  citizens,  and  in  accordance  with  which  arbitrators 
were  called  in  from  some  foreign  State,  from  whom  impartial 
justice  was  expected.5  This,  however,  probably  happened 
in  States  in  which  the  citizens  were  split  up  into  factions, 
a  state  of  things  which  it  is  true  was  by  no  means  uncommon 
in  Greece.8 

1  Polyb.  iv.  73.  7,  8.  tors  "per  levar  via  le  cagioni  delle 

2  Arist.  Pol.  iv.  12.  1.  inimicizie,  che  dai  giudici  nascono  " 
*  lb.  v.  5.  5.  4  lb.  ii.  9.  4.  (Macchiavelli,  Stor.  Fior.  iii.  c.  5),  and 
6  Cf.  Meier,  Schiedsrichter,  p.  31.  this  custom  was  regularly  observed 
6  The  Italian  States  in  the  middle  for    a    considerable    time.     Cf .    also 

ages  called  in  foreigners  as   arbitra-     Congreve  on  Arist.  Pol.  p.  361. 


MAINTENANCE  OF  THE  EXISTING  ORDER.     149 


CHAPTER   VI. 

INSTITUTIONS  FOR  THE  MAINTENANCE  OF  THE 
EXISTING  ORDER. 

In  every  form  of  constitution  care  was  required  both  to  secure 
the  continued  existence  of  the  State  in  internal  matters,  and 
also  to  guard  against  or  to  put  down  all  disturbances  of  the 
order  of  things  on  which  it  rested.  But  above  all,  an  oligarchy 
must  necessarily  have  felt  itself  called  upon  to  assure  its  privi- 
leged position  by  a  continual  maintenance,  not  only  of  a  material 
but  of  a  moral  supremacy  over  the  people  under  its  rule.  The 
legislative  systems  of  Crete  and  Sparta  aimed  at  this  object  in 
their  own  manner  by  the  cultivation  of  all  those  manly  quali- 
ties which  might  cause  the  members  of  the  ruling  order  to 
appear  in  the  eyes  of  their  subjects  as  the  best  adapted  for  and 
most  capable  of  the  exercise  of  politioal  power.  They  accord- 
ingly subjected  both  the  education  of  the  young  and  the  whole 
life  of  the  adult  population  to  rigorous  ordinances  and  regula- 
tions. With  regard  to  the  ancient  oligarchies  we  have  no 
information,  but  in  reference  to  those  of  later  times  Aristotle 
states  that  an  appropriate  system  of  education  and  discipline 
was  usually  most  foolishly  neglected.  The  sons  of  the  privi- 
leged few  were  allowed  to  grow  up  in  indolence  and  effeminacy, 
while  those  of  the  poor  were  rendered  hardy  and  strong  by 
bodily  exercises  and  labour,  the  natural  consequence  of  which  was 
that  they  soon  acquired  both  the  will  and  the  courage  to  throw 
off  the  yoke.1  The  education  of  the  young  accordingly  was 
rather  committed  to  the  discretion  of  the  parents  than  regulated 
by  State  control,  and  it  necessarily  became  more  lax  and  im- 
perfect as  the  morals  of  the  older  citizens  deteriorated.  In 
many,  and  indeed  in  most  States,  even  of  a  democratic  character, 
there  existed  certain  authorities  to  whose  charge  was  committed 
the  maintenance  of  a  certain  censorship  of  morals  over  both 
young  and  old,  under  the  title  of  Paidonomi  and  Gynaeconomi, 
but  the  fact  that  the  privileged  classes  were  easily  able  to  set 
themselves  above  the  restrictions  which  these  might  have 
imposed  upon  them,  is  clearly  implied  in  the  statement  of 
Aristotle,  that  the  titles  of  these  magistrates  belonged  rather  to 
an  aristocracy  than  to  an  oligarchy  or  democracy,2  or  in  other 
words,  that  they  were  only  effectual  in  those  States  in  which 
neither  a  privileged  minority  on  one  hand,  nor  the  masses  of  the 

1  Arist.  Pol.  v.  7.  2,  21.  3  lb.  iv.  12.  9. 


iSo     CONSTITUTIONS  OF  INDIVIDUAL  STATES. 

citizens  on  the  other,  were  indiscriminately  in  possession  of  the 
chief  power,  but  in  which  virtue  and  previous  services  were 
considered.  In  this  sense  an  aristocracy,  which  was  exclusively 
bound  up  with  no  particular  form  of  constitution,  could  only  be 
permanent  in  those  States  where  on  the  whole  good  morals  pre- 
vailed, and  as  a  matter  of  fact,  so  far  as  our  knowledge  extends, 
its  existence  was  both  rare  and  short-lived.  For  what  was 
termed  aristocracy  was  usually  mere  oligarchy,  and  was  rarely 
in  reality  deserving  of  the  other  name.  In  democracy,  however, 
the  maintenance  of  this  kind  of  censorship  over  morals,  even 
when  the  necessary  laws  and  magistrates  were  present,  must 
have  been  a  matter  of  even  greater  difficulty  than  in  an 
oligarchy,  because  all  such  restrictions  upon  freedom  seemed  to 
run  counter  to  the  essence  of  democracy.  Certain  it  is  that  if 
the  principle,  which  was  with  few  exceptions  universally  recog- 
nised, that  the  magistrates  could  not  proceed  against  transgres- 
sions by  virtue  of  his  office,  but  only  on  definite  information 
and  complaint,  was  also  in  force  with  regard  to  police  enact- 
ments— and  we  have  no  reason  to  assume  the  contrary — the 
necessary  consequence  must  have  been,  that  transgressions 
usually  remained  unnoticed,  and  were  only  brought  to  punish- 
ment in  extraordinary  cases  and  on  special  occasions.  Finally, 
moreover,  all  that  we  hear  of  legal  ordinances  of  this  sort  only 
has  reference  to  external  morality,  as,  e.g.  to  luxury  in  apparel, 
or  the  furniture  of  houses,  and  the  expenditure  at  banquets, 
funeral  feasts,  and  the  like,  or  again  to  the  behaviour  of  women 
on  occasions  when  they  appeared  in  public  away  from  home,1 
and  although  the  title  of  Gynaeconomi  must  by  no  means  be 
allowed  to  mislead  us  into  the  belief  that  their  supervision  was 
not  extended  to  men,  yet  it  is  quite  clear  that  not  all  the 
magistrates  and  laws  of  this  nature  could  effect  more  than  at 
best  some  exterior  discipline,  and  that  as  soon  as  the  inner 
discipline  and  conduct  of  life  were  lost,  the  former  must  neces- 
sarily soon  have  become  ineffective. 

On  the  other  hand,  oligarchy  was  obliged  at  all  costs  never 
to   omit  those  precautions  which  might  secure  its  material 

1  As  an  example  of  laws  for  the  or  uncommon  garments,  unless  they 

regulation  of  morality  we  may  adduce  wished  to  be  regarded  as  adulterers 

the  report  as  to  Syracuse  given   by  and  rakes.     No  free  woman  might  be 

Phylacolus,  in  Athense.  xii.  p.  521  B.  seen  in  the  streets  after  sunset,  or  she 

The  women  were  to  wear  no  golden  would  be  regarded  as  an  adulteress, 

ornaments  and  no  variegated  or  purple  while  even  by  day  she  was  not  allowed 

raiment,  unless  they  professed  them-  to  be  out  without  the  permission  of 

selves  members  of  the  class  of  courte-  the    Gynseconomi,    and    then    only 

sans.      The  men  were  not  to  adorn  attended  by  a  servant, 
themselves,  nor  to  put  on  any  choice 


MAINTENANCE  OF  THE  EXISTING  ORDER.       151 

supremacy  in  so  far  as  this  depended  on  the  larger  amount  of 
secured  property,  withjits  consequent  advantage  of  independence, 
reputation,  and  influence  on  the  poorer  citizens.  Among  these 
precautions  were  the  laws  which  forbade  the  alienation  or 
division  of  the  landed  estates,  in  order  that  by  this  means  the 
families  of  the  proprietors  might  be  preserved  from  impoverish- 
ment, an  object  which  in  more  modern  times  is  usually 
attained  by  the  institution  of  entails  and  bequests  in  trust. 
Thus  we  hear  that  at  Elis  landed  estates  might  only  be 
burdened  with  debt  up  to  a  certain  proportion  of  their  value,1 
while  at  Corinth,  Pheidon,  one  of  the  most  ancient  legislators, 
attempted  to  effect  that  not  only  the  estates  should  remain 
undiminished,  but  also  that  the  number  of  citizens  should  not 
increase,2  because  when  numerous  heirs  were  obliged  to  divide 
among  them  the  proceeds  of  a  single  estate  the  individual 
shares  were  reduced  to  insignificance.  With  the  same  end  in 
view  special  laws  with  regard  to  adoption3  were  enacted  by 
Philolaus,  also  a  Corinthian  of  the  gens  of  the  Bacchiadae,  but 
who,  having  emigrated  to  Thebes,  was  there  appointed  legislator. 
With  regard  to  these  laws,  it  is  true  that  no  precise  tradition 
has  come  down  to  us,  though  one  of  their  enactments  probably 
was,  that  in  case  of  there  being  several  heirs  to  a  single  estate, 
as  many  of  them  as  possible  should  be  provided  for  by  means 
of  adoption  into  childless  families.  We  have  already  remarked 
how  Aristotle  thought  it  not  incredible  that  in  many  States 
even  paiderastia  was  regarded  with  favour  in  order  that  the 
birth  of  too  many  children  might  be  prevented;  and  though 
this  rests  on  mere  conjecture,  and  not  on  trustworthy  evidence, 
it  is  nevertheless  not  entirely  improbable ;  and  this  much  at 
least  is  certain,  that  it  was  universally  considered  unadvisable 
to  leave  behind  many  heirs  to  a  single  estate.  Even  in  Hesiod's 
poem  The,  Works  and  Days  (1.  376),  it  is  described  as  the 
most  desirable  lot  to  have  but  one  son  to  succeed  to  and  to  con- 
tinue the  family,  while  it  is  added,  possibly  by  another  hand,4 
that  there  is  no  objection  to  a  second  or  later-born  son,  who,  on 
the  death  of  his  father,  would  remain  in  the  inheritance — a 
consideration  which  of  course  presupposes  that  the  eldest  son 
has  already  founded  a  house  of  his  own  during  the  lifetime  of 
his  father.  This  rule  is,  it  is  true,  put  forward  not  only  for  the 
ruling  classes,  but  for  every  individual  alike,  but  it  is  evident 
that  the  ground  on  which  it  rests  must  have  had  a  special 
importance  for  the  former.     In  hardly  any  State,  as  it  has  been 

1  Arist.  Pol.  vi.  2.  5.  *  Arist.  Pol.  ii.  3.  7.  8  TL  ii.  9.  6,  7. 

4  Cf.  Opusc.  acad.  iii.  p.  61,  on  the  critical  commentary  introductory  to 
Schomann's  edition  of  Hesiod,  p.  39. 


iS2      CONSTITUTIONS  OF  INDIVIDUAL  STATES. 

stated  above,  was  there  any  legal  prohibition  against  getting  rid 
by  exposure  of  children  for  whom  the  family  property  was  insuf- 
ficient to  provide  in  a  manner  suited  to  their  position.  It  is 
only  in  connection  with  Thebes  that  we  learn  that  here  there 
existed  a  law  by  which  the  father  was  bound  to  bring  the 
child,  whom  he  was  unable  to  rear,  before  the  magistrate,  by 
whom  it  was  transferred  to  some  other  person  who  was  willing 
to  accept  it,  and  who  in  return  was  allowed  to  retain  it  as  a 
servant.1  This,  however,  it  is  evident,  had  exclusive  reference 
to  the  poorer  classes.  In  Ephesus  also  the  exposure  of  children 
was  only  allowed  when  the  impossibility  of  rearing  them  was 
extreme,  and  clearly  proved.2  The  rich  were  able  to  avoid  the 
inconvenience  of  begetting  too  many  heirs  by  putting  a  limit  to 
the  number  of  their  legitimate  children,  while  they  satisfied 
the  sexual  impulse  by  illicit  unions,  for  which  female  slaves  and 
prostitutes  afforded  ample  opportunity,  and  which  public  opinion 
never  regarded  as  disgraceful. 

Another  means  of  supporting  the  oligarchical  government 
was  the  retention  of  the  lower  classes  in  the  State,  whether  they 
were  citizens  or  subjects,  as  far  as  possible  in  a  condition  which 
rendered  them  less  dangerous  to  the  government.  Arms  were 
never  to  be  put  into  their  hands,  nor  was  a  large  number  of 
them  permitted  to  dwell  together  in  the  city,  but  they  were 
compelled  to  live  dispersed  throughout  the  country,  or  in  small 
towns,3  and  when  their  numbers  became  too  great,  it  was  found 
necessary  to  attempt  to  get  rid  of  them  by  the  foundation  of 
colonies,  though  this  course  was  only  possible  under  favourable 
circumstances.  In  those  States,  which  through  their  position 
and  relations  were  attracted  to  navigation  and  commerce,  a 
numerous  town-population  was  unavoidable.  On  this  account 
it  was  here  that  an  exclusive  oligarchy  of  birth  was  least  able 
to  maintain  its  position,  and  was  obliged  to  make  way  for 
plutocracy,  or  the  government  of  wealth,  which  any  citizen, 
though  without  noble  birth,  might  attain  by  means  of  industry 
and  good  fortune.  The  Corinthians,  we  are  told,4  of  all  the 
Greeks  showed  the  least  contempt  for  artisans,  and  we  may 
assume  that  here  therefore  citizens  engaged  in  trade  were  not 
excluded  from  admission  to  the  public  magistracies,  or  to  the 
council,  provided  that  they  possessed  the  requisite  property 
qualification.  In  other  States,  on  the  contrary,  this  class  was 
considered  ill  adapted  for  participation  in  political  power.     In 


1  ^Elian,  V.  H.  ii.  7.  3  Arist.    Pol.   v.    8.    7  ;  Rhet.    ad 

s  Produs    on    Hesiod,    Works  and     Alex.  c.  2. 
Days,  1.  494.  «  Herod,  ii.  167. 


MAINTENANCE  OF  THE  EXISTING  ORDER.     153 

Thebes  there  was  a  law  that  no  one  should  hold  any  office  who 
had  not  for  at  least  a  period  of  ten  years  held  aloof  from  every 
mechanical  labour  or  retail  trade,  and  in  ancient  times  the 
same  institution  was  found  in  many  other  places,  until  absolute 
democracy  forced  its  entrance.1  Aristotle  considers  this  to  be 
not  a  reprehensible  or  oligarchical  measure,  but  one  well 
suited  to  an  aristocracy,  and  in  doing  so  it  is  possible  that  he 
was  not  mistaken.  It  was,  however,  a  distinctly  oligarchical 
feature  when  the  ruling  order  not  merely  excluded  their  less 
privileged  fellow-citizens  from  the  administration,  but  also 
avoided  all  intermarriage  between  members  of  the  two  classes, 
from  the  apprehension  that  matrimonial  alliances  with  noble 
families  might  easily  excite  and  foster  political  claims  among 
the  inferior  citizens.  There  is  no  direct  evidence,  as  we 
remarked  above,  that  connubium  between  the  two  orders  was 
expressly  forbidden  by  law,  though  it  is  not  entirely  improbable 
that  this  was  the  case.  When,  however,  the  Demos  at  Samos, 
after  having  won  the  upper  hand  over  the  Geomori,  expressly 
forbade  all  intermarriage  between  its  own  order  and  the  latter,2 
it  is  probably  not  an  unfair  inference  that  previously  this  had 
been  permitted.  We  know,  however,  with  regard  to  the 
Bacchiadae  in  Corinth,  that  they  exclusively  intermarried 
with  one  another,  avoiding  all  union  even  with  other  noble 
families,3  and  it  was  one  of  the  causes  of  their  downfall, 
that  on  one  occasion  they  were  unfaithful  to  this  principle, 
and  permitted  the  marriage  of  the  daughter  of  one  of  their 
members  with  a  man  belonging  to  the  less  privileged 
nobility.  For  it  was  Cypselus,  the  son  born  of  this  marriage, 
who,  doubly  mortified  at  his  exclusion  from  the  State 
authority,  from  the  fact  that,  at  least  on  his  mother's  side, 
he  was  of  the  same  blood  as  those  who  excluded  him,  at 
first  caused  himself,  possibly  through  the  support  of  his 
mother's  family,  to  be  intrusted  with  the  position  of  com- 
mander-in-chief, and  then  proceeded  to  use  this,  by  means 
of  demagogic  devices,4  so  as  to  create  a  numerous  body  of 
supporters  among  the  people,  by  whose  help  he  succeeded  in 
overthrowing  the  Bacchiadae,  and  gaining  the  chief  power  for 
himself.6  It  is  true  that  this  success  must  have  been  partly 
promoted  by  other  causes  of  discontent  already  existing  among 
the  people  ;  but  these  were  sure  not  to  be  wanting,  and  indeed 


1  Arist.  Pol.  iii.  3.  2,  4,  and  2.  8.  4  Arist.  Pol.  v.  9.  22. 

2  Thuc.  viii.  21.     Florentine  history  s  Nicol.     Damasc.   in    C.     Midler, 
furnishes  a  similar  example.  Fragm.  Histor.  Graze,  iii.  p.  392. 

3  Herod,  v.  92. 


154       CONSTITUTIONS  OF  INDIVIDUAL  STATES. 

in  every  part  of  Greece  we  can  discern  about  that  time,  i.e.  in 
the  seventh  century,  the  signs  of  resistance  on  the  part  of  the 
people  to  oligarchical  governments. 


CHAPTER    VII. 

DECLINE  OF  OLIGARCHY. 

The  causes  of  this  phenomenon  are  generally  not  hard  to 
discover.  Oligarchy  is  by  its  very  nature  easily  liable  to 
deterioration.  The  time-honoured  possession  of  power  and 
privilege  renders  the  members  of  the  ruling  orders  insolent  and 
naughty ;  they  abuse  the  confidence  and  esteem  of  the  people 
by  dissolute  habits ;  they  mortify  it  by  acts  of  violence  and 
injury,  even  in  those  relations  in  which  no  man  endures  injury 
with  patience,  as,  e.g.  when  the  honour  of  women  and  the 
chastity  of  children  is  violated ;  they  show  in  every  way  that 
they  have  at  heart,  not  the  good  of  the  whole,  but  their  own 
class-interest  and  the  satisfaction  of  their  lusts,  and,  in  short, 
they  forfeit  more  and  more  the  character  of  an  aristocracy, 
which  is  the  one  solitary  means  by  which  the  rule  of  a  minority 
can  be  made  endurable  to  the  people.  This  is  stated  by  an 
ancient  historian x  as  the  most  universal  and  active  cause  of  the 
ruin  of  oligarchy,  and  its  overthrow  followed  with  all  the 
greater  certainty  when  it  trusted  to  the  false  hopes  of  meeting 
the  rising  discontent  by  means  of  force,  as  it  is  related  of  the 
Penthelitse  at  Mytilene,  that  they  went  round  the  city  and  cut 
down  with  clubs  all  who  were  obnoxious  to  them.2  It  is 
however  evident  that  other  more  special  causes  might  occur  in 
particular  cases.  One  of  these  was  the  absence  of  unanimity 
among  the  oligarchical  body  itself,  when  divisions  arose 
amongst  them :  one  portion  of  the  privileged  class  raised  itself 
above  the  heads  of  its  fellow-members,  and  thereby  induced  the 
latter  to  turn  for  assistance  to  the  people.  In  some  oligarchies 
it  was  legally  enacted  that  neither  father  and  son,  nor  brother 
and  brother,  should  be  allowed  to  serve  together  in  a  single 
office,  or  in  the  same  collegiate  magistracy,  as  at  Cnidus,  Istros, 
and   Heraclsea.3     By  this  means   a  number  of  discontented 

1  Polyb.  vi.  8.  4,  5.  Heraclsea    are     names     common    to 

8  Arist.  Pol.  v.  8.  13.  several  cities,  it  is  uncertain  which  of 

8  Id.  ib.  v.  5.  2.     Since  Istros  and    them  Aristotle  had  in  his  mind. 


&SYMNETM  AND  LEGISLATORS.  155 

persons  might  easily  arise  within  the  ruling  class  itself,  which, 
with  the  assistance  of  the  people,  could  completely  overthrow 
the  constitution.  This  might  take  place,  moreover,  on  the 
occasion  of  some  special  misfortune  which  weakened  the  ruling 
class,  as  at  Tarentum  and  Argos,  in  which  States  a  large  num- 
ber of  citizens  fell  in  wars  against  the  Iapyges  and  Spartans 
respectively,  and  in  consequence  of  which  the  less  privileged 
classes  were  admitted  to  a  share  in  the  government.1  In  the 
same  way,  circumstances  sometimes  rendered  it  necessary  to 
put  arms  into  the  hands  of  the  people,  in  order  to  be  able 
to  hold  their  own  in  a  war  again-  a  foreign  enemy,  and  in 
these  cases  the  people,  having  0'  borne  arms  for  the  State, 
soon  succeeded  in  acquiring  greater  political  rights.  In  other 
cases  many  of  the  privileged  order  fell  into  pecuniary  difficul- 
ties, and  when  once  a  ruling  class  becomes  improvident,  it 
immediately  ceases  to  be  an  object  of  respect  or  fear  in  the 
eyes  of  the  people.  Or,  finally,  when  the  people  advances  in 
prosperity,  and  thereby  necessarily  acquires  greater  culture  and 
self-confidence,  it  simultaneously  puts  forward  greater  claims, 
and  no  longer  endures  to  see  itself  excluded  from  the  public 
administration.  Only  in  constitutions  founded  on  a  timocratic 
basis  is  the  increase  of  prosperity  able,  without  convulsions, 
to  effect  the  transformation  of  oligarchy  into  democracy,  when 
the  property  qualification  entitling  to  political  privilege,  which 
in  former  times  was  considered  as  a  degree  of  wealth  possessed 
only  by  a  few,  was,  in  the  course  of  time,  acquired  by  many, 
while  political  power  remained  attached,  without  any  heighten- 
ing of  the  standard,  to  the  same  amount.  For  it  was  probably 
only  in  some  few  States  that  the  standard  of  income  received 
periodical  additions,  by  which  political  power  might  remain 
limited  to  a  small  number.2 


CHAPTER  VIII. 

jESYMNET^E  and  legislators. 

The  resistance  of  the  people  to  the  oligarchical  governments, 
which  is  discernible  after  the  seventh  century,  was  attended 
with  by  no  means  equally  important  consequences  in  every 
State,  and  least  of  all  did  it  give  rise  at  once  to  actually  demo- 

1  Arist.  Pol.  v.  2.  8.  s  Id,  ti>.  v.  76  ;  cf.  above,  p.  108. 


i  s  6       CONSTITUTIONS  OF  INDIVID  UAI  ST  A  TES. 

cratic  constitutions,  although  the  hitherto  unrestricted  holders 
of  power  found  themselves  impelled  to  make  various  con- 
cessions. In  many  States  a  peaceful  understanding  was 
brought  about  between  the  contending  parties;  while,  by 
mutual  agreement,  they  delegated  to  certain  individuals,  who 
enjoyed  the  confidence  of  both,  the  task  of  restoring  harmony 
by  means  of  certain  well-considered  regulations.  The  most 
famous  and  memorable  example  of  this  is  furnished  us  by 
Athenian  history,  where,  after  violent  struggles,  the  two  parties 
united  in  investing  Solon  with  full  powers  as  mediator  and 
legislator.  It  is  highly  probable  also  that  the  legislation  of 
Zaleucus  among  the  Italian  Locrians,  towards  the  middle  of  the 
seventh  century,  as  well  as  that  of  Charondas  at  a  somewhat 
later  date  among  the  Catanseans  in  Sicily,  was  the  consequence 
of  similar  commissions  rendered  necessary  by  the  same  causes ; 
but  the  history  of  both  is  very  obscure  and  full  of  contradic- 
tions, so  that  it  is  evident  that  even  the  most  learned  of  the 
ancient  authorities  were  in  possession  at  best  of  very  inade- 
quate information  with  regard  to  them.1  Their  laws,  moreover, 
though  celebrated,  were  little  known;  and  although  in  the 
States  for  which  they  were  made  many  portions  of  them  may 
have  been  retained,  yet  they  received  in  the  course  of  time  so 
many  modifications  and  alterations  that  little  can  with  cer- 
tainty be  ascertained  with  regard  to  their  genuine  and  original 
form.  Their  celebrity,  however,  even  at  an  early  period,  in- 
duced certain  theoretical  writers  to  draw  up  ideal  systems  of 
legislation  under  their  names,  into  which  they  no  doubt  intro- 
duced certain  actual  features  traditionally  assigned  to  the 
originals,  though  probably,  to  a  great  extent,  they  put  forward 
merely  inventions  of  their  own.2  It  is  this  literary  hack-work, 
by  which  even  Cicero  permitted  himself  to  be  deceived,  that 
has  originated  not  only  the  Procemia,  or  introductory  exposi- 
tions of  the.  two  legislators  by  Joannes  Stobseus,  but  also  the 
specimens  of  the  laws  given  by  the  uncritical  Diodorus,  both  of 
which  are  accordingly  utterly  unworthy  of  confidence.  Of  a 
more  trustworthy  character,  however,  is  the  statement  that 
Zaleucus  first  committed  his  laws  to  writing  some  two  hundred 
years  after  the  time  in  which  Lycurgus  is  stated  to  have  given 
his  Rhetrae  to  the  Spartans.     Pittacus  of  Mytilene,  however, 


1  Some  (e.g.  Timaeus)  have  doubted  according    to    Hermippus,    that     in 

or  even  denied  the  existence  of  Zaleu-  Athens  the  laws  of  Charondas  were 

cus  ;  vide  Oic.  de  Legg.  ii.  6.   15  ;  cf.  even  sung.     These  were  therefore  in 

also  the  references  in  the  Antiquitates  all  probability  proverbs  and  maxims 

juris  publki  Grcecorum,  p.  89.  in  the  form  of  songs  which  were  attri- 

3  Athenseus,  xiv.  10,  p.  619,  reports,  buted  to  Charondas. 


AESYMNET^E  AND  LEGISLATORS.  157 

was  a  contemporary  of  Solon,  and  to  him  were  intrusted  the 
reins  of  government  and  full  powers  for  the  making  of  laws 
after  continued  convulsions  in  the  State,  caused  by  violent 
party  struggles,  when,  amid  the  confusion,  a  tyrant  named 
Melanchrus  had  succeeded  in  gaining  the  supreme  power,  and 
after  a  short  time  had  been  again  expelled.  A  similar  position 
had  been  accepted  in  Eubcea  shortly  before  the  time  of  Solon 
by  a  certain  Tynnondas  ;x  and  both  Aristotle  and  other  writers 
bear  testimony  to  the  fact  that  an  escape  from  internal  dissen- 
sions was  often  effected  by  thus  voluntarily  delegating  the 
supreme  power  to  individual  citizens.  Aristotle  states2  that 
the  title  of  iEsymnetae,  which  is  equivalent  to  elected  sovereign, 
was  conferred  upon  rulers  of  this  kind,  and  in  some  cases 
the  office  was  held  for  life;  in  others,  either  for  some  fixed 
period  or  until  the  completion  of  their  mission.3  They  are 
compared  by  Dionysius  of  Halicarnassus4  with  the  Eoman 
dictators,  who  were  certainly  in  some  cases  appointed  on  the 
occasion  of  internal  disputes,  although  never,  like  the  former, 
either  for  an  indefinite  time,  or  for  life,  nor  were  they  invested 
with  any  legislative  power.6  It  was  customary  among  the 
Thessalians,  when  party  struggles  appeared  within  the  State,  to 
appoint  a  so-called  mediator  (dp^cov  fieo-iSio?),  and  to  place  at 
his  disposal  an  armed  force  in  order  to  maintain  his  authority 
intact.6  Such  mediators  may  be  compared  with  the  iEsymnetse, 
many  of  whom  had  likewise  an  armed  force  under  their  com- 
mand. In  many  instances  probably  the  mission  of  the 
JEsymnetae  was  to  draw  up  a  new  constitution,  securing  the 
rights  of  both  parties,  and  it  was  an  undertaking  of  this  kind 
which  was  so  excellently  fulfilled  by  Solon.  Apparently,  how- 
ever, it  was  often  considered  sufficient  merely  to  place  some 
limitation  on  the  arbitrary  exercise  of  the  supreme  power,  by 
binding  it  down  to  definite  legal  provisions,  without  essen- 
tially revolutionising  the  constitution  itself.  With  regard  to 
Pittacus,  at  least,  we  are  assured  by  Aristotle,  or  whoever  the 
author  of  the  ninth  chapter  of  the  second  book  of  the  Politics 
may  be,  that  he  made  laws,  but  introduced  no  new  constitution, 

1  Plutarch,  Sol.  c.  14.  vide  Etymologicum  Magnum,   p.   39, 

2  Pol.  iii.  9.  5.    Properly  alavfivriTTis  16 ;  and  Curtius,  in  Gerhard's  Denkm. 
is  the  man  who  assigns  to  each  his  und,  Forsch.  (1853),  pp.   382-3.     The 
atcra,  or  what  is  his  right  or  due.     In  form  alffiixvqr-ns  is  also  found. — Visch. 
Od.   viii.   258  the  word  signifies  an  Epigr.  Archceol.  Beitr.  p.  43. 
umpire  in  a  combat,  while  in  II.  xxiv.  *  Ant.  Rom.  v.  73. 

347,  where  it  is  represented  by  the  6  It  need  hardly  be  noticed  that  the 

form  alcviJ.vt)TT)p,    which  Aristarchus  dictatorship  of   Sulla  and  Csesar  are 

rejects,  it  is  equivalent  to  Ava^.  quite  different  from  the  original  office 

3  Occasionally     permanent     magis-  in  ancient  Rome, 
trates  appear  to  have  borne  the  title  ;  •  Arist.  Pol.  v.  5.  9. 


158       CONSTITUTIONS  OF  INDIVIDUAL  STATES. 

while  in  Athens,  Dracon,  the  predecessor  of  Solon,  contented 
himself  with  the  same  course.  Even  Zaleucus  and  Charondas 
are  not  represented  as  the  founders  of  constitutions,  but  their 
fame  simply  rests  on  the  precision  and  excellence  of  their  laws. 
And  indeed  it  must  at  that  time  have  seemed  an  essential  step 
towards  improvement,  when  the  holders  of  power  ceased  to 
exercise  their  authority  in  accordance  with  their  own  pleasure 
or  the  necessarily  fluctuating  and  indefinite  standard  of  tradi- 
tional custom — by  which,  especially  in  judicial  proceedings, 
justice  was  often  compelled  to  give  way  to  class  considera- 
tions— and  fixed  and  established  rules  were  appointed,  com- 
pliance with  which  was  made  compulsory.1  This  change,  it  is 
true,  necessarily  involved  the  existence  of  some  authority  able 
to  compel  the  observance  of  these  rules,  and  to  punish  their 
infringement,  and  in  this  manner  to  secure  to  the  people  the 
advantage  of  a  legal  and  impartial  maintenance  of  justice.  In 
what  way,  however,  these  objects  were  secured  we  are  unable 
to  ascertain. 


CHAPTER    IX. 

THE  TYRANTS. 

Another  phenomenon  in  this  period  of  reaction  against 
oligarchy,  of  still  more  frequent  occurrence  than  the  creation 
of  iEsymnetae,  was  the  rise  of  tyrants.  By  this  name  the 
Greeks  designate  all  those  who  exercise  an  unconstitutional 
individual  sovereignty,  and  accordingly  they  sometimes  employ 
it  in  connection  with  legitimate  kings,  when  they  extended 
their  authority  beyond  the  constitutional  limits,  as,  e.g.  the 
Argive  king  Pheidon  in  the  seventh  century,  notwithstanding 
that  he  possessed  the  throne  by  inheritance,  was  on  this 
ground  ranked  among  the  tyrants,  as  was  also,  at  a  later  time, 


1  Even  in  Rome,  if  we  may  trust  without      probability,     by     modern 

the  account  of  the  ancients,   it  was  writers,  with  regard  to  a  revolution 

only  the  desire  for  some  regulation,  effected  by  the  Decemviri,  is  entirely 

to  limit  in  this  way  the   arbitrary  without  the  confirmation  that  ancient 

power  of  the  magistrates,  which  was  testimony  would  afford,  either  because 

the  motive  of  the  legislation  of  the  it  was  entirely  forgotten,  or  because 

Twelve  Tables,  not  any  wish  for  a  it  was  considered  less  important,  or, 

revolution  in  the  constitution.      All  finally,   because  the  Twelve   Tables 

the  conjectures  put  forward,   some-  actually  contained  no  such  measures, 
times  with  much  acuteness,  and  not 


THE  TYRANTS.  159 

the  Spartan  king  Cleomenes  in  the  third  century.1  Aristotle, 
however,  finds  the  chief  and  most  essential  characteristics  of 
tyranny  in  the  fact  that  the  ruler  exercises  his  power  more  for 
his  own  personal  interest  than  for  the  good  of  the  commonwealth 
— a  generalisation  to  which  perhaps  some  objection  might  be 
made, — and  also  that  he  governs  in  an  unlimited,  or,  as 
he  expresses  it,  in  an  irresponsible  manner.2  This  unlimited 
and  unconstitutional  sovereignty  then  took  its  rise  sometimes, 
as  we  have  already  stated,  from  the  legitimate  monarchy,  or,  in 
the  case  of  republics,  from  the  supreme  magistracies,  when  these 
were  created  with  too  long  a  duration,  and  too  extensive  a 
power,  but  they  most  frequently  arose  in  oligarchical  States, 
when  popular  discontent  with  the  government  was  made  use 
of  by  bold  and  spirited  party  leaders  to  gain  popularity  and 
create  a  faction,  by  the  assistance  of  which  they  succeeded  in 
overthrowing  the  oligarchy  and  transferring  the  government 
into  their  own  hands.  With  this  result  the  people  were 
usually  not  discontented,  because  they  thus  found  themselves 
at  least  emancipated  from  the  hated  oppressions  of  their  former 
masters.  The  names  of  many  of  the  tyrants  belonging  to  this 
period  are  known  to  us,  but  with  regard  to  very  few  have  we 
any  details  of  the  way  in  which  they  gained  the  supreme 
power.  Mention  has  already  been  made  of  the  Corinthian 
Cypselus,  but  at  a  still  earlier  period  in  the  beginning  of  the 
seventh  century,  Orthagoras  or  Andreas,  the  earliest,  so  far  as 
we  know,  of  the  whole  number,  had  risen  to  power  in  Sicyon.3 
It  is  perfectly  clear  from  the  fact  that  he  belonged  to  the 
politically  inferior  Phyle  of  the  iEgialeis,*  that  it  is  impossible 
to  consider  him  as  one  of  those  who  employed  the  power 
bestowed  by  a  constitutional  magistracy  to  attain  a  position  of 
sovereignty,  but  that  he  was  a  party  leader,  and  one  of  a  class 
of  malcontents,  who  understood  how  to  make  a  skilful  use  of 
the  strength  of  his  party.6    The  gens  of  the  Orthagoridse  main- 


1  Concerning  Pheidon,  see  Herod,  first  incorporated  in  the  language,  or 
vi.  127  ;  Arist.  Pol.  v.  8.  4 ;  Paus.  at  least  the  literature,  of  the  Greeks, 
vi.  22.  2  ;  H.  Weissenborn,  Hellen.  The  attempts  to  explain  the  word 
5.  19 ;  L.  Schiller,  Stamme  und  from  Greek  roots  are  not  satisfactory, 
Staaten  Griechenlands,  iii.  19 ;  and  while  on  the  other  side  Bockh's 
with  regard  to  Cleomenes,  Polyb.  ii.  opinion  is  very  probable,  that  it  was 
47.  3  ;  Plutarch,  Aratus,  c.  38.  first  employed  by  the  Asiatic  Greeks, 

2  Pol.  iv.  8.  3  ;  cf.  iii.  5.  4.  and  derived  from  the  language  of  the 
8  Concerning  the  name  vide  Midler,  neighbouring  Lydians  and  Phrygians 

Dorians,    vol.    i.    p.    184,  Eng.   tr.,  (Corp.  Inscrip.  ii.  808). 

Grote,  vol.  ii.  p.  409.     One  of  the  4  This  appears  from  the  statement  of 

contemporaries  of  Orthagoras  was  the  Herodotus  concerning  the  Orthagorid 

Paerian  poet  Archilochus,  by  whom  Cleisthenes  (v.  67). 

the  name  ripawo%  is  said  to  have  been  5  By  some  he  is  said  formerly  to 


160       CONSTITUTIONS  OF  INDIVIDUAL  STATES. 

tained  itself  in  the  possession  of  the  government  for  about  a 
century,  and  the  people  prospered  under  their  rule.  Of 
Cypselus,  who,  shortly  after  the  elevation  of  Orthagoras,  over- 
threw the  oligarchy  of  the  Bacchiadae  in  Corinth,  mention  has 
already  been  made  (p.  153).  He  was  succeeded  by  Periander, 
who  was  numbered  by  many  among  the  Seven  Wise  Men. 
How  indispensable  it  appeared  to  the  latter  that  tyranny 
should  be  supported  by  the  weakening  of  the  nobility,  is  clear 
from  the  answers  which  he  caused  to  be  returned  to  Thrasy- 
bulus,  who  had  consulted  him  on  the  subject.1  The  last-named 
personage  had  at  that  time  raised  himself  to  the  tyranny  of 
Miletes,  by  means,  as  may  be  inferred  from  the  advice  imparted 
to  him  on  this  occasion,  of  taking  up  the  cause  of  the  people 
who  were  discontented  with  the  ruling  class.2  To  the  same 
period,  though  somewhat  earlier,  belongs  the  rise  of  Theagenes 
at  Megara,  who  was  no  doubt  furnished  with  the  means  of 
securing  the  chief  power  by  the  hatred  of  the  people  towards 
the  rich  or  noble  classes, — for  the  two  were  in  this  case  no 
doubt  identical.  He  first  contrived  to  be  raised  by  the  people 
to  a  position  which  placed  at  his  disposal  a  number  of  armed 
men  as  a  body-guard,  and  these  he  proceeded  to  employ  in  over- 
powering the  opposite  party,  and  maintaining  his  own 
authority.3  It  was  a  similar  disposition  on  the  part  of  the 
people  towards  the  nobles  that  in  Attica  procured  a  body-guard 
for  Peisistratus,  and  with  it  the  means  of  obtaining  posses- 
sion of  the  chief  power.  One  of  the  contemporaries  of  Peisis- 
tratus was  Lygdamis  of  Naxos,  who,  like  the  former,  belonged 
by  birth  to  the  nobility,  but  who  had  placed  himself  on  the 
side  of  the  people  which  had  risen  against  the  injuries  inflicted 
by  the  governing  body.4  Several  decades  before  his  time  a 
certain  Syloson  had  obtained  possession  of  the  sovereignty  in 
Samos.  He  also  apparently  belonged  to  the  privileged  class, 
for  he  was  despatched  as  commander  of  the  fleet  to  a  war  against 
the  iEolians  (what  State  is  uncertain),  but  used  the  opportunity 
to  seize  the  city  during  a  festival,  with  the  assistance  of  his 
crews,  to  expel  the  Geomori  and  to  make  himself  tyrant.5     The 


have  been  a  cook  (Liban.   torn.   iii.  Miletus  the  tyranny  was  gained  by 

p.  251,  Reisk).  means  of  the  extensive  authority  of 

1  Arist.  Pol.  iii.  8.   3.     Herodotus  the  Prytanis,  has  reference  to  Thrasy- 
(v.  92)  reverses  the  story,  and  makes  bulus  (vide  Duncker,  iv.  p.  93). 
Periander    inquire    of    Thrasybulus.         8  Arist.  Pol.  v.  4.  5  ;  Rhet.  i.  2.  7. 
That  this  is   erroneous  is  shown  by        4  Arist.  Pol.  v.  5.  1. 

Duncker,  iv.  p.  18.  8  Polyaenus,  vi.   44.      The  account 

2  It  is,  to  say  the  least,  extremely  in  Plutarch,  Quast.  Grcec.  no.  47.,  has 
probable  that  the  passage  in  Arist.  no  reference  to  this,  as  some  have 
Pol.  v.  4.  5,  where  it  is  said  that  in  imagined. 


THE  TYRANTS.  161 

Geomori,  however,  soon  after  regained  possession  of  the  govern- 
ment, until  Polycrates,  possibly  a  grandson  of  Syloson,  once 
more  wrested  it  from  their  hands.  With  his  armed  band  of 
partisans  he  fell,  also  on  the  occasion  of  a  festival,  on  the 
defenceless  Geomori,  and,  having  routed  them,  captured  the 
town  and  citadel,  and,  supported  by  auxiliaries  sent  by 
Lygdamis  of  Naxos,  retained  possession  of  the  tyranny.1  Some- 
what later,  but  amid  similar  circumstances,  several  tyrannies 
arose  in  the  Italian  cities.  In  Sybaris  the  Thurii  of  later  days, 
the  people  under  the  lead  of  a  demagogue  named  Telys,  rose 
against  the  oligarchy,  expelled  three  hundred  of  its  richest  and 
most  distinguished  members,  confiscated  their  property,  and 
intrusted  the  government  to  the  demagogue,  who,  however, 
failed  to  hold  it  for  long,  since  the  exiled  party  found  assist- 
ance among  the  Crotoniatae,  by  whom  the  Sybarites  were 
defeated  and  their  city  captured  and  destroyed.2  At  Cyme 
(Cumse)  the  supreme  power  was  seized  by  Aristodemus,  sur- 
named  Malacus,  a  member  of  an  illustrious  gens,  who  had  pro- 
minently distinguished  himself  in  the  war  against  the  Gauls, 
but  had  not  received  all  the  rewards  which  he  considered  his 
due,  and  had  therefore  joined  the  party  of  the  discontented 
populace.  He  was  unable  however  at  that  time  to  overthrow 
the  oligarchy,  an  event  which  took  place  twenty  years  subse- 
quently, when  he  was  sent  to  assist  the  inhabitants  of  Aricium 
against  Porsenna,  and  instead  of  perishing  in  the  disas- 
trous struggle,  as  the  oligarchs  had  hoped,  he  won  over  the 
army  to  himself,  put  to  death  the  members  of  the  State  Council 
and  their  adherents,  and  by  promising  to  the  people  the 
abolition  of  debts  and  a  distribution  of  land,  he  caused  himself 
to  be  appointed  supreme  magistrate  with  unlimited  sovereignty. 
After  the  lapse  however  of  several  years  he  was  defeated  and 
slain  by  the  descendants  of  the  same  oligarchs,  who  had  been 
subjected  by  him  to  every  kind  of  oppression  and  humiliation.3 
In  Ehegium  also  the  oligarchy  were  overthrown  by  Anaxilas, 
a  popular  leader,  and  by  birth  one  of  themselves.  He,  too, 
raised  himself  to  the  position  of  tyrant,4  though  all  details  of 
the  mode  in  which  he  did  so  are  wanting.  In  Sicily  we  find 
mention  at  Leontini  of  a  tyrant  named  Pansetius,  who  lived  as 
early  as  the  beginning  of  the  sixth  century,5  while  in  many 
other  Siceliot  towns  tyrants  sprang  up,  concerning  whom  we 

1  Herod,  iii.  39;  Polysen.  i.  23.  1.  8  Dionys.  Ant.  Rom.  vii.  2.  11. 

4  Arist.  Pol.  v.  10.  4 ;  Strabo,  vi. 

2  Diodor.  xii.  9.  10.     In  Herodotus     p.  257. 

v.   44    Telys    is  called  /JaenXei/s  and        5  Arist.    Pol.  v.  8.  4,    and   10.   4  ; 
rtpawos.  Clinton,  Fast.  Hell.  i.  p.  182  [b.c.  608]. 


1 6  2       CONSTITUTIONS  OF  INDI VI D  UAL  ST  A  TES. 

possess  but  little  precise  information.  The  famous  Phalaris  of 
Agrigentum,  when  ordered  to  superintend  the  building  of  a 
temple  to  Zeus  Atabyrius,  employed  the  numerous  band  of 
workmen  who  were  under  his  orders  in  obtaining  the  sove- 
reignty for  himself.1  Particular  mention  is  made  by  Aristotle 
of  Cleandrus  at  Gela,  who  lived  at  the  close  of  the  sixth  century, 
and  after  whose  assassination  the  power  passed  first  to  his  brother 
Hippocrates,  and  then  to  Gelon,  a  member  of  another  family, 
who  by  means  of  his  military  and  political  talents  soon  made 
himself  the  mightiest  prince  in  the  island,  and  even  subdued 
Syracuse  which  ,  henceforth  became  his  seat  of  government, 
in  which,  he  was  succeeded  by  his  brother  Hiero.2  Now  all 
these  tyrants,  as  well  in  the  colonies  as  in  the  mother  country, 
possessed  this  one  point  in  common,  that  they  owed  the  possi- 
bility of  their  elevation  to  the  discontent  of  the  people  with  the 
oligarchy  which  had  hitherto  existed.  For  this  reason  their 
chief  care  was  to  keep  down  the  oligarchical  party  and  to  make 
it  harmless,  while  the  people,  as  long  as  they  caused  no  appre- 
hension to  the  tyrants,  found  itself  under  the  new  regime 
generally  in  a  better  condition  than  under  the  old.  Nor  can  it 
be  denied  that  some  of  the  tyrants  were  men  whom  it  is  impos- 
sible to  suppose  deficient  in  distinguished  personal  qualities. 
Many  of  them  could  fairly  lay  claim  to  the  esteem  of  their 
contemporaries  by  the  moderation  with  which  they  exercised 
their  power,  as  the  Orthagoridae  at  Sicyon,  Cypselus  in 
Corinth,  or  Pisistratus  in  Athens ;  many  also  by  the  institutions 
which  they  established  for  the  general  good,  by  their  attention 
to  discipline  and  morality,  and  by  their  patronage  of  art  and 
science.  Thus  there  were  not  wanting  noble  spirits  like  Pindar 
or  iEschylus,  who  did  not  disdain  to  frequent  the  courts  of  the 
tyrants  as  friends  and  welcome  guests,  and  who  refused  to 
regard  as  a  hateful  crime  the  possession  of  power  which,  though 
usurped,  was  taken  from  feeble  or  worthless  hands,  and  trans- 
ferred to  those  who  worthily  administered  it.  On  the  other 
hand,  when  the  tyrants  perceived  that  the  people,  not  satisfied 
with  their  liberation  from  the  oppression  of  the  oligarchy, 
already  nurtured  designs  for  obtaining  some  share  of  their  own 
in  the  government  of  the  commonwealth,  they  were  then, 
through  their  anxiety  to  maintain  their  own  supremacy,  driven 
to  measures  the  object  of  which  was  the  suppression  of  these 
tendencies.  A  numerous  town  population  appeared  to  them  no 
less  than  to  the  oligarchy  to  be  an  element  of  danger,  and  they 
accordingly  sought  to  counteract  the  collection  of  large  masses 

1  Polysen.  v.  21.  2  Herod,  vii.  154  seq. 


THE  TYRANTS.  163 

in  the  towns,  and  rather  to  exhort  the  people  to  agriculture,  a 
course  which  admits,  it  is  true,  of  a  more  favourable  explanation.1 
But  when  for  the  sake  of  their  own  security  they  surrounded 
themselves  with  a  numerous  body-guard  of  mercenary  troops — 
when  in  order  to  procure  pay  for  these  they  imposed  heavy 
taxes  upon  the  people — when  they  connived  at  many  acts  of 
outrage  on  the  part  of  those  from  whose  protection  they  hoped 
to  gain  their  own  security  in  order  to  keep  them  well  affected 
to  themselves,  and  finally  when  they  introduced  a  system  of 
secret  police,2  and  made  away  with  every  suspected  person, — 
their  power  was  in  the  end  all  the  more  certainly  undermined 
by  these  very  measures  which  for  a  time  had  the  effect  of  sup- 
porting it.  It  was  however  in  most  cases  not  the  first  founders 
of  the  tyranny  who  considered  these  measures  necessary,  but 
rather  their  successors,  who  had  inherited  the  supreme  power 
from  them  without  the  addition  of  those  qualities  and  merits 
by  means  of  which  the  former  had  acquired  it,  and  who  there- 
fore in  the  absence  both  of  all  claim  to  personal  esteem  and 
gratitude,  and  the  right  of  long  established  legitimacy,  saw  a 
prospect  of  security  only  in  violence.  Many  moreover  were 
very  degenerate  sons  of  their  fathers,  and  gave  themselves  up  to 
unbridled  abuse  of  their  authority,  and  to  an  insolent  and  dis- 
solute life  of  enjoyment  by  which  they  drew  upon  themselves 
contempt  and  hatred.  It  was  the  result  of  these  causes  that  in 
no  instance  did  a  tyranny  strike  firm  roots,  but  after  a  longer 
or  shorter  duration  was  again  overturned.  The  one  which 
maintained  itself  for  the  longest  period,  says  Aristotle,3  was  that 
of  the  Orthagoridae  in  Sicyon — this  lasted  one  hundred  years ; 
next  to  it  that  of  the  Cypselidse  in  Corinth  for  seventy-three 
years ;  that  of  the  Pisistratidse  in  Athens  for  thirty-five  years 
altogether,  though  not  without  interruptions ;  and  that  of  the 
Siceliot  tyrants  of  Gela  and  Syracuse  together  for  about  eighteen 
years ;  the  others  all  continued  for  a  still  shorter  time.  Details 
of  the  manner  of  their  destruction  are  known  to  us  in  only  a 
few  instances,  and  we  must  content  ourselves  with  the  general 
statement  that  they  rendered  themselves  and  their  government 
in  the  highest  degree  hateful,  so  that  a  lively  recollection  of 
them  was  retained  in  the  popular  consciousness,  and  the  rule  of 
the  tyrants  was  considered  the  most  unbearable  and  odious  of 
all  forms  of  government.    This  hatred  it  was  which  served  as 

1  Of  Periander  we  are  told  (Suidas,  did  not  permit  leisure  time  to  be  spent 

sub  voc.  Periander)  that  he  forbade  to  in  the  market-place, 

the  citizens  the  possession  of  slaves,  2  .   .  ,    p  .  v  q  o 
in  order  that  they  might  be  obliged 

to  labour  themselves,  and  also  that  he  3  Pol.  v.  9,  21  seq. 


1 64       CONSTITUTIONS  OF  INDIVID UA I  STATES. 

a  weapon  against  them,  ready  to  the  hand  sometimes  of  the 
still  remaining  oligarchs,  sometimes  of  the  people,  while  many 
of  them  are  said  to  have  been  overthrown  by  the  special  inter- 
vention of  the  Spartans.  Where  this  was  the  case  it  certainly 
was  effected  chiefly  in  the  interest  of  oligarchy,  which  in  conse- 
quence, though  not  without  judicious  modifications  and  conces- 
sions to  the  equitable  demands  of  the  people,  was  restored.  In 
other  cases,  however,  the  democratic  element  henceforth  gained 
an  important  preponderance.  Before  however  we  enter  upon  a 
closer  examination  of  democracy,  «our  attention  is  demanded  by 
another  important  phenomenon  of  the  same  period. 


CHAPTER    X. 

THEORETICAL  REFORMERS. 

The  same  period  which  in  the  State  life  of  the  Greeks  every- 
where places  before  our  view  the  struggle  for  emancipation  from 
the  rule  of  a  privileged  nobility,  presents  itself  also  in  another 
and  more  general  relation  as  the  period  of  awakening  conscious- 
ness in  the  Greek  spirit,  of  which  we  may  consider  that  struggle 
as  a  single  symptom.  It  is  especially  the  period  in  which  the 
path  of  traditional  custom  began  to  be  deserted,  in  which  new 
directions  in  various  quarters  were  first  explored,  and  in  which 
continuance  in  tradition  gave  way  to  a  more  reflective  study  of 
the  world  and  its  relations,  and  to  an  attempt  to  determine 
them  in  accordance  with  the  dictates  of  thought  and  knowledge. 
After  that  emigration  of  people  which,  in  the  mother  country, 
terminated  with  the  settlement  of  the  Dorians  in  the  Pelopon- 
nese,  and  was  followed  by  numerous  colonisations  on  the  coasts 
and  islands  of  Asia  Minor,  a  period  of  quiet  had  ensued,  in 
which  the  prosperity  and  civilisation  of  the  people  continuously 
advanced.  The  peaceful  intercourse  between  them  was  quick- 
ened and  extended ;  the  colonies,  being  in  the  closest  contact 
with  foreign  nations  of  a  more  advanced  civilisation,  were 
hurried  forward  in  a  rapid  and  many-sided  development  of 
which  the  mother-country,  which  stood  in  a  relation  of  constant 
interaction  with  them,  could  not  fail  to  receive  some  share. 
The  mental  horizon  was  extended,  knowledge  increased,  reflec- 
tion was  aroused;  it  instituted  comparisons  and  demanded 
proofs,  while  everywhere  the  new  life  with  its  new  relations  with- 
drew the  eyes  of  men  from  the  past,  which  was  separated  by  a 


THEORETICAL  REFORMERS.  165 

wide  gulf  from  the  world  of  the  present.  Poetry,  which  had 
hitherto  derived  its  object  chiefly  from  the  fables  of  antiquity, 
now  began  to  devote  itself  to  the  expression  of  the  considera- 
tions, thoughts,  and  dispositions  to  which  the  immediate  present 
excited  the  spirit  and  understanding.  In  place  of  the  Epos, 
whose  last  notes  were  probably  claimed  less  by  the  people  than 
by  the  noble  lords,  many  of  whom  saw  their  own  ancestors  in 
the  heroes  who  were  honoured,  and  who  in  several  instances 
sought  to  be  themselves  regarded  as  epic  poets,1 — didactic  (or 
gnomic),  and  lyric  poetry  succeeded  to  the  place  of  honour. 
Instead  of  celebrating  the  deeds  of  the  gods,  who  were  mixed 
up  with  the  lives  of  the  heroes,  men  began  to  inquire  into  their 
being,  and  into  the  nature  of  things,  and  instead  of  resting 
content  in  the  traditionary  practice  of  a  traditional  worship, 
they  devised  more  efficacious  measures  and  methods  by  which 
to  extract  from  the  gods  revelations  of  their  will  and  to  gain  or 
preserve  their  favour.  The  oracles  acquired  an  influence  of 
which  in  Homer  we  gain  as  yet  no  glimpse:  new  religious 
customs  were  introduced,  and  individual  men  stepped  forward 
as  seers,  enlightened  by  and  intimately  connected  with  the 
divinity,  and  found  respect  and  obedience.  A  man  of  this  kind 
was  Epimenides  of  Crete,  with  regard  to  whom,  out  of  what 
we  must  admit  are  exceedingly  fabulous  reports,  this  much  at 
least  may  be  stated  with  confidence,  that  he  put  forward  theo- 
sophic  doctrines,  reformed  the  worship,  and  also  attempted  to 
regulate  the  moral  behaviour  of  men,  as  well  as  to  improve 
their  political  condition.  He  was  invited  to  Athens,  when  the 
people,  filled  with  religious  apprehension  on  account  of  their 
past  offences,  were  anxious  for  some  stronger  and  more  effica- 
cious means  of  purification,  in  order  to  appease  the  wrath  of 
the  gods.  His  influence  is  said  to  have  been  of  assistance  to 
Solon  in  quieting  the  excitement  of  parties,  and  restoring  har- 
mony.2 In  Sparta  also  the  remembrance  of  his  presence  was 
retained,  oracles  delivered  by  him  were  written  on  parchment, 
and  preserved  in  the  public  office  of  the  Ephors,  and  it  may  be 
assumed  that  he  was  not  without  important  influence  on  poli- 
tical relations,  and  especially  on  the  position  of  the  Ephorate 
in  its  dispute  with  the  monarchy.3  In  later  times  a  political 
work  was  also  ascribed  to  him  on  the  Cretan  constitution  and 
its  mythical  legislators,  Minos  and  Ehadamanthys.4    A  similar 

1  With   regard    to    the  Corinthian         2  Plutarch,  Sol.  c.  12. 
Eumelus,    an    epic   poet    about    the        ,  „  .  „    TT  ,  .  ,  ,r    D, 

middle  of    the    eighth   century,    we         3  See  especially  Urbichs  in  N.  Rh. 

know  from  Pausanias,  ii.  1.  1,   that  Mus-  ^  P'  lZl' 
he  was  one  of  the  Bacchiadaj.  4  Diog.  Laert.  i.  112. 


1 66       CONSTITUTIONS  OF  INDIVIDUAL  STATES. 

influence  is  said  to  have  been  exercised  at  a  still  earlier  period 
by  another  Cretan  named  Thaletas,  who  was  represented  as  the 
pupil  of  an  otherwise  unknown  Locrian  named  Onomacritus,  a 
prophet  and  legislator,  and  the  master  not  only  of  the  Spartan 
Lycurgus,  but  also  of  Zaleucus.1  Even  supposing  that  this  too 
is  false,  it  nevertheless  proves  the  close  connection  which  was 
supposed  to  exist  between  political  and  legislative  results  and 
religious  ceremonies,  and  the  manner  in  which  political  reforms 
were  assigned  to  the  self-same  men  who  were  regarded  as 
the  reformers  of  religion  and  worship.  Nor  is  the  fact  to  be 
overlooked  that  it  was  to  two  Cretans  that  this  influence  was 
pre-eminently  ascribed,  to  the  natives  of  an  island  which  by 
virtue  of  its  situation  stood  in  closer  contact  with  Egypt  and  the 
East,  and  most  certainly  could  not  have  remained  untouched 
by  influence  from  that  quarter. 

Epimenides,  moreover,  has  by  many  been  ranked  among  the 
seven  wise  men,  and,  therefore,  in  the  same  category  with  Solon 
and  Pittacus,  who  have  already  been  mentioned  as  iEsymnetse 
and  legislators.  To  the  same  number  belong,  in  addition  to 
these,  the  Spartan  Chilon,  to  whom  we  shall  return  on  a  later 
occasion,  Cleobulus,  who  at  this  time  was  actively  engaged  at 
Lindos  in  Ehodes,  probably  as  iEsymnetes  and  legislator,  and 
Bias  of  Priene,  who  was  celebrated  for  the  excellence  of  his 
political  activity,  as  well  as  for  particular  skill  as  an  advocate. 
It  has  already  been  mentioned  that  the  Corinthian  Periander 
was  also  numbered  among  this  body.  In  addition  to  all  these, 
however,  there  were  others  besides  to  whom  the  same  honour 
was  ascribed  by  others,  but  the  enumeration  of  whose  names 
would  serve  no  useful  purpose.  On  the  whole,  however,  it  is 
evident  that  those  who  were  numbered  among  the  wise  men 
owed  this  distinction  chiefly  or  exclusively  to  their  statesman- 
like intuition  and  success.  Philosophers  in  the  later  sense  of 
the  word  they  could  not  be  called,  says  an  ancient  writer,2  but 
simply  keen-sighted  men  with  a  capacity  for  legislation,  and  we 
know  that  Thales,  the  only  one  who  obtained  a  place  in  the 
history  of  philosophy,  properly  so  called,  was  by  no  means 
unfamiliar  with  participation  in  State  affairs.3  The  wisdom 
which  they  possessed  was  a  knowledge,  derived  from  an  intelli- 
gent appreciation  of  actual  relations  and  conditions,  and  of 
the  necessary  measures  which  were  calculated  to  secure  the 
prosperity  of  the  commonwealth, — a  knowledge  which  they  not 

1  Plutarch,  Lycurg.  c.  4 ;  Strab.  x.  *  Dicaearchus,  apud  Diog.  Laert.  i. 

p.    482  ;    Arist.    Pol.    ii.   9.    5.      Cf.  40.    Cf.  Cic.  de  Repiibl  i.  7. 
Hoeck,  Kreta,  iii.   318,   and  for  the 

other  side,  Scholl,  Philolog.  x.  p.  63.  8  Herod,  i.  170 ;  Diog.  Laert.  i.  22. 


THEORETICAL  REFORMERS.  167 

merely  displayed  in  their  political  activity,  but  sometimes  also 
put  forward  in  their  writings  in  the  form  of  doctrine.     An 
entirely  peculiar  position,  however,  was  taken  up  in  the  sixth 
century  by  Pythagoras,  whom  we  may  describe  as  a  philoso- 
phical and  theosophic  reformer  with  a  theoretical  method,  and 
whose  influence  was  of  no  slight  importance  for  a  considerable 
period  in  the  States  of  Magna  Grascia.     His  birthplace  was 
Sanios,  but  after  long-continued  journeys  in  Egypt  and  the 
East,  he  settled  at  Croton,  which  town  became  henceforth  the 
centre  of  his  influence.     Here  he  soon  succeeded,  by  the  con- 
tents of  his  doctrines  and  the  imposing  force  of  an  extraordi- 
nary personality,  in  assembling  around  him  a  circle  of  pupils 
and  admirers,  not  only  from  Croton,  but  also  from  the  neigh- 
bouring cities.     His  pupils  formed  an  exclusive  society,  into 
which  no  one  was  admitted  without  careful  examination  and 
preparation,  while  the  doctrines  of  Pythagoras,  incomplete  as  is 
our  acquaintance  with  their  contents,  evidently  took  for  their 
object  everything  which  in  that  age  could  be  considered  as 
philosophy,  or  the  knowledge  of  things  human  and  divine. 
They  possessed  a  predominant  religious  colouring,  and  were 
united  with  strict  and  almost  ascetic  precepts,  in  order  to 
regulate  life  in  a  manner  agreeable  to  the  gods.    His  pupils  all 
belonged  to  the  class  of  privileged  and  distinguished  citizens, 
and  therefore  not  unnaturally  attempted  to  give  to  their  asso- 
ciation in  State  matters  also  the  influence  which  in  their  own 
opinion  was  its  due.    They  considered  themselves  as  the  best 
and  worthiest  among  the  citizens,  and  as  therefore  naturally 
called  to  the  government,  which  would  consequently  become 
in  truth  and  not  merely  in  name  an  aristocracy.     How  far 
Pythagoras  himself  may  have  held  and  carried  out  political 
ideas  we  are  unable  to  determine,  but  with   regard  to   his 
followers  it  is  certain  not  only  that  they  had  such  ideas,  but 
that  they  transformed  their  associations  in  the  various  States 
into  political  clubs,  which  actually  succeeded  in  gaining  for  a 
considerable  period  the  preponderating  influence  on  the  govern- 
ment and  administration  of  public  affairs.     But  with  their 
strict  exclusion  of  all  who  did  not  belong  to  their  association, 
and  the  utter  contempt  which  they  displayed  towards  these, 
their  power  could  not  be  of  long  duration.     They  interfered 
with  too  many  claims  on  the  part  of  others,  and  accordingly  a 
general  reaction  soon  broke  out  against  them ;  their  clubs,  not 
without  violence  and  bloodshed,  were  dispersed,  and  those  of 
them  who  escaped  massacre  were  compelled  to  find  refuge  in 
foreign  lands. 

Whether  or  in  what  degree  political  theory  among  these 


1 68      CONSTITUTIONS  OF  INDIVIDUAL  STATES. 

Pythagoreans  was,  properly  speaking,  formulated,  is  less  easy 
to  be  ascertained,  since  every  striking  feature  which  has 
descended  to  us  under  the  name  of  any  of  them  bears  un- 
mistakable marks  of  being  the  invention  of  a  much  later  time.1 
Equally  fictitious  with  these  pretended  Pythagorean  writings 
is  the  connection  in  which  the  doctrines  of  Pythagoras  are 
placed  by  some  with  the  legislation  of  Zaleucus  and  Charondas, 
and  even  with  Numa  Pompilius  himself.  To  a  certain  extent, 
however,  Empedocles  of  Agrigentum,  though  he  certainly 
lived  nearly  a  century  later,  may  in  some  respects  be  compared 
with  Pythagoras,  although  he  founded  no  society,  like  the 
former,  and  though  above  all  his  influence  was  less  important, 
and  was  exercised  rather  in  the  interest  of  democracy  than  of 
aristocracy.  It  is  indeed  certain  that  he  did  not  confine  him- 
self to  the  speculations  of  natural  philosophy,  but  exercised 
also  political  activity,2  and  since  he  was  the  first  to  formulate 
the  theoretical  principles  of  public  oratory,3  we  may  assume 
with  confidence  that  he  was  not  without  a  certain  political 
theory  also.  We  may  conjecture  the  case  to  have  been  similar 
with  Parmenides  the  Eleatic,  who  lived  at  a  somewhat  earlier 
date,  and  who,  like  his  pupil  Zeno,  is  said  to  have  drawn  up 
written  laws  for  his  fellow-citizens.  These  can  scarcely  have 
been  parts  of  a  comprehensive  legislation  or  entire  constitution, 
projected  under  commission  from  the  State,  and  definitely  in- 
troduced, and  all  that  we  can  assume  is  that  they  put  forward 
in  a  written  form  their  opinions  on  the  State,  and  the  laws  best 
adapted  for  it.  In  the  same  way  I  am  convinced  that  the 
statement,  in  accordance  with  which  it  is  believed  that  Prota- 
goras of  Abdera  drew  up  laws  for  Thurii,4  is  not  to  be  under- 
stood of  a  code  actually  introduced  into  the  State,  but  simply 
of  a  literary  work,  similar  to  the  Platonic  Books  on  the  Laws,5 
the  motive  for  which  he  may  have  gained  from  the  foundation 
of  that  town  on  the  site  of  the  ancient  Sybaris,  which  occurred 
at  that  time.  The  practical  intelligence  of  the  Greeks  certainly 
placed  small  confidence  in  a  theorist  like  Protagoras.  Thus 
when  the  Italo-Greek  States,  after  the  banishment  of  the 
Pythagoreans,  called  in  wise  men  to  restore  their  political 
relations  to  order,  they  had  recourse  to  statesmen  of  practical 


1  Cf.  Gruppe,  uber  die  Fragments  8  Sext.  Enipir.  p.  370  ;  Quintil.  iii. 
des  Archytas  und  der  altern  Pytha-  1.  8  ;  Diog.  Laert.  viii.  57. 

goreer;  Berl.  1840.  4  Heraclides    Pontius,    quoted    in 

Diog.  Laert.  ix.  50. 

2  Diog.  Laert.  viii.  66;  cf.  63,  where  6  rots  vbixois  km  reus  TroXireicus  reus 
it  is  said  that  he  declined  the  offer  of  vwb  tuv  <ro(pitXTwv  yey pafififrais. — Isocr. 
the  government.  ad.  Philipp.  §  12. 


EISE  OF  DEMOCRACY.  169 

experience  from  Achaia,1  a  country  which  had  the  reputation 
of  enjoying  good  constitutions  and  a  wise  administration ;  and 
in  the  same  way,  when  we  find  in  later  times  many  men  whom 
we  are  familiar  with  as  philosophers  or  the  pupils  of  philo- 
sophers, and  whom  we  are  therefore  led  to  consider  mere 
theorists,  mentioned  as  the  legislators  of  this  or  that  State,2  we 
must  remember  that  the  statements  concerning  them  are  all 
either  untrustworthy  or  inexact,  so  that  we  are  unable  to  dis- 
tinguish how  far  the  mission  thus  received  was  due  to  and 
affected  by  practical  proof  of  their  capacity,  and  how  far  to 
their  theoretical  wisdom. 


CHAPTER    XI. 

RISE    OF    DEMOCRACY. 

According  to  the  account  given  by  Polybius  and  Strabo,3  the 
constitution  in  force  among  the  Achseans  whose  assistance  was 
demanded  by  the  Italian  States  for  the  settlement  of  their 
relations,  was  of  a  democratic  character,  and  had  dated  from 
the  abolition  of  monarchy,  the  exact  time  of  which  however  is 
uncertain.  The  existence  of  extreme  democracy  is  negatived 
by  the  good  reputation  which  the  Achseans  enjoyed  on 
account  of  the  administration  of  their  State,  and  which  an 
extreme  democratical  government  never  could  have  attained. 
The  well-to-do  classes  must  have  retained  their  due  prepon- 
derance over  the  masses,  and  the  constitution  was  therefore 
probably  modified  in  a  timocratic  direction,  until,  in  the  time 
of  Epaminondas,  foreign  influences  drove  the  people  into 
sedition,  and  for  some  considerable  time  at  least  complete 
democracy  prevailed.4  No  trace  is  to  be  discovered  in  Achaia 
of  oppressive  oligarchy  or  the  supremacy  of  the  nobility. 
The  rest  of  Greece  presented  in  the  sixth  century  certainly 
no  less  various  an  appearance  than  in  later  times,  and,  as  a 


1  Polyb.  ii.  39.  4.  similar  invitation,  addressed  to  him 

2  E.g.  Plato's  pupil  Phormio  for  from  Cyrene,  but  which  he  prudently 
Elis,  Menedemus  for  Pyrrha,  Aris-  declined,  is  mentioned  by  Plutarch  in 
tonymus  for  Arcadia. — Ylut.adv.Colot.  his  letters,  ad  principem  indoctum,  c. 
c.  32.  Plato  himself  also,  as  some  of  1 ;  cf.  also  Droysen,  Gesch.  den  Hel- 
his  admirers  assure  us,  was  invited  to  lenismus,  ii.  p.  302  seq. 

draw  up  laws  for  the  city  of  Megalo-  3  Polyb.  ii.  41.   5 ;  Strab.   viii.    p. 

polis   in    Arcadia,    which    was  then  3S4. 

founded. — Diog.    Laert.   iii.    23.      A  4  Xenoph.  Hell.  vii.  1.  43  seq. 


170      CONSTITUTIONS  OF  INDIVIDUAL  STATES. 

general  rule,  it  may  be  assumed  that  in  those  States  in 
which  tyrants  had  risen  to  power,  the  old  oligarchy  had 
received  too  great  a  shock  for  the  earlier  relations  to  be  re- 
stored, after  their  downfall,  to  their  original  condition,  but 
in  every  case  certain  concessions  were  of  necessity  made  to 
the  people.  With  regard  however  to  particular  States  every- 
thing remains  in  the  obscurity  which  continued  with  no  light 
thrown  upon  it  until  the  period  of  the  Persian  wars  and  the 
consequent  rivalry  between  Athens  and  Sparta.1  The  same 
relations  which  in  Athens  brought  about  the  rise  of  democracy 
cannot  have  failed  to  produce  similar  results  elsewhere.  As 
Aristotle  remarks,  nautical  pursuits  and  the  practice  of  naval 
warfare  tend  inevitably  toward  democracy.  In  the  largely 
populated  towns  created  by  transmarine  commerce,  the  main- 
tenance of  any  other  form  of  constitution  than  democracy 
is  almost  impossible.  The  masses  become  discontented  with 
proportionate  privileges,  graduated  according  to  property  and 
personal  qualifications,  and  demand  absolute  and  indiscriminate 
equality.2  When  Athens  rose  to  the  head  of  a  large  portion  of 
the  Greek  States,  almost  all  of  which  were  situated  either  on 
the  coast  or  in  islands,  the  necessary  consequence  was  that  the 
constitution  which  was  preferred  in  Athens  made  a  correspond- 
ing advance  in  all  the  States  which  were  dependent  upon  her ; 
while,  on  the  other  hand,  the  Spartans,  wherever  their  influence 
prevailed,  furnished  a  support  to  the  oligarchy,  and  at  least 
hindered  the  preponderance  of  the  democratic  element.3  Though 
however  it  is  true  generally  that  in  the  Athenian  confederacy 
democracy  prevailed,  while  among  the  Spartan  allies  a  more  or 
less  modified  oligarchy  was  found,  there  was  nevertheless  no 
lack  of  exceptions  an  both  sides.  Thus  at  Mytilene  in  Lesbos 
the  oligarchical  party  was  strong  enough  at  the  beginning  of 

1  In   Corinth    oligarchy  again    ap-  Corinth   to   attach   itself   to  Athens 

peared  after  the  fall  of  tyranny,  though  (Thuc.  i.  103),  by  which  means  demo- 

lt  was   no  doubt  based   more  upon  cracy  secured  the  upper  hand,  though 

wealth  than  noble  birth.     The  people  it  was  once  more  forced  to   yield  to 

was   retained   in   tranquillity  by  lu-  oligarchy  in  the   Peloponnesian  war 

crative  industrial  activity  and  the  care  {ib.  iv.  74).     In   ^Egina,  where  how- 

of   the  government  for  its   material  ever  no  tyranny  is  mentioned,  an  un- 

prosperity.   With  regard  to  the  senate,  successful  attempt  was  made  by  the 

vid.  above,  p.  129,    note   5,    Megara  people  before  the  Persian  wars  to  put 

appears  after  the  fall  of  the  tyranny  down  the  oligarchy  (Herod,   vi.   91). 

to  have  been  for  a  considerable  time  At  Naxos  about  the  same  period,  and 

subjected  to   a   savage  mob  govern-  therefore  after  the  fall  of  the  tyranny, 

ment  (Arist.  Pol.  v.  4.  3,  Plutarch,  an  oligarchical  party  was  expelled  by 

Quazst.  Graze.  59),  after  which  oligarchy  the  people  (ib.  v.  30). 
again  made  its  entry  (Arist.  Pol.  iv.  12.         „  A   .  .    „  7  ...   ,n  0      .   „    _    .    „ 
10).      It  was  afterWards   induced  by        '  Anst-  PoL  "■  10'  8  >  *•  3"  5>  4"  3' 
certain  grounds  of  complaint  against        *  Thuc.  i.  19. 


RISE  OF  DEMOCRACY.  171 

the  Peloponnesian  war  to  complete  every  preparation  for 
detaching  the  island  from  Athens,  and  would  probably  have 
succeeded  in  their  design  had  not  one  of  their  own  party  in 
consequence  of  a  private  quarrel  disclosed  their  plan  to  the 
Athenians.1  In  Samos  the  oligarchy  had  continued  until  the 
ninth  year  before  the  same  war,  when  the  Athenians  introduced 
democracy,  though  not  until  after  a  struggle  of  ten  months,2 
and  even  after  this  event  the  Geomori  must  still  have  retained 
some  standing,  and  indulged  in  conduct  which  embittered  the 
people  against  them,  since  in  412,  the  twentieth  year  of  the 
war,  two  hundred  of  them  were  put  to  death,  four  hundred 
banished  and  their  goods  divided,  while  the  remainder  were 
deprived  of  all  participation  in  the  civic  rights,  and  even  for- 
bidden to  intermarry  with  the  people.3  In  Rhodes,  where 
Dorieus,  one  of  the  Diagoridae,  and  probably  the  head  of  the 
oligarchical  party,  was  obliged  about  the  year  444  to  retire 
before  the  opposite  party,  the  anti-democratic  party  was  at 
least  strong  enough  after  the  disaster  of  the  Athenians  in  Sicily 
to  effect  the  secession  of  the  island  to  the  Spartans.4  In  many 
other  towns  also  there  existed  a  considerable  oligarchical  party 
which  was  ill-disposed  to  the  Athenians  and  ready  to  come  to 
terms  with  the  Spartans,  as,  e.g.  on  the  Thracian  coast  in 
Torone,  Mende,  Scione,  and  Potidaea,  in  consequence  of  which  all 
these  places  readily  revolted  to  Brasidas.5  On  the  other  hand, 
however,  oligarchy  was  by  no  means  everywhere  ascendant  in 
the  cities  of  the  Spartan  symmachy.  Mantinaea  retained  a 
democratic  constitution,  which  however  was  of  a  moderate 
character,  and  enjoyed  the  reputation  of  being  excellently 
organised.6  Not  till  385  did  the  Spartans  obtain  predominance 
for  oligarchy,  at  which  date  they  captured  the  city,  and  dis- 
persed its  population  among  several  open  places  or  comae  in 
the  neighbourhood,  a  state  of  things  which  continued  till  370, 
when  the  city  was  once  more  rebuilt.7  Tegea  also  and  Phlius8 
were  apparently  more  democratic  than  oligarchical,9  and  at 
Sicyon  it  was  not  at  least  until  the  Peloponnesian  war  that  a 
more  rigid  oligarchy  was  introduced.10 

Among  the  States  which  belonged  permanently  to  neither  of 
the  two   symmachies,  Argos   was  decidedly  democratic,  ever 


1  Thuc.  iii.  3 ;  Arist.  Pol.  v.  3.  3.  Ephorus,  quoted  in  Harpocration  sub 

1  lb.  i.  116.  voc.  Mdwrivea ;   Xen.  Hell.  vi.  5.    3; 

8  lb.  viii.  21.  Pausan.  viii.  8.  G. 

•  Diodor.  xiii  38  45 ;  Thuc.  viii.  44.  ,  Xen-  Hdl  {     4   15 

6  Thuc.  iv.  121,  123. 

•  lb.  v.  29  ;  .Elian,  V.  II.  ii.  22.  9  Polysen.  li.  10.  3. 

7  Xen.  Hell.  v.  2.  1-7  ;  Diod.  xv.  5 ;  10  Thuc.  v.  81. 


1 7  2       CONSTITUTIONS  OF  INDI VID  UAL  ST  A  TES. 

since  in  consequence  of  a  severe  defeat  inflicted  by  the  Spartan 
king  Cleomenes  in  501  B.C.  it  lost  the  greater  portion  of  its  ruling 
class,  when  the  Gymnesii  or  peasant  serfs  succeeded  in  obtain- 
ing possession  of  the  supreme  power  for  a  considerable  time.1 
They  were  indeed  after  a  time  once  more  overpowered,  but  the 
Argives  in  order  to  strengthen  their  position  had  recourse  to  the 
measure  of  removing  their  Periaeci  or  the  inhabitants  of  the 
dependent  towns  of  Tiryns,  Hysise,  Orneae,  Mycenae,  Midea, 
and  others  into  Argos  itself.2  The  natural  consequence  of  this 
step  was  the  rise  of  democracy,  which  accordingly  we  hence- 
forth see  prevailing  here,3  and  only  occasionally  and  for  a  short 
time  interrupted.  Elis,  on  the  contrary,  although  the  town 
arose  about  the  year  469  out  of  the  union  of  several  smaller 
places,  nevertheless  contained  a  preponderance  of  landed  and 
agricultural  inhabitants,  who  were  little  affected  by  democratic 
claims,  while  the  municipal  magistrates,  the  council  of  six 
hundred,  and  the  Demiurgi  appear  after  the  fall  of  the  oligarchy, 
which  had  hitherto  consisted  of  ninety  Gerontes  appointed  for 
life,  and  exclusively  out  of  certain  families,  to  have  been  elected 
after  a  less  oligarchical  manner,  though  it  by  no  means  approached 
a  pure  democracy.4 

Outside  the  Peloponnese  Thebes  enjoyed  the  reputation  of 
being  a  moderate  oligarchy,  which  at  the  time  of  the  Persian 
wars  had  degenerated  into  the  rule  of  a  few  families,  though  it 
was  subsequently  restored  to  its  former  condition.5  The  character 
of  the  oligarchy  was  evidently  rather  Timocracy  than  the 
supremacy  of  birth,  for  we  find  that  the  law  did  not  exclude 
from  the  superior  magistracies  those  who  had  become  wealthy 
through  commerce,  industrial  pursuits,  or  retail  trade,  but  only 
required  that  they  should  have  withdrawn  from  those  occupa- 
tions for  at  least  ten  years.6  For  a  time  however  unlimited 
democracy  made  its  appearance  in  Thebes.  In  Orchomenus  a 
privileged  class  of  knights  still  existed  at  the  time  when  the 
city  was  destroyed  by  Thebes,  or  towards  the  middle  of  the 
fourth  century.7  In  Thespiae  mention  is  made  of  a  ruling 
nobility  which  exclusively  filled  the  office  of  Demuchi,8  while 
the  industrial  and  agricultural  population  was  excluded  from 
posts  of  honour,9  and  in  the  Peloponnesian  war  revolted  against 
the  privileged  class,  but  were  put  down  with  the  assistance 


1  Herod,  vi.  83.  5  Thuc.  iii.  62. 

2  Pausan.  viii.  27.  1.  6  Vide  supra,  p.  152. 

3  Thuc.  v.  29,  44,  81,  82.  7  01.  104.  1  ;  Diodor.  xv.  79. 

4  Diodor.  xi.  54 ;  Thuc.  v.  47 ;  Arist.  8  Diodor.  iv.  29. 

Pol.  v.  5  :  8.  •  Hcraclid.  Pont.  no.  43. 


CHARACTERISTICS  OF  DEMOCRACY.  1^73 

of  Thebes.1  In  Thessaly  a  decided  oligarchy  of  birth  prevailed 
among  the  ruling  people,  although  we  fiud  signs  that  conces- 
sions must  have  been  made  to  the  people  in  particular  points, 
concerning  the  nature  of  which  however  nothing  can  be  said. 
With  regard  to  the  Italian  towns  we  have  already  narrated  how 
they  availed  themselves  of  Achaean  assistance  in  the  regulation 
of  their  constitutions,  and  we  may  therefore  infer  that  their 
government,  like  its  Achaean  model,  was  of  a  democratic 
character.  As  regards  the  cities  of  Sicily  we  may  content  our- 
selves with  the  remark  that  tyranny  and  democracy  alternated 
with  one  another,  although  the  former  remained  generally 
predominant. 

These  statements,  which  we  confess  are  very  incomplete  and 
imperfect,  are  all  that  we  are  able  with  any  confidence  to  produce 
with  regard  to  the  constitutions  of  particular  Greek  States  exclu- 
sive of  Athens  and  Sparta.  The  particular  notices  which  we 
find  elsewhere  of  magistrates  and  institutions  are  little  calculated 
to  afford  us  information,  while  it  is  misleading  to  infer  the 
existence  either  of  democracy  or  oligarchy  from  such  names  of 
offices  as  Demiurgi,  Demuchi,  Nomophylaces,  Thesmophylaces, 
and  the  like.  Even  with  regard  to  a  frequently  occurring 
title  of  popular  president  (Stffwv  Trpo<rrarri<;)  it  is  not  safe  to 
determine  whether  it  actually  signifies  an  office,  or  whether  it 
was  simply  applied  to  some  distinguished  leader  of  the  popular 
party,  some  of  whom  were  certainly  to  be  found  in  every  Greek 
State.2  It  only  remains  for  us  to  collect  the  general  features 
in  order  to  depict  Greek  democracy  principally  according  to 
the  notices  found  in  Aristotle. 


CHAPTER   XII. 

CHARACTERISTICS  OF  DEMOCRACY. 

The  principle  underlying  democracy  is  the  struggle  for  a 
legalised  equality  which  was  usually  described  by  the  expres- 
sions Isonomy,  or  equality  of  law  for  all, — Isotimy,  or  propor- 
tionate regard  paid  to  all, — Isagoria,  or  equal  freedom  of  speech, 
with  special  reference  to  courts  of  justice  and  popular  assem- 

1  Time.  vi.  95.  which  the  supposition  of  an  official 

2  There  are  many  passages  in  which  position  is  necessary,  and  only  the 
the  second  meaning  is  unmistakably  possibility  of  this  interpretation  is 
the  correct  one,  while  there  are  none  in  sometimes  present. 


1 7  4       CONSTITUTIONS  OF  INDI VID  UAL  ST  A  TES. 

blies.  The  idea,  however,  of  this  legalised  equality  was 
conceived  in  very  different  ways.  The  rational  conception 
would  be  for  this  equality  to  be  founded  on  the  fact  that  each 
individual  should  receive  all  that  is  properly  his  due  in  pro- 
portion to  his  worthiness  and  capacity,  while  the  irrational 
conception  is  that  all  should  be  without  distinction  regarded  as 
entitled  to  every  privilege.1  To  this  irrational  mistake  there 
was  certainly  a  tendency  among  the  Greeks,  although  it  first 
became  apparent  at  a  later  period.  The  older  democracy 
recognised  the  fact  that  distinctions  existed,  and  that  in  justice 
each  individual  was  only  entitled  to  participate  in  the  govern- 
ment and  administration  of  the  commonwealth  in  proportion  to 
the  degree  of  his  fitness  and  the  value  of  his  services.  The 
difficulty  only  lay  in  the  manner  in  which  this  principle  was 
to  be  carried  out  in  practice.  A  certain  kind  of  service  as  well 
as  the  capacity  for  rendering  it  was  easily  ascertainable, — viz., 
that  kind  to  which  the  possession  of  property  was  both  necessary 
and  sufficient,  and  accordingly  the  natural  result  was  that  this 
was  taken  as  a  standard  for  the  division  of  the  citizens  into 
different  classes  according  to  the  amount  of  their  property,  and 
for  the  determination  of  their  services  on  the  one  hand,  and 
their  privileges  on  the  other.  This  is  the  principle  of  timocracy ; 
but  there  were  certain  kinds  of  service  for  which  something  else 
was  requisite  beside  the  possession  of  property,  and  something 
too  which  had  no  necessary  connection  with  it,  which  might 
even  exist  without  it,  and  in  which  the  poor  might  often  ex- 
ceed the  rich.  These  consisted  in  correct  insight  and  bravery 
and  other  personal  qualities  which  may  be  all  included  under 
a  general  conception  of  fitness  or  virtue,  of  aperrj  in  the  Greek 
meaning  of  the  word.  Now,  to  exclude  the  virtuous  citizen 
merely  on  account  of  his  poverty,  or  to  prefer  the  less  virtuous 
merely  on  account  of  his  wealth,  is  a  manifest  contradiction  of 
the  rational  principle  of  democracy.  It  follows  that  a  pure  and 
exclusive  timocracy  is  not  the  most  just,  and  is  all  the  more 
exposed  to  deterioration  into  a  highly  unjust  oligarchy  in  pro- 
portion as  it  affords  the  means  to  the  rich  of  placing  themselves 
in  the  exclusive  possession  of  power,  and  of  administering  the 
commonwealth,  not  in  the  interest  of  the  general  good,  but  in 
the  one-sided  interest  of  their  own  class.  On  this  account  a 
distinction  was  made  by  wise  legislators  between  that  kind 
of  participation  in  the  government  and  administration  of  the 
state  which  required  a  certain  property-qualification  and  a 
degree  of  capacity  which  was  usually  associated  with  this,  and 

1  Arist.  Pol.  v.  I.  7. 


CHAR  A  CTERISTICS  OF  DEMO  CRA  CY.  175 

that  in  which  this  did  not  exist.  The  former  they  bestowed  only 
on  the  citizens  belonging  to  the  higher  property  classes,  while 
the  latter  was  only  granted  by  members  of  the  lower  classes, 
and  only  those  were  excluded  in  regard  to  whom,  from  their 
insufficient  property,  it  could  not  reasonably  be  expected  that 
they  could  acquire  such  a  measure  of  culture  and  personal  fit- 
ness as  to  enable  them  to  participate  in  the  government  and 
administration.  That  exceptional  cases  might  occur  which 
contradicted  this  presumption  they  were  certainly  not  unaware, 
but  they  recognised  the  fact  that  the  wise  legislator  must 
guide  his  conduct  by  the  rule  and  not  by  the  exceptions.  The 
question,  however,  arose  in  what  way  those  were  to  be  dis- 
covered who  possessed  the  requisite  qualities.  The  ancient 
legislators  were  of  opinion  that  the  only  feasible  course  was  to 
leave  the  decision  in  the  hands  of  the  people  itself,  as  to  which 
of  its  fellow-citizens  it  considered  the  worthiest  and  fittest  to 
administer  the  affairs  of  the  commonwealth;  for  they  pre- 
sumed that  the  collective  judgment  of  the  community  would 
not  be  altogether  likely  to  form  a  wrong  conclusion  on  the 
subject.1  They  expected,  however,  that  the  people,  if  it  elected 
its  own  superior  magistrates,  would  be  likely  to  render  them 
ready  obedience,  while  if  they  were  imposed  upon  it  by  others, 
that  they  would  feel  themselves  reduced  to  servitude,  and  look 
upon  their  superiors  with  distrust  and  jealousy.2  Now,  even 
supposing  that  they  were  correct  in  this  opinion,  nevertheless, 
the  presumption  could  only  hold  good  so  long  as  the  people 
continued  on  the  whole  harmless  and  well-disposed,  and  obeyed 
the  dictates  of  circumspection  and  rational  consideration  rather 
than  of  caprice  and  passion.  When  this  was  not  the  case,  the 
consequence  was  that  popular  election  gave  the  preference,  not 
to  the  worthiest  citizens,  but  to  those  who  made  most  conces- 
sions to  the  inclinations  and  desires  of  the ,  capricious  and 
passionate  populace,  so  that  the  demagogues,  as  they  were 
called,  or  those  who  had  the  art  to  win  over  the  people  to 
themselves  and  to  guide  its  decisions,  easily  succeeded  in  gain- 
ing an  influence  over  the  affairs  of  the  commonwealth,  which 
by  their  actual  fitness  and  services  they  by  no  means  deserved. 
This  influence  they  proceeded  to  abuse,  and  to  throw  down  all 
those  bounds  which  the  constitution  had  set  up  against  them 
and  their  associates.  By  this  means  they  introduced  that  kind 
of  democracy  which  Polybius  has  rightly  described  as  ochlo- 
cracy, or  the  constitution  in  which,  with  no  proportionately 
graduated  distinctions  of  privilege,   everything   was  without 

1  Arist.  Pol.  iii.  10.  5.  a  lb.  ii.  9.  4.  ' 


176       CONSTITUTIONS  OF  INDIVIDUAL  STATES. 

exception  open  to  all,  and  decisions  made  respecting  every- 
thing mostly  in  accordance  with  the  actual  decrees  of  the 
multitude.  This  was  the  constitution  which  was  described  by 
Alcibiades  as  pure  unreason,1  and  over  which  all  the  intelli- 
gent critics  of  antiquity  have  with  one  voice  pronounced  the 
condemnation  it  so  well  earned.  Great  as  was  the  difference 
between  the  moderate  and  rational  and  the  absolute  or  irra- 
tional forms  of  democracy,,  the  one  striving  actually  to  realise 
aristocracy  in  the  true  sense  of  the  word,  and  the  other  veering 
round  into  cacistocracy,  there  were  yet  not  a  few  forms  and 
institutions  which  the  two  preserved  in  common,  though  they 
might  be  differently  modified  and  applied  in  the  two  cases. 
In  order  to  describe  the  features  of  both  more  precisely,  it 
will  be  convenient  to  put  forward  separately  the  most  note- 
worthy of  these  institutions,  and  to  point  out  their  use  and 
application  both  in  the  moderate  and  the  absolute  democracy. 
First  of  all,  then,  the  sovereign  legislative  power,  which,  in 
the  last  resort,  deliberated  and  determined  upon  the  most  im- 
portant matters  of  the  State,  is  in  both  forms  assigned  to  the 
general  assembly  of  the  people,  which,  however,  is  itself  pre- 
sided over  and  directed  by  a  smaller  preliminary  assembly  or 
State  council  (fiovkrj)?  The  right  of  voting  in  the  assembly 
was  possessed  by  every  adult  citizen  who  had  not  been 
punished  for  some  misdemeanour  with  the  loss  of  his  civic 
rights.  We  find  no  instance  in  Greece  of  the  vote  being  taken 
according  to  classes  or  other  subdivisions,  as  was  the  custom 
in  Eome ;  but  apparently,  in  every  case,  the  votes  of  all,  with- 
out any  distinction,  were  counted  together.3  The  form  of 
voting  was  usually  cheirotonia,  or  show  of  hands;  only  in 
special  cases  were  the  votes  taken  by  means  of  stones,  tablets, 
or  the  like.  Before  the  division  debates  were  allowed,  nor  was 
any  distinction  known  similar  to  that  in  Eome  between 
Contiones  and  Comitia,  except  that,  in  the  case  of  certain  sub- 
jects, the  debate  and  the  division  took  place  in  separate  assem- 
blies. It  has  also  been  noticed  by  Cicero 4  as  a  characteristic 
peculiarity  of  Greek  assemblies  that  the  people  did  not  stand, 
as  at  Eome,  but  sat.  After  the  subject  of  debate  had  been 
proposed  by  the  council  which  directed  the  assembly,  every 
citizen  was  allowed  to  express  his  opinion,  although  in  the 
moderate  democracy  the  older  citizens  were  permitted  to  speak 

1  bfioSoryovfiivr]  8.i>oia,  Thuc.  vi.  89.  as  it  did  in  Rome  by  tribes.    But  this, 

a  Arist.  Pol.  vi.  5.  10.  as  far  as  we  know,  was  only  the  case 

8  Niebuhr,    Lectures      on    Ancient  in  ostracism ;   in  other  business  we 

History,   iii.  p.    281,   represents  the  find  no  trace  of  it. 

people  in  Athens  as  voting  by  Phylaa,  4  Orat.  pr.  Flacco,  c.  7,  §  16. 


CHAR  A  CTERISTICS  OF  DEMO  CRA  CY.  177 

first,  and  then  the  younger.  Nothing  was  allowed  to  be  sub- 
mitted to  the  assembly  on  which  the  council  had  not  previously 
formed  a  decision.  This  decision  was  then  laid  before  the 
people  for  their  acceptance  or  rejection,  and  amendments  and 
additions  to  it  were  admissible,  or  even  entirely  contrary 
motions.  Motions  of  this  kind,  which  were  called  forth  by 
a  decision  placed  before  the  people  by  the  council,  might  no 
doubt  be  made  by  every  citizen  without  further  notice;  all 
other  proposals  were  obliged,  in  moderate  democracies,  to  be 
previously  laid  before  the  council,  and  were  then  submitted  to 
the  people  either  with  its  recommendation  of  acceptance  or 
rejection,  or  in  some  cases  even  without  this  addition.  In 
absolute  democracies,  however,  these  restrictions  were  not 
endured,  and  proposals  were  laid  before  the  popular  assembly 
without  any  preliminary  examination  by  the  council.  The 
subjects  upon  which  the  popular  assembly  was  privileged  to 
decide1  were  principally  the  elections  of  magistrates  and  the 
inquiry  into  their  conduct  during  office,  without  both  which  pre- 
rogatives the  people,  in  Aristotle's  opinion,  were  either  reduced 
to  servitude  or  filled  with  a  hostile  spirit  towards  their  magis- 
trates. Further,  they  passed  resolutions  concerning  peace  and 
war  and  legislative  measures  of  general  importance.  There 
was,  however,  a  distinction  between  moderate  and  absolute 
democracy,  in  that  in  the  former  the  more  special  details  of 
the  measures  demanded  in  each  department  of  the  administra- 
tion were  left  for  the  council  and  the  executive  magistrates  to 
determine  on  their  own  responsibility;  while  in  the  latter 
everything  was,  if  possible,  brought  before  the  general  assembly 
of  the  people.2  Hence,  while  in  the  one  case  these  general 
assemblies  were  not  frequently  held,  in  the  other  they  were  of 
continual  occurrence ;  and,  in  order  that  the  people  might  be 
able  to  meet  in  as  large  numbers  and  as  often  as  possible,  a 
sum  of  money  was  paid  to  those  present  as  a  salary  or 
remuneration, — a  course  which  was  not  pursued  in  moderate 
democracies,  where,  in  consequence,  the  assemblies  were  not 
usually  attended  by  too  large  a  number  of  the  lower  and  poorer 
classes.3  In  many  States,  too,  registers  were  kept  in  which 
each  citizen  who  was  entitled  to  attend  the  popular  assembly, 
and  wished  to  make  use  of  his  privilege,  might  have  his  name 
enrolled,  after  which,  however,  he  was  legally  bound  to  be 
present,  and  subject  to  punishment  if  he  neglected  that  duty.4 


Arist.  Pol.  iv.  11.  14.  4  Arist.  Pol.  iv.  10.  7,  8.    A  similar 

1  lb.  iv.  12.  9,  vi.  1.  9.  regulation  was   prescribed   by   Plato 

lb.  iv.  5.  5.  (Legg.  p.  764)  for  his  model  State.   As 

M 


178     CONSTITUTIONS  OF  INDIVIDUAL  STATES. 

The  effect  of  this  was,  that  as  long  as  no  pay  was  given,  and 
therefore,  in  moderate  democracies,  the  poorer  classes,  who 
could  not  easily  afford  the  necessary  expenditure  of  time, 
omitted  to  have  their  names  enrolled,  and  thereby  relinquished 
the  right  itself;  whereas  in  absolute  democracy,  where  the 
masses  were  attracted  by  the  pay,  the  wealthier  citizens,  to 
whom  this  was  no  inducement,  often  entirely  absented  them- 
selves from  the  assemblies  in  which  they  saw  no  prospect  of 
exercising  any  influence, — a  tendency  which  was  increased  by 
the  absence  of  any  punishment  for  their  non-attendance. 
With  regard  to  the  preparatory  Board  or  Boule,  it  was  a 
common  feature  of  both  kinds  of  democracy  that  it  was  not, 
like  the  council  or  gerousia  in  oligarchies,  appointed  for  life, 
but  for  a  definite  time.  This,  in  moderate  democracies,  was  a 
year  at  least,  though  in  others  it  was  even  less,  as,  e.g.  six 
months.1  The  appointment  was  made  in  the  former  case  by 
election,  or  if  by  means  of  the  lot,  at  least  in  such  a  manner 
that  only  certain  categories  of  citizens  were  eligible  according 
to  property;  whereas,  in  absolute  democracy,  each  citizen, 
whose  character  was  free  from  reproach,  might  become  a 
member.  The  competence  of  the  Boule  was  more  extensive  in 
the  former  than  in  the  latter,  since  the  rule  was  not  only 
strictly  maintained  that  nothing  could  be  submitted  to  the 
popular  assembly  without  the  previous  deliberation  of  the 
Boule,  but  also  many  departments  of  the  administration  were 
put  entirely  under  its  control ;  whereas  in  the  other  little  or 
nothing  was  left  to  its  independent  management,  and  even  its 
preliminary  sittings  were  often  dispensed  with.  In  both  cases 
the  Boule  was  responsible  for  its  conduct  in  office,  though 
remuneration  was  only  received  by  it  in  the  extreme  form  of 
democracy. 

With  regard  to  the  magistrates,  absolute  democracy  is  dis- 
tinguished from  the  most  moderate  kind,  first  of  all,  in  the 
manner  of  appointment,  since  it  introduced,  if  not  in  the  case 
of  all,  yet  in  as  many  as  was  possible,  the  lot  in  preference  to 
election,  in  order  to  secure  more  certainly  the  possibility  of 
success  for  all  without  distinction.2  However,  in  some  in- 
stances the  lot  was  introduced  in  order  to  place  a  limit  to  the 
electioneering  intrigues  of  candidates,  as  Aristotle  states  was  the 

would  be  expected,  no  mention  is  made  ■  Cf .  Bockh,  Corp.  Imcr.  i.  p.  337. 

by  him  of  any  payment  for  attendance  2  Plat.     Eepubl.     viii.     p.    557   a  ; 

at  the  assembly.    That  belongs  to  the  Arist.  Pol.  vi.  1.  8.     It  has  already 

'  cement  of  democracy,'   as  Demades  been  remarked  (p.  146)  that  this  mode 

(Plutarch,    Qucesl.  Grcec.  Plat.  x.  4)  of  appointment  also  appears   in   oli- 

calls  the  Theoric  fund.  garcnical  States. 


CHARACTERISTICS  OF  DEMOCRACY.  179 

case  at  Hersea  in  Arcadia,1  and  this  might  therefore  occur  where 
no  extreme  democracy  existed  or  was  designed.  Thus  Diodes, 
the  Syracusan  legislator,  who,  from  all  that  we  know  of  him, 
was  averse  to  any  such  government,  nevertheless  introduced 
the  lot.2  The  institution  itself,  too,  appears  less  important 
since,  in  the  first  place,  it  was  not  every  one,  without  distinc- 
tion, who  was  admitted  to  the  lottery,  but  only  certain  classes 
or  special  categories ;  and  since,  in  the  second  place,  after  the 
lot  an  examination  was  held,  by  means  of  which  it  was  possible 
to  set  aside  unfit  or  unworthy  persons.  These  examinations 
were,  it  is  true,  also  instituted  in  extreme  democracy,  but  here  it 
was  wellnigh  impossible  for  their  strictness  to  be  maintained. 
Limitation  of  the  tenure  of  office  to  a  shorter  time  than  a  year 
may  in  all  probability  be  generally  regarded  as  a  sign  of 
advanced  democracy,3  which,  on  the  one  hand,  wished  to  secure 
office  to  as  many  as  possible,  and,  on  the  other,  not  to  commit 
authority  into  their  hands  for  any  length  of  time.  For  the 
same  reasons  it  willingly  appointed  numerous  boards  for  the 
administration  of  one  and  the  same  department  of  business,  in 
order  that  the  power  might  be  shared  among  many  holders. 
The  official  power  of  the  magistrates  was  certainly  in  every 
case  defined  by  a  subject  to  the  law ;  but  in  moderate  democracy, 
within  the  legal  sphere,  some  room  for  free  and  independent 
action  was  left  them,  whereas,  in  the  other,  they  were  sub- 
jected in  this  respect  to  manifold  restrictions,  since  the  people 
mixed  itself  up  even  in  the  details  of  the  administration,  and, 
instead  of  leaving  the  necessary  regulations  to  the  magistrates, 
itself  interfered  without  regard  to  the  laws. 

The  judicial  power  was  in  both  forms  exercised  by  panels  of 
jurymen,  who  were  appointed  in  large  numbers  from  the  whole 
body  of  citizens.  A  fixed  property  qualification  was  apparently 
nowhere  required,  or  at  least  no  instance  of  it  is  known  to  us. 
It  was  sufficient  that  the  character  should  be  free  from  reproach 
and  the  age  mature,  the  limit  in  this  respect  being  probably,  as 
we  may  assume  from  the  instance  of  Athens,  the  thirtieth  year. 
Whether  the  appointment  was  in  any  case  by  election,  or 
whether  even  in  moderate  democracy  it  was  decided  by  lot,  it 
is  impossible  to  ascertain,  though  we  learn  that  some  precau- 
tions were  attempted,  to  prevent  the  judicial  office  from  falling 
chiefly  into  the  hands  of  the  masses,  that  is  to  say,  the  poor 
and  uncultivated  classes.  One  of  them  was  that  the  juror 
should  receive  no  remuneration  for  his  trouble — an  arrange- 
ment which   of  itself  deterred  those   classes    from    coming 

1  Arist.  Pol.  v.  2.  3  It  did,   however,    also    occur    in 

2  Diodor.  xiii.  45.  oligarchy. 


i8o_     CONSTITUTIONS  OF  INDIVIDUAL  STATES. 

forward — another  that  registers  should  be  kept,  like  those  for 
the  popular  assemblies,  in  which  every  privileged  citizen  might 
have  his  name  inscribed,  after  which,  however,  he  was  under 
an  obligation  not  to  absent  himself  from  the  business,  when 
called  upon,  an  obligation  which  the  poor,  as  no  remuneration 
was  given,  were  loath  to  undertake,  and  therefore  preferred  not 
to  enter  their  names.1  Aristotle  relates  of  Charondas  that  he 
imposed  heavy  punishments  on  the  rich  when  they  neglected 
their  judicial  functions,  and  much  lighter  ones  on  the  poor,  who 
in  other  systems  were  sometimes  exempt  from  punishment  alto- 
gether. Whether  in  this  case  we  may  assume  the  employment 
of  the  registers  mentioned  above  is  uncertain.  "We  may  regard 
it,  however,  as  a  universal  principle  that  though  the  jury  courts 
were  placed  under  the  presidency  of  magistrates,  these  were  in- 
trusted with  little  else  than  the  preliminary  arrangements  and 
the  formal  drawing  up  of  the  case,  while  the  sentence  and  the 
imposition  of  punishment  belonged  solely  to  the  jurymen.  In 
moderate  democracy  only  were  the  magistrates  allowed  to  a  cer- 
tain extent  the  privilege  of  forming  decisions  and  imposing 
punishments,  although  even  here  an  appeal  was  allowed  from 
their  judgment  to  the  jurymen.  We  must  add  that  the  range  of 
subjects  which  were  submitted  for  the  decision  of  the  courts  was 
very  large,  and  extended  not  merely  to  private  suits  or  the  crimes 
committed  by  private  citizens,  but  also  to  the  official  administra- 
tion of  the  magistrates,  who  were  brought  before  them  to  render 
in  their  accounts,  and  in  Athens,  as  we  shall  see  below,  and  pro- 
bably also  in  other  places,  even  to  the  decrees  of  the  popular 
assembly,  which  might  be  opposed  before  them  as  illegal,  and 
abrogated  by  their  judgment,  whereas  conversely  it  frequently 
happened  in  extreme  democracies  that  the  assembly  took  upon 
itself  the  trial  of  crimes,  instead  of  leaving  them  to  the  courts. 
Since  all  democracy  aims  at  legal  equality,  whether  this 
is  conceived  of  as  absolutely  without  distinction  or  only  as 
relative,  it  follows  from  this  principle  that  it  is  bound  as  far  as 
possible  to  counteract  the  inequality  in  external  relations 
which  may  offer  inducements  for  exaggerated  claims,  and 
provide  means  for  their  satisfaction  at  the  expense  of  the  rightful 
equality.  Even  moderate  democracy  accordingly  seeks  to  take 
precautions  against  the  excessive  accumulation  of  wealth  by 
individuals,  which  it  is  true  could  only  be  carried  out  in  the 
case  of  the  so-called  <f>avepa  ovcria  or  immoveable  property.2 

1  Arist.  Pol.  iv.  10.  6,  7.  although  it  is  sometimes  used  in  a 

more  general  sense  of  all  property  of 

2  This    is    at    least    the    predomi-    every  kind  which  was  not  concealed, 
nant  signification  of  the  expression,     Of.  Isocr.  Trapes,  §  7. 


CHAR  A  CTERISTICS  OF  DEMO  CRA  CY.  1 8 1 

Particular  legislators  established  a  certain  measure  of  landed 
property  beyond  which  no  one  was  allowed  to  hold  land,  as 
Solon  did  at  Athens  according  to  Aristotle's  account,1  and  we 
learn  that  the  neglect  of  some  such  law  at  Thurii,  where  the 
rich  bought  up  large  estates,  was  the  occasion  of  a  rising  among 
the  people,  by  which  the  former  were  compelled  to  part  with 
all  that  they  possessed  over  and  above  the  amount  permitted 
by  law.2  On  the  other  hand,  we  find  no  trace  in  democracy 
of  precautions  against  the  alienation  or  minute  subdivision  of 
estates,  such  as  were  found  advisable  in  oligarchies,  the  reason 
being  no  doubt  that  such  restrictions  on  the  free  right  of  dis- 
position of  property  appeared  to  be  an  infringement  on  liberty. 
It  is  true,  however,  that  in  the  timocratic  graduation  of  poli- 
tical privileges  we  find  preference  shown  to  landed  property 
above  other  kinds  of  wealth,  the  object  of  which  was  that  no 
one  might  be  ready  to  part  entirely  with  this  kind  of  property, 
since  to  do  so  involved  the  loss  of  a  portion  of  his  consideration 
as  a  citizen.3  We  have  already  remarked,  however,  that  an 
agricultural  population  appeared  most  desirable  to  the  ancient 
politicians,  and  landed  property  the  most  secure  basis  of  a  solid 
commonalty,  and  the  preference  so  shown  is  for  these  reasons 
thoroughly  in  harmony  with  moderate  democracy.  The  ex- 
treme form,  on  the  other  hand,  never  hesitated,  when  it  gained 
the  upper  hand,  Undisguisedly  to  deprive  the  rich  of  their  pro- 
perty, to  distribute  their  estates  among  the  people,  and  to 
release  debtors  from  their  liabilities  to  their  creditors ;  nay,  at 
Megara  on  one  occasion  the  latter  were  compelled  even  to 
refund  to  their  debtors  the  interest  which  had  been  paid.4 
But  even,  apart  from  such  violent  proceedings,  there  were 
means  enough  of  bringing  down  the  rich  by  transferring  to 
their  shoulders  the  public  expenditure,  and  not  only  that 
required  for  actual  State  necessities,  but  much  of  a  superfluous 
nature  for  the  amusement  and  maintenance  of  the  people, 
while  the  poorer  classes  claimed  for  their  own  personal  use  on 
all  kinds  of  pretences  a  large  portion  of  the  State  revenues.5 

As  another  result  of  the  principle  of  equality,  we  may  notice 
the  measures  by  means  of  which  individual  citizens,  who 
from  any  cause  had  attained  too  great  a  pre-eminence  over 
the  rest,  and  thus  presented  a  possible  danger  to  the  freedom 
which  depended  on  equality,  were  removed  from  the   State 


1  Arist.  Pol.  ii.  4.  4  ;  cf.  vi.  2.  5.  generally  Isocr.  Panath.  §  259  ;  Plato, 

2  lb.  v.  6.  6.  Legg.  iii.  p.  684. 

3  lb.  vi.  2.  5,  6.  6  Cf.  the  work  of  Xenophon  on  the 

4  Plutarch,  Quest.  Grcec.  no.  18  ;  cf.  Athenian  State,  i.  13. 


1 8  2     CONSTITUTIONS  OF  IND1 VID  UAL  ST  A  TES. 

for  so  long  a  time  as  was  judged  necessary,  to  destroy  their 
influence  and  to  put  the  danger  aside.1  Measures  of  this 
kind  were  applied  at  Argos,  Megara,  Syracuse,  Miletus, 
and  Ephesus,  though  the  best  known  instance  was  at 
Athens,  where  it  will  be  described  later  on.  We  can  only 
remark  here  that  not  only  in  a  democracy,  but  in  every 
form  of  government,  it  was  usual  for  measures  to  be  taken 
by  which  the  power  of  doing  harm  might  be  removed  from 
those  who  threatened  to  become  dangerous  to  the  existing 
order  of  things.  The  tyrant  removes  all  who  stand  in  the 
way  of  his  sovereignty,  oligarchy  all  those  who  endanger  the 
constitution,2  while  the  democratic  manner  of  proceeding 
is  only  different  in  this,  that  the  people,  as  the  sovereign 
power,  pass  the  measures,  and  that  therefore  the  discussion  on 
the  subject  is  a  public  one,  while  the  resolution  can  only  be 
passed  when  an  overwhelming  majority  is  convinced  of  the 
necessity  or  advisability  of  the  step;  and,  what  deserves 
especial  notice,  that  the  procedure  showed  more  forbearance 
towards  the  persons  affected,  than  was  usually  the  case  either 
in  tyranny  or  oligarchy.  For  while  these  preferred  entirely  to 
remove  the  dangerous  person,  democracy  contented  itself  with 
his  temporary  banishment,  without  inflicting  further  injury 
upon  him.  The  originators  of  this  mode  of  procedure  no 
doubt  recognised  the  fact  that  in  free  states  like  theirs,  whose 
existence  essentially  depended  upon  the  voluntary  obedience  of 
the  citizens  to  the  laws  and  magistrates,  it  would  prove  an 
easy  matter  to  men  of  preponderating  influence  to  create  a 
party  for  themselves,  by  the  assistance  of  which  they  might  be 
able  to  raise  themselves  above  the  laws.  In  order  to  escape 
this  danger  and  to  prevent  the  otherwise  unavoidable  confusion 
of  party-struggles,  they  could  find  no  better  plan  than  tem- 
porarily to  banish  from  the  State  those  men  from  whom  the 
danger  was  apprehended,  in  times  when  this  could  be  effected 
without  the  fear  of  violent  opposition.  That  this  was  the 
leading  idea  in  which  the  institution  originated  can  no  more 
be  doubted  than  it  can  be  denied  that,  once  introduced,  it  was 
not  invariably  applied  in  accordance  with  this  idea,  but  was 
in  many  cases  abused  and  made  the  instrument  of  chicanery : 
or  that  these  abuses  were  liable  to  occur  much  more  easily  in 
extreme  than  in  moderate  democracy.3  Even  in  the  latter, 
however,   they    were    quite  possible,  as  the  well-known  in- 

1  Arist.  Pol.  v.  2.  4.  concerning    the    Petalismus,    which 

2  lb.  iii.  8.  2-4.  existed    for    only    a    short    time  in 

3  Cf.   what  Diodorus  (xi.  87)  says    Syracuse. 


CHARACTERISTICS  OF  DEMOCRACY.  183 

stance  of  Hyperbolus  at  Athens  shows ;  and  since  the  method 
thus  proved  itself  to  be  no  longer  adapted  to  its  peculiar  object, 
we  cannot  wonder  that  it  was  henceforth  entirely  given  up, 
especially  since  other  means  were  not  wanting  by  which  to 
prevent  a  dangerous  degree  of  influence  in  the  State.  The 
most  effectual  of  these  was  the  judicial  power  placed  in  the 
hands  of  the  multitude  in  conjunction  with  the  facilities  which 
were  afforded  by  the  judicial  system  of  bringing  every 
suspected  person  legally  before  a  court,  and  of  rendering 
them  harmless  by  sentences  involving  penalties,  confisca- 
tion of  property,  banishment  from  the  State,  or  even  loss  of 
life.  Nor  was  there,  we  may  be  sure,  any  lack  of  zealous 
ministers  to  carry  this  measure  diligently  into  execution. 
There  were  plenty  of  persons  to  be  found  who  were  proud  to 
describe  themselves  as  the  watch-dogs  of  the  people,1  because 
they  kept  guard  over  its  security,  and  who  willingly  acquiesced 
in  the  sovereignty  of  the  people,  because  through  it  alone  were 
they  tolerated  and  raised  to  power,  and  because  they  enjoyed  a 
consideration  and  influence,  which  they  would  have  been 
unable  to  gain  under  any  other  constitution.  For  considera- 
tion and  influence,  it  must  be  remembered,  were  the  reward  of 
actual  merit  only  in  those  constitutions  which  had  an  aristo- 
cratical  character,  and  this  was  only  the  case  in  a  democracy,  as 
long  as  an  intelligent  and  upright  body  of  citizens  understood 
the  art  of  rightly  employing  their  freedom.  Extreme 
democracy  was  far  removed  from  any  such  aristocratical 
character,  arising,  as  it  usually  did,  only  in  States  where  a 
numerous  town-population,  or,  to  use  the  expression  of  the 
ancients,  a  manufacturing  and  sea-faring  rabble,  consisting  of 
inferior  artisans  and  sailors,  had  the  upper  hand.  In  such  a 
community  true  merit  was  rarely  appreciated,  while  all  the 
greater  opportunity  was  afforded  to  those  arts  and  qualities 
which  are  calculated  to  natter  the  passions  and  corrupt  the 
judgment  of  the  people.  It  was  in  artifices  of  this  kind  that 
popular  oratory  for  the  most  part  consisted  in  Greek  demo- 
cracy. After  the  commencement  of  the  fifth  century  these  arts 
were  reduced  to  a  systematic  form  by  the  Sophists,  and  hence- 
forward became  so  indispensable  a  requirement  that,  without 
some  help  from  them,  even  a  good  and  just  cause  was  unable 
to  obtain  the  approval  of  the  public,  while  it  too  often 
happened  that  by  their  aid  victory  was  secured  for  causes 
which  were  themselves  bad  and  unjust.     Next  to  the  popular 

1  (Demosth. )  contr.  Aristogit.  i.  §  40;     Informers  are  also  compared  to  dogs 
Theophr.  Charact.  31.  3,  p.  35,  Ast.     by  Cicero,  Pro  Sexto  Eoscio,  §  55. 


1 84     CONSTITUTIONS  OF  INDI VI D  UAL  ST  A  TES. 

assemblies  in  which  fluent  demagogues  guided  the  decisions  of 
the  multitude,  the  courts  of  justice  furnished  oratory  with  its 
most  influential  sphere  of  activity,  and  the  tribe  of  Sycophants 
arose,  the  so-called  watch-dogs  of  the  State,  who  made  it  their 
especial  business  to  accuse  and  prosecute  those  persons, 
generally  the  rich,  whose  position  and  behaviour  were  calcu- 
lated to  excite  suspicion  in  the  people.  The  judges,  too,  on 
their  part,  being  men  taken  from  the  people,  were  usually  only 
too  inclined  to  find  the  accused  parties  guilty,  and  to  impose 
penalties,  the  profit  from  which  fell  to  themselves  and  their 
fellow-judges.1  The  wise  Socrates  himself  on  one  occasion  had 
no  better  advice  to  give  to  a  rich  man  whose  only  wish  was  to 
live  in  tranquillity,  without  interfering  in  State  affairs,  but  who 
was  nevertheless  harassed  by  Sycophants  for  the  sake  of  his 
wealth,  than  to  retain  some  fluent  speaker  always  ready  at 
hand,  who,  on  his  side,  might  attack  the  Sycophants,  and  by 
the  exposure  of  their  own  dishonesty  deter  them  from  further 
interference  with  his  employer.2 


CHAPTER    XIII. 

REACTIONS  AND  PARTY  STRUGGLES. 

Against  such  a  condition  of  things  it  is  perfectly  conceivable 
that  an  opposition  would  form  itself  composed  of  all  those  who 
suffered  under  it.  But  all  suffered  more  or  less  who  were 
superior  to  the  mass  of  the  sovereign  people,  either  through 
greater  prosperity  or  higher  culture,  and  apart  from  the  injuries 
and  mortifications  to  which  they  were  exposed,  it  must  have 
been  felt  as  an  act  of  injustice  that  they  were  not  only  placed 
on  a  level  with,  but  even  subordinated  to,  persons  to  whom  they 
felt  themselves  superior  in  everything  which  could  found  a  claim 
to  participation  in  the  government  and  administration  of  the 
commonwealth.  From  this  cause  there  naturally  arose  in  all 
these  democracies  certain  factions,  hostile  not  to  the  State,  but 
to  the  constitution.  It  was  no  longer  a  question  of  noble  birth 
and  the  claims  founded  thereon ;  whatever  remains  still  existed 
of  this  nobility  had  lost  themselves  among  the  number  of  those 

1  Cf.  Lys.  in  Nicomal  §  22  ;  Epicrat.  §  1.  a  Xen.  Mem.  ii.  9. 


REACTIONS  AND  PARTY  STRUGGLES.         185 

who,  as  the  displaced  minority  (ol  6\uyoi,  to  ekaaaov),  the  wealthy- 
classes  (ol  eisiropot,  ol  Tfkovo~i<t>Tepoi),  or  the  cultured  or  well- 
bred  classes  (ol  eVtet/cet?,  ol  icaXol  icayadoi)  put  themselves 
in  opposition  to  the  Demos  or  multitude  (to  Tfkrjdos,  ol 
7ro\Xoi ).  That  they  should  have  wished  to  put  an  end  to  the 
popular  government  in  the  form  it  had  assumed  is  both 
intelligible  and  excusable,  and  equally  so,  that  being  incapable 
of  effecting  anything  in  isolation,  they  should  have  united 
to  form  clubs  or  Hetaerise,  and  pursued  those  interests  by  a 
judicious  and  organised  co-operation.  Associations  of  this 
kind  are  no  doubt  natural  in  every  State  where  the  citizens 
take  a  lively  interest  in  public  affairs,  and  have  the  opportunity 
of  taking  part  in  them,  and  indeed  exist  everywhere  where 
they  are  not  hindered  by  the  suspicion  of  a  despotic  State 
police.  In  Greece  they  were  as  old  as  the  free  States  them- 
selves, and  pursued  democratic  tendencies  as  frequently  as  the 
contrary,  and  indeed  were  often  not  even  directed  against  the 
existing  constitution,  but  only  desired  to  support  their  members 
in  all  ways  and  by  all  means  which  the  constitution  allowed, 
as  e.g.  in  the  candidature  for  office,  and  in  legal  proceedings 
before  the  courts.1  Under  conditions  however  like  those  which 
we  have  described  as  existing  in  absolute  democracy,  they  did 
pursue  a  definite  direction  in  which  they  strove  to  effect  the 
fall  of  the  constitution,  and  took  the  character  of  secret  con- 
spiracies and  machinations.  When  once  matters  had  arrived 
at  this  point,  there  was  no  longer  much  hesitation  or  conscience 
displayed  in  the  choice  of  means.  Hatred  against  the  unbear- 
able condition  of  things  in  the  State  became  stronger  than  the 
love  of  fatherland,  and  no  shame  was  felt  even  at  seeking  as- 
sistance from  foreigners  and  enemies,  and  this  at  the  price  of  the 
independence  of  the  State,  because  it  always  appeared  more 
bearable  to  occupy  the  first  place  in  a  dependent  State  than  to 
live  oppressed  by  the  ruling  multitude  in  a  free  community. 
The  popular  government,  however,  and  its  leaders  kept  all  the 
more  suspicious  watch  over  all  in  whom  they  perceived  the 
possible  enemies  of  their  government,  seized  every  opportunity 
of  removing  or  rendering  them  harmless  by  judicial  sentences, 
and,  on  the  other  hand,  sought  to  strengthen  themselves  by  the 
aggrandisement  of  the  masses,  since  it  was  the  masses  alone 
on  whom  their  power  depended.  Hence  it  is  characteristic 
that  while  in  moderate  democracy  the  possession  of  civic  rights 
was  regarded  as  an  honour,  only  belonging  to  the  genuine 
children  of  the  fatherland,  and  carefully  to  be  preserved  against 

1  ^.vvunotriai.  iirl  SLkcus  ko.1  apx<us,  Thuc.  viii.  54. 


1 86       CONSTITUTIONS  OF  INDIVIDUAL  STATES. 

all  pollution  caused  by  spurious  or  foreign  blood,  in  the 
extreme  form,  on  the  other  hand,  they  were  lavishly  bestowed, 
sons  of  citizen-mothers,  for  example,  being  regarded  as  citizens, 
even  if  the  fathers  were  aliens,  and  all  sons  of  citizens,  even 
if  they  were  not  born  in  legitimate  marriage,1  while  pro- 
tected aliens  and  freedmen  were  readily  admitted  to  the  same 
position. 

The  spectacle  of  an  unlimited  democracy  on  one  side,  and  a 
struggling  reactionary  minority  on  the  other,  is  afforded  us  by 
the  history  of  almost  every  Greek  State  after  the  disastrous 
period  of  the  Peloponnesian  war.  It  followed  from  the  nature 
of  these  conditions  that  in  this  struggle,  which  nearly  divided  the 
whole  Greek  nation  into  two  hostile  parties,  those  who  were 
disposed  towards  democracy  sided  with  the  Athenians,  as  the 
chief  representatives  of  the  democratic  principle,  while  oli- 
garchical States  saw  themselves  naturally  drawn  to  Sparta, 
which  found  its  interest  to  consist  in  everywhere  counteracting 
democracy.  It  cannot  be  denied  that  exceptions  to  this 
existed,  but  they  arose  out  of  temporary  relations,  sometimes 
even  out  of  personal  motives,  as  when  towards  the  close  of  the 
Peloponnesian  war2  the  Spartan  king  Pausanias  favoured  the 
democratic  party  in  Athens  against  the  oligarchy,  which  was 
supported  by  Lysander.  These  particular  exceptions,  however, 
do  not  disprove  the  rule,  and  it  is  justly  remarked  by  the 
author  of  the  treatise  on  the  Athenian  State  that,  as  often  as 
the  Athenians  were  misled  into  supporting  oligarchy  in  any 
State,  they  soon  found  cause  to  repent  it.3 

The  party  struggles  which  blazed  up  at  each  alternation  of 
fortune  in  the  war  produced  a  continual  oscillation  in  the 
States  from  one  form  of  constitution  to  another,  according  as 
the  oligarchs  or  democrats  gained  the  upper  hand,  and  the  party 
which  was  for  the  time  victorious  used  its  superiority  in  the 
most  reckless  manner,  in  order  where  possible  to  render  their 
enemies  harmless  for  the  future.  Party  spirit  became  a  power 
stronger  than  every  other  human  feeling  and  every  dictate  of 
morality.  Assassinations  of  opponents  en  masse,  sometimes 
with  the  most  revolting  cruelty,  were  usual  occurrences, 
and  the  demoralisation  which  Thucydides,  after  narrating  the 
horrible  atrocities  committed  by  the  victorious  democrats  at 
Corcyra,1  describes  as  the  universal  consequence  of  these 
struggles,  reached  such  a  pitch  that  we  are  forced  to  allow  that 


1  Arist.  Pol.  iii.  3.  4,  vi.  2.  9.  condemnation  in  Sparta,  ib.  iii.  5.  25. 

2  Xenoph.  Hell.  ii.  4.  29.     This  was        3  Xenoph.  de  rep.  Allien.  3.  11. 
at  a  later  time  partly  the  cause  of  his        4  Thuc.  iii.  81  seq.,  iv.  47,  48. 


REACTIONS  AND  PARTY  STRUGGLES.         187 

a  race  of  men  among  whom  these  excesses  were  possible,  must 
have  been  without  every  principle  of  a  truly  free,  just,  and 
well-ordered  State  life. 

The  ultimate  victory  in  this  war  fell  to  Sparta,  and  the 
consequence  was  that  in  every  State  the  democracy  which  had 
prevailed  under  the  presidency  of  Athens  was  put  down,  and  an 
oligarchical  government  established,  oligarchical  indeed  in  the 
worst  sense  of  the  word.  Administrative  boards  were  set  up, 
composed  of  a  few  members,  usually  ten — hence  called  Dec- 
archies — and  these  not  the  worthiest  or  the  most  illustrious 
citizens,  but  the  most  zealous  partisans,  the  supporters  and 
favourites  of  the  conqueror,1  men  who  recognised  no  other 
object  than  the  interest  of  their  party,  and  had  no  other  sup- 
port for  their  power  than  a  military  garrison  under  the  com- 
mand of  a  Harmost  appointed  by  Sparta,  under  whose  protec- 
tion they  indulged  in  every  kind  of  abuse.  As  an  example  of 
this  unbridled  oligarchical  spirit  we  may  cite  the  account  of 
Theopompus2  with  regard  to  the  government  at  Rhodes.  They 
violated  many  noble  women  of  the  first  families,  they  abused 
boys  and  young  men  with  their  unnatural  lust,  and  they  even 
went  so  far  as  to  play  at  dice  for  the  possession  of  free-born 
women,  the  losing  party  pledging  himself  to  make  over  to  the 
winner  any  woman  whom  he  fancied  under  any  condition, 
whether  it  were  by  violence  or  persuasion. 

It  was  impossible  that  a  condition  of  things  like  that  estab- 
lished by  Lysander  could  be  of  kmg  duration.  When,  how- 
ever, under  Agesilaus,  at  a  later  time,  a  check  was  placed  upon 
the  confusion  caused  by  the  persons  whom  he  had  raised  to 
power,  the  oligarchy  nevertheless  remained  supreme,  and  the 
discontent  of  the  people  eagerly  seized  on  every  opportunity 
of  freeing  themselves  from  it.  When  the  strength  of  Athens 
revived,  the  old  party  struggle  immediately  began  afresh, 
and  with  equal  bitterness.  An  example  of  the  treatment 
shown  by  the  people  to  its  enemies  is  afforded  by  the  events 
at  Corinth  where,  on  the  occasion  of  a  festival,  when  a  numer- 
ous multitude  had  collected  in  the  market  and  theatre,  at  a 
given  signal  armed  men  fell  upon  the  suspected  parties  and  cut 
them  down  at  the  very  altars  and  statues  of  the  gods,  whither 
they  had  fled  for  refuge.3  At  Argos  again,  the  people,  on  the 
denunciation  of  the  demagogues,  instead  of  condemning  the 


1  Plut.  Lysand.  c.  13.  to  a  somewhat  later  time,  though  it 

2  In  Athenieus,   x.   p.   444  E ;    C.  may  nevertheless  be  adduced  here. 
Miiller,  Fragm.  Hist.  Grcec,  i.  p.  300. 

The  account  doubtless  has  reference         s  Xen.  Hell.  iv.  4.  2,  3. 


1 88        CONS  TITUTIONS  OF  INDIVID  UAL  ST  A  TES. 

accused  by  a  regular  trial,  murdered  them  en  masse,  together 
with  a  multitude  of  suspected  persons,  to  the  number  of  1200  of 
the  richest  and  most  illustrious  citizens,  after  the  manner  of  the 
Parisian  Septembriseurs — a  deed  of  blood  which,  from  the  clubs 
with  which  they  struck  their  victims  down,  was  called  the 
Scytalismus.1  We  must  add,  however,  that  the  people  them- 
selves afterwards  regretted  this  outrage,  and  punished  the  in- 
stigators of  it  with  death,  after  which  tranquillity  was  for  a  season 
restored.  Some  evidence,  however,  may  be  given  of  the  disposi- 
tion of  the  oligarchs  from  Aristotle's 2  statement  that  in  their 
Hetserise  they  bound  themselves  by  an  oath  to  be  hostile  to 
the  Demos,  and  to  injure  it  to  the  best  of  their  power,  or  from 
what  we  read  elsewhere  of  the  monument  which  was  erected 
to  the  Athenian  Critias  by  his  friends,  and  on  which  a  figure 
appeared  representing  Oligarchy,  who,  with  a  torch  in  her  hand, 
is  burning  Democracy,  while  the  inscription  below  was  as 
follows : — "  The  memorial  of  gallant  men  who  once  at  Athens 
deposed  for  a  space  the  cursed  Demos  from  its  mischievous 
rule."  3  In  such  a  disposition  of  parties,  and  with  the  unceas- 
ing alternation  with  which  first  one  and  then  the  other  party 
rose  and  fell,  it  was  a  fortunate  fate  for  the  conquered,  when  they 
succeeded  in  escaping  the  revenge  of  their  victors  by  flight,  or 
when  these  remained  content  with  their  banishment  instead 
of  their  murder.  It  is  almost  incredible  to  what  an  extent 
these  banishments  were  resorted  to.  Even  at  an  earlier  period 
Isagoras  in  Athens  had  expelled  700  families.4  After  the 
Peloponnesian  war  the  whole  Demos  at  Samos  which  had 
hitherto  had  the  State  under  its  control,  was  forcibly  exiled, 
and  the  island  left  clear  for  the  previously  banished  oligarchs,5 
while  some  years  later  Isocrates  complains  that  there  were 
more  exiles  and  fugitives  from  a  single  State  than  there  had 
been  in  ancient  times  from  the  whole  of  the  Peloponnese.6 
These  exiles  would  naturally  seek,  where  it  was  possible,  by 
mutual  co-operation  and  the  addition  of  foreign  help,  to  effect 
their  return  home  by  violent  means,  though  for  the  most  part 
their  only  means  of  support  consisted  in  banding  themselves 
together  under  the  leadership  of  some  condottiere,  and  taking 
mercenary  service  in  the  wars  of  any  State  which  was  in 
immediate  need  of  a  military  force,  and  able  to  pay  for  it. 
The  citizens  of  the  Greek  States,  however,  were  in  this  period 


1  Diodor.  xv.  57,  58.  4  Herod,  v.  72. 

8  Arist.  Pol.  v.  7.  19.  •  Xenoph.    Hell.    ii.    3.    6  ;    Plut. 

8  Schol.  to  ^Eachin,  in  Timarch.  39,  Lysand.  14. 

p.  15  of  the  Zurich  edition.  6  Isocr.  Archidam.  §  68. 


REACTIONS  AND  PARTY  STRUGGLES.  189 

always  more  inclined  to  allow  their  wars  to  be  fought  out  by 
mercenary  soldiers  than  to  bear  arms  themselves,  and  it  was 
far  easier  to  bring  into  the  field  a  large  and  efficient  army  of 
homeless  strangers  than  of  citizens.1  What  had  formerly  oc- 
curred in  isolated  and  exceptional  instances  had  now  become  the 
rule.  Mercenaries  no  longer  formed  an  auxiliary  corps  by  the 
side  of  the  citizen  soldiers,  but  became  the  principal  support 
of  the  power  of  the  State.  Many  a  bold  and  skilful  party- 
leader  succeeded  in  obtaining  for  himself  the  supreme  power 
through  the  assistance  of  these  mercenaries,  whom  he  had  the 
art  to  gain  over  to  himself.  In  this  manner,  e.g.  at  Corinth 
the  sovereignty  was  usurped  by  Timophanes,  who,  however, 
after  a  few  days,  was  made  away  with  by  his  own  brother 
Timoleon  and  a  party  of  friends.2  At  about  the  same  time 
Euphron,  the  demagogue  of  Sicyon,  obtained  possession  of  the 
government  in  the  same  way,  though  he  too  was  soon  after- 
wards overthrown.3  Other  tyrants  are  mentioned,  though  with- 
out special  details,  in  many  States,  so  that  the  later  stages  of 
democracy,  when  it  had  reached  its  uttermost  limit,  like  the 
period  of  oligarchy  at  an  earlier  date,  were  succeeded  by  an 
interval  of  despotic  rule.  This  later  tyranny,  however,  was 
related  to  the  earliest  kind  as  a  malignant  disease  is  to  the 
natural  pains  of  growth,  and  while  the  latter  originated  in  a 
certain  need,  and  had  hence  in  every  case  tended  to  remove 
obsolete  conditions,  and  afford  space  for  new  developments,  the 
former  proceeded  simply  from  a  general  dissolution  and  degen- 
eration, and  without  having  any  kind  of  beneficial  effect  upon 
the  State, — merely  ministered  to  the  interests  and  enjoyments 
of  the1  despots  and  their  partisans.  Few,  moreover,  of  these 
were  capable  of  maintaining  for  long  the  power  which  they 
had  obtained  by  boldness,  intrigue,  or  good  fortune.  Dionysius 
alone  succeeded  in  Sicily  througli  the  attachment  of  his 
soldiers,  the  reckless  but  judicious  employment  of  violent 
measures,  and  his  own  military  ability  not  only  in  maintaining 
himself  for  thirty-eight  years,  but  also  in  handing  down  the 
government  to  his  son,  who,  in  the  absence  of  those  qualities 
which  had  preserved  his  father,  was,  after  a  short  time,  over- 
thrown. Then  after  a  short  interval  of  freedom,  for  which  this 
people  was  no  longer  adapted,  they  submitted  to  another  tyrant 
in  Agathocles,  who  likewise,  after  a  brief  interruption,  was  suc- 
ceeded by  several  others.  In  Greece  no  tyranny  continued  so 
long.     Those  which  arose  there,  supported  sometimes  by  con- 

1  Isocr.  Epist.  ad  Philipp.  §  96.  *  Xenoph.  Hell.  vii.  1  ;  44-46. 

2  Plutarch.  Timol.  c.  4. 


1 90        CONSTITUTIONS  OF  INDI VI D  UAL  ST  A  TES. 

nection  with  foreign  powers,  such  as  Persia  or  Macedonia,  and 
maintained  as  long  as  they  appeared  serviceable  to  them,  were 
none  of  them  long-lived.  With  the  exception,  however,  of  the 
brief  bloom  of  the  Achasan  and  JEolian  Leagues,  freedom  and 
independence  can  hardly  be  said  to  have  existed  in  any  States. 
Even  those  which  were  not  directly  subject  to  foreign  princes 
were  yet  exposed  to  their  powerful  influence,  until  at  last 
Eome  drew  Greece  within  her  circle,  and  at  least  a  season  of 
tranquillity  succeeded,  which  allowed  the  exhausted  and  de- 
crepit peoples,  if  not  to  rise  to  fresh  and  vigorous  life,  yet  to 
vegetate  under  a  government  which  was  in  general  not  oppres- 
sive, and  even  here  and  there  to  mature  a  second  autumn  bloom 
in  the  province  of  science  and  art.  After  this  general  descrip- 
tion of  Greek  State-life,  we  shall  turn  now  to  the  more  par- 
ticular consideration  of  those  States,  with  regard  to  which  we 
possess  more  detailed  statements,  which  render  it  possible 
to  furnish  a  more  complete  picture  of  them,  at  least  for  the 
principal  periods  of  their  existence.  These  are  the  Spartan, 
the  Cretan,  and  the  Athenian  States,  the  two  first  belonging  to 
the  Dorian,  the  third  to  the  Ionian  race,  and  all  representing 
in  the  form  and  conduct  of  their  political  life  the  various 
characteristics  which  we  have  already  assigned  to  these  races 
in  their  most  decided  and  most  pronounced  degree. 


PART    III. 

description  of  tlje  principal  States 
in  Detail* 


CHAPTER    I. 

THE   SPARTAN   STATE. 

The  foundation  of  Sparta  occurred  in  the  period  immediately 
succeeding  the  Dorian  migration.  Tradition  reports  that, 
after  the  Dorians  had  successfully  established  themselves  in 
the  Peloponnese,  their  leaders,  Temenos,  Aristodemus,  and 
Cresphontes,  the  three  brothers  of  the  race  of  Heracles,  cast 
lots  for  the  possession  of  the  several  districts.  Argolis  fell  to 
Temenos,  Messenia  to  Cresphontes,  Laconia  to  Aristodemus.1 
No  one  will  be  misled  by  this  tradition  to  believe  that  the 
three  districts,  which  were  at  a  later  time  included  under  these 
names,  were  completely  conquered  all  at  once.  Their  subjuga- 
tion was  rather  accomplished  by  degrees  during  the  course  of 
several  centuries,  and  even  the  boundaries  of  these  countries, 
as  we  find  them  in  the  historical  period,  were  first  defined  at  a 
much  later  time.  With  regard  to  Laconia,  we  know  for  cer- 
tain that  for  a  considerable  period  the  entire  eastern  coast 
southwards,  as  far  as  Cape  Malea,  was  not  included  in  it,  but 
was  in  possession  of  the  Argive  Dorians,  from  whom  the 
Spartans  conquered  it  bit  by  bit,  and  which  they  do  not  appear 
to  have  permanently  occupied  before  the  middle  of  the  sixth 

1  The  natioftal   Laconian  tradition  reaching    the     Peloponnese,    leaving 

was  that  Aristodemus   himself  took  two  youthful  sons,  to  whom  Laconia 

possession  of  Laconia. — Herod,  vi.  52.  was    assigned    in   the    partition.  — 

Others   relate    that   he    died    before  Apollod.  ii.  8  ;  Pausan.  iii.  1.  5. 


192    DESCRIPTION  OF  THE  PRINCIPAL  STATES. 

century.1  At  the  time  of  the  Dorian  immigration  there  was 
probably  as  yet  no  country  bearing  the  name  of  Messenia,  at 
least  certainly  not  in  its  later  extended  sense.2  For  the  western 
portion,  together  with  southern  Elis  or  Triphylia,  formed  part 
of  the  Pylian  territory  of  the  Nelidae,  while  most  of  the  eastern 
portion  belonged  to  the  Lacedaemonian  kingdom  of  the 
Pelopidae,  from  whom,  however,  it  was  forcibly  taken  about  the 
time  of  the  Dorian  migration  by  Melanthus,  a  prince  of  the 
former  dynasty,3 — a  circumstance  which  no  doubt  assisted  the 
Dorians  when  they  appeared,  by  bringing  them  allies  even 
from  among  the  inhabitants  of  the  land,  who  helped  them  to 
overthrow  the  dominion  of  the  Nelidse.  The  Dorians  of 
Aristodemus,  however,  pressed  forward  into  that  part  of  the 
realm  of  the  Pelopidse  which  lay  farther  eastward,  beyond 
Taygetus,  and,  following  the  course  of  the  Eurotas,  established 
themselves  at  Sparta,  which  at  that  time  had  less  claim  to  be 
considered  the  capital  of  the  Pelopidse  than  the  neighbouring 
town  of  Amyclse,4  which  was  distant  from  it  not  more  than 
twenty  stadia,  or  about  two  and  a  half  miles.  From  this 
base  of  operations  they  gradually  succeeded  in  reducing  the 
whole  country  to  a  state  of  dependence,  assisted  in  all  proba- 
bility by  existing  political  relations.  For  we  may  confidently 
conjecture  that  under  the  Pelopidae  the  whole  land  was  not 
combined  into  a  single,  well-defined  State ;  but  that,  more  pro- 
bably, other  princes  in  a  position  of  vassalage,  recognising 
them  as  their  overlords,  bore  rule  in  the  different  portions  of 
the  country,5  as  is  said  to  have  been  the  case  in  Attica  before 
the  reign  of  Theseus.  When  therefore  the  Dorians  succeeded 
in  overpowering  this  supreme  Pelopid  king — who  at  that  time, 
we  are  told,  was  Tisamenus,  the  son  of  Orestes — the  other 
princes,  instead  of  trusting  the  decision  to  an  uncertain 
struggle,  would  naturally  prefer  to  come  to  a  peaceful  settle- 
ment, and  to  occupy,  in  relation  to  the  Heracleid  kings, 
a  position  similar  to  that  in  which  they  had  stood  to  the 
Pelopidae.  I  can  discover  no  substantial  reason  for  regarding 
as  a  pure  fabrication  the  statement  of  Ephorus 6  that  at  that 
time  the  land  was  divided  into  six  districts,  whose  capitals 


1  Herod,   i.   82 ;    cf.,   however,   L.  region  round  Pherse,  as  appears  from 
Schiller,  Stamme  und  Stddte  Griechen-  iii.  488  ;  cf.  Strab.  viii.  5,  p.  367. 
lands,  ii.  5,  22,  and  iii.  9.     At  a  still  s  gtrab  viii   p   359 

later  period  there  was  a  contest  be-  «  Cf  MuUer".8  Dorians,  vol.  i.  p.  100, 

tween  Sparta  and  Argos  for  the  pos-  ^       ^r 

session  of  Cynuria,  the  most  northerly  °'      ' ,               „0 

portion  of  that  line  of  coast.  Cf-  above'  P"  32, 

2  In  Od.  xxi.   15,   Messene   is  the  6  In  Strabo,  viii.  p.  364. 


THE  SPARTAN  STATE.  193 

were  Sparta,  Amycla3,  Las,  iEgys,  Pharis,  and  a  sixth,  the 
name  of  which  has  been  lost  ;a  though  I  do  not  believe  that 
this  partition  was  first  made  by  the  Dorian  conquerors,  or  that 
the  princes  were  by  them  established  in  the  several  districts. 
They  more  probably  found  them  there  on  their  arrival,  and 
permitted  them  to  retain  their  dominions  on  condition  of 
recognising  the  Heraclidae  of  Sparta  as  their  superior  lords. 
The  first  to  stand  in  this  relation  to  them  is  said  to  have  been 
Philonomus  of  Amyclae,  the  same  prince  who  by  his  treason 
had  facilitated  the  conquest  or  expulsion  of  the  dynasty  of  the 
Pelopidae,  and  had  received  the  government  of  Amyclse  as  his 
reward.2  The  historical  germ  of  the  tradition  is  probably  this : 
that  in  the  district  of  Amyclse  a  numerous  party  had  severed 
themselves  from  the  Pelopidae  and  joined  the  Dorians.  Among 
these  we  may  particularly  mention  the  Minyae,  who,  according 
to  trustworthy  historical  traces,3  formed  a  considerable  part  of 
the  population  of  that  region,  and  to  whom  this  Philonomus 
himself  very  probably  belonged. 

But,  besides  these,  there  were  also  in  the  same  parts  Cadmsean 
iEgidse  from  Bceotia,4  whose  presence  here  was  possibly  the  result 
of  the  conquest  of  their  land  by  the  Boeotians,  who  had  migrated 
thither  after  their  expulsion  from  Arne  by  the  Thessalians. 
Now  the  iEgidse  are  said  to  have  been  related  by  marriage 
to  the  dynasty  of  the  Heraclidae.  Argeia,  the  wife  of  Aristo- 
demus,  is  called  a  daughter  of  Autesion,  who,  again,  was  a  scion 
of  the  royal  house  of  the  Cadmaeans,  of  which  the  iEgidae  were 
one  branch.5  In  these  statements,  although  no  one  will  be 
ready  to  maintain  their  literal  truth,  there  is  yet  unmistakably 
a  latent  recollection  of  a  union  between  the  Heraclidae  and  the 
iEgidse  of  ancient  date,  and  strengthened  by  intermarriage. 

The  Dorians,  then,  when  they  had  once  established  them- 
selves in  a  part  of  the  land,  trusting  in  their  superior  excellence 
in  war,  began  gradually  to  convert  the  supremacy  over  the 
other  kingdoms  which  had  been  conceded  to  their  princes  into 
an  oppressive  dominion,  and  to  demand  from  them  services 
which  they  were  not  disposed  to  yield  without  a  struggle.  No 
doubt,  however,  the  Dorians  raised  these  demands,  not  simul- 
taneously against  all,  but  as  occasion  and  opportunity  offered, 
first  perhaps  against  those  who  were  their  nearest  neighbours, 
or  those  whom  it  seemed  most  easy  to  subdue ;  and  so  it  came 

1  .Curtius,  Greek  Hist.  vol.  i.  p.  158,  Miiller's  Fragm.  Hist.  Gr.  iii.  p.  375. 
Eng.  tr.,  conjectures  Boise  on  the  east  3  Cf.  Miiller,  Orchomenos,  pp.  307 
coast ;  others  prefer  Geronthrae.  and  315. 

2  Strab.  viii.  365  ;    Conon.  Narva-  *  Ibid.  p.  329. 

tiones,  no.  36  ;  Nicol.  Damasc.  in  C.         5  Herod,  vi.  52  ;  Pausan.  iv.  3.  3. 

N 


194      DESCRIPTION  OF  THE  PRINCIPAL  STATES. 

about  that  in  a  series  of  contests  they  were  all  one  by  one 
overcome,  until  at  last  the  Dorians  became,  without  dispute, 
the  sole  rulers  of  the  land,  and  the  other  races  their  subjects.1 
The  last  struggle  for  independence  was  maintained  by  the 
Achseans  of  Helus,  and  here  the  conquered  experienced  a 
harder  lot  than  their  kinsmen  who  had  been  subdued  earlier. 
For  while  the  latter,  under  the  name  of  Periceci,  only  lost  their 
political  independence,  and  were  bound  to  perform  certain 
services  for  the  conquering  people,  the  former  lost  their  per- 
sonal freedom  as  well,  and  were  reduced  to  the  condition  of 
serfs.  From  this  event  the  name  of  Helots  (EtXeoTe?)  is  said 
to  have  been  applied  to  all  those  who,  either  before  or  after- 
wards, were  reduced  to  this  position  of  serfdom,  although  it 
must  be  confessed  that  this  explanation  of  the  name  is  not 
entirely  free  from  doubt.2  The  population  therefore  of  the 
Spartan  State  consisted  of  three  different  classes — the  Dorian 
full  citizens,  the  dependent  Perioeci,  and  the  serfs  or  Helots. 
Our  description  of  the  State  must  be  preceded  by  some  con- 
sideration of  the  two  latter  classes,  which  together  formed  the 
substratum  of  the  Doric  citizen  class.  We  will  take  the  Helots 
first. 

Section  I. — The  Helots. 

The  theory  of  certain  modern  inquirers,3  that  the  Dorians  on 
their  arrival  found  a  class  of  agricultural  serfs  in  the  land, 
consisting  of  its  earlier  inhabitants  the  Leleges,  who  had  been 
subdued  by  the  Achaeans,  though  not  altogether  inconceivable, 
does  at  least  contradict  the  most  express  statements  of  anti- 
quity, according  to  which  this  kind  of  serfdom  was  first 
derived  from  the  Thessalian  and  Dorian  conquests.4  We 
have  already  remarked  above  that  no  traces  of  it  are  to  be 
found  in  the  Homeric  description  of  the  heroic  age.5  But  in 
the  Spartan  State  after  the  complete  reduction  of  Laconia,  the 
serfs  or  Helots  certainly  formed  a  majority  of  the  population, 

1  According   to   Pausanias,    iii.    2.  tants,   after  their  subjugation,  were 

5   set/.,    the    Spartans   first  subdued  either  necessarily  or  in  part  degraded 

iEgys  during  the  reigns  of  Archelaus  from  the  position  of  Periceci  into  that 

and  Charilaus,  884-827  ;  next  Pharis,  of  serfs.     This  is  implied  in  the  ex- 

AmycliB,  and  Geronthrae,  under  Tele-  pression  ^vSpairoSiaavTo. 

clus.  827-787;  and  finally  Helus,  under  2  cf  AnU     juris       md  ^  p.  108 

Alkamenes  the  son  of  Teleclus.    His  and  ^i6r  0£  cit  iL  5.  f9. 

meaning,  however,  doubtless  is,  not  {  „      ,,..,,       ~     .            1   ••       01 

that  the  above-mentioned  towns  then  8  E-9-  Muller>  Dortam,  vol.  u.  p.  31 . 

fell  for  the  first  time  into  a  state  of  4  Vide  Athenaeus,  vi.  p.  265  ;  Plin. 

dependence  on  Sparta,  but  that,  hav-  H.  N.  vii.  56,  p.  478  Gr. 

ing  risen  in  insurrection,  their  inhabi-  6  See  supra,  p.  40. 


THE  SPARTAN  STATE.  195 

and  when  Messenia  also  was  conquered,  and  all  its  inhabitants, 
who  did  not  emigrate,  reduced  with  few  exceptions  to  the  con- 
dition of  Helots,  the  total  number  may  be  estimated  as  at  least 
175,000,  but  as  more  probably  224,000/  while  the  entire 
population  probably  amounted  to  no  more  than  380,000  or  at 
most  400,000  souls.  After  the  battle  of  Leuctra  the  greater 
part  of  Messenia  was  again  severed  from  Sparta,  and  all  the 
Helots  who  inhabited  it  released.  Soon  afterwards,  however, 
in  about  241,  the  iEtolians,  on  the  occasion  of  an  inroad  on 
Laconia,  carried  away  with  them  no  fewer  than  50,000  men,  of 
whom,  though  many  were  probably  Periceci,  far  the  greater 
number  must  be  regarded  as  Helots,2  as  to  whom,  indeed, 
it  is  more  probable  that  they  used  this  opportunity  of  de- 
sertion to  exchange  their  serfdom  for  mercenary  service  with 
the  iEtolians,  than  that  they  were  carried  off  against  their 
will.  One  of  the  old  Spartans  is  said  to  have  remarked  on 
that  occasion  that  the  enemy  had  done  good  service  to  the 
State  in  lightening  to  it  a  troublesome  burden.  And  true  it 
was  that  this  great  multitude  of  oppressed  subjects,  who 
were  held  in  obedience  not  so  much  by  inclination  as  by  fear, 
and  by  the  difficulty  of  uniting  for  successful  enterprises, 
were  always  an  object  of  suspicious  anxiety  and  careful 
supervision.  We  learn  that  a  number  of  young  Spartans  were 
despatched  every  year  by  the  Ephors,  immediately  after  their 
entry  into  office,  to  the  different  parts  of  the  country.  They 
were  to  post  themselves  as  secretly  as  possible  in  convenient 
places  from  which  to  explore  the  neighbourhood  and  to  make 
observations.  If  they  found  anything  suspicious  they  were 
either  to  report  it  or  to  suppress  it  themselves  on  the  spot. 
This  measure  was  naturally  ordered  with  special  reference  to 
the  Helots,  and  it  was  probably  no  infrequent  occurrence  that 
those  who  appeared  dangerous  were  removed  without  further 
scruple — a  circumstance  which  has  induced  later  writers  to  re- 
present this  Kpvjrreia,  as  it  was  called,  as  an  annual  institution 
by  which  the  Helots  were  formally  hunted  down,  or  rather 
murderously  destroyed — an  exaggeration  which  is  really  too 
absurd  to  deserve  serious  confutation.3    The  Crypteia  may  be 

1  Cf.  the  calculations  in  Clinton,  sources  of  information  before  him, 
Fast.  Hell.  ii.  413,  and  Mttller,  Dor.  says,  trivre  /xvptdSas  dvSpair68uv  avrj- 
vol.  ii.  p.  45 ;  also  Biichenschutz,  yayov.  So  that  the  hesitation  of 
Besitz  und  Erwerb  im  Griechischen  Droysen,  Hellenismus,  ii.  p.  388,  may 
Alterthum,  p.  139.  probably  be  put  aside.      Concerning 

2  Polybius,  iv.  34.  3,  certainly  says  the  date,  vide  Schomann,  Prolegg.  aa 
££T)i>5pairo5L(Ta.vTOTO'usTrepioLKOvswiiho\it  Plut.  Ag.  et  Cleom.  p.  xxxi. 

adding  any  particular  number,  but  3  Barthelemy  in  a  remark  to  cap. 
Plutarch,  Cleom.  c.  18,  who  had  other    47  of  the  Anacharsif  has  already  con- 


1 96    DESCRIPTION  OF  THE  PRINCIPAL  STATES. 

considered  as  to  a  certain  extent  a  species  of  armed  police- 
service,  and  the  young  men  who  were  ordered  to  undertake  it 
appear  also  to  have  formed  a  special  corps  in  the  army ;  at 
least  in  later  times  under  king  Cleomenes  in.  we  find  a  com- 
mander of  the  Crypteia  mentioned  in  the  battle  of  Sellasia.1 

But  far  worse  than  general  precautions  of  this  kind  were 
particular  measures  which  the  fear  of  the  Helots  often  occa- 
sioned. For  example,  in  the  Peloponnesian  war,  during  the 
whole  of  which  a  considerable  number  of  this  class  always 
served  in  the  army,  a  proclamation  was  issued  that  all  who 
claimed  to  have  specially  distinguished  themselves  should 
come  forward  in  order  to  be  rewarded  by  the  bestowal  of  free- 
dom. When  about  2000  had  presented  themselves,  they  were 
adorned  with  garlands,  conducted  round  to  the  several  temples 
and  solemnly  declared  to  be  free,  but  not  long  afterwards  all 
were  removed  in  some  mysterious  way,  so  that  no  one  knew 
what  their  fate  had  been.2  Similar  occurrences,  though  not  on 
the  same  scale,  were  probably  not  unfrequent.  No  means 
were  considered  indefensible  for  maintaining  intact  the  do- 
minion of  a  small  minority  over  their  far  more  numerous 
subjects.  It  was  well  known  what  was  to  be  expected  from  the 
latter  if  a  favourable  opportunity  should  arise,  for  the  Helots, 
as  Aristotle  says,3  were  continually  lying  in  wait  to  take  advan- 
tage of  occasional  disasters,  and  whoever  cherished  designs  for 
the  overthrow  of  the  existing  constitution,  like  king  Pausanias 
in  the  Persian  war,  or  like  a  certain  Cinadon,  shortly  after  the 
Peloponnesian  war,  could  confidently  count  on  the  assistance 
of  the  Helots.4  In  other  respects  the  legal  position  of  this 
class  was  defined  in  such  a  way  that  for  men,  for  whom  a  life 
of  serfdom  and  menial  service  contained  nothing  in  itself 
unbearable,  their  fate  would  have  been  tolerable  enough,  had 
it  not  been  embittered  by  additional  acts  of  injustice. 

As  peasants  they  had  to  cultivate  the  fields  which  belonged 
not  to  themselves  but  to  their  Spartan  lords.;  on  the  other 
hand,  they  were  bound  to  surrender  only  a  legally  determined 
portion  of  the  produce,  apparently  about  eighty-two  medimni 
of  barley,6  and  a  quantity  of  liquid  produce,  consisting  of  wine 
and  oil,  the  exact  amount  of  which  cannot  be  determined. 

tradicted  this  perverted  account   of  posed  of  the  younger  citizens  among 

the  KpvTreia,  and  after  him  Miiller  in  the  Athenians, 

particular  (Dorians,  vol.  ii.  pp.  41,  42)  2  Thuc.  iv.  80. 

has  so  strikingly  confuted  it  that  it  is  3  Pol.  ii.  6.  2. 

sufficient  merely  to  refer  to  him.  4  Corn.  Nep.  Pausan.  c.  3.  6 ;  Xen. 

Hell.  iii.  3,  6. 

1  Plutarch,  Cleom.  c.  28.     We  shall  6  A  medimnus  is  a  little  less  than 

also  find  an  armed  police  force  com-  12  gallons. 


THE  SPARTAN  STATE.  197 

All  demands  upon  them  beyond  this  fixed  standard  were 
forbidden,  and  even  laid  under  a  curse,  so  that  all  their  surplus 
profits  were  retained  for  their  own  sustenance.1  We  cannot, 
indeed,  now  form  any  estimate  as  to  the  extent  of  the  estates 
from  which  these  dues  had  to  be  deducted,  or  as  to  the 
number  of  Helots  who  lived  on  each,2  but  the  manifest  inten- 
tion of  the  legislative  authority  was  that  the  Helots,  so  far 
from  being  oppressed  or  reduced  to  want  by  these  imposts, 
should,  on  the  contrary,  be  placed  in  a  prosperous  condition. 
We  have  already  seen  in  the  case  of  the  Thessalian  Penestse 
that  some  individuals  among  them  were  in  better  circumstances 
than  their  lords,  and  in  the  same  way  there  is  good  evidence 
that  many  of  the  Helots  acquired  a  certain  amount  of  private 
property.  When,  for  example,  king  Cleomenes  in.  offered  their 
freedom  to  all  who  could  pay  five  minaj,  or  about  £19,  10s.,  no 
fewer  than  6000  were  found  who  raised  the  sum.3 

But  if  the  Spartan  lord  had  no  legal  right  to  claim  a  larger 
contribution  than  properly  belonged  to  him,  still  less  had  he 
the  further  privilege  of  disposing  of  the  Helots  according  to  his 
pleasure,  as  if  they  had  been  his  slaves.  He  was  allowed,  it  is 
true,  to  employ  them  for  personal  services  to  himself — a  right 
which  in  case  of  necessity  every  Spartan  citizen  might  claim, 
even  from  Helots  not  attached  to  his  own  estate.4  This,  how- 
ever, is  a  point  on  which  there  were  doubtless  some  more 
definite  provisions,  although  no  evidence  on  the  subject 
exists.  Certain  it  is  that  no  one  had  the  right  to  kill,  to  sell, 
to  emancipate,  or  in  any  other  way  to  alienate  his  Helots. 
They  constituted  an  appendage  inseparably  bound  to  the  estate 
which  they  cultivated,5  and  only  the  State  authority  possessed 
the  right  of  emancipating  them  or  of  employing  them  in  any 
manner  which  involved  their  separation  from  these  estates ; 
and  with  reference  to  this  they  are  not  incorrectly  described 
by  some  ancient  writers  as  the  property  of  the  State  or  public 
slaves,6 — a  description,  however,  which  is  completely  appro- 
priate only  to  those  Helots  who  were  settled  not  on  the  estates 
of  particular  individuals,  but  on  the  domain-lands  of  the  State 
itself.     That  there  were  such  may  be  affirmed  with  none  the 

1  Plutarch,  Instit.  Lacon.  c.  40.  4  Plutarch,  Comparatio  Lycurgi  cum 

2  Miiller,  Dorians,  vol.  ii.  pp.  33,  34,  Nxima,  c.  ii ;  Instit.  Lacon.  c.  10  ; 
attempts  a  computation,  which  how-  Xenoph.  de  republ.  Lac.  c.  6.  3  ; 
ever,   as  it  rests  on  very  uncertain  Arist.  Pol.  ii.  2,  5. 

grounds,  I  will  not  here  repeat.  s  Ephorus  in  Strabo,  viii.  p.  365. 

3  Plutarch,  Clcom.  c.  23.  Metro-  6  Ephorus  loc.  c&./Pausanias,  hi.  20. 
pulos  ( Untersuch.  uber  das  Laked.  6.  Others  describe  them  as  a  middle 
Heervxsen,  §  34)  disputes  Plutarch's  class  between  freemen  and  slaves. — 
statement  without  substantial  ground.  Jul.  Pollux,  iii.  83. 


198     DESCRIPTION  OF  THE  PRINCIPAL  STATES. 

less  confidence  even  though  there  is  no  positive  evidence  of 
their  existence. 

But  the  Helots  were  employed  by  the  State  not  only  in 
peace,  but  also  in  war.  Sometimes  they  were  attached  to 
the  Spartan  hoplites  as  shield-bearers,  whose  duty  it  was 
to  remain  near  them  in  battle,  to  carry  the  dead  and  wounded 
from  the  field,1  and  to  supply  the  gaps  which  were  made 
in  the  line  ;2  at  other  times  they  fought  as  light- armed 
troops  with  slings  and  javelins ;  or,  lastly,  were  employed  for 
various  purposes  of  a  not  strictly  military  character,  such  as 
the  convoy  of  supplies,  the  raising  of  intrenchments,  or  the  like. 
In  the  Peloponnesian  war,  when  the  Spartans  maintained  a  con- 
siderable fleet,  the  Helots  served  on  board  as  pilots,  or  even  as 
marines  (hnfidrai)?  and  in  the  course  of  the  war  it  sometimes 
became  necessary  to  march  them  into  the  field  as  hoplites. 
Thus  seven  hundred  of  them  accompanied  Brasidas  to  the 
Chalcidean  peninsula ;  about  three  hundred  were  led  by  Agis 
to  Decelea ;  and  still  later  in  the  war  with  Thebes  a  proclama- 
tion was  made  to  the  Helots,  inviting  all  to  come  forward  who 
were  willing  to  serve  as  hoplites,  the  promise  of  emancipation 
being  offered  as  an  inducement  and  reward,4  in  accordance  with 
the  universal  rule  that  service  among  the  hoplites  was  followed 
by  the  bestowal  of  freedom. 

Out  of  the  Helots,  thus  emancipated  on  account  of  military 
service  rendered  to  the  State,  there  grew  up  a  separate  class,  the 
so-called  Neodamodes,  who  are  first  mentioned  in  the  period  of 
the  Peloponnesian  war.  In  421  B.C.,  the  eleventh  year  of  the 
war,  their  number  appears  to  have  been  still  small,  for  at  that 
time  they  were  sent  out  in  company  with  the  Helots  whom 
Brasidas  commanded  in  order  to  occupy  Leprseon  against  the 
Eleans.5  Nine  years  later,  in  413,  some  Helots  and  Neoda- 
modes,  amounting  together  to  six  thousand,  were  sent  under 
the  command  of  Eccritus  to  Sicily.  Again  in  414  the  force 
which  accompanied  Gylippus  to  Syracuse  consisted  only  of 
Helots  and  Neodamodes,  though  their  numbers  are  not  recorded. 


1  Hence  the  names  d/iirLrrapes  (i.e.  sibly  they  were  generally  emancipated 

&H<l>i<rTai'Tes)a.nd£pvKTTJpes.    Hesychius,  for  their  services. 

8.  v.  dfiTlTTapez,  and  Athenaa.  vi.  271.  4  Thuc.  iv.  80,  vii.  19  ;  Xen.  Hell. 

8  Pausan.  iv.  16.  3,  whose  statement  vi.  5.  28. 

is  clearly  derived  from  Tyrtams.  s  Thuc.  v.   34.     That  the  men  so 

3  Xenoph.  Hell.  vii.   1.   12.      They  sent  out  were  the  whole  body  of  the 

were  called  Searoviovavrat  according  Neodamodes  appears  from  the  article 

to   Myron,    Athenaeus   loc.    cit.,    and  (fierk  rdv  veo8a.fiu5dii>),  which  can  only 

Eustathius  on  II.  xv.  431.     That  they  be  explained  in  this  way,   since  no 

appear  there  to  be  emancipated  is  only  mention  has  been  made   of   Neoda- 

due  to  an  inexact  expression,  but  pos-  modes  before. 


THE  SPAR  TAN  STATE.  199 

In  400  about  one  thousand  Neodamodes  fought  under  Thimbron 
in  Asia,  and  Agesilaus  undertook  to  carry  on  the  war  against 
Persia  with  thirty  Spartiatse,1  two  thousand  Neodamodes,  and  six 
thousand  allies.  Subsequent  to  the  period  included  in  the  His- 
tory of  Xenophon  these  Neodamodes  no  longer  appear,  and  it  is 
quite  conceivable  that  the  Spartans  found  it  advisable  to  avoid  the 
further  extension  of  a  class  of  men  which  had  only  been  called 
into  existence  by  the  urgent  necessity  of  war.  A  further  ques- 
tion, whether  those  who  were  emancipated  on  account  of  military 
service  were  at  once  transferred  into  the  class  of  Neodamodes,  or 
whether,  as  some  have  thought,2  the  change  only  affected  their 
children,  it  is  impossible  now  to  decide  with  any  confidence, 
though  the  latter  opinion  rests  on  very  slight  foundations. 
It  depends  only  on  two  passages  in  Thucydides,3  where  Neoda- 
modes are  mentioned  in  close  connection  with  the  emancipated 
Helots  of  Brasidas's  army.  From  this  however  no  wider  con- 
clusion can  be  drawn  than  that  the  mere  fact  of  emancipation 
was  not  sufficient  to  convert  Helots  into  Neodamodes,  though  it 
remains  quite  possible  that  the  only  further  condition  may  have 
been  that  the  emancipated  person  should  settle  in  some  district, 
and  attach  himself  to  a  commune  or  guild.  We  find  express  per- 
mission granted  to  the  Helots  of  Brasidas  to  dwell  in  whatever 
quarter  they  preferred,  from  which  it  is  only  a  natural  inference 
that  this  permission  was  not  granted  in  other  cases,  but  that 
rather  a  fixed  place  of  residence  was  appointed,  either  in  the 
towns  of  the  Periceci,  or  in  villages  situated  on  the  State  domains. 
Especial  care  was  no  doubt  taken  by  the  government  to  avoid 
the  settlement  of  too  many  on  the  same  spot.  They  were  pro- 
bably, allowed,  like  the  Periceci,  to  carry  on  trades,  to  cultivate 
the  ground  as  paid  labourers  or  tenants,  possibly  even  to  acquire 
landed  property  on  the  estates  of  the  Periceci ;  or  the  State 
might  provide  for  their  support  and  subsistence  in  some  other 
way.  But  on  all  these  points  no  assertion  can  be  made, 
because  nothing  is  contained  on  the  subject  in  our  authorities. 
Only  this  much  is  certain,  that  they  were  not  admitted  to  the 
rank  of  Spartan  citizens,  not  even  with  partial  privileges.4 
Their  position  was  doubtless  nearest  to  that  of  the  Periceci, 


1  Time.  vii.  19  and  48  ;  Xenoph.  dom,  not  one  civic  rights  ;  nor  does 
Hell.  iii.  1.  4,  4.  2;  Agesil.  c.  1.  7 ;  the  name  "new  Damodes"  in  any 
Plut.  Ages.  c.  6.  way  justify  the  supposition  that  they 

2  Arnold's  Thucydides,  v.  34 ;  Poppo  were  admitted  to  the  rights  of  Spartan 
on  iii.  3,  p.  529.  citizens.   Cf.  Schomann's  Abhandluny. 

8  v.  34  and  67.  de  Spartanis  Homceis  (Gryph.  1855), 

4  All  the  passages  among  the  an-  p.  20,  or  Opuscula  Academica,    i.  p. 

cients  concerning  them  mention  free-  131. 


200      DESCRIPTION  OF  THE  PRINCIPAL  STATES. 

among  whom  in  all  probability  by  far  the  greater  portion  of 
them  dwelt,  either  as  genuine  members  of  their  communes  or 
as  mere  settlers. 

Other  instances  of  the  emancipation  of  Helots  were  certainly 
unfrequent,  since,  as  we  have  already  remarked,  the  right  of 
securing  freedom  to  the  members  of  this  class  dwelling  on  his 
property,  resided  not  in  the  individual  owner,  but  in  the 
State.  It  was  most  frequently  conferred  on  the  so-called 
Mothaces  or  Helot  children  who  were  brought  up  together 
with  the  children  of  Spartans.  They  were  no  doubt  generally 
or  invariably  the  illegitimate  sons  of  Spartan  lords  by  Helot 
women,  and  we  hear  that  in  many  cases  not  merely  freedom, 
but  civic  rights  were  allowed  them  as  well.1  This  however 
must  have  chiefly  happened  in  the  case  of  those  who  were 
legitimised  by  adoption,  and  at  the  same  time  provided 
with  an  inheritance  sufficient  to  maintain  them  in  the  posi- 
tion of  citizens.  It  is  also  sufficiently  evident  that  fpr  this 
step  the  sanction  of  the  proper  magistrates  was  required,  and 
we  know  that  adoptions  in  particular  could  only  be  carried 
into  effect  by  the  kings,  and  even  then  not  without  the  autho- 
rity of  the  State.  As  examples  of  these  legitimised  Mothaces 
we  may  mention  Lysander,  the  son  of  the  Heraclid  Aristocritus, 
and  Gylippus,  the  son  of  a  Spartan  of  repute  named  Oleandridas ; 
both  appear  throughout  their  career  to  have  possessed  the  full 
civic  rights.  As  to  the  status  of  those  Mothaces,  who  were 
neither  legitimised  nor  admitted  to  citizenship,  we  are  left 
completely  without  information. 

One  entirely  unique  case  of  emancipation  is  said  to  have 
taken  place  in  the  first  Messenian  war  (743-723  B.  a),  when  on 
account  of  the  great  loss  of  men  a  large  number  of  families 
were  threatened  with  extinction.  To  meet  this,  it  is  reported 
that  widows  without  children  and  unmarried  daughters  were 
united  to  Helots  in  order  that  children  might  be  born.'  These 
Helots  were  thence  called  iirevvaKral,  and  were  henceforth 
treated  as  freemen  and  even  citizens,  though  it  is  scarcely 
likely  that  they  possessed  full  civic  rights.2  The  affair  is 
represented  indeed  somewhat  differently  by  other  authorities,3 


1Phylarchu8inAthense.  vi.p.  271  (in  towns   as    Harmosts,    are    evidently 

C.  Miiller,  Fragrn.  Hist.  Or.  i.  p.  347),  malicious,  and  probably  point  to  men 

merits  no  attention  as  against  iElian  selected  from  the  class  of  Mothaces. 

(  V.  H.  xii.  43),  who  represents  all  the  Cf.  with  this  Isocrat.  Paneg.  §  iii. 

Mothaces   as    citizens.      Expressions  a  Theopompus    in    Athena?,    vi.    p. 

like  those  of  the  Thebans  in  Xenoph.  271  c  (Miiller,   Fragm.  Hist.   Gr.   i. 

Hell.  iii.  5.  12,  to  the  effect  that  the  p.  310)  ;  Justin,  iii.  5.  4. 

Spartans  set  their   Helots  over  the  3  Antiochus    on     Strabo,    vi.    278 


THE  SPAR  TAN  ST  A  TE.  201- 

but  all  accounts  agree  that  many  children  were  born  on  that 
occasion  from  illegitimate  unions,  and  for  that  reason  received 
the  name  of  Parthenii.  They  subsequently,  we  are  told,  showed 
signs  of  discontent,  because  the  full  rights  of  citizenship  were 
withheld  from  them,  and  were  in  consequence  despatched  to 
Tarentum  as  colonists. 

All  freedmen  not  belonging  to  the  class  of  Neodamodes  were 
included  under  the  general  description  of  a<f)ercu  and  aSiaTTOToi,1 
but  these  were  taken  not  from  the  Helots,  but  from  the  body  of 
slaves  properly  so  called,  a  class  which,  though  certainly  small, 
was  not  entirely  wanting  in  Sparta,  and  was  acquired  either  by 
purchase  or  by  capture  in  war. 


Section  II. — The  Periceci. 

The  second  class  of  Spartan  subjects  are  the  Periceci,  or  those 
inhabitants  of  the  country  who  had  gradually  fallen  from  the 
position  of  equal  allies,  whose  princes  were  only  bound  to  recog- 
nise the  Spartan  kings  as  their  superior  lords,  into  a  condition  of 
political  dependence,  and  who  were  compelled  not  only  to  obey 
the  Spartan  State  without  any  share  in  its  administration,  but 
also  to  perform  certain  services  both  with  their  persons  and  with 
their  properties.  They  were  also,  after  the  complete  subjugation 
of  the  whole  country,  considerably  superior  to  the  Spartans  in 
number,  and  if  we  may  draw  any  conclusion  from  the  reputed 
division  of  land  by  Lycurgus,  the  proportion  between  them  must 
at  one  time  have  been  as  great  as  thirty  to  nine.  Ancient  writers, 
probably  referring  only  to  round  numbers,  speak  of  one  hundred 
Laconian  towns,2  all  of  which  we  must  necessarily  suppose, 
were  inhabited  by  Periceci.  But  many  towns  were  included  in 
this  number  which  were  situated  outside  Laconia  proper,  as 
for  example  Thyria,  iEthsea  in  Messena,  and  Anthana  in  the 
territory  of  the  Cynurians,  which,  as  was  mentioned  above,  was 
not  permanently  acquired  by  the  Spartans  before  the  middle  of 
the  sixth  century.  There  are  certain  indications  which  justify 
the  conjecture  that  the  Dorians  in  their  conquest  of  the  land 
observed  a  similar  procedure  to  that  employed  on  a  larger 
scale  by  the  Eomans  in  their  conquest  of  Italy.  They  sent, 
for  instance,  a  number  of  their  own  members   as   colonists 


(Miiller,  p.  184)  ;  Ephorus  in  Strabo,         2  The  passages  are  completely  col- 
■vi.  279  (Miiller,  p.  247).  lected  in  Clinton's  Fast.  Hell.   ii.  p. 

1  Athenaeus,  vi.  p.  271.  401  seq. 


202      DESCRIPTION  OF  THE  PRINCIPAL  STATES. 

into  the  towns  of  the  conquered  peoples  in  order  to  retain 
them  in  obedience,  and  to  act  as  a  garrison.  The  earlier 
inhabitants  of  Geronthrae,  which  was  probably  conquered 
by  the  Spartans  under  king  Teleclus  in  700  B.C.,  are  said 
to  have  been  driven  out  and  colonists  sent  by  the  con- 
querors to  take  their  place.1  A  complete  expulsion  of  the 
inhabitants  is  of  course  not  to  be  supposed;2  some  might 
have  emigrated,  while  the  majority  remained  behind,  com- 
pelled however  to  dwell  in  the  open  country,  since  the 
towns  were  occupied  by  the  Dorians,  and  those  on  whose 
fidelity  they  could  most  securely  count.  The  same  thing 
happened  in  other  places,  and  when  a  town  like  Pherae,  on  the 
coast  of  Messenia,  is  termed  by  a  Eoman  writer,  a  Lace- 
daemonian colony,3  this  is  the  sense  in  which  the  expression 
must  be  understood.  Pherae  was  one  of  those  Messenian  towns 
whose  inhabitants  were  not  reduced  to  the  condition  of  Helots, 
as  in  most  cases,  but  received  the  position  of  Periceci.4  In  a 
similar  sense,  the  inhabitants  of  Cythera  are  termed  by  Thucy- 
dides  at  one  time  Periceci ;  at  another,  colonists ;  and  are  at  the 
same  time  described  as  Dorians.5  Both  descriptions  are  true. 
The  inhabitants  of  Cythera,  formerly  an  Achaean  population, 
like  the  population  of  the  mainland  opposite,  were  after  the 
Spartan  conquest  enrolled  among  the  number  of  the  Periceci, 
while  they  at  the  same  time  became  more  and  more  Dorized  by 
the  colonists  who  were  sent  among  them,  although  the  mixture 
of  Dorian  elements  had  commenced  at  an  earlier  time  from 
Argos,  under  whose  dominion  the  island  had  formerly  stood. 
The  same  was  the  case  with  the  inhabitants  of  Cynuria,  who 
were  originally  an  Ionian  people,  but  had  become  Dorized  under 
the  rule  first  of  Argos,  and  then  of  Sparta.6  And  the  same 
process  of  Dorization  had  gone  on  at  an  earlier  time  among 
the  Achaean  inhabitants  of  Laconia  itself,  after  they  had 
become  dependent  Periceci,  and  colonists  from  Sparta  had 
settled  among  them.  For  this  reason  it  is  that  Herodotus 
limited  the  Achaean  race  in  the  Peloponnese  to  the  northern 
coasts,  while  the  other  districts,  and  among  them  Laconia, 
which  had  formerly  been  held  by  them,  he  represents  as  inhabited 
by  Dorians,  although  strictly  speaking  it  was  only  the  ruling 
portion  of  the  population  of  these  countries  which  belonged  to 


1  Pausan.  iii.  22.  5.  »  Corn.   Nep.    Con.  c.   1;   cf.  with 

Xenoph.  Hell.  iv.  8.  7. 

2  Of,     the    intelligent    remark     of        4  Pausan.  iii.  4. 
Clavier,  Hist,  des  premiers  temps  de  la        s  Thuc.  vii.  57,  and  iv.  53. 
Grece,  ii.  p.  99.  6  Herod,  viii.  73,  iKdeSuplewrau 


THE  SPAR  TAN  ST  A  TE.  2  03 

the  genuine  Dorian  race,  which  had  succeeded  in  assimi- 
lating the  rest  to  themselves.  As  regards,  however,  the 
political  relation  of  these  Periceci  to  the  ruling  Spartans,  we 
can  hardly  believe  that  it  was  entirely  uniform  for  all,  with- 
out exception.  They  had  been  reduced  to  subjection  at  different 
times,  and  in  very  different  ways,  some  after  a  long  and 
vigorous  resistance,  others  almost  without  a  struggle.  Further, 
they  belonged  to  different  races,  for  though  it  is  true  that  the 
majority  were  Acheeans,  yet  the  Cynurians  were  of  Ionic 
origin,  and  the  inhabitants  of  Belbina,  Sciros,  and  no  doubt  of 
iEgys  also,  were  Arcadians.1  With  regard  to  some  too  we 
know  for  certain  that,  at  least  in  relation  to  the  military  service 
which  they  were  bound  to  render,  their  position  was  different 
from  that  of  the  rest.  The  Sciritse,  for  instance,  formed  a  special 
corps  of  light  infantry,  which  was  used  exclusively  for  outpost 
duty  in  camp,  and  for  the  van-and  rear-guard  upon  the  march, 
while  in  battle  its  regular  position  was  on  the  left  wing.2  It 
may  therefore  be  conjectured  with  some  probability  that  in 
the  case  of  others  too  the  nature  and  degree  of  their  services 
was  differently  fixed,  and  that  there  existed  among  them  many 
different  gradations,  according  as  the  Spartans  after  their  sub- 
jugation thought  fit  to  grant  them  favourable  conditions,  or 
the  reverse.  We  have  however  no  detailed  information  on  the 
subject.  The  most  unfavourable  account  of  their  position  is 
given  by  Isocrates,  who  reports  3  that  they  were  forced  to  work 
like  slaves,  that  only  the  worst  part  of  their  land  was  left  to 
them,  and  that  this  was  so  small  a  portion  as  scarcely  to 
provide  them  with  the  necessaries  of  life,  while  the  conquerors 
had  appropriated  the  larger  part  and  the  best  quality  for  them- 
selves ;  their  towns  were  unworthy  of  the  name,  being  of  even 
less  importance  than  the  demes  in  Attica,  while  they  them- 
selves enjoyed  none  of  the  rights  of  freemen,  though  they  were 
obliged  to  bear  the  chief  part  of  the  toils  and  dangers  of  war ; 
but  the  last  and  hardest  point  of  all  was  the  power  which  was 
given  to  the  Ephors  of  killing  as  many  of  them  as  they  chose 
without  trial  or  sentence.  It  is  perfectly  clear  that  in  this 
account  there  is  much  malicious  exaggeration.  For  how 
could  the  Spartans  have  ventured  to  put  arms  into  the  hands 
of  so  oppressed  and  degraded  a  class  ?  And  yet  we  know  that 
the  Periceci  did  serve  in  their  armies,  not  merely  as  light  armed 
troops,  but  equipped  like  themselves  as  hoplites,  and  that  they 


1  Pausan.  viii.  35.  5  ;  Steph.  Byz.     with  Haase's  commentary,  p.  235. 
s.v.  2k-?/)os. 

a  Xenoph.   dt  republ.   Lac.    12.   3,        3  Panatften.  §  178  seq. 


2o4      DESCRIPTION  OF  THE  PRINCIPAL  STATES. 

were  not  only  equal,  but  often  superior  in  number,  to  those  of 
the  Spartans,  and  even  formed  the  main  strength  of  the  army, 
while  only  a  very  small  number  of  Spartiatse  were  found  in  it. 
Nevertheless,  neither  in  war  nor  on  other  occasions  do  we  hear 
of  any  want  of  fidelity  or  of  any  hostile  disposition  on  the  part 
of  the  Periceci.     When  the  Helots,  and  in  particular  those  of 
Messenia,  rose  en  masse  against  the  Spartans  after  the  destruc- 
tive earthquake  in  464,  the  towns  of  the  Perioeci,  with  the 
exception  of  two  in  Messenia,  remained  faithful,1  as  they  did 
also  on  several  later  occasions,  until  after  the  battle  of  Leuctra, 
when,  though   by  no  means  all,  yet  a  large   number,   and 
probably  the  majority,  seceded  to  the  Thebans.2    Their  position 
then  could  not  have  been  as  bad  as  Isocrates  describes,  even  if 
we  assume  that  their  fidelity  is  to  be  explained  not  so  much  by 
contentment  with  their  condition  or  affection  for  their  rulers  as 
by  the  difficulty  of  uniting  for  a  common  enterprise  against  a 
government  which  was  both  well  organised  in  itself,  and  care- 
fully observed  all  the  movements  of  its  subjects.     That  there 
was   no  absence  of  discontent  among  the   Perioeci  is  clear 
enough  from  the  words  of  Cinadon  in  Xenophon,3  who  men- 
tions them  in  conjunction  with  the  Helots  and  Neodamodes  as 
men  on  whose  assistance  in  his  revolutionary  plans  he  could 
confidently  reckon,  since  they  were  filled  with  the  bitterest 
hatred  against  the  Spartans.      But  this  discontent  may  be 
explained,   without    supposing    any   peculiar    oppression,  as 
arising  from  the  subject  position  which  excluded  them  from  all 
participation  in  the  government  and  administration   of  the 
commonwealth,  and  from  the  envy  necessarily  excited  by  the 
privileges  of  the  Spartans,  which,  in  contrast  with  their  own 
condition,    doubtless    seemed    boundless.      For    it    may    be 
affirmed 4  with  the  utmost  confidence,  that  the  Periceci  were 
excluded  not  merely  from  all  the  supreme   offices   of    the 
Spartan  State,  but  even  from  the  public  assemblies  of  the 
people,  and  that  their  part  in  the  State  was  one  of  mere 
obedience  to  the  commands  and  decrees  of  the  ruling  class.    In 
their  municipal  affairs  it  is   possible  that   they  enjoyed  in 
various  degrees  a  certain  amount  of  independence,  but,  on  the 
other  hand,  there  can  be  no  doubt  that  the  Spartan  colonists 
who  were  settled  among  the  subject  people  everywhere  formed 
a  privileged  class.      From  them  alone  could  the  municipal 
magistrates  be  elected,  while   the   supreme   supervision   was 
naturally  exercised  by  Sparta  itself,  for  which  purpose,  as  well  as 


1  Thuc.  i.  101.  8  Hell.  iii.  3.  6. 

2  Xen.  Hell.  vi.  5.  25,  32  ;  vii.  2.  2.  4  Cf.  Midler,  Dor.  vol.  ii.  p.  21  s&j. 


THE  SPARTAN  STATE.  205 

for  a  general  maintenance  of  the  government,  certain  officials 
were  sent  out.  In  the  case  of  Cythera,  we  know  for  certain 
that  the  magistrates  sent  thither  bore  the  title  of  Cythero- 
dicse;1  with  regard  to  the  other  Periceci,  there  is  no  express 
testimony,  although  the  statement  is  found  in  an  ancient 
grammarian 2  that  the  Lacedaemonians  had  twenty  magistrates 
called  Harmostae.  Now  it  is  clearly  impossible  to  identify 
these  with  the  harmosts  who  are  known  to  us  through  the 
historians,  and  whom  the  Spartans  set  up  in  the  foreign  towns 
which  submitted  to  them  after  their  victory  in  the  Peloponnesian 
war,  and  therefore,  unless  we  choose  to  regard  this  mention  of 
twenty  harmosts  as  a  mere  random  statement,  which  we  have 
no  good  reason  for  doing,  it  seems  naturally  to  suggest  a  dis- 
tribution of  the  Periceci  into  twenty  districts,  each  of  which 
was  presided  over  by  a  harmost  as  supreme  magistrate.  This 
conjecture  may  possibly  receive  some  support  from  the  fol- 
lowing consideration: — We  have  seen  (p.  193)  above  that  in 
former  times  Laconia  had  been  divided  into  five  districts, 
exclusive  of  the  Spartan  territory  itself,  while  the  same 
number  is  mentioned  in  Messenia,3  the  total  number  being 
therefore  ten.  Now  it  is  very  probable  that  this  ancient 
division  may  have  determined  the  number  of  harmosts,  two 
districts  being  formed  out  of  each  of  the  older  provinces,  and 
two  harmosts  appointed  as  their  presiding  magistrates.  It  has 
been  objected  to  this  theory  that,  according  to  Isocrates,  juris- 
diction over  the  Periceci  must  have  been  immediately 
exercised  by  the  Spartan  magistrates  in  the  capital  itself, 
since  this  author  declares  that  the  Ephors  had  at  one  time  the 
power  of  executing  any  member  of  the  Periceci  without 
sentence  or  trial.  But  this  objection  is  so  weak  that  it  can 
hardly  be  offered  seriously.  For  the  very  expression  "  without 
sentence  or  trial "  is  a  proof  that  what  is  here  meant  is  not  a 
regular  jurisdiction,  or  the  exercise  of  a  judicial  office  and 
administration  of  justice,  but  simply  certain  police-regulations 
which  the  Ephors  were  empowered  to  enforce  on  the  Periceci. 

With  regard  to  the  obligations  imposed  upon  this  class,  we 
only  know  that  they  consisted  partly  in  military  service,  partly 
in  certain  taxes  and  dues ;  but  as  to  the  amount  or  nature 
of  the  latter,  we  have  no  information,  though  it  is  scarcely  pro- 
bable that  they  were  the  same  for  all.  After  the  first  Messenian 
war,  when  the  inhabitants  of  that  country  were  reduced  to  the 
position  of  subjects,  but  not  yet  to  that  of  Helots,  a  tax  of  one- 

1  Thuc.  iv.  53.  3  Ephorus  on  Strab.  viii.  p.  361. 

2  Schol.  on  Pindar,  01.  vi.  154. 


2o6      DESCRIPTION  OF  THE  PRINCIPAL  STATES. 

half  of  their  produce  was  imposed  upon  them,1  from  which  we 
may  conjecture  that  the  same  amount  was  demanded  from 
those  of  the  Periceci  who  received  the  least  favourable  treat- 
ment, while  others  were  required  to  pay  a  more  moderate  con- 
tribution. In  war,  as  we  have  already  remarked,  they  served 
not  only  as  light-armed  troops,  but  also  as  hoplites,  though 
even  in  this  respect  some  distinctions  may  well  have  been 
observed  between  individual  members.  As  early  as  the  first 
Messenian  war  Perioeci  fought  in  the  Spartan  army.2  In  the 
battle  of  Plataea  five  thousand  Spartan  hoplites  fought  side  by 
side  with  the  same  number  of  Periceci,  in  addition  to  five 
thousand  more  who  were  equipped  as  light-armed  troops.3 
Leonidas  at  Thermopylae  commanded  seven  hundred  Periceci, 
with  only  three  hundred  Spartans.4  At  the  battle  of  Leuctra 
only  seven  hundred  Spartans  were  present,  although  Cleom- 
brotus  had  marched  out  with  four  Moras,5  which  must 
have  contained  at  the  least  two  thousand  men,  and  therefore 
the  remainder  must  have  been  Periceci,  with  possibly  some 
Neodamodes.  Nor  can  there  be  any  doubt  that  the  Perioeci  did 
not  merely  serve  as  private  soldiers,  but  also  acted  as  the 
subordinate  officers  of  their  own  regiments.  And,  finally,  on 
one  occasion  during  the  Peloponnesian  war  we  find  a  member 
of  the  Periceci  in  command  of  a  fleet,6  though  we  must  add 
that  this  fleet  belonged,  not  to  the  Spartans  themselves,  but 
to  the  allies. 

The  occupations  of  the  Periceci  in  time  of  peace,  besides 
agriculture,  consisted  in  the  exercise  of  various  kinds  of  handi- 
crafts and  trades,  any  share  of  which  appeared  to  the  Spartan 
lords  to  be  inconsistent  with  their  position,  and  indeed  was 
interdicted  by  law.7  Many  of  the  Laconian  manufactures,  as, 
e.g.  drinking-cups,  chariots,  weapons,  shoes,  mantles,  and  the 
like,  were  highly  prized,  even  in  foreign  lands,  on  account  of 
their  excellence ;  and  even  in  the  higher  spheres  of  art,  such 
as  working  in  relief  and  casting  in  metal,  there  were  several 
Perioeci  who  were  sufficiently  distinguished  for  their  names  to 
be  preserved  in  the  history  of  art.  For  it  is  self-evident  that 
Chartas,  Syadras,  Dontas,  and  other  artists  of  this  kind,  could 
not  have  been  Spartiatae,  as  they  are  called  by  Pausanias,  but 
simply  Periceci.8  In  their  hands,  too,  necessarily  lay  the  com- 
merce with  foreign  lands,  for  the  purpose  of  importing  the 

1  Tyrtseus  on  Pausan.  iv.  14.  3.  6  Thuc.  viii.  22. 

2  Pausan.  iv.  8,  1,  and  11.  1.  7  Plutarch,  Lycurg.   c.  4  ;   yElian, 

3  Herod,  ix.  11,  28,  29.  V.  H.  vi.  6. 

4  Diodor.  xi.  4.  8  Cf.  Miiller,  Dor.  (vol.  ii.  p.  26),  and 
6  Xenoph.  Hell.  vi.  1.  1,  and  4.  15.  Feuerbach,  Scltr.  vol.  ii.  p.  165  seq. 


THE  SPARTAN  STATE.  207 

foreign  wares  which  were  necessaries  of  life,  and  exporting 
those  of  home  production.  Of  the  island  of  Cythera,  which 
was  inhabited  by  Periceci,  we  read }  that  Libyan  and  Egyptian 
merchant- vessels  were  found  there ;  while  the  seaport  towns  of 
Laconia  itself  carried  on  maritime  trade,  and  only  by  their 
means  was  Sparta  enabled  to  equip  her  fleets  for  naval  warfare. 
Agriculture  was  for  the  most  part  probably  pursued  by  the 
Perioeci  in  person,  or  they  may  sometimes  have  employed  slaves, 
but  never  Helots.  For  it  is  extremely  improbable  that  any 
Helots  were  settled  on  the  estates  granted  to  this  class,  with  the 
exception  of  those  assigned  to  the  colonists  who  were  despatched 
to  the  towns  of  the  Periceci,  and  who  must  certainly  have  had 
Helots  in  their  service.  And  in  addition  to  these  there  must 
necessarily  have  been  a  few  in  those  districts  of  the  Periceci 
which  were  not  assigned  to  private  owners,  but  belonged  im- 
mediately to  the  State.  The  complaint  of  Isocrates  concerning 
the  small  size  of  the  estates  which  were  allowed  to  the  Periceci 
has  already  been  noticed;  and  that  they  were  smaller  than 
those  of  the  Spartans  there  can  be  no  doubt,  though  whether 
they  were  all  of  equal  size,  and  in  what  manner  they  were 
granted,  we  must  leave  undetermined. 

Section  III.— The  Spartiatce. 

The  ruling  class  of  citizens,  who  stood  to  the  Periceci  and 
Helots  in  the  position  of  superiors,  derived  their  distinguishing 
name  of  Spartans,  or,  in  the  Greek  form  of  the  word,  Spartiatse, 
from  Sparta,  the  capital  of  the  country,  which  was  situated  in 
the  upper  valley  of  the  Eurotas,  some  20  stadia,  or  2J  miles, 
north  of  Amyclse.  What,  however,  especially  distinguished 
Sparta  from  other  Greek  towns  was  that,  unlike  them,  it  was 
not  built  in  a  compact  form  or  surrounded  with  a  ring  wall,  but 
rather  consisted  of  several  neighbouring  towns  and  villages,2  of 
which  there  appear  to  have  been  five,  although  we  are  able  to 
give  the  names  of  only  four  with  certainty.  These  were  Pitana, 
Mesoa,  Limnse,  or  Limnseon,  and  Cynosura,3  while  the  fifth  was 
in  all  probability  Sparta  properly  so  called,  which,  as  the  most 
ancient  town,  and  that  which  the  Dorians  occupied  immediately 
after  their  invasion,  subsequently  supplied  a  collective  de- 
nomination for  all  the  rest.4    Wherever  there  is  occasion  for 

1  Thuc.  iv.  53.  4  This  explains  the  fact  that  the 

2  Ibid.  i.  10.  same    place,    Limnae,    is    sometimes 
8  Pausan.    iii.    16.    0,    vii.    20.    4  ;     called  a  wpoaffreiov,  sometimes  a  /itpos 

Strab.  viii.  364.  jrjs  ZjrdprTjj  (Strabo,  pp.  363  and  364). 


2o8      DESCRIPTION  OF  THE  PRINCIPAI  STATES. 

exact  definition,  the  ruling  class  of  citizens  in  Sparta  are  termed 
Spartiatae,  while  the  name  of  Lacedaemonians  is  common  to 
them  with  the  Perioeci.  The  latter  name,  it  is  true,  is  often 
employed  by  Greek  writers  in  cases  where  only  Perioeci  are 
intended ;  but  for  the  educated  reader  no  misunderstanding 
is  likely  to  be  caused  ■  by  this  more  general  term,  since 
even  in  its  most  indefinite  denotation,  it  only  includes  the 
Perioeci,  and  is  never  applied  to  Helots.  The  Spartiatae,  how- 
ever, or  at  least  by  far  the  greater  portion  of  them,  were  com- 
posed of  the  descendants  of  those  Dorians  who  had  originally 
conquered  the  country.  Whether  their  leaders,  the  Hera- 
clidae,  really  belonged  to  the  Achaean  race,  as  the  legend 
represents,  we  shall  not  here  inquire,  although  I  can  discover 
no  reason  for  absolutely  rejecting  the  universal  belief  of  the 
people,  especially  recognised  as  it  was  upon  one  occasion 
by  king  Cleomenes  I.1  But  there  was  an  intermixture  in  early 
times  of  many  other  non-Dorian  elements.  Cadmaean  iEgidae 
are  said  to  have  attached  themselves  to  the  Dorians  on  their 
march,  and  to  have  rendered  them  assistance  in  the  subjugation 
of  the  Achaeans.2  Aristodemus,  one  of  the  Heraclid  leaders, 
was  united  in  marriage  with  a  woman  of  this  Cadmaean  family, 
and  her  brother  Theras  is  even  reported  to  have  administered 
the  government,  as  the  guardian  of  Eurysthenes  and  Procles, 
the  youthful  sons  of  his  brother-in-law.3  In  the  first  Messenian 
war  a  member  of  the  iEgidae,  named  Euryleon,  stood  next  to 
the  kings  Polydorus  and  Theopompus,  as  third  commander  of 
the  army,4  and  a  sanctuary  of  Cadmus,  the  mythical  ancestor 
of  this  family,  is  found  in  Sparta  itself.5  With  regard  to  the 
gens  of  the  Talthybiadae,  who  held  the  hereditary  office  of  herald 
at  Sparta,  it  may  be  conjectured  with  some  certainty  that  it 
took  rank  among  the  Spartiatae,  notwithstanding  the  fact  that 
it  regarded  itself  as  derived  from  Talthybius,  the  herald  of  the 
Pelopidae,6  and  must  therefore  have  belonged  to  the  Achaean 
race.  But,  above  all,  we  have  express  and  trustworthy  evidence 
that  in  earlier  times  the  Spartans  admitted  into  their  ranks  a 
considerable  number  of  foreigners  from  the  Laconian  towns, 
and  among  them  probably  Achaeans  ;7  and  it  is,  further,  quite 

The  former  refers  to  Sparta  in  the  "But, "answered  he,  "lam  no  Dorian, 

closer  sense  of  the  word,  the  latter  to  but  an  Achaean." — Herod,  v.  72. 

its  wider  and  more  usual  meaning.  2  Pindar.  Isthm.  vi.  12  (vii.  18). 

3  Herod,  iv.  147  ;  Pausan.  iv.  3.  3. 

1  When,  in  the  city  of  Athens,  he  4  Pausan.  iv.  7.  3. 

wished  to  enter  the  sanctuary  of  the  6  lb.  iii.  15.  6. 

goddess,    the  priestess    refused    him  6  Herod,  iv.  134. 

admission,  on  the  ground  that  it  was  7  Ephorus  on  Strab.  viii.   pp.  364- 

not  allowable  for  a  Dorian  to  enter.  366 ;  Arist.  Pol.  ii.  6.  12.    The  reader 


THE  SPARTAN  STATE.  209 

conceivable  that,  whenever  any  of  those,  with  whom  they  were 
obliged  to  dispute  the  possession  of  the  country,  were  willing 
to  join  the  invaders  on  condition  of  receiving  equal  privileges, 
the  latter  were  far  from  disdaining  such  a  means  of  at  once 
strengthening  themselves  and  weakening  their  enemies.  It 
was  only  after  their  possession  was  established  and  their  power 
consolidated  that  a  greater  exclusiveness  appeared,  and  that 
admittance  into  the  citizen  class,  which,  in  contrast  with  all 
the  remaining  population,  occupied  a  position  of  superiority 
and  privilege,  occurred  so  seldom,  that  Herodotus  declares  the 
naturalisation  of  two  Eleans  at  the  time  of  the  second  Persian 
war  to  be  the  only  known  instance  of  the  sort.1  It  will  hardly 
be  imagined  that  after  the  time  of  Herodotus  the  Spartans  were 
more  generous  in  the  bestowal  of  their  civic  rights.  The 
Neodamodes,  as  we  have  seen  above,  did  not  possess  them; 
while  those  of  the  Mothaces  who  were  from  time  to  time  made 
citizens  were  the  legitimised  sons  of  Spartan  lords,  and  were 
certainly  only  admitted,  if  by  their  conduct  they  had  shown 
themselves  worthy  of  the  honour,  and  also  if  a  sufficient  patri- 
mony could  be  provided  for  them.  The  same  thing  may  have 
occasionally  taken  place  in  the  case  of  strangers  who  had  been 
sent  to  Sparta  as  children,  by  their  parents,  in  order  to  partici- 
pate in  its  system  of  education, — a  custom  which  became 
not  unfrequent  in  those  times,  when  public  discipline  in  the 
other  States  had  fallen  into  decay.2  But  this,  like  the  former 
instance,  probably  refers  only  to  those  who  had  shown  them- 
selves worthy  and  qualified ;  while  for  those,  on  the  contrary, 
who  had  not  the  means  of  settling  in  Sparta  and  acquiring 
landed  property  there,  it  was  merely  a  mark  of  honour,  which 
in  no  way  capacitated  them  for  the  exercise  of  the  most 
important  civic  privileges.  The  statement  of  an  anonymous 
author  of  a  later  date,  that  all  foreigners,  whether  Scythians, 


will  scarcely  allow  himself  to  be  mis-  tioii  are  the  so-called  rp6<pifMot  men- 
led  into  the  belief  that  by  the  expres-  tioned   in  Xen.  Hell.  v.  3.  9.     Their 
sions  &voi  and  iir-qXvdes,   foreigners,  number  was  certainly  not  large,  and 
rather  than    simply  non-Dorian    in-  it  is  quite  inexcusable  either  to  con- 
habitants,  are  intended.  fuse  them  with  the  Mothaces,  or,  with 
•  Herod,  ix.   35.     Plato,  however,  ^anso,   to  consider  them    a  special 
Legg.    i.    p.    629  a,    and    Plutarch  ?"    £f    cltlzeni\     The    fact    that 
ApZphth.    Lac.    Fom.    viii.    p.    230  XenoPh°n  expressly  mentions   them 
Hutt.  (ii.  p.  156,  Tauchn.),  relate  that  a™ong  th™°  who  accompanied  Ages,- 
Tyrt*us  wPas  admitted  J'the  citizen-  g^«  £  %$£%££?£££. 
P"  stance  that  his  own  sons  were  also 
2  See  Haase  on   Xenoph.  de    Rep.  among  them   (Diog.   L.   ii.   54),   and 
Laced,  p.  187.     Young  men  sent  in  must  not  mislead  us  into  the  belief 
this  manner  to  Sparta  for  their  educa-  that  they  were  especially  numerous. 

0 


2io      DESCRIPTION  OF  THE  PRINCIPAL  STATES. 

Triballians,  or  Paphlagonians,  became  Laconians,  by  which 
he  evidently  means  citizens,1  on  submitting  to  the  Spartan 
discipline,  is  too  absurd  to  need  refutation. 

Whether  these  numerous  foreigners,  who  were  admitted  in 
early  times,  were  also  incorporated  in  one  of  the  three  tribes  of 
Hylleis,  Dynames,  and  Pamphyli,2  which  may  be  discovered  in 
every  branch  of  the  Dorian  race,  or  whether  one  or  more  tribes 
were  created  side  by  side  with  these,  is  a  question  which,  in 
the  absence  of  definite  information,  admits  of  no  certain  reply. 
At  the  same  time  the  name  of  the  third  of  these  tribes  signifies 
"  people  from  every  race,"  and  rather  supports  the  conjecture 
that  into  this  all  the  foreigners  who  had  attached  themselves 
to  the  Dorians  were  admitted ;  and,  if  so,  it  may  be  assumed 
that  both  during  the  march  of  the  Heracleidee  and  for  some 
time  afterwards,  instances  of  admission  to  the  Pamphyli  con- 
stantly took  place.  This  is  possibly  indicated  by  the  legend 
that  Pamphylus,  the  eponymous  hero  of  this  tribe,  was  still 
living  after  the  conquest  of  Epidaurus,  and  married  Orsobia,  a 
daughter  of  Deiphontes,  the  grandson  of  Temenos.3  Incorpora- 
tion of  this  kind,  however,  into  a  tribe,  which,  in  consequence, 
as  it  extended,  necessarily  lost  its  relationship  to  the  other  two, 
could  be  of  no  long  continuance,  whether  the  tribes  are  sup- 
posed to  have  possessed  equal  or  unequal  privileges.  For,  on 
the  first  supposition,  it  would  soon  have  laid  claim  to  a  larger 
proportion  of  privileges,  corresponding  with  its  larger  number 
of  members ;  while,  on  the  latter,  it  would  have  been  still  less 
contented  with  an  inferior  position.  It  may,  however,  be 
confidently  denied  that  any  distinction  of  privileges  existed 
between  the  tribes  of  the  Spartan  State,  but,  on  the  other  hand, 
it  seems  to  follow  from  the  words  of  a  supposed  Ehetra  of 
Lycurgus,4  that  some  alteration  must  have  been  adopted  in  the 
original  distribution  into  three  tribes.     This  Rhetra  provides 

1  See  the  reputed  letter  of  Hera-  3  Pausan.  ii.  28.  8.  As  Pamphylus 
clitus  in  Boissonade  on  Eunap.  p.  425  is  said  to  have  been  a  son  of  ^Egimius 
(or  Westermann,  Progr.,  Leipz.  1857,  (Apollod.  ii.  8.  3,  5)  he  must  have  been 
p.  14).  A  more  moderate  statement  much  over  a  hundred  years  old  when 
is  made  in  the  lnstit.  Lacon.  no.  22,  lie  married  Orsobia.  But  it  is  evident 
attributed  to  Plutarch:  "Some  say  that  he  was  called  the  son  of  iEgimius 
that  even  those  foreigners  were,  ac-  from  the  circumstance  that  the  tribe 
cording  to  the  will  of  the  legislator,  of  the  Pamphyli  was  in  existence 
admitted  into  the  citizenship  who  before  the  migration  of  the  Hera- 
submitted  to  the  discipline  of  Lycur-  cleidae.  His  marriage  with  Orsobia, 
gus  :  it  would  have  been  more  correct  however,  points  to  some  sort  of  re- 
to  have  said  that  none  were  admitted  lationship  between  this  tribe  and  that 
without  this  condition."  to  which  Deiphontes  belonged,  though 

this  is  not  the  place  for  conjectures  on 

2  Cf.  above,  p.  129,  and  Miiller,  Dor.     the  subject. 

vol.  ii.  p.  76.  4  In  Plutarch,  Lycurg.  c.  6. 


THE  SPAR  TAN  ST  A  TE.  211 

that  a  distribution  of  the  people  into  Phylae  and  Obae  should 
precede  both  the  constitution  of  the  Gerousia  and  the  institu- 
tion of  regular  assemblies  of  the  people.  Now,  by  this  it  is 
scarcely  possible  to  understand  a  previously  subsisting  distri- 
bution which  was  to  be  maintained  on  every  particular  occa- 
sion to  facilitate  the  processes  of  election  and  voting,1  nor, 
again,  a  mere  increase  in  the  numbers  of  the  existing  Phylae  and 
Obae,  by  the  admission  of  persons  who  had  hitherto  been  ex- 
cluded ;  it  is  rather  implied,  on  the  contrary,  that  these  divi- 
sions were  then  to  be  constituted  for  the  first  time.  Now, 
such  an  arrangement  may  certainly  have  left  intact  the  three 
pre-existing  divisions  of  race,  while  it  introduced  by  their  side 
another  division  into  Phylse,  based  on  locality,  just  as  happened 
in  Eome,  when  the  local  tribes  of  Servius  were  introduced  in 
co-ordination  with  the  three  tribes  of  Eomulus — the  Eamnes, 
Tities,  and  Luceres.  But  on  this  subject  nothing  certain  can 
be  ascertained  from  our  present  sources  of  information,  nor  are 
we  in  less  uncertainty  concerning  the  Obae  or  subdivisions  of 
the  Phylae.  From  the  terms  of  the  Ehetra  above  mentioned  it 
has  been  supposed  necessary  to  fix  their  number  at  thirty,  of 
which  each  Phyle  would  contain  ten  or  six  according  as  three 
or  five  of  the  larger  divisions  are  assumed.  It  is  probable, 
however,  that  the  number  thirty  occurring  in  the  Ehetra  has 
reference,  not  to  the  Obae,  but  to  the  Gerousia,  which  is  imme- 
diately afterwards  mentioned.2  We  must,  therefore,  content 
ourselves  with  saying  that  the  Obae  were  smaller  divisions  of 
the  Phylae,  and  that  the  name  properly  signified  no  more  than 
distinct  districts,  from  which  we  may  infer  that  each  division 
of  the  people  described  by  this  name,  and  consequently  each 
Phyle,  included  a  larger  or  smaller  district  of  the  town,  together 
with  its  immediate  neighbourhood. 

Isocrates3  represents  a  certain  panegyrist  of  the  Spartans  as 
asserting  that  at  the  time  of  their  subjugation  of  the  country 
their  number  did  not  exceed  2000,  among  whom  of  course  are 
to  be  included  only  those  who  were  capable  of  bearing  arms. 
Now,  supposing  that,  as  was  doubtless  the  case,  the  Dorians 
were  accompanied  in  their  migration  by  women  and  children, 
the  total  number  would  amount  to  about  10,000  souls.  But  in 
truth  little  confidence  can  be  placed  in  the  statements  of  this 

1  This  is  Mailer's  opinion  (Dorians,  Aufs.  i.  p.  328,  entirely  disputes  the 
vol.  ii.  p.  80).  number. 

*  PanatJien.  §  256  ;  Metropulus,  p. 

s  Cf.  especially Grote  (vol.  ii.  p.  282),  44,  is  convinced  that  in  Isocrates  the 
and  Urlichs  in  the  N.  Rhein.  Mus.  vi.  true  reading  should  be,  not  ivaxCSluv, 
(1847)  p.    216 ;   Gbttling,     Vcrmischte    but  5'  x<Mw  or  rtrpixis  x*^- 


212      DESCRIPTION  OF  THE  PRINCIPAL  STATES. 

orator,  and  least  of  all  when  they  are  contained  in  this  posi- 
tively childish  production,  which  was  written  after  his  ninetieth 
year.  If  the  number  mentioned  by  him  is  not  a  mere  arbitrary 
invention,  we  may  assume  that  it  was  founded  on  an  old  tradi- 
tion, according  to  which  the  Spartans,  properly  so  called,  or 
those  who  inhabited  Sparta  itself,  at  one  time  did  not  exceed 
it.  But,  as  we  have  already  remarked,  the  Dorians  were  also 
settled  as  colonists  in  other  towns  of  Laconia,  moreover  all 
statements  concerning  the  number  of  the  ruling  race,  which 
occur  in  other  authors,  are  always  to  be  understood  only  of 
those  original  Spartans  of  the  capital.  The  number  of  these 
we  are  told  was  never  more  than  10,000.x  At  the  time  of  the 
legislation  of  Lycurgus,  in  the  first  half  of  the  ninth  century, 
they  amounted,  according  to  trustworthy  statements,  to  4500  or 
6000,  and  about  a  century  and  a  half  later  to  9000.2  It  was  at 
this  date,  after  the  end  of  the  first  Messenian  war,  that  the  last 
general  distribution  of  land  took  place*  by  means  of  which 
every  individual  Spartan  was  provided  with  a  plot  of  ground  of 
equal  size ;  a  provision,  indeed,  which  was  necessarily  demanded 
by  the  principles  of  the  Spartan  State.  The  citizens  were, 
through  the  produce  of  an  estate  which  was  cultivated  for 
them  by  Helots,  to  be  exempted  from  personal  labour  for  their 
own  support,  and  placed  in  a  position  to  live  entirely  for  their 
higher  civic  duties,  while  these  estates  were  to  be  of  equal  size 
for  all,  in  order  that  the  distinction  between  rich  and  poor, 
always  a  source  of  discontent  and  disunion,  might  as  far  as 
possible  be  avoided.  According  to  this  principle  a  distribution 
had  been  made,  immediately  after  their  first  occupation  of 
the  country,  of  the  land  which  had  been  at  that  time  con- 
quered ; 3  then,  at  a  later  time,  when  the  equality  of  the  pro- 
perties had  been  destroyed  through  the  increased  number 
of  citizens,  and  many  had  become  poor,  some  few  only  rich,  the 
evil  was  remedied  by  a  new  and  sweeping  agrarian  law,  by 
which,  with  the  help  of  those  conquests  which  had  been  added 
in  the  interval,  all  the  land  was  once  more  distributed  in  equal 
portions  among  4500  or  6000  Spartans  who  at  that  time 
formed  the  community.4  Finally,  when,  at  the  time  of  the 
first  Messenian  war,  the  number  of  the  Spartans  had  again 

1  Arist.  Pol.  ii.  6,  12.  3  Plato.  Legg.  iii.  p.  684. 

4  This   second  division  is  the  one 

a  Plutarch,  Lycurg.  c.  8.  No  one  ascribed  to  Lycurgus,  and  is  there- 
will  be  easily  inclined  to  accept  the  fore  not  to  be  regarded  as  an  unheard 
statement  of  numbers  as  if  they  actu-  of  innovation,  but  simply  as  the  re- 
ally corresponded  to  the  reality ;  they  constitution  of  a  condition  which  was 
were  only  put  forward  as  round  in  accordance  with  the  principle  of 
numbers.  the  State. 


THE  SPARTAN  STATE.  213 

received  considerable  additions,  and  in  consequence  the 
equality  of  property  had  once  more  been  necessarily  destroyed, 
the  last  general  division  of  land  ensued  under  king  Polydorus, 
rendered  possible  no  doubt  by  the  land  acquired  after  the 
subjugation  of  Messenia.  On  this  occasion  9000  equal  allot- 
ments were  formed  for  distribution,  corresponding  to  the  number 
of  Spartans.  The  statement  also  occurs  that  the  land  of  the 
Perioeci  was  likewise  divided  at  this  time  into  30,000  allot- 
ments,— a  statement  by  means  of  which  we  are  at  least 
informed  of  the  proportion  which  was  believed  to  exist  at  the 
time  between  the  number  of  Perioeci  and  Spartans,  though  it 
can  hardly  have  been  intended  to  introduce  equality  of  pro- 
perty among  the  former  class.  After  the  time  of  Polydorus 
distributions  of  land  among  the  citizens,  if  they  occurred  at  all, 
were  certainly  isolated  and  few  in  number,  and  only  took  place 
when  the  State  found  it  advisable  to  apply  a  portion  of  the 
estates  remaining  in  its  immediate  possession  for  the  relief  of 
the  poorer  citizens.  The  size  of  the  several  allotments  of  land 
we  are  unable  to  determine,1  and  must  content  ourselves  with 
saying  that  they  were  necessarily  large  enough  to  give  a  return 
sufficient  for  the  proper  support  of  their  owners,  as  well  as  to 
maintain  the  Helots  who  lived  upon  them,  and  of  whom  there 
were  probably  about  seven  families  upon  each.  They  were 
situated,  as  far  as  possible,  in  the  centre  of  the  country, 
where  the  capital  itself  was  built,  i.e.  in  the  valley  of  the 
Eurotas  from  Pellene  and  Sellasia  as  far  as  its  outlet  into  the 
Laconian  bay,  and  further,  as  it  appears,  along  the  west  coast 
of  the  bay  as  far  as  Cape  Malea;2  though  of  course  they 
formed  no  continuous  district,  since,  in  this  same  part  of  the 
country,  several  towns  of  the  Perioeci  were  situated,  some  of 
them  in  the  immediate  vicinity  of  Sparta.  There  must  have 
been,  however,  no  inconsiderable  number  of  these  estates 
belonging  to  the  Spartans  outside  this  district,  and  especially 
in  Messenia, — a  situation  which  implies  no  inferiority  of 
position,  since  their  owners  lived  in  the  city,  and  not  upon 
their  estates,  their  connection  with  which  was  limited  to 
receiving  the  produce.  Nor  were  they  the  real  owners  of  their 
estates,  inasmuch  as  they  possessed  no  right  of  disposing  them 


1  Very  untrustworthy  conjectures  ordinance  of  King  Agis  in.  (Plut.  Ag. 
on  the  subject  are  given  by  Miiller,  c.  8),  with  regard  to  which  we  may 
Dor.  (vol.  ii.  p.  45,  Eng.  tr.),  and  assume  with  some  probability,  that  it 
Hildebrand,  Jahrbuch  fur  National-  was  intended  to  restore  the  previous 
okonomie,  xii.  p.  14.  Cf.  also  Biich-  condition.  This  is  also  Mtiller's 
senschlitz,  p.  48.  opinion  {Dorians,  vol.  ii.  p.  47,  Eng. 

2  This  may  be  concluded  from  the  tr.). 


2i4      DESCRIPTION  OF  THE  PRINCIPAL  STATES. 

at  will,  being  forbidden  either  to  divide,  sell,  or  give  them 
away,  and  even  to  regulate  their  disposal  by  testamentary 
bequest.1  The  ownership  remained  in  the  hands  of  the 
State,  while  the  occupiers  were  merely  its  tenants,  and  there  is 
scarcely  room  for  doubt  that  in  the  case  of  a  family  dying  out, 
the  property  reverted  to  the  State.  It  was  necessary,  however, 
to  make  provision  that  the  number  of  families  should,  as  far  as 
possible,  be  maintained,  and  the  equality  of  property  between 
the  several  families  preserved,  although  in  our  sources  of  in- 
formation we  find  nothing  concerning  the  means  by  which  it 
was  attempted  to  secure  this  end,  and  can  therefore  only  offer 
conjectures,  which  seldom  lead  to  valuable  results.  This 
much,  however,  may  be  maintained  with  confidence,  that  pro- 
vision was  made  for  the  continuation  of  childless  families  by 
means  of  the  adoption  of  sons  from  other  families  of  the  same 
tribe  which  were  blessed  with  several  children,  and  that  heiresses 
were  given  in  marriage  to  men  who  were  without  a  patrimony 
of  their  own,  in  order  that  by  this  means  they  might  succeed  to 
the  possession  of  an  estate.  In  cases  where  provision  of  this 
kind  was  impossible,  the  evil  may  have  been  remedied  in  early 
times  by  grants  of  the  still  undistributed  land,  or  even  by 
sending  out  colonies;  and  where  even  these  means  were  im- 
practicable, as  necessarily  became  the  case  more  and  more  in 
later  times,  no  other  course  remained  except  for  several 
brothers  to  assist  one  another  in  common  as  best  they  could  in 
a  single  house,  living  on  the  produce  of  the  estate  and  any 
other  property  they  might  possess.  In  such  cases  the  eldest 
ranked  as  the  real  head  of  the  family  (eaTio7rdfjuov),  maintained 
his  younger  brothers,  and  when  he  married,  probably  even 
shared  his  wife  with  them.2  Whether  this  was  an  express 
legal  provision,  or  merely  the  result  of  tradition  and  custom,  it 
is  all  the  more  difficult  to  determine  with  certainty,  since,  in  a 
State  which  had  no  written  laws,  the  limits  between  law  and 
custom  must  necessarily  be  indefinite.  In  the  same  way  it  is 
probable  that  the  measures  which  aimed  at  the  maintenance  of 
equality,  such  as  adoption,  and  the  marriages  of  heiresses  with 
men  who  had  no  patrimony,  and  the  like,  were  not  applied  on 
each  occasion  with  the  same  consistency ;  but  we  are  entirely 
without  particulars,  nor  do  we  even  learn  that  the  possession 
of  several  estates  by  the  same  occupier  was  forbidden  by  law, 
as  for  instance  when  the  property  of  a  brother  dying  without 
heirs  fell  to  a  man  who  already  held  an  estate  of  his  own. 


1  Heraclid.  Ponticus,  c.  2;  Plutarch,         8  Polyb.  Excerpt.  Vatican,  xii.  6.  p. 
Ag.  c.  5;  Instil.  Lacon,  no.  22.  819,  ed.  Hultsch. 


THE  SPARTAN  STATE.  215 

This  must  have  been  no  unfrequent  occurrence  in  the  time  of 
war,  and  it  is  possible  that  such  a  course  was  permitted  in  the 
expectation  that  in  the  course  of  time  the  families  thus  pro- 
vided with  several  estates  would  produce  a  corresponding 
number  of  heirs,  among  whom  they  might  be  divided.  This 
much,  however,  is  certain,  that  ancient  authors  speak  of  a  great 
inequality  of  property  having  made  its  way  into  the  State  at 
a  very  early  period,  and  describe  several  early  attempts  to 
remedy  this  derangement  of  equality  by  legal  measures.  It 
will  probably  be  admitted  that  there  was  much  less  reason  in 
Sparta  than  elsewhere  for  the  legislature  to  shrink  from  inter- 
ference by  means  of  agrarian  laws  with  the  possessions  of  the 
the  citizens,  if  it  is  remembered  that  in  this  State  the  owners 
possessed  properly  only  the  usufruct  of  their  estates,  while 
the  real  ownership  always  remained  with  the  government ;  and 
the  government  could  never  surrender  the  right  of  removing 
any  equality  which  had  made  its  entrance  either  through  care- 
lessness or  any  other  circumstances,  as  soon  as  it  threatened 
to  endanger  the  public  welfare.  Lycurgus  was  the  first  to 
pursue  this  course,  but  as  early  as  the  first  century  after  his 
time,  an  oracle  is  said  to  have  warned  the  Spartans  against  too 
great  eagerness  for  wealth.1  By  this  was  probably  intended 
the  accumulation  of  several  estates  in  a  single  hand,  since  it  is 
scarcely  possible  to  assume  any  other  source  of  wealth  than 
this,  and  it  is  also  expressly  stated  that  the  Messenian  war  was 
partly  occasioned  by  the  necessity  of  conquering  fresh  land  for 
distribution  in  order  to  procure  estates  for  landless  citizens,2 
and  in  point  of  fact  the  result  of  the  war  provided  the  means 
of  satisfying  this  want.  After  this,  at  least  throughout  a  long 
period,  we  can  discover  nothing  to  indicate  either  consider- 
able derangements  of  equality  or  any  legislative  measures  in 
consequence.  But  as  soon  as  a  clearer  historical  light  begins 
to  dawn,  i.e.  as  soon  as  we  have  the  accounts  given  by  Thucy- 
dides  and  Xenophon  concerning  Sparta,  we  find  traces  enough 
which  make  it  manifest  that  equality  of  property  was  scarcely 
better  preserved  at  Sparta  than  elsewhere.  It  is  indeed 
evident  that  in  the  ordinary  course  of  things  this  equality 
must  necessarily  more  and  more  disappear,  urjless  it  is  restored 
from  time  to  time  by  extraordinary  means.  The  occurrence  of 
wars  in  which  the  owners  of  estates  are  killed  without  leaving 
sons  behind  them,  or  events  like  the  great  earthquake  in  464, 


1  Plutarch,   Inst.    Lacon.    no.   41.        2  lb.,     Apophthegm.     Lac,    under 
Cf.  ib.  in  Ag.  c.  9,  and  Schomann's    Polydorus,  no.  2. 
commentary. 


216      DESCRIPTION  OF  THE  PRINCIPAL  STATES. 

which  destroyed  a  multitude  of  the  Spartan  youth,  necessarily 
resulted  in  the  extinction  of  a  number  of  families,  the  estates  of 
which,  in  the  absence  of  any  different  disposition  by  the  State 
authority,  fell  to  collateral  members  who  thereby  became  en- 
riched, while  others,  whose  lot  it  was  to  receive  no  such  inherit- 
ance from  these  causes,  remained  left  in  poverty,  and  usually 
left  their  sons,  if  they  had  many  of  them,  in  still  greater  want. 
In  other  cases  the  estates  fell  to  heiresses,  who,  if  their 
marriages  were  arranged,  not  by  the  State,  but  by  their  relations, 
much  oftener  fell  to  the  lot  of  rich  husbands  than  of  poor  ones. 
To  this  it  must  be  added  that,  since  the  Peloponnesian  war, 
individual  citizens  amassed  considerable  riches  through  the 
war,  quite  apart  from  their  estates,  while  the  old  law,  forbid- 
ding the  possession  of  gold  or  silver  by  the  citizens,  was  first 
evaded,  and  then  tacitly  superseded.  But  to  this  we  shall 
return  in  the  sequel.  Finally,  however,  the  inequality  reached 
its  highest  point  when  a  certain  Epitadeus  carried  a  law  which 
permitted  every  citizen  to  dispose  of  his  property  at  will, 
either  by  free  gift  during  his  lifetime  or  by  testamentary 
bequest.  The  consequence  of  this  was  that  the  poorer  classes 
were  easily  induced,  when  attracted  by  a  tempting  offer,  to 
hand  over  their  estates  to  rich  purchasers,  and  so  to  deprive 
their  children  of  them,  who  in  consequence,  when  the  purchase- 
price  had  been  consumed,  were  left  with  nothing.1  It  is  true  that 
the  actual  sale  of  land  was  not  permitted  even  by  this  law  of 
Epitadeus,  but  it  is  manifest  how  easily  a  virtual  sale  may  be  con- 
cealed under  the  form  of  a  free  gift  or  testamentary  bequest.2 

As  soon  as  any  considerable  inequality  of  property  had 
found  its  way  into  the  Spartan  State,  the  necessary  result 
followed,  that  even  in  their  public  life  a  certain  oligarchical 
character  asserted  itself  in  entire  contradiction  to  the  original 
principle  of  equality.  In  outward  appearance,  it  is  true,  this 
principle  was  always  retained ;  no  distinction  between  rich  and 
poor  was  recognised  by  the  laws,  which  subjected  both  to  the 
same  discipline,  prescribed  to  both  the  same  mode  of  life,  and 
secured  for  both  the  selfsame  rights.  Each  citizen,  without 
respect  to  property,  was  only  to  be  esteemed  in  proportion  to 
his  personal  worth,  and  might  hold  every  office  and  honour  in 
the  State  for  which  he  had  shown  himself  fitted ;  and,  in  fine, 
a  truly  aristocratic  equality  was  in  theory  established.3 

1  Plutarch,  Ag.  c.  5.  says    (Panath.    §    178)— irapb.    ff<pi<nv 

*  To  this  Aristotle  refers,  Pol.  ii.  a^°U  ^V^l  T^™*  ™a^> 
c.    jq  oiavirep  XPV  tovs  fUAAovras  airavTa  rov 

Xpbvov  dfMovofoeiv.     Cf.  Arist.  Pol.  iv. 

3  On  this  account  Isocrates  rightly    7.  5. 


THE  SPAR  TAN  STATE.  217 

In  this  sense  accordingly  all  Spartan  citizens  were  described 
as  ofWLOL,  or  equally-privileged,1  while  the  Spartan  people  was 
one  composed  of  equal  members.  In  reality,  however,  wealth 
secured  for  its  possessors  an  importance  and  influence  which 
were  wanting  to  the  poor,  and  however  much  the  appearance 
of  equality  might  be  preserved  in  certain  external  points,  such 
as  the  education  of  children,  the  common  dining-clubs,  the 
fashion  of  dress,  and  similar  matters;  the  rich,  nevertheless, 
considered  themselves  as  a  superior  order  to  the  poor,  while 
they  possessed  greater  facilities  for  gaining  important  offices, 
and  after  the  culture  and  knowledge  of  the  rest  of  Greece 
obtained  even  in  Sparta,  if  not  public  recognition,  at  least  a 
welcome  among  private  citizens ;  they  did  in  fact  constitute  the 
more  scientific  and  cultured  class2  in  contrast  with  the  poorer 
orders,  who,  worthy  Spartiatss  as  they  might  be,  were  more 
appropriately  termed  rough  and  uncouth  than  cultivated  mem- 
bers of  society.  As  far  as  legal  right  was  concerned  all  Spartiatse, 
rich  and  poor,  cultivated  and  uncultivated,  formed  a  body  of 
citizens  in  the  possession  of  equal  rights,  a  demos  of  ofwcoi, 
which,  in  contrast  with  the  subject  classes  of  Perioeci  and 
Helots,  represented  a  ruling  and  privileged  nobility.  But 
within  this  ennobled  demos  of  ofioiot,  again  there  were  two  dis- 
tinct classes, — a  minority  of  rich,  influential,  and  cultured 
citizens,  who  to  a  certain  extent  claimed  a  kind  of  superior 
nobility,  and  a  majority  of  poor  and  uncultivated  members, 
who,  though  equal  to  the  former  in  the  eye  of  the  law,  were  in 
reality  in  an  inferior  position,  and  might  be  described  in  oppo- 
sition to  them  as  the  demos  or  mass  of  the  citizens.  This 
signification  of  the  demos  at  Sparta  must  be  borne  in  mind  in 
order  rightly  to  understand  many  features  in  the  inner  organi- 
sation of  the  State,  which  will  be  mentioned.  We  may  there- 
fore repeat  once  more  that  the  Spartan  demos  in  its  wider 
sense  includes  the  equally  privileged  community  of  Spartan 
citizens  or  o/xotot,  without  distinction  of  rich  and  poor ;  on  the 
other  hand,  in  a  narrower  sense,  it  was  identified  with  the 
great  mass  of  the  ofwtot,  which,  because  it  possessed  less  pro- 
perty and  had  acquired  less  culture,  was  regarded  by  its  richer 
and  more  cultivated  fellow-citizens  as  an  inferior  order,  and 
took  rank  as  such,  although  its  members  possessed  a  complete 
legal  equality  with  the  class  above  them,  and  in  contrast  with 
the  subject  classes  of  Periceci  and  Helots  always  conceived 
themselves  to  be  an  aristocratic  body,  belonging  to  a  superior 

1  Cf.  Xenoph.  de  Bepubl.  Laced.  10.  2  ol  ko.\oI  xayadol,  as  they  are  called 
7  ;  Isocr.  Areopag.  §  61.  in  Arist.  Pol.  ii.  6.  15,  or  ol  yvwpi/ioi, 

v.  6.  7. 


218      DESCRIPTION  OF  THE  PRINCIPAL  STATES. 

race,  which  was   naturally   destined  for   dominion   over  the 
former. 

There  existed,  however,  in  the  Spartan  State  a  class  of 
people  who,  although  Spartiatas  by  birth,  nevertheless  did  not 
belong  to  the  equally  privileged  demos  of  ofwioc.  The  reason 
for  their  exclusion  was  that  they  failed  to  satisfy  the  conditions 
which  by  law  were  attached  to  the  possession  of  these  equal 
rights.  These  conditions  were  twofold — first,  unimpeachable 
obedience  to  the  Spartan  Agoge,  or  to  the  ordinances  prescribed 
by  Lycurgus,  partly  for  the  education  of  the  young,  partly  for 
the  mode  of  life  to  be  observed  by  adult  citizens.  Whoever, 
says  Xenophon,1  lived  in  accordance  with  these,  enjoyed  all  the 
rights  of  complete  citizenship  in  their  fullest  extent,  whether 
he  was  strong  or  weak  in  body,  rich  or  poor  in  property ;  who- 
ever, on  the  contrary,  withdrew  himself  from  their  observance 
was  considered  as  no  longer  worthy  to  be  reckoned  among  the 
o/jloloi.2  He  was  punished  by  a  kind  of  arifjuia  or  capitis 
diminutio ;  he  lost  his  nobility  as  a  Spartan  citizen  and  became 
a  member  of  the  inferior  classes.  The  second  condition  we 
learn  from  Aristotle.3  Every  citizen  was  bound  to  provide  a 
certain  contribution  towards  the  common  dining-clubs  (the 
details  of  which  will  be  given  later  on),  and  whoever  failed  to 
pay  this,  even  if  from  extreme  poverty  he  was  unable  to  raise 
the  money,  likewise  lost  his  position  as  full  citizen,  and  with  it 
the  rights  of  the  oyuoioi.  It  may,  however,  probably  be  assumed 
that  the  number  of  those  excluded  from  the  ofioioi  on  either  of 
these  two  grounds  was,  in  the  better  times  of  the  State,  at  most 
a  small  one.  For  an  extreme  of  poverty  so  great  as  to  incapa- 
citate a  citizen  for  the  payment  of  the  moderate  contribution 
to  the  common  dining-clubs,  only  made  its  entry  at  a  later 
period  subsequent  to  the  law  of  Epitadeus.4  It  is  true  that 
even  at  an  earlier  time  many  may  have  been  so  poor  as  to  find 
the  contribution  a  heavy  burden,  and  for  that  reason  they  would 
have  stood  at  a  disadvantage  as  compared  with  the  rich,  for 
whom  it  was  only  a  trifle,5  since  it  always  happens  that  a 
nominally  equal  taxation  falls  more  heavily  on  the  poor  than 
the  rich.     But  at  the  same  time  they  would  certainly  be  the 

1  De  Eepub.  Laced.  10.  7.  3  Pol.  ii.  6.  21. 

2  This  is  what  must  he  understood  4  This  is  expressly  affirmed  by 
when  the  Ephor,  Eteocles  in  Plutarch  Plutarch  Ag.  c.  5,  probably  on  the 
(Apophth.  Lac.  Aid<pop,  51)  refuses  the  authority  of  Phylarchus. 

demand  of  Antipater  for  fifty  Spartan  8  Cf.  Arist.   loc.  cit.,  who  for  this 

boys  to  be  given  him  as  hostages  with  reason  terms  these  compulsory  contri- 

the  declaration— TrcuSas  p.kv  ov  dtiaeiv,  butions  as  unfit  for  a  democracy.    At 

tva  p-v  dnaldevroi  -yivuvrat,  ttjs  irarptov  his  time,  after  the  law  of  Epitadeus, 

a-ywyTjs  draKTri<ravTes  ovdi  7toX?tcu  ydp  poverty    had    already    become    very 

dv  etr)ua.v.  prevalent. 


THE  SPARTAN  ST  A  TE.  219 

more  reluctant  to  omit  these  contributions,  since  in  them  they 
possessed  the  only  means  of  securing  for  themselves  the  in- 
estimable right  of  complete  citizenship,  and  the  possibility  of 
succeeding  to  honour  and  influence.  For  the  same  reason  we 
are  inclined  to  consider  that  offences  against  the  Agoge,  and 
consequent  exclusion  from  the  ofwiot  were  only  exceptional 
cases  which  seldom  really  occurred.  But  however  that  may  be, 
we  have  no  good  evidence  as  to  the  position  in  the  State  of 
those  so  excluded,  for  probably  no  one  would  so  describe  the 
statement  of  the  rhetorical  moralist  Teles,1  that  they  were 
degraded  to  the  position  of  Helots.  If  that  had  really  been  the 
case  Xenophon  would  scarcely  have  passed  over  the  fact  in 
silence,  and  contented  himself  with  the  simple  statement  that 
they  were  no  longer  considered  as  ofioLoi.  It  is  probable  from 
his  words  that  they  only  lost  their  full  citizenship,  wdkirela,  in 
the  full  sense  of  the  word,  that  is  participation  in  the  govern- 
ment and  administration  of  the  State,  and  the  right  of  electing 
or  being  elected  to  the  public  offices.  But  the  exclusion  had 
no  influence  on  their  personal  rights,  or  the  relations  of 
property  as  determined  by  private  law ;  nor  did  it  affect  their 
children,  provided  that  these  satisfied  the  legal  conditions 
imposed  upon  o/xoiot. 

Incidental  mention  is  made  in  a  single  passage  of  Xenophon's 
Greek  history2  of  a  class  of  less  privileged  members  of  the 
State,  who  are  called  imofieiovef;,  and  enumerated  along  with 
the  Helots,  Neodamodes,  and  Perioeci,  as  a  class  which  was 
discontented  with  the  Spartan  rule,  and  whose  sympathy  might 
certainly  be  counted  upon  in  any  revolutionary  undertaking. 
The  name  inrofieiovei  signifies  no  more  than  "  inferior  or  less 
privileged  citizens,"  and  since  this  inferior  class  are  evidently 
distinct,  not  only  from  the  Spartiatse,  but  also  from  the  other 
three  classes  which  are  named  in  connection  with  them,  no 
supposition  seems  more  probable  than  that  they  were  a  middle 
class,  which  neither  possessed  all  the  rights  of  Spartan  citizen- 
ship, nor,  on  the  other  hand,  stood  in  a  position  of  complete 
subjection  like  the  Helots,  Neodamodes,  or  Perioeci.  There 
seems  no  demonstrable  ground  for  supposing,  as  some  writers 
have  done,  the  gradual  growth  of  a  class  of  inferior  or  half- 
citizens,  consisting  of  enfranchised  Neodamodes,  Mothaces,  and 
foreigners,  and  indeed  had  such  a  class  actually  existed  we 
should  scarcely  have  been  left  so  entirely  without  reference  to 
it.     It  is  certainly  very  probable  that  the  name  of  irrrofieiove<; 


1  See  Joannes  Stobams,  Florih  t.  40.  8  (ii.  p.  85,  Gaisf.). 

2  Xenoph.  Hell.  iii.  3.  6. 


220      DESCRIPTION  OF  THE  PRINCIPAL  STATES. 

may  have  been  given  to  those  Spartiatae  who  had  been  expelled 
from  the  position  of  o/xolol,  either  through  an  insufficient 
property  qualification,  or  through  disobedience  to  the  Agoge ; 
and  if  any  one  prefers  this  view  there  is  nothing  to  be  said 
against  it.  In  Xenophon's  time  however  their  numbers  were 
hardly  so  great  as  to  be  of  importance  as  a  considerable  party 
side  by  side  with  the  Helots,  Neodamodes,  and  Periceci,  and 
even  if  we  grant  that  though  few  in  number,  they  may  have 
derived  importance  from  other  grounds,  I  believe  neverthe- 
less that  a  middle  class  halfway  between  the  Spartiatae  and 
their  subjects  existed  in  all  probability  not  only  in  Sparta, 
but  also  in  the  towns  of  the  Periceci.  If  the  view  which,  not 
without  some  evidence,  I  have  followed  above,  be  correct,  that 
the  Dorians,  in  the  course  of  their  gradual  subjugation  of  the 
country,  sent  out  a  number  of  their  own  members  from  Sparta 
as  colonists,  and  to  serve  as  a  sort  of  garrison  in  the  towns  of 
the  conquered  people,1  it  must  be  evident  that  in  respect  to  the 
government  of  the  collective  State,  their  position  was  neither 
one  of  equality  with  the  citizens,  who  remained  behind  as 
Spartans  properly  so  called,  nor,  on  the  other  hand,  could  they 
have  been  degraded  to  the  position  of  the  subject  Periceci. 
The  conditions  necessary  for  complete  citizenship,  viz.,  partici- 
pation in  the  public  dining-clubs,  as  well  as  in  the  education 
and  mode  of  life  prescribed  by  the  Agoge,  could  only  be  fulfilled 
to  their  full  extent  in  Sparta  itself;  and  even  if  in  the  towns 
of  the  Periceci  a  discipline  existed,  bearing  in  many  respects  a 
similar  character  to  that  in  Sparta,2  it  was  nevertheless  not 
identical  with  it,  and  therefore  not  the  discipline  of  the  ojaoiol.3 
In  the  same  way  the  rights  belonging  to  full  citizens,  such  as 
the  administration  of  the  public  offices,  participation  in  the 
assemblies  of  citizens,  and  possibly  a  seat  in  the  Gerousia  could 
only  be  enjoyed  and  exercised  in  Sparta  by  the  Spartiatae 
settled  on  the  spot.  It  necessarily  followed  that  the  colonists 
who  were  sent  out  and  their  descendants  were  excluded 
from  these  rights.  On  the  other  hand,  it  is  impossible  that 
their  position  was  completely  on  a  level  with  that  of  the  subject 
Periceci.  They  certainly  occupied  a  privileged  position  within 
their  own  towns,  possessed  larger  estates  and  greater  influence 
in  their  municipal  affairs,  and  can  hardly  have  been  denied  the 
right  of  eirvya(ila  with  their  Spartan  kinsmen,  from  which  the 

1  See  above,  p.  202.  ayuyrjs    wcudes    are    opposed  to    one 

*Cf  Plato    Tjpaa  \   fi?7  w  another.     A  Swotikti  dyuyn  is  men- 

L,i.  Flato,  Legg.  1.  M7  B.  tioned  by   Polybius   (xxv>   8)  in  an 

8  Cf .  Sosibius  on  Athense.  xv.  p.  674,     account  which  certainly  has  reference 
where  ol  airb  rfjs  x^paj  and  ol  e'/c  tt?s    to  a  much  later  period. 


THE  SPARTAN  STATE.  221 

Periceci  were  most  certainly  excluded.  It  is  possible  that  they 
even  had  the  right  of  presenting  themselves,  when  they  desired, 
at  the  general  assemblies  in  Sparta,  although  this  was  a  privi- 
lege of  little  importance,  and  can  scarcely  have  been  used  by  those 
who  lived  at  any  distance  from  the  city.1  These  suppositions 
I  of  course  put  forward  as  mere  probabilities :  I  have  no  means 
of  proving  or  establishing  them  by  means  of  express  testimony, 
but  to  a  certain  extent  they  seem  to  follow  spontaneously  from 
the  nature  of  the  case. 


SECTION  IV. — The  Legislation  of  Lycurgus. 

The  organisation  of  the  Spartan  State  is  generally2  ascribed  by 
the  ancients  to  a  legislator  of  the  olden  time  named  Lycurgus. 
But  so  little  is  known  with  certainty  about  his  personal  career 
and  the  time  at  which  he  lived,  and  so  many  contradictory 
stories  are  in  circulation,  that  many  have  imagined  that  not  one 
but  two  persons  of  this  name  must  be  assumed,  while  others 
have  been  induced  to  question  his  existence  altogether.  How- 
ever, there  are  overpowering  reasons  in  support  of  the  view  that 
Lycurgus  was  by  no  means  a  fictitious  personage,  but  that  an 
ancient  legislator  of  this  name  actually  lived  at  one  time  in 
Sparta  who  by  his  constitution  of  the  commonwealth  acquired 
so  well  deserved  a  reputation  that  at  a  later  time  all  or  most  of 
the  institutions  were  ascribed  to  him  which  had  been  introduced 
at  various  times,  some  before,  some  after  his  lifetime,  and  of 
which  many  owed  their  origin  rather  to  ancient  custom  than  to 
express  legislation.  He  lived,  according  to  the  calculations  of 
the  most  important  of  the  ancient  chronologists,  in  the  first 
half  of  the  ninth  century  B.C.,  and  although  we  are  unable 
absolutely  to  insist  on  the  correctness  of  this  calculation,  there 
are  no  decisive  reasons  for  rejecting  it,  and  we  may  therefore  for 
the  present  acquiesce  in  it. 

At  this  date  then,  to  follow  the  most  usual  account, 
Lycurgus,  who  belonged  to  the  Heraclid  gens,  and  was  the 
younger  son  of  a  king  named  by  some  Prytanis,  by  others 
Eunomus,  belonging  to  the  house  of  the  Proclidse  or  Eury- 
pontidse,  administered  the  government  as  the  guardian  of 
Charilaus  or  Charillus  his  infant  nephew.  Subsequently,  after 
his  ward  had  mounted  .the  throne  in  person,  he  spent  a  con- 

1  Cf.  Arist.  Pol.  vi.  2.  8.  Lycurgus,  and  to  have  ascribed  the 

Spartan  constitution  to  the  first  kings, 
4  Not  by  all.      Hellanicus,  e.g.   is    Eurysthenes  and  Procles. — Strab.  viii. 
said  to  have    made   no   mention  of    p.  3(56. 


222       DESCRIPTION  OF  THE  PRINCIPAL  STATES. 

siderable  time  in  journeys  through  foreign  lands,  which  some 
represent  him  as  having  extended  as  far  as  Egypt,  and  even 
India.  Finally,  however,  he  returned  home  at  the  desire  of  the 
people  in  order  to  arrange  the  constitution  of  the  commonwealth, 
which  at  that  time  was  suffering  from  disunion  and  confusion. 
The  causes  of  this  confusion  are  stated  to  have  been  partly 
discontent  with  Charilaus,  who  had  governed  in  a  tyrannical 
manner,  or,  in  other  words,  had  exceeded  the  traditional  limits 
of  the  kingly  power,1  partly  the  inequality  of  property,  since 
the  majority  of  the  people  were  poor,  while  the  rich  minority 
had  excited  envy  and  discontent  through  their  insolence  and 
oppression.  Lycurgus  was  expressly  authorised  to  perform  his 
mission  as  a  lawgiver  and  arranger  of  the  State  by  the  decree 
of  the  Delphic  oracle.  By  this  means  a  divine  sanction  was 
given  to  his  institutions,  which  were  regarded  by  many  as 
directly  proceeding  from  Apollo  himself,  while  to  Lycurgus 
also,  as  specially  commissioned  by  the  deity,  heroic  honours 
were  assigned  by  posterity. 

The  laws  of  Lycurgus  were  called  Ehetras  (pfjrpcu,  parpai, 
Fpdrpai),  not  in  all  probability,  as  some  have  thought,  to  signify 
their  origin  in  the  utterances  of  the  gods,  but  because  this 
name  was  universally  used  of  those  ordinances  which  were 
expressed  in  fixed  and  definite  forms,  like  the  Latin  word  lex} 
Meanwhile  in  modern  times  the  conjecture  has  been  put  for- 
ward by  some  that  the  name  properly  signifies  a  contract,  and 
that  the  Ehetrae  of  Lycurgus  were  so  called  because  they  con- 
tained certain  resolutions  concerning  which  the  kings  and  the 
people  had,  through  the  mediation  of  Lycurgus,  come  to  some 
common  agreement  or  contract.3  It  is  of  course  self-evident 
that  no  such  legislation  could  possibly  have  come  about  without 
some  contract  or  understanding  between  the  different  parties, 
and  actual  mention  is  made  in  Plutarch's  Biography  of  negotia- 
tions with  the  most  influential  men,  of  the  regard  which  the 
legislator  was  forced  ^o  have  to  the  voice  of  the  citizens, 
which  was  not  in  agreement  with  his  views,  and  even  of  resist- 
ance, which  was  only  with  difficulty  overcome,  to  one  of  his 


1  So  Arist.  Pol.  v.  10.  3,  and  the  law  of  Epitadeus,  c.  5.  Concerning 
so-called  Heraclid.  Pont.  (6.  2),  who  is  lex,  cf.  Ernesti,  Clav.  Cic.  im  Index 
probably    identical    with    Aristotle,  legum,  ad  init. 

With  this  certainly  the  statements  in         3  The  opinion  relies  on  the  fact  that 

Plutarch,  Lycurg.  c.  5,  concerning  the  in   Homer,    Od.   xiii.   393,   the  most 

character  of  Charilaus  appear  hardly  ancient  passage  where  p^rpyi  occurs, 

to  coincide.  an  agreement  or  bet  is  described  by 

2  E.g.  the  bill  which  Agis  in.  it,  as  in  an  old  document,  Corp.  Inscr. 
brought  before  the  yepotiaia  is  called  i.  no.  11,  an  agreement  between  Elis 
a  pvTPa->  Plut.  Ag.  c.  8 ;  and  also  the  and  Hersea  is  called  Fpdrpa. 


THE  SPAR  TAN  ST  A  TE.  223 

most  important  ordinances.1  Generally,  however,  the  legislation 
of  Lycurgus  was  regarded  by  the  ancients  as  one  introduced 
under  divine  authority  by  means  of  the  utterance  of  the  Delphic 
oracle,2  while  even  the  name  Ehetra  was  understood  to  imply 
a  divine  decision.3 

One  of  the  Ehetrse  has  descended  to  us  in  a  shape4  which 
completely  bears  the  stamp  of  a  faithful  repetition  of  its  original 
form ;  it  is  composed  of  few  words,  and  sounds  like  a  direction 
pronounced  by  the  oracle.  If  its  authenticity  were  beyond 
doubt,  some  ground  would  be  afforded  for  the  assumption  that 
it,  and  consequently  that  others  as  well,  were  from  the  very 
beginning  reduced  to  writing.  As  the  case  stands,  it  seems 
more  credible  that  it  was  only  at  a  somewhat  later  time,  when 
the  use  of  writing  had  become  universal,  that  in  Sparta  also  the 
Ehetrae  ascribed  to  Lycurgus  were  along  with  other  documents 
copied  out  in  a  brief  and  archaic  form.  There  is  no  probable 
foundation  for  the  belief  held  by  some,  that  Lycurgus  reduced 
at  least  the  constitutional  laws  to  writing,  and  only  committed 
those  ordinances  which  concerned  private  law  and  the  public 
discipline  to  oral  tradition.  On  the  other  hand,  those  who 
regard  the  command  to  use  no  written  law5  as  the  content  of 
one  of  those  written  Ehetrse,  and  therefore  ascribe  to  Lycurgus 
a  measure  of  precaution  against  the  abuse  of  writing  at  a  period 
when  the  art  of  writing  was  completely  in  its  infancy  among 
the  Greeks,  and  no  example  of  written  legislation  was  known, 
would  find  no  difficulty  in  believing  in  the  letters  which 
Lycurgus  is  said  to  have  written  to  his  fellow-citizens  from 
foreign  lands.6 

The  ordinances  ascribed  to  Lycurgus  may  be  reduced  to  five 
principal  points.  They  deal  with,  first,  the  distribution  of  the 
people  into  Phylse  and  Obse ;  secondly,  the  division  of  the  land 
between  citizens  and  Periceci ;  thirdly,  the  institution  of  the 
Gerousia ;  fourthly,  the  regular  assemblies  of  the  people ;  and, 
fifthly,  the  Agoge,  or  public  discipline.  The  first  of  these 
points  has  been  already  considered,7  and  the  remark  was  then 
made  that  we  are  unable  to  make  any  positive  statement  con- 
cerning the  number  of  the  Phylse  and  Obse,  or  their  special 
character.  But  if  the  conjecture  proposed  above  is  correct, 
that  new  Phylse  and  Obse  were  instituted  by  Lycurgus,  the 
object  being  that  the  strangers  admitted  by  the  Dorians  in 


1  Plut.  Lycurg.  c.  5.  9,  11.  4  Plut.  Lycurg.  c.  6. 

2  Plato,    Legg.    i.     init.,    and  see        s  lb.  c.  13. 
Aristotle's  note.  6  lb.  c.  19  and  29. 

3  Plut.  Lycurg.  c.  13  extr.  7  See  above,  p.  21 1. 


224      DESCRIPTION  OF  THE  PRINCIPAL  STATES. 

course  of  time  might  find  their  proper  place  in  the  organ- 
isation of  the  State,  which  depended  upon  the  division  into 
Phylae  and  Obae,  then  some  connection  between  this  distribu- 
tion and  the  agrarian  legislation  may  also  be  assumed.  The 
gradual  extension  of  the  territory  resulting  from  continual 
conquests,  and  the  consequent  admission  of  Achaeans  into  the 
Dorian  community,  had  destroyed  the  original  equality  of  pro- 
perty; Many  of  the  conquering  race  had  succeeded  to  the 
possession  of  larger  estates,  while  among  the  newly-admitted 
members  equality  had  not  yet  been  introduced  at  all.  From 
this  resulted  the  discontent  of  the  poor  of  which  the  ancients 
speak.1  Moreover,  what  is  stated  concerning  the  tyran- 
nical behaviour  of  Charilaus  may  have  reference  to  attempts 
at  oppressing  one  party  by  the  help  of  another,  and  at  the 
same  time  widening  the  royal  power.  In  our  total  want  of 
definite  information,  all  such  conjectures,  if  they  contain  no 
improbability,  are  quite  allowable.  In  what  way,  however, 
an  agrarian  legislation,  and  the  consequent  restoration  of,  at 
any  rate,  an  average  equality  in  landed  property,  was  com- 
pletely in  accordance  with  the  principle  of  the  Dorian  State, 
has  already  been  remarked.2  The  statement  that  at  this  time 
9000  allotments  were  formed  is  evidently  less  credible  than 
the  other  account,  according  to  which  not  more  than  4500 
or  6000  were  made  by  Lycurgus,  while  the  number  of  9000 
was  first  reached  under  king  Polydorus  on  the  conquest  of 
Messenia  about  150  years  later.  At  that  time,  also,  the 
land  of  the  Periceci  is  said  to  have  been  divided  into  30,000 
lots ;  but  whether  or  not  these  were  all  equal  remains "  un- 
certain. The  amount  of  truth  on  which  this  statement  is 
founded  may  be  that  at  this  time  the  relations  of  the  Periceci 

1  As  early  as  the  time  of  Lycurgus  p.  31 1  seq. ) ;  and  the  account  of  it  has 
the  oracle  is  said  to  have  warned  the  been  treated  as  a  pure  fiction,  or,  as 
Spartans  against  eagerness  for  riches,  Grote  says,  a  dream  of  later  times, 
although  most  authorities  place  the  How  little  is  proved,  however,  by  all 
warning  at  a  somewhat  later  time,  that  is  adduced  by  Grote  as  the 
under  Alcamenes  and  Theopompus.  grounds  of  his  opinion,  I  hope  I  have 
See  Schomann,  Plut.  Ag.  p.  123  f.  shown  in  my  treatise  de  Spartanis 
If  this  statement  has  any  foundation  Homceis,  p.  25  seq.,  Opmc.  ac.  i.  p.  139. 
in  fact,  it  may  be  assumed  that  the  Cf.  also  Peter  im  Philolog.  xiii.  p. 
oracle,  by  means  of  a  warning  of  this  677  seq.  What  has  lately  been  said 
kind,  was  of  special  use  to  Lycurgus  by  H.  Stein  in  the  Jahrbuch  fur 
in  regard  to  his  agrarian  legislation.  Philologie  Padagogik,vol.  lxxxi.  p.  599 

seq.,  against  this  agrarian  legislation 

2  Many  reasons  have  been  urged  in  is  of  small  importance,  and  all  that  is 
modern  times  against  the  agrarian  necessary  to  be  said  against  the  latest 
legislation  of  Lycurgus,  both  by  some  supporters  of  Grote's  view  has  been 
German  scholars,  and  in  particular  by  said  by  C.  Wachsmuth,  Oottingen 
George  Grote  (Hist,  of  Greece,  vol.  ii.     Anzeiger,  1870,  no.  46,  p.  1809  seq. 


THE  SPARTAN  STATE.  225 

were  newly  regulated,  and  that  a  sort  of  sequestration  of  their 
estates  was  carried  out,  in  order  to  make  good  the  imposts  or 
taxes  to  be  paid  out  of  them.  As  regards  the  more  special 
ordinances  relating  to  the  constitution  of  the  State,  the  legisla- 
tion of  Lycurgus  left  the  monarchy  standing  as  it  was  before, 
but  regulated  its  power  by  means  of  the  council  of  elders,  or 
Gerousia,  which  was  placed  by  its  side,  and  by  the  privileges 
which  were  allowed  to  the  popular  assemblies,  although  these 
latter  were,  it  is  true,  of  an  exceedingly  limited  nature. 

Section  V. — Tlie  Kings. 

The  monarchy  in  Sparta  was  divided  between  two  princes,1 
both  belonging  to  the  Heraclid  gens,  but  sprung  from  different 
houses,  which  derived  their  origin  from  Eurysthenes  and 
Procles,  the  twin  sons  of  Aristodemus.  They  were  not,  how- 
ever, called  after  these ;  but  one  of  them  was  known  as  the  house 
of  the  Agiadae  or  Agidse,2  from  Agis,  son  of  Eurysthenes ;  and  the 
other  as  that  of  the  Eurypontidee,  from  Eurypon,  a  grandson  of 
Procles.  This  division  of  the  monarchy  was  explained  in  later 
times  by  the  story  that,  when  it  was  intended  to  make  the 
eldest  of  the  twins  king,  the  mother  declared  that  she  was  herself 
in  ignorance  which  of  the  two  was  first  born.  Recourse  was 
accordingly  had  to  the  Delphic  oracle,  from  which  the  answer 
was  obtained  that  both  were  to  be  made  kings,  but  the  eldest 
to  be  especially  honoured.  A  later  device  succeeded  in  dis- 
covering that  Eurysthenes  was  the  one  thus  described,3  and 
therefore  the  house  of  the  Agidse,  being  derived  from  him,  was 
the  more  honoured,  that  of  the  Eurypontidse  held  in  less 
respect.  In  all  essential  points,  however,  the  kings  from  the 
two  houses  stood  in  a  position  of  equality,  although  there  was 
usually  very  little  harmony  between  them,  and,  what  is  espe- 
cially striking,  they  appear  never  to  have  intermarried  with 
one  another  ;4  while,  contrary  to  the  usual  custom  with  mem- 
bers of  the  same  gens,  they  had  not  common  but  distinct  places 
of  burial  in  two  different  parts  of  the  town.5    No  one  will  be 

1  They  are  called  among  the  Spar-  s  Herod,  vi.   52,  where  the  reader 

tans,   not  merely  /WiXeis,   but  also  will  find  the  manner  in  which  this 

fiayot,  leaders  or  princes,  from   &yw  was  managed. 

with    the    Digamma    prefixed  ;    on  4  Cf.  A.  Kopstadt,  de  rer.  Lacon. 

which  cf.  Bockh,  Corp.  Inscrip.  i.  p.  const.  Lycurgea  (Gryph.  1849),  p.  96, 

83  ;  and  Ross,  Alte  Locrische  Inscrip.  and  0.  F.  Hermann,  Gottingen  gelehrte 

p.  20.  Anzeiger,  1849,  p.  1230. 

8  Agiadae  is  the  most  correct  form,  5  Pausan.    iii.    12.    7,    and    14.    2. 

from  Agias,  of  which  Agis  is  only  an  Some  have  incorrectly  inferred  from 

abbreviation.  Xenoph.  Hell.  v.  3.  20,  that  the  two 


226      DESCRIPTION  OF  THE  PRINCIPAL  STATES. 

inclined  to  regard  this  story  of  the  twins  as  historical ;  it  may 
possibly  be  not  even  the  original  legend,  but  a  later  invention, 
to  explain  the  divided  kingdom,  which  has  taken  the  place  of 
the  genuine  form  of  the  story.  It  will  scarcely  be  too  bold  an 
hypothesis  if  we  assume  that,  according  to  the  latter,  the  two  sons 
of  Aristodemus  were  not  twins,  but  half-brothers,  the  one  by  a 
mother  of  Dorian  blood,  the  other  by  Argeia,  the  daughter  of 
Austesion,  belonging  to  the  Cadmaean  gens  of  the  iEgidse.  In 
this  there  was  probably  concealed  some  reminiscence  of  the 
fact  that,  at  the  commencement  of  the  invasion,  the  iEgidse, 
whose  earlier  presence  in  Amyclse  we  have  mentioned  above,1 
had  united  themselves  with  the  Heraclidse,  and  rendered  them 
assistance  in  destroying  the  empire  of  the  Pelopidae,  on  condi- 
tion of  sharing  with  them  the  kingdom.  So  Theras,  the 
iEgid,  a  brother-in-law  of  Aristodemus,  is  said  to  have  held 
the  government  as  regent  after  the  death  of  the  latter.2  The 
share  in  the  monarchy  remained  with  the  house  which  had 
thus  allied  itself  with  the  iEgidae,  even  after  the  rest  of  the 
gens  had  for  the  most  part  preferred  or  been  compelled  to  emi- 
grate to  Thera  with  the  Minyae,  whether  it  was  that  it  possessed 
too  much  power  to  be  deprived  of  the  honour,  or  whether  the 
existing  division  of  the  kingly  power  was  still  regarded  as  the 
securest  means  against  its  excessive  aggrandisement. 

The  monarchy  passed  by  hereditary  succession,  not  uncondi- 
tionally to  the  eldest  son,  but  to  the  one  who  was  born  first 
during  the  reign  of  his  father,3  and  whose  mother  was  of 
genuine  Spartan  descent.  It  was  indeed  only  with  Spartan 
women  that  the  kings  were  allowed  to  intermarry,  marriages 
with  foreigners  being  interdicted.4  If  no  sons  were  born,  or  if 
those  who  were,  for  some  reason,  such  as  some  serious  bodily 
defect,6  were  incapacitated  for  the  regal  dignity,  the  nearest 
agnate  succeeded.  He  too  it  was  who  held  the  government  as 
guardian  (prpohucos)  during  the  minority  of  the  heir-apparent  ;6 
and,  since  he  possessed  all  the  functions  of  the  monarchy,  he  is 
frequently  spoken  of  by  some  authors  as  if  he  were  actually 
king.  Disputes  respecting  the  succession  were  decided  by  the 
Gerousia  and  the    popular   assembly,  and  we  also  find   an 

kings  dwelt  together    in    the    same  were  never  to  be  led,  by  means  of 

house.     The  correct  interpretation  of  union  with    other    leading  families, 

this  passage  is  given  by   Haase  on  into  a  despotic  policy  or  tyrannical 

Xenoph.  de  rep.  Lac.  p.  253.  enjoyment." — Curtius,    Greek     Hist. 

1  Vide  supra,  p.  208.  vo\-^  P-  ™5-  „  „     ...     _     .      _   . 
2-irj-if>7-r>             -oo  Xenoph.    Hell.    m.    3.    3 :    Plut. 

2  Herod,  iv.  147  ;  Pausan.  it.  &  8.      jlq  .  »*  ' 

3  Herod,  vii.  3.  s'pi'ut*.   Lycurg.   c.  3  ;  Pausan.   iii. 

4  Plutarch,    Ag.    c.     11.       "They    4.7. 


THE  SPARTAN  STATE.  227 

instance  in  which  the  decision  of  the  Delphic  oracle  was 
invoked.1  Only  one  single  instance  occurs  of  both  kings 
being  taken  from  the  same  house,  and  this  was  in  the  last 
period  of  freedom,  when  the  Agiad  Cleomenes  in.  admitted  his 
brother  Eucleides  as  joint  sovereign.  Previous  to  this,  his 
father,  Leonidas,  after  the  murder  of  Agis  of  the  house  of  the 
Eurypontidse,  had  administered  the  government  alone, — a  pre- 
cedent followed  by  Cleomenes  after  the  death  of  Eucleides. 
When  Cleomenes  died  the  double  monarchy  was  once  more 
restored,  although  only  one  of  the  two  kings  belonged  to  the 
Heraclid  gens,  being  a  member  of  the  house  of  the  Agidse, 
while  the  other,  Lycurgus,  was  selected,  to  the  exclusion  of  the 
still  surviving  members  of  the  Eurypontidse,  out  of  a  family 
which  had  no  connection  with  the  Heraclidse, — an  event  which 
was  soon  afterwards  followed  by  the  deposition  of  the  still 
youthful  Agesipolis.  With  Lycurgus  the  monarchy  disap- 
peared; the  subsequent  rulers,  Machanidas  and  Nabis,  are 
described  as  mere  usurpers  or  tyrants. 

As  regards  its  poUtical  importance,  it  is  probable  that  the 
Spartan  monarchy  originally  most  nearly  resembled  that  of  the 
heroic  period,  as  it  is  described  by  Homer.*  The  kings  were 
deliberative  and  judicial  heads  of  the  people  in  time  of  peace, 
commanders  in  war,  and  representatives  of  the  State  in  its 
relation  to  the  gods.  As  such,  it  was  their  duty  either  to  per- 
form in  person,  or  to  superintend,  all  State-sacrifices,3  while  in 
addition  to  this  they  held  two  special  priesthoods,  those  of 
Zeus  Uranius  and  Zeus  Lacedaemon.  As  high  priests  they 
received  a  fixed  portion  of  all  public  sacrifices,  even  of  those 
which  they  had  not  performed  in  person,  consisting  in  the  hide 
of  the  slaughtered  animals,  and  in  time  of  war  the  back-pieces 
in  addition.  Moreover,  a  sucking-pig  out  of  every  litter  of 
swine  in  the  land  was  reserved  for  the  kings,  in  order  that 
they  might  never  be  without  animals  for  sacrifice,  and  a 
sacrificial  animal  was  delivered  to  them  by  the  State  on  the 
first  and  seventh  days  of  every  month  for  a  sacrifice  to  Apollo, 
to  whom  these  two  days  were  dedicated.4  It  was  a  necessary 
consequence  of  the  sacerdotal  character  of  the  monarchy  that 
bodily  defects  were  a  disqualification  for  it,  since  priests  were 


1  Cf.  Pausan.  iii.  6.  2 ;  Xen.  Hell.  vi.  57,  where  we  see  that  others 
iii.  3.  4  ;  Herod,  vi.  66  ;  Pausan.  iii.  beside  the  kings  offered  a  Bvala. 
4.  4.  5T)fioTe\^s.     The  reading,  however,  of 

2  Cf .  Arist.  Pol.  iii.  9.  2.  this  passage  is  not  free  from  doubt. 

3  This  is   stated    by    Xenoph.    de 

rep.    Lac.    15.    2.      The   limitation,  4  Herod,  vi.   56.    57 ;    Xenoph.  de 

however,  is  inferred  from  Herodotus,  rep.  Lac.  15.  5. 


228      DESCRIPTION  OF  THE  PRINCIPAL  STATES. 

always  required  to  be  of  sound  body,  and  without  blemish.1 
The  Spartan  kings,  however,  were  not  only  regarded  among  their 
own  people  as  specially  called  to  represent  the  community 
before  the  gods  in  a  sacerdotal  function  on  account  of  their  un- 
questioned descent  from  Heracles,  but  from  the  same  cause 
enjoyed  to  a  certain  extent  a  sacred  dignity  in  the  eyes  of  the 
other  Greeks,  so  that  even  in  war  and  battle  an  enemy  would 
hesitate  to  attack  them.2  The  honours,  moreover,  assigned  to 
them  after  their  death  also  point  to  the  respect  which  was 
paid  to  their  heroic  descent.  The  news  of  their  death  was 
announced  by  riders  sent  round  through  the  land,  female 
mourners  clanging  iron  cymbals  proceeded  through  the  town, 
while  in  every  house  public  signs  of  mourning  were  imposed  on 
at  least  two  of  its  members,  a  man  and  a  woman.  At  the  funeral 
not  only  the  Spartiatse,  but  also  a  certain  number  of  Periceci, 
were  required  to  be  present  from  the  whole  of  Laconia,  so  that, 
together  with  the  Helots,  who  were  also  there,  many  thousands 
of  men  assembled  together,  who  expressed  their  grief  by  loud 
cries  and  other  outward  signs.  After  the  interment  all  public 
business  was  laid  aside  for  ten  days.3  When  the  king  died  in 
a  foreign  land,  an  image  representing  him  was  burned  in 
Sparta,  and  the  same  ceremonial  observed,  or  in  some  cases 
even,  the  body,  preserved  in  honey,  was  conveyed  to  Sparta.4 

As  commanders  in  war  the  kings  were  privileged,  ac- 
cording to  the  statement  of  Herodotus,  to  conduct  the  army 
against  whom  they  would,  while  whosoever  hindered  them  was 
laid  under  a  curse.5  We  must  however  assume  that  this  is 
principally  to  be  understood  of  the  earliest  times,  and  that 
even  then  this  power  was  intrusted  not  to  eveiy  individual 
king,  but  to  two  acting  in  concert,  just  as  in  former  times  both 
were  accustomed  to  lead  the  army  in  common,  whereas  at  a 
later  period  it  was  found  advisable  to  intrust  the  command  on 
each  occasion  only  to  one,6  and  to  place  various  restrictions 
upon  him,  the  details  of  which  will  be  given  further  on.  The 
maintenance  of  the  king  and  his  retinue  in  the  field  was  pro- 
vided by  the  State,7  while  a  portion  of  the  booty  taken  in  war, 
apparently  a  third,8  was  reserved  as  his  proper  due.  When, 
however,  the  Spartans  had  begun  to  enter  upon  more  ex- 
tensive warlike  undertakings,  and  often  to  send  out  several 

1  6\6/cAi7pot  koL  d#e\ets,  Etym.  Mus.        *  Herod,  vi.  56. 

^ffiJL.    a  6^.  v.  75;Xenoph.    HeU.   v.  3. 

2  Plutarch,  A g.  c.  21.  10  w 

8  Herod,  vi.  58. 

4  lb.  he.   cit.;  Xenoph.  HeU.  v.   3.        7  Xenoph.  rep.  Lac.  c.  13.  1. 
19.  8  Phylarch.  on  Polyb.  ii.  62.  1. 


THE  SPARTAN  STATE.  229 

armies  into  different  quarters,  other  men  beside  the  kings 
were  frequently  appointed  as  commanders,  and  when  they 
also  possessed  a  naval  power,  only  in  one  exceptional  instance 
was  the  king  to  be  intrusted  with  the  command  of  the 
fleet.1  The  officers  next  below  the  kings  were  the  Polem- 
archs,  while  for  the  management  of  the  commissariat  and 
other  administrative  business  three  commissioners  were  as- 
signed to  him  from  the  number  of  the  ofioiot,  who,  together 
with  the  Polemarchs,  and  probably  some  other  officials  of 
whom  no  particulars  are  known,  formed  the  immediate  retinue 
and  table-companions  of  the  king,  as  well  as  his  council  of 
war.2  In  the  Peloponnesian  war  the  discontent  with  the 
military  conduct  of  king  Agis  occasioned  the  formation  of 
a  council  of  ten  Spartiatse,  without  whose  sanction  he  was  not 
allowed  to  carry  out  any  undertaking.  This  however  was 
only  a  temporary  measure,  not  a  permanent  institution.3 

Their  judicial  function  could  of  course  not  be  carried  out  by 
the  kings  unaided  :  assistants  were  necessary,  and  among  these 
we  may  place  the  Ephors,  and  other  magistrates  still  to  be 
mentioned.  The  decision,  however,  with  respect  to  the  mar- 
riage of  heiresses  belonged  to  their  special  jurisdiction,4  in 
cases  where  a  dispute  arose  among  the  relatives,  nor  need  we 
hesitate  to  add  that  all  other  judicial  proceedings  relating  to 
the  family  and  the  right  of  inheritance  fell  to  their  arbitration, 
just  as  adoptions  could  only  be  completed  in  their  presence. 
Besides  this,  it  is  stated  that  they  were  judges  in  matters 
touching  the  public  roads,  which  may  probably  be  explained 
by  the  fact  that  as  commanders  in  war  they  had  the  special 
business  of  providing  that  the  armed  forces  should  be  able 
quickly  and  easily  to  penetrate  to  every  point  of  the  land, 
where  it  might  be  necessary  ;  in  which  was  naturally  involved 
the  jurisdiction  over  all  cases  which  concerned  the  preservation 
and  security  of  the  roads.  The  Spartan  kings  were  as  far 
from  deriving  a  revenue  from  the  administration  of  justice  as 
those  described  by  Homer.5  On  the  other  hand,  they  enjoyed 
a  large  revenue  of  another  kind,  in  addition  to  those  already 
mentioned,  which  fell  to  them  as  high  priests  or  generals.  In 
the  lands  of  the  Periceci  considerable  districts  were  assigned  to 
them,  from  which  the  Periceci  were  obliged  to  pay  taxes,6  while 


1  Plutarch,  Ag.  c.  10.  s  Vide  supra,  p.  32-3. 

a  Xenoph.  rep.  Lac.  c.  13;  cf.  Haase,  6  Xenoph.  rep.  Lac.  c.  15.  3  ;  Plato, 

p.  262.  Alcib.  i.   p.   123  A.     It  is  not  how- 

3  Thuc.  v.  63;  Diod.  xii.  78;  Haase,  ever  probable  that  the  <f>6pos  pa<ri\iic6s 
Lucubr.  Thucyd.  p.  89.  mentioned  here  is  the  only  tax  paid 

4  Herod,  vi.  57.  by  the  Perioeci. 


23o      DESCRIPTION  OF  THE  PRINCIPAL  STATES. 

in  the  city  they  inhabited  a  house  maintained  at  the  public  cost. 
This,  it  is  true,  was  of  a  simple  and  modest  appearance,1  though 
it  is  certain  that  a  special  abode  was  assigned  to  each,  and  not 
a  common  one  for  both.2  Their  table  was  provided  for  at  the 
public  expense,  and  double  portions  were  allowed  them.3  It 
may  also  be  inferred,  from  the  amount  of  the  fines  which  were 
in  some  cases  imposed  on  them,  that  their  private  property 
could  not  have  been  small.  On  his  accession  to  the  kingdom, 
the  king  remitted  all  the  debts  owed  by  Spartiatae  to  his 
predecessors  or  to  the  State,  although  he  probably  paid  the 
latter  out  of  his  own  private  means.4  This  was  the  kind  of 
amnesty  which  usually  occurs  at  the  present  day  on  a  change 
in  the  occupancy  of  the  throne. 

Section  VI. — The  Gerousia. 

In  the  exercise  of  the  power  of  deliberating  and  of  issuing 
decrees  the  kings  were  dependent  on  the  co-operation  of  a 
council  of  Gerontes,5  whose  institution  was  ascribed  to  the 
legislation  of  Lycurgus.  There  is  no  doubt,  however,  that 
something  similar  had  been  handed  down  from  still  earlier 
times.  Just  as  the  kings  of  the  heroic  age  took  counsel  with 
the  most  distinguished  of  the  nobles,  who  were  similarly  called 
Gerontes,  so  also  the  Spartan  kings  must  have  done  the  same, 
only  with  this  difference,  that  since  no  privileged  class  of  nobles 
existed  in  Sparta,  the  selection  of  those  who  were  summoned 
to  their  council  depended  more  upon  personal  confidence  or 
other  considerations  determined  by  the  relations  between  them, 
while  no  hard  and  fast  rule  existed  on  the  subject,  or  indeed 
on  the  general  relation  between  the  kings  and  their  advisers  and 
assistants.  A  rule  of  this  kind  was  first  given  by  Lycurgus,  who 
fixed  the  number  of  Gerontes  at  twenty-eight,  assigned  their 
election  to  the  popular  assembly,  made  sixty  years  the  minimum 
of  age  requisite  for  eligibility,  and  secured  members,  once  elected, 
the  enjoyment  of  their  dignity  for  life.  With  regard  to  the  reason 
of  this  number,  various  conjectures,  both  in  ancient  and  modern 
times,  have  been  put  forward,  one  of  which  at  least,  from  the 
support  it  has  met  with,  cannot  here  be  passed  over  in  silence. 
Since,  with  the  addition  of  the  two  kings,  the  Gerousia  consisted 

1  Xenoph.  Ages.  c.  8.  7  ;  Plutarch,  4  Herod,  vi.  59. 
Ag.  c.  19  ;  Corn.  Nep.  Ag.  c.  7. 

2  Cf.    supra,  p.   225,    note   5,    also  5  In   the   Spartan  dialect,    yepoiria. 
Pausan.  iii.  3.  7,  and  12.  3.  and  yepusxia.     or  yepula — Haase     on 

8  Herod,  vi.  57  ;  Xenoph.  rep.  Lac.     Xenoph.  rep.  Lac.  p.  114. 
15.  4. 


THE  SPARTAN  STATE.  231 

of  thirty  persons,  it  has  been  supposed  that  each  of  the  thirty 
Obse  into  which  the  people  was  divided  was  represented  by 
one  of  the  Gerontes.1  But  the  number  of  thirty  Obse  is  not  cer- 
tainly proved  by  any  positive  evidence,  and  if,  as  the  supporters 
of  this  opinion  believe,  the  Obse,  being  subdivisions  of  the 
Phylse,  themselves  contained  the  gentes  as  their  subdivisions,  it 
is  hard  to  believe  that  the  kings  could  have  represented  two 
Obse  in  the  Gerousia,  since  they  ranked  as  members  of  one 
and  the  same  gens, — viz.  that  of  the  Heraclidse.  At  least 
therefore  the  supposition  of  the  connection  between  the  Obse 
and  the  gentes  must  in  this  case  be  given  up,  or  it  must  be 
assumed  that  the  two  royal  houses  were  not  regarded  as  two 
houses  belonging  to  the  same  gens,  but  that,  as  two  distinct 
gentes,  they  were  assigned  to  distinct  Obse.  But  even  apart  from 
this,  it  would  in  truth  be  inconceivable  that  so  simple  and 
obvious  a  circumstance  as  the  representation  of  the  Obse  in  the 
Gerousia,  if  it  had  really  existed,  could  have  remained  so  com- 
pletely concealed  from  the  ancients,  that  all  of  them,  even 
learned  inquirers  like  Aristotle,  should  have  had  recourse  to 
quite  different  explanations.2  And  though  this  may  be  con- 
sidered insufficient  to  prove  the  groundlessness  of  the  assumed 
representation,  yet  at  least  no  greater  claim  can  be  made  for 
the  supposition  than  that  it  may  be  regarded  as  a  possibility 
along  with  which  other  possibilities  are  equally  conceivable. 
Possibilities  of  this  kind,  however,  are  of  very  doubtful  value 
for  history. 

The  proceedings  at  the  election  of  a  member  of  the  Gerontes 
are  described  by  Plutarch  in  the  following  manner : 3 — After  the 
assembling  of  the  people,  i.e.  of  all  the  Spartiatse  who  possessed 
the  right  of  voting,  some  men  selected  for  the  purpose  pro- 
ceeded to  a  neighbouring  building,  from  which  no  view  was 
afforded  of  the  place  of  meeting,  though  the  voices  of  the 
assembled  crowd  could  easily  be  heard.  Then  the  candidates 
for  the  vacant  office  passed  silently  one  by  one  through  the 
assembly  in  an  order  fixed  by  lot,  while  the  people,  according 
to  the  various  degrees  of  favour  with  which  they  regarded  them, 
made  their  feelings  known  by  correspondingly  loud  or  weak 
acclamations.  The  party  confined  in  the  building,  to  whom 
the  order  in  which  the  candidates  appeared  by  lot  was  un- 
known, observed  on  which  occasion  the  acclamation  was  the 
loudest,  and  the  candidate  who  was  thus  greeted  was  regarded 
as  the  popular  choice.     He  then  proceeded  adorned  with  a 

1  Miiller,  Dorians,  vol.    ii.    p.    80,         a  See  Plutarch,  Lycurg.  c.  5. 
Eng.  tr. ;  Gbttling  on  Arist.  Pol.  p.  468.        s  See,  ii^c.  26. 


23 2      DESCRIPTION  OF  THE  PRINCIPAL  STATES. 

garland  to  the  temples  of  the  gods,  accompanied  by  his  sup- 
porters and  friends,  and  a  numerous  multitude  besides,  while 
women  wished  him  joy,  and  sang  the  praises  of  his  excellence. 
In  those  houses  of  the  friends  to  which  the  procession  passed 
tables  were  laid,  before  which  he  was  invited  with  the  wTords : 
"  Hereby  the  city  honours  thee."1  The  procession  then  went  on 
to  the  public  Syssitium,  where  two  portions  were  placed  before 
him,  one  of  which,  after  the  meal,  he  handed  over  to  that  one 
among  the  women  of  his  family,  who  were  present,  whom  he  most 
highly  esteemed,  signifying  thereby  that  he  wished  to  honour 
her  with  the  prize  of  honour  bestowed  upon  himself,  after 
which  the  woman,  as  an  object  of  honour  and  envy,  was  con- 
ducted home  by  the  other  women.  Aristotle2  describes  the 
mode  of  election  of  the  Gerontes  as  childish,  and  if,  as  can 
hardly  be  doubted,  he  had  the  above-described  proceedings  in 
his  mind,  such  a  judgment  is  quite  intelligible  in  an  age  in 
which  the  manners  of  the  people  had  long  since  degenerated 
from  their  ancient  purity  and  simplicity.  For  there  was 
nothing  easier  than  to  turn  the  whole  election  into  a  mere 
fraudulent  farce,  and  to  determine  the  result  beforehand.  So 
long,  however,  as  it  was  fairly  and  honestly  worked,  it  might 
certainly  be  regarded  as  a  simple  means  of  discovering  the  true 
disposition  of  the  people  towards  the  candidates,  and  thereby 
avoiding  every  appearance  of  partiality  or  undue  influence. 
The  people  declared  by  its  lively  acclamations  that  it  considered 
the  man  for  whom  they  were  given  as  the  worthiest  person  to 
administer  the  weightiest  affairs  of  the  commonwealth  in  the 
council  of  the  king,  while  the  candidates  who  successively 
appeared  at  the  same  time  entered  into  a  contest  for  the  highest 
prize  of  public  recognition,  which  in  the  better  times  could 
only  be  gained  by  virtue  and  merit.3  In  later  times,  it  is  true, 
when  in  the  midst  of  the  legal  equality  of  the  citizens  there  had 
asserted  itself  the  above-described  distinction  between  rich  and 
poor,  eminent  and  obscure,  and  when  the  o/jloioi  had  divided 
themselves  into  a  minority  of  influential  and  cultured  citizens 
(koXoi  /cayaOoi)  on  the  one  hand,  and  a  majority  of  uninfluential 
and  uncultivated  citizens,  whom  we  may  describe  as  the  Demos, 
on  the  other,  then  apparently  it  came  about  that  the  office  of 
the  Gerontes  was  exclusively  confined  to  a  small  number  of 
important  families.    This  might  easily  have  been  assisted  by  the 

1  Plutarch  narrates  of  Agesilaus  (in        2  Pol.  ii.  6.  18. 
his    Biography,    c.    4)  that  he  was        3  In  this  Demosthenes,  in  Lept.  § 

accustomed  to  present  to  the  newly  107,    and  Aristotle  himself,  loc.   cit. 

elected   elder  a  roll   (xXatea)   and  a  §  15,  term  the  dignity  of  the  Gerontes 

cow  as  an  dpiffTetov.  an  idXov  dperrjs. 


THE  SPARTAN  STATE.  233 

method  of  election  we  have  described,  and  this  is  perhaps  the 
explanation  which  must  be  given  of  the  epithet  Bwaa-revriKov,1 
which  is  applied  by  Aristotle  to  the  election  of  the  Gerontes, — 
an  expression  which  may  well  signify  the  oligarchical  limi- 
tation to  a  circle  of  certain  families.  Thg  dignity  was,  as 
we  have  said,  held  for  life,  and  the  Gerontes  were,  at  least 
originally,  free  from  all  obligation  to  render  an  account,2  though 
it  cannot  be  with  certainty  determined  whether  in  later  times 
they  could  not  be  called  to  account  by  the  Ephors,  to  whom  all 
other  magistrates  were  subordinated.  Their  function  was  in  the 
first  place  to  deliberate  concerning  all  important  State  affairs ; 
passing  preliminary  decrees  even  in  the  case  of  those  which 
were  placed  before  the  popular  assembly,  to  be  either  accepted 
or  rejected  by  the  people.  Secondly,  they  had  the  jurisdiction 
over  capital  offences,3  i.e.  over  all  that  were  punishable  with 
death  or  atimia,  as  well  as  over  offences  committed  by  the 
kings,  in  which  cases  at  a  later  time  the  Ephors  co-operated 
with  them,4  and,  indeed,  these  officers  not  unfrequently  inter- 
fered in  the  other  branches  of  their  jurisdiction.  With  regard 
to  the  form  of  the  proceedings  no  details  are  known.  The 
presidency  was  possibly  held  by  the  kings  in  turn,  as  by  the 
consuls  at  Home.  It  is  maintained  by  some  that  each  of 
them  possessed  two  votes,  though  Thucydides  declares  this 
statement  to  be  erroneous.5  Possibly  when  the  votes  were 
equally  divided,  the  president  may  have  had  a  casting  vote,  in 
which  case  his  vote  was  counted  as  two.  If  the  king  was 
unable  to  be  present  in  person  at  the  meeting  he  might  dele- 
gate his  vote  to  one  of  the  Gerontes.  It  may  confidently  be 
presumed,  even  without  evidence,  that  the  sittings  were  not 
commenced  without  certain  religious  ceremonies,  and  we  even 
hear  of  gods  of  the  council  (Zeu9  apfiovkios,  'Adrjva  afifiovXid, 
Atoa/covpoi,  afifiovXioi),6  to  whom  the  Gerontes  probably  ad- 
dressed their  prayers.  It  is  also  expressly  testified  that  seers 
were  present  as  well  as  others  to  examine  the  sacrifices.7 

1  Pol.   v.   5.   8.      But  cf.    Sauphe,     vi.   57.      The  words  of  Thucydides, 
Epist.  Crit.  (Lipz.  1841),  p.  148.  trpooTldeffdai  fuf  ^(fxf,  implies  that  the 

2  Pol.  ii.  6.  18  ;  7.  6.  kings  voted  not  first  but  last,  which 

*  Xenoph.  rep.  Lac.  10.  2  ;  Arist.  may  be  confidently  assumed  was  the 
Pol.  iii.  1.  7 ;  Plut.  Lye.  c.  26.  custom  with  the  president. 

*  Pausan.  iii.  5.  3,  6  Pausan.  iii.  13.  4, 

*  Thuc.  i.  20,  in  opposition  to  Herod.  7  Cicero,  de  Div.  i.  43,  59. 


234      DESCRIPTION  OF  THE  PRINCIPAL  STATES. 


SECTION  VII. — The  Popular  Assemblies. 

Popular  assemblies  certainly  existed  in  Sparta  even  before 
the  legislation  of  Lycurgus,  in  just  the  same  way  as  they  occur 
in  the  heroic  age.  Lycurgus  was  not  their  first  founder,  and 
only  rendered  their  arrangements  more  precise.  One  of  his 
regulations  was  that  the  people  should  be  regularly  summoned 
at  certain  times,  apparently  once  a  month,  at  the  time  of  full 
moon.1  Another  was,  that  the  place  of  assembly  should  be 
between  Babyca  and  Cnacion,  i.e.  never  outside  the  district 
which  was  included  in  the  five  Coma?  of  Sparta,  and  the  extreme 
boundaries  of  which  towards  the  north  and  south  was  formed 
by  two  brooks  bearing  these  names.2  In  later  times,  though 
the  date  is  unknown,  the  people  began  to  assemble  in  a  build- 
ing adjacent  to  the  Agora,  the  so-called  Scias,  which  had  been 
erected  about  the  forty-fifth  Olympiad,  by  the  Samian  architect 
Theodoras.  In  ancient  times,  however,  the  place  of  assembly 
was  in  the  open  air,  without  any  architectural  adornment,  and, 
contraiy  to  the  custom  in  most  of  the  Greek  States,  without 
places  for  sitting,  and  so,  like  the  Comitia  at  Eome,  where  the 
people  did  not  sit  but  stand.  All  Spartiatae  of  thirty  years  and 
upwards  were  privileged  to  attend  the  assembly,  provided  that 
they  had  not  been  declared  unworthy  of  their  civic  privilege. 
Even  the  descendants  of  the  colonists,  who  had  formerly  been 
sent  out  from  Sparta  into  the  towns  of  the  Periceci,  and  of  whom 
we  have  spoken,  although  no  longer  Spartiatae  in  the  proper 
sense  or  o/jloioi,  were  probably  not  entirely  without  the  right  of 
attending  the  assemblies,  or  at  least  those  of  a  certain  kind, 
and  those  to  which  they  were  expressly  invited.3  The  summons 
to  the  assembly  was  issued  by  the  kings  ;  in  later  times  also  by 
the  Ephors,  at  least  in  the  case  of  extraordinary  meetings.  On 
one  occasion  mention  is  made  of  a  so-called  Small  Ecclesia,4  by 


1  Plutarch,  Lye.   c.   6,   quotes  the  2  Cf.  Urlichs,  in  N.  JRhein.  Mus.  vi. 

words  of  the  Rhetra :   &pas  ii-  upas  (1847),  p.  216  seq.,  where  the  Scias, 

d7reX\(ifei!'.      That  the   upa  or  fixed  which  is  mentioned  by  Pausan.   iii. 

time  was  the  full  moon  is  stated  by  12.  8,  as  the  place  for  assemblies,  is 

the  Scholiast  to  Thucydides,   i.    67.  discussed. 
'AireXX(£fei!>,  from  aireWi,  is  probably 

connected  with  &6\\r)s  (from  FelXw)  3  Possibly  the  frequently-occurring 

the  F  being  hardened  into   it.      See  expression  oi  £kk\t)toi  tuv  Aaicedaifio- 

Ahrens,  dial.  Dor.  p.  51.     From  the  vluv  has  reference  to  this,   although 

same  root  is  &Ma,  which  elsewhere  is  this  may  also  be  explained  in  a  dif- 

the  usual  name  among  the  Dorians  for  f erent  way. 
the    popular    assembly,    and    which 

Herodotus,  vii.  134,  also  uses  of  that  4  Only  in  Xenoph.  Hell.  iii.  3.  8. 
of  the  Spartans. 


THE  SPARTAN  STATE.  235 

which  is  certainly  not  to  be  understood,  as  some  have  supposed 
of  an  assembly  consisting  solely  of  the  Gerontes,  Ephors,  and 
some  other  magistrates,  which  would  scarcely  be  termed  an 
Ecclesia  by  the  Greeks,  but  one  composed  of  the  5/xolol  present 
in  Sparta  at  the  moment,  or  possibly  even  these  may  not  have 
been  present  without  exception,  but  only  some  portion  of  them, 
as,  e.g.  those  most  advanced  in  years.  The  subjects  of  discus- 
sion were  defined  in  the  preliminary  decree  of  the  Gerousia, 
which  either  itself  contained  a  resolution  on  the  subject, 
which  was  now  laid  before  the  people  for  acceptance  or 
rejection,  or  the  people  might  be  intrusted  with  the  decision 
upon  proposals  to  be  made  in  the  assembly.  It  probably 
often  happened  that  in  the  popular  assembly  proposals  were 
simply  made  and  discussed  without  any  formal  division  being 
taken,  merely  for  the  purpose  of  giving  the  people  some  pre- 
vious information  on  the  subject,  or  even  in  order  to  learn 
its  opinion,  after  which  a  motion  was  drawn  up  by  the 
Gerousia  and  brought  before  the  people  in  the  following 
assembly.1  The  right  of  bringing  motions  before  the  assembly 
or  taking  part  in  the  debates  legally  belonged  only  to  the  kings, 
the  Gerontes,  and  in  later  times  to  the  Ephors ;  in  the  case  of 
others  a  special  permission  was  necessary.2  The  subjects  of 
discussion  in  the  popular  assemblies  which  we  find  in  the 
historians  are  the  election  of  magistrates  and  Gerontes,  de- 
cisions upon  a  disputed  succession  between  several  pretenders 
to  the  crown,  votes  concerning  peace  and  war,  and  treaties 
with  foreign  States,  or  finally  legislative  measures,  although 
we  are  unable  to  state  definitely  which  of  these  subjects 
were  referred  originally  to  the  people,  and  which  only  at  a 
later  time,  or  which  of  them  were  heard  before  the  Great  and 
which  before  the  Small  Ecclesia.3  As  far  as  concerns  legis- 
lation especially,  this  was  in  Sparta  of  so  fixed  and  rigid  a 
nature  that  the  assembly  had  much  less  business  in  connection 
with  it  than  in  other  States,  and  if  we  except  the  gradual 
extension  of  the  privileges  of  the  Ephorate,  which  could  hardly 
have  resulted  without  occasional  decrees  of  the  people,  we  find 
no  mention  until  the  times  of  Agis  and  Cleomenes  of  legisla- 
tive measures  which  can  be  regarded  as  passed  by  the  people, 


1  Concerning  this,  which,  it  is  true,        i  Cf.  Hermann,  Staatsalt.  §  25.  5. 
cannot  be  established  by  express  evi-        3  The  popular  assembly  had  more- 

dence,  but  can  only  be  inferred  by  over  probably  the  decision  concerning 

combining  scattered  statements,   cf.  the  emancipation  of  Helots,  as  it  had 

Schomann's  treatise  de  Eccles.  Lace-  that  concerning  the  bestowal  of  civic 

deem.  (Gryph.  1836),  p.  20  setj. ;  Opusc.  rights    on    foreigners,   although    our 

acad.  i.  p.  106.  authorities  are  silent  on  the  subject. 


236      DESCRIPTION  OF  THE  PRINCIPAL  STATES. 

with  exception  of  the  permission  to  use  gold  and  silver  in  the 
State  treasury,  and  the  law  of  Epitadeus  in  which  the  inalien- 
ability of  family  estates  was  removed.  The  votes  of  the  people 
were  taken  neither  by  tablets  nor  voting-stones,  nor,  as  was 
usual  in  other  places,  by  a  show  of  hands  (cheirotonia),  but 
viva  voce  by  acclamations.  Only  in  cases  in  which  by  this 
method  the  majority  was  not  sufficiently  evident  were  the 
assembled  people  called  on  to  arrange  themselves  on  different 
sides.1  According  to  the  regulation  of  Lycurgus,  the  people 
possessed  no  other  right  in  connection  with  the  proposals  placed 
before  it  by  the  Gerousia  than  simply  to  accept  or  reject  them, 
no  alterations  or  amendments  being  permissible.  In  later 
times  this  arrangement  was  departed  from,  and  amendments 
or  even  entirely  contrary  proposals  were  adopted  by  the 
people.  This  was  met  by  kings  Theopompus  and  Polydorus, 
with  the  enactment  that  in  such  cases  the  kings  and  Gerousia 
should  be  privileged  to  withdraw  their  proposal  and  break 
off  the  whole  discussion,2  by  means  of  which  the  power  of 
the  popular  assembly  was  once  more  reduced  to  its  previously 
restricted  limits.  Some  kind  of  compensation  for  this  appears 
to  have  been  secured  by  means  of  the  Ephorate,  concerning 
which  we  shall  next  have  to  speak. 

Section  VIIL—  The  Ephors. 

Magistrates,  called  by  the  name  of  Ephors,  existed  in  many 
Dorian  as  well  as  in  other  States,  although  our  knowledge  with 
regard  to  them  extends  no  further  than  to  the  fact  of  their 
existence;  while  the  name,  which  signifies  quite  generally 
"  overseers,"  affords  room  for  no  conclusion  as  to  their  political 
position  or  importance.  In  Sparta,  however,  the  Board  of  Five 
Ephors  became,  in  the  course  of  time,  a  magistracy  of  such 
dignity  and  influence  that  no  other  can  be  found  in  any  free 
State  with  which  it  can  be  compared.  Concerning  its  first 
institution  nothing  certain  can  be  ascertained.  Modern  in- 
quirers appear  to  consider  it  as  older  even  than  the  constitution  of 
Lycurgus,8  while  ancient  writers  affirm,  some  that  it  was  created 
by  Lycurgus,  others  by  king  Theopompus,  some  time  later.4 
This  much  only  is  certain,  that  its  power  gradually  developed 

1  Time.  i.  87.  reputed  letter  of  Plato,  no.  8,  p.  354 

■  Cf.  Urlichs,  loc.  cit.  231  seq.  fj.^J?  °£  5L0*'  Laert>  L  3'  §" 

145,  Hubn.    By  Theopompus,  accord - 

»Muller,  Dorians,  ii.  112.  ing  to  Plat.  Legg.  iii.  p.  692;  Arist. 

4  By  Lycurgus,  according  to  Herod.     Pol.  v.  9.  1  ;  Plutarch,  Lycurg.  c.  7, 

i.   65 ;  Xenoph.  rep.  Lac.  8.  3 ;  the    27  ;  Cleom.  c.  10 ;  Dio  Ckrysost.  or. 


THE  SPARTAN  STATE.  237 

out  of  small  beginnings  to  its  ultimately  wide  extent,  the  cause 
of  which  may  be  sought,  on  the  one  hand,  in  the  nature  of  its 
original  functions,  which  were  capable  of  such  an  extension, 
and,  on  the  other,  in  the  direct  concessions  made  to  the  Ephors 
by  the  kings  and  the  Gerousia,  and  which,  as  we  are  expressly 
assured,1  were  favourable  to  the  popular  power,  in  opposition 
to  the  influence  of  these  two  offices.  As  the  result  of  a  detailed 
examination  of  all  accessible  data,  the  following  appears  to  be 
a  probable  account : — The  Ephors  were  originally  magistrates 
appointed  by  the  kings,  partly  to  render  them  special  assistance 
in  the  judicial  decision  of  private  disputes, — a  function  which 
they  continued  to  exercise  in  later  times, — partly  to  undertake, 
as  lieutenants  of  the  kings,  other  of  their  functions,  during 
their  absence  in  military  service,  or  through  some  other  cause. 
Of  these  other  functions  the  first  must  no  doubt  be  regarded  as 
the  supervision  of  the  public  magistracies,  for  we  may  assume 
that  the  kings,  as  the  supreme  holders  of  all  magisterial  power, 
had  originally  been  privileged,  not  only  to  appoint  all  the 
inferior  officials,  but  also  to  watch  over  their  conduct  in  office. 
In  the  second  place  may  be  mentioned  the  superintendence  of 
the  public  discipline,  from  the  time  at  least  when  this  was  first 
regulated  by  definite  legal  enactments,  and  breaches  of  these 
made  liable  to  punishment ;  for  it  follows,  from  the  nature  of 
the  case,  that  the  kings,  to  whom  this  supervision  was  certainly 
in  the  first  instance  committed,  were  obliged  to  avail  them- 
selves of  the  support  and  co-operation  of  others,  in  order 
effectively  to  carry  it  out.  The  third  and  last  of  these 
functions  was  probably  the  right  of  summoning  the  Gerousia 
and  the  popular  assembly  in  the  absence  of  the  kings,  since 
circumstances  might  occur  in  which  this  was  unavoidably 
necessary.  Ephors  of  this  nature  may  certainly  be  supposed 
to  have  existed  even  before  the  time  of  Lycurgus.  If  he  made 
any  regulation  concerning  them,  which,  however,  is  entirely 
uncertain,  it  probably  only  related  to  their  number,  which 
corresponded  with  the  five  Comse  of  Sparta,  and  to  the  duration 
of  the  office.  The  first  concession,  by  means  of  which  the 
Ephoralty  was  converted  from  a  support  and  representa- 
tive of  the  monarchy  into  an  instrument  for  its  limitation, 
consisted  in  the  change  by  which  its  supervising  and  control- 

lvi.  p.  650,  Emper. ;  Cic.  de  republ.  ii.  *  Arist.  Pol.  ii.  3.  10 ;  Plat.  Legg. 

33 ;    de    Legg.    iii.    7.    16.      Cf.    A.  iii.  p.  672  a  ;  Plutarch,  Lycurg.  c.  7. 

Schaefer,  de  Ephoris  comment.  (Gryph.  They  are  on  this  account  compared 

1863),  p.  7  ;  H.  Stein,  die  Entvnekel.  with  the  Tribunes  of  the  people  at 

dea  Spart.  Ephor.  (Jahresber.  des  Omn.  Rome,  Cic.  de  Repub.  i.  33  ;  de  Legg 

in  Konitz,  1870),  p.  4.  iii.  7. 


238      DESCRIPTION  OF  THE  PRINCIPAL  STATES. 

ling  authority,  which  they  had  at  first  exercised  only  as 
delegates  of  the  kings,  and  over  the  subordinate  magistrates, 
was  henceforth  allowed  to  be  independently  exerted  even  over 
the  kings  themselves,  as  the  result  of  which  they  acquired  the 
position  of  overseers  and  protectors  of  the  public  interests 
against  all,  not  excluding  even  the  kings.  This  independent 
power  was  apparently  placed  in  their  hands  in  the  reign  of 
Theopompus,  and  .therefore  at  the  same  period  in  which,  by 
means  of  the  above-mentioned  regulation,  the  popular  assembly 
was  deprived  of  the  excessive  influence  which  it  had  at  that 
time  usurped,  and  reduced  to  its  original  sphere.  There  are 
some  indications  which  admit  of  our  inferring  the  existence 
of  democratic  tendencies  even  at  this  time.  Thus  it  appears 
that  there  was  in  the  State  at  this  period  a  considerable 
number  of  impoverished  citizens,  and  that  the  first  Messenian 
war  was  partly  undertaken  in  order  to  be  able  to  provide  these 
with  allotments  of  land  in  the  conquered  districts.1  It  was 
only  natural  that  a  numerous  population,  for  the  most  part 
consisting  of  poor  citizens,  should  be  democratically  inclined, 
and  that  this  disposition  should  also  make  itself  apparent  in 
the  popular  assembly,  where  all  decisions  depended  on  the 
majority.  Hence,  when  the  monarchy  and  the  Gerousia  wished 
to  re-establish  their  ancient  influence  in  opposition  to  the 
popular  assembly,  they  were  obliged  to  agree  to  a  concession 
which  should  give  some  security  to  the  people  that  this  power 
should  not  be  abused  to  their  detriment.  This  concession 
consisted  in  the  fact  that  the  Ephors  were  independently 
authorised  to  exercise  control  over  the  kings  themselves,  and 
therefore,  of  course,  to  protest  against  their  measures,  and  in 
some  manner  to  bring  them  to  account.  By  this  means  the 
power  of  the  monarchy  was  essentially  diminished,  but  for 
that  very  reason  ceased  to  be  an  object  of  anxiety  to  the 
people,  or  to  be  regarded  as  menacing  to  liberty;  and  its  limita- 
tion therefore  insured  its  continued  existence.2  It  is  a  striking 
circumstance  in  this  connection  that  the  Ephors  were  still,  as 
in  former  times,  appointed  by  the  kings, — a  fact  for  which  the 
evidence  is  too  express  to  admit  of  doubt,3  since  by  this  means 
it  was  apparently  open  to  the  kings  to  appoint  only  those  men 
as  Ephors  from  whom  they  feared  no  burdensome  and  hamper- 
ing control.  This  end,  however,  may  not  have  been  so  easily 
attained,  even  if  their  choice  was  entirely  free,  since,  in  the 


1  See  above,  p.  215.  republ.  Ger.  c.  20. 

2  This  is  remarked  by  Arist.  Pol.        s  Plutarch,  Apophth.    Lacon.   torn. 
v.  9.  1.    Cf.  Plut.  Lye.  c.  7 ;  Prxcept.     ii.  p.  121,  Tauchnitz. 


THE  SPARTAN  STATE.  239 

first  place,  the  Ephors  formed  a  board  of  five  persons;  and, 
secondly,  a  different  set  were  appointed  every  year,  so  that 
there  was  scarcely  reason  to  apprehend  that  a  board  could  be 
always  composed  of  men  who  had  at  heart  the  interest  of  the 
monarchy  more  than  that  of  the  people.  Nor  do  we  know 
for  certain  whether  the  kings  had  in  reality  a  free  choice,  or 
whether  they  were  not  obliged  to  select  from  among  certain 
candidates  proposed  by  the  people.  In  addition  to  this,  there 
were  two  kings,  and  it  cannot  be  doubted  that  both  had  some 
part  in  the  election  of  Ephors,  whether  they  selected  alternately 
or  in  some  other  way ;  but  in  either  case  the  division  of  the 
kingdom  offered  a  sure  guarantee  that  no  one  political  tendency 
alone  was  likely  to  be  represented  by  the  Ephorate. 

Subsequent  to  the  time  of  Theopompus  we  find  only  two 
obscure  allusions  to  any  regulation  affecting  the  Ephorate. 
The  first  is  that  a  certain  Asteropus  augmented  the  power  of 
the  magistracy ;  the  second,  that  Chilon  was  the  first  to  place 
the  Ephors  side  by  side  with  the  kings.1  Chilon  lived  in  the  era 
of  the  so-called  Seven  Wise  Men, — among  whose  number  he  was 
himself  reckoned, — and  therefore  at  the  end  of  the  seventh,  or 
the  beginning  of  the  sixth,  century  B.C.  The  date  of  Asteropus 
is  uncertain,  though,  according  to  Plutarch,  he  lived  many 
generations  after  Theopompus.  In  what  the  alterations  made 
by  either  of  them  really  consisted  we  are  not  told ;  but  this 
much  may  with  confidence  be  affirmed,  that,  in  proportion  as 
greater  independence  and  authority  was  granted  to  the  Ephors 
in  their  relation  with  the  kings,  any  decisive  influence  exerted 
by  the  latter  on  their  election  must  have  been  diminished. 
Moreover,  the  evidence,  which  assigns  their  election  to  the 
kings,  probably  has  reference  only  to  an  earlier  period,  before 
Chilon  and  Asteropus ;  and  as  early  as  the  time  of  Cleomenes 
there  is  some  evidence,  though  not,  it  is  true,  quite  free  from 
doubt,  that  at  that  time  the  Ephorate  was  held  by  men  who 
were  equally  hostile  to  both  kings.2  In  what  way,  however, 
their  election  was  actually  regulated  we  have  no  statement  to 
show.  A  really  popular  election,  like  that  of  the  Gerontes, 
apparently  did  not  exist,  if  we  may  trust  to  the  accuracy  of 
Aristotle's  expression,3  where  he  contrasts  the  office  of  the 
Gerontes  with  the  Ephorate  by  saying,  that  the  people  'elects 
to   the  former,  while  it  participates   in  the  latter,  or  may 

1  Plutarch,  Cleom.  c.  10.  3 ;  Diog.  Schaefer,  p.  15. 

Laert.  i.  3.    Concerning  the  residence  ,»,_-.  «      .       ,T     n,  .       ., 

of   Epimenides  in  Sparta  during  the  !JJr "cham    A.    Rlmn.    Mm.   vi. 

time  of  Chilon,  and  his  presumable  l184')»  P-  J5b- 

influence,   vide    siipra,    p.    166,   and  3  Pol.  iv.  7.  5. 


240      DESCRIPTION  OF  THE  PRINCIPAL  STATES. 

possibly  attain  to  it.  In  another  passage1  he  calls  the  mode  of 
election  childish, — the  same  term  which  he  applies  to  that  of 
the  Gerontes ;  while  Plato2  describes  it  as  similar  to  or  little 
removed  from  election  by  lot,  though  lots  were  not  actually 
cast.  Since  the  Ephors  were  supposed  to  be  representatives  of 
the  people,  it  is  difficult  to  believe  that  no  voice  could  have 
been  allowed  the  people  in  their  appointment;  and  it  is  at 
least  no  inadmissible  conjecture  that  the  people,  though  it  did 
not  indeed  elect  the  individual  Ephors,  yet  nominated  a  certain 
number  of  persons  from  its  midst,  from  whom  five  were 
selected,  not  by  lot,  but  in  accordance  with  certain  auspices.3 

In  order  to  describe  the  power  of  the  Ephors  in  its  full 
extent,  we  must  first  of  all  mention  that  every  month  the 
kings  were  compelled  by  them  to  take  a  solemn  oath  that  they 
would  conduct  the  government  in  accordance  with  the  laws ; 
while  the  Ephors  swore  to  them,  in  the  name  of  the  people, 
that  under  this  condition  they  would  leave  their  supremacy 
unquestioned.4  Secondly,  every  nine  years  the  Ephors,  on  a 
clear,  moonless  night,  resorted  to  a  fixed  spot,  in  order  to 
observe  the  heavenly  bodies,  and  if  any  sign,  such  as  a  falling- 
star,  appeared,  this  was  regarded  as  an  intimation  by  the 
divinity  that  the  kings  had  committed  some  offence;  their 
power  was  then  suspended  in  consequence,  the  oracle  at  Delphi 
or  Olympia  consulted,  and  its  answer  determined  the  ultimate 
decision  with  regard  to  them.6  We  also  hear  of  the  Ephors 
keeping  watch  by  night  in  the  temple  of  Pasiphae,6  and  it  is 
evident  that  they  were  enabled  to  make  use  of  the  real  or 
pretended  appearances  vouchsafed  to  them  as  the  occasion 
for  measures  against  the  kings.     In  this  manner,  in  opposition 

1  Pol.  ii.  6.  15.  the  Ephors  were  then  elected,  in  the 

or         •■        e>nn  same  way  as  the  Gerontes,   by  the 

■  Legg.  u.  p.  692.  people 

8  Gottling,  on  Arist.  Pol.   p.   468,  *  Xenoph.    rep.   Lac.    15.   7.      Cf. 

supposes  the  designation  of  a  number  Nicol.  Damasc.  in  C.  Miiller,  Fragm. 

of  persons,  but  believes  that  out  of  Hist.  Grcec.  iii.  p.  459,  who  represents 

these  the  five  Ephors  were  selected  the  kings  as  taking  such  an  oath  on 

by  kit ;  TJrlichs,  on  the  other  hand,  their  accession,  without  mentioning 

op.  cit.  p.  223,   rejects  the  lot,  and  the  monthly  repetition  of  it,  or  the 

assumes  in  its  place  an  observation  of  Ephors.  Still  I  should  not  regard  that 

auspices,  but  he  believes  that,   not  statement  with  Cobet,  Nov.  Lectt.  p. 

the  candidates,  but  certain   electors  737,  as  altogether  incredible.      The 

were  appointed  by  the  people,  who  oaths  might  have  been  renewed   in 

then,    according    to    certain    signs,  each  of  the  regular  monthly  assem- 

selected     the     new     Ephors.        Cf.  blies. 

Schaefer,  p.  15.   Stein,  p.  20,  supposes  6  Plutarch,  Ag.  c.  11. 

that  an  elective  commission  was  con-  6  lb.    Cleom.  c.   7;    Ag.  c.   9,   11; 

stituted  by  lot,   which  nominated  a  Cic.  de  Div.  i.  43,  96.     Of.  Urlichs, 

number   of    candidates,   from  whom  p.  219. 


THE  SPARTAN  STATE.  241 

to  the  sacred  character,  which  the  royal  dignity  acquired  from 
its  divine  descent,  an  equally  sacred  authority  was  set  up  by 
means  of  the  Ephors.  These  officers,  moreover,  were  able  to 
appear  as  accusers  of  the  kings,  and  to  propose  their  punish- 
ment or  dethronement.  If  any  one  else  accused  the  king  of 
any  crime,  he  was  obliged  to  lay  information  of  the  fact  before 
the  Ephors,  who  then  instituted  an  inquiry,  and  as  its  result 
either  rejected  the  accusation,1  or  brought  it  before  the 
Gerousia,  in  conjunction  with  which  they  then  sat  in  judgment 
on  the  question,  under  the  presidency  of  the  other  king.2 
They  were  hence  privileged  to  summon  him  before  themselves, 
and  the  only  advantage  which  he  possessed  over  all  other 
citizens  was  that  he  was  not  obliged  to  appear  until  after  the 
third  summons.  They  were  empowered  of  their  own  authority 
to  censure  and  even  to  punish  him  with  a  fine ;  while  a  further 
sign  of  the  subordination  of  the  monarchy  to  the  Ephorate  is 
found  in  the  fact  that,  whereas  all  others  were  bound  to  rise 
from  their  seats  before  the  king  when  he  appeared,  the  Ephors 
alone  remained  seated  in  their  chairs  of  office.3  That  all  other 
magistrates  were  in  a  still  greater  degree  subordinated  to  them, 
needs  no  proof.  They  might,  during  their  year  of  office,  be 
suspended,  arrested,  and  if  they  appeared  guilty  of  some  aggra- 
vated crime,  even  accused  on  a  capital  charge  by  the  Ephors,4 
though  the  right  of  pronouncing  a  capital  sentence  against 
Spartiatas  was  hardly  within  the  province  of  that  board,  and 
was  only  committed  to  the  Gerousia. 

By  virtue  of  this  right  of  supervision  over  the  magistrates, 
the  Ephors  were  enabled  to  interfere  in  every  department  of 
the  administration,  and  to  remove  or  punish  whatever  they 
found  to  be  contrary  to  the  laws  or  adverse  to  the  public 
interest.  They  did  not  however  as  yet  themselves  possess  the 
power  of  putting  into  execution  any  measure  relating  to  the 
government  and  administration,  being  a  controlling  and  re- 
strictive but  not  an  executive  or  initiative  board.  This  latter 
function  they  first  gained  by  the  acquisition  of  the  right  to 
summon  the  deliberative  and  determinative  assemblies,  i.e.  the 
Gerousia  and  the  popular  assembly,  to  bring  proposals  before 
them,  and  to  preside  over  the  discussion  which  followed.  At 
what  date  this  right  was  acquired  we  have  no  means  of  prov- 
ing, but  in  the  period  concerning  which  our  information  is  less 

1  Herod,  vi.  82.  his  royal  seat,  in  the  execution  of  the 

2  Pausan.  iii.  5.  3.  duties  of  his  office,  Plut.  Ages.  c.  4. 
s  Xenoph.  rep.  Lac.  15.  6.     Agesi- 

laus  himself  rose  up  before  the  4  Xenoph.  Hell.  v.  4.  24,  and  de 
Jiphors,  even  when  he  was  seated  on    rep.  Lac.  8.  4. 

Q 


242      DESCRIPTION  OF  THE  PRINCIPAL  STATES. 

scanty,  they  were  apparently  so  firmly  possessed  of  it,  that  we 
find  no  public  discussions  held  or  decrees  passed  without  them, 
and  in  many  cases  their  authority  is  the  only  one  mentioned 
on  these  occasions.  This  may  be  accounted  for  either  by  the 
fact  that  our  authors  inaccurately  represent  what  took  place  at 
the  initiation  of  the  Ephors  by  means  of  the  Gerousia  and  the 
assembly,  as  having  been  executed  by  the  former  alone,  or 
because  in  many  cases  full  powers  were  committed  to  them  of 
acting  independently  even  without  these  two  bodies.  And  in 
truth  this  was  the  case  in  regard  to  every  kind  of  business, 
without  exception,  which  belonged  to  the  sphere  of  the 
deliberative  and  determinative  power,  so  that  we  may  describe 
the  Ephors  as  those  magistrates  who  stood  at  the  head  of  this 
power,  and  put  its  organisation  in  motion,  or  even  acted  alone 
in  the  name  of  the  people,  as  its  representatives  and  plenipo- 
tentiaries. In  particular,  however,  measures  connected  with 
foreign  relations  and  wars  were  often  especially  intrusted  to 
their  discretion,  so  that  they  were  empowered  to  arrange  the 
despatch  of  troops,  to  deliver  instructions  to  the  commanders, 
to  send  them  directions,  and  to  recall  them,  even  when  the 
kings  were  commanding  in  person.1  In  addition  to  this,  two 
of  their  number  regularly  accompanied  the  king  on  every 
expedition,  nominally  in  order  to  superintend  the  discipline, 
and  therefore  to  support  him  in  its  preservation,  but  in  reality 
as  his  overseers.  It  is  true  that  the  king  was  probably  not 
obliged  to  ask  their  advice  in  his  decisions,  though  it  is 
scarcely  likely  that  he  could  undertake  any  plan  without  or 
against  their  advice,  or  if  he  did,  in  the  event  of  an  unfortunate 
result,  he  had  reason  to  apprehend  being  held  responsible.2 
The  statement  of  Aristotle,  that  the  Spartans,  out  of  distrust 
of  the  kings,  whom  they  despatched  to  their  wars,  associated 
with  them  their  enemies,  has  evident  reference  to  these  two 
Ephors. 

Further  than  this,  the  right  of  supervision  which  the  Ephors 
possessed  extended  also  to  the  whole  of  the  public  dis- 
cipline, and  as  a  consequence  of  this,  to  the  life  of  every 
individual  in  the  State,  the  existence  of  which  was  rightly 
regarded  as  depending  not  only  on  the  good  administration  of 
the  magistrates,  but  also  on  a  decorous  behaviour  on  the  part  of 
all  the  citizens  in  correspondence  with  the  principle  of  the 
State.  This  supervision  was,  it  can  hardly  be  doubted, 
originally  an  attribute  of  the  monarchy,  and  the  Ephors  were 

1  Cf.  Thuc.  i.  131  ;  Xenoph.  Ages.        *  Xenoph.  Hell.  ii.  4.  36 ;  tie  rep. 
c.  i.  36;  Hellen.  iv.  2.  3;  Plut.  Ag.  c.     Lac.  c.  13.  5;  Arist.  Pol.  ii.  6.  20. 
15;  Apophth.  Lac.  no.  39,  41,  p.  105. 


THE  SPARTAN  STATE.  243* 

in  this,  as  in  other  points,  merely  their  delegates  and  assis- 
tants. In  later  times,  however,  they  became  in  every  case 
completely  independent,  and  numerous  examples  show  to  what 
an  extent  and  with  what  exactness  they  exercised  their 
supervision.  A  certain  Naucleidas,  son  of  Polybiades,  who,  by 
his  indolence  and  luxury,  and  the  consequent  corpulence 
which  was  unfamiliar  to  the  Spartan  eye,  had  given  offence, 
was  on  this  account  most  severely  censured  in  the  public 
assembly,  and  threatened  with  exile  unless  he  reformed  his 
habits.1  By  indolence,  however,  is  to  be  understood  the  in- 
termission of  bodily  exercises,  which  were  not  merely  pursued 
as  an  essential  part  of  the  education  of  the  young,  but  were 
regarded  also  as  indispensable  for  men,  to  prevent  them  from 
becoming  unfit  for  war,  so  that  their  neglect  was  rightly 
punished  as  a  dereliction  of  civic  duty.2  The  young,  however, 
were  carefully  inspected  by  the  Ephors  at  least  every  ten  days,3 
and  if  either  their  clothing  or  their  sleeping  quarters  fell 
below  the  prescribed  degree  of  neatness  and  simplicity,  or  if 
their  bodily  condition  seemed  to  betray  any  want  of  due  labour 
and  endurance,  they  were  punished  in  consequence.  Even  the 
close  unions  between  men  and  youths  or  boys,  concerning 
which  we  shall  speak  in  more  detail  on  a  later  occasion,  were 
subjected  to  the  special  supervision  of  the  Ephors,  and  every 
impropriety  severely  punished.4  The  Lesbian  musician  Terp- 
ander  is  said  to  have  been  punished  because  he  had  increased 
the  strings  of  the  cithera  by  one,  and  thereby  departed  from 
the  strict  and  ancient  simplicity  of  their  music.  The  same 
thing  also  is  said  to  have  been  repeated  in  the  case  of  other 
musicians  at  a  later  time,  who  are  heard  of  in  Sparta,  such  as 
Phrynis  of  Lesbos  and  Timotheus  of  Miletus.5  All  foreigners 
who  in  any  way  seemed  capable  of  exercising  an  evil  influ- 
ence on  the  discipline  and  morals  of  the  State  were  expelled 
by  the  Ephors.6  Even  king  Agesilaus  himself  was  punished, 
because  he  appeared  too  largely  desirous  of  popularity,7  while 
a  certain  Scirophidas,  on  the  contrary,  shared  the  same  lot 
because  he  too  patiently  endured  the  insults  of  other  men.8 
King  Archidamus  was  censured  on  the  ground  that  he 
had  married  a  wife  of  small   stature,  who,  in  the  Ephors' 


1  Athenreus,  xii.  74,  p.  550;  Julian,  Apophth.  p.  129;  Ac/,  c.  10;  Athena?. 
Var.  Hist.  xiv.  7.  xiv.  p.  636.     Cf.  Volkmaim  on  Plu- 

2  Cf.  Schol.  Thuc.  i.  84.  torch,  de  Mus.  p.  80. 

3  So  jElian,  loc.  cit.     Daily  accord-  •  Herod,  iii.  148  ;  Max.   Tyr.  diss. 
ing  to  Agatharchides  on  Athena?.  23. 

°  ^Elian,   Var.  Hist.  iii.  10.  7  Plutarch,  Ag.  c.  5. 

5  Plutarch,    Instit.    Lac.    no.     17  ;  '  Instit.  Lacon.  c.  35. 


244      DESCRIPTION  OF  THE  PRINCIPAL  STATES. 

opinion,  would  bear  not  kings,  but  kinglets.1  Anaxandridas 
was  even  obliged  to  take  a  second  wife,  because  his  own  had 
borne  him  no  children,2  while  generally  the  conduct  of  the 
queens  was  placed  under  a  specially  careful  oversight  by  the 
Ephors,  in  order  that  no  scion  of  other  blood  should  be  clan- 
destinely admitted  into  the  gens  of  the  Heracleidee.3 

The  Ephors'  right  of  supervision,  however,  was  even  more  un- 
limited over  the  subject  classes  than  over  the  Spartiatse  them- 
selves. The  Crypteia  mentioned  above  was  set  on  foot  by  them 
every  year  immediately  upon  their  entrance  to  office,4  while  they 
were  allowed  to  pronounce  sentence  of  death  on  Periceci  even 
without  a  trial  in  due  form  of  law.6  Finally,  we  have  still  to 
mention  that  the  State  treasury,  and  the  management  of  the 
Calendar,  were  apparently  placed  under  their  superintendence. 
This  may  be  inferred  from  the  statement,6  that  on  one  occasion, 
under  Agis  in.,  an  Ephor  inserted  into  what  would  have  been 
regularly  an  ordinary  year  an  intercalated  month,  in  order  to 
raise  illegal  taxes  for  this  month,  by  which  can  only  be  under- 
stood the  taxes  from  the  towns  of  the  Periceci,  since  it  is  certain 
that  the  Spartiatse  did  not  regularly  pay  anything  of  the  kind, 
although  sometimes  extraordinary  imposts  were  levied  upon 
them.7  There  is  also  ground  for  believing  that,  as  overseers 
of  the  public  treasury,  they  took  charge  of  all  booty  taken  in 
war.8 

With  so  extended  an  activity  and  so  large  a  measure  of 
power  the  Ephors  may  rightly  be  described  as  an  almost 
tyrannical  or  unlimited  magistracy,  and  indeed  they  are  so 
described  by  Aristotle.9  It  would  however  be  difficult  to  con- 
ceive how  the  Spartans  could  have  endured  such  a  power,  unless 
provision  of  some  kind  was  made  against  its  abuse.  But 
precautions  with  this  object  did  exist,  partly  in  the  short 
duration  of  the  office,  partly  in  the  division  of  power  between 
several  persons.  For  the  Ephors  were  five  in  number,  and 
after  one  year's  tenure  of  office  retired  into  a  private  station, 
and  might  then  be  brought  to  account  by  their  successors,  and 
punished  for  any  abuse  of  their  power.10  Moreover,  important 
measures  could  only  be  put  into  execution  when  the  majority 


1  Plutarch,  Ag.  c.  2.  8  Diodor.  xiii.  106;  Plutarch,  Lymnd. 

2  Herod,  v.  39,  40.  c.  16. 

3  Plat.  Alcib.  i.  p.  121  c.  9  „  7    ••    a   1/f       t    t>i  *     r„ ,•„ 

*  Aristotle,    quoted    in  Plutarch,         9  ^.  11.   6.  14 ;  cf.  Plat.  Z,W.  iv. 


Lycur.  c.  28 


p.  712. 

Isocr.  Panath.  §  181.  ,0  This  is  shown  by  the  instances 

6  Plutarch,  Ag.  c.  16.  in  Arist.  Rhet.  ii.  18,  and  Plutarch, 

7  Cf.  Midler,  Dorians,  ii.  p.  211.  Ag.  c.  12. 


THE  SPARTAN  STATE.  245 

of  the  board  were  unanimous,1  and  it  was  probably  no  easy 
matter  to  procure  a  unanimous  majority  for  any  unjust  pro- 
ceeding, for  the  simple  reason  that  they  had  before  their  eyes 
the  possibility  of  being  made  to  answer  for  it  after  a  short 
time.  Probably  even  the  kings,  for  controlling  whom  the 
Ephorate  was  specially  intended,  in  cases  where  they  were 
specially  anxious  to  carry  through  their  designs,  found 
means  to  gain  over  the  requisite  majority,  since  the  board 
mostly  consisted  of  people  of  the  lower  sort,  who  might  be 
imposed  upon,  and  of  poor  citizens  who  might  certainly  be 
bribed.2  For  the  mode  of  appointment  offered  no  kind  of 
security  that  only  trustworthy  people  of  proved  capacity  and 
fitness  should  obtain  the  Ephorate.  There  is  no  doubt,  it  is 
true,  that  the  office  was  only  accessible  to  full  citizens,  i.e.  to 
Spartiatse  or  0/10101,  but  we  have  already  pointed  out  that  even 
among  these,  great  differences  in  reputation  and  property  were 
found,  and  that  the  people,  who  are  described  by  Aristotle  as 
the  Demos  or  inferior  class  (ol  rv^ovres:),  in  contrast  with  the 
most  important  and  cultured  citizens,  are  not  to  be  regarded  as 
a  class  less  privileged  by  law,  or  subordinated  to  the  o^olol, 
but  are  themselves  to  be  found  among  the  ranks  of  the  opoioi, 
the  great  majority  of  whom  in  Aristotle's  time  consisted  of 
men  to  whom  he  could  hardly  concede  the  epithet  of  icdkol 
Kwyadoi.  It  was  also  no  unnatural  result  that  these  inferior 
and  needy  persons  belonging  to  the  Demos  of  the  o/moioc  should 
have  gained  the  Ephorate  more  frequently  than  the  rich  and 
illustrious,  from  the  very  reason  that  they  constituted  the 
majority,  though  instances  could  be  added  if  necessary  that 
the  latter  were  by  no  means  excluded. 

In  conclusion,  we  have  still  to  remark  that  the  Ephors 
entered  upon  their  office  at  the  commencement  of  the  Laconian 
year,  about  the  time  of  the  autumnal  equinox,  that  the  first 
member  of  the  board  was  the  eponymous  magistrate  of  the 
year,  whose  name  was  therefore  used  in  dating  the  time,  that 
their  official  place  of  meeting  was  in  the  market-place,  and  that 
they  had  a  common  Syssition.3  Further  than  this,  the  State 
seal,  which  we  must  probably  consider  as  committed  to  their 


1  Cf.  Xenoph.  Hell.  ii.  3.  34,  and  4.  i.    131,   when  he    narrates  the   case 

20.   Corn.  Nepos,- Pmisan.  c.  3.  5,  says  mentioned  by  Nepos,  only  speaks  of 

that  every  Ephor  was  privileged  to  the  Ephors  in  the  plural, 
arrest  the  king.     Possibly  this  was  so        2  Arist.  Pol.  ii.  6.  14. 
if   the    emergency   seemed   pressing,         3  Pausan.   iii.    11.  2  ;   Pint.   Cleom. 

but  the  king  could  certainly  be  kept  c.  8  ;  -(Elian,  Var.  Hist.  ii.  15  ;  Schol. 

under  arrest  when  the  majority  of  the  on  Thuc.  i.  86,  and  the  Excursus  to 

Ephors  decreed  it  in  common.     Thuc.  v.  36. 


246      DESCRIPTION  OF  THE  PRINCIPAL  STATES. 

charge,  had  on  it  a  figure  of  the  Agid  king  Polydorus,1  and  in 
their  written  instructions  to  generals  in  foreign  lands  they 
often  made  use  of  a  secret  cypher,  consisting  of  a  smooth  strap 
of  leather  folded  upon  a  round  staff,  in  which  position  it  was 
first  written  upon,  and  then  unfolded  again,  so  that  the  written 
matter  could  only  be  read  if  the  strap  was  again  folded  round 
a  similar  staff,  which  was  given  to  the  general2  for  the  purpose. 
Mention  is  also  made  of  five  minor  or  inferior  Ephors,3 
whom  we  may  conjecture  to  have  been  sub-officials  and  assist- 
ants of  the  others,  whose  function  it  was  to  support  or  represent 
them  in  their  original  department  of  administering  justice  in 
private  suits. 


SECTION  IX. — Other  Magistrates. 

With  regard  to  other  magistrates  our  authorities  afford  us 
only  scanty  and  imperfect  notices.  We  may  mention  in  the 
first  place  the  so-called  Pythii  or  Poithii,4  who  were  the 
assistants  of  the  kings  in  that  portion  of  their  office  which  was 
connected  with  religion.  The  principal  part  of  this  was  the 
communication  with  the  Delphian  god,  who,  in  the  same  way 
that  Lycurgus  derived  from  him  the  sanction  for  his  constitu- 
tion, aways  contrived  to  be  consulted  in  important  matters. 
This  communication  was  kept  up  by  means  of  these  Pythii,  two 
of  whom-  were  appointed  by  each  king,  and  whose  duties  were 
to  proceed  as  envoys  to  Delphi,  to  obtain  the  oracles,  and  since 
these  were  also  committed  to  writing,  to  take  charge  of  them  in 
conjunction  with  the  kings.  They  belonged  to  the  immediate 
retinue  of  the  kings,  were  their  companions  at  table,  and  as 
such  were  boarded  at  the  public  expense.5  Besides  these, 
certain  soothsayers,  though  it  is  uncertain  how  many,  were 
attached  to  the  kings  in  order  to  assist  at  the  sacrifices  which 
they  had  to  perform  both  at  home  and  in  the  field,  and  to  inter- 
pret the  omens.  On  account  of  the  sacerdotal  position  of  the 
kings,  moreover,  we  may  regard  the  holders  of  the  particular 
priesthoods  as  their  subordinates,  and  in  all  probability  as  also 
appointed  by  them.  There  is,  however,  very  little  mention 
made  in  Sparta  of  priests,  unless  we  place  the  Pyrphorus  in  this 
category,  of  whom  we  read  that  on  the  departure  of  the  army, 

1  Pausan.  iii.  11.  8.  3  In  Timaeus,  Lex.  Plat.  p.  128,  the 

3  Plutarch,    Lys.    c.    19  ;    Gellius,  only  writer  by  whom  they  are  men- 

Nodes  A  tticz,  xvii.  9 ;  Schol.  on  Thuc.  tioned. 

i.  131,  and  on  Aristoph.  Av.  1254,  and  4  Phot,  and  Suid.  sub  voc. 

especially  Ausonius,  Epist.  xxiii.  23.  s  Herod,  vi.  57. 


THE  SPARTAN  STATE.  247 

he  took  some  of  the  fire  from  the  altar  on  which  the  king  had 
sacrificed  to  Zeus  Agetor  and  carried  it  before  the  army,  and 
who,  according  to  some  authorities,  was  a  priest  of  Ares.1  Beside 
him  we  chiefly  hear  of  priestesses  only,  as,  e.g.  of  Artemis  Orthia, 
of  Dionysus  and  the  Leucippidas,  of  Phcebe  and  Hila'ira.2 

The  so-called  Proxeni,  whose  number  was  fluctuating,  served 
as  the  subordinates  of  the  kings  in  their  diplomatic  com- 
munication with  foreign  States.  They  were  appointed  by  them 
in  order  to  show  hospitality  to  the  envoys  of  foreign  powers.3 
In  the  military  organisation  the  officers  who  stood  next  in  rank 
to  the  kings  were  the  Polemarchs,  of  whom,  in  Xenophon's 
time  at  least,  there  were  six,4  and  under  whom  again  were  the 
Lochagas,  the  Pentekosteri,  and  the  Enomotarchi,  of  whom 
we  shall  have  to  speak  hereafter.  All  these  were  appointed, 
not  merely  when  war  was  to  be  carried  on,  but  also  regularly 
in  time  of  peace.  For  the  Spartan  people  formed,  as  it  were,  a 
standing  army,  continually  equipped  for  war,  and  ready  to  take 
the  field,  for  which  reason  it  was  necessary  that  the  divisions 
of  the  army  and  its  commanders  should  always  be  determined 
beforehand.  With  regard  to  the  Polemarchs  moreover,  in  par- 
ticular, we  know  that  it  was  their  duty,  even  at  home,  to  exer- 
cise an  oversight  over  the  common  meals  of  the  citizens.  As 
regards  the  appointment  of  these  officers,  however,  we  must 
leave  it  undetermined,  whether  it  belonged  to  the  kings,5  or 
the  popular  assembly,  or  the  Ephors.  The  Strategi,  however, 
were  merely  appointed  for  war,  as  the  commanders  of  those 
armies  which  were  not  led  by  a  king,  and  they  were  elected  by 
the  popular  assembly,  or  by  the  Ephors,  at  the  instance  of  that 
body.  The  same  was  the  case  with  the  Nauarchi  or  comman- 
ders of  the  fleet,  from  the  time  in  which  the  Spartans  began  to 
carry  on  naval  warfare.  It  was  only  an  exceptional  occurrence 
for  a  fleet  and  an  army  to  be  intrusted  to  the  same  commander 
as  they  were  to  Agesilaus,  and  Aristotle  6  finds  fault  with  the 
independent  authority  of  the  Nauarchi,  by  means  of  which 
they  were  placed  side  by  side  with  the  kings,  almost  as  co- 

1  Miiller,  Dor.  vol.  ii.  p.  256,  Eng.  tr.  State.      An   instance   of  the  kind  is 

2  Pausan.  iii.  16.  7,  13.  5,  16.  1.  given  by  an  Athenian's  inscription  of 
Concerning  the  priests  and  priestesses  (Jhjmp.  102.  1,  or  103.  1,  in  Rangabe, 
who  appear  in  later  inscriptions,  see  Ant.  Hell.  ii.  no.  385.  Cf.  A. 
Bockh,  Corp.  Inscr.  i.  p.  610.  Schaefer,  Demosth.  i.  p.  68,  3. 

3  This  at  least  is  the  most  probable  4  Xenophon  in  that  passage  men- 
view  regarding  these  magistrates,  tions  cvfupopels  rod  iro\e/jLa.pxov,  Hell. 
mentioned  by  Herodotus  vi.  57  ;  see  vi.  4.  14,  the  position  and  importance 
Meier,  de  Proxenia,  p.  4.  Of  course,  of  whom,  however,  are  not  clear, 
besides  these  officials,  any  individual  5  As  Miiller  supposes,  Dor.  vol.  ii. 
Spartan  citizen  might  be  appointed  as  p.  255,  Eng.  tr. 

an  honorary  Proxenus  by  some  foreign         °  Pol.  ii.  6.  22. 


248     DESCRIPTION  OF  THE  PRINCIPAL  STATES. 

regents  with  them.  Nor  can  it  be  proved  for  certain,  though 
it  is  most  probable,  that  the  duration  of  the  office  was  legally- 
limited  to  a  single  year.  There  is,  however,  sufficient  evidence 
of  a  law  that  no  one  was  to  hold  the  office  more  than  once, 
though  this  enactment  might  easily  be  eluded  by  associating 
with  the  Nauarchus  a  sub-commander,  to  whom  fuller  powers 
were  assigned,  and  who  was  officially  termed  an  Epistoleus.1 
The  twenty  Harmostse,  who  we  may  presume  to  have  been 
police  officials  for  the  districts  of  the  Periceci,  have  already 
been  mentioned. 

Among  municipal  magistrates  we  have  still  to  mention,  in 
the  first  place,  the  so-called  Empelori,  who  are  compared  with 
the  Agoranomi  in  other  cities,  and  therefore  must  have  exer- 
cised a  police  supervision  over  the  traffic  in  the  market,  as  is 
implied  in  the  name.  The  statement,  however,  that  they  were 
five  in  number  is  apocryphal.2  Secondly,  there  were  the 
Harmosyni,  of  whom  we  have  no  information  except  that  it  is 
said  to  have  been  their  function  to  watch  over  the  behaviour  of 
women.3  Thirdly,  the  Nomophylaces,  whose  name,  guardians 
of  the  law,  similarly  implies  some  supervisory  functions, 
though  we  are  without  any  knowledge,  not  only  as  to  the 
particular  province  of  their  supervision,  but  also  whether  they 
belonged  at  all  to  the  ancient  constitution,  since  they  only 
appear  in  a  writer  of  the  second  century  a.d.4  On  the  other  hand, 
the  important  office  of  Paidonomus,  or  superintendent  of  the 
discipline  of  the  young,  was  no  doubt  as  old  as  the  constitution 
of  Lycurgus,  as  were  also  the  Bidei,  or  Bidyi,  who  were  sub- 
ordinated to  him  as  overseers,  whose  special  function  it  was  to 
provide  for  the  education  of  the  young.6  By  whom  and  in 
what  manner  these  and  the  other  above-mentioned  magistrates 
were  appointed  we  do  not  know,  and  the  only  statement  which 
is  made  is  that  all  offices  were  filled  by  election  and  not  by 
lot.6  To  those  already  mentioned  we  must  add  the  Hippagretse 
and  the  Agathoergi,  who,  from  one  point  of  view  at  least,  must 
be  regarded  as  a  kind  of  magistrates.  Their  mode  of  ap- 
pointment was  the  following : — Three  young  men,  who  were 
either    apparently  close    upon   their   thirtieth    year,   or  had 


1  Plut.  Lye.  c.  7;  Xen.  Hell.  i.  1.  4  Pausan.  iii.  11.  2.  Besides  this, 
23;  ii.  1.  7  ;  iv.  8.  11  ;  v.  1.  5,  6;  they  appear  in  Inscriptions  of  later 
Jul.  Poll.  i.  96.  times. 

2  It  only  depends  on  the  Fourmont        6  Plutarch,  Lye.  c.  17 ;   Xen.   rep. 
Inscriptions,  of  whose  unauthenticity  Lac.    c.   2.    2;    Pausan.    iii.    11.    2; 
there  is  no  doubt.     Hesych.  {sub  voc.)  Bockh,  Cor.  Inscr.  i.  p.  88,  and  609. 
states  no  number.  «  Arist.  Pol.  iv.  7.  5  ;  Isocr.  Paiiath. 

8  Hesych.  sub  voc.  §  153. 


THE  SPARTAN  STATE.  249 

already  exceeded  it,1  were  selected  by  the  Ephors,  and  these  in 
their  turn  chose  each  one  a  hundred  of  the  fittest  young  men 
from  the  number  of  those  who  had  not  yet  attained  their 
thirtieth  year,  stating  the  reasons  for  their  selection  in  order  to 
avoid  the  suspicion  of  partiality.  The  persons  so  selected  as 
the  flower  of  the  Spartan  youth  bore  the  honorary  title  of 
Hippeis  or  Knights,  while  their  three  leaders  were  called 
Hippagretse,  although  in  war  they  served  not  as  cavalry,  but  as 
hoplites.  The  name  may  possibly  have  survived  from  times 
in  which  they  actually  served  on  horseback.2  No  reference 
whatever  is  made  to  any  legal  privileges  in  addition  to  this 
honorary  title  by  which  they  were  distinguished  above  their 
contemporaries,  but  if  they  held  together  and  formed  an  ex- 
clusive body,  they  must  necessarily  have  acquired  a  certain 
weight  in  public  affairs :  and  in  this  way  we  may  explain  the 
fact  that  they  are  represented  by  one  writer,  whose  authority, 
it  is  true,  is  very  doubtful,3  as  a  special  class,  which  was 
peculiarly  adapted  to  serve  as  a  support  to  one  of  the  existing 
State  authorities,  either  the  Monarchy,  or  the  Gerousia,  or  the 
Ephors,  against  the  encroachments  of  the  rest.  Finally,  out  of 
the  number  of  those  who  quitted  this  selected  company,  or,  in 
other  words,  were  ranked  among  the  men  on  the  completion  of 
their  thirtieth  year,  five  were  chosen  by  the  Ephors  every  year, 
who,  under  the  name  of  Agathoergi,  were  employed  on  different 
missions,  such  as  embassies  to  foreign  lands  and  the  like,  as  a 
kind  of  intermediaries.4  With  regard  to  the  minor  officials, 
we  have,  as  may  be  conceived,  still  less  to  say.  We  have, 
however,  to  mention  the  State  heralds,  whose  office  was  here- 
ditary in  the  gens  of  the  Talthybiadse,5  which,  from  the  fact 
that  it  was  derived  from  Talthybius,  the  herald  of  the  Atreidae, 
must  be  regarded  as  an  originally  Achaean  gens,  which  was 
possibly  admitted  to  the  Spartan  citizenship.6  Another  here- 
ditary  office    was    that  of   flute-players,  who    officiated    as 

1  This  is  probably  the  meaning  of  speaks  of  an  dpxv  tG>v  iiririuv,  we 
the  expression  in  Xenoph.  rep.  Lac.  must  no  doubt  understand  the  three 
c.  4.  3,  £k  twv  a.Kp.a$6vrwv  afrrwv  (twv  Hippagretoe,  who  are  also  described  in 
TjjUwvTwv).  Timams    and   Hesychius  as  an   apxti 

2  Among  the  Thebans  the  members  or  as  ipxovres. 

of  the  so-called    Sacred  Band  were  ,  Herod    £  67     Suid  mb  ^  Lgx 

called  w  and  irapaftirzi  in  recollec-  #         _         209  and  333 

tion    01    the   long    since    antiquated  " 

mode  of  fighting  in  chariots.— Diodor.  5  Herod,  vii.  134. 

xii.  70  ;  Plutarch,  Pelop.  c.  18,  19.  6  Cf.  Midler,  Dorians,  vol.  ii.  p.  28, 

3  The  pretended  Archytas  in  Joan-  Eng.  tr.,  with  whom,  however,  I  do 
nes  Stobaeus,  Flor.  43,  154  (p.  168,  not  agree  with  regard  to  Sperthias 
Gaisf. ),  where  they  are  called  Kopoi.  and  Bulis,  whom  he  regards  as 
When  Ephorus,  in  Strab.  x.  p.  4S1,  Talthybiadse. 


250     DESCRIPTION  OF  THE  PRINCIPAL  STATES. 

musicians  as  well  at  feasts  as  in  the  army,  and  also  that  of  the 
chief  cooks,  who  had  to  superintend  the  preparation  of  the  food 
and  drink  at  the  public  dining-clubs.1  These  two  latter  classes 
probably  belonged  to  gentes  of  the  Periceci,  who  had  settled 
in  Sparta,  but  were  certainly  not .  admitted  into  the  number  of 
Spartan  citizens.  There  were  three  Heroes  or  patrons  of  the 
art  of  preparing  food  and  mixing  wine,  named  Daton,  Matton, 
and  Ceraon,  whose  sanctuaries  were  situated  in  Sparta  in  the 
Hyacinthine  street.2  It  is  unnecessary,  however,  to  determine 
whether  there  was  a  corresponding  number  of  gentes  employed 
in  the  occupation  of  preparing  meat,  baking  bread  and  mixing 
wine,  or  whether  merely  different  persons  of  the  same  gens 
had  to  perform,  some  one,  some  another,  of  these  duties.3 

SECTION  X. —  The  Administration  of  Justice. 

The  judicial  office  in  Sparta  was,  after  the  old  oligarchical 
fashion,  not  intrusted  to  a  number  of  sworn  jury-courts, 
appointed  from  the  collective  body  of  citizens,  but  merely 
placed  in  the  hands,  sometimes  of  the  Supreme  Council  or 
Gerousia,  sometimes  of  individual  magistrates.4  In  the  case  of 
private  suits  or  less  important  offences  judgment  was  pro- 
nounced by  the  magistrate  under  whose  branch  of  administra- 
tion they  happened  to  fall,  as,  e.g.  in  matters  regarding  trade  in 
the  market  or  offences  against  its  regulations  by  the  Empelori. 
With  regard  to  the  Ephors,  we  know  that  in  particular  all 
mercantile  suits  arising  out  of  contracts  belonged  to  their 
jurisdiction,  while  the  kings  had  to  decide  in  all  disputes 
relating  to  the  family  or  inheritance.  It  would  scarcely  re- 
quire proof,  even  if  no  instance  happened  to  be  found,  that  in 
Sparta,  as  elsewhere,  disputes  were  not  in  all  cases  brought 
before  the  public  magistrates,  but  were  frequently  settled  by  a 
compromise  proposed  by  private  arbitrators.  In  the  only 
instance  of  the  sort  which  occurs,5  the  arbitrator  thus  appointed 
bound  the  two  parties  by  an  oath  that  they  would  acquiesce  in 

1  Herod,  vi.  60.  tary  bakers  and  mixers  of  wine,  and 

1  Athenae.  iv.  74,  p.  173,  extr.,  and  still  less  to  infer  with  Midler,  ad  he. 

ii.  9,  p.  39.  cit.,  that  almost  all  trades  and  occu- 

3  The  6iJ/oiroioi  of  Agatharchides  in  pations  in  Sparta  were  hereditary. 
Athenaaus,   xii.   74,  p.  550,  are  cer-        4  Arist.  Pol.  ii.  8.  4 ;  iii.  1,  7. 
tainly  not  to  be  identified  with  the        5  Plntarch,  Apophth.  Lac.  'ApxiSd/n. 

fiayelpoi  in  Herod,  vi.  60,   and  since  Zevfrd.  n.  6,  p.  124,  Tauchn.     So  in 

these  are  the  only  hereditary  holders  the  anecdote    concerning  Chilon    in 

of    office  mentioned    by  the    latter,  Diog.  Laert.  i.  75,  we  must  probably 

along    with   the    heralds    and    flute-  regard  it  as  an  arbitration  and  not  a 

players,  it  is  at  least  hardly  allowable  capital  cause,  as  Gellius,   i.   cap.  3, 

to  assume  special  gentes   of  hcredi-  states. 


THE  SPAR  TAN  ST  A  TE.  251 

his  decision.  From  this  we  may  infer  that  this  was  not  uni- 
versally the  case,  but  that  the  compromise  was  frequently  con- 
cluded in  such  a  way  that  the  right  was  reserved  of  appealing 
against  the  decision  of  the  arbitrator,  in  which  case  his  duty 
merely  consisted  in  attempting  a  reconciliation.  The  criminal 
jurisdiction  over  serious  offences  was  in  the  hands  of  the 
Gerousia,  which  alone  had  the  privilege  of  pronouncing  a 
capital  sentence  on  citizens.  The  rule  was  that  the  Gerontes 
should  only  pronounce  their  sentence  after  several  days'  deli- 
beration, while  acquittal  did  not  protect  the  accused  person 
from  being  again  brought  to  trial  for  the  same  cause,  and 
accordingly  no  exceptio  rei  judicatce  was  known.1  Offences  com- 
mitted by  the  kings  were  tried  by  the  Gerontes  in  conjunction 
with  the  Ephors.2  With  regard  to  the  forms  of  procedure, 
either  before  the  magistrates  or  the  Gerousia,  we  are  entirely 
without  information,  nor  are  we  in  a  position  to  answer  the 
question  as  to  whether  every  citizen  was  privileged  to  come 
forward  as  an  accuser,  as  was  the  case  in  democratic  States,  or 
whether  a  private  individual  was  obliged  to  content  himself  with 
laying  information  of  the  offence  before  a  magistrate,  possibly 
the  Ephors,  and  to  leave  to  him  its  further  prosecution.  The 
popular  assembly  exercised,  so  far  as  we  can  judge,  no  judicial 
authority,  except  in  those  cases  in  which  the  right  of  succession 
to  the  throne  was  contested  by  several  claimants.3  The  preli- 
minary inquiry  was  in  this  case,  of  course,  conducted  by  the 
Gerousia,  and  its  result  laid  before  the  people,  which  however 
must  nevertheless  have  had  the  right,  if  it  formed  a  different 
opinion  on  the  question  of  law,  to  follow  its  own  decision  in 
preference  to  that  of  the  Gerousia,  since  otherwise  the  reference 
to  the  popular  assembly  would  have  been  a  mere  formality. 
From  the  fact  that  written  laws,  long  after  they  were  used  in 
the  other  States,  did  not  exist  in  Sparta,  and  were  even 
expressly  interdicted,  it  follows  that  the  judges  could  only  have 
formed  their  decisions  in  accordance  with  custom  and  their 
own  discretion, — a  practice  with  which  Aristotle  finds  fault.4 
And  true  it  is  that  injustice  and  arbitrary  sentences  were  thus 
rendered  possible,  though  they  probably  did  not  occur  with 
greater  frequency  in  Sparta  than  in  other  States  which  enjoyed 
written  laws,  but  committed  the  maintenance  of  them  to 
popular  courts,  which,  being  responsible  to  no  one,  were  usually 
not  hampered  by  too  conscientious  an  observance  of  them. 
One  singular  instance  which  is  recorded  of  the  contravention  of 
customary  right  may,  by  the  manner  in  which  it  came  about, 

1  Plutarch,  ad  loc.  cit.  p.  120.  s  Xen.  Hell.  iii.  3.  1,4. 

2  Vide  supra,  p.  233.  4  Pol.  ii.  6.  15. 


252      DESCRIPTION  OF  THE  PRINCIPAL  STATES. 

serve  as  a  proof  that  similar  proceedings  were  of  extremely 
rare  occurrence.  When,  in  consequence  of  the  defeat  of 
Leuctra,  a  large  number  of  Spartiatse  had  become  liable  to  the 
heavy  penalties  imposed  by  the  law  on  fugitives  from  the  field 
of  battle,  great  embarrassment  was  felt,  since  it  was  felt  impos- 
sible to  decide  on  the  condemnation,  in  obedience  to  the  law,  of 
so  many  fellow-citizens,  nor  on  their  illegal  acquittal.  The 
State  would  willingly  have  been  freed  from  either  necessity,  and 
the  means  for  this  was  devised  by  king  Agesilaus.  He  caused 
himself  to  be  appointed  legislator,  with  extraordinary  powers, 
and  then  declared  that,  though  the  existing  laws  Were  to  remain 
unaltered  for  the  future,  they  might  be  suspended  for  this 
single  instance,  or,  as  Plutarch  expresses  it,  be  allowed  to  sleep 
for  a  single  day.  In  this  way  the  procedure  against  the  citizens 
in  question  was  entirely  suspended,  and  they  were  in  reality 
neither  condemned  in  accordance  with  the  law,  nor  acquitted  in 
disobedience  to  it.1 

No  particulars  can  be  given  with  regard  to  Spartan  law, 
though  it  is  clear  that  in  a  State  which  on  principle  excluded 
its  citizens  from  trade,  commerce,  and  industrial  pursuits,  and 
made  private  property  as  far  as  possible  limited  in  quantity 
and  inalienable,  its  private  law  must  have  been  extremely 
simple,  and  far  less  extensive  and  important  than  its  penal 
law,  which  was  sometimes  directed  as  a  criminal  procedure 
against  serious  offences  and  derelictions  of  duty,  and  sometimes 
as  a  police-jurisdiction  against  breaches  and  neglect  of  the 
public  discipline,  to  which  the  entire  life  of  the  citizen  from 
childhood,  and  through  every  subsequent  stage,  was  continu- 
ously subjected.  But  just  as  the  regulations  of  this  discipline 
itself  varied  very  much  in  importance,  so  also  did  the  punish- 
ments imposed  for  their  transgression.  Trivial  offences,  such 
as  must  have  frequently  occurred,  were  lightly  punished.  For 
instance,  a  man  was  sentenced  to  provide  an  extra  dish  for  his 
fellow-members  at  the  Syssitia,  or  to  supply  reeds  and  straw 
for  the  benches,  or  bay-leaves,  which  were  used  in  certain 
kinds  of  food,  or  other  trivial  fines.2  More  serious  mis- 
demeanours, as,  e.g.  cowardice  in  war,  were  severely  punished, 
sometimes  even  with  atimia  or  the  loss  of  all  the  rights  and 
honours  of  citizens.  Even  those  men  who,  during  the  Pelopon- 
nesian  war  in  the  island  of  Sphacteria,  were  forced  after  an  ob- 
stinate defence,  to  surrender  themselves  to  the  Athenians,  little 
as  they  could  be  accused  of  any  real  cowardice,  were  nevertheless 
not  merely  declared  incapable  of  acquiring  any  office,  but  were 

1  Plutarch,  Ag.  c.  30.  2  Athenae.  iv.  140  *eq. 


THE  SPAR  TAN  ST  A  TE.  253 

deprived  of  the  right  to  dispose  of  their  property  by  purchase 
or  sale.1  These,  however,  were  soon  restored  to  their  former 
privileges.  The  customary  punishment  for  cowards  (or 
Tresantes),  however,  was  even  more  severe.  They  not  only  lost 
all  their  civic  rights,  and  were  excluded  from  the  Syssitia,  and 
the  exercises  and  amusements  of  the  citizens,  and  in  the  festal 
choruses  were  placed  in  a  dishonourable  position,  but  they  were 
also  on  all  occasions  exposed  to  universal  contempt  and  to 
insults  of  every  kind.  They  were  obliged  to  wear  a  coat  made 
up  of  different  patches,  to  shave  the  sides  of  their  head,  and 
to  yield  the  road  even  to  the  youngest  citizen  ;  no  one  would 
consent  to  speak  to  them,  nor  to  let  them  kindle  a  fire  from  his 
hearth  ;  and  if  they  had  daughters,  no  one  would  marry  them  ; 
if  they  were  unmarried,  no  one  would  give  them  his  daughter  to 
wife ;  while,  in  addition  to  this,  they  received  special  punish- 
ment as  unmarried  citizens.2  For  even  celibacy  was  regarded 
in  Sparta  as  a  dereliction  of  civic  duty,  and  as  such  was 
punished  with  a  very  palpable  severity.  For  instance,  a  con- 
firmed bachelor  was  obliged  sometimes  to  go  in  a  cold  winter's 
day  to  the  market  almost  naked,  and  there  to  sing  lampoons 
against  himself,3  a  mode  of  punishment  which  was  apparently 
often  imposed  for  other  kinds  of  offences.  Next  to  punish- 
ments involving  loss  of  honour,  pecuniary  fines  are  most 
frequently  mentioned,  especially  in  the  case  of  kings  and 
generals.  Thus  Phcebidas  was  condemned  for  his  illegal 
occupation  of  the  Cadnisea  to  a  fine  of  100,000  drachmae,4 
while  the  same  amount  was  to  be  imposed  on  Agis,  because  in 
the  war  against  Argos  he  neglected  his  duty,  while  in  addition 
his  house  was  to  be  levelled  with  the  ground,  a  punishment 
which  he  narrowly  escaped  actually  undergoing.5  Lysanoridas, 
again,  one  of  the  commanders  of  the  Spartan  garrison  in  the 
Cadmaea,  was,  on  account  of  his  feeble  defence,  condemned  to  a 
pecuniary  fine,  which  he  was  unable  to  pay,  and  was  in  con- 
sequence banished  from  the  country.6  Similarly,  at  an  earlier 
time,  fourteen  years  before  the  commencement  of  the  Pelopon- 
nesian  war,  king  Pleistonax  was  also  banished.  He  was 
condemned  to  a  fine  of  fifteen  talents,  because  in  a  war  against 
Athens  he  had  led  back  his  army  out  of  Attica  without  having 
effected  his  object,  and,  being  unable  to  pay  this  amount,  he 
fled  to  Arcadia,  where  for  nineteen  years  he  lived  as  a  refugee 
in  the  sanctuary  of  Zeus  Lycreus,  until  at  last  the  Spartans,  at 

1  Thuc.  v.  34.  4  Plutarch,  Pelop.  c.  6. 

*  Xen.  rep.  Lac.  c.  9.  5.  5  Thuc.  v.  63. 

3  Plutarch,  Lycurg.  c.  15.  6  Plutarch,  Peloj).  c.  13. 


254      DESCRIPTION  OF  THE  PRINCIPAL  STATES. 

the  bidding  of  the  Delphian  oracle,  recalled  him  and  restored 
him  to  the  government.1  The  adviser,  who  had  been  assigned 
him  in  the  war  against  Athens,  and  who  was  accused  of  having 
been  bribed  by  Pericles,  ,was,  according  to  a  statement  of 
Ephorug,  punished  with  the  confiscation  of  his  property,  while 
by  Plutarch's  account  he  fled  the  country,  and  was  condemned 
to  death  in  his  absence.2  It  is  possible  that  both  punishments 
were  pronounced  against  him,  and  that  he  only  escaped  the 
latter  by  his  exile.  Lysanorides  and  Pleistonax,  moreover, 
must  have  saved  themselves  by  their  flight  from  a  harder  fate, 
which  threatened  them  in  Sparta,  if  they  failed  to  pay  the 
fine  imposed,  and  this  probably  would  have  consisted  in  at 
least  the  highest  degree  of  atimia,  possibly  in  imprisonment, 
or  possibly  even  in  capital  punishment.  It  is  at  any  rate  stated 
by  Thucydides,  that  Pleistonax,  out  of  fear  of  the  Spartans, 
placed  himself  under  the  protection  of  Zeus  LycsBus,  and  it 
is  hardly  conceivable  that  his  fear  could  have  had  any  other 
cause  than  that  the  Spartans,  if  they  obtained  possession  of  his 
person,  as  he  was  not  able  to  pay  the  fine,  would  proceed 
against  him  with  still  greater  severity.  In  a  somewhat  earlier 
period  also  a  certain  Alcippus  is  said  to  have  been  punished 
with  banishment  and  confiscation  of  property,  on  being  accused 
of  devising  schemes  for  the  overthrow  of  the  constitution,3  and 
I  can  find  no  ground  for  doubting  that  both  these  !  punish- 
ments were  sometimes,  if  rarely,  actually  carried  out.4  Imprison- 
ment may  be  regarded  merely  as  a  means  of  security,  in  order  to 
retain  possession  of  an  accused  person,  although  it  may  well  be 


1  Thuc.  v.  16.  The  sum  is  men-  dangerous  subjects  !  In  Herod,  i.  c. 
tioned  by  Ephorus  in  the  Schol.  to  68,  mention  is  made  of  a  banishment 
Aristoph.  Clouds,  1.  858.  which,   we    must    admit,    is    merely 

2  Ephorus,  ad  loc.  at. ;  Vint.  Pericl.  S^**"^      Confiscation    has    been 
9o  doubted  by  Meier,  de  bon.  damn.  p. 

r^"    to  j.      t.    vr                           m  198,  on  the  ground  that  the   State 

Ps.  Plutarch,  Narrat.  amat.  c.  5.  mu^t  have  S0lfght>  as  far  as  possible> 

4  Cf.  Atheme.   xii.   p.  550 ;  ^Elian,  to  retain  the  number  and  size  of  the 

Var.Hist.idv.T.  Muller(Z)flr£an$,vol.  estates    unaltered.       But    the    State 

ii.  p.  238,  Eng.  tr.)  throws  doubt  on  might  make  use  of  confiscated  estates 

the  punishment  of  exile,  "  because  the  to    provide    for    those    citizens  who 

State  could  hardly  have  legally  com-  possessed  none  of  their  own,  and  so 

pelled  any  one  to  do  that  which,  when  found  a   house.      Again,   when  this 

it  was   voluntarily    performed,    was  authority  (p.  199)  regards  the  story 

punished  with  death."     And  there-  of  Alcippus  as  apocryphal,  his  judg- 

fore  because  the  State  restrained  its  ment  merely  rests  on  what  the  nar- 

citizens    from    travelling    and    from  rator  states  to  have  been  the  motive 

lengthened  abode  in  foreign  lands,  in  of  the  confiscation.     This  may  easily 

order  to  prevent  their  corruption,  it  have  been  a  mistake,  but  we  are  not  on 

must  forsooth   refuse  to  send  away  that  account  justified  in  rejecting  the 

those  whom  it  regards  as  corrupt  and  fact  itself, 


THE  SPAR  TAN  STATE.  255 

believed  that  it  was  also  applied  as  a  punishment,  as,  e.g.  in  the 
case  of  those  who  failed  to  pay  a  fine  to  which  they  had  been 
condemned.  Corporal  punishments  were  used  frequently 
enough  as  a  discipline  for  the  young,  as  may  be  inferred  from 
the  simple  fact  that  a  number  of  Mastigophori  or  whip-bearers 
were  assigned  to  the  Paidonomus.1  They  were  not,  however, 
employed  in  the  punishment  of  criminals,  except  in  aggrava- 
tion of  the  punishment  of  death.  Thus  we  hear  that  Cinadon 
and  his  fellow-conspirators  were,  before  their  execution,  led 
through  the  streets  of  the  city  with  scourges  and  goads,  with 
their  hands  bound,  and  their  necks  in  halters.2  The  execution, 
which  could  legally  take  place  only  by  night,3  was  accom- 
plished by  strangulation,  either  in  the  prison,  in  a  specially 
appointed  spot  called  Dechas,4  or  the  condemned  was  cast 
down  the  so-called  Caiadas,  a  deep  cleft  in  the  neighbourhood 
of  the  city.  Usually,  however,  it  appears  that  only  the  corpses 
of  executed  criminals  were  thrown  down  here.5 

Section  XI. — The  State  Discipline. 

The  Spartan  Agoge,  or  in  other  words  the  regulation  and 
discipline  to  which  Sparta  subjected  the  lives  of  her  citizens,  no 
doubt  rested  originally  on  some  previous  foundation  in  the 
national  character  and  popular  customs,  from  which  it  was  sub- 
sequently developed  of  set  purpose  and  on  a  regular  plan,  and 
transformed  into  a  well-devised  system  of  rules  for  conduct, 
which  was  admirably  suited  to  the  peculiar  circumstances  of 
the  Spartan  State.  This  system  embraced  the  whole  life  of  the 
citizen  from  earliest  youth  up  to  extreme  old  age,  and  permitted 
him  to  enter  upon  no  other  career  and  to  acquire  no  other 
culture  than  what  seemed  to  promote  the  general  good  or  the 
maintenance  of  the  commonwealth  in  unimpaired  force  and 
security  against  its  opponents. 

The  promise  said  to  have  been  given  by  the  oracle  to  the 
Spartans,  that  they  should  secure  the  possession  of  honourable 
freedom  by  means  of  bravery  and  union,6  was  kept  in  view  by 
the  legislators  who  framed  this  system  of  life,  and  it  must  be 
confessed  that  there  is  something  which  commands  admir- 
ation and  respect  in  the  sight  of  the  man-taming  Sparta,  as 
Simonides  calls  it,7  where  a  people  small  in  numbers,  but 
marked  by  the  complete  surrender  of  every  individual  to  the 

1  Xen.  rep.  Lac.  c.  2.  2.  5  Pausan.  iv.  8.  3 ;  Thuc.  i.  134. 

■  Jb.  Hell.  iii.  3.  11.  °  Diodor.   Excerpt.    Vatic,   vol.    iii. 

3  Herod,  iv.  146.  p.  2,  Dindf. 

4  Plutarch,  Ag.  c.  19.  3.  7  In  Plutarch's  Ay.  c.  1. 


256      DESCRIPTION  OF  THE  PRINCIPAL  STATES. 

whole,  and  by  the  unconditional  sacrifice  of  private  inclinations 
to  the  requirements  of  the  commonwealth,  displayed  an  energy 
which  rendered  it  capable  of  maintaining  itself  for  a  long 
period  in  possession  of  a  supremacy  over  a  far  larger  number  of 
subjects,  and  in  undisputed  superiority  to  all  the  other  people 
of  Greece.  We  can  thus  easily  understand  how  many,  struck 
by  this  magnificence,  have  overlooked  the  dark  side  of  the 
picture,  and,  idealising  Sparta,  praised  it  as  the  State  in 
which,  more  than  in  any  other,  the  idea  of  aristocracy  or 
of  a  government  of  the  best  citizens  was  actually  realised. 
For  if  the  "best  citizens  are  conceived  with  exclusive  re- 
ference to  the  capability  of  defending  their  supremacy  and 
conquering  their  enemies,  it  must  be  confessed  that  the  Spartan 
discipline  did  indeed  train  the  citizens  to  perfection ;  but  if  true 
excellence  is  only  found  in  the  free  development  of  all  the 
noble  qualities  and  powers  of  mankind,  in  the  even  and  har- 
monious cultivation  of  the  moral  and  mental  nature,  then  this 
praise  must  be  withheld.  We  should  be  rather  inclined  to 
agree  with  the  sober  and  impartial  judgment  of  Aristotle,  and 
to  allow  that  the  Spartan  discipline,  instead  of  ennobling  its 
citizens,  and  training  to  a  true  KaXo/casyadia,  made  them  rather 
one-sided  and  rude.1 

The  child  immediately  on  his  first  entry  into  the  world  fell 
under  the  control  of  the  State.  The  question  whether  he 
should  be  brought  up  or  made  away  with  was  not,  as  elsewhere, 
left  with  the  father,  but  was  determined  by  the  judgment  of  a 
commission  composed  of  the  oldest  members  of  the  Phyle,  to 
whom  the  infant  had  to  be  shown.  If  they  found  it  weak, 
fragile,  or  unsound,  they  gave  orders  for  its  exposure,  for  which 
purpose  a  place  was  appointed  in  Taygetus,  which  was  from 
this  circumstance  called  'Airoderat,  or  the  place  of  exposure. 
Healthy  and  sound  children  they  ordered  to  be  brought  up, 
and  assigned  them,  if  they  were  posthumous  sons,  the  reversion 
to  an  allotment  of  land,2  in  cases  where  they  had  any  at  their 
disposal,  and  when  the  father  was  not  possessed  of  several 
allotments  which  the  sons  could  divide  between  them.  After 
this  the  boy,  until  his  seventh  year,  was  left  in  his  father's 
house,  and  intrusted  to  the  care  of  the  women,  although  this 
early  domestic  training  and  education  was  simply  intended  to 
serve  as  a  preparation  for  the  subsequent  public  discipline,  for 
which  the  child  was  to  be  allowed  to  grow  up  sound  and 
healthy  in  mind  and  body  without  any  tenderness  or  effeminacy. 

1  Arist.  Pol.  via.  3.  3  ;  cf.  vii.  2.  5  ;  2  Plutarch,  Lycurg.  c.  16  ;  cf.  Her- 
13.  10-15  aud  20.  mann,  Antiq.  Lac.  p.  188  seq.  and  194. 


THE  SPARTAN  STATE.  257 

The  Laconian  nurses  were  celebrated  and  sought  after,  even  in 
foreign  lands,  and  wealthy  parents  exerted  themselves  to  secure 
them  for  their  sons.  For  instance,  Alcibiades  is  said  to  have 
had  a  Laconian  foster-mother  or  nurse  named  Amycla.1  When 
the  seventh  year  was  reached  the  hoy  was  taken  away  from 
his  parents'  house,  and  handed  over  to  the  Paidonomus  or 
general  director  of  the  education  of  the  young,  who  at  once 
assigned  him  to  some  particular  division  composed  of  boys  of 
the  same  age.  These  divisions  were  called  tkai  or  companies, 
several  of  which  formed  a  band,  ar/eXa,  or,  as  the  Spartans 
called  it,  fiova.  Every  Ila  was  commanded  by  an  Ilarch,  every 
fiova  by  a  Buagor,  selected  from  the  fittest  of  the  youths  who 
had  passed  out  of  the  period  of  boyhood,  the  Buagor  being 
apparently  chosen  by  the  votes  of  the  boys  themselves.2  These 
leaders  had  to  direct  the  occupations,  games,  and  exercises  of 
those  committed  to  their  charge,  and  also  to  instruct  them  in 
gymnastics,  though  of  course  under  the  constant  oversight  of 
the  Paidonomus  and  the  Bidyi,  who  were  close  at  hand  with 
their  mastigophori,  in  order,  when  occasion  required,  to  visit 
the  young  people  with  the  necessary  chastisement.  In  addi- 
tion to  these,  plenty  of  men  were  always  present,  who  watched 
the  emulation  of  the  youths  with  keen  interest,  and  were  privi- 
leged to  call  for  this  or  that  gymnastic  feat,  to  set  on  foot  any 
kind  of  contest  they  pleased,  and,  in  a  word,  to  instruct,  to 
exhort,  or  to  punish. 

The  bodily  exercises  were  judiciously  divided  according  to 
the  various  ages  of  the  boys,  though  no  details  on  this  point 
can  be  given.  Boxing,  however,  and  the  Pancration,  were 
entirely  excluded,  as  being  adapted  only  for  athletes  and  not 
for  future  warriors,3  whereas  running,  leaping,  wrestling,  throw- 
ing the  spear  and  discus  were  diligently  practised,  while  train- 
ing in  the  use  of  military  arms  was,  we  may  be  sure,  not 
omitted,  although  the  teachers  of  Hoplomachy,  who  professed 
to  instruct  not  only  in  various  useless  tricks  of  fence,  but  also 
in  tactics  and  other  military  knowledge,  were  never  admitted 
into  Sparta.4  Besides  these  there  were  various  kinds  of  dances, 
among  which  the  Pyrrhic,  a  rapid  dance  performed  in  armour, 
was  a  special  favourite;  it  is  said  to  have  been  taught  to 
children  only  five  years  old.5    The  whole  regulation  however 

1  Plutarch,  ad  loc.   cit.     We   hear        2  Plutarch,  Lycurg.  c.  17. 
of    another    Laconian   nurse   named 

Malicha  or  Cythera  from  an  epitaph        3  Cf-   Haase  on  Xenoph.  rep.  Lac. 
found  in  Athens.     She  was  nurse  to    P-  108. 
the  children  of  the  Athenian  Diogiton         4  /j   p  219 
in  the  fourth  century  b.c.    Vide  Bulle-  " 

tino,  dc  Corrisp.  Arc.heol.  (1841),  p.  56.         5  Athense.  xiv.  p.  361  A. 

R 


258      DESCRIPTION  OF  THE  PRINCIPAL  STATES. 

of  the  life  of  the  young  citizens  was  calculated  to  produce 
vigour  and  bodily  strength.  They  went  about  barefoot,  with 
no  covering  for  the  head,  lightly  and  scantily  clothed,  and 
from  their  twelfth  year,  even  in  winter,  were  clad  in  a  single 
outer  garment,  without  under-clothing,  and  this  was  expected 
to  last  for  the  whole  year  through.  The  hair  was  worn  cut 
short,  and  not  even  bathing  or  anointing  the  body  was  allowed 
except  on  some  few  days  in  the  year.  Their  sleeping  quarters 
were  provided  merely  with  hay  or  straw,  without  carpet  or 
covering,  and  after  their  fifteenth  year,  in  which  puberty  begins 
to  develop,  they  lay  on  reeds  or  rushes  (a-iSrj),  on  account  of 
which  boys  of  this  age  are  also  called  cnSevvai.1  Their  food 
was  not  only  simple  in  the  extreme,  but  often  so  scanty  in 
quantity  as  to  be  insufficient  to  satisfy  their  hunger,  so  that 
the  boys,  unless  they  chose  to  go  hungry,  were  compelled  to 
steal  for  themselves  the  means  of  sustenance,  which,  if  it  was 
skilfully  performed,  was  praised  as  a  proof  of  cleverness  and 
adroitness,  though,  if  it  was  discovered,  it  received  punishment.2 
Finally,  in  addition  to  the  other  means  which  were  daily  offered 
of  hardening  themselves  against  bodily  pain,  we  must  mention  in 
particular  the  annual  Diamastigosis  or  scourging  test  at  the  altar 
of  Artemis  Orthia  or  Orthosia,  where  the  youths  were  scourged 
until  the  blood  flowed,  and  considered  it  disgraceful  either  to 
betray  pain  or  to  beg  for  any  abatement,  and  the  one  who 
endured  longest  received  the  honourable  title  of  Bomonicas,  or 
conqueror  at  the  altar.  It  sometimes,  however,  happened  that 
boys  died  under  the  scourge.  The  custom  is  said  to  have  been 
originally  introduced  in  order  in  this  way  to  provide  some  com- 
pensation to  Artemis,  who,  according  to  ancient  prescription, 
had  to  be  appeased  with  human  blood,  instead  of  the  human 
sacrifices  which  had  in  former  times  been  offered.  It  was  sub- 
sequently used,  as  we  have  described,  as  a  means  of  education, 
and  was  preserved  up  to  a  very  late  period,  in  which  very 
little  else  remained  of  the  other  institutions  of  Lycurgus.3  It 
can  certainly  not  be  denied  that  this  method  of  bringing  up  the 
young  must  have  attained  its  object  in  perfecting,  strengthen- 
ing, and  hardening  the  body;  but  whether  a  cultivation  of 
bodily  strength  and  endurance,  in  so  far  as  it  is  necessary  for 
health  and  military  fitness,  can  only  be  attained  by  such 
violent  means,  is  another  question,  which   should  probably 

1  Plutarch,  Lycurg.  c.  16  ;  Inst.  s  Pausan.  iii.  16.  6,  7  ;  Cic.  Tusc. 
Lac.  5  ;  Phot.  Lex.-p.  107  ;  cf.  Miiller,  ii.  14  ;  Haase,  ad  Xen.  p.  83  ;  and 
Dorians,  vol.  ii.  p.  301.  especially Trieber,  Quaxtt.Lac.  (Berol. 

2  Xen.  rep.  Lac.  c.  2.  6 ;  Plutarch,  1867),  p.  25  seq. 
Lycurg.  c.  17. 


THE  SPARTAN  STATE.  259 

rather  be  answered  in  the  negative.  Even  the  Spartans  them- 
selves at  least  considered  it  neither  necessary  nor  advisable  to 
subject  the  future  successor  to  the  throne  to  the  full  severity  of 
this  discipline.1 

In  proportion  as  the  general  development  and  extreme 
enhancement  of  bodily  fitness  was  anxiously  and  indeed  ex- 
cessively desired,  so,  on  the  other  hand,  the  sphere  of  moral 
and  intellectual  training  was  curtailed.  With  regard  to  scien- 
tific instruction,  it  is  true  that  at  the  period  in  which  the  rules 
of  the  Spartan  Agoge  were  determined,  even  in  the  rest  of 
Greece  little  of  the  kind  existed.  But  even  in  later  times, 
when  at  least  the  elementary  knowledge  of  reading  and 
writing  everywhere  formed  a  subject  of  instruction  for  the 
young,  this  was,  in  Sparta,  not  admitted  into  the  prescribed 
discipline,  on  which  account  Isocrates2  reproaches  the  Spartans 
on  the  ground  that  they  are  so  backward  in  the  most  general 
culture  as  not  even  to  learn  the  letters  of  the  alphabet.  This  is 
certainly  rhetorical  exaggeration ;  but  it  is  true  that  reading  and 
writing  did  not  form  part  of  the  prescribed  instruction,  although 
of  course  there  were  many  who  learnt  them  in  private,  as  soon 
as  the  general  condition  of  affairs  rendered  the  knowledge 
desirable,  or  rather  indispensable.  Even  then,  however,  they 
learnt  it  only  from  this  consideration,  and  not  as  the  elements 
of  a  higher  intellectual  culture.3  On  the  other  hand,  music 
formed  part  of  the  regularly  prescribed  instruction,  and  was 
regarded  as  a  most  valuable  means,  not  only  of  agreeable 
amusement,  but  also  of  moral  culture,  in  so  far,  that  is,  as  it 
remained  true  to  the  character  which  was  a  special  peculiarity 
of  the  Dorian  style,  which,  with  the  manly  dignity  of  its 
rhythm,  and  the  moderating  simplicity  of  its  harmony,  had  the 
effect  of  disposing  the  soul  to  a  corresponding  mood  and  dis- 
position. On  this  account  innovations  and  refinements  in 
music  were  regarded  with  distrust,  and  sometimes  met  with  a 
very  summary  rejection.4  The  boys  and  young  men  were  not 
only  taught  to  sing  those  songs,  the  matter  of  which  was  in 
correspondence  with  the  spirit  of  the  State,  but  probably  also 
learnt  the  use  of  the  musical  instruments  themselves — the 
cithara  and  the  flute.5     On  festal  occasions,  choral  bands  of 


1  Plutarch,  A g.  c.  1.  Cf.  Mure,  Hist,  of  the  Lang,  and  Lit. 

2  Panath.  §  209.  of  Greece,  vol.  iv.  p.  33. 
8  This  is  proved  by  Plutarch,  Lycurg.  4  Cf.  supra,  p.  243; 

c.  16,  whose  evidence  clearly  deserves  5  The  evidence  for  the  flute,  which 

more  credit  than  that  of  Grote  (voL  has  struck  some    as   utterly  impro- 

ii.  pp.   308,  309),  who  too  zealously  bable,    is    given    by    Chamseleon    in 

undertakes  the  defence  of  Isocrates.  Athense.   iv.    84,   p.    184.      Cf.    also 


26o      DESCRIPTION  OF  THE  PRINCIPAL  STATES. 

many  voices  came  forward,  composed  of  youths  of  various  ages, 
who  sang,  in  answer  to  one  another,  a  kind  of  alternate  song, 
of  which  one  example  still  remains,  which  may  find  a  place 
here.  There  were  three  choruses — one  of  old  men,  another  of 
young  men,  and  the  third  of  boys.  The  chorus  of  old  men 
sang  first — 

"  We  were  once  young  men,  full  of  courage  and  strength," 

to  which  the  chorus  of  men  reply — 

"  We  are  so  now,  try  us  if  thou  wilt," 

after  which  the  boys  join  in — 

"  But  we  some  day  shall  be  both  braver  and  stronger." x 

With  regard  to  the  training  of  the  intellect,  the  Spartans 
considered  that  it  might  be  acquired  in  sufficient  measure  by 
life  itself,  and  by  the  opportunities  which  presented  themselves 
in  daily  intercourse  for  exercising  influence  on  the  boys,  and 
that  therefore  no  special  instruction  was  needed.  Accordingly 
no  schools  existed,  but  the  boys  were  frequently  taken  to  the 
public  mess-tables  of  the  men,  in  order  that  they  might  listen 
to  their  conversations,  in  which  subjects  of  the  most  diverse 
nature  were  discussed — at  one  time  public  affairs,  praiseworthy 
or  reprehensible  deeds  in  peace  or  war ;  at  another,  cheerful 
badinage  or  witty  repartee  among  the  members  of  the  mess — 
a  mode  of  amusement  to  which  the  Spartans  were  much 
inclined.  The  god  of  Laughter  had  his  altar  at  Sparta,  no  less 
than  the  god  of  Obedience.2  In  these  conversations  even  the 
youths  themselves  were  obliged  to  take  a  part;  they  were 
called  upon  for  their  opinion,  for  which  they  were  then  either 
praised  or  corrected;  and  they  were  also  expected  to  make 
ready  and  telling  replies,  requiring  wit  and  presence  of  mind  to 
catch  questions  and  raillery.  In  this  every  unnecessary  word 
was  to  be  dispensed  with,  and  they  were  taught  to  say  as  much 
as  possible  in  the  fewest  possible  words.3  Apart  from  this, 
however,  every  older  man  stood  to  the  younger  in  the  relation 
of  teacher  to  scholar,  of  superior  to  subordinate.  He  might 
call  him  to  account  for  his  conduct  or  pursuits,  correct,  censure, 

Arist.  Pol.  vii.  6.  6.  The  anecdote  '  Plut.  Lye.  c.  21 ;  Tnstit.  Lac.  c. 
in  Plutarch,   Apophth.  Lac.  no.   39,     15. 

is  without  value  as  evidence.     The  « n.rv           a  *.lo         t>i  a     t 

«  „  . .,„                          ,.        ,,   "  z  IVXws  and  <P<5Sos. — Plut.    Lye.    c. 

Spartan  there  expresses    himself    to  ok     r<lcn™   Q 

the  same  effect  as  Themistocles  on  ' 

one  occasion,  Plut.  Them.  c.  2.  s  Plut.  Lye.  c.  12,  19., 


THE  SPARTAN  STATE.  261 

and  even  punish  him  ;  and  if  a  boy  by  any  chance  complained 
to  his  father  of  a  punishment  so  received,  he  would  be  sure  to 
expose  himself  to  a  still  severer  punishment  from  him.1  For 
children  were  supposed  to  belong  not  so  much  to  the  indi- 
vidual as  to  the  State,  and  all  older  men  were  equally  regarded 
by  the  younger  as  their  fathers.  Hence  the  Spartan  youth, 
with  all  their  developed  strength,  and  all  the  ambitious  emula- 
tion which  they  displayed  among  their  contemporaries,  were 
nevertheless,  in  the  presence  of  their  elders,  modest  and  re- 
spectful in  a  degree  which  excited  the  admiration  of  the  other 
Greeks.  One  panegyrist  of  Spartan  institutions  adduces  this 
State  as  a  proof  that  the  male  sex  is  not  less  adapted  to  disci- 
pline and  morality  than  the  female ;  for  a  Spartan  youth  was 
never  forward,  but  silent  as  a  statue;  never  looked  boldly 
round  him  in  the  streets,  but  scarcely  raised  his  eyes ;  and 
walked  not  in  a  careless  attitude,  but  at  a  moderate  pace,  and 
with  his  arms  under  his  mantle.2 

Special  mention,  however,  must  be  made  of  the  influence  in 
training  and  education  which  the  Spartans  expected  from  the 
personal  union  between  a  mature  man  and  a  youth,  and  which 
the  most  unimpeachable  testimony  affirms  to  have  been  justi- 
fied by  experience.  This  union  was  probably  called  by  the 
more  general  name  of  Paiderastia,  though  it  was  something 
purer  and  better  than  is  usually  implied  by  this  name.  It  is 
certainly  true  that  a  sense  of  pleasure  in  bodily  beauty  may 
have  influenced  the  man  in  his  choice  of  a  favourite  boy  or 
youth,  but  his  love  was  only  intended  to  develop  in  its  object 
all  the  goodness  and  beauty  within,  which  his  exterior  seemed 
to  promise,  or,  in  other  words,  to  train  him  for  that  which,  in 
Spartan  eyes,  was  considered  the  ideal  of  manly  excellence. 
This  is  probably  implied  in  the  other  appellations  given  to  this 
relation.  The  lover  is  called  danvr\ka<i,  the  inspirer,  because 
he  sought  to  fill  the  soul  of  his  favourite  with  love,  which, 
though  directed  to  himself  personally,  was  so  only  in  so  far  as 
he  offered  himself  as  a  guide  and  pattern  in  endeavours  after 
all  excellence.  The  beloved  youth  was  called  curat,  or  "  the 
listener,"  because  he  gave  ear  to  the  voice  of  his  advising  and 
protecting  friend.3  It  was  considered  as  a  slur  upon  a  young 
man  if  no  man  found  him  worthy  of  his  love ;  while  it  was  a 
reproach  for  the  man  if  he  did  not  choose  some  youth  for  his 
favourite.4     But  whoever  entered  upon  a  union  of  this  kind 


1  Xenoph.  rep.  Lac.  c.  6.  1,  2.  181  seq. 

3  lb.  c.  3.  4.  *^Elian,    Var.    Hist.  iii.   10;   Cic, 

8  Cf.  Schumann  on  Plut.  Cleom.  p.     quoted  in  Serv.  ad  Vtrg.  uEn.  x.  325. 


262      DESCRIPTION  OF  THE  PRINCIPAL  STATES. 

was  then  held  responsible  for  guiding  the  youth  of  his  choice 
in  the  right  way ;  while  he  was  himself  regarded  as  liable  to 
punishment  for  any  offences  committed  by  him.1  On  the 
other  hand,  if  any  one  dared  to  sully  the  purity  of  the  relation 
by  sensuality  or  obscenity,  he  was  regarded  as  dishonoured, 
and  was  visited  with  general  contempt  to  such  a  degree  that 
he  was  unable  to  bear  it,  and  he  either  sought  a  voluntary 
death,  or  lived  on  in  utter  wretchedness.2 

For  the  girls  also  there  was  ordained  by  the  law  a  gymnastic 
and  musical  education  similar  to  that  of  the  boys,3  although 
no  details  are  stated  with  regard  to  its  arrangement.  We  may 
however  probably  assume  that  here  too  corresponding  regula- 
tions were  in  force,  and  that  therefore  the  girls  were  distributed 
into  bands  and  companies  and  various  classes  according  to  age, 
that  certain  definite  stages  were  prescribed  for  the  various 
exercises,  and  that  a  supervision  was  exercised  by  the  Paido- 
nomi,  Bidyi,  and  the  like.  We  have  express  evidence  that 
girls  were  trained  in  running,  leaping,  wrestling,  and  throwing 
the  spear  and  discus,  while  they  must  certainly  have  learnt 
various  dances,  since  on  festal  occasions  they  appeared  in  bands 
as  danseuses,  and  we  may  infer  the  same  with  regard  to 
singing,  since  it  was  they  who  had  to  sing  the  choral  odes.4 
It  can  hardly  be  doubted  that  their  places  of  exercise  were 
separated  from  those  of  the  boys,  and  also  that  admittance  to 
them  was  not  freely  granted  to  any  one  who  chose  to  demand 
it.5  There  were,  however,  public  contests  and  games  in  which 
young  men  and  girls  were  spectators  of  each  others'  perform- 
ances, and  we  learn  that  on  these  occasions  the  praise  and 
applause,  or  censure  and  derision,  which  was  pronounced  or 
sung  by  the  girls  on  the  young  men  was  regarded  by  these  as 
no  small  spur  or  incitement.  All  this,  as  may  well  be  con- 
ceived, gave  great  offence  to  the  other  Greeks,  among  whom 
the  women,  especially  the  unmarried  girls,  were  kept  secluded 
and  apart  from  all  intercourse  with  the  other  sex.  Hence  a 
hardy,  daring  Spartan  wench,  as  compared  with  a  delicate, 
bashful  Athenian  maiden,  seemed  to  them  a  completely  un- 
womanly spectacle.  Nor  did  their  lighter  clothing  escape 
censure,  consisting  as  it  did  of  a  chiton  without  sleeves  reaching 

1  ./Elian,  ad  loc.  cit.  ;  Plut.  Lye.  c.        s  Cf.  Miiller,  Dorians,  vol.  ii.  p.  328, 

18.  Eng.  tri,  and  Hermann  on  Becker's 

1  /Elian,  iii.  12 ;  Plut.  Inst.  Lac.  Charicles,  p.  178.  The  passages  ad- 
s' 7.  duced  on  the  other  side  by  Trieber, 

8  Xen.  rep.  Lac.  c.  1.  4.  op.  cit.  p.  64,  I  cannot  regard  as  valid 

4  Plut.  Lye.  c.  14  ;  Plat.  Lena.  viiL  evidence, 
p.  805. 


THE  SPARTAN  STATE.  263 

down  nearly  to  the  knees,  and  divided  below  at  the  sides,1  so 
that  much  was  exposed  to  view  which  is  elsewhere  carefully 
concealed,  and  which  therefore  might  appear  calculated  to  excite 
sensuality.  Notwithstanding  this,  however,  we  hear  of  no 
sexual  licence  among  the  Spartan  youth,  though  its  critics 
would  certainly  not  have  failed  to  report  it  to  us  if  anything 
of  the  kind  had  been  of  frequent  occurrence.  That  which  when 
concealed,  and  only  seen  by  stolen  glances,  excites  the  imagina- 
tion, loses  its  effect  on  those  who  see  it  every  day  unhindered, 
and  in  this  way  the  Spartan  youths  and  maidens  could  see  one 
another  in  various  degrees  of  nudity  without  feeling  their  blood 
stirred  at  the  sight.  The  Spartan  mode  of  education  then  can- 
not be  said  to  have  made  the  maidens  licentious,  though  it  did 
probably  have  the  effect,  which  Lycurgus  had  in  view,  of 
making  them  the  strongest  and,  at  the  same  time,  the  most 
beautiful  women  in  all  Greece.  The  beauty,  indeed,  of  the 
female  sex  at  Sparta  is  celebrated  ;2  in  Aristophanes  the  Spar- 
tan woman  Lampito  is  represented  as  on  this  account  exciting 
the  jealous  admiration  of  the  other  women  among  whom  she 
appeared.3  It  remains  to  mention  that  unions  between  older 
women  and  young  girls,  similar  to  that  between  men  and  boys, 
were  not  unusual  in  Sparta.4 

We  are  not  informed  by  our  authorities  at  what  age  the 
education  of  the  girls  was  regarded  as  finished.  That  of  the 
young  men  extended  to  their  thirtieth  year,  since  up  to  that 
age  they  were  retained  in  their  distinct  divisions,  and  made  to 
continue  their  prescribed  exercises  under  the  supervision  of 
the  Bidyi.5  On  attaining  their  eighteenth  year  they  quitted  the 
divisions  of  the  boys,  and  were  now  until  their  twentieth  year 
called  /xeXkelpeves  (or  /aeWtpave^)  or  "  the  coming  youths " 6 
(etpeves).  During  this  interval  they  were  apparently  employed 
in  the  service  of  the  above-mentioned  Crypteia,7  while  their 
obligation  to  regular  service  in  the  army  only  began  on  the 
completion  of  their  twentieth  year.  From  this  to  their  thirtieth 
year  they  were   called   etpevts   (Jpdvesi),8  the    younger  being 

1  Hence  <txio"t6s  x""w" ,  and  the  name    age  of  young  men,  i.e.  their  twentieth 
given  to  Spartan  maidens,  <paivofxr)pi8es    year,  Plut.  Lye.  c.  17. 

— Pollux,  vii.  54,  55  ;  Plutarch,  comp.  7  Vide  supra,  p.  195. 

Lycurg.  c.  Num.  c.  3.  8  Plut.   Lye.  c.    17.     According  to 

2  Cf.  Athenae.  xiii.  20,  p.  566 ;  Strab.  the  Etym.  Mus.  p.  303,  37,  the  name 
x.  p.  449.  is  said  to    have  originally    signified 

8  Aristoph.  Lysistr.  v.  78  se?;  those  of  full  age  who  were  entitled  to 

4  Plut.  Lye.  c.  18.  speak  (etpcu)  at  the  assemblies.      It 

!  Pausan.  iii.  11.  2.  was    probably  an    altogether    Doric 

6  This  name,  however,  was  appar-  word,  for  which  reason  the  Spartan  as- 

ently  used  in  a  more  general  sense  of  signed  it  to  young  men  of  twenty  years 

the  boys  who  were  approaching  the  of  age,  although  they  were  really  first 


264      DESCRIPTION  OF  THE  PRINCIPAL  STATES. 

described  as  irpcoretpai,  (irpwripaves),  the  older  as  a<pcupel<;, 
possibly  from  acpaipa,  a  ball,  because  some  kind  of  game  with 
a  ball  which,  through  its  numerous  variations,  produced  a  high 
degree  of  versatility  and  activity,  occupied  an  important  place 
in  the  exercises  practised  at  this  age.1  From  their  thirtieth 
year  onwards  they  were  ranked  among  the  men,  and  were  only 
now  allowed  to  set  up  a  house  of  their  own,  although  it  was  no 
unusual  thing  for  them  to  marry  even  before  this  age.  This, 
however,  did  not  exempt  them  from  the  duty  of  regularly 
appearing  for  their  meals  in  that  division  of  their  contempor- 
aries to  which  they  belonged,  or  of  performing  the  prescribed 
exercises  and  passing  the  night  in  the  common  sleeping-quarters, 
so  that  they  were  only  able  to  visit  their  wives  by  stealth,  and 
for  a  short  time.2  Marriage  was  demanded  by  the  law  from 
every  citizen  who  was  in  possession  of  an  allotment  of  land, 
as  the  fulfilment  of  an  obligation  towards  the  State.  Younger 
sons  who  had  not  acquired  possession  of  an  estate  of  their  own, 
but  lived  with  their  elder  brother,  and  were  maintained  by 
him,  could  not  of  course  be  subjected  to  this  obligation.  We 
have  already  seen,  indeed,3  that  as  they  dwelt  in  the  paternal 
house  in  company  with  their  brother,  so  they  sometimes  even 
shared  his  wife  with  him,  until  some  kind  of  provision  was 
found  for  them,  either  by  adoption  into  a  childless  house,  or  by 
marriage  with  an  heiress.  Whoever  omitted  to  marry,  when  he 
was  in  a  condition  to  do  so,  was,  as  we  have  already  incidentally 
mentioned,  punished  with  a  kind  of  atimia.  He  was  not 
admitted  to  such  feasts  as  the  Gymnopsedeia  as  a  spectator, 
and  was  compelled  at  the  command  of  the  Ephors  to  walk 
through  the  city  to  the  market-place  on  a  winter  day,  only 
covered  by  his  under-raiment,  and  there  to  sing  a  lampoon 
upon  himself  in  which  he  acknowledged  that  he  was  justly 
punished  for  disobedience  to  the  laws.4  He  had,  moreover,  no 
claim  to  the  marks  of  honour  which  were  in  other  cases  due  to 
older  men  from  the  young  ;  and  when  on  one  occasion  a  young 
man  refused  to  rise  from  his  seat  in  honour  of  the  general 
Dercyllidas,  with  the  words :  "  Thou  hast  begotten  no  son,  who 

allowed  to  attend  the  assemblies  after  Lac.  p.   149,  17  ;  cf.   Xen.  rep.  Lac. 

their  thirtieth  year. — Plut.  Lye.  c.  25.  c.  1.  5. 

With  regard  to  the  different  forms,         •  ir. ,  0,  . 

cf.  Legerlotz  in  Kuhn's  JZeiischr.  via!  Vuie  suPra>  V-  214. 

p.    53,   and  vide  Leutseh.  in  Philol.        4  The  statement  too  which  Athense. 

x.  p.  431.  (xiii.  2,  p.  546)  makes  from  Clearchus 

1  Phot.  p.  140,  21  ;  Pausan.  iii.  146;  may  be  adduced,  viz.,  that  at  certain 

Cf.  Miiller,  Dorians,  vol.   ii.    p.  316,  feasts  the  women  dragged  obstinate 

Eng.  tr.  bachelors   round  the  altar  and  beat 

3  Plut.    Lycurg.    c.    15  ;    Apophth.  them. 


THE  SPARTAN  STATE.  265 

may  some  day  rise  to  me,"  his  conduct  was  universally  com- 
mended.1 Punishment  was  further  imposed  on  those  who 
married  too  late,  or  who  formed  an  unsuitable  connection,2  by 
which  latter  expression  is  probably  meant  a  marriage  in  which 
it  was  evident  that  the  choice  had  been  determined  by  some 
consideration  which  was  inconsistent  either  with  the  proper 
object  of  marriage,  or  with  existing  laws  and  usages,  as,  e.g.  if 
a  man  disdained  a  poor  girl  from  a  kindred  family  in  order  to 
gain  a  rich  one.3 

It  may  be  assumed  as  certain,  from  the  analogy  of  other 
systems  of  legislation,  even  without  express  testimony,  that  legal 
marriages  could  only  take  place  between  full  citizens.  It  is 
expressly  testified,  indeed,  with  regard  to  the  members  of  the 
Heraclid  gens,  that  marriages  with  foreign  women  were  for- 
bidden them,  or,  in  other  words,  that  such  marriages  were  not 
only  legally  invalid,  but  even  liable  to  punishment ;  while  the 
marriage  of  king  Leonidas  11.,  about  the  year  242  B.C.,  with  a 
foreign  wife,  was  made  a  valid  ground  for  his  deposition.4 
Whoever  desired  a  maiden  in  marriage  was  obliged  first  of  all 
to  apply  for  the  consent  either  of  her  father,  or  of  the  kinsman 
under  whose  authority  she  stood.5  With  regard  to  heiresses, 
when  there  was  any  dispute  as  to  who  was  best  entitled  to 
marry  them,  the  decision  lay  with  the  kings.6  Dowries  were 
forbidden  by  law,7  although  in  later  times,  when  many  had 
acquired  the  possession  of  greater  wealth,  this  restriction  was 
no  longer  observed ;  and  especially,  after  the  law  of  Epitadeus 
had  conferred  the  right  freely  to  dispose  of  the  allotments  of 
land,  daughters  belonging  to  families  which  were  in  possession 
of  several  estates  were  even  provided  with  these.  The  conse- 
quence was  that,  since  wealthy  fathers  always  preferred  to 
choose  rich  sons-in-law,,  the  tendency  of  landed  property  to 
accumulate  more  and  more  in  a  few  families  was  not  a  little 
strengthened.8  Whoever  had  gained  permission  from  the  guar- 
dian of  the  maiden  to  take  her  to  wife  then  proceeded  to  take 
possession  of  his  bride  by  means  of  a  kind  of  forcible  abduction.9 


1  Plut.  Lye.  c.  15.  Lysander's  time,  however,  no  dowries 

a  Mktj  d^iyafdov  and  51kt)  KaKoya/xlov.  appear  to  have  been  given,  if  we  may 

Pollux,    hi.    48  ;    viii.  40  ;    Stobceus,  trust  to  the  narration  of  Hermippus 

Flor.  tit.  67.  16.  in  Athenseus,  xiii.  2,  p.  555. 

3  Plut.  Lysand.  c.  30,  extr.  9  Hermippus  in  Athenaeus,  loc.  cit., 
*  Jb.  Ag.  c.  11.  alludes    to    another    custom.      The 

4  iElian,  Var.  Hist.  vi.  4.  maidens  were  shut  up  in  a  dark  room 

6  Vide  supra,  p.  229.  together  with  the  young  men.  who 

7  Plut.    Apoplith.     Lac.     p.     149  ;  were  supposed  each  to  carry  off  one. 
x^Ehan,  Var.  Hist.  vi.  6  ;  Justin,  iii.  3.  This   may  possibly   sometimes    have 

8  Cf.    Arist.    Pol.    ii.    6.    11.      In  occurred.      Neither  custom  is  men- 


266      DESCRIPTION.  OF  THE  PRINCIPAL  STATES. 

He  bore  her  off  from  the  midst  of  her  companions,  and  con- 
veyed her  to  the  house  of  some  female  relation,  who,  in  the 
capacity  of  a  Nvficfrevrpta,  took  charge  of  her,  and  led  her  to 
the  bridal  chamber,  where  she  cut  off  her  hair,  put  on  her  a 
man's  cloak  and  shoes,  laid  her  on  a  bed  composed  of  rushes, 
and  then  took  away  the  light,  bidding  to  await  what  was  to 
follow.  The  young  man,  if,  as  was  usually  the  case,  he  was 
not  yet  over  thirty  years  of  age,  could  only  visit  her  by  stealth, 
and  for  a  short  time ;  and  in  this  way,  in  the  opinion  of  the 
legislator,  excessive  indulgence  in  one  another's  society,  of 
which  there  is  always  a  danger  in  young  couples,  was  avoided. 
Accordingly  it  might  frequently  happen  that  a  young  man  and 
his  wife  might  have  had  several  children  without  ever  having 
seen  one  another  by  day.1  No  express  evidence  is  afforded  of 
sacrifices  or  other  religious  ceremonies  at  the  commencement 
of  the  marriage,  though  it  is  inadmissible  to  conclude  from  this 
fact  that  nothing  of  the  sort  existed.  On  the  contrary,  it 
would  certainly  not  have  remained  unnoticed  if,  in  opposition 
to  the  universal  Greek  usage,  Spartan  marriages  had  entirely 
dispensed  with  every  sort  of  religious  consecration.  These 
religious  proceedings,  however,  were  no  doubt  of  an  exceedingly 
simple  character;  and  all  the  rites,  which  elsewhere  were 
associated  with  the  solemn  conveyance  of-  the  bride  to  her  new 
home,  must  of  necessity  have  been  omitted  in  Sparta.  More 
than  this,  it  cannot  be  denied  that  the  legislature  regarded 
marriage  chiefly,  if  not  exclusively,  from  a  political  point  of 
view,  as  a  means  by  which  families  might  be  continued,  and 
the  necessary  number  of  citizens  not  diminished.  This  point, 
however,  is  common  to  the  Spartan  legislation  with  all  others, 
although  it  was  here  most  logically  and  completely  carried  out. 
Hence  the  dissolution  of  a  marriage,  if  through  the  failure  of 
children  its  object  had  been  unattained,  was  not  only  easily 
effected,  but  was  even  ordered  by  law.  King  Anaxandridas, 
whose  wife  had  borne  him  no  children,  but  whom  he  loved, 
and  therefore  refused  to  divorce,  was  induced,  by  the  command 
of  the  Ephors,  to  take  a  second,  and  to  maintain  a  double 
household,  his  two  wives  living  in  separate  houses.2  Similarly, 
about  the  same  time,  king  Ariston  determined  for  the  same 
reason  to  take  a  second  wife ;  and  when  she  also  bore  no 
children,  he  even  chose  a  third,  although  in  this  case,  it  is 

tioned  in  Xenophon,  from  which  it  since  it  was    evidently  only  a  for- 

may  be  inferred  that  in  his  time  the  mality. 

custom  mentioned  by  Hermippus  was  x  Plut.   Lye.   c.  15  ;  cf.   Xen.    rep. 

at  least  not  a  universal  one.      The  Lac.  c.  1.  5. 

abduction  he  might  have  passed  over,  2  Herod,  v.  39  ;  Pausan.  iii.  3.  7. 


THE  SPARTAN  STATE.  267 

true,  one  of  the  other  two  was  put  away.1  These,  however, 
were  exceptions  from  the  usual  custom,  and  were  only  per- 
mitted in  order  to  reconcile  some  regard  for  the  personal 
feelings  of  the  kings  with  due  care  for  the  continuation  of  the 
royal  house. 

In  other  cases  a  man  was  permitted  to  marry  only  one  wife, 
though  it  is  probable  that  a  species  of  Dyandry,  or  even  of 
Polyandry,  was  tolerated  by  custom  among  the  women.  For 
not  only  did  it  sometimes  occur,  as  already  remarked,  that 
several  brothers  lived  with  one  wife  in  common,  but  it  was  also 
not  considered  objectionable  for  an  older  man,  who  no  longer 
felt  himself  capable  of  his  marital  duties,  to  make  over  his 
privilege  to  a  younger  and  more  vigorous  friend.  It  sometimes 
even  happened  that  a  man  who  was  more  attracted  by  his 
friend's  wife  than  by  his  own,  was  allowed  by  his  friend  to 
participate  in  his  marital  rights.2  Nor  was  it  regarded  as 
illegal  or  disgraceful  for  citizens  to  hand  over  their  wives  to 
non-citizens,  provided  that  they  were  men  from  whom  it  was 
likely  that  vigorous  children  would  be  produced.3  Whether, 
as  some  suppose,4  the  cases  in  which  this  was  or  was  not 
allowable  were  distinguished  with  sufficient  accuracy  by  usage 
and  custom,  must  remain  an  undecided  question.  The  state- 
ments of  the  ancients  at  least  afford  us  no  means  of  judging, 
and  it  in  all  probability  depended  on  the  idea  which  each  indi- 
vidual conceived,  as  to  how  strict  or  how  lax  he  ought  to  be  on 
this  point.  When,  therefore,  we  are  assured  that  adultery  on 
the  part  of  woman  was  rare  or  unheard  of  at  Sparta,5  we  must 
evidently  understand  this  only  of  adultery  in  which  the  wife 
was  seduced  into  infidelity  without  the  knowledge  or  wish  of 
her  husband,  and  that  cases  of  this  kind  rarely  occurred  we 
may  well  believe.  The  wife,  however;  to  whom  overtures  were 
made,  felt  herself  probably  by  no  means  insulted,  but  referred 
the  lover  to  her  husband,  whose  will  she  was  bound  to  follow.6 
Nevertheless,  apart  from  this  unworthy  treatment  of  the 
marriage  relation,  the  women  in  Sparta  enjoyed  a  higher 
degree  of  esteem  than  in  the  rest  of  Greece.  The  mode  of 
their  education  placed  them  on  a  closer  footing  with  the  men : 
they  were  from  their  youth  up  accustomed  to  regard  thein- 


1  Herod,  vi.  61  seq.  is  exaggerated. 

s  Xen.  rep.  Lac.  c.  1.  7,  8  ;  Plut.         4  MuSer,  Dorians,  vol.  ii.  p.  302. 
Lye.  c.  15.  5  Plut.  Lye.  c.  15. 

a  Nicol.    Damasc.     in    C.    Miiller,        •  Cf.  Plut.  Apophth.  mul.  Lac.  torn. 

Fragm.    Hist.    Graic.    iii.     p.   -458;  ii.  p.   188,  Tauch.,  where  a  Spartan 

Hesych.  Phot.  Suid.  nub  voc.  Aaicwvi-  woman    gives    an    answer    to    this 

Kbv  rp6xov,  where,  it  is  true,  the  case  effect. 


268      DESCRIPTION  OF  THE  PRINCIPAL  STATES. 

selves  as  citizens,  and  to  take  the  most  lively  interest  in  all 
public  affairs ;  and  many  instances  show  that  in  courage  and 
patriotism,  in  the  surrender  and  subordination  of  all  personal 
interests  and  inclinations  for  the  good  of  the  commonwealth, 
and,  in  short,  in  the  characteristics  of  the  genuine  Spartan 
citizens,  they  by  no  means  fell  short  of  their  husbands.  By 
this  means  they  of  necessity  gained  the  honour  and  esteem  of 
the  men ;  their  approval  or  blame  exercised  a  powerful  influ- 
ence, and  their  voice  was  not  disregarded  even  in  those  matters 
which  in  other  States  were  looked  upon  as  lying  entirely  out- 
side the  sphere  of  the  feminine  judgment ;  so  that,  indeed,  the 
influence  which  they  exercised  on  the  men  appeared  to  the 
other  Greeks  so  great  that  they  sometimes  openly  described  it 
as  feminine  rule  (yvvatKOKpaTia).1  In  fact,  however,  that  which 
they  so  described  was  simply  the  natural  consequence  of  the 
higher  social  position  of  women,  which,  it  is  true,  far  exceeded 
the  standard  which  seemed  fitting  to  the  other  Greeks,  though 
certainly  not  that  which  women  have  acquired  in  the  modern 
nations  of  the  West.  For  although  culture  is  a  very  different 
thing  with  us  from  what  it  was  to  the  Spartans,  yet  the  dis- 
tinction between  the  two  sexes,  in  all  the  points  which  are 
regarded  as  the  really  essential  points  of  culture,  is  certainly 
not  greater  among  us  than  it  was  with  them ;  and  the  assured 
position  of  women  in  society,  as  well  as  the  influence  which 
they  thereby  exercise  in  so  many  ways,  would  no  doubt  have 
appeared  to  an  Athenian  of  the  best  days  of  his  State  as  a  kind 
of  Gynaecocracy.  But  just  as  with  us  the  higher  social  posi- 
tion of  women  is  far  from  taking  them  away  from  their  most 
peculiar  and  natural  functions  of  housewives  and  mothers,  so  in 
Sparta  no  such  results  followed.  Here  also  the  woman,  imme- 
diately upon  her  marriage,  found  her  proper  duties,  first  and 
before  all  things,  in  her  household,  as  is  implied  in  the  title  of 
fiea-oBo/jba,  which,  according  to  Hesychius,2  was  given  among 
the  Laconians  to  the  housewife.  It  is,  moreover,  stated  by 
Plato,  that  although  the  women  of  Sparta  were  not,  as  in  other 
places,  employed  in  spinning  and  weaving, — occupations  which 
were  left  to  the  slaves, — yet  nevertheless  their  life  was  filled 
with  multifarious  cares  for  the  family  and  household.3  When 
a  captive  Laconian  woman  was  asked  in  what  her  knowledge 
consisted,  she  replied,  "  In  managing  the  house  well ;"  while 
another  answered  the  same  question  with  the  words,  "  In  being 
faithful  and  trustworthy."  4     Gymnastic  and  musical  exercises 


1  Plut.  Lye.  c.  14 ;  Ay.  c.  7.  3  Plato,  Leyy.  vii.  12,  p.  80o,  6. 

2  Tom.  ii.  p.  579.  4  Plut.  Apophth.  mul.  Lac.  p.  188. 


THE  SPARTAN  STATE.  269 

were  discontinued  by  the  housewife,  although  she  no  doubt 
took  no  less  keen  an  interest  in  those  of  her  daughters  than 
her  husband  did  in  those  of  the  sons.  Intercourse  with  men 
was  less  free  for  the  women  than  for  the  girls  ;  and  the  saying 
of  Pericles,1  that  the  greatest  glory  of  a  woman  consists  in 
being  least  spoken  about  by  other  men,  either  for  good  or  for 
evil,  may  also  be  applied  to  Sparta.2  Married  women,  more- 
over, even  here,  never  appeared  in  public  unveiled,  although 
girls  were  allowed  to  do  so.  One  Spartan,  on  being  asked  the 
reason  of  this,  replied,  "  Because  girls  have  first  to  seek  a 
husband,  but  wives  only  to  retain  their  own," 3 — an  answer 
which  at  least  shows  how  the  relation  was  conceived.  It  may 
also  serve  as  a  proof  that  in  Sparta,  more  than  in  other  parts 
of  Greece,  the  choice  of  a  wife  was  determined  by  personal 
inclination  and  admiration  of  the  maiden's  charms,  although 
no  romantic  love  must  be  supposed  to  have  been  felt  by  the 
Spartan  youths,  in  the  sense  of  the  modern  refinement  of  the 
feeling,  which  often  degenerates  into  a  morbid  tenderness.  Nor 
should  we  be  more  correct  in  imagining  any  domestic  life  to 
have  existed,  in  the  modern  meaning  of  the  words,  where  the 
house  usually  constitutes  for  the  man  his  world,  or  at  least  the 
most  important  part  of  the  world;  while,  on  account  of  his 
anxiety  for  his  domestic  life,  he  puts  public  matters  from  his 
thoughts,  and  is  sometimes  expected  to  do  so  of  set  purpose. 
In  Sparta  the  State  was  the  first  object,  the  house  only  the 
second,  and  the  latter  only  possessed  value  and  importance  in 
so  far  as  it  also  served  the  interests  of  the  State. 

This  idea  also  underlay  the  constitution  of  Syssitia,  or  public 
dining-clubs  for  men  (avhpeia)*  by  means  of  which  the  domestic 
life  with  wife  and  children  was  certainly  impaired ;  as  a  recom- 
pense for  which,  however,  the  citizens  were  accustomed,  in 
Plutarch's  words,  to  feel  themselves,  like  bees,  closely  bound 
to  one  another,  simply  as  members  and  portions  of  one  common 
whole,  for  which  they  professed  to  live  rather  than  for  them- 
selves.5 Participation  in  these  Syssitia  was  an  indispensable 
duty  for  every  Spartiate  as  soon  as  he  had  passed  his  twentieth 
year,  and  was  incorporated  as  an  Eiprjv  among  those  who  were 
bound  to  military  service  as  hoplites.  The  only  exception  was 
made  in  the  case  of  the  overseers  of  the  boys'  divisions,  who 
took  their  meals,  not  at  the  Syssitia,  but  with  the  boys  of  their 


1  Thuc.  ii.  45.  8  Plut.  Apophth.  Lac.  p.  161. 

2  Vide  the  opinions  of  Arigeus  and  4  ^rist  Pol  ii   7   3 
Euboidas  in  Plut.  Apopldh.  Lac.  pp. 

122,  130.  6  Plut.  Lye.  c.  25. 


270      DESCRIPTION  OF  THE  PRINCIPAL  STATES. 

division.1  Even  the  kings  were  not  allowed  to  absent  them- 
selves from  the  Syssitia ;  and  when  on  one  occasion  Agis,  after 
his  return  from  the  war  with  Athens,  desired  that  his  portion 
might  be  sent  to  his  house  from  the  public  dining-room,  in 
order  that  he  might  eat  it  at  home  with  his  wife,  his  request 
was  refused.2  Both  kings  took  their  meals  in  the  same  build- 
ing,3 and  their  table-companions  were  the  same  men  who 
formed  their  immediate  retinue  in  war.  The  only  privilege 
they  possessed  over  all  other  citizens  consisted  in  the  fact  that 
they  received  double  portions,  part  of  which  they  might 
bestow  on  those  to  whom  they  wished  to  show  honour.  The 
expenses  of  the  royal  table  were  paid  by  the  State  ;4  all  other 
citizens,  however,  were  bound  to  pay  a  fixed  contribution  every 
month  towards  the  Syssitia,  consisting  of  a  medimnus  of  barley 
or  meal,  eight  chose  of  wine,  five  minae  of  cheese,  two  and  a  half 
pounds  of  figs,  and  beside  this  some  trifling  sum  of  money,  amount- 
ing to  about  ten  JEginetan  obols.5  Whoever  refused  to  pay  this 
amount,  or  was  unable  to  do  so  through  poverty,  was  excluded 
from  the  number  of  o/xoiol  or  full  citizens.6  Those  who  were 
present  in  the  city  were  only  allowed  to  absent  themselves 
from  the  public  meals  on  certain  definite  grounds  of  exemption, 
as,  e.g.  if  they  were  celebrating  a  domestic  sacrifice,  or  had 
returned  home  late  from  hunting.7  It  however  not  unfre- 
quently  happened  that  many,  no  doubt  after  previously  giving 
notice,  and  obtaining  permission,  remained  absent  from  Sparta 
in  the  neighbouring  country  for  a  still  longer  interval.8  An 
occasional  supervision  of  the  Helots  on  their  estates  was 
certainly  not  superfluous,  and  in  addition  to  this,  hunting, — an 
amusement  and  exercise  to  which  the  Spartans  were  exceedingly 
inclined,  and  in  which  they  were  even  encouraged  by  the  laws 
to  take  part,9 — could  of  course  not  always  have  employed  them 
in  the  immediate  neighbourhood  of  the  city,  but  often  led 
them  to  a  greater  distance,  to  where  Taygetus  and  its  ranges 
provided  forest  and  game  in  abundance,  the  latter  consisting  of 


1  This  appears  from  Plut.  Lye.  c.  With  regard  to  the  payments  in  kind 
17,  18,  and  that  all  the  other  young  he  does  not  altogether  agree  with  the 
men  took  part  in  the  Pheiditia,  from  statement  in  the  text,  which  is  taken 
c.  15.     Cf.  also  Xen.  rep.  Lac.  c.  3.  5.  from  Plut.  Lye.  c.  12  ;  however,  the 

2  Plut.  Lye.  c.  12.  subject  is  too  unimportant  to  merit  a 

3  So  the  word  <jv<nci)veiv,   in  Xen.  more  detailed  discussion. 
Hell.  v.  3.  20,  must  be  understood  6  Arist.  Pol.  ii.  6.  21. 
with  Haase,   ad  Xen.  rep.  Lac.   p.  7  Plut.  Lye.  c.  12. 

253.     Cf.  Plut.  A  g.  c.  20.  8  These  are  the  hroh  x<«Wo«  spoken 

4  Xen.  rep.  Lac.  15.  4.  of  in  Xen.  Hell.  iii.  3.  5. 

6  This  is    the    amount    stated    by  9 Xen.  rep.  Lac.  c.  4.  6,  with  Haase's 

Dicaearchus  on  Athense.  iv.  p.  141  b.  note,  p.  112;  Liban.  i.  p.  230  R. 


THE  SPAR  TAN  ST  A  TE.  271 

wild  boars,  for  the  hunting  of  which  the  Laconian  breed  of 
dogs  was  especially  adapted.  We  have  express  evidence  that 
the  Spartans  had  storerooms  on  their  estates,  which  in  all 
probability  were  specially  intended  to  keep  on  the  spot  all  the 
requisites  necessary  for  their  occasional  residence  there,  just  as 
for  the  same  reason  they  kept  in  them  horses  and  dogs  for 
their  use.  With  respect  to  these  things,  however,  some  kind 
of  common  ownership  was  recognised,  since  there  was  nothing 
to  hinder  any  Spartan  in  case  of  necessity  from  making  use,  on 
the  estate  of  some  other  man,  of  the  horses  and  dogs  which  he 
might  find  there,  or  even  from  employing  the  Helots,  or  open- 
ing the  store-chambers,  although  the  latter  he  was  bound  to 
close  up  again  with  his  own  seal.1  We  must  return,  however, 
to  the  Syssitia. 

In  early  times  the  Spartans,  like  the  Homeric  heroes,  sat  at 
table  without  reclining.2  The  Oriental  custom  of  reclining 
first  found  its  way  among  them  at  a  later  though  uncertain 
date,  though  even  then  they  reclined,  not  like  the  other  Greeks 
upon  cushions  and  carpets,  but  upon  simple  wooden  seats.3 
The  Syssitia  however  appear  to  have  retained  the  name  of 
<f>iBiria  or  FiBtTia  (sittings)  4  from  the  ancient  custom  of  sit- 
ting, even  after  it  had  ceased  to  be  appropriate,  as  is  frequently 
the  case  with  terms  of  this  nature.  About  fifteen  persons, 
more  or  less,  took  their  meals  at  each  table,  while  admittance 
into  a  mess  took  place  by  the  free  election  of  the  members  by 
means  of  crumbs  of  bread,  which  were  thrown  into  a  vessel 
carried  round  by  an  attendant,  and  which  were  rolled  up  into 
balls  or  left  loose,  according  as  the  voter  was  for  or  against  the 
admission.5  We  are  therefore  unable  to  suppose  the  existence 
of  any  arrangement  in  accordance  with  tribal  divisions  or 
districts  and  place  of  residence.  On  the  contrary,  all  relations 
and  interest  based  on  family  ties  or  local  footings  were  as  far 
as  possible  suppressed,  and  each  citizen,  quite  independently  of 
such  considerations,  could  choose  for  his  table-companions  those 


1  Xen.  rep.  Lac.  c.  6.  3,  4  ;  Haase,  which  elsewhere  show  no  trace  of  it, 

p.  137  seq.  while  the  change  from  e  to  1  is  also 

8  Varro  on  Serv.  ad  Verg.  Mn.  vii.  found  in  ?fw,  IdpOu.     Supposing  that 

176.  the  Spartans  pronounced  it  as  Fidlria, 

3  Phylarchus,  quoted  in  Athens,  iv.  the  other  Greeks  might  easily  have 

20,   p.    141  ;    Ath.   xii.    15,   p.  518  ;  taken  this  for  <j>i  dlna,  and  broadened 

Suid.  sub  voc.  AvKovpyos  and  (piKlria.  it  into  <pei5lria.     Moreover  the  word 

*  This  explanation  is  certainly  new,  <pei\w\top  cited  by  Hesychius  as    = 

but  not,  I  hope,  worse  than  the  earlier  hippos  or  a<j>  Aas  is  certainly  nothing 

attempts,   some   of  which  are    very  else  than  Ft5d>\ioi>,  FedluXiov,  iduXiov. 
absurd.       Many    words     were    pro- 
nounced with  the  Fby  the  Spartans        5  Plut.  Lye.  c.  12. 


2 72       DESCRIPTION  OF  THE  PRINCIPAL  STATES. 

who  pleased  him  best.  On  this  account  admission  could  only 
be  granted  when  all  the  electors  were  unanimous.  Those, 
moreover,  who  at  home  were  members  of  the  same  mess,  in 
war  shared  the  same  tent,  and  accordingly  the  mess-rooms  were 
called  by  the  same  name,  a/crjval,  which  was  given  to  the  tents 
in  a  camp,  while  the  same  Polemarchs  who  commanded  the 
different  regiments  in  war  also  exercised  supervision  over  the 
Syssitia  in  time  of  peace.  The  food  was,  as  may  be  conceived, 
in  the  highest  degree  simple.  The  chief  article  of  diet  every 
day  consisted  of  the  celebrated  black  blood  soup,  alfutria  or 
/3a(j>d,  a  sort  of  haggis  made  from  pork,  the  flesh  being  cooked 
in  the  blood,  and  seasoned  merely  with  vinegar  and  salt.1  Of 
this  each  person  had  his  own  peculiar  portion  set  before  him. 
Barley-bread,  however,  was  unrestricted  in  quantity,  and 
even  wine  was  supplied  in  sufficient  quantity  to  satisfy  a 
tolerably  strong  thirst.  Intoxication,  however,  was  regarded 
as  disgraceful.2  As  dessert,  cheese,  olives,  and  figs  were  allowed. 
The  members  of  the  mess,  however,  were  not  prohibited  from 
providing  some  extra  delicacy,  such  as  a  piece  of  venison,  or  a 
fowl  or  fish,  or  a  wheaten  loaf,  which  were  in  such  a  case 
handed  round  after  the  ordinary  meal  as  a  second  course 
(eiraircXov).3  Contributions  of  this  kind  were  sometimes,  as  we 
have  remarked  above,4  imposed  by  way  of  penalty  for  slight 
offences,  although  the  rich,  or  those  who  had  returned  with 
some  prize  from  the  hunt,  often  made  them  voluntarily.5 
There  were,  moreover,  in  Sparta  festal  banquets  in  which  the 
daily  custom  of  the  Syssitia  was  departed  from,  especially  on 
occasion  of  sacrificial  feasts.  These  were  sometimes  public, 
like  those  of  the  Hyacinthia,  Carneia,  Tithenidia,  and  others, 
sometimes  private,  when  they  were  called  KoiriSa,  or  battle- 
dishes.6  There  is  no  doubt,  however,  that  even  these  were 
exceedingly  frugal,  and  although  some  other  kind  of  meat  was 
substituted  for  the  black  broth,  and  wheaten  pastry  was  pro- 
vided instead  of  barley-bread,  yet  in  other  respects  the  difference 
was  probably  not  great,  and  the  Sybarite,  who  remarked  that 
he  was  not  surprised  that  the  Spartan  should  face  death  so  boldly 
in  war,  since  a  mode  of  life  like  theirs  was  scarcely  preferable 


1  Plut.    Prcecepta  Sanitatla  tuendce,  prove  to    them    how    men    may  be 
c.  12.  degraded  by  drunkenness. 

2  Xen.   rep.    Lac.    c.    5.   7  ;    Plut.         i  Athenteus,  iv.  19,  p.  141. 
Lye    c.    12,    extr.     From    c     18  we        4  See  above,  p.  252. 
gather  at  least  as  much  as  this,  that         .  „  r  _    „ 
intoxicated  Helots  were  shown  to  the           Xen-  reP-  Lac-  c'  5-  3- 

boys  in  order  by  their  example  to        fi  Athenreus,  iv.  16,  17,  p.  138  aeq. 


THE  SPARTAN  STATE.  273 

to  death,1  probably  from  his  own  point  of  view  had  good  reason 
for  his  judgment,  especially  since  he  had  in  his  mind  not  merely 
the  bad  cookery  of  the  Spartans,  but  also  the  other  hardships  of 
their  life,  and  the  absence  of  all  comforts  and  enjoyments.  In 
Sybaris,  on  the  contrary,  it  was  these  things  which  alone 
were  thought  to  give  to  life  its  proper  worth,  whereas  the 
Spartans  were  compelled  by  the  laws  to  limit  themselves  to 
the  most  necessary  requirements.  Thus  the  same  apparel 
was  prescribed  for  the  richest  as  for  the  poorest,  and  the 
threadbare  tunics  of  the  Spartans  often  enough  served  as  a 
subject  of  mockery  to  the  other  Greeks.  They  themselves, 
however,  probably  considered  this  as  one  of  their  great  merits, 
and  were  as  proud  of  their  shabby  dresses  as  Agesilaus  was  of 
his  frugality,  when  in  Egypt  he  ordered  the  delicacies  which 
were  set  before  him  to  be  given  to  the  Helots,  and  took  for 
himself  only  the  plainest  fare.2  Indeed,  the  cynic  Diogenes 
was  probably  not  far  wrong  when,  on  seeing  at  Olympia  some 
Rhodian  youths  in  magnificent  robes  and  some  Spartan  lords 
in  soiled  and  threadbare  raiment,  he  declared  that  both  were 
instances  of  vanity,  though  in  different  ways.3  The  clothing 
of  the  Spartan  citizen  consisted  in  a  mantle-shaped  outer  coat 
of  grey  cloth,  and  short  cut,  without  clasps  or  bands,  and  this 
the  young  men  from  their  twelfth  year  were  obliged  to  use  as 
their  only  garment,  while  even  older  men  frequently  desired 
no  other.  The  under  garment,  also  made  of  grey  wool,  was  not 
unlike  a  modern  shirt,  and  descended  as  far  as  the  knees,  but 
was  made  without  sleeves.  The  covering  for  the  feet  consisted 
in  a  single  sole  with  a  smooth  border,  on  to  which  the  straps 
were  fastened,  with  which  the  soles  were  tied  on.  Boys  and 
youths  were  obliged  to  go  barefoot,  while  men  often  did  the 
same,  only  wearing  shoes  on  festal  occasions,  or  when  they 
took  the  field.  The  Spartan  sandals  were  regarded  also  in  the 
rest  of  Greece  as  a  very  suitable  covering  for  the  feet,  and  were 
frequently  worn,  made  indeed  more  ornamental,  but  with  the 
same  cut ;  those  of  Amyclse  were  especially  celebrated. 

The  head  also  was  usually  left  uncovered  by  the  Spartans, 
who  frequently  let  the  hair  grow  long,  after  the  manner  of  the 
long-haired  Achaeans.  This  was  intended,  according  to  a  pre- 
tended decision  of  Lycurgus,  to  add  to  the  beauty  of  the 
handsome,  and  to  lend  a  formidable  appearance  to  the  ugly. 

1  Athenseus,  iv.  15,  p.  138,  and  xii.  the  opinions  of  Arist.  Eth.  Nicom.  iv. 
15,  p.  518 ;  Stobaeus,  Floril.  tit.  29,  c.  13.  With  regard  to  the  particular 
96.  details  of    the   Spartan  dress,   it  is 

2  Plut.  Ag.  c.  36.  sufficient  to  refer  to  the  passages  in 
8  ^Elian,  Var.  Hist.  ix.  34.    Cf.  also     Meursius,  Miscell.  Lacon.  i.  c.  15-18. 

S 


274      DESCRIPTION  OF  THE  PRINCIPAL  STATES. 

There  was  no  law,  however,  ordering  the  hair  to  be  left  uncut ; 
it  was  rather  a  privilege  granted  to  men,  on  passing  out  of  the 
age  of  boyhood  and  youth,  in  which  they  were  compelled  by 
law  to  cut  it  short.  Many  retained  this  habit,  even  as  men, 
possibly  on  account  of  its  greater  cleanliness.1  For  this 
purpose,  as  well  as  for  the  hardening  and  strengthening  of  the 
body,  it  formed  a  part  of  the  daily  regulations  to  take  a  cold 
bath  in  the  Eurotas.  To  this  there  was  added  from  time  to 
time  a  vapour-bath  to  produce  perspiration,  but  hot-water 
baths  were  considered  enervating,  and  were  forbidden  by  law, 
or  at  least  were  never  customary.  The  beard  was  invariably 
left  unshaved  ;  the  hair  was  allowed  to  grow  both  on  the  chin 
and  the  upper  lip,  though  on  one  occasion  the  Ephors  for 
the  time  being  gave  orders,  on  entering  on  their  office,  thafi 
every  citizen  should  shave  off  his  moustache,  either,  as  some 
suppose,  in  order  to  exhort  them  to  obedience  even  in  such 
trifling  matters,  or,  as  others  think,  on  account  of  a  certain 
symbolical  meaning  attached  to  the  moustache  as  a  sign  of 
independent  liberty.2  We  are  now  able  to  represent  to  our- 
selves a  tolerably  distinct  picture  of  the  Spartan  citizen, 
though  we  must  not  omit  to  mention  the  stout  staff  which  he 
invariably  carried'  in  his  hand,  and  which  he  occasionally 
employed  as  an  instrument  of  correction,  not  only  on  the 
Helots,  but  also  on  the  young  people  of  his  own  station.3  We 
can  well  believe  that,  notwithstanding  this  simplicity  and 
absence  of  adornment,  there  was  a  certain  beauty  and  dignity 
in  their  appearance,  but  when  we  listen  to  the  expression  of 
the  other  Greeks,  the  Laconians  are  made  to  appear  uninterest- 
ing, rough,  and  slovenly.  All  cosmetic  arts  and  contrivances 
were  excluded  from  Sparta.  Not  only  were  ointments,  which 
in  the  rest  of  Greece  were  considered  indispensable  to  rub  into 
the  skin  after  bathing,  forbidden  here  to  be  either  prepared  or 
used,  but  even  coloured  garments  were  not  tolerated,  with  the 
exception  of  the  purple  robes  of  the  king.4  The  dress  of  the 
citizen  accordingly  in  time  of  peace  consisted  merely  of  un- 
dyed  wool. 

The  dwellings  of  the  Spartans  were,  like  their  dress,  of  an  ex- 
ceedingly plain  and  simple  character.  A  rhetra  of  Lycurgus  is 
adduced,5  according  to  which  no  tools  were  to  be  employed  for  the 

1_Cf.  Plut.  Alcib.  c.  23,  where  the  iv  was  not  prescribed,  but  permitted. 
XPV  Kovpiav  is  cited  as   one  of  the        *  Plut.    Cleom.    c.    9 ;    cf.    Miiller, 

things  by  which  Alcibiades  had  made  Dorians,  vol.  ii.  p.  287,  Eng.  tr. 
himself  like  the  Laconians.      It   is        3  Dionys.  Ant.  R.  xx.  2. 
clear  from  Xen.  rep.  Lac.  c.   11.  3,        *  Athenaeus,  xv.  34.  p.  686  extr. 
that  the  Ko/xdv,  although  very  usual,         5  Plut.  Lye.  c.  13. 


THE  SPARTAN  STATE.  275 

roof  and  doors  except  the  axe  and  saw,  and  accordingly  all  the 
woodwork  was  to  consist  of  roughly-cut  beams  and  planks.  Thus 
on  one  occasion  when  Leotychides  perceived  in  the  house  of 
some  foreign  host  some  carefully  carved  timber,  he  inquired 
with  assumed  astonishment  whether  the  trees  grew  in  angles  in 
those  parts.1  The  household  furniture  corresponded  of  course 
with  this  simplicity,  for,  as  Plutarch  says,  no  one  probably  was 
so  perverse  and  foolish  as  to  introduce  into  a  house  of  this 
kind  beautiful  or  ornamental  settles,  purple  carpets,  golden 
vessels,  or  other  precious  things  of  this  kind.  Even  the 
possession  of  the  precious  metals  was  interdicted  to  the  citizens 
by  law,  and  when  in  later  times  gold  and  silver  money  was 
universally  employed  in  the  rest  of  Greece,  Spartan  citizens 
were  still  forbidden  to  own  it,  although  it  is  true  that  the 
State  could  not  dispense  with  it,  and  that  the  kings  no  doubt 
possessed  it.  It  is  also  evident  that  the  Periceci  must  have 
employed  gold  and  silver  money,  in  order  to  carry  on  their 
trade  with  foreign  lands,  while  it  is  certain  that  the  taxes  paid 
by  them  did  not  merely  consist  in  raw  produce  or  iron  money. 
As  a  medium  of  exchange,  however,  for  inland  traffic  only, 
iron  money  was  in  use,  at  first  uncoined,  and  subsequently  in 
round  coins  called  Trekavoi,  or  "pancakes,"  which,  though 
weighing  an  iEginetan  pound,  were  only  equivalent  in  value  to 
a  half-obol,  since  the  iron,  by  means  of  a  certain  preparation, 
was  intentionally  rendered  useless  for  any  other  purpose.2  It 
is  evident  that  in  return  for  this  kind  of  money  no  object  of 
value  could  be  attracted  out  of  foreign  lands ;  it  could  simply 
have  been  employed  within  the  country  itself  for  trifling 
sums,  and  even  so,  only  for  the  rectification  of  small  balances, 
since  trade  principally  consisted  in  the  barter  of  the  raw 
materials.3  The  strictness,  however,  with  which  this  prohibi- 
tion was  retained  in  force  until  the  period  immediately  succeed- 
ing the  Peloponnesian  war  is  proved  by  the  fact  that  Thorax, 
one  of  the  friends  and  colleagues  of  Lysander,  was  punished  with 
death  for  transgressing  it.4  The  ground  of  the  prohibition,  more- 
over, is  not  far  to  seek.  It  was  intended  to  exclude  not  only  the 
merchants  of  foreign  lands,  but  also  the  seductive  attractions  of 
foreign  manners,  and  so  to  preserve  the  simplicity  and  con- 
tentedness  of  the  ancient  Spartans  in  unalloyed  purity.  The 
same  intention  underlies  the  law  by  which  every  Spartan, 
or  at  least  every  one  whose  age  still  subjected  him  to  military 

1  Plut.  ad  loc.  cit. ;  Apophth.  Lac.     Hesych.  sub  voc.  tr^Xavop. 

p.  147  ;  ib.  p.  103,  where  the  same        s  Ti    . .      ...   0 
1  j.  j    e  a       -l  Justin.  111.  2. 

is  related  of  Agesilaus. 

3  Plut  Lye.  c.  9;  Lymnd.  c.    17;        4  Plut.  Lysand.  c.  19. 


276      DESCRIPTION  OF  THE  PRINCIPAL  STATES. 

service,  was  prohibited  from  travelling  in  foreign  lands  without 
special  permission  from  the  Ephors.1  For  similar  reasons,  even 
at  the  time  of  the  Peloponnesian  war,  when  the  Spartans  fre- 
quently had  occasion  to  send  some  of  their  members  as  com- 
manders to  the  dependent  towns,  it  was  only  men  of  mature 
or  advanced  age  who  were  intrusted  with  these  commissions, 
all  deviations  from  this  rule  being  censured  as  illegal.2  Emi- 
gration was  unconditionally  prohibited,  and  whoever  acted 
contrary  to  this  prohibition  was,  on  his  return,  punished  with 
death.3  No  foreigners  were  allowed  to  settle  in  Sparta  as 
resident  aliens,  and  though  temporary  residence  was  not  refused 
them,  they  were  subject  to  careful  supervision,  and  as  soon  as 
their  presence  appeared  inadvisable  to  the  Ephors  they  were  at 
once  expelled.  In  this  respect  therefore  the  Spartans  only 
pursued  the  course  taken  in  many  of  our  modern  States,  in 
which  a  police  supervision  is  exercised  over  foreigners  with 
suspicious  care ;  although  in  the  opinion  of  the  other  Greeks 
their  solicitude  appeared  excessive,  and  was  on  that  ground 
often  censured.4  It  may  however  be  perceived  from  many 
statements  that  at  certain  times  Sparta  was  visited  by  a  con- 
siderable number  of  foreigners,  as,  e.g.  at  festivals  associated 
with  athletic  contests,  which  spectators  from  foreign  States 
usually  attended  in  large  numbers.5  And  when  we  read  that 
on  one  occasion  an  expulsion  of  strangers  (^evqXao-la)  took 
place  on  account  of  the  rise  of  the  price  of  food,6  this  certainly 
implies  a  considerable  number,  and  a  lengthened  residence, 
since  it  would  have  served  no  useful  purpose  to  take  such  a 
measure  against  a  few  foreigners  residing  only  for  a  few  days. 
In  the  case  of  several  foreigners  distinguished  by  their  wisdom 
or  artistic  gifts,  it  is  well  known  that  they  resided  in  Sparta  for 
a  considerable  period,  and  were  treated  with  great  honour,  as, 
e.g.  the  Cretans,  Thaletas,  and  Epemenides,  Terpander  of  Lesbos, 
Pherecydes  of  Syros,  Theognis  of  Megara,  and  others.7  It  is 
true  that  those  who  corrupted  ancient  customs  were  not  tole- 
rated, such  as  the  musicians  Phrynis  and  Timotheus,  or  the 
Sophists,  who  by  means  of  their  subtile  criticisms  undermined 


1  Isocr.  Busir.  §  18;  Harpocr.  in  ical  authors    in    the    plural,    because    it 

ykp  rb  fj.T]Siva.  denotes  rather  certain  measures  which 

1  Thuc  iv   132  occurred  from  time  to  time  than  a 

fixed  ordinance  for  all  time. 

"Plut.  Ag.c.  11.  «Cf.    Plut.   Ag.  c.   29;   Cimon.  c. 

4Cf.  Thuc.  i.   144,   ii.   39;   Schol.  10;  Xen.  Mem.  1.2.61. 

Aristoph.  Av.  1013  ;  Pac.  622.    Gott-  6  Theopomp.  quoted  by  the  Schol. 

ling  rightly  remarks  (Gesammte  Ab-  Aristoph.  Av.  v.  1013. 

handlungen,   p.    323)   that  the  word  7  Plutarch,  Ag.   c.  10  ;  cf.   Miiller, 

£ev7)\a<rtai  only  appears  in  the  best  Dorians,  vol.  ii.  p.  4,  note,  and  p.  410. 


THE  SPARTAN  STA  TE.  277 

the  respect  paid  to  existing  ordinances,  or  through  the  art  of 
rhetoric  instructed  their  pupils  how  to  lend  to  falsehood  the 
deceptive  appearance  of  truth.1  On  the  other  hand,  we  have 
the  testimony  of  Hippias,  who  frequently  visited  Sparta  as 
ambassador  from  his  native  country  of  Elis,  that  every  one 
was  gladly  listened  to  who  narrated  to  the  Spartaus  ancient 
histories  concerning  the  origin  and  deeds  of  heroes,  the  founda- 
tion  of  States,  or  the  remarkable  events  of  antiquity.2  So  too 
the  songs  of  the  ancient  epic  poets  were  no  less  familiar 
and  dear  to  them  than  to  the  other  Greeks,  and  it  is  even 
stated  that  the  Homeric  poems  were  first  introduced  from 
Ionia  into  Greece  proper  by  Lycurgus  ;3  while  one  of  the  post- 
Homeric  epic  poets,  Cinsethon,  about  the  middle  of  the  eighth 
century,  though  not  exactly  a  Spartan,  was  nevertheless  a 
native  of  Laconia.  It  is  well  known  how  Tyrtreus  of  the  Attic 
deme  Aphidnse  affected  the  Spartans  by  his  political  and 
military  elegies  and  other  songs ;  and  that  there  was  no  lack 
of  native  poets  of  the  same  kind  we  infer  from  the  names  of 
several  Laconian  lyric  poets  which  have  been  handed  down.4 
Not  the  smallest  fragment,  however,  of  any  of  their  works  has 
been  preserved,  which  appears  to  prove  that  their  songs  were 
not  adapted  to  the  more  refined  taste  of  the  other  Greeks. 
The  only  one  of  whom  any  fragments  remain  was  Alcman, 
who,  though  he  lived  in  Sparta,  was  not  a  native  of  the 
country.  Dramatic  poetry  in  its  higher  development  found  no 
congenial  home  in  Sparta.  Not  only  did  no  tragic  or  comic 
poet  arise  in  Laconia — for  this  might  be  said  of  the  other 
Greeks,  with  the  exception  of  Athens — but  no  traces  are  to  be 
found  even  of  the  representation  of  dramatic  works  in  the 
theatre  at  Sparta.5  They  contented  themselves  with  the  repre- 
sentation of  the  so-called  Dicelictse,  who  were  probably  people 
of  the  lower  orders  without  any  artistic  training,  and  who 
merely  provided  improvised  imitations  of  a  burlesque  kind 
from  the  sphere  of  daily  life.6  On  the  other  hand,  as  we  have 
already  remarked,  the  art  of  dancing  was  diligently  practised 
together  with  music  by  the  Spartan  youths  and  maidens,  while 
there  were  numerous  festivals  in  which  choral  bands  of  both 
sexes  came  forward  in  mimic  or  warlike  dances,  and  offered  to 
the  eye  the  spectacle  of  a  living  work  of  art  in  the  rhythmical 
movements  of  the  most  vigorous,  agile,  and  beautiful  bodies. 

1  Athenaeus,  xiii.  p.  611  A.  xv.  22,  p.  678  B  ;  Plut.  Lycurg.  c.  28  ; 

2  Plat.  Hipp.  Mai.  p.  285  d.  Pausan.  iii.  17.  3. 

3  Plut.  Lycurg.  c.  4  ;  zElian,    Var.  s  Cf.  Plut.   Instit.   Lac.  no.  32.   p. 
Hist.  xiii.  14.  179,  Tauclin. 

4  Vide  Athenaeus,  xiv.  33.  p.  632  f  ;  6  Muller,  Dorians,  voL  ii.  p.  355. 


278      DESCRIPTION  OF  THE  PRINCIPAL  STATES. 

Works  of  art,  however,  of  another  kind,  for  which  the  epithet  of 
beautiful  could  be  claimed,  whether  in  sculpture  and  painting, 
or  in  architecture,  were  in  Sparta  very  rare  and  uncommon.  All 
works  of  this  description  which  we  find  mentioned  in  Pausanias 
belonged  to  that  period  in  which  Greek  art  had  not  yet  attained 
complete  mastery  over  its  materials,  and  was  still  inadequate 
for  the  representation  of  the  beautiful ;  while  it  is  clear  from 
the  manner  in  which  Thucydides  speaks  of  the  temples  and 
public  buildings  that  they  were  out  of  all  relation  to  the  size 
of  the  city  and  the  power  of  the  State.1  The  fine  arts  reached 
their  zenith  in  a  period  in  which  the  Spartans  had  cut  them- 
selves off  even  more  strictly  than  in  earlier  times  from  the 
development  of  the  intellectual  life  of  the  Greek  nation,  owing 
to  the  continued  anxiety  which  overpowered  them  lest  they 
should  be  forced  to  quit  the  old  traditional  path,  on  the 
observance  of  which  the  existence  of  the  State  appeared  to 
them  to  depend.  There  is  therefore  no  cause  for  astonishment 
if  they  pursued  this  dislike  and  exclusion  of  everything  foreign 
to  a  degree  which  appeared  to  the  other  Greeks  exaggerated 
and  injurious,  and  which  roused  their  indignation  or  contempt. 
In  reality,  however,  it  is  impossible  to  deny  that  subsequent  to 
the  period  of  the  Persian  wars  Sparta  had  more  and  more 
withdrawn  from  the  sphere  of  general  Greek  culture,  and  had 
in  all  respects  remained  behind  the  majority  of  the  other 
States.  In  two  points  alone  did  it  still  for  a  considerable 
period  retain  a  position  of  superiority,  in  its  admirably  organ- 
ised military  system,  and  its  sagacious,  well-considered,  and 
consistent  foreign  policy. 


Section  XII. — The  System  of  Defence. 

Isocrates  makes  the  Spartan  king  Archidamus  utter  the 
following  speech : — "  It  is  clear  to  every  one  that  we  obtain  our 
eminence  above  the  other  Greeks,  neither  by  the  size  of  our 
city  nor  by  the  multitude  of  our  population,  but  by  the  fact 
that  we  have  ordered  our  public  discipline  like  that  of  a  camp, 
where  everything  fits  properly  into  something  else,  and  the 
commands  of  the  superior  officers  are  accurately  carried  into 
effect."2  Plato  too,  in  the  Lavis?  passes  upon  the  Spartan 
constitution  the  judgment  that  it  is  that  of  a  camp,  educating 


1  Thuc.  i.  10.  3  Plato,  Legg.  Book  ii.  10,  p.  666  E- 

8  Isocrates,  Arckid.  §  81.  667  a. 


THE  SPARTAN  STATE.  279 

men,  it  is  true,  to  the  virtue  of  soldiers,  but  not  to  the  true 
civic — that  is,  moral  and  intellectual — excellence,  in  which 
the  former  virtue  is  contained,  contained  too  in  a  still  higher 
degree,  but  yet  only  as  a  single  part  of  the  whole.  A  camp 
Sparta  may  in  truth  be  called,  and  the  Spartiatse  a  garrison,  as 
is  testified  by  the  expression  <f)povpd.  This  term  properly  and 
originally  denoted  no  more  than  the  whole  body  of  men  liable 
to  military  service,  although  it  is  further  used,  in  a  special 
sense,  for  the  reserve  summoned  at  any  time  to  war.  Every 
Spartiate  until  his  sixtieth  year  was  Zfuppovpoq,  i.e.  belonged 
to  a  division  of  the  garrison,  to  which  we  may  apply  the  term 
"  militia  reserve  "  (Landwehr).  For  its  first  and  most  essential 
task  was  to  be  prepared  for  defence  both  against  the  subject 
populations  at  home,  who  were  for  the  most  part  to  be  kept  in 
obedience  only  by  force,  and  also  against  enemies  from  abroad. 
The  country  itself,  however,  in  some  measure  resembled  a  great 
natural  fortress,  being  surrounded  by  mountains  like  walls, 
and  offering  to  an  enemy  only  a  few  approaches,1  to  the  defence 
of  which  the  garrison  of  Sparta,  as  the  principal  guard,  could 
come  easily  and  rapidly.  The  term  militia  may,  it  is  true,  be 
applied  also  to  the  armies  of  the  rest  of  Greece  ;  but  they  -were 
militias  to  some  extent  similar  to  our  own,  consisting  of  men 
to  whom  for  the  most  part  arms  were  merely  a  secondary 
avocation,  and  peaceful  callings  their  principal  pursuit.  On 
one  occasion  when  the  allies  of  the  Spartans,  under  the  leader- 
ship of  Agesilaus,  murmured  that  they,  numerous  as  they  were, 
had  for  ever  to  render  military  obedience  to  the  far  less 
numerous  Spartans,  the  king  ordered  that  among  the  multitude 
sitting  mingled  together,  first  the  potters  should  stand  up,  then 
the  smiths,  then  the  carpenters,  and  so  on  with  the  rest  of  the 
artisans,  and  when  almost  all  of  the  allies  had  arisen,  but  not 
a  single  one  of  the  Spartans,  he  said  with  a  laugh,  "  Now, 
you  see  how  many  more  soldiers  we  have  put  into  the  field 
than  you!"2  And  as  soldiers  in  this  sense — a  class  who, 
Heaven  be  praised!  are  not  too  numerous  among  us — the 
Spartans  stood  quite  alone  in  Greece. 

According  to  Herodotus,  Lycurgus  had  founded  Enomotia2, 
Triacades,  and  Syssitiae3  for  the  benefit  of  the  military  system. 
That  the  Syssitia  had  reference  also  to  comradeship  in  war,  and 
therefore  were  under  the  supervision  of  the  Polemarchs,  has 
already  been  remarked.  The  Enomotiae,  as  divisions  of  the 
troops,  are  also  mentioned  sufficiently  often  by  other  writers ; 
of  the  Triacades  we  hear  only  from  Herodotus.     The  name 

1  Cf.  Strabo,  viii.  p.  366.  2  Plut.  Ag.  c.  26.  s  Herod,  i.  65. 


28o      DESCRIPTION  OF  THE  PRINCIPAL  STATES. 

denotes  a  body  of  thirty,1  and  if  Plutarch's  statement  is  correct, 
that  in  the  Syssitia,  as  a  rule,  about  fifteen  persons  messed 
together,  two  Syssitise  or  messes  would  have  formed  a  Triacas, 
and  the  Enomotias  might  then  be  looked  upon  as  the  next 
larger  division,  containing  about  two  Triacades.  But,  at  least 
in  Thucydides  and  Xenophon,  we  do  not  find  them  so.  Accord- 
ing to  the  latter,  on  whose  trustworthiness  no  doubt  can  be 
cast,  the  fighting  population  of  the  Spartans  was  divided  into 
six  Morse,  i.e.  sections  or  divisions,  partly  hoplites,  partly 
cavalry.  The  officers  of  the  Mora,  at  least  so  far  as  it  consisted 
of  hoplites,  were  a  Polemarch,  two  Lochagi,  eight  Pentecosters, 
sixteen  Enomotarchs ;  whence  it  is  clear  that  the  Mora  must 
have  been  divided  into  two  Lochi,  the  Lochos  into  four  Pente- 
costyes,  and  the  Pentecostys  into  two  Enomotise.2  We  find 
also,  instead  of  the  Triacades  or  divisions  of  thirty  men  referred 
to  by  Herodotus,  Pentecostyes,  or  divisions  of  fifty ;  and  whilst 
in  Herodotus  the  Triacades  seem  to  be  subdivisions  of  the 
Enomotia,  the  Enomotise  are  here,  on  the  contrary,  divisions  of 
the  Pentecostys.  But  whether  at  any  time  Triacades  were  in 
use  as  divisions  of  troops  among  the  Spartans  is  very  doubtful, 
since  Herodotus's  knowledge  of  Spartan  arrangements  does  not 
seem  in  general  to  have  been  very  adequate,  especially  with 
regard  to  the  military  system,  which  the  Spartans  were  accus- 
tomed designedly  to  keep  secret.3  From  the  name  of  the  Pente- 
costys the  normal  strength  of  the  remaining  divisions  may  be 
calculated,  as  well  as  that  of  the  whole  Mora ;  the  Enomotia 
must  have  contained  twenty-five,4  the  Lochos  two  hundred, 
and  the  Mora  accordingly  four  hundred,  while  all  six  Morae 
give  the  total  number  of  2400.     This  then  is  the  approximate 


1  Not  a  thirtieth  part,  as  is  supposed  consisted  of  two  Lochi.     No  doubt  an 

by  Rustow  and  Kochly,  Ge8ch.des.Chr.  attempt  might  be  made  to  save  the 

Kriegswesens,  p.  38.  former  number    by  the    assumption 

3  The  mss.  of  Xenoph.  de  rep.  Lac.  that  each  Lochus  was  commanded  by 

c.     11.    4    have    moreover    \oxa-yovs  two  Lochagi,  but  it  is  obvious  that 

T^affapas.     This  was  likewise  the  read-  this  is  very  improbable.     Similarly,  it 

ing  of  Stobaeus,  who   has    extracted  is  easily  seen  how  easy  the  change  of 

this  passage,  Floril.  tit.   xliv.  36.     I  the  numbers  was  in  the  same  connec- 

however    hold    (with    Emil    Muller,  tion  in  the  passage  of  de  rep.  Lac. 

Jahrbuch  fur  Philol.  vol.  Ixxv.  p.  99)  3  Thuc.  v.  68.     Pericles  also  has  this 

that  there  is  no  doubt  that  the  num-  principally  in  his  mind,  when  in  the 

ber   has  arisen    wrongly,    and   by   a  funeral  oration  (ii.  39)  he  gives  as  a 

confusion  of   bio  with  the  numerical  reason  for  the  Xenelasise  the  anxiety 

sign  5'.     For  in  two  other  passages  lest  strangers  might  learn  something 

of  Xen.,  Hell.  vii.  4.   20,  and  5.   10  from  the  Spartans  which  these  latter 

(the  latter,  it  must  be  admitted,  has  wished  to  keep  for  themselves  exclu- 

the  v.l.  Mko.)   twelve  is  given   as  the  sively. 

total  number   of   the  Lochi,   and   it  4  This    number  is   also    given    by 

is   only   so  if  each  of  the  six  Morae  Suidas,  sub  voc. 


THE  SPAR  TAN  STATE.  281 

total  of  the  Spartiatse  who  were  fit  for  military  service  as  hop- 
lites  at  the  time  Xenophon's  treatise  was  composed,  i.e.  shortly 
after  the  battle  of  Leuctra.  In  that  battle  the  Enomotia  con- 
tained thirty-six  men,1  which  gives  for  the  Mora,  if  we  reckon 
it  at  sixteen  Enomotia?,  the  number  of  576,  or,  if  the  officers  of 
the  different  divisions  are  counted  in,  of  602,  and  the  strength 
of  the  Mora  is  moreover  actually  given  once  by  Xenophon  as 
about  six  hundred.2  But  in  the  battle  of  Leuctra  the  number 
of  Spartiatse  engaged  was  only  about  seven  hundred,  and  yet 
the  king,  Cleombrotus,  had  four  Morse  under  his  command,3 
whence  it  follows  that  the  Morse  contained  not  only  Spartiatse, 
but  also  Periceci,  and  these  in  a  majority ;  whether  mingled  in 
the  same  subdivisions  with  the  Spartans,  or  in  different  ones, 
we  must  leave  undiscussed.  But  it  is  not  to  be  doubted  that 
what  was  the  case  in  this  battle  was  equally  so  in  others, 
and  that  accordingly  when  we  read  of  Morse  we  are  to  think 
not  of  Spartiatse  alone,  but  also  of  Periceci.  It  is  therefore 
less  surprising  to  find  the  strength  of  the  Mora  variously 
stated.4  In  fact,  at  one  time  more,  at  another  fewer,  men 
were  summoned,  whether  Spartiatse  or  Periceci,  and  accord- 
ingly the  strength  of  the  subdivisions,  and  perhaps  also  the 
number  of  them  contained  in  the  Mora,  must  also  have  been 
different.  Thucydides  states  that  in  the  battle  of  Mantinea, 
in  the  fourteenth  year  of  the  Peloponnesian  war,  the  Lochus 
contained  four  Pentecostyes,  the  Pentecostys  four,  not  two, 
Enomotise;  the  Enomotia,  however,  seems  to  have  consisted 
of  thirty-two  men.5  Hence  a  Pentecostys  contained  128,  a 
Lochus  512  men,  and  even  if  at  that  time  a  Mora  consisted 
of  two  Lochi,  it  would  not  have  contained  less  than  1024 
men.  Thucydides,  however,  says  nothing  of  the  Mora ;  he 
mentions  no  larger  divisions  of  the  army  than  the  Lochus, 
whose  strength,  according  to  the  above  calculation,  amounts  to 
more  than  twice  that  of  a  Lochus  according  to  Xenophon,  and 
exceeds  the  Mora,  consisting  of  two  such  Lochi,  as  Xenophon 
describes,  by  about  112  men.  Since  then  the  Morse  are  not 
mentioned  at  all  by  any  one  before  Xenophon,  and  are  first 
mentioned  by  him  with  reference  to  an  occurrence  happening 
about  the  year  404,6  the  conjecture  may  be  permissible  that 

1  Xen.  Hell.  vi.  4.  12.  5  Time.  v.  68. 

2  lb.  iv.  5.  12.  •  Hell.  ii.  4.  31.  Niebuhr,  Lectures 
8  lb.  vi.  1.  1,  and  4.  15.  on  Ancient  History,  ii.  p.  212,  remarks 
4  The  statements  vary  between  nine  that  the  Morse  of  the  later  Spartans 

hundred  and  five  hundred  (Plut.  Pelop.  correspond  to  the  Lochi  of  the  earlier; 

c.  17),  or,  if  we  take  that  of  the  trea-  and  Haase  on  Xen.,  p.  204,  notes  that 

tise  de  rep.  Lac.  on  the  subject,  four  the  two  appellations  are  often  treated 

hundred  men.  as  convertible. 


282       DESCRIPTION  OF  THE  PRINCIPAL  STATES. 

this  organisation  of  the  army  according  to  Morae  was  first 
introduced  in  the  time  of  the  Peloponnesian  war,  though  Xeno- 
phon,  in  his  treatise  on  the  Lacedaemonian  State,  seems  to  re- 
gard it  as  due  to  Lycurgus.  This  much  however  is  clear,  that 
the  Mora  here  described  by  him  represents  a  body  of  a  definite 
size,  and  consisting  entirely  of  Spartans,1  so  constituted,  in  fact, 
as  it  seldom  or  never  was  when  it  actually  took  the  field.  On 
what  ground  we  are  to  explain  the  number  six  in  connection 
with  the  Moras  it  is  difficult  to  say.  That  it  was  not  based  on 
the  number  assumed  by  some  as  permanently  existing  in  Sparta 
— the  number  of  the  three  ancient  Doric  tribes,  so  that  each 
Phyle  put  two  Morae  into  the  field — may  with  safety  be 
concluded,  from  the  fact  that  the  nearest  relations,  fathers, 
sons,  and  brothers,  nevertheless  did  not  serve  in  the  same 
Mora.2  On  the  contrary,  as  the  Syssitiae  or  messes  were 
formed  by  free  choice  of  the  members,  so  the  Enomotiae,  the 
smallest  subdivisions  of  the  Mora,  seem  to  have  been  formed 
in  a  similar  manner  by  free  choice  of  their  members,  who  then 
united  themselves  by  an  oath  with  one  another,  and  hence 
came  the  name.  The  combination  of  the  Enomotiae  into  Pente- 
costyes,  of  the  Pentecostyes  into  Lochi,  and  of  the  Lochi  into 
Moras,  might  then  be  regulated  by  the  kings,  together  with  the 
Polemarchs,  as  it  seemed  to  them  desirable. 

That  the  male  population,  not  only  of  the  Spartiatae,  but  also 
of  the  Perioeci,  who  served  with  them  as  hoplites,  was 
diligently  prepared  and  schooled  for  war  even  during  peace, 
needs  no  proof.  Tactical  exercises  in  greater  and  smaller 
divisions,  marches,  military  movements,  and  evolutions  of  all 
kinds,  took  place  certainly  in  no  less  degree  than  upon  our 
drill-grounds,  and  put  the  troops  in  a  position  to  carry  out 
every  desired  movement,  every  alteration  of  position,  without 
confusion,  rapidly,  and  with  the  greatest  precision.  The  com- 
mand proceeding  from  the  general  ran  in  a  moment  through 
the  series  of  subordinate  officers  till  it  reached  the  Enomotarch; 
the  common  soldiers  knew  on  every  occasion  what  they  had  to 
do ;  every  front-rank  man  led  his  rear-rank  man  truly.     The 


1  This  would  be  clear  also  if  in  may  have  been  instituted  for  the 
o.  11.  4  not  tuv  itoXitikuv,  but  rdv  Spartiatae  proper,  and  a  sixth  may 
ottXitikwv  fiopwv  were  read.  Haase  has  have  been  attached  for  the  descend- 
very  ably  defended  ttoXitikQv.  ants  of  the  garrisons  or  colonists  sent 

4  This  follows  from  Xen.  Hell.  iv.  out  from  Sparta  in  earlier  time  into 

5.   10.     A  conjecture  that  I  hesitate  the  States  of  the  Perioeci,  who,  though 

to  adopt  in  the  text  may  here  find  a  no  longer  indeed  Spartiatae,  properly 

place.     If,  as  is  very  probable,  Sparta  speaking,  were  yet  somewhat  more  so 

consisted  of    five    *cu>/*at,  five   Moras  than  the  Perioeci. 


THE  SPAR  TAN  ST  A  TE.  283 

whole  army,  says  Thucydides,  consisted,  as  it  were,  of  a  chain 
of  commanders,  one  under  the  other;  and  their  joint  action, 
fitting  as  it  did  together,  insured  the  swiftest  and  most  punctual 
performance  of  every  order  exactly  as  the  commander  had 
uttered  it.1  This  tactical  perfection  was  possessed  by  no  other 
Greek  army;  and  if  we  add  to  it  the  soldierlike  feeling  of 
honour  which  was  nourished  in  the  Spartans  from  childhood, 
and  to  which  it  seemed  far  worse  to  be  conquered  than  to 
sacrifice  life  on  the  field  of  honour,  no  surprise  will  be  felt  that 
for  so  long  a  time  they  should  have  found  means  to  secure 
for  themselves  the  reputation  of  superiority  in  war  to  the  rest 
of  the  Greeks. 

With  their  cavalry,  however,  matters  were  managed  far  worse 
than  with  their  infantry.  This  department  of  the  army,  indeed, 
among  the  Greeks  in  general  (with  the  solitary  exception  of 
the  Thessalians),  if  only  on  account  of  the  formation  of  the 
country,  was  always  of  minor  importance ;  but  the  Spartans 
seem  to  have  neglected  it  in  quite  an  especial  degree.  In  the 
time  of  Xenophon  the  arrangement  was  that  the  keep  of  the 
horses  and  the  requisite  equipment  was  imposed  upon  the  rich 
as  a  Liturgy,  but  that  for  service  in  the  cavalry  there  were 
selected  only  the  weakest  men,  and  those  of  least  use  for 
service  as  hoplites;  and  these,  when  a  campaign  was  to  be 
undertaken,  were  mounted  on  horseback  and  equipped,  without 
having  previously  been  properly  prepared  and  trained  for 
the  service.2  The  large  majority  of  them  certainly  consisted 
of  Periceci,  and  only  the  commander  (Hipparmostes)  was  a 
Spartiate.  As  a  rule,  a  division  of  cavalry  was  attached  to 
every  mora  of  the  hoplites;  of  what  strength  it  was  is 
not  stated.  Only  the  name  ovXafios,  or  squadron,  for  a 
corps  of  fifty  men,  has  been  handed  down  to  us,3  and  it  is 
possible  that  to  each  mora  there  belonged  two  such  squadrons, 
which  were  likewise  called  a  mora.4  In  that  case  there  would 
have  been  a  total  of  600  cavalry ;  but  so  large  a  number  was 
seldom  equipped.  In  the  eighth  year  of  the  Peloponnesian 
war,  when  Cythera  and  Pylus  were  beleaguered  by  the  Athe- 
nians, and  measures  for  the  defence  were  being  taken 
with  the  greatest  care,  not  more  than  400  cavalry  were 
brought  into  the  field  ;5  and  with  the  army  which  was  sent  out 
in  the  year  394,  in  order  to  wipe  out  the  stain  received  at 
Haliartus,  there  were  only  about  600.6     A  somewhat  better 


1  Thuc.  v.  66  ;  cf.  Plut  Pelop.  c.  23.         4  Xen.  Hell.  iv.  5.  12. 

s  Xen.  Hell.  vi.  4.  20.  6  Thuc.  iv.  55. 

8  Plut.  Lycurrj.  c.  23.  6  Xen.  Hell.  iv.  2.  16. 


284      DESCRIPTION  OF  THE  PRINCIPAL  STATES. 

cavalry  was  obtained  by  the  Spartans  only  by  taking  foreign 
horse  into  their  service.1 

If  a  Spartan  army  was  to  take  the  field,  the  Ephors  issued 
the  summons,  together  with  a  specification  of  the  limits  of  age 
for  the  men  who  had  to  come  forward — for  instance,  from 
the  twentieth  to  the  thirtieth,  or  fortieth,  or  fiftieth  year.  For 
it  was  evidently  impossible  that  the  whole  of  the  male  popula- 
tion liable  to  serve  should  take  the  field:  it  was  necessary 
for  many  to  stay  behind,  if  only  not  to  leave  the  State  it- 
self defenceless;  and  those  advanced  in  age,  men  of  fifty- 
five  and  upwards,  were  only  summoned  in  the  most  urgent 
necessity.2  When,  in  the  eighth  year  of  the  Peloponnesian 
war,  Brasidas  departed  for  Chalcidice,  he  was  allowed  no 
Spartan  troops  at  all,  but  only  700  Helots  equipped  as 
hoplites,  in  addition  to  whom  he  obtained  a  body  of  1000 
mercenaries  in  the  Peloponnesus;  while  in  the  period  sub- 
sequent to  the  Peloponnesian  war,  it  was  the  custom  to  send 
upon  the  more  distant  expeditions,  especially  to  Asia,  only 
Periceci,  Neodamodes,  Mothaces,  Helots,  and  mercenaries,  while 
of  Spartiatse  only  thirty  were  despatched  with  the  general.3 
These  served  him  as  deputies,  aides-de-camp,  and  advisers,  and 
might  be  intrusted  by  him  with  the  command  of  single 
divisions  of  the  army,  with  despatches,  or  with  other  matters. 
After  the  space  of  a  year  they  were  relieved  by  others.4 

Besides  the  number  of  men  requisite,  a  number  of  artisans 
were  also  called  out  to  aid  in  the  arrangements  on  the  march 
and  in  camp,  and  in  what  seemed  necessary  for  purposes  of 
transport : 5  but  the  whole  of  this  portion  of  the  equipment  was 
of  course  provided  only  by  the  Periceci  or  Helots.  Before  the 
army  set  out,  the  king  sacrificed  in  the  city  to  Zeus  Agetor, 
and  if  the  omens  were  favourable,  the  Pyrphorus  lighted  at  the 
sacrificial  altar  the  fire  which  he  had  thenceforward  to  carry 
before  the  army.  At  the  boundary  of  the  country,  sacrifice 
was  again  offered  to  Zeus  and  to  Athene,  and  if  the  signs  were 
here  also  favourable,  some  of  the  sacrificial  fire  was  again 
taken  with  them,  and  thus  the  boundary  was  passed.5  In  an 
enemy's  country,  or  wherever  else  an  attack  had  to  be  provided 


1  Xen.  Hipparck.  c.  9.  4.  5  Xen.  de  rep.  Lac.  c.  11.  1. 

2Cf.   Xen.   de  rep.  Lac.  c.   11.   2,  6  lb.  c.  13. 2,  3.  That  taking  the  field 

with  Haase's  note.  was  avoided  on  principle  before  the 

8  Xen.    Hell.    iii.    4.    2,    v.   3.    8 ;  coming  of  the   full  moon  has  been 

Plut.  Lysand.  c.  23,  and  Ag.  c.  6.  believed    by    several    inquirers,    but 

4  Xen.   Hall.   iii.   4.   20,    iv.  1.    5.  cannot    safely    be     concluded    from 

30,  34 ;  Plut.  Ag.  c.  7,  and  Lysand.  Herod,  vi.  106.     Cf.  Bahr  and  Stein 

c.  23.  on  the  passage. 


THE  SPARTAN  STATE.  285 

against,  a  lightly  fortified  camp  was  erected,  and  this,  contrary 
to  the  fashion  of  the  rest  of  the  Greeks,  was  not  rectangular 
but  circular  in  form.  It  seems  not  to  have  been  customary 
to  put  ramparts  and  ditches  before  it,  as  even  the  city,  which 
likewise  was  a  kind  of  camp,  did  not  possess  them.  In  their 
stead  pickets  were  carefully  placed,  partly  in  the  immediate 
neighbourhood  of  the  camp,  in  order  to  watch  over  the 
entrances  and  exits,  partly  as  outposts,  usually  mounted,  in 
order  to  watch  for  the  enemy.  No  one  was  allowed  to  move 
about  in  the  camp  without  his  spear ;  any  one  who  was  forced 
to  leave  it  at  night  was  escorted  by  a  squad  of  Sciritse.  The 
Helots,  who  accompanied  the  army  in  the  capacity  of  shield- 
bearers  or  camp-servants,  were  obliged  to  camp  outside.1  For 
the  combatants,  however,  even  in  camp,  regular  exercises 
were  prescribed  twice  a  day,  early  in  the  morning  and  in  the 
evening.  Among  these  were  especially  included  marches, 
partly  at  the  ordinary  pace  and  partly  at  the  double.2  In 
other  respects  much  of  the  strict  regulation  of  life  to  which 
the  Spartans  were  subject  at  home  was  relaxed  in  the  field, 
so  that  the  life  in  camp  was  easier  and  pleasanter  than  that  in 
the  city.  Their  dress  too  was  more  stately.  Instead  of  the 
undyed  smock,  they  wore  war-clothing  dyed  with  purple,  and 
were  resplendent  with  brightly  polished  arms ;  their  hair 
was  more  carefully  parted;  and  if  a  fight  was  expected, 
they  adorned  themselves  with  garlands  as  though  for  a  feast.3 
If  a  battle  was  in  prospect,  sacrifice  was  offered  to  the  gods,  as 
a  rule  in  the  earliest  morning  hour,4  and  among  the  gods  to 
whom  it  was  offered  were  Eros  and  the  Muses,  the  former 
because  success  depended  upon  the  fidelity  and  mutual 
support  of  the  comrades  engaged  in  the  contest,5  the  latter  in 
order  to  remind  the  warriors  of  the  resolutions  and  the 
thoughts  that  had  been  instilled  into  them  at  home  through 
the  public  discipline  and  the  utterances  of  their  poets.6  Im- 
mediately before  the  beginning  of  the  battle,  a  goat  was 
sacrificed  by  the  king  to  Artemis  Agrotera.  The  cornets 
accompanied  the  ceremony  with  a  festal  tune  named  after 
Castor,  then  the  battle  strain  or  Embaterion  (marching  song) 
was  raised,  and  so,  to  the  accompaniment  of  wind  and 
stringed  instruments,  the  phalanx  advanced,  its  component 
parts  in  close  order,  and  marching  in  exact  time:  behaving 


1  Xen.  de  rep.  Lac.  c.  12.  1-4.  4  Xen.  de  rep.  Lac.  c.  13.  3. 

'  PlnVhycurg.  c.  22  j  .Elian,  Var.        '  A*h™*™>  ^  12-  P-  561,  extr. 
Hist.  vi.  6.  e  Plut.  Lycurg.  c.  21. 


286      DESCRIPTION  OF  THE  PRINCIPAL  STATES. 

on  the  battle-field  almost  as  at  the  festal  games :  resolved  to 
maintain  the  honour  of  the  Spartan  arms  pure  and  unsullied, 
and  full  of  confidence  of  victory ;  and  in  truth  victory  rarely 
failed  to  attend  their  superior  readiness  for  war.1  Yet 
among  themselves  that  victory  was  preferred  which  cost  least 
bloodshed;  nay,  a  victory  won  by  adroitness  was  counted 
more  worthy  of  gratitude  to  the  gods  than  one  bought 
with  blood :  after  the  former  they  sacrificed  a  heifer  to  Ares, 
after  the  latter  only  a  cock.2  The  pursuit  of  a  retreating 
enemy  to  a  distance  after  the  victory  was  won  was  forbidden 
by  law ;  less  perhaps  from  magnanimity  than  from  prudence, 
because  it  might  be  predicted  that  the  enemy  would  resolve  to 
quit  the  field  earlier  in  the  fight  if  they  knew  beforehand  that 
they  would  then  not  be  severely  pursued;8  perhaps  also, 
because  with  the  distant  pursuit  disorder  might  ensue,  and 
give  rise  to  danger  for  the  pursuers.  To  make  war  repeatedly 
upon  the  same  enemy  is  said  also  to  have  been  forbidden  by 
law.  The  enemy  was  to  feel  the  superiority  of  the  Spartans, 
but  not  to  become  used  to  fighting  with  them,  and  so  to  be 
driven  to  make  efforts  to  become  their  equal.4 

In  the  Peloponnesian  war  the  Spartans  also  found  them- 
selves compelled  to  equip  a  more  important  naval  force  than 
they  had  hitherto  possessed.  They  had  not  indeed  in  earlier 
times  been  wholly  without  such  a  force.  At  the  battle  of 
Artemisium  they  had  had  ten  ships ;  at  the  battle  of  Salamis 
sixteen ; 5  and  their  naval  port  was  at  Gythium,  a  city  of  the 
Perioeci,  on  the  Gulf  of  Laconia,  where  the  ships  and  docks 
were  set  on  fire  in  the  year  454,  by  the  Athenian  commander 
Tolmides.6  In  the  Peloponnesian  war  they  ventured  upon  their 
first  naval  battle  against  the  Athenians  in  the  year  429,  at 
Naupactus,  with  a  fleet  consisting  of  their  own  ships  and  those 
of  their  allies,  under  the  leadership  of  the  Spartan  Cnemos. 
They  were  beaten,  however,7  and  in  the  year  413,  when  they 
were  carrying  on  the  war  with  greater  vigour,  they  neverthe- 
less equipped  for  the  allied  fleet  no  more  than  twenty-five 


1  According  to  Thuc.  v.   70,  this,  which   then,   as  now,   found  favour 

and  not  respect  for  religion,  was  the  with  many.     On  the  stringed  instru- 

reason  the  music  was  played  during  ments,  cf.  Trieber,  pp.  15-17. 

their  advance  against  the  enemy  :  ov  2  Plut.  Ag.    33  j   Marcell.    c.    22  ; 

tov   delov  x^-fx-"}  tt\\'  Era  6/uaXws  /uerA  Inst.  Lac.  no.  25. 

jivdnod    fialvovres     irpoi\0oi.ev    koX    /xr)  8  Plut.  Lycurg.  c.  22. 

diacnraaOelr)  avroh   ij   T<££ts.      As    the  4  lb.  c.  13  ;  Agesil.  c.  26. 

reader  sees,  the  historian  who  soberly  6  Herod,  viii.  1.  13. 

keeps   reality  in    view    occasionally  6  Thuc.   i.    108 ;    Diodor.    xi.    84 ; 

comes  into  conflict  with  the  idealis-  Pausan.  i.  27.  6. 

ing  view  of  the  Spartan  institutions,  7  Thuc.  ii.  83,  84. 


THE  SPAR  TAN  STATE.  287 

ships.1  Afterwards,  indeed,  they  resolved  to  send  forty  ships 
to  the  aid  of  the  Chians,  who  had  revolted  from  Athens,  but 
not  more  than  five  were  actually  fitted  out  by  them.2  It  is 
nowhere  stated  in  what  way  the  equipment  was  provided. 
Trierarchs  indeed  are  mentioned  as  commanders  of  the  single 
triremes,  and  we  once  read3  that  these  and  the  helmsmen  were 
inclined  to  spare  their  ships ;  but  it  might  nevertheless  not  be 
advisable  to  conclude  from  this  that  the  Trierarchy  existed  as  a 
Liturgy  in  Sparta,  as  it  did  in  Athens,  and  that  the  trierarch 
had  to  equip,  to  maintain,  and  then,  after  the  expiration  of  his 
service,  again  to  deliver  up  the  trireme  assigned  to  him  by  the 
State.  The  building  and  equipment  were  doubtless  carried  on 
by  the  Periceci  in  the  coast  cities,  to  whom  the  State  might 
make  payment  for  them,  or  grant  remission  of  other  services  on 
this  account.  The  marines  were  also  certainly  taken  from  the 
Periceci,  not  from  the  Spartiatse,  who  probably  filled  only  the 
places  of  command,  and  these  perhaps  not  exclusively.  The 
rowers,  however,  were  either  Helots,  or  foreigners  obtained 
for  the  service.4  The  chief  command  of  the  fleet  was  taken  by 
the  Nauarchus,  and  next  to  him  ranked  the  Epistoleus,  of  both 
of  whom  we  have  already  spoken.  These  were  naturally 
always  Spartiataj.  Besides  these,  however,  some  Spartiatae 
were  given  to  the  commanders  under  the  title  of  Epibatae,5  in 
order  to  advise  and  support  them,  in  the  same  manner  as  the 
Council  of  Thirty  was  given  to  the  kings. 

SECTION  XIII. — The  Hellenic  Policy  of  Sparta. 

Although  the  Spartans  might  with  perfect  justice  be  called 
a  nation  of  soldiers,  or  an  armed  people,  they  must  not  there- 
fore be  termed  a  people  delighting  in  war.  Rather  do  they 
exhibit  in  their  best  time  an  attitude  decidedly  inclined  to 
peace.  Their  policy  was  aristocratic  conservatism.  Content 
with  the  possession  of  the  country  they  had  conquered,  and 
with  the  position  they  had  reached,  they  refrained  from 
striving  after  further  aggrandisement,  preferring  to  retain  what 
was  insured  to  them  rather  than  to  stake  it  upon  an  uncertain 
result;  they  disliked  undertakings  that  might  possibly  fail 
of  attaining  their  ends,  and  preferred  to  incur  the  reproach  of 
dilatory  circumspection  rather  than  that  of  hasty  resolution.6 

1  Thuc.  viii.  3.  Bloomfield  and  Arnold,  in  Poppo,  iii. 

8  lb.  viii.  6.  4,  p.  741. 

'  lb.  iv.  11.  6  Cf.    the   characterisation   put  by 

4  Xen.  Hell.  vii.  1.  12.  Thuc.  in  the  mouth  of  the  Corinthian 

5  Thuc.  viii.  Gl.  10  ;  the  notes  of    ambassadors,  i.    68,  70,  84,  and  the 


288      DESCRIPTION  OF  THE  PRINCIPAL  STATES. 

Those  who  did  not  attack  them,  who  did  not  endanger  their 
position  and  the  permanence  of  their  State,  had  nothing  to  fear 
from  them ;  and  for  this  reason  all  who  were  favourably  dis- 
posed to  aristocratic  conservatism  attached  themselves  with 
full  confidence  to  them.  The  contest  they  undertook  against 
the  Messenians,  after  having  extended  their  dominion  over  all 
Laconia,  except  the  strip  of  coast  on  the  east,  and  which  they 
carried  on  until  their  antagonists  were  brought  into  entire 
subjection,  was  certainly  based,  not  merely  on  the  desire  of 
avenging  an  insult  offered  to  them,1  nor  on  the  mere  lust  of 
conquest  and  delight  in  aggrandisement.2  It  was  at  the  same 
time  a  struggle  involving  principles,  undertaken  to  ward  off 
the  danger  that  might  possibly  threaten  the  existence  of  their 
State  from  that  quarter.  The  essential  nature  of  the  Spartan 
State  was  based  on  the  subordination  of  the  larger  portion  of 
the  population  to  the  rule  of  the  smaller.  But  such  a  subordi- 
nation— a  relation  of  the  conquered  Achseans  to  the  conquering 
Dorians,  like  that  of  the  Helots  and  Periceci  in  Laconia  to  the 
Spartans — was  not  carried  out  in  Messenia.  Such  statements 
as  we  have  with  regard  to  the  earlier  history  of  Messenia, — very 
few,  it  must  be  admitted,  and  those  clothed  in  the  garb  of 
mythology,3 — whence  we  can  only  pick  the  kernel  of  historical 
truth  by  means  of.  conjecture,  point  to  the  fact  that  here  at 
first  a  rule  of  the  Dorians  over  the  earlier  population  had  been 
meditated  similar  to  that  realised  in  Laconia,  but  that  the 
Achseans,  supported  by  their  friends  and  neighbours  the 
Arcadians,  especially  those  of  Trapezus,  met  the  Doric  claims 
by  a  more  effectual  resistance ;  that  from  this  there  arose  a 
series  of  conflicts,  in  which  the  Dorians  probably  became 
divided  among  themselves,  some  being  prepared  to  grant 
similar  rights  to  the  Achseans,  others,  on  the  contrary,  desiring 
to  have  them  made  into  mere  dependent  Periceci.  It  was 
Sparta's  natural  interest  to  take  part  in  these  struggles,  and  it 
may  be  assumed  as  certain  that  her  aid  was  called  in  by  that 
part  of  the  Dorians  which  was  striving  for  the  subjection  of 
the  Achseans.  The  increase  in  the  number  of  Spartan  house- 
holds and  allotments  of  land  in  the  reign  of  Polydorus,  from 
the  4500  or  5000  of  earlier  times  to  9000,  is  probably  to  be 
explained,  not  merely  by  the  increased  number  of  the  Dorians 

saying  attributed  in  much  later  times        s  The   statements  most  worthy  of 

by  Livy  (xlv.  23.  15)  to  the  Rhodians.  credit  are  those  drawn  from  Ephorus 

Cf.  also  Isoc.  de  Pace,  c.  32,  p.  97.  in  Nicol.  Damasc.  in  C.  Miiller,  Fr. 

1  Ephorus,  in  Strab.  vi.  p.  297  c ;  Hist.  Or.  iii.  p.  377,  where  the  re- 
Justin,  iii.  4  ;  Pausan.  iv.  4.  2.  maining  passages  are  also  given  in  the 

*  Pausan.  iv.  5.  1.  notes. 


THE  SPARTAN  STATE.  289 

in  Laconia  itself,  but  also  by  the  admission  of  Messenian  Dorians 
among  the  Spartan  citizen-body.  Nor  did  the  wars  of  the 
Spartans  with  Tegea  and  other  neighbouring  Arcadian  com- 
munities arise  out  of  mere  desire  for  conquest:  their  aim 
was  rather  to  secure  the  Spartan  rule  at  home  by  deterring  the 
neighbouring  peoples  from  endangering  Sparta  by  affording 
support  to  those  of  the  Periceci  who  lived  on  their  frontiers. 
Still  less  can  it  be  considered  as  evincing  a  desire  for  con- 
quest that  they  forcibly  deprived  the  Argives  of  the  strip  of 
coast  naturally  belonging  to  Laconia,  and  of  the  island  of 
Cythera ;  and  their  consequent  contests  with  the  Argives,  fre- 
quently renewed  down  to  a  short  time  before  the  Persian  wars, 
violent  though  they  were,  yet  do  not  show  that  the  challenge 
came  from  their  side.  But  after  they  had  succeeded  in  con- 
solidating their  own  State,  and  in  becoming  recognised  as  a 
State  incapable  of  receiving  injury  in  war,  whether  from  within 
— the  Periceci  and  Helots  being  reduced  to  complete  subjection 
— or  from  without,  inasmuch  as  their  superiority  to  the  neigh- 
bouring peoples  was  fully  proved,  they  won  the  confidence  of 
the  remaining  Greeks  by  the  intelligent  moderation  of  their 
behaviour  in  their  foreign  policy  in  the  same  degree  as  they 
inspired  respect  by  the  stability  of  their  commonwealth,  which 
afforded  a  sufficiently  striking  contrast  to  the  oscillation  and 
fluctuation  of  parties  in  other  States.  Naturally,  in  every 
State,  those  who  were  inclined  towards  aristocracy  and  con- 
servatism attached  themselves  to  Sparta,  a  State  that  proved 
of  service  to  them  both  in  overturning  the  tyrants,  and  in 
keeping  within  bounds  the  claims  of  democracy.  From  this 
spontaneously  arose  a  federation,  primarily  of  the  Peloponnesian 
States,  which  recognised  Sparta  as  their  leader  and  head.  To 
this  federation,  and  Sparta's  position  in  it,  of  which  we  shall 
have  to  treat  more  fully  hereafter,  it  was  owing  that,  when 
in  the  Persian  wars  the  greater  part  of  the  Greeks  united  to 
ward  off  the  danger,  Sparta  was  placed  without  opposition  at 
the  head  of  their  united  forces,  and  thus  became  generally 
recognised  as  the  first  among  the  States  of  Greece. 


SECTION  XIV. — The  Decline  and  Fall  of  Sparta. 

At  the  commencement  of  the  Persian  wars  Sparta  stood  at 
the  summit  of  her  reputation,  and  her  influence  on  the  rest  of 
Greece  had  reached  its  highest  point.  But  she  was  unable 
permanently  to  maintain  that  position  ;  in  making  the  attempt 
she  was  led  to  deviate,  first  from  the  accustomed  paths  of  her 

T 


29o      DESCRIPTION  OF  THE  PRINCIPAL  STATES. 

foreign  policy,  then  from  the  essential  principles  of  her  State- 
system.  Thus  after  a  short  period  of  extension  of  her  power, 
an  extension  more  apparent  than  real,  she  was  soon  brought  to 
a  state  of  complete  powerlessness  and  to  the  deepest  debasement. 
Once  placed  at  the  head  of  the  whole  of  Greece,  she  desired, 
even  if  she  failed  to  keep  this  position  in  all  its  significance,  at 
least  to  allow  no  other  State  to  become  so  great  as  to  become 
dangerous  to  herself.  On  this  account  she  watched  the  rapid 
rise  of  Athens  with  displeasure  and  anxiety,  the  more  so,  as 
together  with  the  growing  power  of  Athens  that  political 
tendency  predominated  in  the  Greek  States  which  Sparta 
rightly  recognised  as  pregnant  with  danger  for  herself  and  her 
own  existence, — the  tendency  to  democracy.  Bitter  conflicts 
soon  arose,  and  even  though  externally  peace  was  twice 
restored,  yet  internally  the  strain  increased,  and  at  last  in  the 
Peloponnesian  war  broke  out  into  a  deadly  struggle,  which 
could  find  its  goal  only  in  the  complete  defeat  of  one  of 
the  two  opposing  parties.  For  this  struggle,  however,  Sparta 
found  herself  incompetent,  with  the  means  she  had  been 
accustomed  to  use.  Accordingly  she  had  recourse  to  means 
of  a  kind  that  in  earlier  times  had  lain  outside  her  range, 
and  that  proved  themselves  alien  and  ruinous  to  the  true 
nature  and  character  of  her  State.  As  the  war  against 
Athens  could  be  successfully  carried  on  only  by  sea,  while  the 
financial  resources  of  Sparta  were  inadequate  to  create  and 
maintain  an  important  naval  power,  she  was  compelled,  for  the 
sake  of  obtaining  subsidies,  to  ally  herself  with  Persia.  Thus 
she  was  forced,  in  conjunction  with  the  old  hereditary  enemy 
of  Greece,  to  meet  as  an  adversary  the  people  by  whose  side 
and  through  whose  arms  in  the  main  she  had  in  earlier  times 
saved  the  freedom  of  Greece  in  conflict  with  this  very 
enemy.  To  draw  to  her  side  the  allies  of  Athens,  the  sources 
of  Athenian  power,  she  was  compelled  to  make  them  promises 
that  she  was  neither  capable  nor  seriously  desirous  of  fulfilling. 
Diplomatic  arts,  adroitness  in  negotiation,  subserviency  in 
intercourse  with  the  Asiatic  despots  and  their  satraps,  un- 
truthfulness and  dissimulation  were  of  necessity  called  in 
where  nothing  was  to  be  effected  by  sincerity,  openness  and 
truth.  When  at  last  she  succeeded  in  overthrowing  her  hated 
opponent,  not  only  did  the  Greeks  very  soon  feel  how  entirely 
unlike  the  victorious  Spartans  were  to  the  picture  they  had 
drawn  of  them  in  reliance  on  Spartan  promises,  and  in  re- 
membrance of  the  former  relations  of  Sparta  to  her  allies, 
but  the  Persians  too  found  with  equal  quickness  how  little 
Sparta  was  inclined  to  repay  help  furnished  her  in  the  way 


THE  SPAR  TAN  ST  A  TE.  291 

they  expected.  When,  on  this  account,  they  found  it  con- 
ducive to  their  interest  once  more  to  transfer  this  aid  to  those 
opponents  of  Sparta  whom  they  had  formerly  resisted,  a  single 
decisive  defeat  of  the  Spartans  was  alone  required  to  impel  the 
Greek  allies  again  to  secede  .from  her,  and  to  attach  themselves 
to  Athens.  Even  that  warm  friend  of  Sparta,  Xenophon,  at 
the  end  of  the  short  treatise  on  the  Spartan  State,  written  not 
long  after  this  time,  expresses  the  opinion  that  the  Spartans, 
instead  of  striving  as  formerly  to  be  worthy  of  the  hegemony 
of  Greece,  now  aimed  only  at  securing  the  dominion  over  it  for 
themselves  in  any  way  they  could,  and  that  the  remaining 
Greeks,  who  in  earlier  times  had  attached  themselves  to  them 
in  order  to  find  support  against  wrong  and  oppression,  now  all 
united  in  the  struggle  to  hinder  a  return  of  their  supremacy. 
And,  he  adds,  it  is  not  to  be  wondered  at  that  matters  have 
come  to  such  a  pass,  since  the  Spartans  now  openly  neglect  to 
live  according  to  the  laws  given  them  by  Lycurgus.1 

Among  the  most  obvious  departures  from  the  old  constitu- 
tion may  be  especially  mentioned  the  introduction  of  gold  and 
silver,  not  only  for  the  requirements  of  the  State,  but  also  as 
private  property.  That  gold  and  silver  money  had  even  in 
earlier  times  been  in  the  possession  of  the  State  has  already 
been  remarked,  and  cannot  be  matter  of  doubt,  since  other- 
wise it  would  have  been  impossible  to  send  ambassadors 
abroad,  to  maintain  troops  in  a  foreign  country,  to  hire  mer- 
cenaries, and  the  like.  The  State  treasury,  however,  was 
not  well  supplied,2  and  its  sole  regular  receipts  in  gold  and 
silver  can  have  consisted  only  of  the  contributions  of  the 
Perioeci,  to  whom,  we  are  forced  to  suppose,  the  possession  of 
money  current  in  foreign  lands  was  not  forbidden.3  It  was 
probably  from  their  contributions,  moreover,  that  gold  and 
silver  reached  the  kings,  for  that  the  prohibition  to  possess 
these  metals  cannot  have  extended  to  the  latter  is  seen  partly 
from  the  considerable  pecuniary  fines  imposed  upon  Pleistoanax 
and  Agis,  which  have  been  previously  mentioned,4  partly  from 
the  fact  that  Pausanias,  who,  though  not  indeed  himself 
king,  yet,  as  guardian  of  the  king,  acted  as  regent,  received  a 
share  amounting  to  ten  talents  out  of  the  booty  taken  at 
Platrea.5  For  the  citizens,  however,  the  old  prohibition  still 
existed  even  after  the  Peloponnesian  war,  despite  the  large 

1  Xen.  de  rep.  Lac.  c.  14.  3Cf.  Muller,  Dorians,  vol.  ii.  p.  221, 

2  Thuc.  i.  80.    Earlier,  in  the  seventh    Eng.  tr. 
century,  there  was  as  yet  no  treasury, 

according  to  the  answer  of  the  king        4  See  p.  253. 

Anaxander   (Plut.  Apophth.    Lac.  p. 

121,  Tauchn.).  »  Herod,  ix.  81. 


292      DESCRIPTION  OF  THE  PRINCIPAL  STATES. 

sums  brought  in  to  the  State  treasury  by  its  successful  result. 
For  besides  the  booty  and  the  contributions  which  Lysander 
sent  to  Sparta,  the  tribute  laid  upon  the  new  allies  amounted 
to  more  than  a  thousand  talents  annually.1  Very  soon,  how- 
ever, it  became  evident  that  now,  when  generals,  harmosts,  and 
others  had  so  many  opportunities  of  enriching  themselves  in 
foreign  countries,  the  ancient  law  could  no  longer  be  main- 
tained. Particular  opportunities  of  attaining  the  forbidden 
possession  were,  no  doubt,  never  lacking,  even  in  earlier  times ; 
for  instance,  Megabazus  the  Persian,  who,  under  commission 
from  Artaxerxes,  sought  to  move  the  Spartans  to  a  war  against 
the  Athenians  when  they  were  assisting  the  revolted  Egyptians, 
is  said  to  have  spent  considerable  sums  on  the  bribery  of 
individuals.2  But  the  possessors,  nevertheless,  did  not  then 
venture  to  keep  their  money  in  the  country  itself.  Just  as 
the  State,  in  all  probability,  kept  its  gold  and  silver,  at  least 
to  a  great  extent,  not  in  Sparta,  but  out  of  the  country,  and 
especially  in  the  temple  at  Delphi,3  so  the  citizens  deposited 
theirs  out  of  the  country,  especially  in  Arcadia.4  As  this 
was  not  expressly  prohibited,  it  was  not  considered  as  unlawful, 
and  even  the  government  seems  not  to  have  so  considered  it. 
But  from  the  time  of  Lysander,  in  which  the  largest  sums  for 
the  State  were  forwarded  to  Sparta  itself,  the  prohibition  in 
the  case  of  private  persons,  though  then  nominally  reasserted, 
soon  fell  into  desuetude,  although  we  hear  nothing  of  its 
express  repeal.5  From  this  time  onwards  the  inequality  of 
property  naturally  and  of  necessity  became  more  and  more 
visible  and  prominent ;  and  when  the  law  of  Epitadeus 
even  secured  the  right  of  freely  disposing  of  the  allotments 
of  land,6  it  was  a  necessary  consequence  that  the  landed 
property  fell  more  and  more  into  the  hands  of  a  few  rich 
houses,  while  the  poorer  citizens  sank  lower  and  lower. 
Finally,  the  loss  of  the  largest  part  of  Messenia  could  not 
but  exercise  an  injurious  influence  on  the  position  in 
respect  of  property  of  those  citizens  whose  possessions  had 
been  situated  in  that  country.  At  that  time,  moreover,  the 
number  of  the  Spartiatse  was  already  diminished  in  a  striking 
degree.  Instead  of  the  nine  or  ten  thousand  that  there  had  been 
in  the  best  days  of  the  State,  there  were  hardly  more  than  two 


1  Plutarcb,  Lysand.  c.  16  ;  Diodorus,        3  Posidon.  quoted  in  Athenaeus,  vi. 

xiv.  M).  24,  p.  233. 

fThuc    i    109.      Examples  of  the        *  n>.  loc.  cit. 
bribery  or   Spartan    magistrates   are        .  _,  -.  .,  ,        ,  _ 

given  also  by  Herod.,  vhi.  5  ;  Diod.,  Plut  Lysand.  c.  17. 

xiii.  106  ;  Plutarch,  Pericles,  c.  22,  33.         6  Cf.  ante,  p.  216. 


THE  SPAR  TAN  ST  A  TE.  293 

thousand.1  The  reason  of  this  diminution  was  certainly  to 
be  found  not  only  in  the  losses  of  men  caused  by  the  wars, 
but  also  in  the  impoverishment  of  many  citizens,  who  shrank 
from  founding  a  household  and  begetting  children  to  whom 
they  could  give  no  education  such  as  the  State  required, 
and  leave  no  inheritance  sufficient  for  their  wants.  Hence 
in  this  period  it  was  found  desirable  to  encourage  the  be- 
getting of  children  by  rewards.  The  father  of  three  sons 
was  exempted  from  liability  to  military  service,  the  father 
of  four  from  all  public  burdens  and  contributions;2  in 
complete  contradiction  with  the  earlier  custom,  according 
to  which,  for  instance,  only  such  men  were  sent  with  Leonidas 
to  Thermopylae  as  had  already  begotten  children,  by  whom, 
if  they  themselves  fell,  their  house  might  still  be  con- 
tinued.3 But  it  is  clear  that  such  measures  were  unable  to 
remedy  the  evil.  Aristotle  reckons  that  in  his  time  there  were 
only  about  a  thousand  Spartiatae,4  and  less  than  a  century 
afterwards  there  were  no  more  than  seven  hundred,  of  whom 
about  a  hundred  were  possessed  of  landed  property.5  There 
were,  therefore,  six  hundred  poor  to  one  hundred  rich ;  a  part 
of  the  latter  being  inordinately  so.  Along  with  such  in- 
equality in  property  it  was  naturally  impossible  for  the  old 
Lycurgic  rules  of  life  to  continue  in  force.  The  rich,  we  read, 
observed  these  rules  indeed  in  part,  but  only  in  appearance. 
For  instance,  they  visited  the  Phiditia,  but  after  remaining 
there  a  short  time  they  feasted  at  home  with  oriental  luxury.6 
The  Ephors,  whose  function  it  ought  to  have  been  to  watch 
over  the  observance  of  the  Agoge,  exempted  themselves  for  the 
most  part  from  their  own  regulations,7  and  were  without  doubt, 
although  the  office  should  have  been  open  to  all  without  dis- 
tinction, taken  at  that  time  only  from  among  the  rich.  The 
poorer  citizens  however  had  to  submit  to  being  maintained  by 
the  rich,  and  perhaps  either  took  to  handicrafts,  or,  as  lessees  of 
pieces  of  ground  belonging  to  the  rich,  tilled  the  soil  as  the  Helots 
did.8  It  can  in  fact  hardly  be  conceived  how  the  State  could 
still  exist,  and  how  the  dominion  of  the  Spartiatae  over  the  Helots 
and  Periceci  could  still  be  maintained.  We  can  only  assume 
that  to  some  extent  the  length  of  time  that  had  elapsed  had 
accustomed  them  to  their  position  of  subjection,  while  the 
harshness  of  the  relation  had  also  been  considerably  reduced.    In 

1  Cf.  Clinton,  Fasti  Helkn.  ii.  p.  407.  6  Phylarchus,  in    Athenae.   iv.    20, 

2  Arist.  Pol.  ii.  6.  13.  p.  141. 

3  Herod,  vii.  205.  7  Arist.  Pol.  ii.  6.  16. 

4  Arist.  Pol.  ii.  6.  11.  8  Plutarch,  Ag.  c.  6.  5,  and  Scho- 

5  Plutarch,  Ag.  c.  5.  niann's  note,  p.  111. 


294      DESCRIPTION  OF  THE  PR  INC  IP  A I  STATES. 

addition  to  this  it  appears  that  the  Spartan  oligarchy  supplied 
its  own  deficiency  in  strength  by  its  money,  maintaining  a 
number  of  mercenary  troops  for  its  own  protection.  Moreover, 
the  city  which  in  earlier  times  had  been  open  and  unfortified 
was,  at  the  end  of  the  third  century,  surrounded  with  earth- 
works and  fortifications,  which,  though  primarily  erected  to 
afford  a  protection  against  the  attacks  of  the  kings  Demetrius 
and  Pyrrhus,  served  also  secondarily  as  a  security  against 
possible  attacks  from  the  subject  population.1 

Such  was  the  position  of  Sparta  when  king  Agis  in.  con- 
ceived the  plan  of  regenerating  the  State  by  the  admission  of 
new  citizens  from  among  the  Perioeci  and  other  foreigners, 
probably  the  mercenary  troops,  and  by  a  restoration  of  the  con- 
stitution of  Lycurgus.  He  paid  for  his  attempt  with  his  life ; 
but  a  short  time  afterwards  the  more  adroit  and  resolute 
Cleomenes  ill.  again  took  it  up,  and  actually  carried  it  through 
by  contriving  to  win  over  to  its  support  both  some  of  the  more 
prominent  Spartiata3  themselves,  and  also  the  mercenary 
troops.2  He  compelled  those  who  opposed  him  to  leave  the 
country ;  the  number  of  those  so  exiled  was  eighty,  and  there- 
fore comprised  by  far  the  larger  portion  of  those  rich  citizens 
and  landowners  who  still  existed.3  Then  he  made  a  new 
division  of  the  landed  property,  and  increased  the  civic  body 
by  the  admission  of  Perioeci,  and  beyond  a  doubt  also  of  mer- 
cenaries, so  that  it  was  now  enabled  to  afford  material  for  an 
army  of  4000  hoplites.  He  reintroduced  the  Syssitia  and  the 
remaining  portions  of  the  old  Agoge,  but  abolished  the  Ephors, 
instituting,  perhaps  in  their  stead,  a  new  body  of  magistrates 
named  Patronomi.  But  his  reforms  had  but  a  short  continu- 
ance. The  war  with  the  Achaean  League  in  which  Sparta  was 
involved  compelled  the  League  to  summon  to  its  assistance  Anti- 
gonus  Doson  of  Macedonia,  by  whose  superior  power,  after  a 
not  inglorious  struggle,  Cleomenes  was  defeated  in  the  decisive 
battle  of  Sellasia,  and  soon  after  met  his  death  in  Egypt, 
whither  he  had  fled  in  order  to  obtain  aid.  What  was  the 
fate  of  his  institutions  in  Sparta  is  not  quite  clear.  Thus 
much  is  certain,  that  the  abolished  Ephorate  was  again 
instituted,  and  that  the  persons  banished  were  recalled.     But 

1  This  is  clear  from  Plutarch,  Cleom.  the  Patronomi  to  have  taken  the  place 

c.  7.  of  the  Gerusia.       It  is  nevertheless 

,„,   ,       ,      r»      i         ™     t.  remarkable  that  Plutarch  in  his  life 

.      PluKtarch.-  S****  5-  2?;  Pausan.  of  Cleomene8  does  not  mention  the 

i    13.   5;  vn    8.  3;    Justm.   xiv.  5;  patr0nomi    at    all.      Cf.    Schumann, 

lav.  xxxiv.  Btf.  Prolegomena  to  Plutarch,  p.  52,  and 

8  Pausan.  ii.  9.  1.     Pausanias,  how-  Droysen,  Geschichte  des  Hellenismus, 

ever,  is  certainly  wrong  in  considering  ii.  p.  491. 


THE  CRETAN  STATE.  295 

the  new  citizens  admitted  by  Cleomenes  seem  nevertheless 
not  to  have  been  expelled,  and  even  though,  as  can  hardly  be 
doubted,  the  division  of  land  was  repealed,  yet  some  provision 
must  have  been  made  that  these  citizens,  so  far  as  they  had 
not  previously  possessed  landed  property,  as  probably  all 
the  Periceci  had  who  were  admitted,  should  not  now  remain 
wholly  without  it.  The  manner  in  which  the  monarchy  was 
dealt  with  has  already  been  related,  as  well  as  the  fact  that  it 
soon  afterwards  came  to  an  end.1  In  later  times  we  find 
Patronomi  mentioned  besides  the  Ephors,  though  we  learn 
nothing  about  their  duties  and  position;  our  knowledge  is 
limited  to  the  fact  that  they  formed  a  Board  of  six  persons 
with  an  equal  number  of  coadjutors  (awap'xpvTe.i),  and  that  the 
chief  of  the  Board  enjoyed  the  honour  of  being  the  Eponymus 
of  his  year.2  Of  the  position  of  Sparta  at  the  time  when  Greece 
was  under  Eoman  dominion  little  is  known,  and  to  put  that 
little  together  is  beside  our  purpose.  We  may  only  remark 
that  some  of  the  old  Lycurgic  laws  maintained  themselves  to  a 
very  late  period,  especially  the  Diamastigosis  ;3  a  continuance 
which  may  have  been  aided  by  the  fact  that  this  ranked  as 
part  of  the  Spartan  worship.  The  district  belonging  to  Sparta 
was  however  confined  to  the  interior,  the  coasts  being  with- 
drawn from  its  dominion ;  while  the  dwellers  upon  them, 
Helots  and  Periceci,  formed,  under  the  name  of  Eleutherola- 
cones,  a  commonwealth  of  their  own,  with  several  cities,  the 
number  of  which  was  afterwards  fixed  at  twenty-four  by 
Augustus.4 


CHAPTER   II. 

THE    CRETAN    STATE. 

The  institutions  of  the  Cretan  State  show  in  many  points  so 
great  a  similarity  to  those  of  Sparta,  that  it  is  not  sur- 
prising if  it  seemed  to  the  ancients  as  though  either  Crete 
were  a  copy  of  Sparta  or  Sparta  of  Crete.5  Meanwhile  this 
similarity  may  be  explained,  apart  from  intentional  imitation, 

1  See  p.  226.  4  Strabo,  viii.   p.  365  ;    Pausanias, 

2  Cf.  Bockh,  Corp.  Inscr.  i.  p.  605.  iii.  21,  6. 

3  Tertullian  mentions  it  as  usual  at  6  Cf.  Arist.  Pol.  ii.  7.  1  ;  Ephor.  in 
his  time.  See  Haase  on  Xen.  de  rep.  Strab.  x.  p.  481  ;  Pseudo-Plat.  Minos, 
Lac.  p.  83.  318  f ;  Plut.  Lycurg.  c.  4. 


296      DESCRIPTION  OF  THE  PRINCIPAL  STATES. 

by  the  community  of  nationality,  which,  under  like  conditions, 
must  produce  like  institutions.  For  in  Crete,  as  in  Laconia, 
Dorians  were  the  ruling  people,  who  had  subdued  the  old  in- 
habitants of  the  island  and  placed  them  in  a  position  of  sub- 
ordination, and  even  if  the  Dorian  immigrants  into  Crete  were 
mingled  with  non-Doric  elements  to  a  greater  extent  than  was 
the  case  with  the  conquerors  of  Laconia,  still  here  also  the 
Doric  element  had  the  predominance,  and  possessed  the  power 
of  assimilating  the  foreigners  to  itself.  But  whilst  the  Spartans 
adopted  the  course  of  naming  one  of  their  own  number, 
Lycurgus,  as  the  regulator  of  their  State  system,  the  Cretans 
named  no  Doric  lawgiver,  but  traced  the  origin  of  their  insti- 
tutions back  to  an  early  Cretan  national  hero,  Minos,  whose 
thoroughly  mythical  personality  they  then  contrived  to  bring 
into  a  certain  connection  of  kinship  with  the  Dorian  immi- 
grants whom  tradition  stated  to  be  earliest.1  The  name  of 
Minos,  which  admits  of  no  explanation  from  the  Greek 
language,  belougs  without  doubt  to  the  earlier  non-Greek 
population  of  the  island,  and  denotes  a  divine  being  who, 
despite  his  divinity,  dwelt  upon  earth  in  human  form,  and  to 
whom  the  people  owed  the  beginnings  of  a  higher  civilisation 
and  of  social  institutions.8  Equally  little  with  Minos  can  those 
be  ranked  as  historical  personages  whom  the  Greek  epos  names 
as  his  successors,  and  represents  as  kings  over  the  whole  island, 
such  as  Idomeneus  and  Meriones ;  and  whether  at  any  time1 
Crete  was  united  into  a  single  State  under  one  head  is  a  ques- 
tion which  it  is  equally  impossible  to  answer  definitely  in  the 
affirmative  or  in  the  negative.  The  Odyssey  (xix.  175  seq.) 
names  five  different  peoples  in  Crete,  viz.,  Achseans,  Eteo- 
cretes,  Cydones,  Dorians,  and  Pelasgi,  without  giving  any 
indication  of  their  relation  to  each  other.  Later  writers  de- 
clared the  Eteocretes  and  Cydones  to  be  autochthones,  the  others 
to  be  immigrants,  who  had  occupied  the  northern  and  eastern 
part  of  the  island,  while  the  latter  held  the  south  and  west.3 
It  is,  however,  beyond  doubt  that  settlements  were  made  in 
Crete  by  the  Phoenicians,  and  that  a  large  portion  of  the  island 
was  subject  to  them.  In  the  historical  period,  it  is  true,  we  no 
longer  find  them  here ;  we  find,  on  the  contrary,  only  a  number 
of  Greek  States,  all  moreover  Dorian.     Each  of  these  consisted 

1  Of.  the  passages  quoted  by  Meur-  Eng.  tr.);  Loebell,    Weltgesch.  i.  484 ; 

Bius,  Creta,  p.  124.  cf .  also  Thirlwall,  i.  pp.  140, 141.    That 

3  Eustathius    on    Dionya.    p.    196,  much  that  is  primarily  Phoenician  has 

Bernh.,  and  on  Minos  as  a  Phoenician  been   transferred    to    the  person  of 

god  or  hero  cf.  esp.  Duncker,  Hist,  of  Minos  can  hardly  admit  of  denial. 
Antiquity,  2d  ed.,  i.  p.  302seq.  (i.  p.  369,        3  Staphylus,  in  Strab.  x.  4,  p.  475. 


THE  CRE  TAN  ST  A  TE.  297 

of  a  city  with  its  surrounding  district,  in  which  no  doubt  also 
smaller  cities  in  their  turn  were  found  standing  in  a  relation  of 
subordination  to  the  principal  city.  For  that  each  city  of  the 
"  ninety-citied "  or  "  hundred-citied "  isle,  as  Homer  calls  it,1 
formed  also  an  independent  State,  will  probably  not  be  sup- 
posed. As  independent  States  our  authorities  give  us  reason 
to  recognise  about  seventeen.2  The  most  important  of  these 
were  in  earlier  times  Cnossus,  Gortyn,  and  Cydonia.  For  a 
time  Cnossus  sank  in  importance,  and  Lyctus,  on  the  contraiy, 
rose.  Afterwards  Cnossus  again  advanced,  and  together  with 
Gortyn  became  the  most  powerful  of  all.  Thus  when  the  two 
were  united  the  whole  of  the  remainder  submitted  to  them, 
when  they  quarrelled  the  whole  island  was  split  into  two. 
The  third,  next  to  these,  was  Cydonia.3  In  general,  however, 
their  relations  changed  in  various  ways  in  the  course  of  time. 

The  Dorians  obtained  dominion  over  the  island  by  several 
immigrations,  which  took  place  subsequent  to  the  return  of  the 
Heraclidae,  partly  from  Laconia,  partly  from  other  points,  such 
as  Argos  and  Megara.  The  statements  we  have  of  an  earlier 
immigration  made  by  them  from  Thessaly,  five  generations 
before  the  Trojan  war,  have  rightly  been  declared  by  modern 
criticism  to  be  mythical,4  although  the  Odyssey  mentions 
Dorians  in  Crete  as  early  as  the  time  of  this  war.  That  all 
the  independent  States  of  the  island  were  Dorian  is  beyond  a 
doubt ;  some  being  more  so  and  others  less,  according  as  the 
emigrants  were  either  accompanied  from  their  homes  by 
foreigners,  especially  Achaeans  and  Minyi,  or  underwent  ad- 
mixture in  their  new  home  with  a  larger  or  smaller  portion  of 
the  earlier  inhabitants.5  But  the  Dorian  character  predomi- 
nated, and  the  constitutions  of  the  different  States  were,  as 
Pindar  says,  ordered  according  to  the  rule  of  Hyllus  and  the 

1  H.  ii.  649 ;  Od.  xix.  174.    Accord-  Hasselbach,    de    ins.    Thaso,   p.    13 ; 

ing  to  Tzetzes  on  Lycophran,  v.  1214,  Loebell,  Weltgesch.  i.  p.  486;  Welcker, 

Xenion,  irepl  Kpfr-nt,  had  named  the  Episch.   Cycl.  ii.  p.  44 ;  Thirlwall,  i. 

whole  hundred  citiea.  p.  137  ;  Grote,  i.  p.  466  ;  Preller,  Or. 

8  Cf.  Hoeck,  Greta,  ii.  p.  443.  Myth.  ii.  p.  115. 

8  Strabo,  x.  pp.  476,  478  ;  Diod.  v.        s  According  to  one  modern  view, 

78.     Of  cities  which  are  to  be  con-  the  immigrant  Dorians  had  been  re- 

sidered  aa  dependencies  in  the  district  ceived  into  the  old  Cretan  States  only 

of  a  principal  city  we  hear  of,  amongst  as  a  special  class  of  warriors,  and  had  ' 

others,  Minoa  in  the  district  of  the  received  landed  property  and    civic 

Lyctians,   Chersonesus  in    the   same  rights,   without  the  dominion  being 

district,  Leben,  Rhytium,  Bena,  Bcebe,  transferred  to  them,  and  without  the 

in  the  district  of  Gortyn,    Syia  be-  people  therefore  becoming,  properly 

longing  to  Elyrus,  Cisamus  to  Aptera.  speaking,  Dorian.     For  the  more  de- 

Cf.   Strabo,    pp.    478,   479.      Steph.  tailed  exposition  of  this  view  and  its 

Byz.  sub  voc.  Bfyri,  Boipr),  2i*x.  support  by  evidence  we  have  still  to 

*  Cf.  Hoeck,  ii.  p.  15,  supported  by  wait. 


298      DESCRIPTION  OF  THE  PRINCIPAL  STATES. 

institutions  of  ^Egimius.  This  was  the  case  most  of  all  at 
Lyctus,1  which  was  constituted  in  a  manner  most  similar  to  the 
Spartan  State,  being  indeed  colonised  from  Laconia.  From  this 
place  the  Dorians  made  further  conquests  (as  for  instance 
Grortyn),  which  they  then  proceeded  to  occupy  with  colonists,2 
as  their  practice  was  in  Laconia ;  but  with  this  difference,  that 
in  Laconia,  the  cities  which  were  conquered  and  received 
colonists  remained  dependencies  of  Sparta ;  while  in  Crete,  on 
the  contrary,  they  received  autonomy. 

The  principal  features  of  the  Cretan  political  system,  as  we 
learn  them  in  particular  from  the  extracts  from  older  writers, 
given  by  Strabo  and  Athenseus,  are  as  follows : — 

As  in  Laconia,  so  also  in  Crete,  a  great  portion  of  the  old 
inhabitants  of  the  country  were  reduced  by  the  Doric  con- 
querors to  the  condition  of  peasant  serfs,  like  the  Helots. 
There  were,  however,  two  classes  of  them — one  termed  Clarotse 
or  Aphamiotse,  the  other  Mnoitse.3  The  former  cultivated  the 
estates  belonging  to  private  persons,  which  were  called  tcXapot, 
and  apparently  also  a(f>a/xiat,  though  this  name  is  of  uncertain 
signification.  The  Mnoitse,  on  the  contrary,  cultivated  the 
estates  which  the  State  had  reserved  to  itself  as  domain  land, 
and  which  for  the  most  part  must  have  been  of  considerable 
importance,  since  it  was  out  of  the  revenue  they  brought  in 
that,  among  other  expenses,  those  of  the  common  messes  of  the 
citizens  were  defrayed,  no  contribution  towards  them  being,  as 
in  Sparta,  imposed  upon  the  citizens  themselves.  Among  the 
different  conjectures4  regarding  the  derivation  of  the  name 
Mnoitai,  that  one  seems  most  worthy  of  consideration  which 
regards  it  as  abbreviated  from  Miveoircu,  from  Mivws.  The 
only  objection5  brought  forward  against  this  view — viz.,  that 
the  vowel  in  the  first  syllable  being  long,  is  unlikely  to  have 
been  suppressed — is  of  no  especial  weight,  since  the  fact  that 
the  Greek  poets  treat  the  i  in  MjWx?  as  long  affords  no  safe 
conclusion  as  to  the  genuine  native  pronunciation  of  the  name, 

1  Arist.  Pol.  ii.  7.  1;  Strabo,  x.  have  interpreted  it  as  "those  who 
p.  481.  remained  in  the  country"  (see  above, 

2  Cf.  Hoeck,  ii.  p.  433.  p.  132).     By  a  like  mistake  some  (e.g. 

3  Ephorus  and  Sosicrates,  quoted  in  A.  Schmidt,  Zeitschr.  fur  Geschichts- 
Athenaeus,  vi.  84,  p.  263,  extr.  Cf.  wissmschaft,  i.  p.  561)  have  derived 
Strabo,  xii.  3,  p.  542,  xv.  i.  p.  701  ;  fivwirai  from  ntvu,  and  even  compared 
Steph.  Byz.  sub  voc.  Xlos  ;  Pollux,  it  with  the  mediaeval  term  mansion- 
iii.  83 ;  Etymol.  Magn.  sub  voc.  arius.  The  collective  term  for  the 
■wevtcrTcu. ;  Suidas  and  Photius,  sub  class  is  fivola.  or  uvya.  Athenaeus, 
voc.  KXapuTai  ;  Lex.  Seguer.  p.  292 ;  xv.  696  a  ;  Strabo,  xii.  542 ;  Hesych. 
Hoeck,  iii.  p.  37.  sub  voc. 

*  Thus  some  have  wrongly  taken  s  Cf.  Lobeck,  Pathol.  Serm.  Gr.  i. 
the  name  wevtaTcu  for  ixevicrrai,   and     p.  277. 


THE  CRETAN  STATE.  299 

seeing  that  it  does  not  belong  to  the  Greek  language.  Since  we 
find  the  word  Minoa  used  as  a  local  name  both  in  Crete  and 
elsewhere,1  it  may  be  assumed  that  the  race  which  worshipped 
the  god  or  hero  Minos  applied  his  name  both  to  the  place 
where  he  was  especially  worshipped,  and  also  to  themselves, 
in  the  same  manner  as  the  Cadmea  and  the  Cadmeones  were 
named  after  Cadmus.  The  condition  of  these  serf  peasants, 
who  were  subject,  not  to  individuals,  but  to  the  State  alone,  was 
manifestly,  for  that  very  reason,  better  than  that  of  the  Clarotse 
or  Aphamiotse,  though  the  latter  were  apparently  not  liable,  like 
the  Spartan  Helots,  to  personal  service  to  their  masters  in  the 
cities,  but  were  merely  obliged  to  cultivate  the  land ;  for  it  is 
expressly  stated  that  the  Cretans  in  the  cities  made  use  of 
purchased  slaves.2  In  general,  however,  both  classes  are  com- 
pared with  the  Helots,  whence  it  follows  that  they  were  liable 
to  certain  contributions,  and  were  possibly  also  summoned  to 
military  service, — a  fact  with  which  we  may  connect  the  state- 
ment that  the  Cretans  obtained  armed  attendants  or  esquires 
from  among  their  slaves,3  and  that  these  were  called  Thera- 
pontes.  As  a  rule,  however,  they  were  forbidden  the  posses- 
sion of  weapons,  and  military  or  gymnastic  exercises;4  and 
thus  Hybrias,  the  Cretan,  boasts,  in  a  scholium  still  extant,6  that 
spear,  and  sword,  and  shield  are  his  great  treasure ;  with  them 
he  sows,  with  them  he  reaps,  with  them  he  treads  out  the 
juice  of  the  grape,  by  them  he  is  master  of  the  slave  folk  (the 
Mnoia) ;  but  he  who  does  not  bear  sword,  and  spear,  and  shield 
shall  bow  the  knee  before  him,  and  call  him  lord  and  master. 
As  dwellers  in  the  fiat  country  around  the  cities  where  the 
ruling  Dorians  dwelt,  the  peasant  serfs  might  be  called 
Periceci,  apart  from  the  fact  of  their  dependent  position,  and 
are  actually  once  so  called  by  Aristotle,6  though  we  must  not 
conclude  from  this  that  there  was  not  also  another  class  of 
inhabitants  in  Crete,  corresponding  more  closely  to  the  Periceci 
of  Laconia.     This  hasty  conclusion 7  is  contradicted,  not  only 


1  Cf.    Steph.    Byz.,    who    cites    a  3  Eustath.  on  II.  i.  321,  p.  110,  and 

Minoa    in    Amorgos,    in    Sicily,    in  on  Dionys.  v.  533. 

Siphnus,   as  a  name  of  Gaza,   of    a  *  Arist.  Pol.  ii.  2.  12. 

place  in  Arabia,  of  Paros,  and  of  an  •  .  _     .,  .       ...                       _.„ 

island   not  far  from   Mesara.     With  ..'Quoted  by  Athemeus,  xv.  50,  p. 


695. 


island  not  far  from   Megara.     With 
this  Strabo  also  agrees,  viii.   6.  pp. 

368,    391,    392,    as  to  the  Megarian  6  Arist.  Pol.  ii.  7.  3.  8. 

Minoa     (Nissea)     and  the    Laconian.  7  Which  both  the  uncritical  Meur- 

At  all  these  places  early  Phoenician  sius   (Greta,    p.    190)   and   the    often 

settlements  may  be  assumed.  hypercritical  Grote  (ii.  p.  2S5)   have 

2  Callistratus,  in  Athenams,  vi.  8.  4,  allowed  themselves  to  be  misled  into 

p.  263.  making. 


300      DESCRIPTION  OF  THE  PRINCIPAL  STATES. 

by  the  intrinsic  improbability  of  the  case,  but  also  by  the 
testimony  of  Sosicrates,  which  is  perfectly  clear  and  un- 
ambiguous for  every  one  who  gives  adequate  consideration 
to  the  text  bearing  on  the  subject.  Sosicrates,  in  con- 
trast to  the  two  serf  classes  of  State  slaves  and  private 
slaves,  the  Mnoitse  and  Aphamiotse,  puts  forward  as  a  dis- 
tinct class  a  body  to  whom  he  applies  a  term  clearly  in- 
tended to  recall  the  Laconian  institution,  viz.,  Perioeci.1  At 
the  same  time,  however,  the  scholar  can  clearly  see  from 
his  words  that  this  class  was  not  termed  Perioeci  by  the 
Cretans  themselves,  but  was  denoted  among  them  only  by  the 
general  name  of  virrjicooL,  or  subjects.  We  can  hardly  be 
wrong  in  imagining  the  relation  to  have  been  similar  to  that 
in  Thessaly,  where  likewise,  besides  the  Penestae,  who  were  on 
the  same  footing  with  the  Helots  or  the  Mnoitae  and  Aphamiotae, 
there  were  also  subjects  who  were  by  no  means  deprived 
of  personal  freedom,  but  yet  were  politically  dependent  on 
the  Thessalians,  such  as  Perrhaebi,  Magnetes,  Achaeans  of 
Phthiotis.2  That  no  other  commonwealth  whatever  existed 
in  Crete  beyond  the  autonomous  Dorian  States  is  an  assump- 
tion totally  without  foundation,  and,  in  my  opinion,  wholly 
unworthy  of  credit.  There  were  non-Dorian  cities  as  well, 
without  autonomy  or  political  independence,  but  which  were 
dependent  on  one  or  other  of  the  autonomous  Dorian  cities,3 
and  which  on  that  account  may  be  compared  with  the  Perioeci 
of  Laconia,  even  if  the  position  of  both  was  not  entirely  the 
same.  For  the  Perioeci  of  Laconia  were  incorporated  in  the 
State  itself  as  its  subject  members,  and  formed  along  with  the 
Helots  the  substratum,  as  it  were,  of  the  Spartan  civic  body ; 
while  the  Perioeci  of  Crete,  on  the  contrary,  were  merely 
dependants,  and  in  no  sense  members  of  the  State  under  whose 
dominion  they  stood. 

The  civic  body  which  bore  rule  in  the  states  of  Crete  was 
without  doubt,  here  as  elsewhere,  split  up  into  tribes  and 
subdivisions  of  tribes ;  but  on  this  we  have  no  particular 
information,  except  that  we  find  the  Dorian  tribal  name 
Hylleis  mentioned  in  Cydonia.4     There  also  existed  certain 

1  His  words  (Athenaeus,  vi.  264  a)  called  d^ajiuurat,  the  third  inrrJKOoi. 

run  as  follows  :  rty  ptv  Koivyv  dovXetav  2  See  above,  p.  132. 

ol  KprjTes  naXovm  /ivolav,  ri\v  8&  IStap  s  See  above,  p.  297,  note  3. 

acpafjutbras,  roiis  dt  nepioLKovs  viryicdovs.  *  Hesychius,  sub  voc.     The  inscrip- 

There  are  therefore   clearly   enough  tion  ha  Coi-p.  Inscr.   vol.   i.  p.    400, 

three  classes  mentioned,  under  three  no.  2554,  a  treaty  between  Latos  and 

different  names — (a)  public  slaves,  (b)  Olus,  speaks  of  cfyAas,  not  <pv\ds,  or 

private  slaves^  (c)  Perioeci.     The  first  S^ious,  or  the  like,  as  divisions  of  the 

are    the  Meat  rat,   the    second    were  people. 


THE  CRETAN  STATE.  301 

privileged  gentes,1  and,  as  a  necessary  consequence,  a  nobility 
of  birth,  an  institution  which  we  can  only  regard  as  a  depar- 
ture from  the  genuine  Dorian  principle  of  the  equality  of  all 
citizens,  whether  it  was  introduced  simultaneously  with  the 
first  colonisation  of  the  island,  since  a  considerable  number  of 
other  races  were  mingled  with  the  Dorians,  and  it  may  be 
supposed  that  all  had  not  equal  rights;  or  whether  it  first 
appeared  in  later  times,  and  was  furthered  by  the  inequality  of 
property.  For  of  an  equal  division  of  the  allotments  of  land 
in  Crete  we  have  no  information,  any  more  than  we  have 
regarding  any  indivisibility  and  inalienability  attaching  to 
them,2  so  that  the  equality  of  property,  even  if  it  originally 
existed,  must  have  been  impaired  here  still  more  easily  and 
more  rapidly  than  in  Laconia.  A  difference  of  ranks  is  also 
indicated  by  what  we  hear  of  the  cavalry  in  Crete.  For  while 
in  Sparta  the  so-called  "  horsemen "  were  chosen  annually 
from  the  younger  men,  solely  according  to  their  merit,  and 
served  not  on  horseback,  but  on  foot,  the  Cretan  cavalry,  on 
the  contrary,  were  bound  to  keep  a  war-horse,  a  proof  that 
they  belonged  to  the  richer  class.  They  enjoyed,  as  it  seems, 
certain  political  privileges  as  well.3 

At  the  head  of  the  administration  there  stood  as  the  supreme 
authority  a  board  of  ten  men,  called  Koa-fiot,  or  k6o-/jlloi,  that  is 
to  say,  Regulators,  who  were  appointed, — whether  annually  or 
not  is  uncertain,  though  the  affirmative  is  probable, — by  election, 
but  from  among  the  privileged  gentes.4  They  were  the  highest 
civil  and  military  authorities,  leaders  of  the  army  in  war, 
presidents  of  the  Council  and  the  popular  assemblies,  and 
without  doubt  also  judges  or  presidents  of  the  courts.5  The 
year  was  named  after  the  chief  of  the  board,  the  Protokosmus. 
Other  magistrates  are  scarcely  mentioned ;  but  it  is  notice- 
able that  a  story  in  Herodotus,  of  which  the  date  is  some- 
where about  the  beginning  of  the  seventh  century,  introduces 
us  to  a  king  Etearchus  at  Axos,6  though  it  is  impossible 
to  discover  whether  this  person  was  a  merely  sacerdotal 
functionary,  such  as  we  find  under  the  title  of  king  at  many 
places  even  in  later  times,  or  whether  the  supreme  magistracy 
in  Axos  was  differently  constituted  from  that  elsewhere,  or, 
finally,  whether  Herodotus  uses  the  name  inaccurately  for  the 
Protocosmus.     An  inscription  belonging  perhaps  to  the  third 

1  Arist.  Pol.  ii.  7.  5.  4  Arist.  Pol.  ii.  7.  5. 

2  Cf.  Arist.  Pol.  i.  1.  4  ;  Ephorus, 

in  Strabo,  x.  480,  482.  4  Cf.  Antiq.  jur.  publ.  Grose,  p.  153. 

3  Ephorus,  in   Strabo,  x.  pp.  481, 

482,  where  it  is  indicated  as  an  dpxn-  8  Herod,  iv.  154. 


302       DESCRIPTION  OF  THE  PRINCIPAL  STATES. 

century  B.C.  mentions  irpeirfiarovi  eV  evvofilas,1  or  "  Elders  for 
the  preservation  of  good  order,"  who,  as  the  context  shows, 
had  to  maintain  police  supervision.  Finally,  we  also  find 
Psedonomi,  who  are  mentioned  as  overseers  of  the  education 
of  the  young. 

The  highest  deliberative  authority  was  a  counsel  of  the 
Elders,  called  sometimes  fiovXrj,  sometimes  yepovata,  and  com- 
pared by  Aristotle  with  the  Spartan  Gerousia,  whence  we  may 
conclude  that  it  possessed  the  same  functions  and  privileges. 
We  have  also  express  evidence  that  the  members  were  ap- 
pointed for  life,  that  they  were  subject  to  no  responsibility, 
and  that  their  proceedings  were  not  regulated  according  to 
written  law,  but  that  they  were  guided  by  the  best  of  their 
knowledge,  and  by  their  respect  for  right.2  We  are  not  in- 
formed what  their  number  was,  or  at  what  age  they  were 
eligible ;  possibly,  with  regard  to  these  points,  the  rule  was 
the  same  as  in  Sparta.  Nor  is  anything  stated  with  regard  to 
the  mode  of  their  appointment ;  we  merely  learn  that  none  but 
ex-Cosmi  found  their  way  into  the  Gerousia,  whence  it  follows 
that  the  Gerontes  could  only  belong  to  the  privileged  gentes.3 
Finally,  in  the  states  of  Crete  the  popular  assembly  had  as 
circumscribed  a  right  as  in  Sparta :  that  is  to  say,  it  possessed 
only  the  right  to  approve  or  reject  the  motions  sent  down  to  it 
by  the  Gerousia.4  Plato  5  praises  as  one  of  the  most  admirable 
regulations  possessed  by  Crete  in  common  with  Sparta  the  rule 
that  none  of  the  younger  citizens  were  permitted  to  show  off 
their  cleverness  on  the  existing  laws,  or  to  propose  alterations, 
only  the  older  men  being  entitled  to  discuss  such  subjects  with 
those  of  their  own  age,  and  to  bring  any  proposals  before  the 
proper  authorities. 

In  the  public  discipline,  the  similarity  between  Crete  and 
Sparta  manifests  itself  still  more  than  in  the  constitution  of 
the  State.  There  are  the  same  principles,  only  more  strictly 
fixed  in  Sparta  by  detailed  provisions,  and  more  consistently 
carried  out  than  in  Crete,  where,  moreover,  it  appears  that 
exactly  similar  regulations  did  not  exist  in  every  city.  In 
general,  however,  Plato's  judgment  on  Sparta  holds  good  also 
of  the  Cretan  states,  viz.,  that  they  possessed  the  discipline 
rather  of  a  camp  than  of  a  city.  Whilst  in  Sparta  the  public 
education  commenced  as  early  as  the  completion  of  the  seventh 

1  Corp.  Inscr.  ii.  p.  398.     npdyurros  princeps  senatus;  cf.  Antiq.  jur.  pull. 
=7r/>^(rjSicrTos.  Grcec.  p.  153. 

2  Arist.  Pol.  ii.  7.  6.  4  Antiq.  p.  154,  note  18. 

3  Inscriptions  mention  also  a  fJovXrjs  6  Legg.  i.  7,  p.  634. 
irp7)yi<rTos,i.e.  irpelyiaros,  equivalent  to  6  lb.  ii.  10,  p.  666. 


THE  CRETAN  STATE.  303 

year,  it  did  not  begin  in  Crete  until  the  seventeenth.  Up  to 
that  time  the  boys  were  left  in  their  parents'  house,  and  were 
called  sometimos  gkotlol, — "  secluded,"  sometimes  dirdryeXoi,, 
because  they  were  not  yet  ranged  in  the  Agelse  or  divisions.1 
Nevertheless  the  younger  ones,  even  at  this  age,  were  taken 
to  the  general  messes  by  their  fathers,  at  whose  feet  they 
sat  upon  the  ground  and  there  received  their  portions.  The 
elder  ones  took  their  meals  together  independently  under 
the  superintendence  of  a  Psedonomus ;  and  they  had  to  wait 
not  only  upon  themselves,  but  also  upon  the  men.2  From 
their  seventeenth  year  they  entered  the  Agelse.3  They  were 
not,  however,  as  in  Sparta,  assigned  by  the  Psedonomi  to  this  or 
that  division,  but  were  accustomed  to  combine  themselves, 
according  to  their  own  choice,  round  one  of  the  most  distin- 
guished and  prominent  of  the  young  men,  so  that  the  number 
varied4  at  different  times.  The  leader  of  the  Agela  was 
usually  the  father  of  the  young  man  round  whom  the  rest  had 
united.  He  was  called  the  Agelatas,5  and  ordered,  led,  and 
superintended  the  games  and  exercises  which,  as  in  Sparta, 
primarily  aimed  at  bodily  culture  alone.  Among  them  the 
exercises  in  running  seem  to  have  taken  a  prominent  place ; 
and  on  this  account  the  gymnasia  or  exercise-grounds  were 
called  among  the  Cretans  Spofioi6  or  running-paths.  Next 
came  the  art  of  archery,  in  which  the  Cretans  always  dis- 
tinguished themselves.7  Besides  these  dances  were  included, 
especially,  dances  in  armour.  So  the  Pyrrhic  dance  was 
regarded  by  many  as  an  invention  of  the  Cretans.8  Sham- 
fights  also  took  place,  the  troops  charging  one  another  to  the 
sound  of  flutes  and  citharas,  and  contending  either  with  the 
fist  or  with  weapons,  sometimes  wooden,  sometimes  also 
iron.  Frequently,  moreover,  the  chief  of  the  Agela  led  it 
to  the  chase  in  the  mountains  and  forests,  in  order  thus 
to  accustom  the  members  to  adroitness  and  vigour,  and  to 
inure  them  to  hardships  and  privations.9     Their  clothing  was 

1  Hesych.  sub  voc.  dirdyeXot,  and  6  Suidas,  sub  voc.  Hence  also 
Schol.  Eurip.  Alcest.  989.  dir68pofioi,  the  younger   men  not  yet 

2  Ephorus,  in  Strabo,  x.  p.  483  ;  taking  part  in  these  exercises.  Cf. 
Dosiades  and  Pyrgion,  quoted  by  the  passages  quoted  by  Nauck, 
Athenaeus,  iv.  22,  p.  143.  Aristoph.  Byz.  p.  88  seq. 

3  Hence  dytXaaroi,    from  dyeXd£w  ; 

cf.   Hesych.  sub  voc.     Nauck's  emen-  7  Ephorus,  quoted    by  Strabo,    x. 

dation   (Aristoph.  Byz.  p.  95)  is  un-  P-  4S0  ;  Meursius,  Creta,  p.  178. 

necessary;  only  the  accent  (dyeXdorovs)  „  plin    Hi&t    Nat    yii    5g          m 

need  have  been  changed  Gr       Nicol>  Damasc.    in   c    fam' 

4  Ephorus,  quoted  by  Strabo,  loc.  at,  F        Hist  iU        459 
sup. 

5  Cf.  Heraclid.  Pont.  c.  3,  and  *  Heraclid.  c.  3,  4 ;  Ephorus,  in 
Schneidewin's  note,  p.  57.  Strabo,  x.  p.  480  and  483. 


3<M      DESCRIPTION  OF  THE  PRINCIPAL  STATES. 

a  poor  tribon,  and  was  the  same  winter  and  summer.  It  is 
certain  also  that  they  had  common  sleeping-places,  though 
they  seem  to  have  been  permitted  sometimes  to  pass  the  night 
elsewhere,  possibly  in  the  house  of  their  parents.1 

For  the  cultivation  of  the  intellect  and  the  emotions  pro- 
vision was  made  in  precisely  the  same  way,  and  with  precisely 
the  same  means,  as  in  Sparta.  Of  instruction  proper  there  was 
little ;  apart  from  the  necessary  knowledge  of  reading  and 
writing  the  boys  only  learnt  music — that  is  to  say,  they  were 
taught  to  sing  and  to  accompany  their  song  with  the  cithara. 
The  songs  were  for  the  most  part  lays  in  praise  of  the  gods,  or 
for  the  glorification  of  noble  men,  with  exhortations  to  respect 
the  laws  and  to  practise  those  virtues  in  which  the  worth  of 
the  hero  had  consisted.  The  various  kinds  of  songs  were  fixed, 
and  no  change  might  be  made  in  them.  The  poet  and  musician 
held  in  most  honour  was  Thaletas,  who  lived  somewhere  in  the 
second  half  of  the  seventh  century,  and  to  whom  were  ascribed 
not  only  the  invention  of  the  Cretan  musical  rhythm  and 
many  of  the  native  paeans  and  other  songs,  but  also  many 
legal  ordinances.2  Besides  him,  however,  we  hear  of  no 
Cretan  eminent  in  poetry  or  other  wisdom  belonging  to  the 
time  in  which  such  men  arose  in  no  small  number  in  other 
parts  of  Greece,  with  the  solitary  exception  of  Epimenides,  and 
he  in  all  probability  belonged  not  to  the  ruling  class  of  Dorians, 
but  to  the  Periceei.3  To  this  same  class  moreover  no  doubt 
belonged  Dipoinus,  Scyllis,  and  others  whose  names  the  history 
of  art  has  preserved  as  sculptors  or  architects.  The  Dorian 
rulers  were  only  citizens  and  warriors,  and  were  indeed  not 
permitted  to  be  anything  else.  All  that  pertained  to  the 
moulding  of  the  young,  to  the  excellence  proper  to  a  citizen,  was 
expected  to  come  from  the  intercourse  and  example  of  the 
men.  For  this  reason  the  boys  attended  the  common  meals 
together  with  the  men,  and  listened  to  their  conversation. 
But  that  kind  of  closer  connection  between  youths  and 
men  which  we  have  found  in  Sparta  was  regarded  in  Crete 
from  a  similar  point  of  view,  though  the  custom  as  practised 
here  possessed  many  features  peculiar  to  itself.  In  form  the 
relation  was  made  to  result  from  a  forcible  abduction.  The 
man  who  had  picked  out  a  favourite  among  the  boys  at  once 
announced  his  intention  to  the  relatives  and  friends  of  the 


1  Heraclides,  loc.  cit.  says  t&  7roXX4  8  The  story  that  he  was  sent  out  as 
KoifiQvTcu  Ater'  dW^Xuv.  a  boy  by  his  father  to  search  for  a  lost 

2  Ephorus,  in  Strabo,  pp.  480,  481.  sheep  (Diog.  Laert.  i.  109)  is  enough 
At  greater  length  in  Hoeck,  iii.  p.  by  itself  to  preclude  his  having  been  a 
339  seq.  son  of  one  of  the  old  Dorian  lords. 


THE  CRETAN  STATE.  305 

latter ;  these  sought  in  no  way  to  conceal  the  boy  or  to  keep  him 
from  his  accustomed  haunts,  for  this  would  have  been  con- 
sidered as  dishonourable  either  for  the  boy — as  though  he  were 
unworthy  of  the  lover — or  for  the  lover,  as  though  he  were 
unworthy  of  the  boy.  The  abduction  itself  however  was  met 
by  them  sometimes  with  a  feigned  resistance,  of  greater  or  less 
strength,  according  to  their  disposition  towards  the  lover.  But 
all  opposition  was  bound  to  cease  as  soon  as  the  abductor  had 
succeeded  in  reaching  his  mess-room  with  the  boy.  Here  he 
made  him  presents,  and  took  him  with  him  wherever  he  desired, 
though  always  accompanied  by  those  who  had  been  present  at 
the  abduction.  Two  months,  and  no  more,  were  now  spent  in 
social  intercourse  and  in  common  hunting  expeditions.  When 
this  time,  which  we  may  term  a  period  of  probation,  had  passed, 
the  boy  was  brought  back  into  the  city,  and  again  received 
presents  from  his  lover.  The  customary  gifts  were  a  war-dress, 
a  bullock,  and  a  goblet,  though  frequently  others  were  added, 
and  these  of  such  value  that  the  giver  was  compelled  to  claim 
a  contribution  from  his  friends  on  account  of  the  expenses  thus 
incurred.  The  bullock  was  sacrificed  to  Zeus,  and  the  sacri- 
ficial feast  participated  in  by  the  whole  body  of  friends  who 
had  followed  the  pair  during  the  two  months.  Then  the  boy  was 
asked  whether  he  was  satisfied  with  the  behaviour  of  his  abductor 
or  not.  He  might  accordingly,  if  he  had  any  complaint  against 
him,  bring  it  forward  and  demand  satisfaction  ;  in  this  case  the 
relation  was  naturally  dissolved.  It  was  considered  as  a  dis- 
grace for  a  boy  of  beautiful  form  and  honourable  parentage  to 
find  no  lover,  because  this  was  regarded  as  a  sign  that  he  had 
proved  himself  by  his  behaviour  to  be  unworthy  of  love ;  yet 
in  the  choice  of  favourites  personal  beauty  was  less  regarded  than 
excellence  and  propriety  of  conduct.  Those,  however,  who 
were  found  worthy  of  the  love  of  a  man  were  pre-eminently 
honoured  among  the  other  boys;  they  were  given  the  best 
places  in  the  gymnasia  and  at  other  assemblies,  while  they 
adorned  themselves  with  the  clothes  given  them  by  their  lovers. 
When  grown  up  also  they  still  wore  a  special  dress,  and  received 
the  name  of  /cXeivol  or  "  honoured."  This  was  the  term  applied 
to  the  objects  of  affection ;  the  lover  was  called  (piXrjrcop.  This 
name  alone,  which  indicates,  not,like  epaarrjs, passionate  impulse, 
but  rather  heartfelt  affection,  as  well  as  the  whole  publicity  of 
the  relation,  seem  to  afford  a  sure  proof  that  originally  it  could 
have  involved  nothing  immoral  or  obscene ;  and  even  though 
Aristotle 1  is  of  opinion  that  Paiderastia  was  enjoined  by  the 

1  Pol.  ii.  7.  5. 

U 


306      DESCRIPTION  OF  THE  PRINCIPAL  STATES. 

laws  of  Crete,  this  is  only  an  opinion,  and  no  proof  of  a 
historical  fact.  It  is,  however,  quite  undeniable  that  the 
institution  was  not  maintained  in  its  original  purity,  but  that 
it  fell  into  abuse,  and  that  on  this  account  the  Cretans  were 
generally  in  ill  repute  among  the  remaining  Greeks.1 

In  the  Agelae,  and  subject  to  the  public  discipline,  the  young 
men  remained  probably  for  ten  years,  and  therefore  until  their 
twenty-seventh  year.2  Immediately  after  their  release  from 
these  the  law  permitted  them  to  marry.3  Epigamia  naturally 
existed  only  between  those  who  belonged  to  the  ruling  class, 
while  between  citizens  of  different  States  it  was  sometimes 
secured  by  treaties.4  The  newly-married  pair  for  a  time  did 
not  dwell  together;  the  young  wife  living  in  her  parents' 
house  until  she  seemed  fit  to  preside  over  an  establishment  of 
her  own.  Hence  it  seems  to  follow  that  girls  were  usually 
married  at  a  tolerably  early  age,  though  the  custom  may  be 
based  upon  the  same  intention  as  was  the  permission  in  Sparta 
to  the  young  bridegroom  to  visit  his  wife  only  by  stealth  and 
for  a  short  time.  Dowries  were  not  forbidden ;  the  daughters 
received  half  the  portion  of  a  son.  That  marriage  was  con- 
sidered in  Crete  as  in  Sparta  in  the  main  only  from  the 
political  point  of  view  needs  no  proof.  But  whoever  led  a 
woman  to  commit  adultery  was  punished,  at  least  at  Gortyn,  not 
only  by  a  pecuniary  fine  not  exceeding  fifty  staters,  which  fell 
to  the  State  treasury,  but  also  by  the  loss  of  all  the  privileges 
of  a  citizen.5  As  to  the  position  of  the  female  sex  no  further 
particulars  are  known.  A  public  education  of  the  girls  like 
that  at  Sparta,  if  it  had  existed,  would  certainly  not  have 
remained  without  mention.  Family  life  we  may  imagine  to 
have  been  more  of  a  reality  than  in  Sparta,  because  the  sons 
were  not  withdrawn  at  so  early  an  age  from  their  parents' 
house.  The  common  meals  of  husband,  wife,  and  sons  were,  it 
must  be  admitted,  absent  in  Crete  as  they  were  in  Sparta,  since 
the  men  and  boys  took  their  meals  in  the  public  Syssitia,  from 
which  the  women  were  excluded.6 

The  Syssitia  were  called  'Avhpela,  "  the  meals  of  men,"  and 
the  companies  who  messed  together  Hetaerise,  and  perhaps  also 
Agelas ;  and  it  is  very  possible  that  those  who  had  been  united 


1  Cf.  Plato,  Legg.  i.  p.  636  ;   Plu-  does  not  follow  from  this  that  they 
tarch,  de  puer.   ed.    c.   14.     Further  were  exempted  from  discipline, 
particulars  are  given  by  Meier,  Allg.  3  Ephorus,  in  Strabo,  p.  482. 
Encyclopadie,  iii.  vol.  ix.  p.  161.  4  Cf.  Corp.  Inscr.  vol.  ii.  no.  2556.  3, 

2  They  were  then  called  ZeK6.hpop.oi,  and  2554.  66. 

according    to    Hesychius    sub    voc,  *  ^Ehan,  Var.  Hist.  xii.  12. 

though  it  must  be  admitted  that  it  8  Hoeck,  iii.  p.  123. 


THE  CRETAN  STATE.  3°7 

in  an  Agela  as  youths  remained  united  as  men  in  the  Syssitia.1 
The  Syssitia,  however,  were  held  in  a  locality  common  to  all, 
though,  of  course,  at  several  tables,  the  number  varying  in 
each  case  according  to  the  number  of  members.  For  stranger- 
guests  some  places  were  reserved,  and  in  every  place  where 
such  meals  were  taken  there  was  found  a  table  called  the  table 
of  Zeus,  receiver  of  strangers,  upon  the  right  of  the  entrance.2 
The  cost  of  the  common  meals  was  met,  if  not  entirely,  yet  by 
far  the  largest  part  of  it,  by  the  State  treasury.  A  statement 
of  Dosiades,3  having  special  reference  to  Lyctus,  is  unfortu- 
nately not  quite  clear ;  but  we  may  apparently  gather  from  it 
the  following  account.  Every  citizen  delivered  the  tenth  part 
of  the  produce  of  his  land  to  his  Hetseria,  and  this  body  made 
over  the  total  amount  of  all  these  contributions  to  the  State 
treasury,  or  rather  to  that  division  of  it  from  which  the  costs  of 
the  Syssitia  were  to  be  defrayed.  We  know,  indeed,  from 
other  testimony4  that  the  whole  receipts  of  the  State  were 
divided  into  two  parts,  and  therefore  into  two  treasuries,  the  one 
for  the  service  of  the  gods  and  the  needs  of  the  administration, 
the  other  for  the  Syssitia,  or  more  properly  for  the  maintenance 
of  the  citizens  and  their  households.  For  membership  in  the 
Syssitia  only  belonged  to  the  men  and  the  boys  of  a  certain 
age,  while  from  this  treasury  food  was  provided  also  for  the 
women  and  children,  the  latter  term  including  the  daughters 
and  the  smaller  boys  who  were  not  yet  taken  to  the  Syssitia, 
and  perhaps  also  for  the  domestics  of  the  household, — a  fact 
which  affords  an  explanation  of  the  statement  that  an  annual 
contribution  of  one  iEginetan  stater  had  to  be  paid  for  every 
slave.  From  all  these  receipts  flowing  into  the  treasury  of  the 
Syssitia  not  only  were  the  meals  of  the  men  paid  for,  but  a 
proportionate  sum  was  paid  to  every  household  for  the  main- 
tenance of  the  wife,  children,  and  slaves,  all  of  whom  took  their 
meals  in  the  house.  If  each  man  contributed  the  tenth  part  of 
his  produce  the  contribution  might,  it  is  true,  be  somewhat 
considerable  for  the  rich,  but  so  small  in  the  case  of  the  poor 
man  that  it  did  not  nearly  cover  the  smallest  portion  of  the 

1  In  the  treaty  between  Latos  and  lessly.     Haase,  Miscell.  Philol.  in  the 

Olus,  Corp.   Inscr.  vol.  ii.  no.   2554,  treatise  prefixed  to  the  Breslauer  Led. 

v.  32  and  45,  it  is  provided  that  the  Catal.,  1856-57,  wishes  to  get  rid  of 

Agelse  shall  take  an  oath  to  observe  the  obscurity  by  a  very  easy  emen- 

it.     Here  we  have  clearly  to  suppose  dation      But  the  explanation  he  there 

not  the  divisions  of  the  young  men,  gives  is  very  uncertain,  since  it  cannot 

but  divisions  of  the  citizens.  be  reconciled  with  the  express  state- 

,  .,,  -no        i  An  ment  of  Dosiades,  that  there  was  only 

-  Athenams,  iv.  22,  p.  143.  one  house>  the  ivSp€lov>  for  the  meaf3 

3  In  Athenaeus,  loc.  cit.      The  epi-     of  the  citizens, 
tomiser  has  made  his  extracts  care-        4  Arist.  Pot.  ii.  7.  4. 


308      DESCRIPTION  OF  THE  PRINCIPAL  STATES. 

provision  necessary  for  him  and  his.  Accordingly,  it  might 
with  truth  be  said  that  all  were  fed  at  the  common  cost.  The 
delivery  at  the  State  treasury  by  the  several  Hetseriae  of  the 
total  contributions  of  these  members  was  necessitated  by  the 
circumstance  that  the  relative  members  of  rich  and  poor  might 
vary  in  the  several  Hetserise,  while  the  contributions  were 
intended  to  benefit  in  equal  measure  all  the  citizens  of  all  the 
Hetaerise.  Frugality  was  certainly  prescribed  in  the  Cretan 
Syssitia  as  well  as  in  those  of  Sparta ;  but  we  have  no  particu- 
lars regarding  the  regulation  of  the  food.  We  have  merely 
the  statement  that  the  boys  received  only  meat — half  the 
portion  of  an  adult — but  no  other  kind  of  food ;  and  that 
orphans,  in  particular,  were  provided  with  food  to  which  no 
kind  of  condiment  was  added.  For  drink  a  bowl  of  wine 
mixed  with  water  was  placed  on  the  table  for  the  whole  party, 
and  out  of  this  every  man  filled  his  cup.  After  they  had 
finished  eating  another  was  brought  in.  The  older  men  might 
drink  as  much  as  they  pleased,  the  younger  were  obliged  to 
content  themselves  with  their  allotted  portion.  The  meals 
were  taken  sitting,  not  lying  down.  Before  the  meal  a  prayer 
was  offered,  and  a  drink-offering  poured  out ;  and  when  all  was 
finished  they  still  remained  for  a  time  together  discussing 
public  affairs,  or  conversing  on  other  subjects,  the  young  men 
being  permitted  to  listen,  that  they  might  be  taught  by  admoni- 
tions, and  by  examples  of  eminent  men  and  famous  deeds. 
Drinking  parties,  however,  were  forbidden  in  Crete  as  in 
Sparta.1 

The  task  of  attending  to  the  Syssitia,  so  far  as  regarded  the 
preparation  of  the  food,  was  intrusted  to  a  woman,  to  whom 
some  three  or  four  persons  of  lower  rank  were  assigned  as 
assistants,  as  well  as  some  slaves  to  help  in  the  cooking. 
These,  from  the  circumstance  that  their  especial  duty  was  to 
get  the  wood,  were  called  Calophori.  This  woman  set  the  best 
of  the  food  contributed  before  those  who  were  distinguished  by 
bravery  or  wisdom,  though  whether  she  had  to  follow  her  own 
judgment  or  the  direction  given  her  by  the  president  of  the 
Syssitium  is  not  stated.  Nor  is  it  more  certain  who  it  was 
who  acted  as  president,  whether  a  magistrate  or  some  one 
elected  by  the  company  at  table.  We  only  hear  that  the  presi- 
dent enjoyed  certain  emoluments,  and  in  particular,  besides  the 
portion  set  before  him  as  before  the  rest,  the  share  of  three 
others  as  well,  one  for  his  function  as  president,  another  for  his 
household,  the  third  for  the  utensils  used  at  table.2 

1  Plato,  Minos,  p.  320  b.  (in  the  treatise  prefixed  to  the  Bres- 

2  HeraclidesPonticus,  c.  3. 6.   Haase    latter  Led.  Catal. ,  1856  -  57)  reads  rwv 


THE  CRETAN  STATE.  309 

The  provision  of  the  guests'  tables  at  the  Syssitia  proves 
that  the  visits  of  strangers  were  frequent,  a  view  supported  by 
the  fact  that  in  the  cities  special  inns  called  KoifirjTrfpia  or 
sleeping-places  were  set  apart  for  their  reception.  It  may, 
however,  perhaps  be  assumed  that  these  institutions  were  in- 
tended not  so  much  for  foreigners  as  for  persons  who,  though 
members  of  different  States,  yet  belonged  to  the  same  race, 
and  with  whom  there  was  naturally  more  frequent  and  active 
intercourse.  That  the  Dorians,  in  Crete  as  elsewhere,  main- 
tained an  attitude  of  dislike  towards  everything  foreign  is  not 
to  be  doubted,  and  even  though  there  is  no  mention  of  any 
measures  corresponding  to  the  Spartan  Xenelasiae,  yet  all  foreign 
travel  was  prohibited  in  Crete  also,  at  least  to  the  younger 
men,  in  order  that,  as  Plato  says,1  they  might  not  thereby 
unlearn  what  they  had  learnt  at  home.  Against  too  frequent 
visits  of  foreigners  in  great  numbers  a  protection  existed  in 
the  insular  position  of  Crete;  when,  however,  intercourse  by 
sea  became  more  frequent  throughout  Greece,  Crete  was  no 
longer  able  to  remain  apart  from  it,  the  less  so  since  many  of 
the  most  necessary  requirements  were  either  not  obtainable  at 
all  upon  the  island  or  were  not  found  in  sufficient  quantity.2 
The  Dorian  lords,  indeed,  pursued  no  trade  or  handicraft  them- 
selves, but  left  these  to  their  Mno'itse,  or  to  the  non-Dorian 
inhabitants  of  the  dependent  States;  but  it  could  not  but 
happen  that  in  the  course  of  time  even  they  themselves  de- 
parted more  and  more  from  their  own  strictness  and  exclusive- 
ness,  and,  attracted  by  the  charm  of  gain,  gave  themselves 
over  likewise  to  trade  and  maritime  pursuits.  Hence,  of  neces- 
sity, the  difference  between  them  and  the  non-Dorian  Cretans, 
became  more  and  more  obliterated,  the  two  classes  mingled, 
and  the  special  Dorian  character  was  for  the  most  part  lost, 
although  the  old  institutions  maintained  themselves,  to  out- 
ward appearance,  for  a  considerable  time.  This  must  have 
been  the  case  in  the  highest  degree  in  Lyctus,  Gortyn,  and 
several  other  smaller  States,  which  took  less  share  in  the  active 
intercourse  of  the  rest.3  Elsewhere,  as  early  as  the  time  of  the 
Peloponnesian  war,  we  see  bodies  of  Cretan  mercenaries  fighting 

avffKTjvwv  for  twv   ffKevQv,    and  is  of  idea   of    a    critic   who    had   inferred 

opinion  that  the  president  was   en-  from  Heraclides'  statement  that  the 

abled,  by  means  of  this  portion,   to  Syssitia  were  held  in  private  houses, 

confer  an  honour  on  one  of  the  mem-  '  Protag.  ii.  p.  342  D.    That  teachers 

bers    of    th#    mess,    whilst    he    was  of  rhetoric  were   not    permitted    in 

allowed   to   set  apart    that    for  the  Crete  is  stated  by  Sext.  Empir.  adv. 

household  for  his  own  family,  and  the  Math.  ii.  20,  21. 

apxi-KT)    ixoipa    for    any    one    else    he  2  Cf.  Hoeck,  iii.  pp   422  and  427. 

pleased.      Haase  rightly  rejects    the  3  Strabo,  x.  4,  p.  481. 


310     DESCRIPTION  OF  THE  PRINCIPAL  STATES. 

in  the  service  of  foreign  States  ;'  and  the  Cretans  were  even 
then  in  evil  repute  among  the  remaining  Greeks  as  dishonest 
and  untrustworthy,  slaves  to  their  indolence  and  their  gluttony,2 
although  it  is  impossible  for  us  to  distinguish  how  much  of  this 
is  chargeable  to  the  original  Dorians  in  Crete,  and  how  much  to 
the  Cretans  of  other  races.  The  difference,  it  is  very  probable, 
was  by  this  time  hardly  perceptible  in  any  quarter.  In  the 
States  of  Crete,  however,  party  struggles  took  place  with  as  great 
frequency  and  violence  as  among  the  majority  of  the  remaining 
Greeks,  especially  since  the  inequality  of  property,  which  in 
the  course  of  time  had  continually  increased,  was  accompanied 
by  a  distinction  between  rich  and  poor,  not  perhaps  in  their 
legal  rights,  but  at  any  rate  in  their  claims  and  their  influence. 
In  Aristotle's  time  the  dignity  of  Cosmus  was  frequently 
attained  by  persons  who  were  entirely  unfit  for  the  post,3  that 
is  to  say,  who,  apart  from  their  descent  from  the  privileged 
races,  could  put  forward  no  other  claim.  It  also  not  unfre- 
quently  happened  that  a  powerful  section  directly  refused  to 
obey  the  lawful  authority,  and  that  even  the  Cosmi  were 
entirely  put  aside,  and  a  kind  of  interregnum,  the  so-called 
Acosmia,  ensued ;  while,  on  other  occasions,  the  Board  of  Cosmi 
became  divided  among  themselves,  and  one  party  either  forcibly 
expelled  its  adversaries  or  succeeded  in  compelling  their  resig- 
nation,— a  course  which  was  permitted  by  law.4 

The  later  constitution  of  the  states  of  Crete,  so  far  as  we  are 
enabled  to  become  acquainted  with  it  from  the  extant  records, 
bears  an  unmistakably  democratic  stamp.  The  general  as- 
sembly of  the  people  decides  on  all  subjects,  and  the  govern- 
ment receive  their  instructions  from  it  and  act  as  it  directs. 
The  mutual  relations  of  the  states  were  not  at  any  time  fixed 
and  regulated,  but  alternated  between  reconciliations  and  con- 
flicts, in  which  now  one  state,  now  another,  won  a  predominance 
over  a  larger  or  smaller  number  of  the  rest.  As  regards 
external  affairs,  the  Cretans  sullied  their  reputation  by  piracy, 
but  nevertheless  maintained  their  independence  until  the  first 
century  B.C.,  when,  in  consequence  of  their  alliance  with  Mith- 
ridates  of  Pontus  and  the  Cilician  pirates,  they  found  them- 
selves at  war  with  Eome :  the  consequence  of  which  was  the 
subjugation  of  the  island  and  its  reduction  to  a  Roman  pro- 
vince. 

1  Thuc.  vi.  25 ;  vii.  57.  pcemen's  time   <Tw<f>poves   kclI  KeKoXaff- 

2  Cf.  Hoeck,  p.  456  seq.,  and  Dorville    fjAvoi  tt)v  tfaurar. 

on  Chariton,  p.  332.     On  the  other        .  .   .  ,     D  .   ..   _    ^ 
hand,    Plutarch,     Philopmm.    c.     7,  Arist>  FoL  ""  7>  * 

praises  the  Cretans  as  still  in  Philo-        4  lb.  §  7. 


THE  A  THENIAN  ST  A  TE.  311 


CHAPTER    III. 

THE    ATHENIAN    STATE. 

Section  I. — Historical  Survey. 

Ancient  poets  called  Athens  "the  City  of  the  Violet  Crown," 
with  an  unmistakable  play  upon  the  name  of  the  Ionian 
stock  to  which  it  belonged,  and  which  called  to  mind  iov, 
the  Greek  word  for  violet.  Some1  have  thought  that  the 
Athenians  were  ashamed  of  their  name,  and  disdained  to  be 
called  Ionians ;  this  opinion  is  certainly  false,  but  it  is  capable 
of  explanation.  The  Athenians  had  so  far  outstripped  the 
remaining  Ionians  in  every  respect,  that  it  seemed  in  fact 
hardly  possible  to  regard  them  as  members  of  that  race.  The 
Ionian  race  has  already  been  described  as  that  which,  by  its 
many-sided  endowments,  by  its  open  receptivity,  and  by  an 
activity  eager  to  exert  itself  in  every  direction,  had  raised 
itself  above  the  level  of  the  Doric  race ;  whose  character, 
though  massive  and  powerful,  was  also  hard  and  one-sided. 
But  it  is  equally  true  that  among  the  Ionians  again  it  is 
the  Athenians  who  not  only  show  us  the  character  of  the 
race  in  its  richest  and  fairest  development,  but  who  also 
longest  resisted  the  deterioration  to  which  the  remainder  of 
the  Ionic  race  soon  fell  a  victim.  Rightly  is  Athens  called 
the  ornament  and  the  eye  of  Greece,  a  Hellas  within  Hellas. 
Athens  is  primarily  intended  when  Greece  is  extolled  as  the 
home  of  free  and  many-sided  human  culture :  since  without 
Athens  there  would  be  nothing  in  Greece  to  deserve  this  kind 
and  degree  of  praise.  We  may  not  indeed  shut  our  eyes  to 
the  fact  that  even  here  the  bright  sides  are  counterbalanced 
by  dark  and  gloomy  shadows,  and  that  the  time  of  bloom 
was  but  short,  while  that  of  decay  was  long :  but  while  we 
lament  the  imperfection  and  perishableness,  the  common  lot 
of  everything  earthly,  we  shall  feel  ourselves  all  the  more 
called  upon  to  rejoice  in  the  Good  and  the  Beautiful,  wherever 
it  exists  and  so  long  as  it  remains. 


1  Herodotus,  i.  143,  v.  69. 


3i2      DESCRIPTION  OF  THE  PRINCIPAI  STATES. 


i. — Land  and  People. 

The  country  the  Athenians  inhabited  was  of  inconsiderable 
extent:  it  contained  scarcely  850  (English)  square  miles.1 
Moreover,  it  did  not  belong  to  the  number  of  those  countries 
that  are  richly  endowed  with  natural  gifts.  The  light  and 
scantily- watered  soil,  of  slight  depth  and  resting  on  a  stratum 
of  rock,  produced  wheat,  the  most  necessary  requisite  of  life, 
only  sparingly,  and  not  in  sufficient  quantity  to  support  a 
numerous  population.  Many  parts  were  adapted  rather  for 
pasture  for  goats  and  sheep  than  for  agriculture,  and  the  fruits 
which  it  produced  in  plentiful  measure,  and  of  peculiar 
excellence,  especially  olives  and  figs,  served  rather  to  minister 
to  refined  enjoyment  than  to  satisfy  necessary  wants.  For 
the  latter,  accordingly,  the  Athenians  had  their  attention 
turned  abroad:  intercourse  with  other  lands  by  sea  was 
facilitated  by  the  form  of  the  country, — a  peninsula  running 
out  into  the  sea, — as  well  as  by  several  harbours  on  the  coast : 
and  since  they  had  but  little  raw  material  to  offer  for  exchange, 
they  were  compelled  rather  to  turn  their  thoughts  towards  the 
products  of  skilled  industry.  And  if  the  character  of  their 
country  contributed,  as  no  doubt  it  did,  to  spur  them  on  to 
activity  and  industry,  its  circumstances  in  other  respects,  and 
the  climate  they  enjoyed,  were  not  a  little  adapted  to  insure 
health  to  their  bodies,  and  cheerfulness  and  freshness  to  their 
minds.  For  as  one  of  their  poets  expresses  himself,  neither 
oppressive  heat  nor  freezing  cold  was  sent  by  heaven  to  the 
country,  over  which  it  was  spread  in  the  purest  clearness,  and 
whilst  it  enlivened  with  its  light  the  country,  pleasantly 
diversified  as  it  was  with  valleys  and  mountains  of  moderate 
height,  but  picturesque  forms,  it  also  awakened  the  minds  of 
the  inhabitants  and  filled  them  with  bright  pictures. 

The  population  of  Attica,  during  the  flourishing  periods  of 
the  State,  may  be  reckoned  at  about  half  a  million,  of  whom 
no  doubt  more  than  two-thirds,  that  is  to  say,  at  least  365,000, 
were  slaves.  From  the  remainder  must  be  deducted  45,000 
foreign  settlers,  so  that  the  free  citizen  population  did  not 
exceed  90,000.2  Small  as  this  number  is,  yet  in  fact  no  greater 
multitude  of  men  who  were  both  free  and  united  into  a  true 


1  Bockh,  Pub.  Ec.  of  Athena,  p.  31,  Eng.  tr.  For  other  estimates  with 
Eng.  tr. ;  Clinton,  Fast.  Hellen.  ii.  more  or  less  variation,  see  Hermann, 
p.  385,  reckons  it  as  only  720  English  Privatalterthumer,  i.  6,  7  ;  Clinton, 
or  34  German  square  miles.  Fast.  Hellen.  ii.  p.  391 ;  Leake,  Topog. 

2  Bockh,    he.   cit.  and   pp.    34-36,  of  At/tens,  i.  p.  618  s#/. 


THE  ATHENIAN  STATE.  313 

national  society,  lived  in  any  other  district  of  Greece,  not  even 
in  those  which  surpassed  Attica  in  extent.  For — not  to  speak 
of  those  in  which,  as  in  Laconia,  even  the  personally  free  in- 
habitants stood  in  the  relation  of  subjects  to  the  State,  not  of 
equally  privileged  members — elsewhere,  as  in  Boeotia,  Argolis, 
Arcadia,  there  were  several  small  States  only  loosely  bound 
together,  and  often  at  variance  with  one  another,— not  a  single 
state-union  such  as  was  realised  in  Attica  even  in  very  early 
times.  In  Attica,  however,  this  union  was,  without  doubt, 
essentially  facilitated  by  the  fact  that  the  population  did  not 
consist  of  a  mixture  of  different  stocks  which  had  immigrated 
at  different  times,  and  which  either  maintained  themselves  side 
by  side  in  independence  or  passed  into  the  relation  of  lords  and 
subjects,  but  was,  on  the  contrary,  an  autochthonous  popula- 
tion. By  this  term  we  understand  a  population  that  had  from 
time  immemorial  preserved  its  identity  and  remained  in  pos- 
session of  the  country ;  and  on  this  account  the  Athenians  had 
good  reason  to  take  pride  in  this  circumstance.  Even  in 
Attica,  however,  migrations  had  not  been  entirely  wanting. 
In  the  earliest  period,  when  in  the  rest  of  Greece  the  popula- 
tions were  continually  changing  their  dwelling  places,  single 
bodies  of  emigrants  driven  from  their  old  homes  were  drawn 
to  Attica,  as  well  as  to  other  regions ; x  and  traditions  on  the 
subject  existed  in  latter  times,  as  well  as  perceptible  traces  of 
the  original  difference  in  race.2  But  these  immigrations  were 
neither  so  frequent,  nor  undertaken  in  such  force,  as  to  have 
been  capable  of  exercising  an  essential  influence  on  the 
primary  stock  of  the  population.  We  cannot  regard  as  an 
exception  to  this  even  the  largest  and  most  powerful- of  all, 
in  which,  according  to  tradition,  a  horde  immigrated  into 
Attica  from  Southern  Thessaly,  the  home  of  the  pre-Hellenic 
population,  under  the  leadership  of  Xuthus ;  whose  name  in 
truth  perhaps  denotes  none  other  than  the  god  of  the  race,  the 
Pythian  Apollo.  This  body  of  immigrants,  we  are  told,  furnished 
aid  to  the  Attic  population  against  the  Chalcodontides  of  Eubcea, 
and  received  as  a  reward  dwelling  places  in  the  northern  part 
of  the  country,  where  was  situated  the  so-called  Tetrapolis, 
comprising  the  four  cities  of  Marathon,  Probalinthus,  Trikory- 
thus,  and  (Enoe.  That  a  population  really  existed  here  differ- 
ing from  that  of  the  rest  of  Attica,  and  more  closely  allied  to 
the  Dorians  or  to  the  Hellenes  properly  so  called,  may  be 


1  Time.  i.  2.  jur.  publ.  Grcecorum,  p.  162,  note  4, 

3  See  the  references  in  Schom.  A ntiq.     and  Curtius,  i.  pp  298,  304,  Eng.  tr. 


3i4      DESCRIPTION  OF  THE  PRINCIPAL  STATES. 

inferred  from  many  traces  in  the  traditions  and  the  worship  of 
this  region.1  But  of  a  subjugation  of  the  native  population  by 
these  immigrants  tradition  knows  nothing,  and  what  more 
modern  inquirers  have  brought  forward  on  the  subject  is  any- 
thing but  convincing.  We  can  only  go  so  far  as  to  speak  of  a 
fusion  of  the  immigrants  with  the  natives,  and  if,  as  is  natural, 
this  could  not  remain  without  influence  in  various  ways,  yet  this 
influence  was  exercised  in  a  higher  degree  by  the  natives  on 
the  immigrants  than  by  the  immigrants  on  the  natives.  True, 
even  the  ancients,  though  in  a  myth  which  can  be  proved  to 
have  been  invented  a  considerable  time  after  the  migration  of 
the  Heraclidse,  misconceived  this  fusion,  deducing  the  name  of 
the  Ionian  people  from  an  Eponymus  Ion,  and  making  the 
latter  a  son  of  the  immigrant  Xuthus,  by  Creusa  the  daughter 
of  the  native  king,  and  accordingly  regarding  the  Ionian  people 
as  sprung  from  the  mixture  of  the  immigrants  with  the  natives. 
Against  this  there  is  to  be  said  that  the  Ionian  name  by  no 
means  arose  first  in  Attica  and  thence  spread  further,  but  that 
it  once  prevailed  in  a  great  part  both  of  central  Hellas  and  of 
the  Peloponnesus,  and  that  its  limitation  to  Attica  and  the 
islands  and  coast-districts  of  Asia  Minor,  which  were  colonised 
after  the  migration  of  the  Heraclidse,  did  not  take  place  until 
a  later  period.  The  Ionians  who  were  found,  in  Attica  and 
elsewhere  in  Hellas  in  primeval  times  had  of  course  immigrated 
from  Asia,  as  certainly  as  all  the  remaining  Grecian  stocks ; 
but  that  they  first  immigrated  all  together  at  a  later  time,  and 
settled  only  in  the  districts  already  possessed  by  others  on  the 
coasts  as  a  sea-faring  people,  is  at  least  incapable  of  proof. 
The  return  to  Asia,  however,  was  occasioned  by  the  immigration 
from  iEgialea  of  a  people  related  in  race  to  the  population  of 
Attica,  who,  when  compelled  to  retire  before  the  Achaeans, 
withdrew  into  the  country  where  their  relatives  were  settled, 
and  whence  they  had  themselves,  if  not  all,  yet  in  great  part, 
immigrated  into  JEgialea.  This  immigration  into  iEgialea  had 
been  a  consequence  of  the  advance  of  Xuthus  into  Attica  and 
of  the  overpopulation  which  had  then  arisen,  and  the  emigrants 
from  Attica  to  iEgialea  were  a  mixed  population,  composed  of 
the  aboriginal  inhabitants  of  Attica  and  the  Hellenic  immi- 
grants fused  with  them,  and  to  whom  the  myth  has  likewise 

1  Especially  in  the  cult  of  Heracles  from  the  Attic  Tetrapolis  ;  cf .  also 

at  Marathon  (Pausan.  i.  32.  4),  and  Diodor.  xii.  45,  as  to  the  Tetrapolis 

the    fact    that    the    Heraclidse    are  having  been  spared  in  the  invasion 

stated  (Strabo,  viii.  p.  374)  to  have  of  the  Peloponnesians  in  the  Pelopon- 

attached  to  themselves,  during  their  nesian  war. 
march  to  the  Peloponnesus,  people 


THE  ATHENIAN  STATE.  315 

transferred  the  Ionian  name,  the  origin  of  which  it  places  in 
Attica.  When  subsequently,  in  a  time  when  Ionians  were  only- 
known  in  Attica  and  the  coasts  and  islands  colonised  from  that 
country,  the  task  was  undertaken  of  setting  up  an  Eponymus 
for  the  race,  there  was  a  temptation  to  attribute  him  to  Attica, 
because  it  was  to  it  that  those  migrations,  whose  result  was 
the  colonisation  of  the  Ionian  coasts  and  islands,  had  owed 
their  beginning.  And  because  this  beginning — that  is  to  say, 
the  advance  from  Attica  to  iEgialea — had  been  occasioned 
fey  the  Hellenic  immigration  under  Xuthus,  the  eponymous 
ancestor  of  the  Ionians  was  brought  into  connection  with 
this  latter  personage,  and  was  made  his  son.  But  to  regard  as 
Ionians  on  that  account  Xuthus  himself  and  the  Hellenic  band 
who  immigrated  with  him,  to  speak  of  an  Ionic  immigration 
from  Thessaly  to  Attica,  and  of  a  subjugation  and  thorough 
transformation  of  the  original  Pelasgic  population  by  Ionian 
conquerors,  as  some  modern  inquirers  have  done,  is,  I  am  per- 
suaded, completely  inadmissible.  On  the  contrary,  the  proper 
and  genuine  Ionians  of  Attica  are  those  original  Pelasgic  in- 
habitants themselves, the  so-called  Cranai  or  Cecropidse,  whom, 
since  they  cannot  be  regarded  as  Dorians,  the  inquirer  must 
either  explain  as  iEolians,  or  must  resolve  to  regard  as  a  branch 
of  the  third  stock,  for  whom  we  have  no  other  collective  name 
than  Ionians.  To  the  Hellenic  immigrants  of  Xuthus,  who 
belonged  to  another  stock,  the  name  was  first  transferred  in 
consequence  of  their  fusion  with  the  former.1 


2. — The  Earliest  Constitution. 

When  these  immigrants  into  Attica  found  admittance  and 
obtained  possession  of  the  Tetrapolis,  the  whole  country,  accord- 
ing to  the  tradition,  was  already  under  one  king,  who  had  his 
seat  in  Athens.  Side  by  side  with  him,  however,  there  were  also 
kings  in  other  parts  of  the  country,  so  that  he  can  only  be 
regarded  as  the  supreme  king  over  the  others,  a  relation  which 
we  have  found  existing  elsewhere  in  the  earliest  times.  The 
division  of  Attica  into  several  small  principalities  can  admit  of 
nO  doubt,  though  their  number  and  mutual  relations  may  have 
changed,  and  cannot  now  be  established  with  certainty.  The 
ancients  speak  sometimes  of  twelve  States,  which  are  said  to 
have  existed  before  the  combination  into  a  united  and  collective 

1  The  complete  statement  and  con-  the  Animadversio  de  Ionibus,  Schc- 
firmation  of  the  view  here  given  only  mann,  Opusc.  Academ.  i.  pp.  149- 
in  its  main  features  will  be  found  in     169. 


316      DESCRIPTION  OF  THE  PRINCIPAL  STATES. 

whole  ;l  sometimes  of  a  division  into  four  districts  answering 
to  the  natural  division  of  the  country  into  Diacria,  Paralia, 
Mesogsea,  and  Acte.2  But  from  their  contradictory  statements 
it  is  easily  seen  that  we  have  here  to  do  not  with  historical 
traditions,  but  with  combinations  which  every  one  might  set 
up  in  his  own  way,  and  only  the  division  into  several  small 
districts  can  be  considered  free  from  doubt. 

What  kind  of  circumstances  and  relations  may  have  been 
effectual  in  removing  this  division,  and  uniting  the  whole 
country  and  people  under  the  rule  of  a  single  prince,  it  is 
impossible  to  determine  with  any  certainty.  We  shall  here 
content  ourselves  with  the  statement  that  tradition  names 
Theseus  as  the  person  who  effected  this  transformation,  and 
raised  Athens  to  the  position  of  a  central  power  from  which 
alone  the  whole  country  was  ruled,  so  that  the  separate  king- 
doms which  had  hitherto  existed  henceforward  disappeared.3 
That  this  did  not  take  place  without  opposition  and  contest 
may  be  inferred  from  the  myths  concerning  Theseus,  who 
is  said  to  have  been  compelled  by  his  adversaries  actually 
to  leave  the  country,  and  to  have  betaken  himself  to  the 
island  of  Scyros,  whence  in  later  times  Cimon  brought  his 
remains  to  Athens.4  The  change  ascribed  to  him  remained, 
however,  and  Athens,  until  the  period  immediately  succeeding 
the  migration  of  the  Heraclidse,  was  ruled  by  a  single  dynasty  of 
kings.  But  about  the  time  of  the  migration  above  mentioned 
the  kingdom  passed  from  the  native  royal  house  to  a  clan  that 
had  immigrated  from  Messenia — the  Nelidss.  Two  princes  of 
this  clan,  Melanthus  and  his  son  Codrus,  occupied  the  throne 
until,  after  the  death  of  the  latter,  the  kingdom,  in  the  form  it 
had  possessed  up  to  this  time,  was  abolished,  and  in  its  stead 
a  responsible  supreme  magistracy  introduced,  which  however 
for  a  time  still  remained  with  the  Nelidse,  or,  as  they  were  now 
called,  the  Codridse.  This  office,  being  hereditary  and  held  for 
life,  differed  from  the  monarchy  only  in  the  greater  limitation 
of  its  power,  and  in  its  responsible  character,  for  which  reason 
its  owners  are  still  called  kings  as  often  as  archons.5  That  this 
alteration  too  can  hardly  have  been  effected  without  some 
struggles  may  be  regarded  as  certain,  but  no  statement  of  any 
historical  value  can  be  made  regarding  them. 

As  standing  in  close  connection  with  that  union   of  the 

1  Strabo,  ix.  p.  397.  32,  36. 

2  Cf.  de  Comit.  Ath.  p.  343.  s  Pausan.    iv.    5.    4  ;    cf.    i.    3.    2  ; 

3  Thuc.    ii.    15  ;    Plutarch,  Thes.     Perizonius  on  ^Elian,  Var.  Hist.  v.  13  ; 
c.  24.  Duncker,  Gesch.   des  Alterthums,  iii. 

*  Diodor.  iv.  62  ;  Plut.   Thes.  c.  31,     p.  431. 


THE  A  THEN  IAN  ST  A  TE.  317 

people  into  a  political  body  which  is  ascribed  to  Theseus,  we 
must  consider  the  organisation  of  this  body,  which  consisted 
in  the  appointment  of  certain  divisions  of  the  people,  which 
maintained  themselves  to  the  end  of  the  century,  and  served 
as  a  basis  for  administration.  These  divisions  were  called 
Phylse,  Phratrise,  and  Gentes,  terms  evidently  implying  some 
relation  of  kinship.  Such  a  relation  must  therefore  certainly  be 
regarded  as  originally  lying  at  the  basis  of  these  divisions,  with 
the  limitation,  however,  that  such  relations  are  not  implied 
alone  and  exclusively,  but  that  in  many  ways  local  relations 
had  also  their  influence.  The  Gentes,  in  the  first  place,  were 
bodies  which  took  their  name  from  a  supposed  common 
ancestor,  and  carried  out  a  common  cult  in  his  honour.  These 
unions  for  worship  consisted  of  a  number  of  households  or 
families,  dwelling  together  in  a  certain  limited  district,  some  of 
whom  were  actually  united  by  common  descent,  though  pro- 
bably more  were  associated  with  them  only  on  grounds  of 
convenience  and  of  local  relationship.  The  average  number 
of  such  households  united  into  a  gens  is  stated  to  have  been 
thirty,1 — a  statement  with  which  we  may  content  ourselves, 
with  the  qualifying  assumption  that  there  may  have  been 
more  or  less  in  reality.  Thirty  gentes  belonging  to  the  same 
district  were  united  into  a  larger  union  called  a  Phratria,  which 
likewise  maintained  a  common  worship  of  the  divinities  that 
were  considered  the  patrons  of  the  body.  Finally,  three  con- 
tiguous Phratriae  together  formed  a  Phyle  or  tribe,  and  this 
also  was  bound  together  by  the  worship  of  certain  divinities. 
These  tribes  were  four  in  number,  and  consequently  the  total 
number  of  the  Phratriae  was  twelve,  that  of  the  gentes  360. 
But  it  is  clear  that  these  definite  numbers  could  only  be  the 
result  of  an  artificial  system  of  regulation,  erected  indeed  upon 
the  basis  of  natural  relationship,  but  in  many  ways  replacing 
and  determining  it;  and  also  that  such  a  system  was  im- 
possible until  the  whole  people  had  united  itself  into  a  political 
whole. 

The  names  of  the  four  tribes  are:  Geleontes,  Hopletes, 
iEgicores,  Argades,2  of  which  the  last  three  are  unmistakably 

1  Hence  the  Gentes  were  also  called  d.  Ath.  Biirgerrechts ;  Berlin,  1870) 
rpiaicades,  Pollux,  viii.  Ill  ;  Bockh,  should  especially  be  consulted  (pp. 
Corp.  Inscr.  i.  p.  900.  234,  280).     The  treatise  of  a  Swedish 

2  Herod,  v.  60 ;  Pollux,  viii.  109  ;  scholar  (S.  F.  Hammarstrand,  Atti- 
and  Eurip.  Ion,  v.  1596  seq.  As  to  has  Fbrfattning  under  Konungadomets 
the  nature  of  these  four  Phylae,  as  to  tidehvarf;  Upsala,  1863)  is  also  well 
which  very  different  views  have  been  worthy  of  notice,  and  deserves  to  be 
put  forward,  the  exhaustive  treatise  of  made  accessible  to  readers  through 
A.  Philippi  {Beitrage  zu  einer  Oeseh.  the  medium  of  a  translation. 


318      DESCRIPTION  OF  THE  PRINCIPAL  STATES. 

appellatives,  and  denote  respectively  armed  men  or  warriors, 
goatherds  and  workmen.  That  such  a  system  of  naming  the 
Phylee  really  expressed  a  caste-like  limitation  of  them  to 
certain  callings  is  as  improbable  as  it  is,  on  the  other  hand, 
inconceivable  that  names  with  certain  meanings  attached  to 
them  were  attributed  to  the  Phylee  without  any  reference  to 
their  meaning,  and  therefore  merely  arbitrarily.  The  most 
probable  supposition  is  that  each  Phyle  was  named  according 
to  the  mode  of  life  and  the  employment  pursued  by  the 
majority  or  the  most  important  part  of  its  members.  If,  accord- 
ingly, there  was  a  part  of  Attica  whose  inhabitants  were 
principally  devoted  to  the  rearing  of  cattle,  especially  of  goats, 
the  Phyle  living  there  was,  for  precisely  that  reason,  called  the 
Phyle  of  the  iEgicores.  Similarly  the  name  Argades  was 
given  to  that  Phyle  whose  population,  in  consequence  of  the 
natural  character  of  the  district  it  occupied,  consisted  princi- 
pally of  working  men,  and  the  name  Hopletes  to  that  tribe  in 
which  the  military  and  weapon-bearing  population  was  espe- 
cially numerous.  On  this  account  one  might  be  inclined  to 
explain  the  Phyle  of  the  Hopletes  as  the  Hellenic  immigrants 
who  once  fought  under  Xuthus  for  the  people  of  Attica  against 
the  Chalcodontides  of  Eubcea,  and  who  in  return  for  this 
received  the  Tetrapolis  on  the  coast  looking  towards  Eubcea  as 
a  dwelling-place.  If  this  were  so,  the  Tetrapolis,  and  besides  it, 
of  course,  a  considerable  portion  of  the  country  bordering  upon 
it,1  would  at  a  later  time,  when  the  divisions  of  the  people  were 
being  regulated,  be  called  the  Phyle  of  the  Hopletes.  The 
neighbouring  highlands,  with  Brilessus  and  Parnes  as  far  as 
Cithaeron,  are  without  doubt  to  be  regarded  as  the  seat  of  the 
iEgicores  properly  so  called,  because  here  the  natural  features 
of  the  country  made  the  rearing  of  cattle  the  principal  occupa- 
tion, though  of  course  it  is  not  meant  by  this  that  ^gicores, 
in  the  primary  sense  of  goatherds,  lived  here  exclusively  and 
solely.  More  probably  the  district  was  called  the  Phyle  of  the 
-<3Egicores,  because  goatherds  were  here  the  most  numerous ; 
and  even  if,  in  the  political  organisation  of  the  district  of  the 
Phyle  and  the  determination  of  its  boundaries,  a  part  also  of 
the  neighbouring  country  was  attached  to  this  highland,  and 
that  part  one  in  which  the  raising  of  cattle  was  no  longer,  in  a 
like  degree,  the  principal  industry,  this  did  not  of  necessity 
interfere  with  the  name  iEgicores  being  given  to  the  Phyle  as 
a  collective  body,  on  account  of  this  particular  portion  con- 
tained in  it.     If,  as  I  have  previously  assumed,  only  agricul- 

1  See  Schumann,  Opusc.  Acad.  i.  p.  177. 


THE  ATHENIAN  STATE.  319 

turists  are  to  be  understood  among  the  Argades,  we  must 
suppose  the  tribe  named  after  them  to  have  been  situated  in 
that  portion  of  the  country  which  extends  from  Brilessus 
towards  the  west  and  south,  and  in  which  lay  the  three  greater 
plains — the  Thriasian,  the  Pedion  or  Pedias,  and  the  Mesogsea, 
which  were,  above  all  others,  suited  for  agriculture.  But  we 
must  not  claim  the  whole  of  this  portion  for  the  Argades, 
since  there  can  be  no  doubt  that  the  nobility  also  to  a  great 
extent  had  their  possessions  in  this  district.  If,  on  the  con- 
trary, the  Argades  are  regarded  as  the  industrial  classes 
generally,  among  whom  are  to  be  reckoned  in  particular  fisher- 
men, sailors,  traders,  and  miners,  the  Paralia  may  be  assigned 
to  them  with  the  most  probability,  as  has  been  done  by  many 
recent  inquirers.  The  name  Geleontes  is,  it  must  be  admitted, 
of  very  doubtful  signification ;  but  of  all  attempts  to  explain 
it  none  has  more  probability  than  that  which  regards  it  as  a 
designation  of  the  nobles  as  the  distinguished  and  illustrious.1 
The  principal  seat  of  the  nobility  was  without  doubt  the  capital 
city2  and  its  neighbourhood,  and  the  part  of  the  country  to  which 
these  belonged  received  its  name  from  that  circumstance.  It 
was  called  the  district  of  the  Geleontes,  and  all  that  dwelt  in  it, 
whether  noble  or  not,  were  reckoned  as  belonging  to  the  Phyle 
of  the  Geleontes.  Every  Phyle,  as  has  already  been  stated, 
was  divided  into  three  Phratrise,  of  which  there  were  accord- 
ingly twelve  in  all,  and  this  may  be  the  ground  on  which 
ancient  writers  also  assume  twelve  as  the  number  of  the  cities 
which  had  existed  before  Theseus  as  the  seats  of  the  small 
principalities  into  which  the  country  had  at  that  time  been 
divided;  for  it  is  scarcely  credible  that  in  reality  a  definite 
tradition  regarding  the  number  of  these  had  been  preserved. 
The  names  we  find  mentioned  in  Strabo3  are:  Cecropia  (the 
Athens  of  later  times),  Eleusis,  Aphidna,  Decelea,  Cephisia, 
Epacria,  Cytheron,  Tetrapolis,  Thoricus,  Brauron,  Sphettus,  to 
which,  in  order  to  complete  the  number  of  twelve,  Phalerus 
is  added  in  some  mss.  Of  the  Tetrapolis  it  is  known  that 
it  contained  the  four  little  cities  of  Marathon,  Probalinthus, 


1  This  view  is  adhered  to  by  Th.  mind,    seems   to   have  regarded  the 

Bergk,   New  jahrbiicher  fur  Philol.  Geleontes  as  a  noble  caste  of  priests, 

lxv.  p.  401,  and  S.  Weber,  Etymol.  the    Hopletes  as  a  similar   class  of 

Untermichungen  (Halle,   1861),  p.  40  warriors.      Cf.    Susemihl,    Genetische 

seq.     For  other  conjectures  see  Her-  Entwiclcelung  d.  PlatoniscJien  Philoso- 

mann,    Staatsaltertkiimer,    §    94.    6.  phie,  ii.  p.  480. 

Plato,  who  in  the  imaginary  descrip-  2  JZinraTplSai  ol  avrb  rb  &<ttv  oiKouvres, 

tion  of  the  old  Athenian   State  cer-  Etym.  Magn.  p.  395.  50. 

tainly  had  the  Ionian  constitution  in  3  Strab.  ix.  p.  397. 


32o      DESCRIPTION  OF  THE  PRINCIPAL  STATES. 

Tricorythus,  and  (Enoe ;  the  neighbouring  district  of  Epacria, 
situated  farther  to  the  southward,  included  three  places — 
Plothia,  Semachidae,  and  a  third,  of  which  the  name  is  un- 
known.1 Instead,  however,  of  Phalerus,  which  at  present  is 
named  in  the  text  of  Strabo,  it  is  very  probable  that  a  second 
Tetrapolis  was  mentioned,  though  we  cannot  ascertain  of  what 
places  it  was  composed.2  The  question,  whether  the  division 
of  the  country  denoted  by  these  twelve  names  corre- 
sponded to  the  division  into  a  like  number  of  districts,  we 
must  leave  simply  to  rest  on  its  own  merits,  since  we 
are  not  in  a  position  to  offer  either  proof  or  disproof.3 
Finally,  the  Gentes,  of  which  there  are  stated  to  have  been 
thirty  in  each  Phratria, — a  statement  we  refrain  from  discuss- 
ing,— consisted,  as  we  are  expressly  assured,4  by  no  means 
entirely  of  families  really  united  by  a  tie  of  kinship,  but,  on  the 
contrary,  included  families  not  so  related.  All  these  families 
possessed  in  common  the  cult  of  an  eponymous  ancestor, 
though  in  other  respects  they  were  very  unequal  in  rank  and 
dignity.  Some  might  in  fact  consider  themselves  the  true 
descendants  of  the  Eponymus,  and  take  rank  as  the  genuine  and 
noble  members  of  the  gens ;  while  in  contrast  to  these,  others 
were  merely  associated  with  them  as  the  commonalty  or  non- 
noble  element,  and  stood  towards  them  in  a  relation  of 
inferiority.5  The  names  of  many  gentes  point  to  certain  em- 
ployments or  modes  of  life,  e.g.  Bovtyyat,  Bovrinrot,  Aavrpoi, 
Kr/pv/ces,  Qpempvypi.,  XakKtSat :  but  we  must  not  let  ourselves 
be  misled  by  this  into  regarding  them  as  a  kind  of  castes,  pur- 
suing some  particular  hereditary  occupation.  Rather  they 
were  so  called  partly  in  honour  of  mythical  ancestors,  to  whom 
tradition  ascribed  some  influence  in  connection  "with  the  foun- 
dation of  this  occupation,  partly  because  of  certain  functions 
connected  with  ritual,  which  the  heads  of  the  gens  had  to  per- 
form on  the  occasion  of  festal  celebrations  of  the  worship,0 
though  these  functions  in  no  way  converted  them  into  workmen 
or  artisans,  since,  on  the  contrary,  they  belonged  to  the  highest 

1  Bockh,  Corp.  Imcr.  i.  p.  123.  3  See,  however,   Schomann,  Opusc. 

2  Cf.  Haase,  Die  Ath.  Stammverfas-    Acad.  i.  p.  173  seq. 

sung  (Abh.  d.  Hist    PMl.  Gesellscluxfl        4  Pollux   ^  m  .  Suidas  sub  voc_ 

tn  Breslau),  i.  p.  68.     Haase  haa  also  -,-„„#,.-, 

recognised  with  remarkable  penetra-        .„£"..  ,  .    • 

tion  the  traces  of  another  account  in        5.The   °P™°?    of  s°m?  T^i    S 

Suidas,   sub  voc.    iiraKpla    x«6«i,    and  ?uir,ers  >  *hft  this  was  first  introduced 

Etym.    Magn.    p.    352,    an    account  by  Solon  s  legislation  while  the  gentes 

which  assumed  Wr  States  and  two  ^d  also  perhaps  the   Phratrne  and 

Tetrapoles-Epacria,   and  Acte  with  Phylae  previously  included  only  the 

the    chief   city  Cecropia.      Cf.    also  nobles>  1S  ^capable  of  proof. 
Philippi,  p.  259  seq.  6  Cf.  Preller,  Mythol  i.  p.  163. 


THE  A  THEN/AN  STA  TE.  321 

nobility.  The  general  name  of  the  nobility  is  Eupatridae;1  in 
contrast  to  them,  the  non-noble  population  associated  with 
them  is  sometimes  termed  Geomori,  sometimes  Demiurgi. 
The  first  of  these  two  names  denotes  landholders,  though  it 
may  have  included  lessees  or  tenants  besides  small  landed 
proprietors ;  Demiurgi  are  artisans  of  various  kinds  who  work 
for  hire.2  Both  classes,  however,  were  politically  without 
importance,  and  may  at  best  have  been  summoned  now  and 
then  to  popular  assemblies,  if  it  seemed  desirable  to  the  rulers 
to  communicate  their  resolutions  to  the  multitude,  or  to  insure 
their  support,  as  we  have  found  in  the  States  depicted  by 
Homer.  On  the  other  hand,  the  guidance  of  public  affairs  in 
conjunction  with  the  king,  as  of  his  counsellors  and  assistants, 
the  administration  of  justice,  the  priestly  functions,  and  every- 
thing connected  with  the  administration  of  the  executive 
power,  fell  to  the  Eupatridae  alone.3  But  of  executive  magis- 
trates, in  this  early  period,  we  find  no  mention,  and  can 
only  suppose  that  chiefs  of  the  Phylse  (<f>vXo(3a<rt\el<i),  of  the 
Phratrise  ((pparpiapxoi),  and  of  the  Gentes  (apxpvres  tov  <yevov<i) 
existed  then,  as  they  certainly  did  at  a  later  date.  Nor  do 
we  know  more  with  regard  to  the  administration  of  justice 
and  the  sitting  of  the  courts,  except  that  the  courts  of  justice, 
which  on  the  Areopagus,  and  at  other  places  subsequently 
to  be  mentioned,  tried  cases  of  blood-guiltiness  and  similar 
crimes,  have  a  high  antiquity  ascribed  to  them,  reaching  back 
even  to  the  time  of  the  monarchy.  Finally,  the  composition 
of  the  council  of  nobles  which  assisted  the  kings  is  entirely 
unknown  to  us,4  though  it  is  certain  that  there  must  have 
been  such  a  council,  and  it  is  not  improbable  that  it  was  this 
which  acted  as  the  tribunal  in  the  cases  of  bloodshed  above 
referred  to.    When  after  Codrus's  death  the  archonship,  or,  in 


1  That  not  only  the  old  and  pre-  classes  with  the  Phratriae  is  an  error, 
sumably  autochthonic  gentes  of  the  which  I  must  admit  I  shared  in  fifty- 
nobles,  but  also  those  noble  gentes  two  years  ago,  but  have  long  since  cor- 
that  had  immigrated,  were  Eupatridae,  rected,  and  which  I  therefore  should 
is  clear  from  the  mere  fact  that  the  prefer  not  to  see  perpetually  brought 
most  eminent  gens  of  all,  the  Codridae,  forward  as  my  view. 

belonged  to  the  immigrant  class.     Cf.         .  ™   ,       ,       rm  n-      t->- 

Schomaim,    Opmcula    Academica,    i.       .    £lu*arQch>     The8-    c-    25  >    Dl0ny8' 

p.  235.  A.B.u.8. 

2  According  to  Etym.  Magn.  p.  4  One  recent  writer  makes  it  consist 
395,  54,  and  Lex.  Seguer.  p.  257,  they  of  twelve,  another  of  three  hundred 
were  also  called  Epigeomori,  which,  and  sixty  persons,  the  one  reckoning 
if  we  may  build  upon  it,  may  show  according  to  the  number  of  the 
that  they  were  principally  agricul-  Phratriae,  the  other  according  to  that 
tural  labourers.  The  confusion  (found  of  the  gentes.  Either  view  no  doubt 
in    some   ancient    writers)    of    these  is  possible. 

X 


322       DESCRIPTION  OF  THE  PRINCIPAL  STATES. 

other  words,  a  limited  and  responsible  monarchy,  was  intro- 
duced, it  was  no  doubt  to  the  same  high  council  that  the  right 
belonged  of  enforcing  the  responsibility  of  the  archon,  and  con- 
trolling the  government  which  he  exercised. 


3.— Changes  in  the  Constitution  before  Solon. 

The  first  of  these  archons  was  Medon,  the  son  of  Codrus,  and 
the  dignity  passed  by  inheritance  to  his  successors,  who  are 
called  Codridae  or  Medontidae,  for  about  316  years.  Of 
the  whole  of  this  period  no  further  particulars  can  be  given. 
An  alteration  introduced  at  the  end  of  it  consisted  in  limiting 
the  tenure  of  the  office  to  ten  years.  It  still  remained,  how- 
ever, in  the  exclusive  possession  of  the  Medontidae,  till  one  of 
them,  Hippomenes,  through  his  cruelty,  as  it  is  stated,  excited 
such  hatred  against  himself  that  he  was  removed  from  the 
office,  which  henceforward  was  thrown  open  no  longer  only  to 
the  gens  of  the  Medontidae,  but  to  all  Eupatridae.  Not  long 
afterwards  a  still  more  important  alteration  was  devised. 
Instead  of  the  one  archon  that  had  until  then  existed,  a  board 
of  ten  persons,  changing  annually,  was  instituted,  and  this  board 
divided  among  themselves  the  functions  of  the  office.  The 
highest  member  of  the  board  bore  the  title  of  Archon  par 
excellence,  and  the  year  was  called  after  his  name.  The  second 
was  called  Basileus  or  king,  the  third  Polemarch  (commander- 
in-chief),  the  remaining  six  Thesmothetae  (judges).  The  first 
in  the  series  of  these  annual  archons  was  called  Creon,  the 
eponymous  magistrate  of  the  year  683  or  686  ;  his  predecessor, 
the  last  archon  who  held  office  for  ten  years,  having  been 
Eryxias. 

These  changes  in  the  supreme  magistracy  had  unmistakably 
proceeded  from  the  efforts  of  the  Eupatridae  to  secure  a  more 
general  participation  in  the  State  authority.  They  prove 
accordingly  how  amongst  this  class  an  effort  towards  equality 
had  been  excited,  which  refused  to  tolerate  first  the  precedence  of 
a  single  gens,  and  afterwards  the  administration  of  the  supreme 
magistracy  by  the  same  person  during  a  long  period  of  years. 
But  the  position  of  the  inferior  multitude  was  not  improved  by 
these  changes,  but  rather  had  deteriorated.  A  privileged  class 
of  nobles  always  tends  to  pursue  its  private  advantage  at  the 
expense  of  the  lower  orders,  though  in  earlier  times  the 
supreme  magistracy,  assuming  as  it  did  an  independent  posi- 
tion above  the  nobility,  might  for  that  very  reason  be  in  a 
position  to  attach  the  people  to  itself  against  that  nobility, 


THE  ATHENIAN  STATE.  323 

while  now,  on  the  contrary,  after  the  nobility  had  subjected  the 
supreme  magistracy  to  itself,  and  brought  it  under  its  own 
power,  there  was  no  longer  any  barrier  that  prevented  its  occu- 
pant from  injuring  and  oppressing  the  inferior  classes.  In 
particular,  the  small  landholders  in  the  country  were  maltreated 
by  the  noble  lords,  whose  neighbours,  and  probably  to  some  ex- 
tent tenants,  they  were.  In  a  country  like  Attica,  which  rewards 
but  sparingly  the  labour  of  the  agriculturist,  it  must  frequently 
have  happened  that  the  smaller  proprietor  asked  his  richer 
neighbour  for  an  advance  of  money,  or  that  the  tenant  re- 
mained in  arrear  with  his  payment.  But  the  law  of  debt  was 
strict ;  the  creditor  might  take  possession  not  only  of  the 
property,  but  also,  if  this  did  not  suffice,  of  the  person  of  the 
debtor  and  enslave  him.  In  this  way  not  only  had  a  large 
portion  of  the  small  landed  properties  actually  fallen  into 
the  hands  of  the  rich  nobility,1  and  the  former  proprietors  be- 
come serfs  (6i]Te<i)  who  were  obliged  to  deliver  to  the  creditor 
five-sixths  of  the  produce,2  but  many  also  had  been  either  sold 
as  slaves  into  foreign  countries,  or  compelled  to  give  up  their 
children  instead  of  themselves  for  slavery,  this  also  being 
permitted  by  the  law.3  It  may  be  imagined  that  proceedings 
of  this  kind,  when  they  happened  often,  and  over  a  wide  ex- 
tent of  country,  necessarily  embittered  the  disposition  of  the 
people  against  its  oppressors,  and  this  embitterment,  which 
could  not  remain  concealed  from  the  nobility,  enabled  the  latter 
to  have  recourse  to  a  measure  which  it  hoped  would  satisfy 
and  quiet  the  people.  Up  to  this  time  the  law  according  to 
which  judgment  was  passed  in  cases  of  dispute  had  not  been 
drawn  up  in  definite  statutes,  but  consisted  in  a  more  or  less  in- 
determinate tradition,  which  of  necessity  left  the  greatest  scope 
for  the  arbitrary  decision  of  the  judge,  whilst  the  judges,  be- 
longing exclusively  to  the  nobility,  might  but  too  often  be  in- 
clined to  regard  the  interests  of  the  members  of  their  own  class 
in  disputes  with  inferiors  at  the  expense  of  justice*  and  im- 
partiality. Against  such  a  misuse  of  the  judicial  power  the 
people  was  now  to  find  a  protection  in  a  written  code  of  legis- 

1  The  properties  themselves  were,  as  very  oppressive.  The  correct  view 
as  it  seems,  inalienable,  and  hence  (put  forward  DeComit.  Ath.  p.  362)  is 
only  their  income,  not  themselves,  now  generally  adopted.  For  regard- 
could  be  pledged.  ing    the     eKrri/xdpiot    and    6rjres    two 

different   classes,    as   some   do,  I  see 

2  Some  indeed  state  that  they  de-  no  reason.  No  doubt  not  all  Thetes 
livered  only  one-sixth,  keeping  five-  were  Hektemorii,  though  probably 
sixths  for  themselves  ;  in  this  case,  all  Hektemorii  belonged  to  the  class 
however,  it  would  be  inconceivable  how    of  Thetes. 

this  payment  could  ever  have  been  felt        3  Plut.  Sol.  c.  13. 


324      DESCRIPTION  OF  THE  PRINCIPAL  STATES. 

lation,    which  henceforward  would  lay   down    the  rule    for 
decisions,  and  set  limits  to  the  arbitrary  will  of  the  judge.     The 
commission  to  codify  the  laws  was  given  to  Draco,  who  in  the 
year  621  probably  occupied  the  post  of  archon.     With  regard 
to  the  details  of  his  legislation  we  have  little  information,  and 
especially  are  not  at  all  in  a  position  to  decide  how  far  his 
provisions  in  the  department  of  private  law  may  have  been 
adapted  to  their  purpose  or  not,  and  how  much  or  how  little  of 
these  may  have  been  retained  by  the  later  Solonian  legislation.1 
The  ancients  speak  only  of  the  portions  relating  to  the  laws  of 
punishment,  which  they  unanimously  reproach  with  its  exces- 
sive severity;  for  instance,  even  small  offences,  such  as  the 
"removal  of  the  produce  of  fields  or  gardens,  are  said  to  have 
been  expiated  by  as   severe   a  punishment   as  was  imposed 
for  sacrilege  and  murder,  namely,  by  death.     Apart  from  this, 
neither  the  constitution  nor  the  relation  of  the  classes  to  one 
another  was  altered  by  Draco's  legislation.2     For  the  institu- 
tion of  a  board  of  fifty-one  so-called  Ephetse,  to  whom  was 
committed  the  duty  of  trying  cases  of  bloodshed  upon  the 
>  Areopagus,  and  at  the  remaining  places  appointed  by  tradition 
for  the  purpose,  instead  of  the  judges,  to  whom  this  duty  had 
formerly  been  committed,  cannot  be  regarded  as  an  alteration 
of  the  constitution;  and  moreover,  these  Ephetse  were  taken 
exclusively  from  among  the  Eupatridse.3     But  the  hope  that 
by  this  legislation  the  people  would  be  appeased,  and  outbreaks 
of  discontent  prevented,  was,  as  may  be  conceived,  not  fulfilled ; 
and  the  disposition   of  the  lower  orders   against  the  ruling 
class  was  not  different  in  Athens  at  this  time  from  what  it 
was  in  many  other  Greek  States,  where  ambitious  men  suc- 
ceeded in  turning  it  to  account,  in  order  to  use  the  discon- 
tented people  as  an  instrument  wherewith  to  overturn  the 
ruling  nobility,  and  to  obtain  possession  of  the  kingdom  them- 
selves.     In  Athens  also  an  attempt  of  this  kind  was  made 
by  Cylon,  himself  a  member  of  the  Eupatrid  race,  and  son- 
in-law  of  Theagenes  the  tyrant  of  Megara,  by  whom  he  was 
supported  in  his  undertaking.     He  succeeded  in  obtaining  pos- 
session of  the  Acropolis ;  but  his  partisans  were  too  weak,  his 
resources  too  scanty,  and  the  means  of  resistance  possessed  by 
the  nobility  too  powerful  to  enable  him  actually  to  seize  the 
supreme   power.      On    the    contrary,   he  was    compelled   to 
capitulate ;  but  the  majority  of  his  adherents,  and  according  to 


1  According  to  Plut.  Sol.    17   only    ment  not  to  be  taken  too  literally, 
the  laws  which  had  reference  to  cases        i  Arist.  Pol.  ii.  9.  9. 
of  bloodshed  were  retained  ;  a  state-        3  Pollux,  viii.  125. 


THE  ATHENIAN  STATE.  325 

some  accounts  he  himself  as  well,  were,  despite  the  capitulation, 
murdered  by  the  victors,  and  not  spared  even  at  the  altars 
where  they  sought  protection.1  Meanwhile,  instead  of  strength- 
ening the  power  of  the  nobility,  this  victory  on  the  contrary 
weakened  it.  For  the  people,  of  whom  a  large  portion  were,  to 
begin  with,  less  unfavourably  disposed  to  Cylon  than  to  his 
opponents,  were  all  the  more  embittered  by  this  treacherous 
and  impious  murder  of  his  adherents,  inasmuch  as  they  saw  in 
it  an  offence  against  the  gods,  which,  if  not  expiated,  could  only 
call  down  woe  upon  the  country.  To  these  feelings  on  the 
part  of  the  people  the  nobility  could  offer  the  less  resistance 
inasmuch  as  it  was  itself  compelled  to  own  their  justice  and  to 
share  them.  On  this  account  a  commission  of  three  hundred 
members  of  the  nobility  was  appointed 2  to  try  the  offenders. 
Those  found  guilty,  and  among  them  especially  the  family  of  the 
Alcmaeonidae,  were  banished  ;  and  in  order  to  cleanse  the  city 
from  its  blood-guiltiness,  Epimenides  was  summoned  from  Crete. 
He  not  only  fulfilled  this  commission,  and  appointed  the  sacri- 
fices and  religious  rites  by  which  it  was  thought  to  appease 
the  wrath  of  the  gods,  but  besides  this  is  stated  to  have  pre- 
pared men's  minds,  by  many  wise  counsels  which  received 
greater  weight  from  the  reverence  he  enjoyed  as  one  trusted 
by  the  gods,  to  submit  more  willingly  to  a  system  of  legislation 
like  that  which  was  soon  afterwards  established  by  Solon.3 

But  before  we  pass  to  the  legislation  of  Solon  we  must 
mention  certain  statements  which  throw  at  any  rate  some, 
though  a  very  scanty,  light  upon  the  constitution  as  it  was  about 
this  time.  First  of  all  we  hear  that  the  board  of  the  nine 
Archons,  which  we  shall  see  afterwards  limited  to  a  narrower 
sphere  of  activity,  still  in  reality  stood  at  the  head  of  the  State 
as  the  supreme  magistracy,  and  had  the  duty  of  managing 
the  greater  part  of  public  affairs.4  Accordingly  we  cannot 
doubt  that  it  also  had  its  place  in  the  Eupatrid  council,  the 
existence  of  which  body  may  be  confidently  assumed,  though  it 
is  unsupported  by  any  express  testimony ;  and  accordingly  we 
shall  be  compelled  to  imagine  the  chief  Archon  as  the  president 
in  this  council.  In  the  next  place,  Prytanes  of  the  Naucrari 
are  mentioned,  and  these  too  are  spoken  of  as  an  authority 
whose  power  of  action  was  important,  and  as  especially  active 
in  the  measures   for  the  suppression   of  the   conspiracy   of 

1  Cf.  Herodot.  v.  71  ;  Thuc.  i.  126  ;  less  for  history,  must  here  be  passed 

Plut.  Sol.  c.  12.  over  in  silence. 

-  With  regard  to  these  three  hundred        s  Plutarch,  loc.  cit.  sup. ;  Diog.  Laert. 

all  kinds  of  conjectures  may  be  and  i.  110. 
have  been  made,  but  these,  as  worth-        *  Thuc.  i.  126. 


326      DESCRIPTION  OF  THE  PRINCIPAL  STATES. 

Cylon.1  The  term  Naucrari  -was  applied  to  the  presidents  of 
the  Naucrarise,  or  administrative  districts,2  into  which  the 
country  was  then  divided,  there  being  twelve  in  each  Phyle, 
and  in  all  therefore  forty-eight.  Every  four  of  these  districts 
seem  to  have  been  in  a  closer  connection  amongst  one  another, 
and  to  have  been  called  Trittyes  because  they  made  up  the 
third  part  of  a  Phyle.3  The  name  of  Naucraria  has  refer- 
ence to  the  duty  imposed  on  each  of  these  districts  of 
equipping  a  ship  of  war,  to  which  the  richer  classes  had  to 
contribute  according  to  the  amount  of  their  property.  Besides 
this  every  Naucraria  sent  two  horsemen  to  the  army,  the 
whole  number  therefore  contributing  ninety-six.  This  service 
also  was  imposed  only  on  the  richer  inhabitants.  From  these 
accordingly  the  presidents  or  Naucrari  were  naturally  chosen ; 
and  if  a  statement  of  Hesychius4  is  to  be  credited,  there  was 
only  one  for  each  Naucraria,  But  as  their  Prytanes  or  presi- 
dents are  mentioned,  they  must  have  formed  a  board,  the 
sphere  of  whose  duties  may  have  included  especially  such 
matters  as  had  reference  to  the  financial  and  military  system, 
and  in  this  board  we  must  without  doubt  assign  a  place  to  the 
nine  Archons.  It  may  be  that  the  whole  board  of  the 
Naucrari  assembled  only  in  important  cases,  and  that  the  task 
of  dealing  with  current  business  was  left  to  the  Prytanes,  who, 
whilst  the  remainder  partly  lived  outside  the  city  upon  their 
estates,  were  permanently  present  in  Athens,  and  there  pos- 
sessed their  house  of  assembly,  the  Prytaneum.  From  what 
date  the  Naucrarise  existed  cannot  be  stated  with  certainty. 
It  is,  however,  very  probable  that  they  were  founded  not  long 
before  the  disturbance  raised  by  Cylon,  because  it  was  at 
this  time  that  the  contests  with  Megara  for  the  possession  of 
the  island  of  Salamis  seem  to  have  made  the  need  of  a  small 
fleet  of  war-vessels  perceptible  to  the  Athenians.  The  older 
State  council  was  of  course  in  no  way  set  aside  by  this  new 
board  of  Naucrari,  even  if  some  of  its  business  passed  to  the 
latter.  It  existed  permanently  as  the  highest  deliberative 
authority,  and  exercised,  besides  its  other  functions,  that  of  a 
supreme  court  in  all  serious  and  important  cases,  of  which  only 
a  part,  viz.,  that  relating  to  crimes  of  bloodshed,  was  transferred 
by  Draco  to  the  Ephetas.     The  place  in  which  it  held  its 

1  Herod,  v.  71.  and  this,  as  is  well  known,  was  the 

2  Pollux,    viii.    108  ;    Harpocration  name  of  a  strip  of  coast  and  cliffs  on 
and  Photius,  sub  voc.  vavKpapla ;  Schol.  the  west  coast,  not  far  from  Phaleron. 
Aristoph.  Nub.  v.  37.     A  Naucraria  8  Phot.  p.  288  ;  Philippi,  p.  241. 
named  Kolias  is  mentioned  by  Phot.  *  Sub    voc.    vaiKXapoi,    d<f>'    endo-Tys 
p.  196,  Pors.,  and  Lex.  Seguer.  p.  275,  <pv\rjs  5w5c/ca. 


THE  A  THENIAN  ST  A  TE.  327 

sittings  was  the  Areopagus,  from  which  it  derives  the  name  of 
the  Areopagitic  Council,  although  it  was  in  this  place  that  the 
Ephetse  too  assembled  in  cases  which,  according  to  ancient 
institution,  could  be  tried  there  only. 

As  magistrates  of  this  period  we  find  kings  spoken  of, 
and  in  a  connection  which  hardly  permits  us  to  imagine  the 
second  Archon,  who  was  likewise  called  king,  to  be  intended.1 
Apparently  the  chiefs  of  the  Phylse,  §v\o$aaCkefc,  are  meant ; 
and  as  certain  decisions  under  their  presidency  in  the 
Prytaneum  are  referred  to,  we  might  be  led  to  the  conjecture 
that  they  performed  this  function  here  in  conjunction  with 
the  Prytanes,  provided  the  Prytaneum  mentioned  is  that  be- 
longing to  the  Prytanes.  At  least  this  should  not  appear 
improbable,  since  the  Naucrarise  were  subdivisions  of  the 
tribes.  Besides,  there  existed  magistrates  bearing  the  title  of 
fcwXa/cp&TCLL,  of  whom  we  are  told  that  they  were  treasurers 
or  cashiers,  no  doubt  for  the  Naucrariae.  For  that  these  must 
have  had  their  treasuries  is  clear,  and  we  also  learn  that  from 
these  treasuries  the  Colacretse  paid,  amongst  other  things,  the 
allowances  due  to  the  Theorise  (or  sacred  embassies)  sent  to 
Delphi  or  elsewhere,  as  also  that  they  had  to  meet  the  cost  of 
the  public  messes  of  certain  officials  out  of  the  funds  of  the 
Naucraria.2  The  extraordinary  name — collectors  of  hams — we 
may  explain  with  probability  from  the  circumstance  that  they 
received  the  hams  from  the  animals  sacrificed  on  certain  occa- 
sions, as  a  natural  present  in  aid  of  the  meals  which  they  had 
to  provide. 

4. — The  Constitution  of  Solon. 

By  the  suppression  of  the  attempt  of  Cylon,  the  rule  of  the 
nobility  was  indeed  saved  for  the  moment,  but  was  not  per- 
manently confirmed.  The  disposition  of  the  people,  to  whom 
one  concession  had  already  been  made  in  the  banishment 
of  the  Alcmseonidse,  soon  made  several  others  requisite.  A 
numerous  party  had  been  formed,  which  demanded  a  com- 
plete abolition  of  the  existing  privileges  of  the  nobility, 
and  this  party  consisted  especially  of  the  poorest  and  most 
oppressed  portion  of  the  people — the  inhabitants  of  the  so-called 
Diacria,  or  the  mountainous  northern  district,  from  which  they 
were  called  Diacrii.     Another  party,  which  was  content  with 


1  Plut.  Sol.  c.  19,  in  the  Solonian  2  Schol.  on  Aristoph.  Aves,  v.  1548 
Law  of  Amnesty  there  brought  for-  (1541).  Cf.  Harpocration,  sub  voc. 
ward.  &wo54ktcu. 


328      DESCRIPTION  OF  THE  PRINCIPAL  STATES. 

more  moderate  concessions,  consisted  principally  of  the  inhabi- 
tants of  the  so-called  Paralia,  or  of  the  coast  district  that 
stretches  down  as  far  as  Sunium.  The  third  party,  and  that 
clearly  the  weakest  in  numbers,  was  formed  by  the  nobles, 
who,  because  their  properties  for  the  most  part  lay  in  the 
Pedion,  were  called  Pedisei.1  At  last  a  compromise  was 
effected,  by  a  general  agreement  to  put  Solon,  a  man  who, 
by  reason  of  his  approved  sagacity  and  sentiments,  enjoyed 
the  confidence  of  all  parties,  at  the  head  of  the  State,  with 
full  powers  to  get  rid  of  the  existing  evils,  and  to  bring 
about  peace  by  a  proper  system  of  legislation.2  Provided  with 
this  full  power,  Solon  received  the  office  of  Archon  in  the 
year  594,  twenty-seven  years  after  the  legislation  of  Draco. 
The  first  measure  he  adopted  to  make  peace  possible  between 
the  various  factions  was  the  liberation  of  the  lower  classes 
from  the  yoke  under  which  they  had  hitherto  suffered. 
For  this  purpose  the  only  measure  available  was  one  of  a 
thorough  and  forcible  character.  It  was  necessary  to  absolve 
the  debtors  from  the  engagements  which  had  caused  their 
property  and  even  their  persons  to  pass  to  the  creditors ;  and 
for  this  reason  Solon  declared  all  such  previous  contracts 
of  debt  null  and  void.  At  least  this  is  the  most  probable 
view  of  the  so-called  Seisachtheia,  although  others  have  under- 
stood it  otherwise.3  He  himself,  however,  boasts,  in  fragments 
of  his  poems  which  are  still  extant,  of  having  removed  from 
the  mortgaged  plots  of  land  the  pillars  that  served  to  show  that 
they  were  thus  pledged,  and  of  having  insured  a  return  to  their 
fatherland  for  many  who  had  either  fled  to  foreign  countries 
to  escape  serfage,  or  had  actually  been  sold  by  their  creditors. 


1  Plut.  Sol.  c.  13.  i.  p.  412)  regard  as  a  reason  for  refus- 

2  According  to  Plut.  Sol.  c.  16  he  ing  to  ascribe  this  measure  to  Solon, 
did  not  receive  this  full  power  till  The  alteration  of  the  standard  of  the 
afterwards,  probably  after  the  expira-  coin,  according  to  which  100  new 
tion  of  his  year  of  service  as  Archon.  drachmas  ss  724  old  drachmas,  cer- 
Cf.  c.  19  sub  init.  Duncker  (iv.  178)  tainly  also  favoured  the  debtors  by 
is  of  the  same  opinion.  cutting  down  their  debts  more  than 

3  Plut.  loc.  cit.  c.  15  ;  Heraclid.  27  per  cent.  ;  but  to  confine  the  Seis- 
Pont.  c.  1;  Dionys.  A.  R.  V.  65 ;  achtheia  to  this  seems  inadmissible. 
Diog.  Laert.  i.  54 ;  Dio  Ohrysost.  Or.  The  story  told  by  Plutarch,  Solon, 
31,69;cf.Hiillmann, Or.  Denkvmrdigk.  c.  15,  of  some  friends  of  Solon  maybe 
p.  12  seq.;  Curtius,  Hist,  of  Greece,  i.  true,  even  if  it  was  not  quite  as 
p.  330,  Eng.  tr.  The  fact  that  in  the  Plutarch  relates.  They  possessed 
Heliastic  oath,  introduced  in  Demosth.  the  property  bought  with  borrowed 
in  Timocr.  §  49 — in  the  genuineness  of  money,  not  quite  without  having 
which  no  one  now  believes —there  is  anything  to  pay,  but  gave  their  credi- 
an  express  stipulation  not  to  favour  tors  less  by  the  amount  of  the  differ- 
remission  of  debts  (xpew  &iroK07r&s),  ence  between  the  new  and  the  old 
I  cannot  (with  Wachsmuth,  Alterth.  money. 


THE  ATHENIAN  STATE.  329 

This  latter  class  he  clearly  enabled  to  return  by  securing  to 
their  relatives,  through  the  remission  of  debts,  the  means  of 
redeeming  them.1  In  order,  however,  to  render  the  recurrence 
of  similar  circumstances  impossible,  he  provided  that  for  the 
future  the  person  of  the  debtor  should  cease  to  be  pledged. 
He  also  secured  an  amnesty  for  all  those  who  had  been  con- 
demned by  the  tribunals  to  the  payment  of  pecuniary  penalties 
to .  the  State,  or  to  loss  of  their  rights  as  citizens,  with  the 
exception  only  of  murderers,  and  of  participants  in  the 
attempts  to  set  up  a  tyranny ;  but  this  amnesty  was  granted 
not  at  the  same  time  as  the  Seisachtheia,  but  at  a  somewhat 
later  date.2  Next  Solon  proceeded  to  the  transformation  of  the 
constitution.  This  proceeding  was  intended  to  set  aside  the 
exclusive  privilege  of  the  nobles  which  had  hitherto  existed,  and 
to  secure  participation  in  the  civic  rights  to  those  not  of  noble 
birth ;  though  this  participation  was  not  to  be  granted  indis- 
criminately, but  in  an  ascending  scale,  measured  according  to 
the  amount  of  property  possessed.  For  this  purpose  he  insti- 
tuted four  property  classes.  The  first  included  those  who 
received  from  their  landed  property  at  least  five  hundred 
medimni3  of  wheat  or  measures  (metretse)  of  wine  or  oil ;  this 
class  was  therefore  called  Pentacosiomedimni.  The  qualifica- 
tion of  the  second  class  was  at  least  three  hundred,  that  of  the 
third  a  hundred  and  fifty  medimni  or  measures.  The  former 
were  called  Hippeis  or  horsemen,  because  their  property 
obliged  them  to  serve  as  cavalry,  the  latter  Zeugitse,  because 
they  required  for  the  management  of  their  land  a  yoke  of 
draught  animals  (mules).  The  fourth  class,  which,  from  the 
majority  of  those  contained  in  it,  was  called  the  class  of  the 

1  Quoted  in  Plut.  loc.  cit.  and  Aristid.  on  the  Acropolis  ;  then  they  were 
ii.  p.  536,  Dindorf.  taken  to  the  dyopd  and  set  up  near 

2  According  to  the  account  of  the  senate-house.  Another  name  for 
Plutarch,  which  is  also  recommended  them  is  *ci5p/3etj.  The  question  whether 
by  its  intrinsic  probability,  the  Seis-  both  names  denoted  the  same  tablets, 
achtheia  was  Solon's  first  measure,  or  one  the  former  and  the  other  the 
while  the  law  of  amnesty  was  not  in-  latter,  is  too  unimportant  to  enter 
troduced  until  the  same  time  as  the  upon  at  present. 

laws  affecting  the  constitution,  and  3  The  medimnus  contains  somewhat 
stood  on  the  thirteenth  d£«i/.  This  less  than  a  Berlin  scheffel,  nearly 
name  was  applied  to  the  wooden  15*025333  metzen  ;  the  metretes  some- 
tablets  on  which  the  laws  were  what  over  33  Berlin  quarts,  or  about 
written.  The  explanation  of  it  is  33  "806933  metzen.  With  regard  to  the 
that  they  were  three-sided  or  four-  assessments  for  the  different  classes 
sided  prisms  that  were  fastened  on  a  see  Bockh,  Pub.  Ec.  of  Athens,  p.  505, 
cylinder  and  could  be  turned  round  Eng.  tr.,  and  with  regard  to  the 
it,  so  that  one  or  other  of  them  could  doubts  raised  regarding  his  statements 
be  brought  into  view  at  pleasure,  by  Grote,  see  Schomann,  Const.  Hist. 
They  hung  in  strong  wooden  frames,  of  Athens,  pp.  23,  24,  Bosanquet's 
and  until  Pericles's  time  were  placed  tr. 


33o      DESCRIPTION  OF  THE  PRINCIPAL  STATES. 

Thetes  or  labourers  for  hire,  contained  the  whole  mass  of  those 
possessed  of  less  property.  It  is  clear,  however,  that  as  the 
three  upper  classes  were  determined  solely  according  to  the 
amount  of  their  landed  property,  all  those  who  did  not  possess 
such  property  belonged  of  necessity  to  the  fourth  class,  even 
though  they  were  in  no  way  poor  as  regarded  other  kinds  of 
property.  The  number  of  such  persons  at  that  period  was  no 
doubt  small ;  the  wealthier  classes  were  as  a  rule  also  land- 
owners ;  but  individuals  here  and  there  among  them  may  have 
possessed  capital  besides  their  land,  and  may  have  obtained 
money  by  commerce  in  addition  to  the  income  arising  from  his 
estate.  Thus  it  is  stated  that  Solon  himself  bettered  his  posi- 
tion in  respect  of  property  by  commercial  operations.1  The 
fact  that  in  the  institution  of  classes  nothing  but  landed  pro- 
perty was  taken  as  the  standard  clearly  resulted  from  the  con- 
viction of  the  legislator  that  this  alone  was  the  surest  basis  of 
a  good  civic  system,  and  from  the  intention  to  which  this 
conviction  gave  rise,  that  as  many  citizens  as  possible  should 
hold  fast  to  that  description  of  property,  on  which  alone  their 
rank,  as  endowed  with  a  greater  or  less  degree  of  civic  power 
and  privilege,  depended.  And  the  value  he  attached  to  the 
maintenance  of  a  numerous  class  of  landholders  he  showed  by 
the  law  appointing  a  specific  limit  to  the  amount  of  landed 
property  in  the  hands  of  any  one  individual,2  a  law  which 
aimed  at  insuring  that  the  land  should  not  fall  into  the  hands- 
of  a  few  rich  men,  and  thus  the  number  of  the  moderately  large 
or  of  the  small  proprietors  suffer  diminution.  But  it  was  only 
the  rights  of  citizenship  and  the  obligation  to  military  service 
that  were  arranged  in  a  scale  corresponding  to  the  property 
classes,  and  not  the  taxation  imposed :  a  circumstance  that 
should  not  be  left  out  of  consideration,  if  it  is  desired  to  form 
a  just  estimation  of  the  Constitution  of  Solon.  A  regular  taxa- 
tion of  property  or  income  according  to  the  classes  neither 
existed  at  this  time  nor,  as  we  shall  afterwards  see,  at  a  subse- 
quent period.  Any  public  contributions,  however,  which  it 
may  have  been  necessary  at  this  time  to  defray  out  of  the  pro- 
perty held, — for  instance,  the  rates  in  the  Naucrariae,  were  cer- 
tainly apportioned,  not  according  to  the  classes,  but  according 
to  another  mode,  of  which  we  have  no  information  whatever. 
When,  in  later  times,  a  mode  of  taxation  according  to  classes 
was  actually  introduced,  it  was  no  longer  merely  the  landed 
property,  but  also  the  other  kinds  of  property  held  that 
were  kept  in  view  in  the  division  of  the   classes,   although 

1  Plut.  Sol.  c.  2.  2  Arist.  Pol.  ii.  4.  1. 


THE  A  THENIAN  STA  TE.  33 1 

the  appellations  of  the  classes,  which  have  reference  only 
to  the  former  kind  of  property,  were  retained  for  a  longer 
period.  As  regards  the  rights  and  obligations  of  the  different 
classes,  the  legislation  of  Solon  granted  eligibility  to  public 
office  only  to  the  three  upper  classes,  while  eligibility  to  the 
highest  magistracies,  as,  for  instance,  to  the  office  of  archon,  was 
granted  only  to  the  first  class.  The  cavalry,  moreover,  was 
raised  from  the  two  upper  classes  alone.  The  third  was  under 
an  obligation  to  serve  as  hoplites,  although,  as  need  hardly  be 
remarked,  the  two  upper  classes  also  were  not  excluded  from 
such  service.  The  fourth  class,  that  of  the  Thetes,  was  com- 
pletely excluded  from  office,  though  it  possessed  the  right  to  join 
in  the  voting  in  the  general  assemblies  of  the  people,  where 
either  the  authorities  were  chosen  or  other  decisions  arrived  at 
affecting  the  commonwealth ;  as  also  the  right  to  be  summoned 
to  take  part  in  the  great  jury  trials  whenever  they  occurred. 
On  the  other  hand,  the  Thetes  were  exempted  from  military 
service  as  hoplites ;  they  could  be  called  upon  only  as  light- 
armed  troops  or  to  man  the  fleet,  and  in  this  case  were  probably 
paid  by  the  State.  The  rest  served  without  payment,  and  simi- 
larly those  who  held  the  offices  of  government  were  all  unpaid. 
As  the  highest  deliberative  authority  Solon  instituted  a  Board 
of  Deliberation — fiovkq — of  four  hundred  members,  a  hundred 
out  of  each  of  the  four  Phylae.  They  were  appointed  from  the 
three  higher  classes  probably  by  actual  election,  and  not  as  in 
later  times,  by  lot,  and  were  changed  annually.  The  Board  of 
Naucrari,  previously  mentioned,  now  disappeared,  and  its 
business  passed  to  this  Council  of  Four  Hundred,  in  which, 
as  there  can  be  no  doubt,  the  nine  archons  also  still  possessed 
seats.  The  Council  was  the  authority  on  whom  fell  the  duty 
of  preparation  for  the  proceedings  of  the  popular  assembly, 
before  which  body  nothing  could  be  brought  except  through 
a  decree  of  the  Council.  The  decision  as  to  when  the  people 
was  to  be  consulted,  and  when  not,  certainly  continued  to 
be  left  for  the  most  part  to  the  unaided  judgment  of  the 
Council.  Only  some  few  subjects  were  reserved  by  law  for  the 
popular  assembly  exclusively :  subjects  not  included  in  this 
number  came  before  them  only  as  an  exception,  and  in  conse- 
quence of  special  circumstances ;  and  as  a  rule  were  disposed 
of  by  the  Council  on  its  own  authority.  The  administration 
of  justice  was  now  intrusted  to  the  different  functionaries  of 
government,  principally  to  the  nine  archons,  of  whom  each  one 
administered  some  particular  department,  and  either  referred 
the  matters  brought  before  him  to  an  arbitrator,  or  decided  upon 
them  on  his  own  authority.     But  in  both  cases  the  defeated 


332      DESCRIPTION  OF  THE  PRINCIPAL  STATES. 

party  was  allowed  to  appeal  to  a  higher  tribunal,  which  it  was 
necessary  should  consist  of  a  greater  number  of  jurors.  Those 
summoned  to  take  part  in  this  jury  trial  were  annually  taken 
from  amongst  the  whole  people,  whether  by  election  or  by  lot 
we  must  leave  undiscussed.  The  collective  body — the  number 
of  which  in  this  period  we  do  not  know — was  called  Helisea, 
which  was  also  the  name  of  one  of  the  places,  and  that  the 
largest,  in  which  the  sittings  were  held.  Besides,  there  were 
also  local  judges,  who  dispensed  law  in  minor  cases  in  the 
separate  districts.  In  civil  matters  the  Heliaea  hardly  acted 
except  as  a  court  of  appeal,  though  in  criminal  matters  it  cer- 
tainly often  acted  as  the  immediate  and  sole  tribunal.  Only  for 
the  so-called  "  court  of  blood-guiltiness  "  in  the  narrowest  sense 
did  the  Board  of  Ephetse  continue  to  exist,  though  not  precisely 
in  the  form  ordained  by  Draco.  For  a  part  of  this  power,  and 
that  precisely  the  most  important  part,  was  withdrawn  by  Solon 
from  this  body  and  transferred  to  the  Council  of  Areopagus 
as  newly  organised  by  him,  a  body  which  consisted  of  an  un- 
defined number  of  members,  who  held  their  places  for  life,  and 
supplied  their  members  from  those  outgoing  archons  of  each 
year  who  had  held  their  office  without  blame.  This  Areopagitic 
Council  was  instituted  by  Solon  as  a  supreme  supervisory  autho- 
rity, whose  duty  it  was  at  once  to  watch  over  the  collective 
administration,  the  behaviour  of  the  magistrates  in  office,  the 
proceedings  of  the  popular  assembly,  and,  in  cases  where  it 
was  required,  to  interpose;  while  at  the  same  time  it  was 
bound  to  deal  with  the  public  discipline  and  the  regulation  of 
conduct  in  the  most  general  sense  of  those  terms,  and  in  con- 
sequence possessed  the  right  of  bringing  private  individuals  to 
give  an  account  of  objectionable  behaviour  on  their  part. 

These  are  the  main  features  of  the  Solonian  constitution. 
Hereafter,  so  far  as  is  practicable,  we  shall  have  to  expound 
this  constitution  further  in  detail,  and  to  show  the  development 
and  transformation  it  underwent  in  the  course  of  time.  Solon 
himself  boasts  that  he  gave  the  people  as  much  share  in  the 
government  as  was  desirable,  and  that  he  had  neither  kept 
them  back  from  the  dignity  proper  to  them,  nor  secured  them 
an  excess  of  that  dignity,  whilst  on  the  other  hand  he  had  not 
imposed  any  improper  burden,  nor  made  any  unbefitting  con- 
cession to  the  wealthier  and  superior  classes,  but  had  effected  a 
just  equipoise  of  both.1  And  in  my  opinion  he  is  justified  in 
making  this  boast.  He  calls  indeed  that  which  he  has  insured 
to  the  people,  Srjfiov  Kparos ;  but  from  what  we  call  democracy, 

1  Plut.  Sol  c.  18. 


THE  ATHENIAN  STATE.  333 

and  also  from  what  the  Greeks  called  by  the  same  name,  this  was 
sufficiently  far  removed.  The  power  of  the  general  assembly  of 
the  people  was  limited  by  the  Council,  to  whom  belonged  the 
right  of  summoning  and  presiding  over  them,  and  by  the  right 
of  supervision  possessed  by  the  Areopagus,  in  such  a  manner 
that  the  danger  of  a  dominion  of  the  masses  was  not  to  be 
apprehended.  The  right  of  choosing  the  magistrates  whom  it 
was  to  obey,  might,  without  mistrust,  be  transferred  to  the 
people,  since  it  had  itself  the  greatest  interest  in  choosing  well, 
and  also  because  it  was  allowed  to  elect,  not  from  the  mass 
without  distinction,  but  only  from  the  more  well  to  do,  and 
therefore  more  cultivated  classes :  and  finally,  because  a 
corrective  of  bad  elections  was  given  in  the  Dokimasia  or 
testing  of  the  candidates  elected,  which  we  shall  deal  with  in 
detail  hereafter.  As  little  doubtful  might  seem  the  expedi- 
ency of  granting  the  people  the  right  of  passing  judgment  as 
jurymen  upon  offences  committed  either  by  officials  or  private 
persons,  if  in  the  first  place  the  jurymen  were  designated,  not 
by  the  accident  of  the  lot,  but,  as  is  more  probable,  by  elec- 
tion, and,  moreover,  only  from  men  of  mature  age,  over  thirty 
years  at  the  least,  who  were  also  reminded  by  a  solemn  oath 
of  the  duty  of  conscientiously  trying  the  case.  To  this  it 
must  be  added  that  as  the  jurymen  were  not  remunerated  for 
their  trouble,  the  multitude  were  glad  to  see  this  function 
raised  above  their  reach,  and  that  accordingly,  as  a  rule,  only 
persons  of  the  more  cultivated  class  served  as  jurymen.  The 
arrangement  of  the  classes  itself,  however,  whilst  it  withdrew 
from  the  formerly  dominant  nobility  the  exclusive  right  which 
it  had  hitherto  possessed,1  still  left  it  a  principal  share  in  the 
political  power.  For  it  is  certain  that  the  possessors  of  larger 
properties,  which  reached  the  standard  of  the  first  or  second 
class,  were  all,  or  nearly  all,  included  among  the  Eupatridae, 
whilst  the  possessors  of  property  who  did  not  belong  to  the 
nobility  for  the  most  part  belonged  only  to  the  third  class. 
But  as  political  rights  were  attached  no  longer  to  birth,  but  to 
property,  the  way  was  thereby  opened  to  every  man,  if  he 
succeeded  in  raising  himself  to  the  class  of  the  richer  pro- 
prietors, to  set  himself  on  an  equality  in  point  of  law  with  the 
nobles,  while  on  the  contrary,  the  man  of  noble  birth,  if  he 

1  From  the  words  of  Demetrius,  eluded  that  only  the  Eupatridse  could 
quoted  by  Plut.  Aristid.  c.  i.,  that  reach  the  office  of  Archon;  and  so 
until  Aristides  the  Archons  were  has  made  the  supposition — totally  in- 
taken  only  eK  twv  yevwv  twv  ret  fiAyiffra.  capable  of  proof — that  in  Athens 
TL/j-^fiara  k€ktti(jAvwv,  Niebuhr,  Hist,  also  the  Gentes  contained  only  the 
of  Rome,  i.  p.  441,  Eng.  tr.,  has  con-  nobility. 


334      DESCRIPTION  OF  THE  PRINCIPAL  STATES. 

became  poor,  fell  behind  his  richer  neighbour  who  was  not 
noble;  accordingly  the  worst  evil,  that  of  a  poor  and  yet 
privileged  nobility,  was  avoided.  Solon's  constitution  was 
accordingly  as  little  an  oligarchy  as  a  democracy,  and  the  only 
name  appropriate  to  it  is  Timocracy.  It  was  too  a  Timocracy 
of  such  a  kind  that  it  seemed  at  first  capable  at  least  of 
approximating  to  the  ideal  of  an  aristocracy.  For  the  pro- 
perty qualification  to  which  Solon  attached  the  privileges  of 
citizenship  was  just  high  enough  to  exclude  the  masses,  which 
of  necessity  are,  for  the  most  part,  rude  and  uncultivated,  but 
was  not  high  enough  to  exclude  the  respectable  class,  composed 
of  those  possessed  of  a  moderate  amount  of  property.  The 
possibility  of  working  a  way  upwards  to  the  higher  classes  was 
not  cut  off  from  any  one,  and  eveiy  man  had  a  career  opened 
to  him  by  which,  if  he  gained  the  respect  and  confidence  of  his 
fellow-citizens,  he  could  reach  the  highest  honours.  A  con- 
stitution that  insured  this  to  the  citizens  must  of  necessity 
have  the  effect  of  awakening  emulation,  and  of  heightening 
the  impulse  to  step  forward  into  the  service  of  the  common- 
wealth ;  and  any  one  who  withdrew  himself  from  that 
service  and  followed  solely  his  private  interests,  might  indeed 
pass  as  a  good  man,  but  could  make  no  claim  to  the  honour 
of  being  also  accounted  a  true  citizen.  And  how  greatly  Solon 
disapproved  of  such  an  egoistic  withdrawal  from  participation  in 
public  affairs  is  clear  from  his  law  that  the  man  who,  in  civil 
conflicts,  especially  when  the  factions  were  in  arms  against  each 
other,  persisted  in  remaining  neutral,  should  be  deprived  of  his 
dignities  and  privileges  as  a  citizen.1  Apart  from  this  Solon 
imposed  no  cramping  fetters  upon  the  individual  freedom  of  the 
citizens,  and  the  cultivation  and  development  of  their  powers 
in  all  directions.  Only  such  cases  of  misconduct  as  caused  a 
public  scandal  were  subjected  to  the  censure  and  punishment 
of  the  Areopagus ;  otherwise  any  one  might  perform  any  action 
or  pursue  any  aim  to  which  he  felt  himself  called  or  inclined. 
Even  the  minor  branches  of  industry  and  trade  were  not  re- 
garded as  dishonourable,  much  less  forbidden  to  the  citizens, 
and  the  highest  and  freest  developments  of  artistic  and  scientific 
effort  were  not  met  with  narrow-minded  suspicion,  but  found 
in  Athens  the  most  lively  recognition  and  sympathy.  It  was 
in  continual  and  progressive  culture  that  Solon's  own  life  con- 
sisted, as  he  indeed  expressed  it  himself  ;2  and  his  people  too,  he 
knew,  must  and  would  progress.     Hence  also  he  perceived  that 

1  Plut.  Solon,  c.  20,  and  Gellius,  ii.         2  YtipiaKu  8'  alel  iroWa.  5(5a<r nbnevos. 
12,  where  the  provision  is  more  fully    — Plut.  Sol.  c.  31. 
stated  on  the  authority  oT  Aristotle. 


THE  A  THENIAN  STA  TE.  335 

his  laws,  in  the  form  he  had  given  them,  would  not  answer  for 
all  time  to  the  requirements  of  the  people  or  to  their  state  of 
culture ;  and  he  took  care,  in  anticipation,  that  the  necessary 
alterations  should  be  possible  in  a  regular  way,  though  he  also 
made  provision  for  protection  against  premature  and  unsuitable 
innovations  by  the  institution  of  the  Nomothesia,  which  we 
shall  have  to  describe  hereafter.  The  Spartan  laws  were  cal- 
culated to  keep  the  State  fast  bound  for  ever  in  the  form  that 
appeared  the  best  to  the  lawgiver ;  and  this  form  was  narrow, 
unjust,  and  based  upon  force  and  oppression.  A  man  might  be 
an  excellent  citizen  of  Sparta,  and  yet  far  removed  from  the 
true  excellence  of  humanity ;  in  Athens  the  union  of  human 
and  civic  excellence  was  possible  in  a  higher  degree  than  in 
any  other  Greek  State ;  and  that  it  was  so  was  due  to  the 
legislation  of  Solon. 

5. — The  Development  of  the  Democracy. 

That  the  constitution  of  Solon  was  unable  to  exhibit  its  full 
effect  immediately  after  its  creation  needs  no  demonstration.1 
The  extreme  parties  were  not  satisfied  in  their  claims;  they 
had  demanded  more  than  Solon  had  secured  them ;  the  struggles 
again  broke  out,  and  afforded  opportunity  to  a  clever  and  daring 
party  leader,  Pisistratus,  actually  to  possess  himself  of  the 
Tyrannis,  which  in  earlier  times  Cylon  had  striven  after  with- 
out success.  After  he  had  several  times  lost  and  won  back  this 
power,  he  was  enabled,  not  only  to  maintain  himself  in  it  to  his 
death,  but  also  to  bequeath  it  to  his  sons, — occurrences  which 
this  is  not  the  place  to  recount  in  detail.  Apart  from  this,  the 
forms  of  the  Solonian  constitution  were  retained  intact  by 
Pisistratus  and  his  sons,  so  far  as  this  was  compatible  with 
their  rule.  To  this  extent  then  it  may  be  said  that  the 
Tyrannis  was  more  favourable  to  the  persistence  of  that  con- 
stitution than  if  the  party  struggles  had  continued,  and  first 
one,  then  the  other,  had  won  the  upper  hand.  But  when, 
after  the  fall  of  the  Pisistratidae,  the  struggles  broke  out 
afresh,  and  the  nobility,  under  the  leadership  of  Isagoras,  for  a 
time  won  the  victory,  the  people  in  reality  ran  the  risk  of 
losing  the  freedom  of  which  Solon  had  thought  them  capable, 
had  not  Clisthenes  succeeded  in  conquering  this  faction  of  the 
nobility.     But  in  order  to  secure  the  result  of  the  victory,  to 

1  Nothing  can  be  more  unfair  than  had  so  little  strength,  so  little  organic 

the   judgment    of    Hegel,    Gesch.    d.  vigour,   as  to  be  unable  to  resist  its 

Phil.  i.  p.  181  :  "  A  constitution  that  own  overthrow,   shows   that   it   pos- 

made  it  possible    for  Pisistratus  at  sessed  some  intrinsic  defect." 
once  to  set  himself  up  as  tyrant,  which 


336      DESCRIPTION  OF  THE  PRINCIPAL  STATES. 

withdraw  from  the  nobility  the  means  through  which  it  was 
still  powerful,  and,  on  the  other  side,  to  strengthen  the  people, 
he  devised  various  arrangements  by  which  the  constitution  of 
Solon  was  essentially  modified,  and  received  a  somewhat  more 
democratic  character.  In  the  first  place,  he  increased  the 
number  of  the  people,  by  conferring  the  citizenship  upon  many 
non-citizens,  or  Metceci  settled  in  Attica, — a  class  including  the 
manumitted  slaves.1  Next,  the  division  of  the  people  into  four 
Phylae,  though  not,  indeed,  properly  speaking,  abolished  by  him,2 
yet  was  deprived  of  its  earlier  importance  by  his  introduction  of 
a  new  division  of  the  people  into  ten  sections,  based  on  entirely 
different  foundations.  These  divisions  were  likewise  called 
Phylae,  and  each  of  them  was  again  divided  into  five  Naucrariae 
and  into  twice  as  many  smaller  administrative  districts,  which 
received  an  old  name,  used  in  a  new  sense — Demes.  The  par- 
ticulars of  this  division  must  be  reserved  for  a  later  section ; 
for  the  present  it  is  sufficient  to  remark  that  this  innovation, 
while  occasioned  partly  by  the  fact  that  an  enrolment  of  the 
many  newly-admitted  citizens  into  the  old  divisions  did  not 
seem  practicable,  was  also  certainly  based  on  an  intention  that 
by  the  new  organisation  of  the  administration  connected  with 
this  new  division,  the  nobility  should  be  deprived  of  the  influ- 
ence it  had  previously  exercised  in  the  countiy  districts, — an 
influence  that  had  had  a  support  in  traditional  feelings  of 
dependence  and  subordination ;  while  the  people  were  to  learn 
a  greater  independence  and  freedom  of  action.  In  close  con- 
nection with  this  increase  of  the  tribes  was  the  increase  of  the 
council  from  four  hundred  to  five  hundred,  fifty  from  each 
Phyle,  and  perhaps  also  an  increase  in  the  number  of  the 
Heliastae,  who  were  taken  in  a  like  proportion  from  the  Phylae, 
though  as  yet  hardly  in  such  great  numbers  as  at  a  later 
period,  when  there  were  not  less  than  six  thousand  of  them. 
The  magisterial  and  official  system  also  may  have  undergone 
some  alterations  in  consequence  of  the  increased  number  of  the 
Phylae,  since  we  hear  of  many  boards  of  ten  persons  correspond- 
ing to  the  Phylae,  although,  it  must  be  admitted,  we  cannot 
discover  with  certainty  which  of  these  boards  were  instituted 
now,  and  which  only  in  later  times.  Of  great  importance  is 
another  measure,  which  we  must  ascribe  to  Clisthenes,  by 
which  several  offices  of  importance,  especially  the  board  of  the 
nine  archons,  were  appointed,  not  as  hitherto  by  popular  elec- 


1  Arist.  Pol.  iii.  1.  10.  Phylobasileis    still   existed.  —  Meier, 

Att.  Proc.  p.  116,  and  de  gent.  Alt. 

2  Even    in    later    times    the    four    p.  7,  note  22. 


THE  A  THEN/AN  ST  A  TE.  337 

tion,  but  by  the  lot.  Many  indeed  have  found  it  utterly 
incredible1  that  such  a  mode  of  filling  up  offices,  which  seems  to 
them  adapted  only  to  the  most  absolute  democracy,  can  have 
been  introduced  so  early  as  the  reforms  of  Clisthenes.  "We 
have,  however,  already  remarked 2  that  the  institution  of  the  lot 
must  not  always  be  regarded  as  a  proof  of  democratic  absence 
of  restraint,  but  that  it  was  adopted  as  a  means  of  avoiding  the 
intrigues  or  party  contests  which  occur  only  too  easily  at  popular 
elections.  And  precisely  at  this  time,  when  Clisthenes  intro- 
duced the  lot,  Athens  had  been  thrown  into  commotion  by  the 
most  violent  party  contests ;  and  it  might  well  seem  dangerous 
to  give  new  nourishment  to  these  by  canvassing  for  votes  in 
the  popular  assembly.  In  the  next  place,  however,  it  is  not  to 
be  forgotten  that  the  appointment  by  lot  was  made,  not  from 
a  number  of  candidates  coming  forward  from  all  classes  indis- 
criminately, but  only  from  citizens  of  the  three  upper  classes, 
and  to  the  post  of  Archon  only  from  those  of  the  first  class ; 
and  therefore  only  men  of  property  and  education  were  ad- 
mitted as  candidates.  Indeed,  we  might  on  this  account  be 
tempted  to  regard  the  arrangement  of  Clisthenes  as  even  anti- 
democratic, inasmuch  as  under  it  not  only  was  the  office  con- 
fined to  a  privileged  class,  but  the  people  was  even  deprived  of 
electing  to  it  only  those  men  who  enjoyed  its  confidence ;  while 
instead  it  was  allowed  to  depend  on  the  accident  of  the  lot 
whether  persons  whom  the  people  would  never  have  chosen 
should  reach  the  magistracy  or  not.  But  it  is  certain  that,  in 
the  eyes  of  Clisthenes,  this  was  the  lesser  evil,  and  was  more 
than  counterbalanced  by  the  removal  of  all  party  disturbances, 
which  at  this  time  were  to  be  feared  above  everything  else. 
No  doubt  there  were  also  means  to  exclude  candidates  not 
adapted  for  the  post,  in  the  same  way  as  means  demonstrably 
existed  for  setting  aside  such  persons  if  the  lot  had  been 
favourable  to  them.  In  later  times  indeed,  when  it  was  open 
to  every  man  among  the  people  to  become  a  candidate,  persons 
of  very  subordinate  station  often  found  their  way  into  the 
board  of  Archons ;  but  in  the  times  immediately  subsequent  to 
Clisthenes  we  find  among  them  the  most  eminent  men, — a 
Themistocles,  an  Aristides,  a  Xanthippus.  This  circumstance 
is  in  no  way  a  proof  that  at  this  time  popular  election  existed, 
and  not  appointment  by  lot,  but  only  that  the  men  of  the 
highest  dignity3  did  not  disdain  to  subject  themselves  to  the 

1  E.g.  Grote,  whose  specious  reasons  8  As  was  the  opinion  of  Niebuhr 
I  believe  myself  to  have  refuted  in  my  (Lectures  on  Ancient  History,  ii.  24, 
Const.  Hist,  of  Athens  (-p.  73,  Eng.  tr.).  Eng.  tr).     As  regards  Aristides  espe- 

2  See  pages  178-9  and  146.  ciafly,  Plutarch  (Arist.  c.  1)  is  inclined 


338      DESCRIPTION  OF  THE  PRINCIPAL  STATES. 

lot, — a  practice  which  they  abandoned  in  later  times,  when 
the  office  had  become  accessible  to  every  one  indiscriminately. 
It  may  also  be  unhesitatingly  assumed  that  this  office  be- 
came more  and  more  limited  in  its  functions  precisely  because 
every  man  was  enabled  to  reach  it ;  while,  on  the  contrary, 
in  earlier  times  the  Archons  stood  at  the  head  of  the  govern- 
ment, and  the  conduct  of  the  most  important  affairs  was 
intrusted  to  them.1  Finally,  we  must  also  mention  ostracism, 
the  introduction  of  which  into  Athens  likewise  belongs  to  the 
measures  of  Clisthenes ;  but  on  its  nature  and  importance  we 
need  only  refer  to  what  has  previously  been  said  on  the 
subject.2 

Not  long  after  these  reforms  of  Clisthenes  the  Persian 
war  broke  out,  and  in  it  the  Athenian  people  brilliantly 
demonstrated  what  excellence  of  character  it  possessed,  what 
courage  for  noble  resolutions,  and  what  capacity  for  manly 
deeds.  The  victory  at  Marathon,  which  Athens  won  almost 
alone, — for  only  a  thousand  Platseans  fought  by  the  side  of 
nine  or  ten  thousand  Athenians, — and  the  victory  at  Salamis, 
to  which  she  forced  the  rest  of  the  Greeks  almost  against  their 
will,  freed  Greece  from  the  danger  of  falling  under  the  vassal- 
age of  Oriental  barbarism  and  despotism,  and  acquired  for  the 
Athenians  the  justest  claim  to  the  glory  ascribed  to  them  by 
Pindar,  of  being  the  pillar  on  which  Hellas  was  supported. 
And  this  glory  belonged  not  only  to  the  undaunted  courage 
and  the  skilful  resolutions  of  the  leaders,  it  belonged  also  to 
the  people,  which  was  capable  of  sharing  that  courage  and 
carrying  out  those  resolutions ;  and  among  the  people,  not  only 
to  those  in  the  higher  ranks  and  possessed  of  property,  but  in 
a  like  measure  to  the  citizens  of  the  lower  and  poorer  classes. 
On  this  account  Aristides,  the  statesman  named  by  his  fellow- 
citizens  "  the  Just,"  par  excellence,  held  it  just  that  henceforward 
those  barriers  should  be  removed  which  excluded  the  poorer 
citizen  from  the  offices  of  government.3    This  opinion  he  held 

to  assume  that  he  was  elected  excep-  1  See  ante,  p.  325. 

tionally,  without  a  lot  being  cast ;  2  See  ante,  p.  182. 

from  which  it  is  at  least  clear  that  8  Plutarch,  Aristides,  c.  22,  yp&Qei 

Plutarch  at  least  had  no  doubt  that  \f/rj<piafia,  koivtjv  elvai  ttjv  iroXireiav  ical 

the  lot  was  the  rule.     As  regards  the  rovs    &p\ovras    i%    ' AOrjvaluiv    tt6.vtwv 

authority  of    Isocrates  I  have   said  alpeledon.     As  regards  the  expression 

what  was  necessary  in  the  Constitu-  alpetadai,   which  is  wrongly  used  by 

lional  History  of  Athens  (p.  79,  Bosan-  Grote  as  evidence  for  his  opinion,  I 

quet's  tr.).     With  those  who,  never-  refer,    besides    what  is  said  in  the 

theless,  attach  much  weight  to  it,  it  Constitutional  History  of  Athens  (p.  79, 

is   impossible   to   dispute.     Cf.    also  Eng.  tr.),  to  Isocr.  A reopag.%  38;  Plut. 

Curtius,  Hist,  of  Greece,  i.  478,  Ward's  Demetr.  c.  46  ;  Pausan.  i.  15.  4,  where 

tr.  likewise  alpeiadai  is  used  in  a  general 


THE  ATHENIAN  STATE.  339 

not  in  the  belief  that  all  without  distinction  had  the  requisite 
vocation  or  qualifications  for  the  post,  but  because  he  thought 
that  the  men  of  real  excellence,  of  whom  there  were  some 
even  in  the  lowest  class,  must  feel  it  as  an  injurious  slight  to 
be  excluded  merely  on  the  ground  that  they  did  not  possess 
the  property  qualification  of  the  higher  classes.  Besides  this, 
we  must  recollect  that  the  citizens  of  the  fourth  class  by  no 
means  all  belonged  to  the  poor.  There  were  among  them 
persons  in  better  circumstances,  who  however  did  not  possess 
so  much  landed  property  as  the  qualification  of  the  three 
upper  classes  demanded.  And  it  was  precisely  this  kind  of 
prosperity  that  had  become  important  in  Attica  since  the  time 
of  Solon :  trade  and  commerce  had  been  increasingly  under- 
taken and  had  rapidly  developed,  and  had  acquired  an  equal 
importance  with  agriculture.  Besides  this,  the  war,  since 
Attica  was  repeatedly  devastated  by  the  Persian  hordes,  had  been 
especially  ruinous  to  the  owners  of  land.1  Many  among  them 
were  impoverished  and  not  in  a  position  to  rebuild  the  burnt 
homesteads,  or  to  set  in  order  once  more  their  ravaged  estates. 
These  were  thenceforward  compelled  to  part  with  a  possession 
of  which  they  were  unable  any  longer  to  make  use.  Such 
persons  necessarily  entered  the  fourth  class :  but  to  have  added 
to  the  undeserved  loss  of  their  property  the  diminution  of  their 
political  rights  as  well,  would  have  amounted  to  the  infliction  of 
a  punishment  upon  them  in  return  for  the  sacrifice  they  had 
offered  to  their  fatherland.  These,  without  doubt,  were  the 
reasons  that  guided  Aristides  in  proposing  his  law:  and  we 
must  consequently  admit  it  to  have  been  just,  and  not  blame 
it  as  a  democratic  measure.  Moreover,  the  danger  that  the 
offices  of  government  would  now  principally  fall  to  the  poorer 
citizens  scarcely  needed,  at  that  period,  to  be  provided  against. 
The  poorer  citizens  certainly  preferred  pursuing  their  own 
callings,  on  which.their  support  depended,  to  burdening  them- 
selves with  the  business  of  offices  for  which  they  received 
no  payment.  The  actual  effect  of  Aristides'  law  was  solely  the 
removal  of  the  earlier  one-sided  preference  of  the  landed  pro- 
prietors, and  the  admission  to  office  of  the  trading  classes,  and  of 
capitalists  without  landed  property.2   It  by  no  means  necessarily 

sense,  not  in  the  narrower,  as  opposed  were  not  landowners,  is  not  in  itself 

to  election  by  lot.    Besides,  as  we  shall  doubtful,  and  may  be  supported  from 

see  shortly,  certain  offices  remained  for  Aristoph.  Eccles.  632,  Invern.    But  we 

a  long  time  open  to  the  Pentakosio-  see  from  Dionys.  Halic.  de  Lys.  c.  32, 

medimni  only.  that  in  the  time  immediately  subse- 

1  Plutarch,  Aristides,  c.  13.  quent  to  the  Peloponnesian  war,  only 

2  That  there  were   not   only  poor  about  the  fourth  part  of  the  citizens 
men,  but  also  prosperous  people,  who  were  without  landed  property. 


34o      DESCRIPTION  OF  THE  PRINCIPAL  STATES. 

effected  a  total  revolution  in  the  political  system  as  hitherto 
existing,  or  called  into  life  an  unlimited  democracy.  Far  more 
democratic,  however,  were  the  measures  which  proceeded  from 
other  statesmen  after  the  death  of  Aristides,  and  which  aimed 
at  filling  up  the  Council,  the  Assembly,  and  the  law-courts,  in 
a  greater  degree  than  before  with  persons  of  even  the  lowest 
class.  So  long  as  no  payment  was  given  for  service  in  the 
council  or  in  the  courts,  or  for  attendance  at  the  assemblies,  the 
poorer  classes,  for  the  most  part,  were  glad  to  keep  away,1  but 
when  a  compensation,  even  though  only  a  very  small  one, 
began  to  be  given  for  the  time  and  pains  there  expended,  they 
withdrew  themselves  less  from  those  services.  The  introduction 
of  these  compensations  or  payments,  as  the  Athenians  termed 
them,  falls  in  the  time  of  Pericles'  administration,  and  was 
brought  about  partly  by  himself,  partly  at  least  in  harmony 
with  his  policy,  which  sought  above  all  things  to  strengthen 
the  democratic  element  in  the  State,  not  indeed  as  an  end,  but 
as  a  means.  From  the  time  of  the  Persian  wars,  Athens  had 
been  in  truth  the  first  State  in  Greece,  and  stood  at  the  head 
of  a  numerous  body  of  allies,  a  body  greater  in  extent  and 
power  than  that  of  which  the  Spartans  were  the  leaders.  To 
maintain  itself  in  this  position,  to  combat  the  disaffected 
members,  and  hold  fast  those  who  were  disinclined  to  remain, 
it  was  necessary  that  Athens  should  exert  all  her  strength,  and 
not  shrink  from  the  contest.  But  it  was  precisely  amongst  the 
richer  classes  that  readiness  to  such  exertions  and  contests  was 
least  to  be  found :  they  desired  quiet  and  peace,  and  at  this 
price  they  were  even  inclined  to  many  concessions  to  the 
adversaries,  whilst  the  poorer  classes,  on  the  contrary,  fell  in 
much  more  easily  with  the  views  of  Pericles  in  favour  of  the 
maintenance  and  extension  of  the  power  of  the  State,  since  they 
had  everything  to  gain  and  nothing  to  lose  in  the  process.  Hence 
it  was  of  importance  to  Pericles  to  bring  a  greater  number  of 
them  into  the  assemblies,  on  which  depended  the  decision  upon 
public  measures,  and  this  was  the  ground  on  which  the  pay- 
ments were  introduced.  These,  moreover,  were  at  first  only 
very  moderate ;  for  the  attendance  at  the  popular  assemblies, 
and  the  service  in  the  courts,  not  more  than  an  obol  was  given, 
until  later  demagogues,  after  the  time  of  Pericles,  raised  it  to 
three  times  the  amount.2    Besides,  as  long  as  Pericles  stood  at  the 

1  Aristoph.  Eecles.  183.  happened  in  pursuance  of  an  under- 

2  See  Bockh,  Pub.  Ec.  of  Alliens,  standing  with  Pericles.  Cf.  Schafer, 
pp.  228,  232.  Even  if  the  pay  of  the  Demosth.  u.  seine  Zeit,  i.  p.  10.  All 
Ecclesiasts  was  introduced  on  the  that  can  be  said  in  justification  of  the 
motion  of  Callistratus,  this  certainly  payment  of  jurymen  will  be  found  in 


THE  A  THENIAN  ST  A  TE.  341 

head  of  the  State,  he  bent  the  people  according  to  his  will ; l  and 
it  is  equally  honourable  to  him  that  he  understood  how  to  lead  it, 
and  to  the  people  that  they  allowed  themselves  to  be  led  by  him. 
Even  the  distributions  that  he  introduced  in  addition  to  these 
payments,  the  so-called  Theorica,  on  account  of  which  he  has 
been  so  much  blamed,  do  not  in  my  opinion  deserve  such  uncon- 
ditional condemnation.  The  Athenians  at  the  time  of  Pericles 
might  to  some  extent  be  compared  to  a  standing  army,  since 
they  were  obliged  to  be  always  armed  and  ready  to  fight,  if 
fighting  was  required  to  defend  their  federation,  whether  against 
the  Persians  or  against  other  adversaries.  The  allies  gave 
money  and  also  sent  men :  but  the  main  burden,  the  largest  share 
in  the  actual  war,  invariably  fell  upon  the  Athenians.  Was  it 
then  so  unfair  that  they  should  not  only  receive  pay  for  this, 
when  they  really  were  carrying  on  war,  but  that,  in  time 
of  peace  also,  they  should  obtain  some  advantage  beyond  the 
allies  from  the  money  which  no  doubt  was  properly  destined 
only  for  purposes  of  war  ?  And  how  little  was  this,  after  all, 
in  comparison  with  the  sums  that  the  maintenance  of  the 
standing  army  in  time  of  peace  costs  at  the  present  time ! 
Besides  this,  however,  the  intention  of  the  introduction  of  the 
Theorica  may  have  been  to  make  the  poor  less  dependent  on 
the  influence  which  the  rich,  as  in  the  case  of  Cimon,  found 
means  to  secure  for  themselves  by  their  liberal  expenditure.2 
Finally,  we  will  not  leave  unnoticed  the  fact  that  at  least  a 
part  of  this  money  returned  into  the  State  treasury,  inasmuch 
as  the  lessee  of  the  theatre,  to  whom  the  spectators  paid  the 
entrance-money,  had  in  his  turn  to  pay  rent  to  the  State.3 

Another  democratic  measure  of  this  time,  which  proceeded 
not  indeed  from  Pericles  himself,  but  from  a  statesman  of  the 
same  tendency,  Ephialtes,  was  the  diminution  of  the  power  of  the 
Areopagus,  from  which  was  withdrawn  the  right  of  supervision 
which  it  had  formerly  possessed  over  the  whole  administration 
of  the  State,  only  the  right  of  trying  cases  of  blood-guiltiness  4 
being  left  to  it.  But  in  fact  we  know  too  little  with  regard  to  this 
right  of  supervision,  and  especially  of  the  means  the  Areopagus 
had  at  command  towards  really  exercising  it,  to  be  able  to  pass 
an  entirely  safe  judgment  upon  its  abolition.     It  may,  however, 


Curtius'  Hint,   of  Greece,   ii.  p.  444,  3  Bockh,    Pub.  Ec.    of  Athens,    p. 

Eng.  tr.  219. 

1  Thuc,  ii.  65,  says  of  his  adminis- 

tion,    iyiyvero   \6ytp    piv   d-qfioKparia,  4  Philochorus,  Lex.    Rhet.,  in    the 

Zpyy  dt  vtt6  tov  irpcirrov  avdpbs  dpx^l-  App.    *°    Photius,  p.    674,     Pors.   p. 

2  This  is  the  opinion  also  of  Plu-  xxv.  seq.    Meier,   or  in    C.   Muller, 
tarch,  Pericl.  c.  9 ;  cf.  Cimon,  c.  10.   , .  Frag.  Histor.  i.  p.  407. 


342      DESCRIPTION  OF  THE  PRINCIPAL  STATES. 

be  assumed  with  certainty  that  the  Areopagus  adhered  for  the 
most  part  to  that  party  which  was  conservative  and  fond  of 
rest,  and  sought  often  enough  to  override  the  views  of  Pericles 
and  his  friends,  and  that  this  was  the  reason  for  weakening  it. 
In  its  stead  a  new  authority  was  instituted  for  the  supervision 
and  control  of  the  Council,  the  popular  assembly  and  the 
magistrates,  a  board  of  seven  Nomophylaces  or  guardians  of  the 
laws.  As  regards  the  activity  of  this  board,  however,  history 
is  silent.  But  it  is  undeniable  that  by  the  putting  aside  of  the 
Areopagus  as  a  supervising  authority,  an  aristocratic  check 
upon  the  public  discipline  of  the  people  was  dispensed  with, 
which  might  well  be  regarded  as  salutary  and  necessary,  and  of 
which  the  abolition,  therefore,  might  be  lamented,  as  it  is  for 
instance  by  iEschylus  in  the  Eumenides. 


6. — Decline  and  Fall. 

The  democracy,  thus  released  from  its  bonds,  was  for  a  time 
able  to  remain  sound  and  to  be  of  service  to  the  commonwealth ; 
but  that  it  should  do  so  permanently  was  impossible.  The 
mere  circumstance  that  since  the  Persian  wars  Athens  had 
become  almost  exclusively  a  maritime  State,  that  its  power  in 
war  consisted  in  its  fleet,  that  maritime  pursuit  and  commerce, 
and  the  callings  connected  with  them,  were  a  principal  source 
of  the  maintenance  of  the  inhabitants,  brought  with  it  the  risk 
of  a  rapid  decline.1  For  it  filled  the  State  with  a  numerous 
population  of  a  lower  class,  who  invariably  formed  the  over- 
whelming majority  in  the  general  assemblies,  and  with  whom 
the  decision  concerning  the  most  important  matters  rested, 
since  the  voting  was  conducted,  not  by  classes,  but  by  mere 
counting  of  heads.  Pericles,  by  the  extent  of  his  personal  in- 
fluence, had  found  means  to  sway  even  this  mob  according  to 
his  will,  but  when  he  was  dead  none  of  the  statesmen  who  suc- 
ceeded him  could  take  his  place.  Those  who  were  now  called 
Demagogues  were  not  so  much  leaders  of  the  people  as 
ambitious  men  who  contended  as  rivals  for  its  favour,  and  who, 
in  this  rivalry,  outbid  each  other  in  proposing  democratic 
measures.  To  these  measures  belonged  the  multiplication  of 
the  Theoric  distributions  introduced  by  Pericles,  the  raising  of 
the  fee  for  attendance  in  the  popular  assemblies  and  at  sittings 
of  the  courts,  the  sycophantic  harassing  of  the  rich,  whom  it 
was  the  custom  to  bring  into  suspicion  with  the  sovereign 

1  Cf.  Ar.  Pol.  v.  2.  12. 


THE  ATHENIAN  STATE.  343 

people,  and  to  secure  their  condemnation,  in  order  that  by  con- 
fiscations of  property  or  large  fines  the  State  treasury  might 
be  enriched,  and  thus  the  means  for  distributions  and  fees 
might  be  increased.1  In  this  manner  there  arose  in  Athens, 
as  in  all  other  States  in  which  the  democracy  acquired  the 
preponderance,  a  bitter  feud  between  those  disposed  towards 
an  oligarchy  and  those  who  favoured  a  democracy :  on  the 
former  side  were  the  minority,  consisting  of  the  wealthy  and 
educated  citizens,  who  disliked  to  see  themselves  subjected 
to  the  rule  of  the  multitude:  on  the  other  side  the  inferior 
classes  of  the  people,  which  naturally  consisted  for  the  most 
part  of  rude  and  uneducated  men,  and  often  gave  its  confidence 
to  persons  without  merit  and  worth.  Yet  the  Athenians  gave 
brilliant  proof  in  the  Peloponnesian  war  that  they  were  not 
yet  exhausted,  that  they  were  still  capable  of  strong  resolves 
and  heroic  exertions :  and  just  as  Aristophanes  in  the  Knights 
makes  his  Demos,  who  has  fallen  into  his  second  childhood  and 
been  put  into  leading-strings  by  the  Paphlagonian  slave,  at 
last  grow  young  again  and  recover  the  excellence  of  the  good 
old  time  of  Marathon,  so  in  reality  many  a  man  might  flatter 
himself  with  the  hope  that  if  only  the  unchecked  democracy 
and  the  disorder  of  the  demagogues  were  set  aside,  Athens 
would  again  become  what  she  had  been  in  earlier  times.  In 
the  last  half  of  the  Peloponnesian  war,  when  the  reverse 
suffered  in  Sicily  and  the  secession  of  many  allies  put  the 
State  in  the  greatest  danger,  and  it  became  necessary  to  call  for 
the  most  intense  exertion  of  all  its  available  strength  in  order 
to  save  what  was  still  to  be  saved,  the  contributions  of  the 
people  to  the  war  appear  to  us  truly  astonishing.  But  its 
political  behaviour  also  deserves  some  recognition.  It  gave 
ear  to  the  counsels  of  those  who  declared  that  it  was 
necessary  to  undertake  a  transformation  of  the  over-demo- 
cratic constitution  that  had  hitherto  existed  into  a  more 
oligarchic  or  aristocratic  system  of  government:  and  even 
granting  that  the  largest  share  in  this  transformation  was 
due  to  the  expectation  that  it  was  under  this  condition 
alone  that  the  aid  of  the  Persians  was  to  be  obtained,  that  aid 
which  it  was  predicted  afforded  the  4sole  hope  of  salvation, 
and  to  the  belief  that  the  change  in  the  constitution  would 
not  be  enduring,  and  granting  also  that  the  carrying  out  of  this 
change  was  essentially  facilitated  by  the  measures  of  the 


1  Cf.  e.g.  Lys.  in  Epicrat.  §  1,  and  the  judges'  fees  to  three  obols  is  pro- 
en  Nicom.  §  22 ;  Aristoph.  Equit.  370 ;  bably  the  work  of  Cleon.  See  Bbckh, 
Isocr.  de  Pace,  §  130.     The  raising  of    Pttb.  Ec.  of  Athens,  p.  230,  note. 


344      DESCRIPTION  OF  THE  PRINCIPAL  STATES. 

oligarchical  party,  measures  skilfully  prepared  beforehand  and 
calculated  to  produce  a  panic  amongst  the  multitude,  yet  we 
shall  still  be  forced  to  concede  that  some  share  in  it  at  least  is 
to  be  ascribed  to  the  sound  sense  of  the  people,  and  that  with- 
out this  such  an  alteration  could  hardly  have  been  carried  out 
so  easily,  and  with  such  an  absence  of  violent  commotions.1 
It  was  however  only  a  part  of  the  people  which  permitted 
itself  to  be  satisfied  with  this  transformation.  Another  part, 
and  that  precisely  the  best  armed  and  most  powerful — the 
army  which  was  then  at  Samos — held  fast  to  the  democracy, 
and  did  not  trust  to  the  promises' of  the  oligarchs.  It  soon 
became  clear,  moreover,  that  these  latter  were  neither  able 
nor  inclined  to  fulfil  what  they  had  promised.  They  had 
appeased  the  people  with  the  assurance  that  their  participation 
in  the  power  of  the  State  had  by  no  means  been  entirely  with- 
drawn from  them,  but  that  popular  assemblies  should  be 
summoned  from  a  body  of  five  thousand  of  the  wealthier  classes, 
who  possessed  sufficient  property  to  equip  themselves  as 
hoplites  ;  but  this  did  not  in  fact  take  place  ;  on  the  contrary, 
a  council  of  four  hundred  members  appointed  by  them  decided 
upon  all  matters  independently  and  alone.  They  had  held 
before  the  people  the  prospect  of  a  swift  and  equitable  peace 
with  their  enemies,  but  they  were  unable  to  attain  it,  and  now 
showed  themselves  ready  to  come  to  terms  even  on  shameful 
conditions,  nay,  even  to  submit  to  the  enemy  if  they  could  but 
retain  dominion  over  their  fellow-citizens.  In  this,  however, 
many  even  of  these  who  at  first  had  aided  the  revolution  and  be- 
come members  of  the  government  were  not  in  accord  with  them, 
and  the  remainder  of  the  people  rose  in  revolt,  resolved  not  to 
endure  such  an  oligarchy  any  longer.  Accordingly,  after  a 
duration  of  about  four  months,  it  was  overthrown  even  more 
easily  than  it  had  been  set  up.  But  the  earlier  democracy  was 
not  at  once  restored ;  on  the  contrary,  a  constitution  was 
resolved  upon  similar  to  that  which  the  oligarchs  had  promised, 
but  not  given.  Its  principal  features  were:  that  henceforth 
an  assembly  of  five  thousand  of  the  wealthier  citizens  was  to 
have  the  power  which,  in  the  democracy,  had  belonged  to  the 
general  assembly  of  all  citizens  without  distinction,  and  that 
no  kind  of  payment  should  be  made  either  for  the  popular 
assembly,  or  for  the  council  or  the  law-courts,  a  provision 
which  was  even  confirmed  with  a  solemn  oath.  Besides  this, 
many  other  excellent  provisions  were  devised,  with  regard 
to   which,  however,  we  have  no  more  particular  information 

1  Isocr.  de  Pace,  §  108,  says  Afrrbt  6  Stj/mos  tiredO/iyee  rrjs  iXiyapx^as. 


THE  ATHENIAN  STATE.  345 

from  Thucydides,  by  whom  alone  these  proceedings  are  related. 
He  contents  himself  with  the  general  statement  that  Athens 
was  enabled  for  the  first  time  for  a  long  period  to  rejoice 
in  a  well-ordered  and  salutary  constitution.1  It  cannot  be 
decided  with  complete  certainty  how  long  this  constitution 
maintained  itself.  It  was  introduced  immediately  after  the 
overthrow  of  the  four  hundred  in  the  summer  of  the  year  411, 
and  seems  to  have  been  observed,  at  least  in  its  essential  out- 
line, at  latest  until  the  victorious  return  of  Alcibiades  in  the 
year  407,  but  then  to  have  completely  given  place  to  the  former 
democracy.  After  the  unfortunate  battle  at  iEgospotami, 
however,  the  oligarchical  party  again  won  the  upper  hand,  and 
when  Athens  itself  was  taken  by  Lysander,  a  board  of  thirty 
of  its  citizens  was  instituted,  charged  to  effect  a  complete 
transformation  in  the  whole  constitution  and  system  of  legisla- 
tion, and,  until  that  transformation  was  effected,  to  serve  as  the 
highest  authority  of  the  government.  These  thirty,  supported 
by  the  power  of  the  Lacedaemonians,  from  whom  they  also 
received  a  body  of  troops  for  the  occupation  of  the  city,2  ap- 
pointed the  council  and  officials  at  their  own  pleasure,  got  rid 
of  all  who  were  objects  of  suspicion  to  their  faction,  disarmed 
the  people,  except  three  thousand  whom  they  knew  to  be 
attached  to  themselves,  and  who  alone  were  permitted  to  be 
stationed  in  the  city,3  and  practised  against  the  rest,  unsparingly 
and  without  limit,  every  kind  of  violence,  by  means  of  execu- 
tions, confiscations,  and  banishments.  This  flagitious  govern- 
ment lasted  eight  months.  At  the  end  of  that  period  a  body 
of  fugitives  and  exiles  succeeded  in  overthrowing  it,  and,  aided 
by  the  favour  of  the  Spartan  king  Pausanias,  in  winning  back 
for  the  State  the  freedom  of  governing  itself  according  to  its 
own  laws.  The  measure,  equally  prudent  and  magnanimous,  of 
a  general  amnesty  for  all,  with  the  sole  exception  of  the  Thirty 
and  some  few  others,  served  rapidly  to  restore  concord  ;  the  old 
laws  were  revised  and  again  put  in  force,  with  such  modifications 
as  seemed  desirable.  In  this  way  the  Athenians  recovered  the 
democracy  they  loved,  and  the  whole  body  of  citizens  was 
pledged  by  a  solemn  oath  to  its  maintenance ;  every  one  who 
attempted  to  overturn  it,  or  took  part  in  such  an  attempt, 
was  declared  an  outlaw,  as  an  enemy  of  his  country,  and  to 
put  him  to  death  was  declared  not  merely  not  to  deserve 
punishment,  but  to  be  the  duty  of  a  good   citizen.4      The 


1  Thuc.  viii.  97.  4  Cf.  Andoc.  de  Myst.  §  96  ;  Lycurg. 

2  Xen.  Hell.  ii.  3.  14,  15.  in  Leocr.  §  125. 

3  lb.  ii.  4.  1. 


346      DESCRIPTION  OF  THE  PRINCIPAL  STATES. 

motion  of  Phormisius  to  make  citizenship  dependent  on  landed 
property,  though  only  on  a  small  amount,  was  rejected  as  an 
attempt  in  the  direction  of  oligarchy,  though  it  essentially 
corresponded  to  the  spirit  of  Solon's  constitution,  and  though  at 
this  time  not  more  than  about  five  thousand,  and  therefore  at 
most  a  fourth  or  fifth  of  the  Demos,  would  be  affected  by  it.1 
An  attempt  to  guard  in  some  measure  against  the  misuse  of 
the  democracy  must  be  found  in  the  circumstance  that  the 
Areopagus  now  received  back  the  position  of  a  supervising 
authority,  which  had  been  given  to  it  by  Solon,  but  withdrawn 
by  Ephialtes,2  and  no  doubt  to  counterbalance  this  the  authority 
of  the  Nomophy laces,  instituted  in  its  stead,  was  abolished;3 
but  that  the  Areopagus  was  in  fact  able  to  maintain  itself  in 
its  recovered  position  as  a  powerful  check  against  democratic 
excesses  we  have  at  least  no  examples  to  prove,  nor  does  it 
appear  probable.  The  people  was  no  longer  disposed  to  suffer 
itself  to  be  hindered  by  any  aristocratic  barrier  whatever  in  the 
full  enjoyment  of  its  freedom.  The  multitude,  increased  by 
numerous  grants  of  citizenship,4  did  what  it  chose  or  what  it 
was  instigated  to  do  by  the  demagogues  who  had  contrived  to 
win  its  confidence,  and  who,  as  a  rule,  had  rather  misused  it  for 
the  satisfaction  of  their  own  ambition  or  their  private  interests 
than  honestly  sought  to  further  the  general  good.  The  number 
of  men  eminent  through  property  or  birth  was  too  small  to  be 
able  even  to  make  an  attempt  at  opposition,  and  this  number 
was  still  further  reduced  through  the  harassing  of  sycophants,  and 
through  the  heavy  contributions  which  exhausted  their  means. 
When,  however,  after  some  years,  the  foreign  relations  of  Athens 
again  took  a  more  favourable  shape, — when  the  supremacy  of 
Sparta  was  broken  by  Conon's  victory  at  Cnidus  in  the  year 
394, — when  the  command  of  the  sea  which  they  had  lost  was 
again  recovered,  and  the  old  alliance  for  the  most  part  restored, — 
the  democratic  form  of  government  not  only  flourished  again 
with  all  its  evils,  but  now  became  worse  than  before,  because 
the  people  had  more  and  more  fallen  from  the  excellence  and 
activity  it  had  displayed  in  earlier  days,  and  instead  of  itself 
bearing  arms,  preferred  to  remain  at  home  and  obtain  sub- 
sistence for  itself  by  salaries  for  attendance  in  the  courts  and 
at  the  popular  assemblies,5  or  by  Theoric  distributions,  and  to 


1  Dionys.  on  Lysias,  c.  32,  33  ;  Lys.  3  We  shall  see  below  that  Demetrius 

Or.  34  ;  cf.  (Schomann's)  Const.  Hist.  Phalereus  again  introduced  it. 

of  Athens,  p.  100  seq.  *  Xen.  Hell.  i.  6.  24  ;  Diod.  xiii.  97  ; 

*  See  the  law  of  Tisamenus,  Andpc,  Aristoph.  Ranee,  w.  33  and  705. 

de  Myst.  £  83.  5  Whether  these  salaries  were   at 


THE  ATHENIAN  STATE.  347 

amuse  itself  by  feasts  and  spectacles,  whilst  it  allowed  its  wars 
to  be  carried  on,  however  great  their  success,  by  hired  bands  of 
mercenaries.  Only  occasionally  and  for  short  periods  could 
patriotic  men  awaken  it  to  vigorous  action  of  its  own,  and  the 
last  struggle  to  which  it  nerved  itself,  the  battle  at  Chaeronea, 
put  an  end,  by  its  unfortunate  result,  to  the  power  and  great- 
ness of  Athens  for  ever. 


Section  II. — Details  relative  to  tlie  Atlienian  State. 

Such  more  detailed  information  as  we  can  obtain  from  our 
authorities  with  regard  to  the  individual  features  of  the 
Athenian  constitution  relates,  as  regards  by  far  the  largest 
portion  of  it,  only  to  the  period  in  which  the  popular  freedom 
founded  by  Solon,  and  secured  by  Clisthenes,  developed  into 
complete  democracy,  and  then  speedily  degenerated  into  Ochlo- 
cracy. As  regards  the  earlier  times  little  can  be  ascertained 
with  certainty,  and  even  in  the  period  indicated  either  no 
answer  at  all,  or  at  least  no  definite  answer,  can  be  given  with 
regard  to  many  points,  and  room  is  left  in  many  ways  for 
doubt,  or  for  the  possibility  of  different  views.  At  the  same 
time  these  points  are  for  the  most  part  only  of  subordinate 
importance,  and  an  account  whose  aim  it  is  only  to  state  what 
is  essential  and  really  worth  knowing,  has  no  censure  to  fear  if  it 
either  passes  over  such  points  in  silence,  or  simply  states  what 
has  presented  itself  to  the  author  as  the  most  probable  view 
without  indulging  in  detailed  expositions  or  the  refutation  of 
other  views. 

The  constitution  of  Athens,  even  in  its  most  democratic 
period,  nevertheless,  like  all  the  democracies  of  antiquity,  re- 
mained only  a  kind  of  oligarchy,  inasmuch  as  here,  as  elsewhere, 
the  sovereign  people  only  formed  a  small  minority,  side  by  side 
with  a  large  majority  of  persons  who  were  entirely  excluded 
by  the  constitution  from  any  share  in  political  power.  This 
majority  consisted  of  the  slaves  and  of  the  resident  aliens,  both 
of  which  classes  we  shall  have  to  deal  with  by  way  of  com- 
mencement, since  together  they  formed  the  substratum  of  the 
governing  body  of  citizens. 


once  reintroduced  on  the  restoration  and  the  Ekklesiastikon  again  paid,  its 

of  the  democracy  is  uncertain,   and  amount  moreover  being  increased  by 

the  affirmative  is  not  probable.     They  Agyrrhius  to  three  obols ;  cf .  Bockh, 

were,  however,  restored  soon  after,  Pub.  Ec.  of  Athens,  p.  228. 


348      DESCRIPTION  OF  THE  PRINCIPAL  STATES. 


i. — Slavery. 

In  the  flourishing  periods  of  the  State  the  number  of  slaves 
in  Attica  amounted,  as  has  already  been  remarked,  to  about 
365,000.  Thus  the  proportion  of  it  to  the  citizen  population 
was  about  4  to  1,  if  the  latter  is  taken  at  90,000.  A  class 
of  praedial  serfs  similar  to  the  Helots  or  Penestae  never  existed 
in  Attica,  because  no  subjugation  of  an  earlier  population 
by  invading  conquerors  ever  took  place  there,  and  the  en- 
slavement of  the  multitude,  impoverished  as  they  were  by  a 
load  of  debt  at  the  hands  of  their  wealthy  and  noble  creditors, 
was  checked  at  the  right  time  and  for  ever  by  the  legislation  of 
Solon.  The  Attic  slaves  were  accordingly  in  origin  purchased 
slaves,  imported  from  foreign  lands.  In  exceptional  cases  it 
might  possibly  happen  that  Greeks  also  fell  into  permanent 
slavery  through  being  made  prisoners  of  war;  but  as  a  rule 
they  were  exchanged  or  ransomed,1  and  it  was  only  permissible 
to  retain  barbarians  in  slavery.  The  principal  markets  that 
supplied  slaves  for  purchase  were  at  Delos,  Chios,  and  Byzan- 
tium ;  and  the  countries  from  which  these  markets  were  pro- 
vided were  especially  certain  provinces  of  Asia  Minor, — Lydia, 
Phrygia,  Paphlagonia,  and  Cappadocia,  as  well  as  Thrace 
and  the  remaining  northern  countries  included  under  the 
general  name  of  Scythia.2  But  Athens  itself  had  also  its  slave 
market,3  where  either  slaves  brought  from  abroad  were  offered 
for  sale  by  slave-dealers,  or  such  slaves  as  the  citizens  wished 
to  dispose  of  met  the  same  fate  in  the  hands  of  their  masters. 
In  the  same  place  those  might  also  be  sold  who  were  con- 
demned by  the  authorities  to  be  sold  into  slavery  as  a  punish- 
ment, which,  as  we  shall  presently  see,  could  be  inflicted 
for  certain  offences  on  the  Metceci  and  foreigners.  A  very 
considerable,  perhaps  the  most  considerable,  part  of  the  slaves 
consisted  of  those  who  were  born  in  Attica  itself  of  slave 
mothers.  For  it  happened  not  unfrequently  that  the  masters 
allowed  their  slaves  a  kind  of  wedlock,4  as  also  that  a  master 
had  children  by  a  slave-woman,  these  then  of  course  following 
the  condition  of  the  mother.  Such  slaves  born  in  the  house 
were  called  ol/coyevels,  ol/coTpa<pei<;,  olfcorpifies,  whilst  slave- 
women  were  also  called  ay/ciSes.5    There  was  hardly  any  citizen 

1  Cf.   Antiq.  jur  publ.    Grcecorum,  s  Becker,  Charicles,  p.  359. 

p.  309.  *  Xen.    (Econ.   c.  9.  5  ;  Ar.   (Econ. 

8  Cf.     L.     Schiller,   Die    Lehre    d.  i.  5. 

Aristoteles  v.  d.  Sklaverei  (Erlangen,  5  Athenae.  vi.  83,  p.   263 ;   Pollux, 

1847),  p.  25.  iii.  76. 


THE  ATHENIAN  STATE.  349 

household  in  Athens  so  poor  as  to  be  entirely  without  slaves, 
while  rich  people  sometimes  possessed  several  hundred.  In 
such  cases  they  of  course  could  not  all  be  maintained  in 
the  house,  but  pursued  some  trade  outside  of  it,  some  singly, 
others  combined  in  factories;  or  they  applied  themselves  to 
agriculture  in  the  country,  or  served  as  steersmen  and  sailors 
on  the  trading  vessels,  or,  finally,  worked  in  the  mines.  Of 
the  last,  especially,  there  was  a  large  number.  Nicias  alone 
possessed  a  thousand  of  them,1  and  Xenophon  is  of  opinion 
that  tens  of  thousands  could  be  employed  in  the  same  manner.2 
The  slave  artisans  who  worked  singly  handed  over  to  their 
master  a  definite  contribution  out  of  their  earnings,  and  re- 
tained the  rest  themselves.3  The  slaves  employed  in  manufac- 
tories worked  under  the  superintendence  of  an  overseer 
(e7rtTpo7T05),  who  was  either  a  slave  himself,  or  a  freedman,  and 
who  calculated  and  delivered  to  the  master  the  gross  profits  of 
the  work.4  Many  owners  hired  out  their  slaves  for  various 
employments  to  others  who  were  in  need  of  them ;  and  even 
the  day-labourers,  whom  we  may  compare  with  our  porters — 
men  who  stood  in  public  places,  especially  in  the  city-Colonus, 
and  waited  for  work — may  have  belonged  for  the  most  part 
to  the  class  of  slaves.5  Further,  not  only  were  retail  trade 
and  the  business  of  liquor- selling  and  tavern-keeping  often 
carried  on  by  slaves,  but  the  money-changers  and  wholesale 
dealers  often  allowed  slaves  to  manage  their  businesses.6 
Finally,  in  the  household,  the  slaves  served  for  all  the  em- 
ployments for  which  hired  domestics  are  now  used,  from  the 
lowest  and  most  necessary  to  those  created  by  luxury  and  ex- 
travagance. 

With  this  number  and  variety  of  their  employments  the 
condition  of  the  slaves  was  of  necessity  very  various.  The 
slaves  in  a  rich  household  were  situated,  as  regards  light  work 
and  good  provision,  in  a  better  position  than  those  of  the 
poor;  and  those  used  for  occupations  which  demanded  skill 
and  presupposed  confidence  were  treated  differently  from  those 
useful  only  for  inferior  work,  or  from  those  employed  in  agri- 
culture and  in  the  mines.  In  general,  however,  the  Athenians 
possessed  the  reputation  of  distinguishing  themselves  above  the 
other  Greeks  by  greater  humanity  in  the  treatment  of  their 


1  Athense.  vi.  103,  p.  272.  *  Demosth.  in  Apkob.  i.  §  9;  iEschin. 

•  Xen.  de  red*,  c.  4.  25.  °i  jJheniB.  xiv-  10>  p  619 .  polluXj 

8  76.    rep.   Ath.  i.   17,    Andoc.   de  vii.  130. 

My8t.  §    38  ;    iEschin.  in   Timarch.  6  Demosth.  pro  Phorm.  §  48  ;   cf. 

§  97.  Att.  Proc.  p.  559. 


350      DESCRIPTION  OF  THE  PRINCIPAL  STATES. 

slaves,  as  well  as  in  other  respects,  and  of  permitting  them 
more  freedom  than  was  customary  elsewhere.  Thus  Demo- 
sthenes is  of  opinion  that  in  Athens  the  slaves  enjoyed  more 
freedom  to  say  what  they  liked  than  the  citizens  in  many 
Greek  States.1  A  newly  purchased  house-slave  was  at  his 
entrance  brought  to  the  altar  of  the  house,  and  there  the  head 
of  the  family  or  his  wife  scattered  fruits  over  him — such  as 
figs,  dates,  and  nuts,  as  well  as  pastry  and  small  coins,  by  way 
of  a  good  augury  for  their  future  relations.2  The  law  too  took 
them  under  its  protection,  and  guarded  them  against  excessive 
caprice  and  severity.  No  slave  might  undergo  capital  punish- 
ment without  the  sentence  of  a  court,3  and  against  cruel  treat- 
ment he  had  the  resource  of  taking  refuge  in  a  shrine,  especially 
in  the  temple  of  Theseus,  and  of  there  demanding  that  his 
master  might  be  compelled  to  dispose  of  him  to  another  person.4 
Against  malpractices  on  the  slave  of  another  person,  the  owner 
might  avail  himself  of  a  criminal  information  (ypacfrr)  vftpeeos), 
and  a  person  found  guilty  might  be  condemned  to  pay  a  heavy 
fine.5 

Frequently  the  slaves  were  also  taken  for  service  in  war, 
especially  in  the  fleet,  for  which  those  were  preferred  who  lived 
independently,  i.e.  who  did  not  serve  in  the  house  of  their 
master.6  For  the  most  part  they  served  as  rowers  and  sailors, 
though  often  also  as  marines.  As  a  reward  for  good  service 
freedom  was  granted  them,  the  State  probably  paying  compen- 
sation to  their  masters.7  Those  who  had  fought  in  the  battle 
of  Arginusse  were  at  once  received  into  the  civic  body,  though 
with  limited  rights,  as  Plateeans.  As  to  this  we  shall  give  par- 
ticulars hereafter. 

A  slave  costume,  provided  by  law,  and  differing  from  the 
dress  of  the  citizens,  did  not  exist ;  the  slaves  were  not  to  be 
distinguished  externally  from  the  lower  class  of  citizens,8  and 
in  the  richer  houses  were  often  better  clothed  than  these. 
Only  the  wearing  of  long  hair  was  not  allowed  them ;  but  this 

1  Demosth.  Phil.  iii.  §  3 ;  cf .  Xenoph.  5  Att.  Proc.  p.  321  seq.,  and  Becker, 

de  rep.  Ath.  c.  i.  10.     Here,  it  must  Charicles,  p.  366,  Eng.  tr. 

be  admitted,  not  humanity  but  other  6  These    are    probably    the    xupl* 

considerations  are  put  forward  as  the  oIkovvtcs    referred    to    in    Demosth. 

cause.  Philipp.   i.  36 ;    but  freedmen    also 

»            .               „  ,    ,         .    .  .     .  were  so  called,  at  least  one  class  of 

J  TTaX^rTa'  a  S^°L       An8*°Ph-     them,  with  regard  to  which  no  parti- 
Plut.  v.  768,  and  the  commentators    culars    are  k*own.  cf.  Bockh,  />«&. 

"**  toc-  Ec.  p.  261,  and  Biichsenchiitz,  Jahrb. 

*  Lycurg.  in  Leocr.  §  65  ;  Herald,    fur  Phihl.  vol.  xcv.  p.  20  seq. 
Animadv.  in  Salm.  p.  287.  7  Cf-    Rangabe\   Antiq.   Hellen.    ii. 

643. 

4  Cf.  Att.  Proc.  p.  403  seq.  8  Xenoph.  de  rep.  Ath.  c.  i.  10. 


THE  A  THENIAN  ST  A  TE.  351 

was  only  worn  by  a  few  even  of  the  citizens.1  Their  names 
were  mostly  borrowed  from  their  native  land,  though  frequently 
they  were  not  different  from  those  of  freemen.  Only  certain 
names,  such  as  Harmodius  and  Aristogiton,  were  not  allowed 
to  be  applied  to  slaves.2  The  use  of  the  gymnasia  or  exercise- 
grounds  of  the  free  citizens  was  not  permitted  them,3  and 
similarly  they  were  not  allowed  to  enter  the  popular  assemblies,4 
or  to  appear  in  court  as  parties  to  a  suit,  but  had  to  be  repre- 
sented by  their  masters ;  nor,  finally,  might  they  come  forward 
as  witnesses,  excepting  against  a  person  accused  of  murder ;  in 
all  other  cases  their  evidence,  if  it  was  to  serve  as  testimony, 
was  taken  from  them  by  examination  under  torture.5  On  the 
other  hand,  they  were  not  forbidden  to  enter  the  temples  and 
shrines,  or  to  participate  in  public  feasts  in  honour  of  the 
gods ;  and  the  religious  rites  of  the  household,6  which  the  slave 
attended  in  common  with  his  master,  might  contribute  to 
give  a  more  friendly  character  to  the  relation  between  the 
two ;  though  this  is  applicable  only  to  the  slaves  who  served 
in  the  actual  house  of  the  master,  and  who  were  not  very 
numerous,  and  not  to  the  great  gangs  of  slaves,  who  were 
always  regarded  with  suspicion,  and  could  only  be  restrained 
by  fear,  for  which  reason  special  care  was  taken  to  avoid  the 
collection  of  too  many  slaves  on  the  same  estate. 7 

Manumissions  were  not  unfrequent,  and  kindly  masters,  who 
permitted  their  slaves  the  possession  of  a  peculium,  often  also 
secured  them  the  right  of  being  able  to  buy  their  freedom  for  a 
determinate  sum.8  As  freedmen,  they  passed  into  the  position 
of  the  resident  aliens ;  their  former  master  became  their  patron, 
and  was  allowed  to  claim  certain  services  from  them,  the  more 
particular  conditions  of  which  might  be  determined  at  the 
manumission.9  A  freedman  who  withdrew  from  these  services, 
or  otherwise  disregarded  the  duties  imposed  upon  him  towards 
his  patron  might  be  prosecuted  (BiKrj  airocrraaiov)  on  that 
account,  and  if  condemned  might  either  be  again  made  over 


1Aristoph.  Av.   v.   911,   with   the        4  Aristoph.    Thesm.   v.   300;   Plut. 

commentators  ad  he.  Phoc.  c.  34. 

s  G«llius,  Noct.  Att.  ix.  2.     Accord-        *  Cf.  Att.  Proc.  p.  557  seq.  and  667, 

ing  to  Polemon,  quoted  in  Athenaeus,  32. 

xiii.    51,   p.   587,   slave    women    too        6  In  Necer.  §  85  ;  cf.  Lob.  Aglaoph. 

might  not  be  named  after  feasts  of  p.  19. 

the  gods,  e.g.  Nemeas,  Pythias,  and        7  Arist.  Pol.  vii.  9.  9 ;  CEcon.  i.  5. 
the  hike,  though  this  was  not  very        8  Dio  Chrysost.  Or.  xv.  p.  241 ;  Petit, 

strictly    observed.      Cf.    Preller    on  Legg.  Att.  p.  259. 
Polem.  p.  38.  9  That  the  property  of  a  freedman 

8  iEschin.  in  Timarch.  §  138 ;  Plut.  who  died  childless  was  inherited  by 

Sol.  c.  34.  his  patron  is  clear  from  Isaeus,  Or.  4. 


352      DESCRIPTION  OF  THE  PRINCIPAL  STATES. 

to  his  manumitter  as  a  slave,  or  sold  on  account  of  the  State, 
and  the  price  paid  to  the  manumitter.  If,  on  the  other  hand, 
the  complaint  was  found  baseless,  the  freedman  was  released 
from  all  further  obligations  to  his  patron,  and  accordingly 
entered  completely  into  the  position  of  the  free-born  resident 
aliens.1  Particular  legal  forms  of  manumission,  as  among  the 
Romans,  and  a  consequent  difference  in  the  position  of  the 
freedmen,  are  not  found.  Manumissions  as  the  result  of  testa- 
mentary provisions  were  the  most  numerous.  In  the  lifetime 
of  the  master  it  was  necessary  to  make  them  known  publicly 
either  in  the  theatre,  or  in  the  popular  assembly,  or  before 
a  court.2 

The  Athenian  State  also  possessed  slaves  of  its  own.  Such 
slaves  were,  first  of  all,  the  so-called  Scythse  or  archers,  a  corps 
at  first  of  three  hundred,  then  of  six  or  even  twelve  hundred 
men,3  who  were  also  called  Speusinii,  after  a  certain  Speusinus, 
who  first  (at  what  time  is  uncertain)  effected  the  raising  of  the 
corps.  They  served  as  gendarmes  or  armed  police,  and  their 
guard-house  was  at  first  in  the  market,  afterwards  in  the 
Areopagus.  They  were  also  used  in  war,  and  the  corps  of 
Hippotoxotse  or  mounted  archers  two  hundred  strong,  which 
is  named  in  the  same  connection  with  them,  likewise  without 
doubt  consisted  of  slaves.4  Further,  the  lower  servants  of  the 
public  officials, — accountants,  clerks,  criers,  bailiffs,  prison- 
attendants,  executioners  and  the  like,  were  for  the  most  part, 
and  the  latter  invariably,  public  slaves,  as  also  the  workmen  in 
the  mint.5  Other  slave  artisans,  however,  destined  for  manu- 
facturing employment,  were  not  possessed  by  the  State. 
Xenophon  6  proposes  as  a  suitable  measure  of  finance,  that  the 
State  should  purchase  slave  miners,  in  order  to  hire  them  out 
to  the  possessors  of  the  workings ;  but  this  proposal  was  never 
carried  out,  any  more  than  that  of  one  Diophantus,  otherwise 
unknown,  that  the  State  should  supply  slaves  for  the  perfor- 
mance of  all  handicrafts  for  public  objects.7  The  position  of 
the  public  slaves  was  naturally  a  much  freer  one  than  that  of 
the  private  slaves,  if  only  because  no  single  individual  was 
their  master.  Many  of  them  had  their  own  household,  and 
accordingly  their  own  property,  with  which,  without  doubt, 

1  Cf.  Att.  Proc.  p.  473.  4  Cf.  Bbckh,  P.  E.  p.  262. 

n^.frag  pr  Eumath  §2;^schin.  5  Sch.  Aristo  h.  F       v.  1007(1001); 

xn  Ctes.  p.  41.     A  kind  of  manurmsszo  cf  ^     .    jur  v  h   Q^c        lg6 

•per    mensam  seems    indicated  by  a  "  *      r                  r             * 

passage  in  the  comic  poet  Aristophon,  6  ■£«  redit.  c.  4.  17  seq. 

quoted  in  Athen.  xi.  p.  432  c.  7  Arist.  Pol.  ii.  4.  13  ;  cf.  Bbckh, 

*  See  Bbckh,  P.  E.  of  Atk.  p.  259.  p.  45. 


THE  ATHENIAN  STATE.  353 

they  could  deal  as  they  pleased.  Apart  from  the  services  for 
which  they  were  employed,  they  were  thus,  to  a  considerable 
extent,  on  the  same  footing  with  the  resident  aliens. 


2. — The  Metoeci. 

Resident  aliens,  or  Metoeci,  are  non-citizens  possessed  of 
personal  freedom,  and  settled  in  Attica.  Their  number,  in  the 
flourishing  periods  of  the  State,  might  amount  to  45,000,  and 
therefore  was  about  half  that  of  the  citizens.  The  many  advan- 
tages possessed  by  Athens  over  all  other  Greek  States  made 
residence  there  more  desirable  for  many  people  than  life  at 
home  ;l  but  in  a  special  degree,  the  favourable  situation  of  the 
city  for  commerce,  and  the  plentiful  opportunities  for  the  pur- 
suit of  trade,  and  for  the  sale  of  goods,  tempted  many  not  only 
of  the  Greeks,  but  also  of  the  Barbari,  either  to  settle  there 
permanently,  or  to  make  it  for  a  considerable  period  as  their 
place  of  abode.  Xenophon  names  among  them  Lydians, 
Phrygians,  Syrians  and  Phoenicians.  And  the  State  recognised 
the  advantage  that  might  arise  to  it  from  this  accession  of  a 
busy  population  too  well  to  refuse  them  admission.  On  the 
contrary,  Athens  possessed  the  reputation  of  showing  hospitality 
towards  foreigners,  and  of  facilitating  their  residence  above  all 
other  Greek  States,  although  it  must  be  admitted  that  here,  as 
elsewhere,  the  principle  of  contempt  for  foreigners,  which  be- 
longed to  the  Greeks  in  general,  could  not  be  wholly  concealed. 
Strangers  were  not  suffered  to  acquire  landed  property  in 
Attica,  and  marriages  between  them  and  the  citizens  were 
not  allowed  by  law.  They  were  also  bound  to  choose  them- 
selves a  Prostates  or  patron  among  the  citizens.  This  person 
is  to  be  regarded  as  a  medium  between  them  and  the 
State,  without  whose  aid  they  could  bring  no  action  before  the 
Courts,2  although  they  were  independent  with  regard  to  pro- 
ceeding with  a  suit  once  commenced.  We  may  assume  that 
they  were  bound  to  render  certain  services  to  their  Prostates 
in  return  for  the  assistance  furnished  by  him,  although  there  is 
nothing  on  the  subject  in  our  authorities.  Those  who  had 
no  Prostates  were  liable  to  a  criminal  prosecution  (rypa<f>t) 
dirpoa-raa-lov),  and  if  convicted  were  sold  as  slaves.3  The  same 
punishment  was  incurred  by  those  who  did  not  pay  the  protection- 


1  Cf.  the  lines  of  Lysippus  in  Dicae-        2  De  Redit.  c.  2.  3  ;  cf.  c.  3.  1,  2,  and 
arch.  vit.  Gr.,  given  by  Miiller,  Frag.     5.  3,  4. 
Hist.  Gr.  ii.  p.  255.  8  Att.  Proc.  p.  315  seq. 

Z 


354      DESCRIPTION  OF  THE  PRINCIPAL  STATES. 

dues  required  by  law.  These  dues  were,  for  a  man  twelve 
drachmae  yearly,  for  women  living  in  independence  {i.e.  not  in  the 
house  of  a  husband  or  son)  half  that  amount.  To  this  was  added 
the  sum  of  three  obols  as  a  fee  for  the  secretary  of  the  official 
who  received  the  dues.1  The  Metceci  were,  besides,  subject 
to  a  tax  from  which  the  citizens  were  exempt,  if  they  traded  in 
the  market.2  They  were  likewise  compelled  to  bear  their  share 
of  the  extraordinary  war-taxes  (ela^opal)  which  were  not 
unfrequently  levied  in  time  of  war ;  and  to  bear  the  burden  of 
certain  liturgies,  of  which,  however,  we  know  no  further  parti- 
culars. At  public  festivals,  which  were  celebrated  with  proces- 
sions, a  number  of  them,  some  carrying  sun-shades,  others 
water-jars  and  winnowing-fans,3  were  compelled  to  accompany 
the  pageant.  Finally,  they  were  also  under  the  obligation  to 
serve  in  war,  in  the  fleet  as  well  as  on  land,  and  also,  moreover, 
as  hoplites.     For  the  cavalry  alone  they  were  not  employed.4 

Eesident  aliens  who  had  deserved  well  of  the  State  were 
rewarded  by  exemption  from  the  payment  of  protection-dues,  and 
from  the  obligation  to  choose  themselves  a  Prostates  ;  and  they 
were  also  permitted  to  acquire  landed  property  in  Attica. 
Their  contributions  for  public  objects  were  the  same  as  those  of 
the  citizens,  whence  they  were  called  Isoteleis.  But  they  were 
excluded  as  before  from  all  rights  of  active  citizenship.5  The 
granting  of  this  Isotely  took  place  only  by  a  resolution  of  the 
people.  For  the  admission  of  the  resident  aliens,  the  consent 
of  some  public  authority  was  naturally  requisite.  Further 
particulars  on  the  subject  are,  however,  wanting ;  for  the  con- 
jecture of  some  inquirers  that  the  decision  rested  with  the 
Areopagus  rests  upon  no  firm  foundation.6 


3.— The  Citizen  Body. 

Among  the  citizens  we  have,  in  the  first  place,  to  distinguish 
between  the  naturalised  or  new  citizens  (SrjfWTrohiToi)  and  the 
old  citizens.     According  to  the  laws  of  Solon,  extension  of  the 

1  Pollux,    iii.    55,   Bockh,   p.    329.     Harpocr.  sub  voc.  <rKa<pr}<p6poi ;  Pollux, 
The  atelia  granted  by  Themistocles    iii.  55. 

to  the  Metceci  (ace    to  Diod.  xi.  43)  4  Xen.   de   Redit.   c.   2.   2   and  5, 

was  without  doubt  only  temporary  Hipparchic.  c.  9.  6. 

and.  meant  for  the  workmen  employed  rr 

in  the  fortification  of  the  city  in  the  6  Cf.  Bockh,   Pub.  Ec.  of  Athens, 

Persian    war.       Cf.    Curtius,    ii.    p.  P>  540' 

327,  Eng.  tr.,  and  note.  6  It  rests  only  on  a  passage  in  Soph. 

2  Schafer,  Demosth.  u.  seine  Zeit.  i.  (Ed.  Col.  v.  948,  which,  however, 
p.  124.  only  proves  that  the  Areopagus  suf- 

3  2icta5r)<p6poi,  v5pia<p6poi,  <rica.<f>T}<p6poi.  fered  no  &vayvos  in  the  country. 


THE  A THENIAN  STA  TE.  355 

citizenship  to  a  foreigner  was  only  permissible  where  he 
had  not  merely  performed  eminent  services  for  the  State, 
but  had  also  settled  permanently  in  Attica.1  But  this  last 
condition  was  frequently  departed  from,  and  the  right  of 
citizenship  extended  even  to  non-residents,  whom  it  was  in- 
tended to  honour  by  so  doing.  And  it  might  indeed  be 
counted  as  an  honour,  when  Athens,  in  her  better  time,  was 
still  sparing  with  it ;  afterwards  the  lavishness  with  which  it 
was  conferred  made  it  worthless.2  In  particular,  Metoeci, 
whether  free-born  or  manumitted  slaves,  were  often  natural- 
ised in  great  numbers  for  political  reasons,  to  strengthen  the 
Demos,  even  for  instance  as  early  as  Clisthenes.3  We  may 
however  regard  the  incorporation  of  the  slaves  who  had  helped 
to  win  the  victory  at  Arginusa3 4  as  a  well-earned  reward ;  as 
also,  at  a  still  earlier  date,  the  admission  of  the  Platseans,  the 
faithful  allies  of  Athens,  who,  after  the  destruction  of  their 
city  by  the  Thebans  and  Peloponnesians  in  the  fifth  year  of  the 
Peloponnesian  war,  were  thus  insured  a  new  home.5  Thence- 
forward the  expression,  Plataeans,  was  applied  also  in  a 
secondary  sense  to  denote  the  rights  of  the  incorporated 
citizens,6  which  in  some  points  were  less  than  those  of  the  old 
citizens.  They  were,  however,  enrolled  in  the  Phylse  and 
Demes,  and  perhaps  also,  at  least  in  later  times,  in  the 
Phratria?,7  but  not  in  the  Gentes.  Accordingly  they  were 
ineligible  to  any  office  connected  with  the  membership  of  a 
gens,  which,  it  is  true,  with  the  exception  of  the  office  of 
Archon,  were  exclusively  connected  with  the  performance  of 
religious  functions.  The  granting  of  citizenship  depended 
solely  on  the  popular  assembly,  and  it  was  necessary,  moreover, 
that  a  motion  for  this  purpose  should  be  discussed  in  two 
distinct  assemblies ;  in  the  first,  only  the  question  whether  it 
should  be  considered  at  all  was  discussed ;  in  the  second,  its 
definite  acceptance  or  rejection.  For  its  acceptance,  a  vote  in 
its  favour  of  at  least  6000  votes  was  necessary ;  and  even  then 
there  was  a  legal  means  of  combating  the  resolution.8 


1  Plut.  Sol.  c.  24 ;  Dem.  in  Near.  5  Cf.  the  decree  of  the  people 
§  89.  The  statement  of  Dio  Chry-  quoted  by  Dem.  in  Necer.  §  104.  Cf. 
sost.,  Or.  xv.  p.  239,  that  the  <p6<rei  Alt.  Proc.  p.  686. 

dovXoi,  or  born  slaves,  could  not  be-  .  .    .  .     ,     „       _._ 

come  citizens,  is  not  confirmed  from  6  Anstoph.  Ran.  706. 

any  other  source.  7  See  the  examples  in  Meier,  Comm. 

2  Isocr.  de  Pace,  c.  50  ;  Demosth.  in  Epigr.  ii.  p.  103.  Further  particu- 
Aristocr.  §  199.                                       ^  lars  are  given  by  Philippi,  pp.   107- 

3  See  above,  p.  336.                            '  10S. 

4  Hellanicus,   quoted  in   Schol.   to 

Aristoph.  Ran.  706.  8  In  Necer.  §  89,  90. 


356      DESCRIPTION  OF  THE  PRINCIPAI  STATES. 

Among  the  old  citizens,  since  the  law  of  Aristides  had  made 
the  offices  of  State  accessible  to  all  classes,  there  was  no  longer 
any  difference  as  regarded  their  political  rights,  though,  with 
reference  to  the  legal  relations  of  individuals,  children  born 
out  of  wedlock  took  rank  below  those  who  were  the  offspring 
of  lawful  marriages.  A  lawful  marriage,  however,  could  only 
take  place  between  citizens,  except  when,  by  a  special  act  of 
favour,  strangers  were  granted  the  right  of  marriage  (Epiga- 
mia)  with  citizens;  a  concession  which  was  often  made  to 
individuals,  and  sometimes  also  to  communities.  Besides  this, 
a  formal  marriage-contract1  was  requisite;  without  this  the 
cohabitation  even  of  persons  possessing  the  citizenship,  and 
therefore  entitled  to  marry  each  other,  counted  only  as  con- 
cubinage.2 There  were  no  prohibited  degrees  of  affinity,  with 
the  exception  of  parents  and  descendants  and  full  brothers  or 
sisters  by  both  sides ;  but  half-brothers  or  half-sisters,  with  the 
same  father,  but  different  mothers,  might  marry  one  another,3 
and,  in  general,  marriages  between  near  relations  were  fre- 
quently contracted  in  order  to  keep  together  the  property  of 
the  families.  With  respect  to  heiresses,  in  particular,  the  law 
provided  that  the  nearest  relative  should  be  entitled  to  marry 
them,  and  consequently  to  receive  their  inheritance  with 
them.4  In  return  for  this,  however,  he  was  obliged — if  not 
by  law,  yet  by  custom  and  tradition, — as  soon  as  several  sons 
had  been  born  to  him,  to  appoint  one  of  them  to  inherit  the 
property  brought  him  through  his  wife,  that  the  house  of  the 
maternal  grandfather  might  thus  be  restored  and  perpetuated.5 
For  it  was  considered  desirable,  not  only  on  political,  but  on 
religious  grounds,  that  no  house  which  once  existed  should 
perish  :  that  is  to  say,  because  every  house  had  its  household 
ritual  of  which  the  gods  ought  not  to  be  deprived.  For  the 
same  reason,  those  who  had  no  children,  or  only  daughters,  were 
obliged  to  adopt  a  son,  and  in  the  latter  case  at  the  same  time 
to  give  him  one  of  their  daughters  to  wife ;  she  then  brought 


1  'Eyytfijcns  by  the  father  or  other  heiress  (twlicXyjpos)  is  termed  4it15ikos, 

representatives,  in  whose  custody  the  if  the  relatives  follow  up  their  claim 

bride  was.     Cf.  Att.  Proc.  p.  409.  by  legal  proceedings.     Such  a  course 

8  Hence  the  legitimate  children  or  was  permitted  if  the  heiress,  before 

yv-flffioi  are  often  termed  i£  iffTtjs  xal  the  inheritance  passed  to  her,  was 

iyyvurrris,    e.g.    Isse.    Or.    8,    §    19;  already  married  to  another  person. — 

Demosth.  in  Eubul.  §  54.  Is*.  Or.  3,  §  64,  Or.  10,  §  19.     Married 

8  Demosth.   in  Eubul.  §  21 ;  Plut.  men  also  separated  from  their  wives 

Themist.  c.  42 ;  Corn.    Nep.    Cimon,  in  order  to   be    able    to    marry    an 

c.  1.    Cf.  Antiq.  jur.  publ.  Grcecorum,  heiress. — Dem.  in  Eubul.  §  41. 
p.  193,  note  4.  « Isse.  Or.  3,  §  73 ;  Dem.  in  Macart. 

4  Cf.    Att.    Proc.     p.    469.       The  §12. 


THE  ATHENIAN  STATE.  357 

her  husband  the  principal  portion  of  the  inheritance,  while  the 
sisters  were  provided  for  by  dowries.1  Before  Solon,  in  such 
adoptions,  as  well  as  in  testamentary  dispositions  relating  to 
inheritance,  the  choice  of  the  person  adopted,  or  named  in  the 
will,  had  been  limited  to  the  circle  of  the  relations.  Solon 
permitted  free  choice,2  although  custom  continued  to  keep  to  the 
old  limitation.  Only  such  children  as  were  born  in  valid  wed- 
lock or  legally  adopted  enjoyed  all  the  rights  of  kinship.  These 
rights  are  included  under  the  name  of  ar/^iareia,  and  all  have 
reference  to  the  right  of  inheritance  in  cases  of  intestacy.  To 
pursue  this  right,  in  its  particular  limitation,  is  the  less 
pertinent  to  our  object,  inasmuch  as  great  obscurity  prevails  on 
many  points  of  it,  in  consequence  of  the  deficiency  of  our 
sources  of  information.3  It  is  enough  to  remark  in  general 
that  the  ay^ta-reta,  or  circle  of  relations  entitled  to  inherit, 
extended  as  far  as  the  children  of  the  cousins  (aveyfnaSol, 
avey\nov  iralhes)  of  the  intestate  person,  but  that  within  this 
circle  the  Agnates  took  precedence  of  the  Cognates,  so  that  the 
latter  were  invariably  only  entitled  to  inherit  where  the  former 
did  not  exist. 

Amongst  those  persons  who  were  not  born  in  wedlock, 
we  must  in  the  next  place  draw  a  distinction  between  those 
who  had  a  citizen  father,  but  a  foreign  mother  not  endowed 
with  Epigamia,  and  those  who  had,  as  their  mother,  an 
Athenian  woman  indeed,  but  one  who  was  living  with  the 
father  in  a  connection  not  recognised  by  the  law.  The  latter 
at  all  times  ranked  as  citizens,4  and  were  deprived,  not  of 
political  rights,  but  only  of  those  of  kinship,  or  the  ar/^iareia. 
The  former  class  are  said  likewise  to  have  possessed  the  rights 
of  citizens  in  earlier  times,  until  a  law  of  Pericles,  about  the 
year  460,5  took  these  from  them.  It  is  stated,  moreover,  that 
this  law  had  a  retrospective  effect,  and  that,  in  consequence  of 
it,  not  much  less  than  five  thousand  citizens  were  excluded.  It 
has,  however,  become   highly  probable,   through  modern  re- 

1  Isae.  Or.  3,  §  42,  and  Schumann's  Lit.  Zeitung,  1840,  Erg.  Bl.  nos.  65- 
note,  p.  250.  But  a  man  who  had  68;  with  which  compare  what  is 
legitimate  sons  of  his  own  was  not  brought  forward  by  Hermann,  Pri- 
allowed   to  adopt   others. — Isse.   Or.  vatati.  §  63,  3. 

10,  §9.     Further  particulars  in  Antiq.        4I  must  admit  that  objections  to 

jur.  publ.    Grcec.    p.    193,   4.      That  this  view  have  been  made  by  Philippi, 

only  a  citizen  could  be  adopted  is  a  p.  81,  which  seem  to  me  of  sufficient 

matter  of  course.  weight  to  cause  me  to  withdraw  my 

2  Plut.  Sol.  c.  21 ;  cf.  Demosth.  in  previous  view,  which  hitherto  has 
Lept.  §  102.  been  generally  shared  in. 

3Cf.  C.  deBoer,  Ueber  d.  Att.  Intes-  *  Plut.  Pericl.  c.  37.  As  to  the 
taterbrecht  (Hamb.  1838),  and  Schb-  date,  Bergk,  N.  Jahrb.  fur  Phil.  Lev. 
maim,  Recens.  in  the  Halle  Allgem.     p.  384. 


358      DESCRIPTION  OF  THE  PRINCIPAL  STATES. 

searches,  that  Pericles  only  restored  a  law  of  Solon,  which,  in  the 
course  of  time,  had  fallen  into  desuetude,  and  which  excluded 
from  the  citizen-body  those  born  of  mothers  who  were  not 
citizens.1  But  soon  after  it  again  fell  into  desuetude,  and 
hence  was  renewed  by  Aristophon  in  the  year  403,  after  the 
overthrow  of  the  Thirty.  It  was  now,  however,  less  sweeping 
than  before,  inasmuch  as  the  citizenship  possessed  by  sons 
of  a  non-citizen  mother  was  not  withdrawn  from  them,  but  it 
was  only  enacted  that  for  the  future  those  born  of  such 
mothers  after  the  Archonship  of  Euclides  {i.e.  after  the  year 
403)  should  be  excluded;  and  this  was  still  observed  in  the 
age  of  Demosthenes.2  Apart  from  this,  both  classes  of  children 
born  out  of  wedlock,  who  are  denoted  by  the  common  name 
voOot,  might  be  endowed  with  the  rights  of  those  born  in  wed- 
lock by  an  act  of  legitimation.  But  for  the  legitimation  of 
those  whose  mother  was  not  a  citizen,  the  consent  of  the 
people  was  requisite : 3  for  the  legitimation  of  the  others,  those 
whose  mother  was  a  citizen,  the  consent  of  the  relatives  was 
sufficient,  though  this  consent  may  have  been  only  obtained  on 
the  condition  that  the  person  legitimised  should  receive  only  a 
fixed  portion  of  his  father's  property.4  Those  not  legitimised 
naturally  had  no  claim  whatever  to  the  paternal  inheritance : 
but  a  legacy  was  usually  left  them,  which,  however,  was  not 
allowed  to  exceed  the  sum  of  1000  drachmas.6  As  to  the 
condition  of  those  whose  mother  was  a  citizen  but  their  father 
a  foreigner  not  endowed  with  Epigamia,  we  have  no  informa- 
tion from  our  authorities.  The  case  certainly  was  of  very  rare 
occurrence.  We  must  assume  that  such  children  followed  the 
status  of  the  father,  and  were  consequently  non-citizens.6  But 
the  question  whether,  when  a  citizen  woman  had  formed  a 
connection  with  a  slave,  her  children  were  also  slaves,  we  leave 
undiscussed. 

The  young  citizen  first  entered  upon  the  full  enjoyment  of 
the  rights  of  citizenship  after  the  completion  of  his  thirtieth 
year,  before  which  age  he  was  eligible  neither  for  public  office, 
nor  to  the  council,  nor  to  serve  as  a  juryman.     But  the  right  of 

1  Cf.  Westerm.  Beitr.  zur.  Gesch.  d.  The  latter  shows  that  this  concession 

Att.  Biirgerrecfits,  in  the  Berichtungen  was  an  amendment  of  Nicomenes  to 

ub.  d.  Verhandl.  d.  K.  Sachs.  Gesellsch.  the  law  of  Aristophon. 

d.  Wissensch.  1849,  p.  200.    The  doubts  3  Plut.  Pericl.  c.  37. 

that  may  be  raised  with  regard  to  *  Isse.  Or.  6,  §  22  seq.,  and  Schb- 

his  views  may  nevertheless  admit  of  mann's  Commentary,  p.  336. 

being  put  aside.  6  Harpocr.  sub  voc.  voOeia. 

8  Athenaeus,  xiii.  38,  p.  577  ;   Isae.  6  In  favour  of  this  view  Arist.  Pol. 

Or.  8,  §  43  ;  Demosth.  in  Eubul.  §  30  ;  4.  3  may  be  quoted.      Cf.   Philippi, 

cf.  A.  Schafer,  Demosth.  i.  p.  123  seq.  p.  64. 


THE  ATHENIAN  STATE.  359 

attendance  at  the  general  assemblies  and  of  participation  in 
the  voting,  nay,  even  of  speaking  in  them,  was  at  least  not 
expressly  forbidden  him  from  his  twentieth  year  onward ; 
■  although  discreet  and  sensible  young  men  kept  away  of  their 
own  accord.  Full  age,  as  regarded  private  legal  relations,  began 
legally  as  early  as  the  eighteenth  year.1  Before  young  men 
were  declared  to  be  of  full  age,  however,  they  were  subjected 
to  an  examination,2  which  partly  had  reference  to  their  bodily 
maturity,  in  order  to  ascertain  whether  they  were  capable  of 
the  military  services  imposed  upon  them  at  this  age,  partly,  in 
the  cases  of  orphans  and  the  sons  of  heiresses,  to  their  capability 
of  managing  their  property  for  themselves.3  Finally,  a  proof 
might  be  demanded  in  the  course  of  it  of  the  genuineness  of 
their  descent  as  citizens.  The  examination  with  regard  to  the 
first  and  third  point  was  undertaken  in  an  assembly  of  the 
Demotae  or  inhabitants  of  their  district,  and  as  it  seems  by  the 
older  men,  and  especially  by  those  who  were  Heliastse.4  That 
relating  to  the  second  point  might  be  instituted  before  the 
Phratria.  Those  who  were  approved  were  at  once  inscribed  in 
the  register  of  members  of  the  commune,  and  then  placed 
before  the  people  assembled  in  the  theatre,  armed  with  a 
shield  and  spear,  and  thus  led  to  the  shrine  of  Athene 
Agraulos  at  the  foot  of  the  Acropolis,  where  they  pledged 
themselves,  by  a  solemn  oath,  to  the  service  and  defence  of 
their  country.  The  oath,  according  to  an  account  which,  it 
must  be  admitted,  is  not  authentic,  ran  somewhat  as  follows  6 — 
"  I  swear  not  to  disgrace  these  weapons,  and  not  to  desert  my 
next  neighbour  in  the  combat.  I  will  fight  for  the  shrines  and 
for  the  commonwealth,  alone  and  in  company  with  others. 
I  will  not  leave  my  country  diminished,  but  as  great,  both  by 
land  and  by  water,  as  I  found  it.  I  will  obey  those  who  have 
at  any  time  to  decide,  and  will  be  obedient  to  the  existing  laws, 
and  to  those  which  shall  be  further  enacted  by  the  people. 

1  This  age  is  indicated  by  the  ex-  Eichhorn,  Deutsche  Stoats  u.  Reclds- 

pression  iwl  dieris  ri^TJaai,     Cf.  Disser-  geschichte,  $  63. 

tation    on    tlie   Athenian    Assemblies,  4  Aristoph.  Vesp.  578. 

p.   69  seq.,  and  Schafer,  Dem.  iii.  2,  *  Pollux,  viii.   105,  and  with  small 

p.  35.  variations,     Stobaeus,    Flor.    tit.    43 

--,.....            n    n           ,00  (41),  no.  48, torn.  ii.  p.  110,  Gaisf.    For 

'Ct.AtUui.jur.puM.  Gr .p.  198,  doubts    a8    to    its    genuineness,    see 

note  13  ;  Schafer,  op.  at.  p.  21.  Cobet)  Nov    Lect    p6  223      g^  alsQ 

3  Isse.   Or.   8,  §  31,  Or.    10,  §  12 ;  von  Leutsch,  Philologus,  xxii.  p.  279. 

Demosth.    in    Steph.    2,  §    20.      Cf.  The     most     important    omission    is 

Philippi,  p.  103,  4     According  to  the  that  of  the  characteristic  passage  Spots 

ancient  German  law,  the  father  was  xpv<Teo~9ai  TV*  'A-ttiktjs  irvpoh,  npidcus, 

obliged  to  give  the  son  his  mother's  dfiiriXois,    Adcu,   mentioned  by  Plut. 

inheritance  when  he  came  of  age. —  Alcib.  c.  15,  and  Cic.  de  Rep.  iii.  9. 


360      DESCRIPTION  OF  THE  PRINCIPAL  STATES. 

And  if  any  man  makes  the  laws  void,  or  is  not  obedient  to 
them,  I  will  not  permit  it,  but  will  defend  them,  alone,  and 
in  company.  And  I  will  honour  the  gods  and  shrines  of  my 
country.  Witness  the  gods  Agraulos,  Enyalios,  Ares,  Zeus, 
Thallo,  Auxo,  Hegemone ."  To  those  whose  fathers  had  fallen 
in  battle,  there  was  given  not  only  a  shield  and  spear,  but  a 
complete  suit  of  armour.1  After  taking  this  oath,  the  young 
citizens  were  made  to  serve  in  the  country  as  Peripoli — that 
is  to  say,  divisions  of  them  were  posted  in  different  parts  of 
Attica  in  the  so-called  Peripolia  or  watch-houses,  whence  they 
had  to  patrol  the  neighbourhood  and  to  serve  as  an  armed 
police.2  After  the  twentieth  year  they  were  subject  to  military 
service  outside  the  country  as  well. 

The  undiminished  possession  of  the  rights  which  by  the  con- 
stitution belonged  to  the  citizens  is  denoted  by  the  expression 
iirLTLfiia,  which  we  may  translate  by  "possession  of  civic  rights," 
though  its  opposite,  ari/ua,  by  no  means  always  answers 
to  what  we  call  disfranchisement.  There  were,  on  the  con- 
trary, different  grades  of  arifua,  according  as  certain  specified 
rights  of  citizenship  were  withdrawn  from  a  man  or  all  without 
exception,  and,  again,  according  as  this  was  done  for  a  time  or 
for  ever.  A  special  arifiia,  consisting  only  in  the  withdrawal 
of  certain  rights,  was  incurred,  for  instance,  by  the  man  who  let 
drop  a  public  prosecution  undertaken  by  him,  or  in  the  voting 
of  the  judges  did  not  obtain  more  than  a  fifth  part  of  the  votes ; 
he  then  lost  the  ability  to  institute  similar  prosecutions  in 
the  future.  A  man  who  was  thrice  found  guilty  of  bringing 
forward  illegal  motions  in  the  assembly,  on  the  so-called  ypcupr) 
Trapavofuov,  was  thenceforth  deprived  of  the  right  of  bring- 
ing forward  motions  at  all.  From  others  the  right  of  becom- 
ing members  of  the  council,  or  of  filling  public  offices,  was 
withdrawn.  Others,  again,  were  forbidden  to  frequent  the 
market;  others  to  visit  some  part  of  the  territory  of  the 
Athenians  or  their  allies.  This,  for  instance,  was  forbidden  in 
the  Peloponnesian  war  to  many  of  those  who  had  compromised 
themselves  under  the  rule  of  the  Four  Hundred.3  The  com- 
plete withdrawal  of  all  rights  of  citizenship  excluded,  not  only 
from  all  participation  in  political  action  of  any  kind,  but  also 
from  visiting  the  market  and  the  public  shrines,  and  took  from 
those  who,  nevertheless,  had  participated  in  such  action  even 
the  privilege  of  appearing  as  prosecutors  before  the  courts  in 


1  iEschin.  in  Ctes.  §  154.  persons  on   whom   partial  Atimia   is 

2  Harpocr.  sub  voc.  vepiiroXoi.  imposed  are  called  drt/ioi  /card  irpoa- 

3  Andoc  de  Myst.  §  76,  where  those     rd^eis. 


THE  ATHENIAN  STATE.  361 

matters  in  which  they  were  personally  concerned.1  This  kind 
of  Atimia  was  attached  as  a  punishment  to  certain  offences  and 
the  neglect  of  certain  duties,  of  which  we  shall  hear  later  on ; 
while  it  was  also  incurred  by  the  debtors  of  the  State  who  had 
not  discharged  their  debt  within  the  time  appointed  by  law ; 
in  the  latter  case  it  was  combined  with  the  imposition  of  double 
the  debt  to  be  paid.2  It  did  not  last,  however,  beyond  the 
discharge  of  the  debt.  When  once  this  had  taken  place  it 
ceased;  whilst,  on  the  contrary,  it  attached  permanently  to 
those  on  whom  it  was  imposed  as  a  punishment  for  offences  or 
omissions  of  duty ;  nay,  sometimes  it  was  not  merely  limited  to 
the  guilty  parties,  but  was  also  extended  to  their  children.3 


4. — Divisions  and  Associations  of  the  Athenian  People. 

The  State  is  a  union,  not  of  individuals  in  atomistic  isolation, 
but  of  larger  or  smaller  corporations  and  societies.  In  part 
these  are  of  importance  merely  as  regards  the  legal  relations  of 
private  persons ;  in  part,  however,  they  have  a  political  signifi- 
cance, inasmuch  as  they  serve  as  a  basis  for  the  organisation  of 
the  government  and  administration.  Of  these  smaller  corpora- 
tions one  is  the  household  and  family :  this,  in  so  far  as  the 
State  draws  it  into  the  sphere  of  its  own  activity,  will  come 
under  our  consideration  hereafter.  At  present  we  shall  proceed 
to  mention  certain  bodies  which  are  brought  under  our  notice 
in  an  ancient  law,  traditionally  attributed  to  Solon,4  and  are 
granted  legal  validity  for  their  agreements  and  regulations,  in 
so  far  as  these  are  not  in  contradiction  with  the  laws  of  the 
State.  Such  corporations  are,  in  the  first  place,  the  trading 
companies,5  or  societies  for  the  co-operative  pursuit  of  trades, 
of  which  there  were  without  doubt  a  large  number ;  secondly, 
societies  for  privateering,6  such  as  may  have  been  commonly 
formed  in  time  of  war,  for  the  purpose  of  equipping  a  privateer 
vessel  at  the  general  expense,  and  capturing  ships  belonging  to 
the  enemy ;  again,  combinations  of  several  families  for  the  joint 


1  Lys.  in  Andoc.  §  24  ;  ^Eschin.  in  frag.  4.  In  several  places  the  text  of 
Timarch.  §  21  ;  Dem.  Mid.  §  87.  this   law  is  very  uncertain  ;   I  have 

2  Andoc.  loc.  eit.  See  the  subse-  been  content  to  deal  only  with  non- 
quent  section  of  this  work  on  the  political  corporations,  with  regard  to 
financial  system.  which  no  doubt  is  possible. 

3  Cf.  Demosth.  in  Aristocr.  §  62,  in  *  In  the  law  (h  i/j.iroplai>  otxbfievoi; 
Mid.  §  113  ;  pseudo-Plut.  Lives  of  the  cf.  Harpocration,  sub  voc.  koivwvikwv  : 
Ten   Orators,  p.  834 ;   Bockh,    Mon-  Koivwvlav  i/juroplas  <rwd£fiepoi. 
atsbericht  d.    Akad.  a".    Wissenschafi,  c  In  the  law  iiri  \eiav  ot^uim  ;  cf. 
1853,  p.  160.  Antiq.  jur.  publ.  Grcecorum,  p.   368, 

4  Dig.  xlvii.  22  (de  colleg.  et  carp. ),  note  8. 


362      DESCRIPTION  OF  THE  PRINCIPAL  STATES. 

possession  and  use  of  a  burial-place,1  a  kind  of  combination 
which  in  all  probability  existed  only  among  families  connected 
by  relationship.  Besides  these  the  law  names  dining-clubs,  of 
which  we  are  least  of  all  in  a  position  to  speak  with  certainty. 
Apparently  it  was  frequently  the  case  that  men  who  either 
possessed  no  establishment  of  their  own,  bachelors  or  widowers, 
or  those  who  preferred  taking  their  meals  in  male  society 
rather  than  at  home  with  their  wives,  combined  to  form  these 
dinner  clubs.  For  instance,  according  to  a  statement  in  Plato,2 
Lysimachus,  the  son  of  Aristides,  and  Melesias,  the  son  of 
Thucydides,  were  members  of  a  club  of  the  kind,  their  sons 
who  belonged  to  the  younger  generation  also  taking  part  in  it ; 
and  it  is  possible  that  in  this  law  of  Solon  an  association  of  the 
kind  may  be  intended. 

We  are  better  informed  concerning  the  Thiasi,  which  are 
likewise  mentioned  in  the  law.  The  name  denotes  associa- 
tions which  had  chosen  as  their  special  protector  and  patron 
some  deity  in  whose  honour  at  certain  times  they  held 
sacrifices  and  festal  banquets,  whilst  they  pursued  in  addi- 
tion objects  of  a  very  varied  nature,  sometimes  joint-stock 
businesses,  sometimes  only  social  enjoyments,  and  a  pleasant 
life  in  each  others'  society;  they  were,  however,  regularly 
organised,  with  presidents,  business  officials,  treasurers,  and  the 
like  ;  and  they  called  themselves  by  various  names,  some  after 
their  divine  protectors  and  patrons,  others  after  the  days  they 
were  wont  to  celebrate  as  feasts :  Numeniastae,  for  instance, 
was  the  name  of  a  society  that  kept  the  day  of  the  new  moon, 
Eikadistae  of  one  that  kept  the  twentieth  of  the  month.  To 
this  class  we  must  at  any  rate  assign  a  kind  not  named  in 
this  law,  the  Erani.  This  name  likewise  denotes  societies 
formed  partly  for  purposes  of  amusement  and  feasting  in 
common,  partly  also  for  mutual  support,  so  that  if  a  member 
fell  into  pecuniary  distress,  and  stood  in  need  of  assistance,  the 
rest  made  a  collection,  and  supplied  him  with  what  was  need- 
ful, which,  however,  when  his  circumstances  had  improved,  he 
was  bound  to  make  good.  These  societies,  like  the  others,  had 
a  formal  organisation :  we  find  mention  of  their  presidents 
(Archieranistae  and  Prostata),  secretaries,  treasurers,  and 
syndici,  or  legal  advisers  ;3  and,  with  regard  to  legal  proceed- 
ings, they  were  favoured  by  the  circumstance  that  for  suits 
arising  from  the  relation  of  Eranistas  a  more  rapid  judicial  pro- 
cedure was  ordered,  and  the  courts  were  bound  to  decide  their 

1  Cf.  Demosth.  m  Macart.  §  79,  and        *  Lach.  p.  179  B. 
in  Eubul.  §  67,  oh  i/pla  ravrd.  3  See  Antiq.  jur.  jruhl.  Gr.  p.  305,  4. 


THE  A  THENIAN  STA  TE.  3  63 

causes  within  a  month.1  All  these  societies  were  included 
under  the  general  name  of  Hetserise.2  But  this  name  is  gene- 
rally applied  in  a  special  sense  to  political  clubs.  These  were 
not,  like  the  preceding,  societies  recognised  and  authorised  by 
the  State,  but  combinations  at  best  only  tolerated,  but  often 
secretly  conducted.  Their  object  was  to  pursue  certain  in- 
terests in  the  State,  now  of  a  wider,  now  of  a  narrower  extent ; 
the  aim  was  sometimes  the  alteration  of  the  constitution  or  the 
domination  of  the  party,  sometimes  only  the  furnishing  of 
mutual  assistance  in  obtaining  office  or  in  legal  proceedings.3 
In  pursuing  these  ends  they  were  for  the  most  part  not  very 
scrupulous  in  the  choice  of  means,  and  did  not  disdain  the 
employment  of  such  measures  as  false  testimony  and  corrup- 
tion.4 

With  the  Phratrise,  to  which  allusion  is  likewise  made 
in  the  law  of  Solon,  we  have  previously  become  familiar 
as  subdivisions  of  the  four  ancient  Ionic  tribes,  three  in 
each,  the  total  number  being  therefore  twelve.  In  only  one 
case  are  we  acquainted  with  the  name  of  a  Phratria,  and 
this  name  certainly  sounds  like  that  of  a  gens,  ' 'AyyLahat  ;5 
though  it  by  no  means  follows  from  this  that  all  were 
named  in  a  similar  manner.  Even  if  some  of  them  did 
bear  the  names  of  prominent  gentes,  it  is  nevertheless  quite 
possible  that  others  may  have  been  called  after  the  most 
important  places  in  their  districts,  as  we  shall  see  presently  in 
the  case  of  the  Demes.  Clisthenes,  when  he  constituted  his 
new  Phylse,  allowed  the  Phratrise  to  subsist  as  they  were, 
untouched ;  so  that  they  were  quite  distinct  from  the  Phyla? 
and  not  subdivisions  of  them,  and  the  members  of  one  and 
the  same  Phratria  might  belong  to  different  Phylse.  The 
opinion  that  he  formed  new  Phratrise  for  the  numerous  new 
citizens  he  enrolled  is  decidedly  false  ;  but  it  is  highly  probable 
that  he  incorporated  these  citizens  in  the  Phratrise  already 
existing,  which  from  this  time  onward  are  to  be  regarded  as 
ecclesiastical  rather  than  as  political  bodies.  For  the  present 
we  have  only  to  remark  concerning  them  that  the  registration 
of  children  in  the  official  registers  of  the  Phratrise  afforded  a 
means  of  practising  a  kind  of  recognition  of  the  legitimacy  of 
their  birth,  of  a  similar  nature  to  that  exercised  at  the  present 

1  Meier's  Att.  Proc.  pp.  541,  899.  4  Cf.   Demosth.   in  Mid.  §  139,  in 

2  Gaius  in  Dig.  xlvii.  22.  3.  1,  Zenoth.  §10,  in  Pantoan.  §  39,  in 
Sodales  sunt  qui  eiusdem  collegii  sunt,  Bazot.  de  dot.  §  18,  in  Boeot.  de  nom. 
quam  Grceci  eraiplav  vocant.  §  9. 

2  Hence   cvvw^oaiai.    iiri    dlicais    ical 
dpxais,  Thuc.  viii.  54.  6  Corp.  Inscr.  i.  no.  469. 


364      DESCRIPTION  OF  THE  PRINCIPAL  STATES. 

time  through  their  registration  in  the  church  registers.1  This 
ceremony  was  regularly  performed  on  the  third  day  of  the 
Apaturian  festival,  the  so-called  r)p,ipa  /covpewTts,  but,  in  excep- 
tional cases,  on  other  occasions  of  the  assembling  of  the  Phratrise 
as  well.2  On  the  appointed  day  the  father  placed  the  child 
before  the  assembly,  made  the  declaration  upon  oath  that  it  was 
begotten  by  him  in  lawful  wedlock,  then  offered  a  sacrifice  to 
the  deity  of  the  Phratria,  and  entertained  the  Phratores  at  a 
sacrificial  banquet.  The  registration  took  place  through  the 
president  of  the  Phratria,  the  (ppaTpidpxps,  and  the  register  was 
called  to  koivov  or  to  (frpaTopiKop  <ypap,puTelov.  Adopted  children 
were  similarly  introduced  into  the  Phratria  of  their  adoptive 
father,  and  their  names  entered  in  the  register.  Similarly,  the 
newly-married  husband  introduced  his  wife  into  the  Phratria, 
held  a  sacrifice,  and  gave  a  sacrificial  feast.3  It  is  possible  also 
that  youths  were  not  pronounced  of  age  until  they  had  been 
presented  to  the  Phratria 4  and,  when  necessary,  subjected  to  a 
certain  examination,  which,  in  the  case  of  the  sons  of  heiresses 
to  whom  their  mothers'  property  was  to  be  delivered,  or  in  the 
case  of  orphans  who  were  now  to  be  released  from  wardship, 
probably  had  special  reference  to  the  capacity  requisite  for  the 
independent  management  of  their  property. 

The  gentes  or  subdivisions  of  the  Phratrise — each  Phratria, 
we  are  told,  containing  thirty — remained  wholly  undisturbed  by 
the  constitution  of  Clisthenes,  and  the  newly-enrolled  citizens 
were  not  admitted  into  them,  since  such  admission  was  impos- 
sible without  manifold  injury  to  relations  connected  both  with 
religion  and  with  individual  interests.  For  not  a  few  gentes 
were  in  hereditary  possession  of  certain  priesthoods,  and  in 
default  of  nearer  relatives  an  inheritance  undisposed  of  by  will 
might  occasionally  fall  to  the  members  of  the  gens.  On  this 
account,  at  a  later  period,  the  newly  introduced  citizens,  though 
perhaps  incorporated  sometimes  into  a  Phratria,  were  never 
received  into  a  gens :  into  the  latter  their  descendants  might 
obtain  admission,  but  solely  as  a  result  of  adoption  by  a  member 
of  the  gens,  e.g.  by  their  maternal  grandfather,  in  cases  where 
the  father  had  married  a  wife  descended  from  an  old  citizen- 
family,  and  even  then,  without  doubt,  they  could  be  admitted 


1  With  the  difference  of  course  that  3  Isasus,  Or.  3,  §  76,  d  ;  Schomann's 
these  latter  indicate  illegitimate  chil-  Commentary,  p.  263. 

dren  as  well,  and  specify  them  as  such, 

while,  on  the  contrary,  only  the  legiti-  4  Pollux,  viii.  108 ;  Schafer,  Demoslh. 

mate  children  were   entered  in  the  ii.   p.  21.     The  matter  is,   however, 

registers  of  the  Phratriae.  extremely  uncertain.     Cf.  also  Antiq. 

2  Cf.  Isseus,  Or.  7,  g  15.  jur.  pub.  Gr.  p.  280,  note  10. 


THE  ATHENIAN  STATE.  365 

only  with  the  assent  of  the  rest  of  the  members.  The  entry 
of  names  in  the  register  of  the  gens  took  place  at  the  same 
time  as,  in  that  of  the  Phratria,  through  the  chief  of  the  gens.1 
Each  gens,  besides  the  worship  of  Zeus  ep/ceto?  and  of  Apollo 
Trarpaxx},  which  were  common  to  all,  had  its  especial  cult  of 
some  particular  deity  ;  for  the  maintenance  of  this  it  possessed 
priests,  shrines,  possibly  also  plots  of  land,  and  a  treasury  under 
the  administration  of  a  special  officer.  Besides  these  we  also 
find  mention  of  Leschse,  or  houses  of  meeting  for  the  gentes.2 

Among  the  new  citizens  and  their  descendants,  who  stood 
outside  the  ancient  genuine  Attic  gentes,  and  whose  number 
must  have  been  considerable,  there  were  necessarily  formed 
certain  societies  analogous  to  the  gentes.  Since  each  house 
had  its  private  ritual,  it  was  natural  that  several  households 
sprung  from  the  same  progenitors  should  possess  these  rites  in 
common.  This  accordingly  formed  the  basis  of  a  religious 
communion  between  them,  and  caused  their  union  into  associa- 
tions for  worship,  which,  though  narrower  in  extent  than  the 
gentes,  were  yet  not  of  an  essentially  different  nature.  The 
members  of  these  later  religious  associations,  however,  were 
not  called  yevvrjrat,  a  name  which  remained  the  exclusive  pro-, 
perty  of  the  ancient  Attic  gentes,  but  merely  took  the  general 
name  of  Orgeones,  which  denoted  other  religious  associations 
as  well.  That  they  all,  like  the  gentes,  paid  special  honour  to 
Zeus  ipK€io<;,  need  hardly  be  mentioned ;  but  there  was  no 
reason  for  their  exclusion  from  the  worship  of  Apollo  Trarpqwi ; 
in  reality  the  god  was  their  real  Trarpqxxi,  by  virtue  of  the  fact 
that  his  worship  was  transmitted  by  inheritance  from  the 
ancestor  who  was  first  admitted  to  citizenship  down  to  the 
families  that  in  course  of  time  descended  from  him.  The 
admission  of  the  children  of  the  members  and  their  registration 
took  place  in  the  same  way  as  in  the  gens.3 

When  Clisthenes,  for  the  reasons  before  indicated,4  found 
that  his  scheme  required  a  new  division  of  the  people  differing 
from  that  which  had  previously  existed,  he  divided  the  whole 
country  into  a  hundred 5  administrative  districts :  and  of 
these  in  their  turn  every  ten  were  united  into  a  larger  whole. 

1  Isaeus,  Or.  7,  §  15.     The  chief  of  Comm.  p.  208  seq.;  Schomann's  Const. 

the  gens  is  called  tLpxuv  tov  ytvovs  in  Hist,  of  Athens,  p.  72 ;  Philippi,  pp. 

a  register  of  the  gens  of  the  Amynan-  205-227. 

dridae  (Ross,   die  Demen  von  Attica,  4  See  above,  p.  336. 

p.  24),  in  which  also  a  lepeiis  Kticpoiros  5  The  number,  attested  by  a  right 

and  a  Tablets  are  named.  interpretation  of  the  passage  in  Hero- 

'•Proclus  on  Hesiod,  Op.  et  Dies,  dotus  (v.  69),  has  been  doubted  by 

v.  492.  some  recent  inquirers,   but   without 

3  Isams,  Or.  2,  §  4,  with  Schomann's  substantial  reason. 


366      DESCRIPTION  OF  THE  PRINCIPAL  STATES. 

These  last  he  called  Phylse,  a  name  not  specially  suitable, 
it  must  be  admitted,  for  a  division  based  only  on  locality 
and  not  on  descent,  although  it  is  elsewhere  used  in  a  similar 
sense.  The  smaller  districts  were  termed  hrjiwL,  the  single 
demes  were  named  partly  after  the  small  towns  or  hamlets  they 
contained,  partly  after  distinguished  gentes  whose  property  was 
situate  in  them.1  These  appellations,  as  well  as  the  name  of 
BrjfioL  itself,  were  not  invented  by  Clisthenes,  but  were  already  in 
existence.  Long  before  his  time  there  had  been  districts,  towns, 
and  hamlets,  with  their  adjacent  territory,  bearing  the  general 
name  of  demes,  and  each  naturally  possessed  its  special  name. 
Clisthenes's  innovation  consisted  only  in  fixing  the  number  at 
one  hundred.  To  this  end  no  doubt  some  modifications  of  the 
earlier  relations  were  requisite :  for  instance  he  would  have  to 
combine  several  smaller  places  into  one  group,  sometimes  also 
to  take  away  a  portion  from  a  larger  district  and  to  add  it  to 
another,  in  order  that  all  should  be,  if  not  exactly  equal,  at 
least  as  nearly  so  as  possible.  Alterations  of  this  kind,  how- 
ever, might  be  made  without  any  injury  to  existing  rights ;  for 
the  demes  now  founded  as  administrative  divisions,  with  rights 
and  privileges,  presented  in  their  altered  constitution  some- 
thing wholly  novel,  which  had  not  existed  in  the  same-  shape 
among  the  earlier  groups  of  villages  and  districts.  Wherever, 
then,  religious  associations  existed  among  the  inhabitants  of 
a  district  who  were  now  attached  to  different  demes,  these 
associations  were  not  in  any  way  destroyed  by  Clisthenes's 
arrangement,  but  remained  as  before.  Besides  this,  the  number 
of  the  demes  was  afterwards  increased.  Village  groups  that 
in  earlier  times  had  been  united  with  others  into  one  deme 
were  at  a  later  time,  when  their  population  had  increased, 
themselves  made  into  separate  demes.2  In  some  places  indeed, 
entirely  new  village  groups  may  have  arisen,  and  so  neces- 
sitated the  division  of  the  district  into  two  demes.  In  the 
latter  case  it  is  -possible  that  a  deme  was  transferred  from 
one  Phyle  into  another,  since  care  was  certainly  taken  to 
maintain,  so  far  as  was  possible,  an  equality  of  population 
among  the  Phylse,  for  the  reason  that,  as  will  hereafter  be  seen, 

1  As  examples  of  local  names  we  to  the  Phyle  of  the  Geleontes,  and 
may  take    Marathon,    CEnoe,    Besa,  where  accordingly  the  greatest  number 
Lamptra,    Eleusis  ;    as    examples   of  of  noble  families  and  the  most  import- 
gentile  names,  Butadae,  Thymaetadae,  ant  of  them  lived. 
Cothocidae,    Perithcedae,    Semachidae. 

It  is  worthy  of  remark  (cf.  Antiq.  p.        a  As  was  apparently  the  case  with 

201,  5)  that  the  demes  named  after  Brauron,   which  before  belonged  to 

gentes  are  situate  mainly  in  that  part  the  deme  Philaidae  ;  cf.  Westermann 

of  the  country  which  has  been  assigned  on  Plut.  Solon,  10. 


THE  ATHENIAN  STATE.  367 

many  rights  connected  with  the  tenure  of  magistracies,  as  well 
as  many  duties  connected  with  liturgies,  were  distributed 
among  them  in  equal  measure.  The  number  of  the  demes  rose 
latterly  to  174,1  but  the  memory  of  the  original  number  was 
permanently  maintained  by  the  name  of  the  hundred  heroes, 
which  was  the  title  used  to  indicate  the  eponymous  founders  of 
the  demes.2  Another  alteration  which  took  place  in  the  course 
of  time  was  as  follows :  according  to  the  first  arrangement  of 
Clisthenes  every  one  belonged  to  the  deme  in  which  either  his 
domicile  or  at  least  his  property  was  situate.  At  a  later 
period,  however,  since  sons  continued  to  belong  to  the  deme 
of  their  father,  it  often  happened  that  a  man  was  counted  a 
member  of  a  deme  in  which  he  neither  lived  nor  possessed 
property.3  Of  transfer  from  one  deme  to  another  we  can  find 
no  instances  except  as  a  result  of  adoption :  the  adopted  son 
being  necessarily  transferred  from  the  deme  to  which  he  be- 
longed by  birth  to  that  of  his  adoptive  father.4  To  the  com- 
plete official  title  of  a  citizen,  besides  the  mention  of  his  father, 
that  also  of  his  deme  was  usually  added,  e.g.  Demosthenes,  son 
of  Demosthenes,  of  the  Deme  Pseania.5 

The  demes,  like  all  societies  of  the  kind  in  the  Greek  States, 
although  arranged  essentially  for  political  and  therefore  accord- 
ing to  our  modern  mode  of  expression  for  secular  objects,  yet 
formed  at  the  same  time  religious  or  ecclesiastical  unions ;  for 
to  the  Greek  mind  in  every  kind  of  union  a  religious  bond 
seemed  desirable  and  even  indispensable.  Every  deme  wor- 
shipped a  superhuman  being,  some  ancient  hero,  as  its  Epony- 
mus,  and  this  hero  might  at  the  same  time  be  regarded  as  a 
protector  and  patron,  as  well  as  a  mediator  between  his  wor- 
shippers and  the  gods.  Apart,  however,  from  the  cults  of  the 
eponymous  heroes,  of  which  many  may  have  been  first  esta- 
blished by  Clisthenes  or  even  after  his  time,  there  were  also 
many  other  worships  handed  down  from  ancient  times.  Of 
these  some  belonged  to  single  demes,  others  were  common 
to  several;  the  latter  kind  were  also  shared  by  the  demes 
which  Clisthenes  had  separated  on  his  organisation  of  the 
Phylse  and  attached  to  different  tribes, — a  clear  proof  that 
he  left  existing  religious  institutions  untouched.  There  were 
consequently  priests  in  the  demes  to  attend  to  the  proper 

1  Strabo,  ix.  i.  p.  396.  verbial  form  is  usual,  e.g.  K6\wvrj0ev, 

2  Herodian,  irepl  (j.ovijpovs  X^£ews,  not  KoXuvcuos ;  in  the  case  of  others 
p.  17,  8.  the  preposition,  e.g.  tj-  Otov,  and  in 

8  Cf .  de  Comit.  A  th.  p.  366.  the  case  of  women,  the  deme  is  only 

4  Demosth.    in  Leochar.    §  21,   34  stated    in    the  latter  manner.      Cf. 

seq.  Franz,  Elementa  Epigraphkes  Grcecce, 

6  In  the  case  of  some  demes  the  ad-  p.  339. 


368      DESCRIPTION  OF  THE  PRINCIPAL  STATES. 

performance  of  their  cult,  and  these  were  appointed,  in  part 
at  least,  in  a  manner  combining  election  by  lot  with  elec- 
tion by  vote ;  the  members  appointing  a  certain  number  of 
candidates  by  vote,  and  a  selection  from  this  number  being 
then  made  by  lot.  Among  the  administrative  officials  of  the 
deme  the  highest  was  the  Demarch,  who  was  probably  ap- 
pointed by  vote  and  not  by  lot.  Besides  this  functionary  we 
find  mention  of  officers  who  had  charge  of  the  funds  and  the 
accounts,  treasurers  (ra/Micu),  controllers  (avTvypaxpels),  and 
revisers  (evdvvot).1  For  besides  the  buildings  and  lands  serv- 
ing for  the  performance  of  their  worship,  the  demes  also  pos- 
sessed others  for  the  common  benefit  of  their  members.  These 
were  let,  and  the  rental  was  paid  into  the  fund  of  the  deme. 
Besides  this,  land-tax  was  levied  upon  properties  in  the  dis- 
trict of  a  deme  which  were  held  by  members  of  other  demes ; 
and  finally,  taxes  on  property  or  income  were  imposed  on  the 
members  to  meet  the  needs  either  of  the  worship  or  of  the 
administration.  For  deliberation  on  subjects  affecting  the 
community,  for  the  election  of  officers,  and  similar  business, 
assemblies  of  the  members  must  of  course  frequently  have 
been  held,  and  these  assemblies  are  called  by  the  ancient  and 
traditional  name  dyopai,  not,  like  the  general  assemblies  of  the 
people,  eKKkifaicu.  Of  more  general  interest  as  regards  the 
State  collectively  are  demotic  assemblies  of  two  kinds :  first, 
those  in  which  the  admission  of  the  younger  citizens  took 
place ;  secondly,  those  in  which  the  revision  of  the  register  of 
citizens  was  effected.  The  admission  of  the  young  citizens 
took  place  in  their  eighteenth  year,  and  was  apparently  per- 
formed in  the  same  assembly  in  which  the  officials  were 
elected.2  The  newly-admitted  citizens,  if  their  title  to  citizen- 
ship was  sufficiently  proved,  were  entered  in  a  register  kept 
by  the  Demarch,  and  called  the  Xrjgiapxiicbv  ypafi/jbareiov,  the 
reason  being,  we  are  told,  that  henceforward  the  young  men 
were  entitled  to  enter  on  the  inheritance  that  fell  to  their 
share  (Xrjfts  rou  Kkrjpov) ;  but  to  entitle  them  to  active  parti- 
cipation in  the  assemblies  a  second  registration  in  another 
register,  the  triva^  i/ac\7)<ria(rTi,tc6<;.3  This  registration  was  pro- 
bably not  performed  until  the  expiration  of  the  two  years 
during  which  they  had  to  serve  as  ireplirohjoL,  and  it  not  merely 

1  See  Antiq.  juris  publ.  Grcecorum,  Demosth.  iii.  2,  p.  28.     The  opinion, 
p.  204.  recently  revived,  that  in  Demosth.  in 

2  Cf.  Schomann  on  Isseus,   p.  369.  Leochar.  §  39,  and  Isaeus,  vii.  28,  it 
With  regard  to  the  time  of  these  elec-  is  elective  assemblies  not  of  the  demes 
tive  assemblies  nothing  definite  can  but  of  the  whole    people  that    are 
be   stated  ;   cf .  Schomann,    Opuscula  spoken  of  is  decidedly  incorrect. 
Academica,  i.  p.  289  seq.  and  Schafer,  *Demo8th.  in  Leochar.  35. 


THE  ATHENIAN  STATE.  369 

entitled,  but  even  obliged  those  who  were  registered  to  attend 
the  assemblies.  The  revision  of  the  lists  of  citizens  was  per- 
formed at  indeterminate  times,  when  special  occasion  was  given 
for  it,  it  may  be  when  suspicion  gained  ground  that  a  number  of 
persons  had  been  improperly  registered.  The  names  were  then 
read  one  by  one  from  the  register,  and  as  each  was  read  it  was 
asked  whether  any  objection  was  to  be  made  to  it.  When 
objections  were  made,  they  were  of  course  discussed,  and 
evidence  was  brought  forward  both  for  and  against  them,  so 
that  the  matter  could  not  be  despatched  in  one  assembly,  but 
required  several  meetings  of  the  members  of  the  deme.1  If, 
finally,  a  vote  was  taken,  and  the  result  was  unfavourable  to 
the  person  concerned,  no  injurious  consequence  followed,  pro- 
vided he  acquiesced,  further  than  that  his  name  was  struck  out, 
and  that  therefore  henceforward  he  no  longer  ranked  as  a  citizen. 
If,  however,  he  did  not  abide  by  the  resolution  of  the  members 
of  the  deme,  and  instituted,  as  he  was  permitted  to  do,  a  suit 
before  a  heliastic  court,  he  was  condemned,  if  the  decision  was 
against  him,  to  lose  his  freedom,  and  was  sold  as  a  slave  on 
account  of  the  State.  The  places  of  meeting  of  the  demes  were 
always  in  the  principal  place  of  their  district,  and  were  only  in 
the  capital  when  a  part  of  this  belonged  to  the  district  of  a 
deme;  a  case  which,  as  the  capital  steadily  grew  in  extent, 
happened  with  several  of  the  demes  bordering  on  it.2 

The  Phylae  of  Clisthenes,  as  has  been  already  stated,  were 
combinations  each  containing  ten  demes.  On  what  principle 
he  attached  the  single  demes  to  this  or  that  Phyle  cannot  be 
clearly  ascertained.  Only  this  much  is  certain,  that  it  was  by 
no  means  always  the  neighbouring  demes  that  were  connected ; 
for  many  of  those  iDelonging  to  one  and  the  same  tribe  lay  far 
apart,  and  were  separated  by  others  belonging  to  other  Phylse.3 
By  this  arrangement  Clisthenes  seems  to  have  wished  to  pro- 
vide that  in  the  deliberations  of  the  Phylae  local  and  particular 
interests  should  not  outweigh  the  general  interests  of  the  coun- 
try. The  Phylae  received  their  name  from  ancient  indigenous 
heroes :  they  were  called  Erechtheis,  iEgeis,  Pandionis,  Leontis, 
Acamantis,  (Eueis,  Cecropis,  Hippothontis,  iEantis,  Antiochis. 
This  was  the  traditional  order  of  succession,  but  had  no  de- 
monstrable influence  on  the  rights  or  functions  of  the  Phylae, 
which  were,  on  the  contrary,  determined  annually  by  lot.4     The 

1  Demosth.  in  Eubulid.  %  9  seq.  i.  p.  440;  and  Meier,  Halle  Allg.  Lit. 

Zeit.  1846,  p.  1082. 
8  The   so-called   city-demes,   Kera-        3  Antiq.   p.    201,  note  ii.  ;    Grote, 
meis,  Melite,  Diomea,  Kollytos,  Ky-     Hist,  of  Greece,  iii.  352. 
dathenajon,      Skambonidaj. — Sauppe,        4  Bockh,    Corp.  Inscr.    i.   pp.  153, 
op.  rit.  sup.;  Leake,  Topog.  of  Athens,     234,  299. 

2  A 


370      DESCRIPTION  OF  THE  PRINCIPAL  STATES. 

statues  of  these  ten  heroes,  the  Eponymi,  stood  in  Athens  in  the 
market:  and  written  decrees  intended  for  publication  were 
usually  affixed  to  them.  Each  Phyle  paid  worship  to  its 
eponymous  hero,  to  whom  also  were  assigned  portions  of  land 
(refievrj)  with  special  priests.1  As  officials  of  the  Phylae,  we 
hear  only  of  presidents  {hnixeX-qraC)  and  treasurers  (ra/Aicu)  to 
administer  the  funds.52  To  these  were  paid  the  revenues 
arising  from  the  landed  property  belonging  to  the  Phylae  or 
from  the  contributions  of  its  members.  The  assemblies  of  the 
Phylae  were  called,  like  those  of  the  demes,  ayopai,  but  were 
always  held  in  the  city  of  Athens,3  because,  with  the  want  of 
local  connection  that  existed  in  the  Phyle,  no  other  place 
could  be  suitable  as  the  common  centre  of  the  members.  In 
these  assemblies,  however,  not  only  were  the  special  affairs  of 
the  Phyle  dealt  with,  but  also  those  of  the  whole  State.  They 
were,  for  instance,  commissioned4  to  appoint  officials  from  their 
own  number  for  the  superintendence  of  the  public  works,  as, 
for  example,  the  walls  of  the  city,  its  fortifications  and  moats, 
the  roads,  and  the  ships  of  war :  they  appointed  the  Liturgi,  per- 
sons whose  duty  it  was  to  provide  the  necessary  paraphernalia 
at  those  State  festivals  which  were  combined  with  theatrical  or 
gymnastic  displays,  or  at  which  public  banquets  were  held,  as 
well  as  to  meet  a  large  portion  of  the  expenses.  Whether, 
however,  the  members  of  the  senate,  of  whom  there  were  fifty 
from  each  Phyle,  were  chosen  in  its  meetings  or  elsewhere  is 
uncertain :  but  of  the  boards  of  magistrates,  of  which  several 
consisted  of  ten  members,  one  from  each  Phyle,  we  know  that 
their  appointment  did  not  take  place  in  the  tribal  assemblies. 

We  have  previously  mentioned5  that  the  four  ancient  Phylae 
which  existed  before  Clisthenes  were  divided  into  small  ad- 
ministrative districts,  which  were  termed  Naucrariae,  and  of 
which  there  were  twelve  in  each  Phyle,  and  therefore  forty- 
eight  in  all.  This  division  Clisthenes  retained  in  its  essence, 
but  connected  it  with  his  new  arrangement  of  the  Phylae  by 
making  fifty  Naucrariae,  five  for  each  Phyle,6  and — a  circum- 
stance which,  though  nowhere  expressly  stated,  nevertheless 
seems  scarcely  to  admit  of  doubt — combined  every  two  demes 
into  a  Naucraria.  The  importance  of  the  Naucrariae  naturally 
did  not  remain  the  same  as  it  had  formerly  been,  and  we  hear 
in  particular  that  the  business  which  had  belonged  to  the 

1  Bockh,  Corp.  Inscr,  p.  175  ;  *  Schomann,  de  Comit.  Ath.  p.  374; 
Kohler,  Hermes,  vol.  v.  p.  339.  Bockh,  P.  E.  pp.  598,  619. 

A  %  n'  ?-  14%r*  1(?7r9  ;  RanSaW'        «  See  above,  p.  326. 
A.  H.  n.  p.  174,  no.  476.  '  r 

3  Sauppe,  op.  cit.  p.  20 ;  Meier,  ut        6  Photius,  sub  voc.    va.vicpa.pla  from 

szip.  p.  1088.  Clidemus. 


THE  A  THENIAN  ST  A  TE.  371 

Naucrari  had  now  passed  to  the  Demarchs.1  As  these  func- 
tionaries now  had  in  their  hands  the  whole  financial  adminis- 
tration and  police  supervision  of  their  district,  it  follows  that 
the  Naucrari  had  nothing  further  to  do  with  business  of  this 
kind,  but  that  their  function  could  now  have  reference  solely  to 
the  contributions  for  the  purposes  of  the  State,  especially  for 
the  navy,  and  perhaps  also  for  the  cavalry ;  so  we  find  them 
actually  designated  as  trierarchs,  and  the  Naucrariae  as  some- 
thing analogous  to  the  Symmoriae.2  How  long  they  may  still 
have  lasted  cannot  be  ascertained ;  certainly  not  beyond  the 
time  when,  at  the  instigation  of  Themistocles,  the  navy  was 
increased  far  beyond  its  former  limit.  After  this  time  the 
cost  of  building  ships  was  defrayed  from  the  funds  of  the 
State,  a  special  fund  being  formed  for  the  purpose  under  a 
treasurer,  and  the  building  being  directed,  under  the  super- 
vision of  the  Council,  by  ten  Trieropcei  appointed  by  the  Phylae. 
Whether  Clisthenes  also  made  Trittyes  is  doubtful.  In 
earlier  times,  we  are  told,  this  name  denoted  unions,  each  con- 
taining four  Naucrariae,  so  that  there  were  three  Trittyes  in 
each  of  the  old  Phylae,  an  arrangement  also  indicated  by  the 
name  Trittys.  These  Trittyes  naturally  now  ceased  to  exist. 
In  later  times  we  find  Trittyes  again  named  as  thirds  of  the 
Phylae  of  Clisthenes;3  as  regards  these  it  is  impossible  to 
discover  more  than  that  the  division  must  have  had  special 
reference  to  the  navy  and  to  military  service. 

5. — The  Council  of  the  Five  Hundred. 

The  description  of  the  State  as  a  whole,  embracing  in  itself 
as  subordinate  parts  all  the  smaller  societies  hitherto  mentioned, 
may  be  most  suitably  commenced  with  what  Aristotle  calls  to 
Kvpwv  T775  iroXireiax  ;4  that  is,  with  the  sovereign  power.  This 
power  in  a  democracy  is  possessed  only  by  the  people  as  a 
whole,  and  is  exercised  in  general  assemblies.    As,  however,  it 

1  Harpocration,  sub    voc.    S^/tapX0*  01.    120.    2    and   121.    2 ;     Rangabe^ 

and  vavicpapiKa. ;  Schol.  Aristoph.  Nub.  A.  H.  ii.  no.  443,  v.  44,  and  2298,  v. 

v.   37  ;  Photius  sub  voc.   vavKpapina.  ;  31.     Another  inscription  of  an  earlier 

Pollux,  viii.  108.  date  (ib.  no.  448)  names  an  'Eiraicptwv 

,  tj,    . .  ,  r     .         0  rpiTTiii,  with  regard  to  which  it  re- 

Photius    sub  voc;  Lexicon  Segue-  ^  uncertain  whether  the  >E         ?f 

rmnum,  p.  283.  formed    &    ^^    Qr    whether    the 

8  Demosth.  de  Symmor.  §  23;  Ma-  trittys  was  a  division  of  the  'EwaKpeh. 

chines,    in    Ctes.    §   30.     Cf.    Plato,  The  former,  however,  appears  to  me 

Hep.    v.    p.   475,   where    Trittyarchi  more  probable..    Cf.  Ross,  Demen  von 

are  mentioned  as   subordinate  com-  Attika,  p.  8,  and  Haase,  Stammverf. 

manders  under  the   StrategL     Then  p.  70. 
Trittyarchi  appear  in  inscriptions  of        *  Pol.  iii.  5.  1. 


372      DESCRIPTION  OF  THE  PRINCIPAL  STATES. 

is  impossible  for  such  assemblies  themselves  to  deal  singly  with 
all  matters  of  government  and  administration,  the  greater  part 
of  these  must  be  left  to  certain  authorities,  who  deal  with  them 
in  the  name  of  the  sovereign  people  and  under  commission  from 
it,  and  are  responsible  to  it  for  their  management.  But  for  the 
popular  assembly  itself  an  authority  is  requisite  which  shall 
prepare  for  debate  in  the  general  body  the  subjects  appropriate 
to  its  discussion  and  decision,  and  shall  provide  that  the  actual 
discussion  shall  proceed  in  that  form  which  is  proper  and 
prescribed  by  the  laws.  Such  a  preliminary  authority  was  the 
Council  of  the  Five  Hundred.  But  it  was  not  merely  this,  but 
also  an  extremely  important  administrative  authority  to  whose 
independent  attention  were  left  certain  kinds  of  business  in- 
appropriate to  a  numerous  popular  assembly,  although,  as  need 
hardly  be  pointed  out,  it  was  still  responsible  to  the  people 
concerning  them. 

The  number  of  the  Council — five  hundred — is  connected  with 
the  arrangement  of  the  Phylse  which  was  introduced  by  Clis- 
thenes.  In  earlier  times  the  Council  had  consisted  of  four 
hundred  persons,  doubtless  a  hundred  from  each  Phyle.  The 
members  (Bouleutse)  were  appointed  by  lot,  and  with  beans ;  a 
mode  of  election  which,  it  may  be  remarked,  was  certainly  not 
introduced  earlier  than  the  appointment  of  the  magistrates  by 
lot,  and  this,  as  has  above  been  shown,  is  ascribed  with  greatest 
probability  to  Clisthenes.  Only  the  citizens  of  the  three  higher 
classes  were  eligible.  It  was  only  after  Aristides  had  made  the 
magistracies,  with  few  exceptions,  accessible  to  all  classes  without 
distinction,  that  the  Thetes  also  were  enabled  to  reach  the 
Council.  After  that  time,  apart  from  hnmfda,  nothing  further 
was  requisite  for  eligibility  than  the  legal  age  of  at  least  thirty 
years.1  So  long  however  as  the  places  in  the  senate  were 
unpaid,  the  poorer  classes  naturally  were  glad  to  maintain  their 
exclusion.  The  payment,  a  drachma  a  day,2  was  probably  intro- 
duced at  the  same  time  as  that  given  to  the  popular  assemblies 
and  judicial  bodies,  i.e.  in  the  age  of  Pericles.  The  oligarchy, 
or  modification  of  absolute  democracy,  which  existed  for  a  time 
towards  the  end  of  the  Peloponnesian  war,  abolished  with  other 
payments  that  of  the  Council  also.3  Later  on  this  was  restored ; 
the  date  however  cannot  be  definitely  determined.  The  tenure 
of  the  post  of  councillor,  like  that  of  most  of  the  magistracies, 


1  Xen.  Mem.  i.  2.  35.      That  natu-  mosth.  in  Necer.  p.  1346. 

ralised   citizens    also   could    become  2  Hesych.  i.  p.  750,  sub  voc.  povXrjs 

members  of  the  Council  is  proved  by  Xaxe"'. 

the  example  of  Apollodorus.    See  De-  3  Thuc.  viii.  97. 


THE  A  THENIAN  ST  A  T£.  373 

was  annual ;  but  the  posts  could  be  filled  several  times  by  one 
and  the  same  person,  although  hardly  in  direct  succession,1 
any  more  than  was  the  case  with  magistracies.  At  the  casting 
of  lots  two  persons  were  selected  for  each  post,  the  second  as  a 
reserve  man  in  case  the  first  should  be  hindered  from  serving.2 
Such  hindrance  might  result  from  the  examination  (Zoiciiiaaia) 
which  it  was  necessary  to  undergo  before  the  old  Council.  In 
the  course  of  this  any  one  was  allowed  to  bring  forward  his 
objections  to  the  fitness  of  the  person  selected  by  lot,  and  these 
objections,  if  they  were  found  to  be  well  grounded,  excluded  him 
from  entering  on  his  office.3  The  considerations  according  to 
which  fitness  or  unfitness  was  judged  were  essentially  the  same 
as  were  regarded  in  the  dokimasia  of  the  magistrates,  and  on 
this  account  we  shall  content  ourselves  with  a  reference  to  what 
is  to,  be  said  upon  this  point  hereafter.  At  their  entry  the 
Bouleutse  took  an  oath  of  a  very  specific  character,  referring 
to  all  the  different  duties  and  functions  of  the  Council.4  Their 
sign  of  office,  when  they  were  sitting  as  a  collective  body,  con- 
sisted in  a  wreath  of  myrtle.  At  public  assemblies,  both  feasts 
and  dramatic  representations  in  the  theatre,  as  well  as  assem- 
blies for  the  transaction  of  business,  they  had  their  special  place 
of  honour,  and  during  their  year  of  office  they  were  free  from 
military  service.  If  a  member  of  the  Council  were  accused  of  a 
crime  the  body  might  provisionally  remove  him.  This  took 
place  by  means  of  the  so-called  i/c<f>vk\o<f)opia,  because  the  voting 
in  it  was  performed  with  leaves  of  olive  instead  of  with  voting 
tablets  or  pebbles.  A  fuller  inquiry  about  the  person  removed 
then  took  place,  and  after  it,  if  the  result  proved  favourable,  he 
might  be  again  admitted ;  in  the  contrary  case  he  was  liable  to 
further  punishment.5  After  the  expiration  of  their  year  of  office 
it  was  customary  in  the  age  of  Demosthenes  for  a  golden  crown  to 
be  decreed  to  the  Council  collectively  as  a  sign  of  the  satisfaction 
of  the  people  with  their  tenure  of  office ;  this  crown,  together 
with  the  decree,  being  then  preserved  in  a  shrine  as  a  conse- 
crated offering.  If  the  people  were  not  satisfied,  the  crown  was 
naturally  refused,  and  the  laws  expressly  determined  special 
cases  for  its  refusal ;  for  instance,  if  the  Council  had  left  unper- 
formed the  duty  incumbent  on  it  of  attending  to  the  building 
of  new  ships  of  war.6  For  other  derelictions  of  duty  the  indi- 
viduals at  least  by  whom  these  were  committed  or  allowed 


1  Cf.  Bohneke,  Forschungen,  p.  48.  4  Antiq.  p.  212,  note  2. 

J  Harpocr   mb  voc.  **£fX*>-  *  Cf.  de  Comit.  Ath.  p.  230. 
3  Lys.  m  Fhilon.  p.  890 ;  in  Evand.  r 

p.  794  scq.;  Mant'dh.  p.  570  seq.  6  Demosth.  in  Androt.  pp.  595-6. 


374      DESCRIPTION  OF  THE  PRINCIPAL  STATES. 

might  be  made  responsible  and  punished,  even  if  the  body  in 
general  could  not  be  called  to  account  concerning  them.1 

Inasmuch  as  the  Council  was  the  authority  on  which  devolved 
the  task  of  preparation  for  the  popular  assemblies,  its  duty  was 
to  deliberate  previously  about  everything  which  was  to  be 
brought  before  the  latter,  and  to  draw  up  a  provisional  resolu- 
tion (TrpoftovXevfia),  about  which  we  shall  have  to  speak  more 
particularly  in  the  next  section.  Here  we  have  to  do  only  with 
the  subjects  which  were  left  to  it  for  its  own  independent 
administration.  These  belonged  especially  to  the  department  of 
finance  and  to  the  departments  of  war  connected  therewith. 
The  farming  out  of  public  revenues,  the  receipt  of  tenders  for 
public  works,  the  sale  of  confiscated  properties  and  the  like, 
were  carried  out  under  superintendence  of  the  Council,  by  the 
Poletse,  who  were  commissioned  for  the  purpose,  and  its  ratifi- 
cation was  requisite  for  their  validity.2  The  law  authorised 
the  arrest  of  the  tenants  or  their  sureties  as  well  as  the  receivers 
of  public  moneys,  if  their  payments  were  not  made  at  the 
proper  time.3  The  payments  of  the  receivers  to  the  different 
treasuries  took  place  before  the  Council,  and  at  its  direc- 
tion.4 The  treasurers  of  Athene  and  of  the  remaining  gods 
were  under  its  superintendence  ;  in  its  presence  they  received 
from  their  predecessors  and  delivered  to  their  successors, 
according  to  the  inventory  received,  the  money  and  valuables 
under  their  protection.6  To  meet  certain  special  expenses  con- 
nected with  the  position  of  the  Council — for  instance,  the  cost 
of  the  sacrifice  to  be  offered  by  the  Prytanes  on  account  of 
their  office — it  had  a  special  treasury  under  a  treasurer  chosen 
by  the  Prytanes  from  their  own  number.6  The  public  expendi- 
ture moreover  from  the  other  public  treasuries  was  under  its 
supervision,  and  was  defrayed  by  its  instructions.  To  it 
also  belonged  the  duty  of  providing  for  the  annual  building  of 
a  certain  number  of  new  ships  of  war,  and  of  concluding  the 
contracts  for  this  object  with  the  trierarchs.7  In  general  the 
fleet  and  all  that  pertained  to  it  were  under  its  special 
supervision.  It  was  bound  to  see  that  there  was  no  want  of 
the  necessary  stores  and  other  requisites,  and  in  time  of  war 


1  The  saying  of  ^Eschines  in  Ctes.  Pub.  Econ.  of  Athens,  p.  155. 
J).  412,    tt)v  povXrjv   roiis    ireiraicofflovs  »  /J,  p.  338. 

inrtAOvvov  ircirolriKev  6  vonoOtr-qs,  is  pro-  4  lb   v    160 

bably  to  be  understood  only  in  the  .      '  v'  .' 

manner  stated.       As  to    complaints  lb-  P"  1W seq' 

against  individuals,  cf.   Demosth.  in  6  Id-  Staatsh.  i.  232;  Rangabe,  A.  H. 

Androt.  p.  605,  §39.  ii.  no.  468,  1175,  2297. 

2  Cf.  Andoc.  de  Myst.  §  134  ;  Bockh,  7  Bockh,  Pub.  Econ.  of  Ath.  p.  249. 


THE  ATHENIAN  STATE.  375 

to  lend  its  aid  in  rapidly  fitting  out  the  ships.1  Similarly 
it  decreed  to  the  trierarchs,  who  had  shown  themselves  most 
zealous  in  this  respect,  the  appointed  reward — a  crown.2  The 
cavalry,  again,  which  was  kept  embodied,  and  was  exercised 
during  peace  as  well  as  in  war,  was  under  its  especial  super- 
vision. It  was  bound  to  inspect  these  troops  from  time  to  time, 
and  to  direct  the  payments  appointed  for  them.3  Finally,  in 
raising  levies  of  men  for  war,  a  process  undertaken  in  each 
deme  independently,  commissioners  of  the  Council  seem  to 
have  acted  in  conjunction  with  the  demarchs.4 

Among  other  kinds  of  business  belonging  to  the  Council  we 
may  specially  mention  that  the  nine  archons  after  their  dis- 
charge from  office  had  to  undergo  an  examination  before  it,  of 
which  particulars  will  be  given  hereafter.  We  may  note 
besides  that  in  many  cases  it  also  served  as  a  court  of  justice, 
viz.,  when  a  criminal  information  or  a  civil  suit  was  submitted 
to  its  notice  relative  to  such  breaches  of  the  law  as  for  some 
reason  did  not  admit  of  the  usual  course  of  procedure.  It  could, 
however,  pronounce  an  independent  judgment  only  in  compara- 
tively unimportant  cases,  its  right  of  punishment  being  limited 
to  a  fine  of  five  hundred  drachma?.  More  serious  cases  it  was 
bound  to  send  either  to  a  heliastic  court  or  even  to  the  popular 
assembly.  Frequently,  however,  both  in  these  matters  and  in 
other  affairs  which  properly  lay  outside  its  competence,  it 
received  full  power  from  the  people  to  pass  an  independent 
decision.6  Eesolutions  of  the  Council  which  required  the  assent 
of  the  people  were  called  irpo^ovkevfiara ;  such  resolutions, 
however,  could  only  be  brought  before  the  popular  assembly  by 
the  same  Council  that  had  drawn  them  up,  and  accordingly  at  the 
expiration  of  its  year  of  office  became  invalid.  Hence  when 
the  matters  to  which  they  related  could  not  be  suffered  to  drop, 
a  new  proposal  concerning  them  before  the  succeeding  Council 
was  requisite,  as  also  a  new  probouleuma.  Other  resolutions 
of  the  Council  which  did  not  belong  to  the  class  of  probouleu- 
mata  could  only  have  reference  to  the  branches  of  administration 
with  which  it  was  within  the  power  of  the  Council  to  deal, 
and  for  the  most  part  concerned  measures  of  administration 
which  were  to  be  carried  out  at  once.  If  however  they  were 
not  carried  out  during  the  Council's  term  of  office,  they  also 
became  invalid  on  its  retirement,6  in  so  far  as  the  new  Council 
did  not  adopt  and  repeat  them. 

1  Bockh,  Seeurkundc,  pp.  59,  63.  4  Demosth.  in  Polycl.  p.  1208. 

a  Cf.  the  speech  of  Demosthenes,  de  <,-,«•,   ,-,      .,    ,,,        nc 
cor.  trier,  p.  122$  seg.  CL  de  Comd'  Ath-  P"  95« 

8  Bockh,  P.  E.  of  Ath.  p.  250.  6  Demosth.  in  Aritstocr.  p.  651. 


376    DESCRIPTION  OF  THE  PRINCIPAL  STATES. 

For  the  purpose  of  transacting  its  business,  the  Council 
held  sittings  daily,  except  on  feasts  and  holidays,  at  its  place 
of  meeting,  situated  in  the  market,  and  called  the  fiovXev- 
rtjptov  or  council-house.  Only  in  exceptional  cases  did  it 
meet  elsewhere ;  for  instance,  on  the  Acropolis,  or  in  the 
Piraeus,  and,  for  special  reasons,  in  the  Eleusinium  or  the 
temple  of  the  Eleusinian  Demeter, — not  that  at  Eleusis, 
but  that  situated  in  Athens  itself.1  In  its  usual  place  of 
meeting,  the  seats  were  apparently  numbered,  and  the  oath 
bound  the  members  only  to  sit  in  their  appointed  places.2 
In  addition  to  this,  there  were  barriers  in  order  to  keep  at 
a  suitable  distance  those  persons  present  who  did  not  belong  to 
the  Council.3  At  times  they  were  also  expelled  entirely  from 
the  place,  if  the  proceedings  were  to  be  secret:  in  general, 
however,  these  were  public.4  Near  at  hand  was  a  number  of 
the  police-soldiers,  the  so-called  Scythians  or  Toxotse,  to  give 
their  services  in  case  of  need.6  A  full  meeting  of  the  whole 
five  hundred  probably  occurred  but  seldom,  but  it  is  nowhere 
stated  what  number  constituted  a  quorum.  On  the  other 
hand,  it  was  obligatory  for  at  least  one  of  the  sections  of  the 
Council  to  assemble  in  its  full  number,  and  that,  moreover, 
according  to  a  certain  order  of  succession  among  the  sections. 
The  whole  collective  body  was  thus  divided  according  to  the 
Phylae,  into  ten  sections  of  fifty  persons,  and  these  served  in  an 
order  of  succession  determined  at  the  beginning  of  the  year  by 
lot.  The  members  of  the  section  serving  at  any  time  were 
called  Prytanes,  i.e.  Chiefs  or  Presidents,  because  they  presided 
in  the  full  sittings  of  the  Council,  as  also  in  the  popular 
assemblies.  The  time  of  their  service  was  called  a  Prytany, 
and  lasted  in  ordinary  years  thirty-five  or  thirty-six,  in  inter- 
calated years  thirty-eight  or  thirty-nine  days.  The  Athenians, 
it  may  be  explained,  had  a  legal  lunar  year  consisting  of 
twelve  months  of  twenty-nine  and  thirty  days  alternately,  and 
therefore  of  354  days  altogether..  This  year  they  kept  in 
accordance  with  the  solar  year  by  periodical  intercalations  of  a 
thirteenth  month  of  thirty  days.  The  names  of  the  months 
were  Hekatombaeon,  Metageitnion,  Boedromion,  Pyanepsion, 
Msemakterion,  Poseideon,  Gamelion,  Anthesterion,  Elaphebo- 
lion,  Munychion,   Thargelion,   Scirophorion :    the   intercalary 

1  Cf.  Antiq.  jur.  pub.  Gr.  p.  215,  1  ;    which  this  was  first   ordered   in  the 
Plut.  Phocion,  c.  32;  Bockh,  Urkunde,     archonship  of  Glaucippus,  B.C.  410. 
P-2171AS„  .  -         .  3  Aristoph.  Eq.  647. 

Philochorus,  quoted  in  the  Schol.  on  Anb*'  P-  216>  note  3' 

Aristoph.   Pluius,   973,    according  to        5  Aristoph.  Eq.  671. 


THE  A  THENIAN  ST  A  TE.  377 

month  being  inserted  between  Poseideon  and  Gamelion,  and 
called  second  Poseideon.  The  four  days  that  remained  over,  in 
the  ordinary  as  well  as  in  the  intercalated  year,  were  added  by 
lot  to  the  several  Prytanies,  so  that,  as  has  been  said,  some 
served  thirty- five  or  thirty-eight,  others  thirty-nine.1  The 
place  in  which  they  assembled  was  indeed  at  times  also  termed 
the  Prytaneum,  but  was  properly  called  Tholus,  and  must  not 
be  confounded  with  the  more  ancient  Prytaneum  proper.  It 
lay  in  the  neighbourhood  of  the  senate-house,  so  that  the 
Prytanes  could  without  inconvenience  betake  themselves  from 
it  to  the  full  meetings  of  the  Senate.  Before  and  after  these 
meetings,  however,  they  were  present  in  the  Tholus  for  the 
whole  day,  and  also  took  their  meals  here  at  a  common  table, 
at  the  public  expense.  From  the  number  of  the  Prytanes  one 
director  or  Epistates  was  daily  chosen  by  lot,  who  presided  in 
the  meetings  both  of  the  Council  and  of  the  Assembly,  and 
who  had  in  his  custody  the  key  of  the  citadel  and  of  the  public 
archives,  as  well  as  the  State  seal.  The  statement  of  some 
later  authors  of  slight  authority,  that  ten  proedri  at  a  time 
were  chosen  from  the  Prytanes  for  seven  days,  and  from 
among  them  the  Epistates,  finds  no  confirmation  from  more 
trustworthy  sources.  "We  do  indeed  find,  however,  that  in 
the  later  period,  some  decades  after  the  archonship  of 
Euclides,2  the  Epistates  of  the  Prytanes  chose  by  lot  one 
proedrus  out  of  each  of  the  nine  remaining  Phylae  or  sections 
of  the  Council,  and  therefore  nine  proedri  in  all,  of  whom  one 
served  as  president  in  the  full  sittings  of  the  Council  as  well  as 
in  the  Popular  Assembly,  and  was  likewise  called  Epistates,  so 
that  the  former  Epistates  had  left  to  him  only  the  presidency 
among  the  Prytanes,  together  with  the  custody  of  the  above- 
mentioned  key  and  of  the  State  seal. 

The  daily  order,  in  any  particular  case,  for  the  business  to 
be  dealt  with  by  the  Council  was  determined  by  a  programme, 
and  if  exceptional  circumstances  were  to  be  dealt  with, — such, 
for  instance,  as  related  to  embassies  or  public  emissaries,  these 
took  precedence  of  all  the  rest.3  If  private  persons  had  any- 
thing to  bring  before  the  Council,  they  were  required  to  enter 
into  communication  beforehand  concerning  it,  and  to  ask  for  a 
hearing :  this  it  was  necessary  to  do  in  writing.4     The  voting 


1  Of .  Antiq.  p.  218,  12.  Some  p.  v.)  this  alteration  began  between 
doubtful  points  are  of  too  little  im-  01.  100.  3  and  01.  102.  4. 

portance  to  be  mentioned  here.  s  Demosth.  deFals.Leg.  p.  399,  §  185. 

2  According  to  Meier,  de  Epistat.  *  irpoiToSov  ypd<peadai  or  airoypa.<peu- 
Ath.  (prefixed  to  the  summer  pro-  0<u ;  cf.  Hemsterhuis  on  Lucian,  vol. 
gramme   of  lectures   at   Halle,   1855,  i.  p.  219,  Bip. 


378      DESCRIPTION  OF  THE  PRINCIPAL  STATES. 

was  effected  by  show  of  hands,  or,  if  the  Council  was  acting  as 
a  court  of  justice,  by  voting  pebbles,  and  therefore  secretly ;  and 
if  a  vote  was  being  taken  concerning  the  removal  of  a  member, 
the  voting  proceeded  by  means  of  olive  leaves.  Several  of 
the  members  of  the  Council  served  as  secretaries.  We  find, 
in  the  first  place,  one  who  was  appointed  for  each  Prytany 
by  lot  from  among  the  Prytanes,  and  whose  duty  it  was  to 
prepare  all  the  acts  passed  by  the  senate,  on  which  account 
he  was  customarily  named  in  the  decrees,  together  with  the 
president  and  the  proposer.  The  name  of  the  secretary  of  the 
first  Prytany  was  also,  by  way  of  a  more  complete  indication 
of  the  year,  attached  to  the  name  of  the  archon.1  A  second 
secretary  was  elected  by  the  Council  on  a  show  of  hands,  and, 
without  doubt,  not  for  the  duration  of  one  Prytany  only,  but 
for  the  whole  year.  On  him  seems  to  have  fallen  the  super- 
vision of  the  archives  of  the  Council.2  A  third  was  appointed 
especially  for  the  transactions  in  the  popular  assembly,  his 
duty  being  to  read  the  documents  there  requisite.3  No  doubt 
there  were  also,  besides  these,  three  other  subordinate  secre- 
taries, who  were  not  members,  but  merely  servants  of  the 
Council;  but  more  particular  information  concerning  them 
cannot  be  given.  Even  in  reference  to  the  three  above  men- 
tioned, some  alterations  may  have  been  made  in  the  course  of 
time,  which  it  seems  hardly  worth  while  to  trace  more  parti- 
cularly. Of  great  importance,  however,  was  the  office  of 
checking-clerk,  avrvypafavs,  who  may  to  some  extent  be 
termed  the  book-keeper  or  controller  of  the  Council,  and  whose 
duty  it  was  to  supervise  all  the  transactions  connected  with 
pecuniary  matters.  He  was  appointed  by  election,  and  in 
later  times  by  lot,  and,  as  seems  not  to  admit  of  doubt,  invari- 
ably from  among  the  members  of  the  Council.4 

Further,  it  may  be  here  noted  that  on  the  days  when  the 
Council  was  sitting,  a  signal,  probably  a  flag,  was  hoisted  on 
the  council-house,  and  when  the  sitting  was  about  to  begin  the 
members  were  summoned  to  enter  by  a  herald ;  the  flag  was 
then  taken  down.5  Late  comers  seem  to  have  lost  their 
seat  for  that  day,  or,  at  any  rate,  their  pay.     The  proceed- 

1  Bockh,  P.  E.  of  Athens,  p.  180.    Cf.     the  people. 

also  Epigr.  Chron.  Stud.  ii.  p.  38  seq.,        4  Bockh,  P.E.  p.  189.    Whether  the 

and  Kbhler,  Hermes,  vol.  v.  p.  334  &vTiypa<pei>s  ttjs  dioucrjcrews  is  really  dif - 

seq.  ferent  from  the  avTiypa<pei>s  rrjs  (3ov\r)s, 

2  Bockh,  P.  E.  p.  187.  as  is  stated  by  Harpocration,  sub  voc. 

3  lb.  p.  188.  This  secretary  must  &vTiypa<pe6s,  and  Pollux,  loc.  cit.,  I  re- 
not  however  be  considered  a  member  frain  from  considering. 

of  the  assembly,  since,  according  to  8  Andoc.  de  Myst.  $  36  ;  cf .  Scho- 
Pollux,   viii.   98,  he  was  chosen  by    mann,  de  Comit.  p.  149  seq. 


THE  A  THENIAN  ST  A  TE.  379 

ings  did  not  begin  without  the  offering  of  a  prayer  to  the  gods 
of  the  Council : x  and  an  altar  of  Hestia  stood  in  the  place  of 
session.2  Solemn  sacrifices  were  offered  upon  entrance  to 
office,  and  on  laying  it  down  (elo-irrjpia  and  igirripta  3).  Besides 
these,  both  at  the  close  of  the  year  and  at  other  times, 
sacrifices  were  offered  by  the  Prytanes  for  the  welfare  of  the 
State,  to  Zeus  Soter,  and  to  other  gods,  notice  of  them  being 
given  to  the  people.4  That  there  existed  a  special  treasury 
of  the  Council  for  the  cost  of  such  sacrifices,  as  well  as  for 
other  expenditure  to  be  undertaken  by  the  Council,  has  already 
been  previously  remarked.5 


6.— The  Popular  Assembly. 

General  assemblies  of  the  people,  in  which  the  collective 
body  of  citizens  themselves  directly  exercised  their  sovereign 
power,  were  for  long  in  the  earlier  period  not  so  frequent  as 
they  afterwards  became.  The  people  was  content  to  know 
that  the  most  important  measures,  those  which  concerned  the 
general  interest  in  its  widest  and  fullest  extent,  were  reserved 
for  its  own  decision ;  accordingly,  it  left  matters  of  more 
detail  to  the  Council  or  to  the  magistrates  with  all  the  greater 
confidence,  since  it  considered  that  the  control  of  the  Areopagus 
and  the  responsibility  to  which  all  magistrates  were  subjected, 
afforded  a  sufficient  security  against  the  misuse  of  power  so 
delegated.  Whether  certain  fixed  assemblies  of  the  people 
regularly  recurring  at  appointed  times  were  ordained  by  the 
legislation  of  Solon,  is  unknown.  It  is  however  probable  that 
such  assemblies  may  have  been  held  merely  for  the  purpose  of 
electing  magistrates,  and  to  some  extent  for  the  so-called 
i'm'xeLpoTovia  or  confirmation  of  the  magistrates  and  the  laws, 
but  that  as  regards  other  subjects  the  people  were  convoked  for 
discussion  as  often  as  seemed  requisite.  In  the  times  about 
which  we  have  fuller  information  6  there  was  at  first  a  regular 
assembly  in  each  Prytany,  and  therefore  ten  in  the  year ;  these 
were  called  nvpiai  heKhsffrhu*  By  degrees  the  number  of  these 
rose  to  four  in  each  Prytany,  which,  as  being  vop.ip.oi  eKK\r)aicu, 


1  Zei)j    BovXaios,     'A$i)vcL     BovXala,  4  Cf.  de  Comit.  p.  305  seq.;  C.  Inscr. 

Antiphon,  de  Choreutis,  §  45. — 'Eoria  p.  155. 

flouXaia.Harpocration,  subvoc.  BovXaia.  .  _,..  ,  ,       _.  ,       „             m     ,  , 

-"Apreiu!  BovXala,   C.   Inscr.   112,  8.  \?°ckh'    Pub-    Ec0n'    °S   Athens> 

113,  15.    Cf.  Philologus,  xxiii.  p.  216.  P-  17°* 

*  Xenoph.  Hell.  ii.  3.  53,  with  the  B  With  regard  to  what  follows  I 

passages  quoted  by  Schneider.  need  only   refer  to   the  treatise  de 

3  Suidas,  art.  ei<riTr)pia.  Comit.  Ath.  p.  29  seq. 


380      DESCRIPTION  OF  THE  PRINCIPAL  STATES. 

were  probably  held  on  days  fixed  beforehand,  though  we  are 
not  in  a  position  to  discover  with  any  certainty  which  days 
these  were  in  the  individual  Prytanies.  The  name  /cvpia 
iKKXrjcria,  however,  remained  for  a  long  time  confined  to  the 
first  regular  assembly  in  each  Prytany,  until  later  on  it 
was  transferred  to  the  three  others  as  well.  Extraordinary 
meetings  were  called  <rvy/c\r)TOt  or  KaraKkryTOi  i/c/cXrjcriac, 
and  also  KaraKk^alav,  because  to  them  it  was  necessary  to 
summon  the  people  from  the  surrounding  country  by  send- 
ing round  messengers, — a  measure  unnecessary  in  the  case  of 
the  regular  assemblies,  of  which  the  appointed  day  was  uni- 
versally known  beforehand.  We  find,  however,  that  for  the 
discussion  of  particular  subjects,  the  convocation  of  an  extra- 
ordinary assembly  was  sometimes  ordered  by  the  people  itself.1 
The  place  of  meeting  in  earlier  times  is  stated  to  have  been  in 
the  market ;  in  the  historical  period  the  people  met  there  only 
to  vote  on  proposals  of  ostracism,  at  other  times  assembling  in 
the  so-called  Pnyx.  As  regards  the  position  of  this  latter,  a 
point,  which  quite  recently  has  become  a  matter  of  considerable 
dispute,2  the  indications  given  by  the  ancient  authorities 
appear  to  settle  this  much  at  any  rate  with  certainty,  that  it 
was  in  the  neighbourhood  of  the  market,  and  that  of  the 
streets  running  out  of  the  market  one  led  only  into  the  Pnyx.3 
After  the  building  of  the  permanent  theatre  the  people  as- 
sembled there  also  for  the  discussion  of  certain  subjects.4 
Later,  though  not  till  after  the  time  of  Demosthenes,  the 
assemblies  in  the  theatre  became  more  and  more  frequent,  and 
henceforward  the  Pnyx  was  used  only  for  assemblies  for  the 
purpose  of  election,  and  not  always  even  for  those.5  Extra- 
ordinary assemblies  were  sometimes,  for  special  reasons,  also 
held  elsewhere ;  for  instance,  in  the  Piraeus,  in  the  theatre 
there,  or  in  Colonus,  a  place  consecrated  to  Poseidon,  about  ten 
stadia  distant  from  Athens.6  The  convoking  of  the  assembly 
was  the  duty  of  the  Prytanes.     This  consisted,  in  the  case  of 


1  jEschin.  de  Fate.  Leg.  pp.  241,  243,  4  Demosth.  in  Mid.  p.  517  ;  ^Esch. 

281,  and  in  Gtes.  pp.  457-8.  de  Fate.  Leg.  p.  246.     The  building 

8  The  ancients   explain  the    name  of  the  theatre  falls  in  the  beginning 

trapb.  rty  rGiv  \L6up  vvKvdrrjra,  which  of  the  fifth  century  B.C. 

they  would  certainly  not  have  done  6  Pollux,  viii.  133  ;  Hesych.  sub  voc. 

had    not   the    substructures     which  h-j>i/£  ;  Athen.  iv.  51,  p.  3S7.     In  the 

made  the   place   level    led    them   to  age  of    Demosthenes,    however,    the 

the  derivation.     With  regard  to  the  Pnyx   is   still    the   regular    place   of 

position  of  the  Pnyx,  it  may  suffice  assembly. 

to  refer  to  Curt.  Att.  Stud.  i.  pp.  23-  6  Lys.   in  Agorat.  p.    464  ;   Thuc. 

46.  viii.   67  and  93 ;  Demosth.  de  Fate. 

*  Cf.  Aristoph.  Acharn.  21  22.  Leg.  p.  360,  §  60. 


THE  A  THENIAN  STA  TE.  38 1 

the  regular  assemblies,  merely  in  issuing  a  programme  of 
business  five  or,  according  to  our  method  of  counting,  four 
days  beforehand,  announciDg  the  subjects  for  discussion.1  For 
extraordinary  assemblies,  of  course,  a  special  summons  was 
requisite.  The  right  of  convoking  these  was  also  possessed  by 
the  Strategi ;  that  is  to  say,  they  had  the  power  of  directing 
the  Prytanes  to  do  so,  if  they  had  important  matter  to  bring 
before  the  people  belonging  to  the  sphere  of  their  duties.  On 
the  actual  day  of  assembly  a  flag  was  hoisted  as  a  signal;2  at  the 
beginning  of  the  proceedings,  however,  it  was  probably  removed. 
Indeed,  to  compel  the  punctual  entrance  of  the  crowd,  which  used 
often  to  linger  too  long  in  the  marketplace  near  the  Pnyx,  the 
following  measures  were  resorted  to  in  the  time  of  Aristophanes. 
A  number  of  the  police-soldiers,  the  so-called  toxotse,  under 
the  leadership  of  one  or  several  Lexiarchi,  were  sent  to  the 
market,  and  ordered  to  surround  its  whole  circumference  with 
a  rope  coloured  red,  so  that  only  the  road  leading  to  the  Pnyx 
remained  free,  and  into  this  road  they  thus  drove  the  populace. 
The  Lexiarchi,  six  in  number,  with  thirty  assistants,  also  stood 
at  the  entrance  of  the  place  of  assembly,  partly  to  guard 
against  the  forcible  entry  of  unqualified  persons,  partly  to 
punish  those  who  came  too  late.  The  punishment,  however, 
there  is  no  doubt,  consisted  only  in  the  non-delivery  of  the 
token  (avfjifioXov)  which  it  was  necessary  to  produce  in  order  to 
receive  the  payment  for  attendance;  so  that  even  if  they 
actually  remained  at  the  assembly  they  were  yet  deprived 
of  their  pay.3  In  order  to  be  able  to  turn  back  persons  who 
had  not  been  summoned,  it  was  necessary  for  the  Lexiarchi 
to  be  empowered  to  demand  from  every  one  not  personally 
known  to  them  some  kind  of  authorisation,  though  in  what  this 
consisted  we  cannot  say.  But  the  very  name  Lexiarchi  sug- 
gests the  conjecture  that  the  so-called  Lexiarchic  registers  were 
here  made  use  of.  These,  as  we  have  before  seen,  were  kept 
for  each  deme  by  its  demarch,  and  copies  of  them  must  have 
been  in  the  hands  of  the  Lexiarchi.  In  these  registers,  with- 
out doubt,  every  citizen  had  a  certain  number,  which  he  knew, 
and  by  giving  which  he  was  enabled  to  secure  his  right  of 
entrance.  Any  one  who  received  the  token  and  then  did  not 
remain  for  the  assembly  might  apparently  be  punished  for  such 


1  Cf .    de    Cornit.    p.   58;    compare  Agenda. — Hyperid.,  quoted  by  Pollux, 

AirpofiovXevTa.  ical  &wp6ypa<f>a,    of  sub-  vi.  144 

jects  on  whicb  no  Probouleuma  has  2  Suid.  sub  voc.  <rqneiov. 

been  drawn  up,  and  which  have  not  s  This  is  clear  from  Aristoph.  Eccl. 

been  announced  in  the  statement  of  377. 


382       DESCRIPTION  OF  THE  PRINCIPAL  STATES. 

conduct.1  When  the  proceedings  were  about  to  begin  the 
entrance  of  the  place  of  meeting  was  blocked  by  a  kind  of 
barrier,  yeppa,2  and  this  remained  closed  until  the  termination 
of  the  business  to  which  it  was  thought  advisable  not  to  admit 
strangers. 

The  commencement  of  the  proceedings  was  marked  by  a 
religious  function.3  Sucking-pigs  were  carried  round  as  a 
purificatory  offering,  preceded  by  a  religious  functionary,  the 
so-called  7reptfln-/ap%o<?,  and  the  place  was  sprinkled  with  their 
blood.  Then  followed  an  offering  of  incense,  and  a  solemn 
prayer,  which  was  repeated  by  a  herald  at  the  dictation  of 
the  officiating  secretary.  Not  till  after  this  did  the  presi- 
dent make  his  statement  to  the  people  of  the  questions 
standing  for  discussion.  The  presidency  was  taken  in  earlier 
times  by  the  Epistates  of  the  Prytanes,  afterwards  by  the 
Epistates  of  the  nine  Proedri,  of  whom  mention  has  been 
made  above.  At  least  it  was  this  functionary  who  sum- 
moned the  people  to  give  their  votes,  and  this  may  per- 
haps justify  us  in  considering  him  as  president  in  general.4 
Other  magistrates,  however,  might  also  make  the  statement  if 
the  question  dealt  with  belonged  specially  to  their  department. 
If  a  nrpo^ovKevfia  had  been  drawn  up  by  the  Council,  it  was 
publicly  read,  and  the  preliminary  question  then  put,  whether 
the  people  agreed  with  it,  or  desired  to  have  the  matter  sub- 
jected to  further  discussion.5  If  the  latter  was  the  case,  or  if 
the  Council  had  come  to  no  conclusion  of  its  own  upon  the 
matter,  but  had  merely  stated  in  the  preliminary  decree  that 
the  question  was  to  be  laid  before  the  people,6  the  president 
made  the  request  that  any  one  who  desired  to  speak  on  the 
question  should  stand  forward.7  In  the  earlier  period  this 
request  was  first  made  to  the  older  men,  those  over  fifty,  and 
then  to  the  younger  ;  afterwards,  however,  this  custom  was  no 
longer  observed.  Every  citizen  might  demand  the  right  of 
speaking,  so  far  as  it  was  not  legally  forbidden  him  in  conse- 


1  So  I  understand  the  statement  of  e.g.  iEschin.  in  Timarch.  p.  48,  Dem. 

Pollux,  viii.  104,  roiis  fiij  iKK\7]<ri&£ot>Tas  in  I fid.  p.  517,  10. 

tpifxlovv.    The  proposed  alteration  toi)s  s  The     vote     of    the     people     on 

/xrj  i£6v  iKK\rjcn&{oi>Ta$  is  improbable,  this   preliminary  question    is    called 

because  this  offence  was  hardly  left  irpoxeiporovla. 

to  the  Lexiarchi  to  punish  ;  its  proper  6  An  example  of  the  kind  may  be 

place  was  before  the  courts.  found  in   Dem.  de  Cor.  p.  285.     So 

s  Harpocr.  s.  v.  yt&ha.  *00    m   Aristoph.     Thesm.    383,    the 

»  r>    n      v        qi  irpoj3<Hj\ev/Ma  of  the  women's  assembly 

ue  oomit.-p.  yi  g.  contains  no  resolution,  but  only  the 

4  The  function  of  xp»?W"ifeu'  too  is  statement  of  the  subject, 

expressly  attributed  to  the  Prytanes,  7  De  Comit.  p.  103  seq. 


THE  ATHENIAN  STATE.  383 

quence  of  particular  breaches  of  the  law.  If,  despite  this,  such 
a  person  came  forward,  there  were  various  means  of  inflicting 
punishment  upon  him,  which  could  be  applied  not  only  by  the 
president,  but  by  every  citizen.  As  regards  these,  however,  we 
must  at  present  content  ourselves  with  referring  to  the  article 
on  the  judicial  system.  In  no  case,  however,  where  the  person 
was  at  least  old  enough  to  attend  the  popular  assembly  did 
extreme  youth  afford  a  reason  for  exclusion  from  the  right  of 
speaking ;  and  we  hear  that  even  mere  boys  with  the  first 
down  on  their  chins,  and  scarcely  twenty  years  of  age,  under- 
took to  appear  as  orators.1  The  person  "in  possession  of 
the  House"  mounted  the  tribune,  and  put  on  a  wreath 
of  myrtle,  as  a  sign  that  at  present  he  was  performing  a 
public  duty:  the  same  sign  was  worn  also  by  the  members 
of  the  Council  and  the  magistrates  in  the  performance  of 
their  functions.  To  interrupt  the  speaker  was  allowed  by  law 
to  no  one  except  the  president.  But  no  one  was  permitted 
to  speak  on  any  subject  other  than  that  appointed  for  dis- 
cussion, or  to  make  more  than  one  speech.  The  duty  of  check- 
ing departures  from  the  question,  of  punishing  disturbances 
and  breaches  of  order  generally,  lay  with  the  presidents.  For 
these  offences  they  might  deprive  the  speaker  of  his  "  posses- 
sion of  the  House,"  might  remove  him,  by  means  of  the  military 
police,  from  the  tribune,  and  even  from  the  assembly;  or  might 
even  impose  a  fine  to  the  amount  of  fifty  drachmae ;  or,  if  the 
breach  of  order  seemed  deserving  of  severer  punishment,  they 
might  make  a  motion  on  the  subject  in  the  Council  and  the 
next  assembly  of  the  people ;  and  if  they  neglected  this  duty 
they  made  themselves  responsible.  In  the  age  of  Demosthenes 
it  was  further  found  necessary,  for  the  effective  carrying  out  of 
the  proper  procedure,  to  station  near  the  tribune  a  number  of 
citizens  from  each  Phyle,  determined  on  each  occasion  by  lot.2 
Every  one  possessing  the  right  to  speak  had  also  the  right  of 
proposing  motions ;  for  the  theory  that  possession  of  land  in 
Attica  and  legally  valid  marriage  was  also  requisite  for  this 
is  wholly  incapable  of  proof.3  The  motion  might  be  appended 
as  a  rider  to  the  Probouleuma,  and  propose  merely  an  ex- 
tension or  modification  in  it;4  but  it  might  also  oppose  it. 
Legally,  however,  a  motion  could  be  made   only  about  such 

1  Xen.  Mem.  iii.  6.  1.  has  been  drawn,  refers,  in  my  opinion, 

2  iEschin.  in  Timarch.  p.  57,  in  only  to  such  persons  as  claimed  to  be 
Ctes.  p.  387.  According  to  Schafer,  intrusted  by  the  people  with  special 
Demosth.  ii.  p.  291,  it  was  one  of  the  functions,  such  as  those  of  ambas- 
tribal  divisions  of  the  Council.  sadors,  counsel  to  the  State,  and  the 

8  The  statement  of  Dinarchus,   in    like. 
Demosth.  §  71,  whence  this  conclusion        4Cf.  e.g.  Corp.Inscr.  nos.  84,  92, 106. 


384     DESCRIPTION  OF  THE  PRINCIPAL  STATES. 

matters  as  had  previously  been  dealt  with  in  the  Council, 
and  formed  the  subject  of  a  Probouleuma.1  As  regards  other 
matters  the  motion  could  consist  only  in  a  demand  to  the 
Council  to  discuss  these,  and  draw  up  a  Probouleuma  relative 
to  them,  which  was  then  to  be  laid  before  the  public  assembly.2 
Every  proposal  was  drawn  up  in  writing,  and  either  brought 
forward  in  the  assembly  already  signed  by  the  mover,  or  first 
drawn  up  in  the  assembly  itself.  For  this  purpose  he  was 
allowed  to  avail  himself  of  the  aid  of  the  secretary.3  The 
latter  then  gave  the  motion  to  the  presiding  Prytanes  or 
Proedri,  who,  if  there  appeared  to  be  no  legal  obstacle,  caused 
it  to  be  read  to  the  people  in  order  to  allow  a  vote  upon  it  to 
be  taken.4  It  may,  however,  be  assumed  with  confidence  that 
before  the  time  of  Pericles  the  Areopagus  also  possessed  the 
right  of  examining  the  motion,  and,  if  it  found  it  contrary  to 
law,  of  checking  the  voting.  In  Pericles'  time  this  right  was 
taken  from  the  Areopagus  and  transferred  to  the  Nomothetae ; 
after  Euclides  it  seems  to  have  been  restored  to  the  Areopagus.5 
As  to  the  exact  procedure  in  this  examination — that  is, 
whether  unanimity  among  the  examiners  on  the  admissibility 
or  inadmissibility  of  the  vote  was  requisite,  or  whether  the 
question  was  decided  by  a  majority  of  votes — nothing  can  be 
affirmed.  So  much,  however,  is  certain  that  the  Epistates  had 
the  legal  right  of  stopping  the  voting  on  his  own  unsupported 
authority.6  But  he  was  of  course  responsible  for  any  misuse  of 
his  right,  just  as  he  was  also  responsible  if  he  had  allowed  the 
voting  to  proceed  contrary  to  law,  or  to  take  place  twice  upon 
one  and  the  same  motion.7  Any  citizen  who  possessed  a  vote 
might  raise  an  objection  to  the  taking  of  the  votes  by  declaring 
that  he  wished  to  bring  the  motion,  as  illegal,  under  the 
cognizance  of  a  court  of  law,  by  means  of  the  so-called  vpacprj 
irapavofjuov.  Such  a  declaration  was  made  on  oath,  and  when 
made  it  necessitated  the  postponement  of  the  voting.  On  this 
account  this  declaration,  like  every  other  oath  involving  post- 
ponement, was  called  imcofwaia.  The  like  declaration  might, 
however,  still  be  made  if  the  vote  on  the  motion  had  already 

1  De  Comit.  p.  98  seq.  term  iirix/nj<f>l^eiv  is  sometimes    used 

a  For  a  few  examples  of  the  kind,  when   the    proper  expression  would 

cf.  Hermes,  v.  pp.  13-15.  have  been  x^P^ovla,  and  the  resolu- 

8  Hence  the  mover  of  the  motion  is  tions  are  always  called  \f/ri<pl<rfj.aTa. 

also  called  <rvyypatpefo.   Cf.  Schomann,  6  See  above,  pp.  341,  34tf. 

Opu8c.  Acad.,  iv.  p.  172.  *  De  Comit.  p.  119. 

4  This  is   called    iirtfti<f>l£etv,    even  7  lb.  pp.  120,  128  seq.;  cf.  also  Plat, 

when  voting  by  show  of  hands  fol-  Apol.  p.  32  b,  Xen.  Mem.  i.   1.   14, 

lowed :  the  fuller  expression,  on  the  and  the  Psephisma  relative  to  Brea, 

contrary,  is  iirixetporovlav  5i56i>ai ;  cf.  Ber.  d.  Ges.  d.  Wiss.  (Leipzig),  vol.  v. 

Opuscula,   iv.    p.    121.      So  also  the  p.  37. 


THE  ATHENIAN  STATE.  385 

taken  place,  and  the  people  had  approved  it.  It  had  then  the 
effect  of  suspending  the  validity  of  the  resolution  until  the 
court  had  given  its  decision.1  Finally,  the  mover  himself  might 
withdraw  his  motion  before  it  was  put  to  the  vote,  if  he  had  in 
any  way  become  convinced  of  its  unsuitability  during  the 
debate.2  The  form  in  which  the  votes  were  taken  was  in  most 
cases  Cheirotonia,  or  show  of  hands :  secret  voting  by  ballot 
took  place  only  when  the  question  was  the  condemnation  or 
acquittal  of  a  person  put  on  his  trial,  the  remission  of  a  punish- 
ment which  had  been  incurred,  or  of  a  pecuniary  fine  payable 
to  the  State,  the  conferring  of  citizenship  on  strangers,  or 
finally,  the  banishment  of  a  citizen  by  ostracism.  Thus,  then, 
the  ballot  was  only  used  where  the  personal  interests  of  indi- 
viduals were  concerned.  To  make  the  voting  in  such  cases 
valid  a  concurrence  of  at  least  six  thousand  votes  was  requisite.3 
As  to  the  procedure  in  this  mode  of  voting,  we  have  full  infor- 
mation only  in  the  case  of  ostracism ;  but  we  may  perhaps 
assume  that  in  all  essentials  it  was  the  same  in  other  cases. 
An  enclosure  was  erected,  with  ten  entrances  for  the  ten 
Phylse  ;4  into  this  the  voters  entered,  and  each  deposited  his 
pebble  at  the  entrance  appointed  for  his  Phyle,  in  the 
receptacle  placed  there  for  the  purpose.  This  proceeding 
was  naturally  superintended  by  certain  magistrates  appointed 
for  the  purpose,  and  these,  after  the  voting  was  concluded, 
counted  the  votes  one  by  one.  The  result  of  the  voting, 
whatever  it  was,  was  announced  by  the  Epistates,8  and  a  record 
of  the  resolution  of  the  people  was  drawn  up,  to  be  deposited 
in  the  archives  of  the  State.  These  were  kept  in  the  shrine 
of  the  mother  of  the  gods  (eV  t&>  firjrpcoo))  in  the  neigh- 
bourhood of  the  council-chamber.  Frequently  the  resolution 
was  also  engraved  upon  slabs  of  stone  or  brass,  and  posted  up 
in  public  places.  If  all  the  business  was  at  an  end,  the  pre- 
siding officer  dismissed  the  people  by  means  of  a  herald.  On 
other  occasions,  when  it  had  been  impossible  to  complete  the 
business,  he  adjourned  it  to  the  next  or  one  of  the  following 
days.  It  was  necessary  to  dismiss  the  people  before  the  com- 
pletion of  the  business  if  the  proceedings  were  interrupted  by 
a  so-called  hioa-rj^la,  or  sign  from  heaven,  in  which  category 
were  included,  e.g.  thunderstorms  or  showers  of  rain.6 

1  De  Comit.  p.  159  seq.  p.  1375,  where  it  is  the  procedure  in 

2  Cf.  Plut.  Arist.  c.  3.  conferring  the  citizenship  on  foreigners 

3  Cf.  Bockh,  Pub.   Ec.  of  Athens,     that  is  referred  to. 

p.  231,  and  Schomann,  Const.  Hist,  of        ., .  ,  ,  _,    , 

Athens,  p.  86.  .      Ai»o7op6Wco»Tasx«poToW«.-^8ch. 

*  Probably  such  an  enclosure  is  to    m  Ltes'  P'  6™- 

be  understood  in  Demosth.  in  Necer.         6  Schom.  de  Comit.  pp.  147,  14S. 

2  B 


386      DESCRIPTION  OF  THE  PRINCIPAL  STATES. 

It  may  not  be  unwelcome  to  the  reader  to  become  acquainted 
with  the  official  form  in  which  the  resolutions  were  customarily 
couched.  This,  it  must  be  admitted,  was  not  always  quite  the 
same;' but,  apart  from  unessential  differences,  two  constant 
normal  types  may  be  distinguished.  One  of  these,  the  more 
ancient,  dates  from  the  time  when  the  Epistates  of  the  Prytanes 
put  the  question  to  the  people ;  the  other,  the  later  form, 
belongs  to  the  period  when  this  function  was  given  over  to 
one  of  the  nine  Proedri.  An  example  of  the  former  or  more 
ancient  form  is  as  follows: — "EBo%ev  rij  fiovkf)  koX  t&>  B^p,w, 
KeKpo7rh  eirpvTaveve,  Mvijo-ffleos  iypafipiaTeve,  Evireldr)<;  eire- 
a-rarec,  KaXkla?  ehrev :  then  follows  the  resolution,  in  the  in- 
finitival construction  dependent  on  ehrev : — diroBovvac  rot?  deol? 
ra  'xprjfiara  ra  cHpetkopeva.  At  times  a  more  complete  specifi- 
cation of  the  date  is  also  prefixed,  e.g.  eirl  rov  Belva  dp^ovro<i 
fcai  eVt  tt?9  /3ov\f)$  y  Trptoros  6  Belva  eypa/MfMareve,  where  the 
last  words  indicate  the  secretary  above  mentioned  of  the  first 
Prytany.  The  later  form  is  this : — eirl  NcKoBcopov  apyomos, 
errri  7779  K.eicpoiriBo'i  e/crz;?  irpvraveias,  Tafirffawvo?  evBeKarr),  eKTr) 
/cat  el/coaTf}  tt}?  irpvraveia^,  eKKkrjaia'  tcov  irpoeBpoov  eire^q- 
<f>icrev  ' ' ApMTTOicpdTT)?  'ApicrroBrj/jLOv  Olvalos  real  avpvrrpoeBpoi, 
0pa(TVK\rj<i  Navaiarpdrov  Qpid<rio<i  elirev.1 

With  regard  to  the  subjects  concerning  which  the  people  had 
the  power  of  deciding  in  its  assemblies,  we  can  only  say  in 
general  that  they  were  of  the  most  various  kind,  and  that 
properly  they  included  everything  that  seemed  of  sufficient 
importance  with  regard  to  the  interest  of  the  commonwealth  to 
be  submitted  to  the  sovereign  people.  Such  matters,  however, 
in  the  time  of  absolute  democracy,  were  very  numerous,  and 
the  demagogues  found  it  their  interest  to  extend  the  activity 
of  the  popular  assemblies  as  far  as  possible,  and  to  establish 
the  principle  that  the  people  was,  in  the  most  comprehensive 
sense  of  the  term,  lord  over  everything,  and  could  do  what  it 
pleased.2  On  the  other  hand,  men  of  keener  insight  com- 
plained that  the  State  was  administered  by  Psephismata — that  is, 
according  to  the  pleasure  at  any  moment  of  the  sovereign  people 
— rather  than  according  to  the  laws,  and  that  there  was  only  too 
often  a  contradiction  between  the  laws  and  these  Psephismata. 

We  find  the  statement3  that  for  each  of  the  four  regular 


1  Cf.  Antiq.jur.  publ.  Grcec.  p.  225.  3  Pollux,  viii.  95.    His  enumeration, 

Further  examples   in   Franzius,    Ele-  however,  cannot  be  regarded  as  com- 

menta  Epigraphices  Orcecce,  ]>.  319  seq.;  plete.      We  read,  e.g.  in   Harpocra- 

Bockh,  Staatsh.  ii.  p.  50.  tion,  and  in  the  Lex.  rhet.  attached  to 

8  In  Necer.  p.  1375  ;   Xen.  Hellen.  the  English  edition  of  Photius,  p.  672, 

i.  7.  12.  that  the  defence  of  the  country  (irepl 


THE  ATHENIAN  STATE.  387 

assemblies  of  the  people  in  each  Prytany,  certain  classes  of 
subjects  were  specified.  For  the  first  assembly,  for  instance, 
there  was  set  apart  the  so-called  iir^etpoTovLa,  or  confirmation 
of  the  functionaries  of  government,  accusations  for  offences 
against  the  State,  proclamation  of  the  confiscation  of  goods,  and 
of  the  claims  to  succession  that  had  been  announced  before  the 
courts :  for  the  second,  petitions  to  the  people  and  motions  for 
remission  of  sentences :  for  the  third,  dealings  with  foreign 
States :  finally,  for  the  fourth,  religious  and  public  matters  in 
general.  For  the  present  account,  however,  it  is  proper  to  deal 
with  the  subjects  of  discussion,  not  in  this  order,  but  according 
to  their  different  kinds.  First  then  must  be  considered  legis- 
lation, next  the  elections  of  the  magistrates  and  the  passing  of 
judgment  upon  the  mode  in  which  they  had  administered  their 
office :  thirdly,  the  judicial  decisions  of  the  assembly  and  the 
votes  of  ostracism ;  and  finally,  the  other  measures  of  govern- 
ment and  administration  in  foreign  and  domestic  affairs. 

The  legislative  power,  according  to  the  mode  of  procedure 
which  still  existed  in  the  time  of  Demosthenes  (though  no 
doubt  it  was  often  departed  from),  was  exercised,  not,  properly 
speaking,  by  the  popular  assembly  itself,  but,  after  the  question 
had  been  previously  raised  before  the  people  and  received  its 
assent,  by  a  legislative  commission  deputed  for  the  purpose, 
the  so-called  Nomothetse.  The  procedure  was  as  follows:1 — 
In  the  first  popular  assembly  of  the  year,  the  question  was  put 
to  the  people,  whether  it  would  permit  motions  to  be  made  for 
the  alteration  and  extension  of  the  existing  laws  or  not.  As 
need  hardly  be  shown,  this  question  of  necessity  gave  rise  to 
debates,  some  recommending,  on  grounds  of  utility  or  necessity, 
the  permission  of  such  motions,  others  dissuading  from  them. 
If  the  people  declared  itself  in  favour  of  giving  the  permission, 
— which  was  the  case  almost  on  every  occasion, — nothing 
further  was  at  once  decided,  excepting  that  those  whose  inten- 
tion it  was  to  make  such  motions  were  henceforward  entitled 
to  bring  them  forward  in  proper  form.  For  this  object  it  was 
necessary  for  them  to  post  their  motions,  first  of  all,  in  the 
market,  by  the  statues  of  the  ten  Eponymi,  so  that  every  one 
might  be  made  aware  of  them.  This  done,  the  nomination  of 
the  legislative  commission,  or  Nomothetse,  was  dealt  with  in 
the  third  regular  assembly.     This  commission  was  taken  from 


<t>v\a.Kr)s  rrjs  x&pa.s)  was  dealt  with  in    seq.;  Const.  Hist,  of  Athens,  p.  56  seq., 
the  first  assembly.  and    Animadv.    de    nomothetis   Ath., 

Greifswald,  1854;  Opusc.  Acad.  i.  pp. 
1  Cf.   Schomann,  de   Comit.   p.  248    247-259. 


388      DESCRIPTION  OF  THE  PRINCIPAL  STATES. 

the  number  of  the  Heliastse  of  the  year,  and  was  accordingly 
composed  of  men  who  had  taken  the  oath,  and  were  over 
thirty  years  of  age.  More  detailed  statements  on  the  manner 
of  their  nomination, — whether  it  was  by  lot  or  by  election, — are 
not  given  us :  we  learn  only  that  the  people  had  to  decide  on 
the  number,  on  the  time  for  which  they  should  be  nominated, 
— which  was  on  each  occasion  determined  according  to  the 
quantity  and  nature  of  the  legislative  motions  brought  before 
them, — and  from  what  funds  the  payment  to  be  made  to  them 
should  be  taken.  Before  the  Nomothetae  were  nominated,  and 
until  they  began  their  sittings,  the  motions  brought  forward — 
although  they  were  already  made  accessible  to  the  knowledge 
of  every  individual  by  being  posted  at  the  statues  of  the 
Eponymi — were  also  read  publicly  in  every  popular  assembly, 
in  order  that  there  might  be  more  certainty  of  their  being 
generally  known.  Before  the  Nomothetae  the  proceedings 
were  conducted  exactly  in  the  manner  of  a  law-suit.  The 
movers,  who  wished  to  see  old  laws  repealed,  altered,  or 
replaced  by  new  laws,  came  forward  as  accusers  of  these  laws  : 
those  who  wished  to  see  them  maintained  without  change, 
appeared  as  their  defenders  :  and  that  there  should  be  no  lack 
of  a  proper  defence  of  the  existing  law,  or  of  resistance  of  in- 
novations, a  number  of  synegori  or  public  .advocates  of  the 
existing  law  were  chosen,  to  whose  number,  however,  others 
might  voluntarily  attach  themselves.  The  presidency  in  the 
commission  of  Nomothetae  is  stated  by  a  professedly  ancient 
authority  to  have  been  taken  by  the  Proedri:1  a  statement 
which  it  is  difficult  to  believe,  if  the  term  denotes  the  nine 
members  of  the  Council  who  were  chosen  by  lot  for  every  sitting 
of  the  Council  or  Assembly  of  the  People.  It  is  much  more 
probable  that  the  Thesmothetae  presided  here,  as  they  did  in 
the  hearing  of  a  ypatprj  irapavofiwv.  The  number  of  the  Nomo- 
thetae was  not  always  the  same,  but  was  fixed  according  to 
the  number  or  importance  of  the  laws  to  be  dealt  with  before 
them :  we  find  mention  of  a  thousand,  or  a  thousand  and  one.2 
According  to  the  authority  we  have  mentioned,  they,  like 
the  popular  assembly,  voted  by  show  of  hands,  and  not,  like 
the  courts  of  justice,  by  ballot :  but  this  also  deserves  no 
credence.  Against  a  law  approved  by  them,  as  against  the 
resolutions  arrived  at  by  the  popular  assembly,  a  ypacfyrj  irapa- 
vopAov  could  be  entered,  especially,  though  not  perhaps  ex- 
clusively, in  the  case  when  the  prescribed  form  of  procedure  had 

1  In  the  speech  in  Timocr.  p.  710;        2  Pollux,  viii.   101;  Psephisma  ap. 
cf.  also  p.  723.  Demosth.  in  Timocr.  p.  708. 


THE  ATHENIAN  STATE.  389 

not  been  sufficiently  observed.1  The  institution  of  this  procedure 
is  ascribed  by  the  ancients  to  Solon :  a  statement  which  no  one 
will  understand  to  mean  that  each  single  particular  in  its  pro- 
visions originated  with  him.  These  belong  in  part  clearly  to 
a  later  time :  as  may  be  proved,  passing  over  other  evidence, 
merely  by  the  mention  of  the  Eponymi,  since  these  did  not  yet 
exist  in  Solon's  time.  But  for  refusing  to  ascribe  the  essential 
part  of  the  institution  to  Solon  there  is  no  rational  ground.2 
The  essential  part,  however,  consists  in  the  fact  that  the  work 
of  legislation  is  intrusted  not  so  much  to  the  general  assembly 
of  the  people,  as  to  a  narrower  selected  body  of  men  of  mature 
age,  bound  by  an  oath :  nothing  more  being  permitted  to  the 
former  than  the  mere  decision  of  the  question  whether  motions 
relative  to  legislation  should  be  permitted  or  not :  as  also  in 
the  fact  that  the  permission  to  bring  forward  such  motions 
might  be  sought,  not  at  any  time  that  the  mover  chose,  but 
only  once  in  the  year,  while  it  was  endeavoured  in  every  pos- 
sible way  to  secure  the  greatest  publicity  for  the  motions,  and 
the  permission  to  introduce  them  was  not  granted  without  a 
mature  consideration  of  their  merits  :  finally,  in  the  regulations 
providing  that  when  the  case  was  actually  before  the  Nomothetae, 
the  motions  which  the  people  had  permitted  to  be  introduced 
should  nevertheless  be  combated  on  the  part  of  the  State,  by 
means  of  counsel  expressly  chosen  for  the  purpose ;  that  the 
existing  laws  should  be  protected  against  innovations ;  that  no 
existing  law  should  be  merely  repealed  without  being  replaced 
by  a  new  law  recognised  as  better ;  and  that  no  new  law  should 
be  introduced  without  the  old  law  in  opposition  to  it  being 
expressly  abrogated.3  All  these  regulations  may  safely  be  looked 
upon  as  due  to  Solon :  they  testify  to  the  wisdom  of  the  law- 
giver, the  wisest  man  of  his  time,  who,  foreseeing  that  altera- 
tions of  the  laws  would  necessarily  come  about,  provided  that 
they  should  not  be  undertaken  lightly,  nor  without  the  most 
comprehensive  and  careful  examination,  and  that  they  should 
create  neither  gaps  nor  contradictions  in  the  system  of  legisla- 
tion. But  as,  in  the  course  of  time,  the  democracy  became 
stronger  and  stronger,  the  sovereign  people  became  less  and  less 
inclined  to  bind  itself  strictly  to  these  regulations.  The  abuse 
crept  in  of  bringing  forward  legislative  motions  in  the  assembly 


1  Such  is  the  case  to  which  Demo-  Plutarch  knew  nothing  of  this 
sthenes'  speech  in  Timocratem  has  ordinance  of  Solon,  this  can  hardly 
reference.  be  taken  as  a  rational  ground  for  re- 

2  Cf.   Schom.    Const.   Hist,  of  Ath.  jecting  the  statement. 

pp.  58-64.     Even  if  it  can  be  rightly  3  Demosth.  in  Lept.  p.  485,  and  in 

inferred    from    Plut.    Sol    25,    that  Timoc.  p.  711. 


39Q      DESCRIPTION  OF  THE  PRINCIPAL  STATES. 

no  less  than  any  other  kind  of  proposals  at  any  time  that  was 
found  convenient,  and  without  the  regular  practice  of  causing 
a  committee  of  Nomothetae  chosen  from  the  assembly  itself  to 
pass  a  decision  upon  them.  Accordingly,  there  arose  a  vast 
mass  of  new  laws  of  all  kinds,  in  correspondence  with  the 
interest  of  the  popular  leaders  of  the  period.  Such  confusions 
and  contradictions  were  thus  produced  in  the  system  of  legisla- 
tion that  it  was  several  times  found  necessary,  for  the  purpose 
of  restoring  order  and  harmony,  to  nominate  special  commis- 
sions ;  who,  however,  as  Demosthenes  says,1  were  quite  unable 
to  get  through  their  work.  The  Thesmothetae,  moreover,  as  the 
magistrates  who  were  most  variously  concerned  in  dealing  with 
the  laws,  were  directed  to  note  the  irregularities  and  contra- 
dictions which  they  perceived  in  the  laws  during  their  tenure 
of  office,  and  to  report  to  the  people  thereupon.  This  they 
probably  did  towards  the  end  of  their  year  of  office,  when 
the  report  was  publicly  posted  at  the  statues  of  the  Eponymi.2 
They  might  also  suggest  proposals  for  amendment,  which  at 
the  beginning  of  the  next  year,  in  the  manner  described  above, 
came  before  the  popular  assembly,  and  then,  with  its  consent, 
before  the  Nomothetse  to  be  dealt  with  by  them. 

As  regards  the  elections  of  magistrates,  from  the  time  that 
the  majority  of  posts  were  filled  by  lot,  only  a  few  took  place 
in  the  popular  assembly.  Such  were  the  choice  of  the  com- 
manders-in-chief, of  the  chief  financial  magistrate  and  his  con- 
troller, and  of  a  few  other  magistrates  who  will  come  under  our 
notice  in  the  next  chapter.  It  is  impossible  that  (as  is  stated 
by  a  minor  grammarian)  the  assemblies  for  election  can  have 
been  held  so  late  as  the  last  days  of  the  year ;  they  must  of 
necessity  have  taken  place  much  earlier,3  in  order  that  it 
might  be  possible  for  the  persons  elected  to  be  subjected 
before  entering  upon  office  to  the  examination  which  the 
law  provided,  and  of  which  the  details  will  also  be  given 
below.  The  presidency  of  these  assemblies  is  stated  to  have 
belonged,  in  the  case  of  the  election  of  commanders,  to  the 
nine  Archons  ;4  in  the  case  of  other  elections  it  was  probably 
held  by  the  Prytanes  or  Proedri.  These,  then,  had  to  state  to 
the  people  the  names  of  the  candidates  who  had  either 
announced  themselves,  or  without  such  announcement  had 
been  put  on  the  list  of  candidates.  It  might  also  be  the  case 
that  the  candidates  first  announced  themselves,  or  were  pro- 

1  In  Leptin.  he.  cit.;  cf.  Schom.  de    d.  W.  (1866),  p.  343,  who  puts  them 
Comit.  p.  269.  in  the  first  ecclesia  of  the  ninth  Pry- 

2  ^Esch.  in  Ctes.  p.  430.  tany. 

8  Cf.   Kohler,  Monatsber.  d.  Akad.         4  Pollux,  vni.  87. 


THE  ATHENIAN  STATE.  391 

posed  by  others  in  the  assembly.1  Plato  provides  in  his  model 
State,2  that  in  the  election  of  generals,  a  number  of  candidates 
taken  from  the  whole  body  of  men  liable  to  military  service 
shall  first  of  all  be  proposed  by  a  body  whom  he  calls  Nomo- 
phylaces ;  but  that  every  one  in  the  assembly  shall  have  the 
right  to  designate  another  person  as  better  fitted  for  the  post, 
in  the  place  of  one  of  those  thus  proposed;  and  that  this 
declaration,  moreover,  shall  be  made  upon  oath.  The  division 
shall  then  be  ta*ken  on  this  proposal,  and  if  the  majority  of  the 
votes  is  in  favour  of  the  latter  candidate,  his  name  shall  replace 
that  of  the  other  upon  the  list  of  candidates,  out  of  which  list 
finally  the  requisite  number  shall  be  chosen.  It  is  possible 
that  something  of  the  kind  also  existed  in  Athens ;  but  it  is 
certain  that  our  sources  of  information  at  any  rate  tell  us 
nothing  upon  the  subject.  The  election  was  invariably  con- 
ducted by  show  of  hands,  and  not  by  voting  tablets  or  by  ballot. 
It  need  hardly  be  remarked  that  there  was  no  lack  of  canvassing, 
or  of  means  of  every  kind,  lawful  or  unlawful,  of  winning  votes, 
in  Athens  as  in  every  other  State  where  popular  election  existed. 
There  were  strict  laws  against  bribery ;  the  bribers  as  well  as 
the  bribed  were  subjected  to  a  criminal  prosecution,  called  in 
the  case  of  the  former  ypacprj  BeKaa/xov,  in  the  case  of  the  latter 
ypcupr)  Scopwv  or  Bmpo&oKia*;,  and  entailing  upon  those  found 
guilty  under  it,  according  to  the  circumstances  of  the  case,  a 
more  or  less  severe  punishment,  such  as  a  pecuniary  fine,  con- 
fiscation of  property,  and  sometimes  even  capital3  punishment. 
Any  person  elected  to  an  office  not  on  his  own  initiative  might 
refuse  it,  if  he  had  adequate  reasons  to  bring  forward;  the 
truth  of  these  he  was  bound  to  confirm  by  an  oath.4 

Upon  the  conduct  of  the  magistrates  in  office  a  kind  of 
control  was  exercised,  not  only  by  the  authorities  appointed 
for  that  purpose,  but  also  by  the  people  itself.  In  the  first 
assembly  in  each  Prytany  the  question  was  put  by  the  Archons 
to  the  people,  Whether  they  were  satisfied  with  the  conduct 
of  the  magistrates  or  not?5  Upon  this  question  any  one  who 
had  a  cause  of  complaint  against  a  magistrate  might  bring 
it  forward ;  this  proceeding  was  termed  TrpofidXkeadai,  or  irpo- 
^okri ;  and  the  people,  if  they  considered  it  sufficiently  well 
founded,  suspended  the  accused  person  for  a  time,  that  his 
adversary  might  prosecute  him,  or  it  removed  him  from  his 
office  altogether  (airvxetpoToveiv).     Upon  such  removal  of  course 

1  Cf.  de  Comit.  p.  328.  4  O-wfioala,    Pollux,    viii.    55 ;    cf. 

,„,  ,    r           .        ___  Ast  on  Theophr.  24,  p.  211. 

Plat.  Legg.  vi.  p.  755.  *  PoUux,  Viii.    95;    Harpocr.    sub 

3  Att.  Proc.  887  seq.  voc.  icvpia.  £KK\-n<xia;  de  Comit.  p.  231. 


392      DESCRIPTION  OF  THE  PRINCIPAL  STATES. 

a  further  prosecution  also  might  take  place.  The  whole  pro- 
ceeding in  the  popular  assembly  was  called  the  Epicheirotonia 
concerning  the  functionaries  of  government. 

Complaints  against  private  individuals  also  were  sometimes 
brought  before  the  popular  assembly.  These  complaints,  like 
those  against  officials,  were  also  called  TrpofioXaC.  The  object 
of  this  proceeding  was  not  to  obtain  a  judicial  decision, 
properly  so  called,  but  merely  to  prompt  the  people  to  make 
the  declaration  that  it  regarded  the  complaints' as  well  founded, 
and  therefore  considered  the  prosecution  of  the  accused  person 
justifiable.  This  course  was  usually  taken  in  cases  where 
there  was  an  influential  and  powerful  opponent  to  be  dealt 
with,  in  order,  as  a  preliminary,  to  test  the  disposition  of  the 
people;  since,  if  this  declared  itself  against  the  opponent, 
greater  hope  could  be  entertained  that  the  judges,  who  were 
likewise  men  of  the  people,  might  not  be  more  favourably 
disposed  towards  him,  but  might  attach  some  weight  to  the 
previous  decision.  It  is,  however,  at  once  self-evident  that  for 
the  most  part  only  such  complaints  were  brought  before  the 
people  as  were  connected,  not  merely  with  a  personal  injury 
done  to  the  complainant,  but  with  such  an  injury  to  his  rights 
as  more  nearly  concerned  the  general  interest.  Among  such 
injuries,  as  individual  examples,  are  mentioned  sycophantia, 
smuggling,  and  breach  of  the  regulations  of  the  mines.1  The 
best  known  and  most  interesting  example,  however,  is  that  of 
Demosthenes,  who,  as  Choregus  of  his  Phyle,  was  actually 
maltreated  by  Midias  in  the  theatre  before  the  assembly  of 
spectators,  and  lodged  a  Probole,  not  so  much  on  account  of 
the  injury  done  to  him  personally,  as  on  account  of  that  in- 
flicted upon  his  office ;  an  injury  which  was  to  be  regarded  as 
at  the  same  time  a  breach  of  the  sanctity  of  the  feast  and  an 
insult  to  the  assembly  engaged  in  its  celebration.  A  person 
who  wished  to  bring  a  Probole  before  the  people  must,  accord- 
ing to  the  regular  course  of  proceeding,  apply  to  the  Prytanes 
on  the  subject,  in  order  that  they  might  bring  the  matter 
forward  in  the  popular  assembly.  Then  probably  both  parties 
were  permitted  to  speak,  in  order  to  explain  the  accusation  to 
the  people,  and  to  combat  it,  though  we  need  not  imagine  that 
evidence  was  formally  adduced.  Upon  this  the  people  was 
asked  to  state  its  view  upon  the  matter  by  a  show  of  hands, 
not  by  a  formal  vote.  If  it  declared  that  the  complaint  seemed 
to  it  to  be  without  sufficient  ground,  the  complainant,  there  is 
no  doubt,  spontaneously  desisted  from  following  up  the  matter 

1  De  Comit.  p.  232  seq.;  Att.  Proc.  pp.  273-4. 


THE  ATHENIAN  STATE.  393 

further  before  the  courts,  although  it  certainly  cannot  be 
assumed  that  he  was  compelled  by  law  to  desist.  If,  however, 
the  people  declared  itself  favourable  to  the  complainant,  he  was 
enabled  to  undertake  the  prosecution  of  the  matter  before  the 
'  courts  with  all  the  greater  hope  of  success ;  he  was,  however, 
in  no  way  bound  to  do  so ;  nor  were  the  judges  bound  in  any 
way,  if  he  did  so,  by  this  previous  judgment  of  the  people, 
because  it  was  always  possible  to  imagine  the  possibility  of 
self-deception  on  the  part  of  this  latter.  On  this  account  the 
procedure  before  the  court  took  precisely  its  usual  course.  The 
suit  underwent  a  preliminary  sifting  in  the  regular  course  by 
the  proper  authority,  it  was  then  tried  before  the  judges,  who, 
after  hearing  both  parties  and  the  evidence  and  rebutting 
evidence  brought  forward  by  them,  had  to  pronounce  judgment 
purely  according  to  the  view  they  had  now  reached.  It  might 
accordingly  happen  that  they  decided  against  the  previous 
judgment  of  the  people  and  freed  the  person  accused,  because 
they  found  either  that  the  accusation  was  not  sufficiently 
proved  or  that  the  deed  did  not  deserve  punishment.  Hence 
it  not  seldom  happened  that  a  complainant,  despite  the  favour- 
able result  of  the  Probole  brought  before  the  people,  hesitated 
to  expose  himself  to  the  uncertainties  of  a  formal  trial  before 
the  courts,  and  contented  himself  with  the  kind  of  stigma  that 
was  attached  to  his  opponent  by  the  declaration  of  the  people, 
or  even  settled  the  matter  with  him  privately,  as  Demosthenes 
is  said  to  have  done  with  Midias.1 

A  certain  similarity  with  the  Probole  was  possessed  by  the 
declaration,  made  in  the  popular  assembly  and  sometimes  even 
confirmed  by  an  oath,2  that  the  person  making  it  desired  to 
institute  a  criminal  prosecution  against  any  one.  Such  a 
declaration  is  termed  iirayyekia,  and  was  often  made  in  the 
popular  assembly,  especially  against  orators  and  statesmen, 
in  order  to  stigmatise  them  as  unworthy  of  the  public  con- 
fidence, and  at  least  to  bring  them  into  discredit.  A  person 
who  had  made  such  a  declaration  on  oath  was  naturally  bound 
to  fulfil  his  promise ;  and  if  he  neglected  this  duty  he  might 
himself  be  prosecuted  and  punished  as  a  deceiver  of  the  people. 
Whether,  however,  a  declaration  not  made  upon  oath  was 
similarly  binding  we  are  the  less  able  to  decide,  in  that  it  is 
unknown  to  us  what  effect  this  declaration  had  with  reference 
to  the  persons  against  whom  it  was  directed.  If,  indeed,  as 
has  been  conjectured,3  it  was  the  case  that  when  threatened  by 

1  The  complete  and  detailed  confir-        -  Demosth.  in  Timoth.  p.  1204. 
mation  of  the  above  account  will  be 
found  in  the  Philoloyus,  ii.  593.  3  Att.  Proc.  p.  213. 


394      DESCRIPTION  OF  THE  PRINCIPAL  STATES. 

any  one  with  prosecution  for  such  offences  as,  if  proved,  were 
followed  by  deprivation  of  civil  rights,  he  was  compelled  on 
account  of  this  threat,  as  soon  as  it  had  found  public  expression 
in  an  iirarfyekla,  to  absent  himself  from  the  tribune  until  the 
affair  was  done  with,  it  must  of  course  be  also  assumed  that 
there  was  an  obligation  to  bring  forward  the  indictment  at 
once  without  postponement,  and  to  make  the  decision  pos- 
sible in  the  shortest  space  of  time  practicable.  But  this 
conjecture  is  extremely  improbable;  it  allows  the  accused 
person  to  be  robbed  of  a  right,  and  accordingly  to  undergo  a 
punishment,  before  his  guilt  is  proved,  upon  the  mere  promise 
that  it  shall  be  proved  by  and  by.  The  more  probable  view  is 
this, — that  such  an  Epangelia  had  no  other  effect,  and  at  times 
no  other  aim,  than  to  make  the  person  accused  as  far  as  pos- 
sible an  object  of  suspicion  to  the  people,  and  to  excite 
distrust  towards  him;  and  that  the  person  who  made  the 
declaration,  without  at  the  same  time  binding  himself  by  an 
oath,  took  upon  himself  certainly  a  moral,  but  not  a  legal, 
obligation  actually  to  institute  the  criminal  prosecution  as 
well.  If  an  eirarfyekta  was  undertaken  without  sufficient 
ground,  and  drawn  up  purely  with  a  libellous  intention,  its 
proposer  might  be  summoned  by  the  person  who  found  his 
position  injured  by  it,  to  answer  an  indictment  for  libel  (hUri 
/catc7)yopia<;). 

In  the  department  of  judicature  the  popular  assembly  acted 
only  in  exceptional  cases,  when  indictments  or  informations 
were  brought  before  it  on  account  of  such  breaches  of  the 
law  as  it  was,  from  whatever  reason,  impracticable  to  prose- 
cute in  the  usual  and  regular  course  of  procedure.1  Such 
complaints  and  indictments  it  was  necessary  in  the  regular 
course  to  bring  forward  first  of  all  before  the  Council  of  Five 
Hundred.  They  passed  from  this  body  to  the  popular  assembly 
only  when  the  offence  was  more  important  and  serious  than  it 
was  within  the  competency  of  the  Council  to  deal  with :  since 
the  right  of  punishment  possessed  by  this  latter  did  not  extend 
beyond  the  limit  of  five  hundred  drachmae.  The  Thesmothetee 
also  were  empowered  to  lay  matters  of  such  a  kind  as  were 
unsuitable  for  the  regular  procedure,  before  the  Council 
or  the  popular  assembly.2  The  information  might  be  laid 
either  by  any  one  who  was  himself  entitled  personally  to 
prosecute  the  accused,  in  which  case  it  was  called  elcrar/yekia, 
or  by  any  person  not  possessed  of  this  power  (e.g.  a  foreigner,  a 


1  De  Comit.  p.  180  seq.,  and  p.  219.      Msch.  in  Timarch.  p.  722  j  de  Comit. 
8  Jul.  Pollux,  viii.  87  ;  Schol.  on      p.  209. 


THE  ATHENIAN  STATE.  395 

slave,  or  an  accessory),  or  by  a  person  disinclined  to  exercise  it ; 
in  this  case  it  was  called  fxr)vv<Ti<$-  In  both  cases  the  people  either 
itself  undertook  the  inquiry  in  such  a  manner  that  the  prose- 
cution and  the  defence  were  carried  on  in  the  popular  assembly, 
and  this  body  at  last  pronounced  the  judgment,  or — and  this 
was  the  more  usual  course — the  people,  after  it  had,  as  a  pre- 
liminary, made  itself  acquainted  with  the  matter,  and  had  found 
the  elo-aryyeXia  justified,  referred  it  to  a  heliastic  court,  and  at  the 
same  time  specified  according  to  what  laws  it  should  be  decided 
and  what  punishment  should  fall  upon  the  accused  person  if  he 
was  found  guilty.  Besides  this,  however,  it  nominated  a  number 
of  public  advocates,  avvrjyopoi,  whose  duty  it  was  either  them- 
selves to  bring  the  suit  before  the  court  in  the  name  of  the 
people,  or,  if  the  informer  was  also  prosecutor,  to  give  him 
their  support.  More  frequently  it  happened  that  the  people, 
in  consequence  of  offences  which  had  come  to  its  knowledge, 
either  nominated  special  commissioners  (^rjTrjTal)  in  order  to 
carry  on  more  adequate  investigations  regarding  them,  or  com- 
missioned the  Areopagus  or  the  Council  of  Five  Hundred  to 
undertake  this  inquiry.  The  persons  so  commissioned  had  as 
their  immediate  duty  only  to  discover  the  guilty  parties ;  the 
further  judicial  proceedings  against  them  then  took  place  after 
a  previous  indictment  in  the  public  assembly,  in  the  manner  to 
be  determined  by  that  assembly,  except  where  the  eventual 
determination  of  it  had  already  been  previously  settled.  If  the 
inquiry  was  committed  to  the  Council,  this  body  was  sometimes 
also  empowered  to  pass  a  decision.1 

Among  the  modes  of  judicial  decision  we  may,  though  only 
very  loosely,  rank  ostracism.  As  to  its  essential  character  and 
importance  there  is  no  need  to  repeat  what  has  been  said 
concerning  it  in  an  earlier  division  of  the  work.2  That  its 
introduction  into  Athens  is  due  to  Clisthenes  has  already 
been  remarked.  The  procedure  was  as  follows : — Every 
year,  in  the  sixth  or  seventh  Prytany,3  the  question  was 
put  to  the  people  whether  it  desired  ostracism  to  be  put  in 
force  or  not.  Hereupon  of  course  orators  came  forward  to 
support  or  oppose  the  proposal.  The  former  they  could  only 
do  by  designating  particular  persons  as  sources  of  impend- 
ing danger  to  freedom,  or  of  confusion  and  injury  to  the 
commonwealth ;  in  opposition  to  them,  on  the  other  side,  the 

1  De  Comit.  pp.  221,  224.  authority  of  Aristotle,  and  moreover 

2  See  above,  p.  181  seq.  the  Kvpla.  iKKXrjffia.   In  contrast  to  this, 

3  The  sixth  Prytany  is  named  by  p.  675  of  the  same  work,  and  Schol. 
the  Lexicon  appended  to  the  English  Aristoph.  Eq.  852,  following  Philo- 
edition  of  Photius,  p.  672,  12,  on  the  chorus,  say  only  irpd  ttjs  i/  irpvravelas. 


396      DESCRIPTION  OF  THE  PRINCIPAL  STATES. 

persons  thus  designated,  and  any  one  besides  who  desired  it, 
were  of  course  free  to  deny  the  danger,  and  to  show  that  the 
anxiety  was  unfounded.  If  the  people  decided  in  favour  of 
putting  the  ostracism  in  force,  a  day  was  appointed  on  which 
it  was  to  take  place.  On  this  day  the  people  assembled  at 
the  market,  where  an  enclosure  was  erected  with  ten  different 
entrances,  and  accordingly,  it  is  probable,  the  same  number  of 
divisiorjs  for  the  several  Phylse.  Every  citizen  entitled  to  a 
vote  wrote  the  name  of  the  person  he  desired  to  have  banished 
from  the  state  upon  a  potsherd  (oa-rpaicov).  This  he  did 
entirely  on  his  own  judgment,  without  being  confined  to  certain 
particular  persons  named  beforehand.  At  one  of  the  ten 
entrances  the  potsherds  were  put  into  the  hands  of  the  magis- 
trates posted  there,  the  Prytanes  and  the  nine  Archons,  and 
when  the  voting  was  completed  were  counted  one  by  one. 
The  man  whose  name  was  found  written  on  at  least  six 
thousand  potsherds1  was  obliged  to  leave  the  country  within  ten 
days  at  latest,  this  interval  being  granted  him  for  the  purpose 
of  setting  his  affairs  in  order.  It  may  perhaps  have  happened 
that  the  people  itself  was  surprised  by  the  result  of  the  voting. 
When  on  one  occasion  Mcias  and  Alcibiades  were  threatened 
by  the  danger  that  one  of  them  might  be  banished,  they  com- 
bined with  one  another  with  the  object  of  causing  each  of  their 
numerous  supporters  to  write  on  his  potsherd  the  name  of  a 
third  person,  a  certain  Hyperbolus,  a  man  of  evil  report  but  of 
subordinate  position,  of  whom  no  one  had  previously  thought. 
Accordingly  more  than  six  thousand  potsherds  with  this  name 
appeared,  and  the  lot  which  both  the  former  had  staved  off 
from  themselves  fell  upon  Hyperbolus.  To  him  it  was  in  some 
degree  an  undeserved  honour ;  to  the  people,  however,  and  to  the 
institution  of  ostracism  it  was  a  shame  and  scandal,  and  in 
consequence  of  it  ostracism  was  entirely  disused  thenceforward, 
since  it  was  clearly  seen  how  easily  its  object  might  be  eluded.2 
And  even  before  this  the  futility  of  attempts  at  ostracism  were 
almost  as  frequent  as  the  misuse  of  the  institution.  It  need 
hardly  be  mentioned,  however,  that  while  it  still  subsisted  a 
number  of  years  frequently  passed  in  which  it  was  not  put  into 
exercise,  for  only  rarely  and  exceptionally  was  there  any  occa- 
sion for  it.  That,  nevertheless,  a  question  on  the  subject  was 
annually  put  to  the  people  at  an  appointed  time  we  have 
no  reason  to  doubt.     Ostracism  had  no  evil  consequences  to 


1  Schomann,  Const.  Hist,  of  Athens,     Diod.  xi.  87  ;  cf.  above,  p.  183,  where 
P-  85.  also  what  might  serve  to  countcrbal- 

a  Plut.   ATk.   c.   11;   Alcib.  c.    13;    ance  this  is  spoken  of. 


THE  ATHENIAN  STATE.  397 

its  subject  beyond  his  having  to  leave  the  country  for  some 
years ;  his  property  remained  intact,  and  if  he  returned  after 
the  lapse  of  the  appointed  period  he  again  entered  upon  all  his 
rights.  The  time  of  the  banishment  was  at  first  ten  years; 
later  it  was  reduced  to  half  this  period.  Frequently,  moreover, 
permission  to  return  was  granted  to  the  banished  person,  even 
after  a  shorter  time,  by  a  resolution  of  the  people,  for  which  a 
motion  for  the  purpose  was  naturally  requisite.  Such  a  motion 
however  could  only  be  brought  forward  after  permission  to  do 
so  had  been  previously  sought  and  granted,  precisely  as  was 
the  case  with  all  such  motions  as  were  to  be  brought  before  the 
people  relative  to  the  remission  of  any  punishment  assigned  by 
a  court  of  law,  whether  banishment  or  deprivation  of  civil  rights, 
or  pecuniary  fine,  or  for  the  remission  of  debts  to  the  public 
treasury.  And  if  leave  to  bring  forward  such  a  motion  was 
granted,  it  was  nevertheless  requisite  that  in  the  assembly  of 
the  people,  in  which  it  was  afterwards  actually  proposed  and 
put  to  the  vote,  six  thousand  votes  should  decide  in  its  favour.1 
Of  the  vast  multitude  of  subjects  still  remaining  on  which 
the  public  assembly  as  supreme  authority  had  to  decide,  we 
shall  mention  only  the  most  important.  In  the  next  place, 
therefore,  come  the  relations  with  foreign  States,  declarations  of 
war,  conclusion  of  peace,  of  alliances,  and  other  treaties.  If  a 
war  was  resolved  upon,2  the  preparations  requisite  were  dis- 
cussed in  the  popular  assembly  ;  the  strength  of  the  army  was 
determined,  the  number  of  citizens,  of  metics,  sometimes  also 
of  slaves,  and  foreign  mercenaries,  whom  it  was  necessary  to  call 
out,  as  well  as  the  number  of  ships  to  be  equipped ;  the  generals 
were  designated,  and  the  requisite  supplies  of  money  assigned. 
As  regards  the  conduct  of  the  war,  the  generals  sent  in  a 
report  to  the  people,  and  requested  that  reinforcements,  or  in- 
structions,3 might  be  given  them.  The  measures  requisite  for 
home  defence  are  said  to  have  been  regularly  discussed  in  the 
first  assembly  of  each  Prytany,4  and  the  extent  to  which  the 
arrangements  made  by  the  people  with  regard  to  the  fleet  ex- 
tended into  details  is  clear  from  the  fact  that  a  report  was  actually 
made,  and  a  resolution  passed,  concerning  certain  ships  which 
had  become  unfit  for  service.5    Similarly  all  proceedings  having 


1  Demosth.  in  Timocr.  p.  715  ;  in  707,  only  belongs  to  the  schools  of 
Near.   p.    1375  ;   cf.   Const.    Hist,  of  rhetoric. 

Athens,  p.  86.  8  Be  Comit.  p.  282. 

4  See  above,    p.    387 ;    cf.    Bockh, 

2  The  law  iv  rpaxlv  Tjfiipais  irepl  Staatsh.  i.  p.  398,  and  Urlcund.  p.  467. 
irohifiov  fiovXetjeadai  vbfios  iiciXevev,  8  Cf.  the  Inscr.  quoted  in  Bockh, 
Hermog.    ap.    Wah.  iii.   48,    cf.    iv.  Urlcund.  p.  403. 


398      DESCRIPTION  OF  THE  PRINCIPAL  STATES. 

reference  to  the  subject  of  foreign  policy,  even  those  relating 
merely  to  details,  were  drawn  by  the  popular  assembly  into  its 
sphere.  This  body  it  was  that  nominated  the  members  of 
embassies,  that  communicated  to  them  their  instructions,  and 
assigned  them  travelling  expenses  ;  while  the  ambassadors,  on 
their  return,  made  their  report,  after  they  had  first  laid  it  before 
the  Council,  before  the  assembled  people.  Similarly,  the  em- 
bassies of  foreign  States  were  heard  as  a  preliminary  indeed 
before  the  Council,  but  afterwards  before  the  public  assembly, 
and  the  answer  to  be  given  them  was  there  discussed  and  re- 
solved upon ;  nay,  even  the  traditional  courtesies  that  were  paid 
them,  a  place  of  honour  in  the  theatre,  and  entertainment  at  the 
Prytaneum,  were  the  subject  of  a  resolution  of  the  people.  That, 
similarly,  the  right  of  decision  upon  the  conditions  on  which 
peace  was  to  be  made  with  enemies,  and  upon  every  kind  of 
treaty  with  foreign  States,  rested  only  with  the  assembly  of 
the  people,  needs  no  proof.  The  persons  whose  dutyit  was  to 
swear  allegiance  to  these  treaties  in  its  name,  and  to  receive  in 
their  turn  the  oaths  of  the  other  contracting  State,  were  also 
nominated  by  the  people.1  In  time  of  war,  again,  the  authori- 
sation for  privateering  against  the  enemy's  ships  was  given 
by  the  people,  and  even  a  kind  of  prize  court,  if  a  dispute  arose 
whether  a  ship  had  been  properly  or  improperly  captured,  was 
held  in  the  popular  assembly.2  If  a  hostile  State  had  been 
conquered  and  compelled  to  submit,  it  was  the  people  who 
decided  what  course  should  be  taken  with  it.  Similarly  the 
people  determined  the  proportion  of  the  contributions  to  be 
paid  by  the  subject  allies,  and  although  the  apportionment  of 
the  tribute  in  detail  was  the  business  not  of  the  people,  but  of 
the  commissions  appointed  by  it,  yet  their  ordinances,  without 
doubt,  required  confirmation  by  the  popular  assembly,  and  only 
there  could  proposals  of  the  allies  be  heard  for  a  reduction  or 
remission  of  tribute.3  As  upon  this  measure  of  finance,  so  upon 
all  others,  the  final  decision  rested  with  the  popular  assembly. 
It  may  be  assumed  that  a  statement  concerning  the  regular 
receipts  and  expenditure  of  the  State  was  annually  drawn  up  by 
the  principal  financial  functionaries,  and  laid  before  the  council 
and  the  popular  assembly  for  its  approval.  But  in  order  to 
keep  the  people  permanently  acquainted  with  the  condition  of 
its  finances,  a  regulation  existed  that  in  each  Prytany  the 
checking-clerk  or  controller  of  the  administration  should 
prepare  and  lay  before  these  bodies  a  summary  of  the  receipts, 

1  De  Comit.  pp.  282-284.  «  De  Comit.  p.  285. 

2  Demosth.  in  Timocr.  p.  703,  §  12. 


THE  ATHENIAN  STATE.  399 

and,  as  we  may  perhaps  add,  of  the  expenditure.1  Extraordinary- 
expenses,  which  were  not  already  entered  in  the  statement, 
could  naturally  only  be  sanctioned  by  the  people.  Such 
expenses  for  instance  were  those  for  carrying  on  war,  or  for 
public  works ;  and  we  find  that  concerning  the  last  head,  the 
people  itself  sometimes  caused  a  report  to  be  laid  before  it  by 
the  persons  who  had  carried  them  out.2  If  the  supplies  of 
money  were  inadequate,  it  was  necessary  to  report  to  the  people 
concerning  the  measures  for  supplying  the  deficiency,  and  the 
decision  lay  with  the  people.  To  this  class  belong  first  loans 
from  the  temple  funds,  of  which  there  are  frequent  instances, 
and  the  question  of  their  repayment  is  dealt  with  in  a  resolu- 
tion still  extant;3  secondly,  the  levying  of  extraordinary 
taxes  (eiatpopal),  such  as  often  occurred  in  time  of  war,  and 
the  demand  for  voluntary  contributions  (e7n86<rei<;),  of  which 
we  shall  have  to  speak  at  greater  length  in  a  subsequent 
section.  Once,  in  the  latter  years  of  the  Peloponnesian  war, 
that  source  of  revenue  was  adopted  which  consists  in  debasing 
the  coinage.  The  debased  money  was  partly  of  gold  mixed 
with  copper,  partly  copper  coins  worth  less  than  their  nominal 
value,  and  for  this  reason  they  were  soon  recalled  and  with- 
drawn from  circulation.4  That  these  and  similar  measures 
could  only  be  taken  by  the  people  requires  no  proof.  But 
all  other  regulations  that  had  to  do  with  the  monetary  system, 
with  the  circulating  medium,  and  weight  of  the  coins,  were 
subject  to  its  approval.  The  case  was  the  same  with  laws 
relating  to  customs-duties,  with  prohibitions  of  import  and 
export  and  the  like.  Here  it  must,  moreover,  be  remem- 
bered that  the  Council  was  invariably  the  authority  which 
undertook  the  previous  preparation  and  deliberation,  while  its 
proposals  might  be  accepted  or  rejected  by  the  people,  or,  no 
doubt,  if  any  speaker  made  any  other  proposal,  might  undergo 
essential  modification. 

The  sovereign  power  of  the  people  also  extended  itself  to  the 
system  of  religion  and  of  worship.5  For  no  decision  might  be 
arrived  at  relative  to  the  introduction  of  new  worships  or  to 
new  feasts,  whether  in  general  or  in  a  special  case,  by  any 
authority  other  than  the  assembly  itself,  or  by  the  committee 
of  Nomothetae  commissioned  by  it  in  the  manner  described 
above.  For  without  doubt,  the  majority  of  the  subjects  indi- 
cated belong  rather  to  the  department  of  legislation  than  to 

1  JEach.  in  Cles.  p.  417.  3  BiJckh,  Staatsh.  ii.  p.  50. 

2  Val.  Max.  viii.  12,  extrn.  2  ;  cf.  4  D  w  „f  A  ,j,  „„  cQO  coo 
Cic.  de  Or.  i.  14,  Plut.  Prcecepta  l  ^  E.  of  Ath.  W.  592,  593. 
reipub.  gerendce,  c.  5.  B  Schiimann,  de  Comit.  p.  297  seq. 


4oo      DESCRIPTION  OF  THE  PRINCIPAL  STATES. 

that  of  a  resolution  of  the  people  ;  but  we  know  how  in  the 
case  of  legislation  participation  was  permitted  to  the  people, 
and  how  often  what  belonged  to  one  department  was  neverthe- 
less drawn  into  the  other.  Besides  this,  several  magistrates 
charged  with  the  duty  of  superintending  worship  were  elected 
by  the  people;  particulars  concerning  these  will  be  found 
later.  At  the  solemn  interment  of  those  who  had  fallen  in  war 
the  people  nominated  both  the  speakers  whose  duty  it  was  to 
pronounce  the  funeral  oration,  and  also  the  number  of  relatives 
of  the  fallen  who  were  charged  with  the  duty  of  attending  to  the 
funeral  feast,1  for  which  it  also  of  course  provided  the  funds. 
Finally,  we  may  mention  the  conferring  of  honours  and  rewards 
which  the  popular  assembly  assigned  either  to  citizens  or  to 
foreigners  who  had  been  of  service  on  behalf  of  the  State. 
Such  rewards  were  entertainment  in  the  Prytaneum,  civic 
crowns  and  decrees  of  honour,  statues,  exemption  from  liturgies, 
admission  in  the  case  of  foreigners  to  citizenship  or  isotelia, 
and  more  of  the  same  kind,  of  which  a  detailed  statement  in 
this  place  is  neither  necessary  nor  possible. 


7. — The  Functionaries  of  Government. 

To  a  State  of  the  size  and  in  the  position  of  Athens,  a 
numerous  official  body  was  indispensable,  to  attend  to  the 
varied  ramifications  of  its  administration.  But  besides  this,  it 
follows  from  the  nature  of  democracy  that  the  number  of  offices 
will  be  increased  beyond  the  indispensable  minimum,  partly 
that  a  proportionately  larger  number  of  citizens  may  be  able  to 
attain  to  those  offices,  partly  that  the  power  residing  in  each 
office  may  become  more  limited  by  its  subdivision  amongst 
several  holders.  Our  present  account  must  rest  satisfied  with 
considering  only  the  most  important  offices,  especially  since  it  is 
concerning  them  alone  that  any  adequate  information  can  be 
gained  from  our  authorities.  A  large  number  of  less  impor- 
tant posts,  of  which  scattered  notices  are  found,  but  with  re- 
gard to  which  only  conjectures  are  possible,  will  conveniently  be 
either  passed  over  entirely,  or  at  least  only  briefly  touched  npon. 
We  must,  however,  begin  with  some  general  remarks  upon  the 
Athenian  official  system  in  general,  and  in  the  first  place,  on 
the  difference  sometimes  mentioned  between  the  officials  as 
executive  functionaries  in  the  strict  sense  of  the  word  (apxpvTes), 
as  conductors  of  public  business,  or  commissioners  (iirifieXTjTai), 

1  Dcm.  de  Cor.  §  288. 


THE  A  THENIAN  ST  A  TE.  401 

and  as  subordinates  or  servants  (inr^percu)}  The  term  "  exe- 
cutive functionaries  "  is  properly  applicable  to  such  members 
of  government  as  are  intrusted  with  a  particular  branch  of 
public  business  for  independent  administration,  of  course  within 
the  limits  set  by  the  laws  and  subject  to  a  responsibility  to- 
wards the  sovereign  power,  and  who  therefore  are  entitled,, 
within  the  sphere  of  their  functions,  to  impose  commands  upon 
private  individuals,  to  punish  disobedience,  to  decide  disputes ; 
or,  in  cases  in  which  they  themselves  are  unable  or  unwilling 
to  decide,  to  provide  for  the  formation  of  a  court,  in  which  they 
sit  as  presidents.  The  term  "  commissioners  "  is  applicable  to 
such  magistrates  as  are  only  nominated  for  the  carrying  out  of 
some  single  item  of  business,  whether  extraordinary,  e.g.  public 
works,  or  regularly  recurrent  at  fixed  times,  such  as  attention 
to  certain  festal  celebrations,  and  who  therefore,  to  this  end, 
are  similarly  provided  with  an  independent  power,  limited 
only  by  the  laws  or  by  whatever  instructions  they  may  have 
received.  Whether  they  possessed  a  right  to  impose  com- 
mands, to  inflict  punishments,  to  decide  in  disputes,  or  to 
preside  over  a  court,  must  of  course  have  depended  upon 
the  nature  of  the  business  with  which  they  were  charged. 
In  Athens,  we  are  told,  all  commissioners,  the  duration  of 
whose  commission  exceeded  thirty  days,  were  entitled,  wherever 
the  case  required,  to  cause  a  court  to  be  formed,  and  to 
assume  the  presidency  in  it.2  This,  however,  could  only 
apply  to  those  disputes  which  arose  within  the  sphere  of  their 
own  functions,  and  in  these  they  were  probably  entitled  to  give 
a  decision,  without  being  bound,  unless  the  parties  were  not 
satisfied  with  it,  to  bring  the  matter  before  a  court,  over  which 
in  these  cases  they  presided.  Finally,  the  term  "subordinates" 
belongs  to  those  officials  whose  duty  consists  in  merely  carry- 
ing out  the  orders  of  some  authority-  <under  which  they  #re 
placed  as  assistants  and  servants,  without;  tihe  liberty  of  under- 
taking any  independent  administration.:  -  , But  the  common 
usages  of  speech  distinguished  as  inadequately  at  Athens  as 
elsewhere  between  the  different  expressions  corresponding  with 
the  conceptions  we  have  stated.  We  see,  on  the  contrary,  that 
apxv  and  ap%eti>  are  not  unfrequently  used  even  of  such  public 
functions  as  lie  entirely  outside  the  proper  conception  of  ad- 
ministration ;  e.g.  the  functions  of  the  courts  of  justice,  or  even 
those  which  are  classed  as  menial  services,  e.g.  those  of  the 
clerks  and  heralds,3  so   that  while  this   distinction  of  titles 


1  Cf.   de  Comit.   p.  307  seq.;  Anti-        2  Machines,  in  Ctes.  p.  400  seq. 
quitates,  p.  235  seq.  3  Arist.  Pol.  iv.  12.  2,  3 ;  Aristoph. 

2  C 


402       DESCRIPTION  OF  THE  PRINCIPAL  STATES. 

may  be  laid  down  as  a  matter  of  theory,  in  practice  it  is 
devoid  of  significance,  and  cannot  help  us  to  infer  with 
certainty  whether  an  official  really  belonged  to  the  one  or 
to  the  other  division.  As  an  established  distinction,  how- 
ever, between  official  functionaries  and  assistants,  we  may 
state  that  only  the  latter  were  paid  for  their  work,  while  the 
former  served  without  pay,  as  was  also  for  the  most  part  the 
case  with  the  "  commissioners,"  though  not  without  exception, 
since  some  who  are  to  be  ranked  in  this  class — for  instance 
the  counsel  for  the  State — received  a  fee  for  their  trouble.1 
In  general,  however,  this  task,  as  well  as  the  high  offices  of 
State,  was  regarded  as  a  patriotic  duty,  for  the  fulfilment  of 
which  the  honour  attached  to  it  formed  a  sufficient  remunera- 
tion. But  in  other  respects  there  can  be  no  doubt  that  the 
public  offices  and  state  commissions  could  be  made  to  afford 
sufficient  opportunity  to  provide  for  private  interests  with- 
out actual  breach  of  the  law  and  consequent  liability  to 
punishment.2 

That  a  very  great  number  of  offices  at  Athens  were  filled  by 
lot,  and  that  the  first  introduction  of  the  lot  is  probably  to  be 
attributed  to  Clisthenes,  we  have  already  remarked.  After  its 
introduction  the  magistrates  fall  into  two  classes — those  ap- 
pointed by  lot,  and  those  chosen  by  vote ;  the  latter  again  being 
divided  into  those  who  are  elected  in  the  general  assembly  of 
the  people,  and  those  who  are  elected,  under  a  commission 
from  that  assembly,  in  the  meetings  of  the  separate  Phyla?. 
To  this  latter  class  belong  especially  the  commissioners  who 
were  charged  with  the  supervision  of  public  works.  The  ap- 
pointment by  lot  of  all  or  nearly  all  the  officials  was  under  the 
superintendence  of  the  Thesmothetae,  and  took  place  in  the 
temple  of  Theseus.3  The  mode  of  procedure  was  as  follows : — 
Two  casks  were  set  up ;  in  one  of  these  was  placed  a  number  of 
white  and  coloured  beans,  in  the  other  the  small  tablets  with 
the  names  of  the  candidates ;  for  that  only  candidates,  and  not 
other  persons  at  pleasure,  were  subjected  to  the  lot  is  matter  of 
certainty.*  Then  a  tablet  and  a  bean  were  drawn  out  simul- 
taneously, and  the  candidate  whose  name  came  out  along  with 
a  white  bean  received  the  office,  while  the  others  were  not 
counted.  The  elections  in  the  general  assembly  of  the  people 
have  been  already  spoken  of  in  the  previous  chapter,  and  it 

Vespce,  585,  617;  cf.  Hudtwalcker,  von  3  Machines,   in  Ctes.   p.   399;    cf. 

den  Dketeten,  p.  32,  and  Antiq.  p.  235.  Antiquitales,  p.  237,  note  9. 

1  Bbckh,  Pub.  Ec.  of  Athens,  p.  239.  4  It  is  clear  from  Lysias,  in  Andocid. 

2  Of.  Isocrates,  Areopag.  c.  9,  §  24,  §4 ;  in  Philon.  g  35,  and  Isocrates, 
25.  de  mut.  §  150. 


THE  ATHENIAN  STATE.  403 

was  there  stated  that  they  were  effected  by  show  of  hands,  and 
not  by  voting  tablets.  The  same  mode  of  election  accordingly 
was  also  adopted  in  the  assemblies  of  the  Phylse,  when  they 
were  charged  by  the  people  with  the  nomination  of  a  magis- 
trate. The  persons  elected  were  called  indifferently  xeipoToinjToi 
and  alperol,  though  the  last  expression,  according  to  iEschines,1 
seems  to  have  been  in  use  principally  for  those  elected  in  the 
Phylse. 

All  magistrates,  whether  elected  by  cheirotonia  or  by  lot, 
were  compelled,  before  entering  upon  their  office,  to  subject 
themselves  to  a  BoKi/xaata,  or  scrutiny  into  their  fitness  for 
the  post.  It  might  therefore  easily  happen  that  on  failure 
to  stand  the  test  of  this  scrutiny  they  were  compelled  to  with- 
draw. In  the  case  of  election  by  lot,  such  withdrawal  was  pro- 
vided for  previously,  a  supplementary  person  being  chosen  for 
each  office;2  if,  however,  a  man  who  had  been  elected  by 
cheirotonia  was  rejected  in  the  scrutiny,  it  was  necessary 
to  proceed  to  a  subsequent  election.  In  the  scrutiny,  more- 
over, investigation  was  made  not  into  the  special  kinds  of 
knowledge  and  capacity  that  were  requisite  to  the  performance 
of  the  office,  but  merely  into  the  genuineness  of  the  Athenian 
descent,  and  the  blamelessness  of  the  career  of  the  examinee. 
For  those  posts,  for  which  some  special  qualification,  not  to  be 
presupposed  in  the  case  of  every  good  citizen,  was  thought 
requisite,  were  filled  by  cheirotonia,  it  being  assumed  that  the 
people  would  choose  no  one  of  whose  capacity  it  was  not  suffi- 
ciently persuaded.  That  in  reality  this  was  not  always  the 
case,  and  that  in  Athens,  as  elsewhere,  there  was  no  lack  of 
means  to  turn  aside  the  popular  choice  to  unworthy  and 
improper  candidates,  needs  no  demonstration.3  In  such  cases, 
however,  the  Dokimasia  might  serve  to  correct  bad  selections ; 
nor  is  it  to  be  doubted  that  the  <ypa<pr)  Be/cao-pov  might  be  insti- 
tuted on  the  ground  of  bribery  of  the  electors.4  Apart  from 
all  this  there  is  no  lack  of  examples  to  show  that  men  of  whose 
worth  the  people  was  persuaded  were  elected  by  it  to  offices 
for  which  they  had  not  personally  canvassed  at  all.5  Such 
men  might   of  course   decline  the  honour,  but  their  refusal 


1  ^Eschines,    in  Ctes.    p.    398    seq.  apx^pecid^eiv,  irapayy£\\eiv,  are  dealt 
On  the  other  side,  Schomann,  Const,  with. 

Hist,  of  Athens,   p.   80  (Bosanquet's        4  In  general,  the  ypa.(f>7i  8eKa.ffp.ov  is 

trans.).  mentioned   only  in   connection  with 

2  Harpocration,  sub  voc.  iwiXax^".  the  bribery  of  the  courts,  but  there 
8  See  de  Comitiis,  p.  326,  and  An-  can  be  no  doubt  that  it  was  also  ap- 

tiquitates,  p.  230,  where  also  the  ex-  plicable  to  bribery  of  the  assembly, 
pressions  cnrovddpxns  or    airovSapxias,         6  Plutarch,  Phocion,  c.  8. 


4o4      DESCRIPTION  OF  THE  PRINCIPAL  STATES. 

required  to  be  supported  by  valid  reasons,  and  these  it  was 
necessary  to  confirm  upon  oath.1  With  regard  to  the  other 
magistracies,  those  filled  by  lot,  the  sovereign  people  was 
always  ready  to  credit  any  one  from  among  its  number  who 
resolved  to  become  a  candidate  for  them  with  the  requisite 
capacity  at  any  rate ;  and  the  mistakes  it  actually  made  in  so 
doing  were  probably  less  than  would  at  first  sight  seem  likely. 
For,  with  the  publicity  of  the  whole  administration  and  the 
general  participation  in  it,  some  knowledge  of  and  skill  in 
public  business  was  naturally  much  more  generally  diffused  in 
Athens  than  was  possible  in  monarchical  or  oligarchical  States ; 
while  with  the  strict  control  over  the  conduct  of  the  magis- 
trates while  in  office,  and  the  risk  that  each  man  ran  of  being 
called  to  account  either  during  the  period  of  his  tenure  by  the 
Epicheirotonia,  previously  spoken  of,  or  after  its  expiration, 
at  the  euthyne,  no  man  would  lightly  undertake  to  become 
a  candidate  for  an  office  for  the  proper  performance  of  the 
functions  of  which  he  was  conscious  of  being  unfitted.  More- 
over, for  posts  that  implied  any  considerable  dealings  with 
money  matters,  there  is  no  doubt  that  only  men  from  the 
highest  property  class  could  come  forward  as  candidates,  their 
property  serving  as  a  pledge  to  the  State  for  the  faithful  per- 
formance of  their  duties.  Finally,  it  was  no  doubt  in  the  power 
of  all  magistrates  to  provide  themselves  with  efficient  assist- 
ants, whose  knowledge  and  experience  might  stand  them 
in  stead  whenever  they  were  in  need  of  it.  On  this  account 
accordingly  the  examination  was  limited  to  the  two  points 
indicated  above,  genuine  Attic  descent,  and  blamelessness 
of  life.  The  nine  Archons,  for  instance,  although  they  had 
principally  to  do  with  the  administration  of  the  law,  were 
not  examined  regarding  their  knowledge  of  law.  The  questions 
put  to  them,  according  to  a  statement  of  Julius  Pollux,2  which 
probably  has  its  source  in  Aristotle,  ran  as  follows : — 
Whether  they  were  of  genuine  Attic  descent  on  their  fathers' 
and  mothers'  side,  and  in  the  third  degree;  to  which  deme 
they  belonged ;  whether  they  worshipped  Apollo  Patrous  and 
Zeus  Herceus;  whether  they  had  fulfilled  their  filial  duties 
towards  their  parents ;  whether  they  had  performed  the  mili- 
tary service  the  law  required;  whether  they  possessed  the 
requisite  property;  and,  as  we  may  add,  whether  they  had 
made  the  contributions  demanded  from  it.3     Similar  questions 


1  'Efw/Mxria.  de  Comitiis,  p.  329.  all  the  nine  Archons. 

*  viii.  85.     Pollux  says  ee<rfj.o9eTuiv        3  El   rd    rfK-rj    reXei.      Dinarch.    h 
&i>&icpi<ris,  as  this  name  often  denotes    Arist.g  17;  Bockh,  Staatsh.  i.  p.  660. 


THE  ATHENIAN  STATE.  405 

were  also  to  be  put  to  the  other  officials,  and  in  some  cases 
even  inquiries  of  a  still  more  specific  kind.  The  Strategi,  for 
instance,  were  asked  whether  they  were  living  in  lawful  wed- 
lock and  owned  landed  property  in  Attica.1  On  the  other 
hand,  the  demand  regarding  genuine  citizen  descent  in  the 
third  degree  became  obsolete  in  the  case  of  many  functionaries, 
and  in  later  times  even  in  the  case  of  the  nine  Archons,  when 
even  the  sons  of  new  citizens  were  enabled  to  attain  to  office.2 
Similarly,  after  Aristides  had  made  the  office  of  Arch  on,  and 
most  of  the  other  offices,  accessible  to  citizens  of  all  classes, 
the  question  regarding  the  possession  of  property  probably 
continued  to  be  put  only  in  the  case  of  some  few  functionaries 
connected  with  finance.  With  regard  to  this  law,  however,  we 
desire  to  remark,  that  although,  legally,  even  the  Thetes  were 
eligible  for  magistracies,  in  fact,  they  were  rarely  elected,  and, 
for  obvious  reasons,  seldom  even  attended  the  ballot.  It  was, 
moreover,  censured  as  undue  assumption  for  a  poor  man  to 
become  a  candidate  for  posts  which,  according  to  traditional 
usage,  were  only  filled  by  persons  of  the  wealthier  classes.3 
That  a  minimum  age  of  at  least  thirty  years  was  requisite  for 
the  offices  of  government  is  never  indeed  expressly  stated ;  but 
the  analogy  of  the  age  required  by  law  for  the  Heliastae  and 
Bouleutae  leaves  no  reasonable  doubt  on  the  matter;4  even 
though,  in  the  case  of  such  magistracies  as  were  filled  by 
Cheirotonia,  the  people  refused  to  bind  itself  to  the  observance 
of  such  a  provision,  and  at  times  showed  its  wisdom  by  such  a 
refusal.5  Among  other  conditions  required  by  law,  we  may 
mention  in  particular6  that  no  one  could  hold  an  office  who 
was  in  debt  to  the  State,  or  who  had  still  to  render  account 
with  regard  to  an  office  which  he  had  formerly  held.  Again,  it 
was  not  permissible  to  hold  two  offices  at  once,  or  the  same  one 
repeatedly,  although  exceptions  to  these  two  provisions  were 
probably  of  frequent  occurrence,  the  Strategia  especially  being 
constantly  held  more  than  once  by  the  same  person.  Finally, 
eligibility  to  an  office  was  forfeited  by  gross  offences ;  as, 
for  instance,  if  a  man  had  failed  to  perform  his  filial  duties 


1  Dinarch.  in  Demosth.  p.  51,  §  71.  s  Isseus,  Or.  7,  §  39 ;  cf.  Antiq.  jar. 

2  In  Neceram,  pp.  1376,  1380.     We  publ.  Gr.  p.  238,  note  4. 
have  previously  noticed  (p.  365)  that  4  Att.  Proc.  p.  204. 

these  also  worshipped  Zeus  Herceus  6  Justin,  vi.  5,  of  Iphicrates,  who, 

and  Apollo  Patrous.     They  could  not  it  is  stated,  was  elected  general  as 

indeed    call    themselves    yepvrjrai   of  early  as  his  twentieth  year. 

those  gods,  as  the  old  citizens  could  6  Antiq.  jur.  publ.  Gr.  p.  239,  notes 

(Dem.  in  Eubulid.  p.  1319),  but  could  12-15. 

call  themselves   dpyeuwes  with   refer-  7  Plut.  Pericl.  c.  16 ;  Phoc.  c.  8,  19. 

ence  to  them.  Cf.  Bergk,  d.  reliqu.  com.  Att.  p.  13. 


4o6       DESCRIPTION  OF  THE  PRINCIPAL  STATES. 

towards  his  parents,  if  he  had  prostituted  himself  to  unnatural 
lust,  had  squandered  his  property,  had  incurred  the  charge  of 
cowardice  in  war,  had  thrown  away  his  shield,  and  the  like ; 
while,  moreover,  a  political  behaviour  indicating  sentiments 
unfavourable  to  the  established  constitution  was  frequently 
made  a  ground  of  exclusion.1  Bodily  deformities  were  a  dis- 
qualification at  least  for  those  offices  which,  like  the  archonship, 
were  associated  with  religious  functions.2 

The  method  of  procedure  in  the  Dokimasia,  at  least  in  that 
of  the  nine  Archons,  was  as  follows.3  In  the  meeting  of  the 
Council  of  Five  Hundred  the  questions  prescribed  by  law  were 
put  to  the  magistrates  elect.  To  these  they  were  required  to 
furnish  answers,  supporting  them  by  whatever  proofs  might  be 
requisite.  Meanwhile  it  was  in  the  power  of  each  member  of 
the  council  to  raise  objections  against  the  answers,  or  upon 
other  grounds  to  move  the  rejection  of  the  persons  under 
examination,  and  apparently  the  Bouleutic  oath  expressly 
pledged  a  member  who  had. reasons  of  importance  to  bring 
forward  against  the  fitness  of  a  person  under  examination, 
not  to  keep  silence  about  them.  As,  moreover,  these  examina- 
tions were  public,  it  is  not  to  be  doubted  that  every  other 
citizen  present  at  them,  no  less  than  the  members  of  the 
council,  possessed  the  right  of  raising  objections.  If  the 
council  decided  that  these  objections  were  well  grounded,  it 
rejected  the  person  under  scrutiny,  who  might,  however, 
appeal  from  this  verdict  to  the  decision  of  a  court  of  justice, 
where  the  matter  was  then  decided  afresh,  under  the  presi- 
dency of  the  Thesmothetae,  and  entirely  in  the  form  of  an 
ordinary  lawsuit.  But  even  when  the  council  had  decided  in 
favour  of  the  person  under  examination,  his  opponents,  as  a 
matter  of  course,  had  it  in  their  power,  if  they  held  this  deci- 
sion to  be  unjustifiable,  to  have  recourse  to  further  legal  pro- 
ceedings. This  is  termed  8otcc,fMi<riav  iTrcvyyiWeLv*  In  the 
case  of  magistrates  other  than  the  nine  archons,  no  mention  is 
made  of  a  scrutiny  before  the  council,  and  it  is  possible  that 
their  examination  was  undertaken  by  some  other  authority,  as, 
e.g.  a  heliastic  court.  In  other  respects  the  procedure  must 
have  been  the  same.  The  custom,  however,  of  subjecting  the 
nine  archons  to  examination  before  the  council  probably  dates 
from  the  time  when  they  themselves  still  possessed  seats  and 
votes  in  that  body, — a  matter  upon  which  we  have  previously 

1  Lysias,  in  Agor.  §  10.  ayye\la  could  by  no  means  take  place 

-  Id.,  pro  invaiulo,  §  13.  solely  in  the  assembly  is  self-evident, 

3  Alt.  Proc.  p.  203.  and    has   been    already   remarked. — 

4  Pollux,   viii.   44.     That  such  iir-    Schom.  de  Com.  p.  242,  37. 


THE  ATHENIAN  STATE.  407 

stated  our  conjecture.1  A  person  who  was  rejected  in  the 
Dokimasia,  besides  losing  his  office,  might  also  incur  other 
punishments,  duly  adjusted  to  the  grounds  of  his  rejection. 

Just  as  an  examination  was  required  before  entrance  upon 
office,  so  all  without  exception  were  bound,  before  laying  it 
down,  to  render  account  of  its  management.2  Those  officials 
who  had  held  public  moneys  were  compelled  to  lodge  a  specific 
account  of  them,  with  the  requisite  documents,  before  the 
supreme  superintending  board  (Xoyov  teal  evOvvas  iyypd(j)etv  or 
cnrocpepeiv).  This  board  was  that  of  the  Logistse,  consisting  in 
earlier  times  of  thirty  persons,3  but  afterwards  reduced  to  ten ;  by 
its  side,  however,  there  stood  another  board,  the  Euthyni,  like- 
wise consisting  of  ten  persons,  with  twenty  assessors  or  assis- 
tants. The  assessors  were  probably  nominated  and  chosen  by 
the  Euthyni ;  while  the  Euthyni  themselves,  as  also  the  Logistas, 
were  appointed  at  first  by  Cheirotonia  and  afterwards  by  lot, 
one  from  each  Phyle.  There  were  also  assigned  to  them  ten 
Synegori  or  State-counsel,  similarly  appointed  by  lot,  whose 
functions  we  shall  learn  presently.  The  account  had  first  to  be 
lodged  with  the  Logistse  as  the  principal  authority ;  these  gave 
it  over  for  revision  to  the  Euthyni,  whose  duty  it  was  to  examine 
the  individual  items,  to  summon,  when  necessary,  those  from 
whom  the  account  was  due,  and  compel  them  to  substantiate 
their  statements  and  vouchers ;  and,  in  short,  to  provide  them- 
selves with  all  explanations  necessary  for  forming  a  judgment. 
If  they  found  everything  correct,  they  returned  the  account,  with 
a  declaration  to  this  effect,  to  the  Logistse,  who  then  granted 
the  requisite  discharge.  In  the  contrary  case,  they  pointed  out 
to  the  Logistse  the  errors  they  had  found,  to  be  dealt  with 
further  by  these  latter,  who  then  brought  the  matter  before  a 
court  of  justice,  in  which  they  themselves  presided,  while 
the  Synegori  above  mentioned  came  forward  as  prosecutors 
in  the  name  of  the  State,  and  the  whole  proceeding  took 
place  before  them  in  regular  legal  form.  Such  magistrates  as 
had  not  been  concerned  with  any  pecuniary  administration 
merely  made  a  declaration  before  the  Logistaa  that  they  had 
neither  received  nor  expended  anything.4  To  furnish  annual 
reports  on  other  matters  in  connection  with  the  conduct  of  an 
office  was,  so  far  as  we  can  judge,  not  usual.  These  function- 
aries, however,  were  not,  any  more  than  the  other  magistrates, 


1  Cf.  pp.  325  and  330.  4  Schom.  Antiquitates  jur.  pub.  Gr. 

2  Cf.  Att.  Proc.  p.  21 G  Seq.  p.  240,  and  Bockh,  Pub.  Ec.  of  Athens, 

3  Bockh,  Pub.  Ec.  of  Ath.  p.  190,     p.  191. 
ami  Staatsh.  ii.  52  and  583. 


408      DESCRIPTION  OF  THE  PRINCIPAL  STATES. 

exempted  from  responsibility  for  their  proceedings  during  their 
tenure  of  office.  On  the  contrary,  it  was  the  duty  of  the  Logistae, 
within  thirty  days  after  the  expiration  of  their  office,  to 
make  a  public  request  that  any  person  who  had  a  complaint  to 
bring  forward  against  any  of  the  outgoing  officials  should  com- 
municate with  them.  These  officials  therefore  during  this 
time  were  necessarily  in  constant  expectation  of  an  accuser, 
and  if  an  accuser  appeared,  a  procedure  in  legal  form  was 
instituted  by  the  Logistae,  and  the  matter  finally  laid  before  a 
heliastic  court,  in  which  they  presided.  We  have  previously 
seen  that  besides  this,  a  complaint  could  be  raised  against 
every  magistrate  during  his  term  of  office,  by  means  of  the 
Probole,  on  the  occasion  of  the  Epicheirotonia  which  took 
place  in  each  Prytany.  Besides  this,  however,  we  hear  of 
certain  accounts  which  it  was  necessary  to  hand  in  in  each 
Prytany : *  a  statement  no  doubt  to  be  taken  as  referring,  not 
to  all  magistrates  without  exception,  but  only  to  those  who 
had  public  money  in  their  hands.  To  whom  this  account  was 
to  be  given  is  not  stated:  it  may,  however,  probably  have 
been  to  the  official  checking-clerk  or  controller,  whose  duty 
it  was,  we  know,  to  prepare  and  submit  in  each  Prytany 
a  summary  of  the  receipts  and  expenditure,  and  who  could 
only  be  put  in  a  position  to  do  so  by  the  notices  which 
reached  him  from  those  magistrates  who  actually  administered 
the  money.  There  can  be  no  doubt — though  we  find  nothing  on 
the  point  in  our  authorities — that  if  he  found  any  discrepancy 
whatever  in  these,  he  might  apply  to  the  magistrate  for 
explanation,  and  cause  a  fuller  inquiry. 

The  outgoing  magistrates  were  forbidden  by  the  law,  before 
depositing  their  account,  to  withdraw  from  the  country,  to 
alienate  any  of  their  property  in  any  way,  to  make  testa- 
mentary dispositions  of  it,  or  to  pass  by  adoption  into  another 
family.  Nor,  until  this  duty  was  performed,  might  any  reward 
be  assigned  them  on  the  part  of  the  State,  or  any  other  office 
committed  into  their  hands.2 

The  permanent  authorities  had  each  their  own  proper  place 
of  business  (apxelov),  in  which  they  transacted  their  affairs. 
These  boards — and  the  majority  of  the  public  functionaries 
were  associated  in  the  form  of  boards — naturally  divided 
the  business  among  themselves,  in  so  far  as  this  could  not 
be  administered  in  common:  but,  where  they  acted  as  a 
body,  one  member  stood  at  their  head,  as   Prytanis.3     The 

1  Lysias,    in  Nicom.    p.    842  ;    cf.         2  ^Eschines,  in  Ctes.  p.  413  seq. 
Schumann,  Opusc.  Acad.  i.  p.  293  seq.         3  Cf.  Att.  Proc.  p.  120. 


THE  ATHENIAN  STATE.  409 

practice  of  calling  in  experts  as  assistants  and  coadjutors  was 
probably  not  forbidden  to  any  authority,  while  to  some  it  was 
expressly  allowed  or  prescribed  by  law.1  Where  this  was  the 
case,  the  assistants  also  possessed  some  official  character  of 
their  own,  and  were  subjected  to  a  Dokimasia,  and  then  bound 
to  give  an  account ;  whilst  the  assistance  rendered  by  the  first 
remained  merely  a  private  matter  between  them  and  the 
magistrates.  Many,  if  not  all,  magistrates,  and  the  assistants 
and  subordinate  officials  associated  with  them,  had  their  meals 
at  the  public  expense,  some  in  the  Prytaneum,  some  in  their 
offices.2  Of  insignia  of  office  we  hear  nothing,  with  the  excep- 
tion of  the  wreath  of  myrtle  worn  by  the  functionaries  of 
government  when  acting  officially,3  as  well  as  by  the  members 
of  the  Council  in  the  exercise  of  their  functions,  and  by  the 
orators  in  the  public  assembly,  when  they  occupied  the  tribune. 
Only  the  second  archon,  or  Basileus,  seems  to  have  possessed 
a  special  official  dress :  at  least  a  certain  garment  (/eprjTifcbv)  and 
a  kind  of  shoes  (fiaaCk&e?)  are  mentioned  as  being  peculiar  to 
him.4  An  oath  to  be  taken  at  the  commencement  of  an  office 
is,  it  is  true,  expressly  mentioned  only  in  the  case  of  the  nine 
archons  and  the  strategi ; 5  but  we  can  hardly  take  this  as  a 
reason  for  doubting  that  the  rest  of  the  higher  functionaries 
took  a  similar  oath.  In  all  probability,  moreover,  they  did 
not  enter  upon  their  office  without  a  religious  function,  a  so- 
called  entrance-sacrifice  (elo-trr/pia),  since  we  find  that  even 
those  to  whom  some  diplomatic  mission  was  intrusted  were 
usually  bound  to  offer  such  a  sacrifice.6 

That  the  functionaries  of  government  did  not  find  it  an  easy 
matter  to  maintain  their  authority  in  the  face  of  the  public 
may  easily  be  conceived,  when  we  consider  the  character  of 
the  Athenian  people  and  the  democratic  spirit  of  the  constitu- 
tion, and  we  are  moreover  expressly  assured  of  the  fact.7  That 
subordination  to  superiors,  which  is  usually  brought  into  pro- 
minence as  a  prominent  trait  of  the  Spartans,  was  foreign  to 
the  citizens  of  Athens ;  and  even  though  the  magistrates  had 


1  Harpocr.  sub  voc.  irdpedpos ;  Pollux,  235  D;  Lys.  pro   vet.    p.    331;  Plut. 

viii.  92;  cf.  Bbckh,  Staatsh.  i.  pp.  246,  Pericl.    c.    30  ;   Dinarch.   in  Philocl. 

268,  271.  §  2. 

8  Demosth.  de  Fate.  Leg.  p.    400  ;  •  Dem.  de  Fate.  Leg.  p.  400,  24  ;  cf . 

Plutarch,  Symposiac.   vii.   9,  p.   382,  Lexicon    Seguerianum,    p.     187,    22. 

Tauchn. ;  cf.  Meier,  de  vita  Lycurg.  To  this  the  airapxal  of  the  magistrates 

p.  xcix.  may  have  reference. — Meier, Coram. 

*  Antiq.  jur.  pub.  Grcec.  p.  242,  note  Epigr.  i.  p.  39. 

9 ;  cf.  Von  Leutsch,  Philol.  i.  p.  477.  7  In    the  letter  of    Nicias,    Thuc. 

4  Pollux,  vii.  77.  85.  vii.    14;    cf.  Xen.  Mem.   iii.   5.    16; 

5  lb.   viii.  86;  Plato,  Phcedrus,  p.  (Eton.  c.  21,  4. 


41  o     DESCRIPTION  OF  THE  PRINCIPAL  STATES. 

the  right  to  impose  punishments  on  the  disobedient,  yet  the 
man  who  felt  himself  unduly  pressed  by  such  punishments 
was  free  to  appeal  to  a  court  of  justice.1  It  may,  however, 
have  been  only  in  rare  cases,  and  when  suffering  from  manifest 
injustice,  that  this  step  was  resolved  upon.  For,  looking  to  the 
sensible  and  law-abiding  disposition  of  the  majority — a  dis- 
position which,  despite  some  examples  of  the  contrary,  we 
must  nevertheless  recognise  in  general — the  Heliastse  were, 
it  is  certain,  constantly  inclined  to  support  the  dignity  of 
the  authorities  rather  than  to  weaken  it.  Indeed,  insults 
offered  to  the  officers  of  the  government  while  in  performance 
of  their  functions,  though  they  might  consist  merely  in  verbal 
abuse,  were  visited  by  law  with  Atimia.2 

After  these  general  remarks,  we  now  turn  to  the  consideration 
of  the  individual  magistrates.  The  first  place  among  these  we 
give  to  the  archons,  since  their  office,  so  far  as  we  can  judge,  was 
not  only  the  most  ancient,  but  in  earlier  times  the  most  impor- 
tant of  all.  After  Aristotle's  time,  indeed,  they  might  be  elected 
from  all  the  property  classes ;  but  it  seems  that  the  Phylse  were 
brought  into  connection  with  the  election  in  such  a  manner  that, 
in  accordance  with  the  order  annually  determined  by  lot,  one  of 
the  nine  archons  was  elected  from  each  of  the  first  nine  Phylse, 
and  therefore  none,  on  that  occasion,  from  the  tenth.3  The 
chief  of  the  board  was  called  Archon  par  excellence,  and  some- 
times, in  later  authors,  also  Archon  Eponymus,4  because  his 
name  served  to  indicate  the  civil  year :  the  second,  Basileus, 
because  it  was  to  him  specially  that  the  sacerdotal  functions  of 
the  monarchy  had  passed :  the  third,  Polemarchus,  because  he 
was  specially  charged  with  the  care  of  the  military  system: 
the  remaining  six,  Thesmothetae.  •  This  latter  name,  however, 
is  sometimes  also  applied  to  the  whole  board,5  and  not  im- 
properly so ;  for  it  designate^  them  as  those  whose  duty  it  is, 
through  their  decisions,  to  establish  the  law,  and  consequently 
belongs  properly  to  all  judicial  functionaries,  who,  through 
their  judgment,  declared  the  state  of  the  law  in  each  of  the 
cases  submitted  for  their  decisions.  Declaring  the  law,  how- 
ever, was  clearly,  even  in  the  very  earliest  times,  the  most 
prominent  function  of  the  nine  archons,  even  though  it  was  by 


1  Antiquitates  jur.  publ.  Or.  p.  242,  can  be  proved  to  have  existed  in  the 

notes  5  and  7.  time   of  the   twelve   Phyhe,   existed 

8  Demosth.  in  Mid.  p.  524 ;  cf.  Att.  also  in  the  earlier  period. 

Proc.  p.  483.  *  Cf.  e.g.  Corp.  Inter,  nos.  281.   11, 

3  H.   Sauppe  {de  creatione   archon-  358.  11. 

turn,   Gottingen,  1864)  suspects  with  s  Bbckh,  Corp.  Inner,  p.  440 ;  Philo- 

reason  that  this  arrangement,  which  lo<jische  B\ 'alter,  i.  p.  102. 


THE  A  THENIAN  ST  A  TE.  411 

no  means  their  sole  duty.  For,  according  to  Thucydides,  it 
fell  to  their  lot  to  deal  with  the  greater  part  of  public 
business  as  early  as  the  affair  of  Cylon:  and  it  was  only 
by  degrees,  especially  after  the  office  had  become  access- 
ible to  all  persons,  without  distinction  of  property,  that 
their  participation  in  the  supreme  conduct  of  the  common- 
wealth came  to  an  end,  and  that  they  were  limited  to  judicial 
functions  and  to  some  other  matters  of  less  importance.  Even 
in  these  functions  however  their  power  had  been  diminished 
by  Solon,  through  the  permission  of  an  appeal  from  their 
decisions  to  a  heliastic  court,  nothing  of  the  kind  having  pre- 
viously existed.1  In  consequence  of  this  it  gradually  came  to 
pass  that  the  Archons  little  by  little  withdrew  from  giving  an 
independent  decision  in  lawsuits,  and,  when  suits  were  brought 
before  them,  referred  the  matter  either  to  arbiters  (dieetetse),  or 
even  to  a  heliastic  court,  retaining  however  in  the  latter  case  the 
right  of  drawing  up  the  indictment  and  of  presiding  in  the  court. 
The  judicial  power  of  the  Archon2  had  reference  principally  to  all 
such  disputes  among  the  citizens  as  had  to  do  with  family  law 
and  the  law  of  inheritance,  while  that  of  the  king  (the  archon 
Basileus)  comprised  religious  law  in  its  whole  extent,  including 
the  so-called  hUat  (f>ovi/cal,  or  suits  concerning  murder  and 
certain  allied  crimes,  in  so  far  as  these,  according  to  ancient 
traditionary  ordinances,  were  to  be  judged  by  the  Areopagus 
and  the  Ephetse,  though  exceptions  to  this  rule  occurred 
in  later .  times.  The  Polemarch  possessed  jurisdiction  over 
foreigners,  and  that  not  merely  in  all  matters  connected  with 
the  legal  relations  of  members  of  the  family  and  with  the 
law  of  inheritance,  but  in  all  matters  whatever  affecting  their 
legal  position.  Finally,  the  six  Thesmothetse  were  the  com- 
petent authority  in  all  other  matters  of  every  kind,  in  so  far  as 
they  did  not  trench  upon  the  special  sphere  of  administration 
belonging  to  some  particular  magistrate ;  for,  as  we  have  previ- 
ously remarked,  all  administrative  functionaries,  besides  the 
archons,  possessed  a  certain  judicial  power,  with  which  indeed 
many  branches  of  administration — as,  for  instance,  the  police — 
could  not  conveniently  dispense.  The  places  in  which  the 
archons  exercised  their  judicial  power  were,  with  the  exception 
of  that  appointed  for  the  Polemarch,  without  doubt  all  situated 
in  the  market.     That  of  the  first  archon  was  by  the  statues  of 


1  Plut.  SoL  c.  18  ;  Suidas,  sub  voc.  i  On  all  the  following  it  is  enough 

Apxc""  ;  Lexicon  Seguerianum,  p.  449  ;  to  refer  generally  to  Pollux,  viii.  6ii- 

cf.   Constitutional  History  of  AtJiens,  91,  and  to  Att.  Proc.  p.  41  seq. 
p.  42  scry. 


4i2       DESCRIPTION  OF  THE  PRINCIPAL  STATES. 

the  ten  Eponymi ;  that  of  the  archon  Basileus  beside  the  so- 
called  Bucolium,  a  building,  not  otherwise  known,  in  the  neigh- 
bourhood of  the  Prytaneum,  or  also  in  the  so-called  Hall  of  the 
King;  that  of  the  Thesmothetse  in  the  building  called  after 
them  Thesmothesium,  in  which  maintenance  was  also  provided 
at  the  expense  of  the  State  for  them  and  the  subordinate 
officials  associated  with  them,  and  perhaps  also  for  the  whole 
board  of  the  nine  archons  as  well.1  The  Polemarch  had  his 
office  outside  the  walls,  but  quite  close  to  the  city,  beside  the 
Lyceum,  a  shrine  consecrated  to  Apollo,  and  frequently  men- 
tioned on  account  of  the  gymnasium  existing  there.  Before 
the  time  of  Solon,  as  we  are  assured  by  evidence  which  it  must 
be  admitted  is  exceedingly  apocryphal  in  character,2  the  nine 
archons  were  not  permitted  to  sit  in  judgment  all  together. 
They  were,  however,  equally  precluded  from  doing  this  in  the 
times  better  known  to  us,  and  the  statement  must  therefore 
be  based  upon  some  kind  of  misapprehension.  The  right  of 
collective  action  in  certain  matters  was  certainly  not  forbidden 
them  before  the  time  of  Solon ;  such  action,  on  the  contrary, 
took  place  more  frequently  than  in  later  times,  when  only  a  few 
instances  of  it  can  be  substantiated.  As  matters  that  came 
before  the  board  collectively  the  following  are  mentioned : — 
They  were  to  inflict  the  punishment  of  death  on  all  banished 
persons  who  should  be  found  in  places  which  they  had  been 
forbidden  to  visit;  a  statement  which  we  are  unwilling  to 
reject  as  incorrect,  though  no  indisputable  example  of  it  occurs.3 
Secondly,  they  had  to  attend  jointly  to  the  annual  ballot  for 
the  judges,  i.e.  for  those  who  were  appointed  to  serve  during 
the  year  as  Heliastae,  and,  similarly,  to  the  choice  of  the 
Athlothetse,  or  judges  of  the  contests  for  the  Panathenaic 
festival.  Again,  it  was  their  duty  to  attend  to  the  Epicheirotonia, 
previously  spoken  of  in  the  first  assembly  of  each  Prytany,  and 
to  put  the  requisite  questions  to  the  people ;  and  in  the  assem- 
blies for  the  election  of  the  Strategi,  Taxiarchi,  Hipparchi,  and 
Phylarchi,  to  direct  the  business  of  election.  For  all  such 
business,  however,  it  is  clear  that  no  collegiate  deliberation  in 
the  proper  sense  of  the  term  was  requisite,  but  only  a  simple 
understanding  with  regard  to  the  division  of  the  labours 
among  the  individual  members.  Besides  all  this,  they  are  said 
to  have  possessed  jointly  the  power  of  pronouncing  judgment, 
and  the  presidency  of  the  court,  in  certain  legal  proceedings, 
especially  in  the  suits  against  those  magistrates  who  had  been 

1  Cf.  Plut.  Symp.  vii.  9.  Seguerianum,  p.  449 ;  cf.  Diog.  Laert. 

i.  58. 

2  Suid.     mb    voc.    &pXw  ;    Lexicon        3  Cf.  Att.  Proc.  pp.  41,  63. 


THE  A  THENIAN  ST  A  TE.  413 

suspended  or  deposed  in  the  Epicheirotonia ;  though  here  we 
must  admit  that  it  is  difficult  to  say  how  we  are  to  conceive 
this  joint  possession,  whether  we  are  to  imagine  that  all  the 
nine  took  part  in  it,  or,  as  is  more  probable,  that  now  one  and 
now  another  member  of  the  board  took  charge  of  the  work,  as 
was  required  by  the  circumstances  of  each  case  or  the  nature  of 
the  particular  matter.  Of  the  ritual  functions  which  the  three 
chief  Archons  had  to  perform  we  shall  have  to  speak  more  in 
detail  in  another  place.  Here  it  is  sufficient  to  remark  that  the 
first  Archon  was  charged  with  the  care  of  the  celebration  of  the 
Dionysia  (i.e.  the  city  or  great  Dionysia)  and  of  the  Thargelia,  in 
conjunction  with  the  Epimeletse  appointed  for  the  purpose,  and 
that  with  this  duty  was  joined  the  right  of  judicial  decision  in  the 
lawsuits  connected  with  this  festival.  The  Basileus  was  charged 
with  the  care  of  the  celebration  of  the  Lenean  mysteries,  and  of 
all  gymnastic  contests,  as  likewise  with  the  power  of  giving 
legal  decisions  in  suits  relating  to  them.  To  the  Polemarch 
belonged  the  superintendence  of  the  sacrifices  of  Artemis 
Agrotera,  and  of  Enyalius,  of  the  sacrifice  to  the  manes  of 
Harmodius  and  Aristogiton,  and  of  the  public  funeral  ceremony 
performed  over  those  slain  in  war.  At  the  time  of  the  first 
Persian  war  he  still  shared  the  leadership  of  the  army  with  the 
ten  generals,  sat  with  them  in  the  council  of  war,  and  had  the 
command  of  the  right  wing  in  battle ;  circumstances  which 
may  serve  to  support  the  conjecture  stated  above,  that,  speaking 
generally,  the  limitation  of  the  Archons  to  a  narrower  circle  of 
business,  instead  of  the  more  extended  activity  they  had  pos- 
sessed in  earlier  times,  first  crept  in  little  by  little  after  the 
time  of  Solon,  and  for  the  most  part  probably  after  the  law  of 
Aristides. 

The  three  superior  Archons  were  each  supported  in  the 
transaction  of  their  business  by  three  assessors,  whom  they 
associated  with  themselves  at  their  own  choice,  but  who  like 
themselves  were  subjected  to  a  Dokimasia,  and  compelled  to 
give  an  account  at  the  expiration  of  their  year  of  office,  while 
they  could  also  be  deposed  during  its  course.  The  Thes*  lothetse 
had  not  such  assessors,  and  their  availing  themselves  of  the 
advice  and  assistance  of  others  was  purely  a  private  matter,  and 
for  everything  that  ensued  they  alone  were  responsible.  In 
their  oath  of  office  the  Archons  promised  faithfully  to  observe 
the  laws  and  to  be  incorruptible,  and  in  the  case  of  transgression 
to  consecrate  a  golden  statue  of  the  same  size  as  themselves  at 
Delphi,  at  Olympia,  and  in  Athens.1     By  this  however  we  are 

1  Plato,  Phcedrus,  p.  235  d  ;  Plutarch,  Solon,  c.  25 ;  Pollux,  viii.  86  ;  Suidas, 

sub  voc.  XPVffV  elKiliv. 


4i 4      DESCRIPTION  OF  THE  PRINCIPAI  STATES. 

hardly  to  imagine  a  gilded  statue,  as  some  have  thought ;  it  is 
rather  an  ancient  formula  used  to  denote  an  impossible  penalty, 
the  non-rendering  of  which  of  necessity  entailed  Atimia.1  After 
the  expiration  of  their  year  of  office  the  Archons,  when  they 
had  delivered  their  account  and  proved  themselves  free  of  blame, 
became  members  of  the  Council  of  Areopagus. 

A  second  authority  specially  connected  with  the  administra- 
tion of  justice  was  the  Board  of  Eleven.  It  consisted  properly 
only  of  ten  persons,  who  were  appointed  by  lot,2  but  the  secretary 
was  counted  as  an  eleventh  member.  He,  though  not  really  a 
member  of  the  board,  seems  nevertheless  to  have  taken  a  very 
essential  part  in  the  business,  and  had  without  doubt  one  or 
more  sub-secretaries  under  him.  The  Eleven  had,  in  the 
second  place,  the  prison  under  their  supervision ;  for  this 
reason  those  persons  who  were  intended  to  be  kept  in  custody 
were  given  over  to  them,  and  they,  through  their  subordinates, 
attended  to  the  execution  of  sentences  of  death,  which  were 
carried  out,  as  a  rule,  not  openly,  but  in  the  prison.3  Hence, 
when  it  is  said  of  any  magistrates  that  they  delivered  criminals 
to  the  executioner,  we  must,  it  is  certain,  invariably  understand 
that  the  criminal  was  accounted  for  to  the  Eleven,  and  that 
this  board  charged  the  executioner  under  their  orders  with  the 
carrying  out  of  the  sentence.  Besides  this,  they  had  a  power 
of  pronouncing  sentence  upon  such  criminals  as  were  legally 
liable  to  imprisonment  or  to  capital  punishment4  in  cases 
where  these  criminals  were  taken  in  the  act.  If  these  pleaded 
guilty,  so  that  no  further  inquiry  was  requisite,  they  at  once 
passed  sentence ;  in  the  contrary  case  they  instituted  a  judicial 
procedure,  in  which  it  was  their  duty  to  draw  up  the  indict- 
ment, and  to  preside.  With  them,  further,  were  lodged  the 
informations  against  such  persons  as  were  charged  with  having 
detained  and  secreted  any  portion  of  confiscated  property ;  and 
in  this  case  also  it  was  their  duty  to  draw  up  the  indictment 
and  preside  over  the  court.  That  we  are  not  to  take  this,  as 
some  have  thought,  as  referring  solely  to  the  property  of 
persons  condemned  to  death,  is  proved  by  an  ancient  authority, 

1  We  may  be  reminded  by  this  of  2  Pollux,  viii.  102.     Cf.  Antiq.  jur. 
the  Spartan's  answer  to  the  question  publ.  Gr.  p.  245,  2. 
regarding  the  punishment  of  the  adul- 
terer in  Sparta  ;  that  he  must  give  a  8  Or  the  prisons  ;    for  there  may 
bull  which,  looking  over  the  Taygetus  have  been  several  in  Athens.    Cf.  Alt. 
from  the  remote  side,  drank  of  the  Proc  §73;XJUrich,ub.dieEilfmanner, 
Eurotas. — Plut.  Lye.  c.  15.     Another  p.  231. 
somewhat  far-fetched  explanation  is 

given  by  Bergk,  N.  Rhein.  Museum,  4  Such  criminals  are  specially  termed 

xiii.  p.  448.  KctKovpyot. — Att.  Proe.  p.  228,  3. 


THE  A  THENIAN  ST  A  TE.  415 

as  is  also  the  fact  that  the  members  of  .the  board  held  inven- 
tories of  the  confiscated  property,  and  that  the  clerk  noted  and 
struck  out  of  these  inventories  the  portions  delivered  up.1 

Next  may  follow  the  police  officials,  of  whom"  we  must  first 
mention  the  Astynomi,  ten  in  number,  corresponding  with  the 
number  of  the  Phylse,  and  appointed  by  lot,  five  for  the  city 
and  five  for  the  Piraeus.2  They  were  charged  with  all  that 
belongs  to  street  supervision,  e.g.  the  cleansing  of  the  streets, 
for  which  purpose  the  Coprologi,  or  street-sweepers,  were  under 
their  orders ;  the  securing  of  morality  and  decent  behaviour  in 
the  streets,  for  which  reason  those  persons  who  serve  to 
minister  to  the  gratification  of  the  public — such  as  musicians 
of  both  sexes,  mountebanks,  and  the  like — were  particularly 
subjected  to  their  supervision;  and,  in  general,  everything 
offensive  and  unlawful  which  showed  itself  there  was  censured 
and  punished  by  them.  Finally,  we  must  regard  the  super- 
vision of  buildings  as  a  part  of  their  functions,  since  the 
opinion  that  the  Areopagus  was  charged  with  the  duty  of  deal- 
ing with  this  matter,  and,  for  instance,  with  preventing  the 
streets  being  made  too  narrow,  or  otherwise  encroached  on  by 
the  buildings,  has  been  proved  to  be  erroneous.3  That  they  also 
had  the  power  of  deciding  in  lawsuits  which  fell  within  their 
province  scarcely  needs  special  notice.  For  the  construction  of 
the  streets,  however — that  is,  both  for  the  paving  of  the  streets 
in  the  city  and  for  the  construction  of  roads  outside  it — there  was 
a  special  and,  as  it  seems,  a  permanent  authority,  the  oSottolol. 
Concerning  these,  however,  we  find  nothing  stated  beyond  the 
faet  that  in  the  age  of  Demosthenes  their  function  was  on  one 
occasion  transferred  to  another  authority,  the  superintendents 
of  the  Theoricon,  of  whom  we  shall  speak  presently.4  Of 
the  overseers  of  aqueducts,  in  like  manner,  scarcely  more  is 
known  to  us  than  the  fact  of  their  existence.  Considering  the 
scarcity  of  fresh  water  in  Athens,  aqueducts  and  reservoirs 
were  a  very  real  necessity,6  and  their  superintendence  an  office 
of  some  importance,  which  was  once  filled  by  Themistocles 
himself.  He,  it  is  stated,  inflicted  punishment  upon  many 
persons  who  had  illegally  withdrawn  the  water  from  the  public 
aqueducts  and  diverted  it  to  their  own  plots  of  ground ;  and 
out  of  the  fines  so  inflicted  he  erected,  as  a  sacred  offering,  an 
ivory  figure  two  ells  high,  of  a  maiden  carrying  water.6    The  laws 

1  Bockh,  Urlcund.  p.  535.  Pont.  p.  42. 

2  Harpocr.  sub  voc.  d<XTw6fj,oi.     Cf.        4  ^Eschines,  in  Ctes.  p.  419. 
Bockh,  Pub.  Ec.  of  Aih.  p.  203  ;  Att.        5  Cf.   Leake,   Topog.  of  Athens,  p. 
Proc.  p.  94  seq.;  Antiq.  p.  246  seq.  524. 

3  Cf.    Schneidewin   on     Heraclides        8  Plutarch,  Themistocles,  c.  31. 


4i 6      DESCRIPTION  OF  THE  PRINCIPAL  STATES. 

of  Solon  ordered  that  no  one  should  draw  water  from  a  public 
spring  more  than  four  stadia  distant  from  his  house ;  if,  how- 
ever, there  was  no  public  spring  within  this  distance,  he  was 
to  dig  for  water  on  his  own  plot  of  land ;  should  he  find  none, 
he  was  to  be  entitled  to  fetch  water  from  his  neighbour's 
spring,  though  not  more  than  six  Chore  twice  a  day.1  We  may 
assume  that  the  duty  of  attending  to  this  law,  and  the  right 
of  decision  in  disputes  relative  to  its  observance,  were  within 
the  competency  of  the  authority  we  have  mentioned.  The 
/cp7)vo<j)v\afce<;  or  /cprjvapxot  elsewhere  mentioned  were  probably 
only  subordinate  officials.2  To  deal  with  the  police  supervision 
of  the  market,  ten  Agoranomi,  likewise  chosen  by  lot,  were 
appointed — five  for  the  city,  five  for  the  Piraeus.3  Eetail  trade 
was  under  their  special  supervision.  Any  one  engaging  in  it 
was  obliged  to  register  his  name  with  them ;  and  if  he  was  not 
a  citizen,  it  was  to  them  that  he  had  to  pay  the  fee  required 
by  the  law  for  permission  to  engage  in  it.  They  exercised 
supervision  over  the  quality  of  the  wares,  took  away  spoilt 
goods  and  destroyed  them,  tested  measures  and  weights,  and 
either  settled  disputes  between  buyers  and  sellers  summarily, 
and  without  assistance,  or,  if  a  formal  procedure  by  indictment 
was  requisite,  they  presided  in  the  court.  To  attend  to  the 
correctness  of  weights  and  measures,  however,  there  was 
another  body,  a  sort  of  gauging  office,  under  the  name  of 
Metronomi ;  of  these  also  there  seem  to  have  been  five  in  the 
city  and  five  in  the  Piraeus.4  Mention  is  also  made  of  Prome- 
tretae  (corn-measurers),  who  measured  the  wheat  and  other 
kinds  of  grain  brought  to  market,  receiving  a  salary  for  so 
doing.  They  were  probably  sworn  subordinates  of  the  Metro- 
nomi, provided  with  gauged  measures ;  and  were  made  use  of 
for  the  sake  of  greater  security.  The  trade  in  corn,  how- 
ever, which  was  of  peculiar  importance  for  Attica,  was  under 
the  supervision  of  the  Sitophylaces,5  whose  number  was  pro- 
bably ten  in  the  city  and  five  in  the  Piraeus.  To  these  officials 
it  was  obligatory  to  furnish  a  statement  of  all  corn  imported ; 
and,  to  check  the  practice  of  engrossing  and  forestalling,  it  was 
their  duty  to  see  that  meal  and  bread  were  sold  by  fair  weight 
and  according  to  the  fixed  tariff.  Finally,  for  the  supervision 
of  maritime  .trade,  there  were  the  officers  of  the  mercantile 
community,  eVt/ieXT/rat  rod  epvrropiov — ten  magistrates  elected 
by  lot,  whose  duty  it  was  to  watch  over  the  observance  of  the 

1  Plutarch,  Solon,  c.  23.  8  Harpocr.   sub  voc.;  Att.  Proc.  p. 

91  ;  Antiquitates,  p.  247. 

2  Photius  and  Hesychius,  sub  voc;        4  Bockh,  Pub.  Ec.  o/Ath.  p.  48. 
cf.  Bockh,  Pub.  Ec.  o/Ath.  p.  203.  5  lb.  p.  83. 


THE  A  THENIAN  ST  A  TE.  417 

existing  laws  relative  to  the  customs-duties  and  trade,  and  to 
visit  transgressions  of  them  with  punishment.  For  this  reason 
indictments  and  complaints  relating  to  this  subject  were  brought 
before  them,  to  be  then  inquired  into,  and,  when  necessary, 
referred  to  the  court  in  which  they  presided.1 

Among  the  magistrates  who  belonged  to  the  administration 
of  the  finances  we  shall  first  mention  the  Poletae,  ten  in  number, 
and  who  no  doubt,  like  the  other  boards  of  the  same  number,  were 
elected  one  from  each  Phyle,  and  by  lot.  They  were  charged 
by  the  Council  with  the  leasing  of  the  public  revenues,  and 
their  performance  of  this  duty  was  under  the  supervision  of 
that  body.  It  was  their  duty  to  attend  to  the  sale  of  the 
so-called  ^fiuoTrpara,  i.e.  the  confiscated  goods,  as  well  as  to 
that  of  persons  condemned  to  be  sold  into  slavery  as  a  punish- 
ment: while  their  president,  or  Prytanis,  was  charged  with 
the  duty  of  finding  such  security  as  might  be  requisite.2 
They  also  had  the  power  of  decision  in  suits  against  those 
resident  aliens  who  were  summoned  for  non-payment  of  their 
protection-dues.3  Next  follow  the  Practores,  whose  number 
is  uncertain,  but  who  were  certainly  chosen  by  lot.  Their 
duty  was  to  collect  and  deliver  up  the  fines  imposed  by  magis- 
trates or  courts  of  justice,  and  to  this  end  those  persons  who 
were  condemned  to  suffer  this  punishment  were  indicated  to 
them  and  registered,  the  names  being  erased  after  the  payment 
had  been  made.4  For  a  similar  purpose,  viz.,  to  obtain  and 
exact  arrears  of  payment,  whether  from  individuals  or  from  the 
cities  of  the  tributary  allies,  extraordinary  commissions  were 
sometimes  nominated,  under  the  name  of  ^rjrrjTai,  envy  panels, 
crvWoyels  and  i/cXoyel<i.b  A  controlling  authority,  for  the  due 
receipt  of  all  moneys  raised  by  these  and  other  officials, 
existed  in  the  so-called  Apodectse  (general  receivers),  ten  in 
number,  and  also  appointed  by  lot.6  They  had  to  keep 
registers  of  all  the  revenues  of  the  State,  from  its  various 
sources  of  income :  they  received,  in  the  presence  of  the 
Council,  the  moneys  paid  in,  erased  in  the  register  the  items 
which  had  been  paid,  and  made  over  the  moneys  to  the 

1  Att.  Proc.  p.  86  seq.     An  inscrip-        4  Att.  Proc.  p.  98. 

tion,  later  than  01.    123,   O.  I.  no.  g-o-ii.ni.ET      /•  a  *t.            i  c/? 

124,  also  mentions  an  ArW^fc  M  '  B/°«kh.'  Pub-Jc-  °fA^  P-  \™ i 

r6„We,a.     Whether  he  was  distinct  Staatsh   n.V.  1ZJ  seq.     The  so-called 

from  those  rod  i^opiov  is  not  clear.  ™P"™»* .  also    were    probably    only 

Cf.  Meier,  Coram. Epigr.  p.  51.  commissioners  appointed  on  special 

2  Pollux  viii  99  occasions,  and  charged  with  the  duty 
•BSckh,'    Pub.'Econ.    of  Athens,  oit  &*di?g  ^"S8  <>J  rfSing  money  ; 

p.  155 ;  Meier,  de  bonis  damnatorum,    cf-  Bockh'  P-  K  °f Ath-  P-  166' 
p.  41.  6  lb.  p.  158. 

2  D 


418      DESCRIPTION  OF  THE  PRINCIPAL  STATES. 

treasury  to  which  they  belonged.  The  institution  of  these 
Apodectse  is  ascribed  to  Clisthenes,  before  whose  time,  we  are 
told,  the  Colacretse  performed  a  similar  function  as  general 
receivers.  The  Colacretse,  indeed,  still  existed  after  the  time 
of  Clisthenes,  though,  so  far  as  can  be  ascertained,1  they 
retained  nothing  but  the  administration  of  the  fund  from 
which  were  defrayed  the  expenses  of  the  public  messes  in  the 
Prytaneum,  as  well  as  perhaps  those  in  the  Tholus  and  in  other 
places  where  the  officers  of  government  were  entertained  at  the 
public  cost,  and  which  also  furnished  the  payments  to  the 
Heliastss;  while  into  it  was  paid  the  revenue  arising  from 
court-fees,  as  well  as  probably  from  other  sources.  The  office 
of  treasurer  of  the  goddess  may  also  be  regarded  as  a  creation 
of  the  time  of  Clisthenes ;  its  duties  having  in  earlier  times 
apparently  been  likewise  intrusted  to  the  Colacretae.2  It 
entailed  the  supervision,  not  merely  of  the  treasure  of  Athene, 
but  also  of  the  State-treasure,  which  was  kept,  together  with 
the  former,  in  the  back-chamber  of  the  Parthenon,  and  as  it  were 
placed  under  the  protection  of  the  goddess.3  The  treasurers  of 
the  goddess  formed  a  board  of  ten  persons,  one  from  each 
Phyle,  but  taken  only  from  the  highest  of  the  property  classes, 
and  appointed  by  lot  every  year.  Besides  these,  there  existed 
from  the  time  of  the  eighty-sixth  Olympiad  (B.C.  435),  a  board 
of  treasurers  of  the  other  gods,  likewise  consisting  of  five 
persons  4  elected  by  lot  from  the  highest  property  class ;  for  it 
had  been  found  desirable  to  have  the  administration  of  the 
various  temple-treasures  no  longer  conducted,  as  it  had 
previously  been,  in  the  separate  temples  by  special  treasurers, 
but  to  intrust  their  combined  management  to  one  single 
authority,  situated  on  the  Acropolis,  and  also  in  the  back- 
chamber  of  the  Parthenon.  The  arrangement  which  combined 
the  administration  of  the  treasure  of  Athene  and  that  of  the 
other  gods  in  the  hands  of  the  same  board  was  only  of  short 
duration.  Completely  distinct  from  these  treasurers  is  the 
administrator  of  State  revenues,  or  superintendent  of  the 
finances  (i7ri/Jbe\r)Tr]<i  or  rap'tos  rrj<;  tcoivrjs  irpocroBov,  6  iirl  rrj 
BioiK-qa-ei),5  who  was  not  chosen,  as  the  other  treasurers  were, 
by  lot,  but  by  Cheirotonia,  and  whose  term  of  office  was  not  a 


1  Bockh,  Pub.  Ec.  of  Athens,  p.  3  Bockh,  Pub.  Ec.  o/Ath.  p.  161  9tq. 
174.  *  As   regards   the  time    and   their 

2  Thus  perhaps  we  may  explain  number,  see  Kirchhoff,  Abhandlungen 
what  Pollux  says  (viii.  97)  of  the  der  Berliner  Akademie  der  Wissen- 
ra/j-lai    tt)*    6eov :    iKaXovvro    5'   odroi  schaft,  1864,  p.  5  seq. 

KuXcucptrai,  rather  an  inaccurate  ex-  6  Bockh,  p.  164;  cf.  Meier,  de  vit. 

pression  it  must  be  admitted.  Lycurg.  p.  x. 


THE  A  THENIAN  STA  TE.  419 

year,  but  a  Pentaeteris,  or  period  of  four  years.  He  had 
the  administration  of  the  principal  treasury,  into  which  were 
paid  all  moneys  received  by  the  Apodectse,  and  destined  to  be 
paid  out  for  the  purposes  of  the  administration.  These  were 
distributed  by  him  to  the  funds  of  the  separate  offices  of 
government,1  or  to  the  commissioners  for  their  official  expendi- 
ture ;  such  payments  were  then  taken  in  charge  and  accounted 
for  by  the  several  treasurers  who  had  the  charge  of  each  of 
these  funds.  Similarly,  he  furnished  from  the  principal 
treasury  the  payments  granted  by  the  people  for  extraordinary 
expenditure;  and  it  was  of  course  his  duty  to  keep  a  full 
account  of  all  the  receipts  and  expenditure,  whether  ordinary 
or  extraordinary,  belonging  to  the  principal  treasury.  Besides 
this,  however,  he  seems  to  have  exercised  a  general  supervision 
over  all  those  who  had  to  receive  or  pay  out  public  moneys, 
and  to  have  been  the  only  one,  amongst  all  the  officials  con- 
nected with  finance,  who  possessed  complete  supervision  over 
the  income  and  expenditure.  He  was  hence  in  a  position  to 
give  the  fullest  information  [in  all  financial  matters,  and  to 
draw  up  the  budget  for  the  whole  administration;  so  that 
he  may  be  regarded  as  a  sort  of  financial  minister  of  the 
Athenian  State.  As  a  check  on  him,  however,  there  was  the 
so-called  controller  of  the  administration,  who,  as  we  have  seen 
above,  compiled,  in  every  Prytany,  a  summary  of  the  income 
and  expenditure,  and  who  therefore  may  have  also  exercised  a 
certain  control  over  the  whole  body  of  officials 2  who  had  any- 
thing to  do  with  the  administration  of  the  finances.  In  the 
age  of  Demosthenes,  this  control,  and  a  multitude  of  other 
functions  besides,  were  transferred  to  the  superintendent  of  the 
Theoric  fund,  of  whom  it  will  be  more  suitable  to  speak  in  the 
next  chapter.  Here  it  is  sufficient  to  remark  that  this  transfer 
was  only  temporary.3  Mention  is  also  made  of  a  paymaster- 
general  of  the  army  (ru/xla?  tcov  a-TparicoriKcov)  who  may  have 
been  appointed  only  in  time  of  actual  war.4 

It  is  remarkable  that  we  find  no  mention  in  our  authorities 
of  any  body  of  functionaries  whose  duty  it  was  to  attend  to  the 
monetary  system.  Only  the  name  of  the  mint  is  given  us  (to 
apyvpoKOTreiov),5  and  it  seems  that  this  was  located  at  the 
shrine  of  a  hero  mentioned  under  the  name  of  5Ve<£ai/?7</>opo9,6 

1  Bockh,  Seeurkunde,  pp.  54,  58,  4  Bockh,  Pub.  Ec.  of  Athens,  p.  180; 
169;  Antiq.  jur.  publ.  Grcec.  p.  250,     Meier,  com.  Epigr.  p.  61. 

note  13.  *  Harpocration,  sub  voc;  Schol.  on 

2  „  AMi  Aristoph.  Vcsp.  1042  (1001). 

bee  p.  4U8.  «  According  to  Beule  and  Kumanu- 

3  i-Eschines,  in  Ctes.  p.  416.  des,  Philistor,  i.  p.  52,  this  is  Theseus. 


420      DESCRIPTION  OF  THE  PRINCIPAL  STATES. 

as  the  mint  at  Eome  was  at  the  temple  of  Juno  Moneta.  In 
this  shrine  were  also  kept  the  model  measures  and  weights, 
which  served  as  the  standard  for  those  used  in  commerce,  the 
supervision  of  which  belonged  to  the  Metronomi,  previously 
mentioned.1  It  is  therefore  not  improbable  that  it  was  the 
duty  of  these  functionaries  to  attend  to  the  coinage.2  The 
workers  in  the  mint  were  public  slaves.3 

We  now  turn  to  the  officials  of  the  military  system.  Among 
these  in  earlier  times  the  Polemarch,  the  third  in  the  board  of 
the  nine  Archons,  had  been  the  chief.  In  later  times  he 
retained  only  non-military  and  judicial  functions,  and  the  sole 
direction  of  the  military  system  belonged  to  the  board  of  the 
ten  Strategi.4  These  were  elected  annually  by  Cheirotonia, 
whether  one  from  each  Phyle,  or  from  all  without  distinction,  is 
disputed,  though  the  former  is  most  probable.5  In  the  earlier 
times  they  were  all,  as  their  title  denotes,  leaders  of  the  army 
in  war ;  as  late  as  the  first  Persian  war  they  held  the  suprerae 
command  in  daily  rotation,  and  jointly  held  councils  of  war,  in 
which,  as  has  been  remarked,  the  Polemarch  took  part,  the 
command  of  the  right  wing  in  the  battle  also  belonging  to  him. 
In  later  times,  however,  not  only  did  this  cease,  but  the  Strategi 
were  rarely  all  sent  out  together  to  the  war ;  but,  on  the  contrary, 
usually  some  of  them  only  were  sent,  two  or  three,  or  as  many  as 
seemed  desirable  on  each  occasion.  The  ordinary  practice  was 
that  either  one  of  these  held  the  supreme  command,  or  that  all 
were  equal,  or  that  one  carried  on  the  war  in  one  place  and  one 
in  another.  It  not  seldom  happened,  moreover,  that  tried 
warriors,  who  did  not  belong  to  the  board  of  the  ten  Strategi  at 
all,  were  chosen  as  an  extraordinary  measure  for  the  command 
of  an  army,  and  that  this  appointment  was  made  not  for  the 
exact  period  of  a  year,  but  for  an  indefinite  time.  Later  on, 
too,  when  the  Athenians  had  their  wars  carried  on  to  a  great- 
extent  by  foreign  mercenaries,  they  also  frequently  took  foreign 
generals,  the  leaders  of  such  bodies  of  mercenaries,  into  their 
service.6     But  even  in  earlier  times  it  was  sometimes  the  case 


Curtius,     Monatsbericht    d.    Berliner  and  to  the  lawful  measures  ;  cf.  e.g. 

Akademie    der    Wissensck.    1869,    p.  Aristoph.  Thesm.  351. 

468,    suggests    that    the    mint    was  8  Andoc.  ap.  Schol.  Aristoph.  Vesp. 

originally   worked    by  the  temples,  1001  (1042). 

especially  that  of  Aphrodite  Urania,  4  Cf.  Att.  Proc.  p.  105  seq. 

and  was  not  taken  over  by  the  State  6  Plut.  Cim.  c.  8.     With  regard  to 

till  afterwards.  the  statement  of  Pollux,  which  differs 

1  Bockh,  Staatsh.  ii.  p.  362 ;  cf.  N.  from  this,  cf.  Antiq.  p.  251,  1 ;  Bockh, 

Rhein.  Mus.  xxi.  p.  370  seq.  Corp.  Inscr.  pp.  294  and  906. 

*  Also  to  attend  to  the  v6/j.iirfia,  a  6  Cf.  Anliq.  juris  publici  Gr.  p.  252, 

term  which  applies  both  to  the  coinage  note  5. 


THE  ATHENIAN  STATE.  421 

that  the  leadership  of  an  army  consisting  of  Athenian  troops 
and  of  contingents  from  the  allies  was  intrusted  to  foreigners ; 
that  is  to  say,  to  such  men  belonging  to  allied  States  as  pos- 
sessed the  especial  confidence  of  the  Athenians.1  At  the  time 
of  Demosthenes  only  one  of  the  board,  as  a  rule,  was  sent  into 
the  field ;  the  remainder  stayed  at  home,  and,  as  the  orator  says, 
had  little  else  to  do  than  parade  at  festal  processions.2  Mean- 
while however  there  were  also  many  functions  for  them  to 
perform  at  home,  partly  of  a  military,  partly  of  an  adminis- 
trative and  judicial  nature ;  for  instance,  the  occupation  of  some 
place  as  a  protection  against  attacks  from  the  enemy,  attention 
to  the  war-taxes  and  the  trierarchy,3  and  the  other  matters 
connected  with  warlike  preparations,  such  as  the  levying  of 
men,  and  judicial  functions  in  all  legal  proceedings  having 
reference  to  the  war-taxes  and  trierarchy,  as  well  as  in  all 
military  offences  not  already  punished  by  the  general  himself 
in  the  field,  e.g.  avoidance  of  military  service  (ypatyrj  aarpareia's), 
cowardice  (ypa(pr)  Seikias),  desertion  of  the  post  assigned  (ypa<pr) 
\nroia%iov),  desertion  from  a  ship,  or  from  the  fleet,  before  a 
sea-fight  (<ypa<pr)  Xtirovavriov  and  avavfia-^iov),  and  the  like.4 
The  official  residence  of  the  board  was  termed  the  Strategium, 
and  they  messed  there  together  at  the  public  expense.  In 
matters  within  the  sphere  of  their  functions  they  also  had 
the  right  of  summoning  the  popular  assembly,  i.e.  no  doubt,  of 
directing  the  Prytanes  to  summon  it,  and  at  the  time  when 
Pericles  was  at  the  head  of  the  state  they  seemed  to  have  pos- 
sessed the  right,  at  least  when  enemies  were  in  the  country,  of 
determining  whether  assemblies  of  the  people  should  be  held 
at  all  or  not.5  Moreover,  the  office  of  Strategus,  on  account 
of  the  great  influence  it  insured  to  its  occupants,  especially 
with  reference  to  the  services  required  from  the  citizens  in 
respect  both  of  their  persons  and  of  their  property,  invariably 
ranked  as  the  most  important  of  all  those  for  which  the 
most  eminent  men  became  candidates.6  It  has  been  previously 
remarked  that  by  law  no  one  could  attain  to  it  who  was  not 


1  Plato,  Ion,  p.  541  ;  Athenseus,  vi.  Cor.  §38  and  115,  cf.  Meier,  vit.Lycurg. 

p.  506  ;  iElian,  V.  H.  xiv.  5.  p.  xi. ;  Schafer,  Demosth.  ii.  p.  47. 

s  Demosth.  Philipp.  i.  p.  47.  4  See  Att.  Proc.  p.  107  seq. 

8  Cf.  Antiq.  jur.  publ.  Or.  p.  252,  7.  s  Thuc.   ii.  22  ;    Schom.   de   Comit. 

With  regard   to    the    passage  there  p.  61  seq. 

quoted,  Xen.  Hell.   i.  7.  2,    it  must  6  Cf.  Aristoph.  Pint.  v.  192  ;  Pac. 

however  be  remarked  that  rrjs   diu-  446  ;  ^Esch.  in  Timarch.  54,  and  the 

/3eX/as  is  now  more  correctly  read  in-  complaints  of    Eupolis,    in   Stobaeus, 

stead  of  ti)s  Ae/ceXeias.     As  regards  the  Fiord.  43.  9,  and  Athen.  x.  p.  425, 

arp.  inl  rrjs  8ioiKr)aeu)s,  as  mentioned  in  that   nevertheless  unfit  and  inferior 

the  apocryphal  decrees  in  Dem.   de  men  so  often  reached  the  office. 


422       DESCRIPTION  OF  THE  PRINCIPAL  STATES. 

married  in  lawful  wedlock,  and  did  not  possess  landed  property 
in  Attica.  By  the  last  provision,  it  is  clear,  the  Thetes  were 
excluded. 

Some  assistance  to  the  generals  in  their  military,  administra- 
tive, and  judicial  functions  was  furnished  by  the  ten  Taxiarchi, 
i.e.  the  commanders  of  the  ten  ra%ei,<;  or  battalions  into  which  the 
army  was  divided  in  correspondence  with  the  number  of  Phylse. 
These  also  were  elected  by  cheirotonia,  one  from  each  Phyle.1 
In  war  they  were  sometimes,  at  any  rate,  summoned  to  the 
council  of  war,  and  this  was  apparently  the  case  not  merely 
with  those  belonging  to  the  Athenian  citizen  army,  but  also 
with  those  of  the  allied  contingent.2  At  home  however  it  was 
one  of  their  special  duties  to  attend  to  the  raising  and  distribu- 
tion of  the  men  destined  for  the  army.  A  basis  for  this  was 
formed,  especially  for  the  troops  of  the  line,  by  the  register 
(o  /carakoyos)  of  those  persons  who  were  liable  to  serve  in  each 
Phyle  and  each  Deme.  The  preparation  of  this  register  belonged 
to  these  officials,  and  to  the  Demarchs,  in  conjunction  with 
some  commissioners  nominated  by  the  Council,  while  the 
register  itself  was  posted  up  for  the  information  of  every  one 
at  the  statues  of  the  ten  Eponymi.3  According  to  the  laws  of 
Solon  it  was  only  the  citizens  of  the  three  higher  classes  who 
were  bound  to  serve  in  the  line  or  as  hoplites,  the  Thetes  being 
exempt  from  this  obligation,  and  only  summoned  in  exceptional 
cases,  for  which  reason  they  were  termed  6%<o  tov  Kardkoyov. 
In  later  times,  however,  when  prolonged  and  important  wars 
had  to  be  carried  on,  this  exception  occurred  with  tolerable 
frequency,  and  the  Thetes  now  fought  not  only  as  light- 
armed  troops,  but  also  as  hoplites,  especially  in  the  fleet 
as  marines,  and  in  such  cases  it  was  of  course  necessary 
that  they  should  be  provided  by  the  State  with  the  requisite 
equipment  and  remuneration.  The  seamen  also  consisted  to  a 
great  extent  of  citizens  belonging  to  this  class,  although  non- 
citizens  also,  such  as  metoeci  or  hired  foreigners,  were  also  taken.4 
In  the  case  of  the  regular  levy,  according  to  the  catalogus  or 
muster-roll,  the  first  step  was  to  determine,  by  a  resolution  of 
the  popular  assembly,  which  of  the  classes  into  which  the 
citizens  were  distributed  according  to  age  should  be  called  out 
on  each  occasion,  the  expression  for  this  being,  up  to  what  year 
a<$>  rj/fy?.6    Each  of  these  classes  was  collected  together  in  the 

1  Pollux,  viii.  87  ;  Dem.  Philipp.  i.  1171,  1179Inv.;  cf.  also  Antiq.  p.  254, 
p.  47.  24. 

*  Thuo   vii    fiO  4  cf-  Ant-  0ur-  PuU-  Gr-  253>  1216> 

"  and  Thuc.  i.  121. 

*  Pollux,  viii.   115  ;  Aristoph.  Pac.        i  Demosthenes,  OUjnth.  iii.  p.  29. 


THE  A THENIAN  STATE.  423 

muster-roll  or  catalogus  under  the  name  of  the  Archon  Epony- 
mus  under  whom  its  members  had  reached  the  age  of  military 
service,  and  hence  the  various  terms  of  service  in  war  to  which 
a  man  was  summoned  in  the  ordinary  course  of  his  obligation, 
according  to  the  catalogus,  are  also  designed  as  arparelai  iv 
rol<i  €7ro)vvfj,oi<s}  These  classes  were  forty-two  in  number,  the 
ages  ranging  from  the  eighteenth  to  the  sixtieth  year.  The 
two  first  classes,  from  the  eighteenth  to  the  twentieth  year,  were 
as  a  rule  only  under  an  obligation  to  serve  within  the  country, 
as  irepliroXoi,  and  it  was  not  till  the  twentieth  year  that  the 
obligation  to  serve  outside  of  the  country  commenced.  It  need 
hardly  be  explained,  however,  that  it  was  not  always  necessary 
to  call  out  the  whole  body  of  men  belonging  to  those  classes 
which  were  at  any  time  summoned  by  resolution  of  the 
assembly,  but  only  so  many  as  were  required  by  the  particular 
occasion.  This  being  so,  a  certain  rotation  of  course  took  place 
amongst  those  liable  to  service,2  though  we  are  not  in  a  position 
to  make  any  statement  with  regard  to  the  rule  followed  in  such 
cases.  Perhaps,  however,  this  is  referred  to  by  the  expression 
ra  fiepr),  which  may  denote  the  divisions  of  each  class  which  on 
each  occasion  were  under  an  obligation  to  serve  or  entitled  to 
exemption.  At  times,  however,  when  circumstances  required 
it,  as  many  as  were  necessary  were  summoned,  even  from  that 
body  which  properly  was  entitled  to  exemption,  from  all  the 
divisions  without  reference  to  the  Eponymi  or  to  the  classes. 
On  this  account  such  extraordinary  services  are  opposed,  as 
arparelai  iv  rols  jjuepeai,  to  the  arparelai  ev  rots  €7rcovvfxoi^.3 
This  probably  happened  only  when  occasional  extraordinary 
expeditions  were  to  be  undertaken,  for  which  it  was  undesirable 
or  impossible  to  use  the  men  who  had  been  raised  in  the 
usual  manner  and  embodied  in  the  army  proper.  Exemption 
from  military  service  was  enjoyed — puting  aside  those  persons 
who  were  incapacitated  by  bodily  defects — by  the  members  of  the 
Council,4  and,  as  we  may  assume,  without  express  testimony,  by 
those  functionaries  of  government  whose  presence  at  their  posts 
was  indispensable — by  the  farmers  of  the  revenue  that  they  might 
not  be  kept  from  attending  to  their  business,5  and  by  those  who 
had  to  come  forward  as  choreutse  on  the  occasion  of  feasts. 
These  latter,  however,  if  they  belonged  to  the  number  of  those 

1  Harpocration,  sub  voc.  iwuvviioi.  and         3  ^Eschines,  I.  c.    The  statement  in 
cTparetai  iv  reus  eTruvvfiois.  the  text  is,  I  must  admit,  only  con- 
jecture, but  at  least  is  not  improbable 

2  £k   diadoxrjs  is  the   term   used  by     nevertheless. 

^Eschines,  de  Fals.  Leg.  p.  331  ;  cf.        4  Lycurgus,  in  Leocr.  p.  164. 
Schiifer,  Demosth.  i.  212,  2.  5  In  Near.  p.  1353. 


424      DESCRIPTION  OF  THE  PRINCIPAL  STATES. 

who  were  bound  to  serve  on  that  particular  occasion,  seem  to  have 
required  a  special  exemption.1  A  similar  exemption  was  also 
probably  required  by  those  who  traded  by  sea,  although  for  the 
most  part  they  no  doubt  usually  obtained  it  without  difficulty.2 
A  general  summons  of  all  who  were  capable  of  bearing  arms 
was  only  issued  in  cases  of  urgent  necessity.3 

The  body  of  men  raised  according  to  the  muster  roll  was 
divided,  according  to  the  Phylse,  into  ten  battalions,  which  are 
termed  razees,  and  sometimes  even  <f>v\al  also.  At  the  be- 
ginning of  the  Peloponnesian  war,  the  total  number  of  the 
men  capable  of  service  as  hoplites  amounted  to  13,000,  a 
number  which  probably  is  to  be  understood  as  including  only 
the  citizens  of  an  age  actually  liable  to  serve,  i.e.  from  the 
twentieth  to  the  sixtieth  year,  excluding  the  younger  and 
older  men,  as  well  as  the  Metceci,  who  were  used  for  garrison- 
ing the  fortified  places  in  the  country,  and  for  the  defence  of 
the  city.  Accordingly,  each  Phyle  would  on  an  average  have 
furnished  1300  men.4  Of  course  this  number  is  to  be  regarded 
as  the  maximum  that  could  by  any  possibility  be  brought  for- 
ward, and  we  must  suppose  that  as  a  rule  much  fewer  were 
furnished.  The  battalions  were  again  divided  into  Lochi  or 
companies,  and  these  again  into  smaller  divisions  of  ten  and 
five  men — Decades  and  Pentades,  under  leaders  called  Lochagi, 
Decadarchi,  and  Pentadarchi.5  The  number  of  the  Lochi  and 
their  strength  was  naturally  determined  by  the  size  of  the  levy 
made  at  any  time,  and  was  accordingly  not  invariably  the 
same.  As  a  rule  those  who  belonged  to  the  same  Phyle  and 
the  same  Deme  probably  also  served  in  the  same  divisions  of 
the  army,6  but  exceptions  are  found  to  this  rule,  though  no 
definite  information  can  be  obtained  as  to  their  occasions  and 
nature.7  The  opinion  of  some  inquirers  that  the  traditional 
sequence  of  the  Phylse,  which  we  have  previously  mentioned, 
was  also  in  force  in  drawing  up  the  army  in  line  of  battle,  is 
entirely  incapable  of  proof.8 

The  command  of  the  cavalry  was  taken  by  two  Hipparchi, 
to  whom  were  subordinated  ten  Phylarchi.     Both  were  chosen 

1  Demosthenes  in  Mid.  p.  519.  7  E.g.  Socrates  from  Alopeke,   and 

2Bbckh, Pub.  Ec.  of  Ath.  p.  87.  therefore  from  the  Phyle  Antiochis, 

8  Thuc.  iv.  90.  and  Alcibiades  from  Scambonidae,  in 

4  lb.    ii.     13  ;    cf.   Clinton's    Fast,  the  Phyle  Leontis  (Diog.  Laert.  ii.  16, 

Hell.    p.    389;    Bockh,   Pub.    Ec.    of  Plut.  Alcib.    c.    22),  served  together 

Athens,  p.  260.  in  the  same  division  ;  Plat.  Sympos. 

6  Cf.  Antiq.  jur.  publ.   Gr.  p.   254,  p.  219  E  ;  Plut.  op.  cit.  c.  7. 

25-27. 

8  Is®,  or.  2,  §  42,  and  Schomann's        8  Cf.    Bbckh,    Pref.    to   Index  lec- 

comment.  p.  221.  tionum  vest.  1816,  p.  6. 


THE  ATHENIAN  STATE.  425 

by  cheirotonia  from  the  two  highest  property-classes,  and  the 
Phylarchi  also  according  to  the  Phyla?.  The  cavalry,  from  the 
time  of  Pericles  onward,  amounted  to  a  thousand  men ;  besides 
these,  the  Athenians  further  possessed  two  hundred  mounted 
bowmen,  who  were,  however,  public  slaves,1  acquired  by  pur- 
chase, and  therefore  need  not  here  be  further  considered. 
Each  Phyle  furnished  a  hundred  horsemen,  who  were  divided 
into  ten  Decades,  and  twenty  Pentades,  under  a  corresponding 
number  of  Decadarchi  and  Pentadarchi.2  The  whole  body, 
however,  was  divided  into  two  main  divisions  of  five  hundred 
men,  each  of  which  was  commanded  by  one  of  the  Hipparchi, 
and  even  during  peace  these  divisions  were  kept  embodied, 
and  diligently  exercised  in  military  service,  especially  in 
counter-manoeuvring.  The  obligation  to  service  in  the  cavalry 
was  imposed  only  upon  the  citizens  of  the  first  and  second 
property-classes,  the  latter  of  whom  derived  their  name  from 
it ;  and  it  may  with  propriety  be  considered  as  a  kind  of 
Liturgy,  being  frequently  classed  with  the  other  services  properly 
denoted  by  that  name.  The  levying  of  those  who  were  on 
each  occasion  liable  to  the  service  was  undertaken  by  the 
Hipparchi ;  but  any  one  who  considered  that  he  was  not  liable 
might  protest  against  it,  and  carry  the  matter  to  a  court  for 
decision.  It  has  already  been  remarked  that  the  Council  of 
Five  Hundred  exercised  a  special  supervision  over  the  mem- 
bers of  the  cavalry,  and  saw  that  their  corps  was  kept  up  to 
its  full  strength,  and  in  good  condition.  Moreover,  the  cavalry 
were  used  not  merely  in  war,  but  were  also  often  called  upon 
during  peace,  at  festal  celebrations,  and  in  processions,  at  which 
it  was  their  duty  to  parade.  From  a  speech  of  Hyperides  only 
recently  discovered  we  learn  that  the  Athenians  annually  sent 
a  Hipparch  to  the  island  of  Lemnos,  which  was  in  their  pos- 
session, and  occupied  by  Attic  cleruchs.3  Whether  he  was 
sent  as  commandant,  or  for  what  other  purpose,  cannot  be 
ascertained. 

From  the  time  when  the  power  of  Athens  began  to  rest 
principally  upon  its  fleet,  special  care  was  necessary  for  every- 
thing requisite  for  the  equipment  and  maintenance  of  this 
branch  of  the  service.  It  was  the  duty  of  the  Council  to  pro- 
vide that  a  certain  number  of  ships  should  be  built  annually, 

1Cf.p.  352.    When  the  total  number        2  Xen.  Hipparch.  c.  2.  2  seq.,  and 

of  the  cavalry  is  stated  at  1200,  as  is  4.  9. 

stated  by  Andoc.  de  pac.  §  7,  and  3  Hyperides,  Oratio  pro  Lycophr. 
^Esch.  de  Fals.  Leg.  §  174,  these  200  p.  29,  12,  Schneidewin.  The  de- 
are  reckoned  with  the  1000  citizen-  spatch  of  a  Hipparch  to  Lemnos  is 
cavalry.  Bbckh,  Pub.  Econ.  of  Ath.  of  course  also  mentioned  by  Demosth. 
p.  264.  Philipp.  i.  p.  47. 


426      DESCRIPTION  OF  THE  PRINCIPAL  STATES. 

and  to  this  end  it  was  necessary  that  it  should  cause  the 
nomination  of  Trieropcei,  one  of  whom  it  was  the  duty  of  each 
single  Phyle  to  elect.1  The  ships  when  built,  and  all  the 
stores  necessary  for  equipment,  were  subjected  in  the  docks,  or 
at  the  wharfs,  to  the  supervision  of  a  special  authority,  the  so- 
called  Epimeletse  of  the  Neorise,  consisting  of  ten  persons,  one 
from  each  Phyle  ;  whether  these  were  named  by  Cheirotonia,  or 
by  the  lot,  is  uncertain.2  From  these  functionaries,  accordingly, 
the  trierarchs  received  the  ships,  and  such  stores  as  the  State 
had  to  provide,  and  it  was  their  duty  to  deliver  all  this  up 
again  to  them.  These  functionaries,  again,  had  to  call  to 
account  those  who  did  not  perform  their  duty,  and  in  disputes 
between  the  trierarchs  with  regard  to  the  stores  to  be  delivered 
by  any  one  of  them  to  his  successor  it  was  their  duty  to  draw  up 
the  indictment,  and  to  preside  over  the  court.3  As  an  extra- 
ordinary official  we  have  the  iinaTaTi]^  rov  vavrucov,  a  commis- 
sioner appointed  to  inquire  into  the  condition  of  the  fleet,  and 
to  propose  the  measures  that  were  at  any  time  requisite.4  The 
command  of  the  fleet  as  well  as  of  the  army  was  exercised  by 
the  Strategi,  whether  the  ordinary  functionaries  of  that  year, 
or  others  specially  appointed,  sometimes  only  one  being  in  com- 
mand, sometimes  several  jointly.  On  each  separate  ship  the 
marines  (Epibatae)  were  commanded  by  their  own  officers ;  but 
the  officer  in  command  of  the  oarsmen  and  sailors  was  the 
trierarch,  who  had  to  attend  to  the  equipment  of  the  ship  as  a 
Liturgy.  The  term  Nauarchi  seems  to  have  been  officially 
applied  only  to  the  commanders  of  the  so-called  sacred 
triremes,5  with  whom  it  will  be  more  convenient  to  deal  in 
the  next  section. 

For  public  works,  at  least  when  they  were  of  considerable 
importance,  the  State  named  an  Architecton,  who  was  no 
doubt  an  expert.  This  officer,  in  conjunction  with  the  com- 
missioners of  works  or  Epistatae,  and  with  the  authorisation  of 
the  Poletse  and  the  supervisor  of  finance  {rov  eirl  ry  BiooKrjaet),  put 
out  the  work  to  be  contracted  for,  exercised  supervision  over  it,6 
and  when  it  was  complete,  tested  it  and  took  it  in  charge. 


1  ^Eschines,  in  Ctesiph.  p.  425.  equipment  of  the  fleet,   and  in   ex- 

*  Bockh,  Urkunde,  p.  51.  ^^f.    cases  they    also    received 

*  jurisdiction  over  the  trierarchs,  like 

lb.  p.  56.  that  given    at   other    times  to    the 

*  lb.  p.    62.     The   curoo-ToXeis  may  Epimeletse  of  the  NeoriaB.     Cf.   the 
also  be  regarded  as  an  extraordinary  passages  in  Alt.  Proc.  pp.  112,  113. 
authority.    They  were  ten  in  number,        5  Ace.   to  Herbst,  Die  Schlacht  bet 
and   nominated  in  time  of    war   in  den  Arginusen  (Hamb.  1855),  p.  30. 
order  to  provide  for  the  more  rapid        8  Bockh,  Pub.  Ec.  of  Ath.  p.  203. 


THE  ATHENIAN  STATE.  427 

The  contractors  for  the  work  were  also  called  Architectons,  and 
the  same  name  was  frequently  borne  by  the  lessee  of  the 
theatre,  who,  after  the  introduction  of  payment  for  entrance, 
had  to  exact  it,  in  return  for  which  it  was  his  duty  to  keep 
the  theatre  in  a  proper  condition.1 

Granaries  also  were  requisite,  partly  to  provision  the  fleet 
when  one  was  equipped,  partly  for  the  needs  of  the  public 
messes  in  the  Prytaneum  and  other  places  where  officials  were 
maintained  at  the  expense  of  the  State;  and,  finally,  for 
gratuitous  distribution,  or  for  sale  at  a  lower  rate  to  the  citizens 
when  prices  were  high.2  For  this  purpose  there  was  a  special 
body  of  officials,  under  the  name  of  cnrwvai  (corn-buyers),  pro- 
bably ten  in  number,  corresponding  with  the  number  of  the 
Phylae,  to  whom  was  added  a  secretary.3  It  was  their  duty  to  at- 
tend to  the  purchase  of  supplies  of  corn,  and  for  this  purpose  they 
received  certain  sums  of  money  (ra  cnrwvuca),  which  came  either 
from  the  State  treasury  or  even  from  voluntary  contributions. 
A  similar  office  is  that  of  the  fiooivai  or  buyers  of  cattle,  whose 
duty  it  was  to  purchase  the  cattle  required  for  slaughter  for 
the  State  sacrifices  and  for  the  public  messes ;  the  money  for 
this  purpose  being  received  from  the  State  treasury,  in  return 
for  which  they  had  to  pay  back  the  money  arising  from  the 
sale  of  the  hides  of  the  slaughtered  animals.  They  were 
elected  by  Cheirotonia ;  their  number,  however,  is  uncertain.4 
Together  with  them  mention  is  not  unfrequently  made  of  the 
lepoiTotoi  (commissioners  of  sacrifices).  Of  'these  a  portion 
were  set  apart  for  the  separate  deities  and  their  temples 
together  with  the  supervisors  or  iirLardrai  of  these  latter, 
others  were  nominated  by  lot,  ten  annually,  for  the  State  sacri- 
fices, while  others  again  were  elected  for  particular  festal  cele- 
brations. Among  the  latter  those  assigned  to  the  Semnae  or 
Eumenides  are  especially  mentioned.6 

An  account  of  the  priests  must  be  reserved  for  another 
place,  inasmuch  as  they,  despite  the  close  connection  of  the 
religious  system  with  the  State,  are  yet  not  to  be  regarded  as 
officers  of  the  government  and  administration.  Here  we  may 
only  briefly  mention6  that  some  priesthoods  were  in  the  here- 
ditary possession  of  certain  gentes,  while  others  could  be  filled 

1  Bijckh,  Pub.  Ec.  of  Ath.  p.  220.         139)  regards  as  one  specially  appointed, 

2  lb.  pp.  88,  89.  probably  correctly.     As  to  the  office, 
8  Cf.  Meier,  Comm.  Epigr.  ii.  p.' 62,     cf.  ib.  p.  216,  and  on  the  skin  money, 

and  Th.  Bergk,  Zcitschr.  fur  die  Alter-  cf.    especially    the  two  inscriptions, 

thumsioissenchaft,  1853,  p.  275.  App.  viii.  and  viii.  b.  Pt.  ii.  p.  119  seq. 

4  Only  once  in  an  inscription  do  we  8  Bockh,  Pub.  Ec.  cf  Ath.  p.  216. 

find  a  pouvrjs  in  the  singular,  and  this  6  Antiquitates  jur.  publ.    Griec.    p. 

functionary  Bockh  (Staatshaush.  ii.  p.  25S. 


428      DESCRIPTION  OF  THE  PRINCIPAL  STATES. 

by  every  citizen  of  genuine  Attic  blood.  For  all  of  them 
soundness  in  body  and  an  unblemished  civic  career  were  indis- 
pensable, and  for  this  reason  the  candidates  were  subjected  to 
a  Dokimasia.  Disputes  between  the  various  members  of 
priestly  gentes  concerning  their  title  to  the  office  fell  under 
the  jurisdiction  of  the  Archon  Basileus,1  who  apparently  had  to 
decide  upon  the  matter  without  any  reference  to  a  heliastic 
court,  but  alone  with  his  assessors.  Appointments  to  the 
sacerdotal  offices  were  made  either  by  popular  election,  or  by 
means  of  the  lot,  to  which  of  course  those  only  were  admitted 
who  were  qualified  to  hold  them.  The  method  sometimes 
adopted  was  to  designate  a  certain  number  of  candidates  by 
election,  and  then  to  subject  these  to  a  ballot.  Some  were 
appointed  for  life,  others  for  a  year,  or  for  longer  or  shorter 
periods.  In  general,  sacerdotal  functions  were  not  considered 
incompatible  with  secular  duties,  so  that  the  priests  performed 
military  service  and  held  public  offices.  To  more  than  one 
office  of  state,  again,  religious  functions  were  attached.  Not 
only  had  the  Basileus,  for  instance,  apart  from  his  supervision 
and  legal  jurisdiction  over  the  priests  and  everything  that 
belonged  to  the  sphere  of  ecclesiastical  law,  to  attend  to  the 
celebration  of  some  of  the  most  sacred  festivals,  such  as  the 
Mysteries  and  the  Lensea,  but  his  wife  also,  the  Basilissa, 
offered  secret  sacrifices  to  Dionysus  in  conjunction  with  the 
priestesses  of  the  god.  That  the  Archon  and  the  Polemarch 
also  had  functions  similar  to  those  of  the  Basileus  has  already 
been  remarked.  Similarly  the  Strategi  were  charged  with 
certain  sacrifices,  for  Hermes  Hegemonius,  for  the  goddess  of 
peace,  and  for  Zeus  Ammon.  But  the  sacerdotal  offices,  in  the 
proper  sense  of  the  term,  possessed  this  privilege  over  the 
offices  of  State,  that,  even  though  strictly  speaking  they  were 
unpaid,  they  had  various  emoluments  attached  to  them,  such  as 
perquisites,  for  instance,  which  fell  to  the  priests'  lot  from  the 
sacrifices  offered  in  the  temples  in  which  they  performed  their 
functions;2  and  we  consequently  hear  that  the  possession  of 
these  offices  was  a  subject  of  keen  contest.3  For  their  partici- 
pation in  the  supervision  and  administration  of  the  goods  and 
revenues  of  the  temples,  the  priests,  like  all  other  magistrates, 
were  bound  to  render  an  account.4  The  system  of  augury,  of 
divination  from  sacrifices,  from  celestial  phenomena,  from  the 
flight  of  birds,  and  other  significant  signs,  was  indeed  not 
despised  in  Athens ;  but  no  trace  is  found  of  the  appointment 

1  Pollux,  vii.  90,  Airrds  Sticdfei.  8  Dem.  Prooem.  p.  146,  c.  5. 

2  Bockh,  Staatshaush.  ii.  p.  121.  4  ^Esch.  in  Ctes.  pp.  405-6. 


THE  ATHENIAN  STATE.  429 

of  special  functionaries  for  it,  as  was  the  case  in  Rome,  although 
prophets  are  mentioned  with  sufficient  frequency  both  as  offi- 
ciating in  the  army,  in  company  with  the  generals,  for  the  pur- 
pose of  divination  at  the  sacrifices,  and  as  also  employed  by  the 
authorities  at  home.1  An  official  character  is  possessed  only  by 
the  so-called  Exegetse,  a  board  of  three  persons,  to  whom  appli- 
cation might  be  made  in  all  matters  relating  to  sacred  law,  and 
also,  probably,  with  regard  to  the  significance  of  the  Diosemia, 
or  celestial  phenomena  and  other  signs  by  which  future  events 
were  foretold.  With  regard  to  the  mode  of  their  appointment 
nothing  is  known.  Whether  the  Delphic  oracle  co-operated  in 
it,  as  some  have  concluded  from  the  ordinance  devised  by  Plato 
for  his  model  State,  we  must  leave  undiscussed.  In  like 
manner  it  cannot  be  decided  with  certainty  whether  the 
Exegetes  belonging  to  the  race  of  the  Eumolpidse,  who  is  men- 
tioned in  some  passages,  belonged  to  this  board,  or  whether  his 
office  had  reference  merely  to  the  Eleusinian  mysteries  and  the 
institutions  connected  with  these  rites.2  These  three,  however, 
even  if  not  chosen  from  particular  determinate  gentes,  were 
nevertheless,  without  doubt,  elected  only  from  among  the 
Eupatridae.3 

Of  the  numerous  class  of  subordinate  officials,  the  clerks  are 
most  frequently  referred  to,  though  not  much  is  to  be  learnt 
from  these  references.  There  was  hardly  any  official  body  in 
Athens  which  was  not  allowed  one  or  more  clerks,  though 
these  clerks  did  not  all  stand  in  the  same  relation  to  the 
bodies  which  employed  them.  Some  appear  rather  as  assistants, 
or  as  members  of  the  boards  charged  with  some  special  function, 
than  as  mere  subordinates  and  servants ;  for  instance,  the 
clerk  and  the  controller  previously  mentioned  in  connection 
with  the  Council  of  Five  Hundred,  who,  without  doubt,  were 
Bouleutse  themselves,  and  in  addition  to  whom  there  must  be 
assumed  to  have  been  other  subordinate  clerks,  who  were 
appointed  by  the  people  to  this  service  by  Cheirotonia,  and 
admitted  to  mess  in  the  Prytaneum,  but  no  doubt  also  received 
a  salary.  These  apparently  were  not  changed  annually  like  the 
members  of  the  Council,  but  remained  in  the  service  for  several 
years  successively,4  until  they  were  removed  in  any  way,  or 
voluntarily  retired.  The  clerk  of  the  Board  of  Eleven,  again, 
since  he  is  counted  as  the  eleventh  person  in  the  Board,  which 


1  Antiquitates  jur.publ.  Grate,  p.  126,  4  Demosth.  de  Fate.  Leg.   pp.    419 
note  36.  and  442.      But  cf.  Bockh,  Pub.  Ec.  of 

2  Do.  p.  261,  notes  34,  35.  Ath.  p.  194,  note. 

3  Bockh,  Corp.  Inscr.  i.  p.  513. 


43o      DESCRIPTION  OF  THE  PRINCIPAL  STATES. 

properly  consisted  only  of  ten,  seems  to  have  had  the  position 
of  a  colleague  rather  than  of  a  servant.  With  regard  to  the 
mode  of  his  appointment  nothing  is  stated,  though  we  may 
conjecture  that  the  board  itself  added  him  to  their  number  by 
co-optation,  though  he  was  probably  subjected  to  a  Dokimasia. 
In  like  manner  the  nine  archons  are  supposed  to  have  chosen 
a  clerk  as  one  of  their  number,  who  was  then  subjected  to  an 
examination  in  the  Dicasterium,1  though  possibly  this  state- 
ment is  rather  to  be  understood  as  implying  that  each  of  the 
three  higher  archons  chose  a  clerk  to  assist  him,  as  well  as  two 
assessors.  Of  course,  however,  it  was  necessary  for  the 
Thesmothetae  also  to  have  not  one  but  several  clerks  at  their 
disposal.  Those  clerks  of  the  lower  class  are  also  frequently 
termed  merely  under-clerks  (irrro^/pa^fiareh) 2  and  only  citizens 
of  the  poorer  classes  offered  themselves  for  this  service,  at- 
tracted by  the  salary  attached  to  it,  which  was  paid,  as  need 
hardly  be  remarked,  not  by  the  officials  they  served,  but  by 
the  State.  That  public  slaves  were  employed  as  clerks  is 
improbable ;  they  might,  however,  be  sometimes  assigned  as 
accountants  and  cashiers  to  the  officials  who  had  to  do  with 
the  administration  of  public  money;  for  such  occupations 
slaves  might  seem  more  suitable  than  freemen,  because  in  case 
of  an  inquiry  they  could  be  questioned  under  the  torture, 
which  was  not  applicable  to  freemen,  and  also  because  the 
confessions  obtained  in  this  way  were  considered  to  be  the 
most  deserving  of  credit.3 

Next  to  the  clerks  we  hear  most  frequently  of  the  heralds, 
one  or  more  of  whom  were  likewise  attached  in  the  capacity 
of  servants  to  the  various  officials  and  public  bodies.  We 
find  heralds  of  the  Areopagus,  heralds  of  the  council,  heralds 
of  the  Archons,  of  the  Eleven,  of  the  Logistse,  and  many 
others.4  Heralds  summon  the  members  of  the  Council  into 
the  Senate-house,  and  take  down  the  flag  which  announces  its 
meeting ; 5  heralds  summon  the  popular  assemblies,  recite  the 
solemn  formula  of  prayer  before  the  opening  of  the  proceed- 
ings, summon  the  orators,  at  the  command  of  the  Prytanes, 
to  come  forward  to  speak,  call  for  order,  and  make  what- 
ever announcements   are   to   be   made.6     Heralds,  again,  are 

1  Pollux,  viii.  92.  Demosthenes,  in  Aristog.  p.  787,  17  ; 

a  Antiphon.  de  Chor.  §  35  and  49 ;  iEsch.  in  Ctes.  p.  415. 

Lysias,  in  Nic.  p.  864  ;  Dem.  de  Cor.  6  a„j„,    j„  m„.  t   r  va 

p.  314,  and  de  Fals.  Leg.  pp.  403  and  Andoc-  de  MVsL  §  36" 

419.  «  jEsch.  in  Tim.  p.  58  ;  in  Ctes.  p. 

»  Cf.  Bockh,  Pub.  Ec.  o/Ath.  p.  185.  541  ;  Dem.  de  Cor.  pp.  292,  319,  and 

*  Cf.    Antiq.  p.   261,   note   2,  with  in  Aristocr.  p.  653. 


THE  ATHENIAN  STATE.  431 

commissioned  by  the  judicial  authorities  to  give  the  parties 
notice  to  be  present  when  the  plaints  are  lodged,  when  the 
cause  is  set  down  for  hearing,  and  when  it  comes  on  for  trial.1 
Heralds  proclaim  when  anything  is  to  be  sold,2  whether  by 
public  functionaries,  or  private  persons ;  in  brief,  they  perform 
all  the  functions  of  public  criers.  Their  office  was  of  course 
held  in  greater  or  less  esteem  according  to  the  nature  of  the 
authorities  they  served,  and  the  business  for  which  they  were 
employed ;  in  general,  however,  it  ranked  as  an  employment 
which  was  sought  only  by  poor  and  inferior  persons.3  They 
might  be  appointed  by  the  authorities  themselves  in  whose 
service  they  were  ;  but  they  seem  to  have  been  also  subjected 
to  a  Dokimasia,  which  must  principally  have  had  reference 
to  the  quality  of  their  voice.4  Like  the  clerks,  they  also 
received  their  meals  at  the  public  expense,  with  the  authorities 
in  whose  service  they  were;  and,  without  doubt,  they  were 
also  paid,  while  private  persons  who  had  anything  proclaimed 
by  a  herald  were  naturally  bound  to  make  him  some  payment.5 
Other  inferior  servants  are  the  irapaardrai,  a  name  of  equally 
general  significance  with  Apparitores  or  Statores ;  the 
Ovpwpol  or  doorkeepers,  and  perhaps  also  the  a/cpo<pv\a>ce<;  or 
irvKwpoi  of  the  Acropolis,6  the  ecpvScop,  whose  duty  it  was  to 
attend  to  the  Clepsydra  at  the  sittings  of  the  courts,  the 
fiaaavto-ral  or  administrants  of  the  torture ; 7  though  the  latter 
name  signifies  not  only  these,  but  also  the  persons  who  were 
appointed  to  conduct  and  superintend  the  penal  examination  of 
slaves.  These  persons  were  usually  chosen  by  the  parties 
interested,  from  the  number  of  their  friends,8  who  were  not 
concerned  in  the  case.  The  others  were  probably  always  pub- 
lic slaves,9  as  were  also  the  doorkeepers,  prison  attendants, 
and  executioner,  the  latter  being  called,  par  excellence,  6  Srjfiios.10 
Of  the  Ephydor,  however,  it  is  stated11  that  he  was  appointed 
by  lot ;  his  office,  therefore,  must  have  been  of  an  unimportant 
kind,  and  one  for  which  even  the  poorer  citizens  did  not  dis- 
dain to  become  candidates. 


1  ^Esch.  in  Ctes.  p.  415.  7  Antiq.  p.  262,  notes  4  and  5. 

5  Dem.   de    Cor.     trier,    p.    1234;  *  Att.  Proc.  p.  G81. 

Pollux,  vui.  103.  *  r     .        c          . 

s  Dem.   in    LeocJiar.   p.    1081  ;   cf.  Lexicon  Seguenanum,  p.  234. 

Pollux,  vi.  128  ;  Theophr.  Char.  c.  6.  10  A1s°   drifiSKoivoi,  Pollux,  viii.  71. 

4  Dem.  de  Fals.  Leg.  p.  449,  26.  On  the  other  hand,  8t)fj.6(not  are  those 

5  Cf.  Haq)ocr.  sub  voc.  Kypuiceia.  subordinate   officials    who  were    not 

6  Inscr.  quoted  in  Ross,  Demen  v.  slaves. 

Attika,  p.  35.  u  Pollux,  viii.  113. 


432      DESCRIPTION  OF  THE  PRINCIPAL  STATES. 


8. — The  Financial  System. 

Among  the  various  branches  of  the  administration  for  which 
the  officials  were  appointed  of  whom  we  have  spoken  in  the 
previous  chapter,  the  financial  system,  on  account  of  its  great 
importance,  further  demands  a  fuller  and  closer  consideration, 
— a  task  in  which  a  trustworthy  and  adequate  means  of  assist- 
ance is  afforded  us  by  the  work  of  Bockh,  a  work  by  which  an 
epoch  has  been  made  in  the  history  of  Athenian  finance.  As 
we  have  already  dealt,  so  far  as  our  purpose  demanded,  with 
the  highest  financial  authorities,  and  with  the  officials  charged 
with  the  details  of  the  administration,  there  remain  for  con- 
sideration in  the  present  chapter  only  the  financial  require- 
ments of  the  State — that  is  to  say,  the  various  kinds  of 
expenses  which  were  to  be  met,  and  the  means  with  which 
they  were  defrayed.  But  before  we  proceed  to  this,  it  is 
necessary  to  prefix  some  remarks  upon  the  monetary  system 
and  the  prices  of  commodities,  in  order  to  put  the  reader  in  a 
position  both  to  reduce  the  coins  and  sums  mentioned  to  the 
corresponding  expressions  current  among  us,  and  also  to  be  the 
better  able  to  judge  of  their  value. 

As  currency,  the  Athenians  had  silver  only.  It  was  exceed- 
ingly pure,  with  no  alloy,  or  at  any  rate  very  little,  consisting 
of  copper  or  lead.  Hence  Athenian  coin  was  very  highly 
prized,  and  was  everywhere  changed  at  a  premium.1  Counter- 
feiting was  punished  with  death.2  The  coin  of  most  frequent 
occurrence  is  the  drachma,  whose  value  is  about  9d.  sterling.3 
Larger  silver  coins,  multiples  of  the  drachma,  were  coined  up 
to  the  value  of  eight  drachmas  (oktodrachmon).  The  most 
numerous  of  these  were  the  tetradrachms,  also  termed  silver 
staters,  about  equal  to  3s.  sterling.  A  hundred  drachmae  made 
a  mina,  i.e.  an  Attic  pound  of  silver,  about  14  J  oz.  (foreign), 
and  therefore  representing  a  sum  of  about  £3.  15s.  Sixty 
minse  are  called  a  talent,  which  therefore  is  equal  to  about 
£225.  Divisions  of  the  drachma  are  the  obolus  (£)  and  the 
hemiobolion  (tz),  both  likewise  silver  coins.  Once  only,  in 
the  Peloponnesian  war  (in  01.  93.  3,  B.C.  406),  copper  coins  of 
this  amount  were  issued;  and  these  were  probably  not  of 
the  true  value,  and  therefore  were  soon  recalled.4  In  con- 
trast to  these,   the   still  smaller   divisions   of  the  drachma, 

1  Cf.  Bockh,  Pub.  Ec.  of  Ath.  pp.  8  According  to  Hultsch,  Metrologie 

15-17.  (Berlin,  1862),  about  J  of  a  thaler. 

3  Demosth.    in    Lept.    §     167  ;    in 

Timocr.  §  212.  *  See  above,  p.  399. 


THE  A  THENIAN  ST  A  TE.  43  3 

especially  the  chalcus,  or  \,  and  the  leptum,  or  -£$,  were  invari- 
ably of  copper.  Among  gold  coins,  the  golden  stater,  or 
chrysus,  was  two  drachmae  in  weight,  and  was  equal  in 
value  to  twenty  silver  drachmas,  or  about  15s.  sterling.  Yet 
Athens  itself  issued  no  gold  coins,  except  on  one  occasion, 
about  01.  93.  2,  when  they  were  considerably  alloyed  with 
copper.1  At  other  times  foreign  gold  was  current,  especially 
Persian  darics,  of  the  value  stated  above.  Besides  these,  other 
smaller  gold  coins  were  in  circulation,  especially  Phocasan 
staters.2 

The  prices  of  commodities,  and  therefore  the  value  of  money, 
of  course  changed  at  various  times  just  as  they  do  with  us. 
In  proportion  as  more  money  gradually  came  into  circulation, 
the  more  its  value  necessarily  fell,  so  that  in  a  later  period  a 
much  smaller  amount  of  commodities  could  be  bought  for  the 
same  money  than  had  been  possible  in  earlier  times.  Some 
examples  from  different  times  may  serve  to  make  this  clear. 
In  Solon's  time  a  head  of  cattle  is  said  to  have  sold  for  five 
drachmas,  or  3s.  9d. ;  a  sheep  for  one  drachma ;  a  medimnus 
(i.e.  about  \\  bushel)  of  barley  was  likewise,  we  are  told, 
valued  at  one  drachma.3  On  the  other  hand,  in  the  time  of 
Demosthenes,  and  therefore  about  two  hundred  years  later,  the 
medimnus  of  barley  rose  to  as  much  as  six  drachmas,  or  4s.  6d. 
This  however,  it  must  be  admitted,  is  stated  as  an  unusually 
high  price.4  In  Socrates'  time,  about  one  hundred  years  earlier 
than  this,  a  medimnus  of  barley-groats  cost  two  drachmas,  or 
Is.  6d.6  In  Demosthenes'  time  a  medimnus  of  wheat  cost, 
when  the  prices  were  moderate,  five  drachmas,  or  3s.  9d.6  At 
an  earlier  period,  in  the  time  of  Aristophanes,  it  cost  only 
three  drachmas.7  Wine,  such  as  was  made  in  Attica  itself,  of 
grapes  grown  in  the  country,  was  valued,  at  the  time  of 
Demosthenes,  at  about  four  drachmas  a  metretes8  (i.e.  a  cask 
of  about  nine  imperial  gallons),  and  was  therefore  exceptionally 
cheap.  In  the  same  way,  the  prices  of  wine  in  antiquity  were, 
as  a  rule,  relatively  low,  because  the  product  of  the  wine 
countries  did  not  find  a  sale  over  so  extended  an  area  as  it 
does  at  present.  A  cow,  such  as  was  offered  in  sacrifice  to  the 
gods — a  picked  animal,  therefore,  and  without  blemish — was 


1  See  above,  p.  399.  4  Demosth.   in  Phcenipp.   p.    1048 ; 

*B6ckh,  Pub.  Ec.  of  Ath.  p.  22.  B«c^h'  Pu£:  Ec-  °f Ath-  P-  94« 

Cf.  Bockh,   Metrologische   Untersuch-  .{?'  P"  ^r   .     „,               „«, 

unaen  v   135  Demosth.  m  Phorm.  p.  918. 

ungm,  p.  ISO.  7  Aristoph>     Ecc^    543 .    B5ckh> 

8  Plutarch,    Solon,    c.    23  ;   Bockh,  Pub.  Ec.  of  Ath.  p.  94. 

Pub.  Ec.  of  Ath.  p.  78.  8  lb.  p.  98. 

2  B 


434      DESCRIPTION  OF  THE  PRINCIPAL  STATES. 

valued,  about  01.  101.  3  (B.C.  374)  at  from  about  70  to  77 
drachmae,  or  from  £2.  12s.  6d.  to  £2.  17s.1  An  ordinary 
cart-horse  is  valued  by  Isseus,  about  B.C.  390,  at  three  minae, 
or  £li.  5s.2  Horses  of  better  breed,  such  as  were  kept  for 
purposes  of  war  or  racing,  were  probably  valued,  in  the  time  of 
Aristophanes,  at  about  twelve  niinae,  or  £45.3  Not  less  various 
were  the  prices  of  the  slaves.  A  miner  is  valued,  in  the  age 
of  Demosthenes,  at  150  drachmae,  or  £5.  12s.  6d.4  The  same 
value  may  accordingly  be  assumed  in  the  case  of  other  slaves 
used  for  less  skilled  employments,  as,  for  instance,  for  agricul- 
ture. Artisan  slaves  were  naturally  higher  in  price,  according 
to  the  returns  brought  in  by  their  work;  and  the  prices  of 
those  who  ministered  to  the  luxury  of  the  rich  rose  to  the 
most  various  sums.5  Not  less  various,  again,  are  the  prices  of 
real  estate.  Of  land  sold  in  the  country  only  thus  much  can 
be  said,  that  at  the  time  of  Lysias,  shortly  after  the  Pelopon- 
nesian  war,  a  plethrum  of  agricultural  land  was  valued  at 
about  fifty  drachmae,  or  £1.  17s.  6d.6  [The  plethrum  amounts 
to  somewhat  above  66  square  poles,  English  standard  measure.] 
The  statements  regarding  the  prices  of  houses  in  the  city  are 
very  various.  Isseus  even  speaks  of  a  small  house  which  was 
worth  no  more  than  three  minae,  or  £11.  5s.  Demosthenes 
values  a  house  belonging  to  poor  people  at  forty  minae,  or 
£150;  while  we  hear  of  others  of  the  value  of  twenty  minae, 
and  of  a  house  let  out  in  separate  tenements — and  consequently 
a  large  house  in  which  several  families  lived — of  the  value  of 
100  minae,  or  £375.7  Finally,  with  regard  to  clothing,  we 
have  some  few  statements  belonging  to  the  time  of  Socrates. 
An  exomis,  that  is  to  say,  a  chiton  or  under-garment  which 
covered  only  the  left  shoulder,  leaving  the  right  bare,  and  which 
was  the  usual  dress  of  the  working  class,  both  slave  and  free,  may 
be  bought,  according  to  Socrates,  for  ten  drachmae,  or  7s.  6d.8 
In  Aristophanes,9  a  young  man  demands  from  an  old  woman  who 
is  his  sweetheart,  and  provides  for  him,  twenty  drachmae,  or 
15s.,  for  an  outer  garment,  but  eight  drachmae,  or  6s.,  for  shoes. 
The  latter  sum  is  disproportionately  large,  however  ornamen- 
tal we  suppose  the  shoes  to  have  been ;  for  Lucian,  at  a  later 
period,  puts  the  value  of  a  pair  of  women's  shoes  at  only  two 
drachmae.10    An  ordinary  outer  garment,  such  as  was  worn  by 

1  Bockh,  Pub.  Ec.  o/Ath.  p.  75.  7  Bockh,  Pub.  Ec.  of  Aih.  p.  6(5. 

2  Isseus,  Or.  5,  §  43.  8  Plutarch,  de  tranquillitate  Animi, 

3  Aristophanes,  Nubes,  20  and  1226.  c.  10. 

4  Bockh,  Pub.  Ec.  o/Ath.  p.  68.  9  Ar.  Plut.  983,  984. 

6  lb.  p.  71.  io  Lucian,  dial.Meretr.  7  and  14,  torn. 

8  lb.  p.  63.  viii.  pp.  226,  264,  Bip. 


THE  ATHENIAN  STATE.  435 

persons  of  the  middle  classes,  seems  to  have  been  worth  four 
silver  staters,  and  therefore  sixteen  drachmas,  or  12s.;1  and  a 
chlamys,  such  as  was  worn  by  the  Ephebi,  to  have  been  worth 
twelve  drachmas,  or  9s.2 

From  such  scattered  notices,  dating  as  they  do  from 
different  periods,  and  not  always  wholly  to  be  relied  on,  we 
cannot,  it  must  be  confessed,  draw  any  but  the  usual  conclu- 
sion, viz.,  that  in  the  times  better  known  to  us,  from  the 
Peloponnesian  war  to  the  end  of  the  age  of  Demosthenes, 
money  had  a  higher  value  than  in  our  own  time,  but  that  the 
notion  that  it  was  worth  about  tenfold  more  is  decidedly  in- 
correct.3 At  the  same  time,  it  must  be  admitted,  the  cost  of 
living  was  much  less  in  Athens  at  that  time  than  amongst  us 
at  present,  because  a  multitude  of  wants  which  increase  it  for 
us  did  not  then  exist,  and  any  one  who  limited  himself  to  the 
barest  necessaries  could  make  a  small  income  suffice.  The 
coarser  kinds  of  fish  especially,  which,  both  fresh  and  salted, 
formed  a  principal  food  of  the  majority  of  the  populace,  were 
exceptionally  cheap,  while  clothing  likewise  was  not  dear ;  and 
it  may  be  assumed  that  in  the  time  of  Socrates  a  family  of  four 
persons  could  meet  the  most  indispensable  necessities  in  the 
way  of  food  and  clothing  with  from  £13.  10s.  to  £15  annually.4 
Those  who  desired  to  live  better,  however,  naturally  required 
much  more. 

To  form  a  correct  judgment  upon  the  financial  situation  it  is 
also  requisite  to  know  the  rate  of  income  produced  by  the 
capital  invested  in  various  businesses.  That  in  antiquity  this 
was  considerably  greater  than  in  our  time  is  shown  by  the  rate 
of  interest  alone.  The  usual  rate  was  12  to  18  per  cent.,  so 
that  an  equal  amount  of  capital  produced  three  or  four  times 
as  much,  to  its  owner,  as  with  us,  if  we  assume  the  modern 
rate  of  interest  at  four  per  cent.  We  also  find  instances  of 
lower  rates,  at  ten  per  cent.,  while  they  sometimes  rose  as  high 
as  36  per  cent.,  especially  in  the  case  of  the  so-called 
bottomry,  the  to«o<?  vavrucos.5  Legal  provisions  with  regard 
to  the  rate  of  interest  did  not  exist ;  but  it  is  clear  that  no  one 
would  have  borrowed  money  at  such  high  rates,  if  the  business 
in  which  he  used  it  had  not  returned  him  such  a  profit  that  he 
could  be  sure  of  making  it  remunerative  even  at  that  rate. 
The  smallest  return  was  made  by  landed  property.    According 


1  Aristophanes,  Eccles.  v.  436 ;   cf .  im  A  Uerthum,  in  Hildebrand's  Jahr- 

Bockh,  Pub.  Ec.  ofAih.  p.  105.  buck  fur  Nationalokonomie,  viii.  p.  5. 

*  Pollux,  ix.  58  ;  Bockh,  loc.  cit.  4  Bockh,  Pub.  Ec.  of  Ath.  p.  113. 

8  Cf.  Rodbertus,  Sachwerth  d.  Geldes.  5  lb.  p.  132. 


436      DESCRIPTION  OF  THE  PRINCIPAL  STATES. 

to  Isseus,  a  small  property  worth  150  minse  brought  in  an 
income  of  twelve  minse,  and  therefore  only  eight  per  cent.1  In 
contrast  to  this,  we  have  the  statement  that  the  whole  property 
of  a  minor,  which,  according  to  Athenian  law,  was  let  en  bloc 
by  the  guardians,  rose  in  consequence  within  six  years  from  3| 
talents  to  six  talents,  its  value  therefore  being  nearly  doubled. 
It  must  therefore  have  returned  25  minae  a  year,  i.e.  more 
than  eleven  per  cent.2  Everything  goes  to  show  how  dis- 
proportionately high  the  income  arising  from  capital  was  at 
that  time,  as  compared  with  what  it  is  at  present. 

The  expenses  of  the  State,  to  the  consideration  of  which  we  now 
pass,  are  partly  ordinary,  which  required  to  be  met  every  year, 
partly  extraordinary,  caused  by  special  needs,  and  particularly 
by  war.  Among  the  former  we  may  mention,  in  the  first  place, 
the  expenditure  required  for  the  numerous  functionaries  of 
government  and  their  subordinates,  a  department  of  expenditure 
which,  despite  the  fact  that  the  officials  for  the  most  part  served 
without  pay,  yet  cannot  have  been  inconsiderable,  since  the  State 
had  to  bear  the  cost  of  the  public  messes,  of  which  we  have  pre- 
viously spoken,  to  maintain  the  subordinate  officials,  such  as 
clerks  and  heralds,  and  also  the  Scythian  police-soldiers  and 
other  public  slaves,  all  of  whom  were  not  only  provided  with 
sustenance,  but  were  also  paid.  Payment  was  given,  again,  to 
many  persons  charged  with  the  performance  of  particular 
functions,  for  instance,  the  orators  who  had  to  serve  as 
Synegori  or  counsel  for  the  government  in  public  suits,  and 
whose  pay,  at  the  time  of  Aristophanes,  seems  to  have  been  a 
drachma  a  day.3  Similarly,  envoys  received  a  daily  allowance 
of  from  one  to  two  drachmae,4  and  the  commissioners  who  were 
sent  from  time  to  time  into  the  cities  of  the  allies  in  order  to 
watch  over  Athenian  interests 5  there,  were  also  paid.  The  law, 
however,  forbade  any  one  to  draw  payment  for  two  appoint- 
ments at  once,6  clearly  in  order  that  as  many  persons  as 
possible  might  be  in  receipt  of  this  benefit.  Public  physicians, 
again,  partly  foreigners,  were  taken  into  its  pay  by  the  State, 
and  the  remuneration  given  them  was  sometimes  considerable. 
For  instance,  Democedes  of  Croton,  for  one  year  during  which 


1  Isams,  Or.  11,  §  43.  3.  not  quite  three  months  and  a  half, 

2  Demosthenes,    in  Aphob.   i.   834 ;  are  given  roughly  at  1000  drachmae. 
Bockh,  Pub.  Ec.  of  Athens,  p.  142.  Schafer,  Demosth.  ii.  pp.  226,  236. 

8  Aristoph.  Vesp.  689.  5  Aristoph.  Aves,  1023  seq. ;  Harpocr. 

4  Aristoph.  Acharn.  66;  cf.  Demosth.  sub  voc.  Mcr  kotos',  Pub.  Ec.  of  Athens, 

de  Pais.  Leg.  p.  390,  where  the  ex-  p.  407. 

penses  of  an  embassy  consisting  of  6  Demosth.    in    Timocrat.    p.    739, 

ten  members,  which  had  been  absent  8ix66ev  /j.ijdo<pope?p. 


THE  ATHENIAN  STATE.  437 

he  stayed  in  Athens,  is  said  to  have  received  a  hundred  minse,1 
and  this  too,  several  years  before  the  first  Persian  war :  at  a 
time,  therefore,  when  money  was  perhaps  worth  twice  as  much 
as  it  was  a  hundred  years  later.  Similarly,  no  doubt  many 
other  persons  also  who  devoted  their  art  to  the  service  of  the 
commonwealth  received  payment  for  such  service,  though  we 
have  no  special  information  on  the  point ;  much  less  are  we  in 
a  position  to  determine,  even  approximately,  what  may  have 
been  the  total  amount  of  such  payments  annually.  We  should 
do  better  to  attempt  such  an  estimate  with  regard  to  the 
salaries  received  by  the  Council,  the  popular  assembly,  and  the 
courts.  The  payment  of  a  member  of  the  Council  amounted 
daily,  i.e.  as  often  as  the  sittings  were  held,  to  one  drachma. 
If  now  we  reckon  about  300  days'  sittings,  -  and  about  400 
present — for  that  the  whole  500  did  not  regularly  meet 
together  is  certain, — we  obtain  a  sum  of  twenty  talents 
annually.  As  has  been  previously  stated,  the  pay  of  those 
who  attended  the  assembly  amounted,  at  the  time  of  the  exten- 
sion of  the  democracy,  to  three  obols ;  and  if  we  reckon  even 
only  the  forty  regular  assemblies,  and  suppose  about  6000 
persons  in  receipt  of  the  payment  in  each  assembly,  we  get 
another  total  of  twenty  talents.  There  is  no  doubt,  however, 
that  more  than  these  forty  assemblies  took  place,  though  on 
the  other  hand,  the  number  of  the  persons  assembled  must 
often  not  have  amounted  to  anything  like  6000 ;  and  we  may 
probably  assume  that  among  those  present  there  were  many 
persons  of  the  wealthier  classes,  who  considered  it  more  becom- 
ing to  refuse  the  Triobolium,  for  we  find  a  jest  at  the  expense 
of  such  "  Ecclesiastee  without  Disetse "  in  the  comic  poet 
Antiphanes.2  The  total  amount  of  the  payments  made  to  the 
jurymen  is  calculated  by  Aristophanes3  at  150  talents:  clearly 
the  highest  sum  possible,  since  he  reckons  in  all  6000 
Heliastse,  and  300  days  on  which  the  courts  sat.  But  even  if 
these  days  were  really  so  numerous,  yet  it  by  no  means 
happened  that  all  the  6000  Heliastse  were  always  sitting  in 
court,  and  we  must  therefore  of  necessity  make  some  deduction 


1  Herod,     iii.     131 ;     compare     in  ■  In  Athemeus  vi.  52,  p.  247,  where 

general  with    regard   to   the   public  the  expression  ^/ckX^o-iciottjs  olicdirtTos  is 

physicians,  Aristoph.  Acharn.   1043,  explained  by  6  fir)  fiiffdov  d\\a  irpdtKa. 

with  the  Schol.    Plat.  Polit.   p.    259  rrj  w6\ei  virripeTuv.    To  forbid  renuncia- 

A  ;  Schneider  on  Aristot.  Pol.  p.  108 ;  tion  of  Disetae,  as  modern  democracy, 

and  Hermann  on  Becker's  Cliaricles,  for   an  easily  explicable  reason,  has 

iii.  p.  49.     The  latter  rightly  denies  done,  probably  never  occurred  to  the 

that  any  grant  whatever  on  the  part  ancients, 
of  the   State  was  necessary  to  the 

practice  of  medicine.  s  Vespce,  660. 


438       DESCRIPTION  OF  THE  PRINCIPAL  STATES. 

from  this  sum.    We  may,  however,  without  hesitation,  estimate 
the  expense  at  a  hundred  talents. 

Apart  from  these  payments,  which  were  intended  to  serve 
as  a  compensation  for  the  time  and  trouble  expended  in  the 
courts,  in  the  popular  assemblies,  and  in  the  sittings  of  the 
Council,  the  citizens,  after  Pericles'  time,  received  the  so-called 
Theorica : 1  at  first  only  at  the  feasts,  when  plays  were  per- 
formed in  the  theatre — this  being  let  to  a  lessee,  the  Theatrones 
or  Architecton — whose  duty  it  was  to  keep  it  in  proper  condi- 
tion, and  who  was  therefore  entitled  to  exact  a  payment  for 
entrance  from  the  spectators.  For  the  ordinary  places  this 
amounted  to  two  obols,  and  on  this  account,  in  order  not  to 
interfere  with  the  poorer  citizens  in  their  attendance  at  the 
theatre,  the  arrangement  was  devised  of  paying  them  the 
necessary  money  from  the  State  treasury.  Afterwards,  how- 
ever, this  payment  was  also  made  at  other  festivals,  in  order 
that  they  might  secure  a  pleasant  day.  All  that  can  in  any 
way  be  alleged  as  an  excuse  for  these  expenses  we  have  already 
stated  elsewhere.2  How  considerable  the  expense  was  may  be 
seen,  amongst  other  evidence,  by  an  extant  inscription,3  whence 
it  appears  that  in  01.  92.  3,  B.C.  410,  and  therefore  during 
the  Peloponnesian  war,  the  payments  from  the  treasury  of 
Athene  to  the  Hellenotamiae  for  division  as  Theorica  amounted 
to  two  talents  in  the  third  Prytany;  eight  talents  and  1355 
drachmae  in  the  fourth ;  five  talents  2200  drachmas  in  the  fifth ; 
and  two  talents  1232  drachmae  in  the  seventh;  and  therefore 
in  four  Prytanes,  or  less  than  five  months,  to  a  total  of  sixteen 
talents  47  minae  87  drachmae,  or  more  than  £3750.  As 
the  money  was  paid  to  the  Hellenotamiae — that  is,  to  the 
treasurers  of  the  funds  belonging  to  the  confederation,  of  which 
we  shall  presently  speak — it  may  be  assumed  that  it  served 
only  to  supplement  the  sum  to  be  paid  by  them  from  their 
own  fund,  and  that  accordingly  the  sum  total  of  the  Theorica 
paid  during  this  time  probably  reached  a  considerably  higher 
amount.  The  fact  that  the  Theorica  were  paid  from  this  fund, 
which  had  originally  been  destined  to  serve  only  as  a  war 
fund,  is  explained  from  what  I  have  previously  remarked,  viz., 
that  this  distribution  was  meant  to  be  regarded  as  a  kind  of 
compensation  to  the  Athenians  for  having  to  bear  the  chief 
burden  of  the  wars,  while  their  allies  suffered  comparatively 
little.  A  calculation  of  the  total  amount  which  may  have 
been  demanded  by  the  Theorica  is  hardly  possible,  however, 

1  Cf.  Bockh,  Pub.   Ec.    of  Athens,        2  See  p.  341. 
p.  217  seq.  »  Corp.  Imcr.  no.  147. 


THE  ATHENIAN  STATE.  439 

and  we  may  content  ourselves  with  stating  that  Bockh  has 
estimated  it  at  from  twenty-five  to  thirty  talents  annually.1 
Towards  the  end  of  the  Peloponnesian  war,  when  the  absolute 
democracy  was  abolished  for  a  time,  these  distributions  ceased, 
as  did  also  the  payments  to  the  popular  assembly,  of  which  we 
have  previously  spoken,  and  others  of  the  same  description. 
After  the  restoration  of  the  democracy,  however,  they  were 
introduced  afresh,  and  special  treasurers  were  appointed  for 
the  fund  set  apart  for  this  object.  These  were  probably  ten 
in  number,  chosen  by  Cheirotonia,  and  they  were  for  a  time 
actually  the  highest  financial  authorities.  During  this  time, 
apart  from  their  proper  duties,  they  had  also  the  function  of 
acting  as  controllers  of  the  public  revenues  instead  of  the 
Antigrapheus ;  of  receiving  the  money  paid  to  the  State  instead 
of  the  Apodectse,  and  of  attending  to  the  public  works ;  but  this 
accumulation  of  functions  was  after  some  years  abolished.2 
That,  in  the  period  when  the  Athenians  rarely  waged  any  war 
themselves,  the  Theoric  distributions  were  utterly  unjustifiable 
is  past  denial,  especially  when  we  hear  that  the  people,  in  its 
greed  for  them,  went  so  far  as  to  resolve  that  all  surplus 
arising  from  the  revenues  of  the  State  should  be  paid  solely  to 
the  Theoric  fund,  and  even  that  for  a  time  the  mere  proposal 
to  apply  them  to  the  war  fund  was  punishable  with  death,3 
and  when  we  consider,  moreover,  that  the  occasions  of  this 
distribution  were  constantly  multiplied,  and  that  public 
banquets  for  the  people  were  frequently  added,  the  expenses 
of  which  were  likewise  to  be  defrayed  out  of  the  Theoric  fund. 
The  distribution  of  the  Theorica  took  place  in  the  several 
Demes ;  and  in  Demosthenes'  time,  though  certainly  earlier 
also,  the  money  was  received,  not  only  by  people  of  the  poorer 
classes,  but  also  by  some  who  were  well-to-do.4 

There  was  another  class  of  distributions  which,  on  the  con- 
trary, deserves  our  praise ;  distributions  intended  to  insure  the 
support  of  poor  citizens  incapable  of  work.  Even  Solon,  or, 
according  to  others,  Pisistratus,5  is  said  to  have  devised  this 
arrangement  primarily  for  those  who  had  become  incapable  of 
work  by  reason  of  injuries  received  in  war.  In  later  times  the 
distributions  were  extended  to  all  persons  incapable  of  work, 


1  P.E.  ofAth.  p.  224;  but  with  the  3  Cf.  Schafer,  Demosth.  i.  p.  1S5. 

reservation  that  even  in  good  (i.e.  less  .  ^          ,,     .     r      ,        inn, 

,               ..  j.          ..        6        \    ,  4  Demosth.  in  Leochar.  1091. 
degenerate)  times  it  may  easily  have 

been  twice  or  three  times  as  much.  5  Plutarch,  Solan,  c.  31 ;  Schol.  on 

2  ^Esch.  in  Ctes.  p.  417  seq.;  Bockh,  .Esch.  vol.  hi.  p.  738  r;  Harpocra- 
P.  E.  of  Ath.  p.  183  ;  Schafer,  Dem.  tion,  sub  voc.  dSwaroi ;  Bockh,  P.  E. 
i.  pp.  177,  181  seq.  of  Ath.  p.  242  seq. 


44o      DESCRIPTION  OF  THE  PRINCIPAL  STATES. 

whose  property  amounted  to  less  than  three  minae,  and  who 
therefore  were  really  poor.  The  distribution  amounted  to  from 
one  to  two  obols  a  day.1  The  persons  who  were  to  receive  it 
were  determined  by  resolution  of  the  assembly ;  the  payment 
being  attended  to  by  the  Council,  according  to  the  several 
Prytanies.  Each  recipient,  however,  was  obliged  to  submit 
himself  to  examination,  i.e.  to  furnish  proofs  with  regard  to 
his  title  to  a  share.  Any  one  who  neglected  to  do  this  lost  his 
payment  for  that  occasion.  But  at  this  examination  it  was 
free  to  any  one  to  come  forward  with  objections  and  to  combat 
the  claims,  and  this  opposition  was  sometimes  required  to  take 
the  form  of  a  regular  action  at  law.  The  sum  annually  applied 
to  this  purpose  may  be  put  with  Bockh  at  from  five  to  ten 
talents.  Other  institutions  for  the  support  of  the  poor — such  as 
poorhouses  and  the  like — did  not  exist,  and  Athens  stood  in 
less  need  of  them  than  modern  States,  among  whose  so-called 
citizens  there  is  a  numerous  proletariate,  which  otherwise 
would  starve.  This  class  in  Athens  was  replaced  by  the  slaves, 
who  were  maintained  by  their  masters,  and  in  whose  case  over- 
population, that  chief  cause  of  poverty,  could  easily  be  guarded 
against,  inasmuch  as  their  multiplication  was  under  the  control 
of  their  masters,  and  any  one  who  had  more  slaves  than  he 
could  maintain  could  get  rid  of  them  by  sale.  The  Theorica 
too,  it  must  be  allowed,  admit  of  being  regarded  as  a  mode  of 
poor-relief,  as  do  also  the  payments  made  to  the  courts  and  the 
popular  assemblies,  in  so  far  as  these  were  an  assistance  to  the 
poor.  Just  as  the  poorer  citizens  above  referred  to  obtained 
relief  from  the  State,  so  also  the  children  of  those  who  had 
fallen  in  war  were  maintained  by  the  State  during  their  minority, 
and  subsequently,  when  admitted  to  bear  arms,  were  presented 
with  a  panoplia,  or  the  complete  equipment  of  a  hoplite.2  In 
this  connection,  finally,  we  may  call  to  mind  the  distributions 
of  corn.  These,  it  must  be  admitted,  took  place  only  on  special 
occasions,  when,  in  times  of  high  prices,  the  wheat  was  fur- 
nished to  the  people  from  the  public  storehouses,  either  gratis 
or  at  a  reduced  price.3 

A  permanent  expense  of  no  inconsiderable  magnitude  was 
caused,  even  in  time  of  peace,  by  the  military  system.  In  the 
first  place,  the  cavalry,  who  were  kept  embodied  and  were 
exercised  even  during  peace,  both  received  a  sum  of  money  to 
provide  an  outfit  at  their  entrance  into  the  service — the  so-called 

1  Philochorus,  quoted  in  Harpocra-        2  Bockh,  Pub.  Ec.  o/Alh.  p.  245. 
tion,  loc.  c'U.;  Muller,  Frag.  Hitst.  L 
no.  68,  69.  «  lb.  p.  88. 


THE  A  THEN  I  AN  ST  A  TE.  44 1 

/cardo-Too-is — and  also,  while  actually  serving,  received  a  contri- 
bution towards  the  keep  of  their  horses.  The  amount  of  this 
our  authorities  do  not  specify,  and  we  must  accordingly  content 
ourselves  with  the  statement  of  Xenophon,  who  puts  the  ex- 
penses in  the  case  of  the  cavalry  at  nearly  forty  talents  yearly.1 
The  Hippotoxotse  or  mounted  bowmen  are  not  included  among 
the  cavalry  of  whom  Xenophon  speaks.  They  were  two  hun- 
dred in  number,  and,  like  the  unmounted  bowmen,  were  public 
slaves.  They  were,  however,  also  used  in  war,2  and  their  keep 
and  that  of  their  horses  formed  an  item  of  expense  which  we 
may  estimate  at  about  fifteen  talents.  In  the  next  place,  several 
ships  were  kept  permanently  equipped  and  manned  even  during 
times  of  peace,  to  be  used  partly  for  Theorise,  partly  for  other 
special  missions.  Of  these,  in  the  period  which  properly  forms 
the  subject  of  our  account,  there  were  three,  the  Delian,  the 
Salaminian,  and  the  Paralian;3  the  first  so  called  because  it 
was  used  for  the  Delian  Theorise,  the  second  because  it  was 
manned  by  the  natives  of  Salamis,  and  the  third  because  its 
crew  was  composed  of  men  from  the  Paralia,  i.e.  the  strip  of 
coast  bearing  this  name.  In  later  times  we  find  besides  these 
the  names  Ammonis,  Antigonis,  Demetrias,  Ptolemais ;  with 
regard  to  these,  however,  it  is  not  clear  whether  they  denote 
entirely  new  ships  over  and  above  those  we  have  mentioned,  or 
whether  the  latter  have  merely  been  rechristened.  "With  regard 
to  the  Ammonis  however  the  first  hypothesis  at  any  rate  may  be 
adopted.  This  ship  was  so  called  from  the  Theorise  to  Zeus 
Ammon,  and  the  earliest  mention  of  it  belongs  to  the  time  of 
Alexander  the  Great.  It  is  nevertheless  certain  that  the  crew  of 
each  of  these  ships  received  four  obols  a  day  as  pay,  and  that 
to  meet  this  expense  and  the  remaining  outlay  necessary  for 
them  there  was  a  special  fund  for  each  ship  under  the  adminis- 
tration of  a  rafiias.  If  now  we  reckon  the  crew  of  a  ship  at 
two  hundred  men,  the  sum  required  for  their  pay  reaches  the 
amount  of  nearly  seven  talents  annually  for  each  ship.4  These 
ships,like  the  war- vessels  proper,  were  used  in  naval  engagements, 
and  their  commanders  appear  to  have  borne  the  title  of  navarchi.5 
The  war  fleet  proper,  scanty  beginnings  of  which  seem  to  belong 
to   Solon,  though  its  greatness  dates   from  the  time  of  the 


1  Xenophon,  Hipparch.  c.  1.  19  ;  cf.  a  Cf.  Bockh,  Pub.  Ec.  of  Ath.  p.  260. 
Sauppe,  Philologus,  xv.  p.  69  «<*/.  a  n>.  Urhind,  pp.  76,  78;  Meier, 
Sauppe  rightly  rejects  the  opinion  of  (Jomm.  Epigr.  i.  p.  43. 
Bake,  that  the  KardaTaa-is  was  only  4  _..  .,  „,  _,  . 
paid  under  the  Thirty.  Bake's  objec-  Bockh>  Pub-  Ec-  °fAth-  P-  240  sec- 
tions to  this  view,  Verslagen  en  Medeel.  5  Herbst,  ScMacJU  bei den  Arginusen, 
v.  45,  306,  are  hardly  of  weight,  p.  30. 


442      DESCRIPTION  OF  THE  PRINCIPAL  STATES. 

second  Persian  war,  was  after  that  time  annually  increased  by  a 
certain  number  of  triremes,  although  it  is  uncertain  whether 
the  number  proposed  by  Themistocles,  viz.,  twenty  annually,1 
was  always  maintained.  The  possession  of  these  ships  involved 
many  kinds  of  stores  necessary  for  their  equipment,  and  these 
it  was  necessary  to  keep  in  readiness  in  the  State  Neoria. 
Similarly  the  State  was  obliged  to  keep  a  provision  of  arms  in 
the  armoury,  the  oTrXoOrj/cr),  for  the  requirements  of  the  war,  in 
order  to  equip  those  who  could  not  provide  arms  for  themselves 
at  their  own  expense,  such  as  Thetes  and  slaves,  when  they 
were  called  out;  and  we  still  possess  a  resolution  of  the 
assembly  in  honour  of  the  orator  Lycurgus,2  a  contemporary  of 
Demosthenes,  in  which  it  is  mentioned  as  redounding  to  his 
honour  that  he  had  caused  numerous  suits  of  armour  and  fifty 
thousand  bows  and  slings  to  be  deposited  on  the  Acropolis. 

This  same  resolution  also  alludes  to  several  other  edifices  and 
important  public  works  (for  instance,  the  wharves,  the  Theatre  of 
Dionysius,  the  Panathenaic  Stadium,  and  the  Gymnasium  at 
the  Lyceum)  as  having  been  either  built  by  Lycurgus  or  restored 
by  him,  and  work  of  the  same  kind,  whether  consisting  entirely 
of  new  constructions  or  in  the  maintenance  of  what  already 
existed,  of  course  occurred  in  a  greater  or  less  degree  every 
year ;  as,  for  instance,  walls  and  fortifications,  trenches,  aque- 
ducts and  fountains,  markets,  public  offices,  courts,  and  the  like. 
All  these  must  have  caused  an  expenditure  of  no  inconsider- 
able magnitude,  the  amount  of  which,  however,  we  have  no 
thought  of  calculating.  But  how  great  the  sums  must  have 
been  which  were  expended  for  the  adornment  of  the  city  with 
splendid  buildings  and  works  of  art  may  to  some  extent  be 
inferred  from  the  fact  that  the  Propylsea  of  the  Acropolis,  which 
were  built  in  five  years  under  Pericles,  alone  cost  2012  talents, 
or  more  than  four  hundred  and  fifty  thousand  pounds  sterling,3 
and  that  the  gold  used  for  the  statue  of  the  divine  protectress 
of  the  city,  which  could  be  detached  if  necessary,  amounted  to 
forty  talents  in  weight.4 

But  lavish  as  the  Athenians  were  in  setting  up  and  adorning 
in  a  proper  manner  the  statues  and  temples  of  their  gods,  they 
were  equally  lavish  in  the  celebration  of  the  feasts  which  took 
place  in  honour  of  those  gods.  They  enjoyed  the  reputation  of 
being  the  most  devout  among  all  the  Hellenes,  because  they 
kept  about  twice  as  many  feasts  as  any  other  State,5  and  we 

1  Plutarch,  Themistocles,  c.  4 ;  Dio-        8  Bockh,  Pub.  Ec.  o/Ath.  p.  202. 
dorus,  xi.  43.  .. 

2  In   pseudo-Plut.     Vitt.    x.    Orat.  lhuc-  u-  1S- 

p.  852  c.  «  Xenoph.  de  rep.  Ath.  c.  3,  9. 


THE  ATHENIAN  STATE.  443 

may  add  because  no  State  manifested  its  reverence  and  thank- 
fulness towards  the  gods  in  such  brilliant  and  costly  festivals. 
For  it  is  hardly  possible  to  deny  that  it  was  not  merely  love  of 
ornament  and  delight  in  spectacular  display  that  were  the 
moving  forces,  but  these  nobler  motives  as  well.  He  who  is 
truly  thankful  for  benefits  received  loves  to  show  to  his 
benefactor  what  delight,  as  well  as  what  use,  he  derives  from 
the  benefit,  and  the  Greeks  were  persuaded  that  their  gods, 
with  their  human  feelings,  the  givers  of  all  good  gifts,  received 
actual  pleasure  when  those  they  protected  presented  themselves 
before  them  in  the  pious  enjoyment  and  use  of  that  whose 
possession  they  owed  to  them.  This  is  the  meaning  which  lies 
at  the  root  of  the  joyous  and  brilliant  celebrations  of  their 
feasts.  The  festivals  held  at  the  expense  of  the  State  (lepa 
8r)fAOT€\r}),  which  alone  concern  us  here,  were  partly  handed 
down  from  remote  antiquity,  having  already  been  in  existence 
in  the  earliest  period,  and  were  partly  ordained  at  a  later  time 
(iiriOerot  ioprai),  the  former,  for  reasons  which  may  easily  be 
imagined,  being  in  general  less  costly  and  brilliant  than  the 
latter.  Some  of  these  feasts  were  fixed,  others  extraordinary, 
and  celebrated  upon  special  occasions ;  in  the  case  of  many, 
festal  processions  and  amusements  of  various  kinds,  scenic  or 
gymnastic,  were  superadded  to  the  sacrificial  proceedings,  while 
at  many  again  there  were  general  public  banquets.  In  order 
to  give  an  approximate  conception  of  the  outlay  caused  by  the 
feasts  we  shall  merely  mention  the  circumstance  that,  according 
to  an  inscription  of  01.  111.  3  (B.C.  334),1  the  so-called  Dermati- 
cum  or  hide-money,  i.e.  the  money  arising  from  the  sale  of  the 
hides  of  the  animals  slaughtered  in  sacrifice,  amounted  in  seven 
months  to  the  sum  of  5148f  drachmae,  and  therefore  to  some- 
what over  £195.  At  the  yearly  celebration  of  the  victory  at 
Marathon  five  hundred  kids  were  slaughtered  in  honour  of 
Artemis  Agrotera.  At  the  Panathenaic  festival,  as  we  are 
informed  by  an  inscription  of  01.  92.  3  (B.C.  410)/  5 1 14  drachmae 
were  paid  from  the  treasury  of  Athene  to  the  superintendents  of 
sacrifices  (kpoiroiot),  while  the  Athlothetae,  whose  duty  it  was  to 
attend  to  the  festal  games,  received  at  the  same  time  five  talents 
and  a  thousand  drachmae,  sums  which  must  be  regarded  as  only 
a  small  part  of  the  whole  expenses  of  the  festival.  Demosthenes 
says  on  one  occasion3  that  the  Athenians  spent  more  than  the 
sum  demanded  by  the  preparations  for  any  one  war  upon  the 


1  Corp.  Inscr.  no.  157 ;    cf.  Bockh,       haushaltung  d.  Aih.  ii.  p.  6. 
P.  E.  of  Aih.  p.  212. 

2  Corp.  Inscr.  no.  147;  Bockh,  Stoats-  3  Phillpp.  i.  p.  50. 


444      DESCRIPTION  OF  THE  PRINC1PAI  STATES. 

Panathenaic  and  Dionysiac  festivals,  a  statement  which  cannot 
strike  us  as  a  gross  exaggeration  when  we  rememember  the 
splendour  of  the  theatrical  representations,  the  furnishing  of 
the  stage  and  of  the  choruses,  the  payment  of  the  poets  and 
actors,  and  the  reward  of  the  victors,  and  when  we  consider 
that  this  was  far  from  exhausting  all  that  pertained  to  the 
festival.  With  regard  to  prizes  we  shall  only  mention  by  way  of 
example1  that,  according  to  an  inscription,  the  golden  crown  of 
victory  presented  to  a  player  on  the  cithara  weighed  eighty -five 
drachmae ;  its  worth  may  therefore  be  estimated  at  about  one 
thousand  silver  drachmae,  or  £37, 10s.,  while  on  other  occasions 
we  have  instances  of  prizes  of  two  thousand  five  hundred,  twelve 
hundred,  six  hundred,  four  hundred,  and  three  hundred  drachmae, 
and,  according  to  an  ordinance  of  the  orator  Lycurgus,  at  the  feast 
of  Poseidon  in  thePiraeus  the  cyclic  chorus  which  won  the  victory 
received  at  least  twelve  minae,  the  second  eight,  and  the  third  six. 
But  not  only  did  the  celebration  of  the  feasts  at  home  cost  large 
sums  annually,  but  money  was  also  required  for  foreign  cele- 
brations, which  were  visited  by  the  Theoriae  or  festal  embassies 
sent  to  represent  the  State,  e.g.  the  Delian  Panegyris,  the 
Olympian,  Pythian,  Isthmian,  and  Nemean  games,  and  many 
others.  The  costs  of  these  Theoriae  were  indeed  partly  borne 
by  the  delegates  themselves,  and  therefore  the  function  of 
Archetheoria  is  counted  among  the  Liturgies,  of  which  we  shall 
presently  speak  ;  but  a  contribution  was  also  furnished  by  the 
State,  while  an  inscription2  informs  us  that  the  Archetheori  at 
the  Delian  Panegyris  received  a  talent.  This,  it  is  true,  was 
paid  out  of  the  Delian  temple  fund,  which  was  under  the 
administration  of  Athenian  Amphictyons,  but  it  may  neverthe- 
less serve  as  a  proof  that  the  Archetheori  had  not  to  meet  all 
the  expenses  from  their  private  means. 

To  make  our  enumeration  complete  we  shall  further  mention 
the  gifts  of  honour  which  the  State  was  accustomed  occasion- 
ally to  distribute,  and  which  gradually  began  to  take  rank  as 
permanent  expenses.  Thus,  in  the  age  of  Demosthenes,  it  had 
become  matter  of  traditional  usage  that  the  Council  of  Five 
Hundred,  at  the  time  of  its  retirement,  should  receive,  by 
decree  of  the  people,  a  golden  crown,3  as  a  sign  of  the  satisfac- 
tion felt  with  the  manner  in  which  it  had  performed  its 
functions.  In  other  cases,  moreover,  during  this  period,  golden 
crowns  occur  with  tolerable  frequency  as  rewards  of  citizens 


1  Bockh,  Pub.  Econ.  of  Ath.  p.  214    Staatshaushaltung  d.  Ath.  ii.  p,  95  (ed. 
seg.  1851). 

8  Corp.    Inscr.     no.    158  ;    Bockh,        3  See  above,  p.  373. 


THE  ATHENIAN  STATE.  445 

who  have  deserved  well  of  the  State.  In  better  times,  on  the 
contrary,  garlands  of  olive  had  sufficed ;  for  instance,  Pericles 
is  said  to  have  received  such  garlands,  and,  indeed,  to  have 
been  the  first  recipient  of  them.1  The  worth  of  such  golden 
crowns  probably  amounted  in  general  to  between  500  and  1000 
drachmae  of  silver,  though  there  were  also  some  of  smaller 
value.2  When  a  reward  of  this  kind  was  assigned  to  any 
person,  not  only  was  the  fact  publicly  announced  through  the 
agency  of  the  herald  in  the  theatre  or  the  Pnyx,3  but  the 
decree  upon  the  subject  was  also  frequently  inscribed  on  stone, 
and  set  up  in  public  places.  Statues  in  honour  of  men  who 
had  done  good  service  occurred  far  less  frequently  in  the  best 
times ;  and  until  the  time  of  Conon,  who  through  his  victory 
over  the  Spartans  at  Cnidus  and  restoration  of  the  destroyed 
walls  of  Athens,  had  laid  the  foundation  for  the  re-erection  of 
the  State,  and  well  earned  the  honour  of  the  statue  erected  to 
him,  such  statues  had  probably  been  erected  only  to  Harmodius 
and  Aristogiton,  the  slayers  of  the  tyrant.4  The  Athens  of 
later  times  was  lavish  with  this  token  of  honour.  A  more 
moderate  reward  consisted  in  entertainment  at  the  public  table 
in  the  Prytaneum,  a  privilege  granted  to  citizens  who  had 
served  the  State  well,  sometimes  for  their  lifetime,  as  is  gener- 
ally known  in  all  probability  from  the  story  of  Socrates.  Gifts 
of  money  also  occurred  sometimes ;  for  instance,  Lysimachus, 
the  son  of  Aristides,  owed  to  the  merit  of  his  father  the  gift  of 
a  sum  down  of  100  minae,  and  some  land,  as  well  as  a  pension 
of  four  drachmas  a  day.5 

That  the  total  amount  of  the  regular  annual  expenses  does 
not  admit  of  calculation  with  even  approximate  certainty  will 
be  remarked  by  our  readers  of  their  own  accord  when  they 
glance  over  the  collected  statements  regarding  it.  Bockh 
estimates  it  at  least  four  hundred  talents ;  but  if  (he  says) 
great  public  works,  extraordinary  distributions  of  money,  and 
remarkable  outlay  for  feasts  are  added  to  it,  it  may  easily  have 
amounted  to  a  thousand  talents.6  With  this  conjecture,  then, 
we  too  shall  content  ourselves.  With  regard,  however,  to  the 
extraordinary  expenses  caused  by  war,  we  can  only  say  with  the 
Spartan  king,  ov  rerarfixeva  criTeirat  6  7roXe/xo? :  war  consumes 
no  fixed  rations :  everything  depends  on  the  size  of  the  armies 

1  Val.  Max.  ii.  6.  5.  is  no  doubt,   not  erected  till  after- 

2  Cf.  Bockh,  Pub.  Ec.  of  Athens,  p.  25.  wards.   Cf.  Westermanrj,  depubl.  Ath. 

3  Cf.  Schomann,  De  Comitiis,  p.  335.  hon.  p.  15 ;  Bergk,  Jahrbuchfur  Philo- 

4  Dem.  in  Leptin.  §  70.     The  statue  logie,  lxv.  p.  395. 

of  Solon,  mentioned  by  Paus.,  i.  16.  1,  6  Bockh,  Pub.  Ec.  of  Athens,  p.  248. 
and  Ml.  Var.  Hist.  viii.  16,  was,  there        6  lb.  p.  252. 


446      DESCRIPTION  OF  THE  PRINCIPAI  STATES. 

and  fleets,  and  on  the  duration  of  the  war.  The  armies,  although 
the  citizens,  with  the  exception  of  the  Thetes,  provided  their 
own  arms,  must  necessarily,  when  the  campaigns  were  not  in- 
tended to  be  very  brief,  have  received  pay,  as,  in  fact,  after 
Pericles'  time  they  certainly  did.1  The  common  foot-soldier 
received  as  a  rule  two  obols  a  day,  and  an  equal  amount  as 
mess  allowance  (a-irrjpea-iov) ;  the  Lochagus  probably  received 
twice,  and  the  Strategus  four  times  as  much.  This,  no  doubt, 
stands  in  glaring  contrast  to  the  payments  made  to  armies  of 
the  present  day,  but  it  admits  of  easy  explanation  from  the 
democratic  principle  of  equality.  In  war,  moreover,  the  leaders 
had  no  lack  of  opportunity  to  procure  certain  additional  ad- 
vantages, and  to  enrich  themselves.  There  are,  however, 
examples  of  higher  pay.  For  instance,  at  the  beginning  of  the 
Peloponnesian  war,  at  the  siege  of  Potidaea,  each  hoplite 
received  two  drachmae  daily,  one  for  himself,  the  other  for  his 
servant.  The  crews  of  the  ships,  marines  and  rowers,  at  one 
time  received  four  obols,  at  another  a  drachma ;  so  that  if  four 
hundred  men  are  reckoned  as  the  crew  of  a  trireme,  the  amount 
of  their  monthly  pay  ranges  from  four  thousand  drachmae  to  a 
talent.2  A  fleet  of  a  hundred  ships  must  therefore  have  cost 
about  a  hundred  talents  per  month  in  pay  alone.  Not  long 
before  the  Peloponnesian  war,  Pericles  attacked  the  island  of 
Samos  with  a  fleet  of  sixty  ships,  to  which  there  were  after- 
wards added  forty  Athenian  ships,  twenty-five  from  Chios  and 
Lesbos,  and  soon  after  sixty  other  ships  from  Athens,  and 
thirty  from  the  two  islands  just  mentioned:  the  war  lasted 
nine  months,  and  is  said  to  have  cost  a  thousand  or  twelve 
hundred  talents.3  At  the  siege  of  Potidaea,  where,  as  was  said, 
every  hoplite  received  a  drachma  for  himself  and  the  same  sum 
for  his  servant,  there  must  have  been  spent,  if  we  look  at  this 
pay  alone, — since  the  army  amounted  to  six  thousand  men,  and 
the  siege  lasted  twenty-seven  months, — eight  hundred  and  ten 
talents  for  the  pay  alone.  '  The  total  cost  of  this  siege  is  given 
by  Thucydides  at  two  thousand  talents.4 

We  now  turn  to  the  consideration  of  the  revenues  of  the 
State,  and  in  this  branch  of  the  subject  we  have  more  precise 
statements.  According  to  the  assertion,  put  by  Aristophanes 
into  the  mouth  of  a  personage  in  a  play  represented  in  01. 89.  3 
(B.C.  42 2), 5  they  then  still  amounted  to  two  thousand  talents ; 

1  Bbckh,  Pub.  Ec.  of  Athens,  p.  272        8  Thuc.  i.  116,   117,  and  Isocr.  de 

8cq.  Permut.  £  111 ;  Diodor.  xii.  28;  Corn. 

4  Thus  Thucydides  (vi.   8)  reckons  Nepos,  Timotheus,  c.  1. 
sixty  talents  as  the  monthly  pay  for        *  Thuc.  ii.  70. 
sixty  ships.  5  Aristoph.  Vesp.  660. 


THE  ATHENIAN  STATE.  447 

and,  in  the  flourishing  period  of  Athens,  they  were  certainly 
not  much  less,  since  the  tribute  of  the  allies,  as  we  shall  see 
presently,  alone  amounted  to  about  three-fifths  of  this  sum. 
In  times  of  peace,  accordingly,  the  revenues  far  exceeded  the 
expenditure,  and  it  was  possible  for  a  considerable  treasure  to 
be  collected,  inasmuch  as  at  the  beginning  of  the  Peloponnesjan 
war,  despite  the  expenses  caused  by  the  public  works  set  on  foot 
by  Pericles,  and  by  the  siege  of  Potidaea,  there  was  nevertheless 
a  provision  of  six  thousand  talents,  not  including  either  the 
many  articles  of  value  which  were  to  be  found  in  the  temples, 
on  the  Acropolis  and  elsewhere,  and  the  value  of  which  is 
estimated  by  Thucydides1  at  five  hundred  talents,  or  the 
forty  talents  of  gold  upon  the  statue  of  Athene,  which  could  be 
removed  in  case  of  need.  This  reserve,  we  must  admit,  was 
soon  expended  in  the  war ;  but  in  the  time  immediately  suc- 
ceeding, after  the  peace  of  Nicias,  seven  thousand  talents,  we 
are  told,  were  again  collected  ;2  a  sum  which  was  again  con- 
sumed by  the  war,  especially  in  the  expedition  to  Sicily. 
After  this  time  no  further  mention  is  made  of  any  collected 
treasure,  and  after  the  disaster  in  Sicily,  and  still  more  after 
the  overthrow  at  iEgospotami,  the  finances  of  Athens  were  in  a 
very  bad  condition,  until  by  degrees,  with  the  restoration  of  the 
power  of  the  State,  they  were  raised  again  to  such  a  height 
that  under  the  administration  of  Lycurgus  the  revenues  are 
said  to  have  amounted  to  twelve  hundred  talents.3 

The  receipts,  like  the  expenditure,  must  be  divided  into  ordi- 
nary and  extraordinary.  The  ordinary  receipts  may  be  divided 
into  five  kinds.  In  the  first  class  we  reckon  the  receipts  from 
lands  belonging  to  the  State  and  leased  to  individuals,  whether 
for  limited  periods  or  under  a  permanent  hereditary  tenure. 
Among  these  a  position  of  supreme  importance  was  occupied 
by  the  silver  mines  of  Laurium.4  They  extended  from  Thoricus 
to  Anaphlystus  in  the  southern  part  of  the  country,  and  their  pro- 
ductiveness is  highly  praised  by  Xenophon,5  though  subsequent 
times  have  not  maintained  their  fame.  For  when  Strabo  wrote 
the  working  of  them  had  been  already  abandoned,  and  the 
lessees  contented  themselves  with  merely  searching  through 
the  previously  exhausted  workings  and  the  heaps  of  refuse,  in 
which  some  silver  was  still   found,  the  process  of  smelting 

1  ii.  13.  p.  842  e  ;  cf.  Schafer,  Demos,  iii.  2, 

2  According  to  Andoc.de  Pace,  p.  93,     v' }^  8^'       .  . *        .       ,. 
followed  by  Msch.  de  Fals.  Leg.  p.  337.       t2n^A  &  %  exhaustive  account 

Cf.  Bockhi  Pub.  Ec.  of  Athens,  p.  445.     ^ockhA'  £h%  d-fB/^  AL  *  **»• 
"  r  1815,  and  P.  E.  of  Athens,  p.  615  seq. 

3  Pseudo-Plutarch,     Vitt.    x.   Orat.        b  Xenoph.  de  redit.  c.  4. 


448      DESCRIPTION  OF  THE  PRINCIPAL  STATES. 

having  been  carried  on  imperfectly  in  earlier  times.1  The 
mines  were  let  to  private  persons  on  a  permanent  hereditary 
tenure,  the  lessees  being  obliged  to  pay  a  sum  down  as  purchase 
money  for  every  new  part  which  it  was  intended  to  work,  and 
one  twenty-fourth  or  4$  per  cent,  of  the  proceeds  by  way  of 
rental.  The  proceeds  of  this  rental,  in  early  times,  were 
divided  among  the  citizens  until  Themistocles  effected  the 
abolition  of  this  distribution,  and  the  application  of  the  money 
to  the  expenses  of  the  fleet.  With  regard  to  the  amount,  how- 
ever, whether  then  or  afterwards,  we  have  no  precise  state- 
ments.2 Among  other  landed  property  let  on  lease  by  the 
State,  houses  are  especially  mentioned.3  Of  the  letting  of  the 
theatre  we  have  already  spoken.  We  find  also  indications  of 
land  having  been  leased,  and  of  a  payment  of  one-tenth  having 
been  made  for  it  ;4  and  similarly,  we  hear  that  after  the  con- 
quest of  Chalcis  in  Euboea,  shortly  before  the  Persian  wars,  the 
landed  properties  of  the  State  situate  in  that  territory  were 
also  leased.5  Finally,  there  were  sacred  olive-trees  {jjuoplai)  in 
Attica,  the  produce  of  which  was  let.6  The  rent  of  these, 
however,  was  probably  paid  not  into  the  treasury  of  the  State, 
but  into  that  of  the  temple  of  Athene,  to  whom  these  trees 
were  sacred.  In  the  same  manner  the  rents  of  temple-lands 
(re/jbivrf)  were  paid  into  the  temple-funds  of  the  gods  to  whom 
these  lands  belonged.  The  management  of  the  letting,  on  the 
part  of  the  State,  as  we  have  already  remarked,  fell  to  the  lot 
of  the  Poletae,  under  the  supervision  and  authority  of  the 
Council. 

A  second  class  of  receipts  are  the  poll-taxes  and  the  taxes 
on  certain  occupations.  These,  however,  were  not  paid  by 
the  citizens,  but  only  by  the  resident  aliens.  The  citizens 
were  not  subject  to  any  direct  taxation,  except  that  a  small 
amount  of  head-money,  three  obols,  seems  to  have  been  an- 
nually paid  for  every  slave  kept.7  Free  States  have  an  easily 
explicable  dislike  to  direct  taxation,  and   only  adopt  it  in 

1  Strab.  ix.  1.  399.  tions,  e.g.  purchase  money  for  newly 

2  In  Herodot.  vii.  144,  where  the  opened  workings,  had  been  made  to 
author  speaks  of  the  measure  of  the  usual  revenue  ;  cf.  Curtius,  Hist. 
Themistocles,  it  seems  certain  that  of  Greece,  ii.  p.  231  seq.  and  592. 

he  is  speaking  of  an  annual  distribu-  s  Xenoph.  de  redit.  c.  4.  19. 

tion,  although  the  sum-total  of  the  4  Bbckh,  Pub.  Ec.  of  Athens,  p.  303, 

money  then  available  for  defence,  of  and  Staatsh.  ii.  52. 

which,  it  is  stated,  ten  drachmae  are  s  ^Elian,  Var.  Hist.  vi.   1  ;  Bbckh, 

to  fall  to  the  share  of  each  citizen,  and  Pub.  Ec.  of  Athens,  p.  304. 

which  would  amount  to  about  forty  6  Cf .  Markland  on  Lys.  p.  269  R, 

talents,   is  too  large  to  be  regarded  and  Bbckh,  loc.  cit. 

as  the  regular  annual  revenue.     Pos-  7  Bbckh,     Pub.     Econ.    of  Athens, 

sibly  just  then  extraordinary  addi-  p.  331. 


THE  ATHENIAN  STATE.  449 

cases  of  necessity.  The  poll-tax  of  the  aliens,  as  has  already- 
been  stated,  amounted  to  twelve  drachmae  annually  for  the 
head  of  a  family,  six  for  women  in  a  position  of  indepen- 
dence, and  three  obols  in  addition  in  the  case  of  such  resi- 
dent aliens  as  belonged  to  the  class  of  freedmen;  a  fee  to 
be  regarded  as  a  compensation  for  the  slave-dues  lost  by 
their  manumission.  With  a  number  of  about  10,000  resi- 
dent aliens  liable  to  payment,  and  365,000  slaves,  the  total 
amount  of  these  taxes  may  be  calculated  at  about  fifty  talents. 
With  regard  to  taxes  on  occupations  we  only  know  that,  in  the 
first  place,  the  resident  aliens  who  carried  on  trade  in  the 
market  paid  a  tax  for  so  doing,  from  which  the  citizens  were 
exempt;  secondly,  that  persons  who  prostituted  their  bodies 
for  sensual  purposes  had  also  to  pay  certain  dues  (iropvucov 
TeXo?).1  If  persons  of  the  rank  of  citizens  stooped  to  such  a 
calling  they  were  obliged  to  pay  the  tax  for  it ;  they,  however, 
ceased  to  be  citizens  in  the  proper  sense  of  the  term ;  they  lost 
their  privileges,  and  consequently,  so  far  as  citizenship  was 
concerned,  were  dead. 

The  third  class  of  revenues  is  formed  by  the  import  and 
export  dues,  the  market  dues,  and  the  tolls  otherwise  levied  on 
objects  sold.  As  regards  these  latter,  we  find  an  indication  that 
one-hundredth  part  of  the  purchase-money  of  lands  sold  had 
to  be  paid  to  the  State ; 2  and  in  the  case  of  other  objects  sold, 
a  similar  tax  may  have  been  paid,  although  our  authorities  give 
us  no  certain  information  on  the  subject.3  The  market-dues  on 
the  goods  offered  for  sale  by  retail  were  exacted  partly  at  the 
doors  and  partly  at  the  actual  place  of  sale,  and  were  of 
different  amount  according  to  the  difference  of  the  goods.4 
The  duties  on  imports  and  exports  amounted  to  one-fiftieth  of 
the  value  of  the  goods  imported  and  exported,5  and  were  of  course 
the  most  important  in  the  Piraeus,  on  account  of  the  trade  being 
principally  carried  on  by  sea;  the  trade  by  land,  on  the 
contrary,  being  of  less  importance.  For  the  use  of  the  harbour, 
again,  and  for  the  buildings  serving  for  the  receipt  of  goods,  a 
tax  (iWifdvLov)  was  paid,  of  the  amount  of  which  no  precise 
information  6  can  be  obtained.     The  annual  produce  of  the  tax 

1  Bockh,  Pub.  Ec.  of  Athens,  p.  333.  imagine  such   dues.     They  seem  to 

8  Bockh,  Staatshaush.  d.  Ath.  i.  p.  have  borne  the  general  name  iw&via. 

440,   and  ii.  p.  343 ;   cf.  also  Theo-  — Lex.   Seguer.   p.    255 ;  cf .   Bockh, 

phrastus  in  Stobse.  Florileg.  tit.  44.  Staatshaushaltung,   ii.   439,  and  Kir- 

22,  p.  280  (201  Gaisf.).   [The  passage  is  choff,  Monatsber.  d.  Berl.  Akad.  d.  W. 

omitted  in  the  English  translation  of  1865,  p.  343. 
Bockh.]  4  Bockh,  Pub.  Ec.  of  Ath.  p.  324. 

8  In     the      n-oXXal     eKarotrral      of        6  lb.  p.  314. 
Aristophanes,    Vesp.   656,  we  are  to        6  lb.  p.  319. 

2  F 


45©     DESCRIPTION  OF  THE  PRINCIPAL  STATES. 

of  one-fiftieth,  or  of  the  import  and  export  duties,  may  be 
assumed,  according  to  a  statement  of  the  orator  Andocides, 
which,  it  must  be  admitted,  is  not  quite  clear,  to  have 
amounted,  for  the  period  just  after  the  Peloponnesian  war,  to 
about  thirty-six  talents.1  In  better  times  it  must  of  course 
have  risen  to  a  larger  sum. 

All  these  taxes  and  dues  were  not  raised  by  the  State  itself, 
through  its  officials,  but  were  leased  out,  or,  as  the  Greeks  ex- 
pressed it,  were  sold.2  For  in  fact  the  essence  of  the  transaction 
consists  in  this,  that  the  product  of  the  tax  or  duty  of  a  certain 
period  becomes  the  property  of  the  lessee  (reA/wi/^),  who  in 
return  pays  to  the  State  the  sum  agreed  upon,  and  may  himself 
possibly  gain,  possibly  suffer  loss.  Smaller  undertakings  of 
this  kind  were  contracted  for  by  individuals,  and  these  may 
then  have  personally  raised  the  payments  from  the  persons 
from  whom  they  were  due,  somewhat  as  the  contractors  for 
highway-tolls  in  our  day  are  also  for  the  most  part  the  lessees 
of  the  toll-houses.  For  larger  undertakings,  which  demanded  a 
considerable  capital,  companies  were  formed,  one  of  the  members 
standing  at  their  head  as  apx<bvr)<!  or  reXayvapj^}^,  and  conclud- 
ing the  contract  with  the  State.  In  this  case  it  was  necessary 
to  appoint  securities,  who  probably,  as  a  rule,  were  themselves 
members  of  the  company.  For  the  collection  of  the  contribu- 
tions, of  course,  a  number  of  subordinate  officials  were  made 
use  of,  to  whom  different  names  were  applied  according  to  the 
different  dues  they  collected.  Such  names  are  v€vrr]Ko<TTo- 
XoryoL,  elKocTToXoyot,  SeKaTrfKoryot,  iWi/j^vicrraC :  they  might  be 
hired  persons  or  slaves  of  the  lessees  of  the  tolls,  but  were 
frequently,  it  is  probable,  smaller  shareholders  in  the  company 
itself.  That  the  evils  necessarily  connected  with  this  system 
of  farming  were  not  wanting  in  Athens,  there  is  sufficient 
evidence  to  prove.  Extensive  rights  against  those  from  whom 
payment  was  due  were  granted  to  the  lessees  of  the  tolls,  and 
their  examinations  and  other  vexations  of  a  similar  kind, 
were  practised  by  them  with  the  less  forbearance,  inasmuch  as 
their  personal  interest  was  concerned,  and  not,  as  is  the  case 
where  servants  of  the  State  receive  the  taxes,  mere  official 
zeal ;  which  at  any  rate  admits  of  being  cooled  by  a  moderate 
douceur.  And  that  the  Greeks  had  at  least  as  much  inclination 
to  and  talent  for  trickery  and  fraud  on  the  revenue  as  any  people, 
may  be  believed  even  without  testimony.  We  even  hear  of  an 
anchorage  on  the  coast  of  Attica  outside  the  revenue  limits  of 
the  mercantile  system,  the  so-called  "Thieves'  Harbour"  {^xopwv 

1  Andoc.    de  Myst.   p.  65  ;  Bockh,         *  lb.  p.  334. 
op.  cit.  p.  315,  note  70. 


THE  A  THENIAN  STA  TE.  45 1 

\ifirjv),  which  those  were  accustomed  to  use  who  defrauded  the 
revenue.  The  State,  to  which  it  was  naturally  a  matter  of 
concern  that  the  farmers  of  the  revenue  should  be  in  a  position 
to  fulfil  their  obligations  towards  it,  supported  them  by  strict 
laws  against  fraud,  and  moreover  guaranteed  them  freedom 
from  military  service,  in  order  that  they  might  not  be  hindered 
in  their  work.  On  the  other  hand,  however,  if  they  had  not 
fulfilled  their  obligations,  and  did  not  make  the  payments  at 
the  times  appointed,  it  proceeded  against  them  with  pitiless 
rigour.  The  payments  had  to  be  made  at  definite  intervals 
in  the  Council-chamber,  a  part,  it  is  probable,  immediately 
the  lease  was  entered  into,  as  a  preliminary  deposit  (irpoKara- 
fio\rj),  the  rest  subsequently.  Those  who  did  not  keep  to  the 
appointed  days  of  payment  incurred  Atimia,  as  debtors  to  the 
State,  and,  under  certain  circumstances,  if  the  Council  thought 
proper,  might  be  cast  into  prison.  If,  however,  they  made 
no  payment  up  to  the  ninth  Prytany,  the  debt  was  doubled,1 
and  the  State,  in  order  to  secure  itself  against  loss,  confiscated 
the  property  of  the  debtor.  The  like  procedure  was  adopted 
against  the  securities,  if  they  did  not  satisfy  the  obligations 
they  had  contracted,  and  the  Atimia  passed  to  the  children  of 
the  debtors,  until  the  debt  was  wiped  out. 

The  fourth  class  of  the  ordinary  revenues  are  the  court  fees 
and  fines ;  the  details  regarding  these  will  find  their  place 
in  the  next  chapter.  Here  we  merely  remark,  by  way  of  pre- 
face, that  in  the  case  of  suits  between  private  persons,  as 
well  as  in  public  lawsuits,  with  a  few  exceptions,  certain  fees 
had  to  be  paid,  which  went  to  the  treasury  of  the  State,  and  in 
like  manner,  in  both  kinds  of  cases,  the  complainant,  if  he  were 
unsuccessful,  and  had  not  secured  at  least  the  fifth  part  of  the 
votes,  had  to  pay  a  certain  pecuniary  penalty  to  the  State. 
To  these  fees  and  penalties  prescribed  by  the  regulations  of 
legal  procedure  were  frequently  added  the  pecuniary  fines 
imposed  by  the  judgment  of  the  courts,  which,  in  the  majority 
of  public  cases,  fell  upon  the  person  condemned,  and  were 
often  very  considerable,  amounting  to  sums  of  fifty  and  even 
of  a  hundred  talents,  and  sometimes  actually  to  confiscation 
of  the  whole  property.2  Though  such  punishments  occurred 
year  by  year  with  tolerable  regularity, — and  the  courts  are 

1  This  belongs  to  the  category  of  due  to  a  temple  fund,  were  even  multi- 

irpo<TKOLTa.p\-?itiaTa,  or  additional  pay-  plied  tenfold.       See  Schafer,   Demo- 

ments,  imposed  in  general  on  those  sthenes,  i.  p.  342. 
who  did  not  pay  their  debts  to  the 

State  or  the  temple  funds  at  the  proper  2  Bbckh,  Pub.  Ec.  of  Athens,  p.  376 

time,  and  which,  if  the  payment  was  seq. 


452      DESCRIPTION  OF  THE  PRINCIPAL  STATES. 

often  charged  with  being  only  too  much  inclined  to  such 
sentences,  in  the  interest  of  the  public  funds, — yet  a  calcula- 
tion of  their  approximate  average  amount  is  not  practicable. 
But  even  the  court-fees  and  penalties  created  by  the  regula- 
tions of  legal  procedure,  which  we  have  mentioned  above,  must 
have  produced  no  small  sum,  especially  after  the  allies  were 
compelled  to  bring  their  causes  before  the  Athenian  courts. 
This  measure  seems  to  have  been  introduced  about  the  middle 
of  the  fifth  century,  and  lasted  until  the  loss  of  the  command 
of  the  sea  in  consequence  of  the  Peloponnesian  war,  though 
afterwards,  when  the  Athenians  gradually  regained  that  com- 
mand, it  was  probably  not  re-introduced.  How  considerable 
the  revenue  must  have  been  which  accrued  to  the  State  by 
this  means  may  be  gathered  from  the  fact  that  Alcibiades,1  in  a 
list  of  the  injuries  that  would  be  caused  to  the  Athenians  by 
the  Spartan  occupation  of  Decelea,  brings  forward  in  especial 
the  loss  of  the  court-fees:  the  reason  being  that  when  an 
enemy  was  in  the  country,  it  was  the  custom  for  the  courts  to 
suspend  their  sittings. 

Finally,  by  far  the  largest  revenue  was  furnished  by  the 
tribute  of  the  allies,  which,  especially  after  the  treasury  of  the 
confederacy  had  been  transferred,  about  01.  79.  4  (b.c.  461),  from 
Delos  to  Athens,  the  Athenians  looked  upon  entirely  as  their 
own  property ;  and,  as  Pericles  could  say  with  justice,2  they 
were  perhaps  entitled  to  consider  it  so,  inasmuch  as,  in  return  for 
the  money  paid  by  the  allies,  they  had  taken  upon  themselves 
the  burden  of  the  war  against  the  barbarians.  The  sum-total 
of  the  tribute,  which  at  first  had  been  460  talents,  usually 
amounted,  towards  the  beginning  of  the  Peloponnesian  war, 
to  about  six  hundred  talents.  It  rose,  however,  to  a  further 
height  of  thirteen  hundred  talents,  an  increase  effected  partly 
by  the  addition  of  new  allies,  partly  by  higher  assessments  of 
the  tribute.3  For  the  payments  were  regulated  afresh  from 
time  to  time,  and  as  a  rule  every  five  years,  and  in  the  case  of 
the  individual  States  were  sometimes  moderated  and  some- 
times raised.  The  motive  forces  here  prevalent  were  as  a  rule 
partiality  and  favour  rather  than  justice ;  and  the  allies  were 
given  all  the  more  reason  to  complain,  since  it  was  not 
the  needs  of  the  actual  war,  and  their  common  interests,  but 
solely  the  particular  interest  of  Athens,  which  was  kept  in 
view  in  the  revision.  "We  learn  from  more  than  one  inscription 
the  division  of  the  collective  body  of  allies,  from  whom  tribute 

1  Thuc.  vi.  91.  s  Cf.  Bockh,  StaatshausJialtung,  ii. 

2  Plut.  Pericl.  c.  12.  62G. 


THE  ATHENIAN  STATE.  453 

was  due,  into  provinces — Caria,  Ionia,  the  islands,  the  Helles- 
pont, Thrace, — and  also  the  assessments  for  many  individual 
States,  which  it  seems  beside  our  purpose  to  mention  here. 
Only  this  may  be  remarked,  that  a  part  of  the  tribute,  one 
minain  the  talent,  i.e.  -fa,  was  paid  as  amapyr)  into  the  treasury 
of  the  tutelary  goddess  of  the  city,1  and  that  the  time  of 
the  payment  was,  as  a  rule,  in  the  spring,  when  the  festival  of 
the  great  Dionysia  was  celebrated.  If  the  allies  did  not  make 
their  payments  at  the  proper  time,  these  were  often  collected 
by  commissioners  specially  sent  out  (e/cXoyels),  and  some- 
times even  forcibly  exacted  by  troops  despatched  for  the  pur- 
pose (dpyvpoXoyoc).2  For  a  time,  from  about  01.  91.  2  (B.C. 
415),  the  Athenians,  instead  of  the  tribute,  raised  a  tax  of  one- 
twentieth  on  the  imports  and  exports  by  sea  in  all  the  allied 
States  subject  to  them,  because  this  seemed  easier  to  collect, 
and  perhaps  also  less  oppressive  than  the  direct  payment.  They 
soon,  however,  returned  to  the  tribute.3  On  the  other  hand, 
about  01.  92.  2  (b.c.  41 1),  a  tax  of  one-tenth  was  imposed,  in  the 
Bosporus,  at  Byzantium,  upon  all  ships  going  in  or  out  of  the 
Black  Sea.  This  of  course  fell  not  only  upon  the  allies,  but 
also  upon  others,  and  lasted  as  long  as  the  Athenians  retained 
possession  of  the  strait.4  After  the  disastrous  result  of  the 
Peloponnesian  war,  they  lost  this  revenue  as  well  as  the  tributes 
of  their  allies ;  but  as  their  power  again  rose,  the  toll  at 
Byzantium  was  once  more  instituted,  just  as  the  tributes  were 
introduced  afresh  under  the  milder  name  of  contributions 
(o-wra^et?).5  With  regard  to  the  sum  produced  by  the  tributes 
in  this  latter  time,  we  are  without  any  information  whatever. 
In  the  earlier  period,  the  fund  formed  by  the  tribute  had  been 
under  the  administration  of  ten  Hellenotamiee,  who  were 
chosen  annually,  and  as  it  seems  by  lot,  but  certainly  only 
from  the  highest  of  the  property  classes.  In  the  later  period 
they  were  not  again  instituted ;  but  it  cannot  be  stated 6  with 

1  Bockh,    Staatsh.   ii.    p.    621;    cf.     only  captured  ships  are  there  spoken 
Kohler,  Monatsber.  d.  Berl.  Akad.  d.     of.     It  is  still  more  wonderful  to  find 

Wiss.  1865,  p.  214.  that  the  article   ttjv   deKdrriv,    Xen. 

2  Bockh,  Pub.  Ec.  of  Ath.  pp.156,     JlelLi.  1.  22,  is  regarded  as  a  proof  that 
177  ;  Staatsh.  ii.  582.  this  toll  had  previously  existed  there. 

8  Pub.  Ec.  of  Ath.  p.  325  ;  Staatsh.        6  Cf .    the    statements    in  Schafer, 

ii.  588.  Demosth.    i.  28. 

iPub.Ec.o/Ath.l.c.  Grote,  Hist,  of       6  That  the  war  paymasters,  ra/xlai 

Greece,  iv.  424,  thinks  that  Herodotus  tup  <TTpa.TiwTiKwi>,  who  are  mentioned, 

(vi.  5)  necessitates  the  conclusion  that  though  rarely,  in  the  time  subsequent 

this  sound  toll  was  exacted  long  be-  to   Euclides,   were   an  extraordinary 

fore,  when  the  Persians  retained  their  authority  appointed  only  in  war  times 

superiority  ;  but  any  one  who  reads  has  already  been  remarked.    See  ante, 

the  passage  will  find  that  no  toll,  but  p.  419. 


454      DESCRIPTION  OF  THE  PRINCIPAL  STATES. 

certainty  what  other  authority  took  their  place.  Only  this 
much  is  clear,  that  the  tribute  was  soon  diverted  a  second 
time  from  its  original  destination,  that  of  forming  the  war 
fund,  and  was  applied  to  other  purposes,  especially  to  the 
Theorica,  in  which  case,  accordingly,  it  must  have  fallen  to 
the  supervisor  of  the  Theoric  fund. 

Though  the  ordinary  revenues  of  the  Athenian  State  were 
sufficiently  large  not  only  to  satisfy  fully,  during  peace,  the 
needs  of  the  administration,  but  also  to  afford  a  considerable 
surplus,  yet  long  and  costly  wars  or  other  unfavourable  circum- 
stances often  caused  the  State  treasury  to  be  exhausted,  and 
made  it  necessary  to  cast  about  for  extraordinary  means  of 
assistance.  Such  means  were,  in  the  first  place,  loans,  effected 
sometimes  within  the  State  itself,  sometimes  in  foreign 
countries.  But  of  this  latter  kind  particular  instances  are 
scarcely  .found;  nor  can  we  bring  forward  any  indisputable 
instance  of  loans  from  private  individuals  at  home.1  With  all 
the  more  frequency,  however,  was  money  borrowed  from  the 
temple  funds,  especially  from  that  of  the  tutelary  goddess 
of  the  city,  though  it  was  a  religious  duty  to  replace  it  as 
soon  as  possible.2  Frequently  also  recourse  was  had  to  the 
resource  of  calling  upon  the  citizens  and  resident  aliens  for 
voluntary  contributions  (iinSocreLs;).  The  call  was  made  in  the 
Popular  Assembly.  Any  one  who  desired  to  contribute,  whether 
in  money,  ships,  or  arms,  gave  in  his  name,3  either  there  or  to 
the  Council,  and  caused  his  name,  and  the  amount  of  his  contri- 
bution, to  be  entered  in  a  list ;  this  entry  of  course  pledged  him 
to  furnish  what  he  had  promised.  The  names  of  those  who 
did  not  fulfil  their  pledge  were  made  known  to  the  public  by  a 
notice  posted  at  "  the  Eponymi,"  and  measures  of  compulsion 
could,  there  is  no  doubt,  be  taken  against  them,  though  our 
authorities  give  us  no  further  particulars  on  the  point.  Par- 
ticular measures  of  finance,  which  may  be  mentioned  by  way 
of  example,  were  the  debasement  of  the  coinage  already  spoken 
of,  which  took  place  towards  the  end  of  the  Peloponnesian 
war,4  the  tax  laid  by  Iphicrates  upon  upper  stories  projecting 
over  the  street,  and  upon  house-doors  opening  outwards,5  and 
the  monopoly  of  the  State  with  regard  to  lead,  proposed  by  one 
Pythocles,  though  with  regard  to  this  we  do  not  know  whether 
it  actually  came  into  execution.6    A  measure,  however,  which 

1  Cf.  BiJckh,  Pub.  Ec.  Ath.  p.  587.  Isae.  Or.  5,  §  37  ;  cf.  de  Comit.  p.  292, 

*  Bockh,    Staatshaush.   i.    581   seq.  and  Meier,  Comm.  Epigr.  ii.  58. 

[The  passage  is  not  in  the   English        4  See  p.  399. 

translation.]  5  Biickh,  Pub.  Ec.  of  Ath.  p.  598. 

»  Dem.    in    Mid.   p.    566,    §    161 ;        6  lb.  pp.  30  and  52. 


THE  ATHENIAN  STATE.  455 

was  applied  very  rarely  in  the  earlier  period,  but  frequently  in 
later  times,  after  the  Peloponnesian  war,  was  the  proclamation 
of  a  tax  on  property,  or  more  properly  on  income,  elafopd. 
As  long  as  Solon's  division  into  classes  existed,  even  though 
the  census-limits  of  the  classes  were  altered  from  time  to  time, 
these  limits  were  taken  as  a  basis  in  imposing  the  tax,  although 
originally  they  were  not,  properly  speaking,  introduced  for  this 
purpose.  A  grammarian1  states  that  the  Pentacosiomedimni 
contributed  a  talent ;  the  knights  thirty  minae,  or  half  a  talent ; 
the  Zeugitae  ten  minae,  or  one-sixth  of  a  talent ;  and  some  have 
attempted  to  interpret  this  enigmatic  statement  as  being2  based 
upon  an  estimate  of  the  total  amount  required  at  a  hundred 
minae.  Of  this  total  contribution,  they  say,  sixty  per  cent.,  or 
one  talent,  fell  upon  the  Pentacosiomedimni ;  thirty  per  cent., 
or  half  a  talent,  on  the  knights ;  and  the  remainder,  ten  per 
cent.,  or  ten  minae,  on  the  Zeugitae ;  and  each  class  then  appor- 
tioned the  share  which  fell  upon  it  among  its  own  members. 
Such  a  division  would,  however,  only  be  admissible  on  the 
supposition  that  the  total  of  the  property  of  the  Pentacosio- 
medimni was  to  the  total  of  the  property  of  the  remaining 
classes  in  the  same  proportion  as  the  shares  of  the  tax,  i.e. 
as  60  to  40,  or,  which  is  the  same  thing,  that  three-fifths  of 
the  whole  of  the  taxable  property  was  in  the  hands  of  the 
Pentacosiomedimni, — a  supposition  which  will  be  rejected  by 
every  one  who  has  any  knowledge  of  the  subject.  The  correct 
interpretation  has  without  doubt  been  perceived  by  Bockh,3  who 
assumes  that,  for  the  purpose  of  taxation,  the  property  in  each 
class  was  calculated  at  twelve  times  the  income.  In  the  case 
of  the  Pentacosiomedimni,  accordingly,  who  had  a  clear  income 
of  at  least  five  hundred  medimni  or  nietretae,  their  total  property 
was  valued  at  12X500  =  6000  medimni  or  nietretae,  or  at  6000 
drachmae,  i.e.  a  talent, — a  medimnus  or  metretes  being  valued  at 
a  drachma.  In  the  case  of  the  knights,  with  a  minimum  of  300 
medimni,  their  property  was  valued  at  12X300  =  3600  drachmae  ; 
and  finally,  in  the  case  of  the  Zeugitae,  with  a  minimum  of  150 
medimni,  at  12x150=1800  drachmae.  The  whole  of  the 
property,  calculated  in  this  manner  according  to  the  income, 
was  not,  however,  brought  into  the  calculation  when  the  tax 
was  assessed,  except  in  the  case  of  the  Pentacosiomedimni; 
in  the  case  of  the  two  other  classes  only  aliquot  parts  were 
assumed — five-sixths  in  the  case  of  the  knights,  and  therefore 


1  Pollux,  viii.  130.  This  is  not  the  place  to  examine  some 

*  Hiillmann,  Gr.  Denkwurd.  p.  52.       criticisms  of  Telfy,  Corpus  juris  Attici, 
3  Pub.    Ec.   of  Atli.    pp.   497    seq.     pp.  531-535. 


456       DESCRIPTION  OF  THE  PRINCIPAL  STATES. 

3000  drachmae,  or  half  a  talent,  instead  of  3600  drachmae;  in 
the  case  of  the  Zeugitee  five-ninths,  and  therefore  1000 
drachmae,  or  ten  minae,  instead  of  1800  drachmae.  This  pro- 
perty of  each  class,  which  was  taken  into  consideration  for  the 
purpose  of  taxation,  is  called  their  rifiijfia,  or,  as  Bockh  trans- 
lates it,  their  "  taxable  capital "  [Steuercapital] ;  and  it  is  this 
that  we  are  to  understand  in  the  statement  of  the  grammarian 
referred  to  above.  If  now,  for  instance,  a  tax  of  ?V  was 
proclaimed,  the  Pentacosiomedimnus  had  to  pay  the  fiftieth 
part  of  a  talent  (6000  drachmae),  i.e.  120  drachmae ;  the  knight, 
however,  had  only  to  pay  the  fiftieth  part  of  half  a  talent,  or 
sixty  drachmae,  and  the  Zeugites  only  the  fiftieth  of  ten  minae, 
or  twenty  drachmae.  The  excess  due  from  those  who  possessed 
more  than  the  minimum  of  their  class  could  be  calculated 
under  this  system  in  a  corresponding  manner.  The  Thetes 
were  no  doubt,  on  the  whole,  poor,  and  consequently  exempt 
from  taxation;  but  so  long  as  all  were  ranked  among  the 
Thetes  who  owned  no  landed  property,  or  none  so  large  that 
its  produce  reached  the  qualification  of  one  of  the  three  higher 
classes,  there  must  have  been  men  in  better  circumstances  in 
that  class,  and  many  members  of  it  might  gain  more  by  com- 
merce or  the  pursuit  of  a  trade  than  was  produced  by  the 
income  of  a  property  of  the  second  or  third  class.  Such 
wealthier  men,  the  number  of  whom,  in  the  course  of  time, 
must  of  necessity  increase  the  more  that  commerce  and  trade 
flourished,  could  not  possibly  remain  exempt  from  taxation 
like  the  remaining  Thetes,  even  if  they  were  not  distinguished 
from  them  as  regarded  their  political  position.  In  what  way 
they  were  brought  under  taxation,  however,  we  are  the  less 
able  to  say,  since  we  are  not  even  clear  whether  a  mode  of 
taxation  according  to  the  system  of  classes  devised  by  Solon 
existed  as  early  as  the  time  when  the  three  upper  classes  still 
contained  none  but  possessors  of  land.  When,  however,  this 
mode  of  taxation  demonstrably  did  exist,  an  alteration  had,  it 
is  highly  probable,  been  adopted  with  regard  to  the  system  of 
classes.  The  old  titles  indeed  were  retained  j1  but  the  exclu- 
sion from  the  upper  classes  of  those  persons  who  had  no  landed 
property  ceased.  The  capitalist,  merchant,  or  manufacturer,  if 
his  income  equalled  that  of  the  Pentacosiomedimni,  the  knights, 
or  the  Zeugitae,  belonged  to  one  of  these  three  classes,  both 
enjoying  their  rights  and  bearing  their  burdens.  The  first 
Eisphora  of  which  we  have   any  information   was  imposed 

1  E.g.  Pentacosiomedimni  are  named      subsequent  to  Euclides,  in  Rangabe, 
by  an  inscription  of  the  period  just      Antiquitts  HelUniques,  no.  2323.  12. 


THE  ATHENIAN  STATE.  457 

01.  88.  1  (B.C.  428).1  Whether  it  was  the  first  of  all,  or  only  the 
first  in  the  Peloponnesian  war,  is  not  quite  clear.  This  mode 
of  taxation,  however,  continued  to  exist  until  01.  100.  3  (b.c. 
378),  in  the  archonship  of  Nausinicus,  when  another  mode  was 
adopted,  with  regard  to  which,  however,  we  have  practically  no 
information.  We  have  only  two  statements  referring  to  it. 
From  the  one  we  learn  that  the  rifiij/jLa  in  the  highest  property 
class  amounted  to  one-fifth  of  the  property;  from  the  other 
that  the  Ti/nrjfxa  of  the  whole  country  was  reckoned  at  6000,2 
or  more  properly  at  5750  talents.3  Here  again,  possibly,  the 
TifMrjfia  denotes  an  aliquot  part  of  the  property,  as  was  the  case, 
as  we  stated  above,  with  the  earlier  mode  of  taxation.  Bockh 
has  understood  it  in  this  way,  and  has  accordingly  undertaken 
to  determine,  conjecturally,  the  Ti/xTJfuiTa  of  the  remaining 
classes.  The  5750  talents  would  then  be  the  total  of  all  the 
taxable  capitals,  or  all  the  property-quotas  on  which  taxes 
were  levied  in  the  whole  country.  It  is,  however,  not  im- 
possible that  rtfirjfut,  now  meant  something  different,  viz.,  the 
income  produced  by  a  property,  or  which  it  is  assumed  that  a 
property  will  produce,  and  according  to  which  the  property  is 
taxed.  If  therefore  the  ti/jltj/jlo,  of  a  property  of  fifteen  talents, 
which  at  that  time  was  the  qualification  of  the  first  class,  is 
stated  at  three  talents,  this  will  indicate  that  the  income  pro- 
duced by  a  property  of  that  amount  was  estimated  as  high  as 
this;  and  this  ought  not  to  be  considered  incredible,  for, 
from  what  we  have  seen  above  concerning  the  return  from 
capital,4  a  revenue  of  twenty  per  cent,  might  well  be  assumed. 
Property  of  less  amount  was  without  doubt  charged  with  a 
Ti/j,r]fia  estimated  at  a  lower  rate,  e.g.  at  ten  or  fifteen  per  cent. 
The  5750  talents  would  then  be  the  sum-total  of  all  these  per- 
centages, which  were  reckoned  as  the  taxable  portion  of  the 
whole  income  of  those  liable  to  taxation.5 

We  are  somewhat  better  informed  with  regard  to  another 
arrangement  devised  at  the  same  time  in  aid  of  the  taxation, 
the  so-called  Symmorise,  or  tax-unions.  From  each  of  the  ten 
Phylse  a  selection  was  made  of  120  of  the  most  wealthy  men, 

1  Thuc.  iii.  19.  5  Another  view,  deviating  from  that 

2  Dem.  in  Aphob.  i.  p.  815.  10,  ii.  p.  of  Bockh,  is  attempted  to  be  substan- 
836.  25 ;  Dem.  in  Aphob.  de  /also  testi-  tiated  by  Bake,  Schol.  hypom.  iv. 
monio,  p.  862.  7 ;  on  these  passages,  137  ;  but  the  exact  character  of  it  I 
Bockh,  Pub.  He.  o/Ath.  p.  515  seq.  am  not  in  a  position  to  say,  as  I  have 

3  Polyb.  ii.  62.  not  understood  the  writer  ;    indeed, 

4  Cf.  p.  435  seq.  The  expression  of  it  has  seemed  to  me  as  though  he 
Polybius,  rb  Tifir]/xa  rrjs  &}-las,  may  himself  does  not  know  what  he  is 
conveniently   be    interpreted    "esti-  aiming  at. 

mate  of  taxability." 


45 8      DESCRIPTION  OF  THE  PRINCIPAL  STATES. 

and  these  were  divided  into  two  Symmoriae  of  sixty  persons,  so 
that  the  whole  number  of  the  Synimoriae  amounted  to  twenty, 
and  that  of  the  persons  included  in  them  to  1200.  From 
each  Symmoria  fifteen  of  the  wealthiest  men  were  again 
chosen,  so  that  of  this  second  body  there  were  three  hundred 
from  all  the  twenty  Symmorise.  These  three  hundred  were 
under  an  obligation,  when  a  tax  was  proclaimed,  to  advance 
the  money  for  all ;  this  money  the  remaining  members  of  the 
Symmoria  were  then  afterwards  bound  to  repay  them.  But 
the  tax  was  not  by  any  means  paid  only  by  those  who 
happened  to  be  members  of  the  Symmoriae,  but  also  by  all  the 
remaining  citizens,  as  many  as  were  not  exempt  from  taxation 
on  account  of  their  poverty,  or  in  consequence  of  special  con- 
cessions; and  to  this  end  all  were  assigned  to  one  or  other 
Symmoria,  though  not  properly  included  in  it  as  members 
(Symmoritae) ;  and  it  was  the  duty  of  the  members,  in  the 
proper  sense  of  the  term,  to  bring  every  one,  according  to  his 
property,  under  the  operation  of  the  tax.1  This  arrangement 
clearly  aimed  at  accelerating  the  raising  of  the  taxes,  though  it 
was  indeed  liable  to  abuse  by  the  Symmoritae  making  an  unfair 
division  of  the  burden,  and  shifting  it  from  themselves  to  the 
poorer  citizens  who  were  not  included  in  the  Symmoriae.  To 
attend  to  its  business  each  Symmoria  had  its  presidents 
(ryyefioves;),  curators  (eTnfjuekrjTai),  and  distributing  assessors 
(Stay panels  or  kmypacpelf).  The  official  body  under  whose 
supervision  this  arrangement  was  placed  was  the  Strategi, 
because  the  tax  was  only  proclaimed  for  the  purpose  of  carry- 
ing on  war.  They  had  accordingly  the  power  of  decision  in 
disputes  arising  out  of  the  imposition  of  the  tax,  between  those 
from  whom  it  was  due ;  disputes,  for  instance,  having  reference 
to  the  advance  that  had  to  be  made  by  the  Three  Hundred,  or 
such  as  arose  when  any  one  considered  himself  dispropor- 
tionately burdened,  or  maintained  that  another  person  should 
have  been  called  upon  instead  of  himself.  In  this  case  an 
offer  to  exchange  property  might  be  made ;  of  this  we  shall 
have  more  to  say  presently  in  the  case  of  the  trierarchy,  where 
this  was  likewise  possible.  Further,  the  resident  aliens  were 
also  brought  under  the  operation  of  these  war-taxes,  and  were 
therefore  likewise  divided  into  Symmoriae ;  particulars  of  this, 
however,  are  not  known  to  us.2 


1  Cf.  Antiquitates,  p.  323,  note  16,  2  Of.  Bbckh,  Pub.  Ee.  o/Ath.  p.  537 

with  which    Bbckh  s  latest   account  seq.     Bbckh  thinks  it  probable  that 

(Staatshawhaltung,  i.  688)   is  in  ac-  the  metceci   had  to  pay  an  average 

cordance.  assessment  of  16  per  cent. 


THE  A THENIAN  STATE.  459 

But  it  was  not  only  by  taxation  of  its  members  that  the  State 
met  its  financial  needs,  but  also  by  many  other  kinds  of  services 
which  it  demanded  from  them,  and  which,  though  not,  like  the 
former,  producing  an  income,  yet  nevertheless  saved  an  expense. 
Such  services  are  called  Liturgies.1  They  are  partly  ordinary  or 
"  encyclic  " — such,  that  is,  as  occurred  annually,  even  in  times 
of  peace,  according  to  a  certain  order,  and  which  all  bore  some 
relation  to  worship  and  to  the  celebration  of  festivals2 — and 
partly  extraordinary,  for  the  needs  of  war.  Among  the  former 
class  the  most  important  is  the  so-called  Choregia,  i.e.  the 
furnishing  of  a  chorus  for  musical  contests  and  for  festivals 
which  were  celebrated  by  dramatic  representations,  such  as 
tragedies,  satyric  dramas,  and  comedies,  by  festal  hymns  or 
dithyrambs,  or  with  musical  performances  by  players  on  the 
lyre  or  flute,  or  with  dances,  e.g.  from  Pyrrhichistae  and  the  like. 
It  was  the  duty  of  the  Liturgi  {i.e.  choregi)  to  collect  the  per- 
sons required  for  the  chorus,  and  to  pay  those  who  were  not 
bound  to  appear  gratis;  to  have  them  instructed  and  exercised,  to 
maintain  them  for  this  period,  to  provide  them  with  the  proper 
dresses  and  ornaments  for  their  appearance  in  public ; 3  services 
which  assuredly  caused  them  not  only  trouble  and  annoyance, 
but  also,  in  the  cases  of  magnificent  and  numerous  choruses,  great 
expense  as  well.  We  read,  for  instance,  that  in  two  choregiae 
for  tragedies  a  sum  of  five  thousand  drachmae  was  spent,  and 
three  thousand  drachmae  for  a  single  tragic  choregia.  On  the 
other  hand,  we  are  told  that  only  three  hundred  drachmae 
was  spent  for  a  cyclic  or  dithyrambic  chorus,  seven  hundred 
drachmae  for  a  chorus  of  pyrrhichistae  consisting  of  boys,  sixteen 
hundred  drachmae  for  a  comic  chorus ;  and  even  if  the  choregi, 
either  from  a  more  lively  interest  in  the  matter,  or  from  ambi- 
tion and  effort  to  gain  favour  with  the  people,  often  did  more 
than  was  absolutely  necessary,  yet  the  mere  Liturgy  in  itself 
was  far  from  being  an  inexpensive  service,  but  was  one  from 
which  the  majority  of  citizens  were  glad  to  find  themselves 
exempted.  Hence,  in  the  time  of  Demosthenes,  when  prosperity 
had  in  general  decreased,  it  was  difficult  to  find  the  number  of 
choregia  requisite  for  the  feasts,  so  that  the  State  itself  was 
compelled  to  take  over  the  choregiae.  For  a  like  reason  many 
choruses  were  probably  abolished  entirely,  as  is  known  to  have 
happened  in  the  case  of  comedy. 


1  i.e.    properly    services    for    the  2  Dem.  Leptin.  §  125. 
people,    from  \eirov  and  tp-yov.    JFor 

XetVos  (X&Vos,  Xijtros),  from  Xewj  (Xads)  3  Cf.  Bockh,  Pub.  Ec.  of  Ath.  p.  454 

is  =  5rifi6<nos.  s«q. 


460     DESCRIPTION  OF  THE  PRINCIPAL  STATES. 

A  similar  though  less  burdensome  Liturgy  was  the  Gymnasi- 
archy  for  those  feasts  which  were  celebrated  with  gymnastic 
contests.1  The  gymnasiarch,  as  it  seems,  was  compelled  to 
have  all  who  wished  to  come  forward  as  competitors  trained  in 
the  gymnasia,  to  furnish  them  with  board  during  the  time  of 
training,  and  at  the  games  themselves  to  furnish  the  necessary 
fittings  and  ornaments  of  the  place  of  contest.  At  some  feasts 
there  were  races  with  lighted  torches,  both  on  foot  and  on 
horseback,  and  the  function  of  defraying  the  expenses  requisite 
for  this  is  also  a  Liturgy  allied  to  the  Gymnasiarchy,  and  is 
called  Lampadarchia.  According  to  a  statement  of  Lysias, 
each  gymnasiarch  for  the  Promethea,  a  feast  celebrated  with 
torch  racing,  had  spent  twelve  hundred  drachmae  in  the  per- 
formance of  his  function.  Another  Liturgy  was  the  Arche- 
theoria,  or  the  undertaking  of  a  festal  mission  (Theoria)  such  as 
the  State  sent  to  various  festivals  outside  Attica,  and  of  which 
the  costs,  though  no  doubt  partly  met  out  of  the  public  funds, 
had  partly  to  be  borne  by  the  Archetheorus.  When  this  per- 
sonage felt  it  incumbent  on  him  to  represent  the  State  in  a 
worthy  manner,  such  expenses  might  often  be  considerable.2 
Besides  these  there  were  many  other  liturgic  services  of  which 
less  is  known,  e.g.  the  Arrhephoria,  of  which  we  can  say  nothing 
further  than  that  it  had  reference  to  the  procession  which  was 
held  in  honour  of  Athene  in  the  month  of  Scirophorion,  and 
where  the  so-called  Arrhephoroi,  four  maidens  from  the  noblest 
gentes,  had  to  serve,  who  also  took  part  in  the  preparation  of 
the  sacred  Peplus.  Another  such  service  was  a  kind  of  trier- 
archie  Liturgy  in  the  case  of  the  festal  contests  and  sham-fights 
of  the  ships,  and  also  perhaps  one  or  two  others.  Liturgies 
moreover  existed  within  the  various  Phyla?  and  Demes,  consist- 
ing partly  in  entertainment  of  the  members  on  festal  occasions, 
partly  in  choregia  and  gymnasiarchia  at  the  festal  games 
celebrated  in  the  Demes.3 

The  Liturgies,  or  at  least  those  which  were  to  be  furnished 
for  the  whole  State,  were  only  required  by  law  from  the  richer 
men,  i.e.  those  whose  property  amounted  to  more  than  three 
talents ;  nor  were  these  compelled  to  furnish  them  if  their  pro- 
perty consisted  of  a  share  in  the  mines,  because  in  that  case 
they  had  already  made  a  payment  to  the  State.4  Many  persons 
enjoyed  freedom  from  Liturgies  by  special  concession,  others  in 
virtue  of  their  office,  e.g.  the  Archons  during  their  period  of 

1  Cf.  Bockh,  Pub.  Ec.  ofAth.  p.  461  8  Bockh,  Pub.  Ec.  of  Ath.  p.  465  ; 
seg.  Schomann  on  Isaeus,  pp.  221,  265,  387. 

2  lb.  p  214  seq.  *  Bockh,  p.  311. 


THE  A  THENIAN  ST  A  TE.  46 1 

service.  Again,  unmarried  heiresses  were  exempt,  as  also  were 
orphans  until  the  first  year  after  attaining  their  majority.  No 
one,  again,  was  bound  to  serve  more  than  one  Liturgy  at  a  time, 
or  two  Liturgies  in  two  directly  successive  years.1  With  regard 
moreover  to  the  serial  order  in  which  the  persons  liable  were 
to  be  called  upon  there  were  naturally  certain  legal  provisions, 
the  application  of  which  however  to  each  particular  case  natur- 
ally demanded  a  special  consideration ;  for  this  reason  it  was 
necessary  specially  to  discuss  and  decide  the  question  in  the 
Phylae,  for  these  had  as  a  rule  to  appoint  each  individual 
Liturgus.  Any  one  who  was  not  satisfied  with  the  decision, 
but  considered  another  person  liable  instead  of  himself,  might, 
as  in  the  case  of  the  Eisphora  and  Trierarchy,  move  for  an 
exchange  of  property.  From  this  a  lawsuit  often  arose,  which 
was  probably  tried  before  the  functionary  to  whose  department 
belonged  the  superintendence  of  the  festival  in  question. 

More  important  and  more  costly  than  all  these  ordinary  or 
encyclic  Liturgies  was  the  extraordinary  Liturgy  of  trier- 
archy, i.e.  the  equipment  of  a  ship  of  war ;  for,  from  the  time 
when  the  Athenians  no  longer  restricted  themselves  to  triremes 
only,  but  also  possessed  Tetreres,  Penteres,  and  Triakontori, 
the  name  was  also  used  with  reference  to  them.2  Before  the 
Persian  wars  the  number  of  the  war-ships  was  very  small; 
each  of  the  forty-eight,  or,  after  Clisthenes,  fifty  Naucrarise  had 
to  equip  a  ship  ; 3  but  the  manner  in  which  this  was  managed 
is  unknown  to  us.  When  the  fleet  had  been  increased,  and 
Athens  had  become  primarily  a  naval  power,  the  Naucrariae  no 
longer  existed.  It  is  said  that  when  Themistocles  persuaded 
his  fellow-citizens  to  abolish  the  division  hitherto  customary  of 
the  produce  of  the  silver  mines  at  Laurium,  and  to  apply  the 
money  to  the  fleet,  he  at  the  same  time  devised  the  regulation 
by  which  a  hundred  of  the  wealthiest  men  were  selected,  each 
of  whom  received  a  talent,  and  was  obliged  in  return  to  furnish 
a  trireme.4  In  later  times  those  who  had  to  serve  as  trierarchs 
on  each  occasion  were  designated  by  the  Strategi.  Here,  of 
course,  a  certain  rule  and  serial  order  had  to  be  observed, 
though  we  are  unable  to  give  any  further  particulars  concern- 
ing it.  Only  the  rich  were  liable  to  this  obligation.  The 
term  "trierarchic  property"  is  often  used  for  a  considerable 
degree  of  wealth,  but  its  precise  amount  is  nowhere  stated.     If, 

1  Cf.  Antiquitates,  p.  329,  notes  16-    with  Persia,   the   Greeks    had  only   ^4^^/*^ 
19.  fifty  ships,  in  addition  to  which  they 

2  Bockh,  Seeurkunde,  p.  167.  borrowed    twenty    from    the    Corin- 
8  Thus    also    in    the    war    against    thians. — Herod,  vi.  89. 

Aegina,  shortly  before  the  first  war        4  Polyaen.  i.  30.  5,  p.  64,  Maasv. 


462      DESCRIPTION  OF  THE  PRINCIPAL  STATES. 

as  we  are  informed  in  the  short  treatise  on  the  Athenian  State,1 
four  hundred  trierarchs  were  to  be  appointed  annually,  a 
trierarch  is  probably  reckoned  to  each  ship.  Instances,  how- 
ever, occurred  of  syntrierarchi  ;  i.e.  the  Liturgy  for  a  ship  was 
met  by  two  persons  jointly.  The  earliest  demonstrable  instance 
of  this  belongs  to  01. 92.  2  (B.C.  41 1.)2  The  State  delivered  the 
ship  i.e.  the  hull  and  the  mast,  while  the  trierarchs  had  to 
provide  the  requisite  stores,  to  see  to  whatever  improvements 
were  necessary,  and  to  appoint  the  crew.  The  pay  for  the 
latter  was  provided  by  the  State,  which  in  later  times  also 
found  the  stores ;  of  these,  however,  many  trierarchs  did  not 
make  use,  but  provided  them  from  their  own  property,  in  order 
to  prove  their  patriotism.  Others,  on  the  contrary,  sought  to 
make  the  burden  as  light  as  possible  to  themselves,  and  instead 
of  rendering  the  service  personally,  turned  it  over  by  contract 
to  substitutes,  who  of  course  furnished  as  little  as  possible.3 
As  the  requisite  equipments,  under  the  system  previously 
existing,  were  partly  not  available  till  too  late,  and  partly  of  bad 
quality,  and  were  sometimes  altogether  neglected,  the  system  of 
Symmoriae,  which  had  been  introduced  at  an  earlier  date  for  the 
Eisphora,  was  adopted  in  01.  105.  3  (B.C.  358),  for  the  trierarchy 
as  well  The  manner  of  its  application  was  either  that  the 
same  Symmoriae  served  for  both  objects,  or  that  the  Symmoriae 
of  the  trierarchy  were  at  least  wholly  analogous  to  those  of  the 
Eisphora.  To  me  the  first  alternative  seems  more  probable:4 
but  if  it  was  so,  the  burden  of  course  fell  only  on  the  rich  who 
were  actually  included  in  the  Symmoriae,  and  the  poorer  mem- 
bers, who  were  attached  to  them  for  the  purposes  of  the 
Eisphora,  remained  exempt.  Each  Symmoria  had  assigned  to 
it  a  certain  number  of  ships,  which  the  members  then  again 
divided  amongst  themselves,  so  that  the  contributions  for  a 
ship  had  to  be  furnished  now  by  a  larger,  now  by  a  smaller 
number.  Those  who  had  to  contribute  in  this  manner  were 
termed  o-wreXet?.  But  even  under  this  arraDgement  the  three 
hundred  wealthiest  men  who  stood  at  the  head  of  the.  Sym- 
moriae found  means  to  shift  the  burden  for  the  most  part  from 
themselves  to  the  remaining  members.  At  last,  therefore, 
Demosthenes  proposed  another  method  of  proceeding  by  which 


1  Pseudo-Xen.  de  repub.  Ath.  c.  3,  Ep.   exit,  ad  O.  Hermann,  p.   130  ; 

§  4.     As  to  the  number  of  the  ships,  VomeL    Zeitschr.    fur  Alterthiimsw. 

cf.  Strabo,  ix.  395.  1852,  p.  38  ;  Bake,  Schol.  hypomn.  iv. 

*  Bockh,  Pub.  Ec.  of  Ath.  p.  548.  P.-  156  i  Westermann  on  Dem.  Olynth. 

ii.  p.  29 :  on  the  other  side,  Bockh, 

lb.  p.  555.  Staatsh.  i.  p.  727;  Pub.  Ec.  of  Ath. 

*  Cf.  Antiquitates,  p.  327  ;  Sauppe,  pp.  564,  526,  and  Urk.  p.  178. 


THE  ATHENIAN  STATE.  463 

trierarchy  became  a  fixed  and  adequately  assessed  tax.  The 
contribution  according  to  Symmoriae  was  abolished,  and  in  its 
stead  it  was  ordered  that  all,  with  the  exception  of  the  poorer 
citizens,  should  bear  the  cost  in  proportion  to  their  property,  and 
in  such  measure  that  every  ten  talents  of  property  constituted  an 
obligation  to  the  equipment  of  a  ship.  Each  person,  therefore, 
who  possessed  ten  talents  furnished  the  trierarchy  for  one  ship  ; 
each  one  who  possessed  twenty,  for  two,  and  so  on ;  but  those 
who  possessed  less  than  ten  talents  were  grouped  with  others 
until  the  property  of  the  group  reached  the  total  of  ten  talents, 
and  each  individual  had  to  contribute  according  to  his  pro- 
perty.1 The  period  of  the  contribution  was,  as  before,  a  year ; 
those  who  had  borne  it  for  this  period  had  a  claim  to  exemption 
in  the  next,  and  in  certain  cases  in  the  two  following  years, 
even  though  it  be  true  that  many  persons  made  no  use  of  this 
privilege.2  The  annual  cost  of  a  ship  amounted  on  an  average 
to  from  forty  minae  to  a  talent.  After  the  performance  of  the 
service,  the  trierarch  who  had  equipped  and  commanded  the 
ship  was  bound  to  render  an  account  before  the  Logistae,  a 
circumstance  which  need  not  strike  us  as  strange,  since  he  was 
under  an  obligation  to  deliver  back  in  good  condition  the  ship 
and  stores  intrusted  to  him  by  the  State,  and  besides  this 
received  money  from  the  State  treasury,  whether  for  the  pay- 
ment of  the  crew,  or  for  other  needs.3  The  authority  to  whom 
he  had  to  deliver  up  the  ship  and  the  stores  were  the 
Epimeletae  of  the  Neoria,  who  prosecuted  him  if  he  did  not  do 
so.4  The  trierarch  was  further  bound  to  remain  on  the  ship 
until  relieved  by  the  successor  appointed  in  his  stead.  If  the 
latter  did  not  arrive  at  the  time  the  law  appointed,  the  former 
could  summon  him  (Slkt)  tov  einTpLripapyjqixaro^)  5  on  account 
of  the  injury  caused  him  thereby.  If  any  one  was  of  opinion 
that  the  service  ought  to  be  imposed  on  another  person,  and 
not  on  himself,  he  might  summon  the  latter  to  an  exchange  of 
properties  {avrihocns)  in  the  same  manner  as  with  regard  to 
other  Liturgies.6  In  this  case  he  was  permitted  at  once  to 
attach  the  property  of  the  other,  and  to  put  seals  on  his  house, 
the  other  party  having  in  his  turn  the  same  right  with  regard 
to  him.  Within  three  days  the  two  exchanged  an  inventory  of 
their  property,  the  correctness  of  which  they  had  to  certify  on 
oath.  If  the  one  party  then  persisted  in  demanding  the 
exchange,  and  the  other  in  refusing  it,  the  matter  was  dealt 

1  Bockh,   Pub.   Ec.   of  Ath.  p.  564        4  Cf.  Urkunde,  pp.  491,  534. 
seq.  6  Att.  Proc.  p.  551. 

2  lb.  pp.  543,  544 ;  cf.  Urk.  p.  171.        8  Bockh,   Pub.  Ec.  of  Ath.  p.    580 
*  lb.  p.  546.  seq. 


464    DESCRIPTION  OF  THE  PRINCIPAL  STATES. 

with  in  form  of  law  under  the  conduct  of  the  Strategi  {i.e.  in 
the  case  of  the  trierarchy  ;  in  the  case  of  other  Liturgies  other 
magistrates  presided).  The  court  then  had  to  decide  whether 
the  person  summoned  was  bound  either  to'  take  the  Liturgy 
upon  himself  or  to  exchange  his  property  with  the  person 
summoning  him  ;  or  whether,  on  the  other  hand,  this  latter 
was  bound  to  take  the  Liturgy,  and  therefore  to  withdraw  from 
his  demand  upon  the  other.  But  the  matter  rarely  or  never 
came  to  an  actual  exchange,  inasmuch  as  the  person  summoned, 
if  presented  by  the  judges  with  the  alternative  of  either  taking 
over  the  Liturgy  or  exchanging  his  property  with  that  of 
the  person  summoning  him,  certainly  preferred  to  choose 
the  former.  Many  persons,  however,  allowed  the  matter  to 
proceed  so  far  as  to  be  submitted  to  a  judicial  decision. 

If  now  in  conclusion  we  cast  a  glance  once  more  over  all 
these  services  which  were  imposed  on  the  wealthier  citizens,  it 
will  certainly  seem  as  if  the  author  of  the  little  treatise  on  the 
State  of  Athens  was  correct  in  saying  that  the  Demus,  by 
charging  the  rich  with  this  outlay — which,  moreover,  in  the 
case  of  the  encyclic  Liturgies,  were  mainly  for  the  benefit  and 
gratification  of  that  Demus  itself — aimed  at  their  impoverish- 
ment and  degradation.  But  on  an  unprejudiced  consideration, 
the  matter  should  appear  in  a  somewhat  different  light.  It  is 
certainly  undeniable  that  if  the  Liturgies  were  not  apportioned 
with  justice  and  fairness  among  those  liable  to  them,  indivi- 
duals might  be,  and  actually  were,  severely  burdened  by  them ; 
and  it  is  also  certain  that  many,  out  of  vanity  or  to  gain 
popularity,  exerted  themselves  above  their  strength,  and  lost 
their  property  by  undertaking  them.  Yet  these  were  probably 
exceptions  to  the  rule.  With  a  just  division,  such  as  the  laws 
prescribed,  and  with  a  reasonable  limitation  to  what  was 
required  by  law,  without  niggardliness,  as  well  as  without  un- 
necessary excess,  the  expense  was  not  too  great  to  be  met  from 
the  revenues  of  the  wealthier  citizens  without  touching  the 
substance  of  their  capital.  We  must  only  not  forget  that 
the  produce  of  capital  in  ancient  times  was  incomparably 
greater  than  with  us ;  that,  with  slavery  existing,  the  earnings 
of  the  capitalist  were  greater  in  proportion  as  the  share  of  the 
labourer  was  less ;  that,  as  we  have  seen,  a  capital  of  which 
good  use  was  made  might  within  a  few  years  double  itself;  and 
we  shall  be  compelled  to  admit  that  every  sum  applied  to 
liturgies  was,  relatively  to  the  property  of  the  person  who 
furnished  it,  not  half  so  important  as  the  like  sum,  relatively 
to  the  like  property,  would  be  at  the  present  day. 


THE  A  THENIAN  STA  TE.  465 


9.— The  System  of  Judicature.   . 

The  organisation  of  the  system  of  judicature,  as  arranged  by- 
Solon,  is  not  unjustly  considered  by  ancient  political  writers  as 
one  of  the  main  levers  which,  little  by  little,  served  to  raise 
the  democracy  far  above  the  limit  intended  by  him,  and 
allowed  it  to  reach  the  height  at  which  we  see  it  subsequently 
to  the  age  of  Pericles.  In  forming  this  opinion  they  have 
in  mind  the  Heliastic  courts  or  popular  tribunals  instituted  by 
Solon;  courts  which  by  degrees,  in  consequence  of  the  un- 
defined extent  of  their  functions,  gradually  came  to  decide,  as 
the  supreme  tribunal,  on  all  matters  whether  of  administration 
or  of  legislation,  and  thus  actually  served  sensibly  to  contract 
the  supremacy  of  the  popular  assembly.  But  besides  these 
Heliastic  courts  there  were  also  others,  some  certainly,  some 
probably,  dating  from  a  time  anterior  to  Solon,  the  sphere  of 
whose  functions  was  more  limited;  and  it  may  not  be  in- 
appropriate, before  we  consider  the  former,  to  speak  of  this 
class  as  well. 

The  right  of  judging  cases  of  blood-guiltiness, — that  is  to  say, 
murder,  manslaughter,  and  similar  crimes,  including  especially 
arson, — was  exercised,  from  time  immemorial,  at  five  different 
places.  The  selection  of  these  for  the  individual  classes  of 
cases  there  to  be  dealt  with  is  accounted  for  by  myths,  which 
testify  at  any  rate  to  the  high  antiquity  of  these  ordinances. 
These  five  places  were  on  the  Areopagus,  a  hill  to  the  north- 
west of  the  Acropolis ;  in  the  Palladium,  a  sacred  place  situated 
in  the  south-eastern  part  of  the  city;  in  the  Delphinium,  a  place 
sacred  to  the  Delphic  Apollo  in  the  same  district;  in  the  Pry- 
taneum,  the  ancient  sacred  hearth  of  the  State  in  the  north- 
east of  the  Acropolis;  and  finally,  at  Phreatto  or  Phreattys,  in  the 
Piraeus,  at  the  inlet  of  Zea.  Draco  instituted  a  board  of  fifty- 
one  assessors,  chosen  from  the  most  eminent  Eupatridse,  in 
order  to  administer  justice,  under  the  presidency  of  the  second 
Archon,  the  Basileus,  in  these  five  places ;  that  is,  now  in  one 
and  now  in  another,  according  to  the  different  circumstances  of 


1  Aristotle,  Pol.  ii.  9,  §  2,  4 ;  Plut.  stituted  to  try  Orestes :  the  other 
Solon,  c.  18.  versions  of  the  myth  make  it  much 

2  The  proofs  of  this  are  to  be  found  older.  This  is  all  I  have  maintained 
in  Matthiae,  de  Judicious  Atheniensium,  against  Rubino,  and  not,  as  Hermann 
Misc.  Philol.  ii.  p.  149  seq.  As  re-  (Staatsalterthumer,  §  105,  note  6) 
gards  the  Areopagus  in  particular,  makes  me  assert,  that  iEschylus  was 
iEschylus  is  the  first  who  regards  the  first  to  bring  Orestes  into  connec- 
that  court  as   having  been  first  in-  tion  with  the  Areopagus. 

2  G 


466      DESCRIPTION  OF  THE  PRINCIPAL  STATES. 

each  case.  What  judges  sat  in  them  in  the  period  before  him 
is  unknown,  but  it  is  certain  that  the  Basileus,  as  the  chief 
superintendent  of  religious  matters,  held  the  presidency  even 
at  that  early  time,  the  reason  being  that  all  matters  which 
were  to  be  dealt  with  in  these  places  were  regarded  as  con- 
nected with  religion.  Some  have  thought  that  before  Draco 
the  Basileus  alone  administered  justice,  and  that  the  Ephetae 
were  instituted  in  order  that  appeals  might  be  made  from  him 
to  them,  and  they  believe  that  proof  will  be  found  for  this  in 
the  name,  which,  they  say,  denotes  judge  of  appeal.1  But  not 
only  is  this  meaning  of  the  name,  in  my  opinion,  incapable  of 
proof,  but  it  is  also  hard  to  believe  that  matters  of  such  im- 
portance can  have  been  left  to  the  judgment  of  a  single  judge ; 
since  as  early  as  the  Homeric  poems,2  and  with  regard  to  less 
important  matters,  we  see  that  judgment  is  given  by  an  assembly 
of  several  judges.  The  Basileus  had  assessors,  then,  even  be- 
fore the  time  of  Draco,  and  it  is  highly  probable  that  these 
were  the  same  persons,  either  the  whole  number  or  a  committee 
of  them,  who  assembled  as  a  high  council  upon  the  Areopagus ; 
and  that  Draco's  innovation  consisted  only  in  instituting  a 
particular  board  especially  for  these  courts.  The  term  Ephetas, 
or  directors  (sc.  of  justice),  was  applied  to  them  because  they 
had  to  give  directions  in  each  case  how  the  person  summoned 
or  condemned  should  be  dealt  with.3  Solon  allowed  the  board 
to  remain,  but  withdrew  from  it  the  most  important  part  of  its 
functions,  transferring  to  the  Council  of  the  Areopagus,  as  trans- 
formed by  himself,  the  jurisdiction  in  cases  of  premeditated 
murder,  of  homicide  by  poison,  of  malicious  wounding  with 
intent  to  murder,  and  of  arson,  so  that  the  old  board  retained 
only  the  less  important  cases.  What  these  were  we  shall 
learn  presently. 

As'  regards  the  procedure  before  these  courts,  we  are  informed 
by  our  authorities  that  if  it  was  desired  to  prosecute  in  a  case  of 
homicide,  however  committed,  the  law  summoned  the  relations 
of  the  murdered  man  to  undertake  the  task.  First  the  blood- 
relations,  up  to  and  including  the  children  of  first  cousins,  were 
bound  to  institute  the  prosecution,  while  more  distant  relations, 
such  as  fathers-in-law,  sons-in-law,  brothers-in-law,  and  even 
members  of  the  same  Phratria,  were  bound  to  give  them  their 
support  in  so  doing.4     In  the  case  of  the  murder  of  a  freed- 

1  Pollux,  viii.  125  ;  cf.  Att.  Proc.  p.     of  the  Thesmothetse. 

16  ;  Antiquitates,  p.  171.  5.  4  Demosth.  in  Euerg.  1161.  10;  Law 

2  Cf.  p.  28.  quoted   in   Demosth.    in  Macart.    p. 
8  See  what   has   been   said   above,     1068.  29;  Schomann,  Antiquitates  jvr. 

page   410   &eq.,  regarding  the  name    publ.  Grcec.  p.  288,  note  4. 


THE  A  THEN  IAN  STATE.  467 

man  or  servant,  his  former  master  or  employer,  and  in  the  case 
of  the  murder  of  a  slave,  his  master,  was  entitled  to  institute  the 
prosecution,1  though  not  obliged  to  do  so.  If  the  master  him- 
self was  the  murderer  of  the  slave,  there  were  certainly  means 
to  make  him  responsible  for  his  act ;  since  the  laws  in  no  way 
granted  to  the  master  the  power  of  life  and  death  over  his 
slaves ; 2  but  such  a  case  did  not  belong  to  the  jurisdiction  either 
of  the  Areopagus  or  of  the  Ephetse.  These  tribunals,  on  the 
contrary,  were  especially  instituted  solely  for  the  object  of  pro- 
viding the  persons  who  were  called  to  avenge  bloodshed  with  a 
legal  means  by  which  they  could  fulfil  their  religious  duty 
without  violence,  and  without  taking  the  law  into  their  own 
hands.  But  Attic  law,  besides  these,  afforded  other  means  of 
bringing  a  murderer  to  punishment,  means  capable  of  applica- 
tion by  every  citizen  in  the  full  possession  of  his  civic  rights, 
and  not  merely  by  the  relatives  of  the  murdered  man.3 

According  to  the  religious  view  of  antiquity,  the  murderer 
was  accounted  impure :  he  was  exposed  to  the  wrath,  not  only 
of  the  soul  of  the  murdered  person,  which  demanded  revenge, 
but  also  of  the  gods,  to  whom  the  murder  was  an  abomination, 
and,  at  the  same  time,  through  the  murderer,  all  those  who  had 
suffered  him  in  their  midst  unpunished,  and  had  had  inter- 
course with  him,  also  became  impure  and  objects  of  the  same 
wrath.4  For  this  reason  the  prosecutor  began  his  pro- 
ceedings with  a  solemn  proclamation  (irp6pfyq<n<i)  which  bade 
the  murderer  keep  away  from  all  public  places,  assemblies,  and 
shrines.  This  proclamation  took  place  first  at  the  burial  of 
the  murdered  person,  though  the  murderer  was  not,  as  a  rule, 
present  there ;  next  in  the  market,  where  the  murderer  at  the 
same  time  was  bidden  to  surrender  before  the  court;  and, 
finally,  it  was  uttered  by  the  Basileus,  when  the  indictment 
was  brought  in  and  taken  for  hearing  before  him.5  Then  fol- 
lowed the  drawing  up  of  the  indictment,  or  the  preliminary 
investigation,  avd/cpiaL?,  in  this  case  also  called  TrpoSi/cao-ia.  In 
it  the  Basileus  had  especially  to  ascertain  whether  the  prosecu- 
tion should  properly  take  place  before  the  court  selected  by 
the  prosecutor,  or  elsewhere.6  It  might  appear,  for  instance, 
that  the  homicide  designated  by  the  prosecutor  as  intentional 
had,  in  fact,  been  unpremeditated;  in  which  case  its  proper 

1  Antiquitates  jur.  publ.    Graze,    p.  4  Cf.   Schbmann  on  iEsch.  Eumen. 

289,  6.  p.  69,  with  Numbers  xixv.  33. 

*  See  above,  p.  350.  s    .    ..     ..   .       .            ,,     „ 

8  Cf.   Alt.   Proc.   on  the  Apagoge,  'Antiquitates  jur.  publ.    Grax.   p. 

Endeixis,     and     Eisangelia     against  se^' 

murderers,  pp.  230  seq.,  244,  2G3.  6  lb.  p.  291. 


468      DESCRIPTION  OF  THE  PRINCIPAL  STATES. 

place  was  not  before  the  Areopagus,  but  before  the  court  at 
the  Palladium.  Or  it  might  be  that  it  had  been  of  a 
kind  which  the  law  regarded  as  undeserving  of  punishment, 
in  which  case  its  proper  place  was  before  the  court  at  the  Del- 
phinium. For  this  inquiry  three  stages  were  appointed,  falling 
in  three  successive  months,  so  that  the  matter  could  not  come 
on  for  decision  till  the  fourth  month.  And  since  the  law  like- 
wise ordained  that  the  matter  should  be  decided  under  the  same 
Basileus  during  whose  period  of  office  it  had  been  first  brought 
forward,  it  followed  that  prosecutions  of  this  kind  could  not  be 
instituted  at  all  in  the  three  last  months  of  the  year,  but  had  to 
be  postponed  until  the  next  year.1  .  The  proceedings  were  taken, 
not  at  the  official  residence  of  the  Basileus,  situated  in  the  market, 
inasmuch  as,  in  conformity  with  the  proclamation  above  men- 
tioned, the  accused  person  might  not  set  foot  in  it,  but  in  the 
regular  places  which  were  situated  at  some  distance  from  the 
market,  according  as  the  circumstances  of  the  case  determined. 
Moreover,  the  case  was  apparently  tried,  not  before  the  Basileus 
alone,  but  before  the  Basileus  in  conjunction  with  the  judges, 
whose  duty  it  was  to  give  a  verdict  upon  them  later  on.  All 
these  localities  were  open  to  the  sky,  in  order  that  prosecutors 
and  judges  might  at  least  not  stay  under  the  same  roof  with  the 
murderer;2  and  the  Basileus,  during  the  trial,  removed  from  his 
head  the  garland  which  was  his  badge  of  office.3  The  parties  to 
the  cause  stood  on  special  platforms ;  in  the  Areopagus  these 
were  unhewn  stones — that  of  the  prosecutor  being  called  the 
stone  of  dvaiBeia  (the  "  stone  of  implacability,"  not  "  of  shame- 
lessness  "),  that  of  the  accused  the  stone  of  v/3pi<;,  or  malicious 
wickedness.4  Both  parties  were  bound  by  an  oath  of  extreme 
solemnity,  in  taking  which  they  advanced  to  and  touched  the 
carcasses  of  animals  sacrificed  for  the  purpose  with  particular 
ceremonies — the  animals  being  a  boar,  a  ram,  and  a  steer.  The 
oath  of  the  prosecutor,  besides  testifying  to  his  persuasion  of 
the  truth  of  his  plaint,  bore  witness  also  to  the  degree  of  rela- 
tionship in  which  he  stood  to  the  murdered  man.5  Not  less 
solemn  was  the  oath  of  the  witnesses.  Each  party  was  bound 
to  conduct  its  own  cause;  the  employment  of  advocates  as 
substitutes  was  prohibited,  as  also  the  introduction  of  irrelevant 
matter.  The  final  trial  lasted  three  days;  upon  each  of  the 
first  two  the  prosecutor  spoke,  and  the  accused  person  defended 

1  Att.  Proc.  p.  579,  note  17.  Index  Schol.  d.  Kieler  UniversiiM  for 

s  Antiph.  on  Herodes  Emm.  p.  709.  the  winter  of  1843-44. 

8  Pollux,  viii.  90.  *  On  this  point,  and  on  the  details 

4  The  correct  interpretation  is  due  which  follow,  I  will  merely  refer  once 

to  Forchhammer.    See  his  Vorrede  zum  for  all  to  Antiquitates,  p.  291  seq. 


THE  ATHENIAN  STATE.  469 

himself;  upon  the  third  the  judgment  was  delivered.  But 
the  accused  person  was  permitted  to  evade  the  verdict  after  the 
first  stage  in  the  proceedings1  by  leaving  the  country.  He 
was  then  not  prosecuted  further  personally,  but  his  property 
was  confiscated.  If  a  division  was  taken,  and  the  number  of 
votes  on  both  sides  was  equal,  the  accused  person  was  acquitted. 
If  he  was  condemned,  he  was  subject,  if  found  guilty  of  an  inten- 
tional homicide,  to  the  punishment  of  death,  at  the  infliction  of 
which  the  prosecutor  could  be  present ;  his  property  also  was 
confiscated.  If  his  crime  was  malicious  wounding,  not  actually 
followed  by  death,  he  was  banished,  and  his  property  likewise 
subjected  to  confiscation. 

The  form  of  proceeding  above  described  is  that  which  took 
place  before  the  Areopagus.  Between  it  and  the  procedure 
before  the  tribunals  of  the  Ephetse  at  the  Delphinium  and 
Palladium  there  was  probably  no  essential  difference.  To  the 
first  of  these  two  belonged  the  cases  in  which  the  accused 
person  admitted  the  commission  of  homicide,  but  defended  his 
act  as  one  which  the  law  exempted  from  punishment  or  per- 
mitted. The  law  permitted  the  slaying  of  an  adulterer,  who 
might  be  slain  by  any  person  with  whose  mother,  sister,  daughter, 
or  wife,  or  even  unmarried  concubine  (not  being  a  slave,  and  by 
whom  he  had  non-slave  children),  he  was  taken  in  the  act  of 
adultery.  To  the  class  of  homicides  exempt  from  punishment 
belonged  homicide  in  necessary  defence  against  assailants  and 
robbers  who  offered  armed  violence,  and  unintentional  killing 
of  an  adversary  in  trials  of  strength,  or  of  a  comrade  in  war.2 
The  tribunal  at  the  Palladium  took  cognisance  of  the  other  cases 
of  unpremeditated  homicide,  as  also  the  killing  of  a  slave  or 
non-citizen.3  The  same  court  decided  with  regard  to  the  indict- 
ment for  Buleusis,  i.e.  in  cases  where  a  man  was  accused  of 
having  effected,  or  even  aimed  at  the  death  of  another,  not  by 
his  direct  action,  but  through  the  agency  of  another  person  in- 
stigated by  him.4'  The  punishment  of  Buleusis  was  outlawry 
and  confiscation ;  unpremeditated  homicide  was  expiated  by 
banishment  from  the  country,  which  however  was  not  per- 


1  This  was  forbidden  only  to  those  rity  of  Isseus  and  Aristotle  ;  but  he 
accused  of  parricide.  Cf .  Pollux,  viii.  remarks  at  the  same  time  that  after 
117,  and  Meier,  de  bonis  damnatorum,  Dinarchus  its  place  was  before  the 
p.  18.  Areopagus.     Both  statements  can  to 

2  Demosth.  in  Aristocr.  pp.  637,  639.  some  extent  be  reconciled  by  the  a3- 
8  According  to  the  Schol.  on  iEsch.  sumption  that  if    the  attempt  sue- 
de Fals.  Leg.  §  87.  ceeded,  the  Areopagus  was  the  proper 

4  That  /3otf\ewriswas,  properly  speak-  authority;  in  other  cases  the  Palla- 

ing,  dealt  with  by  the  Palladium,  is  dium.      Another   conjecture    is  put 

stated  by  Harpocration,  on  theautho-  forward  by  Sauppe,  Orat.  Att.  ii.  235. 


47°      DESCRIPTION  OF  THE  PRINCIPAL  STATES. 

petual,  but  limited  to  a  certain  period,  which  cannot  be  stated 
more  precisely,  and  after  the  expiration  of  which  the  homicide 
had  to  obtain  pardon  from  the  relatives  of  the  person  slain.1 
How  the  killing  of  a  slave  was  expiated  our  authorities  do  not 
tell  us.  The  penalty  for  killing  a  foreigner  is  stated  to  have 
been  outlawry.2  Finally,  any  one  whose  deed  belonged  to  the 
category  of  legally  permitted  or  non-penal  homicide,  was  liable 
to  no  sort  of  penalty,  but  required  only  a  certain  religious 
purification.3 

The  cases  belonging  to  the  jurisdiction  of  the  tribunal  in 
Phreatto  manifestly  seldom  or  never  actually  occurred.  The 
trial  was  to  take  place  here  if  any  one  who  had  been  obliged 
to  leave  the  country  for  unpremeditated  homicide  was  prose- 
cuted for  another,  and  this  time  an  intentional,  homicide 
before  the  legal  period  of  his  return.  Such  a  person  might  not 
set  foot  on  the  soil  of  his  country :  hence  the  law  ordained  that 
he  should  proceed  in  a  ship  to  within  such  a  distance  of  the 
place  of  sitting  of  the  tribunal,  as  to  hear  and  be  heard. 
Finally,  in  the  Prytaneum  there  was  not  so  much  a  real  court 
held  as  a  religious  ceremony  performed.  In  the  first  place, 
when  a  murder  was  committed,  but  the  murderer  was  un- 
known, the  legal  sentence  was  solemnly  pronounced  against 
him ;  secondly,  if  only  the  instruments  with  which  the  murder 
was  committed  were  captured,  and  not  the  murderer  himself, 
these,  after  the  Ephetse  had  pronounced  their  sentence,  were 
conveyed  out  of  the  country  by  the  Phylobasileis,  or  presidents 
of  the  four  old-Ionic  tribes.4  The  same  thing  happened  with 
such  things  as  had  accidentally  caused  the  death  of  any  one. 
Even  animals  by  which  any  one  had  been  killed  were  here 
condemned  to  death,  and  then  conveyed  out  of  the  country. 

In  the  age  of  Demosthenes  the  Board  of  Ephetse  seems  to 
have  been  removed  from  the  courts  in  the  Palladium  and  the 
Delphinium,  while  the  matters  which  belonged  to  these  were 
apparently  left  to  the  Heliastae,5  the  Ephetse  retaining  only  the 
religious  functions  in  the  Prytaneum,  and  to  some  extent  the 
cases  which  properly  belonged  to  the  court  in  Phreatto.  Be- 
sides this,  however,  the  function  of  investigating  remained  with 
them  in  those  cases  in  which  a  person  had  either  himself  put 

1  Demosth.     in    Aristocr.    p.    644.        8  Plato,  Legg.  ix.  p.  865. 

That  the  name  direvtavriffudi  did  not  4  Pollux,  viii.  Ill,  120.     Cf.  above, 

exactly  denote  a  period  of  a  year  has  p.  336. 

been    rightly   again   noted   by    Her-  6  This  is  clear  of  the  court  in  the 

mann.  Palladium,  from  Isocr.  in  Call.  §  52-54 

2  Lex.  Seguer.  p.  176.  No  doubt,  and  Dem.  in  Necer.  p.  1348,  and  is  at 
however,  the  circumstances  of  the  least  highly  probable  of  the  court  in 
case  were  considered.  the  Delphinium. 


THE  A  THEN1AN  ST  A  TE.  471 

to  death,  or  caused  to  be  put  to  death  by  others,  a  murderer  who 
had  abstained  from  visiting  all  places  forbidden  him.  This  pro- 
ceeding was  then  punished  either  as  murder  or  as  Buleusis. 
In  the  next  place,  in  cases  of  unpremeditated  homicide,  where 
the  religious  reconciliation  and  absolution  of  the  murderer  were 
to  be  effected,  it  was  the  duty  of  the  Ephetse,  in  the  absence  of 
relatives,  who  were  the  primary  participants  in  that  process,  to 
choose  ten  of  the  most  prominent  from  among  the  Phratores 
of  the  person  slain,  and  through  their  means  to  effect  the  recon- 
ciliation and  absolution.1  Such  reconcilation,  if  the  uninten- 
tional homicide  had  remained  absent  from  the  country  for  the 
legal  time,  could  certainly  not  be  refused,  but  it  might  take 
place  with  the  approval  of  the  relatives,  even  at  an  earlier  date, 
and  so  the  necessity  for  the  homicide  to  remain  in  exile  might 
be  limited  or  entirely  dispensed  with,  and  it  is  probable  that 
the  relatives  frequently  in  consideration  of  a  certain  expiatory 
payment  dropped  the  judicial  prosecution  of  the  murder.2  The 
intentional  murderer  however  might  only  be  left  unprosecuted 
by  the  relatives  if  the  murdered  man  had  himself  pardoned 
him  before  his  death,  in  which  case  only  the  religious  expiation 
was  requisite.3  To  drop  the  prosecution  without  this  condition 
was  accounted  impiety  (ao-ffieia),  and  the  relative  on  whom 
rested  the  legal  obligation  to  be  the  avenger  of  blood  might  be  ' 
summoned  by  any  person  on  that  charge,  and  be  visited  by  the 
court  with  whatever  penalty  they  pleased.4 

Thus  much  of  courts  for  the  trial  of  homicide  in  the  narrower 
sense,  the  forms  of  which,  handed  down  as  they  are  from  remote 
antiquity,  unmistakably  bear  a  religious  character.  We  now 
turn  to  the  courts  exclusively  set  apart  for  the  disputes  of 
private  persons.  Such  were  first  of  all  those  of  the  public  arbi- 
trators or  Disetetse — tribunals,  whose  foundation  is  placed  by 
modern  writers,  probably  incorrectly,  in  the  time  of  the  orator 
Lysias.5  They  were  in  all  probability  of  far  higher  antiquity. 
The  magistrate  with  whom  complaints  were  lodged  could  not 
possibly  inquire  into  and  determine  all  matters,  even  if  he  were 

1  Law,  quoted  in  Dem.  in  Macart.  regard  to  the  etymology  of  the  name 
p.  1009  ;  cf.  Schbm.  Antiq.  jur.  publ.  see  Doderlein,  Oeffentliche  Reden 
Grose,  p.  298,  note  11.  (Frankfort  and  Erlangen,  1860),p.  327. 

2  The  payment  is  termed  tA  According  to  this  the  root  is  the  same 
inro<p6via.  See  Harpocr.  s.v.  and  Lex.  as  of  e£alvvadai  and  the  Homeric 
Seguer.  p.  313.  l^airos  =  e£alperos  :  hence  diatra  pro- 

»Dem.  in  Pantcen.  p.  983,  20;  perly  =  selection  separation,  dcacrrrvs, 
Antiph.  de  Choreut.  p.  764.  separator.    The  other  the  well-known 


,        '    .  ^        '  ™-* '  o   n  meaning  of  Slaira,  is  division  or  order 

•»  Ant.  jur.  p.  Gr.  p.  297,  notes  8,  9.  of  a  da^  manner  of  Ufe>  which  Uke. 

*  Cf.    Schomann,    Const.    Hist,    of  wise,  without  any  strain,  may  be  de- 

Athens,  p.  46  seq.,  Bosanquet.     With,  rived  from  the  primary  notion. 


472       DESCRIPTION  OF  THE  PRINCIPAL  STATES. 

entitled  to  do  so ;  he  accordingly  referred  the  greater  number 
of  cases  to  Disetetse,  as  in  Koine  the  magistrate  referred  them 
to  a  judex  or  arbiter.  To  this  end,  in  the  period  upon  which  we 
have  more  particular  information,  a  certain  number  of  citizens 
somewhat  advanced  in  years — the  minimum  age  being  fifty,  or, 
as  is  probably  nearer  the  truth,  sixty — were  appointed  to  serve 
as  Diaetetse  in  such  cases  as  might  arise.  Probably  they  were 
appointed  according  to  the  Phyla?,  and  in  the  time  when  the 
majority  of  offices  were  filled  by  lot,  they  were  also  filled  in 
the  same  manner,  but  whether  this  was  also  the  case  in  earlier 
times  we  refrain  from  inquiring.  Of  their  number  nothing 
further  is  known  than  that,  according  to  an  inscription1  of  about 
01.  113.  4  (b.c.  325),  there  were  at  least  a  hundred  and  four  of 
them.  But  this  can  hardly  have  been  their  total  number,2  and  if, 
as  is  probably  to  be  assumed,  an  equal  number  was  chosen  from 
each  Phyle,  there  must  have  been  at  least  one  hundred  and 
sixty  of  them,  inasmuch  as  the  inscription  mentions  sixteen 
from  one  Phyle,  the  Cecropis  (from  all  the  others  fewer  are 
mentioned,  from  the  tribe  Pandionis  only  three) ;  it  is  however 
possible  that  the  list  is  incomplete.  Those  selected  no  doubt 
took  an  oath  of  office,  as  we  shall  see  was  the  case  with  the 
Heliastse.  They  were  compensated  for  their  expenditure  of 
trouble  by  the  fees  which  the  parties  referred  to  them  by  the 
particular  authority  had  to  pay, — the  plaintiff  on  lodgment  of 
his  plaint,  and  the  defendant  on  lodgment  of  his  answer,  being 
each  obliged  to  pay  a  drachma ;  the  same  sum  was  also  exacted 
at  every  application  for  postponement  from  the  party  applying. 
The  fee  was  called  7rapdaraa-i,<i.  In  each  matter  only  one 
Disetetes  acted  as  judge ;  the  theory  that  he  must  always  have 
been  taken  from  the  Phyle  of  the  defendant  is  incapable  of 
proof,  but  it  is  probable  that  the  whole  body  of  the  Disetetae 
was  divided  into  certain  divisions,  each  of  which  was  set  apart 
for  one  or  another  Phyle,  but  itself  consisted  of  members  of 
different  Phylse,3  while  the  magistrate  probably,  in  each  par- 
ticular case,  either  left  it  to  the  parties  to  choose  an  arbitrator 
out  of  the  division  set  apart  for  the  Phyle  of  the  defendant,  or 
assigned  them  one  by  lot.     In  the  times  regarding  which  we 


1  Given  in  Ross,  Demen  von  Attilca,  in  that  year,  and  had  been  rewarded 
p.  22;  Rangabe,  A.  H.  no.  1163,  and  with  a  garland  for  their  conduct 
Westermann,  Ueber  die  bffentUche  in  office.  But  the  fact  that  it  was 
Schiedsrichter  in  Athen,  Berichten  d.  not  all  the  Diaetetse  of  the  year 
Sdchsischen  Gesellschaft  d.  Wissen-  who  were  actually  summoned  to  the 
schaft,    i.  438.  exercise  of    their  function  is  easily 

2  The  inscription  names  only  those  explicable. 

Dicetetce    who    had  actually     served  8  Cf.  Philologus,  i.  730. 


THE  ATHENIAN  STATE.  473 

have  the  fullest  information  from  the  orators,  the  parties  were 
free  to  pass  over  the  Diaetetae,  and  to  demand  at  once  that  their 
cause  should  be  referred  to  a  Heliastic  court,  a  course  which 
seems  not  to  have  been  permitted  in  earlier  times,  or  at  least 
was  not  usual.  The  localities  in  which  the  Diaetetae  sat  were 
appointed  for  each  division ;  some  were  in  the  Heliastic  courts 
when  these  were  free,  some  in  one  or  other  of  the  temples,1  or 
wherever  else  there  was  a  suitable  place.  Like  the  judex  in 
Eome,  they  had  to  take  the  whole  conduct  of  the  matter  them- 
selves, preparing  the  case  for  trial  as  well  as  actually  trying  it. 
At  the  close  of  the  proceedings  they  handed  their  verdict  to 
the  magistrate  who  had  referred  the  matter  to  them ;  this  latter 
signed  and  published  it,  power  being  thus  given  him  to  decide, 
provided  the  parties  did  not  appeal  against  it.  This  however 
they  might  do,  although  they  had  to  pay  a  fee,  Trapafiokiov  or 
irapaftokov,  for  so  doing.  Of  the  amount  of  this  fee,  however, 
we  are  left  in  ignorance.2  For  misconduct  in  office  the  Diaetetae, 
like  other  magistrates,  might  be  called  to  account  before  the 
Logistae,  but  might  also  be  summoned  during  their  year  of 
service  by  an  Eisangelia.  Apart  from  these  public  Diaetetae  there 
were  the  "  arbitrators  by  agreement,"  who  are  likewise  termed 
Diaetetae,  but  are  chosen  by  the  parties  at  their  pleasure,  by 
mutual  arrangement,  the  extent  of  their  functions  depending 
simply  on  the  circumstances  of  the  agreement.  As  a  rule,  and 
in  the  time  of  the  orators  almost  invariably,  the  parties  bound 
themselves  by  the  agreement  to  submit  themselves  to  the 
decision  of  the  arbitrator,  so  that  no  appeal  from  it  could  be 
made.  In  earlier  times  this  may  not  always  have  been  the 
case,  so  that  the  action  of  the  Diaetetae  then  often  remained 
merely  a  kind  of  attempt  at  reconciliation. 

For  the  convenience  of  the  population  living  in  the  country 
and  in  the  Demes,  a  number  of  district  judges  (tcara  8i]fiov<; 
Sucao-Tcd)  were  appointed  in  addition.  These  went  on  circuits 
from  place  to  place,  and  decided  trivial  causes  up  to  the  amount 
of  ten  drachmae,  as  well  as  suits  relative  to  slanders  and  assaults 
of  minor  importance.  Of  these  judges  there  had  in  earlier 
times  been  thirty ;  subsequently  to  the  time  of  Euclides  their 
number  was  increased  to  sixty.3  They  were  nominated  by  lot, 
or  in  earlier  times  perhaps  by  vote.  Whether  they  exercised 
their  jurisdiction  jointly  as  a  board,  or  in  certain  divisions,  is 
not  stated.    The  latter  is  perhaps  more  probable,  as  is  also 

1  Dem.  in  Euerg.  p.  1142  ;  Pollux,  Timocr.  p.  735,  13,  and  Lex.  Segutri- 
viii.  126.  anum,  p.  306,  15,   testify;  in  favour 

2  Pollux,  viii.  63.  of  Cheirotonia,  Lex.  Seguer.  p.  310, 

3  In  favour  of  the  lot  Demosth.  in  21,  and  Hesych.  sub  voc.  rpianovra. 


474      DESCRIPTION  OF  THE  PRINCIPAL  STATES. 

the  assumption  that  certain  places  in  each  part  of  the  country- 
were  set  apart  for  their  sittings,  and  that  the  time  when  they 
would  hold  a  court  in  each  of  them  was  made  known  before- 
hand. At  what  date  this  Board  of  District  Judges  was  estab- 
lished we  have  no  information.  It  may  probably  have  been 
by  Solon,1  though  we  are  not  to  understand  that  before  him  no 
cases  were  tried  in  the  Demes,  and  that  the  parties  were  com- 
pelled to  go  into  the  city  for  every  little  legal  dispute.  The 
contrary  is  rather  to  be  assumed  with  certainty,  even  if  nothing 
further  can  be  stated  with  regard  to  the  peculiar  circumstances 
of  this  jurisdiction. 

Finally,  we  must  here  mention  the  Nautodicse,  or  judges  in 
commercial  cases.2  Of  these,  however,  we  know  only  that  they 
formed  a  judicial  authority  in  disputes  between  the  efnropoi,  those 
who  carried  on  traffic  by  sea,  and  in  suits  against  foreigners 
who  usurped  the  rights  of  citizens.  The  former  class  of  cases 
they  decided  themselves ;  the  latter  they  prepared  for  trial,  and 
brought  before  the  Heliastic  judges.  The  connection  of  the  two 
kinds  of  cases  may  be  probably  explained  by  the  fact  that 
among  those  who  had  to  do  with  traffic  by  sea  many  might 
illegally  usurp  the  rights  of  citizens.  The  number  of  the 
Nautodicae  and  their  mode  of  election  is  unknown.  In  the  age 
of  Demosthenes  they  no  longer  existed,  and  the  two  kinds  of 
cases  above  mentioned  then  belonged  to  the  province  of  the 
Thesmothetae. 

All  these  judges  had  jurisdiction  only  in  private  cases.3  In 
contrast  to  them  stand  the  Heliastse  instituted  by  Solon,  with 
a  jurisdiction  extending  to  matters  of  every  kind  without  ex- 
ception ;  but  who  in  private  matters,  it  is  highly  probable,  acted 
originally  only  as  judges  of  the  second  instance,  i.e.  if  an  appeal 
was  made  from  the  decision  arrived  at  by  the  other  judges,  or 
approved  of  by  the  magistrate  alone.  In  public  matters,  how- 
ever, they  acted  as  the  primary  and  sole  judicial  authority.  The 
name  comes  from  rjXiala,  a  word  which,  like  dyopa,  denotes 
both  the  assembly  and  the  place  in  which  it  was  held.  In 
Athens  the  name  was  borne  by  that  place  where  the  largest 
number  of  the  judges — in  some  cases  all  of  them* — held  their 

1  In  the  statement  of  the  Schol.  on  tion  of  citizenship,  which  certainly  be- 

Aristoph.  Nub.  v.  37,  that  Solon  had  long  to  the  class  of  public  causes,  the 

appointed  Demarchs  Xva  ol  Kara  drj/xop  Nautodicae  were    not  judges   in   the 

diSwffi    Kal   Xap-jBavwcrt   ra  diicaia.   nap'  proper  sense  of  the  term,  but  only 

dXXijXwe,  demarchs  and  district  judges  "juges  d'instruction  "  who  prepared 

seem  to  be  confused.     So  Meier,  Halle  the  case. 
AUg.  Lit.  Zeit.  1844,  p.  1306. 

2Cf.  Att.  Proc.  p.  83  seq. ;  Const.  4Andocides,  de  Myst.  p.  9,  g  17, 

Hist,  of  Athens,  p.  47.  mentions    6000    judges    in    a    ^paipy) 

3  For,  in  the  suits  relative  to  usurpa-  Trapa.vbp.wv. 


THE  A  THENIAN  ST  A  TE.  475 

sittings ;  a  place  probably  abutting  on  the  market.  That  this 
place  at  any  time  served  also  for  general  assemblies  or  ecclesiae 
is  incapable  of  proof.  What  the  number  of  the  Heliastae  was, 
according  to  Solon's  ordinance,  and  how  they  were  nominated 
at  first,  we  do  not  know.  At  the  time  when  democracy  was  fully 
developed,  when  the  causes  even  of  the  subject  allies  were 
brought  before  the  Athenian  courts,1  there  were  six  thousand 
of  them,  six  hundred  from  each  Phyle,  chosen  by  lot.  Pre- 
viously the  number  cannot  have  been  very  small ;  and  divisions 
of  the  whole  body  into  sections,  such  as  we  find  afterwards, 
may  without  hesitation  be  assumed  to  have  existed  in  the 
earlier  times  also.  The  ballot  was  conducted  annually  by  the 
nine  Archons  in  Ardettos,2  a  place  situated  outside  the  city 
wall,  and  the  persons  chosen  were  pledged  by  an  oath.  The 
form  of  this,  however,  which  has  been  handed  down3  not 
only  bears  manifest  traces  of  a  later  time  than  that  of  Solon, 
but  is  altogether  of  doubtful  authenticity.  The  whole  number 
of  the  six  thousand  was  divided  into  ten  sections  of  five  hundred 
each,  so  that  a  thousand  remained  over,  in  order,  when  neces- 
sary, to  serve  as  a  reserve  for  the  filling  of  vacancies  in  the 
sections.  The  sections,  like  the  places  of  sitting,  were  called 
Dicasteria,  and  in  each  section  members  of  all  the  Phylse  were 
mingled  together.  Each  Heliast  received,  as  a  sign  of  his 
office,  a  bronze  tablet,  with  his  name  and  the  number  or  letter 
of  the  section  to  which  he  belonged  (from  A  to  K),  and  also 
with  the  head  of  the  Gorgon,  the  crest  of  the  State.  As 
often  as  courts  were  to  be  held,  the  Heliastae  assembled  in  the 
market,  and  the  courts  in  which  each  section  had  to  sit  for  the 
day  were  there  assigned  by  the  Thesmothetse  by  lot.  But  it 
did  not  happen  always,  or  in  every  suit,  that  whole  sections 
sat ;  on  the  contrary,  sometimes  cases  were  tried  only  by  parts 
of  a  section,  sometimes  by  several  sections  combined,  according 
to  the  importance  of  the  matters  at  issue.  Provision,  however, 
was  made  that  the  number  should  be  always  an  uneven  one,  in 
order  to  avoid  an  equality  of  the  votes ;  and  if  we  find  the 
number  of  200  or  2000  judges  given,  we  are  to  assume  that 
the  round  numbers  only  are  given  instead  of  201  or  2001.4 

1  See  p.  452.  4  The  objections  brought   forward 

a  At  least    in    the    earlier   period,  against  this  view  by  Lablache  are  dis- 

Later  it  was  no  longer  here,  accord-  proved  by  O.  Bendorf,  Gbtt.  Anzeiger, 

ing  to  Harpocration,  sub  voc.  'Apthrr-  1870,  p.  276.     Cf.  Frag.  Lex.  Rhet. 

t6s,   quoting    Theophrastus,    without  p.  xxii.ed.  Meier;  Lex.Seguer.  p.  262. 

however  stating  what  other  place  was  12  ;    Pollux,   viii.  48  ;    Demosth.    in 

chosen.  Timocr.  p.  702,  25  ;  Att.  Proc.  p.  139, 

8  Quoted  by  Demosth.  in  Timocr.  where  all  the  numbers  that  are  found 

p.  746  ;  cf.  Att.  Proc.  p.  128.  are  stated. 


476      DESCRIPTION  OF  THE  PRINCIPAL  STATES. 

For  the  trial  of  certain  classes  of  cases  only  Heliastae  of  a  specified 
category  could  sit :  e.g.  to  try  cases  of  violation  of  the  mysteries, 
only  persons  who  had  been  initiated ;  to  try  military  offences, 
only  comrades  of  the  accused  were  eligible.  After  this  ballot 
on  the  day  of  the  trial,  each  member  of  the  section  received  a 
staff  with  the  colour  and  number  of  the  court  in  which  he  had 
to  sit ;  at  his  entrance  into  it  he  received  a  tally,  on  presenta- 
tion of  which,  after  the  termination  of  the  sitting,  the  payment 
was  given  him  from  the  fund  of  the  Colacretae.1  That  the 
judges  were  not  sworn  afresh  before  every  sitting  may  be 
confidently  assumed  ;2  the  oath  originally  taken  at  the  ballot 
sufficed.  We  further  remark  that  the  legal  age  of  the  Heliastae 
was  at  least  thirty,  and  that,  so  far  as  can  be  ascertained,  the 
Heliastae  were  only  balloted  for  from  among  those  who  volun- 
tarily offered  themselves ;  though  we  do  not  wish  to  maintain 
that  if  the  number  of  these  was  not  sufficiently  large  others 
were  not  also  taken.  However,  after  the  introduction  of  the 
payment,  such  a  case3  probably  never  occurred. 

Of  the  courts  of  the  Heliastae,  some,  and  probably  the  majority, 
were  situated  in  the  market,  others  in  other  parts4  of  the  city. 
The  statement  that  there  were  not  more  than  ten  of  these  is 
probably  erroneous,  and  occasioned  by  the  confusion  of  the 
sections  of  judges  with  the  localities  in  which  they  held  their 
sittings,  the  name  Dicasterium  being  common  to  both.  Besides 
the  Heliaea  above  mentioned,  the  following  are  named — the 
Parabystum,  in  which  the  Board  of  Eleven  presided,  and  which 
is  said  to  have  received  the  name  from  its  position  in  a  remote 
quarter  of  the  city ;  the  Dicasterium  of  Metichus  or  Metiochus, 
and  that  of  Kalleas  (to  KaXketov),  probably  named  after  their 
builders ;  the  Green  Court  (Barpaxiovv),  and  the  Bed  Court 
($oivikiovv),  the  Middle  Court  (Microv),  the  Greater  Court 
(Mel^ov),  the  New  Court  (Kcuvov),  the  Triangular  Court 
(Tptycovov),  and  the  Dicasterium  at  the  holy  place  of  Lycus, 
probably  near  the  Lyceum  without  the  city.  Dicasteries  near 
the  walls,  and  in  the  street  of  the  Hermoglyphi,  are  mentioned 
with  no  further  indication  of  their  name.6  That  the  Heliastae 
sat  also  in  the  time  of  the  orators  at  the  Palladium  and 
Delphinium  has  already  been  remarked  above.     The  Odeum, 


1  Cf.  p.  418.  4  Cf.   Antiq.   p.    268  seq.     That  a 

8  Against    the    statement    in    A  tt.  court  was  also  held  in  the  Piraeus,  in 

Proc.     p.     135,    note     20,     cf.     esp.  the  detyfia,  cannot  be  concluded  with 

Westermann,  Coram,  de  juris  jurandi  certainty  from  Arist.  Eq.  v.  977.    See 

form.  (Lips.  1859),  pt.  i.  pp.  6,  10.  Schomann,  Opusc.  Acad.  i.  228. 

*  Cf.  Schom.  Const.  Hist,  of  Athens,  s  Aristoph.  Vesp.v.  1110  ;  Plutarch, 

p.  93  seq.,  Bosanquet.  de  gen.  Socr.  c.  10. 


THE  A  THE  MAN  ST  A  TE.  477 

too,  a  building  erected  by  Pericles,  and  properly  destined  for 
musical  performances,  was  used  for  the  sittings  of  Heliastic 
courts,  and  so  probably  were  other  places  of  which  no  mention 
is  found. 

It  has  already  been  mentioned  that  the  jurisdiction  of  the 
Heliastic  courts  extended  to  all  kinds  of  suits  without  exception, 
but  that,  in  suits  between  private  persons,  they  were  probably, 
as  a  rule,  merely  courts  of  appeal,  whilst  in  public  matters,  on 
the  contrary,  they  were  primary  and  final  tribunals.  In  the 
course  of  time,  however,  it  became  more  and  more  frequently 
the  case  that  private  causes  also  came  before  them  in  the 
first  instance;  partly  because  it  was  left  open  to  the  parties 
whether  they  would  have  their  suit  referred  to  arbitrators  or 
not,  partly  because  the  magistrates  were  the  less  inclined  to 
use  the  right  of  independent  decision  allowed  them  by  the  law, 
the  more  they  could  foresee  that  their  decision  would  certainly 
be  appealed  from.  With  reference  to  public  suits,  however,  we 
must  consider  that,  apart  from  the  criminal  causes  commenced 
before  the  Areopagus  and  the  Ephetse,  which  properly  could 
not  be  reckoned  among  public  causes  at  all,1  it  was  also  the 
case  that  the  Areopagus  in  earlier  times,  in  virtue  of  the  right 
of  supervision  which  then  still  belonged  to  it,  was  entitled  to 
bring  before  its  bar  and  to  pronounce  judgment  upon  crimes  of 
various  kinds,  whether  it  did  so  in  consequence  of  an  informa- 
tion or  indictment  brought  before  it,  or  ex  officio.  Hence  in 
this  department  it  was  not  exclusively  the  Heliastic  courts  that 
were  active,  since  an  appeal  to  them  from  the  judgment  of  the 
Areopagus  could  scarcely  be  admissible.  It  was  not  till  later 
times,  when  this  right  was  withdrawn  from  the  Areopagus, 
that  all  public  suits  of  necessity  went  before  the  Heliastse,  with 
the  solitary  exception  of  those  which  were  brought  forward  in 
special  cases  before  the  Council  of  the  Five  Hundred  or  the 
popular  assembly,  and  which  these  bodies  themselves  decided. 
But,  as  we  have  previously  seen,  these  were  frequently  referred 
to  the  Heliastse.2 

The  term  "  public  causes  "  has  an  exceedingly  wide  range  in 
Attic  jurisprudence,  and  includes  much  that  is  elsewhere  treated 
as  belonging  to  the  domain  of  private  law.  Whilst,  for  instance, 
Eoman  jurisprudence  treats  the  infliction  of  bodily  harm  and 


1  For  the  conception  of  public  causes  themselves,   or  the  relatives   of  the 

implies  that  every  citizen  in  possession  murdered  man,  could  come  forward 

of  his  privileges  can  come  forward  as  to  prosecute, 
a  prosecutor,  while  before  the  courts 

referred  to  only  the  injured  persons  2  Cf.  supra,  p.  375  and  394. 


478      DESCRIPTION  OF  THE  PRINCIPAL  STATES. 

theft  as  delicto,  privata,  Athenian  jurisprudence  admits  of 
their  being  dealt  with  not  merely  as  private,  but  as  public 
offences  as  well,  inasmuch  as  the  injury  is  not  merely  done 
to  an  individual,  but  is  regarded  by  the  whole  body  of  citizens 
as  inflicted  upon  itself  through  the  injury  done  in  the  person 
of  that  individual  to  the  civic  honour  or  the  security  of  pro- 
perty. An  enumeration  of  all  the  crimes  or  offences  which  Attic 
jurisprudence  dealt  with  as  matters  of  public  law  is  hardly  prac- 
ticable, and  is  moreover  unnecessary.  I  may  content  myself 
with  giving  the  various  expressions  in  use  for  public  suits,  and 
based  either  upon  the  difference  of  the  crimes  or  on  certain 
peculiarities  of  the  procedure.1  In  the  first  place,  the  term 
Phasis  was  applied  to  the  prosecution  of  those  who  had  either 
interfered  with  the  pecuniary  interests  of  the  State,  by  trans- 
gressing the  laws  relating  to  trade,  or  to  the  customs-duties,  or 
to  the  regulation  of  the  mines,  or  through  the  improper  occupa- 
tion of  public  property,  or  who  had  sinned  against  both  law  and 
religion  by  uprooting  the  sacred  olive-trees  belonging  to  the 
patron  goddess  of  the  city,  or  finally,  who,  in  the  capacity  of 
guardians,  had,  by  their  dishonest  administration  of  the  property 
of  their  wards,  injured  the  interests  of  those  who,  being  incap- 
able of  protecting  themselves,  were  commended  to  the  more 
particular  protection  of  the  State.  The  term  Apographe — pro- 
perly a  written  inventory  of  goods  either  confiscated  or  set 
apart  by  law  for  confiscation — was  secondarily  applied  to  the 
prosecution  connected  with  this  inventory,  and  directed  against 
those  who  had  such  goods  in  their  possession  and  withheld 
them  from  the  State.  The  term  Endeixis  denoted  a  criminal 
information  directed  especially  against  those  who  were  ex- 
cluded by  law,  or  in  consequence  of  a  judicial  decision,  from 
the  exercise  of  certain  rights,  such  as  that  of  speaking  in  the 
popular  assembly,  or  from  visiting  certain  places,  when  despite 
their  exclusion  they  exercised  the  rights  or  visited  the  places. 
In  this  class  of  offenders  were  included,  amongst  others,  those 
persons  on  whom  Atimia  had  been  inflicted,  whether  this 
Atimia  resulted  from  the  sentence  of  a  court,  or  because  the 
prosecutor  had  just  undertaken  to  prove  that  they  had 
made  themselves  liable  to  that  penalty;  as  also  those  on 
whom  rested  the  guilt  of  homicide,  who  might  be  summoned 
under  it  not  only  by  the  person  obliged  or  entitled  to  pro- 
secute before  the  courts  which  tried  such  cases,  but  by  any 
person  whatever,  and  might  be  brought  before  a  Heliastic 
court  presided   over  by  the   Eleven.     The  term  Apagoge  is 

1  As  regards  what  follows  it  is  sufficient  to  refer  to  Alt.  Proc.  p.  197  seq. 


THE  A  THENIAN  ST  A  TE.  479 

applied  to  the  prosecution  of  criminals  taken  in  the  act,  and  at 
once  brought  before  the  proper  authority,  which  might  either 
commit  them  to  prison  or  compel  them  to  find  bail.  If,  how- 
ever, the  authority  was  itself  conducted  to  the  spot  where  such 
a  criminal  was,  the  process  was  called  Ephegesis.  The  term 
Eisangelia  is  primarily  applied  to  the  criminal  information 
brought  before  the  Council  or  the  popular  assembly  regarding  a 
crime  which  affected  the  interests  of  the  State,  but  to  which,  on 
account  of  the  pressure  of  opposing  circumstances,  the  usual 
ordinary  course  of  law  did  not  seem  applicable ;  but  this  name  is 
also  employed  in  a  special  sense  to  denote  the  prosecutions  for 
ill-treatment  instituted  by  married  women  possessing  property 
against  their  husbands,  or  of  wards  against  their  guardians,  and 
of  the  prosecution  of  public  arbitrators  for  misperformance  of 
their  functions.  We  may  add  Euthyne  and  Dokimasia,1  although 
both  names  denote  not  so  much  the  proceeding  of  the  prosecutor 
as  the  judicial  process  caused  by  the  plaint :  Euthyne  against 
accountable  functionaries  for  malperformance  of  their  official 
functions  ;  Dokimasia  against  such  as  had  been  chosen  to  public 
offices,  or  who  as  orators  exercised  a  political  activity  for  which 
they  lacked  the  legal  requirements  and  qualifications.  But  the 
most  general  name  for  public  suits  is ypacprj,  or  "written  indict- 
ment," which  denotes  all  those  that  are  not  included  under  the 
special  titles  we  have  cited,  as  well  as  many  of  those  that  are. 

From  this  enumeration  alone  it  will  be  clear  how  the 
jurisdiction  of  the  Heliastse  extended  beyond  the  offences 
committed  by  private  individuals,  whether  against  other  private 
individuals  or  against  the  State,  and  how  the  officials,  their 
fitness  for  their  office,  and  the  illegalities  and  excesses  they 
committed  in  its  administration,  were  subject  to  the  judgment 
of  these  courts.  It  follows  that  the  administration  was  in 
a  certain  degree  controlled  by  them,  and  that  there  is  no  ques- 
tion in  Athens  of  a  so-called  system  of  administrative  justice, 
by  which  the  administration  is  properly  controlled  by  itself,  and 
the  inferior  officials  by  the  superior.  But  even  the  sovereign 
Assembly,  when  compared  with  the  courts,  seems  not  to  be 
so  completely  sovereign ;  its  resolutions,  on  the  contrary,  might, 
by  means  of  an  appeal  to  the  courts,  be  nullified  and  quashed. 
We  have  already  spoken2  of  the  so-called  ypa<f>r)  irapavopuov  and 
its  announcement  by  a  {nrcofioata.     In  the  popular  assembly 

1  With  Pollux,  viii.  41.     Why  the  belong  to  the  account  of  the  Athenian 

Probole  he  names  is  passed  over  will  judicial  system,   but  to  that  of  the 

be  clear  from  what  has  been  said  about  relations  engendered  by  international 

it   (p.  391  seq.).      The    Androlepsion  law. 

likewise  mentioned  by  him  does  not  a  Cf.  supra,  p.  384. 


480      DESCRIPTION  OF  THE  PRINCIPAL  STATES. 

this  measure  served  either  to  hinder  the  taking  of  the  votes  on 
a  resolution,  or  to  suspend  the  validity  of  a  resolution  already 
passed  by  a  majority  of  votes  until  the  decision  of  the  court. 
The  indictment  was  directed  against  the  mover  personally, 
who,  if  the  court  decided  against  him,  incurred  a  more  or  less 
severe  punishment.  Even  if  the  indictment  had  reference  to  a 
motion  already  approved  by  the  people,  the  mover  of  the 
motion  was  responsible  for  a  year  after  its  passing.  After 
the  expiration  of  this  period,  he  was  free  from  personal  re- 
sponsibility, though  the  resolution  itself  might  still  be  quashed 
by  the  court  afterwards.  The  ypacprj  •jrapavofixov  therefore  was, 
on  the  one  hand,  a  means  of  deterring  careless  or  dishonest 
statesmen  from  motions  not  in  accordance  with  the  laws  or 
interests  of  the  State,  or  of  inflicting  punishment  for  such 
motions ;  while,  on  the  other  hand,  it  was  a  means  of  rendering 
harmless  the  cases  of  over-haste  on  the  part  of  the  many-headed 
popular  assembly,  by  submitting  its  resolutions  to  the  special 
consideration  of  a  smaller  number  of  men  of  mature  age ;  men 
who  were  besides  pledged  by  their  oath  to  conscientious  examina- 
tion. Solon — for  there  seems  no  valid  ground  whatever  for 
refusing  to  ascribe  this  provision  to  him1 — seems  to  have  been 
determined  in  making  it  by  the  same  motive  of  prudence  which 
caused  him  to  withdraw  the  task  of  legislation  proper  (the 
Nomothesia)  from  the  popular  assembly,  and  to  transfer  it  to  a 
commission  of  Nomothetse,  which  was  formed  of  Heliastae,  and 
was  therefore  not  essentially  different  from  a  Heliastic  court. 
The  Heliastae  are  to  be  considered  as  it  were  a  narrower  com- 
mittee of  the  sovereign  people,  appointed  to  guard  the  rights 
and  interests  of  the  commonwealth,  not  only  in  cases  where  the 
people  are  not  in  a  position  to  proceed  collectively,  but  also 
against  the  over-haste  and  mistakes  of  that  people  itself.  As 
long  as  the  number  of  the  Heliastae  was  not  too  large,  and  the 
courts  were  not  filled  through  the  attraction  of  payment  with 
persons  from  the  lower  and  uneducated  class,  they  answered 
without  doubt  to  the  intentions  of  Solon,  and  acted  rather  as  a 
check  than  as  an  impetus  to  democracy.  But  when  six  thousand 
were  elected  every  year,  and  those  mainly  from  the  inferior 
classes,  the  character  of  the  courts  necessarily  underwent  altera- 
tion, and  much  the  same  thing  happened  in  them  as  in  the 
general  assemblies  of  the  people.  Of  this  the  manifold  com- 
plaints, brought  forward  as  they  are  by  the  most  credible 
witnesses,  regarding  partisan  and  unfair  decisions  to  which  the 

1  As  has  been  done  by  Grote,  who      tion  of  the  ypcupr)  vapavd/xup  in  the 
(vol.  iv.  459)  puts  the  first  introduc-      time  of  Pericles. 


THE  A  THENIAN  ST  A  TE.  48 1 

judges  allowed  themselves  to  be  misled  by  demagogues  do  not 
admit  of  any  doubt  being  entertained.  That  they  consciously 
and  intentionally  did  wrong  we  do  not  by  any  means  intend  to 
maintain,  but  it  was  not  difficult  to  lead  them  astray,  to  excite 
their  passions,  and  to  confuse  their  judgment,  especially  as  in 
many  cases  there  was  no  definite  legal  form  whatever  which 
could  have  served  as  a  certain  and  unambiguous  standard  for 
their  decisions,  but,  on  the  contrary,  they  were  referred  to  their 
own  judgment  and  conscience ;  a  defect  in  the  legal  system 
of  Athens  which  under  favourable  conditions  might  turn  out 
in  every  way  advantageous,  inasmuch  as  it  obviated  the  danger 
that  the  letter  of  the  law  might  prevail  rather  than  its  true 
spirit,  but  which  in  the  absence  of  these  conditions  might  as 
easily  aid  the  wrong  to  a  victory  over  justice  and  right. 

The  public  suits,  whether  they  related  to  an  injury  done  to 
the  State  itself  directly,  or  to  one  done  primarily  to  a  private 
individual,  and  affecting  the  State  only  indirectly,  had  all  of 
them  this  in  common,  that  each  citizen  in  the  enjoyment  of 
his  privileges  and  independence  was  entitled  to  institute  them.1 
If,  for  instance,  any  overbearing  citizen  had  ill-treated  a  weaker 
and  inferior  person,  and  this  latter  did  not  himself  venture  to 
undertake  the  struggle  against  him,  a  third  person,  quite  with- 
out personal  concern  in  the  matter,  might  come  forward  on  his 
behalf  and  bring  the  first-mentioned  party  before  a  court. 
Similarly,  when  any  magistrate  had  committed  a  breach  of  his 
duty,  and  the  functionaries  appointed  to  supervise  the  conduct 
of  the  magistrates  left  the  offence  without  rebuke,  any  private 
person  might  cause  an  inquiry  to  be  instituted ;  or  when,  in  the 
popular  assembly,  a  bad  measure  had  been  passed  or  proposed, 
any  one  who  believed  that  he  could  prove  its  badness  might 
enter  a  protest  by  lodging  an  indictment'  (ypci(pr)  irapa- 
vofuov)  against  it.  In  the  second  place,  all  public  suits  have 
this  also  in  common,  that  they  involve  a  penalty,  and  that  the 
punishment  incurred  by  the  person  condemned  is  due,  not  to 
the  prosecutor,  but  to  the  State ;  although  the  prosecutor  may 
have  instituted  the  prosecution  for  an  injury  primarily  done  to 
himself.  Only  in  certain  specified  cases  does  the  law  assure 
any  gain  to  the  prosecutor  by  the  fine  to  be  paid  by  the 
condemned  person;  for  instance,  in  the  case  of  Phasis  and 
Apographe,  in  both  of  which  he  obtains  a  portion  of  the 
penalty.2    In  the  third  place,  it  is  a  rule  in  public  prosecutions, 

1  For    the    details    regarding    the    ISid  and  ypa<pT)  Sijuocria,  p.  63. 
persons  who  could  prosecute  and  be 

prosecuted,  cf.  Att.  Proc.  p.  555  seq.,  2  Att.  Proc.  p.  165;  Antiquitates, 
and  for  the  distinction  between  ypatpv    p.  270. 

2  II 


482       DESCRIPTION  OF  THE  PRINCIPAL  STATES. 

that  if  the  prosecutor  either  permits  the  indictment  he  has 
instituted  to  lapse,  or  does  not  obtain  the  fifth  part  of  the 
votes  when  judgment  is  pronounced,  he  incurs  a  fine  of  a 
thousand  drachmae,1  as  well  as  a  limited  Atimia,  that  is  to  say, 
he  loses  the  right  of  instituting  similar  plaints  in  the  future ; 
a  provision  obviously,  intended  as  a  deterrent  from  the  too 
facile  institution  of  such  prosecutions.2 

The  private  suits,  of  which  the  aim  is  either  to  obtain  satis- 
faction for  an  injury  done  to  the  rights  of  the  complainant  or 
to  establish  a  right  which  is  matter  of  dispute,  are  divided,  in 
accordance  with  this  distinction,  into  those  which  do,  and  those 
which  do  not,  involve  punishment.  The  former  are  called  ZUai 
Kara  twos,  the  latter  hUat  jrpos  rivaf  and  a  subdivision  among 
the  latter  is  formed  by  the  BiaSi/cacricu,  in  which  the  question  at 
issue  is  the  gaining  possession  of  a  thing  claimed  by  several 
persons,  or  the  acceptance  of  an  obligation  which  it  is 
desired  to  shift  from  one's-self  to  another.4  All  have  two 
features  in  common — first,  they  can  only  be  instituted  by  an 
interested  party,  that  is,  so  far  as  such  a  party  is  independent 
and  capable  of  coming  forward  before  a  court ;  secondly,  if  the 
defendant  is  condemned  to  pay  a  fine,  that  fine  goes  to  the 
complainant.  Both  classes  of  suit,  however,  public  and  private, 
are  of  two  kinds :  assessed  causes  (ar/coves  Tt/xrjrol),  and  un- 
assessed  causes  (ay coves  aTifirjToi).  To  the  latter  class  belong 
all  those  in  which  the  punishment  for  the  condemned  person 
is  fixed  by  law,  to  the  former  those  in  which  a  special  determi- 
nation of  the  punishment  is  required  according  to  the  heaviness 
of  the  offence,  or  according  to  the  amount  of  the  damage 
suffered.5 

The  mode  of  procedure  was  in  general  not  essentially 
different  in  public  and  in  private  suits.  Before  the  plaint  was 
brought  forward,  it  was,  as  a  rule,  requisite  to  send  a 
summons  to  the  opponent  to  present  himself  on  a  particular 
day  before  the  competent  authority.  It  was  required  that  this 
summons  should  be  served  by  the  complainant  in  a  public 
place,  and  in  the  presence  of  witnesses  to  the  service  (/cX^T^oe?),6 

1  As  regards  the  500  drachmae  in        3  Att.  Proc.  p.  167. 
Demosth.  de  Cor.  p.  261,  20,  see  the        4  lb.  p.  367. 
right  explanation  in  Antiq.  p.   271,        8  lb.  p.  171  seq. 

note  7.  6  lb.     p.     576     seq.       In    Aristo- 

2  For  exceptions  to  this  rule  in  the  phanes,  Aves,  1422,  the  KXr/T^p  vrjcnu- 
Eisangelia  for  ill-treatment  of  parents,  tik6s  is  clearly  the  sycophantic  prose- 
orphans,  and  heiresses,  as  well  as  in  cutor  himself,  who  makes  a  trade  of 
the  Eisangelia  for  public  offences  of  tricking  the  allies  by  prosecutions  ; 
an  extraordinary  kind,  cf.  Att.  Proc.  cf.  ib.  1425.  31,  52,  57,  60.  On  the 
p.  735.  other    hand,   in  v.    147,   where    the 


THE  ATHENIAN  STATE.  483 

in  order  that,  if  the  person  summoned  did  not  comply  with  it, 
its  service  might  be  proved  before  the  proper  authority,  and  a 
motion  might  be  made  to  treat  him,  in  consequence  of  his  non- 
appearance, as  guilty  of  contempt  of  court.  The  giving  of  bail 
for  their  appearance  before  the  proper  authority  was  obligatory 
on  foreigners  only,  and  not  on  citizens;  nor,  similarly,  could  the 
latter  be  compelled  to  come  at  once  before  the  proper  authority 
with  the  complainant,  except  in  the  cases  where  the  so-called 
Apagoge  took  place.1  A  summons  to  the  opponent  was  dis- 
pensed with  in  the  case  of  procedure  by  Endeixis,  inasmuch 
as  it  was  here  the  business  of  the  authority  to  secure  the 
accused  by  committing  him  to  prison,  or  else  to  require  bail 
from  him ;  as  also  in  the  case  of  Eisangelia  before  the  Council 
or  the  assembly,  where,  likewise,  the  accused  person  might 
either  be  committed  to  prison  or  compelled  to  furnish  bail; 
and  lastly,  in  the  case  of  the  Dokimasia  or  of  Euthyne  against 
officials,  inasmuch  as  these  were  obliged,  without  receiving  a 
special  summons,  to  present  themselves  and  be  ready  for  the 
complainant  at  the  time  appointed  for  the  examination  or  the 
giving  in  of  their  accounts.  The  plaint  was  lodged  with  the 
superintending  authority  in  writing.  The  written  plaint  in 
private  causes  is  generally  termed  \?5£t<?,2  and  if  it  has  reference 
to  persons,  not  to  things,  eyfckrjfia.  In  public  causes  it  some- 
times bears  the  same  name,  sometimes  that  of  ypacpij,  or  of 
(pdaa,  evSeigis,  cnrcuyarfrj,  elaayyekla,  according  to  the  different 
forms  of  the  procedure.  When  received,  it  was  written  out — 
either  in  full,  or  at  least  in  substance — on  a  tablet,  by  the 
clerk  of  the  authority  with  whom  it  was  lodged,  and  was 
publicly  posted  at  the  office  of  this  authority,  in  order  that  any 
one  who  might  in  any  way  be  interested  in  the  matter,  might 
receive  information  regarding  it.  This  authority,  however,  had 
first  of  all  to  decide  the  question  of  its  acceptance  or  rejection. 
The  principal  case  of  its  rejection  was  when  the  person  sum- 
moned did  not  appear,  and  the  service  of  the  summons  was  not 
proved  by  the  witnesses  appointed  for  that  purpose ;  but  there 
were  also  many  other  grounds  of  rejection,  which  we  do  not 
desire  to  deal  with  particularly  in  this  place,  because  they 
would  compel  us  to  go  too  much  into  detail.3  If  the  plaint 
was  accepted,  a  time  was  appointed  at  which  the  preparation 
of  the  case  for  trial  (avd/cpuns)  should  commence.     In  this  the 

Salaminian  ship  brings  the  KXr/r^p,  we  Proc.  p.  590. 

are  to  think  of  a  messenger  of  govern-        1  Att.  Proc.  p.  580  seq. 

ment  who,  in  consequence  of  an  Eis-        a  For  the  reason  of  the  title,  see 

angelia,  summons  the  absent  criminal  Att.  Proc.  p.  596. 

in  the  name  of  the   State  ;  cf.   Att.         8  Id.  pp.  599-602. 


484      DESCRIPTION  OF  THE  PRINCIPAL  STATES. 

first  step  requisite  was  the  administration  of  oaths  to  both 
parties,  the  complainant  being  sworn  to  the  truth  of  his  plaint, 
the  defendant  to  that  of  his  reply.  This  interchange  of  oaths 
is  indicated  by  the  name  avrtopsxria,  which  is,  however,  also 
applied  secondarily  to  the  exchange  of  written  statements,  the 
more  proper  name  of  which  is  avrvypacpi},  a  term  we  find 
employed  not  only  for  the  answer  of  the  defendant,  but  also 
for  the  statement  of  the  plaint1  Besides  this,  the  court-fees 
were  to  be  paid  by  both,  or  one  of  the  parties.  These  fees,  in 
private  causes,  if  the  cause  involved  a  sum  of  more  than  a 
hundred  drachmae  (with  the  exception  of  the  charge  of  doing 
bodily  harm,  Buct)  ot/cia?) — were  the  so-called  Prytaneia,  which, 
in  causes  involving  less  than  1000  drachmas,  were  three 
drachmae,  in  more  serious  causes  thirty.  They  were  deposited 
by  both  parties,  but  after  the  decision  of  the  suit  the  winning 
party  recovered  them  from  his  opponent.  In  the  case  of 
public  plaints,  Prytaneia  were  not  deposited  at  all  by  the 
defendant,  and  were  deposited  by  the  complainant  only  in 
those  cases  where  victory  brought  him  some  personal  gain,  in 
the  shape  of  a  part  of  the  fine  to  be  paid  by  the  condemned 
person,  as  in  the  case  of  Phasis  and  Apographe.  In  other 
cases,  the  plaintiff  deposited  only  a  small  sum,  probably  not 
more  than  a  drachma,  which  was  called  irapaxrraGi*; ;  and  in  the 
case  of  an  Eisangelia,  even  this  was  not  deposited.  In  suits 
relating  to  inheritance,  if  an  inheritance  already  assigned  to 
others,  or  one  to  which  several  persons  laid  claim,  was 
demanded  for  the  sole  use  of  the  claimant,  the  tenth  part  of 
the  amount  claimed  was  deposited ;  in  the  case  of  disputes 
with  the  treasury  with  regard  to  confiscated  goods,  the  fifth 
part.  This  deposit  was  called  Paracatabole,  and  without  doubt 
was  returned  to  the  complainant  if  he  was  victorious,  but,  if 
he  was  defeated,  passed  to  the  victorious  party. 

In  the  preparation  of  the  suit  both  parties  brought  forward 
whatever  might  seem  necessary  to  prove  either  the  legality  of 
their  demands  and  refusals,  or  the  truth  of  the  facts  maintained 
by  them,  e.g.  passages  in  laws,  documents,  depositions,  the  confes- 
sions of  slaves.  The  depositions  were  partly  puprvpuu,  which 
were  stated  by  the  witnesses  who  were  themselves  present 
before  the  court,  and  were  reduced  to  writing;  partly  e/cfiapTvpuii, 
or  statements  made  by  absent  persons  in  the  presence  of  wit- 
nesses, and  which  were  likewise  reduced  to  writing,  and  put 


1  Att.  Proc.  p.  628  seq.,  where,  to  Plat.  Apol.  c.  15,  and  perhaps  also 
however,  what  is  said  about  &vn-  Hyperid.  pro  Euxenipp.  pp.  4,  11, 
ypaijrf)  requires  correction,  according    Schneidewin. 


THE  ATHENIAN  STATE.  485 

among  the  documents  of  the  case.  The  statements  of  slaves 
ranked  as  a  means  of  proof  only  when  they  were  exacted 
from  them  by  examination  under  torture  (fidaavos) ;  for  this 
purpose  the  party  concerned  with  the  statement  either  sum- 
moned its  own  slaves  or  required  the  adverse  party  to  give  up 
those  it  possessed  for  the  purpose.  In  either  case  the  proceed- 
ing was  called  irpoKkqavi  et?  fidaavov,  or  challenge  to  examina- 
tion under  torture.  The  person  summoned  was  not,  it  is  true, 
compelled  to  accept  the  challenge ;  but  if  he  refused  it  he  had 
to  fear  the  argument  that  might  be  drawn  from  it  by  his 
adversary,  who  could  use  it  as  a  proof  that  the  other  had  had 
reason  to  fear  the  statements  of  his  slaves.  The  examination 
under  torture  took  place,  as  a  rule,  in  the  presence  of  both 
parties, — friends  of  both  sides  being  summoned,  whose  duty  it 
was  to  conduct  the  examination  and  reduce  the  statements  to 
writing,  in  order  that  it  might  be  taken  as  evidence  in  the  case 
through  the  credibility  given  to  it  by  their  testimony.  Great 
value  was  set  upon  this  species  of  evidence,  and  it  was  in 
general  regarded  as  more  worthy  of  credit  than  the  testimony 
of  free  men ;  which,  it  must  be  admitted,  shows  that  no  very 
high  opinion  was  entertained  of  the  truth  and  honesty  of  the 
latter,  although  they  made  their  statements,  at  least  as  a  rule, 
upon  oath.1  Finally,  we  must  mention  among  the  evidence 
the  oaths  which  the  parties  either  offered  to  make  themselves 
or  tendered  to  the  opposite  party.  If  the  offer  or  demand  (both 
are  called  7rpo*XJ7o-t<?)  was  accepted,  the  oath  was  lodged  with 
the  superintending  authority,  and  was  drawn  up  in  writing,  in 
order  to  be  included  among  the  documents  in  the  case,  and  to  be 
laid  at  the  proper  time  before  the  judges.  But  even  when  the 
oath  was  refused,  a  written  memorial  of  its  proposition  was 
deposited,  in  order  that  it  might  be  possible,  before  the  court,  to 
deduce  an  argument  against  the  opposite  party  from  its  refusaL 
All  these  pieces  of  evidence  were  collected  by  the  authority 
charged  with  the  preparation  of  the  case,  and  kept  in  a  sealed 
receptacle,  which,  after  the  conclusion  of  the  preparation  of  the 
case,  was  brought  to  the  court  on  the  day  of  the  trial,  in  order 
that  the  requisite  use  might  then  be  made  of  the  articles  of 
evidence   in   the   proceedings.      For   certain   kinds  of  legal 

1  My  assumption  in  Att.  Proc.  p.  content    myself    with    referring    to 

675,  6,  that,  as  a  rule,  the  witnesses  Sehafer,  Dem.  in.  2,  pp.  82-89.    With 

took  no  oath,  I  can  now  no  longer  reference  to  the  passage  of  Issns,  m 

defend.      The  third  oration  against  EuphU.  §  10,  it  may  be  imagined  that 

Aphobus,  brought  forward  in  support  the  testimony  offered  by  the  speaker 

of    this  view,   is    a  very  suspicious  was  not  demanded,  and  therefore  not 

authority ;  as  regards  this   point  I  given. 


486      DESCRIPTION  OF  THE  PRINCIPAL  STATES. 

proceedings,  especially  for  claims  upon  an  Eranus  (Si/cat 
epavi/cai),1  commercial  causes  (hUcu  2/47T optical),  matters  con- 
nected with  the  mines  (8Ucu  pwcOOaicaL),  and  suits  relating  to 
a  dowry  (hUrj  Trpuacos),  it  was  provided  by  law,  in  Demo- 
sthenes' time,  that  the  preliminary  investigation  should  be  de- 
spatched and  the  matter  decided  within  the  space  of  a  month ; 
for  this  reason  these  were  called  SUai  e/j.p,r)voi.  Other  causes 
were  often  protracted  through  a  longer  period,  sometimes  for 
years.2  The  commercial  suits  could  only  be  instituted  in  the 
winter  months,  from  Boedromion  to  Munychion,  because  in  the 
summer  months,  when  navigation  was  most  active,  the  persons 
concerned  could  not  with  propriety  be  detained  by  legal  pro- 
ceedings from  the  exercise  of  their  business.3 

On  the  day  of  trial  or  award  the  presiding  authorities  took  up 
their  station  in  the  place  appointed — whatever  it  was — for  the 
trial  of  the  cause,  where  they  were  joined  by  the  judges  allotted 
them  as  assessors  by  the  Thesmothetae,  and  then  they  caused  the 
parties  to  be  summoned.  If  the  complainant  absented  himself 
he  was  regarded  as  having  given  up  the  suit ;  if  the  defendant 
absented  himself  he  was  condemned  "  in  contumaciam." 
Naturally  neither  course  was  adopted  except  when  the  absence 
was  not  excused  by  sufficient  reasons ;  for  if  this  was  the  case, 
it  was  necessary  that  a  motion  should  be  made  for  the  appoint- 
ment of  another  day  of  hearing.  The  proceedings  before  the 
court  were  probably  preceded  by  a  religious  ceremony,  at  least 
by  the  offering  of  incense,  and  by  a  prayer,  to  be  recited  by 
the  herald.4  Then  the  plaint  and  the  answer  were  read  aloud 
by  the  clerk ;  after  which  the  parties  were  called  upon  to  speak. 
The  law  required  that  each  should  conduct  his  own  case ;  hence 
those  who  had  not  themselves  a  sufficient  command  of  eloquence 
had  a  speech  composed  for  them  by  others  who  made  a  profes- 
sion of  oratory.  This  speech  they  then  learnt  by  heart,  and 
delivered  before  the  court.  But  it  was  permitted  to  a  suitor 
to  bring  supporters,  and  to  employ  them  to  speak  on  his  behalf 
as  well;  hence  the  parties  frequently  contented  themselves 
with  delivering  only  a  brief  statement  by  way  of  introduction, 
and  left  the  principal  speech  to  their  supporters.  In  private 
causes,  probably  in  the  majority  of  them,  the  first  Actio  (speech 


1  Cf.  p.  362.  as  is  clear  from  de  Redit.  c.   3.   3. 

2  Att.  Proc.  p.  694,  5.     That  this  And  the  same  may,  in  like  manner, 
provision  belongs  to  the  time  of  De-  be  assumed  of  the  rest, 
mosthenes  is  clear  from  de  Halonnes.  sr.         .     A      .        n^   „      t  T  „„ 
p.    79,   §  12,   at   least   with    regard  .D^'  m  {£"'  *  900>  3  '  ct  L^ 
to  the  SUat  ifivopiKal.     At  the  time  xvn'  *  °»  p'  05W* 

of  Xenophon   it  did  not  yet   exist,  *  Att.  Proc.  p.  706. 


THE  A  THENIAN  ST  A  TE.  487 

and  reply)  was  followed  by  a  second ;  in  public  causes,  on  the 
contrary,  there  was  only  one.  The  time  for  the  speeches 
was  measured  by  the  Clepsydra.1  The  written  documents 
used  in  evidence,  and  to  which  reference  was  made  in  the 
speech,  were  read  aloud  by  the  clerk  at  the  passages  of  the 
speech  referring  to  them ;  and  the  witnesses  also,  whose  testi- 
mony was  read,  were  usually  present  in  person,  to  confirm  it 
either  expressly  or  in  silence.  Those  who  had  not  yet  given 
evidence  required  from  them  in  the  Anacrisis  were  now 
required  either  to  give  it  or  to  give  an  assurance  on  oath  that 
they  could  not  do  so ;  and  if  this  demand  were  not  complied 
with  they  might  be  punished,  and  might  also  be  formally 
proceeded  against  for  damages.2  The  speaker  might  not  be 
interrupted  by  his  adversary,  but  .the  judges  were  entitled 
to  check  his  discourse  if  he  appeared  to  be  bringing  for- 
ward irrelevant  matter,  or  if  they  required  fuller  information 
with  regard  to  any  point.  Indeed,  it  happened  at  times  that 
they  would  not  allow  a  suitor  to  finish  his  speech,  or  even  to 
speak  at  all,  but  condemned  him  unheard ;  nor,  apparently, 
could  such  a  decision  be  combated  by  legal  means,  although 
the  oath  of  the  judges  expressly  stated  the  obligation  to  give 
an  equal  hearing  to  both  sides.3  But  the  speeches  themselves 
were,  frequently  enough,  calculated  less  to  give  thorough  and 
true  information  to  the  judges  about  the  cause  under  con- 
sideration than  to  produce  a  favourable  or  unfavourable  state  of 
feeling ;  and  hence,  if  it  seemed  desirable,  even  deceptions  and 
misrepresentations  of  the  truth  were  not  disdained,  and  much 
was  brought  forward  that  did  not  properly  belong  to  the  case, 
but  might  serve  to  gain  credit  for  the  speaker,  and  to  damage 
his  adversary  in  the  eyes  of  the  judges.  Nor  was  there  any 
lack  of  prayers  for  mercy  and  pity,  and  suppliants  were  brought 
into  court — wives,  children,  helpless  parents,  or  friends  who 
possessed  influence  and  position — in  order  to  work  upon  the 
judges  through  them.  The  voting  took  place  secretly,  some- 
times with  variously-coloured  pebbles,  sometimes  with  beans  or 
shells,  sometimes  with  small  bullets,  pierced  for  condemnation, 


1  That  there  were  also  suits  where  As  to  the  single  and  double  Actio,  cf . 

this  did  not  happen  is  certain ;  but  Schol.  on  Dem.  in  Androt.  sub  init., 

which  they  were,   except  that    the  p.  104  of  the  edition  of  Baiter  and 

ypa<f>rj  KaKtbaews  was  one,  Is  not  known,  Sanppe. 

As   to  the  Clepsydra  we  may  quote  *  ALktj  p\&j3r]s  and  dlicri  Xtiro/tapru- 

the  description  given  by  Appuleius,  ptov  ;  the  latter  in  the  case  when  the 

Met.  iii.   3  :  "  Vasculum  quoddam  in  testimony  had  been  promised  bef ore- 

vicem   coli  graciliter  fistulatum,  per  hand. — Alt.  Proc.  p.  672. 

quod  infusa  aqua  guttatim  defluit."  3  Id.  p.  718. 


488      DESCRIPTION  OF  THE  PRINCIPAL  STATES. 

entire  for  acquittal.  In  the  case  of  an  equality  of  votes,  the 
defendant  was  regarded  as  acquitted.  The  complainant,  if  he 
had  not  at  least  the  fifth  part  of  the  votes  in  his  favour,  gener- 
ally incurred,  in  private  causes,  the  punishment  of  Epobelia, 
i.e.  payment  of  the  sixth  part  of  the  sum  to  which  the  trial  had 
reference;1  in  public  suits  he  incurred  a  line  of  a  thousand 
drachmae,2  joined  with  the  loss  of  the  right  to  bring  forward 
similar  suits  in  the  future.  If  the  case  was  an  "  assessed  suit," 
it  was  necessary  for  the  condemnation  of  the  accused  person  to 
be  followed  by  a  second  vote  upon  the  punishment.  This  had 
already  been  proposed  by  the  complainant  in  the  indictment ; 
the  defendant,  however,  was  allowed  to  make  a  counter-pro- 
posal, and  the  judges  chose  between  the  two.  Additional 
punishments,  especially  imprisonment,  might  be  inflicted  in 
certain  cases,  on  the  motion  of  one  of  the  judges.  Whether,  how- 
ever, the  Court  might  further  depart  from  the  proposal  of  the 
complainant  or  the  counter-proposal  of  the  defendant,  and 
might  in  any  way  assign  a  punishment  midway  between  the 
two,  is  matter  of  dispute.3  The  verdict  of  the  judges  was 
announced,  and  the  assembly  dissolved,  by  the  presiding  magis- 
trate. Adjournment  occurred  only  exceptionally,  if,  for  in- 
stance, the  proceedings  were  interrupted  by  a  Diosemia,  or  sign 
from  heaven. 

The  punishments  in  criminal  cases  were  death,  banish- 
ment, loss  of  freedom,  Atimia  or  loss  of  civic  rights,  the 
confiscation  of  property,  and  pecuniary  fines.  The  punishment 
of  death  was  usually  carried  out  in  the  prison  by  the  execu- 
tioner, who  was  subordinate  to  the  Board  of  Eleven ;  its  mildest 
form  was  the  draught  of  hemlock ;  sometimes,  however,  it  was 
further  aggravated  by  torture.4  The  corpses  of  great  criminals 
were  cast  into  the  Barathrum  or  into  the  Orygma,  or  conveyed 
across  the  frontiers  unburied.5  For  a  person  banished  a  period 
was  fixed  within  which  he  had  to  leave  the  country,  and  if  he 
was  still  found  there  after  its  expiration  he  might  be  punished 
with  death.  Confiscation  of  property  invariably  accompanied 
banishment.     Of  imprisonment  as  a  punishment  by  itself  we 

1  i.e.  an  obol  from  each  drachma  ;  [The   English    translation   of   Bbckh 

whence  the  name.  does   not    mention    the    affirmative 

s  In  the  case  of  Phasis,  he  also  in-  view.] 

curred  Epobelia.— Att.  Proc.  p.  732.  *  Att.  Proc.  p.  685,  note  91. 

8  In  Alt.   Proc.  p.   725,  the  ques-  •  Xen.  Hell.  i.  7.  20  ;  Hyperid.  pro 

tion  is  answered  in  the  affirmative  ;  Lycurg.  p.  16 ;  pro  Eux.  p.  31  ;   cf. 

and  Bockh,   Staateh.  i.   490  (Berlin,  Meier,  de  bonis  damnatorum.    On  the 

1851),  supports  this  view.    The  majo-  Barathrum    and    Orygma    cf.   Ross, 

rity  of  inquirers  are  of  the  contrary  Theseion,   p.   44,   and  Curtius,    Att. 

opinion,  as  also  Grote,  iv.  53,  note  1.  Stud.  i.  8. 


THE  ATHENIAN  STATE.  489 

have  no  certain  example ;  it  appears  however  as  an  aggravation 
of  punishment,1  or  as  a  means  of  compelling  debtors  of  the 
State  to  make  payments,  or  finally,  as  a  means  to  make  certain 
of  an  accused  person  until  judgment  is  pronounced.  Loss  of 
personal  freedom  was  imposed  as  a  punishment  only  upon  non- 
citizens  for  usurpation  of  the  rights  of  citizens,  and  those  con- 
demned to  it  were  given  over  to  the  Poletse  to  be  sold  as  slaves. 
A  person  punished  with  Atimia,  if  he  did  not  withdraw  from 
the  exercise  of  the  rights  forbidden  him,  was  subject  to  the 
Endeixis  or  Apagoge,  and  might  in  consequence  of  these  be 
visited  with  severer  penalties,  sometimes  even  with  the  penalty 
of  death.  The  mode  of  carrying  out  the  punishment  of  confis- 
cation was  as  follows : — The  Demarchs  of  the  district  to  which 
the  condemned  man  belonged,  or  other  persons  charged  with 
the  duty,  prepared  an  inventory,  of  the  property,  and  after 
this  was  done  the  Poletae  had  to  provide  for  its  sale. 
Frequently  however  a  part  of  the  property  was  left  to  the 
children  of  the  condemned  man.2  Pecuniary  fines  were  col- 
lected by  the  Practores  or  by  the  treasurers  of  the  temple  funds, 
according  as  they  fell  to  the  State-treasury  or  to  the  temple- 
chests,  and  the  person  condemned  was  under  Atimia  until  pay- 
ment was  made,  while  if  he  had  not  paid  up  to  the  date  appointed 
he  incurred  a  double  penalty,  and  if  even  then  he  did  not  pay 
steps  were  taken  towards  confiscating  his  property.  If  the 
produce  of  his  property  did  not  suffice  to  wipe  out  the  debt,  he 
remained  in  Atimia  as  a  State  debtor,  and  his  descendants  after 
him,  until  the  debt  was  either  paid  or  remitted.  If  however  an 
overplus  remained  on  the  sale  of  the  property  it  was  paid  back 
again  to  him.  In  private  causes  Attic  jurisprudence  provided 
the  victorious  party  with  various  means  according  to  the  differ- 
ent circumstances  of  the  case,  by  which  he  could  compel  the 
opponent  to  fulfil  the  sentence  imposed  upon  him.3  The 
victorious  party,  if  no  settlement  had  been  made  by  the  oppo- 
nent at  the  time  appointed,  might  take  his  person  in  pledge,  or 
seize  his  belongings,  and   if  he   offered   resistance  in  either 

1  E.g.  for  theft. — Dem.  in   Timocr.  Plato  (ApoL  p.  372)  is  5e<r/j.t>s  named 

p.  736,  11.     C.  F.  Hermann's  opinion  as  an  independent  punishment,  and  a 

with  regard  to   imprisonment  as   an  pecuniary    fine,    with   imprisonment 

independent    punishment    (Staatsalt.  until  payment,  is  first  then  heard  of. 

§  139,  9)  is  totally  unsupported  by  the  In  his  model    State    too   (Legg.   ix. 

passage  of  Lys.  in'Agor.  quoted  by  him,  p.  864  e,  880  b,  c.  x.  p.  908)  many 


as  is  also  pointed  out  by  Westermann,  offences  are  punished  with  imprison- 

QuoR8t.  Lys.  i.  p.  19  (Lips.  1860).    In  the  ment. 

passage  in   Demosthenes  in   Timocr.  .  _,          .        .   T  T     .          „, 

p.  744  we  are  to  regard  arrest  as  a  * Dem-    m  _^°6-   *•   P-    834  5    "» 

means  of  security  against  absconding,  Jytcostr.  P-  "So. 

or  of  compelling  to  payment.     Only  in  s  Att.  Proc.  p.  747  seq. 


49Q      DESCRIPTION  OF  THE  PRINCIPAL  STATES. 

case,  or  if  he  refused  to  consent,  might  lodge  a  suit  for  execution 
(BUr)  igov\i}<i)  against  him.  This  had  as  its  consequence  that 
the  condemned  man  further  became  a  debtor  to  the  State,  and 
moreover  for  the  same  sum  which  he  had  been  condemned  to 
pay  to  the  plaintiff,  and  consequently,  until  he  paid,  was  under 
the  penalty  of  Atimia.  Non-citizens,  and  in  commercial  suits 
citizens  also,  might  be  put  under  arrest  or  compelled  to  find 
bail  until  payment  was  made. 

From  the  verdict  of  a  Heliastic  court  there  was  no  appeal, 
though  there  were  probably  certain  legal  means  of  rescinding  a 
surreptitiously  obtained  and  unjust  decision.1  Any  one  who 
had  been  cast  in  a  suit  in  consequence  of  his  non-appearance 
was  permitted,  if  he  succeeded  in  proving  that  the  justification 
of  his  absence  had  either  been  kept  back  through  no  fault  of 
his  own  or  had  been  unfairly  rejected,  to  move  for  restitu- 
tion (ttjv  eprjfjuqv  avrtXaxelv) .  Those  who  maintained  that  they 
had  not  been  summoned  at  all  might  prosecute  the  persons 
who  professed  to  have  been  witnesses  of  the  summons  (ypa(f>r) 
\}r€v8ofc\T)T6ia$).  Those  who  succeeded  in  showing  that  they 
had  lost  their  case  by  the  aid  of  false  witnesses  might  proceed 
against  these  witnesses  by  a  Slkt}  -^nevBofiaprvprnv.  The  ypacprj 
ylrev&oicTwjTehw  naturally  entailed  for  the  successful  party  the 
rescinding  of  the  unfairly  obtained  judgment,  but  he  was  also 
permitted  to  sue  his  former  opponent  for  damages  by  a  Bikt) 
Kajcarexyi&v,  or  to  institute  a  criminal  prosecution  against  him 
for  sycophantia  (ypacf)^  avKofpavrias),  which  involved  the 
more  or  less  severe  punishment  of  the  defeated  party  by  the 
State,  the  severity  of  the  punishment  varying  because  this 
prosecution  belonged  to  the  class  of  "  assessed  suits."  The  hucq 
■fyevhop,apTvpLGw,  too,  either  entailed  for  the  victorious  party,  over 
and  above  the  penalty  which  the  false  witnesses  were  condemned 
to  pay  him,  the  rescinding  of  the  judgment,  or  at  least  formed 
a  basis  likewise  for  a  SUrj  KcucorsyyiGiv  against  the  former 
opponent. 

If  now  we  turn  from  these  details  to  the  consideration  of  the 
judicial  system  as  a  whole,  we  can  in  the  first  place  only  repeat 
what  we  have  already  indicated  at  the  beginning  of  this  section, 
that  in  Athens  the  courts — that  is,  particularly  the  Heliastic 
courts,  which  come  under  special  consideration — may  with  per- 
fect justice  be  designated  as  the  principal  lever  of  democracy, 
as  the  most  favourable  soil  for  its  development  and  increase. 
Solon's  constitution  had  committed  to  an  aristocratic  body,  the 
Areopagus,  the  supervision  of  the  administration  in  its  totality, 

1  Att.  Proc,  p.  753. 


THE  A  THEN  I  AN  ST  A  TE.  491 

of  the  conduct  of  the  authorities  in  office,  of  the  proceedings  of 
the  popular  assembly.  This  function,  from  the  time  when  the 
Areopagus  was  deprived  of  it  by  Ephialtes,  passed  in  all  essen- 
tial points  to  the  Heliastic  courts.  For  these  were  the  courts 
charged  with  the  Dokimasia  and  Euthyne  of  the  officials ;  theirs 
was  the  right  of  passing  judgment  on  the  offences  of  that  class 
and  the  misuse  of  their  official  power,  and  of  deciding  upon 
the  validity  of  the  resolutions  arrived  at  in  the  assembly  of  the 
people  as  often  as  these  were  combated  by  any  one  through  the 
process  of  Hypomosia.  In  their  hands,  again,  was  the  acceptance 
or  rejection  of  laws,  inasmuch  as  the  assemblies  of  Nomothetse 
were  in  their  essence  nothing  else  than  Heliastic  Dicasteria. 
Granting  that  Solon  had  already  appointed  a  similar  form  for 
the  Nomothetse,  and  had  also  perhaps  assigned  to  the  Heliaea 
the  jpaxpij  irapavo/juov  and  the  Dokimasia  and  Euthyne  of  the 
functionaries  of  government,  yet  the  character  of  the  Heliastic 
courts,  when  no  payment  yet  attracted  the  lowest  class  thither, 
was  of  necessity  essentially  different  from  that  which  they  pos- 
sessed in  the  later  period,  from  the  time  when  the  Disetae,  at  first 
indeed  small,  but  soon  raised  by  demagogues,  were  constantly 
attracting  more  and  more  of  that  class  in  which  it  was  least 
possible  to  presuppose  aristocratic,  that  is  to  say  conservative, 
tendencies,  discretion,  or  keenness  of  vision,  qualities  without 
which  a  proper  treatment  of  public  affairs  is  impossible.  How- 
ever favourably  we  judge  of  the  Athenians  in  general,  however 
high  we  place  the  Athenian  Demos  above  all  others,  it  was 
nevertheless  always  a  Demos  accessible  to  the  arts  of  bad 
demagogues,  easy  to  deceive,  easy  to  excite,  and  inclined  to 
follow  the  voice  of  passion  rather  than  that  of  discreet  considera- 
tion ;  a  view  the  truth  of  which  history  will  compel  even  the 
warmest  friend  of  Athens  to  admit.  How  a  member  of  this 
Demos  belonging  to  the  lower  order  of  society  might  feel  and 
behave  as  a  Heliast,  Aristophanes  has  depicted  for  us  in  the 
Wasps,  no  doubt  as  a  caricature,  but  as  a  caricature  that  he 
certainly  would  not  have  been  able  to  present  if  the  principal 
traits  for  its  construction  had  not  existed  in  reality.  His 
Philocleon,  the  Heliast,  is  a  rough  and  uneducated  fellow,  self- 
satisfied,  and  proud  in  the  consciousness  of  the  power  that  is 
given  into  the  hands  of  those  of  his  comrades ;  he  boasts  that 
before  him  and  his  voting-pebble  all  must  humble  themselves, 
whatever  their  wealth  or  position ;  there  is  nothing  great  or 
small  about  which,  as  occasion  offers,  he  has  not  finally  to  decide, 
and  he  alone  in  the  State  is  not  responsible  to  any  one,  and 
cannot  be  brought  by  any  one  to  account.  It  may  easily  be 
imagined  that  for  many  men  this  supreme  judicial  power  which 


492      DESCRIPTION  OF  THE  PRINCIPAL  STATES. 

they  enjoyed  might  have  a  great  charm,  and  that  men  pressed 
forward  passionately  to  a  position  in  which  they  became  sharers 
in  that  power.  Besides,  for  not  a  few  the  fees  were  an  addi- 
tional advantage  which  was  extremely  desired,  as  is  clearly 
expressed  by  the  chorus  of  Heliasts  in  Aristophanes.1  We 
must  imagine  these  as  consisting  of  persons  who,  because  they 
had  less  capacity  or  opportunity  for  other  means  of  gain,  were 
zealous  to  earn  the  Triobolum,  for  which  they  were  required 
only  to  sit  for  some  hours  and  then  cast  a  pebble  into  the 
ballot-box.  It  was  moreover  especially  persons  advanced  in 
years,  and  therefore  less  capable  of  work,  who  pressed  on  to 
this  easy  service,  and  thus  Aristophanes  makes  his  chorus 
consist  of  such  persons  exclusively.  As  has  already  been  said, 
Aristophanes  gives  us  a  caricature ;  a  good  caricaturist,  however, 
though  he  may  perhaps  exaggerate  the  features  of  his  pictures, 
cannot  make  them  out  of  nothing. 

The  same  Aristophanes  in  another  play  shows  us  an  old  man 
who,  when  Athens  is  shown  him  on  the  map,  is  greatly  aston- 
ished not  to  see  any  judges  sitting  there,2  as  if  it  were  precisely 
this  judicial  system  which  formed  the  necessary  characteristic 
of  the  State.  But  the  reason  of  this  activity  of  the  judges, 
prominent  as  it  thus  was,  by  no  means  lay  in  any  special 
litigiousness  on  the  part  of  the  Athenians,  who  in  this  respect 
hardly  distinguished  themselves  above  the  other  Greeks ;  it  is 
to  be  found,  on  the  contrary,  partly  in  the  great  multitude  of 
cases  which  had  to  be  brought  before  the  courts  as  a  conse- 
quence of  the  constitution,  partly  in  the  circumstances  that  in 
the  time  of  Aristophanes  the  allies  of  the  Athenians  had  to  bring 
their  suits — if  not  all,  at  least  the  more  important — before  the 
Athenian  courts.  At  that  time  it  might  be  said  without  exces- 
sive exaggeration,  "the  whole  city  resembled  a  vast  court  of  law."3 
With  daybreak  several  thousand  men  arose  in  order  to  sit  some 
hours  in  the  different  places  that  they  might  then  go  home  with 
their  fee  of  three  obols.  The  sittings  were  made  known  by  the 
Thesmothetae  by  the  posting  of  a  notice,4  but  they  certainly 
took  place  daily  whenever  this  was  not  rendered  impossible  by 
the  celebration  of  feasts  or  by  other  religious  hindrances,  or  by 
popular  assemblies,  with  which  the  sittings  of  the  courts  ob- 
viously could  not  be  allowed  to  clash.  At  times  however  there 
were  suspensions  of  legal  business,  particularly  during  war. 
If  the  enemy  had  invaded  the  country,  if  the  State  itself  was  in 

1  Aristoph.  Vespce,  300  seq.  8  With  Curtius,  Hist,  of  Greece,  ii. 

p.  452  (Ward's  translation). 

2  Id.  Nubes,  208.  *  Pollux,  viii.  87. 


THE  A  THEN/AN  S TA  TE.  493 

any  way  threatened,  all  suits  might  be  adjourned.  Under  less 
dangerous  circumstances  probably  only  private  suits  ceased, 
and  in  unimportant  and  distant  wars  the  activity  of  the  courts 
was  not  interrupted  at  all.1  But  it  often  happened  when  times 
were  bad  that  it  was  necessary  to  adjourn  the  courts,  because 
no  money  was  in  hand  to  pay  the  judges.2 


10. — The  Areopagus  as  a  Supervising  Authority. 

Isocrates,  in  an  idealised  picture  of  the  state  of  Athens,  as  it 
was  while  Solon's  constitution  still  remained  without  adul- 
teration, is  of  opinion  that  he  has  discovered  the  reason  why, 
at  that  time,  everything  was  so  much  better  ordered  than  in 
his  own  age,  chiefly  in  two  circumstances.  The  first  of  these 
is  that  at  that  time  election  to  office  was  conducted  not  by 
lot  but  by  vote,  and  consequently  only  those  were  appointed 
who  appeared  to  their  fellow-citizens  to  be  virtuous  and 
deserving.  The  second  is  the  influence  of  the  Areopagus, 
which  exercised  a  rigorous  supervision  not  only  over  the 
administration  of  the  magistrates,  but  over  the  conduct  of 
private  persons,  and  visited  offences  against  propriety  of 
conduct  with  censures,  threats,  and  punishments.  Not  less 
value  is  ascribed  to  the  blessing  which  the  State  owed  to  the 
Areopagus  by  the  wisest  of  the  poets,  iEschylus,  in  that  passage 
where  he  makes  the  goddess  herself,  whom  he  represents  as  the 
foundress  of  the  State,  proclaim  to  her  people  as  follows  : 4 — 

Here  then  shall  sacred  Awe,  to  Fear  allied, 
By  day  and  night  my  lieges  hold  from  wrong. 

Thus  holding  Awe  in  seemly  reverence, 
A  bulwark  for  your  State  shall  ye  possess, 
A  safeguard  to  protect  your  city  walls, 
Such  as  no  mortals  otherwise  can  boast, 
Neither  in  Scythia  nor  in  Pelops'  realm. 
Behold  !  this  court  august,  untouched  by  bribes, 
Sharp  to  avenge,  wakeful  for  those  who  sleep, 
Establish  I,  a  bulwark  to  this  land. 

The  high  position  and  comprehensive  power  of  the  Areopagus, 
however,  belongs  to  that  period  of  Athenian  history  concerning 
which  only  meagre  and  imperfect  accounts  have  come  down  to 
us, — the  period   before   Pericles.5    As  to  the  relation  of  the 


1  Att.  Proc.  p.  154.  *  Eumen.  660  seq.  (Swanwick's  tr.). 

2  An  example  is  given  in  Demosth.  s  According  to  Plut.   Them.  c.  10, 
in  Bceot.  de  nom.  p.  999.  the  Areopagus  provided  the  money 

3  Isocr.  Areop.  c.  14-18.  requisite  for  the  manning  of  the  fleet 


494      DESCRIPTION  OF  THE  PRINCIPAI  STATES. 

Areopagus  to  the  Council  of  the  Five  Hundred  and  to  the 
popular  assembly,  to  the  manner  in  which  it  exercised  super- 
vision over  the  magistrates  and  enforced  their  responsibility, 
and  the  limitation  of  its  judicial  power  relatively  to  that  of  the 
Heliastic  courts,  we  are  entirely  without  definite  information. 
The  statement  given  us  on  the  authority  of  Androtion  and  Philo- 
chorus,1  that  the  Areopagites  passed  judgment  upon  almost  all 
crimes  and  breaches  of  the  law,  is  too  general,  and  leaves  us  in 
uncertainty  as  to  what  points  properly  came  before  the  Heliastae, 
and  not  before  the  Areopagus.  For  that  this  authority  also, 
in  the  earlier  period,  when  the  Solonian  constitution  was  still 
intact,  had  a  very  extended  jurisdiction,  and  that  in  parti- 
cular the  offences  committed  by  magistrates  in  the  discharge 
of  their  functions  properly  came  before  a  Heliastic  court, 
hardly  admits  of  doubt.2  We  may  perhaps  make  the  following 
conjecture  as  to  the  main  point  of  difference.  Possibly  the 
Heliastse  gave  judgment  only  in  the  case  of  a  formal  prosecu- 
tion, after  the  matter  had  been  brought  before  the  proper 
authority  by  the  prosecutor,  and  that  authority  had  carried  out 
the  preliminary  investigation;  while  the  Areopagus,  on  the 
contrary,  was  not  bound  to  await  any  prosecution,  but  might 
take  action,  undertake  the  investigation,  and  pass  judgment  ex 
officio,  as  the  result  of  its  own  knowledge,  or  upon  the  mere 
receipt  of  information.  In  other  words,  perhaps  before  the 
Heliastic  court  there  was  only  the  ordinary  legal  process,  while 
the  procedure  of  the  Areopagus  was  inquisitorial  in  its  char- 
acter. This  conjecture  cannot  indeed  be  supported  by  express 
statements  and  definite  testimony,  although  we  believe  that 
this  does  not  decrease  its  probability.  In  the  same  way,  we 
must  also  assign  to  the  Areopagus  a  certain  participation  in  the 
Dokimasia  and  Euthyne  of  the  magistrates,  even  if  that  body 
did  not  undertake  the  duty  itself,  but  had  merely  the  function 
of  indicating  as  unworthy,  or  as  meriting  punishment,  the 
magistrates  who  were  to  undergo  examination,  or  to  render 
account  of  their  tenure  of  office  before  the  Council  or  the 
Heliastae.  With  regard  to  its  relation  to  the  Council  and  to 
the  popular  assembly,  an  ancient  and  trustworthy  authority 3 

in  the  second  Persian  war ;  in  what  C.  Miiller,  Frag.  Hist.  Or.  i.  387. 

way    it    did    so    he   does    not    say.  2  Cf.  Arist.   Pol.    ii.    9,    especially 

According  to  Arist.  Pol.  v.  3.  5,  it  §  4,  where  rb  ras  dpx&s  alpeiadai  ical 

was  then  highly  regarded,  and  exer-  edOtivetv    is   specified    as  that    which 

cised  a  powerful  administration  in  the  Solon  could  not  withhold   from   the 

interests   of  aristocracy ;   of  this  too  people. 

we  learn  nothing  further.  3  Philochorus,  Append.  Photii,  Por- 

1  Maximus,   Prozmmm   ad  Dionys.  son,  p.   674,  and  also  in  C.   Miiller, 

Areop.  vii.  p.    34,  Antwerp;  also  in  op.  cit.  p.  407. 


THE  A  THEN1AN  ST  A  TE.  49  5 

leaves  us  no  room  to  doubt  that  the  right  belonged  to  it,  as 
in  later  times  to  the  Nomophylaces,  of  imposing  its  veto 
if  a  measure  appeared  to  it  disadvantageous  or  illegal,  and 
by  this  means  of  either  preventing  a  vote  being  taken  on  the 
measure,  or,  if  this  had  already  been  done,  of  forbidding  the 
enforcement  of  the  law,  very  possibly  by  means  of  a  <ypa<f>r) 
irapav6fi(ov  which  it  instituted  against  the  measure  through 
one  of  its  members.  However,  it  is  tolerably  certain  that 
there  was  always  something  precarious  in  the  power  of  the 
Areopagus,  that  it  had  no  means  of  compulsion  at  command  to 
carry  through  or  check  any  measure  contrary  to  the  will  of  the 
Council,  the  assembly,  or  the  Heliastse;  but  it  is  equally 
certain  that  the  reverence  felt  for  it  by  the  people  was  suffi- 
ciently great  to  supply  the  want  of  any  other  mode  of  giving 
effect  to  its  power.  Even  in  the  later  period,  when  the  be- 
haviour and  the  feelings  of  the  people  had  greatly  degenerated 
from  those  of  earlier  times,  we  meet  with  numerous  and  unmis- 
takable proofs  of  the  high  reverence  paid  to  the  Areopagus ; 
how  much  greater,  then,  must  we  imagine  this  reverence  to 
have  been  in  the  earlier  period,  before  the  "  undiluted  wine  of 
democracy "  had  yet  intoxicated  the  populace.  In  the  Areo- 
pagus itself,  moreover,  a  spirit  of  severity  in  manners  and 
behaviour,  a  worthy  conduct  of  life,  a  certain  respect  for  the 
right,  and  for  duties  towards  gods  and  men,  had  propagated 
itself  from  those  earlier  times,  a  spirit  which,  as  Isocrates 
assures  us,1  had  the  power  to  alter  and  to  improve  even  men  of 
inferior  character,  if  they  became  members  of  this  body.  The 
Areopagus  was  an  aristocratic  board,  and  it  had  become  so 
through  the  organisation  given  it  by  Solon  in  a  truer  sense 
than  it  had  been  in  earlier  times.  For  before  Solon's  time,  the 
high  council  which  took  its  name  from  the  Areopagus  2  was  a 
Eupatrid  body,  and  as  such  was  disposed  to  defend  the  interests 
of  its  own  order  rather  than  those  of  the  State.  The  body 
which  Solon  found  in  existence  can  hardly  have  been  abolished 
by  him ;  but  he  made  the  regulation  that  vacancies  in  it  should 
for  the  future  be  filled  only  by  such  persons  as  had  held, 
without  reproach,  one  of  the  nine  archonships.  The  archon- 
ship,  at  that  time,  could  be  reached  only  by  men  of  the  higher 
classes,  and  therefore  only  by  such  persons  as  possessed  suffi- 
cient culture  and  sufficient  freedom  from  the  cares  of  acquiring 
a  livelihood  to  be  able  to  devote  themselves  wholly  to  public 
affairs.  Moreover,  as  the  appointment  to  the  magistracies  was 
then  made  by  vote,  it  was  to  be  expected  that  the  people  would 

1  Isocr.  Areopag.  c.  15,  §  38.  2  See  above,  pages  321  and  326. 


496      DESCRIPTION  OF  THE  PRINCIPAL  STATES. 

elect  no  one  of  whose  excellence  and  fitness  they  were  not 
fully  convinced.  The  account  to  be  rendered  after  the  dis- 
charge of  the  duties  of  the  office  might  then  show  whether  the 
person  elected  had  answered  to  the  confidence  of  his  supporters, 
or  not.  The  question  still  remains  whether  the  bare  fact  that 
the  person  was  found  not  to  be  liable  to  punishment  after  he 
had  rendered  his  account  was  sufficient  qualification  for  en- 
trance into  the  Areopagus,  or  whether  such  a  person  might  not 
nevertheless  be  legally  excluded  by  the  Areopagus  itself,  if 
serious  doubts  as  to  his  worthiness  interfered.1  This  latter  sup- 
position, even  though  we  have  no  express  evidence  of  its  truth, 
is  at  least  very  probable.  However  this  may  be,  the  Areopagus 
was  always  a  board  of  tried  and  approved  men,  and  as  entrance 
to  it  was  only  possible  in  mature  age,  while  the  members  held 
their  places  for  life,  a  considerable  number  of  men  advanced, 
and  even  far  advanced,  in  years  must  necessarily  always  have 
been  among  them,  a  circumstance  which  must  also  have  con- 
tributed to  secure  and  protect,  not  only  the  dignity  of  the  body 
in  the  eyes  of  the  public,  but  also  its  own  intrinsic  worth.  Nor, 
finally,  must  we  omit  to  take  into  consideration  the  close  rela- 
tion in  which  the  Areopagus  stood  to  the  state  religion,  and  to 
a  department  of  religion,  moreover,  especially  fitted  to  exercise 
a  beneficial  influence  upon  conduct,  which  cannot  be  said  of 
all  the  other  departments  of  it.  The  Areopagites  were,  to  a 
certain  extent,  servants  of  those  divinities  who  are  called  par 
excellence  Sernnae  or  worthy  of  reverence,  because  they,  and  they 
alone,  have  as  their  sole  vocation  to  insure  respect  for  eternal 
right  and  observance  of  sacred  duties  among  men,  to  punish 
the  transgressor  in  the  form  of  wrathful  Erinyes,  to  protect  the 
good  as  kindly  Eumenides.  Such  is  their  essential  nature  as 
depicted  so  admirably  by  iEschylus  in  the  same  tragedy  in 
which  he  celebrates  the  foundation  of  the  Areopagus.  The 
shrine  of  the  Eumenides  actually  adjoined  the  Areopagus  ;  the 
Areopagitae  had  the  care  of  their  worship,  and  on  this  account 
nominated  the  Hieropcei  for  the  sacrifices  there  to  be  offered  to 
them.2  Their  judicial  function  too,  in  which  they  were  bound 
to  act  peculiarly  as  the  servants  of  these  aefival  6ea\,  must  also 
have  kept  fully  alive  in  their  soul  the  pious  awe  which,  as 
iEschylus  says,  serves  as  the  salvation  of  mankind,  and  must 
have  warned  them  how  only  purity  of  heart  can  hold  itself 

1  See  Bergman  on  Isocrates,  Areo-  apiaT-fi<ravTd  two.  iv  KairrfKeitfi  /cwXOcrcu 

payit.    p.     128.       A    Dokimasia     is  iviivai  eh  "Apeiov  irdyov,  sc.  they  did 

especially  indicated  by  the  example  not  admit  him  as  one  of  their  num- 

quoted  by  Athenasus,  xiii.  21,  p.  566,  ber. 

from    Hyperides,    rods    ' ApfOTrayiras  2  Cf.  Miiller  on  ^Esch.  Eum.  p.  179, 


THE  A  THENIAN  ST  A  TE.  497 

assured  of  the  blessing  of  the  gods.  In  addition  to  this,  ancient 
formulae  and  shrines,  on  which  a  mysterious  darkness  rested, 
and  with  which  the  welfare  of  the  State  was  believed  to  be 
linked,1  were  intrusted  to  the  custody  of  the  Areopagus. 
Finally,  they  above  all  others  were  empowered  to  see  to  the 
maintenance  of  the  sanctity  of  the  state  religion,  and  to  guard 
against  any  violations  of  it ;  in  short,  everything  combined  to 
keep  in  full  vigour  in  them,  before  all  others,  that  piety  which, 
despite  its  errors,  was  well  known  even  to  paganism. 

Such  details  as  can  be  given  regarding  the  activity  of  the 
Areopagus  have  reference  for  the  most  part  only  to  the  times 
subsequent  to  Euclides.2  At  this  time  it  was  restored,  if  not 
wholly,  yet  for  the  most  part,  to  its  earlier  position  as  a 
supervising  authority,  so*  far  as  this  could  be  done  by  the 
letter  of  the  law,  but  in  the  face  of  an  entirely  altered  disposi- 
tion on  the  part  of  the  people,  who  were  now  accustomed 
to  unlimited  democracy.  The  reasons  on  account  of  which 
Pericles  and  his  party  found  it  convenient  to  their  purpose  to 
strip  the  Areopagus  of  its  earlier  political  rights,  and  to  leave  it 
only  the  power — connected  with  religious  formularies — of  judg- 
ing in  cases  of  capital  punishment,  have  been  indicated  in  an 
earlier  section.3  The  Nomophy laces  then  instituted,  who  were 
to  watch  both  in  the  Council  and  the  popular  assembly  that 
nothing  should  take  place  contrary  to  the  law  and  detrimental 
to  the  State,  have  not  left  in  history  the  least  trace  of  their 
activity ;  and  we  hear  as  little,  in  the  period  after  Euclides,  of 
a  corresponding  activity  on  the  part  of  the  Areopagus.  Of  the 
supervision  exercised  by  this  body  over  the  administration  of 
the  magistrates  we  meet  with  one  isolated  example,4  from  which 
we  learn  besides  that  its  right  of  punishment  was  a  limited  right, 
and  that  on  that  account  in  the  more  serious  cases  it  could  only 
report  the  matter  to  the  people  or  to  the  popular  courts,  and  in 
some  way  give  rise  to  a  prosecution.  With  regard  to  persons 
who  were  not  officials,  the  Areopagus  often  instituted  investiga- 
tions, sometimes  of  its  own  motion,  if  it  had  received  intelligence 
of  a  breach  of  the  law,5  sometimes  in  discharge  of  a  commission 
from  the  people.6    It  then  reported  upon  the  case,  and  when 

1  Dinarch.  in  Bern.  §  9  (where,  not  stated.  I  will  not  allow  myself 
however,  perhaps  the  right  reading  is    to  make  conjectures. 

I&^2&!™3  Siaef>Kas  ™t  4ToftJ«w),         s  See  above  p.  342. 
with  Matzner  s  note,  pp.  93,  94.  .  ,    „  ,  „__ 

2  Shortly  before  this,  at  the  end  of  In  Nemr-  P-  13'2- 

the  Peloponnesian  war,  when  Athens        6  Of.  Oic.  de  Divin.  i.  25.  54.     To 
was  besieged,  the  Areopagus  is  said    this  class  maY  belong  the  procedure 
to  have  busied  itself  about  saving  the    against  Antiphon,  spoken  of  by  Dem. 
State  (Lys.  in  Eratosth.  p.  428,  §  69).     de  Cor.  p.  271. 
What  sort  of  relation  then  existed  is        6  Dinarch.  in  Dem.  %  50. 

2  I 


498       DESCRIPTION  OF  THE  PRINCIPAL  STATES. 

proceeding  of  its  own  motion  perhaps  also  nominated  pro- 
secutors from  its  own  number,  in  order  to  prosecute  before 
the  court  the  person  found  guilty  by  it,  if  it  had  not  itself  the 
power  to  inflict  adequate  punishment  upon  him.1  When  it  was 
acting  on  a  commission  from  the  people  it  was,  on  the  contrary, 
the  people  that  appointed  the  prosecutors.2  Apart  from  this, 
it  appears  that  the  Areopagus  had  also  the  power  of  declining 
an  investigation  committed  to  it.3  Of  its  guardianship  of 
morals,  and  of  the  right  to  compel  any  person  to  answer  for  an 
immoral  life,  and  to  punish  him,  we  have  a  few  instances  even 
from  the  later  period.4  To  this  heading,  however,  belongs  in 
especial  the  jurisdiction  of  the  Areopagus  in  the  case  of  the 
rypa<f>r)  apyias,  or  the  prosecution  of  a  person  who,  without  pos- 
sessing a  property  on  which  he  could  live,  nevertheless,  instead 
of  seeking  an  honourable  means  of  acquiring  property  in  work, 
preferred  to  lounge  about  in  idleness.6  To  this  same  head  be- 
longs also  its  jurisdiction  with  regard  to  indictments  against 
persons  who  had  run  through  their  inherited  property  (<ypa<j>r)  tov 
KareSTjBoKevai  ra  irarpo}a)Q  and  its  supervision,  in  conjunction 
with  the  Gynaeconomi,  of  the  sumptuary  laws,  though  these 
functionaries  were  first  instituted  in  the  time  of  Demetrius 
Phalereus.7  Isocrates  also  praises  the  care  taken  by  the 
Areopagus  for  the  right  education  of  the  young,  though  he 
represents  this  function  as  one  belonging  only  to  past  times, 
and  of  which  the  restoration  is  to  be  desired ;  and  in  fact,  in 
the  period  between  Pericles  'and  the  death  of  Isocrates  we 
have  no  trace  of  it.8  On  the  other  hand,  care  for  the  purity 
and  inviolateness  of  the  state  religion  was  exercised  by  the 
Areopagus  in  that  period,  though  not  by  it  alone.  That  the 
decision  upon  the  acceptance  or  rejection  of  new  worships 
belonged  to  it,  as  some  have  supposed,  is  incapable  of  proof.9 
Offences  in  this  department,  at  least  in  particular  cases,  might 
be  included  under  the  conception  of  Asebeia,  or  violation  of 
the  duties  to  be  rendered  to  the  gods  of  the  state  religion ;  and 
that  indictments  or  informations  concerning  Asebeia  could  be 
brought  before  the  Areopagus  is  not  to  be  doubted,  though  not 

1  Dem.  de  Cor.  l.c.  Ephebi  cannot  be  accepted  as  a  valid 

8  Dinarch.  op.  cit.  §  51,  58.  testimony  for  this  time. 

8  76.  §  10,  11.  9  From  Harpocr.  sub  voc.  iiriOtrovs 

4  Athense.  iv.  64  and  65,  p.  107  e,  copras  it  has  been  concluded  (I  myself 

168  A.  at  one  time  made  the  same  inference) 

6  Alt.  Proc.  p.  298  seq.  that   any  one   who   practised  a  new 

6  lb.  p.  299.  cult  not  recognised  by  law  could  be 

7  See  below,  sec.  12.  indicted  before  the  Areopagus.     But 

8  For  the  statement  of  the  author  I  have  shown  (Opusc.  iii.  439,  note 
of  the  Axiochus,  c.  8,  as  to  the  super-  22)  that  the  passage  of  Harpocration 
vision   of   the    Areopagus    over    the  does  not  prove  this. 


THE  ATHENIAN  STATE.  499 

a  few  examples  show  that  cases  of  it  were  judged  by  the 
Heliastic  courts  as  well ;  and  we  have  no  certain  information 
regarding  the  boundary  between  the  two  jurisdictions.1  Asebeia 
included  also  the  uprooting  of  the  sacred  olive-trees,  which 
were  considered  as  belonging  to  Athene ;  and  it  was  punished 
by  the  laws  with  banishment  and  confiscation  of  property. 
That  the  proper  place  for  indictments  for  this  offence  was  be- 
fore the  Areopagus  is  certain,2  and  the  overseers,  whose  duty  it 
was  to  watch  over  these  sacred  trees,  were  also  appointed  by 
that  authority. 

However  unimportant,  even  after  all  we  have  said,  the 
influence  may  appear  which  was  exercised  by  the  Areopagus 
over  the  affairs  of  the  State  in  the  times  with  which  we  are 
more  adequately  acquainted,  yet  public  opinion  always  regarded 
,  it  as  a  body  worthy  of  very  great  respect.  The  people  would 
not  indeed  permit  any  restraint  on  its  own  democratic  freedom 
to  be  exercised  by  the  Areopagus,  but  nevertheless  gave  it 
respect  and  confidence.  To  it  were  committed  criminal  in- 
vestigations which  it  was  desired  should  be  thoroughly  and 
conscientiously  pursued,3  though  it  must  be  admitted  that  the 
final  judgment  was  reserved  for  the  popular  courts,  and  it  may 
also  frequently  have  happened  that  a  person  whom  the  Areopa- 
gus had  found  guilty  was  afterwards  acquitted  by  these  bodies.4 
All  kinds  of  other  business  were  also  intrusted  to  it,  and  its 
approval  was  obtained,  sometimes  even  on  subjects  having  no 
perceptible  connection  with  its  proper  vocation.5  At  times^it 
was  also  invested  with  extraordinary  powers,  to  proceed  accord- 
ing to  its  independent  discretion,  although  the  statement  of  an 
orator  of  the  time  of  Demosthenes,6  that  the  people  often  com- 
mitted into  its  hands  the  regulation  of  the  State  and  the 
democracy,  is  probably  nothing  but  a  rhetorical  phrase.7 

Apart  from  this,  the  Areopagus,  in  so  far  as  it  had  to  deal  at 
all  with  pecuniary  administration,  was  bound,  like  all  other 

1  Cf.  Att.  Proc.  p.  305  ;  Bijttiger,  tion  and  confirmation  or  annulling  of 
Opusc. ,  ed.  Sillig,  p.  69  ;  Hermann,  de  the  elections  of  magistrates,  Dem.  de 
Theoria  Deliaca  (Gottingen,  1846),  Cor.  p.  271,  §  134  ;  Plut.  Phoc.  c.  16. 
p.  12.  6  Dinarch.  in  Dem.  g  9. 

2  Cf.  the  speech  of  Lysias  de  Oliv.  7  After    the    battle  of    Chaeronea, 

3  Especially  perhaps  such  as  it  was  several  persons  who  had  deserted 
desired  to  keep  from  publicity.  L.  their  country  in  her  danger  were 
Schmidt,  N.R.Mus.  15(1860),  p.  227.  punished   with  death  by  the  Areo- 

4  Dinarch.  in  Dem.  §  54.  pagus. — Lycurg.  in  Leocr.  §  52 ;  iEs- 
8  E.g.  with  regard  to  certain  public    chines  in  Ctes.  p.  643.    It  is  uncertain, 

works  in  the  city,    iEsch.    in   Tim.  however,  whether  the  Areopagus  was 

p.  104,  and  with  regard  to  the  pay-  here  acting  of  itself  or  in  consequence 

ments  of  tribute  by  the  allies,  C.  I.  i.  of  an  extraordinary  grant  of  full  powers 

p.  114;  with  regard  to  the  examina-  of  action. 


500      DESCRIPTION  OF  THE  PRINCIPAL  STATES. 

authorities,  to  render  an  account  to  the  Logistae.1  That  every 
individual  Areopagite  could  be  called  to  account  for  offences 
needs  no  demonstration;  and  just  as  the  Council  of  Five 
Hundred  possessed  the  right  of  expelling  unworthy  members, 
so  a  similar  right  as  regarded  its  own  members  was  possessed 
also  by  the  Areopagus.  Apparently,  however,  the  persons 
expelled  might  be  reinstated  by  the  verdict  of  a  Heliastic 
court.2 

ii.— The  Discipline  and  Manner  of  Life  of  the  Citizens. 

The  orator  Demostratus3  expressed  it  as  his  judgment,  that 
the  Spartans  were  better  as  citizens,  the  Athenians  as  indi- 
viduals ;  and  this  saying  was  perhaps  not  far  from  the  truth. 
In  Athens  the  man  was  less  absorbed  in  the  citizen  than  in 
Sparta,  and  was  therefore  able  to  develop  in  a  freer  and  more 
human  manner.  He  might  no  doubt  also  go  astray  in  many 
ways ;  but  as  Megillus,  the  Spartan  in  Plato,4  contends,  those 
Athenians  who  were  good  were  so  in  an  exceptional  degree, 
because  their  goodness  resulted  from  no  compulsion,  but  came 
from  their  own  nature  and  by  the  gift  of  God,  not  through  a 
discipline  enforced  by  external  constraint.  A  public  discipline 
like  that  in  Sparta,  and  a  State  education  regulated  from 
earliest  youth  by  strict  provisions,  did  not  exist  in  Athens; 
least  of  all  after  the  Areopagus  was  deprived  of  the  function 
it  is  said  to  have  possessed  at  an  earlier  date,  of  watching  over 
education.  It  was  only  the  prevalent  traditionary  usage  and 
the  power  of  public  opinion  which  determined  and  regulated 
the  discipline  of  the  young,  as  it  did  the  conduct  of  the  adult 
population.  Pericles5  makes  it  his  boast  concerning  Athens, 
that  the  individual  bent  of  each  man  is  there  subjected  to  no 
cramping  fetters,  but  that  he  is  permitted  to  live  as  he  pleases, 
without  suspicious  supervision  and  stern  measures  of  discip- 
line; but  that  in  their  stead  there  prevail  respect  for  law, 
obedience  to  the  authorities,  and  a  feeling  of  propriety  which 
threatens  the  transgressors  of  the  law — a  law  unwritten,  indeed, 
but  not  on  that  account  considered  less  binding — with  a 
general  contempt  that  was  more  feared  than  any  other  punish- 
ment.    How  far  such  an  encomium  was  still  appropriate,  with 

1  ^Eschin.  op.  cit.  p.  108.  c.   12.     He  was  a  contemporary   of 

s  tv-        i.  .,    o  i-/.    i-w  these  two. 

»  Dinarch.  op.  cit.  §  56,  57.  4  Legg,  L  p<  642  c. 

8  Quoted  in  Plut.   Ages.  c.   15.     I  s  In  the  funeral  oration  which  Thuc. 

call  him  an  orator  because  I  believe  (ii.  37)  makes  him  deliver  at  the  end 

him  to  be  the  same  as  is  again  men-  of  the  first  year  of  the  Peloponnesian 

tioned  by  Plut.  Ale.  c.  18,  and  Nic.  war. 


THE  ATHENIAN  STATE.  501 

perfect  truth,  to  the  Athenians  of  that  time  may  perhaps  admit 
of  doubt.  It  was  so  much  Pericles'  desire  in  his  speech  to  hold 
a  mirror  before  his  fellow-citizens  to  show  them  what  they 
ought  to  be  and  what  their  fathers  had  been,  that  he  probably 
did  not  depict  them  precisely  as  they  were,  and  his  hearers  no 
doubt  understood  him  in  this  sense.  But  however  numerous 
the  actual  deviations  from  that  ideal  which  we  may  remember, 
the  principal  features  were  nevertheless  still  recognisable,  and 
we  are  not  justified  in  supposing  the  moral  tone  of  the 
Athenians  of  that  day  to  have  been  a  low  one.  Our  task 
now  is  to  depict,  in  so  far  as  it  does  not  belong  exclusively 
to  domestic  and  private  life,  all  that  may  be  comprised  in 
the  conception  of  such  a  discipline,  formed  by  custom  and 
traditional  usage,  and  subject  in  part  only  to  the  judgment  of 
public  opinion,  in  part  to  the  supervision  of  the  State  as  well. 
In  doing  so,  it  will  be  our  business  to  point  out,  as  far  as  pos- 
sible, the  changes  that  come  before  us  in  the  course  of  time. 
We  shall  begin  with  the  management  of  children. 

In  Athens,  as  almost  everywhere  in  antiquity,  the  power  of 
the  father  over  a  newly-born  child  was  little  limited  by  the  laws.1 
A  ehild  that  he  did  not  wish  to  bring  up  might  be,  if  not 
killed,2  at  any  rate  exposed ;  and,  at  least  in  the  times  whose 
customs  are  depicted  in  the  new  comedy,  such  a  proceeding 
was  not  so  rare  as  might  be  imagined.  This  we  may  see  from 
the  Eoman  imitations  of  this  comedy,  which  are  the  less  liable 
to  the  suspicion  of  having  introduced  Eoman  customs  into 
Greek  pieces,  that  to  some  extent  the  exposure  furnishes  the 
plot  of  the  action  with  an  essential  point  on  which  its  final 
development  hinges.3  Besides,  we  have  testimony  even  from 
Greek  writers  that  daughters  were  often  exposed,4  even  those 
of  well-to-do  fathers;  and  even  if  right-thinking  people  de- 
cidedly disapproved  such  a  proceeding,  the  popular  judgment 
on  the  contrary  was  manifestly  very  lax.  The  exposure  took 
place,  in  most  cases,  in  such  a  way  as  to  admit  of  the  consola- 
tion that  the  child  would  not  perish,  but  would  be  found  by 
some  one  who  would  adopt  it  and  bring  it  up;  and  usually  certain 

1  Cf.  p.  104.      It  may  be  remarked  a  Yet  even  killing  seems  not  to  have 

in  passing  that  in  Arist.  Pol.  vii.  14.  been  unheard  of. — Ter.  Heaut.  iv.  i.  22. 

10,  the  following  correction  should  be  3  As  in  the  above-mentioned  play  of 

made  : — irepl  5e  dirodicreus  ical  rpoipTjs  Terence. 

twv  yiyvop.ivwv  £<rrw  v6/xos  fir)5iv  Treinj-  *  Cf.  the  fragment  of  the  comic  poet 

puipAvov  rpi<peiv,  did  5t  TrXrjdos  rinvuv  Posidippus,    Stob.    Floril.    t.    77.    7 ; 

(iav   7)    7-d|«    twp   iOQiv    Kbikdri    pvqbkv  Meineke,    Frag.    Com.    Gr.    iv.    516. 

diroriOeadai  tQ>v   yiyvopAvwv)  upiaOai  The  doubts  raised  by  some  against  my 

7e  de'i  rrjs  reKvoirodas  rb    irXrjdos  (for  view    seem  based    more  on  humane 

upurrai  yap  5tj).  feelings  than  on  critical  grounds. 


502      DESCRIPTION  OF  THE  PRINCIPAL  STATES. 

tokens  and  marks  were  attached  to  the  exposed  child,1  which 
under  more  favourable  circumstances  were  to  render  its  recovery 
possible  to  its  parents.  To  put  to  death  a  child  whose  bringing 
up  had  once  begun  was  not  permitted.2  Before  the  time  of 
Solon  the  father  had  the  right  of  pledging  or  selling  his 
children;  this,  however,  was  forbidden  by  Solon's  laws,  with 
the  solitary  exception  of  the  case  of  unmarried  daughters  who 
had  been  led  astray  and  seduced.3  The  father  seems  to  have 
possessed  the  right  of  repudiation  and  disinheritance;  but 
although  we  do  not  know  by  what  legal  restraints  he  was 
limited  in  exercising  these  rights,  we  may  perhaps  assume 
as  certain  that  he  could  not  do  it  merely  at  his  pleasure. 
We  know,  however,  that  it  was  necessary  to  give  public  notice 
of  repudiation  by  means  of  a  herald,  and,  accordingly,  this 
served  to  place  it  under  the  control  of  public  opinion.4  For 
the  proper  education  of  children,  the  laws  at  least  took  so 
much  care  as  to  give  the  general  command  that  every  one 
should  cause  his  son  to  be  instructed  in  music  and  gymnastic.5 
More  particular  directions  as  to  compulsory  education  were 
hardly  considered  necessary  by  Solon;  he  trusted  to  the 
parental  feeling  of  duty,  and  to  the  private  good  sense  of  each 
individual.  That  in  the  earlier  period,  the  Areopagus  could 
interpose  where  there  was  a  real  neglect  of  this  duty,  we  may 
unhesitatingly  assume  on  the  statement  of  Isocrates.6  It  is 
probably  also  beyond  doubt  that  a  ypacf>r)  /caKcoo-eo)<;  might  be 
instituted  in  the  interest  of  fatherless  children  against  their 
guardians,  if  these  neglected  their  duty  in  this  relation;  or 
that,  even  without  this,  the  Archon  was  empowered  to  inter- 
fere, this  functionary  being  charged  with  the  duty  of  caring  for 
orphans  and  widows  in  general.7  Further,  those  parents  who 
could  not  leave  their  children  a  property  sufficient  to  secure 
their  maintenance,  were  bound  by  law  to  have  them  taught 
some  trade  as  a  means  of  support,  since,  if  they  omitted  to 
do  so,  the  law  declared  them  deprived  of  any  right,  when  they 
had  reached  old  age,  to  demand  support  in  their  turn  from 
their  children.8  The  same  penalty  was  incurred  by  them  if 
they  had  in  any  way  hired  out  their  children  for  immoral 


1  Tvuplff/iara. — Becker,      Charicles,  cf.    Philippi,    Gottinger   Gelehrte  An- 
p.  222  (Eng.  tr.).  zeiger,  1867,  p.  781. 

2  Cf.   Antiq.  jur.  pub.  Gr.  p.  331,  5  Plato,  Crito,  50  d. 

note  2.  6  Isocr.  Areopag.  c.  17,  §  43  seq. 

.,  t,,   .    p  ,           ,  o      j  no  7  Law    quoted    by    Demosth.     in 

Plat.  Solon,  c.  13  and  23.  MamrL  p41076- 

4  'Atoki}/>u£«.— Att.  Proc.    p.   432  ;  8  Plut.  Solon,  c.  22. 


THE  A  THENIAN  STA TE.  503 

purposes;1  but  it  is  certain  that  they  could  also  be  punished  for 
so  doing  by  means  of  a  public  prosecution.2 

Under  music,  in  which  the  law  commanded  that  the  sons 
should  be  instructed,  there  is  included,  as  is  well  known, 
everything  that  belongs  to  the  culture  of  the  intellect  and 
emotions.  This,  with  the  poorer  classes,  was  naturally  limited 
to  the  necessary  branches  of  elementary  knowledge,  such  as 
reading,  writing,  and  arithmetic,3  which  were  taught  by  the 
Grammaticus  or  Grammatistes.  Teachers  appointed  by  the 
government  did  not  exist  in  Athens,  any  more  than  in  most  of 
the  other  States  of  Greece ;  nor  were  they  needed,  since  with- 
out them  there  was  no  want  of  persons  who  adopted  the 
calling,  and  who,  as  soon  as  they  had  inspired  the  public  with 
confidence,  were  employed  and  paid  by  the  parents  of  their 
scholars.  This  early  instruction  usually  began  in  the  seventh 
year,  and  consisted — after  the  first  elements  of  the  alphabet 
had  been  acquired  by  the  teacher  writing  out  and  the  boy 
copying — in  reading  exercises,  for  which  the  poets  were 
usually  preferred,  and  among  them  those  from  whom  a  salutary 
influence  was  expected  on  the  culture  of  the  higher  nature  and 
the  disposition  of  the  young.  For  this  purpose,  even  at  an 
early  time,  there  already  existed  collections  of  suitable  passages 
from  Homer,  Hesiod,  Theognis,  Phocylides,  and  others,4  which 
the  boys,  since  they  themselves  seldom  possessed  books  of  the 
kind,  were  made  to  copy,  to  learn  by  heart,  and  to  repeat. 
Of  course  instruction  in  many  subjects,  including  such  as  was 
specially  grammatical  and  linguistic,  might  be  appended  to 
this ;  but  the  first  beginnings  of  such  a  teaching  are  somewhat 
late — not  earlier  than  the  age  of  Socrates — and  certainly 
remained  for  a  long  time  remote  from  the  lower  class  of 
schools. 

Somewhat  later  than  this  grammatical  instruction  began 
instruction  in  music,  in  the  narrower  sense  of  the  word, — that 
is,  the  art  of  sound ;  in  which,  as  we  have  already  seen,5  the 
Greeks  saw  not  merely  a  pleasant  pastime  for  idle  hours,  but  a 
real  means  of  culture,  of  the  most  marked  influence  on  the 
emotions  and  dispositions.  The  life  of  man,  says  Plato,6 
demands  regularity  of  rhythm,  and  a  harmonious  state  of  the 
inner  nature,  and  on  this  account  the  young  must  be  made 


1  /Eschin.  in  Timarch.  p.  40.  iii.  4  (vol.  v.  p.  315,  Kiihn)  ;  Iambli- 

8  Atl.  Proc.  p.  334  seq.  chus,   vit.  Pythag.  pp.   Ill  and  1G4  ; 

3  Becker,    Charicles,   p.   227  (Eng.  Schomann,  Antiq.  p.  332,  note  13;  and 
tr.).  Opuscula,  iv.  27. 

4  Cf.    Plat.   Legg.  vii.   15,  p.  273  ;  6  See  page  107. 
Galen,    de  Hippocr.   et  Plat.  Dogrn.  "  Plat.  Protag.  p.  32G  b. 


5o4      DESCRIPTION  OF  THE  PRINCIPAL  STATES. 

acquainted  with  the  songs  of  good  poets,  and  must  learn  to 
sing  them  to  the  lyre,  in  order  that  they  may  thereby  be 
accustomed  to  right  measure  and  good  order,  and  be  moulded 
to  a  corresponding  behaviour  in  their  words  and  deeds. 
Accordingly,  through  this  musical  instruction,  an  acquaintance 
was  also  secured  with  the  best  works  of  lyric  poetry,  and 
facility  in  the  use  of  musical  instruments  was  practised  solely 
with  the  aim  of  being  able  to  recite  that  poetry,  according  to 
its  kind,  with  the  proper  musical  accompaniment.  Accord- 
ingly the  instrument  which  the  boys  learnt  to  play  was  by 
preference  the  lyre,  which  was  best  adapted  to  accompany 
song.1  To  play  the  flute  was  regarded  as  unbecoming,  at  any 
rate  after  the  time  of  Alcibiades,2  who  himself  caused  it  to  be  so 
regarded.  Only  those  perhaps  applied  themselves  to  it  who 
wished  to  become  musicians  by  profession ;  of  these,  however, 
there  can  hardly  have  been  many  among  the  future  citizens  of 
the  State,  to  whom  there  lay  open  the  prospect  of  an  honour- 
able course  of  life.  To  practise  art  as  a  profession,  not  for 
one's  self  and  one's  own  improvement,  but  in  order  to  please 
others  with  it  for  payment,  is  declared  by  Aristotle  3  to  be  un- 
worthy of  a  freeman,  and  fitted  only  for  hireling  natures.  Even 
though  musical  virtuosi  might  be  in  great  favour  with  the 
public  and  be  richly  rewarded,  yet  they  were  nevertheless  re- 
garded only  as  persons  of  an  inferior  station,  and  the  musicians 
who  really  enjoyed  general  respect  and  honour  owed  this  not 
to  their  character  of  virtuosi,  but  rather  to  their  scientific  treat- 
ment of  music,  the  principles  of  which  it  is  a  part  of  philosophy 
to  search  for  and  to  grasp,  and  a  part,  too,  which  is  connected 
with  the  highest  and  profoundest  of  its  problems.  As  a  general 
means  of  culture,  however,  music,  even  merely  on  account  of  its 
ethical  effect,  was  held  in  high  esteem,  and  on  this  account,  so 
long  as  this  regularity  of  rhythm,  that  regular  and  moderated 
attitude  of  the  soul  was  prized  as  the  principle  of  all  virtue, 
only  such  kinds  of  music  were  found  adapted  for  the  instruc- 
tion of  youth  as  seemed  likely  to  further  this  end.  These, 
moreover,  were  only  allowed  in  connection  with  the  words  of 
the  song,  to  which  it  was  in  fact  their  true  and  primary 
function  to  attach  themselves  as  a  corresponding  and  inspiring 
accompaniment.  On  the  other  hand,  a  music  without  words,  a 
mere  playing  with  sounds,  first  became  prominent  at  a  later 
time,  when  the  aim  was  merely  to  tickle  the  ears,  and  to  excite 


1  Hermann  on  Becker's  Charicles,     cf.  also  Arist.  Pol.  viii.  6.  5. 
ii.  38. 
8  Plut.  Alcib.  c.  2  ;  Gellius,  xv.  17 ;        3  Pol.  viii.  7.  1. 


THE  ATHENIAN  STATE.  505 

feeling,  in  manifold  ways  indeed,  but  without  clearness  and 
precision.  This  perversion  of  music,  however,  had  already 
made  its  way  into  Athens  in  the  time  of  Aristophanes,  and 
even  the  poets  humoured  the  taste  of  the  public,  by  composing 
words  for  such  rhythms  and  melodies.1 

Instruction  in  gymnastic  apparently  began  about  the  same 
time  as  that  in  music,  and  ranked  as  no  less  essential  a  part  of 
education.  In  it  not  only  was  the  necessity  kept  in  view  of 
fitting  the  body  for  the  works  and  exertions  demanded  by  the 
future  calling  of  the  man,  whether  in  peace  or  war,  but  it  was 
also  thought,  apart  from  extraneous  considerations,  that  the  body 
itself  had  no  less  claim  than  the  soul  had  to  be  developed  and 
trained  into  all  the  perfection  and  beauty  of  which  it  was  capable, 
while,  at  the  same  time,  the  soul  in  a  neglected  body  would 
not  easily  attain  to  perfect  health,  and  that  true  Kalokagathia 
consisted  only  in  the  harmonious  training  of  the  two  sides  of 
humanity.  The  schools  for  bodily  training  were  the  palaestra?, 
of  which  there  were  no  insignificant  number  in  Athens.  These 
were  partly,  at  least,  built  at  the  public  expense,2  in  order  to  offer 
the  requisite  opportunity  for  those  gymnastic  exercises  for  which 
the  gymnasia,  three  only  in  number,  did  not  suffice,  and  also 
were  not  properly  intended.  Some  of  the  palaestrae  were 
named  after  persons,  such  as  Taureas,  Sibyrtius,  Hippocrates, 
of  whom  it  is  uncertain  whether  they  were  the  builders  or 
institutors  of  the  building,  or  whether  they  were  the  teachers 
of  gymnastic  (Paedotribae)  who  gave  instruction  in  them.  But 
State-appointed  teachers  for  these  exercises  certainly  did  not 
exist  any  more  than  public  teachers  of  grammar  and  music. 
The  Paedotribae  were  private  teachers,  who  offered  themselves 
to  parents  for  the  instruction  of  their  children,  and  by  whom, 
when  a  number  were  intrusted  to  them,  the  exercises  before 
practised  without  art  and  merely  according  to  nature,  in  which 
the  elder  children  directed  the  younger,  and  the  fathers  or  the 
Paedagogi  of  the  boys  could  take  the  superintendence,  were 
scientifically  and  methodically  regulated.  The  fact  that  in 
Athens  these  gymnastic  arts,  like  all  others,  were  cultivated  in 
a  special  degree,  may  be  proved  by  Pindar's  saying,3  "  From 
Athens  must   come  the  teacher  for  champions  in  gymnastic 


1  Plut.   de  Mus.  c.  30  ;  cf.    Plato,  structor,  Phorbas. — Pausan.  i.  39.  3  ; 

Legg.  ii.  pp.  669,  670.  Schol.    Pind.    loc.  cit.     There  seem, 

a  (Xenoph.)  de  rep.  Ath.  c.  2.  10.  h,°^eTe.r'   al.s0  *°  have  !>een  forW 

*  r aedotribse  in  Athens,  since  we  find 

*  Pind.  Nem.  v.  49  (89).     The  in-  mention  in  Diog.  Laert.  iii.  4  of  an 

vention    of    the    palaestric    art    was  Ariston    of    Argos,    whose    palaestra 

ascribed    to   Theseus  or  to    his   in-  Plato  is  said  to  have  visited. 


5o6      DESCRIPTION  OF  THE  PRINCIPAL  STATES. 

contests,  or  for  athletes;"  although  it  is  true  that  athletics 
proper  were  not  included  in  that  department  of  the  instruction 
of  youth  which  pertained  to  a  noble  development  of  the  body. 
For  these  athletics  aimed  more  at  a  one-sided  specialistic  pro- 
ficiency in  one  or  other  kind  of  athletic  competition,  than  at  a 
harmonious  development  conducive  to  health,  activity,  and 
beauty  in  general :  nay,  they  partly  acted  even  in  a  contrary 
direction,  making  the  body  useless  for  all  other  kinds  of 
activity,  endangering  the  culture  of  the  higher  nature  by  the 
care  spent  exclusively  on  the  body,  and  substituting  a  business 
like  that  of  an  artisan  for  a  noble  exercise  of  strength.  On 
this  account,  wise  men  thought  little  of  them,1  and  that  the 
Athenian  lawgiver  himself  passed  no  very  favourable  judg- 
ment upon  them  may  be  inferred  from  the  fact  that  he  reduced 
to  narrower  limits  the  additional  rewards  with  which  it  was 
usual  to  honour  the  athletic  victors  in  the  festal  games.2 
Accordingly,  what  the  Paedotribae  taught,  or  were  supposed  to 
teach,  in  the  palaestrae,  was  not  athletics,  and  did  not  exceed 
that  measure  of  bodily  training  which  was  serviceable  and 
fitting  for  every  one;  it  was  a  wise  and  unassuming  art  of 
gymnastic,  an  instruction  aiming  at  the  due  exercise  and 
care  of  the  body,  in  accordance  with  the  rules  drawn  from 
experience ;  although  it  is  certainly  quite  possible  that  many 
may  have  devoted  more  time  to  the  pursuit,  and  cultivated  a 
purely  athletic  frame  of  body.  The  gymnastic  art  is  some- 
times opposed  to  the  paedotribic  as  the  general  to  the  special, 
the  higher  to  the  lower ;  the  gymnastic  art  being  the  system  of 
caring  for,  strengthening,  and  exercising  the  bodily  powers, 
founded  on  science,  and  developed  in  all  its  parts ;  the  peedo- 
tribic  art  dealing  only  with  that  part  which  related  specially 
to  the  instruction  of  youth,  for  which  no  great  knowledge  was 
requisite,  but  merely  sound  experience.3  For  this  reason,  the 
name  of  gymnastes  was  regarded  as  more  desirable  than  that 
of  Psedotribes,  somewhat  as  at  the  present  time  the  name  of 
"  educator "  has  a  more  imposing  sound  than  that  of  school- 
master ;  and  those  who  guided  the  exercises  of  adults,  or  of 
the  youths  who  prepared  themselves  for  gymnastic  competi- 
tions, adopted  the  title,  not  of  Paedotribae,  but  of  Gynmastae, 
although  in  fact  it  was  neither  the  case  that  the  palaestrae 

1  Becker's  Charicles,   p.  294  (Eng.  terms  gymnastic  a  part  of  the  psedo- 

tr.).  tribic  art ;  but  the  sense  in  which 

8  Diog.  Laert.  i.  55.  this  is  to  be  understood  has  been 

3  Cf .    Haase,    Allgemeine    Encyklo-  correctly  remarked  by  C.    F.   Her- 

padie,  iii.  9,  pp.  191,  192.     It  is  true  mann,    Oottinger  Anzeiger  (1844),   p. 

that  Isocrates,    dt    Perrnut.    §    181,  71. 


THE  ATHENIAN  STATE.  507 

"were  attended  only  by  boys,  nor  that  the  gymnasia  were  fre- 
quented by  adults  exclusively. 

The  special  function  of  the  gymnasia,  however,  was  to  serve 
not  so  much  for  the  instruction  of  the  beginner  as  for  the  exer- 
cising and  perfecting  of  the  youths  already  prepared  in  the 
palaestrae.  They  consisted  of  extensive  promenades  with  spaces 
and  conveniences  for  every  kind  of  gymnastic  pursuit,  and  had, 
at  least  in  later  times,  palaestrae  attached  to  them.  Athens  in 
its  best  period  had  three  such  gymnasia — the  Academy,  the 
Lyceum,  and  the  Cynosarges — which  were  all  three  situated 
outside  the  city.  The  Academy,  called  after  an  ancient  hero 
Academus,  was  some  six  to  eight  stadia,  or  at  most  an  English 
mile,  north-west  of  the  city,  and  included  a  piece  of  ground 
which  Hippias  the  son  of  Pisistratus  had  surrounded  with  a 
wall,  and  Cimon  had  beautified  with  water-courses,  walls,  borders, 
and  garden  promenades,  and  which  contained  many  altars  and 
shrines  of  gods  and  heroes.1  The  Lyceum,  or  more  fully  the 
gymnasium  near  the  Lyceum,  i.e.  by  the  sacred  place  of  Apollo 
Lyceus  in  the  east  of  the  city  on  the  Ilissus,  was  beautified  by 
Pisistratus,  by  Pericles,  and  afterwards  by  the  orator  Lycurgus, 
in  a  similar  manner  to  the  Academy.2  Finally  the  Cynosarges, 
near  the  Lyceum,  was  so  called  from  a  sanctuary  of  Heracles, 
of  which  tradition  told  that  in  olden  time,  when  sacrifice  was 
first  offered  there  to  the  god,  a  white  dog  (kvgov  ap^oi)  stole  a 
portion  of  the  sacrifice.3  In  earlier  times  boys  of  inferior  birth, 
i.e.  boys  born  of  a  non- Athenian  mother,  are  said  to  have  been 
permitted  to  go  through  their  exercises  only  in  this  gymnasium, 
but  this  rule  was  departed  from  as  early  as  the  time  of  Themis- 
tocles.4  Later  there  were  added  to  these  a  gymnasium  of 
Ptolemaeus  in  the  neighbourhood  of  the  temple  of  Theseus, 
which  the  Athenians  owed  to  the  munificence  of  an  Egyptian 
king,  probably  Ptolemy  Philadelphus,  about  275  B.C.,5  and  the 
so-called  Diogenic  gymnasium,  possibly  named  after  its  founder, 
as  to  whom  however  we  have  no  information.6  There  are 
also  mentioned  a  gymnasium  of  Hermes  and  a  gymnasium 
of  Hadrian.7  Such  an  increase  might  be  welcome  at  a  time 
when  young  men  eager  to  learn  poured  into  Athens  in  great 
numbers  from  Italy  and  other  parts  of  the  Roman  dominions, 


1  Cf.  Leake,  Topog.  of  Ath.  i.  p.  195        5  Leake,  Topog.  of  Ath.  i.  p.  124. 

*e<1*Ib.  i.  pp.  134  and  274.  ,  ^  \  ^rtius    Nachrichten  ilber 

3  lb.  p.  133.  Another  explanation  *" 9\  A\?™*r*'  I860,  no.  28,  p  337. 
of  the  name  is  put  forward  by  Giitt-  St^>  Heidelberger  Jahrbucher,  1870, 
ling,  Ges.  Ath.  ii.  p.  166.  P*  644' 

4  Plut.  Themist.  c.  i.  7  Pausan.  i.  2.  4,  and  18,  9. 


508      DESCRIPTION  OF  THE  PRINCIPAL  STATES. 

and  who,  although  they  came  primarily  only  for  the  sake  of 
rhetorical  and  philosophical  studies,  yet  did  not  intermit  the 
bodily  exercises  for  which  the  gymnasia  offered  them  oppor- 
tunity.1 In  earlier  times  the  three  first  mentioned  had  sufficed 
to  give  opportunity  to  the  younger  citizens,  in  the  last  two 
years  before  they  became  liable  to  military  service  and  were 
inscribed  in  the  lexiarchic  register,  of  preparing  themselves 
through  zealous  practice  in  gymnastic  exercises  for  the  military 
services  for  which  they  were  soon  to  be  called  upon.  For  this 
without  doubt  was  the  chief  object  of  the  gymnasia,  although 
they  were  certainly  by  no  means  used  by  such  youths  exclu- 
sively, but  also  in  many  ways  by  both  young  and  old ;  and 
further,  their  use  for  this  object  seems  not  so  much  to  have  been 
expressly  prescribed  by  the  laws  as  to  have  been  handed  down 
by  custom  and  tradition,  on  account  of  their  exact  suitability  to 
the  purpose  required. 

In  general  the  laws  relative  to  the  instruction  of  youth  con- 
tained no  special  provisions  as  to  what  should  be  learnt  and 
practised,  and  in  what  manner  this  should  be  done.  They 
contained  merely  ordinances  designed  to  secure  decency  and 
propriety  in  the  schools  and  places  of  exercise,  and  to  guard 
against  impropriety  and  temptation.  Moreover,  the  parents 
took  care  to  have  their  sons  accompanied  by  psedagogi,  who 
went  with  them  to  school,  brought  them  home  again,  and 
kept  them  generally  under  continual  supervision.  But  for  this 
purpose  slaves  were  employed,  and  for  the  most  part  only  such 
slaves  as  were  of  little  use  for  other  work,  so  that  such  super- 
vision was  not  the  best  kind  of  provision  for  the  discipline  and 
morality  of  the  children.2  The  laws  contained  provisions  as 
to  the  number  of  boys  that  might  be  received  into  one  school, 
clearly  in  order  that  the  discipline  might  not  be  rendered 
difficult  by  overcrowding,  and  also  as  to  the  time  at  which  the 
school  should  open  and  close,  viz.,  not  before  sunrise  and  not 
after  sunset.  They  required  again  that  the  teacher  should  be  a 
man  of  mature  age,  over  forty ;  they  forbade  adults,  with  the 
exception  of  the  sons  or  brothers,  or  sons-in-law  of  the  teacher, 
to  visit  the  boys'  schools,  or  to  mix  with  the  boys  at  the  school 
feasts  of  the  Hermaea  or  Musaea ;  but  these  ordinances,  for  some 
of  which  we  have  no  certain  evidence,3  soon  fell  into  oblivion.4 

1  Cf.    Bockh,    de    Ephebia,    Progr.  8  They  are  from  the  passages  from 

1819,  reprinted  in  Seebod.  Archiv.fur  laws  inserted  in  the  speech  of  JEschines 

Phil.  1828.  pt.  iii.  p.  78  seq.  in    Timarch.    §  8  seq.,   passages    of 

*  Cf.  Plat.  Ale.   i.  p.  122  b  ;  Legg.  which  the  authenticity  is  not  certain, 

iii.  p.  700  ;  Stobseus,  Floril.  43,  95,  *  Cf.  e.g.  Plat.  Lys.  p.  206  d,  and 

Excerpt.  Floril.    (Gaisford),   vol.   iv.  Charmidesin#.,Theophrast.  Char,  c.7, 

p.  49.  and  Xen.  Symp.  c.  4.  27. 


THE  ATHENIAN  STATE.  509 

An  authority  corresponding  to  the  Psedonomi  at  Sparta  and 
in  several  other  Greek  States  is  not  found  in  Athens ;  and  what 
the  Areopagus  might  have  done  in  earlier  times  in  this  direc- 
tion was  no  longer  done  by  it  in  later  times,  even  after  a  part 
of  its  ancient  right  of  supervision  was  restored  to  it,  as  is  clear 
from  the  complaints  of  Isocrates.  A  number  of  functionaries, 
whose  titles  indicate  a  supervision  over  the  discipline  and 
behaviour  of  the  young  in  schools  and  gymnasia,  e.g.  Sophron- 
istse,  Cosmetse,  Hypocosmetse,  and  the  like,  all  belong  to  a 
later  period,  and  none  of  these  names  occurs  earlier  than 
01.  115  (B.C.  317).1  The  appointment  of  such  functionaries  in 
the  later  period  is  easily  explained  from  the  same  circumstance 
to  which  we  have  above  ascribed  the  need  of  an  increase  of  the 
gymnasia ;  Athens,  whose  democracy  was  then  to  a  great 
extent  toned  down,  was  visited  by  numerous  youths  from 
foreign  countries  for  purposes  of  study;  and  their  parents 
would  probably  have  felt  anxiety  about  sending  them  there 
had  not  provision  been  made  for  good  discipline.  In  the  earlier 
times  we  find  Epimeletae  of  the  Ephebi  mentioned  in  a  speech 
of  Dinarchus  delivered  about  01.  114.  1  (324  B.C.)  ;2  and  these 
must  certainly,  from  the  way  in  which  they  are  there  men- 
tioned, have  exercised  a  supervision  over  the  young ;  but  we 
know  no  further  particulars  concerning  them.  "We  also  find 
an  Epimeletes  and  an  Epistates  of  the  Lyceum,  and  an 
Epistates  of  the  Academy,3  and  we  may  perhaps  conjecture  that 
such  officials  existed  for  the  other  gymnasia  as  well.  But  it  is 
possible  that  their  superintendence  had  reference  merely  to  the 
ground  and  buildings,  together  with  the  internal  fittings,  as 
being  State  property.  As  long  as  the  popular  spirit  in  general 
preserved  the  ancient  purity  and  virtue,  special  magistrates  for 
the  supervision  of  the  young  were  scarcely  felt  to  be  wanted, — 
the  prevalent  mode  of  behaviour  was  enough  to  insure  that  the 
reins  of  good  discipline  should  be  held  with  a  firm  hand,  and 
that  the  young  should  be  accustomed  to  propriety  and  honour- 
able conduct  in  all  their  actions,  and  should  be  forcibly  retained 
therein  by  means  of  severe  punishments ;  as  in  the  description 
given  by  Aristophanes  in  the  Clouds  (961  seq).     But  as  early 


1  Corp.  Inscr.  no.  214.     The  Soph-  and    the    pseudo-^Eschines,     in    the 

ronistae    here    mentioned,    however,  Axiochus,  cannot  prove  anything  for 

are  clearly  not  in  any  way  overseers  the  earlier  period, 

over  the  boys,  but  persons  named  to  2  jn  phihcl.  §  15. 
attend  to  the  police  arrangements  at 

festal  assemblies  of  the  Demotse.    In  s  Hyperid.  in  Demosth.  Frag.  §  20  ; 

Dem.  de  Fals.  Legg.  p.  433,  an  official  Corp.  Inscr.  no.  466  ;  Hesychius,  sub 

is  probably  not   mentioned    at    all ;  voc.  &px&a.s. 


510      DESCRIPTION  OF  THE  PRINCIPAL  STATES. 

as  Aristophanes'  time  a  change  had  taken  place ;  and  though 
his  picture  of  the  fall  of  the  old  system  of  discipline  may  seem 
overdrawn,  this  much,  at  any  rate,  may  certainly  be  gathered 
from  it,  that  examples  of  shameless  immorality  and  disso- 
luteness must  even  then  have  been  tolerably  frequent  among 
the  boys  and  young  men  of  Athens.  But  the  palaestrae  and 
gymnasia  especially  are  depicted,  not  only  by  Aristophanes, 
but  also  by  other  writers,  as  dangerous  to  morality  in  one 
direction,  namely,  with  reference  to  paederastia.1  That  the 
sight  of  forms  in  all  the  beauty  of  youth,  stripped  of  all  cover- 
ing, and  in  the  most  various  positions  and  movements,  might 
excite,  and,  in  sensual  natures,  necessarily  did  excite,  not 
merely  an  aesthetic  pleasure,  but  also  impure  desires,  is  beyond 
any  doubt.  It  would  of  course  be  presumptuous  to  deny  that 
a  purer  kind  of  love  for  boys  existed  in  Athens  as  it  did  in 
Sparta:  how  else  should  such  men  as  Socrates,  Plato,  and 
others  like  them,  have  spoken  of  it  as  they  do  speak?  how 
could  it  have  been  possible  to  venture  to  consecrate  the  statues 
of  Eros  in  the  very  gymnasia  themselves?2  But  even  this 
nobler  affection  was  nevertheless  combined  with  a  sensual 
alloy,  with  a  gratification  found  in  bodily  charms,  and  it  pos- 
sessed an  influence  over  conduct  which  we  may  not  set  forth 
with  too  great  minuteness,  lest  we  should  overstep  the  delicate 
line  between  purity  and  impurity.  That  the  feeling  in  many 
cases  took  the  character  of  a  passion  such  as  only  love  between 
different  sexes  can  produce  is  proved  by  numerous  examples ; 
and  the  passion,  however  aesthetic  and  free  from  sensuality  its 
commencement  might  have  been,  yet  naturally  ended  by  in- 
flaming the  sensual  nature  as  well.  The  popular  judgment,  in 
the  times  of  which  we  possess  more  complete  information,  was 
exceedingly  lax  towards  such  an  error  of  passion ;  even  the 
fact  that  a  man  appeased  his  sensual  desire  in  embracing  a 
boy  who  was  the  object  of  his  love,  seemed  to  it  to  involve 
nothing  worthy  of  punishment,  even  if  we  believe,  and  gladly 
believe,  that  that  coarsest  kind  of  satisfaction  which  is  indicated 
by  expressions  like  evpinrpavcTo?  and  KaTairirywv  was  not 
often  reached.  But  even  apart  from  this,  the  matter  is  bad 
enough.  If,  however,  it  is  true,  as  the  orator  JEschines 
assures  us,  that  the  State  itself  raised  a  revenue  from  boy- 
favourites  who  sold  their  favours  for  money,  then   the  evil 

1  Cf.  Meier,  Allg.  Encykl.  iii.  9.  167.  whole  of    what  follows  in  the  text 

The  whole  subject  of  Paederastia  is  concerning  it. 

dealt  with  by  Meier  with  such  ex-  2  Cf.   Athenseus,   xiii.    12,   p.   561  ; 

haustive   thoroughness  that   I    need  Cicero,  quoted  in  Lactant.  Inst.  Div. 

only  refer  to  him  with  regard  to  the  i.  20.  14. 


THE  A  THENIAN  STA  TE.  511 

reached  a  degree  at  which  we  shudder,  and  the  State  that 
suffered  it  laid  upon  itself  a  disgrace  for  which  there  was  no 
excuse. 

Let  us  now  turn  from  this  disagreeable  picture  to  better 
features  in  the  Athenian  character. 

The  instruction  of  the  young,  properly  so  called,  was  con- 
cluded with  the  sixteenth  year,  or  if  the  two  years'  exercises  in 
the  gymnasia  are  taken  into  account,  with  the  eighteenth.  At 
this  age  the  young  man  became  liable  to  military  service ;  and 
as  a  citizen  entering  upon  citizenship,  he  began  to  perform  his 
military  duty,1  at  first  in  the  capacity  of  Peripolus.  But  the 
poorer  classes  of  course  took  their  children  away  from  school 
long  before  their  sixteenth  year;  and  contenting  themselves 
with  the  necessary  branches  of  elementary  knowledge — read- 
ing, writing,  ciphering,  and  some  gymnastic  culture,  including, 
it  seems,  especially  the  art  of  swimming2 — made  them  learn 
some  trade  as  a  means  of  support.  With  persons  in  easy  cir- 
cumstances who  aimed  at  higher  culture  the  time  of  learning 
lasted  much  longer,  and  did  not  begin,  in  many  things,  until 
the  period  of  adolescence.  To  the  circle  of  general  culture,  the 
iyKv/c7uo<;  ircuSela,  which  was  limited  to  knowledge  and  com- 
prehension of  the  poets,  to  some  proficiency  in  music  and 
gymnastics,  a  considerable  addition  was  usually  made  in  the 
Socratie  age.  We  find  Hoplomachia  mentioned  as  a  special 
subject  of  instruction,3  the  term  being  used  to  signify  a  more 
complete  instruction  in  the  use  of  weapons  than  could  be 
insured  by  the  usual  military  exercises.  Theoretical  tactics 
and  strategy  were  also  taught  for  the  benefit  of  those  who 
wished  to  devote  themselves  principally  to  a  military  career.4 
The  art  of  drawing  began  to  be  considered  by  many  as  an 
essential  means  of  education,  in  order  to  render  more  acute  the 
perception  of  form,  and  the  faculty  of  criticising  works  of 
art.5  To  the  future  statesman  the  rhetorician  offered  his  in- 
struction ;  and  all  the  different  departments  of  knowledge,  in 
so  far  as  they  had  then  taken  shape,  were  taught  by  the 
so-called  Sophists.  These  persons  professed  to  impart  to  their 
scholars  a  knowledge  of  the  essence  and  properties  of  things, 
and  to  lead  them  to  a  correct  perception  regarding  their  proper 
application  in  life.     Among  their  number  were  men  worthy  of 

1  See  above,  p.  360.  Xen.    de  rep.    Lac.    p.    219 ;    Cron, 

2  Hence  the  proverb,  fir)re  veiv  /x-qre  Einleit.  zu  Lack.  p.  10 ;  Winckel- 
yp&fjiHaTa,  eirl  rQv  d/xaOwv. — Diogen.  vi.  mann,  Proleg.  to  Euthyd.  p.  xviii.  seq. 
56,  with  the  citations  of  the  editors,  4  Plat.  Euthyd.  p.  273 ;  Xen.  Mem. 
ad  loc.  iii.  1. 

3  Plato,  Lack   p.    182  j    Haase  on  5  Arist.  Pol.  viii.  2.  3. 


512     DESCRIPTION  OF  THE  PRINCIPAL  STATES. 

great  respect,  and  one  of  them,  Prodicus  of  Ceos,  has  even  been 
designated  as  a  precursor  of  Socrates.1  But  there  were  also 
charlatans  among  them,  who  deceived  mankind  with  a  false 
appearance  of  knowledge ;  and,  in  general,  the  tendency  of 
Sophistry  to  drag  all  matters,  human  and  divine,  before  the  bar 
of  the  understanding  for  trial,  and  to  permit  all  things  to  pass 
current  only  so  far  as  they  stood  this  trial,  of  necessity 
weakened  the  respect  for  those  matters  of  belief  and  that 
obedience  to  religion  and  to  the  State  which  had  been  handed 
down  by  tradition ;  the  more  so  since,  on  the  one  hand,  many 
of  these  subjects  could  not,  in  fact,  endure  any  very  severe 
testing,  while,  on  the  other  hand,  those  who  undertook  the 
trial  were  themselves  not  sufficiently  aware  of  the  necessary 
limits  of  knowledge,  and  entrusted  more  to  the  understanding 
than  it  is  capable  of  effecting.  Certainly  Sophistry  was  a 
necessary  stage  of  development  in  the  intellectual  life  of  the 
people ;  its  errors  must  not  make  us  blind  to  its  services ;  but 
it  is  equally  certain  that  the  decline  of  religion  and  morality, 
though  not,  it  must  be  admitted,  caused  by  it  alone — for  it  was 
purely  the  offspring  of  its  age — yet  was  aided  by  it.  The 
schools  of  the  more  famous  Sophists  enjoyed  a  considerable 
attendance,  especially  of  the  younger  generation,  while  older 
men  and  friends  of  the  old  order  gravely  shook  their  heads.2 
Their  lectures,  too,  were  well  remunerated,3  so  that  many  of 
them  acquired  considerable  property.  Even  if  payment  for 
teaching  is  not  itself  a  matter  of  reproach,  yet  with  many  of 
them  the  lust  for  gain  manifested  itself  in  much  too  glaring 
colours,  and  often  misled  them  into  striving  after  notoriety  and 
applause  rather  than  after  the  truth. 

The  education  and  culture  of  the  female  sex  was  left,  in  a  far 
greater  degree  than  that  of  the  male,  merely  to  custom  and 
tradition,  and  was  solely  a  matter  of  the  household  and  family, 
without  being  regulated  by  legal  provisions.  Girls'  schools  to 
which  the  citizens  might  have  sent  their  daughters  did  not 
exist.4  What  the  girls  had  to  learn  they  learnt  at  home  from 
their  mothers  or  the  women-servants,  and  it  was  as  a  rule  con- 
fined merely  to  the  feminine  work  of  spinning,  weaving,  sewing, 
and  the  like.     That  meanwhile  other  branches  of  knowledge 


1  By  Welcker,  Rhein.    Mus.    1833,  Anytus,  in  Kochly's  Akad.  Vortr.  u. 
and  kleine  Schr.  ii.  p.  393.    An  objec-  Reden,  p.  262  seq. 

tion  to  his  views  is,  however,  raised        8  On  the  considerable  fees  paid — as 

byM.  Schanz,  BeUr.zur  vorsocratischen  much  as   100  minag   for  a  complete 

Philos.  i.  43.  course  of  instruction — cf.  Bockh,  Pub. 

Ec.  ofAth.  p.  121. 

2  Cf.    the    admirable     picture    of        4  Becker,  Charicles,  p.  236. 


THE  ATHENIAN  STATE,  513 

were  not  excluded,  and  that,  at  least  in  the  better  households, 
the  daughters  also  learnt  reading  and  writing,  is  certain ; l  and 
it  is  equally  certain  that  the  views  prevalent  in  the  popular 
belief  concerning  the  gods  and  the  duties  of  religion,  and  the 
general  rules  of  proper  and  becoming  behaviour,  were  imparted  to 
them,  not  indeed  by  catechisms  and  copybooks,  or  by  instruc- 
tion during  special  hours,  but  by  frequent  hints  as  oppor- 
tunity offered ;  however  limited  these  may  have  been  in 
comparison  with  what  was  learnt  by  the  boys  and  young  men, 
and  however  little  of  the  progress  of  culture  and  enlightenment 
made  its  way  to  them.  The  life  of  the  daughters  was  confined 
to  their  parents'  home  and  to  domestic  intercourse  with  their 
female  relatives  and  friends.  In  the  households  the  women- 
kind  formed  a  section  apart,  either  in  the  upper  story  or  in 
the  back  rooms,2  and  were  not  easily  approached  by  men, 
especially  by  strangers.  In  the  streets  and  public  places  even 
married  women,  if  they  did  not  belong  to  the  lowest  class  of 
all,  did  not  appear  without  the  escort  of  a  male  or  female  ser- 
vant.3 Numerous  assemblies  of  both  sexes  intermingled  were 
only  collected  together  at  religious  festivals,  and  even  here  the 
women  were  probably  for  the  most  part  separated  from  the 
men.  This,  however,  was  not  always  the  case ;  and  hence  it 
was  there  that  it  was  most  easily  possible  for  the  men  and 
women  to  approach  one  another,  and  in  the  comic  poets  we 
even  hear  of  women  having  become  pregnant  on  the  occasion 
of  the  nocturnal  celebrations  of  the  mysteries.4  Attendance  at 
dramatic  representations  of  every  kind  was  not  forbidden  to  the 
women  by  any  law  ;  it  depended  entirely  upon  the  men  whether 
they  would  permit  their  relatives  to  go  there  or  not,  and  that 
no  man  of  sense  permitted  those  women  over  whom  his  power 
extended  to  go  to  the  comedies  may  be  assumed  with  as  great 
confidence,  as  it  may  that  the  contrary  was  the  case  with 
regard  to  tragedy.5 

Since  the  girls  were  usually  married  at  a  very  early  age, 
even  as  early  as  their  fifteenth  year,  their  further  educa- 
tion lay  for  the  most  part  in  the  hands  of  the  husband,  and 
Ischomachus,  as  described  by  Xenophon,  may  serve  as  an 
example  of  the  way  in  which  a  sensible  and  right-thinking 
man  busied  himself  in  making  the  young  creature  into  a  good 

1  Cf.  eg.  Dem.  in  Spud.  pp.  1030  4  Plaut.  Aulul.  iv.  10.  64 ;  Terence, 
and  1034.  Adelphi    and    Hecyra  ;   cf.    Cic.    de 

*  Cf.  Becker,  Charicles,  p.  258.  Le^'  l4'J  36-'  u    „ 

'  *  °  Cf .  Antiq.  jur.  publ.  Or.  p.  341, 

8  Cf.    Theophr.  Char.    c.    22,    and    9 ;   Becker,   Charicles,   p.    403   seq.  ; 

Casaubon's  comment,  in  Ast,  p.  197.       Stallbaum  on  Plat.  Legg.  ii.  658  d. 

2  K 


514      DESCRIPTION  OF  THE  PRINCIPAL  STATES. 

housewife.1  Ischomachus  tells  Socrates  how  he  married  his 
wife  as  a  girl  not  yet  fifteen,  whose  knowledge  did  not  go  be- 
yond the  feminine  acquirements  of  spinning  and  weaving,  and 
the  preparation  of  articles  of  dress,  and  who  had  seen  and 
heard  as  little  as  possible  of  everything  else.  For  this  reason 
however  she  was  uncorrupted,  docile,  well-disciplined,  and 
willing,  so  that  she  readily  received  and  zealously  carried  out 
the  teachings  and  directions  that  he  gave  her.  The  manner  in 
which  Ischomachus  begins  this  instruction  with  a  religious 
ceremony  is  a  feature  we  must  not  overlook.  Together  with 
his  young  wife  he  prays  and  sacrifices  to  the  gods,  that  they  may 
give  their  blessing  upon  it,  and  then  so  soon  as  she  has  over- 
come her  maidenly  shyness  with  him,  he  gradually  makes  her 
acquainted  with  every  single  duty  and  obligation  of  a  good 
housewife,  and  with  the  manner  of  their  fulfilment.  It  is 
unnecessary  to  repeat  all  these  in  this  place,  but  the  position 
he  promises  her  if  she  fulfils  his  hopes  must  not  be  passed  over 
in  silence.  She  will  then,  he  tells  her,  at  once  be  more  impor- 
tant in  the  household  even  than  himself;  he  will  become 
almost  her  servant,  and  she  need  have  no  anxiety  as  to  becoming 
less  valuable  to  him  in  advanced  age ;  on  the  contrary,  even 
as  an  old  woman  the  more  she  is  a  true  helper  to  him  and  a  true 
protectress  to  their  children,  the  higher  will  she  be  held  in 
honour  by  the  whole  household,  as  well  as  by  himself. 
Ischomachus  generally  passed  among  his  fellow-citizens  as  a 
true  Kalokagathos :  we  may  therefore  also  regard  the  wife,  as 
he  depicts  her,  as  the  type  of  a  genuine  Athenian  housewife. 
Types,  indeed,  were  not  always  realised  in  Athens,  any  more 
than  they  are  with  us  ;  but  that  the  condition  of  things  was 
the  same,  at  least  approximately,  in  many  Athenian  houses,  as 
it  was  in  the  house  of  Ischomachus,  we  have  no  reason  to 
deny. 

In  the  life  of  such  an  Athenian  housewife  much  indeed  may 
be  found  wanting.  She  has  no  reading  as  a  pastime  and  in- 
struction. She  practises  none  of  the  fine  arts ;  for  her  there  is 
no  social  circle  of  gentlemen  and  ladies  with  cultivated  conversa- 
tion upon  literature  and  art,  or  the  events  of  the  day,  though  to 
exclude  women  from  these  things  appears  to  us  moderns  to  be 
barbarous,  and  derogatory  to  the  dignity  and  rights  of  the  sex. 
And  thus  much  is  certain,  that  the  female  sex  was  not  honoured 
in  Athens  in  the  way  it  is  with  us.  Even  the  lover  saw  in  her 
whom  he  loved  no  such  perfections  as  those  that  are  extolled 
by  modern  romance ;  the  natural  and  sensual  secured  the  pre- 

1  Xen.  (Econ.  c.  7. 


THE  A  THENIAN  ST  A  TE.  515 

dominance  for  itself,  and  the  general  judgment  declared  women 
to  be  a  subordinate  sex,  inferior  to  man  not  in  body  alone,  but 
in  intellectual  and  moral  endowments,  weak,  easily  led  astray, 
requiring  supervision  and  guidance,  and  little  capable  of  parti- 
cipation in  the  higher  interests  in  which  the  life  of  the  man 
moved  and  had  its  being.  It  may  be  that  the  women  were 
wronged  herein :  to  us  at  least  it  seems  so,  because  we  derive 
the  standard  by  which  we  judge  from  women  as  we  know 
them,  or  believe  we  know  them,  now.  But  human  nature  is 
not  the  same  under  every  sky  and  among  every  people ;  and 
would  it  be  too  great  an  imputation  on  our  discernment  if  we 
were  asked  at  least  to  grant  as  a  possibility  that  the  Greeks 
were  in  abetter  position  forjudging  their  women,  and  what  was 
proper  for  them,  and  of  what  they  were  capable,  than  we  are  at 
the  present  day  ? 

With  the  division  in  society  between  the  two  sexes,  and 
the  little  respect  in  which  women  were  held,  it  is  not  to  be 
wondered  at  that  in  concluding  marriage  other  motives  came  to 
the  front  than  that  which  many  people  at  the  present  time  are 
inclined  to  regard  as  the  only  justifiable  kind, — the  mutual 
affection  of  the  young  couple, — looking  to  the  danger  that  soon 
after  marriage,  in  a  season  of  calm  consideration,  disillusion- 
ment and  remorse  may  come  upon  them.  Lawful  marriages 
could  only  be  concluded  as  a  general  rule  between  persons  of 
citizen  rank ;  between  citizens  and  foreigners  they  could  take 
place  only  in  exceptional  cases, — that  is  to  say,  when  the 
latter  had  been  expressly  granted  Epigamia.  If  this  were  not 
the  case,  the  connection  of  a  citizen  with  a  woman  who  was  not  a 
citizen  could  only  be  regarded  as  concubinage,  and  the  children 
of  such  a  connection  were  voOoc.  To  a  foreigner  settled  in  Athens 
the  daughter  of  a  citizen  could  only  be  given  in  marriage  if  he 
declared  himself  a  citizen  ;  but  by  so  doing  he  rendered  himself 
liable  to  the  punishment  which  by  law  was  attached  to  assump- 
tion of  citizenship,  that  of  being  sold  into  slavery.  It  might 
more  frequently  happen  that  a  woman  who  was  not  a  citizen 
was  stated  to  be  so,  and  married  to  a  citizen.  Such  a  woman 
also  became  liable  to  the  like  punishment.1 

That  love-affairs  between  young  men  and  daughters  of 
citizens,  educated  as  they  were  at  home,  could  scarcely  ever  come 
into  question,  is  self-evident  from  what  has  been  said  above  as 
to  the  seclusion  of  the  girls.  The  parents  accordingly  retained 
the  duty  of  choosing  for  their  children,  in  the  manner  they 
thought  best  calculated  to   insure  the  foundation  of  a  good 

1  In  Necer.  p.  1350,  §  16. 


516      DESCRIPTION  OF  THE  PRINCIPAL  STATES. 

household.1  Then  the  contracts  of  marriage  were  published, 
and  the  proper  stipulations  made  with  regard  to  the  dowry. 
In  the  case  of  an  heiress  whose  father  was  dead,  the  next 
relation  in  the  order  of  inheritance  was  entitled  to  marry  her.2 
If,  on  the  contrary,  the  girl  was  poor  and  unfit  for  him  to  marry, 
he  was  bound  to  buy  himself  off  according  to  a  scale  fixed  by 
law.3  The  marriage,  when  concluded,  was  formally  announced 
by  the  husband  to  the  members  of  his  Phratria ;  at  the  same 
time,  a  sacrifice  was  offered  and  a  feast  given.  The  omission 
of  this  formality  afforded  a  reason  for  doubts  as  to  the  legality 
of  the  marriage.4  But  the  actual  espousals  did  not  pass  off 
without  being  preceded  by  religious  functions;5  for  the 
Athenians  were  well  aware  that,  as  in  all  other  matters,  so  also 
at  marriage,  man  stands  in  need  of  the  divine  blessing.  The 
dowry  was  not  the  property  of  the  husband;  he  possessed 
merely  its  usufruct,  and  was  therefore  obliged  to  give  security 
for  it,  in  case  of  the  dissolution  of  the  marriage,  when  the 
dowry  was  to  be  given  back  to  the  wife  or  to  her  relations.6 
Besides  the  dowry,  however,  the  woman  also  brought  contri- 
butions of  various  kinds  into  the  house,  all  of  which  remained 
her  private  property.  But  she  had  not  an  unrestrained  right  of 
disposition  over  them,  since  the  laws  provided  that  no  woman 
could  execute  valid  instruments  of  transfer  above  the  worth  of 
a  medimnus  of  barley.  In  this  regard,  accordingly  she  was 
situated  similarly  to  those  under  guardianship,  who  were  like- 
wise incapable  of  executing  such  instruments.7  And  how 
little  the  women  were  trusted  may  be  learnt  from  the  fact  that 
even  arrangements  made  by  the  men — the  delegation  of  powers 
and  the  bestowal  of  gifts — might  be  legally  combated  as 
invalid  if  it  could  be  proved  that  the  men  had  been  improperly 
led  to  them  by  the  persuasion  of  women.8  If  the  husband 
died  before  the  wife,  the  latter,  if  there  were  no  children, 
returned  with  her  dowry  to  the  relations  of  her  parents;  if 
there  were  children,  she  might  remain  with  them  in  the  house 
of  her  husband.9  The  property,  whether  of  the  mother  or  of 
the  father,  fell  to  the  sons  as  soon  as  they  became  independent ; 
until  that  time  it  was  administered  by  their  guardians.     If,  at 

1  Cf.  Becker,  Charicles,  p.  476.  4  Cf.  Schomann,  note  to  Isseus,  p. 

*  Cf.  above,  p.  356.  263. 

*  Harpocr.  sub  voc.  Orjres ;  Phot.  s.  v.        s  Becker,  Charicles,  p.  482. 
drjffffat ;    and    the    law    (not    indeed        6  See  Att.  Proc.  p.  417  seq. 
authentic)    quoted    in    Demosth.    in        7  lass.  Or.  10,  #  10,  and  Schomann's 
Macart.  p.  1067.    "  Ut  ne  quid  turpe  note,  p.  439. 

civis  in  se  admitteret  propter  egea-        8  Plut.  Sol.  c.  21  ;  Dem.  in  Steph. 
tatem,"  is  stated  by  Ter.  Phorm.  iii.     ii.  p.  1133,  in  Olymp.  p.  1183. 
2.  68,  as  the  reason  of  the  law.  »  Alt.  Proc.  p.  420. 


THE  ATHENIAN  STATE.  517 

the  death  of  the  father,  one  of  the  sons  was  already  indepen- 
dent, he  stepped  into  the  position  of  the  father  with  regard  to 
his  brothers  and  sisters,  and  accordingly  became  their  guardian.1 
Sons  of  heiresses  could  claim  delivery  of  their  mother's  pro- 
perty even  in  the  lifetime  of  their  father.2  We  also  find  that 
the  husband  who  left  a  wife  with  children  behind  him  at  his 
death  devised  an  injunction  by  will  with  regard  to  her  marry- 
ing again,  and  appointed  a  husband  for  her ; 3  though  how  far 
such  appointment  was  really  binding  for  a  wife,  we  must  be 
content  to  leave  undiscussed.  A  dissolution  of  the  marriage 
by  separation,  whether  with  the  mutual  consent  of  both 
parties,  or  merely  at  the  will  of  the  husband,  followed  without 
judicial  intervention,  only  there  was  an  obligation  to  repay  the 
dowry.  If,  however,  the  wife  had,  by  her  behaviour,  given  a 
legal  ground  for  the  separation — for  instance,  by  adultery 
— her  dowry  was  forfeited.4  The  wife  could  not  separate 
from  her  husband  without  his  consent,  except  by  a  judicial 
decision.  For  this  purpose  it  was  necessary  for  her  to  forward 
a  written  statement  to  the  Archon,  in  which  were  stated 
the  grounds  for  the  separation.  On  this  statement  it  was 
then  his  duty,  or  that  of  the  court,  to  pronounce  judgment. 
To  heiresses  the  State  regarded  a  special  protection  as  due 
from  itself,  because  in  conformity  with  the  above-mentioned 
right  of  their  relations,  they  were  married  by  their  husbands, 
for  the  most  part,  merely  as  appendages,  and  sometimes  as 
very  unwelcome  appendages,  to  the  property  they  brought  with 
them.  Hence,  in  the  case  of  the  ill-treatment  of  heiresses,  any 
one  was  permitted  to  institute  a  public  prosecution  (ypa(j)r) 
Ka/ceoo-ecos)  5  against  their  husbands,  and  to  move  for  the  inflic- 
tion of  a  more  or  less  severe  punishment,  according  to  the 
circumstances  of  the  case.  The  laws  even  contained  a  provision 
with  regard  to  the  performance  of  the  connubial  duty 6  at  least 
three  times  in  a  month.  This  we  are  not  to  deduce  merely 
from  an  anxiety  to  provide  for  the  natural  needs  of  the  woman, 
but  rather  from  the  fact  that  the  State  had  at  heart  the  pro- 
pagation of  the  household  through  children,  for  political  and 

1  Lys.  in  Theomnest.  p.  346,  §  4,  5.       and  Meier  is  certainly  right  in  ascrib- 

2  See  above,  page  359,  note  3.  ing  to  the  speaker  a  misrepresentation, 
8  Dem.  in  Aphob.  i.  p.  814,  in  Steph.     in  applying  what  is  true  of  iroirp-ol 

i.    p.    1110,    #   28,    and  pro  Phorm.  (adopted     children)    to     5r)fj.oiro'nrroi, 

p.   945,  §  8.     The  limitation  (main-  who    are    also    often    called   simply 

tained  by  the  speaker  of  the  second  toitjtoI. 

oration  in  Steph.  %  15)  of  the  right  of        4  j^tt  proc  p  413  se^ 

a  naturalised  citizen  to  make  a  testa-        6  ,,         _„_ 

mentary  disposition,  not  only  in  this  P"        • 

respect,  but  at  all,  is  quite  incredible,        6  Plut.  Sol.  c.  20. 


518      DESCRIPTION  OF  THE  PRINCIPAL  STATES. 

religious  reasons,1  namely,  in  order  that  the  number  of  the 
households  should  not  be  lessened,  and  that  the  gods  should 
suffer  no  abridgment  of  the  sacred  rites  due  to  them  from 
each  household.  The  legislation  in  Athens  did  not,  it  must 
be  admitted,  go  so  far  as  to  impose  the  contraction  of  marriage 
upon  the  citizens  as  a  duty  enforced  by  compulsion,  and  to 
threaten  celibacy  with  punishments,  as  was  the  case  in  Sparta ; 2 
but  we  must  look  to  these  same  political  and  religious 
grounds  for  explanation  of  the  fact  that  the  laws  allowed 
heiresses  whose  husbands  were  incapable  of  performing  their 
connubial  duties  to  have  their  place  filled  by  a  substitute 
(though  only  out  of  the  circle  of  relations),  without,  on  that 
account,  being  liable  to  punishment  for  adultery.  In  other 
cases,  the  adultery  of  the  wife  afforded  not  only  a  justification, 
but  an  obligation  to  the  husband  to  separate  from  her.  The 
woman  guilty  of  adultery,  besides  this,  lost  the  privileges  of 
her  station.  She  might  not  visit  the  public  shrines,  or  appear 
in  public  with  the  usual  feminine  ornaments ;  if  she  did  so, 
she  ran  this  risk, — that  any  person  might  tear  off  her  orna- 
ments and  offer  her  insult.  Nay,  the  husband  who  remained 
in  wedlock  with  an  adulteress  incurred  Atimia.3  When  an 
adulterer  was  caught  in  the  act,  the  husband  might  either  put 
him  to  death  himself,  or  maltreat  him,  put  him  in  chains,  or 
compel  him  to  pay  compensation ;  he  might  however  content 
himself  with  a  prosecution  in  form  of  law.  What  punishment 
was  then  incurred  by  the  adulterer  when  found  guilty  we  do  not 
know.  If  the  indictment  (ypacprf  /iot%eia9)  belonged  to  the  class 
of  "  assessed  causes,"  and  the  crime  was  punished  by  a  fine,  this 
fell  to  the  State,  not  the  prosecutor.  This  follows  from  the  nature 
of  the  public  prosecutions  to  the  number  of  which  the  <ypa<pr) 
/xot^eta?  belongs.  The  wife  whose  husband  committed  adultery 
had  no  remedy  except  a  suit  for  separation,  and  only  possessed 
this  remedy,  there  is  no  doubt,  in  cases  of  especial  gravity, 
and  where  her  rights  as  mistress  of  the  house  were  grossly 
infringed,  when,  for  instance,  the  husband  took  a  Hetsera  into 
the  house,  or  kept  a  mistress  besides  his  wife.4  Other  occa- 
sional transgressions  of  married  men,  such  as  visits  to  a  Hetsera, 
or  to  an  immoral  house,  and  the  like,  were  disapproved  indeed 
by  morality,  but  not  forbidden  by  the  laws.  The  intercourse  of 
unmarried  men  with  Hetserse  was  regarded  rather  as  foolish 

1  Cf.  Plat.  Legg.-vi.j).  773  e  :  iraiSas  287  ;  Becker,  Charicles,  p.  475. 
iraldojv  KaraXdirovTa  &el  tQ  de$  vir-qpt-         8  Att.    Proc.    p.   329  ;    Lelyveld,  de 
ras  dvd'  avrov  irapa.8i86vai.  In/amia,  p.  171. 

2  That  there  was  no  Slkt)  aya/dov  in        4  Andoc.  in  Ale.  §  14  ;  Hermann  on 
Athens  is  certain.     See  Att.  Proc.  p.  Becker's  Charicles,  iii.  279. 


THE  A THENIAN  STATE.  519 

and  dangerous  than  as  immoral ;  indeed,  Solon  himself  is  said 
to  have  appointed  public  brothels,  in  order  that  unsatisfied 
desire  might  not  lead  men  astray  to  worse  excesses  and  crimes.1 
But  the  calling  of  the  keepers  of  such  houses  was  none  the  less 
considered  thoroughly  dishonourable.  The  girls — probably 
without  exception  slaves — were  considered,  according  to  their 
several  characters,  to  deserve  either  contempt  or  pity,  or  even 
love,  and  the  New  Comedy  frequently  deals  with  the  love  of  a 
young  man  for  a  girl  of  the  latter  kind  who  has  fallen  into  the 
power  of  a  brothel-keeper,  and  then,  while  fortunately  still 
retaining  her  purity,  has  been  liberated.  The  Hetaerae  in  the 
narrower  sense  of  the  word — that  is  to  say,  women  who, 
living  a  free  life  on  their  own  account,  sold  their  favours  to 
men — have  in  part  attained  distinction  by  their  intellect  and 
culture,  and  the  better  among  them  probably  for  the  most 
part  entered  upon  a  closer  relation  with  a  favoured  lover,  as 
"  maitresses,"  or  "  femmes  entretenues,"  for  as  long  a  time  as  it 
suited  both  parties.  They  belonged,  however,  without  excep- 
tion, to  the  class  of  foreigners  or  freedwomen.  We  have  no 
example  of  the  daughter  of  an  Athenian  citizen  becoming  a 
Hetsera.  It  may  however  have  happened,  though  certainly  very 
seldom,  that  a  woman  who  was  a  citizen  lived  with  a  man  of 
whom  she  was  not,  properly  speaking,  the  lawful  wife.  But 
with  regard  to  such  a  relation  (concubinage)  a  formal  agreement 
was  concluded,  and  a  fixed  sum  stipulated  for  the  woman, 
which  insured  her  maintenance  for  the  future.2  The  children 
of  such  a  connection  of  concubinage  had  indeed  as  voQoi  no 
right  of  succession  to  the  property  of  their  father,  but  yet 
they  ranked  as  citizens.  If  however  a  father  gave  over  his 
daughter  to  immorality  the  punishment  was  death;3  if  the 
daughter  led  an  immoral  life  against  the  will  of  her  father  he 
might  sell  her  as  a  slave.4  Forcible  violation,  not  merely  of 
women  who  were  citizens,  but  also  of  foreign  women  and  slaves, 
was  punished  with  death  or  pecuniary  fine.5  Any  one  who 
gave  himself  up  for  money  to  others  for  the  gratification  of 
unnatural  lust  forfeited  his  privileges  as  a  citizen,  and  if  he 
nevertheless  exercised  the  rights  denied  to  him — for  instance, 
held  a  public  office,  even  of  the  most  trifling  character,  or 
allowed  himself  to  be  seen  in  the  popular  assembly,  or  even 
came  forward  to  speak — any  person  might  summon  him  by 

1  Athen.  xiii.  p.  569  D  ;  Harpocr.  sub  turbaveris  omnia  Hbidinibus." 
voc.  irdv87]fios'A<ppodiT^  ;  Hermann  on         2  Isseus,  Or.  3,  §  39. 
Becker's  C'haricles,  ii.  56.   Of.  the  say-        s  Att.  Proc.  p.  333. 
ing  of  St.  Augustine,  de  Ord.  ii.  5.  12 :        4  Plut.  Sol.  c.  23. 
"  Aufer  meretrices  de  rebus  humanis  ;        P  Att.  Proc.  p.  322  seq. 


520      DESCRIPTION  OF  THE  PRINCIPAL  STATES. 

endeixis,  and  he  might,  if  found  guilty,  receive  the   severest 
punishments.1 

This  right,  which  was  granted  by  the  constitution  to  every 
citizen  in  full  possession  of  his  privileges,  to  summon  others 
before  a  court  and  to  cause  their  punishment  on  account  of 
these  or  other  practices  prejudicial  to  morality,  was  in  fact, 
after  the  Areopagus  had  been  deprived  of  its  moral  jurisdiction, 
the  sole  legal  means  of  exercising  a  check,  at  least  in  some 
degree,  upon  gross  immorality  which  either  set  itself  above 
public  opinion  or  succeeded  in  evading  its  notice.  Yet  we 
must  not  fail  to  recognise  that,  on  the  one  hand,  its  application 
against  those  who  had  really  merited  it  was  only  of  exceptional 
occurrence,  while  on  the  other  it  was  often  resorted  to  by  Syco- 
phants, in  order,  by  means  of  vexatious  prosecutions,  to  strike 
terror  into  persons  who  really  were  innocent.  To  indicate  the 
moral  point  of  view  from  which  the  laws  regarded  the  conduct 
of  the  citizens,  it  is  of  interest  to  glance  especially  at  those 
offences  to  which  the  penalty  of  Atimia  was  attached ;  it  being 
thereby  indicated  that  any  one  who  committed  them  no  longer 
deserved  to  possess  the  honour  of  citizenship  and  the  rights 
connected  therewith.  Such  offences  were2  dereliction  of  filial 
duty  towards  parents,  e.g.  maltreatment  of  them,  refusal  of 
support  if  they  needed  it  and  the  children  were  in  a  position 
to  afford  it,  neglect  of  proper  burial  of  them  when  dead ;  again, 
squandering  of  property  through  a  dissolute  course  of  life, 
wandering  about  without  employment  or  means  of  honourable 
support,  theft,  tampering  with  goods  intrusted  to  one's  care, 
bribery  of  magistrates  and  judges,  either  effected  or  attempted, 
false  testimony  before  a  court,  refusal  of  the  obligatory  military 
service,  cowardly  desertion  of  an  appointed  post  in  war,  skulk- 
ing and  casting  away  the  shield,  insulting  the  public  officers 
in  the  discharge  of  their  functions.  All  these  offences  were 
punished  with  Atimia,  some  immediately  on  their  first  commis- 
sion, others  at  least  on  the  second  occasion  of  their  occurrence. 
It  is  clear  that  the  laws  were  strict  enough,  and  that  the  fault 
lay  not  with  them  but  with  the  want  of  a  consistent,  powerful, 
and  impartial  execution  of  their  provisions,  if  such  practices, 
contrary  to  morality  and  good  order,  nevertheless  often  remained 
unpunished.     Such  an  execution,  however,  was  all  the  more 


1  According  to  the  spurious  law  in  again  be  made  to  the  law  previously 
iEschin.  in  Timarch.  p.  47,  even  with  mentioned  (page  334)  inflicting  the 
death.  See  however  the  same  Oration,  penalty  of  Atimia  on  those  who  were 
p.  184.  neutral  in  civil  conflicts,  even  though 

2  Cf.  Antiq.  juris  publici  Orce.corum,  it  might  not  be  strictly  put  into  ap- 
p.    345.      Here    also    reference   may  plication. 


THE  A  THE  MAN  STATE.  521 

difficult  in  proportion  to  the  facility  of  misusing  the  right  of 
prosecution,  and  of  deceiving  the  popular  courts,  as  well  as 
to  the  general  laxity  of  public  morality  at  a  time  when 
freedom  was  considered  to  consist  in  being  as  little  as  possible 
constrained  by  the  laws  in  any  actions.  The  freedom  men 
required  for  themselves  they  were  compelled  to  grant  to 
others.  By  many  the  Old  Comedy  has  been  considered  as 
a  kind  of  substitute  for  a  censorship  of  morals,  and  Horace 
depicts  it  from  this  point  of  view  in  some  well-known  lines. 
But  any  one  who  considers  the  extant  comedies  with  impartial 
eyes  will  be  unable  to  avoid  appraising  its  effect  in  this  direc- 
tion at  a  very  low  value.  Its  scourge  fell  upon  the  innocent 
quite  as  often  as  upon  the  guilty,  and  it  followed  the  judgment 
of  the  crowd  after  whose  applause  it  strove  quite  as  often  as  it 
gave  itself  the  trouble  to  regulate  and  direct  it;  while  the 
whole  manner  in  which  it  pandered  to  the  taste  of  the  multi- 
tude deprives  it  of  any  special  claim  to  consideration,  however 
witty  and  artistic  it  may  have  been  apart  from  this,  and  however 
often  it  may  have  had  the  right  upon  its  side.  Even  though  the 
statement  that  a  law  expressly  forbade  the  members  of  the 
Areopagus  to  write  comedies  may  be  an  invention,1  it  is  at  least 
certain  that  the  gravity  and  dignity  attaching  to  their  position 
must  alone  have  forbidden  them  to  do  so ;  while,  as  a  contrast 
to  this,  another  law  forbidding  unbridled  personal  abuse  in 
comedy,  if  it  existed  at  all,  lasted  only  for  a  few  years.2  But 
the  same  festivals  of  Dionysus,  at  which  the  Athenian  people 
gratified  itself  with  the  representations  of  comedy,  offered  it  a 
spectacle  of  a  totally  opposed  kind  in  tragedy ;  and  if  we  are 
unable  to  estimate  highly  the  moral  influence  of  the  former,  yet 
the  latter,  on  the  contrary,  may  be  considered  as  adapted  to 
produce  an  instructive  and  ennobling  effect  upon  the  perception 
and  the  disposition  of  receptive  hearers.  Comedy  gave  carica- 
tured forms  of  common  life,  which  at  best  could  only  have 
the  effect  of  making  follies  or  faults  ridiculous  or  contemptible  ; 
tragedy,  on  the  contrary,  placed  before  its  audience  idealised 
pictures  of  striving,  wrestling,  struggling  humanity,  as  in  the 
conflict  with  external  hindrances,  misfortunes,  and  dangers,  at 
times  supported  by  moral  strength  and  by  helpful  gods,  it 
maintains  itself,  if  not  victorious  outwardly,  at  least  inwardly 
unconquered,  while  at  times  again,  led  into  folly  by  error  and 
passion,  it  expiates  the  consequences  of  its  guilt — showing  how 
a  higher  power  guides  all  mortal   action,   and   according  to 

1  Cf.  Meier,  Allgem.  Litter.  Zeitung    Zeitschr.  f.  Gesch.    Wiss.  ii.  p.    193  ; 
(Halle,  1827),  no.  122,  p.  135.  Hertzberg,  Alkib.  pp.    171  and  214; 

8  Id.  p.  136.     Bergk,  in  Schmidt's    Grote,  vii.  p.  11. 


522      DESCRIPTION  OF  THE  PRINCIPAL  STATES. 

« 

unchangeable  laws  turns  everything  to  its  proper  result.  This 
is  at  least  true  of  tragedy  in  general,  even  if  it  is  not  so  of  each 
single  tragedy  in  an  equal  degree.  On  this  account  the 
ancients  themselves  indicated  it  as  a  source  whence  may  be 
drawn  manifold  instruction  and  strengthening,  many  a  model 
and  warning,  many  kinds  of  consolation  and  assurance ;  and  the 
remains  we  possess  of  the  works  of  the  tragic  poets  are  also 
well  adapted  to  confirm  this  judgment.  We  may  no  doubt 
assume  that  only  tragedies  of  the  better  kind  have  been  pre- 
served, and  that  among  those  lost,  if  there  was  much  that  was 
excellent,  there  was  much  of  moderate  and  inferior  value,  and 
of  such  a  kind  as  that  against  which  Plato1  makes  the  charge 
that  it  aims  solely  at  flattering  and  pleasing  the  spectator,  not 
at  raising  and  ennobling  him.  Another  objection  raised  against 
tragedy  by  both  Plato  and  others  has  to  do  with  a  feature 
common  to  it  and  to  epic  poetry,  as  well  as  to  the  choral  divi- 
sion of  lyric  poetry,  namely,  with  its  choice  of  its  subjects  from 
mythology,  in  which  it  did  not  succeed  in  avoiding  a  repre- 
sentation of  the  gods  incompatible  in  many  cases  with  purer 
conceptions  of  the  Divine  Nature.  This  objection  is  manifestly 
not  without  foundation.  The  representations  of  the  gods 
given  by  mythology  were  for  the  most  part  little  fitted  to 
have  a  beneficial  effect  on  morality ;  and  the  poets  who  made 
use  of  them  were  of  necessity  often  enough  so  situated  that 
while  on  the  one  side  they  praised  the  divine  wisdom  and  in- 
tensified reverence  for  the  deity,  on  the  other  they  made  the 
individual  divinities  appear  the  very  reverse  of  divine.  To 
believe  in  a  Divine  existence  which  ruled  over  all  things  as  the 
Supreme  Power,  even  if  it  did  not  attain  to  personal  existence, 
in  the  proper  sense  of  the  term,  in  any  individual  deity,  whilst 
at  the  same  time  the  personal  gods  to  whom  belonged  the  State 
worship  were  often  seen  with  so  little  share  in  true  divinity, 
may  have  been  possible  to  advanced  minds  here  and  there,  but 
certainly  was  not  so  for  the  multitude.  However  rich  a  poet 
might  be  in  good  teachings  with  regard  to  morality  and  piety, 
however  expressly  he  might  himself — as  Euripides  often  does — 
blame  the  unworthy  fables  about  the  gods  and  reject  them  as 
untrue,  yet  the  poets  were  unable  to  destroy  the  effect  of  these 
fables,  or  to  help  a  purer  view  of  religion  to  prevail.  This  was 
the  case  even  with  those  who,  like  JEschylus,  far  from  casting 
doubt,  as  Euripides  did,  upon  the  very  existence  of  the  popular 
gods,  sincerely  held  fast  the  belief  in  them,  but  in  such  a  manner 
as  was  compatible  with  a  worthier  idea  of  the  Divine  Essence. 

1  Gorg.  p.  502,  b.c. 


THE  A  THENIAN  ST  A  TE.  523 

iEschylus,  while  sharing  the  popular  belief,  yet  at  the  same 
time  raises  himself  above  it ;  he  does  not  put  himself,  as  Euri- 
pides does,  in  an  attitude  of  criticism  and  negation  towards  it ; 
he  enters  into  the  forms  of  its  representation,  but  he  ennobles 
them  by  the  sense  in  which  he  conceives  them  or  which  he  brings 
into  them.  But  how  could  the  effect  produced  by  such  a  poet 
— the  only  one  of  his  kind  among  the  Greeks — possibly  have 
been  great  and  general,  when  to  understand  him  demands  a 
disposition  cognate  to  his  own,  and  such  a  disposition  was 
scarcely  present  in  greater  measure  among  his  contemporaries 
than  it  usually  is  at  present  among  those  who  profess  to  be  his 
interpreters.  We  must  therefore  not  rate  too  highly  the  effect 
of  tragedy  upon  morals  and  religion,  great  though  its  aesthetic 
influence  doubtless  was.  The  sense  of  the  people  for  artistic 
beauty  in  composition  and  language,  in  form  and  represen- 
tation, must  have  been  awakened  and  rendered  acute  in  as 
high  a  degree  by  such  works  when  they  were  brought  before  it 
on  the  stage,  as  by  any  other  specimen  of  the  works  of  art 
with  which,  especially  after  the  age  of  Pericles,  it  saw  itself 
surrounded :  works  of  architecture,  of  painting,  of  sculpture, 
whose  unequalled  perfection,  even  as  seen  in  the  fragments  of 
them  that  remain,  still  excites  our  admiration  and  astonishment, 
and  which  once  shaped  the  receptive  spirit  of  the  people 
through  the  gratification  afforded  by  proportion,  harmony,  and 
nobility  of  form.  Pericles,  in  the  speech  already  mentioned1 
at  the  beginning  of  this  section,  praises  the  love  of  the  Athenians 
for  beauty,  coupled  as  it  was  with  simplicity  and  frugality  in 
life ;  and  this  praise  is  confirmed  by  many  other  testimonies.2 
No  people  was  more  receptive  to  the  more  refined  and  noble 
pleasures  which  are  insured  by  art,  and  less  inclined  to  seek 
its  satisfaction  in  the  coarser  enjoyments  which  the  barbarian 
counts  as  the  true  spice  of  life ;  and  even  in  the  times  when 
the  moral  conduct  of  the  Athenians  is  open  to  manifold  blame, 
they  yet  invariably  appear  as  the  people  most  highly  cultured, 
most  full  of  taste  and  of  esprit,  of  which  the  history  not  only 
of  antiquity  but  of  all  times  can  tell. 

The  other  feature  praised  in  the  Athenians  in  the  speech  of 
Pericles  3 — namely,  the  equality  of  all  before  the  law,  and  the 
dependence  of  the  estimate  of  the  individual  not  upon  rank  and 
wealth,  but  only  upon  personal  excellence  and  worth, — is  pre- 

1  Thuc.  ii.  40.  'A0A«a  and  Aid&s  on  the  Acropolis 

s  Cf.  Athen.  iv.  14,  p.  132  ;  x.   11,  near  the  temple  of  the  city  goddess, 

p.  417  ;  Luc.  Nigr.  c.  13  seq.  ;  Bockh,  and  refers  to  Pausanias,  who  however 

Pub.  Ec.  of  Athens,  p.  101.    Eustath.  only  mentions  that  of  A I8ds,  i.  17.  1. 

on  II.  p.   1279,  40,  mentions  altars  of  3  Thuc.  ii.  37. 


524      DESCRIPTION  OF  THE  PRINCIPAL  STATES. 

cisely  the  true  idea  of  reasonable  democracy,  or,  as  Isocrates 
says,1  of  democracy  mingled  with  aristocracy.  It  is  this  demo- 
cracy too  that  Herodotus  has  in  his  mind  when  he  brings  for- 
ward Athens  as  a  proof  that  freedom  is  a  good  thing,  since 
the  Athenians,  as  soon  as  they  had  got  rid  of  the  tyrants 
and  become  a  free  people,  rapidly  rose  to  the  highest  rank 
among  the  Greeks.2  But  this  aristocratic  attitude  of  the 
democracy  in  Athens,  as  elsewhere,  was  not  permanent.  It 
founded  the  power  and  greatness  of  the  State,  but  this 
very  power  and  greatness  contributed  to  destroy  it,  since 
the  people  was  led  astray  into  raising  itself  too  high,  and 
into  following  the  lead  no  longer  of  the  best  men,  but  of 
those  who  best  understood  how  to  flatter  the  lower  propen- 
sities and  desires  of  the  multitude.  The  age  of  Pericles 
is,  as  it  were,  the  boundary  between  ancient  Athens,  "  the  city 
of  the  violet  crown,  worthy  of  fame,  the  pillar  of  Hellas,"  3  and 
the  Athens  of  later  times,  in  which,  as  Isocrates  complains,4 
democracy  only  too  often  passed  into  disorder,  freedom  into 
lawlessness,  equality  before  the  law  into  reckless  impudence. 
Ancient  Athens,  as  above  described,  might  foster  the  belief  in 
Pericles  himself,  and  similarly  disposed  statesmen,  that  it 
would  endure  even  unlimited  democracy  without  undergoing 
loss  and  damage.  So  long  as  he  himself  stood  at  its  head,  this 
belief  was  not  falsified  by  events :  the  people,  free  though  it 
was,  followed  his  guidance ;  the  situation  was,  as  Thucydides  ex- 
presses it,  democracy  in  name,  but  in  reality  the  government  of 
the  first  man.6  But  when  this  first  man  no  longer  existed,  and 
no  other  arose  who  could  have  replaced  him,  democracy  proved 
itself  in  Athens  also  a  dangerous  gift,  which  ends  by  weaken- 
ing and  undermining  the  virtues  by  which  alone  it  can  be  main- 
tained. The  evils  of  democracy  have  already  been  considered 
by  us,  both  in  general  and  with  special  reference  to  Athens,  so 
that  it  is  now  unnecessary  to  spend  time  in  depicting  them. 
It  is  true  that  even  in  the  times  which  were  not  their  best  the 
Athenians  show  themselves  not  so  degenerate  but  that  many 
of  the  traits  of  the  nobility  inherent  in  the  nature  of  the 
people,  are  still  visible :  there  is  as  yet  no  lack  of  characters 
worthy  of  respect,  of  encouraging  traits,  of  praiseworthy  deeds, 
such  as  no  other  people  can  afford  under  a  like  constitution ; 
and,  in  comparison  with  the  dealings  of  the  oligarchy  in  their 
temporarily  successful  reaction,  the  popular  party  appears  to 


1  Panath.  g  153  ;  cf.  131.  4  Areopag.  §  20. 

2  Herod,  v.  78. 

3  Pindar,  Frag.  46.  s  ii.  65. 


THE  A  THENIAN  ST  A  TE.  525 

us  as  by  far  the  better,  and  we  gladly  range  ourselves  in 
opposition  to  the  oligarchy  on  the  side  of  the  Demos.  But 
nevertheless,  we  cannot  shut  our  eyes  to  the  fact  that  even  for 
this  Demos  a  somewhat  less  unlimited  democracy,  had  it  been 
still  possible,  would  have  been  more  salutary.  But  it  was  no 
longer  even  possible ;  and  the  attempts  of  well-intentioned  men 
to  set  up  some  barriers  either  remained  without  effect,  as  was 
the  case  with  the  restoration  of  the  Areopagus  as  the  supreme 
superintendent  authority,  or  were  not  carried  out  at  all,  as 
was  the  case  with  the  proposal  of  Phormisius,  who  desired  to 
make  the  possession  of  land  a  condition  of  full  citizenship. 
This  proposal,  as  Dionysius  states,1  would  have  deprived  of 
full  citizenship  only  about  the  fourth  part  of  the  citizens ;  but 
this  part  consisted  precisely  of  those  who,  in  the  city  itself  and 
in  the  Piraeus,  made  up  the  majority  of  the  citizen-population — 
traders,  artisans,  and  sailors,  without  whom  the  prosperity  and 
maritime  power  of  the  State  could  not  subsist,  and  who  usually 
made  up  the  preponderating  majority  of  the  popular  assemblies, 
in  opposition  to  the  possessors  of  land  from  the  Demes,  who 
appeared  there  in  much  smaller  numbers.  Accordingly  it 
was  natural  that  the  proposal  of  Phormisius  should  fall  to  the 
ground.  This  city  population,  the  peculiar  home  and  focus  of 
the  democracy,  was  moreover  of  far  less  pure  Attic  blood  than 
those  who  dwelt  in  the  country  demes.  Of  this  the  saying  of 
the  author  of  the  treatise  on  the  Athenian  State  is  true,2  that 
in  Athens  phrases  and  customs  from  all  kinds  of  peoples  are 
met  with,  mingled  together ;  and  this  class  again  it  is  which 
another  ancient  writer 3  depicts  as  inclined  to  idle  talk,  dis- 
honest, sycophantic,  and  with  a  propensity  to  foreign  ways ; 
while  he  praises  the  people  of  the  country  for  having  retained, 
in  a  state  of  greater  purity,  the  old  honourable  character  of 
simplicity,  highmindedness,  truth,  and  trustworthiness.  The 
former,  however,  was  in  the  main  the  result  of  a  mixture  of 
non- Attic  elements,  of  liberated  slaves  and  naturalised  citizens, 
to  whose  hands,  for  the  most  part,  trade  and  commerce  were 
confined. 

The  pursuit  of  trade  and  commerce,  however,  now  demands 
a  somewhat  closer  consideration.  Attica  was  as  much  driven 
to  it  by  the  natural  peculiarities  of  the  country,  as  admirably 
suited  for  it  by  its  position.  It  is  a  peninsula  with  coasts  rich  in 
harbours,  well  situated,  with  any  wind,  for  intercourse  by  sea : 


1  De  Lysia,  c.  32.  8  The  so-called  Dicaearchus,  de  Vit. 

2  (Pseudo-)  Xen.  de  rep.  Ath.  c.  2.  8;     Ch:  p.  22,  Buttm. 
cf.  Cic.  Brut.  §  258. 


526      DESCRIPTION  OF  THE  PRINCIPAL  STATES. 

whilst  it  is  easily  able  to  receive  imports  by  land  as  well.  It 
lies  in  the  neighbourhood  of  countries  rich  in  products,  with 
civilised  inhabitants,  with  whom  reciprocal  exchange  of 
requirements  might  take  place  with  mutual  benefit ;  but  such 
an  exchange  was  the  more  necessary  for  it,  because  its  own 
soil  did  not  produce  those  commodities  which  are  most 
absolutely  necessary  in  a  measure  sufficing  for  a  numerous 
population.  Among  such  commodities,  the  most  important  is 
corn.  Without  a  plentiful  importation  of  this  from  abroad, 
Attica  was  unable  to  subsist ;  it  was  necessary  that  about  a 
third  of  the  requisite  supply  should  be  imported.  The  districts 
from  which  it  was  brought  were  especially  the  coasts  of  the 
Black  Sea,  above  all  the  Crimea,  the  Thracian  Chersonese, 
Egypt,  Libya,  Syria,  Sicily ; x  and  in  order  the  better  to  insure 
the  requisite  importation,  it  had  been  found  desirable  to  pass 
various  laws  limiting  in  many  ways  the  freedom  of  trade. 
Among  these  we  may  include  the  provision  that  no  Athenian 
merchant,  citizen,  or  resident  alien,  was  to  carry  corn  else- 
where than  to  Attica,  that  no  capitalist  was  to  lend  money 
upon  a  ship  destined  to  bring  corn  elsewhere  than  to  Athens  ; 
and  finally,  that  every  ship  which  entered  the  Attic  mercantile 
port  with  a  cargo  of  corn  should  expose  at  least  two-thirds  of 
its  cargo  for  sale  in  Athens.2  To  check  the  practice  of  engross- 
ing corn,  the  law  ordered  that  no  private  person  should 
purchase  more  than  fifty  Phormi  (baskets,  a  measure  that  may 
be  estimated  at  about  equal  to  a  medimnus),  and  should  not 
sell  at  a  price  more  than  an  obolus  higher  than  that  at  which  he 
had  bought.3  Of  the  Board  of  Sitophylaces,  whose  duty  it  was 
to  watch  over  the  corn-trade,  we  have  already  spoken.  Trans- 
gressions of  this  law  were  visited  with  severe  penalties,  some- 
times even  with  death.  Next  to  corn,  timber  for  building, 
especially  for  the  ships,  was  the  most  considerable  article  of 
importation.  It  was  brought  principally  from  Macedonia  and 
Thrace.  From  the  same  districts  were  brought  pitch  and 
hides.4  Iron  and  copper  were  furnished  by  various  islands  in 
the  iEgean  Sea,  especially  Cyprus,  and  by  the  neighbouring 
island  of  Eubcea.  Fine  woollen  goods,  especially  carpets, 
came  from  Miletus,  and  also  from  Phrygia.  Fine  wines — 
since  Attica  itself  only  produced  inferior  kinds 5 — were  brought 

1  Cf.  Bockh,  Pub.  Econ.  of  Athens,         4  Bockh,   Pub.  Ec.  of  Athens,  pp. 
p.  78  ;  Hiillm.    Ilandelsgesch.  de  Or.     100  and  47. 

p.  146.  8  From  Aristoph.  Pax,   1162,  it  is 

2  Cf .  Bockh,  Pub.  Econ.  of  Athens,  clear  that  vines  from  abroad,  ex.  gr. 
pp.  85,  55,  82.  from  Lemnos,    were  transplanted  to 

3  lb.  p.  82  seq.  Attica. 


THE  A  THEN/AN  ST  A  TE.  527 

partly  from  the  islands,  especially  from  Chios  and  Lesbos,  and 
in  a  less  degree  from  Thasos,  Lemnos,  Cyprus,  Ehodes,  Crete, 
Cos,  Icaria,  partly  from  Mende  and  Scione  on  the  Thracian 
peninsula.  Salt  fish,  a  principal  food  of  the  poorer  classes, 
came  from  the  Pontus.  And  similarly  a  multitude  of  other 
articles,  which  it  is  neither  necessary  nor  possible  to  enumerate 
singly,  were  brought  from  the  most  various  quarters,  and 
Athens,  as  Pericles  boasts,1  became,  in  consequence  of  this 
active  commercial  intercourse,  a  depot  to  which  flowed  every 
kind  of  desirable  and  useful  article  produced  by  foreign 
countries,  so  that  what  was  foreign  was  no  harder  to  obtain 
there  than  what  was  native. 

In  exchange  for  these  manifold  imports  Attica  had  but 
few  native  products  to  offer.  The  most  important  was  oil, 
in  which,  it  is  said,  Plato  traded  with  Egypt ; 2  for  the  Attic 
oil  was  of  exceptional  excellence,  and  the  olive-trees,  the 
gift  of  the  national  goddess,  stood  under  the  especial  protection 
of  the  State.  No  one  was  allowed  to  uproot  olive-trees  on  his 
own  land,  except  only  for  specified  objects,  and  not  above  a  speci- 
fied number :  they  might  be  cut  down,  so  that  the  root  remained 
and  might  put  out  a  new  stem,  though  this  also  was  certainly 
not  free  from  restriction.  Besides  this,  there  were  sacred  olive- 
trees,  which  were  invariably  spared,  and  the  oil  from  which 
was  applied  solely  to  religious  objects.3  A  second  famous 
product  was  the  Attic  figs,  which  even  reached  the  table  of 
the  Persian  kings.4  Then  we  may  mention  honey,  that  of 
Hymettus,  on  account  of  the  thyme  growing  there,  being 
of  especial  excellence,  and  a  favourite  article  abroad.  Thyme 
itself  might  become  an  article  of  trade,  as  a  favourite 
condiment,  which  throve  nowhere  else  so  well  as  in  Attica.5 
Even  salt  was  seasoned  with  thyme.6  Attic  salt,  however, 
is  famed  rather  in  the  figurative  than  in  the  literal  sense, 
and  did  not  form  an  article  of  trade.  The  wool  of  the 
Attic  sheep,  too,  which  is  highly  commended,7  was  probably 
made  up  only  in  Attica  itself.  For  dyeing,  coccus  (the 
scarlet-berry)  was  used,  and  to  this  especial  prominence  is 
likewise  ascribed  among  the  products  of  Attica.8  The  sea 
provided  fish,  among  which  especially  the  plaice  of  Eleusis, 
the  sardines   of  Phalerum,  and  the  mullets  of  iExonse   are 

1  Thuc.  ii.  38 ;  cf.  Xen.  de  rep.  Ath.        5  Hullmaim,  Handelsgesch.  p.  23. 

C'  ?J  \ISo°f-  Pa?lf.9-  §  42'  6  Becker,  Charicles,  p.  330. 

2  Plut.  Solon,  c.  2.  r 

3  Law  quoted  in  Dem.  in  Macart.  Athena;,  vi.  60,  p.  219,  xii.  157, 
p.  1074.  p.  540. 

4  Athena;,  xiv.  18,  p.  652.  8  Plin.  H.  N.  xxiv.  14. 


528      DESCRIPTION  OF  THE  PRINCIPAL  STATES. 

mentioned,1  but  which  hardly  furnished  an  article  of  export. 
Of  the  mountains  of  Attica,  again,  not  only  did  Pentelicon 
and  Hymettus  furnish  excellent  marble  for  building  and  sculp- 
ture, but  in  the  neighbourhood  of  Laurium  there  were  silver 
mines  of  considerable  productiveness.  Their  use  has  been 
spoken  of  previously,  and  they  both  secured  a  not  unimportant 
revenue  to  the  State,  and  were  a  source  of  prosperity  to  their 
lessees.  As  to  the  way  in  which  the  quarries  of  marble  were 
used  we  have  no  information.  But  here  also  we  may  call  to 
mind  the  yellow  ochre,  of  which  the  ancient  painters  made 
use,  and  which  likewise  came  in  especial  excellence  from 
Attica.2  Pre-eminently,  however,  did  products  of  skilled  in- 
dustry form  the  articles  of  export  of  Attic  commerce.3  The 
productions  of  armourers  and  other  articles  in  metal,  gold  and 
silver  plate  and  ornaments,  pottery  of  tasteful  form  and 
adorned  with  figures,  articles  of  clothing  and  woven  fabrics, 
household  furniture  of  all  kinds,  and,  when  literature  came  to 
be  more  actively  pursued,  even  books,  were  exported  hence  to 
all  parts  of  the  civilised  world.  Even  a  book-market  was 
to  be  found  in  Athens,  where  not  only  literary  works  could  be 
purchased,  but  also  public  documents.4  The  superiority  of  the 
Athenian  manufactures  may,  to  a  great  extent,  be  explained 
from  the  circumstance  that  the  workers  were  not  only  slaves, 
but  that  freemen  and  even  citizens  were  employed  as  well. 
Slave  labour  is,  as  a  rule,  bad ;  finer  skill  and  invention  are 
there  almost  out  of  the  question.  Only  with  free  labourers 
does  interest  quicken  zeal,  and,  if  the  master  himself  works 
along  with  the  slaves,  slave  labour  also  prospers  better.  Hence 
may  be  explained  the  fact  that  we  hear  no  complaints  of  injury 
to  the  citizen  workmen  from  the  manufactories  worked  only 
by  slaves.  The  products  of  these  manufactories  were  inferior 
to  those  of  the  free  men,  and  hence  entered  into  no  markedly 
dangerous  competition  with  them.  Moreover,  no  trace  is 
found  of  combination  in  guilds  among  the  artisan  class.5  By 
the  side  of  this  industrial  activity  there  was  a  vigorous  and 
extended  shipping  trade,  by  which  not  only  were  native  wares 
exported  abroad,  or  foreign  wares  brought  in  to  supply  native 
requirements,  but  also  commerce  was  effected  between  foreign 


1  Aristoph.  Av.  76  ;  Pollux,  vi.  63 ;  Athenis  extiterunt  bibliopolis,  Husum. 

Athenae.  vii.  p.  285.  1845.    Cf.  with  this  Sengebusch,  Diss. 

»  Plin.  xxxiii.  56.  ^?.??\oP,V,  194  U£oU£    /ahr\  fiir 

■ -nr  i«       t»         ,.     r             ncn  Phuol.  1868,  p.  772  :  Buchsenschiitz, 

*  Wolf  on  Demosth.  Lept.  p.  252.  g™ 

4  Cf.  Aristoph.  Av.  1289;  Becker,  Cha-  6  Cf.  Frohberger,  de  opificum  apud 

ricles,  p.  273  ;  Bendixen,  de  primis  qui  Gfr.  cond.  (Grim.  1866),  p.  26. 


THE  ATHENIAN  STATE.  529 

countries, — a  business  in  which  Athenian  citizens,  and  not 
only  Metceci,  shared  very  numerously,  whether  as  masters  of 
vessels,  as  merchants,  or  as  shipowners.  Among  the  first 
named  we  understand  such  as  had  the  command  either  of  a 
ship  belonging  to  another  person,  in  which  case  they  received 
payment,  or  of  one  Owned  by  themselves  and  let  to  others  for 
the  transport  of  goods;  their  crews  being  probably  for  the 
most  part  slaves.  Usually,  however,  shipowners  and  merchants 
were  the  same  persons ;  the  ship  belonged  to  one  person,  or  to 
several  persons  in  common,  who  freighted  it,  and  of  whom  one 
accompanied  it  himself,  in  order  to  see  to  the  sale  and  purchase 
in  the  foreign  country.  For,  with  the  mode  in  which  com- 
mercial relations  were  circumstanced  in  ancient  times,  this  was 
necessary,  since  there  was  no  business  done  on  consignment  or 
commission,  and  no  exchange,  and  therefore  sale,  purchase,  and 
payment  had  to  be  performed  by  the  principal.  Among  the 
owners,  finally,  are  to  be  understood  such  persons  as  lend  the 
merchant  the  requisite  money,  in  return  for  which  the  ship  or 
cargo,  or  both,  is  mortgaged  to  them.1  As  they  bore  the 
danger  of  possible  loss,  they  lent  only  at  high  rates  (tokos 
vavTiicos),  and  twenty  to  thirty  per  cent,  was  not  unusual, 
especially  if  the  money  was  lent,  not  merely  for  the  voyage 
outward  (irepoirXov;),  but  also  for  the  return  as  well  (afupo- 
repoTrXovs).  The  contracts  for  such  loans  (bottomry  bonds) 
contained,  for  greater  security,  specifications,  as  detailed 
as  was  possible,  of  the  places  to  which  the  ship  should  be 
taken ;  and,  if  the  loan  was  given  for  the  return  voyage  as  well, 
relative  to  the  freight  to  be  brought  back,  and  its  value.  If 
the  loan  was  only  for  the  outward  voyage,  it  was  necessary  to 
repay  it  upon  the  arrival  of  the  ship  at  its  destination ;  and  if 
the  lender  had  not  some  kind  of  correspondent  or  business 
connection  there  who  could  receive  it  for  him,  he  travelled  with 
the  ship  himself,  and  was  then  enabled  immediately  to  do  fresh 
business  with  the  money  repaid  him.  The  high  rate  of  interest, 
however,  proves  not  only  the  danger  of  the  business,  but  also 
the  great  profit  made  by"  the  merchant  when  the  event  was 
favourable ;  for  without  this  profit  he  would  not  have  been  in 
a  position  to  pay  such  rates  of  interest.  To  an  adequate  ful- 
filment of  the  contract  he  was  constrained,  not  only  by  the 
penalty  usually  stipulated  upon,  but  also  by  the  rigour  of  the 
laws  of  trade,  which  threatened  the  debtor  who  fraudulently 
withdrew  his  pledge  from  the  creditor  even  with  death,  and 
those  who  were  tardy  in  repayment  with  imprisonment,  while 

1  Hullmann,  Handelsgesch.  p.  165  seq. 

2  L 


530      DESCRIPTION  OF  THE  PRINCIPAL  STATES. 

the  creditor  was  allowed  to  take  possession,  not  only  of  the 
property  mortgaged,  but  also  of  the  whole  effects  of  the 
debtor.1  Suits  relative  to  commercial  matters  were  so  far 
privileged  that  a  decision  must  be  pronounced  on  them  within 
the  space  of  a  month;  they  were  heard  only  in  the  winter 
months,  when  traffic  by  sea  was  at  a  stand-still,  in  order  that 
merchants  might  not  be  detained  from  the  pursuit  of  their 
business.2  These  were  favoured  besides  by  a  freedom  from 
liability  to  military  service,8  which,  though  not  indeed  uncon- 
ditional, was  yet  easily  secured.  But  that  the  mercantile  class, 
however  much  its  utility  was  recognised,  was  especially 
honoured  we  are  not  permitted  to  believe.  Our  authorities, 
and  in  particular  the  speeches  before  the  courts,  show  us  that 
honesty  and  fair  dealing  were  not  too  frequently  found  in  it, 
and  that  few  withstood  the  temptations  which  business  brings 
with  it.  On  account  of  their  importance  for  commerce,  and 
the  circulation  of  money,  the  Trapezitae  must  not  be  for- 
gotten here.  The  term  signifies  the  bankers  who  carried  on 
money  transactions  on  a  large  scale,4  and  not  merely  with 
their  own  money,  but  also  with  that  of  other  people, 
receiving  capitals  for  a  moderate  interest  and  lending  them 
again  at  higher  rates.  Capitalists  who  were  unwilling  or  un- 
able to  trouble  themselves  with  the  management  of  their  money 
were  glad  to  give  it  to  a  Trapezites  in  whose  honesty  they 
placed  confidence,  in  return  for  a  moderate  rate  of  interest. 
The  Trapezites  could  then  carry  on  business  for  his  own  profit 
with  the  money  intrusted  to  him,  while  the  creditors  had 
the  advantage  of  being  able  to  receive  their  money  back  at 
once  whenever  they  wanted  it.  Payments  that  had  to  be  made, 
too,  were  most  conveniently  effected  by  writing  off  the  sum 
in  the  Trapezites'  books  from  the  property  of  its  owner,  and 
crediting  it  to  the  person  to  whom  the  payment  had  to 
be  made;  and  while  the  greatest  part  of  the  circulation  of 
money  was  conducted  through  the  agency  of  Trapezitae,  and 
they  were  regarded  as  men  of  business  on  whose  punctuality  and 
care  reliance  could  be  placed,  deposits  also,  whether  of  money 
or  documents  were  given  into  their  care,  and  business  agree- 
ments were  concluded  in  their  presence  and  witnessed  by  them. 
"We   also   hear,   it    is  true,  many   complaints   regarding  the 

1  Cf.   Bockh,  Pub.  Ec.  of  Ath.  pp.     of  money-changing  on  a  small  scale 
128-132.  were  called  dpyvpa/j.oi^oi  or  KoXKvfJur- 

8  Dem.  in  Apat.  p.  900,  3.  I?'  '>   4    PolJux'   Y^*    l7°-     ,°,n    th,e 

,  m       ,  .  Trapezitae    cf.    Hiillm.   Handelsgesch. 

bee  above,  p.  424.  p-  185  seq >;  Bockh,  Pub.  Ec.  of  Ath. 

*  Those  who  carried  on  the  business  p.  126  seq.;  Biichsenschutz,  p.  500  seq. 


THE  A  TIIENIAN  ST  A  TE.  531 

dishonesty  and  greed  of  the  Trapezitae,  but  on  the  whole  they 
were  no  worse  than  was  involved  in  the  nature  of  the  business, 
a  business  essentially  useful,  or  rather  quite  indispensable,1  for 
the  facilitation  of  the  circulation  of  money.  So  far  as  can  be 
discovered  this  business  was  carried  on  in  Athens  not  by  citizens, 
but  only  by  resident  aliens,  though  many  of  these  who  had 
obtained  recognition  and  favour  afterwards  received  the  right 
of  citizenship.  It  was  also  resident  aliens  for  the  most  part 
who  carried  on  retail  trade  in  the  market  or  elsewhere  in  booths 
and  shops,  paying  for  these  a  toll  from  which  the  citizens,  if 
they  engaged  in  the  same  trade,  were  free.  The  fact  that  retail 
trade  ranked  as  a  low  and  disreputable  calling  is  sufficiently  well 
known,  and  the  ancients  who  looked  upon  it  thus  will  perhaps 
be  found  to  have  been  justified  in  so  doing  by  their  experience. 
We  should  not  on  that  account  charge  them  with  injustice, 
but  should  be  content  with  rejoicing  that  it  is  not  so  at  the 
present  time.  That  the  calling  is  not  only  necessary  and 
indispensable,  but  may  also  be  pursued  without  dishonesty,  the 
ancients  knew  as  well  as  we  do,  otherwise  a  wise  legislation 
would  have  altogether  forbidden  it  to  the  citizens.  But  this 
the  Athenian  legislation  did  not  do,  but  even  provided  a  prose- 
cution for  libel  against  such  persons  as  reproached  a  citizen, 
whether  man  or  woman,  with  carrying  on  retail  trade  in  the 
market.2  Accordingly  even  citizen- women  of  the  poorer  class 
engaged  in  this  calling,3  which,  though  of  course  only  in  so  far 
as  they  did  not  behave  themselves  dishonourably  in  it,  was 
admitted  to  involve  them  in  no  discredit.  In  the  market  a 
special  place,  the  women's  market  (ywaiKeia  cvyopd),  seems  to 
have  been  set  apart,  where  the  female  dealers  stood  with  their 
wares.4  Meanwhile,  if  retail  trade  was  carried  on  by  only  a 
small  number  of  citizens,  the  number  of  those  who  maintained 
themselves  by  handicrafts  was  all  the  greater.  Socrates, 
as  Xenophon  relates,6  gave  encouragement  to  a  young  man 
who  shrank  from  coming  forward  as  a  speaker  in  the  popular 
assembly  by  reminding  him  how  the  assembly  consisted 
mainly  of  uncultivated  people  of  whose  judgment  he  need 
not  be  afraid.     "  Before  fullers,"  he  says,  "  or  before  weavers,  or 

1  An  inscription  dating  from  a  later  is  the  opinion  of  Hermann  on  Becker's 

period  (probably  not  till  after  01.  152),  Charicles,  ii.  p.  157.     Cf.  also  Biich- 

in  C  /.  no.  123,  and  Bockh,  Staatsh.  senschiltz,  p.  506. 

Ath.    ii.    356,    mentions    a     Synovia  2  pem  in  Eubul.  p.  1308. 

rod irefa,  as  to  which  it  is  not  clear  ,  ™_           ,,          f   „     .   ., 

whether  it  is  a  national  bank  or  a  ,  \Th<?  mothf  °f  Ennpides  was  a 

banking  house  with  which  the  State,  dealer  in  vegetables, 

whether  officially  or  through  a  con-  Cf-  Becker  s  Charicles,  p.  287. 

tract,  was  connected  financially,  as  *  Memorabil.  iii.  7.  6. 


532      DESCRIPTION  OF  THE  PRINCIPAL  STATES. 

carpenters,  or  smiths,  or  tradesmen,  or  those  who  buy  on  the 
market  and  then  set  to  work  to  sell  dear  to  the  buyer  what 
they  have  bought  cheap,  you  will  have  no  cause  to  be  afraid. 
But  it  is  of  just  such  people  that  the  popular  assembly  con- 
sists." Solon,1  as  we  read  in  Plutarch,  gave  even  artisans  the 
honour  due  to  them ;  that  is  to  say,  he  did  not  exclude  that 
class  from  participation  in  the  most  essential  rights  of  citizen- 
ship, as  was  the  case  in  oligarchic  States.  He  preferred,  on 
the  contrary,  that  the  poorer  classes  should  be  constrained  to 
such  a  means  of  obtaining  their  living.  For  this  reason  he  gave 
the  Areopagus  the  function  of  discovering  whence  each  man 
obtained  his  subsistence,  and  ordered  that  poor  men  who 
wandered  about  without  a  calling  should  be  prosecuted  for 
vagabondage.  And  in  this  sense  Thucydides2  makes  Pericles 
say  that  in  Athens  not  poverty,  but  rather  the  neglect  to  avoid 
it  by  work,  was  held  disgraceful.  Further  than  this,  however, 
the  honour  due  to  the  working  class  did  not  extend  in  the 
estimation  even  of  the  wisest  political  thinkers  of  antiquity. 
Handicraft — this  was  their  general  judgment — injures  the  body 
no  less  than  the  intellectual  and  moral  excellence  of  the  man, 
and  petty  anxiety  about  gain  does  not  harmonise  with  a  cul- 
tured disposition  such  as  is  required  for  a  citizen  in  the  proper 
sense  of  the  word,  for  consultation  about  the  most  important 
affairs  of  the  commonwealth,  for  an  intelligent  and  disinterested 
tenure  of  the  public  offices.  And  we  may  support  them  in  this 
view  without  fear  of  being  reproached  with  an  oligarchical 
depreciation  of  a  class  of  persons  which  is  both  useful  and,  in 
its  own  way,  thoroughly  deserving  of  honour.  But  after  pay- 
ment was  introduced,  the  crowded  working  population  of  the 
city  and  of  the  Piraeus  was  found  in  the  greatest  numbers 
in  the  governing  assemblies  of  Athens,  whilst  the  landowners 
dwelling  in  the  country  and  in  the  Demes  attended  them  more 
scantily,  so  that  it  is  no  wonder  if  the  resolutions  of  such 
assemblies  betray  very  frequently  a  noteworthy  lack  of  insight 
and  patriotism,  of  sense  of  and  feeling  for  the  true  dignity  and 
honour  of  the  State,  and  correspondingly  more  frequent  instances 
of  short-sightedness,  fickleness,  and  indifference.  We  need  only 
follow  the  history  of  Demosthenes  and  his  life  as  a  statesman 
to  convince  ourselves  how  the  case  stood  at  that  time  with  this 
sovereign  assembly  of  the  people.  For  the  most  part  he 
preached  to  deaf  ears,  or,  if  he  was  now  and  then  listened  to, 
yet  the  execution  of  his  counsel  was  deprived  of  its  value  by  half 
measures  and  by  insufficient  provision.     And  only  at  last,  when 

1  Plut.  Sol.  c.  22.  ,  *  Thuc.  ii.  40. 


THE  A  THENIAN  ST  A  TE.  533 

the  danger  was  so  near  and  so  pressing  that  none  could  any 
longer  shut  their  eyes  against  it,  did  he  succeed  in  awakening 
the  people  to  a  manly  resolution,  to  the  decisive  struggle  for 
freedom  and  for  honour. 


12. — The  later  history  of  Athens  until  the  Roman  Dominion. 

The  struggle  upon  which  the  Athenians  resolved  at  the  call 
of  Demosthenes  ended  unfavourably  indeed,  but  at  least  spared 
the  State  which  had  once  been  the  first  in  power  and  honour 
the  reproach  of  having  given  way  pusillanimously  and  without 
resistance  before  its  more  powerful  foe.  Demosthenes1  was 
enabled  to  say  that  even  if  it  had  been  possible  to  predict  the 
unfavourable  result  the  Athenians  could  not  have  scrupled  to 
follow  his  advice,  for  they  had  done  what  was  befitting  to  noble 
men,  while  the  result  had  been  imposed  upon  them  by  fate. 
However,  the  results  of  their  overthrow  at  Chseronea,  thanks 
to  the  prudent  moderation  of  the  victor,  were  not  so  bad  as 
they  might  have  been.  Philip  proved  himself  less  hostile  to- 
wards the  Athenians  than  towards  their  allies  in  the  contest, 
his  former  friends,  the  Thebans ;  he  granted  them  the  posses- 
sion of  Oropus,  which  had  often  been  a  subject  of  dispute  be- 
tween them  and  the  Thebans,  and  left  them  also  the  island  of 
Samos,2  which  was  occupied  by  Attic  cleruchs :  only  a  scanty 
remnant,  it  is  true,  of  that  maritime  dominion  which  had  once 
extended  so  widely.  Inside  the  State  nothing  was  altered  ;  the 
forms  of  the  government  and  administration  remained  as  they 
had  been.  In  return  for  this,  however,  the  Athenians  were 
obliged  to  join  the  alliance  of  the  remaining  States  of  Greece, 
under  the  hegemony  of  Philip,  for  the  intended  war  against 
Persia,  and  to  pledge  themselves  to  furnish  their  contingent  in 
ships  and  men.  When  after  the  death  of  Philip  many  thought 
that  the  favourable  moment  had  arrived  for  throwing  off  the 
Macedonian  yoke,  Demosthenes  encouraged  the  Athenians, 
in  common  with  the  Thebans,  to  venture  on  the  struggle, 
as  they  had  done  a  few  years  before  at  Chseronea ;  but 
Thebes  was  reduced  before  the  Athenian  army  destined  for  its 
aid  had  begun  to  move,  and  the  Athenians  had  to  fear  the 
vengeance  of  Alexander.  He,  however,  contented  himself  with 
having  thrown  them  into  a  panic,  and  apart  from  this  made  no 
change  in  their  circumstances.     He  did  not  even  insist  on  the 

1  .De  Cor.  p.  294.  most  part  merely  refer  to  the  proofs 

2  Antiq.  jur.  Publ.  Gr.  p.   355.  2.     there  cited  at  greater  length. 
For  what  follows  also,  I  may  for  the 


534      DESCRIPTION  OF  THE  PRINCIPAL  STATES. 

surrender  of  the  public  men  hostile  to  him,  Demosthenes, 
Lycurgus,  and  others.  He  perceived,  no  doubt,  that  in  the 
existing  disposition  of  Athens  these  men  could  not  become 
dangerous  to  him,  since  not  only  demagogues  like  Demades, 
who  thought  only  of  his  own  personal  interest,  but  also  men  of 
honour  like  Phocion,  who  believed  that  neither  the  material 
resources  nor  the  moral  strength  of  the  people  were  any  longer 
sufficient  for  a  struggle  for  freedom,  seemed  to  afford  security 
for  the  maintenance  of  peace.  Moreover,  Athens  remained 
quiet  as  long  as  Alexander  lived.  After  his  death,  Demo- 
sthenes, and  men  similarly  disposed,  once  again  awakened  the 
memories  of  earlier  times,  and  the  Athenians  undertook  the 
contest  against  Antipater  with  all  the  more  hope,  since  they 
had  succeeded  in  moving  at  least  a  large  part  of  the  remaining 
Greeks  to  the  revolt  against  the  Macedonians.  The  first 
results  too  were  favourable ;  but  when  the  Macedonians  con- 
quered in  the  decisive  battle  of  Crannon  in  Thessaly,  the 
allies  lost  courage  and  sued  for  peace,  and  Athens  accordingly 
found  herself  compelled  to  do  likewise.  Antipater  granted 
peace  only  upon  severe  conditions :  surrender  of  the  orators  who 
had  set  the  war  on  foot, — among  them  Demosthenes,  who, 
after  making  his  escape,  withdrew  himself  from  the  power  of  the 
conqueror  by  poison  at  Calauria, — acceptance  of  a  Macedonian 
garrison  in  Munychia,  payment  of  a  considerable  sum  of  money, 
and  the  transformation  of  the  democracy  that  had  hitherto 
existed  into  a  timocratic  constitution,  under  which  a  qualifica- 
tion of  at  least  twenty  minse  was  the  condition  of  full  citizen- 
ship. Only  nine  thousand  were  found  who  possessed  as  much ; 
the  remainder,  about  twelve  thousand,  were  offered  emigration 
to  Thrace,  where  land  was  to  be  assigned  them,  and  many 
availed  themselves  of  the  offer.  The  constitution  thus  altered 
remained  in  existence  as  long  as  Antipater  stood  at  the  head  of 
the  Macedonian  kingdom.  After  his  death,  when  a  contest  for 
the  sovereignty  arose  between  his  son  Cassander  and  Poly- 
sperchon,  the  guardian  of  the  imbecile  king  Philip  Arrhidseus, 
and  the  latter,  in  order  to  strengthen  his  party,  promised 
the  Greek  states  freedom,  and  granted  to  all  exiles  the  privilege 
of  return,  unbridled  democracy  again  for  a  time  raised  its 
head.  It  was,  however,  soon  suppressed  once  more  by  Cas- 
sander, and  timocracy  again  instituted,  with  the  minimum 
qualification  fixed  at  a  thousand  drachmae,  by  which  we  are 
probably  to  understand  not  the  whole  property,  but  only  the 
ri/xrjfjLa — the  taxable   capital,  or  the  income.1     At  the  head 

1  Cf.  Th.  Bergk,  Jahrb.f.  Philol.  u.  Padagog.  vol.  lxv.  part  4,  p.  368. 


THE  ATHENIAN  STATE.  535 

of  the  State  was  placed  Demetrius  of  Phalerum,  probably  with 
the  title  of  Epimeletes  or  Epistates,  with  the  most  extensive 
legislative  and  executive  power,  but  naturally  with  responsi- 
bility to  the  Macedonian  potentate,  who  kept  the  people 
in  subjection  by  means  of  the  garrison  in  Munychia.  Deme- 
trius has  been  judged  by  the  ancients  very  variously, 
according  as  they  regard  principally  the  early  days  of  his 
administration  and  the  ordinances  devised  by  him,  or  his  later 
conduct.  What  has  been  handed  down  to  us  of  his  ordinances 
shows  unmistakably  that  he  intended  to  introduce  observance 
of  the  laws,  order,  and  good  conduct  into  public  and  private 
life.  He  is  termed  the  third  lawgiver  of  Athens,1  Draco  and 
Solon  being  the  other  two,  because  his  activity  as  a  law- 
giver was  in  fact  not  inconsiderable.  We  remark  in  particular 
the  institution  of  the  Nomophylaces,  an  authority  like  that 
which  had  been  provided  as  early  as  the  age  of  Pericles,  after 
the  Areopagus  had  lost  its  right  of  supervision,  to  guard  against 
unconstitutional  proceedings  in  the  Council  and  in  the  Assembly, 
but  which  soon  had  again  become  obsolete.  Such  an  authority 
might  even  at  this  time,  although  the  masses  had  been  shut 
out  from  the  government  by  the  qualification  now  requisite  of  a 
thousand  drachmas,  seem  not  to  be  superfluous ;  and  it  was 
certainly  more  desirable  to  compose  it  of  a  few  persons  than  in 
any  way  to  commit  afresh  to  the  Areopagus  the  duty  of  dealing 
with  the  laws,  which  had  been  intrusted  to  it  after  the  fall  of 
the  Thirty,  for  experience  might  have  shown  that  this  body  was 
no  longer  properly  adapted  for  the  purpose.  Further  par- 
ticulars with  regard  to  the  Nomophylaces  of  Demetrius,  their 
number,  the  mode  of  their  appointment,  and  the  extension  of 
their  privileges,  are  not  afforded  us ;  all  that  we  can  assume 
with  certainty  is,  that  their  supervision  extended,  not  only  to 
the  proceedings  in  the  Council  and  in  the  public  Assembly, 
but  also  to  the  mode  in  which  the  magistrates  performed  their 
functions.  Against  irregularities  in  private  life  Demetrius 
instituted  sumptuary  laws,  and  appointed  the  Board  of 
Gynseconomi  to  deal  with  them.2  This  body,  as  the  name 
itself  indicates,  had  primarily  to  exercise  supervision  over 
the  life  and  conduct  of  the  women,  but  had  also  to  see,  in 
conjunction   with  the  Areopagus,  in  the   case   of  entertain- 


1  In  Georg.   Syncell.    Chronogr.    g.  103 ;  Bergk,   Zeitschr.  fur  die  Alter- 

273.  63.     Proof  of  an  dvaypatpij  vbfuuv  thumswiss.  (1853),  p.  273. 
(though  not  till  after  Demetrius's  fall) 

is  given  by  an  inscription.    See  Meier,  2  Cf.  Bbckh,  ub.  d.  Plan  des  At  this 

Comm.  Epigr.  no.  2  ;  Rangabe,  ii.  p.  von  Philochorus,  p.  23  seq. 


536      DESCRIPTION  OF  THE  PRINCIPAL  STATES. 

merits,  wedding-banquets,  and  the  like,  that  the  number  of 
the  guests  and  the  expense  in  other  respects  did  not  over- 
step the  legal  limit.  Besides  this,  a  law  which  put  the  schools 
of  the  Sophists  under  the  supervision  of  the  State,  and  pre- 
scribed that  the  opening  of  such  schools  should  only  be  per- 
mitted after  the  consent  of  the  Council  and  the  people  had  been 
obtained,  probably  belongs  to  the  first  years  of  the  administra- 
tion of  Demetrius.1  In  all  these  ordinances  we  see  the  same 
tendency  to  aid  the  public  discipline  and  morality,  and  if  the 
censure  is  passed  on  Demetrius  that  he  only  introduced  a  dead 
mechanism  instead  of  a  living  political  life  such  as  had  for- 
merly existed,  this  censure  seems  to  presuppose  that  he  could 
have  done  more,  and  that  he  was  in  a  position  to  transform 
the  State.  It  is  fairer  to  say  that  Demetrius  did  all  that  he 
could  do.  In  reference  to  material  prosperity,  again,  Athens 
must  have  been  tolerably  prosperous  under  him.  The  popula- 
tion amounted  in  the  eighth  year  of  his  administration,  B.C.  309, 
01. 117.  4,  to  21,000  citizens,  10,000  resident  aliens,  and  400,000 
slaves,  which  indicates  a  total  number  of  about  550,000  souls ; 
the  revenues  of  the  State  rose  to  the  sum  of  1200  talents,  and 
it  is  asserted  that  he  applied  large  sums  to  the  foundation  of 
useful  institutions.  But  unfortunately  he  did  not  remain  true 
to  himself.  The  power  he  had  in  his  hands,  the  flatterers  who 
crowded  round  him,  the  temptations  to  vices  such  as  were  then 
the  order  of  the  day,  corrupted  him,  and  proved  that  with 
all  his  theoretical  culture  he  nevertheless  lacked  true  moral 
strength  and  solidity  of  character.  The  frugal  scholar  of  earlier 
life  was  transformed  into  a  riotous  prodigal,  who  shamelessly 
transgressed  the  laws  he  himself  had  made,  and  who,  instead  of 
applying  the  revenues  of  the  State  for  the  common  good, 
squandered  them  for  the  most  part  on  his  lusts,  and  therefore 
at  the  last  drew  upon  himself  the  displeasure  of  the  community 
in  a  degree  proportionate  to  the  extravagant  honours  that  had 
before  been  rendered  to  him.  His  administration  lasted  ten 
years,  and  the  constitution  of  the  State  during  that  period  iS 
sometimes  termed  a  tyranny,  because  a  single  person,  supported 
only  by  the  Macedonian  power,  was  at  the  head  of  the  State, 
sometimes  a  democracy,  because  the  forms  of  the  State  were 
those  of  a  popular  government,  even  though  this  was  tempered 
in  the  direction  of  timocracy,  sometimes,  finally,  an  oligarchy, 
because,  in  spite  of  these  democratic  forms,  naturally  only  that 
small  number  reached  office  and  influence  who  were  in  favour 
with  the  ruler.     He  himself  too  once  filled  the  office  of  Archon, 

1  Cf.  Schmidt,  de  Theophr.  rhet.  (Halle,  1839),  pp.  9,  10. 


THE  A  THENIAN  ST  A  TE.  537 

01.  117.  4,  the  second  year  before  his  fall,  long  after  he  had 
undergone  this  transformation  for  the  worse ;  hence  his  year  of 
office  was  afterwards  called  the  year  of  Anomia,  or  lawlessness. 
He  was,  however,  overthrown  in  consequence  of  the  war  under- 
taken by  Antigonus  against  Cassander,  B.C.  307,  when  the 
son  of  Antigonus,  Demetrius  Poliorcetes,  took  possession  of 
the  Piraeus  with  his  fleet,  and  invested  Munychia,  which  was 
held  by  the  Macedonians.  The  Phalerean  capitulated,  and  was 
allowed  free  withdrawal.  Munychia  was  stormed,  and  Polior- 
cetes marched  as  a  conqueror  into  the  city.  It  received 
him  as  its  liberator,  as  he  had  announced  himself,  with  the 
most  extravagant  rejoicing,  and  the  citizens  vied  with  one 
another  in  demonstrations  in  his  honour  and  flatteries  which 
it  is  repulsive  to  relate  in  detail.  I  will  content  myself  with 
mentioning  only  two  provisions  which  found  favour  at  that 
time,  because  they  have  some  connection  with  the  constitution. 
In  the  first  place,  the  number  of  the  Phylse  that  had  hitherto 
existed  was  increased  by  two,  so  that  henceforward  there  were 
twelve :  the  two  new  ones  were  named  Antigonis  and  Deme- 
trias,  after  the  liberator  and  his  father,  and  were  granted  prece- 
dence over  the  ten  old  Phylse.  With  this  was  naturally  connected 
a  new  division  of  the  Demes,  whose  number  at  that  time 
without  doubt  considerably  exceeded  the  original  normal  num- 
ber of  ten  in  each  Phyle ;  as  also  an  increase  of  the  Council 
from  500  to  600,  the  institution  of  twelve  monthly  Prytanies 
instead  of  the  earlier  number  of  ten  with  a  duration  of  thirty- 
five  or  thirty-six  days  each,  and  finally,  in  all  probability,  an  in- 
crease of  several  official  boards  to  correspond  with  the  increased 
number  of  the  Phylse.  The  second  arrangement  devised  in 
honour  of  the  liberators  is  the  institution  of  divine  honours  to 
them  as  "  saving  gods,"  and  the  nomination  of  a  priest  of  these 
gods,  to  be  elected  annually  by  Cheirotonia ;  though  this  pro- 
vision, it  must  be  admitted,  was  abolished  after  a  few  years, 
when  the  disposition  of  the  Athenians  had  turned  against 
Demetrius.1 

Demetrius  was  soon  compelled  by  the  events  of  the  war  to 
quit  Athens :  his  adversary,  Cassander,  advanced  with  his  army 
into  Greece  as  far  as  Attica,  and  laid  siege  to  the  city,  which, 
however,  maintained  itself  until  Demetrius  returning  (in  the 
year  302)  compelled  Cassander  to  retire.  Still  more  basely 
than  before  did  the  Athenians  now  vie  with  one  another  in 

1  The  statement  of  Plutarch,  Dem.  mus  of  the  year,  rests  on  an  error,  as 

c.  10,  that  the  priest  of  the  Soteres  has    been    convincingly    proved     by 

took  the  place  of  the  first  Archon,  Kirchoff,  Herces.  ii.  pp.  161-173. 
and  therefore  also  became  the  Epony- 


538      DESCRIPTION  OF  THE  PRINCIPAL  STATES. 

the  most  unmeasured  and  most  debased  flatteries  towards  their 
liberator,  so  that  it  ought  not  to  cause  astonishment  if  the 
latter  felt  that  before  such  men  everything  that  was  possible 
to  him  was  also  permissible,  and  following  his  sensual  nature 
unchecked  gave  himself  up  to  every  kind  of  excess  with  a 
recklessness  that  at  last  of  necessity  estranged  from  him  the 
disposition  of  those  very  men  who  had  as  it  were  intoxicated 
him  with  their  flatteries.  When  afterwards  the  war  summoned 
him  to  Asia  to  join  Antigonus,  and  both  here  suffered  the 
heavy  defeat  of  Ipsus,  the  Athenians  renounced  him,  and 
declared,  when  he  was  drawing  near  their  coasts  with  his  fleet, 
that  they  had  resolved  henceforward  to  receive  none  of  the 
kings.  If,  however,  they  flattered  themselves  with  the  hope  of 
being  now  really  in  a  position  to  maintain  their  freedom,  they 
very  soon  found  themselves  undeceived ;  and  while  they  owed 
it  only  to  the  alternations  of  the  fortune  of  war  between  the 
kings  that  they  did  not  for  some  years  become  the  prey  of  any 
of  them,  they  fell  under  the  dominion  of  one  of  their  own 
fellow-citizens,  a  certain  Lachares,  who — by  what  means  is 
uncertain,  but  probably  not  without  Macedonian  support — 
raised  himself  to  the  tyranny.  He  is  counted  among  the  worst 
of  those  whose  memory  has  been  branded  by  history.  His 
tyrannies  made  the  Athenians  more  inclined  to  turn  to  Deme- 
trius, when  the  latter  again  drew  near  with  a  fleet  and  a  land 
army.  The  Piraeus  gave  itself  up  to  him  without  a  struggle ; 
in  the  city  Lachares  offered  an  obstinate  resistance,  but  was 
at  last  compelled  to  seek  safety  in  flight,  and  the  people 
opened  their  gates  to  Demetrius.  He  showed  himself  more 
magnanimous  than  had  been  expected.  He  contented  himself 
with  placing  a  garrison  in  the  Piraeus  and  Munychia,  and 
afterwards  also  in  the  Museum,  a  hill  inside  the  city  itself,  in 
order  to  secure  himself  against  its  future  defection.  Further 
than  this,  however,  he  exercised  no  severity  and  imposed  no 
punishment ;  he  allowed  the  constitution  to  remain  as  it  was, 
filled  the  public  offices  with  persons  who  were  most  welcome  to 
the  people,  and  finally,  since  great  need  was  felt  of  the  means  of 
subsistence,  made  the  State  a  present  of  100,000  medimni  of 
wheat.  In  this  dependence  on  its  mildly-disposed  ruler  Athens 
remained  a  number  of  years,  until  Demetrius,  who  had  been 
raised  by  his  changeful  destiny  to  the  throne  of  Macedonia, 
was  deprived  of  it  by  Pyrrhus  the  Epirote.  This  gave  the 
Athenians  courage  to  rise  against  him ;  the  garrisons  of  the 
Museum,  of  the  Piraeus  and  Munychia,  were  compelled  to 
capitulate,  and  the  people  once  more  rejoiced  in  a  precarious 
freedom,  such  as  was  alone  possible  in  the  circumstances  of  the 


THE  A THENIAN  STATE.  539 

time.  Of  the  internal  affairs  of  the  State  in  this  period  there 
is  little  to  report.  We  only  hear  that  Demochares,  a  son  of 
the  sister  of  Demosthenes,  was  the  most  eminent  among  the 
statesmen  of  the  time,  and  proved  himself  not  unworthy  of  his 
great  uncle.  In  the  following  years,  however,  the  Athenians 
found  themselves  again  compelled  by  Antigonus,  the  son  of 
Demetrius,  to  receive  a  garrison  in  the  Museum.  Salamis,  too, 
as  well  as  Munychia  and  Piraeus,  was  occupied  by  the  troops  of 
Antigonus,  and  it  may  be  their  commanders  whom  we  find 
named  as  tyrants  of  these  places — Hierocles,  Glaucus,  Lycinus. 
The  garrison  of  Munychia  was  afterwards  withdrawn  (B.C.  255) ; 
but  how  dependent  on  the  Macedonian  king  Athens  felt  herself 
to  be  is  sufficiently  proved  by  the  fact  that  she  not  only  did 
not  support  the  attempts  of  Aratus  against  the  Macedonians, 
but  actually,  on  the  false  report  that  Aratus  had  fallen,  insti- 
tuted a  festival,  and  decked  the  city  with  garlands.  Not  till 
after  the  death  of  Demetrius  11.  (in  the  year  229),  leaving 
one  successor  not  yet  of  age,  did  they  consider  the  situation 
sufficiently  favourable  to  undertake  the  attempt  at  liberation. 
For  this  purpose  they  applied  to  Aratus,  who  actually  succeeded 
in  causing  the  withdrawal  of  the  commander  of  the  Macedonian 
garrison,  who  probably  did  not  feel  himself  strong  enough  to 
decide  the  matter  by  a  contest,  and  who  was  probably  also 
corrupted  by  a  bribe.  From  this  time  Athens  maintained  her 
freedom,  so  far  as  a  Greek  State  could  then  be  free,  and  sought 
to  keep  this  freedom  by  a  strict  neutrality,  entering  neither  the 
Achsean  nor  the  iEtolian  league,  and  guarding  against  a  fresh 
subjugation  by  the  Macedonians  by  putting  itself  under  the 
protecting  friendship  of  the  Egyptian  kings.  At  that  time, 
also,  the  names  of  the  two  new  Phylse  instituted  under  Deme- 
trius Poliorcetes,  which  had  until  then  been  retained,  were 
exchanged  for  others.  The  tribe  Demetrias  received  the  name 
of  Ptolemais,  after  Ptolemy  Philadelphus,  about  the  year  266; 
the  tribe  Antigonis  was  henceforward  called  the  new  Erechtheis 
until  the  year  200,  when  it  received  the  name  of  Attalis  in 
honour  of  Attalus  king  of  Pergamus,1  when  this  sovereign,  the 
ally  of  the  Romans  against  Philip  king  of  Macedonia,  came  to 
Athens  in  person.  Henceforward  the  Athenians  held  faithfully 
to  Rome,  and  this  was,  in  fact,  the  best  course  they  could  take. 
They  apprehended  the  fact  that  the  time  of  political  importance 
was  over  for  them  as  for  the  rest  of  Greece ;  and  instead  of 

1  To  go  deeper  into  the  question  of  quite  impracticable  in  this  place.     I 

the  change  in  the  names  of  the  Phylse,  may  content  myself  with  a  reference 

obscure  as  it  is,  and  dealt  with  by  to  Dittenberger,   Hermes,  ii.   p.   287 

various  inquirers  in  various  ways,  is  seq. 


54°     DESCRIPTION  OF  THE  PRINCIPAL  STATES. 

wishing  any  longer  to  play  a  part  of  their  own,  like  the  Achseans 
or  iEtolians,  they  contented  themselves  with  the  profitable 
administration  of  their  internal  affairs,  in  which  the  Eomans 
were  not  a  hindrance  to  them,  but  rather  a  help.  The  inclina- 
tion for  Greek  science  and  art  then  awakening  at  Rome  caused 
the  sympathies  of  all  cultivated  Eomans  to  incline  by  prefer- 
ence to  Athens,  where  all  this  science  and  art  had  either  arisen 
or  reached  its  prime,  and  where  it  was  still  cultivated  in  the 
only  manner  possible  in  this  period  of  its  existence,  a  period 
fitted  no  longer  to  produce,  but  only  to  maintain  and  enjoy. 
Athens  for  a  long  time  remained  the  school  where  the  youth 
of  the  Eoman  world  sought  its  education  in  philosophy  and 
rhetoric,  and  the  city  did  everything  to  maintain  itself  as  a 
proper  seat  of  study,  and  as  a  suitable  place  for  the  assemblage 
of  a  numerous  body  of  young  students.  But  with  this  its  im- 
portance is  completely  exhausted,  and  a  detailed  consideration 
of  its  constitution  and  administration  would  no  longer  awake 
any  general  interest,  even  were  it  possible  to  give  more  than 
separate  and  scattered  notices  upon  the  subject. 


APPENDIX. 


Page  89. — A  critic  has  charged  me  with  judging  the  circumstances  of 
Greece  too  much  from  the  stand-point  of  the  modern  State,  but  has  imme- 
diately afterwards  censured  me  for  following  Plato  and  Aristotle  in 
estimating  the  Greek  constitutions  by  the  standard  of  the  ideal  State.  In 
so  doing  he  seems  to  me  to  retract  his  first  charge  ;  for  it  cannot  surely  be 
his  opinion  that  the  standard  of  the  ideal  State  and  the  stand-point  of  the 
modern  State  essentially  coincide.  It  seems  to  me  that  the  charge  of 
"  modern  stand-point "  here,  as  on  many  other  occasions,  is  merely  a  cheap 
and  facile  phrase,  of  which  critics  avail  themselves  when,  in  default  of  better 
grounds,  they  wish  nevertheless  to  give  themselves  the  appearance  of 
superior  knowledge. 

Page  223. — According  to  a  conjecture  put  forward  by  H.  Peter  (N. 
Rhein.  Mus.  xxii.  (1867)  p.  65),  the  pretended  Rhetra,  fif)  xpyvdai  vd/xot? 
iyypd(fiots,  owes  its  origin  solely  to  the  error  of  a  copyist,  while  the  real 
ordinance  was  the  exact  opposite  ;  p.f]  xpj)o-0cu  vopois  dypdcpots.  This 
ordinance  he  supposes  to  have  been  made  at  a  time  when  an  opposition 
was  raised  against  the  purely  oral  delivery  of  the  law,  which,  being  in 
the  hands  of  a  powerful  minority,  was  dealt  with  by  that  minority  at 
its  own  pleasure,  so  that  the  demand  was  made  that  a  check  should  be 
imposed  on  this  arbitrary  treatment  by  written  statement  of  the  law.  The 
possibility  of  such  an  opposition  is  at  any  rate  quite  conceivable  ;  but  it  is 
very  difficult  to  believe  that  Plutarch,  or  the  author  whom  he  followed, 
knew  nothing  of  it ;  for  had  he  done  so,  the  discovery  of  the  error  of  the 
copyist  could  not  possibly  have  escaped  him.  Apart  from  this,  when 
Plutarch  in  this  passage  (c.  13)  and  elsewhere  (Ages.  c.  26,  de  esu  earn. 
ii.  2)  speaks  of  rds  Kakovfievas  rpeT?  prjrpas,  it  is  impossible  to  believe  that 
only  three  Rhetree  of  Lycurgus  were  known  at  all ;  it  must,  on  the  contrary, 
be  assumed  that  the  mention  has  reference  to  some  well-known  written 
treatise  in  which  three  Rhetrse  were  dealt  with. 

Page  225. — The  descent  of  both  the  royal  houses  of  Sparta  from  Heracles 
was  considered  among  both  the  Spartans  themselves  and  all  the  remaining 
Greeks,  so  far  as  we  can  learn,  as  completely  beyond  doubt ;  and  equally 
little  doubt  is  felt,  that  the  ancestor  of  this  Heraclide  race  is  Hyllus  son  of 
Heracles,  after  whom  one  of  the  three  Doric  Phylae  bore  the  name  'YXXetr, 
and  who,  according  to  the  myth,  was  adopted  as  a  son  by  the  Doric  king 
uEgimius.  The  meaning  of  this  myth  can  only  be  that  once  upon  a  time  a 
clan  bearing  this  name,  and  whose  leader  boasted  Heraclide  descent,  united 
with  the  Dorians  ;  and  when  the  later  leaders  of  the  Dorians  came  to  be 
collectively  regarded  as  Heraclidae  it  can  only  have  been  meant  that  they 
all  belonged  to  this  clan  of  Hylleis,  which  had  united  with  the  Dorians  of 
iEgirnius  and  chieftains  of  which  were  regarded  as  Heraclidse,  and  that 
accordingly  this  clan  had  taken  its  place  at  the  head  of  the  Dorians.  It 
cannot  indeed  be  stated  how  this  happened  ;  what  is  said  of  the  death  of 
the  two  sons  of  iEgimius  is  palpably  worthless  (Apollod.  ii.  8.  3,  5) ;  but 


542  APPENDIX. 

i 

such  an  exaltation  of  the  immigrant  Hylleis  above  the  old  Dorians  and 
intermixture  of  the  two  races,  by  no  means  deserves  to  be  termed  in- 
credible, especially  if  no  essential  differences  of  race  existed  between  the 
two.  But  the  precise  truth  with  regard  to  the  Heraclide  character  of  the 
Hyllean  leader  cannot  be  discovered  with  certainty.  This  much  only  can 
be  assumed  without  question,  that  they  were  regarded  as  descendants  of  an 
ancient  hero,  to  whom  the  name  Heracles  was  transferred,  and  who  was 
then  held  to  be  identical  with  the  famous  hero  of  mythology,  the  son  of 
Zeus  and  Alcmene.  However  inexcusable  we  may  find  this  confusion  of 
two  mythical  personages  who  were  certainly  distinct  originally,  it  is  none 
the  less  certain  that  it  actually  took  place  ;  and  it  is  equally  certain  that 
the  Spartans  regarded  their  kings,  and  these  kings  regarded  themselves,  as 
successors  of  the  famous  Heracles,  who,  by  his  human  descent,  belonged  to 
the  Achaean  stock.  In  this  sense  earlier  inquirers  also  have  interpreted  the 
answer  of  the  king  Cleomenes  quoted  in  the  text  (p.  208,  note  1) ;  it  being 
assumed  by  them  that  he  called  himself  an  Achaean  as  a  descendant  of  the 
Achaean  Heracles.  But  the  criticism  of  more  recent  times  has  interpreted 
this  answer  differently,  and  ascribed  to  Cleomenes  an  insight  into  the  true 
state  of  the  case,  which,  though  in  contradiction  to  the  general  belief  of  anti- 
quity, is  nevertheless,  we  are  told,  correct ;  and  this  true  view,  it  is  thought, 
has  now  been  regained.  That  is  to  say,  the  account  of  the  Doric  conquest, 
and  of  the  condition  of  things  brought  about  thereby  in  Laconia,  which,  fol- 
lowing the  ancient  accounts,  we  have  given  in  the  text  (pp.  192,  193),  is 
rejected  as  untrustworthy,  and  another  put  forward,  the  substance  of  which 
is  as  follows  :  At  the  time  of  the  Dorian  immigration,  and  therefore  possibly 
in  consequence  of  it,  the  race  of  the  Pelopidae  which  had  previously  ruled 
over  Laconia  was  overthrown,  and  the  vassals  who  had  been  dependent  on 
it  became,  not  vassals  of  the  Dorian  princes,  but  independent  rulers ; 
but  they  concluded  treaties  with  the  immigrant  Dorians,  granted  them 
possession  of  land,  and  received  from  them  in  return  recognition  of  their 
sovereign  rights,  as  well  as  actual  support.  But  (the  account  proceeds) 
these  princes  were  by  no  means  at  union  among  themselves ;  on  the 
contrary,  manifold  quarrels  broke  out  among  them,  until  at  last  two  of  them 
succeeded  in  raising  themselves  above  the  rest.  These  two  then  effected  a 
peaceable  union  with  one  another,  in  consequence  of  which  they  collected 
the  Dorians  out  of  their  previous  dispersion,  and  organised  them  afresh  as  a 
military  colony,  with  a  new  organisation,  a  new  division,  and  a  new  assig- 
nation of  land.  Thus  it  came  to  pass  that  henceforward  two  royal  houses 
stood  at  the  head  of  the  united  State,  who  both  of  them  were  neither  of 
Dorian,  nor  of  Hyllean  or  Heraclide  descent,  but  were  descended  from  the  old 
Achaean  royal  families  which  had  borne  rule  in  Laconia  before  the  Dorian 
migration.  That  such  a  course  of  events  is  easily  to  be  conceived  as  possible 
no  one  will  deny ;  the  only  doubtful  question  is  whether  the  view  which  has 
hitherto  been  accepted,  and  is  founded  on  the  statements  of  the  ancients,  is 
not  equally  possible,  and  whether  we  are  compelled,  by  really  overpowering 
reasons,  to  prefer  the  former  view.  It  is  true  that  in  dealing  with  the 
history  of  Greece,  especially  in  such  early  times,  we  are  very  often  tempted 
or  compelled,  when  engaged  upon  the  fragmentary  or  incredible  traditional 
account,  to  have  recourse  sometimes  to  scepticism  and  sometimes  to  com- 
bination,'and  to  fill  up  the  gaps  by  conjectures  ;  and  it  is  also  true  that  a 
historical  account  which  aims  at  giving  a  vivid  and  attractive  picture  cannot 
avoid  calling  some  invention  to  its  aid.  But  whether  the  invention  is  re- 
quired in  the  case  before  us  I  should  prefer  to  permit  myself  to  doubt. 

Somewhat  less  removed  from  the  traditional  account  is  the  view  of  another 
acute  and  thorough  inquirer,  who  admits  that  at  least  one  of  the  two  royal 


APPENDIX.  543 

families,  the  Eurypontidae,  may  be  regarded  as  a  Heraelide  family  which 
had  come  into  the  country  with  the  conquering  Dorians,  and  maintains  only 
that  the  other,  the  Agidae,  is  to  be  regarded  as  a  pre-Dorian  family  which 
ruled  in  the  country  before  the  Doric  conquest,  and  united  itself,  at  a  later 
date,  with  the  former  in  a  conjoint  dominion.  The  principal  support  of  this 
view  is  found  in  a  passage  of  Polyaenus  (i.  10),  which  hitherto  had  been 
somewhat  overlooked.  In  this  passage  mention  is  made  of  a  war  of  the 
Heraelide  Procles  and  Temenus  against  the  Eurysthidae,  who  possessed 
Sparta.  That  by  the  Eurysthidae  can  only  be  meant  the  Eurysthenidae  it 
will  hardly  be  possible  to  deny.  Accordingly,  it  must  also  be  assumed  that 
a  Eurysthenide  royal  family — that  is  to  say,  the  family  which,  according  to 
tradition,  bears  the  name,  not  of  Eurysthenidse,  but  of  Agidae — already  ruled 
in  Sparta  at  the  time  of  the  Dorian  migration,  and  that  a  war  took  place 
between  it  and  the  Dorians.  It  is  said  that  this  can  of  course  only  be  re- 
garded as  an  old  Achaean  house  ;  and  that  hence  it  may  be  explained  how 
the  king  Cleomenes,  who  belonged  to  it,  called  himself  an  Achaean.  The 
assumption  hitherto  made,  that  he  alluded  to  his  descent  from  the  Achaean 
hero,  is,  according  to  this  view,  rendered  improbable  from  the  mere  fact 
that  the  Hylleis,  who  traced  their  descent  from  Hyllus,  the  son  of  Heracles, 
were  a  Dorian  tribe  ;  a  fact  testified  to  both  by  Pindar  (who  calls  the 
Dorians  aXKaevras  'HpaiiXeos  eicyovovs  Alyiplov)  and  by  Tyrtaeus,  who  ad- 
dresses the  Spartans  collectively  as  'Hpaiikfjos  yevos.  For  (it  is  said)  it  is 
dear  from  this  that  at  the  time  of  Tyrtaeus  the  Heraelide  rulers  were  not 
distinguished  from  the  Dorian  populace,  but  that,  on  the  contrary,  they  also 
were  ranked  among  the  Dorian  race,  and  accordingly  Cleomenes,  when  he 
maintained  that  he  was  no  Dorian,  but  an  Achaean,  could  only  be  thinking 
of  the  house  of  Agis  as  descended,  not  from  the  Heraclidae,  but  from  the 
old  Achaeans. 

We  see  accordingly  that  here  also  Cleomenes  is  credited  with  a  conception, 
or  perception,  of  the  descent  of  his  house,  contradicting  that  which  demon- 
strably found  general  acceptance  in  other  quarters.  Even  Dorieus,  the 
brother  of  Cleomenes,  must  have  adopted  this  generally  accepted  view,  and 
therefore  have  felt  no  doubt  as  to  his  Heraelide  descent,  when  (Herod,  v.  43) 
he  rested  his  claims  to  a  possession  in  Sicily  upon  it ;  and  in  like  manner 
the  Delphic  oracle  not  only  gave  him  an  encouraging  answer,  but  also,  at  a 
later  date,  expressly  designated  a  king,  Pleistoanax,  sprung  from  this  very 
house  of  the  Agidae  or  Eurysthenidae,  as  Aios  vlov  fjpiBeov  o-ireppa  (Thuc. 
v.  16).  Accordingly,  the  view  ascribed  to  Cleomenes,  and  which,  it  is  now 
said,  is  the  more  correct  of  the  two,  may  certainly  admit  of  some  doubt. 
The  passage  quoted  from  Pindar  again  I  cannot  admit  as  evidence  for  this 
conception,  or  perception,  of  Cleomenes  ;  rather  may  it  pass  as  a  proof  that 
he  also  distinguished  the  Heraclidae  from  the  descendants  of  ^Egimius,  and 
therefore  wished  to  designate  them  as  non-Dorians ;  in  the  same  way  as 
elsewhere  (Pyth.  L  62)  he  distinguishes  Tlap.<pvkov  ml  pav  'HpaK\ft8av 
(Kyovoi.  And  the  fact  that  Tyrtaeus,  while  encouraging  the  Spartans  to 
bravery,  calls  them  'HpaKkrjos  yevos,  by  no  means  implies  that  he  counted 
them  all  as  belonging  to  one  and  the  same  race,  and  accordingly  recognised 
no  difference  between  those  Spartans  who  were  Heraclidae  and  those  who 
were  not  Heraclidae,  but  Dorians  ;  it  implies  merely  that  he  terms  the 
Spartans  a  race  belonging  to  Heracles,  because  their  princes  were  of  Heraelide 
blood  ;  and  this  he  may  do,  as  a  poet,  with  the  same  right  as  (for  instance) 
(Edipus  in  Sophocles  addresses  the  Thebans  as  Kdbpov  rov  trakai.  vta  rpofpr), 
or,  as  in  ^Eschylus,  the  Theban  army  is  called  o-rparbs  Kadpoyevfis,  and  in 
numerous  instances  the  Athenians  are  called  Erechthidae  or  Thesidae. 

With  regard  to  the  passage  of  Polyaenus,  the  principal  support  of  the  new 


544  APPENDIX. 

view,  I  will,  in  the  first  place,  only  mention  how  earlier  inquirers  have 
treated  it.  Manso  (Sparta,  i.  2,  p.  169)  is  of  opinion  that  it  is  self-evident 
that  'Opeo-Tiftais,  not  Evpvcrdeidais,  should  be  read ;  Clinton  ( Fasti  Hellenici, 
i.  333)  refers  to  the  constant  disputes  which,  according  to  Herod,  vi.  52, 
took  place  between  the  two  brothers  Eurysthenes  and  Procles,  and  accord- 
ingly thinks  the  event  mentioned  by  Polyaenus  happened  in  one  of  these 
disputes,  in  which  Temenus  supported  Procles  against  Eurysthenes.  Finally, 
K.  0.  Miiller  only  mentions  the  passage  cursorily  in  a  note  (Dorians,  Eng. 
tr.  i.  65),  with  the  words  :  "  Polyaenus,  i.  10,  is  alone  in  mentioning  Eurys- 
thidae  in  Sparta  at  the  time  of  the  immigration."  In  saying  this,  Miiller, 
without  doubt,  understood  by  the  Eurysthidae  descendants  of  the  Perside 
ruler  of  Mycenae,  to  whom  Laconia  also  had  once  been  subject.  I  for  my 
part  will  content  myself  with  remarking  that  Polyaenus,  one  of  the  dullest 
and  most  bungling  of  compilers,  is  scarcely  wronged  by  being  credited  with 
any  misunderstanding  or  confusion  whatever ;  particularly  in  an  account 
like  that  in  question,  where  he  is  merely  concerned  with  noticing  whence  it 
had  come  to  pass  that  the  Spartans,  when  advancing  to  battle,  made  use  of 
flute-playing.  At  least  we  ought  not  to  be  denied  the  liberty  of  preferring 
to  credit  the  compiler  with  any  kind  of  stupidity,  rather  than  to  believe 
that  some  special  piece  of  good  fortune  gave  him,  of  all  persons,  access  to 
a  source  of  information  containing  an  account  of  the  situation  at  the  con- 
quest of  Laconia,  which,  though  disagreeing  with  all  other  accounts,  is  the 
only  correct  one. 

But  very  possibly  there  is  still  another  indication  of  an  account  contra- 
dicting the  traditional  view.  The  Chronicon  of  Eusebius  names  a  king 
Eurystheus  in  Laconia  even  before  the  Heraclide  immigration,  and  then, 
several  years  afterwards,  states  that  Sparta  was  occupied  by  Eurysthenes 
and  Procles.  Bnt  whether  this  indication  is  to  be  regarded  as  deserving  of 
confidence  may  well  be  doubted.  It  is,  however,  also  possible  that  we  have 
here  only  an  uncritical  combination  of  different  chronological  statements 
regarding  the  beginning  of  the  history  of  Laconia,  and  the  advance  of  the 
Heraclidae  ;  and  if  I  have  not  yet  determined  to  consider  that  the  view  in- 
variably prevalent  otherwise  is  decidedly  to  be  rejected  for  the  sake  of  the 
Chronicon  of  Eusebius,  or  the  passage  in  Polyaenus,  I  hope  at  least  not  to 
be  too  severely  censured  for  my  hesitation. 

But  the  fact  that  the  two  kingly  families  were  called,  not  after  the  twin 
brothers  of  the  tradition,  Eurysthenes  and  Procles,  the  sons  of  the  Heraclide 
Aristodemus,  but  after  Agis  and  Eurypon,  can  hardly  be  cited  as  a  proof 
that  even  in  antiquity  their  Heraclide  descent  was  not  regarded  as  free  from 
doubt.  The  reason  of  this  probably  was  that  the  lists  of  the  kings,  which 
were  believed,  or  at  any  rate  accepted,  did  not  reach  further  back  than  Agis 
and  Eurypon,  whose  reign  fell  in  the  beginning  of  the  eleventh  century, 
while  between  them  and  the  first  kings,  Eurysthenes  and  Procles,  there  was 
a  gap  of  greater  or  less  extent,  according  as  the  Heraclide  immigration  is  put 
earlier  or  later.  For  that  on  this  point  the  chronologists  were  of  very  different 
views  is  well  known. 

Page  233,  note  5. — Whether  the  passage  of  Herodotus,  rightly  under- 
stood, is  entirely  different  from  the  statement  censured  by  Thucydides  as 
erroneous,  as  is  maintained  by  some,  and  among  them,  by  Curtius,  Gr.  Gesch. 
i.  p.  636,  n.  31,  4th  ed.,  may  here  with  propriety  be  left  undiscussed.  But 
when  Curtius  (i.  195)  puts  forward  the  conjecture  that  it  never  happened 
that  only  one  of  the  two  kings  sat  in  the  Gerousia,  but  that  both  were  always 
present  or  absent,  his  view  seems  to  me  very  improbable.  It  would  follow 
from  this  that  whenever  one  of  the  kings  was  absent  as  leader  of  the  army, 
during  the  whole  time  of  his  absence,  which  might  frequently  be  of  con- 


APPENDIX.  545 

siderable  duration,  the  other  was  excluded  from  participation  in  the  sittings 
of  the  Gerousia. 

Page,  271. — That  an  initial  digamma  in  the  root  to  which  I  refer 
(f>i8lria  or  (jxSiTta — for  (fxbirta  is  supported  by  dcpebiros  in  Hesychius — 
cannot  be  supported  by  express  proofs  from  any  other  source,  I  am  perfectly 
well  aware  ;  but  yet  I  regard  it  as  by  no  means  an  over-bold  and  therefore 
entirely  inadmissible  conjecture,  that  in  this  or  that  local  dialect  words 
from  this  root  may  have  been  digammated.  The  root  e'8  (? 8<o,  e<ro\»,  iadiw), 
from  which  others  derive  (ptSirta — a  derivation  which  Hermann  regards  as 
established  (Staatsalt.  §  28.  1) — elsewhere  shows  (according  to  Curtius, 
Etymol.  II.  206,  Eng.  Tr.)  no  traces  of  the  initial  labial.  If,  however, 
according  to  Etymol.  Magn.  p.  195.  53,  the  inhabitants  of  Hermione 
called  a  statue  (ayaXpa)  also  fievbos,  it  will  scarcely  be  possible  to  avoid 
recognising  in  this  word  (following  Welcker,  Syllog.  Epigr.  p.  3,  and 
Midler,  Dorians,  ii.  p.  500)  e8os  with  the  digamma  ;  and  how  the  "  <peiSa>- 
Aioi>,  Sicppos  "  of  Hesychius  admits  of  a  better  explanation  than  that  which 
regards  it  as  a  corruption  of  Fe8a\tov  or  Fib\i>\iov,  similar  to  that  of 
(peioYna,  from  Fedirta  or  Fibiria,  I  should  be  very  glad  to  learn.  A  reviewer 
— probably  a  youthful  one — of  my  book  in  Zarncke's  Litterarische  Cen- 
tralblatt,  has  been  led  by  the  easily  comprehensible  distortion  (peiSi- 
ria,  for  (pibina,  to  the  mistaken  conclusion  that  the  first  syllable  in 
(pibiria  must  of  necessity  have  been  long.  That  it  is  not  so,  he  might 
have  learnt  earlier  no  doubt ;  but  he  may  now  learn  it  from  Cobet.  Nov. 
Led.  p.  728.  Apart  from  this,  forms  like  fidyos  for  ayos,  fiopdayopas  for 
dpdayopas,  Fe£  for  e$,  may  serve  as  examples  that  popular  language  in 
various  places  sounded  a  Vau  in  words  which  elsewhere  show  no  trace  of 
it.  In  Hesychius  we  also  find  acpt^opat.  with  the  explanation  eiriKa8(£opai. 
It  is  possible  that  it  is  nothing  but  e£opai,  in  which  case  e^o^at  and 
acptfypai  would  be  related  in  the  same  manner  as  e  is  to  oxpi,  envpos  to 
svacura,  tjSvs  to  svada,  t8pms  to  svit,  vtrvo  to  svapna,  e£  to  o-<t>*£  ;  on  which 
cf.  Stier,  Kl.  Zeit.  x.  p.  238.  That  honoured  master  in  comparative  philo- 
logy, A.  Pott,  regards  it  as  probable  that  (pibiriov  arose  from  icpidinov.  I 
should  prefer  to  conjecture  that  he  was  led  to  this  assumption  solely  by 
dislike  to  this  misuse  of  the  digamma,  and  that  he  also,  on  his  part,  might 
be  charged  with  a  misuse  of  the  Aphseresis  ;  cf.  Curtius,  Etym.  p.  37. 

Against  the  free  choice  of  the  members  of  a  mess,  H.  Peter  (N.  Bkein. 
Museum,  xxii.  p.  65)  has  objected  that  it  may  thus  have  been  the  case 
that  an  individual  was  chosen  by  no  mess,  and  so  was  prevented  from 
complying  with  the  law,  which  made  participation  in  the  Syssitia  the 
duty  of  every  citizen.  This  opinion  is  probably  groundless.  Any  one  who 
had  made  himself  so  generally  hated  or  contemptible  that  all  the  messes 
refused  him  admission,  had  no  doubt  brought  this  exclusion  on  himself  by 
offences  which  also  made  him  liable  to  punishment  in  other  respects,  and 
excluded  him  from  the  number  of  the  "Opoiot,  and  therefore  assigned  him  a 
place  among  the  'Ynopeioves.  This  opinion  has  also  been  rejected  as  un- 
founded by  Curtius  (Gr.  Gesch.  I.,  note  37  to  Book  II.). 

Page  281. — Metropulos,  Untersuchungen  uber  die  Schlacht  bei  Mantinea 
(Gottingen,  1858),  has  inferred  from  Thuc.  v.  66.  3,  where  the  Polemarchs 
appear  as  the  superior  officers  of  the  Lochagi,  the  existence  of  a  larger 
division  of  the  army  under  the  command  of  a  Polemarch,  and  of  which  the 
Lochi  were  subdivisions  ;  and  this  division  he  thinks  was  no  other  than 
the  Mora.  "  When  Polemarchs  are  spoken  of,"  he  says,  "  so  also  are  Morse, 
and  conversely."  He  may  very  likely  be  right ;  and  the  correspondence 
in  number  between  the  Morse  and  the  Polemarchs  also  is  evidence  in  his 
favour. 

2  M 


546  APPENDIX. 

Page  291,  note  3. — Mention  may  here  be  made  of  a  bronze  tablet  found 
at  Tegea,  probably  belonging  to  the  first  half  of  the  fifth  century  B.C., 
which  has  been  treated  with  great  learning  by  Kirchhoff  (Monatsbericht 
d.  Berl.  Akad.  d.  Wiss.,  Jan.  1870,  p.  51).  The  inscription  on  the  tablet 
has  reference  to  a  sum  of  money  deposited  at  Tegea,  in  the  temple  of 
Athene  Alea,  and  the  person  depositing  it  is,  to  all  appearance,  not  a 
Tegeate,  but  very  probably  a  Spartan.  Plutarch,  Lysand.  c.  18,  states,  on 
the  authority  of  an  inhabitant  of  Delphi,  that  Lysander  had  in  the  temple 
at  Delphi  a  deposit  of  one  talent  and  fifty-two  minse,  and  eleven  staters 
in  addition. 

Page  295. — Suidas,  sub  voc.  Autalapxos  :  ovtos  (ypa\jre  rrjv  iroXireiav 
^TrapruiTwu.  kcil  vop,os  €T€0r]  iv  Aane8a.ip.ovi  *a$'  €kcl(ttov  tro<t  dpayivaxrKecr- 
dai  tov  \6yov  els  to  tS>v  icpopcov  dp^elov,  tovs  8e  Tt)v  fj^rjTiKrjv  e^oi/ras 
TjXuclav  aKpoao-dai,  koL  tovto  eKpaTrjare  pe^pi  ttoWov.  Elsewhere,  so  far  as 
I  know,  there  is  no  trace  of  such  an  ordinance  ;  it  may  not,  however, 
deserve  to  be  regarded  as  quite  incredible,  although  the  time  in  which  it 
may  have  been  devised  cannot  be  ascertained.  It  might  be  compared  with 
the  ordinance  known  only  from  the  testimony  of  Cicero,  Orat.  c.  44,  151, 
as  having  existed  at  Athens,  where  the  funeral  oration  contained  in  the 
Platonic  Menexenus  was  publicly  read  at  the  annual  celebration  of  the 
Epitaphia. 

Page  313. — That  Autochthonia  could  rationally  be  understood  only  in 
the  sense  stated,  and  that  therefore  it  is  very  possible  in  Greece  for  popula- 
tions sprung  from  entirely  different  races  to  regard  themselves  as  Autoch- 
thones, is  so  extremely  obvious  that  it  is  unnecessary  to  waste  a  word  upon 
it.  And  yet  a  meddlesome  critic  has  brought  forward  as  a  main  argument 
against  the  Ionic  descent  of  the  old  Athenians,  who  are  regarded  as  autoch- 
thones, that  the  Arcadians,  though  they  were  demonstrably  not  Ionians, 
called  themselves  autochthones  ;  whence  it  is  supposed  to  follow  that  the 
old  Athenians,  because  they  were  autochthones,  could  not  have  been 
Ionians.  From  the  name  Pelasgi,  again,  one  writer  has  attempted  to  draw 
evidence  against  the  Ionian  descent  of  the  old  Athenians.  Probably  this 
person  must  imagine  himself  to  have  more  knowledge  with  regard  to  the 
worth  of  this  name  and  its  historical  significance  than  the  rest  of  us  are 
permitted  to  possess. 

But  as  regards  the  slightness  of  the  incompatibility  of  the  Ionian  character 
of  the  old  Athenians  with  their  traditional  autochthonia,  I  permit  myself 
to  add  some  further  considerations.  A  main  argument  of  those  who  consider 
that  the  old  Athenians  did  not  become  Ionians  until  a  later  period  consists 
in  the  fact  that  according  to  the  testimony  of  the  ancients  themselves,  these 
same  Athenians  did  not  bear  the  name  of  Ionians  from  time  immemorial, 
but  assumed  it  at  a  later  period ;  whence  the  conclusion  has  been  drawn 
that  a  people  of  this  name  once  forced  their  way  into  Attica,  and  gained 
such  a  preponderance  over  the  earlier  inhabitants,  that  these  lost  their 
ancient  nationality  and  were  themselves  changed  into  Ionians.  Some 
believed  that  they  could  recognise  the  immigrants  through  whom  thi3 
transformation  was  effected,  in  the  horde  which  at  some  time  came  into 
Attica  under  the  leadership  of  Xuthus,  especially  when  they  found  that 
the  traditional  eponymus  of  the  Ionian  stock  was  called  a  son  of  Xuthus. 
My  own  view  as  to  how  this  story  is  to  be  interpreted,  and  what  judgment 
is  to  be  passed  with  regard  to  this  traditional  Eponymus,  I  have  stated 
both  more  briefly  in  the  text  (p.  314  sq.)  and  in  greater  detail  in  the  treatise, 
de  Ionibus,  also  quoted  there  ;  and  I  do  not  believe  that  at  present  any  one 
is  still  inclined  to  imagine  an  Ionisation  of  the  inhabitants  of  Attica  by 
Xuthus.    On  the  other  hand,  however,  many  inquirers  are  disposed  to 


APPENDIX.  547 

ascribe  this  Ionisation  to  iEgeus  or  Theseus,  i.e.  to  the  immigration  per- 
sonified under  these  two  names.  These  immigrations,  according  to  the 
tradition,  must  have  been  effected  partly  from  the  islands  of  the  ^Egean  Sea, 
especially  from  Scyros,  a  principal  seat  of  the  cult  of  Poseidon,  whence 
-^Egeus  is  said  to  have  come,  and  partly  also  from  Argolis,  especially  from 
Troezene,  whence  Theseus  came,  who  was  said  to  be  the  son  of  ^Egeus,  but 
who  was  in  fact  a  son  of  Poseidon,  though  on  the  human  side  he  belonged, 
through  his  mother,  iEthra,  to  the  race  of  the  Pelopidse  (Eur.  Heracl.  207). 
That  the  immigrants  exercised  the  most  important  influence  upon  the 
state  of  affairs  in  Attica,  and  that  for  a  time  even  a  new  royal  house 
obtained  the  sovereignty  in  the  place  of  the  old  native  Erechthidse,  is  not  to 
be  doubted.  It  is  true  they  are  not  called  by  the  ancients  Ionians  ;  but, 
despite  this,  nothing  is  in  itself  more  probable  than  that  they  belonged  to 
this  very  stock,  which  in  the  historical  period  is  opposed  under  this  name 
to  the  other  two  principal  stocks,  and,  so  far  as  can  be  ascertained,  was 
settled  in  the  remotest  antiquity  upon  the  coasts  of  Asia  Minor  and  the 
islands  of  the  ^Egean  Sea,  and  whose  presence  even  in  Argolis  may  perhaps 
be  indicated  by  the  title  "laaov  "Apyos,  a  title  which,  the  ancients  tell  us, 
denoted  the  Peloponnesus.  This  latter  name  is  known  to  be  derived  from 
Pelops,  an  immigrant  from  Asia  Minor ;  and  if  the  Ionian  stock  was  princi- 
pally settled  in  Asia  Minor,  we  may  also  regard  Pelops  as  belonging  to  it, 
and  consequently  Theseus,  as  the  offspring  of  the  Pelopid  woman  iEthra, 
would  also  claim  the  title  of  Ionian.  But  however  this  may  be,  any  one 
who  declares  Theseus  and  .^Egeus  to  be  Ionians  can  only  mean  thereby  that 
these  did  not  belong  to  either  of  the  races  which  are  contrasted  with  the 
Ionian,  viz.,  the  ^Eolian  and  the  Dorian.  Now,  as  regards  the  name 
Ionians,  it  is  generally  known  that  the  Eastern  nations  used  this  in  a  very 
indeterminate  and  extensive  signification,  and  applied  it,  as  a  collective 
name,  to  different  nationalities  without  further  distinction  ;  and  it  is,  in  all 
probability,  certain  that  it  is  not  of  Greek,  but  of  Oriental  origin.  If  among 
the  Greeks  it  became  a  distinguishing  name  of  one  of  their  principal  stocks, 
we  obtain  the  most  natural  explanation  of  the  fact  by  the  assumption,  that  the 
Greeks  who  dwelt  close  to  the  Eastern  peoples  on  the  coasts  of  Asia  Minor, 
having  received  the  name  from  these  latter,1  may  themselves  have  appro- 
priated it.  But  that  Greeks  dwelt  there  from  time  immemorial,  and  at  least 
long  before  Neleus  and  Androcles,  is  probably  now  generally  acknowledged. 
It  is  likewise  beyond  doubt  that  European  Greece  received  its  »population 
from  Asia  Minor.  This  might  come  about  in  two  ways — either  by  sea,  over 
the  islands  of  the  -<Egean,  or  by  the  longer  route  over  the  Hellespont  or  the 
Bosporus,  through  Thrace  and  Macedonia,  and  it  may  be  conjectured  that 
the  immigration  by  the  former  of  the  sea  routes  we  have  mentioned  took 
place  not  later  but  earlier  than  that  by  the  latter.  Among  the  immigrants 
by  the  longer  route  we  may  class  the  races  comprehended  under  the  name 
of  the  ^Eolians  and  Dorians  ;  while  it  is  the  other  race — those  who  immi- 
grated by  the  sea  route — for  whom  the  name  they  had  borne  in  Asia  after- 
wards serves  as  the  distinctive  appellation  of  the  whole  race.  Scattered 
traces  of  this  name  (which  are,  it  must  be  confessed,  not  entirely  free  from 
doubt)  might  perhaps  admit  of  being  recognised  as  existing  in  Greece  before 
the  historical  period.  In  that  period  the  term  Ionians  was  applied  upon  the 
mainland  only  to  the  Athenians.  But  that  their  Ionic  character  should 
first  proceed  from  the  immigration  under  ^Egeus  or  that  under  Theseus  I 
for  my  part  see  no  reason  whatever  to  assume.     These  immigrants  were 

1  Perhaps  from  the  Lydians,  as  is  the  opinion  of  A.  Weber,  Zeitschr.  fur  vergl. 
Spr.  v.  p.  222. 


548  APPENDIX. 

certainly  Ionians  ;  but  they  found  in  Attica  a  population  which  was  like- 
wise neither  Doric  nor  ^Eolic,  but  Ionic.  It  is  manifest  that  the  differences 
in  the  geographical  position  and  the  other  conditions  of  life  between  the 
various  branches  of  the  Ionic  race  must  have  given  rise  to  many  differences 
in  their  mode  of  life,  their  manners  and  customs,  and  their  worship.  The 
Ionians  of  iEgeus  and  Theseus  were  a  seafaring  people,  and  the  sea-god 
Poseidon  was  the  principal  deity  they  worshipped  ;  while  the  life  of  the  old 
Attic  Ionians  had  become  divorced  from  seafaring  pursuits,  and  had  assumed 
an  agricultural  character,  whence  the  divinities  whom  they  principally 
honoured  were  also  agricultural.  Indeed,  even  after  j3Egeus  and  Theseus, 
until  the  times  of  the  Persian  wars,  they  were  of  no  importance  as  a  mari- 
time State.  For  the  assumption  of  a  radical  transformation  of  the  old- Attic 
population  by  immigrants,  through  which  from  non-  Ionians  they  became 
Ionians,  there  is  no  justification  whatever. 

Page  337. — That  the  application  of  the  lot  to  the  election  of  the  Archons 
was  introduced  by  Clisthenes  others  have  joined  me  in  assuming  ;  for  in- 
stance Sauppe,  de  creatione  archontum  Atticorum,  p.  4 ;  Curtius,  Hist,  of 
Greece,  i.  pp.  386,  478 ;  Droysen,  zur  Uebers.  d.  Jtischylus,  3d  ed.  p.  532. 
The  view  is  combated  by  Duncker  (Gesch.  d.  Alterthums,  iv.  p.  475,  ed.  1857), 
who  is  of  opinion  that,  from  the  nature  of  the  case,  the  lot  could  not  have 
been  introduced  earlier  than  the  time  when  all  the  property  classes  became 
eligible,  i.e.  not  till  the  law  of  Aristides.  Previously,  he  argues,  so  long  as  the 
office  of  Archon  was  open  only  to  Pentacosiomedimni,  the  introduction  of 
the  lot  would  have  been  an  aristocratic  measure — that  is  to  say,  one  which 
favoured  the  ruling  nobility,  because  the  majority  of  the  Pentacosiomedimni 
belonged  to  the  nobility ;  and  Clisthenes,  moreover,  when  he  wished  to  restrict 
the  ruling  nobility,  would  have  had  no  reason  to  abolish  election  by  vote, 
which  insured  to  the  peopld|the  possibility  of  excluding  persons  of  oligarchic 
sympathies,  and  to  introduce  in  its  stead  election  by  lot,  which  did  not 
admit  of  this  possibility,  but  rather  secured  the  contrary,  inasmuch  as  the 
Pentacosiomedimni,  who  alone  were  privileged,  were  for  the  most  part 
attached  to  the  ruling  nobility,  and  unfavourably  disposed  towards  popular 
freedom.  In  my  opinion,  this  much  only  is  to  be  conceded,  that  the  majo- 
rity of  the  Pentacosiomedimni  consisted  of  members  of  the  nobility ;  but 
the  view  that  all  these  are  to  be  regarded  as  supporters  of  oligarchic  privi- 
lege seems  to  me  incapable  of  proof.  I  should  prefer  to  regard  it  as  a 
cheering  fact,  and  as  redounding  to  the  honour  of  the  Athenians,  that  in 
this  period  of  their  history  there  are  no  proofs  whatever  to  be  found  of  efforts 
towards  oligarchy  on  the  part  of  the  Eupatridae,  or  of  mistrust  and  hate  of 
the  nobility  on  the  part  of  the  commonalty. 

Duncker  is  further  of  opinion  that  it  was  not  until  access  to  the  Archon- 
ship  was  opened  to  all  the  property-classes  that  rich  merchants  and  ship- 
owners, who  before  had  belonged  to  the  lowest  class,  which  was  excluded 
from  all  state  offices,  could  come  forward  as  candidates  against  the  Penta- 
cosiomedimni, who  belonged  to  the  nobility,  and  that  after  that  time  the 
introduction  of  the  lot  instead  of  election  by  vote  might  be  desired  by  even 
the  nobility  themselves,  because  under  it  they  had  no  reason  to  fear  lest 
thoroughgoing  democrats — that  is  to  say,  opponents  of  the  nobility — should 
be  elected  by  the  people  to  the  Archonship.  Hence,  he  says,  it  is  evident 
that  the  lot  was  not  introduced  so  early  as  Clisthenes.  Nothing,  however, 
deserves  to  be  called  evident  except  that  Duncker  is  very  firmly  convinced 
of  the  conclusiveness  of  his  own  argument.  To  support  it  he  also  refers  to 
the  great  regard  enjoyed,  according  to  Aristotle  (Politics,  v.  3.  4),  by  the 
Areopagus  during  the  Persian  war ;  for  it  is  (he  says)  impossible  that  a 
board  constituted  by  the  chance  of  the  lot  could  have  maintained  such  a 


APPENDIX.  549 

position.  Clearly  he  is  of  opinion  that  every  Archon,  on  the  expiration  of 
his  term  of  office,  became  a  member  of  the  Areopagus  without  further  for- 
mality, though  this  probably  could  not  have  been  the  case.  Cf.  above, 
p.  495,  and  the  work  of  Bergman  there  quoted,  and  Athenaeus,  xvi.  21, 
p.  566. 

Page  345. — Against  the  view  that  the  Thirty  suspended  the  Areopagus 
in  addition  to  the  other  institutions  (Curtius,  iv.  p.  16,  note),  some  objections 
might  perhaps  be  raised.  The  regular  functions  of  the  Areopagus  did  not 
by  any  means  extend  to  the  whole  of  what  is  called  "  criminal  jurisdiction," 
but  was  confined  to  the  biitdi  (povinai  specially  so  called,  in  which  the  pro- 
cedure was  prescribed  by  formularies  of  ritual ;  and  with  these  suits  the 
Thirty  had  the  less  reason  to  interfere,  inasmuch  as  the  cases  in  which  resort 
was  of  necessity  had  to  it  were  rare,  and  for  the  most  part  without  any 
special  political  importance.  That  in  the  passage  of  Lysias  (i.  30),  so  often 
referred  to,  the  word  dno8(8orai  (or  dnobiborai)  is  no  proof  of  the  restoration 
of  a  jurisdiction  which  had  previously  been  withdrawn  Curtius  is  as  well 
aware  as  I  am  myself.  That  the  twelfth  oration  of  Lysias  was  delivered,  not 
before  the  Areopagus,  but  before  a  heliastic  court,  is  clear  ;  but  to  conclude 
from  that  fact,  with  Eauchenstein  (Philologus,  x.  p.  607),  that  at  the  time 
of  its  delivery  the  jurisdiction  which  had  been  withdrawn  from  the  Areo- 
pagus had  not  yet  been  restored,  might  not  be  safe,  so  long  as  it  is  impos- 
sible to  prove  that  the  subject  dealt  with  in  that  speech  was  of  such  a 
character  that  it  properly  came  within  the  special  sphere  of  the  Areopagus. 
But  will  it  ever  be  possible  to  offer  such  proof  ? 

Page  359,  note  1. — That  the  right  expression  by  which  to  designate  the 
eighteenth  year  is  not  «V1  bifres  rjfiav,  as  it  stood  in  the  earlier  editions  of 
my  work,  but  «ri  dieres  fj^aai,  may  be  considered  clear.  Cf.  Schomann, 
Opuscula  Academica,  iv.  p.  129.  In  a  passage  of  Hyperides,  quoted  by 
Harpocration,  srtb  voc.  «rt  Sieres,  we  have  nvpiovs  elvat  .  .  .  tovs  ira'ibas 
inabav  enl  dures  fj^aaiv  ;  but  that  this  must  read  fj^a-aaiv  is  sufficiently 
shown  by  Harpocration's  Lemma,  and  the  other  grammarians  also  have  the 
aorist.  See,  further,  Isaeus  viii.  31,  x.  12,  and  the  fragment  quoted  by 
Suidas,  sub  voc.  recos  :  Baiter  and  Sauppe,  Oratt.  ii.  p.  138 ;  Demosth.  in 
Stephan.  ii.  p.  1135,  §  20.  The  law  quoted  in  §  24  of  this  oration  has  in- 
deed -nplv  ewl  bures  fjfidv  ;  but  in  Demosthenes'  own  words  we  meet  with 
the  precise  expression  nplv  fj^ijaai. 

Page  360.— Preller  (Griechische  Mythologie,  i.  part  2,  254)  wishes  to  have 
the  word  Enyalios,  in  the  oath  of  the  Ephebi,  regarded  simply  as  an  epithet 
of  Ares.  The  same  opinion  is  held  by  others,  and  it  is  impossible  decisively 
to  refute  it.  That,  however,  the  Athenians,  at  least  at  the  time  of 
Aristophanes,  made  a  distinction  between  Ares  and  Enyalios,  might  admit 
of  being  inferred  from  the  passage  of  the  Pax,  457. 

Page  369. — It  may  strike  us  as  strange  that  Theseus  is  not  included 
among  the  Eponymi  ;  and  some  have  believed  themselves  able  to  explain 
this  by  the  assumption,  that,  in  the  view  of  the  legislator  who  instituted  the 
Eponymi,  Theseus  was  a  usurper,  and  that  consequently  he  was  not  thought 
worthy  of  this  honour.  In  support  of  this  view,  an  appeal  might  also  be 
made  to  the  statement  (given  in  Plutarch,  Theseus,  c.  35)  that  Theseus  was 
driven  out  by  the  Athenians,  and  a  curse  pronounced  upon  him,  evidence 
of  which  is  afforded,  Plutarch  says,  by  the  so-called  'Aprj-rfipiov  at  Gargettos. 
But  as,  despite  this,  a  place  among  the  Eponymi  has  been  granted  to 
Acamas,  the  son  of  the  usurper,  this  conjecture  seems  not  to  be  altogether 
certain,  and  I  should  prefer  to  content  myself  with  the  more  modest  suppo- 
sition, that  as  Theseus  was  considered  as  the  founder  of  the  collective  State, 
it  did  not  appear  proper  to  give  his  name  to  one  particular  Phyle. 


55°  APPENDIX. 

Page  389. — Among  the  measures  devised  in  order  to  get  over  the 
numerous  contradictions  and  confusions  in  the  laws  was  the  dvaypafyr), 
ordered  on  special  occasions,  and  which  we  might  regard  as  a  species  of 
codification.  Such  a  measure,  in  the  time  of  Demetrius  Phalereus,  will  be 
spoken  of  hereafter.  At  present  it  may  be  permissible  to  consider  somewhat 
more  particularly  that  which  is  dealt  with  in  the  Oraiio  in  Nicomachum, 
Lysiaca,  no.  xxx.  Nicomachus,  according  to  the  statement  of  the  orator, 
had  received  a  commission,  some  years  before  the  end  of  the  Peloponnesian 
war,  to  draw  up  the  laws  of  Solon  ;  a  statement  which,  if  it  is  to  be  taken 
literally,  can  only  mean  that  he  was  to  separate  the  old  laws,  those  which 
genuinely  dated  from  Solon,  from  those  which  had  been  added  to  them 
subsequently,  and  to  make  a  collection  of  the  former.  For  this  purpose  he 
had  been  allowed  a  period  of  four  months  ;  but  he  did  not  finish  his  task  in 
this  time,  but  allowed  it  to  drag  on  for  six  years,  until  the  misfortunes  which 
Athens  met  with  interrupted  him,  and  he  himself  was  driven  to  withdraw  from 
the  city.  If  his  commission  was  given  him  six  years  before  the  conquest  of 
Athens,  his  flight  falls  in  the  time  immediately  after  the  fall  of  the  rule  of 
the  Four  Hundred ;  and  we  learn  from  Thucydides  that  at  that  time  a 
commission  of  Nomothetae  was  appointed  (vopodtras  koI  rSXXa  e^rjcpiaavro 
is  tt)p  iroXtreiap,  Thuc.  viiL  97),  though  Thucydides  gives  us  no  particulars 
relative  to  the  composition  and  the  function  of  this  body.  Wattenbach  (de 
quadringentorum  factione,  Berlin,  1842,  p.  64)  says  :  "Ad  leges  Solonis  pro- 
bandas  et  ordinandas  vopodtrai  electi  sunt,  qui  intra  quattuor  menses 
negotium  absolverent :  sed  Nicomachus  per  totos  sex  anuos  in  magistratu 
mansit."  He  must  therefore  have  regarded  Nicomachus  as  belonging  to  the 
commission  of  Nomothetae,  probably  as  their  president ;  a  view  requiring  no 
refutation.  The  task  of  Nicomachus  was  not  Nomothesia,  but  merely  to 
catalogue  laws  already  in  existence  ;  and  if  the  words  of  the  orator  are  to 
be  taken  literally,  he  had  to  deal  only  with  the  laws  of  Solon,  while  the 
Nomothetae,  on  the  contrary,  probably  had  the  task  of  reorganising  the  con- 
stitution after  the  overthrow  of  the  Four  Hundred,  and  of  approving  the 
laws  requisite  for  that  purpose — for  instance,  those  relative  to  the  abolition 
of  the  Diaetae  of  the  Council  and  the  Assembly,  and  of  the  payment  of  the 
functionaries  of  government,  the  limitation  of  the  number  of  those  citizens 
who  possessed  a  vote,  and  similar  provisions  relative  to  the  constitution  and 
the  organisation  of  the  government.  Naturally  a  complete  and  lucid  collec- 
tion of  all  the  laws  already  in  existence  was  also  found  necessary  at  this 
period,  in  order  to  be  able  to  decide  with  certainty  which  of  them  were  to 
be  abolished  and  which  to  be  retained.  This  task  of  collection  and  cata- 
loguing was  the  business  of  the  dvaypacpri  ;  but  the  decision  with  regard  to 
the  abolition  or  retention  rested,  not  with  the  clerks  charged  with  the  dva- 
ypa(pr),  but  with  the  Nomothetae.  From  this  period  there  has  been  preserved 
a  piece  of  evidence — which  is  indeed  fragmentary — a  decree  of  the  people  of 
01.  92.  4  (b.c.  409-408),  which  has  finally  been  published  and  commented 
upon  by  Ulrich  Kohler,  Hermes,  vol.  ii.  Upon  the  motion  of  a  person,  who  is 
probably  Athenophanes,  it  is  enacted  that  the  dvaypacpels  rmv  v6p.a>v  were  to 
copy  upon  a  pillar  of  stone,  and  to  set  up  before  the  hall  of  the  king,  the  law 
of  Draco  concerning  murder,  which,  it  is  stated,  was  to  be  delivered  to  them 
by  the  secretary  to  the  Prytany  of  the  Council.  There  were  accordingly 
without  doubt  authentic  copies  of  ancient  laws  in  the  archives  of  the 
Council ;  there  were  also,  at  the  time  this  decree  of  the  people  was  drawn 
up,  clerks  (dvaypacptls),  whose  function  it  was  to  transfer  to  stone  the  laws 
delivered  to  them,  or  to  have  the  transference  performed  by  stonecutters 
under  their  own  superintendence.  As  the  document  we  have  is  a  resolution 
of  the  people,  there  is  no  question  of  a  commission  of  Nomothetae  such  as 


APPENDIX.  55 1 

was  instituted  soon  after  the  overthrow  of  the  Four  Hundred.  We  must 
assume  that  this  commission  was  no  longer  at  work.  The  decree  of  the 
people  designates  only  one  specified  law,  which  is  to  he  delivered  to  the 
dvaypacfxls,  and  to  be  transferred  by  them  to  the  tablet  of  stone  ;  but  that 
a  special  ordinance  of  the  kind  was  required  to  be  passed  by  the  people 
with  reference  to  each  law  separately  can  hardly  be-  believed.  It  is  certain 
that  the  dvaypacpels  were  only  instructed  in  general  to  collect  and  copy  the 
existing  laws  in  a  trustworthy  and  accredited  form.  The  question  which  of 
them  were  to  be  abrogated  and  which  to  be  retained  was  not  their  business, 
but  that  of  the  Noniothetse,  whether  a  specially  nominated  commission,  or 
one  appointed  in  the  mode  described  in  the  text,  page  387.  That  Nico- 
machus  belonged  to  the  dvaypatpels  mentioned  in  the  document  in  question 
may  be  confidently  assumed,  since  he  had  not  yet  completed  the  task  given 
him  during  or  about  the  year  411  B.C.  But  it  is  also  beyond  doubt  that  he 
had  several  colleagues,  among  whom  the  Work  was  probably  divided  accord- 
ing to  certain  headings.  Naturally  there  were  chosen  for  the  work,  by  pre- 
ference, persons  with  a  knowledge  of  law  from  among  the  number  of  the 
clerks  who  served  the  various  functionaries  of  government  and  had  oppor- 
tunity to  obtain  a  fuller  knowledge  of  the  existing  legal  matter,  of  which  it 
was  not  easy  to  get  a  general  view.  Such  an  official  was  Nicomachus,  who 
possibly  was  at  the  head  of  these  persons.  If,  as  stated  in  the  speech,  only 
a  period  of  four  months  was  allowed  him  for  his  work,  and  he  could  not 
complete  it  in  that  time,  the  work  may  have  been  more  troublesome  and 
difficult  than  had  been  imagined.  His  spending  six  years  upon  it  may  have 
been  his  fault ;  but  this  much  seems  clear,  that  his  task  was  not  withdrawn 
from  him  and  he  was  not  removed,  and  that  accordingly  the  protracted  pro- 
longation of  his  work  was  regarded  as  excusable.  And  when  we  see  that 
after  the  overthrow  of  the  Thirty  Nicomachus  was  again  charged  with  the 
avaypacprj  of  the  laws,  we  may  perhaps  conclude  that  his  earlier  conduct  had 
not  been  of  such  a  kind  as  to  make  him  appear  unworthy  of  the  confidence 
reposed  in  him.  At  that  date,  as  after  the  overthrow  of  the  Four  Hundred, 
a  commission  of  Nomothetae  was  nominated  with  regard  to  which  we 
have  (Andocides,  de  Mysteriis,  §  82-85)  a  statement  which  is  indeed  some- 
what confused  and  not  clearly  to  be  interpreted  ;  and  some  modern  inquirers 
have  permitted  themselves  to  be  misled  into  assigning  Nicomachus  a  place 
as  member  in  this  commission  as  well.  I  am  unable  to  find  any  reason  for 
so  doing  ;  for  when  we  read  (§  2)  avrov  popoBtrr/v  KaTearyatv,  and  (§  27) 
dvri  ptv  bovKov  7ro\iT7]s  yeyevTjTai,  dvrl  be  viroypappdrews  vopoBerqs,  we  see 
clearly  enough  that  he  is  charged  with  having  by  his  conduct  assumed 
something  which  properly  does  not  belong  to  him  at  all.  The  function  to 
which  he  was  appointed  consisted  only  in  the  avaypa(pT) ;  but  he  found 
means  of  improperly  assuming  such  an  attitude  that  as  a  matter  of  fact  in 
many  cases  he  made  himself  equivalent  to  a  Nomothetes.  And  though  his 
function  is  sometimes  termed  an  dpxy,  we  know  in  how  wide  and  general  a 
sense  this  expression  is  generally  used  :  as  has  been  noticed  in  the  text, 
page  401. 

Apart  from  all  this  I  will  not  conceal  that  this  Oratio  in  Nicomachum 
seems  to  me  open  to  very  great  suspicion.  Dionysius  (De  Lysia  Judicium, 
c.  18)  applies  to  Lysias  the  proverb  ktkc  yjsevbea  rroXXa  \tya>v  ervpoio-iv  opoia  : 
but  the  contents  of  this  speech  are  matters  which  to  a  great  extent  are  not 
irvpoKTiv  opoia,  but  very  improbable — nay,  incredible.  I  am  of  opinion  that 
this  speech  was  not  delivered  or  intended  to  be  delivered  before  a  court  at 
all,  inasmuch  as  the  most  essential  requisites  for  that  purpose  are  entirely 
wanting  to  it  ;  it  seems  to  me  to  be  merely  an  attack  published  by  an  enemy 
of  Nicomachus  in  the  form  of  a  speech  before  a  court.     Whether  Lysias 


552  APPENDIX. 

composed  it  on  his  own  account  or  in  the  service  of  another  person  I  refrain 
from  discussing.  But  we  know  from  Harpocration,  sub  voc.  eniPoXf],  that 
even  ancient  critics  raised  doubts  against  its  genuineness,  and  these  doubts 
must  have  had  reference  not  merely  to  its  language  and  form,  but  also  to  its 
contents.  Perhaps  my  suspicions  will  instigate  some  younger  inquirer — it 
may  be  the  excellent  H.  Frohberger — to  subject  the  matter  to  a  fuller 
examination. 

Page  406. — Duncker  (iv.  p.  207)  is  of  opinion  that  the  participation  of  the 
Council  in  the  Dokimasia  of  the  Archons,  in  addition  to  the  examination 
which  had  to  be  passed  before  the  Heliastae,  must  be  a  later  provision,  inas- 
much as  it  presumes  that  superiority  of  the  Council  to  the  Archons  which 
was  unknown  to  the  period  and  institutions  of  Solon.  I  confess  that  this 
argument  seems  to  me  to  be  of  inferior  weight.  Granted  that  the  Doki- 
masia is  proof  of  a  superiority  in  the  position  of  the  authority  conducting  it, 
yet  those  who  were  examined  by  the  Council  were  not  already  Archons,  but 
merely  candidates  designated  for  the  Archonship  by  the  popular  choice. 
Nor  do  I  understand  why,  if  Solon  transferred  the  examination  to  the 
Helisea  alone,  a  participation  of  the  Council  in  it  should  have  been  ordered 
at  a  later  date,  especially  as  the  result  of  the  examination  in  the  Council, 
which  preceded  that  before  the  Heliastae,  might  be  totally  deprived  of  its 
effect  by  this  latter,  if  the  candidate  approved  by  the  Council  were  after- 
wards rejected  by  the  Heliastae.  It  seems  more  probable  that  originally 
the  Dokimasia  was  the  business  of  the  Council  alone,  and  was  not  assigned 
to  the  Heliastae  until  a  later  period  ;  that  then  the  remaining  functionaries 
of  government  were  obliged  to  undergo  their  examination  before  this  body 
alone,  and  that  it  was  only  in  the  case  of  the  Archons  and  their  Paredri 
that  the  double  examination  took  place — first,  according  to  ancient  custom 
in  the  Council,  and  secondly,  before  the  Heliastae.  For  this  double  Doki- 
masia of  the  Archons  and  their  Paredri  we  have  express  evidence  from 
Demosthenes  inLeptin.  p.  484,  §  90,  and  Pollux  viii.  92  ;  with  regard  to  the 
other  official  functionaries  we  have  no  such  evidence.  Among  the  orations  in 
existence  are  three  which  deal  with  Dokimasia,  and  were  delivered  before 
the  Council — that  of  Lysias  against  Evandrus  (xxvi.),  who  had  been  elected 
by  lot  to  the  Archonship,  the  oration  against  Philo  (xxxi.),  who  had  been 
similarly  elected  to  a  seat  in  the  Council,  and  the  oration  for  Mantitheus 
(xvi.),  the  subject  of  this  latter,  though  the  matter  is  not  quite  clear,  having 
likewise  been  elected  by  lot  as  a  member  of  the  Council.  A  fourth  oration 
on  behalf  of  a  person  who  is  not  named  (xxv.)  was  likewise  delivered, 
according  to  the  very  probable  conjecture  of  Meier,  Attische  Process,  p.  208, 
in  a  Dokimasia,  though  in  one  which  took  place  not  before  the  Council  but 
before  Heliastae. 

Page  410,  note  3. — Telfy  (Corpus  juris  Attici,  p.  471)  considers  it  pro- 
bable that  a  secretary  was  elected  by  lot  from  the  tenth  Phyle,  to  render 
assistance  in  the  business  which  had  to  be  attended  to  by  the  Board  in 
common.  In  ancient  writers  we  hear  nothing  of  such  a  practice,  and 
though  the  Scholia  on  Aristophanes,  Vespa,  774,  and  Plutus,  277,  do  speak 
of  a  Secretary  of  the  Board,  nothing  is  stated  in  them  regarding  the  mode 
of  his  appointment. 

Page  412,  note  1.— See  further  the  article  of  B.  Schbll,  Die  Speisung  im 
Prytaneion  zu  Athen,  Hermes,  vol.  vi.  p.  20.  As  regards  the  office  of  the 
Polemarchs  beside  the  Lyceum,  Fr.  Lenormant,  Recherches  archeologiques  A 
Eleusis  (Paris,  1862),  has  called  attention  to  the  fact  that  Apollo,  to  whom 
the  shrine  which  existed  here  was  dedicated,  is  to  be  regarded  as  the  chief 
god  of  the  immigrants,  designated  under  the  name  of  Xuthus,  and  of  whom 
the  Phyle  of  the  Hopletes  seems  principally  to  have  consisted  (see  above, 


APPENDIX.  553 

page  318).  Thus  the  military  system  also  is  regarded  in  later  times  as 
standing  under  the  special  protection  of  the  god  of  the  Hopletes,  and  there- 
fore the  Polemarchs  have  their  office  assigned  them  near  a  shrine  of  that 
god. 

Page  445. — A  fragment  of  a  decree  of  the  Assembly,  of  about  the  middle 
of  the  eightieth  Olympiad,  relating  to  the  messing  in  the  Prytaneum,  and 
to  those  entitled  to  attend,  and  which  has  before  been  published  by  Pittakis 
and  by  Rangabe,  has  recently  been  published  afresh  by  R.  Scholl  in  the 
treatise  mentioned  above  (Hermes,  vol.  vi.),  and  this  whole  subject,  the 
detailed  treatment  of  which  does  not  belong  to  the  plan  of  the  present  work, 
has  there  been  treated  with  exhaustive  thoroughness. 

Page  458. — From  the  so-called  Oratio  Trapezitica  of  Isocrates  we  may 
conclude  that  the  elacpopd  was  imposed  not  merely  upon  such  foreigners  as 
were  settled  permanently  in  Attica,  but  also  upon  such  as  only  remained 
there  for  a  time,  at  least  if  they  had  capital  invested  there,  and  carried 
on  some  kind  of  business.  We  there  read  of  the  son  of  an  eminent 
Bosporiote  who  had  come  to  Athens  partly  icar  ipnopiav  partly  Kara  6«o- 
piav  (c.  3,  §  4),  but  had  certainly  not  settled  there  as  a  resident  alien, 
since  he  speaks  of  himself  as  olicmv  eV  rw  Uovra  (c.  28,  §  56).  But  he 
states  in  c.  21,  §  41,  that  the  d<r<popd  was  imposed  upon  him,  and  he  even 
seems  to  have  made  his  own  valuation  (ipavrw  in  iypatyapyv  elacpopav 
p.tyi(Trqv)  which  of  course  could  not  have  been  done  without  the  concur- 
rence of  the  imypacpels  appointed  by  the  State. 

Page  461. — We  are  perhaps  justified  in  regarding  the  Trierarchy  as  one 
of  the  extraordinary  Liturgies,  even  though,  as  remarked  by  Curtius 
(Hist,  of  Greece,  vol  ii.  p.  600,  Eng.  trans.),  Trierarchs  were  elected 
annually.  For  it  was  not  every  year  the  case  that  those  who  were  elected 
were  compelled  to  serve ;  but  the  number  was  regulated  according  to  the 
necessities  of  the  time,  and  was  therefore  especially  large  in  times  of  war, 
or  when  convoys  were  required  to  protect  the  merchant  vessels,  at  a  time 
when  navigation  was  endangered  by  pirates.  The  appointment  therefore 
merely  signified  that  the  persons  appointed  must  hold  themselves  in  readi- 
ness, upon  the  requisition  issued  to  them,  to  prepare  their  ship  so  as  to 
proceed  to  sea  with  it.  In  times  of  peace,  a  year  might  frequently  pass  in 
which  either  none  of  the  Trierarchs,  or  only  some  few,  were  required  to  ful- 
fil their  service.  The  obligation,  however,  was  not  limited  to  the  calendar 
year,  but  lasted  until  actual  service  was  required,  and  then  occupied  a  year. 
See  Bockh,  Urkund.  pp.  167,  171  seq.  Between  the  Trierarchy  and  the 
ordinary  or  encyclic  Liturgies,  which  all  had  reference  to  festivals,  there 
was  the  further  point  of  difference  that  there  was  no  exemption  (arekeia) 
from  it,  any  more  than  there  was  from  the  clacpopd. — Demosth.  in  Leptin. 
§§  18,  26,  27. 

Page  466. — The  fact  that  the  name  Ephetse  does  not  denote  "Judges  of 
Appeal,"  as  some  earlier  inquirers  have  strangely  imagined,  may  now  be  re- 
garded as  generally  recognised,  as  it  has  been  not  long  since  by  Ulrich 
Kohler,  Hermes,  ii.  p.  32.  Not  less  extraordinary,  however,  is  the  opinion 
that  the  name  is  a  corruption  of  e<pc8erai,  which  it  is  said  denotes  assessors 
(see  Philologus,  xi.  p.  383 ;  Pott,  K.  Z.  vi.  36).  The  translation  "director  " 
(Anweiser),  given  by  me  and  supported  byDuncker,  iv.  p.  152,  is  simple  and 
appropriate.  From  ItpUvai  or  i<ple<rdai,  in  the  sense  of  directing,  is  derived 
the  word  ecperpi),  and  in  iEsch.  Pers.  80  i<perr]s  denotes  the  commander. 
The  procedure  before  the  court  which  tried  cases  of  blood-guiltiness 
was  prescribed  by  formularies  of  ritual,  and  it  was  the  stricter  observance 
of  these  formularies  that  the  parties  were  directed  by  the  Ephetae  to  under- 
take. 


554  APPENDIX. 

Page  479. — From  the  Philologische  Anaeiger,  1870,  p.  141, 1  have  infor- 
mation of  a  treatise  (Herm.  Hager,  Qucestiones  Hyperidece,  Lips.  1870)  in 
which  it  is  said  to  be  proved  that  the  Eisangelia  was  only  admissible  in 
cases  of  particular  offences  specified  in  the  vofios  flaayytXriKos.  The 
treatise  itself  I  have  not  seen,  but  I  scarcely  believe  that  this  view  admits 
of  actual  proof.  Even  if  some  offences  were  expressly  specified  in  the  vofios 
claayyeXTtKos,  it  by  no  means  follows  that  the  Eisangelia  was  simply  con- 
fined to  this,  and  was  not  applicable  in  other  cases  of  a  similar  character. 
In  Hyperides'  Oratio  pro  Euxenippo,  the  speaker  aims  at  proving  the  case 
in  question  not  to  be  adapted  for  an  Eisangelia  at  all ;  and,  without  doubt, 
a  matter  was  often  of  such  a  nature  that  it  depended  upon  special 
circumstances  whether  it  should  be  dealt  with  in  the  usual  and  regular 
way,  or  exceptionally  and  by  an  Eisangelia.  Cf.  A.  Schafer's  review 
of  Comparetti's  edition  of  Hyperides,  Jahrbuch  fur  Philologie,  1861  (vol. 
lxxxiii.),  p.  611. 

Page  484. — The  name  trpyravela  applied  to  these  court-fees  may  perhaps 
be  explained  from  the  fact  that  they  originally  were  paid  into  the  fund 
whence  was  defrayed  the  cost  of  the  public  messes  in  the  Prytaneum,  and 
which  was  administered  by  the  Colacretae.     See  above,  p.  418. 

Page  487. — The  opinion  that  secret  voting  was  not  introduced  until 
after  the  time  of  Euclides  is  incapable  of  proof.  See  Schomann,  Opuscula 
Academica,  i.  260  A. 

Page  515. — Many  previous  inquirers  have  called  attention  to  the  striking 
difference  between  the  position  of  women  in  the  historical  period  and  in 
the  earlier  period  depicted  to  us  in  the  Homeric  poems.  In  the  earlier 
period  the  suitor  bids  for  the  bride  with  gifts,  and  accordingly  seems,  as  it 
were,  to  buy  her  ;  in  the  historical  period,  on  the  contrary,  the  father  must 
provide  the  daughter  With  an  appropriate  settlement  and  dowry,  otherwise 
he  runs  the  risk  of  leaving  her  without  a  suitor.  Nitzsch  (Odyssee,  part  i. 
p.  51)  conjectures  that  the  custom  of  giving  dowries  to  the  daughters 
probably  arose  in  times  and  districts  in  which  the  number  of  the  men 
did  not  exceed  that  of  the  women  ;  that  is  to  say,  in  which,  in  consequence 
of  the  number  of  the  men  not  being  excessive,  it  must  have  been  a  matter 
of  concern  to  the  father  to  attract,  by  means  of  a  dowry,  some  one  to  take 
his  daughter  off  his  hands.  If  this  was  correct,  it  would  be  necessary  to 
conclude,  from  the  converse  custom  of  the  Homeric  times,  that  in  those 
times  the  number  of  the  men  considerably  exceeded  that  of  the  women,  and 
that  consequently  a  wife,  as  being  an  article  of  some  rarity,  could  not  be  ob- 
tained without  paying  a  price.  But  that  the  numerical  relation  between  the 
two  sexes  was  really  different  then  from  what  it  was  in  later  times  there  is  no 
ground  whatever  to  assume.  The  custom  of,  as  it  were,  buying  a  wife  by 
ebva  may  have  come  down  from  the  remote  antiquity  of  the  patriarchal  ages, 
when  the  daughters,  as  giving  help  in  the  household,  were  a  valuable  pos- 
session to  the  father — a  possession  that  he  could  not  dispense  with  without 
loss.  This  custom  maintained  itself  longest  especially  in  royal  and  eminent 
families,  with  which  a  connection  by  marriage  seemed  both  honourable  and 
advantageous. 

If  the  position  of  women  seems  to  us  more  free  and  independent  in 
Homer  than  in  the  later  periods,  we  must,  in  the  first  place,  not  overlook 
the  fact  that  the  accounts  of  the  poets  only  depict  to  us  the  circumstances 
of  royal  and  eminent  families,  and  give  us  little  information  with  regard  to 
the  lower  or  middle  classes  of  the  population  ;  and,  secondly,  that  the  ideas 
which  it  is  customary  to  form  of  the  subordinate  and  unworthy  position  of 
the  women  in  the  historical  period  cannot  be  acquitted  of  one-sided 
exaggeration.     No  doubt  the  difference  between  the  two  sexes  must  have 


APPENDIX.  555 

stood  out  with  all  the  greater  prominence  the  more  the  life  of  the  husband 
was  filled  with  such  interests  and  employments  as  the  women  could  natu- 
rally take  little  or  no  share  in  ;  but  that,  at  the  same  time,  the  women  had 
always  reserved  for  them  a  sphere  of  management  and  action  in  which  they 
were  enabled  to  feel  themselves  in  a  position  of  dignity,  and  to  be  certain 
of  the  respect  of  the  men, — this  no  one  will  dispute  who  does  not  intention- 
ally shut  his  eyes  to  the  fact.  And  as  regards  dowries,  we  are  certainly  not 
justified  in  regarding  them  merely  as  a  necessary  means  of  getting  rid  of  the 
daughters,  and  providing  them  with  husbands  whom  they  would  not  other- 
wise have  found  ;  on  the  contrary,  the  custom  arose  from  the  feeling  that  it 
was  an  injustice  to  take  so  little  account  of  the  daughters  as  compared  with 
the  sons,  that  the  former,  as  compared  with  the  latter,  should  have  no  claim 
whatever  to  a  portion  of  the  parents'  property.  The  conditions,  however, 
under  which  the  dowry  was  given  were  of  such  a  kind  that  they  might  serve 
to  secure  the  position  of  the  wife  relatively  to  her  husband.  The  husband 
was  not  the  owner  of  the  dowry,  but  only  the  possessor  of  its  usufruct ;  and 
his  own  interests  of  necessity  compelled  him  so  to  treat  the  wife  as  to  pre- 
vent her  feeling  herself  unfortunate  in  her  marriage  with  him,  and  finding 
reason  for  a  separation,  inasmuch  as  in  that  case  he  lost  the  enjoyment  of 
the  dowry.  Thus  it  is  expressly  stated  in  Isaeus  iii.  36  that  separation  was 
rendered  difficult  by  the  regard  paid  to  the  dowry.  Moreover,  an  inves- 
tigation undertaken  for  the  purpose  might  bring  to  light  a  sufficient  number 
of  testimonies  and  examples  to  show  how  women  who  had  brought  their 
husbands  a  considerable  dowry  managed  by  means  of  it,  in  antiquity  pre- 
cisely as  at  the  present  day,  to  maintain,  not  merely  a  position  of  independ- 
ence with  regard  to  their  husbands,  but  one  of  absolute  dominion  over  them. 
I  will  only  add  a  remark  regarding  the  high  respect  paid  to  women  as 
mothers,  a  clear  proof  of  which  is  given  by  old  Strepsiades  in  the  Clouds  of 
Aristophanes.  Strepsiades  has  indeed  permitted  himself  to  be  persuaded 
by  his  son,  who  has  been  schooled  in  the  arts  of  the  Sophists,  that  it  might 
possibly  be  lawful  for  the  father  to  be  corrected  by  the  son  with  blows  ;  but 
when  the  son  goes  on  to  assert  the  same  right  with  regard  to  the  mother, 
the  father  is  put  utterly  beside  himself  by  such  an  assertion,  and  regards  it 
as  altogether  criminal  and  abominable.  The  theory  of  the  difference  between 
the  relation  of  the  father  to  the  children  and  that  of  the  mother,  which  ia 
put  by  iEschylus  in  the  Eumenides  into  the  mouth  of  Apollo,  may  have 
been  accepted  among  the  learned  ;  to  the  popular  view  it  certainly  did  not 
correspond. 

Page  520. — The  law  of  Solon  mentioned  in  the  text  (p.  334),  imposing 
Atimia  on  those  who  held  aloof  from  either  side  in  civil  contests,  was  cer- 
tainly not  renewed  at  the  restoration  of  the  democracy  after  the  overthrow 
of  the  Thirty.  This  may  be  concluded  from  the  oration  of  Lysias  against 
Philo,  in  which  the  latter  is  indeed  reproached  in  the  strongest  terms  with 
his  neutrality  in  the  previous  civil  war,  but  not  a  syllable  of  reference  is 
made  to  the  Atimia  thereby  incurred.  Apart  from  this,  even  when  the  old 
law  was  abrogated,  the  plaintiff  might  always  have  made  reference  to  it  and 
used  it  to  paint  the  evil  disposition  of  Philo  in  more  glaring  colours,  espe- 
cially in  §  27,  where  mention  of  the  law  of  Solon  might  so  easily  have  been 
made.  It  may  well  cause  surprise  that  the  orator  passed  over  this ;  and 
Halbertsma,  who  (de  magistratibus  probandis  apud  Atkenienses,  Daventr. 
1841,  §  7,  p.  741),  regards  the  oration  as  spurious,  might  also  have  used  this 
omission  as  an  argument  for  his  view. 


INDEX. 


Abantes,  81. 

Abduction  in  Crete,  305. 

Abortion,  104. 

Academy,  tbe,  507. 

Acamantis,  369. 

Achsea,  monarchy  in,  115 ;  cities  of, 
122  ;  democracy  in,  169. 

Achaeans,  generic  name  of  Greeks,  7 ; 
descent  of,  83  ;  as  Perioeci  in  Laconia, 
202  ;  in  Messenia,  283. 

Achaean  League,  294,  539. 

Acosmia,  310. 

Acte  in  Attica,  316. 

Actio,  486. 

'AxiuaSat,  363. 

'AoVarroTot,  201. 

Adoption,  laws  of  Philolaus  relative  to, 
151  ;  in  Sparta,  214  ;  in  Athens,  356. 

Adultery  in  Sparta,  267,  414;  punish- 
ments of,  in  Crete,  306 ;  in  Athens, 
469  ;  involved  loss  of  dowry,  517. 

dbvvaroi,  439. 

Mantis,  369. 

^Egeis,  369. 

jEgialea,  314. 

^Egidae,  connection  with  Heraclidae, 
193,  208,  226. 

^gimius,  210,  298,  541. 

^Egina,  170. 

^Egospotami,  348,  447. 

^Eolian  colonies,  117. 

jEolians,  83. 

.<Eschylus  at  courts  of  tyrants,  162 ; 
Eumenides  of,  342,  493 ;  theology  of, 
523. 

iEsymnetae,  157  seq. 

^tolians,  195. 

JSxonae,  527. 

dyaKpara,  61. 

Agathocles,  189. 

Agathoergi,  248. 

ayxMrreia,  357. 


dyeXa  at  Sparta,  257;  in  Crete,  303, 
306. 

Agelatas,  the,  303. 

Agesilaus,  247,  273. 

Agetor  (Zeus),  247,  284. 

Agidae  at  Sparta,  225 ;  perhaps  non- 
Dorian,  543. 

Agis,  235,  294. 

Agnates,  357. 

Agoge,  the  Spartan,  218,  223,  255. 

dywves  TifiTjToi,  dytaj/fp  drt/x7/Toi,  462. 

ayopa,  368  ;  (yvvaucda),  531. 

Agoranomi,  139 ;  at  Athens,  416. 

Agrarian  legislation,  224. 

Agraulos  (Athene),  360. 

Agriculture,  94,  207. 

Agrigentum,  133. 

Agronomi,  138. 

AtSur,  altar  of,  at  Athens,  523. 

Aigialeis,  129,  159. 

Aigicoreis,  129,  319. 

Aischrionia,  130. 

dtras,  261. 

aKpoVoXtr,  122. 

dicpocpvkaiccs,  431. 

Alcibiades,  257,  345,  504. 

Alcinous,  25. 

Alcippus,  254. 

Alcmaeonidae,  325. 

Alcman,  277. 

Aletas,  114. 

Aleuada?,  117. 

Alexander  the  Great,  534. 

Aliens,  resident,  347,  353;  poll-tax  of, 
449. 

dXkodpooi  avdpairoi,  82  and  note. 

Alphabet,  the,  16. 

a\(peo~if$oia,  66. 

Altars,  59. 

dpj3ov\ios,  Ztvs,  233. 

Ammonis  (the  trireme),  441. 

dp.vdp.oves,  136. 


558 


INDEX. 


Amnesty,  the,  at  Athens,  345. 

Amphictyons,  Athenian,  at  Delos,  444. 

'AfiTrirrapes,  198,  note. 

afinv£,  72. 

Amyclae,  192,  207. 

avayopevav  ras  xetporovias,  385. 

dvaypacprj  voptov  at  Athens,  550  seq. 

dvaldaa,  stone  of,  468. 

dvdicpicns,  at  Athens,  467,  483. 

Anaphlystus,  447. 

Anaxilas,  161. 

Anaxandeidas,  244,  266. 

Andocides,  450. 

Andreas  of  Sicyon,  1 59. 

dvbpcla  (the  Syssitia),  269,  306. 

dir^/'Kio'oI,  367. 

Anomia,  year  of,  at  Athens,  537. 

dvrl8o(Tis,  463. 

Antigonas  (the  tribe),  537. 

Antigonis,  467. 

Antigonus  Doson,  294,  537. 

dvTtypa<f>fi,  484. 

dvriypa(p(vs,  368,  378. 

dvTikaxc Of  ^hv  *P*IMV>  ^0. 

Antiochis,  369. 

Antipater,  534. 

dvra>p.o(ria,  484. 

doiboi,  54. 
dndyikoi,  303. 
Apagoge,  478,  483. 
dnapx^'h  409. 
dndpx*o~6ai,  60. 
dneXXd,  234. 
direviavri(rp,6s,  470. 
Aphamiotae,  298. 
dcpeXeia,  altar  of,  523. 
d(perai,  201. 
Aphidme,  277,  319. 
Aphrodite  7rdv8rjpos,  519,  note. 

Urania,  11,  420. 

' KTvoxtipoTovelv,  391. 

anoBpopoi,  303. 

diroypatya  Kai  dnpofiovkevTa,  381. 

Apographe,  478,  481. 

aTTodficrai,  138;  at  Athens,  417. 

diroKT)pv£is,  502. 

'AttoXXwi/  TTtxTpaos,  365. 

dnocpipfiv  evBvvas,  407. 

dnoaroXfls,  426. 

'Anoderai,  256. 

Appeal,  490. 

Aratus,  539. 

Arbitrators  in  Heroic  age,  48  ;  at  Sparta, 

250  ;  at  Athens,  473. 
Arcadia,  115,  289. 


Arcesilaus,  12,  119. 

dpxaiptvlai,  390. 

dpx*)>  use  of  the  term,  401. 

dpxdov,  408. 

dpxeXas,  409. 

Archery  in  Crete,  303. 

Archetheori,  444,  460. 

Archidamus,  243,  278. 

Archieranistae,  362. 

Architecton,  the,  at  Athens,  426,  438. 

Archons  in  general,  139 ;  at  Athens, 
institution  of,  316,  322  ;  dokimasia  of, 
404,  406  ;  duties  of,  410  seq. 

apxoov  fifaiBios,  157. 

apxcov  tov  yevovs,  321,  400. 

dpx&vrjs,  450.  . 

Ardettos,  475. 

Areopagus,  138,  321  ;  reformed  by 
Draco,  327,  446;  by  Solon,  332; 
restriction  of,  by  Ephialtes,  341  ; 
restored,  346  ;  as  check  on  legislation, 
384;  archons  become  members  of, 
414 ;  functions  of,  493  seq. ;  alleged 
suspension  of,  by  thirty  tyrants,  549. 

Ares,  360. 

dperrj,  174. 

dpTjTTJp,  38. 

Argadeis,  129,  317. 

Argeia,  193. 

dpyias  ypacprj,  498. 

Arginusse,    enfranchisement    of     slaves 

after  battle  of,  350,  355. 
Argolis,  312. 
Argos,  171. 

dpyvpdp,oi(3oi,  530,  note. 
dpyvpoKcmflov,  419. 
dpyvpoXdyoi,  453. 
Aristides,  archon,  337  ;  reforms  of,  338, 

356,  372. 
Aristocracy,  among  the  Dorians,  88  ;  in 

general,  99,  150. 
Aristocrates,  115. 
Aristodemus  of  Arcadia,  116. 

the  Heraclide,  191,  208. 

Aristogeiton,  351,  413,  445. 

apiarov,  to,  75. 

Aristonymus,  169. 

Aristophanes,  Knights  of,  343 ;    Clouds 

of,  509. 
Aristophon,  358. 
Aristotle,  work  on  Greek  constitutions, 

89  ;  view  of  state,  89  ;  on  treatment 

of  slaves,  106  ;  on  liturgies,  147. 
Armour  in  Heroic  age,  77. 
Army,  Athenian,  pay  of,  446. 


INDEX. 


559 


Arne,  193. 
dpwyoi,  28. 
Arrhephoria,  460. 
Art  in  Sparta,  277. 
Artaxerxes,  299. 
Artemis  Agrotera,  413. 

fiovkala,  379. 

Orthia,  247,  258.    « 

Artemisium,  286. 

Artisans,  95,  152. 

Artists  in  Homer,  70  ;  at  Athens,  504. 

Artyni,  136. 

Ascra,  116. 

ao-e/3eia,  471,  498. 

Asiatic  colonies,  87. 

Assembly,  Homeric,  24  seq. ;  later,  136, 

176  ;  in  SparSa,  234. 
Assessors,  331,  379,  413. 
Asteropus,  239. 
&<rrv,  66,  122. 

Astynomi,  138  ;  at  Athens,  415. 
Astypalsea,  130. 
are'Aeia,  354. 
Athene  Agraulos,  359. 

fiovkaia,  379. 

statue  of,  447. 

Athenian  Empire,  341. 

Athenians,  character  of,  510. 

Athens,  122,  170,  290,  311  seq. 

Athlothetae,  412,  443. 

drifiia,  218,  360,  482,  518,  520,  555. 

Attalis  (tribe),  539. 

Attains,  539. 

Attica,  312  ;  adapted  for  commerce,  525. 

Autesion,  193. 

Autochthones  in  Attica,  128,  313,  546. 

Auxo,  360. 

&£ovcs,  329. 

Axos,  301. 

Babyca,  234. 

Babylonian  weights  and  measures,  18. 

Bacchiadae,  114,  124. 

Bail,  483. 

BaUot,  385. 

fidva,  13. 

fidvavaoi,  102. 

Banking  at  Athens,  530. 

Banishment,  188  ;  from  Sparta,  254. 

/3ao>d,  272. 

Barathrum,  488. 

Barbarians,  103. 

/3ap3apd(po)TOt,  2,  82. 

fSaaavtuTal,  430. 

fUdaavos,  485. 


/Saa-tXJJes,  22. 

Basileus,  archon,  322,  409. 

Basilidae,  118. 

fiaariKiBes,  409. 

Bastards,  53. 

Baths,  274. 

Barpaxiovv,  to,  476. 

Battle,  in  Homer,  79  ;  among  Spartans, 

285. 
Belbina,  203. 

Bennaeans  at  Ephesus,  130. 
Bias  of  Priene,  166. 
Bidyi,  248,  257. 
Blood-guiltiness,  trials  for,   at   Athens, 

321,  326,  332,  465. 
Blood  revenge,  46. 
Bockh   on  Athenian  expenditure,   445  ; 

on  Athenian  census  system,  455. 
Bodyguard,  160. 
Boeotia,  116,312. 
Boeotians,  6,  193. 
Bomonicas,  258. 
Book-market  at  Athens,  528. 
fiioiovcu,  427. 
Boreis,  129. 
Bottomry,  435,  529. 
fiova,  257. 
Boule,   Homeric,  23 ;    later,    136,    176, 

178;  at  Crete,  302;  of  Solon,   331  ; 

at  Athens,  371  seq. 
fiovXevais,  469. 
ftovkevTai,  372. 
fHovXevTTjpiov,  376. 
Bouleutic  oath,  406. 
Boundaries,  sacrifices  at,  284. 
fiovTvwoi,  320,  note. 
jSovfvyai,  320,  note. 
Bowmen  at  Athens,  352. 
Boxing,  257. 

Brasidas  in  Chalcidice,  171,  198,  284. 
Brauron,  319. 

Bribery  punished  at  Athens,  520. 
Brilessus,  318. 
Bucolium,  412. 
Buildings,  public,  393. 
Burial  of  Hector,  80. 
Butadae,  366. 
Byzantines,  133. 
Byzantium,  Athenian  toll  at,  453. 


Cabiri,  11. 
Cadmea,  253. 
Cadmeans,  193. 
Cadmus,  12,  208,  299. 


56° 


INDEX. 


Caiadas,  255. 

Calendar,  244. 

Callistratus,  340. 

Calophori,  308. 

Camp  before  Troy,  76  ;  Spartan,  285. 

Canvassing  at  Athens,  391. 

Caphisias,  129. 

Capital  punishment,  488. 

Cappadocia,  349. 

Carians,  2,  82. 

Carneia,  272. 

Carrying  trade  of  Athens,  528  seq. 

Cassander,  534,  537  seq. 

Caste  system  in  Attica,  320. 

Catonacophori,  133. 

Catoptae,  144. 

Cattle-breeding,  66. 

Causes,  public,  at  Athens,  477. 

Cavalry,   125  ;  at  Sparta,    283 ;    Crete, 

301  ;  Athens,  425. 
Cecropia,  319. 
Cecropidas,  315. 
Cecrops,  13. 

Celibacy  at  Sparta,  253  ;  at  Athens,  518. 
Censorship  of  morals,  498. 
Census,  arrangment  of  Athenian,  455. 
Centralisation  in  Attica,  316. 
Cephisia,  319. 
Ceraon,  250. 
Chaeronea,  347- 

Chain  of  command  in  Spartan  army,  283. 
Chalcodontides,  313,  318. 
Chalcus,  433. 
Charilaus,  221. 
Chariot,  77. 
Charondas,  156,  180. 
Chartas,  206. 
XeipoTovrjToi,  403. 
Cheirotonia,  236,  385. 
Children,  exposure   of,    501  ;    education 

of,  502. 
Chilon,  166. 
Chios,  134,  287,  349. 
XiTa>v  (T\i(rr6s,  263. 
\Kaiva,  71. 
Chlamys,  435. 
Choregia,  459. 
Choregus,  392. 
Choreutse,  423. 
Chorus  at  Sparta,  260. 
Church  and  State,  109. 
Cilician  pirates,  310. 
Cillikyrii,  133. 
Cimon,  316,  341. 
Cinadon,  196. 


Cinsethon,  277. 

Cithaeon,  318. 

Citizens,  100. 

Civic  rights,  bestowal  of,  185  ;  at  Sparta, 

209  ;  at  Athens,  355. 
Clarotae,  132,  298. 
Classes  of  society,  126. 

Solonian,  329. 

Cleandridas,  200. 

Cleandrus,  162. 

Cleisthenes  of  Sicyon,  129. 

of  Athens,  335  seq.  ;  reforms    of, 

548. 
Cleombrotus,  206,  281. 
Cleomenes  I.,  king  of  Sparta,  ranked  as 

a   tyrant,   159  ;  defeats   Argos,    171  ; 

Achaean,  origin  of,  208,  543. 
Cleomenes  in.  of  Sparta,  reforms  of,  294. 
Clepsydra,  487. 

Clerks  of  government  at  Athens,  429. 
Clothing  of  Spartan  women,  263. 

at  Athens,  434. 

Clubs,  political,  185,  363. 

Cnemus,  286. 

Cnidus,  346,  445. 

Cnossus,  297. 

Codridae,  117,  716,  322. 

Codrus,  316. 

Coin  at  Athens,  432. 

Colleges  of  magistrates,  408. 

Colonies,  117,  164. 

Colonists,  Spartan,  220. 

Colonus,  349,  380. 

Comedy,  Old,  as  a  censorship  of  morals, 

521. 
Commerce,  69  ;  of  Athens,  525. 
Commercial  laws,  526. 
Commissioners  sent  with  Spartan  kings, 

229. 
Companies,  trading,  361. 
Compurgators,  28. 
Concubines,  519. 
Conditions  of  State  life,  95. 
Confiscation,  489. 
Connubium,  193. 
Conon,  346,  445. 
Constitution,  Solonian,  333. 
Contractors,  450, 
Contributions  to  Syssitia,  307. 
Copper,  526. 
Coprologi,  415. 
Corcyra,  141,  186. 
Corinthians,    non-Dorian    character    of, 

87 ;  tribes  among,  129. 
X°>Pls  olnovvTts,  350. 


INDEX. 


56i 


Corn  trade,  seats  of,  526. 

Corporations  at  Athens,  361  seq. 

Corynephori,  133. 

Cosmetse,  509. 

Cosmios,  142. 

Cosmopolis,  142. 

Cothocidae,  366,  note. 

Council  at  Athens,  371  seq.  ;  participates 

in  Dokimasia  of  Archons,  552. 
Court  fees,  452,  484. 
Courts  at  Athens,  476. 
Cranai,  315. 
Crannon,  battle  of,  534. 
Craugallidae,  134. 
Creon,  322. 
Cresphontes,  115,  191. 
Cretan  mercenaries,  310. 
Cretans,  character  of,  310. 
Crete,  population  of,  in  Heroic  age,  39 ; 

reformers  from,  165  seq.;  constitution, 

295  seq.  ;  wine  of,  527. 
Creusa,  314. 

Criminal  jurisdiction,  148. 
Critias,  188. 
Croton,  137,  161,  167. 
Crowns,  for  councillors,  373  ;  as  rewards, 

445. 
Curetes,  5. 
Curtius,  E.,  on  Phoenicians  in  Greece,  8, 

9,   notes ;   on   Heroic   kingdoms,    20, 

note ;  on  Heroic  morality,   47,   note  ; 

on  payment  of  jurymen,  340,  notes  ; 

on   the   suspension  of   Areopagus  by 

Thirty,  549  ;  on  the  trierarchy,  553. 
Cyclic  chorus,  459. 
Cydones,  296. 
Cydonia,  297. 
Cylon,  324. 
Cyme,  561. 
Cynosarges,  507. 
Cynosura,  207. 
Cynurians,  201,  289. 
Cyprus,  metals  of,  526. 
Cypselidas,  129. 
Cypselus,  153. 
Cyrene,  118. 
Cythera,   acquired    by   Spartans,    289 ; 

population  of,  202  ;  trade  of,  207 ;  in 

Peloponnesian  war,  283. 
Cytherodicse,  205. 
Cytheron,  319. 
Cyzicus,  129. 

oWpd?,  320. 
Danaus,  13. 


Dancing,  in  Heroic  age,  54;  at  Sparta,  277. 

Daton,  250. 

Debates  in  Popular  Assembly,  177. 

Debt  in  Attica,  323,  328. 

Debtors  of  State,  361,  451. 

Decadarchi,  424. 

Decades,  424. 

Decarchies,  187. 

Decelea,  Helot  troops  at,   198;  in  Attic 

Dodecapolis,  319  ;  loss  to  revenue  on 

occupation  of,  452. 
Dechas,  255. 

Defence,  system  of,  at  Sparta,  278  seq. 
Belyfia,  476. 
Deiphontes,  210. 

hiLIVVOV,  75. 

8e<d8pofioi,  306. 

8eKaTT)\6yoi,  450. 

Delian  trireme,  441. 

Deliberative  power  in  Greek  State,  96. 

Delos,  349. 

Delphi,    mention    of,    by    Homer,    64 ; 

deposits  of  Spartans  at,  291. 
Delphinium,  465. 
Demagogues,     influence     of,     175 ;     at 

Athens,  342,  524. 
Demarch,  368. 
Demes,  nature  of,  122,  131  ;  in  Attica, 

336  ;  details  relating  to,  366. 
Demetrius  Phalereus,  535. 

Poliorcetes,  537. 

077 /xioVpara,  417. 

Brjfiios,  6,  431. 

Demiurgi  (artisans)  in  Heroic  age,  42. 

(magistrates)  in  Elis,  1 72. 

(name    of    lower    class     in    early 

Attica),  321. 
Democedes  of  Croton,  436. 
Demochares,  539. 
Democracy  in  general,  98;  rise  of,  155, 

169  seq. ;  characteristics  of,  173  seq.; 

at  Athens,  340  seq.,  524. 
8t)[i.6koivos,  431. 

8r]noTroii]Toi  at  Athens,  351,  517,  note. 
Demos,  65 ;  at  Sparta,  217;  at  Athens,  491. 
Demosthenes    on    licence    of    Athenian 

slaves,   350  ;  Probole  against  Midias, 

392  ;  career  of,  532  ;  death  of,  534. 
Demostratus,  500,  and  note. 
Demotae,  359. 
8rjpov  TrpoaTciTTjs,  173. 
Demuchi,  143,  172. 
Dercyllidas,  264. 
Dermaticum,  443. 
cW/idy,  489. 
N 


562 


INDEX. 


beo-iroaiovavrai,  198,  note. 
Diacria,  316,  327. 
Diadems,  34. 
hiahmacrLai,  482. 
Diaetae,  437,  491. 
Diaetetae,  411,  471  seq. 
Diagoridae,  171. 
8iaypa(pe1s,  458. 
Diamastigosis,  256,  295. 
Dicelictae,  277. 
8inai  ep.p,r)voi,  486. 

■  e/jLTropiKai,  486. 

ipaviKai,  486. 

<ara  tivos,  irpos  riva,  482. 

peraXXiKai,  486. 

(poviicai,  411. 

8«Kd(T7ToXo«,  27. 

ducaoral  Kara  8fjp,ovs,  473. 

StfcaoTjjpta,  475. 

81kt]  ayapiov,  518. 

aiKias,  484. 

— —  dnoaraaiov,  351. 

pXdprjs,  487. 

tov  eiriTptr)pap\r)paTOS,  463. 

e£ov\T)s,  490. 

KaKqyoplas,  394. 

KaKorexyiav,  490. 

\nrop,apTvplov,  487. 

6^nyap.iov ,  265. 

npo'iKos,  486. 

ylrevbop-aprvpiSiv,  490. 

Dinarchus,  509. 

Dining  -  clubs  at  Athens,  362.  uSee 
Syssitia. 

Diodes,  179. 

Stoyevels',  22. 

Diogenic  gymnasium,  the,  507. 

Diogenes,  273. 

8ioiK.fi<rei  (6  eVl  T17),  418. 

Dionysia  at  Athens,  413,  444. 

Dionysius  of  Syracuse,  189. 

theatre  of,  442. 

Diophantus,  352. 

8io(TTjpia,  385,  429. 

At6<TKovpoi  ap.fioib\ioi,  233. 

Dipoinus,  a  Perioecus,  304. 

Discipline,  public,  in  general,  104  seq.  ; 
at  Sparta,  necessary  to  citizenship, 
218;  under  Ephors,  242  seq.;  details 
of,  255 ;  in  Crete,  302  seq. ;  at  Athens, 
500  seq. 

Disinheritance,  502. 

District  judges  in  Attica,  474. 

Dithyrambic  chorus,  cost  of,  459. 

Division  of  land  in  Sparta,  223,  294. 


Divorce  in  Sparta,  266  ;  at  Athens,  517. 

8pS>es,  40. 

Dodona  in  Homer,  64. 

Dokimasia  at  Athens,  333  ;  of  Council, 

373  ;  of  magistrates,  403  seq.,  483. 
Dolopes,  132. 
Domain  land  of  king,  32. 
Dontas,  206. 
Dorians,  migration  of,  6,  191  seq.,  541 

seq.  ;     extent    of,    83 ;    dialect,    84 ; 

character,   85  ;  equality  among,  301  ; 

in  Messenia,  288  ;  in  Crete,  296. 
Dorisation  of  Peloponnesus,  202. 
Dorophori  at  Heraclea  Pontica,  134. 
86pnov,  75. 
86pv,  35. 
Dosiades,  307. 
Swrivat,  35. 

8ov\os,  8ov\t]  in  Homer,  40,  and  note. 
Dowries  in  Sparta,  265 ;  in  Athens,  516  ; 

alleged  origin  of,  554. 
Drachma,  value  of,  432. 
Draco,   158,  324 ;  alleged  institution  of 

Ephetae,  465  seq. 
Drama  absent  in  Sparta,  277. 
Dress  of  Spartans,  273  ;  of  Cretans,  303  ; 

of  slaves  at  Athens,  350. 
Drill  of  Spartan  army,  282. 
Drinking-parties  in  Crete,  308. 
8pop.oi,  303. 
Dryopes,  134. 
Dues,   import   and    export,    at   Athens, 

449. 
8vva<TTeia,  98. 

Duration  of  term  of  office,  149. 
Dyandry  in  Sparta,  267. 
Dymanes,  129,  210. 
Dynasteutic,  233. 

Earthquake  of  B.C.  464  at  Sparta,  215. 
Ecclesia  at  Sparta,  234 ;  at  Athens,  379 

seq.;  sphere  of,  397. 
Ecclesiastical  unions  at  Athens,  367. 
Eccritus,  198. 
Education  in  Heroic  age,  54  ;  in  general, 

105  ;  neglected  in  oligarchies,  149  ;  at 

Sparta,  209  ;  in  Crete,  304  ;  at  Athens, 

502  ;  female,  512. 
eyypd(p€iv  evdvvas,  407. 
cyyvr)fTis,  356. 
eytcXrjpa,  483. 
(yKTijais,  100. 
tyKTrjriKov,  368. 
eytcvicXios  7raiSei'a,  511. 
Egyptian  colony,  alleged,  in  Attica,  14. 


INDEX. 


563 


Egyptian  revolt  in  reign  of  Artaxerxes, 

292. 
Eikadistse,  362. 
et/coo-roXoyoi,  450. 
flXmrtit],  75. 
cipeves,  263. 

«VayyeXia,  395,  479,  482,  note. 
d(Ti.Trjpia,  379,  409. 
clo-cpopd,  354,  399,  455. 
elairvTfXas,  261. 

ckkXtjtoi  Tmv  Aanebaiixovicov,  234,  note. 
cjcXoyetf,  453. 
eKpaprvpiai,  484. 

eK'pvWo(p'opla,  373.  « 

Election  to  Spartan  Gerousia,  231. 

of  magistrates  at  Athens,  390. 

Electrum,  72. 

Eleusinian  mysteries,  429. 

Eleusinium,  376. 

Eleusis,  319,  366. 

Eleven,     Board    of,     at    Athens,    414, 

488. 
Eleutherolacones,  295. 
Eligibility  to  office,  331. 
Elis,  immigration  of  .ZEtolians  into,  115 ; 

constitution  of,  172. 
tXXipeviov,  449. 
eXXt/xeviorai,  450. 
Emancipation  of  slaves  in  Heroic  age, 

40 ;  frequency  of,  107  ;  of  Helots,  199  ; 

in  Athens,  352. 
Embaterion,  the,  285. 
Empedocles,  political  activity  of,  168. 
Empelori,  248. 
epcppovpos,  279. 
epiropmai  8tKat,  486. 
cpiropoi,  474. 
Endeixis,  478,  483. 
fvcoporiai,  279. 
Enomotarchs,  247,  280. 
Enyalios,  360,  413. 
tiraKptls,  371. 
Epacria,  319. 
eVayyeXia,  393. 
eVayyeXXeii/  boiupxio~lav,  406. 
eircuicXov,  272. 
iTTfvvaKTai,  200. 
Ephebi  at  Athens,  359,  509. 
Ephegesis,  479. 
Ephesus,  monarchy  at,  118;  Phylae  at, 

130. 
Ephetae  at  Athens,  institution  of,  324, 

465   seq. ;    functions   of,    332,   411; 

meaning  of  name,  466,  553. 
Ephialtes  the  Athenian,  341. 


Ephors  in  general,  143  ;  at  Sparta,  func- 
tions of,  205,  229,  236  seq.  ;  decadence 

of,  293  ;  abolished,  294. 
icpvbap,  431. 
empdrai,  198,  287,  426. 
imxtiporovia,  379,   404 ;  time  of,   387  ; 

procedure  in,  391  seq. 
Epidemiurgus,  143. 
enibiKos,  356,  note. 
emdoaeis,  399,  454. 
iinyapia,    right    of,    101  ;    possessed  by 

Spartan  colonists,  220  ;  at  Athens,  356. 
Epigeomori,  321. 
eTTiypacpe'is,  417,  458. 
iiriKXrjpos,  356. 
eni\a)(d)v,  403. 
eTTipeX-qrai  as  a  class  of  Athenian  officials, 

400  seq. 

of  Dionysia  and  Thargelia,  413. 

rov  epiropiov,  416. 

tcov  vfwpiwv,  426. 

to>v  (pvXav,  370. 

eirip.eXrjTT]s  rf/s  koivtjs  irpoaobov,  418. 
Epimenides,   165 ;    not    a    Dorian,   304  ; 

residence  at  Sparta,  276  ;  at  Athens, 

325. 
eTrityr)<pi£ci.v,  384. 
Epirus,  monarchy  in,  116. 
iirlo-Konos,  436. 
Epistatae  in  general,  138. 
etnoTa.Tr]s  rov  vavriKOv,  426. 

of  Prytanes  and  Proedri,  377,  382. 

■  of  temple,  427. 

reap  vbdrcov,  427. 

Epistoleus,  the,  at  Sparta,  248,  287. 

Epitadeus,  law  of,  216,  265,  292. 

eirlderoi  ioprai,  498. 

(iriTipia,  360,  372. 

eirirpoiros,  349. 

Epobelia,  488. 

firtavia,  449. 

Eponymi,  statues  of  the,  370,  412,  454. 

Eponymous  ancestors  of  gentes,  320,  369  ; 

of  demes,  367. 
Eponymus  archon,  410. 
Epos,  mainly  Ionian,  85  ;  decadence  of, 

165. 
Equality  in  democracy,  180 ;  of  Dorians, 

301 ;  of  property  at  Sparta,  212. 
Eranistse,  362. 

epavos  in  Homer,  75  ;  in  Athens,  362. 
epao-TTjs,  305. 
Erechtheis,  369. 
Erinyes,  496. 
epidoi,  41. 


564 


INDEX. 


tpvKTripes,  198,  note. 

Ery  three,  oligarchy  at,  118. 

Eryxias,  322. 

Estates,  alienation  of,  159. 

Etearchus,  301. 

Eteocleis  at  Orchomenus,  129. 

Eteocretes,  296. 

Euclides,  archonship  of,  358. 

Eumelus,  165. 

Eamenides,  UpoTroiol  of,  427  ;  nature  of, 

496. 
Eumaeus,  40. 
Eumolpidae,  429. 
EvnarpiSai  in  general,   126  ;  in  Athens, 

319. 
tv<pr)p.ia,  60. 
Euphron  of  Sicyon,  189. 
evTTopoi,  126. 
Euripides,  522  seq. 
Eurotas,  192. 
ftipvdyvia,  121. 
fvpvirpa>KTOs,  510. 
Eurypontidae,   221,    225  ;  alleged  origin 

of,  543. 
Eurysacidee,  124. 
Eurysthenes,  208. 
eiiBvvai,  407. 
Euthyne,  479,  483. 
Euthyni    in    general,    146 ;    of    demes, 

368  ;  board  of,  at  Athens,  407. 
e£aiTOs,  471. 
Exegetse,  429. 
Exemption     from    military    service     at 

Athens,  423. 
Exetastas,  146. 
t£iTr]pia,  379. 
Exomis,  434. 
i^copoaia,  404. 

Expenditure  of  Athenian  State,  436. 
Exposure  of  children,    152 ;    at  Sparta, 

256 ;  at  Athens,  501. 

Fathers,  rights  of,  over  children,  502. 

Feasts  in  Homer,  59 ;  of  Athenians,  442. 

Figs,  Attic,  527. 

Filial  duty,  neglect  of,  520. 

Finance -minister  at  Athens,  419. 

Financial  system  of  Athens,  432  seq. 

Fines  and  fees  at  Athens,  451,  489. 

Fishing  in  Heroic  age,  68. 

Five  Hundred,the,  at  Athens,  336, 37 1  seq. 

Five  Thousand,  the,  at  Athens,  344. 

Fleet,  the  Athenian,  425,  441. 

Flute-players,  249,  504. 

Food  in  Cretan  Syssitia,  308. 


Foreigners,   dislike  of,  at  Sparta,   276 ; 

in  Crete,  309. 
Fortification  of  Sparta,  294. 
Four  Hundred,  the,  at  Athens,  344. 

the,  of  Solon,  331. 

Freedmen  in  Heroic  age,  40  ;  in  Sparta, 

198;  in  Athens,  351. 
Fruits  in  Homer,  68. 
Funerals  in  Heroic  age,  80  ;  of  Spartan 

kings,  228  ;  public,  at  Athens,  400. 
Furniture  in  Sparta,  275. 

Geleontes  in  Cyzicus,  129  ;  in  Athens, 

317. 
Gelon,  133,  162. 

yevrj,  13  ;  in  Attica,  317,  320,  364. 
Genealogies,  124. 
wmpfjiM.  365,  405. 
Gentes.     See  yevt). 
Geomori  at  Syracuse,   126  ;   at  Samos, 

126,  171;  in  Attica,  321. 
ye  pas,  33. 
yeppa,  382. 
Gerontes,  in  Heroic  age,  23  seq. ;  later, 

74  ;  in  Sparta,  233. 
Geronthrae,  202. 
Gerousia   in   general,    136 ;    in   Sparta, 

220,  230  seq.  ;  in  Crete,  302. 
yvi](TLoi  in  Homeric  age,  52 ;  in  Attica, 

356. 
Gnomic  poetry,  165. 
yvapivpara,  502. 
Gods,  ideas  concerning,  1 10. 
Gold  in  Homer,  70  ;  in  Sparta,  293. 
Gortyn,  297. 

Grain,  kinds  of,  in  Homer,  67. 
ypapparelov  (to  (pparopucdv),  364. 
Grammatistae,  503. 
Granaries,  public,  at  Athens,  427. 
ypa<pf),  479. 

dvavpa^iov,  420. 

dpylas,  498. 

daTpareiov,  421. 

8et\las,  421. 

8fKaapov,  391,  403. 

8copo8oKias,  391. 

18  ia  and  8rjp.o(r[a,  481. 

KaKaxTtas,  487. 

Xnrovavriov,  421. 

Xnrora^Lov,  421. 

poixeias,  518. 

napauopav,  360,  384,  388,  480. 

<rvK.o(pavTtas,  490. 

tov  KaTt8j]8oK€vai  ra  irarpaa,  498. 

vftptas,  350. 


INDEX. 


565 


ypa(f>f)  ^(v8oK\r)Ttias,  490. 

Grote,  G.,  on  race-characteristics  in 
Greece,  87,  note;  on  free  labour  in 
early  Greece,  102,  note  ;  on  Arcadian 
monarchy,  116,  note;  on  division  of 
land  in  Sparta,  224,  note  ;  on  Periceci 
in  Crete,  299,  note  ;  on  reforms  of 
Solon,  329,  note  ;  on  straits-dues  at 
Byzantium,  453,  note. 

yvfivrJTes,  133. 

yvvaiKOKparia,  268. 

Gylippus,  198. 

Gymnasia,  105  ;  at  Athens,  507. 

Gymnasiarchi,  105. 

Gymnasiarchy  at  Athens,  460. 

Gymnastse,  506. 

Gymnastic  at  Athens,  505. 

Gymnesii,  133,  172. 

Gymnopaedia,  264. 

Gynaeconomi,  149  ;  at  Athens,  498,  535. 

Gythium,  266. 

alparia,  272. 

Hair,  dedication  of,  61. 

mode  of  wearing  among  Spartans, 

274. 
alpeitrdai,  338. 
aiperai  dpxai,  403. 
alperol,  403. 
dXla,  234. 
Haliartus,  283. 
Halicarnassus,  118. 
Handicrafts,  position  of,  in  Greece,  94  ; 

at   Sparta,   206;    in   Crete,    309;    at 

Athens,  528. 
Harmodius,  351,  413,  445. 
Harmosts,  187,  205. 
Harmosyni,  248. 

TjfiqV  €7Tt  8l€T€S,  359. 

Hecatombs,  60. 

eO>a,  49. 

Hegemone,  360. 

qyepoves,  458. 

Heiresses,  214,  356. 

iKTTfpopiot,  323. 

Helioea,  the,  instituted,   332  ;   functions 

of,  474 ;  defects  of,  491. 
Heliastae,  336,  410,  474,  491. 
(Kict)(tTS)V(s,  7,  81. 
Hellenes,  7. 

Hellenotamiae,  438,  453. 
Helots,  132  ;  particulars  of,  194  seq. 
Hemiobolium,  432. 
Tjvioxoi  in  Thebes,  249. 
iopTai  iiridtroi,  498. 


eoprfj,  59. 

Heraclea,  134. 

Heracleidse,  alleged  origin  of,  208,  541  ; 

migration  of,  opens  historical  period, 

113;  particulars  of,  114,  192. 
Heralds,  35  ;  at  Sparta,  208 ;  at  Athens, 

430. 
epKftos  Zfvy,  365. 
Hermaea,  508. 
Hermes  Hegemonius,  428. 
Hermoglyphe,  476. 
Herodotus,  209. 
r\pa>s  in  Homer,  23. 
Hestia,  379. 
taridais,  460. 
earioTrapayv,  214. 
Hetaerae,  518. 
Hetaeriae,  political  action  of,  185,   188  ; 

in  Crete,  306 ;  at  Athens,  363. 
lepa  d^porekij,  443. 
lepijes,  63. 
Hiereis,  129. 
Upeveiv,  30. 
Hiero,  162. 
Hieroduli,  134. 
Hieromnamones,  138. 
Uponoioi,  427,  443,  496. 
Hieroscopy,  63. 
Hippagretie,  249. 

Hipparchi,  139 ;  at  Athens,  412,  425. 
Hipparmostes,  283. 
Hippeis,    Spartan,    249 ;    at    Athenian, 

329. 
Hippias,  277. 
Hippobotae,  126. 
Hippocles,  118. 
Hippocrates,  162. 
Hippodamus,  93. 
Hippomenes,  322. 
Hippothontis,  369. 
Hippotoxotae,  352  ;  expense  of,  441. 
Historical  period  of  Greece,  113. 
obonoioi,  415. 
Homer,  date  of,  20. 
Homeridae,  85. 
Homicide,  view  of,  in  Heroic  age,  46 ;  at 

Athens,  467. 
opoioi,   127  ;  at  Sparta,  217,  219,   232, 

234,  245 ;  exclusion  from,  270,  545. 
Hopletes,  129  ;  in  Attica,  317. 
Hoplites,  146,  422. 
Hoplomachy,  257,  511. 
6ir\o6i]Kj],  442. 

Horses,  value  of,  at  Athens,  434. 
Hospitality  of  Athens,  353. 


566 


INDEX. 


Houses,  in  Homer,  73  ;  at  Athens,  434. 

Housewife,  the  Athenian,  514. 

vfipis,  stone  of,  468. 

v8pia(p6poi,  354. 

Hundred  Heroes,  367. 

Hunting,  6S,  270,  333. 

vwr/Kooi  in  Crete,  300. 

virrfperai  as  a  class  of  officials,  401. 

virepmiov,  74. 

VToypappareis,  430. 

vnopf loves,  219. 

virocpovia,  471,  note. 

viTG>poo~ia,  384,  401. 

Hyacinthia,  272. 

Hyacinthine  street  at  Sparta,  250. 

Hybrias  of  Crete,  299. 

Hyksos,  10. 

Hylleis,  129,  210  ;  in  Crete,  300  ;  origin 

of,  541. 
Hyllus,  297. 
Hylon,  138. 
Hymeneal  song,  51. 
Hymettus,  527. 
Hyrnethia,  129. 

Hyperbolus,  182  ;  ostracism  of,  396. 
Hypocosmetse,  509. 

Ialysus,  118. 

Idomeneus,  296. 

TXai,  257. 

Impoverishment  of  Spartan  citizens,  293. 

Imprisonment  at  Athens,  486. 

Income  at  Athens,  435. 

Inequality  of  property  in  Sparta,  293. 

Insignia,     royal,    33 ;     of     magistrates, 

409. 
Intercalary  month  at  Athens,  377. 
Interest,  rate  of,  at  Athens,  435. 
Intoxication  at  Sparta,  272. 
Ion,  314. 
top,  311. 
Ionians,  extent  of,  83 ;  characteristics  of, 

84  seq.,  314. 
Iphicrates,  134,  454. 
Iphitus,  115. 
Iron  in  Homer,  78. 
Isagoras,  335. 
Isagoria,  173. 
Isocrates,   on  party  struggles,    188 ;  on 

Sparta,  203,  211,  259,  278 ;  on  Athens, 

493 ;  on  elcr<popd,  553. 
Isonomia,  173. 
to"OTeX«tr,  354. 
Isotimy,  173. 
Isthmian  games,  444. 


t<rra>p,  48. 

Italy,  colonies  in,  118,  173. 

Joint-stock  businesses,  362. 
Judicature,  Athenian,  465  seq. 
Judicial  procedure,  in  Homer,  28. 
criminal,  148;  at  Sparta,  250;  at 

Athens,  331 ;  of  Athenian  Assembly, 

395. 
Juno  Moneta,  temple  of,  at  Eome,  420. 
Jury-courts,  148,  179.     See  Heliaea. 
Jurisdiction  of  Spartan  kings,  229. 
Justice,  maintenance  of,  in  Homeric  times, 

44. 

Kaivov,  to,  476. 

KaKoyap.iov  Biktj,  265. 

KdWeiov,  476. 

KaAoi  Ka.ya.8ol  at  Sparta,  232,  245  ;  type 

of,  at  Athens,  505. 
KaXvirrpT),  72. 
KaTTTjXeia,  95. 
Kao-o-irepos,  77. 
KaTaKkrfTOi  eKKXtjaiai.,  380. 
KaraXoyos,  422. 
KaraTTvymv,  510. 
Karao-ravis,  441. 
Kerameis,  369. 

KT]pVK€S,  320. 

Kingly  title  retained  for  sacrifices,  140. 
Kings,  Homeric,  23  seq.,  29,  31;  fall  of, 

119  ;  at  Sparta,   225  seq.,    238,   241, 

270. 
xXapot,  298. 
KXtivoi,  305. 
kKtjttjp  vrjaiariKos,  482. 
k\t)tt)P€s,  482. 
KoiprjTTjpia,  309. 
koivov  ypapparelov,  364. 
KoikaKperai,  327,  418. 
Kolias,  326. 
KoWvftio-Tai,  530,  note. 
Kollytos,  369. 
Kmpai,  122,  123. 
noirides,  272. 
icopoi,  249. 
Koarprjrai,  105. 
Koo-fjLioi,  301,  310. 
KOvpeooTis  f/pepa,  364. 
Kovpidirj  akoxos,  50. 
Kprjoepvov,  72. 
Kprjvapxoi,  416. 
Kpr]vo<pv\aices,  416. 
KprjTiKOV,  409. 
KpvTrreta,  195,  244,  263. 


INDEX. 


567 


Kvpfiets,  329. 

Kvpia,  487. 

Kvpuu  €KKkt](riai,  379. 

Kvpiov  to  rr/s  noXireias,  371. 

Kydathenaeon,  369. 

Labdacid^:,  116. 

Labourers,  free,  in  Heroic  age,  41  ;  in 
later  Greece,  102,  note. 

Lachares,  538. 

Laconia,  maritime  trade  of,  207;  geogra- 
phical characteristics  of,  279. 

Laertes,  42,  51. 

Laias,  115. 

Lampadarchia,  460  seq. 

Lampito  (in  Ar.  Lys.)  263. 

Land,  possession  of,  in  early  Greece,  94  ; 
usually  restricted  to  citizens,  100 ; 
restrictions  on  alienation  of,  151,  323, 
note;  on  accumulation  of,  181,  330; 
importance  of,  in  timocracy,  181 ;  in 
Sparta,  distributions,  212;  disposition 
of,  216 ;  accumulation  of,  265,  292  ;  in 
Lycurgus's  legislation,  223  seq. ;  at 
Athens,  standard  of  Solon's  classifica- 
tion, 330 ;  limitation  of  property  in,  330; 
qualification  for  office,  405,  cf.  339; 
alleged,  for  speakers  in  ecclesia,  383 ; 
proposal  of  Phormisius  regarding,  345 
seq.;  prices  of,  434;  returns  from,  435; 
State  lands,  448. 

Landholders,  difficulties  of,  in  Attica, 
323. 

Languages,  foreign,  in  Homer,  82. 

Larinum,  Martiales  at,  134. 

Laughter,  god  of,  at  Sparta,  260. 

Laurium,  446  seq.,  528. 

Law,  Attic,  traditionary  before  Draco, 
323;  disregard  of  positive  law,  481. 

Lead,  proposed  State-monopoly  of,  at 
Athens,  454. 

Leagues,  Achaean  and  ^Etolian,  190. 

Legacies  to  illegitimate  children  at 
Athens,  358. 

Legislation  in  Sparta,  235  seq. ;  in 
Athens,  387 ;  share  in,  of  Nomo- 
thetae,  389. 

Legislators,  155  seq. 

Legislative  power  in  democracy,  176  ; 
in  ochlocracy,  176. 

Leleges,  2,  50  ;  as  Helots,  194. 

Lemnos,  Sintii  in,  82  ;  Athenian  Hip- 
parch  at,  425  ;  wine  of,  527. 

Lenaea,  413,  428. 

Leonidas  11.,  king  of  Sparta,  227. 


Lepton,  433. 

Lesbos,  wine  of,  527. 

Leschae  in  Heroic  age,  72  ;  in  general, 
93  ;  in  Athens,  365. 

Leucippidae,  priests  of  the,  in  Sparta,  247. 

Leuctra,  battle  of,  195,  206 ;  results  of, 
204,  252 ;  the  ivmporia  at,  281  ; 
numbers  engaged  at,  281. 

^19,  483. 

Lexiarchi,  381. 

Xrj^iapxtKov  ypapparelop,  368,  381. 

Libations  in  Heroic  age,  59,  61  seq. ;  to 
dead,  64,  65. 

Libel,  prosecutions  for,  at  Athens,  394. 

Liberty,  individual,  at  Athens,  500. 

Libya,  corn  from,  526. 

Light-armed  troops  in  Heroic  age,  79. 

Limitation  of  term  of  office  in  demo- 
cracy, 179. 

Limit  of  age  for  franchise,  146 ;  for 
officials  at  Athens,  405, 

Limnse,  Limnaeon,  at  Sparta,  207. 

Lindos  in  Rhodes,  ^Esymnetae  at,  166. 

Linus,  16,  57. 

\uTopaprvpiov  biKq,  487. 

\nroTa£lov  and  \iirovavriov  ypctfpri,  421. 

Liquor-sellers  slaves,  349. 

Liturgies,  appointment  to,  370  ;  exemp- 
tion from,  400,  460  seq. ;  include 
service  in  cavalry,  425 ;  include 
Archetheoria,  444 ;  enumeration  of, 
459  seq.  ;  ordinary,  459  ;  extraordi- 
nary, 461 ;  incidence  of,  464 ;  joint 
liturgies,  462. 

Living,  cost  of,  at  Athens,  435. 

Loans,  public,  at  Athens,  454 ;  on 
bottomry,  429. 

Local  tribes,  129  ;  at  Sparta,  211 ;  in 
Athens,  318  seq. 

Local  judges  in  Attica,  332,  473. 

Lochagi  at  Sparta,  280 ;  at  Athens, 
424  ;  pay  of,  446. 

Lochus  in  Spartan  army,  280  ;  at 
Athens,  424. 

Locrians,  79;  monarchy  among,  116. 

Locri  Epizephyrii,  assembly  at,  137 ; 
Cosmopolis  at,  142 ;  legislation  of 
Zaleucus,  156. 

Lodging-houses,  value  of,  at  Athens,  434. 

Logistae  in  general,  146;  board  of,  at 
Athens,  407  seq. ;  heralds  of,  430 ; 
accountability  to,  of  trierarchs,  463  ; 
of  diaetetae,  473  ;  of  Areopagites,  500. 

Logographers,  86. 

Xdyov  Ka\  tidvvas  iyypcKpfiv,  470. 


568 


INDEX. 


Lot,  the,  in  elections,  religious  aspect  of, 
146  ;  preferred  in  oligarchies,  ib.  ;  in 
absolute  democracies,  176;  omitted  in 
Solon's  constitution,  333  ;  introduced 
by  Cleisthenes,  336  seq.,  548  ;  con- 
duct of,  at  Athens,  402  ;  objections 
to,  met,  404 ;  priests  elected  by,  428  ; 
officials  elected  by,  414-418;  council 
elected  by,  372. 

Lower  classes,  restrictions  on  freedom  of, 
152. 

Lower  towns,  rise  of,  122. 

Lycaon,  115. 

Lyceum,  gymnasium  at,  442,  507  ;  Epi- 
states  of,  509  ;  court  at,  476. 

Lyctus  in  Crete,  a  Laconian  colony, 
297  ;  its  importance,  296  ;  Syssitia  at, 
397  ;  persistence  of  old  institutions 
at,  309. 

Lycurgus,  legislation  of,  221  seq. ; 
parentage,  221  ;  agrarian  legislation 
of,  224,  note  ;  connection  with  Ger- 
ousia,  230  ;  with  Popular  Assembly, 
234  ;  with  ephors,  236  ;  military 
system  attributed  to  him,  279,  282  ; 
discipline,  survivals  of,  in  Roman 
period,  295. 

of   Athens,   military   preparations 

of,  442  ;  buildings  of,  442,  507  ;  ser- 
vices, 507. 

last  king  of  Sparta,  227. 

Lygdamis  of  Naxos,  160  seq. 

Lyre,  generally  learnt  by  Athenian  boys, 
504. 

Lysander,  the  Spartan  general,  186  seq.  ; 
a  (i6da£,  200  ;  booty  sent  by  him  to 
Sparta,  242  ;  deposit  at  Delphi,  546  ; 
institutes  the  Thirty  Tyrants,  345. 

Lysanoridas,  253. 

Lysias,  character  of,  551. 

Ma,  the  Roman  Bellona,  134. 
Macedonia,  aid  to   Greek   States   from, 

190;  exports  of,  526. 
Machanidas,  tyrant  of  Sparta,  227. 
Mseonians,  2. 

/idyeipot  at  Sparta,  250,  note. 
Magna  Graecia,   Pythagoreans   in,   167  ; 

iEsymnetae  in,  169  ;  democracy  in,  193. 
Magnesia  in  Sipylus,  145. 

limels  at,  126. 

Magnetes  Periceci  in  Thessaly,  300. 
Malians,  tribes  of,  130  ;  franchise  among, 

138. 
Wldvreis  in  Heroic  age,  62  seq. 


Mantinea,  Demiurgi  at,  142  ;  democracy 
in,  171  ;  town  destroyed  and  rebuilt, 
171. 

battle  of  (Spartan  army  at),  281. 

Manufactures  of  Miletus  and  Phrygia, 
526 ;  of  Attica,  527-8. 

Manumissions  of  slaves  in  Athens,  351. 

Marathon  a  member  of  the  Attic  tetra- 
polis,  313  ;  political  results  of  battle 
of,  338  ;  commemoration  of,  443. 

Mariandyni,  134. 

Maritime  trade  of  Attica,  312,  342,  528 
seq. 

Marines,  Spartan,  198,  287  ;  Athenian, 
354. 

Market  dues,  449. 

Marriage,  in  Heroic  age,  48  seq.  ;  limited 
by  eViya/xia,  101,  356,  515;  rare  be- 
tween privileged  and  non-privileged 
classes,  101  ;  at  Sparta,  under  super- 
vision of  ephors,  243  seq.  ;  restrictions 
on,  253,  264  ;  when  compulsory,  264, 
cf.  253  ;  in  Crete,  306  ;  at  Athens, 
354,  364,  515  seq.  ;  religious  character 
of,  515  ;  a  qualification  of  Strategi 
at  Athens,  405 ;  alleged  qualification 
of  speakers  in  assembly,  383. 

Marriage-feast  in  Homeric  age,  51 ;  at 
Athens  (in  the  Phratria),  516. 

Marriage-contract  necessary  at  Athens, 
356. 

paprvplai,  depositions,  484. 

Massilia,  legislative  council  at,  137,  138. 

Mastigophori  at  Sparta,  255. 

Material  conditions  of  Greek  State,  95. 

Matton,  250. 

Measures,  tested  by  Agoranomi,  416  ; 
standards  kept  in  shrine  of  Srecpavr}- 
(popos,  400. 

Mechanical  labour,  not  despised  in 
Homeric  Greece,  43 ;  position  of,  in 
later  Greece,  152  seq. 

Mediation  between  factions,  126. 

Medimnus,  capacity  of,  329,  note ;  various 
values  of,  433. 

Medon,  Medontidae,  322. 

Megabazus,  292. 

Megara,  Synarchiae  at,  140  ;  annual 
kings  at,  141  ;  tyranny  at,  160 ;  ochlo- 
cracy at,  1 70,  note ;  remission  of  debts 
at,  181. 

Megaron,  73. 

peikia,  49. 

MeZ£bi>  (the  court),  476. 

Melanchrus,  tyrant  of  Mytilene,  157. 


INDEX. 


569 


Melanthus  (Nelide  king  of  Attica),  316. 

MeXXe  ipeye s  in  Sparta,  263. 

Meltas,  114. 

Membership  of  Athenian  Council  (term 
of),  137. 

Mende,  171,  527. 

Menedemus  legislates  for  Pyrrha,  169, 
note. 

Mtjpvo-is,  395. 

Mercenaries  used  by  tyrants,  163  ;  after 
Peloponnesian  war,  189  ;  Cretan,  309  ; 
increase  of,  in  later  Athens,  347, 
420. 

Mepij,  423. 

Meriones  in  Homer,  an  under  king,  29  ; 
serves  as  charioteer  and  therapon,  36. 

Meriones,  an  early  king  of  Crete,  296. 

MecrLSios  ap^av,  in  Thessaly,  157. 

Mesoa,  a  quarter  of  Sparta,  207. 

Me(ro86fj.a  at  Sparta,  268. 

Mesogsea  in  Attica,  319. 

Meaov  (the  court),  476. 

Messene  (Synarchiae  in),  140. 

Messenia,  under  Pelopid  kings,  113  ; 
early  revolutions  in,  120  ;  traditional 
conquest  of,  by  Dorians,  1 90 ;  con- 
quest of,  by  Sparta,  194,  224,  288 ; 
did  not  really  exist  at  Dorian  invasion, 
192 ;  Helots  in,  194  ;  separated  from 
Sparta  after  battle  of  Leuctra,  195,  292. 

Messenian  Dorians,  admitted  to  Spartan 
citizenship,  289. 

Messes,  public,  of  magistrates,  147.  See 
Syssitia. 

MeravdaTTjs,  39. 

MrfTe  velv  /iijre  ypdfifiara,  511. 

Metiochus,  court  of,  476. 

Metceci,  in  Homeric  age,  39  ;  enfranchise- 
ment of,   186  ;  none  at  Sparta,  276 
numbers  of,  in  Attica,  312,  353;  en 
franchisement    by   Cleisthenes,    336 
punishments  of,  348,  353 ;  restrictions 
on,  353  ;  dues,  354,  449 ;  duties,  354 
serve  in  fleet,  422  ;  garrison  duty  of, 
424 ;    symmoriae   of,   458  ;    trapezitae 
among,  531  ;  privileged  class  of,  354. 

Metretae,  329. 

Metretes  of  wine,  values  of,  433. 
Metronomi,  416,  420. 
Mrjrp^ov,  the,  at  Athens,  385. 
Midea,  depopulation  of,  172. 
Migrations  into  Attica,  313. 
Miletus,  Prytanes  at,  in  Roman  period, 
142  ;  tyranny  at,  160  ;  woollen  manu- 
facture at,  526. 


Military  service,  in  Homeric  age,  29  ;  in 
early  historical  period,  95  ;  decline  of, 
after  Persian  war,  189  ;  a  qualification 
for  the  franchise,  146 ;  in  Sparta, 
279 ;  at  Athens,  under  Solon's  con- 
stitution, 330  ;  exemption  from,  423 
seq.,  531. 

system  of  Sparta,  278  seq. ;  officials 

of,  at  Athens,  420  seq. ;  expenses  of, 
at  Athens,  440  seq. 

Mina,  value  of,  432. 

Mines  at  Athens,  slave-workers  in,  349  ; 
breach  of  regulations  of  (n-pojSoX^  re- 
garding), 392. 

Minoa,  299,  note. 

Minos,  113  ;  meaning  and  origin  of  name, 
296  ;  quantity  of  t  in,  298. 

Minstrelsy  in  Homeric  age,  54  seq. 

Mint  of  Athens,  workers  in,  352  ;  situa- 
tion of,  419. 

Minyae  in  Orchomenus,  129  ;  in  Laconia, 
193  ;  in  Crete,  297. 

Minyas, treasure-house  of,  atOrchomenus, 
8. 

Mithridates  of  Pontus,  alliance  of  Cretans 
with,  310. 

Mixed  constitutions,  98. 

Mi/fi,  Semitic  derivation  of,  98. 

Mnemones,  138. 

Mnoitae,  213,  298  ;  artisans  among,  309. 

/xot^et'as  ypacprj,  518. 

Monarchy,  defined,  97  ;  limited  in  Greece, 
97  seq.  ;  in  Homeric  age,  22  ;  religious 
functions  attached  to,  30  ;  endowments 
of,  in  Homeric  age,  32 ;  universal  in 
Greece  at  Dorian  migration,  114  ;  par- 
ticulars of,  114  seq.  ;  decline  of,  119  ; 
revenues  on  abolition  of,  147  ;  title 
retained,  149  ;  long  continuance  of,  at 
Argos,  114;  in  Attica,  316  seq. ; 
archonship,  a  form  of,  322  ;  in  Sparta, 
225  seq. ;  limited  by  Lycurgus,  225  ; 
check  on  by  ephors,  237. 

Money,  Spartan,  275 ;  restrictions  re- 
garding, at  Sparta,  275,  291 ;  not  for- 
bidden to  kings,  291  ;  deposits  of,  at 
Delphi  and  elsewhere,  291,  546  ;  Athe- 
nian, 432  seq. ;  variations  in  value  of, 
433  seq. 

Months,  the  Attic,  376. 

Mora,  in  Spartan  army,  280  seq.,  545  ; 
cavalry  attached  to,  283. 

Morality,  traditional  in  early  Greece, 
44 ;  connection  with  Greek  religion, 
109. 


57° 


INDEX. 


Morals,  censorship  of,  149-150  ;  how  sup- 
plied in  Athens,  520  ;  by  Areopagus, 
332,  334,  498. 

fioplai,  448,  499. 

Mosaic  view  of  bloodshed  that  of  later 
Greek  law,  45. 

Motions  in  Assembly,  177  ;  at  Sparta,  235. 

Mothakes,  in  Sparta,  200,  208,  219; 
military  service  of,  284. 

Mountebanks  at  Athens,  supervision  of, 
415. 

Miiller,  K.  O.,  on  meaning  of  the  name 
Achaean,  7,  note  ;  on  Phoenicians  in 
early  Greece,  12,  note  ;  on  land-distri- 
bution in  Sparta,  213,  note  ;  on  origin 
of  Helots,  194;  on  Gerousia,  231  ;  on 
the  Pyrphorus,  247  ;  on  trades  in 
Sparta,  250  note ;  on  exile,  as  a  pun- 
ishment in  Sparta,  254 ;  on  Eurysthidae, 
544  ;  on  <pi8iTta,  545. 

Munychia,  Macedonian  garrison  in,  535, 
538,  539. 

Murder,  in  Homeric  age,  45  seq.  ;  trial 
of,  in  Attica,  321  ;  change  in  pro- 
cedure by  Draco,  324  ;  by  Solon,  332  ; 
impurity  of  murderer,  467  ;  form  of 
trial  of,  465  seq. 

Mussea,  508. 

Muses,  sacrificed  to,  by  Spartans  before 
a  battle,  285. 

Museum,  garrison  in,  538,  539. 

Music,  difference  of  Dorian  and  Ionian,  85; 
in  education,  107, 503, 504;  compulsory 
instruction  in,  at  Sparta,  259  ;  Spar- 
tan conservation  in,  259  ;  Cretan,  304. 

Musicians,  position  of,  at  Athens,  504. 

Mycenae,  walls  of,  8  ;  smallness  of,  121 ; 
Perioeci  at,  131  ;  depopulation  of,  172. 

Myrmidones,  39  ;  mourners  at  Achilles' 
funeral,  80. 

Mysian  origin  of  Trojans,  19. 

Mythology,  9  ;  much  derived  from  Asia, 
10. 

Mytilene,  Prytany  at,  141  ;  Penthelidae 
at,  154  ;  Pittacus,  156  ;  oligarchy  at, 
in  Peloponnesian  war,  170. 

Nabis,  despot  of  Sparta,  227. 

Nauarchi  in  general,  139  ;  at  Sparta, 
247,  287  ;  at  Athens,  426,  441. 

Naucleidas,  243. 

Naucrari,  Naucrariae,  in  Attica,  325 
seq. ;  rates  in,  330  ;  disappear  under 
Solon,  331  ;  subdivisions  of  early 
Attic    Phyla?,    325  ;    of    Cleisthenes' 


Phylae,  336,  370  seq.;  replaced  by 
trierarchy,  461. 

Naupactus,  Theori  at,  145. 

Nausinicus,  archonship  of,  457. 

Nausithous,  founder  of  city  of  Phaea- 
cians,  37. 

uavriKov  (roil)  tTnardTrjs,  426. 

Nautical  pursuits,  democratic  influence 
of,  170. 

Nautodicae  at  Athens,  474. 

Navy  of  Spartans,  286  ;  difficulty  of 
maintaining,  290  ;  of  Athens,  rise  of, 
326  ;  manned  by  6tjt€s,  331  ;  under 
supervision  of  Council,  373,  374 ; 
control  of  Assembly  over,  397  ;  man- 
agement of,  426  seq. ;  ships  in  per- 
manent employment,  441  ;  pay  of, 
441  seq.,  446  ;  strength  of,  442. 

Naxos,  tyranny  at,  160. 

Neith,  supposed  identical  with  Athene, 
14. 

vfKpofiavTtia,  64. 

Nelida?,  115;  in  Attica,  116,  121,  316  ; 
kingdom  of,  in  Peloponnesus,  192 ; 
overthrow  of,  192,  316. 

Neodamodes,  198  seq. ;  in  Spartan 
military  system,  284. 

Neoria,  epimeletae  of,  426,  463  ;  per- 
manent, 442. 

Neutrality,  personal,  punished  by  Solon, 
334. 

Nicias,  slaves  of,  349  ;  his  evasion  of 
ostracism,  396. 

Nicomachus,  alleged  dvaypacprj  v6jia>v 
by,  550  seq. 

Nicomenes,  358,  note. 

Niebuhr,  censure  of  Plato,  111;  theory 
of  mode  of  voting  in  Athens,  176, 
note  ;  on  Phoenicians  in  early  Greece, 
13,  note ;  on  the  lot  at  Athens, 
337. 

Nireus,  121. 

Nobility  in  Homeric  age,  22  seq.  ;  re- 
lation to  king,  23  ;  participation  of, 
in  labour,  42  ;  tyrants  from,  159  seq.; 
in  Crete,  301  ;  in  Attica,  320  seq.  ; 
attack  on,  327  ;  checked  by  Cleis- 
thenes' tribal  division,  336. 

No/ioi  distinct  from  7ro\iTeia,  97. 

Nomophylaces,  137  ;  in  Corcyra,  144  ; 
political  character  uncertain,  173;  at 
Sparta,  248 ;  at  Athens,  instituted, 
342 ;  abolished,  346  ;  unimportance 
of,  497  ;  in  Plato's  laws,  391  ;  of 
Demetrius,  535. 


INDEX. 


57* 


Nomothesia  at  Athens,  instituted  by 
Solon,  335,  cf.  384,  389,  480. 

Nomothetae  at  Athens,  a  check  on  the 
Ecclesia,  384 ;  the  real  legislators, 
387  ;  nomination,  387  ;  procedure  be- 
fore, 388  ;  deal  with  new  worships 
and  festivals,  399  ;  like  a  Heliastic 
court,  491  ;  commission  of,  appointed 
by  the  Thirty,  550. 

voBela,  in  Homer,  53  ;  at  Athens,  358. 

voBoi,  in  Homer,  53  ;  at  Athens,  357, 
seq.  ;  515. 

Northern  nations,  Aristotle's  view  of, 
103. 

Numeniastse,  362. 

Nvfi(f)fVTp[a  at  Sparta,  266. 

Nurses,  Laconian,  celebrated,  257. 


Oath  of  allegiance  at  Athens,  359  seq.  ; 
of  Bouleutse,  373 ;  of  archons  and 
strategi,  409  ;  of  archons,  terms  of, 
413  ;  of  the  Heliastse,  475,  476;  was 
probably  taken  by  all  higher  magis- 
trates, 409. 

Obse,  211  ;  in  legislation  of  Lycurgus, 
223  ;  supposed  number  and  represen- 
tation in  Gerousia,  231. 

Objections  to  voting  in  Ecclesia,  mode 
of  raising,  384. 

Obligation  to  military  service,  in  Homeric 
age,  29. 

Obol,  value  of,  432. 

Obsequies  of  Achilles  and  Hector,  79,  80. 

Ochlocracy,  99  ;  term  first  used  by 
Polybius,  99,  note ;  introduction  of, 
175  ;  definition,  175  ;  "  Ofiohoyovpivr) 
avoia,"  176 ;  difference  from  demo- 
cracy, 176  ;  citizenship  in,  186. 

Ochre,  Attic  trade  in,  528. 

Octades  at  Corinth,  129,  note. 

Octodrachmon  (the  coin),  432. 

Odeum,  the,  used  as  a  court,  477. 

obonoioi  at  Athens,  415. 

(Edipus,  legend  of,  50. 

03neus,  57. 

GEnoe,  313. 

Offerings,  religious,  in  Homeric  age,  58 
seq. 

Office,  unpaid  in  Greek  states,  147  ;  at 
Athens,  limited  access  to,  under  Solon's 
constitution,  331  ;  change  under 
Aristides,  338  seq.  ;  Platsean  rights 
not  sufficient  for,  355 ;  election  to, 
390  seq. 


Official  badges,  of  Bouleutse  at  Athens, 
373 ;  of  orators  in  Heroic  assembly, 
26  ;  in  Athenian  assembly,  383  ;  of 
magistrates,  409. 

Official  residence  of  archons,  411  seq.  ; 
of  Polemarch,  552. 

Officials  in  Greek  states,  classification  of, 
138,  seq.  ;  in  democracies,  178  seq.  ; 
400 ;  associated  in  boards,  in  de- 
mocracy, 179  ;  in  Athens,  400  seq.  ; 
increase  of,  under  Cleisthenes,  336  ; 
how  far  supervised  by  Areopagus, 
497 ;  checks  on,  by  Assembly,  391  seq.; 
Dokmasia  of,  406  ;  Euthyne  of,  407. 

Ogyges,  115. 

oiKJ)ey,  a  term  for  slaves  in  Homer,  40. 

oikoi,  subdivisions  of  gentes,  131. 

olicoyevels,  olicoTpcKpels,  olKorpi^es,  348. 

Oil,  export  of,  from  Athens,  527. 

Oinopes  at  Cyzicus,  129. 

Ointments  forbidden  in  Sparta,  274. 

oicovottoXos,  outivio~Tr)s,  63. 

Oligarchy  defined,  98  ;  in  general,  124 
seq. ;  legislative  body  in,  136  ;  fall  of, 
promoted  by  extension  of  judicial 
functions,  148 ;  moral  supremacy  of 
ruling  class  in,  149  ;  decline  of,  154 
seq.  ;  hostility  of  tyrants  to,  162  ;  at 
Corinth,  restored  after  fall  of  tyranny, 
170,  note  ;  at  Megara,  170,  note  ;  in 
Peloponnesian  war,  186  ;  occasionally 
supported  by  Athens,  186  ;  overthrow 
of,  after  Peloponnesian  war,  187  ;  oath 
of,  188  ;  tendency  to,  in  Sparta,  216, 
233  ;  revival  of,  at  Athens,  343  seq.  ; 
punishment  of  adherents  of,  360  ;  a 
feature  of  all  ancient  democracy,  347. 

'OAtyoi,  ol,  185. 

Olive-leaves  used  in  voting  at  Athens, 
373. 

Olive-trees,  sacred,  at  Athens,  448,  499. 

Olive- wreaths  as  rewards,  445. 

Olives  a  staple  of  Attica,  312. 

ovfiponoXos,  63. 

Onomacritus,  15,  166. 

6^\nyaplov  biKTj,  265,  note. 

tyoiroioi  at  Sparta,  250,  note. 

Opus,  monarchy  at,  116. 

Oracles,  rarely  alluded  to  in  Homer,  64  ; 
oracle  at  Dodona,  64  ;  at  Delphi,  64, 
240,  246  ;  at  Olympia,  240. 

Orators,  professional,  at  Athens,  486. 

Orchomenus,  kings  at,  115;  decay  of, 
122;  iTTTrels  at,  126,  172;  Ephors  at, 
143  ;  destroyed  by  Thebans,  172. 


572 


INDEX. 


Order,  breaches  of,  in  Ecclesia,  383. 
Orgeones  at  Athens,  365. 
Oriental  character,  Aristotle  on,  103. 
Oriental  origin  of  Greek  culture,  14,  15. 
Ornese,    Periceci   at,  132 ;    depopulation 

of,  172. 
Oropus,  533. 
Orphans,   in   Cretan   Syssitia,    308;    of 

those  killed  in  war  at  Athens,  440  ; 

exempted  from  Liturgies  at  Athens, 

461. 
Orpheus,  15  ;  post-Homeric,  56. 
Orthagoras,  tyrant  of  Sicyon,  159  ;  word 

digammated,  545. 
Orygma,  the,  at  Athens,  488. 
Ostracism,   182  ;    in  Athens,  introduced 

by  Cleisthenes,   338  ;  voting  in,  385, 

395  seq. 
ov\apos  of  cavalry  at  Sparta,  283. 
oixria  (pavepd,  180. 
Overlords,   Homeric   kings   as,    29  ;    in 

Peloponnesus,  192. 
Over-population  not  a  danger  in  ancient 

States,  440. 
Oxen,  measure  of  value  in  Homeric  age, 

66 ;  used  for  tillage,  67. 
Oxylus,  115. 

Uax^es,  the,  in  Eubcea,  126. 

Paean,  56. 

Paedagogi,  505,  508. 

Paederastia  tolerated  as  a  check  on  popu- 
lation, 104,  151  ;  at  Sparta,  261  ;  in 
Crete,  304  seq.  ;  at  Athens,  510. 

Paedonomi,  105,  149;  at  Sparta,  248, 
257  ;  supervision  of  women,  262  ; 
mastigophori,  their  subordinates  at 
Sparta,  255  ;  in  Crete,  302  seq. 

Paedotribae  at  Athens,  505  seq. 

Pagus  derived  from  pango,  65,  note. 

Palaces,  Homeric,  73. 

Palaestrae  at  Athens,  505  seq. ;  the 
moral  dangers  of,  510. 

Palladium,  tribunal  in  the,  465 ;  func- 
tions of,  468,  469. 

HapficKriXeia,  107,  note. 

Pamphus,  56. 

Pamphyli  at  Sicyon,  129  ;  the  Dorian 
tribe,  210. 

Pamphylus,  210. 

Panaetius,  tyrant  of  Leontini,  161. 

Panathenaic  festival,  archons  judges  in, 
412  ;  expenses  of,  443. 

Panathenaic  oration  of  Isocrates,  212, 
493. 


Panathenaic  stadium  at  Athens,  built  by 
Lycurgus,  442. 

Pancration  forbidden  in  Sparta,  257. 

Panegyris  at  Delos,  Theoria  to,  444. 

Pantaleon,  115. 

Paphlagonia,  slaves  from,  348. 

napafidrai,  249,  note. 

HapafioXiov,  473. 

Parabystum,  court  at  the,  476. 

Paracatabole,  484. 

Paralia,  a  division  of  Attica,  316  ;  how 
far  the  seat  of  the  Argades,  319. 

Parali,  the  moderate  party  in  Solon's 
time,  328  ;  a  Malian  tribe,  130. 

Paralian  trireme  (rj  Ildpahos),  441. 

irapavopav  ypa(pfj,  360,  384,  480. 

Parasiti,  term  applied  to  government 
clerks,  147. 

napaoTaais,  472,  484. 

napaaTdrai  at  Athens,  431. 

irdpebpoi  or  assessors,  413. 

Parmenides  of  Elea,  political  activity  of, 
168. 

Parnassus,  5. 

Parnes,  seat  of  the  JSgicores,  318. 

Parsley,  68. 

Parthenii,  201. 

Partition  of  kingdom  in  Heroic  age,  31. 

Party  struggles  in  Greek  states,  111 
seq.,  184  seq. ;  in  Crete,  310;  avoided 
by  the  lot  in  Athens,  337. 

Pasiphae,  temple  of,  at  Sparta,  240. 

Patroclus  therapon  of  Achilles,  36  ;  his 
killing  a  playmate,  47  ;  funeral  of,  79. 

Patronomi  at  Sparta,  294. 

Patrons  of  freed  men  at  Athens,  352  ;  of 
metceci,  353. 

Harpaos  Apollo,  362,  405 ;  how  far 
narpaos  of  new  citizens,  405. 

Pausanias  king  of  Sparta  in  Pelopon- 
nesian  war,  186;  favours  of  Athenian 
democracy,  345. 

regent  of  Sparta  in  Persian  war, 

196,  291. 

Payment  of  officials  confined  to  inferior 
posts,  147,  402,  436 ;  of  voters  in 
unlimited  democracy,  177  ;  at  Athens, 
introduced  by  Pericles,  340  ;  amount, 
437  ;  of  Council,  372,  437  ;  of  jury- 
men at  Athens,  333,  437  ;  of  public 
slaves,  436  ;  of  various  officials,  436  ; 
of  army  at  Athens,  446  ;  of  navy,  442. 

Pebbles  in  voting,  378. 

Peculation  possible  to  Athenian  officials, 
402. 


INDEX. 


573 


Peculium  of  slaves,  in  Heroic  age,  40  ;  in 
Athens,  351. 

Pecuniary  rewards  for  public  services  at 
Athens,  445. 

IleSiXa,  72. 

Pedion  of  Attica,  seat  of  the  Argades, 
319. 

irekavoi,  275. 

Pelasgi,  derivations  of  name,  3,  4,  and 
notes ;  application  of  name,  4  ;  in 
Homer,  5 ;  include  Achaeans  and 
Ionians,  7  ;  how  far  opposed  to  the 
Hellenes,  7  ;  in  Crete,  39,  296  ;  al- 
leged as  evidence  against  Ionic  origin 
of  Athenians,  546. 

HeXaoyiKov " Apyos,  5  ;  subjects  of  Peleus 
in,  bear  three  names,  39. 

Peleus,  king  of  Hellenes  in  Phthiotis,  5, 
39. 

Pellene,  213. 

Pelopidae,  mythical  gens  of,  114;  over- 
thrown by  Dorians,  114;  in  Achaia, 
115. 

Peloponnesian  war,  290. 

Peloponnesus,  division  of,  at  Dorian  in- 
vasion, 192  ;  population  of,  193. 

Pelops  an  Ionian,  547. 

Penal  law  at  Sparta,  252 ;  at  Athens. 
488. 

Penestse  in  Thessaly,  132 ;  wealth  of, 
196  ;  alleged  derivation  of  name,  298, 
note. 

Pentacosiomedimni,  329 ;  assessment  of, 
in  the  Eisphora,  454. 

Pentadarchi,  424 ;  of  cavalry,  425. 

Pentades,  subdivisions  of  Lochi  at 
Athens,  424  ;  of  cavalry,  425. 

7rfvrr)KO(TTok6yoi,  452. 

Pentekosters,  247,  280. 

Pentelicon,  marble  of,  528. 
.  Penthilidae,  gens  of,  at  Mytilene,  124. 

Peopling  of  Greece,  547. 

UtirXos,  a  frequent  offering,  61  ;  part  of 
women's  dress  in  Heroic  age,  72. 

Pergamus,  Prytanes  at,  142. 

Periander,  160,  163,  note. 

Pericles  introduces  payment  of  voters 
and  Heliastse,  340  ;  of  Council,  372 ; 
power  of,  342  ;  character  of  his  rule, 
524  ;  view  of  Athenian  character,  500, 
523. 

Perioeci  in  general,  131  ;  at  Argos,  131; 
arvvotKKTfios  of,  172;  in  Thessaly,  132, 
300 ;  in  Crete,  299  seq. ;  Cretan 
artists  Perioeci,  304;  in  Sparta,    194, 


199,  201  seq. ;  distribution  of  land 
of,  213,  224;  at  funerals  of  kings, 
228  ;  connection  with  kings,  230 ; 
jurisdiction  of  Ephors  over,  244 ; 
magistrates  of,  248  ;  cooks  and  flute- 
players,  gentes  of,  249  ;  permitted  to 
use  gold  and  silver,  275,  291  ;  in 
Spartan  army,  281,  282  ;  at  battle  of 
Platsea,  206 ;  in  cavalry,  283  ;  as 
engineers,  284  ;  in  navy,  286,  287  ; 
admission  of,  to  citizenship,  294 ;  pro- 
posal of  Cleomenes  regarding,  294 ; 
Eleutherolacones,  295. 

Peripoli,  Peripolia,  360,  369,  423. 

irepi<TTiapxos,  382. 

Perrhcebi,  300. 

Persian  aid  to  Greek  states,  190 ;  rela- 
tions with  Sparta,  290  seq.  ;  wars,  the 
Polemarch  in,  420 ;  effect  of,  on 
Athenian  constitution,  338. 

Petalismus,  182,  note. 

Petilea,  Demiurgi  at,  143. 

Phaeacians,  25. 

<PaivofXT]pl8es,  263,  note. 

Phaleas,  proposal  of,  regarding  dowries, 
104. 

Phalaris  of  Agrigentum,  seizes  tyranny, 
162. 

Phalereus,  Demetrius,  235  seq. 

Phalerum,  perhaps  one  of  Attic  Dode- 
capolis,  320 ;  sardines  of,  527. 

(pavepa  ovcria,  180. 

(papos,  71,  72. 

Phasis,  478. 

Pheidon  of  Argos,  18 ;  regarded  as  a 
tyrant,  158. 

Pheidon,  legislator  of  Corinth,  151. 

(pfjpr],  prophetic  word,  63.  • 

Phemius,  55. 

Pherae,  in  Messenia,  202. 

Pherecydes  of  Syros,  17  ;  at  Sparta,  276. 

(pepvi),  dowry,  not  used  in  Homer,  49. 

(pibiria,  "sittings,"  271,  cf.  545. 

cpiXfjTcop  (in  Crete),  305. 

Philip  of  Macedon,  letter  to  Demiurgi  of 
Peloponnesian  States,  143. 

Philistines  alleged  to  be  the  original 
Pelasgi,  4. 

Philolaus  the  Bacchiad,  laws  of,  151. 

Philonomus  of  Amyclae,  193. 

Philosophy,  Ionian  and  Dorian,  86. 

Phlius  under  Temenidae,  114,  cf.  171. 

<5dj3os,  altar  of,  at  Sparta,  260,  note. 

Phocaea,  Prytanes  at,  142. 

Phocis,  monarchy  in,  116. 


574 


INDEX. 


Phoenician  influence  in  early  Greece,  10; 
after  foundation  of  Greek  colonies,  12  ; 
commerce  with  Greece,  69  ;  how  far 
reciprocal,  43  ;  myths,  13  ;  settle- 
ments, in  Greece,  ^Egean,  Cyprus,  10 ; 
in  Crete,  10,  296  ;  in  Bceotia,  13, 
note;  warships,  11. 

Phoenician  origin  of  Minos,  11,  296, 
note. 

Phcenix,  regent  under  Peleus,  32  ;  re- 
frains from  slaying  his  father,  47  ; 
his  hatred  of  his  father,  51 ;  instructor 
of  Achilles,  54. 

QoiviKiovv,  to  (the  court),  476. 

<froviKa\  Si'kcu,  411. 

Phorminx,  55. 

Phormio  legislates  for  Elis,  169,  note. 

Phormisius,  proposal  of,  to  restrict  the 
franchise,  345,  525. 

&copS)V  Xifirjv,  451. 

&paTplapxoi  in  Attica,  321,  364. 

Qparopucov  ypap.p.a.Te'iov,  364. 

Phratriae,  universal,  128 ;  in  Homeric  age, 
38,    39  ;   in   Attica,    317,    363   seq.  ; 

.    Plataeans  in,  355. 

Phreatto,  tribunal  in,  465. 

Opewpu^ot,  320. 

Qpovpd,  279. 

Phrygians  related  to  Greeks,  2. 

Phrygia,  slaves  from,  348  ;  metceci  from, 
353  ;  woollen  manufactures  of,  526. 

Phrynis  of  Lesbos,  243,  276. 

Pbthia,  5. 

*vXo/3ao-iXeI?  in  Attica,  321,  327,  366, 
note  ;  in  murder  trials,  470. 

Phylae  in  Homeric  age,  38,  39 ;  universal 
in  Greek  states,  128  ;  at  Sicyon,  128; 
at  Argos,  .Corinth,  Cyzicus,  129  ;  at 
Samos,  Ephesus,  Teos,  130;  distinc- 
tion of  gentile  and  local,  131 ;  Dorian, 
211;  at  Sparta,  211  ;  in  legislation  of 
Lycurgus,  223  seq. ;  in  early  Attica, 
317  ;  of  Cleisthenes,  336,  369  seq.  ; 
alleged  voting  by,  in  ostracism,  176 ; 
of  Cleisthenes,  336,  369  seq.;  boards 
corresponding  with,  336 ;  those  elected 
by,  are  called  alperoi,  403;  Euthyni 
and  Logistse  elected  from,  407 ;  in 
election  of  archons,  410;  in  military 
system,  424,  425 ;  increased  to  twelve 
by  Demetrius  Phalereus,  537. 

Phylarchi  at  Athens,  elections  of,  412 ; 
of  cavalry,  424. 

Physicians,  public,  at  Athens,  436. 

•nival-  cKK\r)(ria(TTiic6s,  368. 


Piracy  in  early  Greece,  43,  93;  of 
Cretans,  310. 

Pirasus,  buildings  in,  by  Hippodamus, 
93 ;  meeting  of  Council  in,  376  ;  of 
Ecclesia  in,  380  ;  Astynomi  of,  415  ; 
Agoranomi  of,  416  ;  Metronomi  of, 
416  ;  Sitophy laces,  416  ;  Macedonian 
garrison  in,  539. 

Pisatis,  monarchy  in,  115. 

Pisistratus,  335 ;  poor-law  of,  439. 

Pitana  at  Sparta,  207. 

nlBoi,  57. 

Pittacus,  156  seq. 

Places  of  Bouleutse  in  Assembly,  at  feasts, 
and  in  theatre,  373. 

Plato,  Atlantis  of,  14;  view  of  contem- 
porary politics,  110;  view  of  Sparta, 
278;  of  Crete,  302,  309;  of  Athens, 
500;  objections  to  tragedy,  522  ; 
trades  in  oil,  527;  asked  to  legislate 
for  Megalopolis,  169;  his  view  of 
Geleontes  and  Hopletes  in  Attica,  319, 
note. 

Pleistoanax,  king  of  Sparta,  banished, 
253  seq. 

Plethrum,  amount  of,  434. 

Plothia  in  Attica,  320. 

Pluralism  forbidden  to  officials,  146,  436. 

Plutocracy  first  in  commercial  states,  152. 

Pnyx,  the,  380. 

Poetry,  Dorian  and  Ionian  compared,  85 
seq.;  early  epic,  54  seq.;  reflective,  rise 
of,  165;  in  Sparta,  277  ;  in  education, 
at  Athens,  503. 

Poithii,  246. 

noXtis  in  Homeric  age,  68  seq.,  121  ;  how 
distinguished  from  tca>p.ai,  123. 

Polemarchus,  war-minister,  139;  supreme 
magistrate,  145 ;  at  Sparta,  229,  247, 
272,  282,  545 ;  at  Athens,  institution 
of,  322;  functions  of,  411,  413;  loss 
of  military  functions,  420 ;  official  re- 
sidence, 552. 

Poletae  at  Athens,  374,  417  ;  superintend 
Architecton,  426 ;  criminals  sold  by, 
489. 

Pobce- functionaries  at  Athens,  415  seq. 

Policy  of  Sparta,  287  seq.,  290. 

Poliorcetes,  Demetrius,  conquers  Athens, 
547. 

noXiTfia  (constitution  in  general),  97. 

(citizenship),  219. 

(moderate  democracy),  99. 

noXirai,  origin  of,  122. 

Political  clubs  at  Athens,  363. 


INDEX. 


575 


Political  development  of  Greek  states, 
general  course  of,  113. 

Political  theory  of  Aristotle,  89. 

Politophy laces  at  Larissa,  144. 

Poll-taxes  at  Athens,  448. 

Polysenus,  possible  clew  to  origin  of 
Spartan  monarchy  given  by,  543  seq. 

Polyandry  approached  in  Sparta,  207. 

Poly  crates  of  Samos,  161. 

Polydamas,  27. 

Polydectes,  33. 

Polydorus,  king  of  Sparta,  208,  213,  224, 
236,  246,  288. 

Polygamy,  only  one  instance  of,  in 
Homer,  50. 

Pomegranate,  known  to  Homer,  66. 

Pontus  Euxinus,  recent  formation  of,  2 ; 
exports  from,  526,  527. 

Poor-relief  at  Athens,  439  seq. 

Populace,  the,  in  Heroic  assembly,  27. 

Population,  checks  on,  in  Greece,  104, 151. 

of  Attica,   312;  a  mixture,   313; 

under  Demetrius,  536. 

Popular  Assembly.  See  Assembly,  Eccle- 
sia. 

iropioTai  at  Athens,  410. 

nopvinov  reXos,  449. 

Poseidonia  in  Helicon,  57,  note. 

Posthumous  children  in  Sparta,  256. 

Potidaea,  Epidemiurgi  at,  143  ;  revolt  of, 
171  ;  cost  of  siege  of,  446. 

Powers  of  government  threefold  in  Greek 
states,  96. 

Practores  at  Athens,  417  ;  collect  fines, 
489. 

Pramnean  wine,  61. 
'Prayer,  view  of,  in  Homer,  61. 

Precious  metals  in  antiquity,  28. 

npeiyioToi  eV  evvofxias  in  Crete,  302. 

ttjs  f$ov\rjs,  302,  note. 

Presents  to  king  in  Heroic  age,  33 ;  of 
suitors,  554. 

Presidency  in  Athenian  assembly,  382. 

Prices  at  Athens,  433  seq. 

Priene,  Bias  of,  166. 

Priests  in  Heroic  age,  36  seq.  ;  qualifi- 
cations, 38  ;  priestly  families,  38  ;  at 
Sparta,  246  ;  at  Athens,  427  seq. 

Priestesses  at  Sparta,  247. 

Priesthoods  of  Spartan  kings,  227  ;  here- 
ditary at  Athens,  428. 

Principle  of  democracy,  173. 

Prison  at  Athens  under  supervision  of 
eleven,  414  ;  slave  attendants  in,  431. 

Prisoners  of  war  enslaved,  348. 


Private  conduct,  supervision  of,  108. 
Privateering,  companies  for,   at  Athens, 

361 ;  right  of,  granted  by  Assembly, 

398. 
Private  law  at  Sparta,  252. 
suits  at  Sparta,  jurisdiction  in,  250  ; 

at  Athens,  477,  482. 
Privileged  class,  tendency  of,  322. 

class  of  metceci,  354. 

gentes  in  Crete,  301. 

Prize  court  at  Athens,  398. 

Prizes  at  Athenian  games,  444  ;  reduced 

in  value  by  Solon,  506. 
■Kpofiokj)  at  Athens,  391  seq. 
npo(iov\evp.a  at  Athens,  374,  375,  3S2, 

384. 
Probouleutic  authority  in  moderate  de- 
mocracy, 177  ;  appointment  of,  178  ; 

in  Athens,  331,  372  seq. 
Processions  at  feasts,  443. 
Procles,  208. 
Prodicus  of  Ceos,  512. 
npobiKaaia,  467. 
np68iicos  at  Sparta,  226. 
Proedri  in  Council  at  Athens,  377 ;  in 

Assembly,  382,  384  ;  nominate  Nomo- 

thetae,  388  ;  preside  at  elections,  390. 
Profit,  rate  of,  at  Athens,  436. 
Programme  of  business  in  Ecclesia,  381  ; 

in  Council,  377. 
Prohibited   degrees  of   affinity,  not   re- 
ferred to  in  Homer,   50  ;  at  Athens, 

356. 
7rpoi|,  dowry,  not  in  Homer,  49. 
irpoKaTa^oKrj,  451. 
TrpoK\rj(ris  els  fSa<ravov,  485. 
Proletariate    avoided    in   Greece,    107  ; 

absent  in  Athens,  440. 
Prometretae  at  Athens,  416. 
Procemia  of  Stobaeus,  156. 
Property  qualification  in  democracy,  174 ; 

removal  of,  at  Athens,  by  Aristides, 

338. 
Property  classes  of  Solon,  329  ;  service 

in  cavalry,  425. 
Propylaea,  cost  of,  442. 
Trpopprjats,  467. 

Prose-writing  confined  to  Ionians,  S6. 
Tvpo(TKa.Ta{$\T]p.a,  449. 
Trpoaodov  ypdcpeadai,  377,  note, 
npocrrarr/r  tov  Sij/xou,  173. 
UpoarTarqs  (patron)  352,  353  ;  of  Erani, 

362. 
Prostitution  at  Athens,  519. 
Protagoras  legislates  for  Thurii,  168. 


576 


INDEX. 


Tlparupai,  264. 

Protocosmus  in  Crete,  301. 

Proxeni  at  Sparta,  247. 

Prytaneia,  court  fees,  484,  554. 

Prytanes  in  Miletus,  117  ;  in  Ephesus 
and  Ialysus,  118;  as  religious  func- 
tionaries, 139,  142  ;  open  to  women, 
145  ;  derivation  of  term,  141  ;  denot- 
ing supreme  magistrates,  141 ;  various 
places  at  which  it  occurs,  141  seq.  ;  of 
the  Naucrari  at  Athens,  142,  325  ;  in 
the  Athenian  Council,  142,  376  ;  con- 
voke Ecclesia,  380 ;  preside  in  Ecclesia, 
382,  384  ;  at  elections,  390 ;  in  con- 
nection with  7rpo/3o\j7,  392 ;  as  name 
of  presidents  of  boards,  408 ;  Pry- 
tanes of  Poletae,  417. 

Prytanies,  assemblies  in,  379  ;  epicheiro- 
tonia  in  each,  408  ;  accounts  due  in 
each,  408  ;  distributions  to  poor  in, 
440  ;  increase  of  number,  537. 

Prytaneum,  two  in  Athens,  377  ;  enter- 
tainment in,  398,  445  ;  magistrates 
dine  in,  409. 

Prybanis,  father  of  Lycurgus,  223. 

Psephisma,  form  of,  386. 

^■ev8oK\rjT€ias  ypacpt],  490. 

•^■fvdofiapTvpias  8iKrj,  490. 

Ptolemais,  the  tribune,  441. 

Ptolemy,  gymnasium  of,  507. 

Public  buildings  in  Sparta,  278. 

banquets  at  festivals,  443. 

causes,    conception  of,  at  Athens, 

477  ;  procedure  in,  481  seq. 

dining-clubs,  25,  362. 

discipline    in    general,     104    seq.  ; 

neglected  in  oligarchy,  149  ;  in  Sparta, 
225  seq.;  in  Crete,  392  seq.  ;  at  Athens, 
under  Areopagus,  332  seq.  ;  account  of, 
500  seq. 

messes,    at    Athens,   of    Council, 

377  ;  of  officials,  409  ;  treasury  of, 
under  Colacretae,  418 ;  of  Strategi, 
421  ;  admission  of  subordinates  to, 
429  seq.  ;  admission  to,  as  a  reward, 
445. 

prosecutions,  art/xia  of  prosecu- 
tors when  unsuccessful,  360. 

works,  cost  of,  at  Athens,  442. 

Punishments   of   Draco   excessive,  324 ; 

inflicted  by  Athenian  Council,   375  ; 

for    bribery,    391  ;    appeal    from,    at 

Athens,  410  ;   in  criminal   causes   at 

Athens,  488. 
wvpyoi  at  Teos,  130. 


Purifications  in  Homeric  age,  58  seq.  ;  of 

homicides  at  Athens,  470. 
Purple  in  Homer,  33. 
TrvXoipoi  of  Acropolis,  431. 
Pylos,  defence  of,  283  ;  kingdom  of,  192. 
Pyrphorus  at  Sparta,  246,  284. 
Pyrrhic  dance,  257. 
Pythagoras,  167. 
Pytho= Delphi,  64. 
Pythocles,  proposal  of,  454. 
Pythii,  inferior  Spartan  officials,  246. 

Race-distinctions,  not  marked  in  Ho- 
meric poems,  81  ;  in  early  historical 
period,  83  seq.  ;  modified  by  surround- 
ings, 86. 

Raids,  common  in  Heroic  age,  76. 

Rate  of  interest  at  Athens,  435. 

Reactionary  party  in  democracies,  184. 

Reading  not  learnt  at  Sparta,  259  ;  at 
Athens,  503. 

Regency  at  Sparta,  226. 

Registers,  Lexiarchic,  368,  381  ;  of 
Phratriae,  363 ;  of  persons  liable  to 
military  service,  422. 

Registration  of  voters  customary  in 
moderate  democracy,  173,  180. 

of  birth  of  children  at  Athens,  363. 

Regulators,  title  of  Cretan  magistrates, 
301. 

Religion,  in  Homeric  age,  36,  56  seq.  ;  in 
Greek  State,  109  ;  at  Athens  under 
protection  of  the  Areopagus,  497. 

Religious  basis  of  Phratriae,  363  seq.  ;  of 
demes,  367. 

functions  of  monarchy,  140. 

service,  before  meetings  of  Ecclesia, 

382  ;  in  law-courts,  486. 

questions,    when    dealt    with    in 

Ecclesia,  387. 

Remission  of  debts  at  Athens,  328  seq. 
of  sentences,  time  of  moving  for,  in 

Ecclesia,  387. 
Removal  of  dangerous  persons  frequent, 

182.     See  Ostracism,  Petalism. 
Republican  tendency  in  early  Greece,  88. 
Repudiation  of  children,  502. 
Reserve  fund  of  Athens,  447. 

men   elected   to   office  at  Athens, 

373. 

Resolutions  of  Council,  374. 

Retail   trade   in   hands  of   slaves,  349 ; 

objected  to  in  oligarchies  at  Athens, 

541. 
Revenues  of  Athens,  446  seq. 


INDEX. 


577 


Revision  of  civic  registers,  369. 
Rhadauianthys,    mythical    legislator    of 

Crete,  165. 
Rhegium,  assembly  at,  137  ;  tyranny  at, 

161. 
Rhetoricians,  in  education,  167. 
Rhetrse  of  Lycurgus,  210,  222  seq.,  274, 

541. 
Rhodes,  Prytanes  in,  141  ;  oligarchy  in, 

171,    187  ;    secession    of,    to    Sparta, 

171. 
Rhodians,  three  tribes  of,  in  Homer,  39 

seq. 
Ritual  at  marriages  in  Sparta,  266. 
Robbery,   view  of,   in  early  Greece,   44 

seq. 
Running,  in  Cretan  education,  303. 


Sacerdotal  monarchy,  doubtful  traces 
of,  in  early  Greece,  31 ;  at  Delphi, 
142  ;  at  Sparta,  227. 

Sacrifice,  in  Homeric  age,  30,  57  seq. ; 
mode  of,  60  ;  bloodless  sacrifices,  61  ; 
of  kings  in  Sparta,  227  ;  in  war  at 
Sparta,  284-5  ;  in  Crete,  305 ;  in 
Athens,  on  registration  in  Phratria, 
364  ;  of  Prytanes,  374,  379  ;  of  coun- 
cil, 379  ;  on  taking  office,  409  ;  extent 
of,  443. 

Sailors  frequently  slaves  at  Athens, 
349. 

Salainis,  political  results  of  battle  of, 
338. 

Salaminia  (the  trireme),  441. 

Salaries  of  Athenian  officials,  436. 

Sale  of  taxes  at  Athens,  450. 

Sales  at  Athens  proclaimed  by  heralds, 
431. 

Samos,  Ionian,  83 ;  aqueducts  at,  93  ; 
kings  at,  118  ;  restrictions  on  jus  con- 
nubii  at,  153  ;  tyranny  at,  160  ;  Poly- 
crates,  161  ;  oligarchy  at,  171,  188  ; 
Athenian  army  at,  344  ;  cost  of 
Pericles'  expedition  against,  447  ;  left 
to  Athenians  by  Philip,  533. 

Sandals,  Spartan,  273. 

Sanscrit  derivation  of  word  Pelasgi,  4. 

Sarpedon,  32. 

Sceptre  in  Heroic  age,  34. 

Scheria,  division  of  kingdom  in,  24  ;  place 
of  assembly  in,  26. 

Schesia,  a  tribe  at  Ephesus,  130. 

Schools,  not  public  in  Greece,  105  ;  at 
Athens,  503. 


Scias,  the,  at  Sparta,  234. 

Scione,  171  ;  wine  exported  from,  527. 

Sciritae  at  Sparta,  285 ;  a  special  corps, 

203. 
Scirophidas,  243. 

Sciros,  inhabited  by  Arcadians,  203. 
Scor^adse,  117. 
Scrutiny  of  officials  at  Athens,  403  seq. 

See  Dokimasia. 
Scyllis,  the  Cretan  artist,  304. 
Scytale,  246. 

Scytalismus,  the,  at  Argos,  188. 
Scythae,  corps  of,  at  Athens,  352,  376. 
Sea,  intercourse  by,  in  Heroic  age,  69 ; 

from  Attica,  526  seq. 
Secretaries  to  Council  at  Athens,  378  ; 

of  various  boards,  429 ;  of  the  Eleven, 

414 ;    to     archons,    552 ;    sometimes 

ranked  as  {mr\pirai,  401. 
Seduction,   punishment    of,    at   Athens, 

502. 
Seers  in  Homeric  age,  62  seq. ;  at  Sparta, 

233,  246  ;  at  Athens,  429. 
Seisachtheia  of  Solon,  328  seq. 
a-rjKides,  348. 
aeXivov,  68. 

Sellasia,  213;  battle  of,  196,  294. 
Selli  at  Dodona,  64. 
Semachidae,  320. 
Semitic   origin   of  Pelasgi  (alleged),  4; 

of  Carians  (alleged),  2,  note. 
Se/urai  deal,  Areopagus  servants  of,  496. 
Senate,  at  Massilia,  138.    See  also  Boule, 

Council. 
Separation  of  married  people  at  Athens, 

517  ;  complicated  by  dowry,  555. 
Serfs,  existence  doubtful  in  Heroic  age, 

39  ;  rise  of,  in  early  Attica,  323 ;  in 

Greece,  132-134;  the  Helots,  194  sequ- 
in Crete,  298  seq. ;  at  Sicyon,  133  ;  at 

Heraclea  Pontica,  134. 
Settlement    in    Attica    a   condition   of 

citizenship,  355. 
Seven  Wise  Men,  the,  160,  166. 
Sexual  licence  rare  in  Sparta,  253. 
Sheep,  values  of,  at  Athens,  433. 
Shield,  in  Heroic  age,  78. 
Shield  of  Achilles,  27  seq.,  45,  48. 
Shipping  of  Attica,  528. 
Shoes,  prices  of,  434  ;   of  archon  Basi- 

leus,  409. 
Show  of  hands.  See  Cheirotonia. 
Sicily,   political   development   of   Greek 

colonies  in,    173;  monarchy  in,    119; 

export  of  corn  from,  526. 
0 


578 


INDEX. 


Sicyon,  aqueducts  at,  93  ;  under  Pelopid 
kings,  113;  under  Temenidse,  114; 
Phylae  at,  129 ;  serfs  (Korynephori) 
at,  133 ;  Orthagoras,  grant  of,  15  ; 
Euphron,  tyrant  of,  189  ;  oligarchy  re- 
stored at,  171. 

cribt],  (Tibevvai  at  Sparta,  258. 

Signal-flag,  of  sittings  of  Council,  378  ; 
of  Assembly,  381. 

Signs,  prophetic,  in  Heroic  age,  63. 

Silver,  forbidden  in  Sparta,  275  ;  cur- 
rency, at  Athens,  432. 

Sintii  of  Lemnos,  82. 

(Tirripeaiov,  446. 

Sitting  at  table,  customary  in  Sparta, 
271 ;  in  Crete,  308. 

Situation  of  Greek  cities,  93. 

(Tiravai,  criTwvmd,  427. 

<TKa(pT)(p6pot.,  354,  note. 

(TKr)va\  inessrooms  at  Sparta,  272. 

<TKiadr)(p6poi,  354,  note. 

oTcoTtoi  in  Sparta,  303. 

aKVTaKfj  at  Sparta,  246. 

aKVTQTOfxoi  in  Heroic  age,  71. 

Slavery  in  Heroic  age,  40,  53  ;  necessity 
of,  to  a  Greek  state,  102  ;  absent  in 
Phocis  and  Locris,  102 ;  justification 
of,  102  seq. ;  in  Sparta,  201  ;  in 
Athens,  348  seq. 

Slaves,  gymnastic  training  forbidden  to 
106  ;  instruction  of,  106  ;  usual  treat- 
ment of,  106;  at  Sparta,  201;  state 
officials  slaves,  147,  430 ;  in  Attica, 
numbers  of,  312,  348 ;  whence  obtained, 
348;  slave-markets,  348;  employments 
of,  349,  528,  529 ;  position,  349,  350 ; 
prices  of,  434 ;  public  slaves,  342 ; 
proposal  of  Diophantus  regarding,  352  ; 
slaves  examined  under  torture,  485. 

Smuggling,  Trpofidhi]  regarding,  392 ; 
frequency  of,  451. 

Sneezing  a  bad  omen  in  Heroic  age,  63. 

Societies,  various,  at  Athens,  361  seq. 

Socrates,  advice  of,  regarding  Sycophan- 
ts, 184;  on  speaking  in  Assembly,  531. 

Sodalicia  at  Athens,  363. 

Solon,  mediation  of,  at  Athens,  156 ; 
constitution  of,  327  seq. ;  archonship 
of,  328  ;  Seisachtheia,  ib. ;  classifica- 
tion of,  330  seq. ;  constitution  criti- 
cised, 333 ;  Nomothesia  ascribed  to, 
389 ;  limitation  of  landed  property, 
181  ;  law  relative  to  certain  societies, 
361  ;  judicial  system  of,  465  ;  regula- 
tion of  Areopagus  by.  495  ;  view  of 


athletics,  506  ;  establishment  of  poor- 
relief,  439  ;  treatment  of  retail  trade, 
532  ;  law  regarding  civil  contests,  520, 
555. 
Sophists,  107;  systematise  oratory,  183; 
not  allowed  at  Sparta,  276 ;  at  Athens, 
511,  512;  State-control  of,  under 
Demetrius,  536. 

Sophronistae,  superintendents  of  educa- 
tion, 105 ;  at  Athens,  509. 

Sosicrates  on  Cretan  Periceci,  300. 

Soteres,  priest  of  the,  at  Athens,  537. 

Sovereign  power  in  democracy,  371. 

Sparta  Kara  Kcopas,  123  ;  names  of  the 
quarters,  207  ;  Sparta  proper,  207  ; 
Epimenides  at,  165,  239,  note  ;  not 
the  early  capital  of  Peloponnesus,  192; 
Helots  at,  196  seq.;  Periceci,  201  seq.; 
land  distributions,  213  ;  landed  pro- 
perty in,  214  ;  later  fortifications  of, 
294. 

Spartan  Constitution,  idealisation  of,  256; 
similar  to  Cretan,  295. 

kings,  origin  of,  225,  541  ;  func- 
tions of,  227  seq. ;  membership  of 
Gerousia,  544. 

Spartans  best  example  of  Dorian  char- 
acter, 87  ;  war  with  Tarentum,  155  ; 
centre  of  oligarchical  parties  in  Pelo- 
ponnesian  war,  186  ;  non-Dorian 
element  among,  208  ;  Phylse  of,  211; 
numbers  of,  211  seq.  ;  aversion  to 
foreigners,  278  ;  policy  of,  287,  289  ; 
hegemony  of,  289  ;  decline  of,  289 
seq.  ;  characteristics,  335  ;  contrasted 
with  Athenians,  500  ;  war  with  Tegea, 
289;  with  Argos,  289;  defeated  by 
Conon,  346. 

Spartiatee  proper,  207  seq.,  217;  re- 
mission of  debts  among,  230 ;  in 
Assembly,  234  ;  jurisdiction  over,  241 ; 
on  military  staff,  284  ;  diminution  of 
number,  292  seq. 

Speakers,  badges  of,  in  Heroic  Assembly, 
26  ;  in  Athenian  Ecclesia,  382  seq. 

Spelt  as  fodder  in  Homer,  67. 

Spercheus,  altar  to,  37. 

Speusinii  at  Athens,  352. 

Sphacteria,  punishment  of  captives  at, 
253. 

(Tfpaipeis  at  Sparta,  264. 

Sphere  of  action  of  Ecclesia,  387. 

Sphettus  in  Attic  Dodecapolis,  319. 

Spinning  in  Heroic  age,  71. 

Staff  appointments  at  Sparta,  284. 


INDEX. 


579 


State,  popular  view  of,  90  seq.,  109. 
State-ownership     of    land     in     Sparta, 

214. 
State  seal  of  Sparta,  246. 
Staters,  432,  433. 
Statues  of  the  Eponymi,  370,  387,  412, 

422. 

as  rewards  for  services  at  Athens, 

400,  445. 

Stealing  rewarded  in  Sparta,  258. 

wives,     custom     of,     in    Sparta, 

265. 

Stepmothers  in  Homer,  53. 
Stephanephori,  145. 
~2Te<$>avt)<p6pos,  the  hero,  400. 
Storerooms  in  Heroic  palace,  74. 
Strangers   in   Crete,  309 ;   admitted   to 

Syssitia,  307. 
Strategi  as  supreme  magistrates,   145  ; 

as  war-ministers,  139;  at  Sparta,  247  ; 

at   Athens,   functions   of,   420    seq. ; 

qualifications  of,  405 ;  oath  of,  409  ; 

election  of,  before  archons,  412  ;  con- 
voke Assembly,  381  ;    pay   of,   446  ; 

control  Symmorise,   458  ;  decide   dis- 
putes about  trierarchy,  464. 
Strategia,  re-election  to,  405. 
Strategy  taught  at  Athens,  511. 
OTparelat  iv  rois  iTravvpois,  423  j  a.  ev 

roils  fitpecri,  423. 
Street-sweepers  at  Athens,  415. 
Stymphalus,  115. 
Subdivision    of   states   on   abolition    of 

monarchy,  121. 
Subordination    to   government    rare  at 

Athens,  409. 
Succession  to  kingdom  in  Heroic  age,  31 ; 

to  property,  checks  on,  151. 
o-vyK\r)Toi  eKK\t]<Tiai,  380. 
o-VKOCpavrias  ypa(pr),  490. 
avWoyeis,  417. 
Sulphur  used  in  religious  purification  in 

Homer,  59. 
o~vp.@o\ov,  381. 

avfKpopds  tov  TroXep.dpxov,  247,  note. 
Sumptuary  laws  in  Syracuse,  150,  note  ; 

at   Athens,   enforced   by    Areopagus, 

498  ;  of  Demetrius,  535. 
avvbucoi,  362. 
(Tvvrjyopoi  in  Nomothesia,  395 ;  in  audit 

of   officials'   accounts,   407 ;    pay   of, 

436. 
<rvvrdi-eis,  453. 
(rvvTeXels,  462. 
o-vva>p.oo~iai  eVi  bUas  <a\  dpxds,  185,  363. 


Superintendent   of   Finance   at  Athens, 

419. 
Supervision  of  morals,  150  ;  withdrawn 

from  Areopagus   by  Ephialtes,   341  ; 

restored,   346  ;  at  Sparta  by  Ephors, 

237,  241  ;  at  Athens  by  Helisea,  491 ; 

of .  navy    by   Council,   373    seq. ;    of 

cavalry  by  Council,  375. 
Suspension  of  laws  at  Sparta  after  battle 

of  Leuctra,  252. 
Surgeons  in  Heroic  age,  42. 
Swimming  in  education  at  Athens,  511. 
Sword,  how  worn  by  heroes,  78. 
Syadras,  the  Laconian  artist,  206. 
Sybaris  contrasted  with  Sparta,  273. 
Sycophantia,  irpofiohr)  regarding,  392. 
Sycophants,  346. 
Syloson,  tyrant  of  Samos,  160. 
Syme,  121. 
Symmorise    in  Teos,    130  ;    at   Athens, 

371,    457    seq. ;    for   the    trierarchy, 

462. 
Synarehiae     at    Megara    and     Messene, 

140. 
Syndici,  legal  advisers  of  Erani,  362. 
Synedri,  board  of,  137. 
Syntrierarchi,  462. 
Syria,  export  of  corn  from,  526. 
(the  island  of),  tribal  division  on, 

39  ;  probably  an  imaginary  place,  39, 

note. 
Syrian  metceci  at  Athens,  353. 
Syssitia  in  Sparta,  269  seq. ;  exclusion 

from,  218,  253,  545  ;  conversation  at, 

260 ;   management  of,  269  seq. ;  for- 
mation  of,    282 ;    decline     of,     293 ; 

re-introduced  by  Cleomenes  in.,  294  ; 

of   Ephors,  245  ;   in   Crete,   supplied 

from  contributions  of   Mnoitae,  298  ; 

regulations   of,  306  seq.  ;  at  Athens, 

398,  409,  445. 

Tagus,  117. 

Talthybiadae  in  Sparta,  208  ;  an  Achaean 

gens,  249. 
Tap.iai,  138  ;  rav  drfpav,  368  ;  to>v  (pv\a>v, 

370. 
ra/ztas   rrjs    Kotvrjs  irpoaobov,   418 ;    rav 

(TTpCLTMOTlKCOV,  419. 

Taphians,  44. 

Tarentum  founded,  201 ;  fall  of  oligarchy 

at,  154. 
Taverns  kept  by  slaves,  349. 
Taxation,  no  regular,  at  Athens  in  Solon's 

time,  330  ;  at  Athens,  448  seq. 


58o 


INDEX. 


Taxes  at  Athens,  448  seq. 
Taxiarchi   at   Athens,   election  superin- 
tended by  archons,  412  ;  functions  of, 

422. 
Ta£«s,  424. 
Taygetus,  aTroderai  in,  256 ;  hunting  in, 

270. 
Tegea,  kings  at,  115  ;  wars  of  Spartans 

with,  289. 
Teiresias  the  seer,  65. 
Ttt^tofcrtra  (7ro\is).  66,  121. 
Teleclus,  king  of  Sparta,  202. 
Telemachus,  doubts  as  to  journey  from 

Pylos    to    Lacedaemon,   8  ;    convokes 

Assembly,  25. 
TcXcovai,  450. 

Tffievi],  revenues  from,  in  Attica,  448. 
Temenidse,  114. 
Tffievos,  crown-domain  in  Homeric  age, 

32 ;    considerable    in     Peloponnesian 

kingdoms,  32  ;  property  of  gods,  36. 
Temenos,  king  of  Argos,  114,  191. 
Temples  mentioned  by  Homer,  36. 
Tenders    for   public    works  at  Athens, 

374. 
Tenedos,  Prytanes  at,  141. 
Teos,   Prytanes   at,   in    Roman   period, 

142  ;   Phylaa  at,  130 ;    Symmoriae  at, 

130. 
Terpander,  243,  276. 
Tetrapolis  of  Attica,  313  seq. ;  perhaps 

seat  of   Hopletes,    318 ;   traces   of   a 

second,  320. 
Teucrus,  53. 
Thales,  166. 
Thaletes  of  Crete,  166,  304  ;  at  Sparta, 

275. 
daXva-ia,  30,  cf.  57. 
Thamyris,  55. 
Thargelia  under  supervision  of  Archon, 

413. 
Thasos,  Phoenicians  in,  10 ;  exports  of, 

527. 
Theagenes   of   Megara,    160  ;   father-in- 
law  of  Cylon,  324. 
Theano  an  elected  priestess,  38  ;  wife  of 

Antenor,  53. 
Theari  or   Theori  at  ^Egina  and  Man- 

tinea,  144. 
Theatre,  at  Athens,  payment  for  entrance, 

341,  438  ;  places  of  Bouleutae  in,  373  ; 

assemblies  held  in,  480. 
of  Dionysius,  built  by  Lycurgus, 

442. 
Theatrones,  the,  341,  438. 


Thebes,  Phoenician  settlement  at,  12  ; 
monarchy  at,  116  ;  law  of  adoption 
at,  152  ;  restrictions  on  traders  at, 
153  ;  oligarchy,  133  ;  treatment  of,  by 
Philip,  533  ;  rises  against  Alexander, 
ib. 

Oefiio-Tfs,  dues  to  king  in  Heroic  age, 
33. 

Themistocles  Stephanephorus  at  Magne- 
sia, 145. 

of  Athens,  archon,  337  ;  pro- 
posal regarding  produce  of  mines,  448, 
note. 

Theoclymenus,  47. 

Theognis  of  Megara,  at  Sparta,  276  ; 
complaints  of,  126. 

Theopompus  originates  legend  of  Cecrops, 
14 ;  mentions  oligarchy  at  Rhodes, 
187. 

king    of    Sparta,  236 ;    originates 

Ephors,  236. 

deoTTponos,  BeoTrpoTTir],  Oeonpoiriop,  62. 

Theori.     See  Theari. 

Thessaly,  invaded  by  Deucalion,  5  ; 
Dorians  in,  6;  Periceci  in,  132; 
Penestae  in,  132  ;  Dorians  migrate  to 
Crete  from,  297 ;  migration  from, 
under  Xuthus,  to  Attica,  313. 

drjres,  in  Homer,  41  ;  in  Attica,  323, 
note  ;  lowest  class  in  Solon's  constitu- 
tion, 329  ;  not  necessarily  poor,  330  ; 
excluded  from  office,  331  ;  admitted 
to  Council  after  reform  of  Aristides, 
372  ;  rarely  candidates  for  office,  405  ; 
excluded  from  Strategia,  422  ;  «|a> 
tov  Kardhoyov,  ib. ;  in  fleet,  ib. 

Thiasi  at  Athens,  362. 

Thimbron,  199. 

Thirty  Tyrants,  the,  345,  549. 

Qoivr],  75. 

Tholus,  meeting-place  of  Council,  377  ; 
messes  there  under  Colacretae,  418. 

Thorax,  the  Spartan,  275. 

Thoricus  in  Attic  Dodecapolis,  319. 

Thousand,  Assembly  of,  at  Creton  and 
elsewhere,  137. 

Qocokos,  26,  note. 

Thrace,  in  route  of  immigration  into 
Greece,  1  ;  slaves  from,  348. 

Thracian  colonies,  oligarchy  in,  171. 

Thracians,  religions  of  early,  16. 

Threnos,  56. 

Theoria  at  Athens,  327. 

Theoric  distributions,  how  far  justifiable, 
341  ;   increased,  342  ;   particulars  of, 


INDEX. 


581 


438  ;  regarded  as  poor-relief,  440  ; 
superintendents  of,  instituted,  439  ; 
take  over  functions  of  oboiroioi, 
415. 

Theoretic  reformers,  154  seq. 

Thera,  monarchy  in,  118. 

Theras,  guardian  of  Eurysthenes  and 
Procles,  208,  226. 

Therapontes  in  Heroic  age,  36  ;  name 
of  serfs  in  Chios,  134  ;  in  Crete,  299. 

Thersandrus,  29. 

Thersites,  26. 

Theseus,  316 ;  Ionic  descent  of,  547  ; 
why  not  an  Eponymus,  549. 

Thesmophylaces  in  Elis,  144. 

Thesmothesion,  the,  at  Athens,  412. 

Thesmothetae  (archons)  at  Athens,  insti- 
tuted, 322  ;  Nomothetee  appointed  by, 
388  ;  report  on  inconsistencies  in  laws, 
394 ;  superintend  ballot  of  officials, 
402  ;  dokimasia  of  archons  before, 
406  ;  functions,  410  ;  no  regular 
assessors  of,  413  ;  take  over  functions 
of  Nautodicre,  474  ;  announce  sittings 
of  Helisea,  492. 

Thespise,  Demuchi  at,  143  ;  oligarchy  in, 
172. 

Thessalians  immigrate  from  Epirus,  6, 
193  ;  fifcrlSios  among,  157 ;  cavalry  of, 
283. 

Thessaliotae,  133. 

Thunder,  bioarffiia,  385. 

dvta,  Ovrjtis,  6vd>8i]s,  61. 

Thurii,  Protagoras  legislates  for,  168  ; 
revolution  at,  171. 

Thyme,  a  product  of  Athens,  527. 

Thymcetes,  121. 

6vp<opoi  at  Athens,  431. 

Thyria,  a  town  of  Periceci,  201. 

Timber,  import  of,  into  Athens,  526. 

Ti/jLTjua,  456,  534. 

Tifxr]To\  dyavfs,  482. 

Timocracy,  99;  earliest  in  colonies,  127; 
safe  development  of  democracy  in, 
155  ;  the  franchise  in,  146  ;  landed 
property  prominent  in,  181  ;  probably 
existed  in  Achsea,  169  ;  Solon's  consti- 
tution an  instance,  334 ;  instituted  at 
Athens  by  Cassander,  334. 

Timoleon,  189. 

Timophanes,  189. 

Timotheus  the  musician,  243,  276. 

Timuchi  in  Massilia,  137  ;  at  Teos,  144. 

Tidrjvr],  53,  note. 

Tithenidia  at  Sparta,  272. 


Tiryns,  8  ;  Periceci  at,  31  ;  depopulation 

of,  172. 
Tisamenus,  king  of  Peloponnesus,  192. 
tokos  vavriKos,  529. 
Torone,  171. 
Torture,  testimony  under,  430  ;  weight 

attached  to,  ib. 
Town,  political  position  of,  in  the  Homeric 

age,  65  seq.  ;   life  in,  discouraged  by 

oligarchy,  152  ;  by  tyrants,  163. 
Toxotae  at  Athens,  376,  381. 
Trachinse,  a  Malian  tribe,  130. 
Trade  guilds  absent  at  Athens,  528. 
Traders,    restrictions    on    franchise    of, 

152-3  ;  by  sea,  exempt  from  military 

service  at  Athens,  424 ;   admitted  to 

office  by  Aristides,  339. 
Trades  in  early  Athens  not  regulated  by 

caste,  318. 
Trapezitse,  530  seq. 

Trapezus,  Arcadians  of,   support  merce- 
naries, 288. 
Travel  abroad  prohibited  at  Sparta,  276  ; 

in  Crete,  309. 
Treason,    accusation    of,    in    Assembly, 

387. 
Treasurers,   of   the   gods,   418 ;    of   the 

Theoricon,  439. 
Treasuries,  of   Council,    379 ;   of   State, 

418  ;  of  public  messes,  418. 
Treaties,   Athenian,    controlled    by  Ec- 

clesia,  398. 
Triacades  at  Sparta,  279  seq. 
Trial,  form  of,  at  Athens,  486  seq. ;  for 

murder,  321. 
Tribal  divisions  absent  from  Syssitia  at 

Sparta,  271. 
division  in  Greek  states,  128  seq. ; 

at  Sparta,  211. 
Tribes,  in  Greece,  128  seq.;  the  four  old 

Attic,  317  seq. ;  magistrates  of,   327, 

412  ;  Council  taken  from,  under  Solon, 

331  ;  new  division  of  Cleisthenes,  336, 

365  ;   names  of,  369  ;   boards  elected 

by,  336,  370 ;  officials  of,  369  ;  alleged 

voting  by,  in  ostracism,  1 76,  note.    See 

Phylee. 
Tribute  of   allies   of   Athens,  452  seq.  ; 

dealt  with  by  Ecclesia,  379  ;  applied  to 

Theoric  fund,  454. 
Tricorythus,  in  Attic  tetrapolis,  313. 
Tpiycovov,  the  court,  476. 
Trierarchs  at  Sparta,  287 ;    at  Athens, 

426 ;    contract    with    Council,    374 ; 

crown,  reward  of,  375. 


582 


INDEX. 


Trierarchy,  461  seq.,  553;  instituted,  ib.; 
under  supervision  of  Strategi,  421  ; 
how  far  an  extraordinary  liturgy, 
553. 

Trieropoei,  871,  426. 

Triobolium,  343,  note,  437. 

Triphylia,  115,  192. 

Trittyes,  371. 

Trcezene  under  Temenidse,  115. 

Trojan  war,  attempts  to  determine  date 
of,  19,  20. 

rpecravres,  253. 

Tp6(f>ifioi  at  Sparta,  209,  note. 

rpocpos,  53,  note. 

rvpavvis  of  Ephors,  244. 

Tvxovres  at  Sparta,  245. 

Twelve  cities,  the,  of  early  Attica,  315, 
319. 

Tynnondas  of  Eubcea,  157. 

Tyrants,  158  seq.;  characteristics,  accord- 
ing to  Aristotle,  159  ;  subsequent  rise 
in  consequence  of  later  party  struggles, 
189  ;  in  Sicily,  189  seq.;  in  Attica,  324 
(Cylon),  335. 

Tyrian  origin  of  Cadmus,  12. 

Tyrrhenians,  4,  note;  the  Sintii  Tyr- 
rhenian, 182. 

Tyrtseus  at  Sparta,  277. 

Umbrians  related  to  Greeks,  2. 
University  of  Athens,  540. 

Value,  measure  of,  in  Heroic  age,  66. 

Venerii  in  Sicily,  134. 

Villages.    See  Comse. 

Violet  Crown  of  Athens,  311. 

Virtue  in  aristocracy,  174. 

Voting  in  Heroic  Assembly,  27 ;  never  by 
tribes  in  Greece,  176;  in  Spartan 
Gerousia,  231  seq.;  of  Spartan  kings, 
233,  544  ;  in  Spartan  Assembly,  236  ; 
in  Athenian  Ecclesia,  385;  in  Council, 
377,  378;  of  NomothetaB,  378;  in  law- 
courts,  487,  554. 

War,  in  Heroic  age,  76  seq.  ;  conduct  of, 
by  Spartans,  284  seq. ;  influence  in,  of 
Ephors,  242 ;  dealt  with  by  ecclesia 
at  Athens,  397. 

expenses  of,  at  Athens,  445  seq.  ; 

interferes  with  sittings  of  courts, 
493. 

War-chariots,  97. 


War-taxes  at  Athens,  metceci  liable  for, 

354  ;  superintended  by  Strategi,  421. 
Water-supply,  regulations  of,  at  Athens, 

415. 
Wealth   of   Greece  in  Heroic  age,    69  ; 

accumulation  of,  restrictions  on,  180; 

at  Sparta,  214  seq. 
Weapons  of  Locrians,  82. 
Weaving,  in  Heroic  age,  71. 
Weights  and  measures  in  Greece,  18. 
Wheat  in  Heroic  age,  67. 
Wheelwrights  in  Heroic  age,  70. 
Wholesale  trade,  mainly  marine,  95. 
Widows,  under    protection    of    archon, 

502. 
Wine  in  Heroic  age,  67  seq. ;  value  of,  at 

Athens,  43  ;  import  of,  into  Athens, 

526  seq. ;  wine-countries,  ib. 
Withdrawal    of    motions     in    Ecclesia, 

385. 
Witnesses  in  Homer,   48,  and  note ;  at 

Athens,  484  seq. ;  slaves  not  admitted 

as,  381. 
Wives,  sometimes  prizes  of  success,  49  ; 

chosen  by  parents,  in  Heroic  age,  49, 

554;    theft  of,   at  Sparta,    268   seq.; 

transfer  of,  at  Sparta,  267;  at  Athens, 

introduced  into  Phratria  on  marriage, 

364 ;    position    of,    at    Athens,    514 

seq. 
Women,  in  Heroic  age,  49  seq.,  71  ;  at 

Sparta,  education  of,  262  seq.;  position 

of,  at  Sparta,  267  seq. ;  in  Crete,  306  ; 

in   Athens,    education    of,    512   seq. ; 

seclusion  of,  513  ;  limitation  of  legal 

powers   of,  516;   retail  trade  carried 

on  by,   531  ;  positions  of,  in  Homeric 

and   in   later    times    compared,    554 

seq. 
Works  of  art  rare  in  Sparta,  278. 
Worship,    community    in,    a    mark     of 

citizenship,  101  ;  basis  of  Attic  gentes, 

317,  320,  364. 
new,   under    control    of  Athenian 

Ecclesia,  399. 
Writing  in  Greece,  16  seq. 
Written  laws  first  introduced  by  Zaleu- 

cus,   17  ;  forbidden  by  Lycurgus,  223, 

cf.  251,  541;  introduced  at  Athens  by 

Draco,  323  seq. 

Xanthippus  as  archon,  337- 
gevTjXaaiai   in    Sparta,  278,    280,  note ; 

none  in  Crete,  309. 
Xenophilus,  109. 


INDEX. 


583 


Xuthus,  313,  546,  547,  552. 

Year,  the,  at  Athens,  377. 

Zaleucus,  legislator  of  Locri,   17,  157, 

158  ;  pupil  of  Thaletas,  166. 
Zea,  tribunal  at,  465. 
^rjTtjrai,  395. 
Zeno  of  Elea,  legislation  of,  1 68. 


Zeugitae  at  Athens,  329  ;  assessment  of, 

in  elcrcpopd,  455  seq. 
Zeus  Ammon,  441. 
Zevs  dyriTop,  247,  284. 
— —  dfifiovkios,  233. 

fiovXaios,  379,  note. 

ipKelos,    59  ;  cult   of,  a  mark   of 

citizenship  at  Athens,  365,  404. 

XaKfdciLfiav,  227. 

ovpdvios,  227. 


ffilnnbursij  iSntberstts  i9r«sss: 

THOMAS  AND  ARCHIBALD  CONSTABLE,  PRINTERS  TO  HER  MAJESTY. 


J 


W-EASE  DO  NOT  REMOVE 
CARDS  OR  SLIPS  FROM  THIS  POCKET 

UNIVERSITY  OF  TORONTO  LIBRARY 


DF 

77 

S3613 

1880 

C.l 

ROBA 


m 


ft 


HI 


an 

■hP